Full text of "Twentieth century impressions of Hong-kong, Shanghai, and other Treaty Ports of China. Their history, people, commerce, industries, and resources; editor in chief: Arnold Wright, assistant editor: H.A. Cartwright"

iipi — il.lHIUM>i

m^m

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS

HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, AND

OTHER TREATY PORTS

OF CHINA.

Cwentkri) Centurp Impressions

Bonflkonfl, SbangDait and otDer Creatp

Ports of Cbina:

THEIR HISTORY. PEOPLE, COMMERCE, INDUSTRIES, AND RESOURCES.

Editor-in-Chief: ARNOLD WRIGHT (London).
Assistant Editor : H. A. CARTWRIGHT (Hongkong and Shanghai).

London, Durban, Perth (W.A.), Colombo, Singapore, Hongkong,
Shanghai, Bangkoli (Siam), Batavia (Netherlands India), and Cairo :

LLOYD'S GREATER BRITAIN PUBLISHING COMPANY, LTD

1908.

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR FREDERICK JOHN DEALTRY LUCARD. K.C.M.G.. C.B„ D.S.O.

(Governor of Hongkong, Comm»nder-ln-Chlef, and Vice- Admiral) , and
LADY LUCARD.

^H Hry^^H

^^K k ^1

^^^^^^^^HpF \ '^"i^^i^- fvH^^ ^^1

P^^^'^^ofsH^BJ

i ^

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR JOHN N. JORDAN. K.C.M.G.

(British Minister at Peking)

PREFACE.

IHIS xvorh is the outcome of an enter-prise designed to give in an attractive form full and
rcliatile information with reference to the outlying parts of the Empire. The value of a fuller
knowledge of the " Britains beyond the Sea" and the great dependencies of the Crown as
a means of tightening the bonds which unite the component parts of the King's dominions
was insisted upon by Mr. Chamberlain in a memorable speech, and the same note ran
through the Prince of Wales's impressive Mansion House address in which His Royal Highness summed
up the lessons of his tour through the Empire, from which he had then just returned. In some instances,
notably the case of Canada, the local Governments have done much to diffuse in a popular form infor-
mation relative to the territory which they administer. But there are other centres in which official
enterprise in this direction has not been possible, or, at all events, in which action has not been taken,
and it is in this prolific field that the publishers are working. So far they have found ample justificalion
for their labours in the widespread public interest taken in their operations in the colonies which have
been the scene of their work, and in the extremely cordial reception given by the Press, both home and
colonial, to the completed results.

Briefly, the aim which the publishers keep steadily before them is to give a perfect microcosm of the
colony or dependency treated. As old Stow, with patient application and scrupulous regard for accuracy,
set himself to survey the London of his day, so the workers employed in the production of this series
endeavour to give a picture, complete in every particular, of the distant possessions of the Crown. But
topography is only one of the features treated. Responding to modern needs and tastes, the literary investi-
gators devote their attention to every important phase of life, bringing to the elucidation of the subjects
treated the powerful aid of the latest and best methods of pictorial illustration. Thus a work is compiled
which is not only of solid and enduring value for purposes of reference and for practical business objects,
but is of unique interest to all who are interested in the development of the Empire.

In all essential features the present volume follows closely upon the lines of the earlier works on Western
Australia, Natal, Ceylon, and British Malaya, and deals fully with the history, administration, population,
commerce, industries, and potentialities of the territories to which it relates. In one respect, however, it
differs from its predecessors, for, while they have been devoted exclusively to British Colonies, this book, as
its title indicates, deals also with settlements which are only partially British. But there is ample excuse, if
excuse he needed, for this departure from precedent. More than one half the imports and exports of China
passes through the various Treaty Ports, and it would have been a negation of one of the avowed objects
of these publications if no attempt had been made to show the present-day tendency of this trade and
how the proportion borne by the British Empire compares with that of its competitors. Nor must it be
forgotten thai Canton, Amoy, Foochow, Ningpo, and Shanghai, the first five ports in China to which
foreign merchandise was admitted without hindrance or interference, were thrown open in 1842 as the
direct result of British influence, which was also responsible in i8_=;8 for the extension of this privilege

j-^i

PKEFACE.

to N*trckmamg, Ckefoo, Tatwan (Fonuosa), Svalow, Hainan, and three ports on the Yangtsze-k'iang. Tliough
the British Consuls have long ceased to be the only mediums of communication between foreigners and the
local Chinese authorities, British interests are still very powerful, and in some cases the British communities
are self-governing.

Although tkt whole of the Treaty Ports, numbering upwards of forty, hare not been dealt with
separately, the most important have been selected, and they are sufficient for our purpose since tliey receive
the kulh <^ the trade of the minor ports. This is especially true of Canton in its relation to the other
Treaty Ports on the West River, and of Shanghai in relation to some of the smaller ports lying along
tkt banks of the Yangtsze-Kiang.

The wide distances which divide the ports, and the peculiar conditions zcliich prevail in them have
rendered Ike task of the compilers one of no little difficulty. The foreign settlements are occupied by
representatives of different nationalities answerable to their own Consuls, subject to the laws of their own
countries, and, in many instances, organised into independent local governing communities, so that, though
tkty form collectively one homogeneous whole, they are, in actual fact, a congeries of separate and distinct
units. But neitker trouble nor expense has been spared in the attempt to cover the ground adequately
and secure full and tiustworihy information in a'crx direction. As in previous works, the services of
acknowledged experts have been enlisted wherever possible. The historical sections have been written from
original materials preserved at the India Office, the British Museum, and other national institutions. In
Hongkong much valued assistance has been freely rendered by the heads of the various Government depart-
ments, and the Editor is especially indebted to H.E. Sir F. J. D. Lugard, K.C.M.G., C.B.. D.S.O., the
Goremor, and Ike Hon. Mr. F. H. May, C.M.G., the Colonial Secretary, who have given all the encourage-
ment that lay in their power to the enterprise. In Shanghai the Municipal Aiithorilics have shown every
courtesy, and in the various Treaty Ports the British Consular Officers, the Customs Officers, and the
Municipal Secretaries, have placed the compilers under an obligation which is gratefully acknowledged.

Otrviously a work of this magnitude cannot be produced except at very considerable cost. As the
publisliers do not ask for any Government subsidy, because of the restrictions which it might impose
uptm them, this cost has to be met in part by receipts from the sale of copies and in part by revenue
from Ike insertion of commercial photographs. The publishers venture to think that this fact furnishes
no ground for adverse criticism. The piinciple is that adopted by the highest class of newspapers and
magazines all oi'er the world. Moreover, it is claimed that these photographs add to, rather than
detract from, the value of the book. They serve to show the manifold interests of the country, and,
u-ilk Ike accompanying descriptive letterpress, which is independently written by members of the staff from
personal observation, they constitute a picturesque and useful feature that is not without interest to the
general reader and student of economics, while it is of undoubted value to business men throughout
the British Empire.

AUCL'ST, 1908.

CONTENTS.

HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, AND OTHER TREATY PORTS— i'aok

Early History and Uevklopme.nt. By Arnold Wright 13

HONGKONG-
CONSTITUTION AND Law —

The Local Legislature 99

The Courts loi

The Laws. By C. D. Wilkinson 102

EXECLTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS 105

Finance. By The Hon. Mr. A. M. Thomson, Coloiiinl Treasurer 113

Education. By G. H. B.ateson Wright, D.D. (Oxon.), Headmaster of Queen's College,

Hongkoiif^ 121

Public Works. By The Hon. Mr. W. Chatham, C.M.G., Director of Public Works . 129

Posts, Cables, and Telephones '33

Flora. By S. T. DuxN, B.A., F.L.S., J. P., Snperinteiidcut of the Botaiiicnl and Forestry

Department, Hoiiiikong 135

Fauna —

General. By J. C. Kershaw, Autlior of " Butterflies of Hongkong" ... 138

Butterflies. By J. C. Kershaw i39

Birds. By Staff-Surgeon Kenneth H. Jones, K.\ 141

Hongkong (Descriptive). By H. A. Cartwright i45

The Sanitary Board. By A. Shelton Hooper ....... 157

Harbour and Shipping. By Commander Basil Taylor, R.X., Harbour Master . . 188

Hongkong Industries 235

Sport, By J. W. Bains, Sports Editor of the " China Mail " 250

Health and Hospitals. By The Hon. Dr. J. M. Atkinson, Principal Civil Medical

Officer 262

Police. Prisons, and Fire Brigade. By Captain F. W. Lyons, Acting Captain-
Superintendent of Police, Hongkong 266

Navy, Ar.my, and Volunteers 272

The Hongkong Volunteer Corps. By Major Chapman, Commandant . . 274

The Foreign Trade of China 278

The Chinese Imperial Maritime Custo.ms 282

The Currency of China 288

The Silk Industry 290

Tea. By H. T. Wade • . . . . 294

Cotton. By James Kerfoot, M.I.M.E 302

The Flora of China 304

Ceremonies and Customs of the Chinese. By S. W. Tso 307

Chinese Characters. By James B. Wong, B.A 319

Ecclesiastical —

The Roman Catholic Church. By Father J. de Moidrey, S.J. ... 321

The Anglican Communion. By The Ven. Archdeacon Banister . . . 326

Protestant Missions in China. By The Rev. J. Steele, B.A 332

The Ancient Faiths of the Chinese. By The Rev. T. W. Pearce . . 337

<r-

CONTENTvS.

SIK.1AL LlFK

Thk Pkkss. By W. H. Doxai.k. Editor of the "China Mail " .
SHANOHAI-

DksCKIKTION (IK THK SETTI.KMKNT. Hy H. A. CAKTWKUiHT

Local Goverxsiknt and Law. By H. A. Cartwright
Police. By K. J. McEiKX. Deputy Superintendent of Police

voli'xtekrs

Shanc-.mai Fire Bri<;adk

PiBi.ic Works. Supplied by the Pihlic Works Department
Health axd Hosi"Itaij>. By Arthur Stanley, M.D.. B.S.Lond., D.P.H

KiSASCK axii Baxkim;

Shippixu. Commerce, and Ci'stoms

Education

Posts, Cable.s. and Telephones

Sport. By W. R. Parkin

Meteorology —

HoNOKoNu. By K. G. Figg, Director of the Hongkong Observatory

, Health Officer

Foochow

Chinese WEKiHTs, Measures, and Money.

CoxcLfDiNG Note

Index

Observatory

Shanghai. By The Rev. Father Froc, Director of Siccawei

Leading Re,sidents of Shanghai

Prominent Chine.se Residents

Industries

The Foreign Commercial Community

The Oriental Commercial Community

The Railways of China

Mixes axd Mixkraus in Manchuria. By Reginald Bate, K.K.G.S

IXFORMATIOX FOR TolKISTS

TREATY PORTS AND OTHER FOREIGN SETTLEMENTS—

Hankow

Tiextsix

Pekix<:

Xkwchwaxg. By Regixai.d Bate, K.R.G.S

Chefoo

NiNGPO

Weihaiwei

Naxkin<:

Canton. By H. A. Cartwright

Macau. By Pedro Nolasco da Sii.va

The Lappa Customs. By A. H. Wilzer, Commissioner of Customs

TSISGTAU

Amov. By Cecil A. V. Bowra, Commissioner of Customs
SWATOW

.141
Mi

368

399

409

4'.S
429

432

434
43«
4.S2
484
490
498

509
512
516
525
573
602
662
666
682
683

692
724
755
763
767

772
773
778
782
798
805
810

«'3
829

837
841
842
843

CiDcntletD Ccnturp Impressions or 1>oiidkoiid,
SbangDai, and otber Creatp Ports :

THEIR EARLY HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT.

By Arnold Wright.

CHAPTER I.

Early European Trade with China — The Portuguese at Macao — Efforts of EngHsh to Open Trade-
EstabHshment of Enghsh Factory in Japan — The English and the Dutch in China.

JN the history of European Com-
merce there is no more
interesting, and, in its influ-
ence on international events,
no more important chapter
than that which relates to
the opening of the Chinese
Empire to British trade. The long drawn
out struggle which in its earliest stage culmi-
nated in the Treaty of Nanking was something
more than a contest for the right to barter.
It was a fight between two opposite, and to
a very large extent antagonistic, systems of
civilisation. On the one hand was the East,
self-contained, self-absorbed, living its narrow
life in beatific indifference to, if not positive
ignorance of, the remainder of the world.
What it did not know was not knowledge ;
those who were outside its pale were bar-
barians ; its rulers were the rulers of all
things mundane and of some things celestial.
On the other side was the West, bustling,
aggressive, sometimes arrogant, confident in
itself and conscious of its power, infused
with a spirit of progress which gained ad-
ditional impetus as every new discovery of
science furnished it with fresh weapons to
use to batter down the wall which racial
prejudice and exclusiveness had reared up
against it. That one misunderstood the other
— was indeed profoundly ignorant of the
motives which were the mainsprings of the
otiier's action — added intensity to the battle.
To the official Chinese the efforts of the Euro-
pean to make his foothold good on the soil

of China were an unwarrantable intrusion on
the part of a visitor with many objectionable
characteristics. As for the European, and
especially the Britisher, he could see in the
determined measures to keep him at arm's
length — a suppliant and humble guest without
the gate — only the bigoted manifestations of
a diseased egotism added to a crass and viru-
lent congenital dislike of the foreigner. And
so the conflict went on until the door was
violently forced from without and the breath
of a new commerci.il life was breathed into
China. Then the giant stirred, but it was
only the stretching of the sleeper before the
full awakening. Another half-century or
more was to pass and China was to see in
blacker outline the shadow of irretrievable
disaster before the lessons of the West were
received, and even then her acceptance was
only partial and hesitating. It remained for
the cataclysm of the Russo-Japanese War to
drive home at last the moral taught, if China
could only have realised it by the first European
ship that visited her shores, that China was not
the world and that if she would preserve her
independence and her self-respect she must
avail herself of the advantages of Western
civilisation, not the least of which are those
which pertain to an uninterrupted commerce.
When Albuquerque and his men descended,
as Sir George Birdwood picluresquely puts
it, "like a pack of hungry wolves" upon an
astonished Eastern world, tliey found trade
flowing in tranquil fashion in channels which
had been used for ages. Vessels hugging

the shore made their way from the Chinese
coast to Singhapura or to some other port in
the straits, from whence their cargoes were
carried by Arab craft to India and Persia.
Overland the rich fabrics and spices of the
East were transmitted to the Levant for dis-
tribution to the more populous centres of
Europe. The trade was a strictly Oriental
one. An occasional European traveller, like
Marco Polo, found his way into the interior
of China and even over portions of the sea
route ; but it had not entered into the calcu-
lations of the most imaginative that from
beyond the sea would come in great ships
bodies of men of this strange white race whose
existence was a mere shadowy myth to the
great mass of the population. With wonder,
therefore, not unmingled with awe, the stran-
gers were received at the places at which
they touched. In the case of the Chinese a
feeling of superstitious dread tinged the lively
apprehensions which the appeaiance of the
Portuguese barques in the China Sea excited.
From immemorial times had come down a
tradition that the Chinese Empire would one
day be conquered by a fair-haired grey-eyed
race. The legend pointed to the advent of
the conquerors in the north, but there was
suflicient identity between the story and the
actual facts of the mysterious appearance
of the strangers from the beyond to give
potency to fears which, perhaps, were never
absent from the minds of the ruling classes
of China owing to the enormous stretch of
frontier and the difficulties of maintaining

14 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

(Fraai a pciDi ia Or Goj-tf- and De Keyicr't account of the Dutch Embassy to China in 1655.)

onier inberent in the vastness of the empire.
It is a motA point whether it was not the
faiBuencc of this natiiMial myth which dictated
the policy of etcluson so stubtxtrnly enfor-
ced ajtiinst Kuropcaiis (or three and a half
ccntnncs. Old writers, tike the authors of
tbe actxmnl of the Dutch Embassy to China
in 1655, are inclined to adopt this view, and
it is one which is in complete harmony with
tbe altitude conxixtetitly a^sumed from the
nwaicnt that European ship* wire seen in
Cbincae waters. Ihe first reception of the
Portogoese when they appeared off the Canton
River in 1516 wa<, however, not entirely
Dafnendly. The fleet was one despatched
from Malacca by Albuquerque and com-
manded by a l»ld and adventurous sailor
named Pcreiirclto. The ships returned to
Malacca witboid entering the Canton Kiver,

but Perestrello had seen enough to enable him
to report very favourably on tlie prospects of
trade. Stimulated by the prospect of obtain-
inj; entrance to a new and pro<luctive market
the Portuguese Viceroy the next year sent a
squadron of eight vessels under the command
of Perez de Andrade. In due course the
ships reached the Chinese coast, and without
hesitation de Andrade directed a course past
the islands and up the river. Great was the
alarm of the Chinese at the appearance of
these strange ships, so strikingly different
in form from those with which they were
familiar. Fearing an invasion the authorities
promptly surrounded the intruding ships by
war junks. De Andrade protested his peaceful
intentions, and eventually, after considerable
argument, persuaded the authorities to allow
him to take two of his ships up the river to

Canton. At Canton de Andrade had an
audience with the Viceroy, and was successful
in extracting from him permission to Uade.
His satisfaction at this excellent stroke of
business was somewhat moditied when news
reached him, as it did at about the time that
the negotiations were completed, that the
vessels he had left at the mouth of the river
had been heavily attacked by piiates. The
damage, however, does not appear to have .
been fatal to the objects of de Andradc's
mission. Several of his vessels returned to
Malacca witli cargoes, and tlie remainder
sailed wilh some junks belonging to tlie Loo
Choo Islands for Ningyio, on the east coast of
China, and there established a colony. The
//i</ II Uric thus secured was turned to good
advantage in succeeding years, and a most
prolitable trade was built up. But the gieed
and cruelty of the Portuguese here as else-
where raised up a violent prejudice against
them. So it happened tliat when an embassy
was despatched by the Portuguese Govern-
ment to Peking in 1520, the Ambassador, one
Perez, was treated very contumelioiisly. He
was sent back practically a prisoner to Canton,
and was there robbed of his property, thrust
into prison, and finally, it is supposed, put to
death, for his real (ate was never actually
known. Meanwhile the Portuguese had been
expelled by imperial decree from Ningpo, and
they were prohibited from all trade. Their
star seemed to have set as rapidly as it had
risen. 'Ihe early Portuguese explorers were,
however, not men to be easily rebuffed. In the
succeeding years they maintained resolutely
their efforts to secure a lodgment in China.
At length fortune once more smiled upon
them. A service rendered to the Chinese
Government by the extirpation of a formidable
pirate fleet secured for them as a reward rights
of occupation at Macao, one of the group of
islands lying off the mouth of the Canton
River. Their earliest settlement there dates
back to 1537. It was a mere collection nf
Imts for drying goods which were introduced
under the name of tribute, but by the middle
of the sixteenth century out of tliese small
beginnings a town of considerable size had
developed. The trade of the port flourished
apace under the interested patronage of the
Mandarins, who found in the commerce of tlie
adventurers a new and lucrative source of
income. Imperishably associated with the
history of Macao at this period is the name
of Camoens, the great national writer of the
Portuguese. It was here that the poet com-
posed the greater part of " The Lusiad " the
famous Portuguese epic which has stirred
the hearts and fired the imaginations of so
many generations of Portuguese. Camoens'
period of residence at Macao extended from
1553 to 1569. On his returning to Europe
from China he was wrecked off the coast of
Cambodia, and escaped to shore on a plank,
tradition says, with the MS. of his precious
poem carried in his hand. Macao, though
long since sunk into a condition of commercial
decrepitude and moral decay, will ever enjoy
the reflected lustre of Camoens' great name.

The Spaniards, following in the track of
the Portuguese, established themselves in the
Manilas and at various other points in the
Chinese seas. For the best part of a century
the two races had a monopoly of the trade
of the Far East. The defeat of the Spanish
Armada gave Europe its first great lesson in
the value of sea power, for with the destruc-
tion of many of the great Spanish galleons
in the English Channel and the wrecking of
others off the Scotch and Irish coasts, the way
was opened to the Far East for other nations.
The Dutch were the first to take advantage of
the opportunity presented. Towards the close

AN ANCIENT MAP OF CHINA.

(From an old manuscript of the date lOoy, preserved in the Manuscript Room at the British Museum.)

16 TWENTIETH CENTIHY IMPRESSIONS OF HONUKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ot Ibe aiitecuth cenlurv Ihey sent out several
fleet* «rilh the object m csiaMi-hing a trade
with the Far Eart. The initial English ven-
torc was maiie in I5</'. when Sir K. Dudley
and ottiert fitted out three ships with the

the Chcneses to bringe thereof thither, both
while soweiiig silke, twisted of all sorts and
sizes, as also rawe and sleave silke ; of all
which we have gcven Mr. Heeling examples :
the which silke yf you can p'cure to be

V ,• '■.:^:^^m

AN ANCIENT HAP OF MACAO.
(Krocn % nuui»cnpt in the SIo;inc Collcctiini :it the llritish Museum.)

intention of trading to China. 'Wood, the com-
inandcr, tMxe with him a letter from Queen
Elizabeth to the Emperor of China. With
the expedition also went the warm wishes of
the commercial community whose hopes of
calaMishing a trade had been raised to a high
level in consequence of the reports which
bad come in of the riches of the Eastern
world. The enterprise, however, ended in
diaatter. Not a soul of the company which
embarked ever relumed to i^ngland to give
an account of the rest. Nothing fuiiher was
attempted in the direction of opening up the
China trade until Sir James Lancaster's suc-
oesiful voyages to the Straits of Malacca, and
tbe sotMcqucnt establishment there of factories
of llic newly constituted East India Company
turned the thoughts of Ixmdon merchants
once more towards those rich markets of
the Far East which the Portuguese and the
Spaniards had hitherto monopolised and
which the Dutch were now seriously attack-
ing. The first direct reference to the China
trade in the records of the East India Com-
pany is to be found in the year 1606. On
Ibe occanon of sending out three ships to
tbe Eastern factories Ihe Court issued instruc-
tions to "General" Heeling, Ihe commander
ol the little squadron, directing him to culti-
vate a trade with the Chinese. " It is to be
remembered," sai<l the direclorate, " thai uui
Factors alt Bantam doe their best endevors
10 p'core the Chineses lo bring from Cheney
ticave and sowing silks, that we may fall
into some trade with Ihem ; and see yf they
can sell any r>f our English cloth to them
that they may be hroaghl lo the use thereof."
At the same lime Ihe Court wrote lo the
/acton at Bantam desiring them to send
home particular accounts of all goods ven-
dible, or to be procured, and directed that
•yf Cheney silks are ihA llicare (in Bantam)
presentKe to be had, that then you advise

brought thither att reasonable prices we sup-
pose some good profiitt inay be had thereby :
of all which you have hitherto left us ignorant ;
whereby we must conceive you to be either
unskillful in merchandising or unwilling to

gress in the Eastern trade and were reaping
rich profits at home from the products
brought by their ships from the Far East.
However that may be, that the niamifacturos
of China met with great favour in the Eng-
lish markets at this period is very evident
from these additional instructions given in
160Q to the Bantam factors : "The silk called
I-ankin (N.inking) is here (in London) well
requested : therefore, we pray you use yonr
best endeavours to put off our English cloth
lor that commodity, whereto as it stenieth
by Robert Brown's (second at Bantam) letters,
the Chineses were willing and desirous, if
you had been furnished with any ; which
givelh us good hope that these people will
tall to wear our cloth, so as we shall find
good bent for the same hereafter ; and have
better means to maintain an ample trade
there ; lor the better procuring whereof we
have now and will hereafter send such cloth
as shall be true both in substance and colour,
and so you may assure them." In 1613-14
we lind the Court in despatching four sliips
to Sural issuing instructions to the Company's
agent at Agra to " discover the trade of
Tartary." He was told to find out " what
English cloth may be there vended ; at what
distance the Towns of Trade are situate ;
how the passages thither lie, and whether
secure or dangerous." The writer added,
"The Court conceive that much good might
be done in vending our cloth in that cold
country Tartary, were it well discovered."
In this year the several transactions of the
Company were united in one joint stock, and
it was intimated that on this basis the Com-
pany intended to build an enlarged system
of commercial enterprise. Bantam factors on
being informed of the change were enjoined
to make vigorous efforts to extend the Com-
pany's trade, particularly to Japan and China.
Meanwhile, the Court asked the assistance of
their agents in a matter of some importance
affecting the silk trade. Difficulty was found
in unwinding the Canton cross-reeled silk.

THE OKOTTO OF

(From :u)

p'forni thai for which we keepe you theare."
The asperity of the last remark is probably
lo be accounted for by the fact that the Dutch
at this time were making considerable pro-

CAMOENS, MACAO.

and it was suggested that one or two of the
Chinese or Japanese should be induced to visit
England to give instruction in the matter
"in order to bring the Canton silk into

TWENTIETH CENTITEY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 17

esteem and piice at home." What was the
outcome of this suggestion does not appear,
but it may be assumed from an entry in tlie
Court minutes which we find a little later
that the early enthusiasm for the silk trade
was somewhat damped by the discovery that
there were tricks of the trade in China. "On
account of the deceit that is used by the
Chinese in their silks," the minutes recorded,
" it is proposed in Court to advise Bantam
that no more be brought except only raw
silks, and such other as be ascertained to be
very good ; also to forbear the buying of
sundry drugs, which prove rotten and naught,
especially China roots and rhubarb." The
instructions actually given to the factor at
Bantam, who was proceeding eastward from
thence to trade, were : " Buy no blacks of
any kind of damasks or taffaties but only
coloured : the colours to be grass green,
vvatchet, blue, crimson, and carnation. Take
also white, especially satins. As to raw silk
it is not good to bring the Canton cross-
reeled sort. But if you could obtain any
ready thrown according to the sample, so as
to afford it to be sold in England at a mark
or 14s. per lb. souie good may be done.
Give orders that it be first spun single and
then twisted two threads together. Let such
as be made up in skains be but one thread
together."

At about this period a development of the
Company's enterprise in the Far East resulted
in the forging of the tirst link which connected
Great Britain with Japan. The association
was brought about in a somewhat romantic
fashion. William Adams, a Kent man, who
in early life was apprenticed to a Limehouse
pilot, inflamed by stories of the wealth of
the Indies, in 1598 took service in a Dutch
vessel, one of a fleet bound for the Far East.
Arrived off the coast of Japan after an adven-
turous voyage the ship in which Adams was
employed was boarded by Japanese, and he
and the other members of the crew were
virtually made prisoners. They were, how-
ever, kindly treated, and Adams subsequently
found great favour with the Emperor, who
took him into his service and liestowed a
manor upon him for his maintenance. In
161 1 Adams heard accidentally from the
Dutch, who had by this time established a good
trade with Japan, that the English had formed
an establishment at Bantam. Overjoyed at
the discovery of the comparative proximity
of his countrymen, Adams addressed a long
letter to the Company's agent in the Straits
strongly urging him to send ships to open
up a commercial connection with Japan. In
his communication he furnished valuable de-
tails as to the character of the Japanese and
the prospects of trade with their country. He
added : " Could our English merchants, after
settling in Japan, procure trade with the
Chinese, then shall our country make great
profit here, and the Company will not need to
have to send money out of England ; for in
Japan there are gold and silver in abundance,
and therefore by the traffic here they will take
in exchange money enough for their invest-
ments in the Indies." The hint conveyed in
this historic epistle did not fall on deaf ears.
The Company, eager to extend their field of
enterprise in so promising a direction, in 1613
sent out Captain Saris with the title of
" Company's General " to open up a trade
with Japan. Captain Saris was met on his
arrival at Firando on June 12th in that year
by Adams. Almost immediately the two
repaired to the capital where they delivered
to the i^mperor a letter from James I. which
Captain Saris had brought with him. The
monarch, influenced by his regard for Adams,
lent a favourable ear to the proposals made by

the Company's agent, and formal permission
was accorded to the establishment of English
factories at Firando and other places, Adams
in his letter to Bantam expressed a decided
opinion against Firando and a preference
for some port on the east coast nearer the
capital. But for some reason or other, pro-
bably because objections were raised to an
establishment in this locality, the English
headquarters were fixed at Firando. For
several years a trade was prosecuted from
this point by the Company's factors with
Adams as a valuable supernumerary. But the
enterprise never realised the high expecta-
tions entertained of it. Commercially the
times were somewhat out of joint ; the Dutch
opposition and rivalry also were very for-
midable. Moreover, as was explained in a
letter of the year 1615, profits were "eaten
up by great presents and charges which
the country of Japan requires, although there
are no customs to be paid." Adams' death,
which occurred on May 16, 1620, put the
final seal on the Company's failure. The
factory lingered on until 1623 and the estab-

CAMOENS, THE PORTUGUESE POET.

lishment viras then withdrawn. Nor, in spite
of persistent and repeated efforts was a
direct connection again formed until the
lapse of more than two centuries.

While the Company was prosecuting the
operations in Japan an opportunity offered
and was availed of to attempt to open a trade
with China. The inteimediaries in the busi-
ness were three influential Chinese merchants
with whom business had been done at
Nagasaki. In a letter from Robert Cock, the
factor at Firando, to the Company written
on November 25, 1614, we have an outline
of the proposals. Keterring to the negotia-
tors he writes: "The spot which they point
out as desirable for the seat of a factory
is an island near to the City of Languin ; to
which place we sale from Firando, if the
wind be fair, in three or four days. Our
demand is for three or four ships to come
and go and to leave only factors sufficient to
do the business. If we can procure this I
doubt not but in a short time we may get
into the mainland itself ; for as the Chinese
tell me their Emperor is come to the know-
ledge how the Emperor of Japan has received

us and what huge privileges he has granted
us. But the Hollanders are ill spoken of on
each part by means of their continual robbing
and pilfering the junks of China : the odium
of which they at first put upon Englishmen,
but now it is known to the contrary." In
another letter of a somewhat later date to the
Company's agent at Bantam some additional
details are given with an injunction to "use all
Chynas kindly," and to ask other Englishmen
to do the like, "for," says the sanguine
factor, "my hope is great since the Chynas
doe complain much of the Hollanders for
robinge or pilferinge of their junckes." In
subsequent correspondence we catch vivid
glimpses of the progress of the negotiations.
Now we find an entry recording a payment
for two girdles of silk as a present to the
" China Captain's daughter." Next is a letter
from Andreas Dittis, " the China Captain,"
reporting that he had great hopes of a suc-
cessful issue to his mission "for that the
greate men had taken 3,000 pezes (pieces of
eight dollars) presented to them to make
way" and warning his English friends not to
let it be known that they came from Japan
" because the Chinese were more averse to
the Japanese than any other nation." Again,
we have this quaint extract from Robert
Cock's diary throwing some interesting side
lights on the business ; " I gave my peare
(pair of) knives to the China Captain to send
to his brother (or rather kinsman) in China
upon hope (of) trade. As also he had 4
Looking Glasses for same purpose bought of
Dutch, and 4 pss. (pieces) Chowders of 20 Rs.
p. corg with Knyves ; and is thought fit to
geve 50 Rs. 8 to the man which carrieth
the letter to pay his charge per way, and to
sende a greate gould ring of myne with a
whyte amatist in it, cost me 5 lb. str. in
France ; this ring to be sent to one of these
two men named Titcham Shofno, an
euenecke. God grant all may com to good
effect ! Amen, Amen."

The piously expressed wishes of Ihe good
factor were not destined to be realised. Civil
disturbances i[i China, forerunners of the
downfall of the Ming dynasty, delayed the
business. The high-handed action of the
Dutch in slopping and robbing Chinese junks
also, and probably to a larger extent, inter-
posed obstacles, for the authorities were
naturally irate at the outrages, and owing to
the lying stories put about by the Dutch were
disposed to associate the English with them.
The Company's agents in the matter, however,
continued to push the request for facilities
for trade vigorously. In 1616-17 the factor
at Firando reported home that the affair was
pursued so hotly that " the Emperor of China
has sent spies into all ports where the
Spaniards, Portuguese, Hollanders, and we
have trade, to observe how the Europeans
behave one toward the other, and also how
we (the English) behave towards strangers,
especially towards the Chinese." " Some of
these investigators," he added, " have been in
this place (Firando) and were brought by our
Chinese friends to the English House, where
I used them in the best manner I could, as
I have recommended to Bantam, Patania, and
Syam to do the like to all Chinese." The
factor was very anxious that suitable presents
should be sent to the Emperor of China, and
particularly indicated a coral tree as a gift
which would be acceptable, a similar souvenir
presented many years before by the Portuguese
being esteemed by the Emperor "one of his
most precious jewels." Before this the Com-
pany had thoughtfully sent out for use in the
negotiation two letters from James I. to the
Emperor. One was amicable in tone, but the
other was somewhat " stricter " in terms, and

18 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

it was giTcn by the autlK>rities at
Bantam to Iheir " linguists " to interpret they
intuiuUed that they dare not for their lives
mmftate ibe bold nn^^ive. Dittis and his
brother iiegoliator<, when the con)nmnicati<ins
were f«rt before ihein, undertook to translate
ihcin and also forward them by a certain
agency. But they suggested that the one
ooMched in a threatening tone should not be
teal "for that xiolence would avail nothing."
They further urged that they should " proceed
in Ibe negotiation in a pacilic manner and trust
Id the character which the English had of late
aoqnired o( being a ' peaceable |>eoplc.' " How
br this shrewd advice was entertained we
I DO means of knowing, but there is little
to think that James' peppery periods
' oAendcd the august imperial eye. What-
may have ticen done in that m.itter the
xc against the success of the nego-
Tbe a0air dragged on for several
yean and was only brought to a close when
the Firando factory was vacated in 1623.
From first to last the negotiations cost the
Company a great deal of money. Dittis alone
is represented to have disbursed 13,000 taels.

As has been iitdicated the unjust implication
of the English in the piratical transactions of
tlie Dutch had a very injurious influence on
the coarse ol the negotLitions for a trade with
China. That prejudiced feeling was intensified
wlicn. as happened in 1619, the English en-
tered into a treaty of defence and alliance with
the Dutch. This arrangement was ostensibly
designed to further the interests of both
ooanlries, their forces being joined in a " joint
endeaTonr," to use the words of a clause of
the treaty, " to open and establish free com-
merce in China and other places of the Indies
by soch ways and means as the Common
Council shall find expedient." But in practice
the Hollanders turned the arrangement to
their exclusive advantage. They used the
English when it suited them to do so, dragging
the English ships into a blockade which they
instituted against the Chinese junks proceeding
to the Manilas, and in other ways com-
promising the English name with the Chinese.
Hut when equal tacilitics were claimed at the
ports occupied by the Dutch the demand
was emphatically declined. Ultimalcly the ill-
anorted union came to an end as it was bound
to do. A tragic outcome of it was the massacre
of Amiioyna, an epis<ide which left a deep
itain on the English name until it was
wiped out by Cromwell. Another consc-
quciKx which flowed from the connection
was the creation in the minds of the Chinese
and the Japanese authorities of a strong
diatmst of the English. It is difficult to say
to what extent this leeling influenced the
coarse of events, but there is little room for
qoestion that it militated very seriously against
English interests for a long series of years.
We may gather some notion of the prejudice
eieited from the successive despatches of the
Com p a n y's agents whose writings became
iacreuingly doleful as the time went on and
Ibe comequenccs of the alliance were more
dearly revealed. Thus, Richard Cfxrk, the
(actor at Kirando, in 162 1 wrote to the
Company's agents at Batavia in these terms :
" Goorockdono, the Governor of Nangasaque
(Hagasaki), with all the merchants of that
place, Meaco and Kddo, taketh the Spaniards'
and Portugals' parts against us, giving the
Emperor to understand that Ivjth we and the
HoUanders are pirates and thieves and live
upon nothing but the tpoil of the Chinese
and others ; which is the utter overthrow of
Ibe trade with Japan, no one daring to come
bilber for fear (A us. By which reports the
finpcrar and his Council are much moved
a. The King of Kirando, who has

married the Emperor's kinswoman, is now
our only slay." He added : " The Hollanders
arc generally hated throughout all the Indies,
and we much the worse thought of since we
joined them."

After the rupture with the Dutch the Eng-
lish for some years confined their operations
largely to the Indian trade. But tlicy con-
tinued to cast longing eyes in the direction
of China and Japan. The Dutch, who had
early in the struggle with the Chinese seized
and fortified a position in the Pescadores,
were able to establish in course of time an
indirect trade with China by way of Tywan
in Formosa. This did not escape the notice
of the English factors at Batavia. Writing
home they furnished particulars of the
Hollanders' operations, and at the same time
painted a glowing picture of the prospects
offered in this direction. " The trade of
China now likely to settle at Tywan," they
stated with a curious mixture of metaphors,
"is as an ixean to devour more than all
Europe can minister ; wrought and raw silk

" Those clothes which now they wear is
silk, in Summer seasons passable, but in the
Winter are enforced to bombast or to wear
ten coats one over the otlier, and that is
useful. Silk being thus their clothing and all
growing in China, a stop of that intercourse
were so material that silk in China in one
year would be as dust or dung and Japan
beggard for want of clothing."

" iiut such stop of intercourse and devised
extremity needeth not ; for the natural enmity
between those two nations hath so framed
all for our purpose, that could Japan be
furnished with any other clothing, not one
Chinese durst peep into their country ; which
the Chinese well know ; therefore, though
tolerated by Japan, yet none conieth but by
stealth, which would cost their lives if known
to their governors in China."

The Dutch at this time were sharply
antagonistic to the English at all points where
their interests touched. They resented the
action of their rivals in witlulrawing from the
treaty of defence, professing to look upon it

THE ISLAND OF FORMOSA.
(From ail ancieiU map in the Slnaiu* Collection at the IJritish Mnscum.)

in abundance and many necessary com-
modities that all parts of India must have.
These arc to be purchased with the pepper,
spice, and sandal wood of these paits at
prices as we please ; also with the silver of
Japan springing from the said silk of China,
and by all probability with every sort of
European commodities, especially woollen
cloth, for the greatest part of the Chinese
Empire stretcheth into the cold climate and
is defended with infinite troops of soldiers
whose necessities do require more than we
can guess at until experimented." In another
communication the advantages of Far Eastern
trade were further expounded. " For these
mighty monarchies Japan and China abound-
ing with riches and also civilised peaceably
to res|x>nd with all ; but in a climate requir-
ing that which neither themselves nor their
neighbours enjoy or can be supplied but by
the English which is clothings answerablc
to the magnificence of these nations, defen-
sible against the cold and convenient for their
employments in travel, wars and weather."

as a gross breach of faith towards themselves.
Their dominant feeling, however, was one of
jealous apprehension lest the English should
sectire a foothold in a domain which they
had marked out for their own special exploi-
tation. This policy of excUisiveness was
pursued with a persistency which could not
fail to leave its marks on English trade at
a period when the country's influence was
not at a particularly high level in Europe.
Still, the English factors at Batavia weie by
no means disposed to leave the Dutch with
a free hand in the Var East. In 1627 the
Presidency at Batavia sent home a long
despatch strongly urging the desirability of
making another attempt to open up trade
with China. They wrote : —

" Concerning the trade of China three
things are especially made known to the
world."

" The one is the abundant trade it affordeth ;
the second is that they admit no stranger
into their country ; the third is that trade is
as life unto the vulgar, which in remote

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPliESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 19

parts they will seek and accommodate with
hazard of all they have."

" In these three considerations it is easily
conceived how and where intercourse with
that nation is to he expected ; for it requireth
no more care than to plant in some convenient
place whither they may come and then to
give them knowledge that you are planted."

" This condemneth the Dutch their long-
continued roaniings upon the coast of China ;
where, after much cliarge and trouble, they
saw their folly, and planted upon P'ormosa ; a
place not inconvenient in respect of nearness,
but a barred harbour, an open road and
inconvenient for shipping. Yet should we
shew ourselves to trade there with the Dutch
it shall be guarded with those difticulties and
infinite charges as if it were a diamond mine."

" This hath occasioned us to be inquisitive
concerning that commerce, how with most

conveniency it may be accomplished ; and
so by conference with chiefs of those ports,
especially with Naukadas (captains of native
craft) lately come from China, we under-
stand that none of their nation is publicly
tolerated for foreign trade — only some pro-
portioned to trade with the King of Siam ;
but for Cochin China he that will, and
with what they please. All other trades are
unlawful ; and whosoever attempteth, doth
it with the danger of his life, be it for
the Manillas, Japan, Formosa, Java, or where-
soever."

The Presidency then go on to observe that
if hereafter they might have free trade with
the Dutch at Formosa they would deliberate
whether to use it or not ; " for the aforesaid
Naukadas persuade them rather to .settle upon
Cochin China, which is connected with the
main of China, but seven days' journey from

Chin-Chew ; and there is free intercourse
both by sea and land between these nations,
as they are indeed both one ; for Cochin
China was a kind of tributary to the great
Emperor, but of late is free."

"The said Naukadas rejoicing at our motion
profess that if we will settle in these parts
Ihey will beat their gongs in China when
they hear of our coming and we shall want
no trade, nor whatsoever we can desire.
Further they importuned the President's kins-
man to go with them to see all the accom-
modation of China (Cochin China), promising
to return him in safety, and to leave as a
pledge for his return his own brother and
son."

The Presidency of Batavia adds that on
their own parts they would willingly embrace
this motion, did they know the inclination of
the Court to coincide.

CHAPTER II.

The English Ship " London " visits China — Captain Weddell's Voyage to Canton — The Tartar Invasion of China and
its Effect on Foreign Trade — Opening of Factories at Formosa and Tonkin — Trade Relations with Amoy.

No direct steps appear to have been taken
at the time to carry out the recoinmendations
of the Batavia Presidency, set out in the
foregoing chapter. The next important move
was deferred until 1635 when, following upon
the conclusion of peace with the Portuguese,
the Company's agents at Surat, at the invita-
tion of the Viceroy of Goa, despatched the
ship London to China. The venture was
avowedly an experiment, and it does not
appear to have been a brilliant success.
Macao was visited, and the vessel remained
some time there to the dissatisfaction of the
Portuguese, who, apart from a feeling of
trade jealousy, were influenced by a fear of
the displeasure of the Chinese. They after-
wards represented that they were made to
pay a smart fine for opening their port to
the London, and very possibly it was so for
the Chinese oft'icialdom was not likely to let
slip so favourable an opportunity of making
money. The year following the London's
voyage witnessed a far more ambitious attempt
to establish commercial relations with China.
The enterprise was fathered, not by the East
India Company, but by a private organisa-
tion known as Courten's Association. A fleet
consisting of three small but well equipped
ships — the Driiflon, the Sun, and the Kcithcrinc
— and the pinnace Ann, were sent out under
the command of Captain Weddell, an experi-
enced navigator. Sailing from the Downs on
April 14, 1636, the little squadron anchored
of^ Macao on the 27th of June in the follow-
ing year. The journal of the voyage slates
that immediately after his arrival Weddell
sent a boat ashore witli a letter he had in
his possession from King Charles to the
Portuguese Governor. The boat was met by
the Captain General, "a mulatta of a most
perverse and pevish condition, reported to
have bin a tinker." The letter was duly
delivered to the Governor and his Council,
and the deputation was dismissed with the
statement that a reply would be sent the
next day. Afterwards the procurator of the
city came on board and " began to unfould
a tedious, lamentable discourse (as false as
prolix) of their miserable subjection to the

Chinese, which would be now (as he preten-
ded) be much more by other 4 shipps arrivall,
they haveing had experience by the shipp
London's only being there which cost them
a great fyne. Hee said wee knew not the
good they intended us (wee believed yt) but
there were two main obstacles w^h hin-
dered them from expressing yt, viz., the
non consent of the Chinese (w':h vvas meerely
false), and the slender quantite of goods
wth they might expect ys yeare from Can-
ton for Japan, . . . but the mayne excuse
was that wee brought noe letters recomen-
datory from the Old Vice Roye of Goa
(w'h would have done us as much good as
nothing). In conclusion he told us that for
matter of refreshinge yf we came neerer

(wch wee did) he would p'vide for us. And
this he verry worshipfully and like a true
Hebrew indeed p'formed : att 2 or 3 tymes
the vallew on shore ; and to the end that
none might cheate us but himselfe, there was
a stride watch of boates placed about each
shipp, not p'mitting so much as a poore
fiisherman to supply us with the vallew
of 6d."

Captain Weddell determined to see for him-
self what the prospects of trade were, and
accordingly despatched the pinnace Ann on
a reconnoitring expedition to the Canton
River. After two days' sailing they came in
sight of the mouth of the river " being a
verry orderlie inlet and utterly prohibited to
the Portugalls by the Chineses, who doe not

ANCIENT VIEW OF MACAO.
(From a print .^t the Britisli Museum. J

JO TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

villinely admitt any strangers to the view
ot vt, tKuis >-c passage and secure harbour
for their best jounckes h»th of warr and
■odiaaduc. So that the t'ortugall's trailick
to Canton is only in small vessclls through

them as the inhabitants of Maccaw to exer-
cise a free commerce tliere payinge duties as
the others." Vy<on this the admiral became
more affable and offered a small junk to take
the parly up the river, on the understanding

KAOAO, FBOM THE FORTS OF HEANQ-SHAN.
(Krom AUom & Wrinhfs "Cliina.")

diver* narrow shuald streiglites amongst
many broken islands adjoyning to the mayne.
To whom y' was noe small wonder that
w'k out any pilolt or any the least hcipe of
an intcrprctor our people should penetrate soe
(far. And, indeed, yi hath caused dyvers of
the best uiiderstandinge amongst them to
make publique confession of their own
erriHir in refuseinge to afford us reasonable
libcrtic of trade at our first cominge to
Maccaw, whereby wee were enforced to this
attempt »•'•• they prognostically (prognos-
licate) and wee hope truly will in a few
>-cares bee the mine of their vain glorious
pride and ostentacion ; yet hereby the honest
dealing off our nacon contrary to their
slanderous rep<jrts is apparently manifested
and made knowne, as well to the principall
GoTcrnours of y' Province as to the principall
Merchants and all gortes of people."

On the I5lh the party in the pinnace (which
included Messrs. Mouiiteney and Robinson,
supercargoes) got a Chinese' boatman to con-
duct them to Canton. Un the l6th Mounleney
and Robinson went ashore with a flag of truce,
were carried overland a league to the harbour
ot Lampton "w«^t> is a station for their prime
men of warr of the Kings armada as Chaltom
is in England for his .Maii«-> shipps." On the
ll«h, as they were going up the river, they
•net the Chinese fleet coming down and were
requested to anchor. This they did. At first
the Chinese admiral "began somewhat roughly
to czpoMolate," and demanded to know what
had induc ed the English " to come thither and
dlMOVCjed p'hibited and concealed pts. and
pMnges of so great Prince's dominions.'"
To Uiis Robinson replied "that they were
oooie from a potent prince of Europe, who
being in amitye wU" all his neighbours,
desir'd likewise the friendshipp of ye greate
King of China, and to that end had his
order to treate of such capitulacons as might
"" ' 'h' ce to the good of both princes and
•■b|eds bopeingc that it might be lawfull for

that the pinnace proceeded no further. The
offer was accepted, and Messrs. Mounteney
and Kobinson and Captain Carter, of the Ann,
started the same night on their jouiiiey.
When within live leagues of Canton they were
met by a message from the authorities entreat-

acquiescence in this request the party returned
in the Ann to Macao. Shortly afterwards a
reply was received from the Portuguese Hatly
declining to accord permission to trade.
Upon this Captain Weddell summoned a coun-
cil, and the matter having been "well pon-
dered," and "the notorious treacheries of ye
p'fidious Portugall's now plainly appeal inge"
it was agreed that the whole Meet should, with
all convenient speed, depart for Lampton. On
July 31st the vessels set sail and arrived off the
mouth of the river on August 6th. The Man-
darins came on boaid and these promised to
solicit for them at Canton the grant of a right
to trade. For eight days the Hect waited for
the permit, and then an incident occurred which
precipitated matters. As one of the fleet's
boats was endeavouring to find a watering
place it was tired on from a "desolate castle"
which had been hastily fortified by the Chinese
owing to the slanders of the Portuguese.
Weddell was not the man to sit quietly under
an act of treachery of this description.
Calling his ships to arms he ranged them in
position near the castle and poured in a
succession of broadsides. At the end of two
hours boats were landed with a hundred men
and the English flag was planted on the
ramparts of the now abandoned position.
The ordnance was brought on board, and
the Council House, which formed a part of
the port, was tired. Further retaliation was
later resorted to in the capture of two junks,
one laden with timber and the other with
salt. After this overtures for peace were
made by the Chinese. Ultimately Messrs.
Mounteney and Kobinson proceeded to Can-
ton, and on the l8th attended at the
Viceroy's palace to present their petition
to trade. They were received with great
honours and their request was granted, the
Mandarin blaming the treachery of the
Portuguese for all the troubles that had
arisen. The party returned from Canton
" bringinge with them a ffirma or pattent for

ANCIENT VIEW
(From a print in the

ing them to proceed no further and promising
that influence should be used with the "subor-
dinate Viceroy for Trade" to obtain permission
to trade if they returned to Macao. Deeming
that they would Ijcst serve their ends by

OF CANTON.

IJritish .Museum.)

ffree trade and liberty to fortifie upon any
convenient (place) without the mouth of ye
river." The Chinese ordnance was landed
from the fleet and restored to them, and the
pinnace was sent to discover some island

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 21

without the river which would be suitable
for a settlement. On the 24th of August
Messrs. MouiUeney and Hobinson went up
the river with stock and presents, and after a
delay of two days, attired in Chinese habits,
were conveyed to lodgings in the suburbs
of Canton. After paying 10,000 " rialls of
eight " agreed upon for duties, they bought
eighty tons of sugar besides bargaining for
ginger, stuffs and other merchandise and
provisions. The trade assumed such a pro-
mising complexion that Mr. Robinson was
despatched to the fleet for six additional
chests of money, and twenty Chinese carpen-
ters were employed in making chests to
contain the sugar and sugar candy, which
we are told by the diarist "costs lid. p. lb.
and is as white as snow." Meanwhile, " the
malicious treachery and base designes of the
Portugalls slept not." They insidiously poi-
soned the minds of the authorities against
the English traders, and followed up their
secret machinations with an open protest
against any concession to the intruders.
The outcome of these plottings was that
Robinson and two other Englishmen who
were accompanying him were arrested in
the river on returning to Canton with the
additional specie and stock. At about the
same time an attack was made on the fleet
by sending against it a number of lire junks.
Fortunately this manoeuvre was detected in
time and the junks were avoided.

The party at Canton were left in close
confinement in their houses for several days.
Eventually, on their threatening to fire the
town, their guard was withdrawn. Meanwhile,
Weddell, not hearing from the merchants,
cruised with his vessels about the mouth of
the river pillaging and burning. At last licence
was given to the merchants to write, and they
did so asking Weddell to forbear.

On the 61h of October the Cliumpein at
Canton expressed a desire to Mounteney to
taste some meat dressed after the English
fashion, " whereupon they played the cookes
and roasted certain henns &c. which together
sent unto him, together with some bisquett,
a bottle of Sacke, and some other things
they sent unto him, wherewith he seemed
much content, and returned them many
thanckes assureing them of his friendshipp ;
nor did he fayle them therein to his uttmost.
And at their departure told them he was
sorry he could doe noe more for them,
beinge the plaine truth that the Portugalls
had outbribed tlieni, and had so far p'vayled
wlh ye great ones, that he alone was not
able to oppose soe many." He was, how-
ever, he added, soliciting the new Viceroy
on their belialf.

Then followed a course of trading marked
by repeated intrigues on the part of the
Portuguese to nullify the efforts of the English.
Finally, the Chumpein caused two " inter-
changeable writings," to be subscribed by
either party, and so dismissed them on equal
terms. The conditions of the agreement
arrived at were that the Englishmen should
pay a tribute of 20,000 " rialls of eight " yearly,
together with four pieces of ordnance and fifty
muskets. On their part the Chinese authorities
agreed that the English should make a selection
of any island near Macao, for the purposes of
a settlement, that they should have liberty
to fortify it, and that they should have the
same freedom of trade with Canton as the
Portuguese enjoyed. If Weddell's enterprise
had been vigorously followed up there is
little reason to doubt that the English might
have anticipated the founding of Hongkong
by two centuries. But the times were not
propitious for colonial adventures of any
kind, and least of all for one in such a

remote region as the China Sea. Torn with
internecine strife, and with the national
finances in a state of great confusion, Eng-
land turned her face from the path by which
later she was to travel to a dazzling position
of eminence as a world power.

The next few years were years of humilia-
tion for the English in the Far East. The
Dutch strove, and with considerable success,
to drive English trade from the China seas.
How low the national prestige had sunk may
be gathered from the reply made in 1645 by
the Surat Council to a proposition emanating
from the Spanish Governor of the Manilas
that a commerce should be opened between
those islands and Surat. The Surat factors
confessed their inability to supply the Spanish
with the articles they required because of the
vigilant eye the Dutch had over their actions.
They went on to say that although they
might "effect the business through the Straits
of Sunda, yet without the Coinpany's positive
order," they must decline hazarding the
Company's shipping, but " rather propound
unto the Court the obtaining from the King
of Spain his consent and license for an open
and free commerce between us." Apparently

himself for fear of falling into his hands ;
which disturbances with the Portuguese's
poverty had left Macao destitute of all sorts
of commodities, there not being to be bought
in the city either silks raw or wrought, (nor)
China roots other than what were old and
rotten ; nor, indeed, anything but China
ware, which is the bulk of the Hindi's
lading, the rest being brought in gold ; nor
could anything at all during the ship's stay
there be procured from Canton." The dis-
turbed state of China continued for some
time to interrupt the course of trade. Three
years after the Hiiidc visited Macao the
Company's agent at Bantam supplied a very
doleful account of the position of affairs to
his employers at home. " The experiment
which you desire we should make with one
of our small vessels for trade into China," he
wrote, " we are certainly informed by those
that know the present state and condition of
that country very well cannot be undertaken
witliout the inevitable loss both of ship, men
and goods ; for as the Tartars overrun and
waste all the inland country without settling
any government in the places which they
overcome ; so some of their great men in

MACAO, FROM THE SEA.
(From Uorget's "Slietches of Cliina.")

the risks were eventually faced, for at the
close of the year two of the Company's ships,
the Hiiidc and the Sea Horse, are mentioned
as having been one at Macao and the other
at the Manilas. The voyages were not
particularly successful, largely owing to the
anarchical conditions which prevailed in
China at this period. The Hiiuie, the
chronicler says, might have done better but
for " the extreme poverty of the place, it not
appearing the saine as it was at the Loiulon's
being there." Its condition was due " to the
loss of their (the Portuguese's) former trades
to Japan and the Manilas, the former of
which they lately atteinpted to recover by
sending a pinnace into those ports, but (they)
had their people that voyaged thither all cut
off, which makes them more miserable." As
for China it was represented in the factor's
report on tlie H/iidc's voyage as being
" wholly embroiled in wars." " One of the
chief Mandarins being risen in rebellion is
grown so powerful that he possesseth a great
part of the kingdom and is likely to be
owner of it, the king, after he had slain his
wife and two of his children, having hanged

China with a mighty fleet at sea of upwards
of 1,000 sail of great ships (as is conlidenlly
reported) rob and spoil all the sea coasts and
whatsoever vessels they can meet with ; and
how one of our feeble vessels would be able
to defend themselves against such forces is
easy to be supposed. As for the Portugalls
in Macao, they are little better than mere
rebels against their Vice Roy in Goa having
lately murdered tlieir Captain General sent
thither to them ; and Macao itself so distracted
amongst themselves that tliey are daily spill-
ing one another's blood. But put the case,
all these things were otherwise, we must
needs say we are in a very poor condition to
seek out new discoveries ; while you will not
allow us either factors, shipping or sailors,
scarce hall sufficient to maintain the trade
already you have on foot ; and therefore the
Dutch but laugh at us to see us meddle with
new undertakings, being hardly able to
support the old."

The Tartar invasion of China, Dutch hos-
tility, civil war at home, and a general lack
of means, were circumstances which com-
bined to circumscribe the operations of the

22 TW"ENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Cdmpany for a consklerabic period after the
inditing of this gloomy report. In 1654 the
Dutch appear to have sent two ships to
Canton from the Pescadores at the invitation
of the authorities there, I'lut tlie new Knif>eror
who was greatly incensed against the Hol-
landers and strongly prejudiced against all
foreigners, hearing of their presence at the
port sent orders that they should be cut off,
and cot off they would have been had not
the friendly Viceroy given thenj a timely
hint to cut their cables and depart — advice
which they promptly acccpte<l. About the
same period two private English ships, the
King Feniimimi and the Richanl ami Altirtlia
appear also to have visited Canton. They,
too, had to leave precipitately, and they de-
parted in anything but the odour of sanctity
with the Chinese, for they omitted to dis-
charge their measureage dues before leaving,
a circumstance which was unpleasantly re-
called live years later when the next English
ship appeared in the Canton Kivcr. This
vessel was the Company's ship Sural, which
in 1664 sailed from Bantam with a cargo of
pepper, indigo, a quantity of lead, and other
produce, amounting in value to Rs. 9,573.
They had difficulties as usual with the Portu-
guese at Macao : " They are low and proud,"
was the Company's supercargoes' verdict
upon them. They found pirates infesting
the mouth of the Canton River and exacting
blackmail from all whom they could intimi-
date ; and, most discouraging of all, they
discovered that there was " no certainty of
trade in any part of China under the Tartar
Government."

Foiled in their endeavours to create a
direct tnide with China, the Company sought
to achieve their end by indirect means. Their
new plan was to establish factories somewhere
in the vicinity of China where they could get
into touch with Chinese traders. What seemed
at the time to be a favourable opportunity
offered in consequence of the capture of Tywan,

Formosa, from the Dutch in 1664 by a venture-
some Chinese chief Mandarin, who followed
up his occupation of the island by establishing
something like a regal authority over its
inhabitants. This chief was reported to be
friendly to traders. It subsequently appeared
that his friendliness only consisted in a desire
to have in the foreigners' ships a convenient
milch cow to supply his warlike necessities.
But the Company were too eager at the time
to get a foothold in the China seas to examine
very closely into the motives which prompted
the indirect overture which was made to them.
In 1670 they despatched two small ships
to Tywan to reconnoitre the position. A
friendly reception was given to the Company's
representatives, who finally left with a signed
permit from the King for the establishment
of a factory. The next year two ships,
the Bantam Merchant and the Crown, were
sent out to Tywan, but the results of the
voyage were only partially successful because,
s:»ys a naive coinmunication sent home by
the factors, " of some perfidious Chinese
and our yett inexperience in those parts."
After this an effort was made to open up a
trade with Japan by vessels sent direct from
England ; but the venture was a complete
failure. One of the ships was captured by
the Dutch, and the other, after a circuitous
and protracted voyage, arrived lionie with
little to its account, but a heavy bill of costs.
The Bantam agency was anxious to resort to
the old Dutch method of capturing junks to
compel Japan to open her ports. But the
Court with great good sense wrote, " We
like not what ye wrote to become robbers
or to attempt to p'cure our trade with force,
although they (the Japanese) have dealt un-
kindly with us." The Court at the same
time thought that much good might be done
by cultivating the friendship of the King of
Tywan, for they accounted the establishment
at Tywan to be of great importance. Mean-
while, in opposition to this view, it was

(From a print, o( the date 165$, in De Goyer and De Keyser's "Embassy to China.'^

reported from Tywan that no great progress
was being made. The junks proceeding to
Japan refused to have anything to do with
the English cloths, and there were few open-
ings in other directions for lucrative business.

Simultaneously with the opening of a trade
with Formosa the Company took measures
to establish a factory in Tonkin. The Dutch
had long maintained an agency there, and
it was thought tliat the Company could not
do better than follow their rivals' example,
more especially in view of the determination
come to to promote a circuitous trade with
China. To further the enterprise the Zanl
frigate was sent out in 1672 with a full
cargo and a capable crew commanded by
W. Gyfford, one of the Company's trusted
servants. 'The ship reached the Tonkin
River on June 25th, and on the following
day passed up the tideway some 14 miles.
Then the frigate was ordered to stop until
permission had been procured for it to
proceed to Hien, the capital. A Mandarin —
one Ung-ja-Thay — came on board while the
vessel was lying-to, and the Company's repre-
sentatives in order to get on good terms with
him made hitn a pi esent of " 6 yards of
scarlet, 2 sword blades and 2 silver hafted
knives." These gifts apparently had not the
desired effect, for when the ship was pro-
ceeding up the river on July 6th, "the Man-
darin being this day aboard, pinioned the
captain and threatened to cut off the chief
mate's head, because they would not tow the
ship against a violent stream." However, "at
last they were forced to try but as soon as
the anchor was up the tide or current carried
down the ship in spite of all help ; soe he
was something appeased."

" Were it not that we have respect for the
Company's affairs," observe the factors in
their curious chronicle of the voyage, " we
should have resisted any such affront, though
we saw but little hopes of escaping, being
so far up the river and our ship so full of
soldiers."

Mr. Gyfford told the Mandarin that putting
such dishonour upon them as to pinion the
captain seemed very strange to them, and
therefore they desired no other favour from
him but leave to go back again, for they be-
lieved their honourable employers would not
trade there upon such terms. The Mandarin
answered " that while we were out we might
have kept out ; the King was King of Tonquin
before we came there and would be after we
departed ; and that this country had no need
of any foreign thing ; but now we are within
his power we must be obedient thereto ; com-
paring it to the condition of a married woman,
who can blame no one but herself for being
brought into bondage." The Mandarin, mean-
while, made free of the ship's stores. " He
calls for wine at his pleasure and gives it
amongst his soldiers and secretaries, forcing
them and our seamen to drink full cups only
to devour it." Afterwards the Mandarin
plundered the ship shamelessly, and later
some of the Royal house and leading officials
joined in the business. In the absence of
the King of Tonkin, who was away fighting
the Cochin Chinese, letters were delivered to
his son asking permission to build a factory.

In a summary of the proceedings Gyfford
stales the Mandarin " ransacked our ship at
his pleasure carrying away all our English
cloth, stuffs, lead and guns and anything
else that we hoped to make profit by, and
told us that the King would buy them — which
is true, but it will be at his own rates. . . .
With all our industry we have not been able
to do more than to unload the ship and
procure a chop for settling at Hien and send
of I our goods during the King's absence."

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 23

In another report dated, August 7, 1672,
the factors further dilate upon their troubles :
" Two voyages were made up to the city
Catcliao, first to procure the prince's chop to
land goods and second to make prices of our
goods they took from us for the King's use,
which was all we hoped to gain by ; but
they made us such prices as the Company
would lose by, except the cloth stuff and
guns ; and would have forced upon us silk
at 40 p.c. dearer than might be procured
abroad. ... It would be ot ill conse-
quence to the Company's affairs to allow
such an imposition, they at their own rates
abating ours and raising their own goods ;
and measuring our cloth by a false measure
contrary to custom, which is barely the Dutch
ell to which they added nearly a 2oth part.
They are the most deceitful, craving and
thievish people that ever we came among.
But we are encouraged to hope that the King
will hear our complaints and remedy all these
things for us at his return." On the 12th of
August the Zaiif dropped down the river and
left on her return voyage. Afterwards Gyfford
occupied himself in establishing the factory
at Hien. In letters to Bantam and the
Court, Gyfford, James and Waite, the factors,
enumerated the goods that were likely to be
most profitable. They concluded ; "'Tis not
convenient to send much goods hither. Prin-
cipally send what pieces of eight you can ;
for the life of this trade is money, and unless
the most part of the Company's stock sent
hither be in money this factory cannot yield
profit."

" It had been far better to have seen a
trade opened northward, before we engaged
in this expense, as we declared at Bantam."

" It is difficult to recover money from the
prince ; yet he must not be denied more
goods whenever he sends for them ; we
understand the King pays well, but his son
conceives it sufficient that he intends to do
the same when he succeeds to the throne.
. . . The usual way with the mandarins is
to take goods agreeing to pay at the same
time and in the same manner as the King ;
so that being interested, they prevent us
paying him so well as he is disposed to do.
He this year gave order to pay us in Plate ;
but the mandarins refused to obey and would
pay us only in bad silk at a high price. The
Dutch upon a like abuse being unable to get
their petition presented to the King, brought
their trumpet to the King's gate and obtained
immediate access and redress. If your
Honours continue here it must be upon such
hazardous terms as we have related ; and
you cannot blame your servants who are in
reality no better than slaves."

" It is the policy of the King to repress
trade lest the people grow rich and rebel ;
of which he is very fearful by reason of the
great population of the kingdom. He also
receives four-fifths of the profits of the land
and is very rich in gold and silver. The
people if they have anything bury it and
are afraid of making any unusual appear-
ance in their houses or apparel lest they
should be thought to have money ; therefore
it is impossible to induce them to wear
anything but what they are accustomed to ;
neither would the King permit it, for all are
habited alike according to their rank, in the
distinction of which they are very exact, for
not only a different title but also a different
language is used according to the rank of
the person addressed. . . . The Dutch have
been settled in Tonquin forty years — for the
first four years they suffered great affronts ;
but they bore all and in all things endea-
voured to oblige the King and still continue
to do so on account of the great profit they

make on silk in Japan. The Dutch bring
very little goods except for presents, and
small quantities of such gruff goods as the
King will not meddle with ; their chief profit
is on what they buy. Rich curiosities,
instruments, or materials of war, never escape
the King. Indeed, he lakes whatever he
fancies at his own rates. The Dutch take
care to supply him with things of this
description, but only with such as turn to
profit ; . . . We must do the same and
forbear to furnish him with lead, for which
he has only allowed one-fourth the cost and
charges."

The factors experienced great difficulty in
securing payment for the goods they sold,
but in the end by sheer pertinacity they
obtained some sort of an adjustment. Des-
pite the discouraging results achieved, the
Court in 1676-77 sent out another ship to
trade in Tonkin. It was received in much
the same manner as the Zaiit had been four
years previously. The factors' old friend,
Ung-ja-Thay, was early on the scene making
himself pleasant in his peculiar way. He
first of all wanted to beach the ship in oider
to inspect the cargo, but on receiving a sola-
tium of no dollars he agreed "to let the
ship alone and to proceed no further in his
ruinous intent." The usual presents were
made to the King, but His Majesty proved
fastidious and returned some of them as not
to his liking. The incident led to the des-
patch of a letter to the Bantam authorities
advising them how to proceed in future in
this important matter. " We would request
you," says the communication, "to write them
(the King and his son) letters in China char-
acters' and English or Portuguese sewed up
in a piece of China gold stuff, and sealed
each apart ; and insert (specify ?) your present
to them in your letter, which must not be
toys, but substantial things ; as great guns,
broad cloth, serges, large pieces rough amber
— the deeper coloured the better, or large
pieces of well-polished coral. The present
of the Dutch to the King this year was four
pieces of cloth, two sacker guns, a corge of
fine cloth, and a chest of rosewater. So in
proportion you may order your presents there,
and get them up handsomely as those of the
Dutch are." That these instructions were
not superfluous was shown a few months
after the letter was written. About that time
the factors were endeavouring to obtain the
grant of a site for a factory and, in order to
secure his goodwill, had made a present
of amber to the King's eldest son. The
prince, not finding the tint of the amber
exactly to his taste, returned the presents
without ceremony. He took care to let it be
known that the only amber which would
please him must be "as red as fire." Soon
after this incident a mysterious message from
the King reached the ship, demanding the
attendance of the commander, the gunner,
and the carpenter. The trio went wonder-
ingly, and on arrival at the palace found
that His Majesty wanted to show them a
great gun which his subjects had cast to fit
some shot which the Company's ships had
brought out. The weapon was duly inspected
and discreetly commended. But it seemed
that the King had not sunnnoned them
merely to survey and admire his subjects'
handiwork. Clever as the Tonkinese were
they had not been able to devise a contri-
vance for moving the gun, so the Englishmen
were commanded to manufacture a crane for
the purpose, on the lines of contrivances
used on their vessels. The direction was
obeyed and the crane duly supplied. " Yet,"
as the factors plaintively remark in one of
their reports, " we had not so much as thanks

though a man was ordered to oversee the
work and did nothing else for near three
months together." The King, in fact, took
all that he could get and gave little in return.
His subjects faithfully copied his example, in
many cases indeed improving upon it. Under
the strain of an intolerable situation the
Company's agents became very despondent.
Writing to Bantam about a month after the
delivery of the crane they say : " As to the
state of the Company's affairs here we know
not what to advise, having to do with an
unreasonable and untruthful people ; for the
more we endeavour to oblige them the
greater disappointments we find from them."
Notwithstanding the discouraging conditions,
the negotiations for a site for a factory were
continued until August, 1678, when, by dint
of bribery, a licence was obtained from the
King for the establishment of a factory on
a site below the Dutch factory. The plot of
ground given, the agent reported, " is not so
large as we desire, but need hath no law."
The consideration for the site was a brass
and an iron gun and shot. The former was
returned as defective, and the Tonkinese
" would not hear anything alledged in proof
of the goodness of the gun, for having once
refused it, no replications avail, though they
see the gun fired a hundred times." Appar-
ently this allegation of the defectiveness of
the gun was only a subterfuge to cover a
repudiation of the bargain that had been
come to. At all events, in October of the
same year the report was made to Bantam
that the King would not grant the ground
this year " being his climacterical year,
wherein he is so ceremoniously observant,
that no kind of public affairs has been com-
menced." The affair of the site dragged on
for some years, until after the death of the
King. A grant was ultimately made by his
successor and a regular establishment formed
subordinate to Bantam, until the factory was
captured by the Dutch when the control was
vested in Surat.

At the station a certain amount of trade
was done under restrictions peculiar to the
place. One custom which proved very
irksome and expensive was for the great
men of the country to repair at odd times
to the factory for purposes of entertainment.
They did not wait for an invitation, but with
their women folk dropped in just when the
fancy took them. Gratuities had to be given
to the women for the exercise of their vocal
powers, and there were other charges which
had to be defrayed out of the Company's
exchequer. We have an account of one of
these entertainments in the following entry
in the factor's journal under date October 18,
1694: "The Duch Ung came to ye factory
a little after noone, bringing with him abun-
dance of women, his mother and severall of
his wives ; and presently after he had drank
a cupp of Tea came about 20 Bandigaes of
Tonqueen fashioned victualls of his own, he
treating with them all ye factory and his
own people. A little before night wee pre-
sented our entertainment likewise. He ate
not himself, but ye women and his attendants
all participated. They danced and sung all
ye afternoone, and ye evening at their depar-
ture wee gave them 20,000 cassies." The
factory lingered on for some little time after
this episode, and then in consequence of
heavy defalcations on the part of the leading
factor and the general unprofitableness of the
business the establishment was withdrawn.

All the time that the Company was carrying
through this costly experiment in Tonkin
it was endeavouring by other means to ex-
tend its trade in the China seas. The capture
of Amoy by the King of Formosa in 1675

24 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONCJKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

supplied what al the first Mush appeared to
be a most promisinj; openiiiK lor direct
business rcbtions with Chiiu. The King
wa» not "Illy willing, but anxious for foreign
mrrcfaants to trade, and as an inducement

all expect the like or think themselves
slighted." " Wee .is merchants," Ihe Court's
letter proceeded, " have hitherto only treated
with them by our (actors upon the respective
places, and shall continue so to doc until

AXOT, FHOM THE OUTER ANCHORAGE.
(From .in engraving.)

he held out an offer of exemption from
customs and other duties for three years.
The concession in the end proved illusory,
but it served the intended purpose of attract-
ing traders to this new centre. In 1676-77,
the Company's (rigalc Tyicati, as an experi-
ment, was orclered lo go to Amoy and there
take on hoard a cargo of silk, and shortly
afterwards a faiiory was established. In
October, 1677, the head-quarters of the Com-
pany in China was transferred from Tywan
to this new centre, the pros|x;cts of which
seemed at the time to he encouraging enough
lo justify a special effort on the part of the
Oimpany. 'The Aiik)V establishment thus
organised consisted of Mr. lienjainln Delaune
as chief factor, on a salary of £Ho per annum,
a second factor on a salary of £'50, a third
on one of £40, and four writers at ;^lo each
per annum. 'These emoluments appear ridicu-
lously small, but it has lo be remembered
that the Company's servants were allowed
to engage in private trade, and there is
ample evidence that they freely availed them-
selves of the privilege, sometimes to the
marked disadvantage of the Company. The
liopcs entertained of Amoy were doomed to
speedy disappointment. When the King of
Tjrwan had got the factors completely in his
power he calmly rescinded the concession
relative lo exemption from customs' duties.
In vain Ihe Company's agents protested
ag/utat what they properly regarded as a
KToas breach of faith. The King's officials
blandly made llieir demands and would
accept no compromise. It was suggested
at the time by the Company's agent at
Amoy that g<M>d might t>e done by the
despatch of a special envoy from the Com-
pany to the King. But the Court very
emphatically rejected the proposal. While
they did not think that the least advantage
would accrue from sending such a personage,
a mission they considered would be expen-
sive and would " hegett a greater expcciation
fr<i«n the princes in those parts who would

their be just ground to make an alteration."
Bantam was instrucled to expostulate against
the unreasonable terms imposed, but matters
were "to be carried fair at Tywan till a sure
settlement is formed at Amoy or some other
place in China, where we design the chiefe of
our trade." At about this period the Com-
pany's operations were greatly hampered by

advantage of all the opportunities that offered
for commercial intercourse with Cliina.
Eventually the Dutch captured the Bantam
factory, and the direction of the Company's
interests was, as has been stated, transferred
to Sural, a far too distant point for really
effective control. Before this event occurred,
in May, i(>79, an invitation was forwarded
home from the Viceroy of Canton for a ship
or ships to go to that port. The Court, in
acknowledging the communication, expressed
thi-mselves doubtful as to the possibilities of
lucrative trade in view of the disturbed condi-
tion of Cliina. They added, " Yet forasmuch
as China may introduce a very considerable
trade and sent for English manufactures,
we hope in time when the wars shall
be ended and peace restored y' upon our
application to the Eniperor, wee may be
admitted to a Freedome of Commerce
in that country." Afterwards the Court re-
considered the determination expressed in
this letter to allow matters to rest. In a
conimunication dated August 12, 1681, they
wrote : " Wee have had many conferences
concerning the commencement of a trade
for Canton, upon which wee have thus far
agreed, viz., that it is a very desirable and
profitable trade — that the China silk comodi-
tyes from thence are generally better than
from Amoy — as also that it might be a place
in lime to sent a considerable quantity of our
English manufacture, in soe much that wee
should now have sent you a ship and cargo
proper and purposely for that trade ; but wee
are in doubt of two things : First, we are
not satisfied either by our owne letters or
by discourse with Mr. Marshall, English
Dacres, and Captaine Nicholson, or any other
that you have a sul'licient Chop or Phynnand,
from the Vice King or supream person in
autiiority at Canton for the security of our
ships estate and servants, which wee may
send thither. Our 2nd doubt is lest if wee
should send a ship thither the Chiiieeses at
Amoy, being at a kind of enmity with the

ENTRANCE INTO THE CITY OF AMOY.
(From Allom & VVriglils "Cliina.")

the inefficiency of the Bantam establishment.
The officials there sf> gravely mismanaged
affairs that the Company's interests in the
Straits were imperilled for Ihe time being,
and meanwhile the Dutch were taking full

Tartars and people at Canton and being
themselves a jealous, suspitious people should
take such offence at the news thereof, as
might in the consequence turne to tlie great
prejudice, hazard, or loss of our alTaiics,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 25

estate and servants at Amoy ; wtiere you
will see our concerns are very considerable
this year and like in our opinion (if not
interrupted) greatly to increase in the next."

The Court nevertheless gave a discretionary
power to Bantam to send one of the Com-
pany's ships already with them to Canton
with ;^3,ooo or ;^'4,ooo of stock to make a
trial of trade there. They further intimated
that they would ne.xt year consign a ship
direct to Canton with liberty to Bantam to
divert her to Amoy if her proceeding to the
former should be deemed dangerous. Finally
the Court directed that if Bantam had dis-
posed of the ships for the season they might
hire one to send to Canton.

Before the instructions could be carried out
Amoy had been recaptured from the King
of Tywan by the Tartars, and the Company
temporarily cut off from its principal base in
the Eastern seas. In the circumstances the
Court proposed that four vessels which were
being sent out to Amoy should proceed in
company to Macao and that a fifth vessel
should voyage to the Lampeco Islands, where
the Court were informed the Dutch had in
one year " laden twenty vessels with goods
of those parts, especially from Canton, and
rode there in safety and out of command."
Although the arrangements here do not appear
to have been carried out in their integrity
there is a record of the visit of two of the
Company's ships, the China Merchant and
the Tywan, to the mouth of the Canton River
in 1682. On their arrival becoming known
at Canton war junks came out to impede
commerce and they weie unable to do more
than a trifling trade. The supercargoes le-
ported home the reasons for their failure :
'■That which formerly made the trade of this
place to flourish," they said, " was the King
of Canton hiniselfe being a promoter of it
and interested therein," but being suspected
of holding a correspondence with the King
of Tywan he was put to death by the Em-
peror's orders in 1680, and the most eminent
merchants of the place were treated with
" much severity." Since then Canton had
been governed "by divers great Manderins,"
who by their vast extortions practised on the
merchants whom they privately permitted to
trade to the Macao Islands had " much de-
pressed commerce and discouraged merchants
from undertaking great matters."

The Tartar admiral, acting, it was stated,
at the instigation of the Portuguese, ordered
the two ships to leave their anchorage in
the river. Subsequently they proceeded to
Lampton or Twa, but finding a Tartar fleet
there returned to their previous anchoring
ground at Tempa Hebreda, near Macao.
Here they landed what cargo they could and
left early in 1682-83, fof Batavia. In October
of the same year the ship Carolina was des-
patched from England with orders to go to
Macao and if they were not admitted there
to proceed to Tempa Cabrado " where ye
merchants of Canton," the instructions said,
" will come over and deal with you for ye
whole ship's loading." The supercargoes
were cautioned to be very wise and circum-
spect in negotiating "they (the Canton mer-
chants) being a very cunning, deceitfull
people." " In standing with them to draw
them to the most advantageous terms," pro-
ceeded the letter of advice, "pretend that
you must speedily go to Amoy or Hock-
shew, and what other arguments you can
think on, to cause them to mend their last
rates on both sides of ye account. If you
cannot do all your business to your content
at Tempa Cabiijdo, yet if it be possible get
admission to settle yourselves a factory at
Canton and to have constant residence in

ye citty upon ye best terms you can. The
more to induce them to grant you a settle-
ment in Canton upon good terms, you may
propound our sending them four or six
ships of war, to serve them in their wars
against any but European nations at ye
rate of I2d. per ton p. diem for twelve
mos. They paying half of ye ship's freight
or hire to you in hand upon the ship's first
arrival at Canton. . . . The Court would
rather send eight ships of war than two, as
they would be the better able to cope with
the Dutch or any other that might obstruct
them." If they failed at Canton they were
to attempt to found a settlement at Hock-
chew or Amoy.

The Carolina, in spite of the obslructive-
ness of the Portuguese, contrived, by bribing
the Mandarins with the war boats sent out to
shepherd her, to do some business. It does
not appear from the records that any arrange-

home the ship China Merchant was des-
patched to Amoy to prosecute the trade
which it was sanguinely hoped the Delight
had opened up. On arrival at Amoy the
supercargoes were well received by the
Mandarins, who doubtless regarded the ship
as another pigeon to pluck. A letter left
for the newcomers by the supercargo of
the Delight, however, allowed no room for
misconception as to the character of the
Mandarins — " these rogues," as the writer
styled them. " Gentlemen," the communi-
cation said, " these are a people of noe
courtesy ; they will promise you mountains
but not perform a molehill. . . They may
chance to wheedle you to give a present to
ye Poke of HoccheAT and ye Booeh and
likewise ye Chungisun who is general! of
ye military affaires here ; he may tell ye a
faire story but take this from me, he has
nothing to do but give ye Booeh an ace'

SEELANDIA, ISLAND OF TyWAN.

(From Caron's "Jappati aiul Syani," published 1663.)

ment was made with the Chinese to afford
them help in their warlike operations, or
that the question was even seriously mooted.
The obstinate determination of the Chinese
Government to have nothing to do with the
foreigner apparently was proof against all
representations however attractively presen-
ted. At Amoy in 1682 it seemed for a time
that the old conditions of trade enjoyed
under the rule of the King of Tywan might
be restored. A ship, the Delight, sent out
by the Company two months later than the
Carolina, put into the port, and after a
lavish distribution of presents amongst tlie
ruling Mandarins obtained permission to
trade. But before the loading was far ad-
vanced peiemptory orders were issued for
the vessel to leave, and the captain had no
alternative but to obey, although to do so
meant heavy loss to the Company. Before
the news of their contretemps could reach

from whence your ship is and j'e like."
After giving details of the tortuous dealings
of the Amoy Mandarins the writer wound
up with a general caution telling them to be
careful to prevent disputes between the
sailors and the natives, not to sell any goods
to the great men without the cash in hand ;
to open every bundle of silk before they paid
for it and never to pay for any connnodity
until the seller had settled the custom dues
thereon.

Tlie China Merchant appears to have pro-
fited by this good advice. It got on passably
well witli the Mandarins, was actively
patronised by the merchants, and finally left
" chock full." The reason for the contra-
dictions manifested in the policy pursued
towards different vessels of the Company at
this period was explained by " the great
Padre " — a French Jesuit — to the supercargoes
of a ship sent out to Macao in 1684. " He

26 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

told them that the best port for trade was
IJankin. from whence the finest wrought and
raw silk came. To inquiries whether it was
poesihlc to procure the Emperor's permission
to settle at Anwy, Hockchew, Fochin, or
Nankin, he replied that he believed that it
might be obtained but that the best mode of
trade was by ships ' lo and again,' for there
was a constant change of Governors and
nothing could be done without making tliem

presents, which retarded the conclusion of
liusiness. The Emperor was desirous of
ena)uraging the ingress of foreigners to his
ports, for which purpose he had thrown open
the trade for three years, half of whicli was
expired, and if all things went on well this
freedom was likely to be continued ; but tlie
Chinese were very jealous of strangers and
did not like factories or settlements. The
Padre cautioned the captain not to enter any

river or any way to put himself into the
power of tlie Chinese ; and instanced their
conduct to the Dutch last year at Anioy, who
were impiisoned till half their goods were
taken for nothing and were then obliged to
make large presents lo be allowed to depart.
The Emperor did not permit and was ignorant
of such conduct, but the officers knowing their
time was short ' make liay while the sun
shines.' "

CHAPTER III.

Efort* lo open a Trade with Canton — Troubles of the East India Company with " Interlopers " — A Mission to
Cochin China — First Elnglish E!stablishment at Canton — Formation of a Permanent China Council by the East
India Company — An Elstablishment formed in Chusan — Abandonment of Chusan Factory and Foundation of an

Establishment at Pulo Condore — Affairs at Canton.

Ekcodragbd by the somewh.it qualified
success of the Amoy enterprises, and stimu-
lated also by the activity of the Dutch, who
after their occupation of Bantam made great
efforts to capture the China trade, the East
India Comp.iny, in 1687, sent out several
ships. Two of them, the Loudon and the
Worcester, were despatched lo Amoy, and
there, in August of the same year, a com-
mencement was made with the establishment
of a factory by the hiring of a house. Some
ciays afterwards the fair prospect which

Amoy had its advantages, but there were
no delusions at home as to its inferiority as
a centre of trade compared with Canton.
In 1689 90 the Court despatched the ship
Defence out with special instructions to
attempt to open up trade with that port. On
September ist the vessel arrived at an anchor-
age about " 15 leagues to the fclastward of
Macao," and tlie supercargoes landed "in a
fair sandy bay in siglit of ye Maccoa Islands."
At a town they came to they procured three
bamboo chairs and eleven wheelbarrows

CXTy OK .A.MUY FltOM THK TOMBS,
(From Allom H. Wright's "Cliina.')

teemed to have opened up was obscured by a
"regrelUble incident. " A drunken English
sailor, wandering about at night, found his way
to the Custom House, which he broke open.
To acc'immodate the matter the factors went
to the leading official. This person "was
kind and civill and all he desired was a due
punishment might be given to him (the sailor)
by (Mirselvcs according (as in our opinion)
ye cTime meritled ; w'h was inflicted in
public view aslKjre by 100 stripes with a call
of nine lailes and Pickle to their satisfaction."

" much more convenient than our English
ones, but somewhat more noisy, for twas
easy to hear them a league off." On their
way to Canton the trio were well received
and strangely enough the Mandarins would
neither accept presents themselves nor allow
their followers to take them. Arrived at
Canton the supercargoes without difficulty
obtained a chop for the ship to proceed up
the river ; but to their mortification the captain
declined to move from the anchorage to which
he had proceeded about six leagues off Macao.

His excuse was that he had struck his
topmasts and could not get away. But it
appeared that there were other and more
personal reasons for his rchictance to accept
instructions. He seems to have been busy
doing an active private trade, "forestalling"
the Company's agents in several directions.
These delinquencies, however, faded into
insignificance by the side of one indiscretion
which had a tragic result and eventually
wrecked the entire enterprise. While ashore
one day the Captain got into an altercation
with the Chinese about a mast. After a
scuffle the captain's men bore away the trophy
in triumph, but as they went off in the boats
the natives, irritated at their discomfiture,
pelted them with stones. Upon this the
captain gave orders to his men to fire,
and a volley was directed to the crowd
on the shore with unfortunate results, one
Chinaman being killed outright and another
wounded. The fire was returned and the
native pilot who stood by the captain was
wounded. But this was not the worst outcome
of the business. " In this confusion," says
the account sent to the Court by the super-
cargoes, " ye poore doctor 3rd and 5th mate
and 7 Englishmen on shore were not thought
on, or neglected, the pinnice and long boat
having cutt loose ye mast making a way from
ye shoar, who had they stay'd but a few
minutes longer might have received our poor
Doctoi-, who with some others making towards
ye boat was miserably cut down in their sight.
Later news was brought that the doctor
mortally wounded was drag'd by ye cruell
Tartars into their Cajan Watch House, where
he lies on ye ground chain'd in his gore most
miserably, with ye stinking dead corps (after
it had been carried around ye towne ye more
to irritate ye Chinese) lay'd by him and none
suffered to come near and dress his wounds,
and all ye rest of his people (save ye two
mates which (I) believe have sheltered them-
selves amongst ye Portuguez) bound miserably
in ye same house."

The supercargoes offered 2,800 taels to
accommodate the affair, but the Mandarins
demanded S,ooo, and not receiving this
amount they detained one of the super-
cargoes to enforce the payment. The captain,
who throughout had acted in a spirit of
absolute independence, finding the turn that
events had taken s-et sail without the super-
c.ugo, and so what seemed a most promising
opening for securing a foothold at Canton
ended in the official classes being turned

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OE HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 27

once more stro[if«ly aj;ainst the traders.
Apart from this unfortunate episode the times
were not at this period propitious for the
China trade. "Interlopers" had become a
source of serious anxiety to the Company.
On the one hand they made things difficult
in China by submitting to exactions ; on tlie
other they injured sales at home by flood-
ing the market with goods at low rates. The
Court, writing to Madras in October, 1690,
thus explained the situation : " China goods of
all sorts are in very low esteem here ; we sell
them cheaper than ever we did in times of
peace. That trade hath been much overlaid
of late and must be declined for a while to
recover its reputation. Lacq'' ware of Ton-
quin is a great drugg and so is Thea except
it be supertine, and conies in pots, tubs or
chests that give it no ill scent of the oyl, or
any other matter. The custom upon Thea
here is about five shillings p. pound, whereas
a mean sort of Thea will not sell for above
two shillings or two shillings and sixpence
(p. pound)." In another communication of a
somewhat earlier period the Court, depressed
by the failure of their projects in the Far
East, made a novel suggestion to their agents
at Madras : " We have," they wrote, " no
kind of thoughts of spending any part of the
Company's stock in any new port or factory
at present, except upon the generalls arrivall
he and you should resolve to settle some
place in or near the South Seas, where the
Chineeses may resort to and cohabit with us
(without passing by Mallacca or Batavia)
under the protection of our fortificalion and
plant sugars and Betlenut, keep shops, and
do all other business as they do under the
Dutch at Batavia, for which we should be
content to allow them our encouragement
and protection, paying us one fourth part in
all respects of what they pay the Dutch, and
we should order all our China ships to stop
there going and returning for encouragement
of the place." This proposal was not acted
upon, but the entry is interesting as an indi-
cation that the Company so far back as the
end of the seventeenth century grasped the
importance of the possession of great
entrepots such as Singapore and Hongkong
afterwards became.

The Company's fight against trade rivals
at this period was of such a character as to
leave it little energy for any fresh adventures.
A new charter was under consideration by
Parliament, and pending its issue " inter-
lopers " were everywhere active, doing their
best to capture trade which the Company
regarded as its own. How bitterly the
Court resented these rival efforts is to be
seen in the following order which was
issued in reference to trade in the early
part of 1693: "We have and do continue
and confirm our indulgence for all Bengali
and China goods to be sent home by the
Armenians and all English merchants,
our owne servants and all other persons
whatsoever upon the same terms of consign-
ment and indulgence as last yeare ; it being
of absolute necessity for us so to do untill
our Charter be thoroughly settled by Act of
Parliament, without which permission and
indulgence during the Company's unsettle-
ment it will be impossible soe to curb the
avaritious corrupt nature of mankind but that
some officers of our owne ships or others
of our servants will be tempted secretly at
least to assist and countenance interlopers for
the very end of sending home by the inter-
loping ships goods prohibited by our Charter
Partys — notwithstanding any oaths or other
obligations they have entered into to us."

The Company secured its new charter in
October, 1693. Under it its exclusive privi-

leges were extended for a period of twenty-
one years, and it was empowered to add
;£"744,ooo to its slock. The powers conferred
brought a welcome addition of strength to
the Company, but they did not set the trade
of the Far East free from the baneful in-
fluence of the wicked interloper. When the
Court was despatching the ship Tniiiiball to
Amoy, in 1697, it gave the supercargo
specific instructions to hasten the voyage so
as to anticipate a Mr. Gough who was
sending out an interloping ship or two.
"And if between you," they said, "you could
secure to yourselves Amo, or whoever else
you find the most considerable merchants on
the place by such apt ways, and means, as
to hinder his, or their, assisting the inter-
lopers, it will be a very commendable and
dexterous piece of service, which we think
should not be a very difficult thing to effect,
if you can make him or them rightly sen-
sible that the Company are a permanent
lasting body, likely to continue, having settle-
ments in diverse parts of India and their
fiiendship worth courting and preserving;
whereas the interlopers are a sort of licen-
tious people whose interests often thwart
one another, at least run in different chan-
nells, and are likely never to come thither
again, after having once made a voyage."
The interlopers continued to give trouble for
long afterwards, and complications were
added by "country" ships from India at-
tempting to cut into the trade. The latter
class of rivals, however, burnt their fingers
so severely over their enterprises, owing to
the exactions to which they were subjected,
that they speedily dropped out of the run-
ning. Meanwhile, the Court, with intent to
secure a new trading centre in the China
seas, opened up negotiations with the King
of Cochin China, for the establishment of a
factory in his dominions. This was not the
first attempt of the Company to obtain a
lodgment in Cochin China. Early in the
century a factory had been established in the
King's territory, but its life was brief and
its end tragic. After numerous disputes with
the native officialdom the chief agent one
day openly resented the extortions practised
upon him. A fight ensued, which resulted
in the massacre of the entire eslablishment.
Those were days when British prestige was
at a very low ebb, and the outrage went
unavenged. More than this, with the story
staining its records, the Company, eighty
years later, on a hint from the then King,
was ready to cringe for favours which His
High Mightiness might be pleased in his
great condescension to extend to it. In
acknowledging a letter from the monarch
inviting the Company to trade, Mr. Nathaniel
Higginson, the president at Madras, in a
strain of exaggerated hyperbole, commended
His Majesty for his liberality. The King's
ancestors, the letter said, had forbidden trade,
but their "luster was confined within their
own bounds," but now His Majesty's fame
" like the sun would shine throughout the
world." Not to be outdone in flattery, the
King thus responded ; " Supreme Governours
and Princely Councillour, who represents
ye chief person of ye Western axis, which
receives its name from ye Northern Pole
hanging over it— the English who perfectly
understand whatsoever is contained in ye
Book of ye 6 Sheaths and ye Three
Orations, so called among us, and containing
wholesome doctrine — who have ye strength
and courage of ye Bear, ye Tigre and ye
Panther — who industriously nourish ye mili-
tary art, and perfectly understand not only
ye Heavens, but ye earth, ye wind, ye clouds
and ye airy regions — whose understanding

reaches ye sun, and whose hands are able
to sustain ye firmament — who are so very
carefull in clioosing governors and ruling
their subjects ; in ye protecting of their
people, in giving honour to great and
worthy men, in kindness to foreigners — and
although ye distance from us hinders our
personall conversation, yet our minds are
never separated from you in esteem and
affection." He proceeded to say that the
season was now past for trade, but
that if the ship returned next year all
requests would be freely granted, and thus
would be introduced "a new method of
trade, that making use of ye riches that
are under Heaven, we may gain ye love of
all ye nations of ye Northern and Southern
climates."

The reception accorded to the Company's
agents was hardly in accord with the
unctuously friendly tone of the letter. On
arrival off the coast they landed and were
entertained at the hut of a fisherman " with
boiled snake and black rice." After a con-
siderable delay they were carried across the
river to " ye Barre Towne " where they
were received by a great company of armed
men. After some general questions they
were told to stand up, in order, says the
factor's narrative, " that their men might feel
us (it being their custom) which they did
examining our pockets .... as if they
searched for diamonds, &c. A Common
Prayer Book and other of like bulk, they
must know what was writt in them, and
what language with many other imper-
tinences." Eventually the visitors were
allowed to depart, but an order was given,
and had to be obeyed, for the unloading of
the ship in order that the cargo might be
inspected. The King took what goods he
wanted, but the Company was not much
better off for the transactions because of the
action of " certain Japaners," who priced the
goods sold low in their own interests. Here
for the moment we must leave the Cochin
China enterprise. There was an interesting
sequel, but before we come to that we must
deal with a rather important development in
the China trade. This was the despatch in
1698-99 by the English East India Company,
as distinguished from the London Company,
of the first ship sent direct to China by them.
This vessel, the Macclesfield galley, arrived
off Macao on August 26, 1699. Soon after
the anchor had been dropped a Canton
merchant, Sheamea by name, came on board
and offered to take the entire cargo. It
subsequently proved that his overtures were
part of a conspiracy amongst the Cantonese
traders to keep down prices. How the affair
was worked is described in this interesting
passage from the ship's journal; "Sheamea
on his departure desired us to try the market
and we would then finde that his offers were
the best ; this was part of the plot, they having
agreed to bandy us about from one party to
the other, and that each should offer less
than the other for our goods, and advance
the price of their own, till at last we should
be glad to agree with Sheamea who was to
make the best offers and finish the contract,
in which each party was to have their
determined shares. The existence of this
combination was further demonstrated by the
following circumstances, viz. — Having some
suspicion we privately marked the silks and
found that all the parties produced the same
musters — one party mentioning what another
party had enjoined as a secret, and on our
going to visit one of them we found them all
in consultation, which with other concurring
circumstances left no doubt of the combina-
tion."

I. FA^AOE of THK (iKKAI Tl^UI>LI.

VIEWS AT MACAO.
2. Gknekal View.

3. Chapel ok the Great Temple.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The Enjjlishmcii, after coiisultiiif; together,
thought that the Company's interest would
be best served by their proceeding to Canton
and disposing of their goods there. They had
previously found the Cliinese authorities very
courteous, but tlie chop given them only
permitted trade at Macao, and consequently
a new permit would have to be obtained
before the ship could be taken into the
Canton Kiver. In these circumstances two of
the supercargoes, Messrs. Douglas and Biggs,
were sent to Canton to negotiate with the
authorities. They were kindly received on
arrival in the city by the two Hoppos, and
also met with a friendly reception from
M. Bonac, the P'rench agent, who had been
a resident since 1698. M. Bonac invited the
visitors to stay at his house, but from jealousy
of the designs of the French, the factors
declined the offer, though they accepted an
invitation to dinner. The full permit to
trade having been obtained the Mncdcsfwld
galley entered the river on October 3rd, and
anchored at Whampoa near a French ship
from Madras and a "Moor ship" from Surat.
Six days later, on going ashore to pitch his
lent, the captain was attacked by a large
armed party from the French ship, and his
men were severely beaten. A complaint was
made to the chief Hoppo of the outrage, but
he, while sympathising with the English, said
that as the French ship had come with an
ambassador and presents it was beyond his
jurisdiction. In the circumstances as the
French were overwhelmingly strong there
was no alternative but for the captain of
tlie Macclesfield galley to pocket the affront.
Though this unpleasant occurrence did much
to mar the harmony of the Englishmen's early
days at Canton there was compensation for
them in the progress which they made with
their business. Following upon the grant
of a right to trade they, on October 9th,
laid the foundations of an English factory
at Canton by occupying a house which
they had rented from a merchant at the
modest price of fifty taels for the mon-
soon season. Their early days in this new
home are described in interesting detail in
the journal which they faithfully forwarded
home for the edification of their employers
in accordance with the almost unvarying
practice followed by the agents of the Com-
pany's ships. Soon after the factors had
settled, the two Hoppos invited themselves
to dinner. They were advised by their mer-
chant — Hun-Shun-Quin — "to bespeak some
tables of victuals from the cook shop, for the
two Hoppos and their ol'licers, and that we
should allow their servants, soldiers and
chairmen, about seventy in number, 5 ban-
dareeus each for their dinner." The chief
factor accordingly ordered eight tables, one
for each Hoppo, one for himself and assis-
tants, and five for the Hoppos' officers.
" The chiefe Hoppo's table was placed at ye
upper end of ye roome, upon ye left hand
side and ye second Hoppo's on ye right hand
side (ye other being ye highest place accord-
ing to ye Chinese and Tartar fashion) our
table was placed in ye same roome, fronting
ye Hoppos', with our faces towards them :
ye table for ye Secretarys was in ye next
(roome) adjoyning to yt where we satt ; and
ye tables for ye other officers where below.
Every table was served with 5 or 6 dishes,
dressed in whole joynts Tartar fashion (ac-
cording to ye Europe manner) but brought
in only one dish at a time ; and afterwards
scverall services of China victualls, brought
in after ye same maimer, but not removed
untill ye whole number was compleat, wch
was 16 in all, sett in a peculiar forme and
manner and brought in att a considerable

distance of time, drinkeing tea, wine or
cordiall waters, between each service accord-
ing to ye custome." The dinner being over
the Hoppos retired until the tables were
" clean'd downe, for they use no table cloths."
The dessert, consisting of sixteen sorts of
fruits, sweetmeats, and pickles, being placed
on the tables the Hoppos returned. The
chief Hoppo " being an old man drank
sparingly but the second Hoppo took his
cups freely and urged us to do tlie same."

Afterwards an official inspection was made
of the goods. " The chief Hoppo fancied a
pair of brass blunderbusses and the second
a pair of pistols which they desired to pur-
chase ; this the linguist told me was only a
genteel way of begging and advised me to
give them as a present which I did and
they after some pretended difficulty in taking
them accepted."

Some little time after this entertainment
the Chief Hoppo invited the English factors
to breakfast. The account given of the
function by Mr. Douglas, the chief factor,
furnishes amusing reading : " Being arrived,"

tions to the Court, thus concludes: "Ye
many troubles and vexations wee have mett
with from these subtile Chineese — whose
principalis allow them to cheat and ye dayly
practise therein have made them dextrus at
it — I am not able to express at this time ;
and however easie others may have repre-
sented ye trade of China, nether I nor my
assistants have found it so, for every day
produces new troubles, but I hope that a
little time will put an end to them all." Sub-
sequently Mr. Douglas ascribed the delays
and difficulties experienced in realising the
sales and investments actually agreed upon to
the great fall in the price of Europe goods
and the rise in that of Nanking silk after
a contract for sale had been made. Owing
to the many delays it was not until July 18,
1700, that the Macclesfield galley was able to
leave Canton. The vessel, after touching at
various ports to coinplete her cargo, arrived
off Portsmouth in the July following with "a
rich and full cargo."

Before the Macclesfield galley had left
Canton the Coiut at home had decided upon

A MANDARIN PAYING A VISIT OF CEREMONY.

(Krora Allom & Wiight's "Cliina.")

he wrote, " we were obliged to wait the
coming of the French, Captain Goosline and
Mr. t'leetwood, the Hoppo having provided
a breakfast for us and intending to admit us
altogether. In the meantime suspecting that
the French miglit attempt to take precedence
I by the linguist informed the Hoppo of my
fears, who immediately sent word that he
would take care about that and appoint us
our places. The expected party being arrived
we were ushered into the inner apartment
where the Hoppo met us at the door and
received us in the most courteous manner.
After the usual compliments he ordered three
tables to be prepared, one for himself, one
for the French, and one for the English ;
which being done he desired us to be seated,
when the French second (the Chief being
absent from indisposition) either by design
or accident took the place intended for me
(Douglas) which the Hoppo observing called
me to his own table and seated me on his
left hand, treating me with great respect."

The trading transactions of the factors
were marked by interminable disputes and
delays. Mr. Douglas, writing of his opcra-

the formation of a permanent Council to over-
look the Company's affairs in the Far East.
The Commission, which was dated November
23, 1699, was to Allen Catchpoole, president,
Solomon Lloyd, Henry Rowse, John Kidges
and Robert Master. In order to give greater
prestige to the chief of the CounciJ the
Court obtained from the King a commission
appointing him and his successors in the
presidential office " King's Minister or Consul
for the English Nation." With this appoint-
ment may be said to begin the caiecr of the
British Consular Service in the Far East,
and in a measure the commencement of the
diplomatic connection of Great Britain with
China. The Council's instructions were to
attempt to form a settlement at Limpo or
at some convenient port near Nanking or at
Nanking itself. " We have been greatly
encouraged to this Northern Settlement from
the hopes we entertained of opening a way
into the Japan trade," wrote the Court in
explanation of this selection of localities
for a factory. As to the person ticl of the
establishment thus constituted, the members
of the Council were given the rank of

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HON(JKONa, SHANGHAI, ETC.

mcfchants. It was directed that all the
(actors' affairs of tMiying and selling should
be managed in Council, for which purpose
consultations should be held once a week or
oftener and the proceedings regularly entered
by a Secretary.

The Cimncil was empowered to dismiss
any servant who defrauded the Company or
betrayed their interests, or who " should
cmnmil any heinous crime as murder, theft,
blasphemy or the like, — or should rent any
farms or duties of the Emperor of China or
his Ministers whereby they might be subjected
to their arbitrary powers and the Company's
estate under their management ha/arded, — or
if anv Company's servant marry any Maho-
metan, Gentoo or Pagan."

To encourage their servants the Court
allowed them to send home yearly what gold
they pleased in order that their friends might
return the prixxx-ds to them in silver. All
salaries in China were, it was stipulated, to
be paid at the rate of 5s. the " piece of eight "
or dollar. The jurisdiction of the presidency
was to extend over the whole Empire of China
and the adj.iceiit islands.

The new Council sailed from England in
the Eaton frigate at the close of 1699, and
arrived at Banjarmassin on July 16, 1700.
There news was received tliat the Com-
pany's ship, Trumbiill galley, had left in
company with two junks on the 15th of
June previously for Chusan, where it was
intended to form a settlement. In conse-
quence of this information the Ealoii directed
her course also to Chusan, and arrived off
that island on the nth of October. President
CatcIip<K)le met with a friendly reception
from the Governors, but he could not obtain
permission to form a settlement. When he
pressed the matter he was referred to
Peking. To approach the Emperor an em-
bassy would have been necessary, and as
this Would have cost at the least ;^io,ooo, the
recommendation to memorialise the throne
was not unnaturally disreg.irded. President
Catchpoole continued at Chusan in the hope
that some change might be effected in the
situation by persistent applications backed by
gratuities to the hungry officialdom of the
Government In this expectation he was
disappointed, and month after month slipped
by without the Council advancing an inch in
the direction in which it wished to go.
Meanwhile, trouble arose through the rivalry

concerned. At the beginning of 1701-2
matters reached a crisis. Through the
machinations of Mr. Cough, the agent of
the London Company, an edict w.is issued by
the Chinese authorities expelling Catchpoole
and his establishment from the island. The
terms of the order were so emphatically
expressed that Catchpoole had no allernative
but to obey, and on the 2iid of February he
and his colleagues left in the Eaton for

A NATIVE OF PULO CONDORE.

(From a drawiiij* in the Manuscript l^ooni of tht

llritisli Museum.)

Batavia. In writing home at this period,
Catchpoole and his colleagues reverted to
their troubles and disappointments since
their arrival in China. They stated that
they had been " scarce a day free from
insults, impositions, or hardships from the
mandarins or merchants in respect of trade
or government ; " but, they went on to say,
"nothing thereof have affected us with that
concern as the treachery and undermining

PULO CONDORE.
(From a drawing in the British Museum.)

o( the I^ondon East India Company which
at this time was actively competing for the
China trade, notwithstanding that negotia-
tions were going forward and, indeed, were
advancing towards a satisfaciory issue, for
the amalgamation of the two Companies.
There were constant disputes and bickerings
between the two establishments, to their
mutual disadvantage as far as trade was

practices of our own countrymen and bosom
friends ; who whilst sitting in Council with us
have been privately working the ruin of our
footing with the mandarins and merchants
of the place by abetting and encouraging
them to force us away in the Eaton."

After an absence of about twelve months
the Council returned to Chusan, the way for
them having been made smooth by the usual

material agencies. But it was only lo renew
the old struggle for ascendency with obsliiiate
and unreasonable colleagues. On this occasion
it was the captains of the Company's ships
who caused the trouble. These individuals
comported themselves in iiidcpeiulent fashion,
showing a contempt for authority vvhicli
was resented by President Catchpoole and his
Council. Tiieir worst offence seems to have
been to make themselves at home at the
factory, utilising rooms which were required
by the establishment. Catchpoole, in reporting
their delinquencies at home, remarked a fro/'os
of an unwelcome visit from the captains :
"The writers and factors lay up and down
on tables. As we now are four writers lie
in a room ; and yet the Factory rent stands
the Company in 100 taels a month. We had
trouble to get Captain Palmer out of Mr. Hal's
apartment : he left in such a rage that he
went on board and broke open Mr, Carleton
and Mr. Chitty's, the supercargoes' apartments,
and has made the great cabin less. Should
your honours think I act too little I must
plead for myself that we are in China, where
the Governors are so villainous that they
einbrace any opportunity to confound all, and
these captains, to gratify their little pride, fear
nothing."

In another conimunicalion, after fuither
dissensions, Catchpoole wrote saying that all
the captains were unruly, but there were
distinctions to be made between them.

" We look upon Captain Palmer's as a
giddy headed boyish distraction ; but Captain
Smith's rudeness grew to so great a height,
that in Council we unanimously ordered him
not to come into the factory ; yet some few
days after he did come, and falling into hot
and quarrelsome words, he challenged the
President out of the Factory ; who did
go out after him, and to avoid the porlerly
dispute of Boxing, threw a counting board at
him and broke his head ; and he having in
this encounter offered to strike the President,
the said Captain was again brought into the
Factory and with abundance of violence forced
on board the Liampo (one of the three ships
in port). Which although it raised a great
uproar in the town and amused the mandarins,
yet it convinced them that the English Com-
pany's President has soine power. "

President Catchpoole came eventually to the
conclusion that the position at Chusan was
not worth maintaining. Trade was irregular
and at the best not lucrative and the otiicial
interferences and exactions made existence
almost intolerable. He had long had his eye
on Pulo Condore, an island off the coast of
Cochin China, which he confidently believed
might with due enterprise be made to become
a valuable entrepot for the China trade.
Tliitlier he proceeded in 1703 and forthwith
commenced to establish a factory. Apparently
the King of Cochin China claimed sovereignty
over the island, and on hearing of the occu-
pation sent a letter of protest through a local
governor. President Catchpoole acknowledged
this in a strain of humility worthy of Uriah
Heap. Addressing the official as " great and
noble sir," he assured him that if they had
been wanting in respect it was due to their
ignorance of the customs of Cochin China.
But now that he had been pleased " to con-
descend so far as to style me your brother,
you shall on all occasions find me to behave
with the dutiftilness of a younger brother to
his elder." Referring to the presence of two
of the Company's servants in the King's
dominions, he said that he did not doubt his
countrymen would return to him " with the
welcome news of the conquering King of
Cochin China's leave for my settling here
with my people. But I shall find some

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 31

inconveniencing if you are not so bountiful
to me as to order about 50 carpenters
and bricklayers hither to build me a house
and other conveniences ; for those already
built for the English who can't work in
these hot countries, do keep not out the rain.
And it will be but like an elder brother, to
condescend to order what pay each man shall
have." The King of Cochin China himself
replied to this letter in an extraordinary
effusion dated August 2, 1703. The King
stated tliat his complaint against them was
not that they showed no civility by the mak-
ing of presents, but because of their illegal
behaviour.

" Consider ye," he said, " and examine
seriously, and fear Heaven with all your heart
and all your strength and you will presently
become as if we were surrounded by a wall."

" You are pleased to say in your letter that
upon another occasion when a ship comes,
you (will) send richer presents. How can
such sort of things be precious to us ?
Would you know what it is we highly
esteem ? Upon goodness and piety we put
a great value ; friendship and love we reckon
of great moment : what regard can we have
to pearls and rich silks, if honesty and respect
be wanting ? But seeing you are very expert
in sea and military affairs we are confident
you will exert your teeth and hoofs against
our enemies ; and on this account you
will do a considerable piece of service
and worthy of you ; and so long as you stay
and trade in that island we freely forgive
you the Customs of the goods and the
tribute of the land although the old inhabi-
tants pay both ..."

" Get everything in good order, that you
may come to Court yearly, whereby it will
come to pass that we shall mutually, as in
the Winter Season, cherish one another, and
also increase our fidelity and friendship ;
which two blessings are so great that they
can never be exhausted."

" Now the wind is favourable, the sea calm
and the vessel desires to leave the port ; and
we have written this letter. Although the
rivers be as a belt, and although the hills be
as stone to rub ink upon ; although also the
sea be spacious and the Heavens high ; never-
theless, piety, concord, gratitude and the
remembrance of favours done, shall never
have an end."

The immortal Chadband himself — to select
another Dickensonian illustration — could not
have surpassed the unctuous fervour of this
communication. The amusing thing is that
the King was a notorious old reprobate who
worthily ruled over as thievish a lot as the
East India Company ever had dealings with.
From beginning to finish the attempts to
trade in Cochin China were failures mainly
for this reason. The Pulo Condore factory
was a particularly bad bargain. The place
was unsuited in every way for the purposes
for which it was designed, and the estab-
lishment, after the expenditure of a consider-
able amount of money upon the enterprise,
was withdrawn. With it disappears from
the scene the pompous figure of President
Catchpoole, " the King's Consul," and the
first official chief of the Company's establish-
ments in China.

The chief centre of interest once more
shifts to Canton. Relations of some kind
appear to have been maintained with that
city by the Company during the period of
President Catchpoole's sojourn in Cliusan and
Pulo Condore. In 1704 an unpleasant new
departure was made by the Chinese authorities
by the appointment of a functionary known
as the Emperor's Merchant, who was in-
vested with authority to monopolise the trade.
This " new monster," as he was termed by
the indignant English factors in their reports
to the Court, was a man " who formerly sold
salt at Canton and was whip't out of the
province for being caught defrauding tlie
Emperour of his dutys on that commodity,

but not being whip't out of all his money,
he had found means to be introduced to the
Emperour's son and successor who for a
sum of money reported to be 42,000 Taels
had given him a patent to trade with all
fcluropeans in Canton exclusive of all other
merchants." The discontent aroused by this
new and formidable obstacle to trade took
shape in a strong representation to the Quang-
choo-foo, as to the disastrous results which
would ensue if the system were continued.
This official set an inquiry on foot and found
that the Emperor's Merchant had literally
no goods, and that the other traders were
debarred from selling goods in consequence
of his patent. In the end an agreement was
come to by which the Emperor's Merchant
allowed others to participate in the trade in
consideration of a payment to him of a duty
of 5,000 taels per ship. Besides having to
bear this heavy imposition trade about this
period was penalised by an import duty
amounting to 4 per cent, of the value of
the goods. In 1704 the charge is spoken of
as " an imposition lately crept upon us by
the submission of our predecessors the two
preceding seasons." The character of the
duty is thus explained : " One per cent, of
the four is what has been usually given by
the Chinese merchants to the linguist upon
all contracts, and the linguist was used to
gratify the Hoppo out of the sum for his
employment. The other three were first
squeezed from the China merchant as a
gratuity for upholding some particular men
in monopolising all the business, and this
used to be given in a lump, so that by under-
valuing the goods and concealing some part
they used to secure half the charge ; but to
show how soon an ill precedent will be
improved in China to our disadvantage, the
succeeding Hoppos, instead of the persuasive
arguments such as their predecessors used,
are come to demand it as an established
duty."

CHAPTER IV.

Regular Trade at Canton — Accession of the Emperor Kienlung — Liberal Trade Policy — Commodore Anson and
the Mandarins — Trade Confined to Canton — Arrest of Mr. Flint, a Supercargo — Special Mission despatched to
Canton by the East India Company — Regrettable Incidents — A British Sailor delivered up to the Chinese and

executed by them.

Before the eighteenth century had far
advanced the trade with Canton had as-
sumed to a large extent a regular character.
The Company's instructions provided that the
supercargoes in China should keep but one
table, and should meet at least twice a week
for consultalion upon the Company's affairs.
As to the ships, the general practice was for
them to await off Macao until the super-
cargoes had ascertained whether the condi-
tions at Canton were favourable to their
approach to that city. If a satisfactory re-
port was made the vessels were taken to
Bocca Tigris where the Hoppo's officers
boarded them. Through the linguist an inti-
mation was conveyed to these personages
that the supercargoes wished to wait upon
the Hoppo. Subsequently an interview took
place with this high official, and after the
exchange of compliments, a demand was
made for free trade under stipulated condi-

tions. The main conditions were that the
trade should be with all people without re-
striction ; that the Company's servants might
entertain in their service what Chinese ser-
vants they pleased, and discharge them at
their pleasure ; that if their English servants
committed any fault deserving punishment
they should be dealt with by the super-
cargoes ; that they should be at liberty to
buy all sorts of provisions for the factory
and the ship at their will ; that they should
pay no custom or other duties for any goods
they should bring on shore and not dispose
of ; that they should have liberty to set up
a tent ashore, to mend and fit their casks,
sails, and rigging ; that their boats should
have liberty to pass the several custom
houses or boats as often as should be
thought fit without being called to or ex-
amined on any pretence whalsoever where
the British colours were hoisted, and that at

no time should their seamen's pockets be
searched ; that the Hoppo should protect
them " from all insults and impositions of
the common people and Mandarins who
were annually laying new duties and exac-
tions which they were forbidden to allow
of." Finally, it was demanded "that the
four per cent, be taken off and that every
claim or dem.ind the Hoppo had should be
demanded and determined the same time
with the measurement of the ship." It was
usual for the Hoppo to signify his assent to
all the demands, with the exception of the
last, which he could not agree to. The
supercargoes were accustomed to press the
point, and on finding that there was no
prospect of concession would discreetly " let
that argument drop."

In 1720 a new source of embarrassment to
the trade arose in the formation of a com-
bination of native merchants to secure the

S2 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

fixing of prices at levels which they approved.
A movcaient o( the kind was set on foot
as \vc have seen iin>re than twenty years
earlier, but this was by no means so formid-
able a manifestation of the genius of the
Chinaman for exclusive dealing as that with
which the factors were now faced. Finding
how matters stood the supercargoes adopted
a bold line. They declined to wait on the
Mandarin at Whampoa or to commence the
trade until the Co-hong, as the combination
w.is called, was abolished, and they were
at liberty as heretofore to trade without
restraint. The Isontock, hearing of the dis-
pute, summoned the princip;»l native mer-
chants before him and told them that if they
did not dissolve the Co-hong he would find
means to compel them to do so. This plain
speaking had its effect, and trade dropped
into its old channels. But within a year a
further source of anxiety arose in one of
those episodes with which the history of
British trade in China teems. One of the
Hoppo's officers was accidentally killed at
Whampoa while engaged in the discharge
of his duties amongst the shipping. Though
no blame attached to any one the local oHicials

festation. Before many months had elapsed
the old tactics were revived and practised
with irrit.iting persistency. In 1728, following
upon a series of disagreeable incidents, came
the levy of an additional duty of 10 per cent.
on all goods sold by the merchants. The
burden imposed by this charge was so serious
that the European trading community decided
upon the somewhat bold course of making a
a personal protest to the Isontock. Assem-
bling at the factories they proceeded in a
body to the Isontock's residence. They were
admitted after some delay to the Mandarin's
presence, and delivered their address to him
through one of his officers. After cursorily
perusing the document the great man told
them, not too affably, that they should deal
with responsible merchants and pay their
customs. With this advice, with which they
could very well have dispensed, they were
dismissed. Alter the interview there was
some relief from the more obno.\ious of the
regulations, but the 10 per cent, duty was
maintained in spite of repeated protests and
representations to the Court of Peking.

A new and important era in the history
of European trade in China was reached in

A VIEW OF THE CANTON FACTORIES IN THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY,
(l-'roni u print engraved in 17K4J from a picture paiiUcdiii Cliina.)

seized two mates and four of the inferior
officers of the CadoUnn, one of the Company's
ships, who were quietly walking in the street
near the factory at Canton. An indignant
protest was made to the Hoppo against this
despotic action, and a plain inlimation was
given that unless redress was immediately
afforded the Company would be recom-
mended to transfer their commercial dealings
from Canton to some other port. As usual
when firmly treated the authorities were
quite reasonable. The Mandarin who com-
mitted the affront was degraded from his
office and a promise was given that he should
be bamtxxicd and rendered incapable of
being again admitted into the Emperor's
iicrvice. It may be doubted whether the
punishment was ever inflicted, or if inflicted,
whether the right person suffered, but the
fact that the Hoppo thought it worth while
to give even formal expression to his dis-
pleasure shows that the Chinese officials at
this time had learned to value the privileges
which trade bi ought in its train Uto highly for
them to part with them readily. The sweet
reasonablieness shown by the Mandarins in
this affair was, however, but a passing mani-

1736 on the occasion of the accession to the
throne of the Emperor Kicnlung. Of all
the modern rulers of China Kienluiig de-
serves to be regarded as by far the greatest.
He entered upon his long and eventful reign
of more than sixty years animated by the
highest principles. While perfonning the
customary rites on the day of his installation,
the youthful monarch made a vow that
" should he like his illustrious grandfather,
Kang-hy, be permitted to complete the six-
tieth year of his reign, he would show his
gratitude to heaven by resigning the crown
to his heir, as an acknowledgment that he
had been f.avoured to the full extent of his
wishes." Kienlung lived to redeem this
pledge, and by so doing gave a remarkable
example of royal sincerity. The first public
act of the Emperor was to recall from exile
all the members of the Koyal family who h:id
been banished by his predecessor in conse-
quence of their attachment to the Christian
religion. Associated with this tolerant mea-
sure was the issue of an edict relative to
foreign trade, the general tendency of which
was liberal. The rescript abolished the 10
per cent duty and made other notable con-

cessions. On the other hand there was a
provision in the imperial decree that all
vessels on arriving at Whampoa should land
their armament and leave it in the custody
of the imperial officials. In due course the
edict was prnmulgated, and the opportunity
was availed of by the British traders to
make the Isontock handsome presents, in
the expectation, afterwards realised, that the
order in reference to the delivery of guns,
&c., might be dispensed with. Matters pro-
ceeded smoothly after this until 1741, when
the arrival of Commodore Anson, in His
Majesty's ship Centurion, the first King's
ship to visit the Canton River, caused some
excitement and led to a fresh crop of difli-
culties. Under the Chinese law the admission
of warships to the river was forbidden, and
obstacles were interposed to the Cenlnrion's
passage. Finding how matters stood. Com-
modore Anson hired a boat with the intention
of proceeding to Canton to interview the
authorities. As he was embarking the Hoppo
declined to grant him a permit, and forbade
the boatmen to proceed. Not to be thwarted
in this fashion, Anson told the Hoppo that
if by the next day a permit was not forth-
coming he would arm the Ccntiirioti's boats
and force a passage. This had the desired
effect of breaking down the opposition to the
famous officer's visit to Canton. Elated at
his victory, Anson would have insisted upon
an interview with the Viceroy at Canton, but
he was dissuaded from pressing for this by
the British traders, who feared that high-
handed action would react unfavourably on
commercial relations. After refitting and
provisioning his ship, Anson put to sea with
the view of intercepting the valuable Spanish
ship bound annually from Acapuico and
Manila to Lisbon. He succeeded in his
venture and took his prize into the Canton
River with the, to him, surprising result that
the Chinese authorities promptly demanded
the customary duties for both vessels. Anson
emphatically declined to accede to this de-
mand, and with a view to contesting the
matter with the high Chinese authorities,
repaired with his boat's crew in full dress
to Canton. Actuated by a desire to ensure
the safety of the shipment of stores for his
vessels, he refrained from seeking an inter-
view with the Viceroy for some days. At
length, wearied with the procrastinating
policy pursued towards him, he sent a letter
by one of his ofiicers demanding to see the
Viceroy. This application would probably
have met with but scant courtesy but for a
happy incident which won the good will of
the authorities. Two days after the letter
was despatched a serious fire broke out in
Canton. It would have ravaged a consider-
able quarter of the city but for the prompt
and efficient aid rendered by the Cciiliiiioit's
men, who, by arduous work, were able to
confine the outbreak within comparatively
narrow limits. In gratitude for this signal
service the Viceroy appointed a day for an
interview. Anson attended at the time fixed,
and, with a sailor's frankness, detailed to the
Viceroy the various grievances under which
the British traders laboured. He concluded
with the expression of a hope that orders
would be given which would prevent the
recurrence of the events complained of. No
immediate reply was given to this bold
harangue. After a time the interpreter inti-
mated to Anson that he did not believe that
any reply would be given. The audience
closed with the expression by the Viceroy of
a hope that Anson would have a prosperous
voyage.

The deliberate reticence of the Viceroy on
this occasion was doubtless only a courteous

TWJ]NTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANCmAI, ETC. 33

way of intimatinjf that the policy pursued
hitherto would not be altered, notwithstand-
ing all that had been urjjed ajjainst it. This,
in fact, was the attitude assumed later and
persisted in in the face of the most strenu-
ous representations from the British trading
community. One feature of the administra-
tion, which at this period was productive
of bitter resentment, was the practice of
naming security merchants for each ship.
Under the system a particular merchant was
held responsible to the Government for the
payment of all duties and customs on goods
imported in the ship, whether purchased by
the security merchant himself or any one
ebe. In like manner he was made account-
able for the duties on export cargoes, while
he was subjected to heavy financial charges
of an irregular character on the strength of
his position. The natural effect of the
system was to prejudice the Company's busi-
ness transactions in various ways, but more
particularly in enhancing the cost of com-
modities which its agents purchased. In
1754 the Isontock was approached with a
view to the abolition of the practice. These
merchants were received courteously, but the
Isontock declined to give them a written
reply. Afterwards he appointed two security
merchants to each ship, in the illusory hope,
apparently, that the increase in the number
ol the sureties would meet the objections of
the merchants.

Marked by some vicissitudes, but on the
whole showing a satisfactory measure of
progress, the trade contiimed until 1757. In
that year a striking change in its conditions
was made by the issue of an imperial edict
coniining the foreign trade of the Empire to
Canton. Up to this point, as the narrative
has shown, Amoy and Limpo in Chusan
had both been the resort of British ships,
and thougli Canton had with the advance of
the century become more and more the real
centre of the China trade, thoughts were
from time to time longingly directed by the
Court of Directors towards other ports. At
the very time that the edict was being
promulgated a vessel despatched by the Com-
pany was on its way to Cliina charged with a
mission to open up a more regular trade with
Chusan. Mr. P'lint, who went as supercargo,
was instructed to reside if possible for some
time at Nanking, and while there to direct
attention to the silk trade to which the Com-
pany attached great importance. Mr. Flint,
on arriving at Limpo, found it impossible to
get even common necessaries, much less to
carry on a trade. This attempt to open a
trade after the issue of the edict was keenly
resented by the Chinese authorities, who
saw in it a deliberate defiance of the
imperial orders. On Mr. Flint proceeding to
Canton in December, 1759, to report himself,
he was summoned to the presence of the
Isontock. The supercargoes deemed it expe-
dient that they should accompany him, and
accordingly the entire party proceeded to
the Isontock's palace. The officials there
would have confined admission to Mr. Flint,
but the supercargoes determined not to be
excluded. They were received by a Mandarin
and proceeded through two courts with the
apparent acquiescence of the officials. On
arrival at the gate of the inner court of the
palace, their swords were taken from them
and they were hurried into the Isontock's
presence. There an attempt was made to
compel them to pay homage after the Chinese
fashion, and on their resisting they were
thrown down. The Isontock perceiving that
the supercargoes were resolute in their
determination not to humiliate themselves,
ordered the attendants to desist. Afterwards

he directed Mr. Flint to advance towards
him, and this gentleman having separated
himself from his colleagues he was told
that an order had been received from the
Emperor for his banishment to Macao for
three years, and for his ultimate exclusion
from China, for going to Limpo after His
Imperial Majesty had positively ordered that
no ship should trade there. It was further
intimated that a man, who had writlen a
petition which Mr. Flint had caused to be
publicly displayed at Tientsin with the object
of attracting the notice of the Emperor,

upon them as they were fully persuaded he
was well disposed to favour them." The
sanguine belief here expressed in the ulti-
mate repudiation of the Isontock's despotic
behaviour was not justified by events. Mr.
Flint was kept in close confinement at a
place near Macao for nearly three years.
Such was the rigour of his treatment that
even letters were not allowed to reach him.
With a view to ameliorating the situation
the Court, in 1760, determined to send out a
special mission to Canton. To represent them
they appointed Captain Skottowe of the

THE GREAT EMPEROR (KIENLUNG).
(From Sir Georj^c St;iunton"s '■ Lord Mac;u-tnL'y's Embnss)-.")

was to be publicly beheaded that day for
treacherously encouraging such a step. The
indignation which this extraordinary episode
excited found vent at a united meeting of
European traders at the British factory three
days later. All present agreed to send home
lo their respective companies a report of the
unwarrantable action of the Isontock, and
they doubted not that a method would be
found and measures taken to make the
facts known to the Emperor, " who they
were convinced would avenge the affront put

Company's ship Royal George, and they
entrusted him with a letter from themselves
to the Isontock. Elaborate instructions were
given to the envoy as to his behaviour in
the Far East. He was not to be seen in
the shops, &c., purchasing chinaware ; if he
wanted any goods he was to send for the
merchants, and not go for them himself ;
he was never to appear in undress in the
streets, or at home when he received visits ;
above all he was to be called Mr. Skottowe,
not Cdfhiiii, and it was to be given out that

34 TWENTIETH CENTrRY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

he was llie bri>«lier of His Majesty's I'nder
Secretary of State who had the honour to
write the King's letters. The Court might
have spared themselves this (letty deceit.
Captain Skottowe's mission was a complete
failure, no« a single point of the list of de-
mands he presented being conceded. There-
after, for some years, events pursued their
accustomed course. The only development
of interest was the revival of the Co-hong, in
1760, with consequences very detrimental to
the Company's trade. The supercargoes were
instructed to pay constant attention to this
conspiracy and to other restrictions on trade,
but at the same lime they were told " that
in all their proceedings pacilic and ct>ncilia-
tory measures only were to be observed, and
Uie utmost care taken not to give any just
reason for umbrage to the Chinese govern-
ment." In I7ft4 the visit of the British
warship Ari<o to the Canton River led to
trouble of a new kind. The Chinese authori-
ties, on the appe.irance of the ship, insisted
on measuiing her with a view to the payment

a refusal. After due deliberation the captain
assented, and the ship was measured, to the
great relief of the traders, whose affairs had
been at almost a complete standstill during
the four months that the dispute con-
tiimed. In connection with the Ari^o's visit
to Canton we find, in a minute of the Court
of the Directors of the period, one of the
first references to that tral'tic in opium which
was destined, a good many years later, to
exercise a powerful influence on the course
of events in China. The Court, adverting to
the stoppage of trade caused by the incident
just narrated, state that they had heard that,
besides other goods, opium had been shipped
in the Arf^o in the way of private trade, and
they requested that a full account might
be sent home of the matter, as opium was
prohibited and the importation might be
most detrimental to the Company's interests.
The fact that the Company's ships were
the only vessels exempted from search on
account of opium no doubt lent point to this
instruction.

AN OLD VIEW OF NANKING.
(From a print at tlic liiilish Muscuin.)

o( the ordinary dues. The captain resented
this on the ground that the officials had no
power over a king's ship. In consequence
of the attitude he assumed the merchants
refused to be responsible for the Company's
ships, and trade was stopped. To alleviate
the situation the supercargoes offered to pay
dues for the Argo at the same rate as that
charged for the largest Company's ship ; but
this was declined. The Hoppo slated that he
intended to proceed to Whampoa to measure
the ship, and that if his request was refused
she would have to leave. The Isontock took
an even higher line. He wanted to know
what the supercargoes meant by offering to
pay the mea-sureagc in lieu of the ship being
measured ? Such procedure, he intimated,
was contrary to all custom, and he concluded
by sa}-ing ll>at if the ship was not measured-
the supercargoes would have to leave the
country, and the merchants would be bam-
booed and banished Canton. In view of the
official attitude the supercargoes strongly
urged the captain of the Argo to submit in
order to avert the injurious results which
would, in their opinion, certainly How from

By this time the Biilish trade in China
had dropped into a regular groove, and it
was yearly growing in importance. In order
that their interests might be better safe-
guarded the Court, in 1770, ordered that
their surpercargoes, instead of going back-
wards and forwards with the ships, should
reside permanently in China. An almost
immediate outcome of this change in system
was the dissolution of the Co-hong, which
the supercargoes were able to effect through
an intermediary, though only at the cost of
100,000 taels. The removal of this barrier
to trade had a beneficial effect, but in general
the position of the British traders did not
improve with the lapse of years and the
growth of their mercantile relations. Re-
grettable incidents were still of frequent
occurrence. They were not always due to
faults on the Chinese side, but in their
adjustment the Chinese ofiicialdom invariably
put themselves in the wrong by tlieir arrogant
and unfair attitude. One of the most im-
portant of these imbroglios occurred in 1784
through the accidental killing of two Chinese
by the firing of a saluting gun from the

British ship Lady Hii!;lics. On the occurrence
becoming known the authorities, accompanied
by the native merchants, waited on the
President of the British factory to demand
that the man who had fired the gun should
be given up in accordance with the laws of
the Empire. The reply given was that it
could not be ascertained who the man was,
that in all probability the gunner had
absconded, and that they (the supercargoes)
had no power over private ships, to which
category this vessel belonged. However, the
supercargo of the l.aiiy Hiifihcs agreed, at
the instance of the Select Connnittee — as the
Company's governing body at Canton was
styled — to go to Canton in order to explain
the circumstances. This individual subse-
quently accompanied the Chinese officials to
their destination, and after an examination
for form's sake, he was decoyed away and
conveyed by an armed guard into the city.
The seriousness of the turn that events
had taken was recognised by the European
communities of all nationalities. With one
accord they agreed to stand by the British
in their demand for the release of the
supercargo. In order to give emphasis to
the protest armed boats of the several ships
at anchor at Whampoa were called up to
Canton.

Notwithstanding this display of force, the
Chinese resolutely declined to hand over the
supercargo until the gunner or some sub-
stitute had been provided. The Select Com-
mittee ultimately weakly conceded the point
by delivering over to the custody of the
Chinese the man who fired the gun on the
fatal occasion. When he was surrendered
the Mandarins desired the Europeans present
"not to be uneasy as to his fate." This
was thought at the time to be reassuring.
But the Select Committee were reckoning
without the ingrained devotion of the Cliinese
to the spirit of their law of homicide, under
which the causing of death in all circum-
stances, even the most innocent, is a serious
crime. On January 8, 1785, in consequence
of an order received from the Emperor,
the unfortunate man was put to death by
strangling. Afterwards representatives of the
various European factories were summoned to
attend the Mandarins, and were informed by
them that the Emperor was greatly displeased
at their having so long delayed giving the
man up. The official spokesman commented
on the extreme moderation of the Govern-
ment in demanding the life of only one
foreigner while the lives of two Chinese
subjects had been lost by the accident.
He added that the Government expected a
readier compliance with their demands on any
future occasion of a similar character. It
does not appear that any further protest
was made by the British representatives
against the arbitrary action of the authori-
ties. Probably it was recognised that such
would have been useless. Whether that is
the true explanation or not the episode
cannot be said to reflect credit on the
British representatives of the period. They
seem to have blustered at the outset and
then to have handed this wretched man
over without the smallest guarantee as to
his treatment. They might have known
from earlier experiences of the same type
that the surrender in the circumstances was
tantamount to acquiescence in a sentence of
death. Reviewing the whole circumstances of
the deplorable incident later the Court made
some sensible remarks on the general attitude
of the Chinese. " Experience had slunvn,"
they wrote, " that the Court of Pekin would use
its power to carry into execution whatever it
declares to be the law. Individual Chinese

VIEWS IN AND ABOUT CANTON.

I. Tkmple ok Buddha.
3. Bridgk near Canton.

Pagoda and Village on the Caxal near Canton.
On the Canal between Macao and Canton.

36 TWENTIETH CEXTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

may be, and often arc, afraid of Europeans,
but ttie Gt>vei nineiit was not so. Dcsiwtic
in itself, iijnorant of the power of foreij;n
nations, very su|vrrior to tlie divided and small
Slates tliat surround it, the Chinese esteem
Ihemselves not only the lirst nation in
the world but the most powerful. Such

circumstances and such notions had naturally
produced a high and imperious spirit in
the {•overnment, but no fear." The Court
directed that in the event of a casualty
like the last unfortunate accident happening
to any of the English, the supercargoes
should use every means in their power to

slop the business in the first stage by apply-
ing to some Chinese mercliant of ability
to get such a representation made to the
Viceroy as might secure the life of the
person. Only in the event of a murder
were they to deliver the perpetrator up to
the Chinese.

CHAPTER V.

Lord Macartney's Mission to China — Friendly Reception by the Emperor — Stately Court Ceremonies — Unsatisfactory
Negotiations — Return of the Mission — The Emperor's Letter to King George — Affairs at Canton.

The cumubtive efl'ect of vexatious inter-
ferences, the arbitrary displays of authority,
the unfair exactions, and the ever present
manifestations of jealous exchisivencss which

went to make up the Imperial Chinese
policy, was to produce in England a feeling
that an organised effort should be made lo
place matters on a better footing. In the

THE EAKL OF MACARTNEY.
(From an cDgravinK by liartolozzi in the Print Kooni, Brilisli MuMum.)

view of influential authorities, the China trade
was too important to be subjected, as it
often was, to the caprice of local ofiicials.
It had developed in remarkable fashion and
would develop to a still larger extent if the
heavy restraints put upon it were removed,
or even materially modified. Furthermore,
there was the consideration that while other
nations, through missionaries or scientists,
had long been able to maintain direct inter-
course with the Emperor, Great Britain,
though possessing by far the greatest stake
in the country, had never been represented
at the Imperial Court. It was suspected that
the loss from this absence of contact was a
good deal more than the negative one of
lack of influence. On the one hand foreign
intrigues were promoted, there was reason
to believe, by the spirit of aloofness which
was maintained by the Court, while, on the
other, abuses were created as the direct
result of giving local ofiicials practically
unlimited powers, and denying all right of
appeal to the supreme head of the Govern-
ment. In all tlie circumstances it was held
that the time was ripe for the despatch of
a special missioti to China to invoke the
imperial protection for British subjects and
to attempt to widen the opportunities for
trade between the two countries. The idea
took definite shape at the beginning of 1792,
when the Court of Directors were informed
by the Govermnent that tliey contemplated
sending an embassy to Peking for the pur-
pose of placing our intercourse with China
on a firmer and more extended footing.
Doubts were expressed by tlie chairman and
deputy chairman, who were first consulted,
as to the probability of any substantial advan-
tage accruing from the projected step. But
in view of confident expressions of opinion
in a contrary sense, emanating from other
quarters, and of the strong desire evinced to
make the experiment, they did not allow
their misgivings to go to the extent of opposi-
tion lo the proposal. The Court subsequently
took a very active part, in consultation with
Ministers, in perfecting the arrangements for
the mission.

The choice of the Govermnent for the
office of ambassador fell upon Lord Macartney,
a distinguished Ex-Governor of Madras, who
had specially qualified for diplomatic work
early in life by conducting a successful mission
to the court of Catherine ol Russia. He was
an accomplished man of the world, tactful,
dignified, and resourceful, and he had shown
in his dealings with Orientals in his Indian
appointment that siuvir fiiirc which of all
personal qualities is perhaps the most im-
portant in that connection, k better selection
indeed could scarcely have been made, and

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONUKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 37

it was approved witli something like enthu-
siasm by the East India Company. The
mission sailed from Spithead on September
26, 1792. Macartney and his suite of ninety-
five persons embarked on board the Lion
man-of-war of sixty-four guns, and the East
India Company's sliip Hiiiitooslnii, one of
tlie finest of tlie Company's fleet, accom-
panied the warship, together with the brig
Jackall. After calling at Balavia and Tuion
iBay in Cochin China, the little squadron
arrived at Chusan. The Embassy was well
received here and at other ports at which
the vessels touched, and abundant supplies
were furnished by the authorities. On
August Sth Lord Macartney and his suite,
emiiarking in the smaller vessels of the
squadron, proceeded up the Peiho Kiver,
where a yacht was awaiting to convey them
to Tongsion, tlie landing place for Peking.
The Ambassador was most favoiUMbly im-
pressed, not only with the higher officials
who were assiduous in their attentions, but
with the common peojile who thronged the
shore at every point. " I was so much
struck with their appearance," he writes in
his diary, "that I could scarce refrain from
crying out with Shakespeare's Miranda in
the ' Tempest ' —

' Oh. wonder ! How many goodly creatures are
there here !
How beauteous mankind is ! Oh ! brave new

world,
That lias sucli people in it.' "

On August 6th the mission landed. They
were received with much ceremony and were
conducted to the Temple of the Sea God,
where they were formally welcomed by tlie
Viceroy of the province. After partaking of
tea the party proceeded to business.

" The Viceroy began by many compliments
and inquiries about our health, and talked
much of the Emperor's satisfaction at our
arrival, and of his wish to see us at Gehol,

■ssxr-x^i^f-afsax Sfc-

many persons, and that the presents for the
Emperor and our own baggage were so
numerous and took up so much room, that
we should require very spacious quarters
at Peking. That as we found it was the

to the Sovereign of the East by sending the
present Embassy, and hoped it would be
attended with all the good effects expected
from it. That as it was equally my duty
and inclination to promote these views to the

CHINESE BARGES OF THE EMBASSY PREPARINtJ TO PASS UNDER A BRIDGE.
(From Sir George Staunton's " Lord Macartney's Embassy.")

Emperor's wish for us to proceed to Gehol,
we should prepare ourselves accordingly, but
that we should find it necessary to leave a
great part of the presents at Peking, as many

CHINESE BARGES OF THE EMBASSY PASSING THROUGH A SLUICE

ON THE GRAND CANAL.

(From Sir George Staunton's " Lord Macartney's Embassy.")

in Tartary (wl;ere the Court always resides
at this season), as soon as possible. To
these we made (he proper return of compli-
ment, and then informed the Viceroy that
the train of the Embassy consisted of so

of them could not be transported by land
to such a distance without being greally
damaged if not totally destroyed. We ex-
plained to him the high compliment inteudtd
by the first Sovereign of the Western 'W^orld

utmost of my power, I requested the Viceroy
would be so kind as to give me such infor-
mation and advice as might enable me to
render myself and my business as accept-
able to the Emperor as possible."

The Viceroy, who was described by Lord
Macartney as "a line old man of seventy-
eight years of age . . . calm, venerable,
and dignified," listened with perfect politeness
to the Ambassador's representations and ex-
pressed in unaffected manner his complete
compliance with them. On August 7th the
mission commenced their journey to the
interior. The entire party were embarked
on thirty-seven yachts or junks, " each yacht
having a flag flying at her mast head to
distinguish her rank and ascertain her station
in the procession." The emblems also bore
in large Chinese characters these words, "The
English .Ambassador bringing tribute to the
Emperor of China." Besides the boats accom-
modating the mission were numerous craft
conveying Mandarins and officers who were
allotted to the service of the visitors. Indeed,
as Sir G. Staunton, the official historian of
the Embassy, records, " No slight magnificence
was displayed, and no expense seemed to
be spared." But the mission had not got
very far before it had a taste of the un-
pleasant side of Chinese officialdom. A
Tartar Mandarin in high office, styled the
Emperor's Legate — one Chin-ta-gin — who
had been told off to accompany the Embassy
to Gehol, raised difficulties in regard to the
disposition of the presents. In somewhat
brusque fashion he intimated that the Em-
peror would expect to have all the presents
carried to Gehol and delivered at the same
time. Macartney answered him " that the
Emperor was certainly omnipotent in China
and might dispose of everything in it as he
pleased, but that as the articles which I
meant to leave at Peking would certainly be
totally spoiled if managed according to his
notions, I requested he would take them

88 TWKXTIKTH CENTTTRY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

enlinly into hu own hands, for that / must
be ocuied fnwn presenting anything in an
imperfect or damaged state, as being un-
worthy of his Britannic Majesty to give and
o( bis Chinese Majesty to receive." This
view of the matter "startled" llie Legate
and together with the Viceroy's opinion

^S**^

custom. The reception by tlie Emperor took
place on September 14th. Macartney gives
an interesting description of it in his diary.
" We alighted at tlie park gates," he wrote,
" from whence we walked to the ini|Terial
encampment and were conducted to a large
handsome tent prepared for us on one side

APPROACH OF THE EMPEROR OF CHINA TO RECEIVE LORD MACARTNEY.
(Comer's •' History of Clliila .ind India.")

induced him to recede from the position he
had taken up. But Macartney " could not
help feeling great disquiet and apprehension
from this untoward disposition so early
manifested by the Legate." Later the Legate
and his brother ofticials essayed to give the
Amb.issador lessons in court etiquette and
more particularly in the ceremony known
as the kototr. This was done " with a degree
of art address and insinuation that Macartney
could not help admiring." They said, "they
supposed the ceremonies in both countries
must be nearly alike, that in China the form
was to kneel down on both knees and make
nine protestations or inclinations of the
bead to the ground, and that it never had
been and never could be dispensed with."
Macartney replied that the English form was
sofDewhat different and that though he was
most anxious to do everything that might
be agreeable to the Emperor his lirst duty
was to do what was agreeable to his own
king. This ended the discussion for the
period, but a few days afterwards the subject
was revived. The Mandarins pressed Macart-
ney most earnestly to comply with it, and
said it was a mere trifle. "They kneeled
down on the floors and practised it of their
own accord to show me the manner of it,
and begged me to try it whether I could
not perform it." Macartney remained obdu-
rate, but he subsequently relented to the
extent of agreeing to omform to their
etiquette provided a person of equal rank
Willi his were appointed to perforin the
same ceremony before his sovereign's picture
as he should perform before the Kmperor
himself.

After a short stiy at Peking en route, the
Ambatsador entered Gehol in great state on
Septem b er 8th. Here the old controversy
about the etiquette of the reception was
renewed. Finally, it was decided that the
English ceremony should be used, but that
Macartney should not kiss the Emperor's
hand, this being deemed repugnant to Chinese

of the Emperor's. After wailing there about
an hour his approach was announced with
drums and music on which we quitted our
tent and came forward upon the green
carpet. He was seated in an open palanquin,

prostrations. As soon as he had ascended
his throne I came to the entrance of the
tent, and holding in both my hands a gold
box enriched with diamonds in which was
enclosed the King's letter, 1 walked de-
liberately up and ascending the side steps
of the throne delivered it into the Emperor's
own hands, who having received it, passed
it to the minister by whom it was placed on
the cushion. He then gave me as the first
present to his Majesty the Ju-eu-jou or Giou-
giou, as the symbol of peace and prosperity
and expressed his hopes that my sovereign
and he should always live in good corre-
spondence and amity. . . . The Emperor
then presented nie with a Jeu-eu-jou of a
greenish coloured stone of the same emble-
matic cluuacter ; aS. the same time he very
graciously received from me a pair of beau-
tiful enamelled watches set with diamonds."
Other presentations were made and the
members of the Embassy then sat down to
a most sumptuous banquet. " The Emperor
sent us several dishes from his own table,
together with some liquors which the Chinese
call wine, not, however, expressed from the
grape, but distilled or extracted from rice,
lierbs, and honey. In about half-an-hour he
sent for Sir George Staunton and me to
come to him, and gave to each of us with
his own hands a cup of warm wine, which
we immediately drank in his presence, and
found it very pleasant and comfortable, the
morning being cold and raw. Anmngst other
things lie asked me the age of my king and
being informed of it, said he hoped lie might
live as many years as himself, which are
eighty-three. His manner is digiiilied, but
affable and condescending, and his reception
of us has been very gracious and satisfactory.
He is a very tiiie old gentleman, still healthy
and vigorous, not having the appearance
of a man of more than sixty. 'I'lie order

CHINESE MILITARY, DRAWN OUT IN COMPLIMENT TO THE

BRITISH AMBASSADOR.

(From Sir George Staunton's " L.ord Macirtney's Embassy.")

carried by sixteen bearers, attended by a
number of officers bearing flags, standards
and umbrellas, and as he passed we paid
liim our compliment by kneeling on one
knee whilst all the Chinese made their usual

and regularity in serving and removing the
dinner was wonderfully exact, and every
function of the ceremony performed with
such silence and solemnity as in some
measure to resemble the celebration of a

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPliE8SIONS OF HONGKONa, SHANGHAI, ETC.

religious mystery. . . . The comm.inding
feature of the ceremony was that cahn
dignity, that sober pomp of Asiatic greatness,
which European refinements have not yet
attained. . . . Thus have I seen ' King
Solomon in all his glory.' I use this expres-
sion as the scene recalled perfectly to my
memory a puppet show of that name which
I recollect to have seen in my childhood, and
which made so strong an impression on my
mind that I then thought it a true represen-
tation of the highest pitch of human great-
ness and felicity."

At a later period the visitors participated
in the solemn ceremonies incidental to the
celebration of the Emperor's birthday. The
Emperor did not show himself on the occa-
sion, but remained behind a screen where
he could see wliat was taking place without
inconvenience. At first there was slow music.
" On a sudden the sound ceased and all was
still ; again it was renewed and then inter-
mitted with short pauses during wliich several
persons passed backwards and forwards, in
the proscenium or foreground of the tent,
as if engaged in preparing some grand coup
dc thcairc. At length the great band struck
up with all their powers of harmony, and
instantly the whole Court fell flat upon their
faces before the invisible Nebuchadnezzar,
' He in his cloudy tabernacle sojourned the
while.' The music was a sort of birthday
ode or state anthem, the burden of which
was ' Bow down your heads, all ye dwellers
upon earth, bow down your heads before the
great Kien Lung, the great Kien Lung.' And
then all the dwellers upon China earth there
present, except ourselves, bowed down their
heads and prostrated themselves upon the
ground at every renewal of the chorus.
Indeed, in no religion, ancient or modern
has the Divinity ever been addressed I believe
with stronger external marks of worship and
adoration than were this morning paid to
the plianloni of his Chinese Majesty." On
September i8th the .Ambassador had another
opportunity of conversing with the Emperor.
The occasion was a theatrical performance
in the palace to which the members of the
mission were invited. At this meeting the
Emperor handed to Macartney a casket which
he said had been in his family for eight
centuries and which he desired should be
presented to the King as a token of his
friendship. This and other imperial cour-
tesies showed the old Emperor in a most
amiable light. Hut as far as the great objects
of the mission were concerned Macartney
was able to make no progress. His efforts
to open up negotiations were at first politely
ignored, and when he became importunate
it was plainly hinted to him that the Em-
peror regarded the mission at an end. After
this the courtesies which had been paid to
the Ambassador became less marked. There
seemed even a disposition to humiliate him,
as, for example, in compelling his attendance
at three o'clock on a cold morning to wait
for hours for an audience with the Emperor
who never put in an appearance. The results
of the mission were tersely summed up in
the following words by Aeneas Anderson,
who accompanied Lord Macartney in a subor-
dinate capacity and wrote an account of the
Embassy : " In short, we entered Peking like
paupers, we remained in it like prisoners,
and we quitted it like vagrants." The
mission bore home with it a letter from the
Emperor to the King which set fortli in
unequivocal terms the determination of the
Chinese Government to adhere to the exclu-
sive policy which it had hitherto maintaijied.
It stated that the proposals of the Ambas-
sador went to change the whole system of

European connnerce so long established at
Canton, and this could not be allowed. Nor
could his consent by any means be given for
resort to Limpo, Cluisan, Tientsin, or any
northern ports, or to the stationing of a
British resident at Peking. He mentioned
that the Russians now only traded to Kiatcha
and had not for many years come to Peking ;
and added that he could not consent " to any
other place of residence for Europeans near
Canton but Macao." In conclusion, after
remarking that the requests made by the
Ambassador militated against the laws and
usages of the Empire, and at the same time
were wholly useless to the end proposed, he
read his royal correspondent a sort of lecture
on the virtue of resignation to his supreme
will, " I again admonish you, O King ! " he
wrote, " to act conformably to my intentions
that we may preserve peace and amity on
each side and thereby contribute to our
reciprocal happiness. After this, my solemn
warning, should your Majesty, in pursuance
of your ambassador's demands fit out ships

a thing of the past. A shooting incident
which occurred in 1800 marked very con-
spicuously the change which had come over
the attitude of officialdom since Lord Macart-
ney's Embassy. On the night of the nth of
P'ebruary, the officer on watch on H.M.S.
Minims at VVhampoa, having hailed a boat
which had been at the ship's bows for some
time, and receiving no answer fired into her
under a conviction that an attempt was being
made to cut the vessel's cable. By the dis-
charge a Chinaman in the boat was wounded
and a second man in the course of a struggle
with one of the crew of the Madras either
jumped or fell overboard. The Chinese
authorities demanded that the oflicer who
fired the shot should be given up for exami-
nation, and that the man who caused the
man to fall overboard should be confronted
with his accuser. Finally it was demanded
that a basket of vegetables stated to have
been taken out of the boat should be res-
tored. The Captain of the Madras proceeded
to Canton and from thence, on the 22nd of

A SCENE IN AN HISTORICAL PLAY EXHIBITED ON THE CHINESE STAGE.
( From Sir George Staunton's " Lord Macartney's Embassy.")

in order to attempt to trade either at Ning
Po, Tehu San, Tien Sing, or other places, as
our laws are exceedingly severe, in such
case I shall be under the necessity of direct-
ing my mandarins to force your ships to quit
these ports, and thus the increased trouble
and exertions of your merchants would at
once be frustrated. You will not then, how-
ever, be able to complain that I had not
clearly forewarned you. Let us, therefore,
live in peace and friendship, and do not
make light of my words. For this reason
I have so repeatedly and earnestly written
to you upon this subject."

Regarded in its main aspect as an attempt
to open up the trade of China the Embassy
was beyond cavil a conspicuous failure. But
that it was not without some beneficial effect
is a fair assumption from the course of
events in the years following the reception
of the mission. The vexatious interferences
of Mandarins in the conduct of business
were abandoned, and the costly and incon-
venient practice of stopping the whole trade
on the smallest pretext also apparently became

February, addressed a letter to the Viceroy
respecting the thievish conduct of the Chinese,
and stated that he had no doubt they would
meet with proper punishment. He main-
tained that an attempted theft led to the
firing of the shot which wounded the man,
and he asserted in regard to the second man
that he jumped overboard and was not
pushed into the water. The demand for the
return of the basket was treated as a trifle
but a promise was given, nevertheless, that
it should be returned. To the Chinese mer-
chants who were asked to deliver the letter
a statement was made that the captain would
not give up the man without seeing the
Viceroy, and that he would not even be
placed in the charge of the Select Com-
mittee. The discussion continued for some
weeks and eventually was amicably closed,
a settlement being greatly facilitated by the
recovery of the wounded man and a confes-
sion on the part of the second Chinese
concerned that he had thrown himself
overboard. Owing to this occurrence, the
President of the Select Committee applied

40 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMI'KESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHAN(JHAI, ETC.

for a a>pv of the laws of China with special
reference to the crime of homicide. In reply
they received a paper containing extracts
from the Chinese c^xle of laws.

The priiK-ipal clauses cited were :

1st. A inan who kills another on the

SMpicton of theft shall be strangled, aca)rd-

3rd. A man who puts to death a criminal
who had been apprehended and made no
resistance shall be strangled according to
the law of homicide committed in an affray.

4th. A man who falsely accuses another
innocent person of theft (in cases of greatest
criminality) is guilty of a capital offence ;

THE EARL OF MACARTNEY.
(FfXMn Sir George Staunton's " Lord Mac;irtney'8 Embassy.**)

ing to the law against homicide committed
in an affray.

2nd. A man who fires at another with
a musket and kills him thereby shall be
beheaded as in cases of wilful murder. If
the sufferer is wounded (but not mortally)
the offender shall be sent into exile.

in all other cases the criminals whether
principals or accessories, shall be sent into
exile.

5th. A man who wounds another unin-
tentionally shall be tried according to the
law respecting blows given in an affray,
and the punishment rendered more or less

severe according to the degree of injury
sustained.

6th. A man who, intoxicated with liquor,
commits outrages against the laws, shall
be exiled to a desert country, there to
remain in a state of servitude.

"The foregoing are articles of the laws
of the Empire of China, according to which
judgment is passed on persons offending
against them, without allowing of any com-
promise or extenuation."
After a long period of immunity from
trouble tlie more or less friendly relations
existing between the British factory and the
authorities at Canton were rudely interrupted
by an incident of the familiar kind. On
P'ebruary 24, 1808, some sailors from tlie
Company's sliip Ncpliine got into an alterca-
tion with a party of natives near the factory.
The men were promptly withdrawn to the
factory precincts, but they were followed by
a Chinese mob who commenced to throw
stones at the factory and at every European
passing. Eluding their officers the men
rushed out and attacked the mob, causing the
death of one of the number. The Select
Committee decided to comply with every
reasonable demand that might be made upon
them in connection with the unfortunate inci-
dent, but to resist with firmness anything of
a contrary nature. After long discussions
between the British and the authorities it
was arranged that an examination ol 52
men of the Neptune should take place at
the factory, where the Chinese consented to
hold the court of inquiry. At the inquiry
the forms of a Chinese Court of Justice were
observed, but seats were provided for Captain
liolles of H.M.S. Lion, the members of the
Committee, and for Sir George Staunton,
wliile two of Captain Holies' marines with
fixed bayonets were posted as sentries at the
door of the factory during the whole of the
proceedings. The Chinese produced no evi-
dence, but Captain Buchanan and the officers
of the Ncptniic admitted that eleven men had
been specially singled out by their violence
in the affray. It was hoped that the assign-
ment of some punishment to these men
would have satisfied the Chinese, but the
Cliinese officials made it clear that they
would not be satisfied until some one person
had been named. Eventually the name of
the ringleader, Edward Sheen, was given,
and there seemed every indication that the
payment of a sum of money as compensation
would now settle the business. As, however,
the members of the Committee were about
to leave for Macao a demand was made upon
them for the custody of Sheen. The claim
was resisted, and it was not until Captain
Rolles was about to take the man with him
on board the Lion that the Mandarins yielded.
Ultimately a settlement was effected on the
payment of a pecuniary fine. Thereafter
trade which had been at a complete stand-
still during the prolonged discussions was
resumed. The Court of Directors were so
gratified with the ability and firm conduct
displayed on tlie occasion that tliey passed a
special resolution of thanks and voted a sum
of ;ii,ooo to Captain Rolles for his part in
the transaction.

twp:ntieth century impressions of Hongkong,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

CHAPTER VI.

The effe<5t of the War between France and England — British occupation of Macao— Indignation of the Chinese
Government — Peremptory demand for the evacuation of Macao— Stoppage of Trade — Withdrawal of the British
Troops — Further Incidents at Canton — Outrageous Conduct of the Chinese Officials — Sir George Staunton protests
— British leave Canton — Trade resumed — Lord Amherst's Mission — Arrival in China — Ships of the Mission anchor
in Hongkong Harbour — Failure of the Mission — Arrogant Policy of the Chinese — Formal Complaint made by
British Merchants to the Select Committee of 1 832 — Appointment of Lord Napier as Superintendent of Trade —

His ill-treatment and death.

The prolonged state of war between France
and England at the close of the eighteenth
and the beginning of the nineteenth century
from time to time influenced the China trade.
The British mercantile ships for a consider-
able period were regularly convoyed, and in
1804 there was a brisk action in the China
seas between a homeward bound fleet of
sixteen sail under Sir Nathaniel Dance, and a
French squadron under Admiral Linois. The
utmost gallantry was shown on this occasion
by the British ships with the result that the
attacking fleet was beaten off. It was esti-
mated that the value of British property at
slake on the occasion reached the high figure
of si.xteen millions. Consequent upon the
frequent visits of the King's ships to the
China coast at this juncture negotiations were
opened up with the local Chinese authorities
for the use of Anson's Bay in the Canton
River as an anchorage. The Select Com-
mittee were unable to obtain avowed sanction
for the use of the bay, but the authorities
permitted supplies of provisions to be sent
up from VVhampoa, and having secured this
material concession the Committee were the
less anxious on the other points involved as
they were convinced that the anchoring of
the ships in the bay would be tolerated, and
in time become an established privilege.

In 1808 a serious difference arose between
the British and the Chinese authorities owing
to action that was taken in connection with the
war. A vague report having been transmitted
to the Bengal Government to the effect that
the P'rench contemplated the occupation of
Macao a combined naval and military expe-
dition was sent from India to forestall the
intended move. A landing was effected in
September in opposition to the sentiments of
the Portuguese Governor and to the known
wishes of the local Chinese. A formal protest
was promptly made by the Hoppo against the
occupation, and this was followed by a more
emphatic remonstrance from the Viceroy.
Later, Chinese troops were ordered to the
spot to compel the evacuation of the port by
the British force, and the threat was held
out that in the event of the occupation being
continued the ships at Whampoa would be
fired. Notwithstanding this hostile attitude
on the part of the Chinese a second detach-
ment of troops was landed on the 20th of
October. By this time trade was at a stand-
still, and the usual relations between the
authorities and the Select Committee through
the Chinese merchants had been broken off.
A letter was forwarded by the Committee on
the 5th of November to the Viceroy request-
ing that some person might be appointed
to receive their representation. A reply came
through a Mandarin that the Viceroy had
seen their letter, but did not think a compli-
ance necessary " as the troops must be
removed, their remaining on shore being
contrary to the law of the Empire." The

Committee intimated that in view of the
haughty conduct of the Isontock the Admiral
could not remove the troops as such action
might have the appearance of fear. The
discussion now waxed warmer. As the Vice-
roy declined to receive a further commu-
nication the President stated his intention
to order all British sulijects to quit Canton
in forty-eight hours. To this threat the
Viceroy replied on the 21st of November
that if they wished to make war on China
he was prepared, but that he would not
commence. He added that the Committee
might, if they pleased, remove the ships, but
that if they went they would not be permitted
to return. Matters remained in abeyance until

further resistance was useless the President
gave orders for the withdrawal of the troops
and the evacuation was completed by the
2oth of December. The settlement was a
distinct triumph for the Chinese authorities.
Having made a demand at the outset they
never wavered in their determination to
enforce it, and in the end they completely
carried their point. There can be little
question that the incident did much to lower
British prestige. An immediate result which
flowed from it was that obstacles were
placed in the way of the free entrance of the
Company's ships to the river. The Court of
Directors recalled the President and consti-
tuted a new Select Committee and took other

HOUSE OF A CHINESE MERCHANT NEAR CANTON.

(l'"i(im an cngraviiii;.)

the 4th of December, when the Select Com-
mittee, then assembled at Macao, received
an imperial edict for the withdrawal of the
troops. Instead of complying with this the
British redoubled their preparations for the
defence of the positions they held. As a
consequence the batteries at the Bogue forts
fired at the ships going up and down the
river and the fire was returned. Then came
something in the nature of an ultimatum
from the Viceroy — a declaration that while
there remained a single soldier in Macao
and the laws were disobeyed the British
should not trade, and that if the Admiral
hesitated a moment " innumerable troops
would be sent to destroy him." Finding that

measures to efface the unpleasant impression
left by the bungling policy of the old Com-
mittee. But it was not until the end of
October that the Emperor's orders were
received for the placing of foreign trade on
its old footing. Thereafter events dropped
once more into their accustomed groove,
though it was not long before new disputes
arose to interrupt the course of trade, and
the maimer in which these episodes were
treated by tlie Chinese officials indicated that
they had not forgotten their triumph in the
Macao business.

By far the most important of the contro-
versies raised raged around the presence in
Chinese waters of H.M.S. Doris during the

42 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

»-ar with America. In April, 1814, the Dons
arri\-ed in Macao Roads with, as a prize, the
American ship Hunter, captured off the
LjKlrones. A communicalion was addressed
to the President by the Chinese authorities
pointing out that the action taken was a

Canton to open up negotiations for a settle-
ment with tlie Viceroy. In furtherance of
the arrangement Sir George Staunton, on the
20th of October, proceeded to Canton accom-
panied by Sir Theopliilus Metcalfe. At the
interview which took place Sir George stated

A STREET IN CANTON.
(From AlU'in & Wrijiht's ''Chiiui.")

vioblion of the functions of the Celestial
Empire, and desiring that the Doris might
be directed not to intercept American ships
going out of the river. Protracted discussions
ensued as to the legitimacy of the course
which had been pursued. As the American
ship had l>een taken without the limits of the
Chinese jurisdiction the Committee did not
consider that the Chinese Government had
any locus sUimii. They caused it to be
known that the Americans had declared war
against the British, and that the British
oommander had orders to capture American
veaiels. The Chinese retort was that " if the
English and Americans have petty quarrels
let tliem go to their own country and settle
them." At the same time the Select Com-
mittee were required to order the Doris away.
While the war of words was at height the
Viceroy aggravated the situation by issumg
an order prohibiting the employment of native
servants at the factoiy. In vain the Select
Committee represented that for one hundred
years they had been allowed to employ native
servants, and that a change in the custom
now would cause great confusion. The
Government, finding that their edict was not
obeyed as promptly as it anticipated, or at
least wished, sent emissaries into the factory
with orders to seize all native servants they
might find there. A vigorous protest was
ItKlgcd by the Commillce against the outrage,
but its only effect appeared to be to stimulate
the Chinese authorities to greater insolence.
Traffic was suspended, one of the Company's
captains on his way from Whampoa to
Canton, though travelling with an ofiicial
pa**, was stopped and forcibly carried to the
offidaJ headquarters, and, finally, the Com-
mittee's linguist was seized. The Select
Committee, after deliberating over the best
course to pursue in the face of this outrageous
conduct of tlie Canton officials, decided
ullimateiy to depute Sir George Staunton to

" that he was charged by the Coiiimiltee with
several cominuiiitalions of imporlaiice, but
in none of them was anything proposed for
themselves more than the prosecution of a
fair and equitable commerce under the pro-
tection of His Imperial Majesty ; that they
entertained every disposition to obey his
laws ; that they sought for no innovations,
nor were desirous of interfering in any affairs
of Government in which they were not
concerned." After a series of meetings tlie
Viceroy suddenly broke off the negotiations.
Sir George Staunton therefore quitted Canton,
having previously desired all British subjects
to leave also. The Company's ships were by
his directions removed from Whampoa to a
point near the Bocca Tigris. Here they
remained until the middle of November, when
deputations of the hong merchants came from
Canton to request that further movement of
the ships might be suspended in view of the
fact that the Viceroy was willing to depute
a Mandarin to discuss the remaining points
in dispute. Sir George Staunton, responding
to the representations made by the deputa-
tions, returned to Canton ; but he had no
sooner arrived there than he was informed
by Howqua, the leading merchant, that the
Mandarin would not be sent until trade was
resumed. Incensed at this double dealing.
Sir George Staunton announced his intention
of immediately quitting Canton and at the
same time took occasion to point out "the
unparalleled disgrace and dishonour which
must fall upon himself (Howqua), his Govern-
ment, and his country if the promises, upon
the truth of which the English gentleman
had returned to Canton, were to be so
shamefully violated." The hong merchants
pleaded that if the Mandarins retracted it
was not their fault. Sir George Staunton
retorted that such a breach of national faith
could not take place without infamy and
heavy responsibility attaching somewhere.

The interview ended with a promise on the
part of the merchants that they would consult
the Mandarins. They did so, with the result
that a mcetinsj was after all arranged and
took place without the stipulated prior openliij;
of trade. A series of proposals bearing upon
recent incidents were subsequently drawn up
for consideration by the Chinese autlioiilies.
Some days after they had been submitted the
Viceroy's reply was given through Howqua.
Most of the demands made were conceded,
though in one or two points the language of
the reply seemed to be deliberately obscure.

The capricious and vexatious action of the
local authorities at Canton in this and other
cases, combined with a desire to establish
the China trade on a footing of permanent
stability, suggested the advisability of send-
ing anotlier mission to the Emperor of
China. In the tirst instance the proposal
emanated from a gentleman who had been
a member of Lord Macartney's suite, and
Lord Liverpool's Government were not
disposed to think that there was sufficient to
justify the great expense Involved in the
despatch of the mission. But the Court of
Directors adopted the scheme so warmly
and brought forward such strong aigunicnls
in its favour that the Government ended by
extending to the project their hearty support.
Ixird Amherst was selected to till the office
of ambassador. This nobleman had not the
great qualifications for the office which were
possessed by his predecessor and in the
light of subsequent events it may lie
questioned whether the Government choice
was altogether a wise one. He was, how-
ever, no novice In public affairs and had had
training in diplomatic work for some time
previously as British representative in Sicily.
He eml-iodled In his person the average
qualitications of a British diplomat of the
period. What he lacked was a knowledge
of Orientals and their ways — a very 'serious
shortcoming in the circumstances. With

WILLIAM PITT AMHERST, FIRST

EARL AMHERST.

(From a print in tlie British Museum.)

Lord Amherst went as chief assistant Mr.
Henry Ellis, who had canled through some
delicate negotiations with the Shah of
Persia, and the Ambassador's son, the Hon.
Jeffery Amherst, also accompanied him.
The Alccstc, a frigate of forty-six guns was
set apart for the accommodation of Lord

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 43

Amiierst and his suite, and in attendance subject. At length, when the controversy

upon it were the East Indiaman General had raged for three days, the Ambassador

Hewitt and the brig Lyra. Quitting Spit- was aroused from his bed one morning to

head on February 8, i8i6, the vessels receive a message from the Emperor to the

arrived off tlie Lamma Islands on the loth effect tliat he must either perform the Itotma

ANCIENT VIEW OF PEKING.
(From De Goyer & De Keysers •■ Embassy to China.")

of July and found awaiting them there two
of the East India Company's ships having
on board Sir G. Staunton, who was to accom-
pany the Embassy in the important position
of interpreter, and other gentlemen who
were to discharge various duties in con-
nection with it. Two days subsequent to
the meeting the squadron, now numbering
five ships, dropped anchor in Hongkong
Harbour. The occasion was the first on
which the position had been brought into
prominence by association with important
events in the history of British relations
with China, but the harbour had often been
used previously by merchantmen trading on
the China coast, and its advantages were
well known though few at the time could
have suspected the great destiny which was
marked out for the island. Soon after the
squ.idron's arrival news was brought to
Lord Amherst that the Emperor was pre-
pared to receive him. The sojourn at
Hongkong was, therefore, cut short, and the
vessels sailed on the I2tli of July for the
mouth of the White River in the Gulf of
Pechili, which was reached on the 28th of
July. The Ambassador was kept waiting on
board his ship for some days pending the
arrival of the Imperial Legate. When at
length this functionary put in an appearance
the mission landed at Tientsin, reaching that
port on August 12th. At the very outset the
question of the kotow was raised. The
Chinese put the performance of the
ceremony forward as an indispensable con-
dition of an audience, and they had the
effrontery to assert that in complying Lord
Amherst would only be following the pre-
cedent set by Lord Macartney, who had
conceded the point. A further argument
used was that trade at Canton would suffer
if the Ambassador persisted in his objection
to the ceremony. Lord Amherst courteously
but firmly declined to entertain the proposal
for a moment. He understood the immense
importance which attached to his maintain-
ing an unyielding attitude, and steadily
rejected all proposals made to him on the

or return to England. Lord Amherst's reply
was an offer to perform the ceremony pro-
vided that he received a formal engagement
on the part of the Emperor that any subject
of his deputed to England should be ordered
to perform the same ceremony to the British
sovereign. The Chinese officials declined to

But on the following morning the two
Mandarins who acted as conductors of the
Embassy stated that two ofticers of very
high rank had been appointed to meet the
Embassy at Tung Chow, 12 miles from
the capital, to renew the negotiation as to
ceremonial, and it was suggested that in the
meantime a rehearsal of the ceremony
should take place. The proposed rehearsal
was declined, but Ihe offer was made of a
written promise to perform the ceretnony
before the Emperor on the terms already
stated. The Mandarins seemed to be
satisfied with this, and having obtained from
the Ambassador the formal document gave
orders for the journey to be continued to
Peking. Four days subsequently the subject
was re-opened by the Mandarins with the
object of preparing the way for the recep-
tion of the delegates who were to give
instruction in the ceremony. It was artfully
suggested that the Ambassador might very
well yield as "such report as he saw tit
might be made to England." The notion
that the home authorities should be deceived
was promptly spurned, and with renewed
emphasis a statement of the limits to which
Lord AiTiherst was prepared to go was
made. Some Mandarins who brought the
message relative to the conference behaved
very rudely in the presence of the mission.
They treated the objections raised to the
performance of the ceremony with insolent
contempt. Their inental attitude is well
illustrated by the remark of one of them,
" that as there was only one sun in the
firmament, so there was only one sovereign
in the universe, the Emperor of the
Heavenly Empire." The discussions con-
tinued until the mission reached the palace
of Yuen-ming-Yuen at Peking on the evening
of the 29th of August. Prostrate with the
fatigues of a long journey, unnecessarily

Pro.^iT.CT OF Y INNKR COniT OT TUX EMl'moUK?

rAIACf, dt TEKIN

AN ANCIENT VIEW OF THE PALACE AT PEKING.
(From a print in the British Museum.)

entertain this compromise and they formally
took their leave while the heads of the boats
were turned down the river as if in pre-
paration for a return. Whether this was
done in order to test the finnness of the
Ambassador, or in obedience to the
Emperor's instructions was not made plain.

protracted in its final stage for some pur-
pose not easy to define. Lord Amherst was
about to retire to rest when he received a
peremptory summons into the presence of
the Emperor. The Ambassador was con-
siderably taken aback by having so e.xtra-
ordinary a demand made upon him, and

44 TWENTIETH CENTURY I^IPHESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

cxpTxrssed his inlcniion not to go. One of
Ihc k-Jiting Mandarins thereupon took him
sonK-whal roughly by the arm with the
object apparently of compellinj; him to pro-
ceed. The .\mbassa<lor shakiiii! himself free
stated that nolhin); short of the exercise of
violence would induce him to wait on the
Emperor at that time. Finding that I>ord
Amherst was inHexible in his determination
the Chinese authorities without more ado
issued orders for the immediate return of
the mission. The instructions were carried
out to the letter. Though tired and indis-
posed the AmK-issador and his suite the next
dav were despatched along the route by
which they had travelled with a haste which
can only l>e descTibcd as indecent. As was
remarked at the time, the Chinese treatment
of the mission '• comported more with the
barbarity of a Tartar cmip than with conduct
which could have lieen exjHicted even from
the most uncivilised of crown heads." The
mis-sion made its way to Canton overland
passing down the Grand Canal and over the
famous Meling Pass. As it receded from

ing hatred towards the " outer barbarians,"
and never missed an opportunity of displaying
that dislike. Still, there were circumstances
in connection with the arrangements for tlie
mission which appeared to indicate that the
inifierial mind might have been iiiHuenced in
the right direction if Lord .Amherst had
humoured the Emperor's whim of summoning
him to an immediate interview. Kiaking was
so far complaisant that he was willing to
receive the Ambassador with the English
LX'remonial which had marked his pre-
decessor's reception of Lord Macartney, and
there is good reason to think that his com-
mand for Lord Amherst to attend upon him
directly after his arrival was due not so nauch
to an intention to show disrespect to the
mission as to a desire to satisfy a curiosity
to see the strangers. An opportunity was
undoubtedly missed, and though Lord
Amherst's action was supported by Sir George
Staunton and other expert authorities on
Chinese affairs in his suite, it is impossible
not to feel that the situation was not handled
with the tactfulness which it demanded.

LANDING PLACE AND ENTRANCE TO THE TEMPLE OF HONAN, CANTON.
(From Allum & Wrigtit's "Ctiin.-!.")

the capital the bearing of the Chinese
oflfk-ials towards it improved. The M mdarin
in charge of it showed the utmost deference
and at every military fort that the travellers
passed honours were paid them. The
Embassy arrived at Canton on New Year's
Day, 1817, and it embarked for home on the
20th of January following. Misfortune
dogged Its steps to the end. On the way
through the China Se.i, when off the island
of Pulo Leal, the Alcestc struck on a sunken
rock and foundered. No liven were
sacrificed, but Lord Amherst and his suite
lost all their belongings, including the
presents which they were conveying home.
They arrived in England at last with a very
substantial bill of expenses for the nation to
liquidate, but with very little else to their
record. It is a moot point whether in any
circumstances good would have come from
the mission. The Emperor Kiaking was a
different type of man to Kienlung who
had received Lord Macartney. He was a
despot of a very narrow type— haughty, cruel,
and capricious. He entertained an unrelent-

Whatever degree of responsibility may have
attached personally to the Ambassador for the
failure of the mission, the result was accepted
as decisive at home. " It may, we think, be
clearly inferred," observed the Court of
Directors in their review of the mission, " that
in the event of future disagreements with the
Viceroy of Canton, no dependence can be
placed on the efficacy of an embassy, though
appointed and commissioned by the Crown."

As the previous history of British relations
with the Chinese authorities must have led
the trading community at Canton to expect,
there was no alleviation in the local situation
as a result of the mission. On the contrary
the condition of affairs grew appreciably
worse as the years passed by and it
became clearer that no effectual bar could be
opposed to the high-handed actions of tlie
Mandarins. After a .series of incidents of a
familiar character matters reached some-
thing like a crisis in 1821. On the I5lh of
December in that year some seamen from
the British warship Topazc were attacked
while ashore at Lintin by a large mob of

Chinese, and several of the men were woun-
ded. In order to effect the re-embarkation
of the party, the officer in command of the
frigate tired some round shot and sent two
cutters manned and armed to protect the
barge conveying tlie seamen from the shore.
The incident on being reported to the
Chinese authorities elicited from tliem a de-
mand that the wounded men sliould be sent
ashore for examination. Very naturally Cap-
tain Richardson of the Topnzc declined to
entertain the proposal, and he further em-
phatically rejected a suggestion that was put
forward tliat the men who had fired the
shots (which had resulted in the death of
two men) should be handed over to the
Chinese power. The Canton authorities,
finding that nothing was to be obtained from
Captain Richardson, stopped the trade and
endeavoured by coercing the Select Com-
mittee to obtain an acceptance of their
demands. The position now became so
threatening that the Company's treasure was
removed from Canton to Whampoa, and
preliminary measures were taken for the
removal of the English community fiom the
city. Before embarking, the Committee, on
the loth of Jaiuiary, addressed a letter to the
Viceroy stating that tliey had no control over
His Majesty's ships, but that as they had
been held responsible they had accordingly
determined to quit China. The Viceroy in
reply to an application for permission to
ship goods, stated that he would not allow
so much as " a thread of silk or the down
of a plant" to be embarked until the foreign
nuM-derers were delivered up by the chief.
The British traders on leaving Canton pro-
ceeded to Chuenpee, from which place the
negotiations were continued for some little
time. On tlie 8th of February the Topazc
sailed and with her depaitiire events took a
more favourable turn. Finally, on an assur-
ance being given that the whole affair would
be reported by Captain Richardson to the
Home Government who would apportion the
blame, the Viceroy, on February 22nd, issued
an edict re-opening trade. Three days later
the establishment returned to Canton, their
arrival there being followed by the issue of
a supplementary edict of considerable length
containing a gross travesty of the facts
bearing upon the Lintin affair. On a report
of the incident reaching England, the
Government issued orders that in future
during peace none of the ships of the navy
should visit any port in China, excepting on
a requisition from the Governor-General of
India, or from the Select Committee of
supercargoes at Canton. The Court, in for-
warding a copy of these instructions to
Canton, urged that only in a case of extreme
necessity should a requisition be made for
a warship. They intimated that they inten-
ded to give the most express orders to the
captains of their ships as to tlie custody of
firearms, with a view to rendering impos-
sible their unauthorised use by members of
the crew. It was hoped that with this
action the inconvenient spectre of Lintin
had been laid, but from time to time rum-
bling echoes of the affair were heard, and
in 1827, on the appointment of a new
Viceroy, the question was re-opened, and
for a time threatened to give rise to new
trouble. The firm attitude assumed by the
Committee, however, had eventually the
desired effect of bringing the authorities to
see that nothing was to be gained by con-
tinuing the controversy.

Though for their own reasons Chinese
ofliclals might allow a particular incident to
pass into oblivion nothing apparently could
change their rooted hostility to the foreign

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 45

traders. Before very long tlie situation
became worse tlian ever. A set of new
regulations was introduced wliicli placed fresh
obstacles in the way of trade, and simul-
taneously with their promulgation there set
in a policy of a deliberately provocative
character. A stoppage of trade was precipi-
tated in May, 1831, by a series of acts of
exceptional insolence. Early in the morning
of the 12th of the month the Foo-yuen,
one of the leading oBicials, with a guard
of soldiers forced an entrance into the Com-
pany's factory, and entering the public hall
directed that the portraits with which it was
adorned should be uncovered. When that
of George IV. was pointed out to him he
ostentatiously ordered the back of his chair
to be turned to it, and seated himself in a
manner plainly indicating contempt. A more
serious outrage perpetrated by this oflicial
was the issuing of orders for the removal of
an embankment which had been made on
the river side of the factory in extension of
the Company's premises. This emliankment
had been constructed from rubbish removed
from the factory after a great tire in 1822
which consumed most of the buildings. The
work had been carried out with the sanction
of the Chinese authorities and though it
added a considerable area to the factory
enclosure it did so without injury to pther
interests. The arrogant official, without enter-
ing into any explanation, ordered the removal
of the rubbish composing tlie embankment.
The excavated material was loaded into boats
and conveyed by them to a point about fifty
yards below the factory where it was thrown
into the river, as if to show that the desire
was not to remove a public obstruction but
to offer a public insult to the Company's
representatives. These measures created
much indignation amongst the British com-
munity, and they were regarded even by the
Chinese mercantile community as outrageous
and improper in the highest degree.

In view of the increasingly hostile dis-
position shown by the Chinese otiicials to
British traders, and the growing difficulties
of carrying on trade it was decided to make
a formal representation to the home authori-
ties in order to secure an amelioration of the
conditions by Government action. The
opportunity of obtaining an effective ventila-
tion of grievances was afforded in 1832 by
the appointment of a Select Connnittee of the
House of Commons to consider the question
of the future of China trade. A petition em-
bodying the opinions of the British community
was drawn up and in due course presented.
It displayed a striking picture of the humilia-
tions to which Europeans at that period were
subjected. The document referred to "the
many studied indignities heaped upon for-
eigners by the acts of this Government and
by contumelious edicts placarded on the walls
of their very houses, representing them as
addicted to the most revolting crimes, with
no other object than to stamp them in the
eyes of the people as a barbarous, ignorant
and depraved race, every way inferior to
themselves."

" No privation or discomfort," the petition
went on to say, "is too minute to escape notice
in the pursuit of this ever present purpose.
Free air and exercise are curtailed by pre-
cluding access to the country or beyond the
confined streets in the immediate vicinity of
their habitations. Even the sacred ties of
domestic life are disregarded in the separa-
tion of husband and wife, parent and child,
rendered unavoidable by a capricious prohibi-
tion against foreign ladies residing in Canton,
for which there appears to be no known law,
and no other authority than the plea of usage."

The petition also stated: "They (the Chinese)
subject foreigners to treatment to which it
would be difficult to find a parallel in any
part of the world " ; " they make no distinc-
tion between manslaughter and murder as
applied to foreigners " ; the Government
" withholds from foreigners the protection
of its laws, and its power is felt only in a
system of unceasing oppression, pursued on
the avowed principle of considering every
other people as placed many degrees below
its own in the scale of human beings " ;
" bribes are openly demanded by low and
unprincipled men who possess an arbitrary
power of levying the import duties on
goods" ; and "the local authorities at Canton
are a venal and corrupt class of persons
who impose severe burdens upon commerce."
This tremendous indictment of the Chinese
metliods of dealing with British traders had
no small influence in bringing about the
change which occurred at this period in
relation to the China trade. Hitherto the
East India Company had enjoyed a practical

position without any preliminary inquiry as
to whether they would be received. The
natural consequence was that their oflicial
character was completely ignored, and they
were treated with a degree of disrespect
which could not have been exceeded if they
had appeared in the character of mere private
personages. On their arrival at Canton the
tide waiters ofhcially reported that " three
foreign devils " had landed without leave.
Shortly afterwards the Governor issued an
edict declaring that the presence of the British
superintendents in Canton was an infringe-
ment of established laws, and that " tlie
barbarian eye " (Lord Napier) ought to have
awaited orders at Macao. Lord Napier, there-
fore, addressed a letter to the Governor
explaining that he had come in an official
capacity, and asking an interview. The
missive was returned to the writer unopened,
with a contemptuous message that it could not
be received because it was not superscribed
as a humble petition. In vain Lord Napier
requested that his communication might be

GREAT TEMPLE OF HONAN, CANTON.

{From Allonl & Wiighl's "China.")

monopoly of the commercial intercourse
with the Far East. What private trade there
was was carried on witliout official recognition
and under serious disadvantages. In 1833,
on the expiry of the Company's charter,
the Government decided to throw the trade
open to all, and to appoint oflicial superinten-
dents to act as intermediaries between the
Chinese ofticials and tlie traders. The highly
responsible post of Chief British Superinten-
dent was entrusted to Lord Napier, and as
his assistants Mr. (afterwards Sir) J. F. Davis,
and Sir G. B. Robinson were sent out. Lord
Palmerston, who was Foreign Secretary at
the time, drew up the instructions for the
three representatives. He was a distinguished
public man, thoroughly versed in European
diplomacy and statecraft, but he had a pro-
found ignorance of tlie Oriental character,
and he made the glaring mistake of assuming
that the punctilio, indispensable in the case
of a European power, was not necessary
where an Oriental government was concerned.
Lord Napier and his colleagues were sent
out to fill what was practically a diplomatic

accepted. Not a single person could be found
to risk official displeasure by delivering it.
The next stage in the business was the issue
(in August) of an edict demanding that Lord
Napier should return to Macao, and threaten-
ing to stop trade in the event of his non-
compliance with the order. The edict was
ignored by the British representatives with
the result that trade was stopped on Sep-
tember 2nd. To emphasise their displeasure
the authorities put a Chinese guard on the
British factory. Lord Napier's response to
this was to call up two British frigates to
protect the lives and properly of British
subjects. These vessels, the Amiiomache and
the Iiiiogcm; on passing through the Bogue
were fired upon from the forts and returned
the fire. In the enuagement there were
several casualties on both sides. The two
ships forced their way up the river to Canton,
where they landed a body of blue jackets and
marines at the factory. The energy shown
had a salutary effect upon the Chinese officials,
who dropped their boasting and insolence, and
sought an accommodation. Unfortunately, at

46 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANCJHAI, ETC.

this particular juncture. Lord Napier, over-
come by the heat and the strain of the
neiMi^tions, t>ec.ime seriously ill. The situa-
tion, consequently, did not receive the amount
of attention which its ini|x>rlance demanded.
The «>utcoine of the negotiations with the
authorities was an arrangement which enabled
the Chinese to completely turn the tables on
the British representatives. It was decided
that the frig.ites should be withdrawn, and
that Lord N'apier should go to M.-icao to
recruit The step, in any event, was a
measure of weakness, but .is it was carried
out it was a positive humiliation. Instead of
proceeding as he should have done to Macao
in one of the frigates, Lord Xapier took
passage in a native craft provided by the
Chinese authorities. The Chinese, seizing
the opportunity which the carelessness of the
British offered, took good care to make the
most of "the barbarian eye." He was re-
presented as a prisoner of oflTended Chinese

authority who was being sent in disgrace to
Macao. The journey was prolonged in every
possible way, and all sorts of minor indignities
were heaped upon Lord Napier's head. Wlien
the British Superintendent did arrive at Macao
he was in a state of such e.\trenie prostration
that he took to his bed and died within a
fortnight. His body was interred with
military honours in the Protestant cemetery at
Macao, but the remains were afterwards
exhumed and taken to England to find a
final resting pl.ace on his native soil. This
deplorable episode in British relations with
China did not end with Lord Napier's death.
The Emperor, on hearing of tlie advance
of the frigates to Canton, degr.ided the Man-
darins responsible for permitting the outrage
upt>n Chinese authority. Afterwards, on
receiving a report that Lord Napier had
been driven out and tlie British warships
" dragged over the shallows and e.vpelled "
he revoked the edict and restored most

of the Mandarins. In gratitude for favours
received, and in order to show that tlieir
zeal had not abated, the Chinese authorities
carried their crusade against the British
intruders to Macao. The Governor of that
place put a number of his subordinates to
the torture " to ascertain if they had been
guilty of illicit connexion witli the foreigners,"
and on his instructions several natives who
had printed some papers for Lord Napier
were severely bambooed and thrown into
prison. Of all the blunders committed
by the British in tlieir dealings witli the
Chinese tlie thrusting of Lord Napier upon
the Chinese authorities, and the acquies-
cence in his subsequent ignominious treat-
ment were possibly the greatest. The
mismanagement and feebleness shown in this
connection gave strength to the reactionary
influences in China at this period, and led
to a state of affairs from which there was
no outlet but war.

CHAPTER VII.

TTie Opium Traffic — Commissioner Lin's Campaign at Canton against the Trade — Imprisonment of the Superin-
tendent of Trade and Merchants at the British Factory — Surrender of Opium and its destruction by Lin's
orders — Withdrawal of the British to Macao and subsequently to Hongkong — Unsuccessful attack by the Chinese

Fleet on the British Ships in Hongkong Harbour.

Before the events narrated in the conclud-
ing portion of the last chapter had reached
their tragic consummation a neiv factor had
come into prominence to add bitterness to
the relations between the Chinese Govern-
ment and the British trading community.
Tliis disturbing agency was, it may be readily
surmised, the opium trade. For a great
many years tjefore this period the drug had
been imported into China. There are traces
of the traffic well back into the eighteenth
century. Until 1773 the trafhc was in the

hands of the Portuguese who annually im-
ported 200 chests from Goa. Then English
merchants engaged in the trade in a desultory
fashion until 1781, when the East India
Company took the sale of the drug into their
own hands. Thereafter the traffic developed
considerably. Indeed, the Chinese had be-
come so addicted to tlie opium habit by 1796
that the Emperor acting at the instigation
of the Canton Viceroy, " an upright, bold
and rigid minister," issued a strongly worded
rescript expressive of his ''deep regret that

the vile dirt of foreign countries should be
received in exchange for the commodities and
money of the Empire," and expressing fear
" lest the practice of smoking opium should
prevail among all the people, to the waste
of their time and the destruction of their
property." This denunciation was followed at
irregular intervals by other edicts even more
einphatic in language. But the trade increased
in spite of the imperial fulminations. Their
only perceptible effect was to drive the
operations to a certain extent underground.
The opium came in in sufiicient quantity to
satisfy demands, but it came in not as an
ordinary import but as a contraband on which
a corrupt officialdom levied a heavy toll. In
the first instance the smuggling transactions
were carried through at Macao, but the
rapacity of the Portuguese drove the trade
to the island of Liiitin. There the drug was
stored in armed ships and delivered to the
Chinese runners on written orders from the
Canton merchants to whom the money for
the drug had previously been paid. Such
was the perfection of the arrangements that
the trade was prosecuted with the utmost
smoothness, and as the nineteenth century
advanced it underwent a marvellous ex-
pansion. The following figures illustrate the
position as it developed in the period ante-
cedent to Lord Napier's arrival : —

Year. Chests. Dollars.

1 82 1 4,628 average price 1,325
1825 9,621 „ „ 723

1830 18,760 „ „ 587

1832 23,670 „ „ 648

Total

Dollars.

6,122,100

6,955,983
1 1,012,120
15,338,160

CHINESE OPITm SMOKKK8.
(From Allom A Wright's "China.")

Thus in eleven years the importation in-
creased fivefold. This enormous develop-
ment .ittracted anew the notice of the Chinese
Government to the habit which from the
time of the Emperor Kicnhiiig's edict had
been fitfully condemned. Practical rather
than moral considerations probably influenced

TWENTIETH CENTIJKY iMrEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 47

their action. Tlie payment for the opium
being made in silver there was a constant
and increasing drain upon the country's
resources. Tlie position was not so bad as
it actually appeared, because as a set-off to
the opium traffic there had grown up wilh
it a trade in tea of almost equal value. But
political economy was and is not a strong
point with the Chinese Mandarins, and they
regarded the money paid out at Canton for
opium and European goods as a dead loss
to the Empire. The Government strove
furiously to repress a commerce which
touched them on such a very tender point.
" Terrible laws and decrees," says a well-
known writer, " were fulminated by the
Imperial Court against all smokers, senders
or purchasers of opium. They were to be
beaten with a hundred strokes of the bamboo,
to stand in the pillory, and to receive other
punishments. But the very persons charged
with the execution of these laws were them-
selves the most habitual and inveterate
infringers of them, and nearly every man on
the sea coast was a smuggler of opium." An
Imperial State paper gives the oflicial view
of ihe state of affairs at this period in some
interesting sentences. " It seems," said the
Emperor, " that opium is almost entirely
imported from abroad : worthless subor-
dinates in offices, and nefarious traders first
introduced the abuse : young persons of
family, wealthy citizens, and merchants
adopted the custom, until at last it reached
the common people. I have learnt on inquiry,
from scholars and official persons, that opium
smokers exist in all the provinces, but the
larger proportion of these are to be found
in the Government offices : and that it would
be a fallacy to suppose that there are not
smokers among all ranks of civil and military
officers, below the station of provincial
governors and their deputies. The magis-
trates of districts issue proclamations inter-
dicting the clandestine sale of opium, at the
same time that their kindred and clerks and
servants smoke it as before. Then the
nefarious traders make a pretext of interdict
for raising the price. The police, influenced
by the people in the public offices, become
the secret purchasers of opium, instead of
labouring for its suppression ; and thus all
interdicts and regulations become vain." It
is a striking picture that is thus drawn with
the imperial pen. But as the writer already
quoted points out the denunciation might have
been made far more general. " The highest
mandarin or prince of the blood smoked his
opium pipe, and so did the poorest peasant,
when he could get it. At Canton and all the
frequented seaport towns there were public
houses exclusively devoted to opium smoking.
At Peking, in the very palace, the ladies of
the imperial harem and their emasculated
attendants smoked opium, and would not be
without it ; and if the Emperor himself had
wholly foregone the practice, which is proble-
matical, he had notoriously been an opium
smoker."

The throwing open of the China trade had
a marked effect in aggravating the controversy
which arose over the opium trade. Not only
was an impetus given to the importation of
the drug, but a sense of irresponsibility in
regard to many phases of the commerce was
developed which tended to increase the
official irritation. An almost endless series
of " incidents " occurred of greater or less
importance. Captain Elliot, K.N., who had
attained to the position of Chief Superinten-
dent of British trade, did his utmost to
conciliate the Chinese. By his exertions the
trade was practically driven out of the
Canton River and the smuggling of the drug

was made a diflicult and precarious business.
The Chinese, however, were not to be
placated by any measures, however energetic
or well intenlioned. Their objection was
not so much to the opium trade as to all
foreign trade, and they apparently had come
to the conclusion at the time that they
would exclude it. Towards this end they
unceasingly strove. No overt steps, however,
were taken by the Chinese authorities until
December 12, 1838, when preparations were
made for strangling a native opium dealer
in front of the British factory. An emphatic
protest was made against this outrage by
Captain Elliot, and when the deed had been
perpetrated all the foreign flags were struck
as a mark of tlie indignation felt at so
extraordinary a proceeding. It was soon
made abundantly clear that the authorities
were in earnest in their determination to
push the opium dispute to extreme lengths.
Early in March, 1839, there suddenly
descended upon Canton a high imperial
official charged with extraordinary powers
for the suppression of the opium trade. This
functionary, whose name — Lin — was subse-
quently to become a household word in Eng-
land, announced himself by a proclamation
dated the i8th of March, as a specially ap-
pointed Imperial Commissioner with "great
irresponsible authority," and as being "sworn
to stand or fall by the opium question." On
the previous day the hong merchants had
received an edict commanding them to in-
quire into the state of the opium trade. The
manifesto declared that the utter annihilation
of it was his first object and that, therefore,
" he had given commands to the foreigners
to deliver up to Government all the myriad
chests of opium which they had in their
vessels." The merchants were called upon
to subscribe to a bond in the Chinese and
foreign language jointly declaring that
thenceforth " they would never venture to
bring opium, and that if any should again
be brought, on discovery thereof, the parties
concerned should immediately suffer execu-
tion of the laws and the property be
confiscated to Government." These bonds,
it was intimated, were to be obtained by
the hong merchants and the same reported
to tlie High Commissioner within three days
on penalty of death. On the 19th of March
the Hoppo issued an order to the merchants
directing them to notify the foreigners that
pending the High Commissioner's investiga-
tions they were not at liberty to proceed
down the river to Macao ; in other words,
that they were prisoners in the factories.
With a view to making the order effective,
a strong land and water guard was posted
at the factories, furnished with instructions
to allow of no egress from them. Captain
Elliot, R.N., who was at Macao at the time,
took a very serious view of this action on
the part of the Chinese Government. He
issued a proclamation, dated the 22nd of
March, to the following effect : —

"The Chief Superintendent of the trade
of British subjects in Canton having received
information that Her Majesty's subjects are
detained against their will in Canton, and
having other urgent reasons for the with-
drawal of all confidence in the just and
moderate pretensions of the Provincial
Government, has now to require that all
the ships of Her Majesty's subjects at the
outer anchorages should proceed forthwith
to Hong Kong and hoisting their national
colours be prepared to resist any act of
aggression on the part of the Chinese
Government." Tlie next day he issued
another proclamation in which, after referring
to the Chinese war preparations and " the

threatening language of the High Commis-
sioner and provincial authorities of the most
general application and dark and violent
character," he intimated that he should forth-
with demand passports for all such of Her
Majesty's subjects as might think fit to
proceed outside within the space of ten days.
He counselled all Her Majesty's subjects to
make immediate preparations for moving
their property on board the ships Reliance,
Orwell, and George the Fourth, or other
British vessels at Whampoa. Captain Elliot
followed up his second proclamation by pro-
ceeding to Canton in person with a view,
in his own words, " to put an end to the
state of difficulty and anxiety then existent
by the faithful fulfilment of the Emperor's
will." On arrival he respectfully asked that
the rest of the foreign community might be
set at liberty in order that he might calmly
consider and suggest adequate remedies for
the great evils so justly denounced by His
Imperial Majesty. He was answered by a
close imprisonment of more than seven
weeks, with armed men by day and night
before his gates, under threats of privation of
food, water, and life. " Was this," he asked
in one of his remonstrances, "becoming
treatment to the officer of a friendly nation
recognised by the Emperor, and who had
always performed his duty peaceably and
irreproachably, striving in all things to afford
satisfaction to the Provincial Government?"

Lin was not in the least moved by Captain
Elliot's earnest representations. If anything,
he put the screw on tighter when he found
that his decrees were disregarded. At length
he caused not obscure threats to be conveyed
to the imprisoned merchants that if they did
not yield obedience to his orders he would
cause them to be put to death. Captain Elliot
now realised that if a catastrophe was to be
prevented the Commissioner's demands must
be conceded. He therefore demanded of the
British merchants in the name of the King
that they should hand all the opium in their
possession over to the Imperial Commis-
sioner. The opium was at Hongkong, Linlin,
and other places beyond the port limits,
and yet twenty thousand chests were freely
surrendered. Notwithstanding this extensive
acquiescence in the ofiicial demands, Lin was
not satisfied. His calculation was that the
importation should amount to 20,283 chests,
so that Captain Elliot, in order to meet him,
had to make up the balance by purchases,
paying with bills drawn on tlie British
Government. The operation of collecting the
opium took several weeks, and in the mean-
time Lin had been in communication with
Peking as to the disposal of his capture.
Orders were finally received from the
Emperor to this effect : " Lin and his
colleagues are to assemble the civil and
military oliicers and destroy the opium before
their eyes, thus manifesting to the natives
dwelling on the sea coast and the foreigners
of the outside nations an awful warning.
Respect this. Obey respectfully." The opium
was destroyed at the rate of three hundred
chests a day in an enclosure near the tem-
porary residence of the Imperial Commis-
sioner. In the enclosure were three vats of
about 75 by 150 feet, each opening by sluices
into the river. The chests of opium, after
being re-weighed and broken up in the pre-
sence of high officers, were brought down to
the vats, and the contents were crushed ball
by ball upon platforms and then pushed by the
coolies with their feet into the receptacles
beneath. When the process was completed
the sluices were opened and the muddy com-
pound was emptied into the river. " Every
precaution," says a writer who witnessed

48 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONO, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the operation, "seemed to be used by the
officers to ensure the complete destruction of
the drug, the spot t>eing well guarded, the
workmen ticketed, &c." This view of the
cvMnplcte destruction of the drug was not
universally held at the time. It was allirmed
that the whole of the drug was not destroyed,
that a gixidly portion of the best quality was
withdrawn and allimately disposed of to the
great advantage of the horde of oAicials
engaged in the work.

Captain Elliot soon found that the enor-
mous sacrifice which he had made to win
over the Chinese oflicials was a vain one.
"The servants," rem.irked the British Super-
intendent in an indignant remonstrance, dated

members of the British community had de-
cided to leave Canton.

He added : " The merchants and ships of
the English nation proceed to Macao and
Whampoa, because the gracious coiniuands
of the Emperor for their protection aie set
at nought ; because the truth is concealed
from His Imperial Majesty's knowledge ;
because theie is no safety for a handful of
defenceless men in the giasp of the Govern-
ment of Canton ; and because it would
he derogatory from the dignity of their
Sovereign and nation to forget all the insults
and wrongs which have been perpetrated
till full justice shall have been done, and
till the whole trade intercourse has been

BAY AND ISLAND OF HONGKONG.
(From Borj;ets "Sketches of China.")

•June 21, 1839, "were not faithfully reslored
when one fourth of the opium had been
delivered up ; the boats were not permitted
to run when one half had been delivered
up ; the trade was not really opened when
ttiree fourths had l>een delivered ; and the
last pledge, that things should go on as
usual, when the whole should have been
delivered, has been falsified by the reduction
of the factories to a prison, with one outlet,
the expulsion of sixteen |>ersons, some of
them who never dealt in opium at all, some
clerks (one a lad), and the prf>posing of novel
and intolerable regulations," and in conse-
quence of this faithlessness and want of
security for life, liberty, and property, the

placed upon a footing honourable and secure
to the Empire and to England. That time
is at hand. The gracious Sovereign of the
English nation will can^^e the trulh to be
made known to the wise and august prince
on the throne of this Empire, and all things
will be adjusted agreeably to ihe principles
of the purest reason." The trade was
accordingly stopped. The British merchants
repaired in the first instance to Macao, but
on a dispute occurring near Hongkong
between some English and American sailors
and the Chinese, in which one of the latter
was killed, an attempt was made by the
Chinese authorities to coinpel the surrender
of the seamen concerned in the affair.

Upon this Captain Elliot gave orders for the
removal of the entire fleet to Hongkong, the
splendid harbour of which had in years
immediately preceding been frequently used
by British vessels. When Lin heard of this
move he issued furious edicts prohibiting all
intercourse with the audacious traders and
their " barbarian eye." As these did not
appear to intimidate the British communily,
he took overt measures to assert the out-
raged Chinese authority. Furious proclama-
tions were issued calling all loyal Chinese to
assemble and wage a war of extermination
against " the red-bristled foreigners." A ship
supposed to be British, but actually Spanish,
was on September 12, 1839, seized and
confiscated. Meanwhile, preparations were
made for lauiicliing against the British all
the naval might of this port of tlie Chinese
Empire as represented by a considerable
fleet of war junks. The bolt was sliot on
the 3rd of November when Admiral Kwan
sailed through the Bogue Passage to attack
the Britisli frigates Voltific and Hyaciulh
which were cruising about the entrance
of the rivei'. It was a very unequal combat
that ensued. With the greatest ease the
two war vessels witli their well-manned
modern guns beat off the Chinese squadron.
One of the junks was blown up, tliree
were sunk, and the rest sailed away
badly maimed. The engagement caused the
greatest consternation in Canton, where a
confident expectation had been entertained
of a brilliant and easy victory over Ihe bar-
barians. So serious was the blow that Lin
did not dare to send a true report of
the episode to his imperial master. The
Emperor was led to suppose that the
Chinese had won a great triumph, and
acting on this belief, he bestowed a titular
distinction upon Admiral Kwan. The truth
leaked out afterwards, but the honour was
not withdrawn as Admiral Kwan was a
valuable servant and his imperial master
was loth to part with him. Possibly he also
had hopes, with Admiral Kwan's assistance,
of being able to retrieve the disaster of the
3rd of Noveinber. Whether that was the
case or not, the early months of 1840 were
utilised by the Chinese in making great pre-
parations for a renewal of the combat.
Meanwhile, the Britisli had not been idle.
In view of the serious turn that events had
taken, a considerable armament under Sir
Gordon Bremer was despatclied from India
to reinforce the squadron already at Hong-
kong. The Ciiinese authorities, greatly
alarmed at the strengthening of the British
forces, decided to strike a bold blow for
victory. They sent against the intruding
vessels a great number of fire ships with the
intention of destroying them utterly by this
means. This coitp was even less successful
than Admiral Kwan's ill-starred attack. Most
of the fireships exploded prematurely, and
those which did not were easily sunken
before they could do any damage.

TWP:NTIETH century impressions of HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 49

CHAPTER VIII.

The First Chinese War — Expeditionary Force under Sir Gordon Bremer occupies Chusan — Operations in the
Canton River — Sir Hugh Cough assumes Command — Submission of the Chinese — Temporary Resumption of
Trade — Renewed Outbreak of Hostilities — Canton at the Mercy of the Expeditionary Force — Arrangement of
Terms with the Chinese — Arrival of Sir Henry Pottinger as Sole Plenipotentiary — Continuance of the War-
Occupation of Amoy — Attacks on Chinhai and Ningpo — Attack on Shanghai — Expedition in the Yangtse Valley

— Conclusion of Peace — The Treaty of Nanking.

It had now become perfeclly clear that the
situation had got beyond the reach of
diplomatic action. To the force used by the
Chinese force must be opposed if British
prestige was not to be irretrievably com-
promised. In the Queen's speech at the
opening of the Parliamentary Session in 1840
reference was made to the strained character
of the relations between the British and the
Chinese in the Far East, and later it was
known that an expedition was in preparation,
as Lord John Russell explained on tjehalf of
the Government, to obtain reparation for
insults and injuries offered to British subjects,
to secure for British merchants in China
indemnification for the loss of their property
incurred by threats of violence, and " to
obtain a certain security that persons and
property in future trading with China shall
be protected from insult or injury and that
their trade and commerce be maintained
upon a proper footing." The expeditionary
force, whicli was mainly drawn from India,
consisted of fifteen ships of war, four steam
vessels, and twenly-five transports with four
thousand troops on board, tjnder the com-
mand of Sir Gordon Bremer it arrived off
the mouth of the Canton River in June, 1840.
Lin, so far from being intimidated by this
display of power, was only stimulated by it
to more outrageous acts. He issued edicts
offering rewards proportioned to the rank of
the victims for the killing or capture of
individual Britishers, and holding out tempt-
ing promises to those who would prove bold
enough to seize a ship. Inspired by the
proclamations, some of the more daring
Chinese did capture a number of British
subjects, who were handed over to the
authorities and carted about the country in
cages as proofs of the valour of the all-
conquering Chinese. Amongst the number
of these unfortunates was a female who it
was at first proposed should be dressed up
in rich clothes and represented as a sister
of the late Queen Victoria. This design was
not carried out as it was thought that even
the confiding Chinese would not accept quite
such an audacious lie, but the wretched
woman nevertheless was subjected to the
indignity of public exposure in a cage on
the ground of her influential status.

Sir Gordon Bremer instead of carrying the
war directly into the enemies' country — the
particular enemy of the moment being Lin
installed in arrogant plenitude of power at
Canton — went with his expeditionary force
northwards to the beautiful island of Chusan,
which he occupied without difficulty on the 5th
of July. The island made an admirable depot
for the British force, and from this point of
view there was no doubt a great deal to be
said for its occupation. But the need of the
moment was for vigorous action in the
vicinity of Canton, and tlie fact that such was
not undertaken led to misconception on the
part of the Chinese and undoubtedly stiffened

their opposition to all demands. The idea of
Sir Gordon Bremer seems to have been to
open up communication with the aulliorities
at Peking at the earliest possible moment,
the assumption being that if this could be
done a settlement might be made over Lin's
head. In furtherance of this idea Her
Majesty's ship Blonde was despatched to

October the fleet was back at Chusan. While
the bulk of the force had been engaged in
this barren attempt to force the front door
of the Chinese Empire, another section of
the fleet had been carrying on active hos-
tilities against the Chinese forces encamped
outside Macao. The trouble arose owing to
the capture and removal to Canton of Mr.

CAPTURE OF TING-HAI, CHUSAN.
(l''roni Allom & Wright's "Chin;i.")

Amoy, but on a boat being sent ashore with
a flag of truce it was fired on by the Chinese
and the inmates narrowly escaped dealh. A
similar contretemps attended a further effort
to open communications at Ningpo. Nor
did a better fate attend an elaborately
prepared effort, conducted uirder the cover
of an imposing naval force, to open up nego-
tiations t^y way of the Peiho River. The
squadron arrived off Taku on the gth of
August, and Captain Elliot proceeded by
steamer to Tientsin. There he entered into
negotiation with Keshen, the Viceroy of the
province, who had just been appointed
Imperial High Commissioner. Keshen was
a wily diplomat, who proved more than a
match for the straightforward and too
confiding British official by whom he was
confronted. The great object of the Chinese
was to get the British fleet out of the Peiho
at all cost. To this end Keshen beguiled
Captain Elliot with visions of a possible
settlement if only the negotiations were
directed from Canton. The British nego-
tiator fell into the trap, and by the end of

Vincent Stanton, a British subject. As no
reply was made to repeated demands for
the release of this gentleman, it was decided
to attack the Chinese camp. The business was
carried through in a workmanlike manner by
Her Majesty's ships Hyaciiilli atid I.artie.
After a destructive bomtiardment of the forts
and war junks, a force of four hundred
l>luejackets was landed and the camp was
rushed. There were very few casualties on
the British side, and the Chinese fled too
precipitately to lose heavily. There was,
iiowever, a considerable capture of guns and
the demolished forts constituted a satisfactory
outward and visible sign of British prowess.

The return of the fleet southward was
followed by a period of inaction. Lin had
fallen under the imperial ban and been
replaced by Keshen at Canton, and Mr.
Vincent Stanton had been released, but other-
wise the position was unchanged. All
attempts made to secure an arrangement
proved abortive. Keshen substituted for the
truculence of Lin an evasiveness which was
about as irritating, and as far as the end

50 TAVENTIETH CENTURY niPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

icMjght— the disconifitinK of the barbarian— foreign factories and Fort Napier. A pro-

quite as effecti\-e. The patience of the clamation was issued on the 6th of March to

British representatives was at length ex- the people of Canton promising to spare the

hansted. Towards the end of 1S40 it was city from bombardment if the Chinese authori-

recognised that the only way to bring the ties refrained from offering opposition to the

BRITISH ENCAMPMENT ON CHUSAN.
(From Allom & WriiJht's "China.")

Chinese to reason was to give a practical
demonstration of British power in a quarter
where the weight of the blow would be
felt. On January 7, 1841, operations were
opened by an attack on the Bogue (oris. The
outer forts of Chuenpee and Tae-cok-tow
were reduced without difficulty, and the rest
would have followed had not Captain Elliot,
with strange disregard of the teachings of
Chinese warfare, accepted overtures for a
truce. The cessation of hostilities was
followed by numerous excesses on the part
of the Chinese. Edicts were issued by the
Canton authorities putting a price upon the
txKiies of Englishmen dead or alive ; generally
it was made manifest that peaceful measures
would not meet the exigencies of the situation.
The British held their hand until an oppor-
tunity had been afforded for the Chinese to
ratify the conditions of peace which Keshen
had provisionally accepted ; and which in-
cluded a large indemnity, the cession of
Hongkong, and direct official intercourse be-
tween the two Governments. But when it
became evident that there was no intention
on the part of the Chinese Government to
confirm the arrangement, the attack on the
Bogue forts was resumed. On the 26th of
February the ass;iult was commenced, and by
the 1st of March the whole of the forts were
in our hands. Admiral Kwan and a host of
Chinese fell in the bombardment and the
satisequent assault, and a vast quantity of
guns and war munitions weie captured. The
British losses were trivial owing to the
excellent dispositions made and the cowardice
displayed by the Chinese garrison. On the 2nd
of March Sir Hugh (afterwards Ixird) Gough,
who had been sent out from England to take.
over the command of the land force?, arrived.
At this time Canton was practically at Ihe
mercy of Ihe British fleet, but yielding to the
urgent entreaties of Ihe lfjc;il officials hostilities
were suspended, the British commander con-
tenting himself with the occupation of Ihe

invading force. Meanwhile, a decree arrived
from the Emperor ordering Keshen's return
to Peking to suffer Ihe extreme penalty of the
law. He was subsequently tried and con-
demned to de.il h, but by an act of special
favour the sentence was commuted, and he

leading local officials to Captain Elliot
appeared to offer a hope of an .inielioration
of the diplomatic situation. Hut it soon be-
came evident that the successes of the British,
so far from bringing conviclion of the
necessity of the acceptance of the demands
made had only increased the Emperor Taouk-
wang's determination to drive the hated
foreigner out of his dominions. The ofticials
who had waited on Captain Elliot acted, it
was found, without any authority whatever
from Peking. The real power was vested
in three commissioners and a governor
who had been specially cliarged by the
Emperor to inquire into the position of affairs
more with a view to the concocting of
measures for the driving out of the liiitish
than the satisfaction of their claims. It was
not long before the British discovered the
true position of affairs. Their suspicions
were aroused when they found that the new
commissioners held studiously aloof from
them ; and as Ihe days wore on they had
reason for serious apprehensions in the fact
that ominous preparations were being made
all round them obviously with the design of
re-commencing hostilities. Captain Elliot's
eyes were completely opened on the nth of
May when he paid what was intended to be
a friendly visit to the forefeet of Canton.
His discourteous reception on that occasion,
and the evidences wliich confronted him on all
sides of military arrangements, so impressed
him that he proceeded forthwith to Hongkong
to concert measures with Sir Hugh Gougli to
meet the crisis which he felt certain was
impending. The storm burst on the night
of May 2 1st, When darkness had set in
batteries which had been erected on the river
banks by the Chinese opened fire on the
factories and the ships, and simultaneously
fire rafts were sent in amongst the latter
with the hope and intention of destroying
them. The British, who were prepared for
attack, had no difticulty in frustrating the

ATTACK AND CAPTURE OF
(Krom Allom & W

was banished to Tibet, where he resumed
his official career as resident at Lhassa.

Commercial relations were now resumed
at Canton with eagerness on both sides,
and some visits of ceremony paid by

CHUENPEE, NEAR CANTON,
'rijjhl's "Cliiiia.")

designs of the enemy. One ship — the Nemesis
— burned upwards of sixty of the fire rafts,
and some smaller war vessels effectually
disposed of the batteries. All the available
troops were now called up from Hongkong,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 51

and on Ihcir anival at Canton on the 24tli
of May operations ajjainst the city commenced
in earnest. The landinj; of the troops from
Ihe transports took place on the evening of
that day, and it says much for the military
incapacity of the Chinese that 2,500 men
were conveyed to the shore in absolute
safety. On the 25th of May the force moved
out in two columns on the positions which
the Chinese had taken up on the hills above
the city. The troops were subjected to a
galling fire from the walls of the cily as
Ihey marched forward, but they kept steadily
on, their advance being covered by Ihe
artillery. When the British came within
about rifle range of Ihe four principal forts

HUGH GOUGH, FIRST VISCOUNT
GOUGH, K.P., G.O.B.

(From a print in the Britisli Museum.)

which were the special object of attack the
Chinese evacuated a greater part of the
position. Only in one fort was anything
like a fight made, and there the resistance
was easily overcome when the British tars
to whom the capture of the fort was entrusted
came to close quarters with the defenders.
After the occupation of the inain defences,
Sir Hugh Gough, who personally superin-
tended Ihe operations, gave his attention to
the outlying positions. These were soon in
our possession, and when night fell the battle
was coinplctely won, the British losses
amounting only to seventy killed and wounded.
Canton was now coinplelely at Ihe mercy of
the British, and inilitary policy as well as
political expediency suggested Ihe advis-
ability of bombardment as a ineans of
bringing the Chinese Government to reason
as well as of conveying a lesson to Ihe local
officials that treachery did not pay. But on
Ihe inorning of the 27th of May just as the
gunners stood with their guns loaded and
primed ready for firing the shots which
would seal the doom of the city, a special
messenger arrived from Captain Elliot with
Ihe intimation that he had come to terms with
Ihe eneiny. The conditions that he had made
were that the imperial coimnissioners and
all the troops should within six days with-
draw to a position not less than 60 miles
from the cily, and that an indemnity of six
million dollars should be paid " for the use
of Ihe English Crown." Strong dissatisfaction
was expressed by the military at this arrange-
ment, which they regarded as affording
another example of Captain B-lliot's inca-

pacity to deal with the Chinese in the
manner which their peculiar characteristics
demanded. But the bombardment would
have been a terrible business and would have
resulted in immense loss to the very classes
of Chinese who were most friendly to
foreigners. In the circumstances the decision
arrived at had many supporters at Ihe time and
it was even justified on military grounds, Ihe
smallness of the British force being urged as a
sound reason for not perpetrating an act which
would have given the whole country over to
anarchy. As things were. Canton during
this period was Ihe scene of the inost ferocious
conflicts between Ihe citizens and the lawless
soldiery from outside, who occupied them-
selves after the fighting in which they had
played so poor a part in plundering their
fellow countrymen. It was stated that in one
conflict alone between the factions over a
thousand lives were lost. Wise or unwise,
the arrangement met with prompt ratifica-
tion at the hands of the Chinese. Within
four days five millions of the indemnity was
paid, and though Sir Hugh Gough had to
resort to a threat of bombardment to secure
the withdrawal of the troops as stipulated,
Ihe entire conditions were ultimately satis-
factorily fulfilled, and Ihe British forces were
withdrawn. The generosity shown to Ihe
C.mtonese was ill requited by tliese turbulent
and fanatical people. After the departure of
the troops there were repeated outrages on
foreigners traceable to sheer vindictiveness.
Though business was resuined it was con-
ducted as it were under the shadow of the
sword. In point of fact no one regarded
the Canton Convention as anything more
than a temporary provision — a truce and not
a peace.

A new turn was given to affairs by the
arrival in the Macao Roads on August 10,
1841, of Sir Henry Potlinger, armed with
full powers as sole Plenipotentiary to the
Court of Peking. This officer found on
his ai rival increasing dissatisfaction at the
conduct of the Chinese. Insulting edicts
continued to be issued, there was gross ill-
treatment of a number of prisoners who were
still retained in Ihe hands of Ihe Mandarins,
and tile authorities, in defiance of the con-
vention, were busily engaged in re-erecting

the river defences. Sir Henry Potlinger was
not the man to allow a situation to be com-
promised by lack of energy. He had had
long training in Oriental methods in that
best of all schools — the Indian Govenunent

THE RIGHT HON. SIR HENRY
POTTINGER, BART., G.C.B.

(From .1 print in tlie British Museum.)

— and he knew that decisiveness was an
indispensable quality in dealing with Easterns.
His first step, after he had made himself
acquainted with Ihe position, was to give a
clear intimation to Ihe Chinese authorities
that they inust either accede to Ihe British
demands or take Ihe consequences. The
requireinenis he made were that Ihe opium
destroyed by Lin should be paid for, and
that certain ports in addition to Canton
should be opened to British trade. To enforce
his demands he despatched an expedition to
Amoy, Ihe famous trade centre which figures

ESTUARY OF THE TAHEA OR NINGPO RIVER.

(From an eiij*ravinj^.)

52 TWENTIETH CEXTUKY I3IPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

aa conspicuously in Ihe earlier chapters of
this work. The squadron detailed for this
work arrived off the port on Aujjust 2bH\.
Immediately after they had drop|->cd anchor
a boat cainc from shore with an inquiry

on the summit of which is the citadel, a
highly imix)rtant defensive position, sur-
rounded by a strong wall supplied with
massive gates. On two sides the citadel is
inaccessible excepting at one point where a

CITT OF NINGPO

(From Allcm &

from the leading ^fandarin as fo the reason
for the visit of so many ships, and a request
that the cxjmmander should specify the com-
modities he wanted. The childlike curiosity
of the functionary was satisfied with a verbal
statement to the effect that Ihe fleet had not
come to trade ; while Sir Henry Pottinger,
in a letter addressed to the chief military
officer o( the province, explained that, differ-
ences having arisen between Great Britain
and China, it was essential that he should
have possession of the town, and requesting
its surrender to avoid bloodshed. No direct
response was made to Ihe letler, but that the
Chinese officials appreciated the character of
the crisis that had arisen was shown by the
energetic efforts they made to fortify every
available position. Finding that the Chinese
meant to light, the British Commander drew
his ships up in battle array and proceeded to
the attack. The repeated broadsides from the
ships made little impression upon the stone
wall defences which the Chinese had raised,
but a landing force consisting of about twelve
hundred troops soon put the defenders to rout.
Many of them were killed in their flight,
and not a few officers, overwhelmed with the
disgrace of defeat, committed suicide. The
town was entered by our troops, but was not
occupied for more than a few days. At the
expiration of that lime the occupying force
was withdrawn, and after posting a garrison
at Kulungsu, a small r(x.-ky island forming
part of the fortifications of the port. Sir
William Parker, the British commander, took
his fleet to Chusan, which was re-<x:cupied
after a brief struggle. The next point selected
for attack was Chinhai, a large and opulent
citv at the mouth of the Ningpo River.
Thither Sir Hugh Gough and Sir William
Parker, the joint commanders, proceeded,
together with Sir Henry Pottinger, who was
ready to take up the diplomatic threads as
soon as Ihe opportunity offered. The town
occupies a position at Ihe foot of a lofty hill,

FROM THE RIVER.

Wi-iuhfs ■■ Chin.!.")

narrow path winds from Ihe >ea, which
skirts the base of the hill. The town itself
is encircled by a wall about 37 feet in thick-
ness. It was a posilion of immense strength,
and defended by good troops would have
been well-iiigh impregnable. When the
British expedition reached Ihe town it found
every prominent point occupied by batteries
and the surrounding hills covered with
military encampments. Profiling by Ihe
experience at Amoy, the British commanders
decided not to waste any time on a prelimi-
nary bombardment. On the morning of the

loth of October two thousand men with
twelve field pieces and mortars were landed
to attack the citadel and cntreiiclied camp.
Sir Hugh Gou.yh without loss of time
divided his little force into three columns,
and, assuming ihe couunaiid of the centre
column, ordered the advance. The two Hank
columns, owing to the irregularities of the
ground, went forward unobserved from the
citadel, and the garrison, thinking they only
had to deal witli the small centre colunni,
went out boldly to meet them. Before the
engagement had barely commenced the Hank
columns opened Hre. So unexpected was the
attack that the Chinese broke and lied in all
direclions. In their fliyht hundreds were
shot and bayoneted and lunidreds of olhers
were drowned. To save useless slaughter,
Sir Hugh Gough sent out a Hag with an
inscription in Chinese informing the routed
troops that their lives would be spared if
they yielded, but not more than live hundred
availed themselves of the offer. Altogether
not fewer than fifteen hundred of the
Chinese fell in this one-sided engagement.
While this land encounter was proceeding
Ihe ships were engaged in bombarding the
town defences on the sea side and driving
the soldieis out of the town. The effect
of the combined operations was to convince
the Chinese commander, Yukien, that the
day was lost. In his despair he attempted
to drown himself, and, foiled in this effort,
he fled to the country, where he terminated
his existence in another manner. His
determination not to survive his discom-
fiture was in keeping with high Chinese
traditions, which regard suicide as a legitimate
means of escape from the dishonour of defeat.
It is not improbable, liowever, that a fear of
falling into the hands of Ihe British had
some influence in bringing about his decision,
for he had put himself beyond the pale by
his ferocious brutality towards two foreign
pri-soners who by his orders had been done
to death, one by Haying and the other by
burning alive.

As soon as the occupation of Chinhai had
been made effective, the British connnaiiders
turned their attention towards Ningpo, a
city of great counnercial importance 12 miles
away. The place fell williout opposition.

•

2l A

W:...^ ,^

m^L

[' -^,^SM

CLOSE OF THE ATTACK ON SHAPOO THE SUBURBS ON FIRE.
(From Allom & Wright's "China.")

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 53

Indeed, the inhabitants were so anxious to
avoid giving offence that they helped the
British soldiers to scale the walls, and when
the troops entered the streets they found
painted on the doors of the houses the words
Slinii mill, meaning "submissive people."
Ningpo offered such advantages that Sir
Hugli Gough determined to occupy it as the
winter quarters of his troops. The people
continued to be friendly and there was no
difficulty in obtaining supplies for the large
and ever increasing British force. But that
the townsmen were not quite happy in the
presence of their foreign visitors was shown
by a paper which one day was thrown over
the wall addressed to the British. This
document adduced many arguments to show
how much belter it would be for the invaders
if they would only return home, and wound
up with this curious appeal : " You have been
away from your country long enough ; your
mothers and sisters must be longing for
your return. Go back to your families, for
we do not want you here."

The successive British victories ought to
have convinced the Emperor that the lime
had come for concessions, but Taoukwang's
obsti[iate determination to rid his country of
the detested foreigner was unshaken. At
his command extensive preparations were
made all over the empire for a renewal of
the struggle. Meanwhile, fresh edicts were
issued calling for the extermination of the
barbarians. In March, 1842, desperate efforts
were made to recover Chinhai and Ningpo.
The attacks were repulsed, but the Chinese
forces only retired to establish themselves at
a point about Ii miles out of Ningpo,
from which they endeavoured to cut off the
supplies to the British forces. Their encamp-
ment was promptly attacked and the imperial
forces were put to flight with the loss of six
hundred of their number. At about this time
heavy reinforcements of the British forces
arrived from India. Lord Ellenborough, the
new Governor-General, sent with them fresh
instructions which, subsequently adopted, had
a marked effect on the course of events.
Lord Ellenborough's view was that attacks
of positions along the coast were by them-
selves of little use, and that if the Chinese
authorities were to be brought to reason the
operations must be extended to the interior.
The Yangtse-Kiang, one of the noblest of the
world's great rivers, suggested the direction
in which the British forces should carry
anew the fiame of war. Evacuating the
positions at Ningpo and Chinhai the expedi-
tionary force, on the 7th of May, sailed
northwards. The plan of campaign was to
proceed to Nanking and capture that city as
a prelude to an advance on Peking, in the
event of the Emperor declining to come to
terms. Before, however, the objective could
be reached it was necessary to reduce several
places cii route. The first of these was
bhapoo, the authorised port and landing-place
for vessels coming from Japan. Extensive
measures of defence had been taken here,
and it seemed that the struggle would be a
severe one, but under Sir Hugh Gough's
able direction a landing force of two
thousand men made a completely successful
attack on the defending force, driving them
from their positions and scattering them in
all directions. One body of desperate men,
three hundred in number, took refuge in a
temple, and under the mistaken idea that
they would be given no quarter if they sur-
rendered fought determinedly until they had
all been killed but forty. This remnant of
the gallant b.ind finally surrendered, and
after a period of detention were sent home
to their families. In the town, the women

of the men who were killed in the temple,
fearing that if caught they would be subjected
to a life of perpetual slavery, threw their
infants into the tanks and wells and jumped
in after them. Many of the poor creatures
were rescued by the British troops, but there
were melancholy evidences all around that

The arrangements for the attack, however,
were so skilfully made by the naval com-
mander that the shore batteries were soon
silenced, and a landing was effected on June
i6th without serious loss. Subsequently the
troops advanced to the important native city
of Shanghai which was taken after a slight

LIEUT.-GBNERAL LOKD SALTOUN.
(From a print after Sir T. I-a\vieiicc in the Print Koom, British Museum.)

the loss of life from this cause alone was
very great.

Leaving Shapoo with its bitter memories
of disaster behind, the expedition proceeded
to Woosung, the port of Shanghai. Strong
batteries guarded the approach to the port,
and the intricacy of the channel presented
serious difficulties to the invading force.

resistance. The place was occupied only to
be evacuated. The more important work in
hand claiined the service of the troops and
they marched back to Woosung and were
re-embarked. Not inany days later the fleet
entered the Yangtse-Kiang— " the child of
the ocean." As the imposing flotilla passed
up the, great waterway the Chinese flocked

54 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

in crowds lo the shore to gaze on the
then novel spectacle of steamers progressing
against tlie current. On the joth of July the
Beet diopix-d anchor off Chinkiang-foo, a
striHigly fiMlitied town, which, havinj; rejpird

August the fleet arrived off the city, which
is one of the most important commercial
centres in the Empire. The place was
garrisoned by fourteen thousand troops, and
there were expectations of another san-

.//, t, /.-i //.///, .7,/,;/ ,/ '/-,///'•. Y r.
^ A/. 1 f'

. /{ft/zA^/t /, //if/f^ /// .)■'<•'*

(From an old drawing in the M.-inuscript lioom at the British Museum.)

lo its commanding position at the entrance
to the river, is looked upon as one of the keys
of the empire. A strong Tartar garrison
held the town, and the hills above the river
were covered with encampments of Chinese
troops. After a careful recomiaissancc it was
decided lo attack the two sections of
the opposing Chinese forces simultaneously.
The work of dealing with the hill encamp-
ments was entrusted to a brigade under
Lord Saltoun, and the assault on the town
was conducted by the remaining troops
under Sir Hugh Gough's personal command.
Ix>rd Saltoun's force met with very little
resistance, the bulk of the Chinese fleeing
immediately they observed the British force
approaching. In the town greater resistance
was offered by the sturdier Manchu soldiery,
who sold their lives dearly in street fighting
which, with the severe heat of the day,
severely tried our troops. Only as the day
closed was the position completely occupied,
and by that time our men were so exhausted
by their exertions that they were unable to
push home their viciory. The defenders on
their part scorned in many instances to
take to flight. They salved their wounded
honour by self destrudion. The method of
the brave Tartar general's exit from the
world was characteristic. When he found
that the battle had gone against him he
retired to his house, and taking his seat in
his favourite arm chair ordered his servants
lo fire the building. The next day his body
was found much burned, but retaining the
sitting posture in which he had placed him-
self. The British dropped a sympathetic
tear over their g.illani enemy, whose defence
they had reason to retnembcr, for their losses
here were greater than in any engagement
during the war. After a fortnight's interval
to rest and reiTuit the troops, the advance
on Nanking was resumed. On the sth of

guiiiary battle wlien the ships hove in sight
of the far-spreading quarters of the great
centre of Chinese power and caught a
glimpse of the picturesque outlines of the

was about to deliver its attack, letters ar-
rived for the British commander informing
him that three imperial delegates were on
their way for the purpose of negotiating a
peace. Confirmation of tlie satisfactory news
was forthcoming shortly .afterwards in the
arrival of the members of the mission.
They were men of high distinction in the
empire. Elepoo, the head, was a former
governor of Chekeang ; Keying, the second,
was an uncle of the Emperor ; while the
third delegate, Niti Kieu, was Viceroy of the
Two Kiang. There was a protracted dis-
cussion of the preliminaries of peace, in
which Sir Henry Pottinger took up a very
firm attitude. The Emperor found it hard
to swallow the bitter pill offered him, but
eventually he was reluctantly persuaded by
irrefragable arguments to assent to an
arrangement on the lines set out by the
British Plenipotentiary. The demands which
were subsequently incorporated in the Treaty
of Nanking, were certainly of a character to
cause not a little misgiving and even con-
sternation in the imperial circle. They
were the payment of an indemnity of
$21,000,000; the opening of the five ports of
Canton, Amoy, Koochow, Shanghai, and
Niiigpo to British trade, with right of ap-
pointing consuls to reside in them ; the
cession of Hongkong ; the estahlislunent of
regular tariffs of import and export dtjties ;
the unconditional release of all British sub-
jects detained as prisoners ; and the granting
of a free pardon by the Emperor to all
those of his own subjects who had incurred
penalties by holding intercourse with the
British officers. On the 20th of August the
delegates paid a formal visit to the Com-
ti'iillis, the admiral's flagship, to discuss the
terms of peace. They were received with
every mark of courtesy, but in order that
they might be left in no doubt as to the
intentions of the British in the event of the
failure of tlie negotiations they were con-

NANKIN& FROM THE
(From Allom & W

historic Porcelain Tower which was then
a dominating feature of the landscape.
Happily, however, these expectations were
not realised. Just as the expeditionary force

PORCELAIN TOWER.

ri(!ht's "China,")

fronted with an iinposing display of force,
both naval and military. The interview
passed off very satisfactorily, and there was
a spirit of equal harmony manifested on the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 55

26tli of Auj^ust when Sir Henry Pottinycr
returned the commissioners' visit and re-
newed asliore the negotiations whicli had
opened so auspiciously on board tlie Corii-
wnllis. Three days later the signatures weie
appended to the Treaty on the Coriiwullis.
The three commissioners first signed and
then Sir Henry Pottinger inscribed his name.
The running up of the flags of Great Britain
and China on the mast of the Conncallis,
and the firing of a salute of tvventy-one guns,
announced to the outer world the comple-
tion of this most important diplomatic act.
Immediately after the signature of the Treaty
the ships began to leave the river, and on
the payment of the first instalment of the
indemnity, the troops were withdrawn from
Chusan. By the end of Octolier the expedi-
tionary force had been broken up, the
various units having returned to their several
stations with the exception of a body of
seventeen hundred troops which was left to
garrison Hongkong. Several unfortunate in-
cidents occurring shortly after the signature

Keying, the Chinese commissioner, who had
conducted the elaborate negotiations with
Sir Henry Pottinger, that henceforth trade
at the five ports named in the Treaty was
open to "the men from afar" without dis-
tinction, and the hope was expressed that
"the weapons of war being tor ever laid
aside, joy and profit shall be the perpetual
lot of all." There was one important
omission in the settlement which was thus
completed. No reference whatever was
made in the Commercial Treaty to the
opium trade. Sir Henry Pottinger had
striven to obtain from the Chinese Govern-
ment the legalisation of the traffic, but the
Peking authorities had steadily declined to
entertain any proposal of the kind, and
failing this the British Plenipotentiary
deemed it advisable to leave the matter
unsettled. It was an unfortunate decision
as it supplied an opening for fresh trouble,
and trouble was not slow in coming.
Almost before the ink was dry on the
official proclamations announcing the corn-

measures to prevent the importation of the
drug.

With all its imperfections the Treaty of
Nanking was an instrument of enormous
importance to the commercial interests not
of Gieat Britain alone but of the civilised
world. It ushered in a new era of trade —
an era fraught with great possibilities for
the West and the East alike. No longer
were merchants transacting business in
China at the mercy of a corrupt and
capricious officialdom, carrying on their
transactions in daily and almost hourly
dread of a crisis which would inflict
disastrous injury upon their interests.
Thanks to British pertinacity, reinforced by
the cordial good will and moral support of
the United States and France, the com-
mercial relations of China with the outer
world were regulaiised, and an assured and
protected position was given to the foreign
connnercial community at the five Treaty
ports. These had been selected with an eye
to the establishment of the new trading con-

THE SIGNING AND SEALING OF THE TREATY OF NANKING, 1842, BY THE BRITISH AND CHINESE PLENIPOTENTIARIES -

SIR HENRY POTTINGER, BART., AND HIGH COMMISSIONERS KEYING AND ELEPOO-

ON BOARD HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S SHIP " CORNWALLIS."

of the Treaty imperilled for a time the
peace which had been concluded. In one
case the authorities in Formosa massacred
the shipwrecked crews of two vessels
mamied mainly by British-Indian subjects.
Shortly afterwards a Cantonese mob made
an attack on the British factory, plundering
it and setting it on fire. In both instances
the Chinese Goverimient showed a very
commendable spirit in punishing the offen-
ders, and the episodes were overlooked.
But the arrangements consequential upon
the Treaty dragged somewhat, and it was
not until June 4, 1843, that the ratifications
of the Treaty were exchanged at Hongkong,
while six weeks further elapsed before Sir
Henry Pottinger found himself in a position
to issue a proclamation announcing that he
had signed the arrangements for the conduct
of trade which were the moat important
provisions of the Treaty. Simultaneously
with the publication of the British proclama-
tion a formal announcement was made by

pletion of the Treaty arrangements an acute
controversy arose as to whether opium was
admissible under the Treaty or not. The
mercantile class held that it could be im-
ported under the final clause of the tariff,
whicli provided that all articles not expressly
named should be admitted at aii nd vnlorcm
duty of 5 per cent., but this view was
promptly repudiated by Sir Henry Pottinger,
who issued an official intimation declaring
in emphatic terms that such a construction
was untenable as " the traffic in opium was
illegal and contraband by the laws and
imperial edicts of China." The position
taken up by the British authority was
severely criticised, and it undoubtedly ten-
ded to produce an unpleasant impression
not only amongst the British traders, but
in Chinese official quarters where there
was a failure to comprehend the logic
and equity of a policy which admitted
the illegality of the opium trade as far as
China was concerned, and yet took no

ditions on the broadest foundations. Instead
of being confined to one corner of the
empire trade had now openings in five
distinct quarters, each of considerable
importance. Canton gave access to the
great markets of Southern China ; Amoy
was an historic commercial centre with
important connections with an extended
populous area in the province of Fokien ;
P'oochow, the capital of the province of
Fokien, and that seated on the Min, one of
the great rivers of China, was well placed
for the tea industry ; and Shanghai was a
centre from which the vast Yangtse trade
could be tapped. The openings thus afforded
were calculated to extend enormously the
operations of foreign trade provided only that
the Chinese Government had accepted the
new situation in good faith. Unfortunately
it had not done so, and many years were to
pass away before the advantages wrung from
the Chinese by Sir Hugh Gough's gallant
force reached anything like their full fruition.

56 TWEXTIETH CENTTTRY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

TTie Acquisition of
Free Port— Dark Da

CHAPTER IX.

'•ing — Elarly History of the Island — The building of Victoria — Hongkong declared a
R. M. Martin's Scathing Denunciations of the Colony — The Select Committee of
1847 and Hongkong.

From llic exclusively British standpoint the
great central fact of tlie Nankin;; Treaty was
the fonnal cession of Honj^konf*. The acqui-
sition of this island gave Great Britain what
no <ither Western nation, save the Portuguese,
had in China, a national //V*/ <i tcrrc — a
station which would supply a tallying centre
for her trade, and a strategic point for her
navy. The desirability of forming a settle-
ment of this kind had long been contemplated.
The (KX'up.tlion of an island off the coast
was, as we have seen in the earlier chapters,
suggested by Chinese traders as a means of
overcoming the difficulties which in the
eighteenth century attended the conduct of
the trade. Coming to later times. Sir George
Staunton, in speaking in the House of Commons
in 1833, expressed the view that when the
trade was thrown open, if it should prove
impracticable to give it the K-nclit of a
national connection emanating directly from
the Crown, it might become expedient to
withdraw it altogether from the control of
the Chinese authorities and establish it in
some insular position upon the Chinese coast.
In a general way the value of Hongkong
harbour as an anchorage had f>een recog-
nised for a great many years. In the eigh-
teenth century ships occisionally visited it,
attracted by the security of the position and
the admirable facilities offered for watering
sliips in the rivulet of purest water — the
" Heang Keang," or fragrant slieam — which
in old time was perhaps the most con-
spicuous natural feature of the island. These
cisual visits familiarised Briiish commanders
with the harbour, and during the prolr.icted
war with France at the end of the eighteenth
and the commencement of the nineteenth
century, it was frequently re.sorted to by
vessels of our squadrons. The place came
into special prominence on the occasion of
Lord Amherst's mission to the Peking Court
in 1816 17. The vessels conveying the
members of the mission, as has been already
noted, anchored in the harbour on their
arrival in China, and during their brief stay
a careful survey was made of the harbour
and island- the former by the na%'al authori-
ties and the latter by Dr. Charles Abel,
who accompanied the mission as medical
officer. When the mission returned to
England a glowing account was given of
the great natural advantages of the position.
"In all points, both of facility of egress
and ingress, and in its perfectly land-locked
situation, this harbour can hardly have a
superior in the world," wrote the olficial
historian of the mission. These words of
enthusiastic commendation bore no direct
fruit, perhaps because the failure of the
mission did not tend to encourage a policy
of exploitation. BuLwhen the opium troubles
occurred at Cantonjviongkong harbour be-
came the resort of all British shipping, and
ultimately (in 1837) a settlement was formed
on the rocky shore. And so when Captain
Klliot got into difficulties with the Canton
authorities in 1839, and found the officialism
of Macao to accord ill with the British
constitution, it was the most natural thing
in the world that he should withdraw

to Hongkong, which, though remote enough
to be flee from Chinese surveillance, was
sulTicicntly near Canton to allow of touch
tx;ing kept with the authorities. Probably at
lirst the idea was only to use the harbour
temporarily, but when Lin, by his violent
jMilicy, forced matters to an issue, the
formation of a permanent settlement became
a definite object of policy. During the
operations which cuhninatcd in the attack on
the Bogue forts in 1841, the island was only
used to a limited extent, Chusan then being
the principal base for the expedition ; but
as soon as Keshen had been compelled to
sue for peace in the early weeks of the
year, the cession of the island was made a
prominent condition of the settlement, and
on the terms put forward being conceded
by tlie Chinese Connnissioner, the troops
were removed from that place to Hongkong,
and its incorporation in the British Empire
was formally notified by Captain Elliot in a
proclamation dated January 29, 1841. The
act of taking possession occurred four days
earlier. It is thus noticed in Sir Edward
Belcher's "Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur" : " We
landed on Monday the 25th January, l84t,
at fifteen minutes past eight a.m., and being the
botiii tide first possessors Her Majesty's health
was drunk witli three cheers on Possession
Mount. On the 26tli the squadron arrived ;
the marines were landed, the Union Jack
hoisted on our fort, and formal possession
taken of the island by Commodore Sir J. G.
Bremer, accompanied by the four officers of
the squadion, under a feu dc joic from the
marines and the royal salute from the
ships of war. On the Kowloong Peninsula
were situated two batteries, which nnght
have commanded the anchorage, but wliicli
appeared but thinly manned ; these received
due notice to withdraw their men and
guns as agreed by the late Treaty."
Nearly two years were to elapse before the
final notification of the Treaty of Nanking
placed the occupation of the island on a
thoroughly legal basis, but practically
January 26, 1841, marks the commencement
of the organised life of the settlement.

The important island which had thus
become British territory was formerly a part
of the Chinese district of Sin-ngan. It was
mainly owned by an ancient family of the
name of Tang, whose title deeds extended
back several centuries. The representatives
of this family had paid the land tax for the
island for two centuries prior to the occupa-
tion to the Chinese Government, and they
were recognised by the authorities as the
landlords. In the arrangements for the
transfer, however, no provision was made
for the rights of these proprietors, and
though a sum of eight or ten thousand
dollars was disbursed amongst the occupants
of certain fields, the members of the Tang
family do not appear to have benefited. Be-
fore the advent of the British the population
of the island was confined to a few thousand
souls who obtained a precarious living by
fishing or tilling the rocky soil. In 1837 the
site of the town of Victoria was a mere
rugged slope of rock shelving in most places

precipitously to the water's edge, with a
narrow pathway winding along the cliff to
which the fanciful name Kiin-Tai-Lu, or
Petticoat String Path, was given by the in-
habitants. To the eye the island was more
picturesque than pleasing. There was little
or no vegetation, and the only buildings
were a number of ramshackle habitations on
the shore constructed out of old junks. The
inhabitants were friendly, and they seemed
industrious, but there were strong grounds
for believing tliat they took a very free
hand in the piracy that at that time was
rife at the mouth of the Canton Kiver.

When Hongkong was formally occupied in
1841, in the circumstances described, tliere
was not a single European house in existence.
The buildings scattered about the foreshore
were either the quaint improvised huts just
referred to or houses of the usual native
type. As soon, however, as it became evident
tliat the British had come to stay a change
came over the aspect of affairs. On June
14, 1841, the first land sale* took place, 51
plots being sold at prices which, compared
with modern rales, appear ridiculously low.
Thereafter building operations were prose-
cuted with an energy born of the belief that
Victoria, as the new settlement had been
christened in honour of the Queen, was
destined to be no mean city. Dr. Eitel
states in his book on the authority of Mr.
W. Kawson that the first buildings erected
in Hongkong were the so-called Albany
Godowns (near Spring Gardens) of Lindsay
& Co. "Next rose up the buildings at East
Point, where jardine, Matheson & Co. estab-
lished themselves. Later on buildings were
erected in the Happy Valley and here and
there along the hillside as far as the present
centre of the town. While the military and
naval authorities commenced settling at West
Point, erecting cantonments on the hillside
(over the site of the present Reformatory and
later on above Fairlea) and large naval stores
(near the shore in the neighbourhood of the
present Gas Company's premises), the Happy
Valley was at first intended by British
merchants for the principal business centre.
However, the prejudices of the Chinese
merchants against the Fungshin (geomantic
aspects) of the Happy Valley and the
peculiarly malignant fever which emptied

• I^eferrinj* to tliis sale, Dr. Eitel says : Tlie purcliasers
of those lots who may be considered as the first IJritish
settlers in H<jn^koii'ji were the following* firms or
individuals, viz., Jard ne, Matheson & Co. ; tieerjeebhoy
Rustomjee ; Dent & Co. ; Macrica & Co. : Gcmmell & Co. ;
John Smith ; D. Kustomjee : Gribble, HutJhes & Co. ;
Lindsay & Co. ; Hooker & Lane ; Holliday & Co. ; F.
Leijihton & Co. ; Innes, Fletcher & Co. ; Jamieson & How :
F(»x, Kawson & Co. ; Turner & Co. ; iiobcrt Webster ;
\<. Gully : Charles Hart ; Captain Larkins ; 1'. F. Robertson ;
Captain Morgan : Dirom & Co. : I'estonjee Cowasjee,
and Franijee Janisetjee. This sale was followed by the
erection of godowns and houses, and the building of a
sea wall, the road alongside of which was thenceforth
(in imitation of Macao parlance) called the I'raya. 'I'he
following places were the first to be utilised for com-
mercial tmildings and private residences of merchants,
vij:,, West Point, the Happy Valley, Spring Gardens,
the neighbourhood of the present Naval Yard (Canton
Ilazaar), the sites now occupied by Uutterfield !k Swire,
the Hongkong Hotil, by the China Mail, the Hongkong
Dispensary, the slope below Wyndham Street, I*<»tlinger
Street, Queen's Road Central (the liazaar). etc.

EARLY VIEWS OF HONGKONG AND VICINITY.
I. Bamboo AyiKDi'CT. 2. Harbolk.

3. Houses ok Boats, Bay ok Kowloon. 4. Village, Bay ok Hoxukokg.

58 TWEXTIirrH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

every Earopwn house in that nciglibourhood
^most as soon as it was tenanted, caused
the business settlement to move gradually
westwards. Hill sites, freely exjxised to-
wards the si>uth-west and south-east, as well
as to the north, were soon discovered as
being le«s subject to the worst type of
malarial fever, and were accordingly studded
with frail European houses, mostly covered
at first with palm leaves. A number of
wooden houses were imported from Singa-
pore and erected on lower stories of brick
or stone. But at first the only substantial
buildings erected by private parties were a
house and godowns built at East Point by
order of Mr. A. Matheson, who foresaw the
permanency of the colony at a time when
most people doublet! it. The native stone-
masons, bricklayers, carpenters, and scaffold
builders, required for the construction of
roads and txirracks (by the Engineer Corps
of the Expedition) and for the erection of
mercantile buildings were immediately fol-
lowed by a considerable influx of Chinese

vided and a cemetery laid out. While this
infant Hongkong w.is growing up steps were
taken to perfect the olVicial organisation.
Captain Elliot continued to discharge tlie
duties of Chief Superintendent of Trade, and
he added to them those of c.v officio Governor
of the island. He appointed Captain Caine
Chief Magistrate, and Mr. Johnson was made
Deputy Superintendent of the Colony. On
the 1st of May appeared for the first time
the Goivriiiiiciit GnzclU; a weekly oriicial
publication which has continued to this day.
Its first number contained a warrant ap-
pointing Captain Caine, and, amongst other
notifications, rules for shipping frequenting
the port. The second issue gave a list of
the villages and hamlets on the island, from
which it appears that there were twenty
places oflicially recognised by the authoiities.
At the time of the ofticial occupation Chek-chu
was the most important of these places, and
Wong-nei-chung was the next. Hongkong
itself, a hamlet of only two hundred inliabi-
tants, stood third on the list. The relative

TOMBS AND VILLAGE BETWEEN THE BAYS OF HONGKONG
AND KOWLOON.

(From Borget's "Sketches of Cliina.")

provision dealers (who settled near the site
of the present central market, soon known
as the Bazaar), and by Chinese furniture
dealers, joiners, cibinet makers, and curio
shops, congregating opposite the present
naval yard, and along the present Queen's
Koad East, then known as the Canton Bazaar.
The day labourers settled down in huts at
Taipingshan, at Saiyingpan, and at Tsim-
shatsin. But the largest proportion of the
Chinese population were the so-called Tanka,
or boat people, the pariahs of South China,
whose intimate connection with the .social
life of the foreign merchants in the Canton
factories used to call forth an annual proc-
lamation on the part of the Cantonese
authorities warning foreigners against the
demoralising influences of these people."

To these interesting details may be added
the facts that the first official building to be
erected was the Court H<juse, which came
into existence within the first ye:ir of the
occupation, and that a gaol was also pro-

insignificance of the material inlerests existing
in the island when the British took posses-
sion may be gauged from the fact that only
250 acres of the entire area was under
cultivation.

By far the most important .step taken in
the second year of the occupation was the
issue of a proclamation by Sir H. Potlinger
declaring Hongkong a free port. The
experience gained at Singapore had no
doubt suggested the advisability of this step,
but even the most sanguine of those who
assisted in the founding of the Colony could
not have foreseen the remarkable results
which would follow from the adoption of
this policy. At the mo.st they probably only
hoped to establish an entrepot which, while
it would pay its own way would allow
trade to be conducted without interruption.
However, it was by no means all plain sail-
ing in the early days of tlie occupation.
Amongst the thousands of Chinese wiio
flocked across the channel from the main-

land as soon as the British flag was hoisted
was a large proportion of bad characters.
They came attmctcd by the hope of gain or
plunder, and they were so protected by
secret compact as to defy the ordinary regu-
lations of police for detection or prevention.
Tlie respectable shopkeepers who did
niigr.ate left the bulk of their property and
their families behind, and so, while working
in Hongkong, they were almost as much
under the control of the Mandarins as if
they were in China. These circumstances
all militated against the smooth conduct of
the administration in the infant days of the
settlement, and it did not tend to increase
confidence in the stability of the occupation
that in March of 1842 a despatch was
received from Sir Kobert Peel intimating
that Her Majesty's Government had not
decided upon the tenure upon which land
should be held in the island. Hut perhaps
the most unpleasant factor of the situation
of all was the unhealthiness of the island.
Disease was rife amongst the troops and the
mortality reached an alarming figure. The
outbreaks were attributable to some extent
to inadequate attention to sanitation, a not
unnatural result of the bringing together of
large bodies of people, the vast majority of
them possessing the most rudimentary ideas
of hygeia. But tlie trouble was chiefly due
to local causes which at the outset were
very imperfectly understood.

Hongkong beyond doubt acquired a terribly
bad reputation in its earliest years. When
the freshness of the occupation had worn off,
and when further the stream of Government
money which had flowed so generously at
the outset had been reduced to more modest
proportions, the inevitable reaction set in.
People who had been loud in their commen-
dations of the annexation now could not see
anything good in the settlement. The land
regulations caused great discontent, and there
was much grumbling at the revenue arrange-
ments, which, based as they were on a system
of licence fees on salt, opium, bhang, and
other articles in common use, were extremely
unpopular with the Chinese, and tended to
keep away respectable traders. These various
complaints found vent in the proceedings of
a House of Commons Select Commillee
which sat in 1847 to consider the question
of the Chinese Trade. Several leading
Hongkong merchants gave evidence testify-
ing to the highly unsatisfactory condition of
the settlement. One of the number stated
that most of the firms which had purchased
land originally were thinking of relinquishing
their premises and returning to Canton.
Another mercantile witness described the
Colony as in "a condition of extreme decay."
But the blackest picture of all was drawn by
an official — Mr. R. Montgomery Martin. This
gentleman, who filled the ollice of Colonial
Treasurer, seems to have conceived a per-
fectly insane hatred of the island. He
penned a report in which he piled up horror
upon horror and scandal upon scandal in
order to impress the home public with the
ruinous blunder that had been perpetrated
in the occupation. The document, which
was sent home in July, 1844, described the
formation of the island as of "rotten granite
strata," and said that the material excavated
in the course of building operations " ap-
peared like a richly prepared compost " ; it
emitted " a fcetid odour of the most sickening
nature, and at night must prove a deadly
poison." He likened the town to the bottom
of a crater, and stated that this formation
effectually prevented the dissipation of the
poisonous gases. The Chinese had ever
deemed Hongkong as injurious to health and

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. o9

fatal to life. As for the Europeans, those
who survived a brief residence in the climate
" generally got a lassitude of frame and an
irritability of fibre which destroyed the
spring of existence." In the previous year

on the island. " The European inhabitants,
independent of those in the employ of
Government, consist of the members of about
12 mercantile houses and their dealers,
together with several European shopkeepers.

EABLY VIEW OP VICTORIA, HONGKONG— FROM A PAINTING BY PIQUA.

(1843), though the troops only numbered
1,526, the admissions to hospital reached the
high figure of 7,893. In other words, on an
average each man went through the hospital
more than five times. The total deaths were
440, or I in 3i. " Her Majesty's 98th Regi-
ment lost at Hong Kong in 21 months 257
men by disease. One half the men of a
company are frequently unable to attend the
parade ; out of 100 men there are sometimes
not more than five or six men fit for duty.
. . . General D'Aguliar (in command of the
troops) says that the maintenance of a
European garrison at Hong-Kong would cost
the Crown one regiment every three years."
While the deadly climate was creating this
havoc the commercial prospects of the island
were as bad as they could be. "There is
scarcely a firm in the island," continued
this very candid chronicler, " tint would, I
understand, be glad to get back half the
money they have expended in the colony
and retire from the place. A sort of halluci-
nation seems to have seized those who built
houses here ; they thought that Hong-Kong
would 'rapidly outrival Singapore and be-
come the Tyre or Carthage of the Eastern
hemisphere.' Unfortunately the Government
of the colony fostered the delusion respecting
the colony. The leading Government officers
bought land, built houses or bazaars which
they rented out at high rates, and the public
money was lavished in the most extraordinary
manner in building up and pulling down
temporary structures, making zig-zag bridle
paths over hills and mountains, and forming
the Queen's Road of three or four miles long
on which about 180,000 dollars have been
expended, but which is not passable for half
the year. The straggling settlement called
Victoria built along the Queen's Road was
dignified with the name of city, and it was
declared on the highest authority that Hong
Kong would contain a population 'equal to
that of ancient Rome.' " After three and a
half years' uninterrupted settlement there
was not one respectable Chinese inhabitant

A few persons have arrived here from New
South Wales to try and better their fortune,
many of whom would be glad to return
thither." p'inally Mr. Montgomery Martin
delivered himself of a confident declaration
that there did not appear to be " the slightest
probability under any circumstances that

Martin's survey undoubtedly as a whole pro-
duced upon the mind an overpowering im-
pression of the unsuitability of the choice
that had been made of a settlement. In
summing up their conclusions the Committee
made this reference to the subject : —

" From Hongkong we cannot be said to
have derived directly much commercial ad-
vantage, nor, indeed, does it seem to be
likely by its position to become the seat of
an extended commerce. It has no consider-
able population of its own to feed or clothe,
and has no right to expect to draw away the
established trade of the populous town and
province of Canton, to which it is adjacent.
From (he only trafiic for which it is fitted,
that of a depot for the neighbouring coasts,
it is in a great degree detiarred, except in
regard to the five ports, by treaties, which
stipulate distinctly for the observance of this
restriction. In addition, however, to these
natural and necessary disadvantages it appears
to have laboured under others created by a
system of monopolies and forms and petty
regulations, peculiarly unsuited to its position
and prejudicial to its progress."

By the time the Committee's report reached
China the condition of things which had led
to the expression of the unfavourable views
cited in the foregoing paragraph had passed
away. The period of reaction had spent
itself, and with the improvement of trade a
healthier spirit, both moral and physical,
pervaded the settlement. Sir John Davis, in
some observations upon the Committee's
report, penned on January 21, 1848, was able
to show how very inadequate a notion the
Committee had formed of the Colony's con-
dition and prospects. " The population, ex-
clusive of troops," he wrote, "has gradually
increased from less than 5,000 on its first
occupation in 1842 to 23,872. This popula-
tion, instead of consisting of mere vagabonds,
comprises in its number contractors for ex-

HONGKONG FROM KOWLOON SIXTY YEARS AGO.

(Krom Allom & Wrifiht's 'China.")

Hong-Kong will ever become a place of
trade."

It is not remarkable that the report of the
Select Committee was influenced by these
gloomy vaticinations. The facts were in
many instances uncontrovertible, and Mr.

pensive works, executed (by the testimony of
the engineer officers) as well as they would
be i[i England, and of numerous owners of
respectable shops, where almost any of the
productions of China can be obtained. Life
and property are now acknowledged to be

60 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

•ecore. The revenue, with a sitijile tax upon
caoinieTcc, has progressively increased snue
my arrival from iQ,534 '» i^'Ji.O/S "> "*47 ;
and the civil ex|H.-nditure diminished from
;^66,ooo Jo i'50,()5g in the same year, of ihis
;^I5,i6q has been for public works incidental
lo a new colony, which beiiij; deducted from
the total charge for the year leaves ;t'35,790
for the fixed expenditure, being only i"4,7l2
beyond the reveime. The shipping return
for 1847 amounts to 229,465 tons for
European vessels, and for Chinese junks
840,9^0 piculs."

Alter the conclusion of the Treaty of
Nanking steps were taken by the Home
Government to organise a district Colonial
Government at Hongkong by transferring
the management of local affairs from the
Foreign Office to the Colonial Oflice. The
superintending of trade and the direction of
the new Consular service in China were,
howex-er, for the present combined with the
office of Governor and Commander-in-Chief

of the Colony. On this basis an Order in
Council was issued (January 4, tS43) eslab-
lishing in Hongkong the Court of Justice
with criminal and Admiralty jurisdiction,
which nominally had existed since the time
of I^rd Napier in Chinese waters under an
Order of the Privy Council of December 9,
1833. This court was now endowed with
jurisdiction over British subjects residing
within the Colony or on the mainland of
China or on the high seas within 100 miles
of the coast thereof. Three months later
(.\pril 5, 1843) the Privy Council issued
letters patent under the Great Seal of tlie
United Kingdom creating the settlement on
the island of Hongkong into a Crown
Colony by charter, and on the same day
a Koyal Warrant was issued under the
Queen's Signet and Sign Manual appointing
the Chief Superintendent of Trade, Sir Henry
Pottinger, Bait., K.C.B., as Governor and
Commander-in-Chief. When the ratitications
of the Nanking Treaty were exchanged on

June 26, 1843, between Sir Henry Pottinger
and the Cliinesc commissioners, who had
come to Hongkong for the purpose, the
Cliarter of Hongkong and the Koyal Warrant
were read out at Government House before
a large assembly of residents, and sub-
sequently published (June 29, 1843) by
proclamation in the Gazette. It is noted by
Dr. Eitel as an interesting fact that this
proclamation fixed the name of the settle-
ment as "the Colony of Hongkong (not
Hong Kong as previously used) and the
name of the city as Victoria."

The newly established Legislative Council
was somewhat late in getting to work, for
it was not until January II, 1844, that it
assembled. I5ut it fully atoned by its activity
when it did meet for any lack of expedition
there may have been in bringing it together.
In the lirst (our months of its existence it com-
piled, considered, and passed no fewer than
twelve colonial and five consular ordinances,
some of them of an important character.

CHAPTER X.

The Five Treaty Ports — Elarly History of Shanghai — Growing Trade of the Settlement — First Consular

Appointments — Difficulties at Foochow and Amoy.

We may leave the early history of Hongkong
at this point and turn to survey the five
ports thrown open to trade by the provisions
of the Treaty. Gmton, the oldest and at that
time most important seat of European trade
in Far Eastern seas, demands first notice.
Recalling the history of the place and the

in an emphatic way the feelings they enter-
tained on the subject. F'irst there was a
serious attack by a riotous mob on the
British factory, culminating in the plundering
and burning of the building. Afterwards
there was an active agitation set on foot
by the secret societies with the deliberate

SHANGHAI -AN EARLT VIEW FROM A PAINTING BY PIQUA, PRODUCED
SBOBTLT AFTER THE OPENING OP THE PORT TO FOREIGN TRADE.

unvarying hostility of the official classes to
trade, it is not a matter for surprise that the
concessions wrung from the Govermnent
under the Treaty gave intense m.ortification
to the ultra patriotic inhabitants of Ihis City
of Unrest. They were not slow in showing

aim of inflaming the populace against the
foreigners. An outcome of this movement
was the issue of incendiary proclamations
calling upon the inhabitants to wreak their
vengeance on the insolent barbarians. One
of these productions, which was approved

at a great public meeting held with the cog-
nisance if not the approval of the Mandarins,
after a reference to the grealness of the
empire, said : " But there is that vile English
nation ! its ruler is now a woman and then a
man, and then, perhaps, a woman again ; its
people are at one time like birds, and then
they are like wild beasts, with dispositions
more fierce and furious tlian the tiger or wolf
and hearts more greedy than the great snake
or the hog. These people have ever stealthily
devoured all the western barbarians and like
the demon of the night they now .suddenly
exalt themselves. During the reigns of the
Emperors Kien-lung and Kiaking these
English barbarians humbly besought an
entrance and permission to deliver tribute
and presents ; they afterwards presumptu-
ously asked to have Chusan ; but those divine
personages, clearly perceiving their traitorous
designs, gave them a peremptory refusal.
From that time, linking themselves with
traitorous Chinese traders, tliey liave carried
on a large trade and poisoned our brave
people with opium. Yes, the English bar-
barians murder all of us that they can ; they
are dogs wliose desires can never be satisfied ;
and, therefore, we need not inquire whether
the peace they have now made be real or
pretended. Let us all rise, arm, unite and
go against them. Yes, we here bind ourselves
to vengeance and express these our sincere
intentions in order to exhibit our high prin-
ciples and patriotism ! The gods from on
high clearly beliold us : let us not lose our
first and firm resolution !" A counter agitation
was attempted by a body of merchants and
others who plainly realised the folly of these
violent courses ; but this peace parly was small
in numbers and it was soon overwhelmed by
the spread of the spirit of fanaticism which
the emissaries of the secret societies had
so assiduously fanned. Outrages were of
common occurrence, and property became
far less secure than before the war. With
strange unwisdom the British Government

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 01

left the Canton ineicliants for considerable
periods without the protection of a single
man-of-war. On one occasion in July, 1844,
the British community owed their safety to
an American brig of war which, on a riot
occurring at the factory, promptly went to
their assistance from Whampoa. At another
period of emergency the situation was saved
by the accidental arrival of a Danish man-
of-war. Remonstrances were made by the
British Cantonese against the apparent lack
of consideration shown, but without much
effect. The mot d'oriiye at the time was to
do nothing to arouse Chinese resentment,
and so the little society of Britishers at
Canton were left for a period very much to
their own devices. That they could at a
pinch very well take care of themselves was

found it easier to ride the storm than to
direct it.

Happily the turbulent spirit so conspicu-
ously manifested at Canton found little or no
expression at other centres affected by the
Treaty. There were difiiculties, but they were
not of a serious character, and were over-
come by the exercise of tact and goodwill
on both sides. Next to Canton, Shanghai
was the port to which most importance
was attached by the mercantile community.
Though few at the time foresaw the great
position it was ultimately to reach, traders
were not slow to appreciate the splendid
facilities for the extension of trade in the
interior of China which the situation offered.
A brief summary of its history may be appro-
priately given here. Shanghai, or Shanghae,

Company's ship Lord Amherst, but with such
unsatisfactory results that when Sir James
Brabazon Urmston, president of the Company's
factory, in 1833 published his "Observations
on the China Trade and the importance of
removing fro;ii Canton," he made no reference
to Shanghai. It remained for Admiral Parker
and Sir Hugh Gough in their Yangtse cam-
paign of 1 84 1 to discover the advantages of
the situation. These officers were greatly
struck with the position of Shanghai in its
relation to the vast trade of the Yangtse, and
its inclusion amongst the ports to be opened
to British trade under the provisions of the
Treaty of Nanking followed almost as a
matter of course. When the ratifications of
the Treaty had been exchanged Captain
Balfour was sent as British Consul to establish

"5l*^l«j|^5jrei^

AN OLD CHINESE MAP OF THE SHANGHAI DISTRICT (1).
(From the Chinese Miscellany.)

AN OLD CHINESE MAP OF THE SHANGHAI DISTRICT (2).
(From the Chinese Miscellany.)

shown on July 8, 1846, when a vigorous
attack was made by the mob on the
factories. The merchants promptly stood to
their arins, and, by shooting down about
twenty of their assailants, carried terror into
the ranks of the attacking party and saved
the factory from destruction. But the policy
of allowing outrages to continue practically
without check was a mistaken one and bore
its inevitable fruit afterwards. The difticulty
no doubt was the weakness of the Chinese
authority at this period. The local govern-
ment was powerless against the wave of
anti-foreign sentiment which under the stimu-
lating influences of the secret societies was
sweeping the province. It probably would
have wished in its own interests to do nothing
to arouse British anger ; but in practice it

the foreign settlement and treaty port, is
included in the district of Shanghai in the
province of Keeang-so. For a long period
before the place attracted European notice it
was an important centre of trade. Native
vessels discharged here, and their cargoes
were taken inland to the great einporium of
Soochow, and were thence transhipped to the
interior by way of the Grand Canal. The
earliest British notice of the place is to be
found in a memorandum drawn up in 1756
by Mr. Frederick Pigou, one of the members
of the East India Company's service. At that
time the Company wei'e looking out for con-
venient outlets in the P'ar East for their trade,
and Mr. Pigou recommended this port as one
well deserving of attention. A good inany
years later the place was visited by the

the new settlement. " At this time," says a
well known writer, " the native city and its
suburbs lying on the W. bank of the river
were separated by an expanse of some two
miles of reedy marshland, partially cultivated
and sparingly built upon, froin a stream
running into the Hwang-fu from the East,
just at the point where the river makes an
abrupt curve to the Eastward. This streain,
known to foreigners as the Soochow Creek,
was adopted by the British Consul as the
boundary of the British Settlement which
extended Southward for three-fifths of a mile
to a narrow canal called the Yang-King-pang
running parallel to the Northern boundary
stream. The river formed the Eastern limit
of the Settlement, whilst inland no boundaries
were defined. A tract of land within the

62 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

dhow formed bv the junction of the Soochow
Creek with the Hwang-fu «-as leased as the
site of tlie British i.x>nsiilatc, whilst British
subjects generally were authorised to purchase
the buildings of native landowners within
the limits described ; but for several ensuing
Years there was little encouragement for
foreigners to establish themselves at this port
and the number of residents remained ex-
tremely small. As trade developed in later
\tars a French settlement was established
on the south side of the Yang-King-pang
Creek, stretching thence to the city walls,
whilst titer still, a consul was appointed by
the United States and a settlement planned
for I'nited Stxites citizens upon the bank of
the river cast of the Soochow Creek.
Several years elapsed, however, before the
expectations that had been formed of a
prosperous commerce at Shanghai were
fullilled. Foreign merchants were slow to
remove to so great a distance from their
establishments then centred at Canton and
Hongkong ; whilst the dull apathetic
character of the natives of the place dis-

such as the maintenance of a police force
and the formation of roads and trams, could
be voluntarily conducted by subscriptions
which the Consul for Great Britain was not
empowered to levy upon subjects of other
nationalities than his own, and a committee
of residents was elected by the votes of all
the renters of land, for the purpose of super-
intending the interests of the community in
respect of the above mentioned necessary
matters. From this germ has sprung the
complicjited system of municipal government
which now administers the internal affairs
of the vast and heterogeneous city into
which the British Settlement at Shanghai
has developed."

In the foregoing description we have an
admirable summary of the history of the
Treaty Port of Shanghai in its earliest days.
The successful and entirely harmonious estab-
lishment of the settlement was, as we have
indiaited, in a considerable measure due to
the cordial relations which existed between
the British and the Chinese authorities. The
Taoutai — the chief Mandarin — was a man

XHi. uOi^iuiiE AND PREPARATION OF TEA.
(From AUom & Wright's ■Chin.i")

qualified them from the bustle and energy
inseparable from European commerce. At
the end of the first year of its history as an
open port Shanghai could count only 23
foreign residents and families, the consular
flag, II merchants' houses and 2 Protestant
missionaries. Only 44 foreign vessels had
arrived during the same period."

"The fac-ilities which the port offered,
notwithstanding, for the growing trade in
silk gradually attracted more and more resi-
dents to the spot, and the marshy waste
ground along the t)ank of the river was
bought up at low prices from the Chinese
owners, on whose former holdings of reed
beds, paddy fields or garden patches, the
residences of large British firms were succes-
sively ereticd in a style of mingled solidity
and elegance which has almost entitled
Shanghai to contest with Calcutta the desig-
nation of the City of Palaces. The influx
of foreigners other than British within the
limits of territory officially assigned as the
British Settlement, led at an early date to
the necessity of devising some method by
which undertakings for the public good,

of honour and good feeling. He frequently
exchanged visits with Captain lialfour, and
his example was followed by the lesser
officials. The native population also were
very friendly. The British occupation of
1842 was conducted with such tact that It
left no resentment behind. Moreover, the
inhabitants were naturally of a more peace-
ful type than the turbulent Cantonese with
whom the foreign element had formerly
mainly had to deal. The only interruptions
to peace came from an occasional scrimmage
between Intoxicated foreign sailors and the
junkmen from Fokeen — a noisy and Irascible
class of native visitors who from Iheir readi-
ness to enter a quarrel were given the name
of the Irishmen of China. But these Incidents
were never allowed to interfere with the
general course of trade or to become a source
of bickering and strife between the British
representatives and the Chinese officials.

Mr. (afterwards Sir) Rutherford Alcock, who
succeeded Captain Balfour as consul, in a
report on the trade of Shanghai for 1847 — the
first of its kind issued — gave some extremely
interesting details relative to the growth of

the port. The shipping had increased by
one-fourth since the previous year, but It
was noted as a rather disquieting feature of
the trade operations that there was the
large balance of ;£54i,i43 In favour of the
Chinese. The total imports, however, reached
^'1,066,172 in value, and of these, goods
worth £^898,228, were brouglit out in British
vessels, chiefly sailing direct from England.
The export trade amounting in value to
;ti,5i7,29g was also mainly in British hands.
For example, of 15,863,482 lbs. of tea exported
no less than 13,313,519 lbs. went to Great
Britain. The United States stood next In the
order of importance In the trade returns.
More than a fifth of the total tonnage entering
the port sailed under the American Hag. The
development of the settlement showed even
more than the trade returns, the confidence
reposed by the mercantile community in
Shanghai's future. In the four years which
had elapsed since the opening of tlie port,
Mr. Alcock remarked, a little town had .sprung
up on the banks of Hwang-fu which presented
the appearance of a British colony rather
than the settlement of foreigners on Chinese
territory. " The residences of the principal
merchants extend a quarter of a mile along
the river front from the consulate site, and
backwards twice that distance, with gardens,
burial ground and racing ground intervening.
There are now located at Slianghai twenty-
four mercantile firms within the British limits
(three of which are American), and twenty-five
private residences have also been built on the
ground ; live shopkeepers' stores, an hotel
and clubhouse have all been erected within
the last year, showing a degree of prosperity
and activity which I trust each year will
make more apparent." Mr. Alcock further
mentioned that public jetties and roads had
been completed along tlie whole river front
and throughout the settlement by a committee
of residents appointed at a public meeting,
a church had in like manner been built with
assistance from Her Majesty's Government,
and a new burial ground had been procured
— further removed from the residences.
Finally, a beginning had been made of the
effective lighting of the port by the erection
of a beacon on the most dangerous part of
the shoal on the north bank of the Yangtse-
Kiang. A return appended to tliis interesting
report showed that at the time British subjects
held within the limits of the settlement 140
acres of land, which was purchased at an
average cost of ;^8s per acre. Upon the
sites thus acquired buildings had been erected
to the estimated value of ;^I3 1,836. Title
deeds were issued In January, 1847, for the
land thus disposed of. They were signed by
the Taoutai and the British Consul jointly,
and copies were placed in the Chinese and
British archives respectively for future
reference.

A reference must be made in dealing with
the establishment of Shanghai to the important
part that the tea and silk trade played in build-
ing up the early prosperity of the settlement.
In 1844 the export of the former amounted
to 1,558,453 lbs. The next year saw an
extraordinary advance to 9,338,422 lbs. In
1846, owing to a native bankruptcy which
dislocated business, a check was given to the
trade, but the export, nevertheless, amounted
to 10,073,578 lbs. Hy 1847 the consignments
of the commodity reached, as we have already
noted, the high 'figure of 13,313,599 'bs., or
about one-fourth of the total export of tea.
Such was the recognition of the splendid
facilities offered by the port for the trade
that native merchants at this time set up in
Shanghai premises for the preparation of
the leaf for export. Arrangements were also

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF

HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

,63

made for the sending out of European
agents to the tea districts to buy teas direct
from the growers — a remarkable innovation
on the additional methods of transacting
foreign business in China. As regards silk

constituted in every way an agreeable con-
trast to the ill-placed building at first set
apart for the Consulate. After the transfer
a better feeling appears to have arisen for a
time between the British and the Chinese

AMOY,

AS IT APPEARED SHORTLY AFTER THE OPENING OF THE PORT
TO FOREIGN TRADE.

striking results were also manifested in the
earliest returns of Shanghai trade. The
shipments increased from 5,087 bales in 1844
to 18,158 bales in 1847. The value of the
trade in 1847 was upwards of a million
pounds.

While Shanghai was developing apace in
the manner described, the new system
was making more moderate piogress at
other ports. Consular representatives were
appointed at an early date. Captain Balfour,
as has been stated, was sent to Shanghai ;
Mr. G. T. Lay was appointed to Canton ;
Mr. Henry Gribble to Amoy, and Mr. Robert
Thorn to Ningpo. The interpreters chosen
for the ports in the order given were
Mr. W. H. Medhurst, jun., Mr. Thomas
Meadows, Lieut, (afterwards Sir) Thomas
Wade, and Mr. Charles Sinclair. Mr. (after-
wards Sir) Harry S. Parkes was at the time
an assistant of the Rev. Charles Gutzlaff,
who filled the post of Chinese Secretary.
No appointment was made immediately to
Foochow. It was not, indeed, until the
latter part of 1844 that steps were taken to
introduce the Consular system there. The
duty was then entrusted to Mr. Lay, who as
an experienced official was well equipped
for what was realised would be a difficult
and delicate work owing to the fact that
the Emperor had only with the greatest
reluctance allowed Koochow to be included
in the list of Treaty ports. The anticipa-
tions of trouble were abundantly realised.
Mr. Lay, on landing, found the officials in-
disposed to grant him a suitable place for
residence, and he noticed symptoms of a
disposition to slight his authority. At the
outset he had to be content with a site in
the insalubrious vicinity of the river suburb.
But by tactful negotiations he was ultimately
able to acquire the lease for resident pur-
poses of a temple on an eminence known
as Black Stone Hill, overlooking the city.
This temple was beautifully situated amid
pleasant groves and terraced gardens and it

officials. Of their own accord the Mandarins
introduced into the contract for the execu-
tion of work at the temple to fit it for
residential purposes a clause prohibiting
work on Sunday, and in the same spirit.

character of head gardener, might be seen
eveiy day busily superintending the requisite
alterations and repairs. The Abbot, also, of
an adjoining Taouist temple, with a remark-
able absence of bigotry, for a small monthly
sum willingly admitted one of the oflicers
of the Consulate as a tenant of a portion of
the sacred building.* There was a tem-
porary break in these pleasant relations
towards the end of 1845, when a Consulate
interpreter was attacked and pelted with
stones as he was walking on the wall of
the city near the Manchu quarter. A grave
remonstrance was made to the authorities
in consequence of the incident, and the
threat was held out that if satisfaction was
not granted a man-of-war would be called
up to exact reparation. At the outlet the
Mandarins were disposed to treat the matter
lightly, but when they found that the Consul
was in earnest they caused six Tartars to
be arrested for the offence, and had three
of them bambooed while the other three
were treated to the degrading punishment
of the cangue for a month. The novel and
unprecedented event of a Manchu Tartar
wearing the cangue, from which mode of
punishment they had hitherto enjoyed a
prescriptive immunity, and the humiliating
announcement attached as usual to the
wooden plank of the crime for which they
were punished, and that, too, an assault
committed on a newcomer and a stranger
were doubly mortifying to the pride of this
arrogant class of inhabitants, as they were
also a subject of invidious exultation among
the purely Chinese portion of the population.
At Amoy there were also difficulties asso-
ciated with the introduction of the new
regime. The troops remained in occupation
of this port as well as of the island of
Chusan, pending the payment of the in-
demnity. The British post was established

COTTON PLANTATION AT NINGPO.

(From .111 engraving.)

before paying the
to inquire whether

Consul a visit, they sent
it was a Sunday or not.
The temple authorities also showed an
agreeable disposition to make their tenants
comfortable. Supplies of all sorts were
forthcoming, and the Abbot himself, in the

on the island of Kulangsu, and the guns of
their fort at the southern end dominated the

* Narrative of .in exploratory
Cities of Cliina, bj' the Kcv.
P- 3.12-

visit to tile ConsiiL-ir
George Smith, M.A.,

64 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

dty. It proved tu be a most unlicalthy
position, rather stranjjcly so, because before
the advent of the British the place had been
rcjil.irded as salubrious. The island was,
h .wcver, associated with the early trading
irjii>actions of the British, and on that
aivount, as well as from its gixxl siratefjic
|x)sition, seemed to be marked out as the
site of the future settlement. But it un-
fortunately tiappened that Kulangsu, for
some reason or other, was not mentioned
to the Emperor when the provisions of the
treaty were being discussed, and strong
opptwition was offered to its permanent
occupation by the Chinese authorities. The
British representatives, influenced doubtless
by the insanitary condition of the place, did
not strongly press the point. In the begin-
ning of 1845 the occupying force was with-
drawn. The few British residents who
remained at the time crossed the straits and
settled in the city of Amoy, where they
found no difficulty in obtaining suitable
houses. The Chinese authorities subse-
quently took drastic measures to obliterate
every evidence of the British occupation.
"The barracks, the forts, the flagstaffs, and
even the framework of the windows and
verandahs, were all speedily demolished, and

the materials ^inverted into firewood. The
work of destruction continued till no
remnants of the foreigners remained and
the houses were restored to their primitive
condition. The work of purgation was
vigorously persisted in. The roads were
dug up and the fields had again begun to
assume the appearance of cultivation. The
power of superstition and the aid of heathen
priests were duly invoked. Scarcely a clay
passed without processions of idols, which
were to be seen passing in boats througli
the harbour amongst the fleet of junks, each
of which, with loudly sounding gongs,
saluted the deity as it passed under the
vessel towards the island on the opposite
side. The fearful mortality which carried
off so many of the liritish, had continued
to prevail to an alarming extent during
the previous summer, notwithstanding the
gradual resumption of tillage. In one
family known to the missionaries, and
occupying one house, out of nine persons
seven had fallen victims to the prevailing
fever. Even those %vho tilled the ground
generally retuined after the day's labour to
the less insalubrious residence of Anioy to
spend the night. Tlie fears of tlie ignorant
imputed the common calamity to tlie evil

spirits of the English who had been buried
on the island. The superstitions of the
people magnified every little event ; and the
villagers were to be heard expatiating on
the mysterious scenes whicli they had
witnessed of the gliosis of barbarians
running up and down the hills at night
and 'talking English fearfully.'"*

Ningpo at the outset attracted very little
trade. In the official reports for 1847 there
is a record which shows that only six small
vessels visited the port during the year. The
imports reached but £11,785 i6s. in value,
and the exports stood at the paltry figure
of ;t"622 i8s. 4d. At the whole of tlie five
ports in 1847 the number of foreign
residents was only 470. They were dis-
tributed as follows : Canton 312, Amoy 20,
Foochow 7, Ningpo 15, and Shanghai 116.
It is noted that at Foocliow the British
community ashore was reduced to the
members of the Consulate. The captains
of the opium clippers had dwelling houses
at Nantai, but they seldom resorted to
them.

* N:irrative of an exploratory visit to tlie Consular
Cities of China, by tlie Rev. Georj*e Sniitti, M.A.,
p. 384-

CHAPTER XI.

Sir J. F. Davis's Ailministration — Mob attack on Englishmen at Fatshan — British Troops occupy Canton Defences

— Chinese Authorities agree to admit Foreigners to Canton City — Murder of six young Englishmen near Canton

— Demand for Reparation — Execution of Murderers — Assassination of the Portuguese Governor of Macao — Death

of the Ejnperor Taoukwang — The Taeping Rebellion — Alarm at Shanghai — Formation of Volunteer Corps.

It will have been gathered from the foregoing
chapter that before the ratifications of the
Treaty of Nanking had tieen fairly exchanged
the storm clouds had once more begun to
gather in the quarter in which most of the
disturbances of the peace had hitherto arisen.
In June, 1844, Sir Henry Pottinger left
Hongkong, handing his duties over to Mr.
(afterwards Sir) J. K. Davis. The new British
Superintendent t)f Trade and Governor of
Hongkong was an experienced Anglo-Chinese
ohicial whom we have met before, first as
a member of Lord Amherst's staff on the
occasion of his embassy to Peking in 1816,
and later as successor for a brief period to
Lord Napier as the head of the British
Commission. He was a ripe Chinese scholar,
a writer of acknowledged authority on
Chinese questions, and a gifted man of affairs.
From every point of view his selection for
the principal appointment in China appeared
to be an excellent one. He had the advan-
tage of the assistance in the post of Colonial
Secretary of Mr. Frederick Bruce, whose
distinction it was in later years to be the
first to fill the high office of resident minister
at Peking. Mr. Davis's administration at the
outset was largely occupied, as has been
indicated in a previous chapter, with the
pressing work which he found awaiting him
at Hongkong. The settlement was growing
rapidly, and with its development problems
were arising which called for the exercise
of judicious st;itesmanship. Therefore, while
the new Governor was not unmindful of the
larger interests committed to his care, he had
no temptation to look outside his immediate

environment for difficult tasks to discharge.
There was the less necessity for him to do
so as the policy of letting sleeping dogs lie
as far as possible was the one which had
been deliberately entered upon in view of
the great advantages gained under the Treaty
of Nanking and the manifest expediency of
introducing the new system at the earliest
possible moment with a minimum of fi iction.
It was in pursuance of this principle that
the ebullitions at Canton were not treated
with that seriousness which tliey seemed to
demand. The reinonstrances inade, emphatic
enough as far as the language used was
concerned, lacked the one thing necessary
to make them really effective — a display of
force. As we have seen, so far from making
demonstrations, the British Government at
this juncture rather ostentatiously refrained
from sending ships to the Canton River.
Having annexed Hongkong it felt, and with
reason, that the ships of the navy were in
their right places in the magnificent harbour
there rather than in Chinese waters. An
untoward incident in the Canton River in
the early part of 1847 aime, however, to
break down this policy of masterly inactivity.
A small party of Englishmen made an ex-
cursion by boat from Canton to Fatshan, a
large manufacturing town situated some
little distance up the river. On landing the
visitors were received in a disrtinctly hostile
inanner. In their alarm they proceeded to
the Yamen, or residence of the chief official,
for protection, but this individual unfortunately
was out at the time, and the move instead
of allaying the popular excitement added to

it. The Mandarin, on returning shortly
afterwards, readily gave prompt assistance
to the strangers. He not only drove off the
crowd, but personally conducted the party
back to their boat and shielded them at
considerable risk to himself from the stones
which were thrown by a large mob which
had gathered by the riverside in anticipation
of the embarkation. No one happily was
seriously injured, but Sir John Davis (as he
had now become) took such a serious view
of the episode that, collecting all the available
forces at Hongkong, he descended on Canton
in person to demand satisfaction for what
he regarded as a gross violation of the
Treaty of Nanking. The Bogue forts were
seized without a shot being fired and the
outer defences of the city also fell an easy
prey to the British force. By the 3rd of
April Canton was once more completely at
the mercy of the British. The advantage
gained did not have the expected effect of
reducing the population to submission. On
the contrary their fanatical hatred of the
barbarian was aroused to fever pitch by
the spectacle of British troops occupying
positions near the city. Ferocious pioclania-
tions were Issued, calling upon the people to
attack the insolent strangers and denouncing
Keying, the Imperial Commissioner, as a
traitor. The Chinese authorities on their
part, while probably sympathising with the
mob, realised that if graver trouble was to
be averted they must make peace. Accord-
ingly they accepted the British demands,
the chief of which were that the city of
Canton should be opened to the British

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

within two years from April 6, 1847, and
that the Queen's subjects should be at liberty
"to roam for exercise or amusement" in the
neighbourhood of the city, conditionally on
their returning the same day. After this
the troops were withdrawn to Hongkong.
It was a well organised, well conducted little
expedition, but it did not commend itself to
the Government at home, who were ex-
ceedingly apprehensive lest the country
should be dragged into another costly war.
The official wigging which Sir John Davis
received on this occasion led him to turn
an even deafer ear than hitherto to the
demands constantly forwarded to him from
the British community at Canton for
protective measures. Apart from this, he
seems almost to have been persuaded at the
time that the situation really had vastly
improved owing to the steps taken in April,
1847, for %ve find him on November 20th in
that year, in a despatch to Lord Palmerston,
the then Foreign Secretary, quoting with
complacent approval some peaceful sentences
from a communication he had received from
Keying. The wily old Commissioner had
written : " The old habits of the Canton
populace are now gradually improving, and
we also observe that the (Chinese) guard of
the foreign factories proves very effectual
so that in this quarter no calamity will take
place. If there are one or two loose vaga-
bonds who, without cause, create disturbance
I shall order them to be punished. You the
honourable envoy will feel no uneasiness on
this point. War is disastrous, but peace rich
in blessings. If we henceforth on both sides
control our merchants and people, we shall
ensure a lasting peace and the trade will
daily become more flourishing." The
Governor of Hongkong, while endorsing
these sentiments very heartily, took occasion
to refer to the exaggerated statements which
had been sent home concerning the position
of affairs at Canton by the British merchants
resident there. His letter adds another to
the many examples which the history of
foreign trade with China affords of the
danger of optimism. Seventeen days later
Sir John Davis received at Hongkong a
statement from Mr. Macgregor, the British
Consul at Canton to the effect that six young
EnglishEnen, clerks to merchants at Canton,
had been murdered while on an up-river
excursion. The reports showed that the
young men landed near the village of
Hwang-chu-ke and were surrounded and
attacked by the inhabitants. In the affray
which ensued two of the visitors were killed ;
the others fled but, after a hot pursuit by
villagers, they were at last overtaken at a
place called Hang-Kaon, where they were
overpowered and put to death after a mock
trial. Sir John Davis proceeded immediately
to Canton and peremptorily demanded from
Keying reparation for the outrage which he
described as " perhaps the most grievous
that England has experienced from the
Chinese." Keying promised redress, but as
after the lapse of ten days the demands of
the British tor the punishment of the villagers
and the destruction of their villages had not
been complied with he fixed a further week
as the limit beyond which he could not
continue the negotiations. Eventually four
of the principals implicated in the murders
were executed in the presence of Sir John
Davis, who was attended by a strong guard
of British soldiers. Sir John Davis considered
this very inadequate reparation for a
grievous and unprovoked outrage, and con-
tinued to press Keying for a more extensive
compliance with his earlier demands. Keying
temporised after the manner of Chinese

officialdom and under various pretexts avoided
any further concessions. Meanwhile, the
Canton merchants, greatly incensed and
alarmed at the outrages, had memorialised
Lord Palmerston to give them the protection
which they were entitled to under the Treaty.
They reminded the Foreign Secretary of
their request in 1846 for a warship to be
permanently stationed at Canton, and they
recalled the reply they received that
" wherever British subjects are placed in

memorialists asked his lordship whether
living, as they did, "among a people who
had achieved their last bloody triumph in the
slaughter of our countrymen," they did not
require "the efficient, constant, and present
protection of Her Majesty's forces." Lord
Palmerston replied to the memorialists that
he did not see how a steam vessel stationed
in front of the factories could have prevented
the outrage, and expressed his regret that
the merchants had not used their influence

SIR JOHN FRANCIS DAVIS, BART., GOVERNOR, HONGKONG.

(From an engravinjj in the I'rint l^oom, British Museum.)

danger in a situation which is accessible to a
British ship of war, thither a British ship of
war ought to be and will be ordered." " It
was," they proceeded, " with the utmost sur-
prise and regret, therefore, that we beheld
that officer shutting his eyes to the danger
that menaced us, overlooking all manifesta-
tions of the ill-feeling of the people . . .
disregarding the murderous manifestoes
of the banded ruffians by whom we are
surrounded, and withholding the protection
he had been directed to afford." The

amongst the young men of their establish-
ments to induce them to desist, at least for
a time, from excursions which were known
to be attended with personal risk. The con-
troversy arising out of the incident, after
continuing for some time, was settled after a
fashion by the promulgation by the Chinese
of a series of regulations designed to afford
greater protection to foreigners at Canton
and its vicinity.

Less than a twelvemonth after the
Fatshan incident another outrage of a

66 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

similar character nas perpetrated at Tsingpu,
a town about 30 miles distant iroin
Shanghai. A paity o( missionaries, three
in number, left the British settlement one
day in March, iKt^^- ^'>^ the intention of
conducting their proselytising work at the
town. On arrival they cvmimenced to dis-
tribute their tracts when they were molested
by a party of rowdies. Soon the attack
developed into a serious one and the
missiorraries thought it wise to take to
flight. They did so, but were pursued and
captured, and were then subjected to severe
maltreatment. The officials and respectable
classes finally rescued them from their
dangerous position and they were helped
tack to Shanghai, sorely wounded and with
the loss of all their possessions. Mr. Alcock
on hearing of the occurrence sent a war
vessel with the Vice-Consul, and Mr. Harry
Parkes as interpreter on board, to Nanking
to demand satisfaction. Meanwhile, an
embargo was laid upon the sailing of the
rice btoats. Li, the Viccioy, on being
interviewed, proved most anxious to settle

opposed to any concession of the kind.
There W'as no desire en the part of the
British to carry matters to extremes, and
when the Emperor's decree arrived express-
ing his opposition to any attempt to force
the populace to receive foreigners into the
city against their will, it was deemed
expedient to acquiesce in the imperial
decision. After this there was a brief lull,
hut the atrocious murder of the Portuguese
Governor of Macao in 1850 proved that the
Chinese spirit of antagonism to foreigners
was as potent for evil as ever. The outrage
was a peculiarly dastardly one, and it was
committed under circumstances which left
little doubt as to the complicity of the
Chinese officials. M. Amaral, the unfor-
tunate victim, desirous of restoring the
prestige of his country, had introduced
several changes in the administration. He
did nothing that was not in keeping with
the spirit of the recently concluded agree-
ment, but the Canton authorities were
greatly incensed at his actioir and made up
their minds to compass his death. Placards

THE TAI-WANG-KOW OR YELLOW PAGODA FORT, CANTON RIVER.
(From Allom & Wright's "China.")

the matter amicably. He gave orders for
the removal of the Intendant of Soochow,
and appointed another official with special
instructions to inquire into the incident.
Later, ten men implicated in the outrage
were punished with flogging, the cangue
and banishment. In this way what had
threatened to be a very tiresome and
protracted business was concluded to the
complete satisfaction of the British com-
munity.

If the spirit shown by the officials on this
occasion had been manifested in the south
no further rupture would probably have
occurred, at all events for a good many
years. But Canton would not have been
Canton if it did not do its best to embitter
the relations between the native and the
foreign elements. It will be recalled that
one of the conditions wrung from Keying
by Sir John Davis in 1847, was that the ■
gates of Canton should be opened to
British subjects on April 6, 1849. As
the day approached for the carrying out
of this clause in the agreement it became
evident that the population were bitterly

at their instigation were issued, inflaming
the native populace against him, and in other
ways the path was prepared for the crime.
The blow was struck swiftly and remorse-
lessly. M. Amaral when riding out one day,
accompanied only by one officer, was
attiicked, on the outskirts of the town, by a
party of ruffians who lay in ambush. He
was dragged from his horse and put to
death with great cruelty. Afterwards his
head was cut off and sent to Canton as a
trophy. There it was received with every
manifestation of delight. Su, the Governor-
General of the province, in communicating
the fact of the assassination to the Emperor,
said that the barbarian's crimes merited
public punishment of the most fearful kind,
but that it had pleased the gods to interfere
and make an example of him, by allowing
his death at the hands of some men who
had private injuries to avenge. To throw
dust in the eyes of the Portuguese, the
same official caused a criminal to be
decapitated, and sent his head, with that of
the Portuguese Governor, to Macao, with an
intimation that the crime had been avenged

by the execution of the principal murderer.
The Portuguese declined to accept this as
adequate reparation, and reinforcements
were summoned from Lisbon, to impress
upon the Canton oflicials a sense of the
infamy of the outrage that had been com-
mitted. After moiitlis of negotiation several
of the real criminals were captured and
executed. A number of other men impli-
cated in the crime had met their deserts
previously at the hands of British forces
engaged in suppressing piracy in the Canton
Estuary.

The death of the Emperor Taoukvvang on
February 12, 1850, gave a new turn to
the course of events in China. The old
despot's declining days were dogged with
misfortune, and he left to his successor,
Hienfung, a legacy of internal trouble and
international complications which was to
shake the imperial power to its foundations.
Hienfung was only a young man of nineteen
when he ascended the throne, and his im-
pressionable mind seems to have fallen under
the spell of those of the imperial counsellors
who were inimical to toreigners. One of his
first acts was to disgrace Keying and another
Mandarin who had shown in their official
career some leaning towards the British.
Whether intended as an indication of hostile
policy or not the action taken was interpreted
in that sense by the great majority of Chinese
officials, and indications were soon forth-
coming of the change in sentiment. At
Foochow difficulties were raised against the
British residing in the city, on the ground
previously taken up that the concession of
trading facilities referred not to the city but
to the landing place at the mouth of the
river. Lin, the old enemy of the British, was
in residence at this time in the vicinity of
Foochow, and it was suspected, not prob-
ably without reason, that he had a hand in
fomenting the agitation which arose on this
question. Whatever the truth may have been
on that point, the ebullition was thoroughly
in keeping with the sentiments which had
always inspired him. Moreover, the selection
of ground for the dispute showed the mark
of his cunning hand ; for the British were
undoubtedly in the wrong in their interpre-
tation of the terms of the concession. The
Treaty conferred permission to the British to
reside in the Kiang-Kan, or mart at the mouth
of the river, but not in the ching or town.
Upon this fact being borne in upon them
the British officials withdrew their preten-
sions, leaving the question open for adjust-
ment afterwards as opportunity might offer.

Hienfiing's antagonism to foreigners was
peculiarly ill-timed in the circumstances in
which he commenced his reign. Throughout
the vast limits of his empire there was dis-
content and unrest. The formidable secret
organisation known as the Triads had raised
the standard of rebellion in alarming fashion
in Kwangsi. In vast bands they ravaged the
country, laid siege to towns, and fought
pitched battles with imperial troops. The
imperial authorities were powerless to make
any real headway against the movement.
The small advantages gained were more
than counterbalanced by crushing defeats.
At length the rebels had the audacity to put
forward their chief, Tien Wang, as a rival
for the imperial tlirone itself. Tien Wang
was a man of low birth and inferior educa-
tional attainments, but he had unquestionable
genius as a leader, and the common people,
impressed by his successes, pinned their faith
in his destiny with remarkable devotion. He
justified the popular confidence reposed in
him after his assumption of royal rank by
carrying in the early part of the year 1851

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. Q7

the important military station of Nanning
and occupying a great tract of country about
it. Thereafter he proceeded to attaclj Kvvei-
ling, the provincial capital which commands
one of the important roads into the interior
of China. Frenzied efforts were made by
the Imperial Government to cope with the
situation, but by this time the Taeping Re-
bellion, as it was to be kno%vn in history,
had assumed such proportions as to be almost
beyond the powers which could be exercised
from Peking. Instead of Tien Wang being
suppressed by the forces sent against him
he derived confidence from their ill-directed
efforts, and In the end conceived the bold
design of marchhig his forces northwards
into Hoonan. It is unnecessary for our pur-
pose to follow the course of events so lucidly
described in Mr. Demetrius Boulger's great
work on China. Suffice it to say that by the
month of April, 1853, the rebels, after a
tiiumphal march, had captured and occupied
Nanking and firmly established themselves in
the valley of the Yangtse-Kiang.

The course of the rebellion had been
watched with intense interest by foreigners
in China and by none more closely than by
the British community. As a rule sympathy
was strongly enlisted on the side of the rebels.
In them Britons saw a people struggling for
freedom against a desolating despotism, and
they attributed to them patriotic virtues which
it is to be feared they never possessed.
After the astounding successes achieved in
the valley of the Yangtse the British au-
thorities deemed it advisable to take special
measures to discover the true meaning of this
wonderful movement which seemed to be
on the point of laying the proud Manchu
power in the dust. Consequently in April,
1853, Sir George Bonham, who had suc-
ceeded Sir John Davis in the supreme
charge of British interests in China, pro-
ceeded to Nanking in the warship: Hermes.
The vessel was fired upon by the batteries
at Chinkiang and Kwachow, but the compli-
ment was ignored and in due course the
party reached Nanking. After a week spent
in interviews and negotiations with the
Taeping leaders. Sir George Bonham left in
the Hermes. His mission, there can be no
doubt, was a mistake. While it accomplished
nothing practical, it had the effect of instil-
ling the jealous and suspicious minds of the
Peking authorities with the belief that Britain
was for her own purposes fomenting the
rebellion. After Sir George Bonham's visit
to Nanking a section of the rebel forces
marched northwards with the intention of
attacking Peking. The enterprise failed for
various reasons, and very few of those who
left Nanking ever returned to it. But signal
as were the imperial successes they had no
decisive result on the course of the rebellion.
The flame of revolt continued to blaze with
fierce intensity at many and widely separated
points, and occasional outbreaks in quite
new centres pointed the inevitable results of
slackened authority. At the British Treaty
ports the continuance of the rebellion was
regarded with a feeling almost akin to con-
sternation. The effect upon trade was most
disastrous, and the proposal was seriously
mooted by the Shanghai mercantile com-
munity that the custom duties should no
longer be paid. Mr. Rutherford Alcock,
however, emphatically declined to entertain
any such idea, pointing out that the pro-
visions of the Treaty of Nanking must
be upheld, and urging that it behoved
British subjects to maintain strict neutrality
in the crisis through which China was
passing. On another point— the putting of
the settlement in a condition of defence —

Mr. Alcock was able to enter into hearty
co-operation with the mercantile community.
Under his auspices an influential meeting of
the residents was held in April, 1853, to
devise a plan for the protection of the com-
munity. The most notable decision arrived
at was that the British residents should form
a volunteer corps under the direction of
Captain Trowson, an officer who had seen
service in the Bengal Fusiliers, and that the
supreme command and direction of the
military preparations should be vested in
Captain Fishbourne, the senior officer on
the station. At a subsequent meeting the
members of the other foreign communities
decided to associate themselves with their
British confreres in these protective measures.
Events soon proved the wisdom of the action
taken. After some preliminary threatenings
the rebels in September, 1853, descended
upon the native city and with the aid of the
local disaffected seized the Taoutai's quarters,
killed a number of officials, and assumed the
government. The occurrences excited great
alarm in the settlement, which from its

and provided daily diversion for Shanghai
people, who in the intervals of business went
out to watch the operations of the contending
forces. In the interests of commerce, which
was suffering greatly by the civil distractions,
attempts were vainly made to induce the
rebels to surrender. Short of intervention,
however, there seemed no way of bringing
the siege to a close. The British authorities
steadily declined to entertain all proposals to
this end. But the French, whose settlement
was nearest the native city and, therefore,
most liable to attack, in December, 1854,
elected to throw the weight of their influence
into the imperial scale with a view of putting
an end to the state of war in which the
district had been involved for the past three
months. The French guns did a good deal
of damage to the city walls, and it seemed
that the Triads, as the rebels were locally
known, were in for a very bad time. When,
however, the French with a force of some
four hundred sailors and marines attempted
to assault the city in co-operation with the
imperial forces, they were met with such a

THE CITY OF NANKING.
(From Allom & Wright's-^'\ China.")

proximity to the scene of the disturbances
and its open character, was a bait calculated
to attract the lawless mob which had so
dramatically obtained the ascendency in the
adjacent Chinese district. Every precaution
was taken to guard against surprise and to
meet an attack. The men-of-war in port
trained their guns upon the approaches to
the settlement and were ready to land armed
parties at a moment's notice. Meanwhile the
volunteer force patrolled the European quarter
day and night. As time wore on it became
evident that the rebels had no intention of
provoking an encounter. Apart from the
inevitable risks which thev would have to
face there was the certainty that interfer-
ence with Europeans would break down the
policy of neutrality which had been steadily
pursued in regard to them. So what at first
had been regarded as a menacing danger
assumed the aspect of a somewhat tedious
but not entirely uninteresting struggle
upon which foreigners could look with an
air of detachment. The attempts of the
imperial forces to recover possession of the
city were ludicrous in their ineff'ectiveness

determined resistance that they were com-
pelled ultimately to fall back with a loss
of four officers and si.xty men killed and
wounded. This unpleasant reverse had the
effect of killing for the time being the idea
of foreign intervention. The contending fac-
tions were left severely alone and the siege
went on in its old desultory way. Before
very long the rebels, feeling the pinch of
want, made a desperate effort to cut their
way out. The bulk of them fell either by
the sword of the imperialists or later at the
hands of the executioners, who carried out
their sanguinary work with a remorseless
severity characteristic of Chinese methods.
The two leaders. Lew and Chin-ah-lin,
escaped, though a heavy price was put upon
their heads, and a few of the lesser lights
of the rising also got away by taking refuge
in the foreign settlement. In other direc-
tions at this period the imperial authorities
achieved successes over the rebels, and the
circumstance undoubtedly tended to stiffen
their opposition to demands which shortly
afterwards were made upon them by the
British Government.

68 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

CHAPTER XII.

Sir John Bowling's Administration— He demands an Interview with the Viceroy Yeh — Refusal to grant a
Meeting in Canton — Outrage on the British Lorcha "Arrow" — Sir Michael Seymour bombards Canton — Con-
tinuance of Hostilities— Troops requisitioned from England — Lord Elgin appointed Special Envoy— Expeditionary
Force sent out but diverted to India to deal with the Mutiny Crisis— Ultimate advance on Canton — Bombardment
of the City — Capture and deportation of Yeh — Allied British and French Fleets capture the Taku Forts and
enter the Peiho Rivei — Conclusion of the Treaty of Tientsin.

Mr. (afterwards Sir John) Bowring in 1853
succeeded Sir George Boiiham in the chief
control of British interests in China. He
was a man wlio liad had a remarkable career.
In 1832, when travelling in France, he was
arrested as a spy. The intimate friend of
Jeremy Bentham, and one of the earliest
school of philosophical Radicals, he was the

instructions, on appointment, were to avoid
all initatinj^ discussions with China, aiui when
a new Government came into power in
England a short time later the instructions
were repeated with emphasis. In strict con-
formity with them Sir John Bowring (as he
became soon after his appointment) souglit
an early opportunity of entering into friendly

SIK JOHN BOWRING, GOVERNOR OF HONGKONG.
(From the bronze medallion in the National Portrait Gallery.)

first joint editor of the Westminster Review,
and wrote largely on political and economic
questions. He was employed by the Gov-.
ernments of the day on many important
commissions, and in 1841 entered Parliament
as a Radical. Six years later he went as
Consul to Canton. It was from this post
tliat he was transferred to Hongkong. His

communication with the Chinese authorities.
The Viceroy Su, in acknowledging his
communication, complimented him on his
appointment, but begged to be excused a
personal interview on the ground that his
hands were full of the operations against
the rebels. Nothing was done for some
little time, Sir John Bowring deeming that

he was precluded from pushing the matter
by the strict injunctions given to him on
appointment and several times repealed.
When, however, in the early part of 1854,
Lord Clarendon, who had succeeded to the
office of Foreign Secretary, addressed him
a despatch in which an admission was made
of the desirability of securing free and unre-
stricted intercourse with the Chinese officials
and "admission into some of the cities of
China, especially Canton," he felt that he
might appropriately venture to raise afresh
the question of the opening of Canton to the
British. The opportunity offered on the
appointment of Yeh as Viceroy in succession
to Su. Sir John Bowring addressed a
communication to the new commissioner
notifying his definitive appointment as
Governor of Hongkong. Receiving no reply
to this he sent a second communication
requesting an interview but intimating that
such could only take place within the city
of Canton at the oflicial residence of the
Viceroy. Yeh sent an evasive reply,
saying that though he would be pleased to
see Sir John Bowring if possible his duties
in connection with the management of the
military arrangements in tlie province were
such that he could not name a day. The
British Governor, not to be put off in this
way, sent Mr. Medhurst, his official secre-
tary, to Canton, charged with the duty of
fixing an interview with Yeh if such an
arrangement could be made. Mr. Medhurst
speedily found that his mission would be an
abortive one. The Mandarins detailed to
meet him were men of inferior rank, and
he could get no satisfaction. He gathered,
however, that the arrangement made by
Keying for the opening of the gates of the
city was repudiated by the Viceroy, and
that the utmost concession that would be
made was that a meeting should take place
at the Jinsin Packhouse on the Canton Kiver
— a position outside the city limits. Sir
John Bowring resolutely declined to enter-
tain this proposal, and finding that Yeh was
obdurate he left Hongkong for Shanghai
with the view of getting into direct com-
munication with the Peking authorities. On
arrival at the northern .settlement, he ad-
dressed a letter to Eleang, the Viceroy of
the Two Kiang, making a complaint of
Yeh's discourtesy to him and expressing a
desire to negotiate either with him or some
other high official of the Empire. Eleang
replied in a letter which is a masterpiece of
courtly irony. After saying that he could
not interfere with Commissioner Yeh, who
was a high official specially appointed by
the Emperor to conduct the relations with
foreigners, he wrote : " I have no means
of knowing what kind of treatment your
Excellency or your predecessors received at
the hands of the Commissioner at Canton.
It is, to my mind, a matter of more con-
sequence that we of the central and other

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 69

nations have made fair dealing and good
faith our rule of conduct, and thus for a
length of time preserved entire our amicable
relations. Familiarity or otherwise in social
intercourse and all such triHes, are, in my
opinion, to be decided by the laws of con-
ventionality. As your Excellency cherishes
such a dislike to discourteous treatment, you
must doubtless be a most courteous man
yourself — an inference which gives me sin-
cerest pleasure, for we shall both be able to
maintain Treaty stipulations, and contiiaie in
the practice of mutual goodwill to your
Excellency's everlasting honour." Sir John
Bovvring let the matter sleep for the best
part of a year and then (in June, 1855)
prepared an explicit demand for the ofiicial
reception either of himself or of Mr. Ruther-
ford Alcock, who by this time had been
transferred from Shanghai to Canton. Yeli,
after taking a month to reply, sent a l^;tter
saying that the reception of a consul was out
of the question, and that as the Governor
himself had refused the meeting outside the
city, there was an end of the matter. He
added that though the rebel movement had
been got well under, he was still largely
occupied with military matters. In acknow-
ledging this communication Sir John Bowring
intimated that there was little likelihood of
British and Chinese relations being put on
anything like a satisfactory footing until
the city question was satisfactorily settled.
Here for the present the controversy ended.
Mr. Alcock returned to his old post at
Shanghai, and his place at Canton was filled
by Mr. (afterwards Sir) Harry Parkes. Tlie
altitude of the Cantonese meanwhile, was
such as to cause grave anxiety. Follow-
ing upon a series of minor insults a gross
and entirely unprovoked attack was made

The deadlock which had been reached
might have continued indefinitely had not,
as had often happened before, in the history
of foreign trade in China, an event occurred
which forced matters to an issue. Early in
October, 1856, a lorcha, or fast sailing boat,

no right to interfere. After waiting a few
days for an apology which was not forth-
coming it was decided to give an additional
turn to the screw with a view to bringing
Yeh to a more reasonable frame of mind. To
Sir Michael Seymour, the Admiral on the sta-

SIR HARRY PARKES, K.C.B.

(From "Tlie Life of Sir Harry Parties." By Stantey

Lane-Poole.

By Itiiid permission of Messrs. Macmillan & Co.)

in 1856 in the outskirts of Canton upon
Mr. Berkeley Johnson and Mr. Whittall, two
of the leading British merchants. In spite of
the indignant remonstrances of Mr. Parkes,
the Chinese authorities took no action what-
ever to punish the offenders. The utmost
that they could be induced to do was to
secure the withdrawal of an inflammatory
placard directed against Europeans.

BRITISH WARSHIPS PASSING THE BATTERIES OP THE BOCCA TIGRIS.

, (From ail engraving.)

named the Arrmv, British owned and com-
manded, and flying the British flag, while
lying at anchor in the Canton River was
boarded by a party of Mandarins attended
by a substantial escort. In spite of remon-
strances the intruders hauled down the
British flag and carried ofi^ the Chinese crew
prisoners. On the circumstances of the in-
cident becoming known to Mr. Parkes he
demanded satisfaction for this " very grave
insult," and as a preliminary requested that
the captured crew should be released. Yeh
sent a reply which was a vindication of the
proceedings of the officials. His explanation
was that one of the crew was a criminal, and
that the others were required as witnesses
against him. Moreover, he asserted that the
Arrmv was not a foreign lorcha — a contention
which had colourable justification in the fact
that through an oversight the boat was not
at the time of the affair actually registered
at Hongkong, though it was beheved that
she was so registered, and in any event she
was most certainly under British protection.
Beyond question the boarding of the bo.it
and the carrying off of her crew was an
unwarrantable proceeding, and one which
could not possibly be overlooked without
grave injury to British prestige.

Failing to obtain redress from Yeh the
British authorities decided to institute re-
prisals. The first step taken was the seizure
of a junk believed to be a Chinese Govern-
ment vessel, by the British Naval Commodore
at Canton. When this move had lieen carried
out Mr. Parkes wrote to Yeh telling him
what had been done, and reminding him that
the question of the Arrow still remained
unsettled. The Chinese Commissioner affected
to be not in tlie least moved by the British
action. The junk seized, he intimated, was not
a Government vessel, and as for the matter
in dispute it was where it was, the lorcha
not being a British vessel the British had

tion, was entrusted the task of applying the
pressure. This took the form of battering
the Barrier forts and dismantling and spiking
the guns. The operation was accomplished
on the 23rd of October, with the accustomed
facility. Proceeding up the river to Canton
the British admiral delivered a communication
in the nature of an ultimatum informing Yeh
that unless he complied at once with every
demand made, the British forces would
" proceed with the destruction of all the
defences and public buildings of this city
and of the government vessels in the river."
As no reply was vouchsafed to the message
Sir Michael Seymour proceeded to dismantle
the forts in the vicinity of Canton itself, and
having landed a body of marines for the
protection of the foreign factories manoeuvred
ills ships into such a position as to lead to
the supposition that he meant to bombard
the city. Yeh, so far from being intimidated
by the naval menace was only aroused by it
to greater fury. He sent a defiant message
to the British telling them that the rage
of the people who suffered by the operations
undertaken would speedily retrieve the injuries
that might be inflicted. Meanwhile, he placed
a price on the head of every Englishman
that might be brought to him. This un-
compromising attitude made the adoption of
further coercive measures indispensable. For
two days the British ships, after due notice
had been given to the inhabitants, bombarded
those parts of the city in which the Govern-
ment buildings were situated. Thereafter, a
body of marines was landed, and when they
had occupied Tsinghai gate. Sir Michael
Seymour and Mr. Parkes proceeded to the
Viceroy's yamen. This demonstration having
been made the positions occupied in the city,
which were not easily defensible, were
evacuated, and the force was witlidrawn
either to the ships or to the positions occupied
by the river. It was a well-planned and

70 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

well-«xecute<J business, but it unfortunately
did nt>t bring a settlement a whit the nearer.
Nothing further of imiwrtance occurred until
the commencement of Xoverat>er, when Sir
Michael Seymour attacked and destroyed a
(!eet of war junks which were tlireafening
his communications. On the Qth of November
he issued another ultimatum giving notice
that ho>tiHties would l>e prosecuted actively
if a settlement was not reached in twenty-four
hours. As the only response vouchsafed was
an evasive communication in which stress
was laid on the growing indignation of the
Chinese people at the British action, Sir
Uichael Seymour on the 1 2th and 13th of
Noveml>er attacked and captured the Bogue
forts, which at the time were armed with
four hundred guns. Still there were no
overtures for peace from the Chinese. On
the contrary the Cantonese showed the
greatest activity in perfecting their defensive
measures and waging hostilities in their
peculiar fashion. Stragglers were cut off
and ruihlessly butchered, in some instances
after horrible torture ; attempts were made

Sir Michael Seymour was to deal with them
effectually. Towards the end of January,
1857, the British and American docks and
factories at Whampoa were destroyed by
fire. Wherever it was deemed safe to attack
the property of foreigners the attack was de-
livered. To deal with the marauding Chinese
junks, which were able to avoid encounters
by taking refuge in the numerous shallow
creeks where the large ships of the navy
could not follow them, Sir Michael Seymour
manned and armed a number of native
ships and carried the war very successfully
into the heart of the enemy's country. But
these measures had onlv a local and transient
effect. They left Yeh" absolutely indifferent,
and if they moved the populace at all it
was only to add fuel to the flames of their
patriotic ardour. In the face of such a
situation, Sir Michael Seymour could not do
less than apply to the home authorities for
that material aid which he needed to carry
out a comprehensive plan of campaign. At
the close of 1856 he sent home a demand
for 5,000 troops and meantime called to his

TEMPLE AND CANAL OF HONAN.

(From Borget's "Skcti;hes of China.")

to fire ships, and forts were blown up.
Finally, successive attempts were made to
fire the foreign factories, attempts which in
the long run were so successful that the
entire foreign settlement was completely
destroyed. The position ashore at length
became so difficult to hold that Sir Michael
Seymour elected to withdraw his men to
the ships, and to conduct the negotiations
from them. The Chinese, elated at this
retrograde move, now redoubled their efforts
to annihilate the haled barbarians. Unwary
Europeans who happened to be moving about
at this period were captured and murdered.
In one instance a daring attack was made
upon a postal steamer plying between Canton
and Hongkong, and the ship captured and
destroyed, and the Europeans on board put
to death. This deadly activity was stimulated
by the rewards offered by Yeh, which at
this juncture amounted to as much as thirty
pounds a head.

The hostilities went on in desultory
fashirjn for some weeks, the Chinese gain-
ing confidence as they realised how impotent

aid as many of the units of the garrison of
the Straits Settlements as could be spared.
War by this time was not only in sight— it
had arrived.

The Home Government treated Sir Michael
Seymour's requisitions with the seriousness
that they merited. They saw that whether
they liked it or not they had to deal with a
difficulty of more than ordinary importance
in its military as well as in its diplomatic
aspects. They therefore decided to send out
the Earl of Elgin as special envoy to direct
any negotiations which might be entered
into with the Chinese Government. Lord
Elgin was a nobleman thoroughly qualified
by temperament and experience in public
life for the duty. His views were broad
and statesmanlike and he had sufficient of
the national quality of caution to make it
certain that he would not rush the country
into reckless courses. He left England at
the end of April, 1857, intent on making his
way to the seat of disturbances as quickly
as possible. But neither Lord Elgin nor the
Government at home had foreseen a crisis in

India with which the China difficulty was
by comparison insignificant. While Lord
Elgin was on the sea the flames of mutiny
were sweeping over Northern India, placing
the British power in the deadliest peril it
had been in for generations. On arrival at
Singapore on the 3rd of June, a leltcr from
Lord Canning, the Governor-General of India,
met the Envoy, representing in the most
urgent terms the peril of the posilion in
which the paramount power was placed and
imploring him to divert the China expedition
to the assistance of the .sorely tried British
forces in the North West Provinces. It was
impossible, of course, to resist so pressing
an appeal. The necessary orders were
given and the British regiments drawn from
England and Mauritius were promptly
despatched to Calcutta, where they arrived
to materially alleviate a very dangerous situa-
tion. Meanwhile Lord Elgin resumed his
journey to Hongkong, which port he reached
in the first week of July, 1857. In the
months preceding his arrival, Sir Michael
Seymour had been busily occupied in carry-
ing home to the mind of the enemy the
fact that war for them was a very costly
business. A great fleet of Government junks
was destroyed in the Escape Creek, an inlet
lying between Hongkong and the Bocca
Tigris, smaller expeditions were conducted
up the other creeks in the locality, and,
most important of all, on the 1st of June
the Admiral, with a small force of men,
stormed and captured immensely strong
positions held by the enemy in and about
the town of Katshan. The latter operations
were carried out with a dash and gallantry
characteristic of the senior service, and
though they resulted in somewhat heavy
casualties — thirteen killed and forty wounded
— the price was not a heavy one to pay for
what was unquestionably a valuable piece
of work.

Lord Elgin, on deliberating carefully over
the position of affairs which confronted him
at Hongkong, came to the conclusion that the
operations against Canton with a view to
the crushing of Yeh's power must be sus-
pended pending the arrival of fresh troops
from home. The decision arrived at caused
some discontent amongst the mercantile
community, who were naturally anxious that
a decisive blow should be struck without
delay in view of the certain misconceptions
which would arise from a slackening of the
operations. But though the arguments used
in support of this view were exceedingly
weighty, there is little doubt that Lord Elgin
was entirely in the right. To attack Canton
with a reasonable prospect of success at least
four thousand troops, it was calculated, would
be required. At Hongkong at that time the
total garrison only numbered fifteen hundred,
and of these a considerable number were
ineffectives. The utmost force that could
have been mustered with the assistance of
the fleet was two thousand men. This body,
even if successful in capturing the enemy's
positions, was altogether too small to hold
them. Moreover, without reserves for the
expediiionary force to fall back upon, the
British power would have been greatly im-
perilled in the event of a disaster. Lord
Elgin, though opposed to active measures in
the Canton River, was not content to sit
down and do absolutely nothing. He pro-
posed to the Home Government that he
should make a demonstration with the fleet
off the Peiho, with the object, if possible, of
getting into touch with the Peking authorities.
Lord Clarendon, the Foreign Secretary of
the period, wrote entirely approving of the
suggestion ; but local opinion was strongly

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 71

against the adoption of a course which would
extend the area of operations. The conten-
tion was that the quarrel was with Yeh and
that it should be dealt with at Canton. It
was impossible to gainsay the force of these
views, so Lord Elgin decided to drop his
project for the time being and await the
course of events with as much equanimity as
he could. In order that he might be fully
acquainted with the intentions of the Indian
Government as regarded the troops diverted
from China to the peninsula, he paid a flying
visit to Calcutta. What he learned on the
way about the gravity of the position induced
him to take with him seventeen hundred
additional troops which were on the way
out to China. These reinforcements were of
incalculable value to India, but their despatch
destroyed any lingering expectations that the
envoy entertained of being able immediately
to prosecute a vigorous diplomacy in China.
Returning to Hongkong in September, he
found, however, that preparations were in
active progress for the expedition to Canton,
whenever it should be made. The time for
action came with the close of the year. By
that period the authorities had completed
their military arrangements. Their position,
furthermore, had been strengthened by the
conclusion by tlie Home Government with
the French authorities of a working agree-
ment by which it was arranged that the two
powers should jointly prosecute the demand
for redress for outrages committed and for
freedom of diplomatic intercourse. Altogether
a force of six thousand, including nine hun-
dred French, was available for the important
business in hand.

The opening step of the war was the
transmission on the I2th of December to
Yeh of a communication from Lord Elgin
informing him of the nature of his mission,
and especially demanding the complete execu-
tion at Canton of all treaty engagements and
compensation to British subjects for injuries
and losses incurred in the recent disturbances.
Yeh replied in a discursive letter, in which
he sought to justify argumentatively the posi-
tion he had taken up. He suggested, it would
seem ironically, that trade relations should be
renewed on the basis of each party paying
for its own losses. It was obvious from the
tenour of the communication that Yeh was
still unrepentant. In the circumstances it
was decided that Sir Michael Seymour
should occupy that portion of the island of
Honan which faces Canton. The move was
expeditiously carried out on the 15th of
December without opposition. Afterwards
the main body of troops was brought up
the river from Hongkong. By Christmas Day
everything was in readiness for the assault.
But a chance was given to Yeh to recon-
sider his position before a shot was fired.
He was allowed forty-eight hours to think
the matter over, or, if he intended to under-
take hostilities, to provide time for the
peaceable population to evacuate the city.
Whether Yeh did give any serious attention
to the ultimatum is not clear. Probably,
having found himself in a most diflicult posi-
tion with certain ruin and probably death
before him if he assented to the foreigners'
demands, and possible defeat and disaster
if he held out, he thought it better to leave
the matter to the decision of fate. However
that may be, he made no sort of reply to
the joint British and French declaration.
On the 28th of December, theiefore, the
bombardment commenced in earnest, the fire
being directed to a position known as Lin's
Fort, on the east side, which offeied the
most feasible line of advance. After half
an hour's firing the Chinese gunners fled.

and the fort was soon afterwards destroyed
by the accidental firing of its magazine.
Under cover of the guns the troops ad-
vanced to the walls of the city, which were
assailed from three different points. They
were met with a rather feeble resistance,
and within an hour and a half of the com-
mencement of the attack the city was in the
possession of the allied forces. Meanwhile,
another portion of the expeditionary force
had captured the fort on Magazine Hill,
which is a highly important strategic posi-
tion as it commands the other eminences
about the city. From this centre the

culty was at first experienced in discovering
his lair. The official quarter, containing the
residences of Yeh and Pihkwei, the Governor,
was captured, and with it a considerable
amount of treasure, but Yeh was unfortu-
nately " not at home." By dint of assiduous
inquiries Mr. (alterwaids Sir Harry) Parkes
obtained information as to the Commissioner's
movements, and he was finally tracked down
in a yamen in the south-west part of the
city. He had made every arrangement tor
flight, and was about to escape over a wall
in the rear of the premises when the guard
of sailors under Captain (afterwards Sir

JAMES, EIGHTH EARL OF ELGIN.

(From an engraving in tlie Print Room, Britisfi Museum.)

Chinese were bombarded out of their posi-
tions in Gough Fort and the surrounding
hills. In fact, within a very short period the
attacking force were absolute masters of the
situation. Yeh still was not conquered.
Installed in his yamen, in the portion of the
cily which had not yet been occupied, he
issued fiery edicts proscribing citizens who
were supposed to have leanings towards the
foreigners and made lavish promises of re-
wards to all who would bring him the heads
of foreigners. His course, however, by this
time was nearly run. On the 5th of January
a move was made with the object of
bearding the lion in his den. Some difii-

Astley Cooper) Key which had accompanied
Mr. Parkes, seized him. Yeh, we are told
by one of the British present, exhibited great
self-possession, and remained perfectly quiet
while his boxes, of which the room was lull,
were opened and examined for papers. The
fact that he had been previously assured
that his life was safe possibly accounted in
some degree for his equanimity, but, even
so, his bearing was markedly indifferent,
having regard to all that his capture implied
to him personally. The only time he seems
to have lost his imperturbability was as he
was being taken through the streets to the
British ship, which was to be his prison.

VIEWS OF CANTON AND VICINITY.
I. TeHPi.E OF Buddha. 2- VVhampoa, from Dank's Island.

3. THE EL-KOPEAN FACTORIES. 4. SCENE OX THF HOXAX CAXAL.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 73

On the way a party of the British Coolie
Corps was encountered, and these rough
fellows seeing him in custody, put down
their burdens and indulged in hearty laughter.
This open contempt of the despised Hakkas
caused Yeh to gnash his teeth in impotent
rage. Probably he had never experienced in
his whole life a greater insult, but he was
not again to be subjected to the cynosure
of rude Cantonese eyes, for his humiliating
progress on this occasion was his last public
appearance in Canton, or even in China. On
account of his crimes and misdemeanours
against foreigners, and they proved to be
many, he was deported to Calcutta, there to
spend the remaining two years of his life.

The seizure of Canton and the overthrow
of Yeh were important achievements, but
they left unsolved the larger problem of
establishing direct diplomatic intercourse
with the Chinese Government. When
therefore, the war had been completed in
the south, Lord Elgin and Baron Gros, the
French representative, forwarded to the
Chinese Government despatches recounting
the proceedings adopted at Canton, and
setting forth in conciliatory but firm
language the demands which they had been
commissioned to prefer. It was specifically
stated that the official chosen to discuss
affairs with them would be required to
hold his commission direct from the
Emperor. The communications in due
course found their way to Peking and
elicited a characteristically Chinese reply
from Yuching, the Emperor's Chief
Minister. In lofty style the missive dis-
cussed the position of affairs at Canton,
describing the action taken by the allied
powers as being " without parallel in the
history of the past." But, the letter went
on, " His Majesty is magnanimous and con-
siderate. He has been pleased by a decree
which we have had the honour to receive,
to degrade Yeh from the Governor-General-
ship of the Two Kwang for his maladminis-
tration and to despatch His Excellency
Hwang to Kwantung as Imperial Commis-
sioner in his stead to investigate and decide
with impartiality ; and it will of course
behove the English Minister to wait in
Kwantung and there make his arrangements.
No Imperial Commissioner ever conducts
business at Shanghai. There being a par-
ticular sphere of duty allotted to every
official on the establishment of the Celestial
Empire, and the principle that between
them and the foreigner there is no inter-
course being one ever religiously adhered
to by the servants of our Government of
China, it would not be proper for me to
reply in person to the letter of the English
Minister. Let Your Excellency, therefore,
transmit to him all that I have said above,
and his letter will in no way be left un-
answered." The time had passed when
British diplomatists could be diverted from
their purpose by the evasive policy of the
Peking Government, of which Yuching's
letter is a good example. Lord Elgin, who
had proceeded to Shanghai at the end of
March, sent a reply from there, pointing out
the serious character of the infractions of
the Treaty of Nanking, and intimating that
he proposed to proceed north in order to
get into closer communication with the
higher officials of the Imperial Government.
In pursuance of plans already formed. Lord
Elgin and his Erench colleague, early in
April, proceeded to the mouth of the Peiho,
the allied fleet meanwhile being directed to
assemble at that point with all possible
expedition. On arriving at their destination,
the plenipotentiaries sent to Yuching a letter

demanding in temperate language the
appointment of a minister duly authorised
by the Emperor, to discuss questions at
issue. An intimation was given that if, at
the expiry of six days, a satisfactory reply
was not forthcoming, it would be considered
that the pacific overtures of the pleni-
potentiaries had been rejected, and that
other measures must be adopted to obtain
satisfaction. The reply to this was the
appointment of three commissioners of
moderate rank, who lacked the requisite
powers to negotiate. Some weeks were
spent in abortive negotiations which at each
successive stage emphasised the fact that the
inordinate obstinacy and arrogance of the
Chinese Government could only be over-
come by the exercise of force. Lord Elgin,
on his part, was ready to apply this
touchstone to the problem at an early date,
but, unfortunately, there was some mis-
understanding about the movements of the
fleet, and an adequate force was not at
hand when wanted. In his irritation at the

the Imperial Government." As the despatch
was written after the war he was able to
strengthen his position by referring to the
course of the final operations, which, in
almost dramatic fashion, as we shall see,
brought about a settlement. The controversy
was decidedly an unfortunate one, and the
manner in which it was raised reflected
some little discredit on Lord Elgin.

By the middle of May the naval preparations
were sufficiently advanced to enable Lord
H;igin to put into execution his plan of
campaign. On the lyth of the month the
allied fleet, under the joint command of Sir
Michael Seymour and Admiral Kigault
de Genouilly, appeared off the forts and
summoned the commandant to surrender.
No reply to this demand being received, a
bombardment was commenced, and it was
so effective that at the end of an hour and
a quarter it was possible to land parties to
seize the practically deserted forts. Proceed-
ing up the river the allied fleet was attacked
in vigorous fashion by the Chinese, who

A VIEW NEAR TIENTSIN.

delay Lord Elgin penned a despatch home
in which he complained in strong terms of
Sir Michael Seymour's lack of energy, and
he described the non-arrival of the fleet as
" a most grievous disappointment," inasmuch
as he believed that if he had had ten or
twelve gunboats he would have been
allowed by the forts to proceed, unresisted,
to Tientsin, and that the Emperor's Govern-
ment would have yielded at once everything
that was demanded of them. Sir Michael
Seymour was not directly approached on the
subject by Lord Elgin, but when he
became aware of the tenor of the allega-
tions made against him he put in a defence
which, in the view of all impartial and
competent personages, was a complete
vindication of his professional character and
reputation. He directly traversed the idea
that an early move up the river would have
served to bring the Chinese to reason.
Speaking from an experience of two years
of Chinese warfare, he confidently asserted
that " nothing but the conclusive evidence
of irresistible force will ever fully satisfy

made strenuous efforts to destroy the foreign
vessels by means of fire ships. Their plans,
however, were completely frustrated, and the
invaders were able without much further
difficulty to establish themselves firmly at tlie
village or town of Taku. The losses incurred
by the allied forces in the course of the
operations were slight ; they were a small
price for the advantages gained, which were
of a substantial and, as it proved, conclusive
kind. By their victory the allies had free
access to Tientsin, and with it the practical
command of the Grand Canal and of a safe
line of advance on Peking. The results
achieved were so striking that even the
Chinese Government was convinced. On
learning the perilous position of affairs from
the three commissioners, the Emperor des-
patched, with instructions to proceed with
all haste, two high dignitaries— Kweiliang
and Hwashana— to make terms with the
troublesome foreigners. These imperial
negotiators on appearing at Tientsin mani-
fested the utmost anxiety to make terms,
and as they were endowed with auiple

74 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

powers and were prepared to make (he most
liberal conce^iuns, it seemed that peace
was well in sight. The fair prospect was
momentarily dimmed by the appearance
on the scene of Keyinj;, who as a sort
ul informal extra negotiator showed a
disposition to enforc-e terms which fell
considerably short of those which the two
other commissioners were prep;ired to agree
to. It appeared later that this was a
desperate effort on the wily old Mandarin's
part to reinstate himself in the favour of
the Emperor. The scheme failed because
the allied ptnvers were too much in earnest
to be induced to forego any of the fruits
of their success. Keying went back to
Peking a disappointed and disillusioned man.
He was promptly arrested and brought
before the Board of Punishment, who found
him guilty of acting '• with stupidity and
precipitancy," and ordered him to be strangled.
The sentence was not actually carried t)ut
because " as an act of extreme grace and
justice " the Emperor sent him an order " to
put an end to himself," which he obeyed.
Meanwhile, the negotiations at Tientsin with
the two approved commissioners were
proceeding slowly but s;itisfactorily. Con-
siderable opposition was manifested to the
demand for a resident minister at Peking.
Indeed, this was the crti.x of the negotiations.
The commissioners represented that com-
pliance with so unheard of a proposal would
be perilous both to the minister who might
be appointed and the Chinese Government.
They also raised difliculties about etiquette,
and revived the old question of the KotoK'.
Lord Elgin declined to t>e moved from the
position which he had t^iken up at the outset,
that there must, as an essential feature of
any arrangement, be a provision for direct
diplomatic intercourse. At length, on the
nth of June, the commissioners in a des-
patch practically conceded all demands.
They suggested, however, that the visit of
a British Ambassador to Peking should be

deferred for a time. A treaty was draw n
up on the terms of this despatch, and it
was formally signed on the 26th of June.
The ratifications were exchanged on the
4th of July. Afterwards the important
question of the revision of the tariff was
taken in hand. Great Britain acted in this
matter alone, but there was no question of
exclusive privileges, as a most favoured nation
clause extended the concessions granted to
all powers having treaties with China.
The two imperial commissioners who had
negotiated the Treaty of Tientsin were
joined with the Viceroy of the Two Kiang to
conduct the negotiations on the Chinese side,
and Mr. (afterwards Sir Thomas) M^ade and
Mr. Oliphant (Lord Elgin's Secretary) repre-
sented the British. The parties met at
Shanghai, and there threshed out the details
with a commendable amount of expedition.
In the result a striking set of regulations
was agreed to. A maximum tariff of 5 per
cent, ail valorem for both imports and exports
is the guiding principle of the arrangement.
But the most dramatic feature of the
regulations was a clause legalising the im-
portation of opium on the payment of a duty
of thirty taels per chest. It was a concession
wrung without any very serious difficulty
from the Chinese. In their practical way
they doubtless realised that while they were
giving little, since opium was freely intro-
duced in spite of imperial edicts, they were
providing themselves with a useful weapon
with which to attack the foreigner on the
softer side. They were not slow to use it.
Before the negotiations had been completed
the commissioners reverted to tlie question of
the establishment of a permanent diplomatic
representative at Peking. Once more they
represented the grave dangers which would
attend the carrying out of the proposal,
more especially in view of the Taeping
Rebellion, and besought the British officials
not to press the point. The latter were not
insensible to the force of the arguments

used. They also recognised that it was good
policy at the moment to be conciliatory ;
so the question was allowed to stand over,
though it was clearly intimated that there
could be no falling away fiom the principle
of direct diplomatic intercourse. Thus the
Treaty of Tientsin was cariied to completion
with this one little loophole, which was
subsequently to allow of the opening once
more of the floodgates of war. Lord Elgin,
when he left China on the completion of his
work in March, 1859, could not be insensible
to the risks which attended the situation.
While the negotiations were in progress
active steps weie taken to restore the effi-
ciency of the Peiho forts, and secret edicts
were in circulation invoking the national
spirit of the Chinese against the foreigner.
At Canton there had been almost continuous
trouble from the time of Yeh's deposition.
In the city itself martial law rigorously
administered by a British commissioner and
a native governor repressed to some extent
the turbulent instincts of the population. But
in the adjacent districts persistent efforts
were made, and not without success, to harass
the barbarians. Investigations showed that
the unrest was the work of the new Viceroy,
Hwang, who had been sent to succeed Yeh,
supported by a powerful committee of pro-
vincial notabilities. Such was the patriotic
ardour which directed, or misdirected, the
efforts of this combination, that a reward
was offered on its behalf of thirty thousand
dollars for the head of Mr. Parkes. The
occupation was prolonged in consequence of
these manifestations, and measures were
adopted to convince the Chinese that hos-
tility to the foreigner was a policy which
did not pay. In course of time, by means of
well-arranged expeditions to centres of dis-
tuibance, a more peaceful spirit was infused
into the relations between the two races.
But the impression was left that the full
lesson which the military operations were
intended to convey had not been learned.

CHAPTER XIII.

The Third Campaign — Repulse of the British Fleet by the Taku Forts — Despatch of allied British and French
Expeditionary Force — Capture of the Taku Forts— Advance on Peking— Mr. Parkes, Mr. Loch, and others made
Captives by the Chinese — Attack on Peking — Occupation of the Summer Palace and its subsequent Destruction —

The Treaty of Peking.

If the British Government could have had
the arrangement of the course of events
nothing would have suited it better than to
allow trade to pursue the tranquil and
prosperous course which was marked out
for it under the Treaty of Tientsin. That
instrument vastly extended the area of
diplomatic and commercial action in China.
Access to the fountain head of Govenmient
was seemingly assured, the conditions of
trade were fixed on a moderate basis, and,
perhaps most important of all from the
British standpoint, the opium difficulty which
had been an obstacle to peaceful relations for
generations was removed. So much, in fact, •
had been gained that there was little that
was immediately practicable left to secure.
But peace is a blessing which cannot be
commanded, and it proved in this instance
as in others that the British Government,

though actuated by the most pacific of
sentiments, was driven to assume once more
an attitude of determined hostility towards
the Chinese. The source of trouble was the
familiar one in our relations with the Celestial
Empire — bad faith in the execution of treaty
pledges. And the rupture followed quickly on
the heels of the conclusion of peace, arising
in fact out of the ratification of the Tientsin
Convention. Mr. Frederick Bruce, brother of
Lord Elgin, who had acted as secretary to
that nobleman during his embassy, had been
entrusted with the duty of carrying the
final formality through at Peking, and arrived
at Hongkong in April for that purpose. His
definite instructions were to exchange the
ratifications nowhere but at (he capital, but
he quickly discovered that this was a counsel
of perfection in the circumstances of the
hour. The rumours which were brought

with every fresh ship from the mainland
were of military preparations, and of a
determination to resist the indignity to the
imperial person of a mission to Peking.
Knowing lie stood on firm ground Mr. Bruce
did not waste any time in futile negotiations
in the south. Having despatclied a letter for-
mally ainiouiicing his pending departure for
Tientsin, and expressing a hope that adequate
means would be provided ior his convey-
ance to Peking and his accommodation there,
he proceeded northwards. At Shanghai he
found the imperial commissioners still there,
and it was ominous that they manifested a
disposition to discuss certain unsettled points
of detail which they calmly assumed were
still open to debate. Mr. Bruce was not
to be drawn into any side issue by efforts
however speciously framed. His mission was
to get to Peking as quickly as possible and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONa, SHANGHAI, ETC. 75

he faithfully adhered to it. In view of the
attitude of the authorities tlie fleet was
ordered to assemble at tlie Pciho River, and
witli it went a body of troops from the
iJarrison at Canton. When Mr. Bruce arrived

mijjlit be retrieved by a demonstration on
land, and the force of marines and engineers
which had been sent up from Hongkong
was told off to attempt the capture of the
forts by storm. The enterprise proved to

ON THE RIVER OFF TAKU.

oft the Peiho, on June 20tli, he found a
substantial portion of the China squadron
under its new commander, Admiral Hope,
awaiting him there. Communication had
already been opened up with the shore, but
with very discouraging results. The passage
of the river was found to be barred by a
row of iron stakes backed by a formidable
boom, and the British boat's crew were
warned not to land by an arnitd and angry
crowd. A second attempt to get into touch
with the officials elicited an even more un-
compromising display of hostility, and was
equally unsuccessful. The attitude assumed
by the Chinese was felt to leave no
alternative to a forcing of the defences. The
belief entertained at the British headquarters
was that if this were successfully accom-
plished, and a landing effected, the local
ol'licials would be disowned and there would
be no further opposition to the passage of
the mission to Peking. It was a theory
which the previous history of British le-
lations with China justified. But Admiral
Hope and Mr. Bruce had reckoned without
the spirit of courage which, despite all that
detractors may say, is to be found in the
Chinese soldiery when properly handled and
led. They had not long to wait for a
display of this quality. When the attack
commenced on the 25th of June, the British
ships, on reaching the boom, were subjected
to a destructive fire from the forts. Four
of the British force of eleven vessels engaged
the forts at close quarters, and a fierce tight
was waged for the best part of three hours.
The fire from the forts then slackened, but
the Brit sh ships had been so badly damaged
that they were unable to take' advantage of
the lessened resistance. On drawing off it
was found that three of the gunboats were
in a sinking condition, while there was not a
unit in the squadron which had escaped
severe injury. The check, it was thought.

be an even greater failure than the sea
attack. The men were galled by a dropping
fire from the forts on landing, and after
struggling on against hopeless odds for some

reverse was calculated to have on the situa-
tion in China. Altogether it was one of the
worst days' work to the British account
since their first connection with China.

After the fight Mr. Bruce withdrew to
Shanghai and Admiral Hope sent his ships
to points where he thought they might be
useful in the event of anti-foreign ebullitions.
A serious outbreak at Shanghai which re-
sulted in the death of two Englishmen, and
disturbances at the other Treaty ports
showed that the precaution was a prudent
one. In point of fact the Taku defeat,
doubtless magnified beyond all recognition,
had given a dangerous stimulus to the law-
less and ultra patriotic element of the
Chinese populace. The unrest was the
more marked as it was impossible to do
anything immediately to wipe out the
memory of the rebuff. The Home Govern-
ment naturally had to decide in the impor-
tant crisis that had arisen, and as those
were days when cable communication was
unknown, months necessarily elapsed before
their views were known. The decision they
took, it would seem with considerable reluc-
tance, was to despatch a military expedition
to enforce the realisation of the objects of
British policy. It was not until November,
1859, that the arrangements for the new
movement wel'e matured. Then it was
announced that a joint plan of action had
been discussed and agreed upon between
France and England, and that the military
expedition that was to be sent out would
occupy the island of Chusan as an advanced
base for the contemplated operations in the
Gulf of Pechili.

The new expedition was conceived on a
more formidable scale than any that had
ever been sent to China to enforce foreign
demands. The British force consisted of
ten thousand men, afterwards increased to
thirteen thousand, mainly drafted from India.

THE TAKU FORTS.

time they were withdrawn. The net result
of the day's disasters was a loss of three
hundred men killed and wounded, and a
crippled squadron. Over and above this
was the damaging effect which the British

The French contingent numbered about six
thousand men of all arms. In addition to
this large land force there was a power-
ful naval squadron representing the com-
bined strength in Far Eastern waters of

76 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the allied powers. Sir Hope Grant, a
distinguished Anglo-Indian general, wlio
had done good service in the operations
around Canton, connnanded the British forces,
while General Montauban was at the head
of the French contingent. The naval com-
mand on the British side remained in the
hands of Admiral Hoi-«e. The diplomatic
arrangements were in harmony with the size
and importance of the expedition. Mr. Bruce,
who had continued to represent the British
Government, and, indix-d, on the 8th of March
presentetl the ultimatum embodying the
demands of the British Government, was
superseded by his brother, Ix)rd Elgin, and
the French Government again sent out Baron
Gros to represent them. Nothing this time
was to be left to chance. The instruction
given to the plenipotentiaries was to demand
an indemnity enuivalent to live millions for
the losses inflicted upon the two countries
by the non-ratitic.ition of the Treaty. A
reply sent by the Chinese Government to
Mr. Bruce's ultimatum clearly showed that
there was not the smallest chance of securing
peacefully the acceptance of the stipulated
conditions. A blank refusal was given lo the
demand for an iiidenniity and an apology,
and while it was intimated that the British
might perhaps be allowed to proceed lo
Peking by way of Pchtang, it was at the same
time announced that in no circumstances
would the use of the route by Taku and
the Peiho be |-)ermittcd. It was probably
never anticipated that the Peking authorities
would make other than an unfavourable reply.
At all events, the military preparations were
continued without a break as soon as the
word had been given for the despatch of the
expedition. In view of the advent of the
very large body of troops forming the expe-
ditionary force, a lease was obtained in per-
petuity of Kowloon and Stonecutter Island,
positions which from their greater openness
of situation were (ar more healthy than the

which excited a good deal of criticism then
and afterwards, was the occupation of Cluisan
by a body of two thousand British troops.
The island was not subsequently used to
any appreciable extent in the conduct of

€.-

SIR J. HOPE GRANT.

the operations, and its capture had not the
smallest influence on the course of the opera-
tions. The really Important centre at this
juncture was the mouth of the Peiho, where
there was a very nasty reverse to be avenged
and the conviction to be carried to the head-

VALE OF TINGHAI, CHUSAN.

island of Hongkong. Here the troops on
arrival from India or Kiigland were received,
and as the summer advanced an impr>sing
and inspiriting spectacle was presented by
the various camps. The first move, on<i

quarters of the Chinese power thatiiTreaty
rights must be respected. Thither by-degrees
the allied forces were despatched, Shanghai
being made an advanced base. There was
considerable delay 'due to differences of

opinion between the British and French
commanders as to the plan of campaign.
Kventually, about a year after tlie faihiie of
Admiral Hope's effort to force the passage
of the river, all was in readiness for the
execution of a plan mutually agreed upon to
attack and capture Pehtang and take the Taku
forts in the rear. The troojis, wlio were led
by Sir Hope Grant in person, effected a
landing without opposition, and they bivou-
acked for the night on an elevated causeway
near the shore. A reconnaissance tlie next
morning showed tliat the enemy had evacuated
the fort which guarded the spot, but they
had thoughtfully left a mine to be exploded
by the moving of some gunlocks, which
were placed where they were certain to be
trodden upon by the incoming troops. For-
tunately the trick was exposed in time, with
the result that the trap was avoided. Pushing
into the country after three days of Inaclion,
reconnoitring parties came across a strongly
entrenched Chinese camp, from whicli a
heavy lire was opened, compelling the Hiitisli
to withdraw. As this camp commanded
the road leading to the interior it was obvious
that it must be carried, but the position pre-
sented very considerable dilTiculties to an
attacking force, owing to the circumstance
that the country all about was litlle better
than a swamp. The discovery by Colonel
(afterwards Lord) VVolseley of a cart track
suitable for the passage of troops suggested
the possibility of a flank movement and to
some extent improved the situation. But
with an enemy more enterprising than the
Chinese the assault would have been a matter
of great danger. As it was the obstacles
proved so formidable that it seemed at one
time that the movement would have to be
abandoned or at least deferred. Describing
the niarcli subsequently. Sir Hope Grant
wrote: "The horses got bogged, the guns
sunk up lo their axletrees, and the waggons
stuck fast. At last we were compelled to
leave the waggon bodies behind us, and
content ourselves with the gun and waggon
limbers." In the end, however, dogged per-
sistence and pluck carried the day. The
enemy's position was vigorously attacked on
the flank as well as in front, and after a brief
resistance the Chinese defenders broke and
lied. But this fight was only a preliminary
to another and more stubborn engagement.
Beyond the village of Sinho, which the allied
troops had captured, was the far more impor-
tant position of Tangku, a strongly fortified
village protected by well-placed batteries. An
attack was made on this by the expeditionary
force as soon as a careful reconnaissance had
shown the most practicable line of advance.
Thirty-six pieces of ordnance were brought
to bear upon the fortifications, with tlie result
that the Chinese fire was soon got under.
But the defenders, contrary to the usual
practice of the Chinese, still held their ground.
Nor was it until the guns had been brought
almost up to the walls and the men of the
attacking force were streaming in that the
evacuation was begun. The success at Tangku
removed the last obstacle in the way of an
attack on the Taku forts. The only question
was whether attention should be directed first
to the forts on the noi thern or to those on the
souOiern side. Sir Hope Giant was in favour
of an immediate attack on the northern
defences, as in his view their capture would
render the southern forts untenable. General
Montauban took the view that the southern
forts sliould be dealt witli first, but he ulti-
mately agreed to accept the plan of campaign
proposed by his British colleague. On the
2 1st of August, after a series of careful recon-
naissances, the attack opened with a brief

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 77

cannonade from tlie splendid guns of the
expeditionary force. The Chinese replied
with spirit, and it was soon apparent that
the Allies were not to have an easy victory.
One of the principal magazines in the fort

Tientsin, was despatched in hot haste to make
the hest terms he could with the Allies. On
notifying his arrival to Lord Elgin he was
informed that the three indispensalMe con-
ditions of peace were an apology for the

TAKU FROM THE ANCHORAGE.

was exploded by a shell and yet the Chinese
gunners fought on. A series of attempts made
to scale the wall of the fort were baflledwith
heavy loss to the Allies. At length by a happy
chance the British discovered a drawbridge,
and by cutting the ropes which held it up
they secured for the attacking party an easy
means of access. The Chinese fought to the
last and it was computed that out of a
garrison of five hundred but one hundred
escaped. On the side of the Allies the
losses were considerable : the British alone
had 22 killed and 179 wounded. The en-
gagement, however, was a decisive one.
Pour other forts on the northern side were
captured without loss, and the southern forts
surrendered without a shot being fired. It
only remained for the positions to be formally
occupied on August 22nd simultaneously with
the entrance of the fleet into the river.

Before the affair of Tangku overtures for
peace had been received from Peking, but in
view of earlier contretemps brought about by
a too precipitate acceptance of negotiations it
was deemed advisable by the representatives
of the Allies to settle the business of the Taku
forts before bringing diplomacy into play.
Even after the positions had fallen the Allies
manifested no disposition to abandon the
sword for the pen. An immediate advance
to Tientsin was commenced. Touch was
obtained with that place on the 23rd of
August, and in three days the bulk of the
expeditionary force had reached the city.
No resistance was encountered from the
regular Chinese forces, and the inhabitants
showed what in the circumstances was an
amazing disposition to turn the invasion to
account by opening up a brisk trade with the
troops. In the meantime communication had
been established with the Chinese authorities.
The logic of events had driven home into the
imperial brain the necessity of action, and
Kweiliang, who had negotiated the Treaty of

attack on the British flag at the Peiho, the
payment of an indemnity including the cost
of the war, and the ratiiicatlon and execution
of the Treaty of Tientsin, including the

to Tungchow, within 12 miles of Peking,
a distinctly uncompromising attilude was
taken up. Finding that the object of the
negotiations was only to gain time, and being
anxious to complete the campaign before
the approach of the winter season, the
allied representatives decided to continue the
advance. The first detachment, fifteen hun-
dred strong, accompanied by Lord Elgin and
Sir Hope Grant, marched out on the 8th of
September and camped at the village of
Hosiwu, about half way to the capital. The
strength of the advanced force having been
brought up to a division, the advance was
resumed a few days later. No opposition
was encountered until the expeditionary
force reached Chan-chia-wan, a point some
distance further on the road, when the way
was found blocked by a large army.

Throughout the march from Tientsin the
semblance of diplomatic courtesy had been
kept up. The British leaders were in
constant communication with the Chinese
officials, and no outward demonstration of
hostility had been encountered. So pacific
was the outlook that on the day prior to Sir
Hope Grant's getting into touch with the
Chinese forces, a party consisting of Mr.
Parkes, Mr. Henry Loch (afterwards Lord
Lochi, Mr. De Normann, and Mr. Bowlby
(the latter the special correspondent of the
Times) had been despatched, with an escort
of six English dragoons and twenty Sikh
cavalry-men, to arrange the final preliminaries
for the camping of the expeditionary force
at Tungchow, and the interviews with the
representatives of the Chinese Government.
The members of this body looked forward
to some interesting experiences, but they
were totally unprepared for the staLtlIng
adventures which fell to their lot. The
journey to Tungchow was made without
incident. At one or two points the riders
were challenged by military parties, but on

A STREET-£SCENEj IN [TIENTSIN.

clause which provided for tlic reception of
a British representative at Peking. No great
objection was urged to any of the conditions
by Kweiliang, but when it became known
that it was proposed to march the army

intimating that they were proceeding to the
quarters of the imperial commissioners they
were at once allowed to pass. There was
even a friendliness shown, as, for example,
at one point where a Mandarin of high

78 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

rank rode up, and announcing himseU as the
cvMnmander of the Chinese troops at Sinho,
intimated that there would be peace now,
and expressed a desire to take by the hand
those who flight him on that day. The
visitors had not been at Tungehow long,
however, before they disi-overcd that all
was not to be pUiin sailing. The commis-
sioners, whether owing to direct orders from
the Emperor, or to the knowledge which
was brought them that a great military
force had been brought upon the scene, in
the place of the former courtesy assumed
an arrogant, almost offensive, attitude.
They placed all sorts of obst:icles in the
way of an arrangement, and it was only
after four hours' discussion that they could
be brought to assent to plans for the
accommodation of the expeditionary force.
There seems very little doubt now that
they were utilising the negotiations simply
for purpt>ses of delay — to allow of the
advancing Chinese troops to close in more
effcx'tually upon the invading force. But
Mr. Parkes, though suspicious of the bona

missioners and extricating from the dubious
position in which they were placed the
main body of the escort, which, with
Messrs. De Normann, Bowlby, and Anderson,
had been left there to point out the
champing ground to the expeditionary force
on its arrival. Mr. Loch performed his task
with difficulty, but he was not content that
his mission should end there. He thought
that his duty impelled him to return to tlie
Chinese lines to help his quondam associates
out of their difficulty, so tak ng Captain
Braba/.on and an escort of two Sikhs with
him, he rode as fast as he could through
the enemy's ranks to Tungchow. The party
had an uneventful ride, and on arriving at
Tungchow they found that the British
members of the party were away in the
town shopping, in blissful ignorance of the
critical position of affairs. There was,
however, a letter from Mr. Parkes instruct-
ing the officers to prepare for instant flight,
and stating that he was himself seeking
Prince Tsai. Not long afterwards the entire
party met to face what was momentarily

VIEW FROM THE WALL, PEKING.

fiilcs of the Mandarins, did not divine the
true state of affairs until he was on his
way back to the British camp on the
following morning. Then he realised only
too well what the true position was. On
every side troops were encountered, ob-
viously collected for the execution of some
grand coup. Taking in the situation as he
passed along, the dense masses of cavalry
ready for instant action, the guns being
placed in position, and the marching and
countermarching of considerable bodies of
braves, Mr. Parkes had not the slightest
difficulty in underst^inding that the object
of the Chinese was to attack the expe-
ditionary force at a disadvantage. Imme-
diately the truth dawned upon him he
took steps which seemed to him to be
demanded by the occasion. He first of all
despatched Mr. Uxrh with two Sikhs, to
carry to Sir Hope Grant the news of what
he had to expect. He himself decided to
return to Tungchow, for the double purpose
of demanding an explanation of the com-

becoming a more dangerous situation. Mr.
Parkes' interview with Prince Tsai left not
the smallest doubt that war was intended,
and apart from this, there were sufficiently
ominous movements visible to show that the
sword was to be drawn, if it was not
already out of its scabbard. It was speedily
decided to make a bold bid for safety. This
could only be done by riding with the least
possible delay back to the British lines.
But the expeditionary force was lo miles
away, and it was known that, according to
an understanding arrived at between Mr.
Loch and Sir Hope Grant, the British attack
would be delivered at the expiration of two
hours from the time of the former's depar-
ture. With none too confident feelings,
therefore, the little band of Britons com-
menced their journey. All went well until
they had passed through Chan-chia-wan.
Then they found themselves in the rear of
the Chinese army, with the battle already
raging in front. After a council of war it
was decided not to take a direct course, but to

endeavour to get round the riglit flank of
the Chinese force and by a detour reach
the British lines. When an attempt was
made to give effect to this decision the
Chinese innnediately interfered. The British
were told by a Mandarin that if they
persisted they would be fired on, but that if
they would accompany him to the general's
presence he would procure a safe conduct
for them. The offer was peiforce accepted,
and Mr. Parkes and Mr. Loch, separating
themselves from their companions, and
attended only by a Sikh trooper, rode off
in search of Sankolinsin. the Chinese general.
They came suddenly upon a large body of
infantry, who attacked them with such
ferocity that they would inevitably have
been killed, but for the intervention of the
Mandarins, who rushed between them and
their men and comniaiuled the latter not
to fire. Sankolinsin, on being encountered
shortly afterwards, treated the representa-
tions made to him with scornful flippancy.
By his orders the unfortunate Britishers
were dragged from tlieir horses and sub-
jected to all manner of indignities, and
finally were despatched prisoners to Peking.
The remainder of the party were later
subjected lo similar ill-treatment and fol-
lowed their companions in misfortune to the
Chinese capital.

The battle meanwhile was proceeding
rapidly to its inevitable culmination. In the
final dispositions for the struggle tlie French
had taken up position on the right, and they
early became vigorously engaged with the
best portion of Sankolinsin's troops. The
Tartar cavalry charged the guns with so
much spirit that a battery narrowly missed
falling into their hands. This charge was
met by a counter charge, which, however,
produced little effect on the dense masses of
the enemy. Sir Hope Grant, fearing the
prolongation of the conflict, decided to assail
the enemy's left vigorously. The movement
was carried out very effectively, the great
feature of it being a brilliant charge by soir.e
squadrons of Probyn's Horse. The enemy
now began to give ground slowly. Their
pnigress rearwards might have been hastened
liad not the French been too exhausted to
participate further in the fight. Sir Hope
Grant, making the best use of available
material, was, however, able before night
fell to occupy Chan-chia-wan and drive the
enemy out of a strong camp one mile on the
other side of the town. The British com-
mander was under no misapprehension as to
the character of his victory. The Chinese,
though beaten, were not demoralised. They
had fought bravely and well, and there was
no reason why they should not again measure
swords with the expeditionary foix'e. In the
circumstances Sir Hope Grant considered
that prudence demanded that he should
strengthen his force witli a view to futui'e
eventualities. He therefore ordered Sir
Robert Napier to join him with all available
troops from the Tientsin garrison. On the
2lst of September Lord Elgin arrived at the
military headquarters, and about the same
time the French troops were reinforced by a
fresh brigade. The hostilities were then
recoriunenced with vigour". The Chinese,
emboldened by the delay, made another
stand at the Palikao bridge whrch crosses
the Peilio west of Tungchow ; but they were
no match for the carefully trained and well
equipped troops pitted against them, and on
the bridge being brilliantly rushed by the
French, they quickly dispersed. Peking was
now practically at the mercy of the invaders.
That the circumstance was appreciated in the
imperial entourage was made manifest the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 79

next day, when Prince Kung, the Emperor's
brother, forwarded a letter stating that he
had been commissioned to ariange a peace
and asking for the temporary suspension of
hostilities to allow of a discussion of details.
Lord Elgin replied to this communication
with a somewhat stern letter in which he
intimated that there could be no negotiations
for peace until the piisoners in Chinese
custody had been set free. Prince Kung was
warned that if the prisoners were not sent
back in safety the consequences would be
most serious for the Chinese Government.
Prince Kung was indisposed to accept the
view that the prisoners must be released as a
condition precedent to negotiation, and as
after a week he showed no signs of yielding
orders were given for the march of the
expeditionary force to Peking. It was de-
cided by the allied commanders to avoid the
city itself, and to make the Summer Palace
the objective. In pursuance of this plan the
advance was continued, but on the way the
British and French forces became separated,
and though the arrangement was that the
French should bring up the rear, they
managed to get to the common destination
first. Practically no opposition was met with
by either portion of the force. The fact that
on the approach of the invaders the Emperor
had fled to Gehol was no doubt accepted by
the complaisant officialdom as a sufficient
reason why they should not continue the
resistance. Whatever may be the truth on
that point the surrender paved the way for
the infliction of a blow on the imperial
dignity the like of which had never before
in its history been experienced. The despoil-
ing of the Summer Palace was the first step
in this humiliating process. Immediately the
French arrived they promptly proceeded to
sack the beautiful pavilions, scattering and
destroying such of their contents as they
could not take away. " It was pitiful to see
the way in which everything was being
robbed," wrote Sir Hope Grant in describing
the scene which he witnessed on arrival at
the Palace. The work of destruction once
begun in this fashion could not be stopped,
and soon little was left that was worth
taking away. But even when the Palace
had been stripped and left in a condition of
forlorn desolation the heavy hand of the
conqueror was not removed. The reckoning
had to be paid for the outrage perpetrated on
Mr. Parkes and his party. After the Allies
had entered Peking an intimation was received
through Mr. Parkes that he and his fellow
prisoners, French and English, who had
been detained in the Kaon Meaon Temple,
near the Tehshun Gate, were to be surren-
dered on the 8th of October. The story they
told was one which was calculated to fire
the indignation of their countrymen. Insult
upon insult had been heaped upon them, and
outrage upon outrage, and no artifice was
spared to induce them to be false to their
country by furnishing information or using
their influence to its disadvantage. Still, their
lives had been spared, and in view of this
fact and of the extreme anxiety displayed by
Prince Kung, the representative of the Chinese
Government with whom he had to deal to
ariange a peace. Lord Elgin deemed it
expedient not to press the matter too far. He
did not know then the story of the other
prisoners who had been separated from
Mr. Parkes and Mr. Loch. That was a
melancholy sequel reserved until the arrival
of eight Sikhs and a Frenchman who were
of the party which had been made captive
after the seizure of Mr. Parkes and Mr. Loch.
It appeared from the accounts of the Sikhs
that the five Englishmen who were of the

number had been bound with ropes and
maltreated with fiendish ingenuity. Under
the terrible strain Lieut. Anderson, one of the
Dragoon officers, became delirious, and died
on the ninth day of the captivity. A week
later Mr. de Normann died, and he was
followed to the grave at short intervals by
the other Europeans. Such a monstrous
crime against civilisation and humanity called
aloird for vengeance, and Lord Elgin, though
extremely anxious to conclude peace, decided
that before terms could be settled some signal
step must be taken to indicate to the Chinese
populace the detestation in which the treat-
ment of the prisoners was held by their
countrymen. When the question of the
character of the punitive act came to be
considered there was no doubt entertained
by the British representatives that the most
sti'iking and appropriate retribution which
could be exacted was the destruction of the
Summer Palace. Strangely enough, having
regard to the earlier action of the French
troops at the Palace, the French commander
declined to be associated with this measure.

of the palace. The circumstances under
which the settlement was concluded were
such as to leave an indelible impress upon
the mind of the Chinese populace of the
completeness of the victory won. To Mr.
Parkes and Mr. Loch was entrusted the duty
of selecting a suitable place for the ratifica-
tion of the treaty. Hiding through the streets
of the city at the head of an escort of British
and Sikh cavalry, they decided that the Hall
of Ceremonies was the building best adapted
for the purpose. The Chinese, who had
recently seen the two oflicials as helpless
captives, could not fail to have read in this
triumphal entry, in which they figured as the
leaders, a lesson not readily to be forgotten.
Nor were they likely to have missed the sig-
nificance of the selection by Lord Elgin and
Baron dc Gros as their place of temporary
residence in Peking the palace of Prince Tsai,
whose hostile action and attitude towards
the Allies throughout had been particularly
marked.

The ceremony of ratification took place on
October 24th, amid every circumstance which

A VIEW IN PEKING.

the necessity for which he failed to recognise.
Lord Elgin and Sir Hope Grant, however,
were quite prepared to accept all responsi-
bility, and in due course — on the i8th of
October — the Summer Palace was set on fire
and utterly destroyed. Nothing in the whole
of the campaign more impressed the Chinese
mind than this act of vengeance. " It was,"
wrote Lord Wolseley in his narrative of the
war, " the stamp which gave an unmistak-
able reality to our work of vengeance, proving
that Lord Elgin's last letter was no idle
threat, and warning them of what they might
expect in the capital itself unless they accepted
our proffered terms. The Imperial Palace
within the city still remained untouched ;
and if they wished to save the last remaining
place for their master it behoved them to
lose no time. I feel convinced that the
burning of Yuen-min-yuen considerably
hastened the final settlement of affairs and
strengthened our ambassador's position."
The arrangement of the peace terms, at all
events, followed swiftly on the destruction

could lend it importance. Lord Elgin pro-
ceeded in a chair of state to the Hall of
Ceremonies accompanied by a brilliant suite,
and also by Sir Hope Grant with an escort
of one hundred officers and five hundred
troops. Prince Kung, with an imposing body
of Mandarins, attended to submit the necessary
imperial authorisation to the conclusion of
peace and to affix the imperial seal to the
treaty. He was extreirrely nervous — "anxious
and hesitating " was Mr. Loch's description
of his attitude — but the general impression
left was of an amiable young man who
had passed through a trying ordeal with
dignity. The work in coimection with the
treaty was not considered to be at an end
until the Emperor's edict for its publication
had been received from Gehol. That,
however, only entailed a delay of a few
days, and by the gth of November the last
of the allied troops had left Peking on
their homeward journey. Lord Elgin also
departed about the same time, leaving Mr.
Frederick Bruce behind as first Resident

80 TWENTIETH CENTURY l3lPRES^IONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Minister to the Chinese Court. The Treaty
of Peking, besides pro\iding (or the making
of reiviration for the outrages upon British
subjects and the payment of an indemnity
of eight million taels to cover the expenses
of the war, amplitied and extended in im-
portant directions the facilities for trade.
One of its clauses threw Tientsin o(Ten to
foreign trade ; anotlicr provision ceded to the
British the KowKxin peninsula at Hongkong,
which, as has been noticed, was already

leased to the Hongkong Government ; and a
further stipulation which was to have a
powerful influence on British trade was
that there should be freedom granted to
Chinese subjects to emigrate to British
colonies. But, of course, tlie greatest achieve-
ment of all of the Treaty w.is to settle for
ever the long discussed question of direct
diplomatic intercourse with the Chinese
Government. The liberty granted by the
Treaty to send representatives to Peking was

not confined to the Allies. Like other con-
cessions wrung from the Chinese Government
by fi>rce of arms it was of general application,
and it was not long before Mr. Bruce and
his French colleague had to keep them in
countenance in the Chinese capital represen-
tatives of otlier foreign powers. A new era,
in fact, was opened up by tlie Treaty — an
era frauglit with nnich prosperity for foreign
trade, and not a little peril for the imperial
Chhiese authority.

CHAPTER XIV.

Progress of Hongkong — Popular Element introduced into the Legislative Council — Stormy closing days of Sir
John Bowring's Administration — Sir Hercules Robinson's Administration — The Kowloon Peninsula — Prosperous
Days followed by a Period of Depression — Sir R. G. MacDonnell's Administration — Financial Reform — The
Stamp Act — Disputes with the Colonial Office over the Gambling Licences — " The Blockade of Hongkong " —
Prosperous Trade — Sir A. E. Kennedy's Administration — Sir J. Pope-Hennessy's stormy Rule.

Ix tracing the history of Anglo-Chinese rela-
tions in the impoi tant period which concluded
with the ratification of the Treaty of Peking,
we have necessarily had to overkxik the de-
velopment of the great colonial experiment
which was entered upon with the occupation
of Hongkong. Our last glimpse of the Colony
was a sombre one. A small comnumity was
maintaining an arduous struggle against heavy
odds with only a faint prospect of ultimate
success. The commercial position, which, as
we have seen, was gradually improving in 1847,
continued to gain strength, though slowly, in
the administration of Sir George Bonham. In
other respects progress was made. It is to this
period that is to be dated the introduction of
the popular element into the government of
the Colony. At the end of 1849 Sir George
Bonham selected fifteen of the unoHicial
Justices of the Peace and summoned them
to a conference. He informed them that Earl
Grey had sanctioned his propositi for the
admission of two members of the civil com-
munity into the Legislative Council, that the
nomination rested with him, but that he
thought it better for the justices themselves
to elect two of their number. At a meeting
of the justices held at the club on December
6, 1849, Messrs. David Jardine and J. F. Edger
were nominated as the first unofficial mem-
bers of the Legislative Council. Another
important matter discussed at the same
conference was the question of Municipal
Government. Sir G. Bonham, while agree-
ing with the principle that taxpayers should
have control of their municipal affairs,
doubted whether such a scheme was prac-
ticable in Hongkong. However, he requested
the justices to consult on the question of a
Municipal Committee of Police Commissioners.
The justices passed a resolution to the effect
that no advantage could be derived from
having a Municipal Council unless the entire
managenient of the police of the streets and
roads within the limits of the town, and of
all other matters usually given to corporations,
were confided to it, and that the amount raised
in land rents, together with the sums derived
from licences and rents, should, with the police
assessments, be applicable as far as possible
for municipal purposes. The demands made
were imp<»sible ones in the then circum-

stances of the Colony, and they were rejected.
But in January, 1851, Sir George Bonham
offered to place the wliole management of the
police under a Municipal Committee on the
condition that the entire expense of the police
force was defrayed by an adequate police tax.
He also agreed to hand over to a municipal
authority the management of streets, roads,
and sewers on condition that the requisite
funds were provided either by an assessed
tax on real property or by a tax upon hoises
and carriages. Both offers were declined by
the justices, and here the matter ended for
the time.

Sir John Bowring's administration witnessed
the steady growth of the community in in-
fluence and importance, but unhappily during
the later years of his term of office the Colony
was torn with internecine disputes — " an
internal chronic warfare, the acerbities of
which beggared all description " is Dr. Eitel's
picturesque but absolutely accurate descrip-
tion of the condition of affairs. The initial
disturbing element was a newspaper pub-
lished under the title of Tlic Friend of China
and edited by a discharged civil servant.
This journal delivered a series of attacks
spread over a long peiiod on the official
classes and particularly on the Lieutenant-
Governor, against whom an allegation of
complicity in corruption was not obscurely
advanced. For years these insinuations were
made without any action being taken, but
ultimately the editor was prosecuted, and
on September 21, 1859, sentenced to a
term of imprisonment for libel. Before this
drastic retribution had been meted out a
charge had been made by another paper — Tlic
Daily Press — against the Kegistrar-Geneial,
who was accused of being the tool of un-
scrupulous conspirators and in league with
pirates. The Registrar-General, consequent
upon the charge, sent in his papers, but the
Government, having perfect confidence in him,
induced him to withdraw his resignation.
This event happened in 1856. Less than two
years later Tlie Daily Press again distinguished
itself by charging the Governor with cor-
ruptly favouring the firm of Jardine, Matheson
& Co. in the matter of public contracts, but
this time it had reckoned too much on the
official tolerance of scurrility, for Sir John

Bowring caused a prosecution to be instituted
against the paper, with the result that the
editor was sent to gaol for- six months. An
Attorney-General, a politician who had been
sent out from home for the not uncommon
reason that he was a nuisance there, added
to the liveliness of the situation by quarrelling
with nearly everybody, and tapping all by
charging the Acting Colonial Secretary with
collusion with the new opium farmer, from
whom he accepted a retainer. A commission
appointed to inquire into the matter exonerated
the accused official of any dishonourable con-
duct, though it held that some slight blame
attached to him. Fresh chaiges arising out of
this incident were brought by the Attorney-
General, notably one wliich attributed to him
the burning of the account hooks of a con-
victed pirate to screen himself and the
Kegistrar-Geneial fiom a charge of complicity
with pirates. The outcome of the business
was the suspension of the Attorney-General
by the Governor and the reference of the
matter to England. The Secretaiy of State
in his reply exonerated the Acting Colonial
Secretary, but that officer voluntarily resigned
his office on August 28, 1858. .4n action
subsequently brought against The Friend of
China for libel in connection with the repe^;
tition of the charge anent the burning of the
pirate's books, resulted in a verdict of not
guilty and the awarding of costs against the
Government. An incident which heightened
the public interest in the proceedings was
the hurried departure of Sir John Bowring
to Manila to avoid service of a subpcena in
the case. The scene of the conflict was now
transferred to England, where the Attorney-
General started an agitation with a view to
compelling the Government to take action
for the vindication of the national honour,
which was supposed to have been impugned
by the conduct of the Registiar and the
Acting Colonial Secretary. The movement,
though skilfully directed, came to very little.
The Government spokesman in the House
of Commons, while promising a careful
inquiry into the facts, stated that a dis-
passioiiate consideration of the papers induced
the Government to come to the view that
the Governor's decision as to the suspension
of the Attorney-General must be confirmed.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 81

The Tillies on March 15, 1859, caustically
commented on the state of affairs at Hong-
kong which the controversy disclosed.
"Hongkong," it said, "is always connected
with some fatal pestilence, some doubtful
war or some discreditable internal squabble ;
so much so that, in popular language, the
name of this noisy, bustling, quarrelsome,
discontented little island may not inaptly
be used as a euphemous synonym for a
place not mentionable to ears polite. Every
official's hand is there against his neighbour.
The Governor has run away to seek quiet or
health elsewhere. The Lieutenant-Governor
has been accused of having allowed his ser-
vant to squeeze. The newspaper proprietors
were, of late, all more or less in prison or
going to prison or coming out of prison on
prosecutions by some one or more of the in-
criminated and incriminating officials. The
heads of the mercantile houses hold them-
selves quite aloof from the local disputes and
conduct themselves in a highly dignified
manner, which is one of the chief causes of
the evil. But a section of the community
deal in private slander, which the newspapers
retail in public abuse. Of the Hongkong
Press, w^hich every one is using, prompting,
disavowing and prosecuting, the less we
say the better. A dictator is needed, a
sensible man, a man of tact and firmness.
We cannot aKvays be investigating a storm
in a tea pot where each individual leaf has
its dignity and its grievance."

Sir John Bowring was not happy in his
administration in other respects than those to
which particular reference has been made.
He entered into a quarrel with the Legislative
Council over the construction of a praya or
sea wall, which was to extend along the
whole front of the town from Navy Bay to
Causeway Bay and to be named the Bowring
Praya. I'he project aroused determined oppo-
sition from the mercantile community, the
property of individual members of which
was likely to be adversely affected by the
construction of a wall. A draft bill legalising
the scheme passed its first reading with only
one opponent. But when the Council as-
sembled on F'ebruary 4, 1859, to discuss the
second reading of the measure the Chief
Justice and the Lieutenant - Governor wer e
absent and to the Governor's intense morti-
fication a motion that the Praya scheme be
deferred sine die was carried by six votes
against three. The only votes cast in favour
of the bill were those of the Acting Attorney-
General, the Colonial Treasurer, and the
Auditor-General. The Colonial Secretary, the
Chief Magistrate, and the Surveyor-General
all exercised the luxury of voting against the
Government. The Governor did not question
the right of the official members to vote
according to their convictions, but he gave a
plain indication of what he considered to be
the mainspring of their action by attacking
the system under which public functionaries
like the Attorney-General and the Surveyor-
General were allowed to accept private
practice. In a despatch he wrote: — "The
enormous power and influence of the great
commercial houses in China, when associated
directly or indirectly with personal pecuniary
advantages which they are able to confer on
public officers, who are permitted to be em-
ployed and engaged by them, cannot but
create a conflict between duties not always
coiupatible. . . . One of the peculiar diffi-
culties against which this Government has to
struggle is the enormous influence wielded
by the great and opulent commercial houses
against whose power and in opposition to
whose personal views it is hard to contend."

When Sir John Bowring retired in 1859

the Chinese, as a mark of the genuine esteem
in which he was held among all classes of
the native population, tendered him some
magnificent presents, including a roll of satin
inscribed with tw^o hundred names. In his
autobiographical recollections Sir John Bow-
ring thus refers to his period of service in
Hongkong : — " My career in China belongs
so much to history that I do not feel it need-
ful to record its vicissitudes. I have been
severely blamed for the policy I pursued, yet
that policy has been most beneficial to my
country and to mankind at large. It is not
fair or just to suppose that a course of action,
which may be practicable or prudent at home
will always succeed abroad."

Sir Hercules Kobinson, who succeeded Sir
John Bowring in the office of Governor on
September g, 1859, and administered the
affairs of the Colony for nearly six years,
was an official in every respect qualified for
the difficult post which he had to fill. A
man of strong character, shrewd, tactful, and
with more than a common share of

SIR HERCULES ROBINSON
(Afterwards L.ord Rosmead).

intellectual attainments, he was precisely the
type of administrator to unravel the dis-
creditable tangle into which affairs in the
Colony had got under the rule of his
predecessor. His administration was a
brilliantly successful one and marked the
turning point in the fortunes of the Colony.
His eailiest efforts were directed to a much
needed reform of the civil service. In some
matters he was unable to carry his Council
with him, but he nevertheless contrived to
evolve a new system the main feature of
which was a cadet scheine introduced for
the better government of the Chinese
portion of the inhabitants. Side by side
with these reforms were formulated pro-
posals calculated to induce the Chinese
inhabitants to take a more intelligent interest
in the aff;iirs of the Government. A Chinese
edition of the Goveniiiient Gazelle was issued,
a translation office was organised to secure
the correct publication of all Government
documents, and, finally, the old system of
governing the Chinese through their own
headmen was abandoned in favour of a

system of direct control by the Registrar-
General. Another innovation which met
with less general approval was the intro-
duction of rules designed to deprive the
official members of the privilege of indepen-
dent voting which they had exercised to Sir
John Bowring's marked discoinfiture. The
power is probably one which cannot be dis-
pensed with in a crown colony system of
government in which the autocratic principle
necessarily is in the ascendant, but the
position was not so well understo<Kl a half
century ago as it is to-day, and there was
much grumbling at the limitations imposed
on the Council. Sir Hercules Kobinson,
however, pursued his course undeterred by
hostile criticism and the proceedings of the
Council were kept by him in a groove which
left little room for the violent surprises
which had characterised its history in an
earlier period. There was only one occasion
on which the Governor had any difficulty in
enforcing the rule of official solidarity in
voting. This was in 1865 when the question
of the payment of a military contribution to
the imperial funds came up for considera-
tion. Owing to the improvement in finances
brought about by Sir Hercules Robinson's
strong administration the Home Government
deemed that the Colony was prosperous
enough to contribute something to the up-
keep of the garrison, and in 1864 put in a
demand for ;^2o,ooo a year for five years.
The claim was strongly resisted by the
Government on the grounds that Hongkong
was an imperial rather than a local station,
that owing to its insular position it required
no military protection, that its finances were
not equal to the strain which such a contri-
bution would make upon them ; and that the
Colony had already contributed in the shape
of land for naval and military purposes to
the cost of the military garrison. In spite of
these representations, however, the demand
was insisted upon, and the Governor had no
alternative but to include the military contri-
bution asked in the estimates for 1865. On
the proposals being brought up for decision,
they were opposed by all the unofficial
members and also by the Colonial Treasurer,
and in the end were only carried by the
casting vote of the Governor. The Colonial
Treasurer got a severe wigging subsequently
from the Secretary of State for his indepen-
dent action. But that he had strong
sympathies on his side was shown by the
action of the Council in passing a resolution
subscribed to by all the official members
(excepting the Chief Justice) apprising "that
the maintenance of troops in Hongkong is
not necessary purely for the protection of
Colonial interests or the security of the
inhabitants, and that the Colonial revenue
cannot fairly be charged with any contri-
bution towards the Imperial military expen-
diture in China and Japan."

The cession of the Kowloon Peninsula
under the terms of the Peking Convention
was one of the leading events of Sir
Hercules Robinson's administration. The
ceremony of handing over the territory
took place on January 19, 1861, amid much
pomp. At the outset a Mandaiin tendered
to Lord Elgin a paper containing soil in
token of the cession. Then the Royal
Standard was hoisted amid the salutes fired
by the men-of-war in harbour, and by a
battery on Stonecutter's Island. An acute
controversy arose out of the cession of
Kowloon between the military and the civil
authorities. The former urged that the
idea of appropriating the peninsula had
originated with them, that the Colonial Office
had approved of its appropriation for military

82 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

purposes, and that consequenlly it should
be converted into a purely military canton-
ment To this view Sir Hercules Robinson
on behalf o( the Government offered strenuous
opposition. He nuuntained that the civil

had been prosecuted in a desultory way, and
a gixKl proportion of wall was completed
in 1862, but the masonry was ilcficient in
solidity and palpably would not stand the
strain of a storm. Sir Hercules Robinson

FORT VICTORIA, KOWLOON.
(From Alloni & Wright's "China.")

authorities oiiginally mooted the question of
the acquisition, and that in doing so they
had in view the necessity of providing for
the wants of the general population as well
as of the military garrison. He strongly
urged that the peninsula was indispensable
to the welfare of the Colony, inasmuch as
it was required to keep the Chinese popula-
tion at some distance, and to preserve the
European and American community from
the injury and inconvenience of intermixture
with the Chinese residents. The Imperial
Government, with a strange disregard of
colonial interests, decided in favour of the
military view. The ultimate decision given
in 1864 e.xtended the military occupation over
the bulk of the peninsula and gave them
prescriptive rights over the remaining area,
which was divided between the Colony
and the navy.

The construction of public works occupied
a leading place in the work of Sir Hercules
Robinson's administration. Early in his term
of office he invited plans for a scheme of
water supply, which had been tentatively
discussed in liis predecessor's time. Elaborate
plans were sent in by several competitors,
and ultimately those of Mr. S. B. Rawling,
Clerk of the Works of the Royal Engineers.
were selected by the committee appointed
to adjudicate in the matter. Tenders were
immediately called for, and an ordinance
was passed empowering the Governor to
appropriate from current revenues the sum
of £^30,000 as the works proceeded, and to
supply any deficiency of funds if necessary
by mortgaging the water rate at 2 per
cent, on the gross annual value of house
property according to assessment. In 1863
the work was completed and was hailed as
a great success. But events s<K)n proved its
inadequacy for the needs of the Colony. '
Another prf)ject with which Sir Hercules
Robinson closely identified himself was Sir
John Bowring's much criticised scheme for
the construction of a sea wall. The work

decided to rebuild the whole praya wall,
and to use the opportunity which the works
afforded of extending the praya seawards by
reclaiming from the sea a further strip of
land 100 feet in width. He soon found, as
his predecessor had done, that he had to
reckon with a determined opposition from
the marine lot holders Eventually Sir
Hercules Robinson so far yielded as to inti-
mate that the extension would not be enforced
where not desired by the lot holders.

In many ways Sir Hercules Robinson left
a vigoious impress upon the Colony. During
his administration it advanced to a very
marked extent on the path of prosperity.
This was not altogether due to his woik, but
there can be no question that with a less
able man at the helm or one who had a

lower sense of dignity and discipline, the
position might have been a very different
one to what it was when he quitted Hong-
kong in 1865. Sir Hercules Robinson's
influence is seen in the linancial statistics of
the Colony. When he went to the island the
revenue was only ;£;65,226 ; on his departiue
the exchequer receipts were more than
double that sum. The position is best illus-
trated by the following figures, showing the
revenue and expenditure of the Colony over
a series of years from the time of the occu-
pation : —

Year.

Revenue.

Kxpeiiditure.

1846

27,046

68,351

1847

31,078

.50,959

1848

25,091

62,658

1849

23,616

38,986

1850

23,526

34,314

1851

23,72 ■

34,115

1852

21,331

34,765

1853

24,700

,36,418

I8.S4

27,054

34,635

>«.S5

47,973

40,813

1856

3.S.500

42,426

1857

5«,«42

65,497

1858

62,486

62,979

1859

65,226

66, 1 09

i860

94.182

72,390

1861

127,241

109,632

1862

i3",5'2

122,223

1863

120,028

121,888

1864

132,884

259,022

1865

—

SIR ROBERT G. MAODONNELL, C.B.

(Governor, tloiigkong, 1H6O-7I-)

The progressive increase in the revenue
it will be noted dates from 1857 — two years
before Sir Hercules Robinson appeared on
the scene. While this fact indicates that
the tide, of good fortune had already set in
strongly when he was appointed, the greatly
accelerated pace at wliich tlie revenue in-
creased during his adniinistralioii may fairly
be attributed in considerable measure to his
successful government and the confidence it
inspired in quarters where confidence implied
commercial support.

The spell of prosperity which marked Sir
Hercules Robinson's term of office was unfor-
tunately not maintained. Almost as so<m as
he had left the Colony black clouds began to
fill the financial horizon. The effect of the
monetary crisis in Europe was felt in Hong-
kong. Property was seriously depreciated
and counnercial transactions on all sides were
restricted. "Yet," says Dr. Eitel, "public
works, the praya, the new gaol, the mint,
the waterworks, the sea wall at Kowloon,
commenced or constructed in a period of un-
exampled prosperity, had now to be carried
on, completed, or maintained, from the scanty
resources of an impoverished and well-nigh
insolvent treasury." Nor were financial diffi-
culties alone the obstacles with which the
Government had to contend. " New laws
were clearly needed for the regulation of the
Chinese, whose gambling habits were tilling
the streets with riot and honeycombing the
police force with corruption. Crime was lam-
pant, and the gaols overflowing with prisoners.
Piracv, flourishing as ever before, was be-
lieveci to have not only its secret lairs among
the low class of marine store dealers, but the
support of wealthy Chinese linns, and to enjoy
the connivance of men in the police force.
A sense of insecurity as to life and property
was again, as in days gone by, taking jiosses-
sion of the public mind." In these depress-
ing circumstances Sir R. G. MacDoiniell, who

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

had been appointed Sir Hercules Robinson's
successor, toolc up the reins of office on
March ii, 1866, after an interrejjnuni of
twelve months, during whicli the Hon. W. T.
Mercer, a former Colonial Secretary, adminis-
tered the Government. The new Governor
was greatly surprised at the slate of affairs
which confronted him, as he had been led to
e.xpect to find a colony with an oveiflow-
ing treasury and a prosperous and contented
community. He set to work with energy to
straigiiten things out once more. As the
stress was to a large extent the product of
monetary trouble, it was to finance that he
gave his first consideration. The position
with which he had to deal was no ordinary
one. In 1865 there was a surplus of assets
over liabilities of $298,000, but llie next year
this had fallen to $184,000, and in January,
1867, there was a mere nominal surplus of
$24,000 made up of unavailable assets. In
1865 there was an excess of expenditure
over reveime of $94,361, and in 1866 this
had increased to $167,877. Sir Robert
MacDonnell effected sensible economies by
readjusting offices in the Civil Service, and
by cutting down redundant expenditure in
all directions. In this way he at once
reduced the outgoings from $936,954 to
$730,916, though the full reduction was only
effected by leaving the military contribution
in arrear. On the revenue side he devised
a lucrative new source of income by putting
in force a stamp act. The measure was
strongly opposed by the commercial com-
munity, and the Chinese traders, as far as
they dared, ignored the enactment when it
was enforced, but as the need of a new
source of revenue was imperative the scheme
was persisted with, and eventually it came
to be recognised as a legitimate and innocuous
means of revenue production. As far as the
finances of the Colony were concerned its
effect was immediate and marked. In 1868,
the first year of its enforcement, the tax
brought in the large sum of $101,000. The
income for the year generally was good, the
revenue reaching the unprecedented sum of
$1,134,105. As the expenditure for the period
was no more than $991,81 1 there was a surplus
of $140,000. The finances of subsequent years
were seriously embarrassed by a difficulty
which arose between the Governor and the
Colonial Office in reference to some measures
for the regulation of gambling houses in the
Colony which the Government introduced.
Sir Robert MacDonnell, conceiving that
gambling was an ineradicable vice of the
Chinese, deemed it better to regulate it than
to make futile efforts to suppress it. He
accordingly decided to introduce the farming
system, under which the right to keep
gambling houses was let out to licensees
for a sum of money. The system was in
force at the Portuguese Colony of Macao,
and it prevails to this day in the Federated
Malay States under quasi British rule. But
at home the idea of any part of the Colonial
revenue being derived from vice was received
with disfavour, and the Colonial Secretary (the
Earl of Carnarvon), while reluctantly giving
permission to a trial of the system, stipulated
that the licence fees must not be farmed
out but treated as matters of police and
not as revenue. Sir Robert MacDonnell in
a despatch pointed out the impossibility of
proceeding by any other method than farming
the licence, and suggested that a discretionary
power should be given to the Governor in
Council to exercise authority under the
ordinance as circumstances might render
expedient. The Duke of Buckingham, who
had succeeded Lord Carnarvon, concurred in
his predecessor's instructions, and expressly

declined to sanction the farming system. In
another despatch he intimated that the licence
fees should be limited to an amount covering
police arrangements connected with the
system. The ordinance having been con-
firmed, with the quilifying conditions in-
dicated. Sir Robert MacDonnell proceeded to
enforce it. The licence fees were, to meet
the demands of the home authorities, placed
in a distinct special fund, which amounted
to $155,000 on May 23, i868, to $221,733
on June 28, 1869, and to $277,334 o"
December 31, 1869, When the scheme had
got fairly under way there was a strong
outburst of indignation from a section of
evangelical churchmen who regarded with
horror the fact that the Government had had
anything to do with the unclean thing. The
agitation commenced in the Colony was
carried to England, and the flames of sectarian
fanaticism were assiduously fanned by the
ex-Attorney-General and the former editor
of the Daily Press, who were glad of the
opportunity afforded of having another fling
at the administration. While this agitation
was proceeding. Sir Robert MacDonnell was
conducting a very lively controversy with
the Colonial Office in reference to the manner
in which he had interpreted his instructions.
The Duke of Buckingham, realising the extent
to which the Government had been com-
mitted, expressed his entire disapproval of
the proceedings, and threatened " to stop
the licensing altogether." Sir Robert, re-
plying to this despatch to Earl Granville,
who had succeeded the Duke at the Colonial
Oflice, alluded to the ducal despatch as
embodying " sweeping comments which im-
plied a general censure on the Hongkong
Government." Earl Granville thereupon
lectured the Governor upon the peculiarly
unbecoming tone of his remarks, and at a
subsequent date passed heavy censure upon
Sir Robert for his dealings with the money
in the special fund and ordered him to pay
back into the fund all unauthorised appro-
priations amounting to $129,701. The end
of the controversy was that the scheme had
to be abandoned and drastic measures of
economy adopted to make up for the de-
ficiency in the revenue caused by the
withdrawal of the appropriations.

Apart from domestic questions. Sir Robert
MacDonnell's administration was of some
importance, in that it coincided with the
raising of some notable controversies affect-
ing the relations of the Colony with the
Chinese Empire. The chief of these was the
question of what came to be known as "the
Blockade of Hongkong " by the Chinese
authorities. The measure referred to was an
effort made to regulate the junk trade
between the Colony and Chinese ports. The
first exercise of the supposititious power was
experienced about the middle of October,
1867, when the steam cruisers of the Canton
Customs, aided by some gunboats, stopped
and searched several native craft leaving the
harbour. Subsequently, the blockade was
rigorously enforced, every junk quitting or
entering the harbour being boarded and
overhauled. In cases where the papers were
not in proper order the junks were detained
and double duty was levied in the case of
goods shipped at Pakhoi and Canton, or other
Treaty ports, by junks which, eti route,
touched at Hongkong. The ostensible object
of the blockade was the prevention of
smuggling, but the effect of it was to impose
heavy disabilities upon the native trade by
driving the shipments made into foreign
bottoms, the freight charges of which were
heavier than those of the junks. Great
indignation was excited amongst the mercan-

tile community at the action of the Chinese
Government, but it was found that the hands
of the Hongkong Government were to some
extent tied, by the fact that the scheme was
suggested to the Chinese Viceroy at Canton
by the British Consul — Mr. (afterwards Sir)
D, B. Robertson. Nevertheless, the Governor
took energetic action within the limits of
what was possible and expedient. He
strengthened the water police force, and
obtained a steam launch lo assist the Colonial
gunboat Victoria in patrolling the Colonial
waters to prevent trespass by the Chinese
craft on the Colonial territorial limits. He
also compelled the Chinese warships to fly a
special official flag as a condition of their
being allowed to anchor in the harbour.
Discovering that the object of the Chinese
Government in instituting the blockade was
to levy a special war tax, called /;*/;;, which
was not only applied to opium but to a large
list of ordinary goods. Sir Robert demanded
of the Canton authorities a copy of the tariff
upon which the charges were based. His
request in this matter was not complied
with, but his energy had unquestionably a
salutary influence in curbing the excessive
zeal of the Chinese officials. Meanwhile, the
local mercantile community had adopted a
strongly worded memorial to the Secretary
of State protesting against the blockade, and
demanding its withdrawal. The agitation
was kept alive by the Chamber of Commerce,
and from time to time vigorous philippics
were delivered against what was regarded
as a subversion of the rights of the Colony.
But the representations had little effect on
the authorities at home, who, animated by
what seemed to Hongkong people as an
overweening desire to keep on good terms
with the Chinese Government, refrained
from taking steps to secure the removal of
the blockade. In the end the Chinese
merchants deemed it wise to pay the imposts
demanded of them, and the system, having
been thus acquiesced in by the parties
most affected, was continued until it became
an established institution. Another matter
of diplomatic interest which agitated the
public opinion of Hongkong at this period
was the appointment of a Chinese consul in
Hongkong. When the proposal for the
establishment of a Chinese consulate in the
Colony was made, strong objection was taken
by the local merchants on the ground that
the power which a Chinese consul would
gain over the local Chinese population would
constitute a veritable imperinm in imperio,
and subject the native community to an
intolerable system of official espionage, and
to the insatiable rapacity of a corrupt
ofticialdom. Sir Rutherford Alcock, then
British Minister at Peking, dismissed these
objections lightly as "fears more or less
chimerical and exaggerated," and the Earl of
Clarendon, Foreign Secretary at the time,
concurred in the main with his views. But
though the establishment of a Chinese
consulate in Hongkong was accepted in
principle, no steps were taken to give effect
to the proposal.

All this time the trade of Hongkong was
advancing rapidly. Many causes contributed
to bring about this result. The opening of
the Suez Canal in 1865 was one important
factor. This important measure gave new
life to the trade of the F"ar East, and
especially to those forms of trade which
from the outset have flourished at Hong-
kong. The establishment of bonding houses
and the formulation of a liberal tariff in
Japan in July, 1866, was another contributory
cause of some moment. Furthermore, the
connection of San Francisco with Hongkong

84 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

by a rcjliilar line of large fast steamers
added greatly to its pri»ix.'rity. The evi-
dences i>f these improved conditions are to
be liHind in the opening on June 15, 1867. of a
new dix-k at Aberdeen and the fonnation of
\'ariou$ joint sttKk enterprises for the im-
pnntmcnt of pi>rt faciUties. There was a
temporar>- check to the Coli>ny's prosperity
at the close i>f iW>6 and in the tieginning
of 1867, but the crisis, though severe while
it lasted, passed away without leaving any
permanent ill effects, and in 1870 there
were abundant pro<>fs forthcoming that the
Colony was commercially quite itself again.
The next >"ear was remarkable for the estab-
lishment of cable communication between
the port and distant parts of the world.
Shanghai was brought into direct touch with
the Colony on May 26th ; New York and
London were coupled up on June Qth. and
Saigon and Singapore on August 1st.

Sir Robert MacDonnell's successor in the
Governorship was Sir Arthur E. Kennedy,
who had previously served in leading ad-
ministrative c-apacities in Western Australia
and West Africa, His administration, which
extended from April i6, 1872, to March i,
1877, was an uneventful one. The matters
of chief interest which occupied the attention
of the community were a series of incidents
arising out of the Chinese blockade of the
port which was continued with, if anything,
increased rigour. Yielding to merc-antile
pressure the Governor app<«iited a com-
mission to inquire into abuses connected
with the action of the Chinese maritime
customs. The report supported the views
of the local community but it had no in-
fluence on the Home Government, which
was too definitely committed to a policy of
non-interference to take action in the direc-
tion desired. The arrest, in May, 1874, of a
Chinese revenue junk caught in the act of
firing at lishing boats in colonial territorial
waters seemed to promise a new develop-
ment, but the Chinese Government having
tendered ample apologies for the incident,
and promised to punish the offenders, the
Attorney-General was ordered to enter a
nolle prosequi in the proceedings which had
btx-n instituted in the High Court against the
men. and the episode was thus quietly
closed. Memorials continued to be sent
home against the system, including one from
the Chamt)er of Commerce on August 3,
1874, in which the blockade was condemned
as an organised invasion of the freedom and
sanctuary of the port. Lord Carnarvon, the
then Sccretaiy of State, in replying to these
representations, while admitting that abuses
had (Kcurred in connection with the action
of the Chinese revenue cruisers, denied that
the exercise of the right of search in close
proximity to Hongkong affected the freedom
of the port and afforded valid excuse for
diplomatic remonstrance. I^rd Carnavon
subsequently saw fit to mtxlify these views,
and it was announced in January, 1876, that
the Home Government were of opinion that
the comnmnity of Hongkong really had a
grievance and were entitled to relief. Sir
Arthur Kennedy afterwards submitted a
series of proposals for the future regulation
of the junk trade. These were (i) that all
Chinese cruisers should be prohibited inter-
fering with Hongkong junks, except those of
the Hoppo ; (2) that a definite Chinese tariff
of import and export duties, applicable to
Hongkong junks, and fixed regulations for.
the Hoppo's dealings with Hongkong junk
masters be published and adhered to ; (3)
that a joint board should be appointed to
investigate all complaints of illegal sei2ure.
The suggestions, which were endorsed

by the ChaniK-r of Commerce, were sent
home, and ultimately fornicd the basis of
discussions which were conducted between
Sir Thomas Wade, the Biitish Minister at
Peking, and the Tsung li Yamen. The two
first proposals were rejected by the Chinese
Government and a modilication of the third
was embodied in the Chefoo Convention in
the form of an arrangement for the creation
of a mixed commission consisting of a
British consul, a Hongkong oflicer, and a
Chinese official to arrange a set of regula-
tions calculated to benefit the revenue
collection of China without interfering with
the counnercial interests of Hongkong.

A tremendous typhoon, which is accurately
described by Hongkong's historian as " the
severest disaster that ever befell the Colony
of Hongkong," burst over the island on
the evening of September 22, 1874. " On
the morning of September 23, 1874," says
Dr. Eitel, " the town looked as if it had
undergone a teiritic bombardment. Thousands
of houses were unroofed, hundreds of Euro-
pean and Chinese dwellings were in ruins,
large trees had been torn out by the roots

SIR ARTHUR KENNEDY.

and hurled to a distance, most of the streets
were impassable, being obstructed by fallen
trees, roof timbers, window frames and
mounds of soil thrown up by the bursting of
drains. Business was at a complete standstill
for several days. The praya was covered
with wrecked sampans and the debris of junks
and ships, whilst in every direction dead
bodies were seen floating about or scattered
along the ruins of what was once the praya
wall. Thirty-five foreign vessels, trusting in
their anchors, were wrecked or badly injured.
Over two thousand lives were lost in the
harbour within the space of about six hours,
during which time the screams of the
Chinese in distress on the water were heard
by residents on the upper levels of the
town, to rise above the terrific din of the
storm. . . The amount of property destroyed
in Hongkong within those terrible six hours
was estimated at five million dollars."

Chequered as had been the history of
Hongkong, the period upon which it entered
after the retirement of Sir A. E. Kennedy
was to be memorable for its unrest and
excitement. The new Governor was Mr.
(afterwards Sir) John Pope-Hennessy, an

Irish Conservative who, as a member of the
House of Commons from 1859 to 1865,
attracted Disraeli's notice, more because of
his political views than from any great
regard for his personality. Mr. Pope-
Hennessy entered the colonial service as
Governor of Labuan and Consul-General of
Borneo in 1867, and he subsequently served
as Governor of the West .African Settle-
ments, of the Bahamas, and of the Wind-
ward Islands. He was a man of peculiar
temperament and endowed with more than
a common share of the pugnacity which is
traditionally attributed to his race. Both at
the Bahamas and the Windward Islands
he was in continual hot water, owing to
his indiscreet championing of the interests
of the native community. So bad did
the relations between himself and the
European community at length become
that a strong movement was set on foot for
his recall, and ultimately he was withdrawn.
In Hongkong he was received (on April 22,
1877) without prejudice, though with no
excess of enthusiasm. But he had not been
in office long before he gave a taste of his
peculiar qualities. In October, 1878, after a
series of minor incidents illustrative of the
Governor's facility for creating trouble, the
community were startled and outraged by
the announcement that the selection of an
acting successor to Mr. C. C. Smith, the
Kegistiar-General, who had been promoted
to the Coloniid Secretaryship of tlie Straits
Settlements, had fallen upon Mr. J. A. da
Carvalho, a Portuguese clerk in the Treasury.
The indignation was the greater because
Mr. Carvalho was not even a British subject.
The protests made would probably not have
had much effect had it not been for this
circumstance. As it was. the appointment
was revoked because of the inability of Mr.
Carvalho to qualify by taking the oath of
allegiance. Another appointment which
created much dissatisfaction at the period
was the nomination on January 22, 1880, of
Mr. Ng Choy, a Chinese barrister, to a
vacant post on the Legislative Council. The
position had been held previously by the
Hon. Mr. H. B. Gibb, and if the ordinary
rule had been followed the choice of his
successor would have been a European
colleague of his. But it was not merely in
personal matters that the Governor showed
the cloven hoof. His entire administration
was tinctured with a prejudice which did
not favour the predominant section of the
community. Even when he acted rightly he
so contrived matters as to invite condenma-
tion. One of his pet official hobbies was a
scheme of criminal reform based in the
main on the philanthropic ideals which
obtained in England. Whipping, bianding,
and deporting — features of the penal system
of the Colony as he found it — were strongly
condemned and eventually abolished by him,
and he made other changes in the direction
of greater leniency. The Chinese lower
classes were naturally grateful for the
favours received, and dulibed the Governor
"the merciful man"; but the Kuiopean com-
munity, with a profounder knowledge of the
springs of Chinese criminal nature, were
profoundly dissatisfied at what they regarded
as the dangerous workings of the policy
adopted by the Governor. A great outburst
of serious crime which look place in 1878
lent point to the indignant repiesentations of
this important section of the population, and
as month succeeded month and the crimes
increased in seriousness it was determined
to hold an indignation meeting to protest
against the action that had been taken. The
demonstration took place on October 7, 1878,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 85

on the cricket j;roiiiid. It was one of the
most important gatherinjjs of the kind ever
held in the history of the Colony. Mr. H.
B. Gibb was in the cliair, and he was
supported by practically all the leadin;;
mercliants of the Colony excepting the
senior unoflicial nieniber of the I.,ei;islative
Council (the Hon. Philip Ryrie). who for
particular reasons held aloof. With practical
unanimity resolutions were passed affirming
that life and property had been jeopardised
by the policy of undue leniency that had
been adopted, and asking that a commission
from outside tlie Colony should be appointed
to investigate the application of criminal
laws, the carrying out of sentences of the
courts, and the relation between the
Governor and his officials. This European
protest evoked a counter demonstration from
the Chinese inhabitants, who organised an
address to the Queen expressive of con-
iidence in the Governor. The resolutions and
the address were duly forwarded, and, after
taking nearly twelve months to reply, the
Colonial Secretary (Sir Michael Hicks-Beach)
in a despatch admitted the reasonableness of
the alarm felt in the Colonv, but declined

sending out a commission, on the ground
that the action of the Governor had removed
all cause for fear. The reference was to
the introduction of a more stringent system
of dealing with criminals by the Governor.
The system of deportation was resumed and
old offenders, instead of being tried before
magistrates, were sent to the Supreme Court,
where they received punishment commen-
surate with their crimes. On the main
points — the question of flogging and brand-
ing — Sir J. Pope-Hennessy carried the day,
for in November, 1880, Lord Kimberley (wtio
had become Colonial Secretiiry) sent out a
despatch directing the permanent discon-
tinuance of branding and prohibiting flog-
ging, excepting in cases of the class in
which it would be inflicted in the United
Kingdom.

As the years of Sir J. Pope-Hennessy's
administration went on the tide of his un-
popularity increased in volume. The breach
between him and the Euiopean conmunity
ultimately became irreparable, and the strange
prospect was seen in Hongkong of the
Queen's representative living an existence of
isolation from the gieat bulk of his fellows.

The effect of such a state of affairs upon the
Colony's interest could not fail to be extremely
bad, and only the natural stiength of its
position enabled it to come through the
period of stress and trouble without marked
injury. A great sigh of relief went up when
it was announced in March, 18S2, that the
Governor was shortly proceeding to Europe
on six months' leave. The stiitement was
interpreted to mean that Sir J. Pope-Hennessy
was leaving finally, and there was no dis-
position shown to resent the valedictory com-
pliments subsequently paid to him by the
Chinese and Portuguese communities. The
general feeling was one of gladness that the
period of turmoil and bitterness was at length
at an end. Afterwards there was a disturb-
ing rumour that Sir J. Pope-Hennessy was
returning to Hongkong, and in hot haste
strong remonstrances were sent by the
leading merchants to Downing Street. Then
it was made known that the incubus of a
discredited and unpopular Governor was not
to be infiicted on Hongkong, Sir J. Pope-
Hennessy having been appointed to the
Governorship of Mauritius.

CHAPTER XV.

Development of Shanghai — The Establishment of the Chinese Maritime Customs Department — New Municipal
Constitution — Operations of the " Ever Victorious " Army around the Settlement — Land Speculations.

The conclusion of the Treaty of Peking was
the signal for a great development of mer-
cantile activity throughout the Treaty ports.
Perhaps its influence was most marked at
Shanghai, which, from its proximity to the
new ticlds of enterprise opened up in Northern
China by the Treaty and its immediate prede-
cessor — the Treaty of Tientsin — was best
placed to reap the advantages of the new order
of things. " The model settlement," as it was
and is still called without excess of modesty.
in its earliest years showed the disposition
which all new trade centres have to hang fire
somewhat. It developed, but its growth was,
comparatively speaking, slow. There was
nothing in the nature of a " boom " — to adopt
a modern phrase. The disturbed condition
of the country owing to the Taeping Rebellion
no doubt militated against its complete
success. But it was not alone that factor
which kept Shanghai from marching to its
inevitable destiny of a great port and com-
mercial entrepot. The restricted character of
the openings for trade and the repressive and
obstructive policy pursued by the Chinese
Government had an even wider influence on
the settlement's fortunes. All this, however,
was changed by the two treaties. Under the
Treaty of Tientsin that great waterway, the
Yangtse-Kiang, was opened up to British
trade, and a regularised status was accorded
to merchants at the important riverain towns
of Chinkiang and Hankow. The same
instrument allowed British merchants access
to Newchwang, Tangchow, Taiwan (For-
mosa), Chanchow (Swatoa), and Kiungchow
(Hainan) ; while the Peking Convention had
given further significance to these widened
facilities by adding Tientsin to the list of
Treaty ports. Thus, for the first time in
history, a real opening was afforded to the
vast markets of Central and Northern China.

No port was better placed to take advantage
of the situation than Shanghai. On the one
side the broad bosom of the Yangtse was open
to it ; on the other was easy access to the
capital and the great districts of the north ;
while in the country behind were some of the
greatest trade markets of the Celestial Empire.
It seemed to many that at last Shanghai's day
had really come.

Before an account is given of the stirring
times which followed the conclusion of the
Treaty of Peking it may be desirable to take
a brief glance at Shanghai as it was in the
years preceding that event. Even at that
early period, says an old resident in a des-
cription of its early life, the settlement was
a striking-looking city. "The magnificent
hongs which thronged the riverside with
their compounds, their flags flying (for nearly
every hong represented some consular dignity)
and the fine broad terrace fronting the river,
and commonly called the ' Bund,' had a grand
and imposing appearance, which was truly
astonishing in a place of such recent growth.
The bimd was the most wonderful scene of
business and bustle. Chinese coolies or
labourers were everywhere hurrying to and
fro with burdens slung to bamboos carried
upon the shoulders of these indefatigable
beings who uttered a sort of monotonous
' Hee Haw ' song as they moved along. In
the centre of the bund was situated a striking
looking Chinese building, the Custom House,
in those days managed by Chinese with the
assistance of two European gentlemen. . .
So little were these customs officials heeded
that the captain of an American steamer who
was about to export a cargo of rice, which is
strictly forbidden both by Chinese law and
treaty stipulations, is actually stated to have
pitched one of them overboard for attempting
to interfere with him."

The Custom House organisation referred
to by the writer came into existence as
a direct result of the complications arising
out of the Taeping Rebellion. A brief
reference made to the matter in an
earlier chapter may be supplemented by
a more detailed statement of the origin of
this important institution. In March, 1853,
when Nanking and Chinkiang had fallen
into the hands of the rebels, and there was
a report that the rebel fleet proposed to
attack Woosung, there was a complete
cessation of business in Shanghai. The
Chinese customs officials were all scattered
or in hiding, and for a time there was no
apparent machinery in existence for the
collection of customs. " One morning," says
the author of an interesting sketch of
Shanghai history, published on the occasion
of its jubilee celebrations in 1873, "it was
found that a Weiyman had established him-
self during the night in a mat-shed, amongst
the ruins of the Customs House, and hung
out a flag and chop sealed by the Taotai
authorising him to receive customs dues,
but the foreign consuls concluded that this
gentleman's position was not exactly legal,
and Mr. Alcock, the British Consul, there-
fore, consulted with the captain of the
Spartan, the result being that a squad of
English men-of-war's men hustled the poor
Mandarin and his assistants ignominiously
out of his 'improvised custom house. The
Weiyman then attempted to get over the
difficulty by saying that he would receive
the duties on board a junk which was
moored in the river opposite the French
concession, and Mr. E. Cunningham, who was
acting as American Vice-C<5nsul, fell in with
the suggestion and ordered his nationals to
pay their dues on board this floating
coilectorate, but the Americans promptly

8r>

TAVEXTIETH CENTURY I3IPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

objected that they amid not find her. . .
In this dilenmta Mr. AlaKk and Mr.
Cunnin):hnm sent round a notification to
the effect that they would undertake the
collection of duties, and would not clear
any British or Anieric-an ves.sels in respect
of' which duties had not been paid, or
undert:ikint;s to pay fjiven. This was at
once strongly opposed by the merchants,
who argued that they could not be called
upon to pav duties to a government that
was unable to give them any protection,
and that had no proper, visible machinery
available for c-ollecting the revenue, and that
the British and American Consuls had no
right to usurp any functions of the Chinese
Government which had not been legally
delegated to them. The Consuls of the other
pt>wers represented adopted the same view,
and the French Consul took the lead in de-
cUiring that he would clear any French ship
that applied to him, without the payment of
any duties whatst>ever, until the Imperial
Chinese Government re-asserted its authority.
. . . The British Consul and the American
Vicx'-Consul were left almost alone on one
side in the struggle to uphold the claims of
the Chinese Government, while the repre-
sentative of the Chinese Government, the
Taotai, Sam Qua, from his safe retreat in
the Kecchong hong, contented himself with
issuing exhortative notices to his countrymen
to do right in the matter of paying customs
dues, while, with reference to the foreigners,
he was only tix) thankful to them for what-
ever small quotjis of these dues they were
content to pay him"

In the face of the division of consular
opinion the British and American Consuls
found it impossible to maintain the position
they had taken up. Several ships, American
and British, got away without the payment
of any duties, and in 1854 the principle of
clearance without payment of duties had
been tacitly accepted. The Chinese Govern-
ment, however, was naturally not content to
allow a lucrative source of revenue to be
diverted from it without a struggle, and about
the middle of 1854 consular intervention was
invoked to secure a restoration of Chinese
rights in the matter of the levy of customs.
A conference Ux)'* place at which the Taoutai.
Sam Qua. with the Consuls of Great Britain.
America, and France assisted, and as the
outcome of it, it was decided to introduce an
entirely new system. Under the arrangement
the duty of collecting the customs dues was
vested in three oflicers nominated by the
three Consuls pjirticipating in the conference.
The Chinese officials were left to discharge
the ordinary duties of supervision. It was
a tentative measure devised to meet a sudden
emergency which had arisen, but the system
worked so satisfactorily that it ultimately
broadened out into a great organisation,
which under a name to become familiar
throughout the civilised world — the Chinese
Maritime Customs — extended its operations to
the whole of the Treaty ports.

Another important Shanghai institution
which was emerging from the chrysalis
stage at this period was the Municipal Council.
As originally instituted the bfxly was known
as the 0>mmittee of Roads and Jetties. Its
income was as modest as its designation, for
altogether the municipal collections in 1852
did not amount to more than $5,000. Of this
sum $2,400 came from wharfage dues, and
the balance from a tax of } per cent, on land
and I per cent, on houses. The expenditure
for the year was $8,000, that amount incUuling
the repayment of a k)an of $2,000 which had
been borrowed at 10 per cent. But the
exigencies of the situation created by the

Taeping Rebellion iicct-ssitatcd some more
comprehensive ariangement, and about the
middle of 1854 there were frequent con-
sultations between the Taoutai, Sam Qua,
and Messrs. Alcock, the British Consul,
K. C. Murphy, the United States Consul,
and M, B. Edau, the French Consul with
a view to devising a new system of
l<K-al control. The upshot of the delibera-
tions was the issue on July 5, 1854, of a
notification to the foreign community to the
effect that a new code of municipal and
land regulations had been drawn up, and
would henceforth govern the residence of
foreigners in the three concessions. Tlie
regulations thus promulgated with some sub-
sequent changes and additions are practically
the constitution under which the settlement
is governed. Under tile rules the local
authority designated for the first time a
Municipal Council was to consist of a chair-
man and six members elected by the land-
renters instead of the " three upright British

SIR RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, K.C.B.

merchants appointed by the British Consul,"
of whom the first early Committee of Roads
and Jetties consisted. Another important
change was the substitution for the old
methods of raising revenue of a regular
assessment based on the value of property
and area of land, on residences and wharfage
within the settlement. The new system was
found to work most satisfactorily. Hence-
forward there was no looking back in matters
municipal in Shanghai. In 1863 the adminis-
tration lost its exclusively British character by
the interests of the British concession being
merged with those xif the American settlement
at Hongkew on the north of the Soothow
Creek. The French, who, as has been stated,
occupied a strip of territory adjacent to tlie
native city, elected to maintain their separate
jurisdiction, and they have done so to this
day, with the result that there is a marked
distinction between the two sections of what
is in reality one settlement.

W'liile Shanghai was preparing to avail
itself of the openings offered by tlie Treaty
of Peking, the developments of the Tae-
ping Rebellion were once more furnishing
her citizens with excitement of a varied kind.
The rebels, encouraged by the weakness of
the imperial authority, had during the years
from 1857 to i860 enormously extended their
sphere of intluence. They conliniRcl in
possession of Nanking in spite of all efforts
to dislodge them, and by the end of the last
named year their authority was established
almost to the sea. Such was the gravity
of the situation that, prior to the advance
on Peking, the Governor-General of the
province of the Two Kiang actually
invoked the aid of the British and French
in support of the imperial power. The
French representative was willing to
render the assistance, and offered fifteen
hundred troops if the British would send
five hundred ; but Mr. Bruce prudently de-
clined to allow the British authority to be
mixed up with the internal troubles of the
Chinese Empire. A proclamation, however,
was issued on May 26, i860, in the name
of all the foreign representatives, intimating
that Slianghai would not a second time be
allowed to fall into rebel liands.

Tliough official foreign aid was denied the
Chinese authorities, they were not to be .
without European assistance in their efforts
to suppress the rebellion. A movement set
on foot by patriotic Chinese merchants, and
encouiaged and supported by European firms,
resulted in the getting out at Shanghai of a
foreign contingent for service in the disturbed
area. Ward, an American subject, was the
leader of the organisation, and he had as his
chief lieutenant and quartermaster a fellow
countryman named Burgevine. Ward was a
swashbuckler of a pronounced type — unscru-
pulous, rapacious, and cruel. He had been
a mate on an American sailing vessel
trading lo China, and had served on a
llotilla fitted out some time previously by
the Taoutai to opeiate against the rebels on
the Yangtse. In that capacity he had
attracted the attention of the wealthy Chinese
mercliants, and his selection to command
the foreign legion was the result. A pretty
free hand was given to him in the matter of
the engagement of recruits. Pay at the rate
of ^'20 per month was offered, and in addition
the prospect was held out of a share of loot.
About one hundred Europeans in all were
collected, together with about double that
number of Manila men. The Europeans
were a nondescript lot of adventurers drawn
from the shipping and the local stores and
offices. They were bound by the loosest ties
of discipline and were ignorant in many cases
of the rudiments of military science. The
initial operation of the contingent was an
attack on Sunkiang, a large walled town about
20 miles south-west of Shanghai. It was for
various reasons a conspicuous failure. Ward,
however, was not to be discouiaged by a
single rebuff. Collecting reinforcements, he
renewed the attack with a successful result.
The town through his exertions was given
over once more to the possession of the
imperial forces. The achievement brought
him passing fame and, what was more to his
purpose, a considerable accession of Chinese
confidence and support. Ward was soon
invited to try his skill in another direction.
The new task allotted to him was the capture
of Tsingpu, a walled town of some little im-
portance. Having recruited a fresh body of
men, including 25 Europeans and 280 Manila
men. Ward marched out of his camp at Sun-
kiang. On arrival outside Tsingpu he speedily
found that he cou!d accomplish little, owing to

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 87

the lack of suitable guns. He had only two
6-pounclers with him and these were quite
powerless against the Taeping position, which
was one of considerable strength, and de-
fended, moreover, by the rebels under the
direction of an Englishman named Savage.
Nevertheless, the attack was delivered on
the night of August 2, i860. It ended in a
disastrous repulse, in whicli all the Europeans
save six were either killed or wounded.
Ward, though himself wounded in the jaw,
elected to make another attempt to win the
great reward which was offered for the cap-
ture of the position. Proceeding to Shanghai,
he enlisted a fjesh force of 150 Europeans,
purchased two l8-pounder guns and am-
munition, and replenished his stores. He
then returned to Tsingpu and commenced
a vigorous bombardment of the town. For-
tune favoured him even less on this occa-sion
than it did previously. After the attack had
proceeded some days Ward's force was sur-
prised by a body of the rebels under Chang
Wang, a famous leader, and put to utter rout.
The contingent lost its guns and most of its
stores, and had tlie enemy been entciprising
the entire body wt>uld have been annihilated.
Encouraged by the success, Chang Wang
made an effort to recapture Sunkiang, and,
being foiled in the attempt, turned his atten-
tion to the city of Shanghai. The Allies,
acting up to their proclamation, took measure
to assist the Chinese imperial authorities in
their defence. The rebels, therefore, had a
very warm reception when they appeared
outside the city. They persevered, however,
in their enterprise, returning again and again
to the attack. Eventually, when the best
part of a week had elapsed, Chang Wang
drew off his forces, sending previously a
valiant message in which he blamed the
French for his discomfilure, and said that
but for the foreigners he would have been
triumphant.

As a result of the attack on Shanghai the
British authorities deemed it expedient to
have a clear understanding with the Taepings
as to the precise limits of their operations.
For this purpose the British Naval Com-
mander, Admiral Sir James Hope, as
previously nariated, proceeded to Nanking
and opened up connnunications with Tien
Wang, the rebel chief. The outcome of the
negotiations was an arrangement under
which the Taepings pledged themselves not
to make any attack on Shanghai in the next
twelve months, and that the Taeping forces
should not advance to any point within a
radius of 20 miles of that city. A further
development of the situation at this period
was the arrest, in May, 1 861, of Ward in
Shanghai, as a disturber of the public peace.
Ward subsequently obtained his release by
declaring himself a Chinese subject, but his
career at Shanghai was nearing its close.
His fate as a commander of European
auxiliaries and that of the force which he
had got together were sealed by another
disastrous failuie before Tsingpu, in which
out of 80 men 23 were either killed or
wounded. Ward and Burgevine, after a
temporary period of inaction at Shanghai,
turned their attention to the drilling
of Chinese after the European method.
Their operations were destined to bear note-
worthy fruit, for out of the little band of
men they trained developed the Ever Victor-
ious Army, which was to win back for the
Chinese Government the authority which
had so narrowly missed slipping altogether
from their hands.

In the closing months of 1861 the Taepings
achieved some conspicuous successes against
the imperial forces. The important cities of

Ningpo and Hangchow fell into their hands,
and there were minor triumphs which greatly
enhanced their prestige and brought thou-
sands of recruits to their standards. The
occupation of the first named place without
British opposition seems to have encouraged
the belief at the rebel headquarters that
Shanghai might now be taken in spite of the
arrangement come to between Admiral Hope
and Tien Wang. The victorious Taeping
forces appeared outside the city and settle-
ment at the end of the second week in
January, 1862. Before them were driven
great nuinbers of Cliinese who sought refuge in
(light from the horrors which almost invariably
marked the onward rebel march. Thousands
of these unfortunates invaded the foreign
settlement in the expectation of finding an
asylum there from the dire woes which
menaced them across the border. The best
that was possible was done for them, but
there was much inevitable suffering, an ex-
ceptionally severe winter adding to the
horrors of the situation. Meanwhile the
flagrant infraction of the Yangtse under-

SIB JAMES HOPE, Q.C.B.

(From a print in the British Mnseum.)

standing by the rebels was being met by the
Britisli autliorities in the only possible way —
by retaliating. The military force at Shan-
ghai at the time — two native regiments and
some artillery — was too weak to allow at the
outset of more than defensive measures, and
encouraged by the inactivity the rebels
showed great boldness, plundering and burn-
ing on the outskirts of the settlement, and at
one time even threatening Woosung, the
port at the mouth of the river. The French
made a successful onslaught on a body of
rebels which appeared outside their con-
cession, and on the arrival of Sir John Michel
with a small body of English troops as a
reinforcement of the garrison, a regular plan
of campaign was instituted against them by
the British and the French. The operations
commenced on February 21st. when a mixed
British and French force, about 500 strong,
with 600 of Ward's newly disciplined
troops, marched out under the command
of Admiral Hope to the village of Kachiaou,
where the Taepings had a strong position.
On coming into contact with the enemy
there was some sharp fighting, but nothing

could withstand the ardour of the attacking
force, who, with Ward's men leading,
carried the village in gallant style. The
Taepings, undismayed by this reverse, gave a
considerable amount of trouble to Admiral
Hope, and even at one time compelled him
to retire. But on his receiving a substantial
reinforcement of 450 Europeans with 700 of
Ward's Chinese and 7 howitzers, he was able
to very effectively continue his little campaign.
Tseedong, another strong position of the
rebels, was attacked, and while the British
sailors operated in front Ward's men made a
detour and came upon their rear. Between
the two fires the rebels suffered terribly, more
than seven hundred being killed. The
steadiness shown by Ward's disciplined levies
on the two occasions they were under fire,
led the British authorities to take a very
favourable view of their capacity and useful-
ness and to give support both diplomatic and
practical to measures for their increase. For
some weeks following the Tseedong affair,
there was, however, a lull in the operations.
It was not, in fact, until the end of March,
when General Staveley arrived from Tientsin
with the 31st and 67th British regiments that
any further serious effort was made to deal
with the rebels. Then was commenced the
task of clearing the country for 30 miles
around Shanghai in accordance with the
terms of the agreement. In pursuance of
this plan the village of Wongkadsa, about
12 miles west of Shanghai was captured,
but on an attempt being made by Ward's
men to carry a stockade to which the rebels
had retired, the attacking party was repulsed
and Admiral Hope, who had accompanied it,
was wounded. The next day this failure was
wiped out and the enemy were subsequently
driven out of Tsipoo. Next, attention was
tiu'ued to Kahding, a strong walled city,
which was captured with little loss. A
desperate attempt to fire Shanghai, happily
frustrated, caused a brief interruption in the
operations, but eany in May the train was
ready laid for an important series of move-
ments, in which a powerful body consisting
of 1.429 British troops and 20 guns and
mortars, 380 men and 5 guns. Naval Brigade,
and 800 French troops with 10 guns took
part. The allied force proceeded first to
Tsingpu, the journey being made from
Sunkiang by boat owing to transport difii-
culties. A bombardment with the powerful
guns carried with the force soon paved the
way for an assault which was completely
successful, though the Taepings fought well.
Afterwards Nanjao was captured and a
brilliant little series of movements was closed
with an engagement at Cholin which ter-
minated in the complete discomfiture of the
rebels. The good effects of this campaign
was unfortunately almost completely wiped
out by a disaster which overtook an im-
perialist force about the middle of May at
Taitsau, to the north-west of Shanghai. Such
was the impression made that General
Staveley deemed it expedient to withdraw his
forces to Shanghai, Kahding being given
back to the rebels. As a set off against this
serious state of affairs the imperialists had to
their account the recapture of Ningpo which
had about the same period fallen into their
hands after a desperate conflict. Chung
Wang now threatened both Tsingpu and
Sunkiang, and as there was nothing to be
gained in the circumstances in holding the
former place, it was evacuated. Ward after
this devoted himself energetically to the
training and equipping of a force to recover
the lost ground. He soon had a body of five
thousand men under his command, and with
these larried the war into the enemy's

88 TAVENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

LtHiiitry. Alter an unsucvesslul attempt
Tsingpu was ret;iken. and protxibly this would
have been the starting (xiint of a new career
for Ward had he not been mortally wounded
in an attack on Tseki. near Ninjjpo, whither
he had pnxx-eded at the call of the Govern-
n»ent. On a refusal of the post by Colonel
Forrester. Ward's chief lieutenant, the com-
niand of the Ever Victorious Army devolved
upon Burgevine, who was little ad;»pted either
by temperament or capacity for so responsible
an office. Li Hung Chang, to be famous in
later years as one of China's greatest states-
men, had about this time sucx"eeded to the
chief control on the Chinese Government side
and he seems very early to have formed a
very unfavourable impression of the new
commander. Burgevine. indeed, was gener-
ally distrusted by the leading Chinese officials
and merchants. They disliked his dictatorial
ways, and they doubted his loyalty to the
cause which they had at heart. Furthermore.
what little they knew of his c-apacity for
militiry leadership did not impress them. In
the circumstances it is not surprising that
dilficullies should soon have arisen between
the American and the Mandarins. The latter
were so seriously dissatisfied with Burgevine
that they went the length of asking General
Staveley to remove him from the command
and supply his place with an English officer.
The British commander declined to interfere
at the moment, but when in the first week
of January. i!<63. Burgcvine's force openly
mutinied, and Burgevine himself perpetrated
a grave outrage by using personal violence
to Takee, a leading Shanghai merchant, who
was the life and soul of the patriotic move-
ment, the summary dismissal of the adven-
turer by the Chinese Government was
acquiesced in. The direct result of this
disciplinary action was to bring into the scene
of perhaps his greatest triumphs the hero of
Khartoum — Charles Gordon — then a practically
unknown officer of Engineers. Gordon did
not actually take up the command until March
24th. as the Home Governments appro\al
to his nomination by General Staveley had
to be received, and. moreover, he wished to
complete the survey of the country around
Shanghai upon which he was then engaged
before assuming active military work. But he
interested hnnsclf informally in the duties
pertaining to his new post and may be said
practically to have commenced his connection

with the force on Burgevine's disniiss;il.
The story of his skilful organisation and
direction of the Chinese forces, of his
indomitable courage and perseverance in
combating the rebel forces, and finally, the
complete reassertion of Chinese imperial
authority, through the exertions of the Ever
Victorious Army under his leadership, is too
familiar to need recapitulation here.

The crisis in Shanghai's life came, as we
have stated at the couunencement of the
chapter, after the conclusion of the Treaty
of Peking. One of the earliest symptoms
of it was an inflation of land values due to
the belief that the settlement was bound
to undergo enormous expansion. The theory
was sound enough, but, as often happens in
these cases, an altogether exaggerated con-
ception of the possibilities of the situation
was formed. The period of speculation with
its ups and downs and its various manifesta-
tions is vividly described by the writer already
quoted. " The site of the old racecourse was
put up and sold at auction at fabulous prices,
and the cricket ground was treated in a
similar manner, a very small proportion of
money sufficing to supply their places at
a short distance beyond, and the balance
of the funds being reserved for purposes of
public improvement or recreation. Land had
become the great subject for speculation, and
was being bought up in every conceivable
directioii with the greatest avidity. Plots
which a few months previously had been
purchased for garden purposes at tifty taels
per mow, equal to about £^100 sterling per
acre, now realised at least a thousand taels
per mow and even more, and for a long time
this remained the standard value of the land.
For miles in the country upon purely Chinese
territory, and for miles down the river upon
both its banks, did speculators buy up every
available inch of ground at daily increasing
prices in the most visionary manner. For-
tunes upon fortunes were made upon its
re-sale to still more reckless gamblers, but
only to be re- invested in the same unsoimd
manner and eventually to culminate in loss.
But it was not alone in land that speculation
ran wild. Chinese houses sprung up in
every direction, and Shanghai in a couple of
years from the modest ' model settlement '
had become a very London."

•■ Joint stock companies now commenced
to be started, and shares were eagerly

applied for. The number of banks wliicli
established agencies was perfectly fabulous.
The shores of the river for miles down the
stream were covered with newly-erected
wharves and as many as 300 foreign vessels
were in the harbour at one time. New
local improvements were commenced,
regardless of expense. The New Club, a
magnilicent building, and conducted on
the most extravagant scale, was hurried on.
The new racecourse and the cricket gi'ound
were completed ; roads were constructed for
miles out into the country, and villa resi-
dences and model farms began to abt>und.
The municipal institutions were constructed
on a scale of extravagance hitherto un-
known ; and professional jockeys and
trainers, sparring matches, badger baiting
and rat pits became the fancy. Shanghai
had gone perfectly mad."

At this time the population of Shanghai
was estimated at 420.000. of whom 6,000
were foreigners. It was, as far as the
foreign element was concerned, a mixed
community, but was full of enterprise and
virility. Its spirit was manifested in a
rather striking way when the Chinese
Government, having disposed of the Taeping
rebels, thought it might recover some of its
losses by imposing a likiii, or war tax,
upon those of its subjects who resided in the
settlement. To this proposition the Muni-
cipal Council offered emphatic opposition.
It was pointed out that, as the responsibility
of protecting such an enormous concourse of
refugees fell upon the foreign municipalities
and their British and foreign protectois, it
was only right th.tt the Chinese inside should
bear their proportion of the regular expenses.
The argument had no effect on the Chinese
oflicialdom. and as their claim was backed
by the British Minister, the tax had to be
allowed. Feeling on the subject ran very
high in the foreign community and a scheme
was seriously mooted, by an influential sec-
tion, for repudiating all Chinese rights and
constituting the settlement a free city, some-
what on the lines of the Hanse towns. The
idea, of course, was absurdly visionary, and
it was laughed out of existence almost as
soon as it was mooted. But the fact that
it was suggested indicates the extent to
which even business men had been carried
off their feet by the wave of speculation
which was sweeping over the port.

CHAPTER XVI.

Last Days of the Emperor Hienfung— Com/i d'e'tat at Peking— The New Regime— The Young Emperor Tungche

assumes the Reins of Government— Reception of Ministers at Peking— Death of Tungche and Accession of

Tsai Tien — Murder of Mr. Margery — The Chefoo Convention.

As immediate outcome of the Treaty of Peking
was the establishment in the Chinese capital
of a body known as the Tsung-li-yamen, to
deal with the foreign affairs of the empire.
Up to this time there had been no provision
in the Chinese Governmental system for con-
ducting intercourse with foreign nations, and
the absence of machinery had tended more
than anyihing else to create difficulties. To
a very large extent, therefore, the change
was an advantageous one. But it was very
far from being a sign of grace on the
part of the imperial authorities. The Em-

peror himself showed at this time, indeed,
a marked disposition to emphasise his dis-
satisfaction with the new order. He retired
to Gehol and surrounded himself there with
the most bigoted and fanatical Mandarins,
chief amongst whom was Tsai, the hero of
the disgraceful episode <>( Tungchow decribed
in the previous chapter. It was believed at
the time that the main purpose of his with-
drawal was to avoid lending by his presence
any countenance to the establishment of the
diplomatic system at Peking. Whether that
was the case or not when Mr. Bruce took up

his residence at the Chinese capital towards
the end of March, 1864, he had to be content
with such maimed rites as could be extended
to him by Prince Kung, the enlightened
brother of the p;niperor, upon whom the
burden of arranging matters with the Allies
had fallen. The Emperor's absence was the
cause of much discontent amongst the
Pekingese, and it was condenmed even by
members of the imperial family, who suffered
heavily in pocket owing to the cessation of
their allowances during the period that the
court was at Gehol. It is probable that

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

trouble would have arisen out of tlie imperial
action had not matters been brought to a
sudden issue by the serious illness and sub-
sequent death of the Emperor. This event,
which took place on August 22, 1864, was
followed by the circulation of a proclamation
amiouncing the accession of Hienfung's son,
a child of six years of age, and of the appoint-
ment of a Board of Regency consisting of
eight members, with Prince Tsai at their head,
to control matters during his minority. Prince
Kung and his associates at Peking were left
entirely out in the cold in the arrangements
for the succession, and it soon became obvious
that they did not intend to sit down quietly
under the exclusion. The day following the
state entry of the young Emperor into Peking
(the 2nd of November), Prince Kung appeared
at the palace with an imperial edict, which
he had secured from the Empress Dowager,
ordering the dismissal of the Council of
Regency. Prince Tsai and his colleagues
made an attempt to obtain the reversal of the
decree, but the only effect of their action
was to bring about their arrest and the issue
of a second decree directing their degradation
from their official and hereditary rank
and their punishment for " outrageous con-
duct." Later on the entire party were
brought to trial before Prince Kung, with
the result that all were condemned to
death. One regarded as the leader was
publicly executed, but the others were, as a
special favour, given a silken cord with which
to put an end to their existence. Under the
new regime the power was vested in the
Empress Dowager and the Emperor's mother,
and Prince Kung occupied the supreme
ministerial positions with vast powers of con-
trol. Prince Kung directed affairs ably and
skilfully, showing an enlightened regard for
foreign opinion which tended to smooth the
paths of diplomacy. Apparently he soared too
high, for in April, 1865, to the surprise and
even consternation of the British Minister and
his diplomatic colleagues, an edict appeared in
the name of the two Empresses degrading him
for having grown arrogant and assumed privi-
leges to which he had no right. It was feared
that the incident might seriously prejudice
foreign interests, but to the satisfaction of
the European community Prince Kung was,
after the lapse of five weeks, restored to
favour, though he was no longer allowed to
hold the post of President of the Council.
Some little time after this incident Sir
Frederick Bruce's term of office as minister
at Peking expired. His successor was Sir
Rutherford Alcock, the erstwhile consul at
Shanghai, whose services prior to his going to
Peking had been utilised as minister to Japan.
Sir Rutherford Alcock in his turn was suc-
ceeded at Yeddo by Sir Harry Parkes, another
eminent Anglo-Chinese official who figures
conspicuously in our narrative.

During the entire period of Mr. Bruce's
service at Peking the relations between the
British and the Chinese were most cordial,
largely owing to the admirable tact of the
minister on the one side and the broad-
mindedness of the chief minister on the
other. One awkward question, however,
arose which might have been productive of
considerable danger to the peace if it had
not been properly handled. Mr. Horatio
N. Lay, who had some time before been
appointed by the Chinese Government to
assist in the collection of customs in the
Shanghai district, was in 1862 commissioned,
in conjunction with Captain Sherard Osborn,
to go to Europe to purchase a fleet of gun-
boats of small draught for the suppression of
piracy on the Chinese coasts and the policing
of the shallow estuaries and creeks there-

abouts. The vessels — seven gunboats and one
storeship — were purchased and taken out by
Captain Osborn. Meanwhile, Mr. Lay pro-
ceeded direct to Peking to complete the
arrangements for the disposal of the embryo
Chinese fleet. He was greatly concerned to
find that Sir Frederick Bruce would have
nothing whatever to do with his enterprise
without specific instructions from home ;
while, what was more disconcerting, Prince
Kung raised difficulties as to the arrange-
ments Mr. Lay proposed for the working of
the new system. The points of difference
developed between the Minister and Mr. Lay
had reference to the control of the squadron.
The former, perhaps not unnaturally, con-
sidered that the power should be vested in
the Government in the ordinary way ; but
Mr. Lay claimed that he should be directly
responsible under the Emperor for the
administration and movements of the fleet.
He flatly declined to entertain a proposal
that a Chinese official should be appointed as
joint commander, and he as resolutely

of bad faith, as the conditions they were
called upon to ratify are not such as the
authority given to Mr. Lay entitled him to
assent to in their name. Mr. Lay mistook
his position and overrated his influence
when he resolved on starting this flotilla,
without having previously ascertained that
the terms agreed upon with Captain Osborn
would be accepted." Mr. Lay retired with a
handsome monetary solatium, and in his
place there succeeded to the control of the
Imperial Maritime Customs, Mr. (now Sir)
Robert Hart, the able official whose long
and honourable service in China is, as
these pages are passing through the press,
receiving such widespread and honourable
recognition in Europe. Another well-known
Anglo-Chinese who came to the front about
this time was Sir Halliday Macartney, a
gentleman who in later life played a
conspicuous part in the domain of Chinese
diplomacy in Europe, as the English
Secretary to the Chinese Embassy in London.
Macartney went out to China in the first

PA'VriLION AND GARDEN OF A MANDARIN, NEAR PEKING.
(From Alloni & Wright's " China.")

rejected a suggestion that he should act
under the orders of the provincial authorities.
In the circumstances it is not altogether
surprising that Prince Kung should have
manifested an indisposition to take over the
fleet. The ships remained idly at anchor all
through the period during which they would
have been useful against the Taepings, and
when the crisis had passed away the Chinese
Government considered they could do without
them. Finally, in November, 1863, Mr. Lay
was dismissed from the Chinese Government
service, and orders were given for the return
of the ships to Europe for disposal. Mr. Lay
was very wroth at the treatment meted out
to him, and invoked the powerful aid of
friends at home to obtain redress. But he
gained very little support in official quarters
in his campaign against Chinese officialdom.
The points in the controversy were very con-
cisely put by Sir Frederick Bruce in a despatch
which he pemied on the subject. " I do not
think," the British Minister wrote, "that the
Chinese Government are open to the charge

instance as Assistant-Surgeon to the gpth
Regiment, and served through the Peking
Campaign. Afterwards he drifted into the
employ of the Chinese Government, which
he assisted in various capacities. His most
important service was as organiser of the
first Chinese arsenal at Soochow. He mani-
fested great ability in the prosecution of this
undei taking, but, owing to the development
of defects in some of the guns manufactured
at the establishment, he had differences with
Li Hung Chang, with the result that he
resigned his office. The enterprise which he
had initiated was continued under other
direction and paved the way for an extensive
organisation for the manufacture of muni-
tions of w^ar.

The decade following the conclusion of the
Treatv of Peking was a period of comparative
tranquillity in the relations between the
Chinese Government and the European
powers. For this state of affairs thanks were
largely due to the wisdom and moderation
of Prince Kung, who continued to direct the

90 TWENTIETH CENTl'KY I3IPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

councils of the empire ; but some credit also
attached to the British representatives who
in their dealings with the Chinese Govern-
ment resolutely set their faces a>;ainst the
pushing of extravagant claims and the multi-
plication of points of difference. The two
great Mahomcdan rebellions in the provinces
of Yunnan and Shcnsi and Kansuh, the sup-
pression of which taxed to the utmost the
resources of the Chinese Government during a
greater portion of the decennial period, also
was a factor which made for harmony
between the Peking authorities and the
Western powers. The only uns;itisfactory
phases in the situation were occasional out-
bursts of popular feeling against the
missionaries who at this time were actively
prosecuting their propaganda in various parts
of China. At Yangchow and Formos;i, and
later at Swatow and FotKhow, there were
outrages more or less serious. But in each
instance reparation was promptly made and
it was manifested that the Chinese Govern-
ment was sincere in its desire to ensure

mission to France to offer what amends it
could lor the outbreak. Chung How, the
Suiwrintendent of Trade for the three
northern ports, who was present at Tientsin
at the time of the riot, and whose lack of
initiative was indirectly responsible for the
(K-currence, was selected to head the mission.
It otherwise lacked nothing which could lend
it importance as a manifestation of the
Government's regret at the event. In Paris
the mission was received in a not unfriendly
spirit, but the intimation was given that as a
recognition of the moderation shown In the
matter the French Government would expect
that the right of audience would be conceded
to the French Minister at Peking. The
demand was received with mingled feelings
In Peking, where the old jealous feeling of
exclusiveness was still In the ascendant. The
question remained in abeyance until tlie young
Emperor Tungche, four months subsequent
to his marriage, was. In February, 1873,
Invested with full powers of government.
Then, the time being ripe for pressing the

ANCIENT TOMBS NEAR AMOY.
(From .'ill ciij;r,ivinj; )

protection for the foreigner to the utmost of
its ability. The worst epis<xie was one which
occurred' at Tientsin in 1870 and which, but
for the outbreak of the Franco-German War,
might have involved China in war with
France. On the 21st of June in that year a
disorderly mob gathered outside the Roman
Catholic Mission House in Tientsin, murdered
M. Fontanier, the French Consul, who en-
deavoured to restrain them, and subsequently
attacked the Mission House, murdering its
inmates, who included M. Simon, a member
of the F'rench legation at Peking, and his
wife, a French storekeeper and his wife,
three priests, ten sisters of charity, and a
Russian merchant and his wife. A great
sensation was created by this crime, which
surpassed in horror any that had hitherto
been perpetrated against the foreign com-
munity, and on the one hand there was an
insistent demand from Europeans for retri-
bution and on the other a wave of anti-
foreign exultation. The Chinese Government
fortunately recognised the extreme gravity
of the crisis and decided to send a special

claim, the Foreign Ministers in a joint note
preferred a request to be received in audience.
At the outset the old question of the kotow
was raised, but on a clear indication being
given that there would not be the slightest
concession on this point. Prince Kung and the
ministers yielded, and the young Emperor duly
received the ministers of the foreign powers
In audience on June 29, 1873. The event
marked an epoch in the history of the diplo-
matic relations of the European nations with
China. Once and for all the claim to
superiority so arrogantly and insistently put
forward on behalf of the Chinese Emperors
was abandoned.

After this for some little time the course
of Chinese history ran, if not smoothly, at all
events with less serious incident than here-
tofore. In 1873 trouble arose between Japan
and China over the murder of the crew of a
junk wrecked on the Loochoo Islands
some years before, but thanks to the mediation
of Mr. Wade an amicable settlement was
reached by the terms of which China paid an
indemnity, and the Japanese evacuated Formosa,

whicli they had occupied to bring pressure to
bear on the Peking authorities. Another
episode of a more personal character which
was the subject of diplomatic representations
was an attack by pirates in August, 1874, on
the river steamer Sftuk while on her way
from Whampoa to Macao. The vessel was
plundered and the only English passenger,
Mr, Walter Mundy, was seriously wounded
and left for dead on the deck. Mr. Mundy
was permanently Injured by the treatment
he received ; but the Home Government
declined to support his claim to compen-
sation though there was no question that the
piratical attack was due to the failure of the
Chinese authorities to carry out the provisions
of one of tlie principal clauses of the Treaty
of Tientsin.

The death of the Emperor Tungche on
January 12, 1875, seemed to offer promise
of serious internal trouble, but eventually
the succession was peacefully arranged by
the selection of Tsai Tien, a child of tender
age, the son of Prince Chun or the Seventh
Prince. The new Emperor was proclaimed
on the 13th of January with the name of
Kwangsu, and he commenced his reign under
the auspices of the two Empresses and Prince
Kung, who, by their judicious direction of
affairs were able to look forward to a further
spell of uncontrolled power. Before the new
ruler had been many weeks on the throne
an event occurred which rudely threatened
the peaceful relations which had grown
up between the Chinese and the British
Governments. Towards the close of 1874
the Government of India decided to despatch
a special mission of exploration under the
command of Colonel Horace Browne to
Yunnan, the extreme western province of
China. The enterprise was promoted with
the approval of the Peking authorities, who
Issued special orders to the local authorities
concerned to give the mission every assistance.
Mr. Raymond Augustus Margery, a talented
Chinese scholar, and an official thoroughly
versed in Chinese ways, was appointed to
accompany the mission as a coadjutor of
Colonel Browne. He journeyed through the
Interior of China from Peking and joined his
chief at Bhamo, on January 26, 1875. Three
weeks laler the mission started on Its way.
As it approached the Chinese frontier it was
met by rumours of opposition to Its advance
on the part of Lisltal, a Chinese commander
who had control of the frontier. In order
to ascertain the true state of affairs. Colonel
Browne despatched Mr. Margery on an
expedition of inquiry across the frontier.
Riding out on the 19th of February, Mr.
Margery reached Momein, a town on the
Chinese side of the border, the same day,
and sent from thence a letter saying that all
was quiet at that place. Nothing further
was heard from him or of him until several
days later, when the news was spread that
he and his attendants had been treacherously
murdered at Manwein, a place some little
distance to the eastward of Momein. The
startling information was supplemented by
a statement that a large Chinese force was
advancing with the intention of attacking the
expedition. Any doubts that may have been
entertained as to the accuracy of the news
were dispelled on the 22nd of P'ebruary by
the appearance of a hostile body of Chinese
troops on the heights near the camp of
the expedition. Preparations were made by
Colonel Browne to meet the threatened
danger, but the Chinese general, seeing the
bold front that had been assumed, thought
better of his enterprise and withdrew his
force. When news of the outrage reached
the outer world, a great cry of indignation

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 91

went lip from the British organs of public
opinion, and the amplest backinj; was given
to the demand promptly made at Peking by
the British Minister (Mr. Thomas Wade) for
reparation. The Chinese Government showed
at the outset very little disposition to satisfy
the claims preferred, which primarily were
for an investigation into the circumstances of
the murder by a mixed commission of British
and Chinese officials. At length, however,
it agreed to the proposed inquiry and
appointed Li Han Chang, Governor-General
of Honkwang, and brother of Li Hung
Chang, to conduct the investigations. This
functionary, with the British members of the
commission, Messrs. Grosvenor, Davenport,
and Baber, met in the closing days of the
year in the district which was the scene of
the outrage and commenced their inquiry.
It was soon discovered by the British com-
missioners that as far as the infliction of
punishment on the really guilty parties was
concerned their mission was likely to prove
futile. Li Han Chang temporarily suspended
the Futai for neglect of duty, but this
was the extent of the censure of the local
officialdom he would permit himself. The
responsibility for the murder was thrown
upon the lawless frontier tribes, and to lend
colour to the view several miserable villagers
were seized, on the ground that they were
accessories to the murder, and their lives
were offered as an atonement for the offence.
Very naturally the British Government
resolutely declined to accept the course
proposed as adequate redress. Sir Thomas
Wade (as he had now become) was instructed
to bring home to the Peking authorities the
seriousness of the situation which had been
created by this shameful outrage on a British
expedition, and this he did in the most
emphatic way by intimating that diplomatic
relations must be broken off until the Chinese
Government were prepared to satisfy the just
demands made upon them. Sir Thomas
Wade subsequently quitted the Chinese
capital, and his withdrawal coincided with
the appearance of a strong British fleet off
the Peiho. Alarmed at these evidences of

offended British honour, the Peking oflicials
at length consented to discuss under satis-
factory conditions the question of redress.
Chefoo was selected as the scene of the
negotiations, and there the British and Chinese
representatives (Sir Thomas Wade and Li

of the regret felt by the Chinese Government
for the murder. An important article of the
Convention was a provision calling upon the
different Viceroys and Governors to respect
and afford every protection to all foreigners
provided with the necessary passport from

CHEFOO FROM THE SEA.

Hung Chang acting as principals) assembled
in August, 1875. The result of the delibera-
tions was the agreement known as the Chefoo
Convention. This document provided for the
payment of an indemnity to Mr. Margery's
relatives and for the despatch to England of
a special mission bearing a letter expressive

the Tsung-!i-yamen, and warning them that
they would be held responsible in the event
of such travellers meeting with injury or ill-
treatment. There were also embodied in the
arnmgetnent a series of regulations with
reference to trade, and notably one relative
to the likiii or transit duties.

CHAPTER XVII.

The Development of Shanghai — Chinese Commercial Enterprise — The Shanghai-Woosung Railway — Establishment
of a Native Cotton Mill — New Municipal Constitution — Later History of Hongkong.

At the period of the conclusion of the Chefoo
Convention, Shanghai trade, in common with
Chinese commercfe generally, was passing
through a somewhat serious crisis. The
financial stress was mainly due to over specu-
lation consequent upon the opening of the
Suez Canal and the establishment of direct
telegraphic communication with Europe.
With the completion of those great enter-
prises dawned a new era in Far Eastern
commerce — an eia rich in promise for
European trade — but merchants, in their im-
patience to reap the harvest which they
confidently expected awaited them, did not
take sufficient account of the fact that a
period of ripening was essential. As a result
serious losses were incurred, which for the
time being crippled the resources of a good
many of the leading firms, particularly in
Shanghai. While European activity was

somewhat circumscribed owing to the un-
toward course that commerce had taken, the
Chinese at this period gave evidence of
remarkable enterprise. In 1872, under the
direct patronage of Li Hung Chang (at tliat
time Governor-General of Chihli) was formed
at Shanghai a company under the name of
the Chinese Merchants Company, for the
purpose of owning and running steamers.
Ostensibly the company was established for
the purpose of carrying tribute rice to Tientsin
eit route for Peking, but it soon became
evident that its real object was the far more
ambitious one of competing with European
owned vessels for the trade of the coast and
of the Yangtse. Furthermore, the arrange-
ments indicated that the floating of the
company was designed for political as well
as commercial ends. One of the articles of
the company prohibited the holding of shares

by foreigners. The offices established at
Shanghai, Hankow, Tientsin, Hongkong, and
Canton were under Chinese managers ; and
the only foreigners employed in the com-
pany's service were the masters of vessels.
Finally, as evidence of the determination to
give a purely native aspect to the venture,
was the fact that two of the earliest vessels
in the company's service were built at the
Foochow Arsenal.

In another direction at this juncture was
demonstrated in a striking way the deter-
mination of the Chinese to stay the inarch
of foreign encroachment. In December,
1872, was formed in Shanghai, by a number
of leading residents, a small private com-
pany, under the title of the Woosung Road
Conipanv. It seemed an innocent, non-
committal kind of venture, but its simple title
covered a project of deep significance, the

92 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONa, SHANGHAI, ETC.

real object of the promoters being notliing
more nor lesis than the intrtxluction of rail-
\ra\-s into China. The idea of giving the
blessings of railway communication to the
empire was not new. As far l>ack as July,
lt(6ji. an application had been made to tlie
Chinese authorities for permission to
construct a line lH;tween Shanghai and
Soochow, but the reception given to the
proposal was such as to indicate that the
Government were not likely to readily s;mc-
tion the inno\-ation. When, therefore, the
idea was taken up again it was decided not
to appriMch the Chinese governing power,
but to seek to reach the goal indirectly.
The company's object was stated to be the
improvement of road communiciition, and
to give effect to their aims they purchased
a strip of land about fifteen \'ards wide
extending from Shanghai to Woosung. a
distance of about nine and a quarter miles.
Almost simultaneously, at their instigation,
the district magistrate, under the direction
of the Taoutai, issued a proclamation,
gi\ing notice that they had acquired posses-

to proceed, and half the line, viz., that por-
tion from Shanghai to Kangwan, was
opened for public traflic, the inaugural trip
being run on June 30, 1876. Subsequently
the Chinese authorities, who had been much
displeased at the laying down of a railway
without their previous permission, made an
arrangement with Her Majesty's Minister,
through the medium of his Chinese secre-
tary, Mr. Mayers, to the effect that they
should buy the railway, and certain articles
of agreement for c;>rrying out this arrange-
ment were drawn up at Nanking. These
articles were afterwards agreed to by the
company, subject to certain conditions, and
the payment of 285,000 Shanghai taels was
arranged between the two parties as the
price of the property. It was further settled
that this sum should be paid in instalments,
extending over one year, during which time
the company were to retain possession of
the line and work it to their own profit.
The running of trains, which had been
stopped for a time, recommenced on Decem-
ber I, 1876. During July and August the

FESTIVAL OP THE DRAOON BOAT (FIFTH DAY OF THE FIFTH MOON).

sion of the land, and that they had a right
to build bridges, cut ditches, erect fences,
and construct roads suitable for the running
of cars.

The scheme having now assumed a prac-
tical shape, a new company was formed and
registered July 28, 1874, under the Limited
Lialnlity Act, as a company having its head
office in Canton, with a capital of £100,000.
This new company took over the lands and
rights of the old company, bought a con-
siderable amount of extra land, and formed
an embankment along the entire length of
the route, the whole of the area being about
the level of high water spring tides, and
under the level of exceptionally high tides.
The agents of the company in China were
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., with
whom Mr. J. Dixon of London entered into
a contract to construct a light railway on
the embankment referred to, and work was
commenced in January, 1876. Some diffi-
culties hereupon ensued with the Chinese
authorities, but on the company's making
certain concessions as to the deviation of the
line at some points, the work was allowed

traffic amounted to a total of 16,894 passen-
gers. During December the number of
passengers was 17,527, of which number
15,873 were third class. When the Chinese
entered into occupation of the railways they
discontinued the running of trains and pro-
ceeded to tear up the rails. Subsequently
the entire plant was despatched to Takow, in
the island of Formosa.

Thus ended the pioneer effort to introduce
railways into China. The project was a
bold one, and its results during the brief
period during which the railway was
working showed that commercially the pros-
pects were good. But the scheme was born
out of time. China at that juncture was
not ready for railways. Moreover, foreign
action was deeply distrusted, owing to the
events of the previous decade, and Chinese
statesmen realised that they must at all costs
keep the control of matters in their own
hands. As evidence of the spirit which was
in the ascendant we may quote a few passages
from a memorial sent to the Throne by
Tseng-Kwo-fan, sometime Viceroy of the
Two Kiang, who was described by a British

official writer of note in 1877 as "the
greatest statesman China has produced
during the present century." " If," observed
Tseng, "small steamers be allowed on
inland waters, native craft of every size,
sailors, and pilots will suffer ; if foreigners
are allowed to construct telegraphs and
railways, owners of carts, mules, chairs, and
inns w^ill suffer, and the means of living be
taken away from the coolies. The same
may be said of all demands of foreigners,
except the working of coal mines ; it would
enrich China to borrow foreign appliances
for the extracting coal, and it would appear
to deserve a trial. If foreigners are allowed
to introduce small steamers, railroads, &c.,
they will monopolize the whole profits of
the country ; if our people are allowed to
join with them in introducing them, the rich
will benefit at the expense of the poor —
neither plan is practicable. With respect to
the points which are not highly obnoxious
we should grant them if asked ; it is only
as to railroads, steamers, salt, and residence
in the interior for trade, as destructive to
our people's interest, that a strenuous fight
should be made." Here we have the
guiding spirit of the most enlightened
Chinese policy at this period. The foreigner
was to be tolerated where it was thought
he would do no mischief, but he was to be
kept at arm's length where the means of
communication and residence in the interior
were concerned. It may seem to our view
an essentially narrow way of looking at
things ; but recalling the later history of
railway concessions in China, who shall say
that "Tseng's opinions were not from his
patriotic standpoint absolutely sound ?

Tliere was no doubt in the years follow-
ing the conclusion of the Treaty of Peking a
feiment in the Chinese mind which led to
developments calculated to cause anxiety in
the ranks of the Peking autocracy. An
example of these tendencies is the drift
to the foreign settlements and notably to
Shanghai, of well-to-do Chinese subjects.
Referring to this movement the British Con-
sul at Shanghai, in his report for 1876,
says ; " P'roin a vague apprehension of
future calamities many men of substance
have removed here with their families from
the interior and in several instances have
even taken foreign houses in preference to
Chinese hongs. The shopkeepers have also
improved in their style of buildings, and as
the old rickety tenements are from time
to time swept away by fires they are
invariably replaced by buildings superior to
the ordinary run of Chinese houses. The
natives are likewise learning the value of
brick walls and adopt them in the capacity
of fire walls." Meanwhile the foreign
residents were showing more and more a
disposition to leave their houses in the heart
of the settlement and establish lliemselves in
the country. The Consul speaks in his
report for 1874 of villa residences springing
up like mushrooms in various directions
beyond municipal limits, and he reverts to
the tendency towards a substitution of
Chinese tenements for foreign houses in the
heart of the settlement, and the consequent
depreciation in value of the larger houses.

Another sign of the times upon which
stress is laid in the communications of the
British officials of the period is the growth
of the purely native press. In referring to the
opening of the Chinese Polytechnic Institu-
tion in 1875 the Consul at Shanghai mentions
that ;it the period there were no fewer than
five Chinese daily papers, and that in addition
there were a number of weekly and monthly
organs — most of them very popular and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

increasing in circulation. It should be
mentioned, however, that side by side with
this literary activity so characteristic of the
new spirit was revealed a jealous adhesion
to the old economic ideals. In 1876 an
attempt was made to establish a steam cotton
mill company at Shanghai for the purpose of
manufacturing cotton piece goods from native
grown cotton of a similar quality and weight
to the goods manufactured by the Chinese.
The scheme at the outset received the sup-
port of influential natives. But after a time
the Cotton Cloth Guild took the alarm and
instituted in the native press a crusade against
the project. The idea was circulated that
the hand cloth trade would be immediately
ruined if the mill started working, and when
the apprehensions of the native community
had been sufficiently aroused the Guild passed
a resolution to the effect that no cloth made
by machinery would be permitted to be
purchased. About the same time that this
declaration was made there appeared on the
scene a well-known native resident named
Peng with a project for prosecuting a
Chinese Joint Stock Company with the same
object. It was stated at the time that this
gentleman obtained one of the prospectuses
of the British Company, and after altering it
to suit his purpose presented it to the Super-
intendent of Foreign Trade as a venture
deserving of support. His scheme was
approved by the authorities and was duly
launched with a respectable native backing.
In 1879 the foundations of the mill were
laid and an agreement was entered into with
a British merchant for the supply of the
requisite machinery for an eight hundred
loom mill. But the enterprise, owing to the
incapacity of the directorate, soon got into
difliculties, and operations were suspended
for two years. At the expiration of that
period a new company was formed under
the patronage of the Government, and Peng
was removed from the chairmanship of the
directorate, and Tai, another influential resi-
dent and an expectant Taoutai, appointed in
his place. In the reorganised company the
capacity of the factory was reduced to two
hundred looms, and orders for the machinery
were placed in America. Meanwhile, the
original contract was annulled, Tai paying
the stipulated forfeit of fifteen thousand taels.
It is unnecessary at this point to follow the
fortunes of the venture further. The facts as
they stand are sufficiently complete to illus-
trate the point which was being emphasised
— that the traditional Chinese exclusiveness
was taking the new form of an endeavour to
supplant the foreigner in his own sphere.

Shanghai all this time was developing
rapidly into the fine city it ultimately became.
In 1873 the report of the British Consul
embodied the enclosed table showing the
value of the assessments of land and houses
in the settlement and the number of inhabi-
tants : — •

Land Assessed.

English settlement —

Tads.

Foreign

... 4,812,000

Native

100,000

Hongkew —

Foreign*

530,000

Native. No assessment yet made

Houses.
English settlement —

Foreign ...

Native

Hongkew —

Foreignf

Native ,

Taels.

450,000
503,000

73,000
70,000

1,096,000
Census Avekage.

Chinese, resident 62,844

employed in foreign

hongs 5,556

„ boat population and

vagrants 9,957

Foreigners 2,000

Total ... 80,367

tion. suggested the desirability of a reform
of the municipal constitution. The discussions
on the subject led to the appointment, towards
the end of 1879, of a committee, with Mr. F. B.
Forbes as chairman, to consider the question.
A report was forthcoming suggesting various
changes, the result of which, if carried out,
would have been to increase the electorate
from 403 to 508, and to swell the number of
resident voters from 255 to 360. The report
was considered at a ratepayers' meeting in
March, 1881, and approved. Subsequently, the
revised regulations were sent to Peking for
ratification by the foreign ministers ; but for
some reason or other the requisite assent was
withheld at the time. Not until November,
1898, after a fresh demand had been made
by the ratepayers, did the diplomatic body at
Peking pass the new constitution. In addition
to the reforms recommended by the com-
mittee of 1879, a number of changes suggested
by widened experience of municipal adminis-
tration in the settlement were introduced.
The principal of these had reference to the

-«r'->^?p^-

DYEING AND WINDING SILK.

5,442.000

Actual value supposed to be double.

As an indication of the progress made in
the years which followed the issue of this
table, it is to be noted that in February, 1881,
the Chamber of Commerce published a report
which gave the estimated value of property
in the united settlements at ^^14,250,000.
Trade all the time was increasing with great
rapidity. More than three-fourths of it was
with Great Britain, and the bulk of the
shipping which entered and cleared the port
was British. Germany at this time was
practically nowhere. Indeed, she seemed to
be actually slipping behind in the race. Of
4,248 vessels which visited the port in 1878
only 154 were German, and the Acting
Registrar of shipping in his report for the
year spoke of German interests as " steadily
declining." He added : " Of the many
famous German business houses which used
to do a large business here, only one or two
remain." Twenty years later a very different
tale was told, and to-dav' no one speaks of
German commercial decay in the Far East.

The rapid development of Shanghai, and
with it the increase of the European popula-

t Under new assessment will be 80,000 taels.

compulsory acquisition of land, promotion of
sanitation, and the regulation of building
operations. There was also a provision for
the appointment of a Board of Land Com-
missioners to safeguard the interests of foreign
renters and native owners. These reforms,
it should be stated, applied only to the joint
British and American settlement. The French
concession has its own municipal constitution,
which, in its present form, dates back to 1868.

The later history of both Hongkong and
Shanghai is so largely covered in other
portions of the work that it is only neces-
sary to touch upon the more prominent
points. At Hongkong, after Sir John Pope-
Hennessy's troubled regime there was a brief
interregnum, during which Mr. (afterwards
Sir) William Marsh, the Colonial Secretary,
officiated. In March, 1883, Sir George
Bowen arrived to take charge of the
administration, and directed the affairs of
the Colony on healthy progressive lines for
close upon three years. When he left
Hongkong, on December 19, 1885, Mr.
Marsh agahi temporarily assumed the
control of affairs and continued to discharge
the duties until his retirement in April, 1887.

94 TWENTIETH CENTURY I3IPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

He handed over charge to Major-Geiieral
Cameron, who officiated until Sir Williauj
G. des Voeux, the new Governor, arrived in
the October following. The next four years,
during which this official held office, though
not particularly eventful, were fruitful of
useful work. Amongst other improvements
the praya reclamation scheme was carried

SIR OEOROE FERQUSON BOWEN.
(From "Thirty Years of Coloni.il Govcrninenl."
By Mr. Stanley I^ Poole. Macmillan & Co.)

out. Besides contributing materially to the
attractions and conveniences of the city the
project added 57 acres to the available land
of the island at a point where space was
greatly needed. The execution of the work
was the more welcomed as it synchronised
with a period of remarkable expansion in
Hongkong. So rapid indeed was the
increase of population that some of the most
difficult problems of the administration were
connected with the housing of the people,
who were crowding into the already con-
gested districts of the city. Sir William
des Voeux, dealing with the subject in his
report for 1888, spoke of relief having to
be sought by the opening up of the interior
of the island by tramways, and with
prophetic vision he foreshadowed a time
when the whole of the island would be
covered with dwellings or manufactories. In
the same report Sir William des Voeux drew
an interesting comparison between the Hong-

kong of that period and the island as it
was before the occupation. In place of
"a bare rock with a fisherman's hut here
and there, as the only sign of h.-ibit-ition,
and a great sea basin only very rarely dis-
turbed by a passing keel," was "a city of
closely-built houses, stretching lor some four
miles along the island shore, and rising tier
over tier, up the slopes of the mountain,
those on the upper levels interspersed with
abundant foliage ; while, on the opposite
peninsula of Kowloon .... and along
the whole seaboard, are numerous houses,
together with docks, great warehouses, and
other evidences of a large and thriving
population. Again, the silent and deserted
basin has become a harbour, so covered
with shipping that even if a visitor has
been round the whole world, he could
never before have seen so much in a single
coiift d'ocil. At anchor or moving are some
forty to fifty ocean steamers, including ships
of war, large European and American
sailing vessels, and hundreds of sea-going
junks ; while in the space intervening and
around, are many thousand boats, for the
most part human habitations, with steam
launches rushing in all directions." This
picture of a prosperous Hongkong was not
a bit over-coloured at the time it was
painted, but after Sir William des Voeux
had retired, in May, 1891, a period of de-
pression and public misfortune set in, which
left its mark on the record of the Colony.
First there was commercial trouble, the
product of overspeculation and uncertain
exchange, and then, in 1894, loomed up that
ghastly spectre of the plague, which uii-
liappily, has never yet been completely
exorcised from the island. The history of
the epidemic, or series of epidemics, which
have afflicted the inhabitants is told else-
where. It is only necessary to say here
that the visitations called forth the highest
administrative and scientific skill and that
though, in the fight, the authorities have
had some disappointing checks, they have
brought about an enormous improvement in
the condition of the Colony. The heaviest
and most notable work in connection with
the epidemics occurred during the governor-
ship of Sir William Robinson, who arrived
in the Colony on December 10, 1891, and
who served continuously until February 1,
1898. But it was left to the administration
of his successor. Sir Henry Blake, to apply
the chief remedies which were recom-
mended by two sanitary experts, Mr. Osbert
Chadwick and Dr. Simpson, who were
specially sent out from England for the

purpose of investigating the matter. The
term of office of Sir Matthew Nathan, who
iollowed Sir Henry Blake in the governor-
ship, was, unfortunately, not free from
serious plague troubles. His administration,
however, will always be memorable from
the fact that it covered the period of the
memorable typhoon of September 18, 1904
— a catastrophe of appalling, and as far as
Hongkong is concerned, unprecedented
magnitude. Over ten thousand lives were
lost in the disaster, and property to the
value of many millions of dollars was
destroved. Amongst the victims was the
Right ■ Rev. J. C. Hoare, D.D., Bishop of
Victoria, who was drowned in tlie harbour.
Another event, of more cheerful import,
which marked Sir Matthew's term of
service, was the inauguration of the
Kowloon-Canton railway scheme — an enter-
prise wliich, when completed, as it will be,

SIR ■WILLIAM G. DES VOEUX.

it is expected, in 19 10, will bring Hongkong
into direct land communication with the
great markets of Southern China. After a
busy and useful administration Sir Matthew
Nathan handed over the reins of office to
his successor, Brigadier-General Sir F. D.
Lugard, in April, 1907.

CHAPTER XVIII.

The War between China and Japan — Intervention of Russia, Germany, and France^German Occupation of
Kiaochau— Russian Occupation of Port Arthur — The British at Weihaiwei— Railway Concessions— The Boxer
Rising — The Siege of the Legations at Peking— The International Expedition— The Peace Protocol — The Russo-
Japanese War — Conclusion.

Is recent years the general course of Chinese
history has been prolific of dramatic surprises
and events of the deepest international
import The story of this memorable
period is too fresh to need more than
brief recapitulation here. A convenient
starting point is the war waged by Japan
on China in 1894. That struggle arose

over a dispu'e as to the government of
Korea. Disturbances having occurred at
Seoul, the Korean capital, Japan and China
sent trcKips for the protection of their re-
spective subjects. Afterwards the Japanese
Government put forward a scheme for the
execution of reforms under the joint super-
vision of the two powers, but Chinaj declined

to enterlain the proposals on the ground that
her traditional policy was not to interfere in
the internal affairs of a vassal state. The
refusal led to strained relations between the
two Governments and finally, after a series
of incidents, to actual warfare. Japan was
triumphant on both sea and land. Her
army, commanded by Field Marshal Count

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 9.5

Yamafiata, inflicted a signal defeat on the
Chinese forces in Nortli Korea on Septem-
ber 17th, and the same day the Chinese fleet
was badly worsted in an engagement at the
mouth of the Yalu River. The tide of war
thereafter swept into Manchuria, and Port
Arthur was besieged and captured. A similar
fate befell Weihaiwei. where the Chinese
fleet, under Admiral 'ling, was either sunk
or taken ; the capture of Yingkow placed
Newchwang at the mercy of the invaders.
Recognising the logic of events, the Chinese
Government made overtures for peace, and a
treaty of peace negotiated by Li Hung Chang
at Shimonosaki was concluded on April 17th
and ratified on May 4th. By the terms of
the arrangement China recognised the in-
dependence of Korea, ceded to Japan the
Liaotung peninsula together with Formosa
and the Pescadore Islands, and agreed to
pay an indemnity of 200,000,000 taels in
eight instalments. It was arranged that
Japan should occupy Weihaiwei temporarily
pending the execution of the provisions of
the treaty. Barely was the ink dry on the
treaty before it was made evident that Japan
was not to be permitted to enjoy the com-
plete fruits of her victory. A movement
projected by Russia, France, and Germany
was set on foot with a view to nullifying
the provision relative to the cession of the
Liaotung peninsula. The principal ground
put forward to justify this intervention was
that the territorial integrity of China must
be maintained. It was a hypocritical reason
— but it served. Recognising the force of
the combination against her, Japan sullenly
agreed to forego ttie prize she had won in
consideration of the payment of an extra
indemnity. A decent interval was allowed
to elapse before the true meaning of this
manccuvre on the part of the three European
powers was revealed. The first indication
of it was conveyed by rumours which were
set afloat at the close of 1896 in reference
to the conclusion of a treaty between China
and Russia giving the latter power the right
to extend the Siberian Railway to Manchuria
and to occupy and fortify Kiaochau, while
she on her part agreed to defend Port
Arthur and Talienwan, As events proved,
the stories in circulation were well founded
as far as the main fact of the conclusion of
a treaty giving Russia wide powers in Man-
churia was concerned. But in the working
out of the details there was a striking change
made by the substitution of Germany for
Russia at Kiaochau. The ostensible cause
of the German occupation was the murder
of two missionaries, subjects of the Kaiser.
It has always been suspected, however, that
the move was part of an understanding
entered inio with Russia, under which
Kiaochau was to fall to Germany as her
share in the proceeds of the Russian Treaty,
However that may be, Germany's appearance
at Kiaochau was quickly followed by the
advent of Russia at Port Arthur and tiy the
adoption of measures for the consolidation of
Russian power in Southern Manchuria. The
course of events was watched with anxious
interest by friends of China, who saw in
these acts a situation full of menacing possi-
bilities for the future. Great Britain, in
accordance with an agreement arrived at at
the time that the Japanese evacualed the
port, on May 24, 1898, occupied Weihaiwei
as a counterpoise to the German and Russian
encroachments, and it also availed itself of
the opportunity to secure an extension of its
territory on the Kowloon peninsula and the
adjacent mainland. But these measures had
little influence on the general situation in
China which rapidly became worse as Russian

ambitions were the more plainly revealed by
successive acts.

The period to which these events refer was
one of great diplomatic tension. The Chinese
Government, staggering under the successive
blows inflicted upon its authority, became
a mark for the attentions of aspiring Euro-
pean powers. Efforts made to stay the
process of disintegration only served to bring
into prominence the magnitude of the pre-
tensions, which were set up. It seemed to
observers that the break-up of the Chinese
Empire was rapidly impending. One form
which the unequal war waged at Peking
between the weak and effete Chinese oflicial-
dom and the bold, self-assertive diplomacy
of Europe took was a struggle for commercial
concessions — chiefly railway concessions.
When the Chinese tore up the rails of the
Shanghai-Woosung Road it was thought that
they had washed their hands for a long period
of railways. But the question, though thrust
into the background, was never out of sight of
the trade representatives of the various Euro-
pean powers, who were alive to the vastness
of the possibilities which centred in railway
expansion in China. From time to time timid
and tentative efforts were made to re-open
the question, and they were so far successful
that in one or two directions small lengths
of line were built, the most notable of these
being the railway from Peking to Tientsin
(which was opened in 1897), and a line con-
necting Tientsin and Taku on the one hand
and Kinchow and Newchwang on the other.
These lines together are part of what is now
known as the Northern Railway, and from
their position they are of great importance.
But they touch only the outer fringe of the
empire and the real exploitation of railway
schemes was left to the period referred to.
Then the matter was pushed in sober earnest.
It seemed a point of honour with each of the
rival European powers to obtain as large con-
cessions as possible. Great Britain, Russia,
F"rance, and Germany w-ere the principal
figures in the struggle, but the United States
also took a hand in it, while Belgium, pushed
forward and backed by Russia, cut in as
occasion offered. The net result of it all was
that by 1900 concessions for the construction
of upwards of 5,000 miles of railway had
been made, while grants for more than
2,000 additional miles were under considera-
tion. One of the earliest of the schemes
sanctioned was a railway 700 miles long
connecting Peking with Hankow in the
Yangtse basin. The concession for this line
was obtained in 1896 by a Belgian syndicate
which had strong support in France. A
second project for linking up Hankow and
Canton, practically a continuation of the
Peking-Hankow railway, was launched by an
American syndicate. In the French sphere
of interest schemes embracing a mileage of
800 were sanctioned, while Germany had con-
cessions for the construction of 845 miles of
line in Shantung, and Russia (apart from
Manchuria) was interested in enterprises north
of Peking, the mileage of which aggregated
150. Besides these great railway under-
takings commercial enterprises of a highly
important character were launched in these
busy days in Peking. The most conspicuous
of the number, perhaps, are those embodied
in the concession of the great British financial
group known as the Peking Syndicate. This
body secured in 1897 the valuable right to
work coal and iron mines in the province
of Shansi — an area containing much unde-
veloped mineral wealth. Included in the
grant obtained from the Government was a
concession for the construction of branch
railwavs to connect the mines with the river

navigation in adjoining provinces and with
main lines of railways. The project, as repre-
senting the first real effort that had been made
to develop the magnificent material resources
of China on scientific lines, was of more than
common interest and importance. Later,
when the concessionaires got to work, they
were impeded in their operations by the
obstructiveness of the Chinese Government,
which put obstacles in the way of the
execution of the railway clauses of the agree-
ment. Nevertheless, the operations of the
syndicate have been on an extensive scale,
and have done much to infuse a spirit of
scientific commercial enterprise into the
Chinese of the area in which the mines are
situated.

Not without indifference were these startling
evidences of the growth of foreign influence
regarded by the Chinese masses. The patri-
otic sentiment was outraged by the apparent
inability of the Government to withstand
the pressure put upon it by the foreign
representatives. The Chinese saw in these
concessions, with the occupation of Port
Arthur, Kiaochau and Weihaiwei, a deep-
seated conspiracy against the integrity of
the Empire and the independence of the
race. For a time there was merely vague
discontent, but gradually there came into
existence a movement which gave vent to
the popular feeling in a prolonged orgy of
riot and outrage which was destined, before
its end, to bring the Chinese dynasty to the
verge of ruin, and to involve China itself in
incalculable damage. A factor which lent
strength to the movement— if it was not in
intimate relation with it, was a coup d'etat
which in 1898 led to the relegation of the
young Emperor Kwangsu to retirement, and
the placing of supreme power once more in
the hands of his aunt, the Dowager Empress.
1 he Dowager Empress was supported by the
most reactionary elements in the country,
and she personally manifested a bigoted
hatred of all foreigners and the innovations
which they brought in their train. Out-
wardly, however, the movement to which
we have referred was a popular ebullition,
with aims which ran counter to governmental
authority. The motive force was supplied
by a secret society, known by the name of
I-ho-chuan, literally. Patriotic Harmony Fists,
or to adopt the most expressive English
synonym — Boxers. 1 he organisation has a
ritual in which gymnastic posturing plays a
considerable part, and upon this for special
purposes of the anti-foreign crusade was
cleverly grafted a cult of occultism, well
calculated to attract the ignorant and super-
stitious. Full membership was held to confer
immunity from bullets, to enable initiates to
walk on air, and to do many miraculous
things. The propaganda, with this attractive
embroidery, soon made itself felt in the fertile
soil of Chinese nationalism. Numbers flocked
to the Boxers' standards wherever they were
raised, and soon the outside world had
evidence of the tendencies of the movement.

The first symptom of the outbreak was
rioting in Southern Pechili in January, 1900.
No steps were taken by the authorities to quell
the disturbances, and as they were gradually
assuming a more serious aspect, the diplo-
matic representatives at Peking, on January
27th, made a joint protest to the Tsung li
Yamen, demanding the publication of an
edict proscribing the Bo.xer organisation and
their doctrines. The Chinese authorities after
their usual manner, attempted to evade
responsihilitv, but, finding that the European
powers were in earnest, they intimated that
thev would issue the required edict. A
proclamation of some kind was made, but it

96 TWENTIETH CENTI RY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

was utterly futile, and the rcvoUitionary
mowinent sained new streiisth and activity
with the immunity it enjoyed. Towards the
end ot April outtireaks iKXurred at Tientsin.
directed by a bnmch organisation known as
the Stct of the Red Fish. Native Christians
were the special objects of attack, and
property belonging tt) the French missionaries
greatly suffered. Urgent protests were lodged
against the kiwlessness of the mob. but the
authorities either would not or could not
control the disruptive forces which had been
let loose. Soon the outbreak extended to
Peking, and the streets became full of roughs
who attacked native converts and insulted
every foreigner they met. At length the
ri»>ting tixik the alanning form of tearing up
the rails, and so severing communic~ition with
the t-oast. Impressed with the growing
seriousness of the situation, the diplomatic
representatives called for assistance from
their respective squadrons, and some four
hundred and fifty men were sent up. The
trouble now assumed an even graver form.
Violent outbreaks occurred in North China,

the foreigners with increasing violence and
determination, murdering and destroying
wherever the hated influence was apparent.
An urgent call from the Legations to the
Admirals for reinforcements led to the
prompt despatch from Tientsin, on June loth,
of a mixed force of fifteen hundred sailors,
under the personal command of Admiral Sir
Edward Seymour, the senior naval ofticer on
the station. The detachment entrained for
Peking, but at I.o-Ja they found that the
permanent way had been destroyed, and that
the route was barred by a large body of
Boxers. As he had with him only three
obsolete field pieces, and a badly equipped
commissariat. Admiral Seymour deemed it
advis;ible not to attempt to proceed. He
conducted a masterly retreat to a point
outside Tientsin where he remained en-
trenched until his little force was relieved by
a column of allied troops on June 25th. On
the following day the united force marched
into the foreign settlements, taking their
wounded with them in safety. While
Admiral Seymour's expedition was proceed-

A PONTOON BRIDGE, TIENTSIN.

and to the destruction of the railway at
Paoting Fu, was added the murder of Messrs.
Norman and Kobcrtson. two missionaries at
Yunching. and the wholesale assassination of
native Christians wherever met with. A
culminating feature of the occurrences was
the murder of the Chancellor of the Japanese
Legation in the streets of Tientsin. The
seriousness of the situation had by this time
impressed itself upon the foreign Govern-
ments, and soon a strong fleet — the largest
ever seen in Chinese waters — assembled at
Taku. But the crisis had now got beyond
the point when any naval demonstration,
however imposing, could ameliorate it. The
Boxers caught up in their movement all
classes of the population. In some places
the officials openly identified themselves with
it ; in others they were powerless to resist
it Later it became perfectly evident that the
Government itself was deeply involved in the
propaganda. At Peking, as June advanced.
the position of affairs, owing to the calculated
inactivity of the authorities, became alarming.
The Boxers cairied on their crusade against

ing, momentous events had occurred else-
where. On Saturday, June i6th, owing to
the menacing character of the situation in
Chihli, the Admirals sent in a demand for
the cession of the Taku forts before the next
morning. The Chinese not only rejected the
ultimatum but commenced hostilities against
the fleet. The inevitable result followed.
The forts were successfully attacked by the
fleet, and finally occupied by the allied forces.
Two days after these occurrences the
Tsung li Yamen sent a notification to the
Embassies demanding their withdrawal by
4 p.m. the following day. The reason
assigned for this step was the attack by the
Allies on the Taku forts, but the general
concensus of opinion of those who had
opportunities of watching on the spot the
development of the crisis, is that the Chinese
authorities were already at this period so
deeply involved in the anti-foreign movement
that the Taku affair only indirectly influenced
their action. However that may have been,
the foreign ministers declined to entertain
the demand of the Yamen. They were

influenced in their decision by the palpable
inability of the Chinese Government, even if
its good faith were beyond reproach, to
afford adequate protection during tlie journey
to the coast, and by the unavoidable necessity
which would arise of leaving thousands of
native Christians who had taken refuge in
Peking to be slaughtered by the Boxers.
When it became known that the Legations
intended to remain, the situation swiftly
advanced to a tragic daioitemeiii. On the
very next day the German Minister, Baron
Von Ketteler, was brutally murdered in
the Peking streets while on his way to
interview the Chinese Ministers. The
attack made on him was the work of
imperial soldiers, and there can be little
doubt of the direct complicity of high-placed
ofiicials in it. Its grave significance was too
obvious to be ignored by the greatest
optimist amongst the foreign ministers.
Immediately measures were taken to place
the Legations in a condition of defence to
withstand the attacks which it was clearly
seen were impending. Before twenty-four
hours had elapsed the historic siege of the
Legations had been entered upon. The
details of that thrilling episode in Chinese
history are too fresh in public memory to
require to be related here. It is only
necessary to say that after weeks of almost
continuous fighting, during which the
defending force showed a splendid spirit of
valour and endurance, the Legations were
relieved by an international relief column,
which, leaving Tientsin on August 3rd, and
pushing steadily onwards, arrived before
Peking on August 13th, and almost
immediately raised the siege. On the day
previously the imperial family had taken
flight into Shansi en route for Si-an-fu,
where it was to remain for many months in
a not too honourable exile. The foreign
military occupation of the Chinese capital
continued for a rather lengthened period, and
even when the main forces were withdrawn
strong detachments were left behind as a
permanent measure of protection. Apart
from the humiliation involved in this
measure the Chinese Government had to
pay dearly for the ineffaceable infamy of its
conduct. The Peace Protocol, finally
arranged between the envoys of the Treaty
Powers and Prince Ching and the late Li
Hung Chang, provided for the payment of
an indenmity of ;t65'00°'°°o> spr^-'i'd over
a period of 39 years, and for a revision of
commercial treaties on lines which were
little to the taste of tlie reactionary Chinese
oflicialdom. Eventually three new treaties
were concluded, one with the United King-
dom, the second with the United States, and
the third with Japan. Under the British
Treaty Changoha in Hunan was opened to
foreign trade, and the arrangements with the
United States and Japan provided for the
inclusion of Mukden, Tatunkow, and Antung,
in Manchuria, amongst the Treaty ports.

China was not involved as a belligerent
in the Kusso-Japanese War of 1904-5, but
the titanic struggle between the giant power
of the north and the little island empire
profoundly affected her interests directly, and
indirectly it has exercised, and still is e.xer-
cising, a powerful influence on her people.
The stirring of the dry bones of Chinese
life, which is one of the remarkable inter-
national phenomena of the day, is, there can
be little doubt, an aftermath of the war.
The spectacle of the Japanese triumphing
over the colossal might of Russia by virtue
of her thoroughgoing adoption and intelligent
application of Western principles of life and
government, has created in the minds of the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 97

Chinese people a divine discontent with the
old order of thinjis. and from one end of
the empire to the other the spirit of reform
is abroad. Men wlio formerly shouted arro-
gantly with the crowd that China was all-
suHicient and needed nothing from without,
are now crying aloud in the market places
for the introduction of the features of
European civilisation, which has enabled to
be performed what seems to the Eastern
mind to be the greatest miracle of the age.
Me would be a bold man who would
prophesy how far the movement will go.
Chinese conservatism, though it has been
driven from its entrenchments by the events
of the past few years, is still lurking in the
background, and circumstances may in the
future, as in the past, bring it into active life
once more. Looking, however, at the depth
and intensity of the popular desire for
changes designed to be a buckler ag.iinst the
assaults from without, which aforetime have

brought such lamentable humiliation upon
the empire, it would appear that China has
at last really reached the parting of the ways.
The telegraphs, the posts, and the railways,
which are covering the vast dominions with
a network of civilised organisation, are
infusing new blood into the outworn arteries,
and the rapidly growing native press is
educating the inhabitants to new conceptions
of life. Official policy, too, is taking to itself
more and more of the progressive views
which dominate the best systems of Western
government, while the machinery of govern-
ment is being in many respects improved by
the mere elimination of old abuses. In time
there is hope for China — hope that she may
yet rise to the full height of her greatness
and take her position in the world as one of
its mightiest forces. The fears entertained
in some quarters that a real awakening on
her part would be of disastrous import to
the peace of the world are probably chimer-

ical. The Chinese are traditionally an
unaggressive race, and there is no reason to
suppose that the adoption of Western ideas
would work a change within their nature.

Whatever danger there may be for Western
nations in the regeneration of China lies
probably exclusively in the industrial sphere.
There, indeed, we may look for startling
results when the teeming population of the
empire is organised on scientific lines and
its energies are turned to the production of
manufactures of which Europe and America
have now practically the monopoly. Hut
the competition, strenuous though it will be,
will not necessarily be destructive, for we
may rely upon Western energy, aptitude and
pliability of thought, providing means by
which the handicap of cheap Eastern labour
will be met. In any event there will be no
disposition to place obstacles in the way of
Chinese progress if her victories are sought
exclusively in commercial fields.

CONSTITUTION AND LAW.

THE LOCAL LEGISLATURE.

ONGKOXG was created a
Crown Colony by Royal
Charter bearing date April
5, 1843, and on the same
day a Royal Warrant was
issued appointing the Chief
Superintendent of Trade in
China, Sir Henry Pottinger, Bart., K.C.B.,
Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the
Colony and its Dependencies. The Charter
provided for the constitution of a Legislative
Council, with whose advice the Governor
was empowered to enact Ordinances "for
the peace, order, and good government of
the Colony." that would have the force of
law, subject, of course, to the Royal veto.
The constitution of the Government was
subsequently amended several times by the
issue of Letters Patent, but tlie alterations
were of a minor character, extending the
Governor's power of granting pardons to
criminals and remitting lines, and providing
for the administration of the Government in
the event of the Governor's death, incapacity,
or absence.

Upon the receipt of the original Charter of
1843, a Government was promptly organised,
and an E.xecutive and Legislative Council
were formed, each consisting of three Official
members, exclusive of the Governor. On
January 11, 1844, the newly appointed Legis-
lative Council commenced their sittings, and
in the next four months passed on an average
one Ordinance a week. Dissatisfaction soon
arose owing to the exclusively official char-
acter of the Legislative Council, which, a
local journalist declared, had no real power.
" Such a Council," he added, " may suit the
Pacha of Egypt, but in a British Colony it
is shameful."

Various changes took place in the con-
stitution of the Councils during the next
year or two, but in spite of the continuous
demands of the British community for
representation, Sir John Davis refused during
his Governorship (1844 48) to make any con-
cession. The leading merchants of the
Colony drew up a petition to the Home
Government in January, 1849, praying for
some form of popular representation on the
governing body— a privilege which, it was
pointed out, had not been w.thheld from any
other British Colony. Nine months later. Sir
George Bonham, who was then Governor,
invited the Justices of the Peace to select
two of their number for admission to the
Legislative Council.

When Sir J. Bowring became Governor in
1854, the Legislative Council was presided
over by the Lieut. -Governor, and consisted
of six members — four officials, including the
President, and two non-ofiicials. In the
following year a proposal was submitted to
Mr. Labouchere, the Secretary of State for
the Colonies, for enlarging the basis of the
Legislative Council by introducing four
additional official and three non-official mem-
bers, giving a total of thirteen members,
exclusive of the Governor. Mr. Labouchere
demurred to so great an enlargement, but
sanctioned a moderate addition, and at the
same time expressed his approval of the steps
which had been taken in laying the estimates
before the Legislative Council, and inviting
their observations upon the items of public
expenditure. The Colonial Treasurer and
Chief Magistrate, and a third representative
of the general community were accordingly
introduced, the relative proportions of offi-
cials and non-officials being thus preserved —
the Council consisting of six members of the
Government and three representatives of the
community.

Sir J. Bowring subsequently added the
Surveyor-General and then the Auditor-
General to the Council. This evoked a
spirited protest on December 4, 1858, from
the unofficial members, who pointed out that
His Excellency had now arrived at the lunn-
ber of official members (8) proposed by him
and disapproved by Mr. Labouchere, whereas
the unofficial elem<;nt, during the same period,
had been increased by only one. The pro-
test appears to have had no effect beyond
eliciting an expression of opinion from Sir
H. Robinson, who succeeded to the
Governorship shortly afterwards, that for
the future the official members should never
bear to the unoflicial members a greater
proportion than two to one.

In the meantime, in consequence of the
independent attitude which was adopted by
so ne of the officials — notably by the
Attorney-General and the Chief Magistrate —
it was provided in 1858, by order of the
Home Government, that henceforth they
must either vote in favour of Government
measures or resign their seats. The censure
of the Colonial Treasurer, under this order,
in 1865, for seconding the motion of an
unofficial member to eliminate Irom the
estimates the item relating to the military
contribution of the Colony brought a protest
from the general community, who urged that

their three representatives were practically
powerless when opposed to seven officials
acting in concert. In deference to this
representation, Sir R. MacDonnell, the
Governor, on August 27, 1869, appointed
another unofficial member to a seat vacated
by an official, thereby reducing the disparity
from 7 — 3 to 6 — 4.

Subsequently, however, the proportion fell
to five officials and three unofficials, and, on
February 26, 1880, the Hon. P. Ryrie asked
whether the Governor would recommend an
addition to the number of unoflicial mem-
bers on the ground that the proportion of
three unofficial members to live official
members, besides the Governor, was unsatis-
factory. Sir J. P. Hennessy answered that
he had already suggested to the Secretary
of State that the number of unofficial mem-
bers should be raised to four or five, and in
the following year another unofficial member
was added.

A small measure of popular representation
was conceded by the Home Government in
1883, in deference to the advice of Sir
George Bowen, Ihe Governor, and the
right of nominating one member each was
accordingly given to the Chamber of Com-
merce and the Justices of the Peace. In
opening the first meeting of the newly con-
stituted Legislative Council, on February
28th of the following year, the Governor
used these memorable words: "It will
always be one of the most satisfactory
reminiscences of my long public career that
I have been able to procure a more ade-
quate representation in this Council of the
community at large. I am confident that
the Government will derive valuable aid
from the local knowledge and experience of
the unofficial members, and I also believe
that you will agree with me that tliere
neither is, nor ought to be, any antagonism
between the official and the unofficial
element in the Legislature. All the members
can have no other object but to secure the
general welfare, and to advance the progress
of the Colony." His Excellency went on to
point out that the debate on the Governor's ad-
dress at the opening of each annual session
would afford the members Ihe usual constitu-
tional opportunity of expressing their opinion
on the conduct ;uid proposals of the Govern-
ment, and he recommended the appointment
of a Committee of Finance (consisting of the
whole Council), a Committee of Laws, and
a Committee of Public Works to examine,

100 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

in the hrst instance, the details o( every
propt^sed vote and measure.

By ro>-al instrument, in 1886, the number
of official members of the Legislative
Council was fi.\ed at seven, and that of the
unofficial members at five.

In l9*^ an appeal was addressed to the
House of Commons by the residents of the
Colony, in favour of (I) the majority of the
Legislative Council being composed of elec-
ted representatives of British nationality ;
(2) perfect freedom of debate for the official
members, with power to vote according to
their conscientious con\ictions ; (3) complete
control in the Council over loc"al expen-
diture ; (4) the management of local affairs,
and (5) a consultative voice in questions of
an imperial character. The Marquess of
Ripon. in replying to the petitioners, ex-
pressed the opinion that the Colony had
been well governed. The fact that such a
politically timid race as the Chinese had
settled in the Colony in such large numbers
was practical and irrefutable evidence that the
Government must at least have possessed
some measure of strength and of justice.
Though holding out no hope that Hongkong
would cease to be a Crown Colony, and
stating that he was not inclined to add to
the numbers of the unofficial members of
the Legislative Council without increasing
also the number of official members, the
noble Marquess went on to suggest that
"some understanding might be come to,
that, in the case of discussion of specified
local subjects— at any rate so long as there
was no municipality in existence in Hong-
kong — one or more unofficial members
should be summoned to take part in the
proceedings in the Executive Council, with-
out giving them seats on the Council for all
purposes." On May 29, 1896, Mr. Cham-
berlain, who had meanwhile succeeded the
Marquess of Ripon as Secretary of State for
the Colonies, wrote, in continuation of the
same subject : '• As Hongkong is to remain
a Crown Colony, no useful purpose would
be served, but, on the contrary, a consider-
able amount of needless irritation would be
caused, by balancing even the unofficial
members and the officials. But, having
regard to the fact that, in the absence of the
Governor, the officer commanding the troops
will in future administer the Government, I
consider that it would be of advantage that
he should be a member of the Legislative
Council, and, if he is added to it, I am
willing to add one unofficial member to the
unofficial bench. Who the latter should be,
and what special interest, if any, he should
represent, I leave to the Governor to deter-
mine. I may observe, however, that the
Chinese community is the element which
is least represented, while it is also by far
the most numerous, and that I should regard
as valuable any step which tended to attach
them more closely to the British connexion
and to increase their practical interest in
public affairs." Mr. Chamberlain added that,
"in view of the fact that the Colonial Govern-
ment was discharging municipal duties,
representatives of the citizens might fairly
be given a place on the Executive." He
therefore proposed that "the Executive
Council shall in future include two unofficial
members to be selected at the discretion of
the Governor. It is obviously desirable,"
he proceeded, " that they should, as a rule,
be chosen from among the unofficial mem-
bers of the Legislative Council, and the
choice should, and no doubt will be, inspired
by consideration of personal merit, and have
no reference to the particular class or race
to which the persons chosen belong."

In accordance with the terms of this
despatch, the number of public representa-
tives upon the Legislative Council was
increased to six, and two unofficial members
were added to the E.xecutive Council. At
the present day the Executive consists of
eight members, and the Legislative Council
of thirteen members, not including the
Governor, who presides.

Concurrently with the demand (or some
measure of popular representation on the
Legislative Council in January, 1849, an
agitation arose in favour of a system of
Municipal Government. In reply to a clause
urging this reform in the petition submitted
to the House of Commons by the leading
merchants of the Colony, Earl Grey, in the
following October, wrote that he could see
no general objection to the proposal, but he
hesitated to pronounce upon it until some
definite scheme was formulated. Accordingly,
in November, Sir George Bonham, the Gover-
nor, after expressing his agreement with the
principle of giving the ratepayers some form
of Municipal Government, although doubting
the practicability of its application to Hong-
kong, requested fifteen unoflicial Justices of
the Peace, whom he summoned to a con-
ference, to consult together upon the organi-
sation of a " Municipal Committee of Police
Commissioners." At their first meeting on
December 6, 1849, the Justices of the Peace
passed the following resolutions : — First, that
no advantage could be derived from having a
Municipal Council unless the entire manage-
ment of the police, of the streets and roads
within the precincts of the town, and of all
other matters was given to the Corporation or
confided to it ; and, secondly, that, whereas the
mode of raising so much of the revenue from
land rents is only retained as being the most
convenient and is in lieu of assessment and
taxes, consequently the amount raised from
that source, together with the ;^3,ooo or
;f4,ooo raised from licences and rents, should,
with the police assessments, be made applic-
able, so far as may be required, for municipal
purposes.

In response to this. Sir George Bonham,
being desirous of meeting the wishes of the
community as far as possible, offered, on
January 10, 1851, to place the whole
management of the police under the control
of a Municipal Committee, on condition that
the entire expense of the force was met by an
adequate police tax. He further proposed to
hand over to this Committee of Management
all streets, roads, and sewers, on the under-
standing that the necessary funds were
provided, either by an assessed tax on real
property, or by a tax upon horses and car-
riages, as the general revenue of the Colony
would prove insufficient for the purpose. The
Justices replied declining both the Governor's
offers. Whilst expressing their willingness
to undertake the duties of a Municipal Com-
mittee, they objected, first, that any further
tax would be injurious, as the cost of living
was already exorbitant ; and, secondly, that
the police tax would not be sufficient to
provide the necessary funds, because, whilst
the Colony remained a rendezvous for pirates
and outlaws, the police force was too small,
and was composed of too untrustworthy and
ill-paid material. The discussion closed with
the Governor's declaration, on March 15,
1851, that "As the Justices objected to any
further taxes, and as application to the Home
Government for further grants would, in view
of recent discussions in the House of
Commons, be of no avail, it was impossible
for him to meet the views of the Justices."

From this date the matter seems to have
lain dormant in the minds of the local

community until 1894, when a memorial on
this and cognate subjects was addrcssetl to
the Home Government, as previously stated.
The Marquess of Ripon replied that, althoujih
he would like to see a Municipal Council
established in Hongkong, he was not prepared
to sanction any important change of adminis-
tration " until the necessary measures for
protecting the health of the Colony had been
finally decided upon and brouglit into opera-
tion." Moreover, his Lordship foresaw the
difficulty of separating Municipal from Colonial
matters. Referring to the subject in his
famous despatch of May 29, 1896, Mr.
Chamberlain, who was then Secretary of
State for the Colonies, declared that it
seemed to him impracticable to grant a
Municipal Council to Hongkong, "for this
reason, among others : that the Colony and
the Municipality would be in great measure
co-extensive, and it would be almost im-
possible to draw the line between Colonial
and Municipal matters." In these circum-
stances, as has been seen, the right hon.
gentleman advocated the inclusion of two
unofficial menihcrs in the Executive Council.

In the meantime, that is to say in 1883, as
the result of a report made by Mr. Osbert
Chadwick on the deplorable sanitary con-
dition of the Colony, a permanent Sanitary
Board, consisting of eight members, had been
established with a nominated unoflicial
element. This Board was reconstituted under
the Public Health Ordinance of 1887, and
the public were granted the right of electing
two representatives, an unofficial majority
being also conceded. In 1895, "i'^ Medical
Officer of Health was appointed to a seat on
the Board, whereupon all the unoflicial
members, save one, resigned as a protest.
Eventually the storm subsided, and, in
deference to the opinion of the general
community ascertained by a plebiscite taken
by the Chamber of Commerce, an ordinance
was passed in 1901 n.\ing the official repre-
sentation at four, and the unofficial at six.
Two years later, however, the Sanitary Board
was converted into a Sanitary Department of
the Government, presided over by the
Principal Civil Medical Officer, who was
held directly responsible for the administra-
tion of sanitary matters. By tliis change,
which was based upon a report presented by
Mr. Chadwick and Prof. Simpson, the Board
became little more than an advisory com-
mittee. In 1907 a Commission deplored this
practical disfranchisement of the public, and
recommended that any matters relating to
sanitation (except control of the water supply,
public roads, and sewers), building nuisances,
and the construction or alteration of buildings
which were then dealt with by the building
authority should be transferred to the Sanitary
Board, to be hereafter designated the Sanitary
and Building Board — composed of four
official and six unofficial members — which
should elect its own president, have the
complete ordering of its own affairs, and be
accountable to the Governor for the expen-
diture of funds voted by the Legislative
Council, on estimates furnished by the Board.

In response to these recommendations, the
Government introduced a Bill in March, 1908,
which provided for the transference of the
duties of the Board, under the Building
Ordinance to the Public Works Department,
as a means of ending the division of
authority, of which complaint had been made.
The constitution of the Board it was arranged
should be altered by the withdrawal of the
Principal Civil Medical Officer, and the
Captain Superintendent of Police, in whose
stead a cadet, with experience of the Chinese,
and the Medical Officer of Health should

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 101

be appointed. The cadet was to act as
administrative head of the department, and
be responsible to the Government, and not, as
the Commission sujigested, to the Sanitary
Board. In regard to the other points
raised, it was proposed that the head of
the department should, before March 31st
of each year, lay the estimates before the

Sanitary Board for discussion, together with
any proposals which he might liave to make
regarding works of a sanitary nature included
in the vote for public works e.xtraordinary ;
that he should consult the Sanitary Board
on all changes giving effect to sanitary bye-
laws ; that he should inform the Board of
any change in the organisation of the staff ;

that he should inform them regarding any
recommendations for appointment or leave
or dismissal of the European staff ; and that
he should lay before them any complaint of
the public regarding the staff. This measure
encountered strong opposition, but it passed
into law in substantially this form on July 3,
1908.

THE COURTS.

When the East India Company's monopoly
of trade in China ceased, an Act was passed
in the third and fourth years of the reign of
William IV., conferring upon the Crown the
power of appointing Superintendents of Trade
and of governing by Orders in Council all
British subjects within the dominions of the
Emperor of China. Under the powers granted
by this Act a Court of Justice was appointed
in Canton, with criminal and admiralty juris-
diction, for the trial of all offences and the
settlement of all cases that might be brought
before it. Of this court the Superintendent
of Trade was president. When, under the
Treaty of Nanking in 1842, Hongkong was
ceded to Great Britain, and four other ports
were thrown open to trade, the Emperor of
China renounced all authority over British
subjects, and, accordingly, in the sixth and
seventh years of the reign of Queen Victoria
Acts were passed empowering the Superin-
tendent of Trade, at that time the Governor
of Hongkong, to enact, with the advice of
the Legislative Council of the Colony, such
laws and ordinances as might seem " neces-
sary for the peace, order, and good govern-
ment of Her Majesty's subjects within the
dominions of the Emperor of China," and
" within any vessel not more than 100 miles
from the coast."

By an order of the Privy Council dated
January 4, 1843, the Criminal and Admiralty
Courts, which had been held at Canton since
1833, were removed to Hongkong, and they
were granted jurisdiction over British subjects
in the " island and within the dominions of the
Emperor of China, and the ports and havens
thereof, and on the high seas within 100 miles
of the coast of China." It was further directed
that the Court should be held by the Chief
Superintendent of Trade.

In the meantime formal official possession
had been taken of the island of Hongkong,
and on April 30, 1841, Captain Elliott, the
British plenipotentiary in China, issued a
warrant appointing Major Caine Ciiief Magis-
trate, requiring him in the case of natives
to exercise authority " according to the laws,
customs, and usages of China," and in the
case of all others " according to the customs
and usages of British police law." The proviso
was added that the head of the Government
should be consulted in any case where the
crime, according to Chinese law, involved
imprisonment for more than three months,
penalties exceeding ?4oo, corporal punishment
exceeding a hundred lashes, or capital punish-
ment. On the same date were published
" rules and regulations for the British mer-
chant shipping and for the marine magis-
trates." In the following year the powers
of the Chief Magistrate and of the Marine
Magistrate were increased in certain respects,
the jurisdiction of the Chief Magistrate in

civil matters being raised to $250, with power
to confine debtors if necessary.

In the Charter under which Hongkong
was created a Crown Colony in 1843,
clauses were contained authorising the estab-
lishment of properly constituted courts to
administer the law, the Governor being
empowered to remit any fine not exceeding
£50, to suspend the payment of penalties
above that amount until the Royal pleasure
was ascertained, and to grant a free and
unconditional pardon to any convicted
person. The Chief Magistrate remained the
chief judicial officer in the Colony until
1844, when a Chief Justice was appointed.
In October of the same year the Supreme
Court was opened, and, except for the
Criminal and Admiralty Court presided over
by Sir Henry Pottinger, the Governor and
Chief- Superintendent of Trade under the old
law, this was the first time that a regularly
constituted Criminal Court for trial by jury
had sat in China.

It was enacted that the law of England
should be in full force except where it
might be inapplicable to the local circum-
stances of the Colony or its inhabitants, and
that in all matters relating to the proceed-
ings of the Supreme Court the practice of
the English courts should obtain unless, and
until, otherwise ordered by rule of the Court.
The same jurisdiction as that whicli was law-
fully held by the judges in England, both on
the Common Law and Chancery side, was
conferred upon the Supreme Court of Hong-
kong, and express power was given to the
Court to admit and enrol barristers and
solicitors to practice their profession in the
Colony. Power, also, was given to the
Chief Justice to order the arrest of abscond-
ing debtors.

A court with Admiralty jurisdiction within
the Colony was created by Letters Patent of
January 10, 1846. It was coinposed of the
Governor, the Chief Justice, the Officer
Commanding the Troops, the Colonial
Secretary, the Chief Police Magistrate, and
the flag officers or captains of ships of war
in the harbour. Either of these com-
missioners could examine or commit those
charged with piracy. Trials could be held
by three of the commissioners, including
the Governor or the Chief Justice. The
Court was opened on January 14, 1847, with
a grand jury and petty jury in attendance.
It was abolished in 1850, and its functions
were transferred to the Supreme Court.

In 1847, the Supreme Court was so over-
burdened with trivial cases that the powers
of the Magistrates and Justices of the Peace
were extended. With the object of further
relieving the congestion, a Court of Petty
Session was established in 1849. This court
sat once a week, and was composed of a

Magistrate, who occupied the chair, and such
of the Justices of the Peace as cared to
attend. Although this change was a step in
the right direction, the Ordinance under
which it was effected unfortunately left the
stipendiary during the remaining five days
of the week invested with powers which
were formerly exercised only by a judge
and jury.

This arrangement continued in force until
1862, when a Court of Summary Jurisdiction,
presided over by a judge called the Judge
of the Court of Summary Jurisdiction, was
established, with power to deal with cases
in which the amount involved did not
exceed $r,ooo. In order to make provision
for the salary of the new judge, the salaries
of the Chief Magistrate and the Assistant
Magistrate were abolished, and two Police
Magistrates were appointed in their stead.
From this date the Justices of the Peace
ceased to have any criminal jurisdiction, and
at the present day their powers are confined
to granting licenses, visiting the gaol, hos-
pitals, and asylums, and awarding punishment
to refractory prisoners when the power of
the Superintendent of the Gaol is not sufficient
to deal adequately with the case. The Court
of Summary Jurisdiction was abolished in
1873, its powers being transferred to the
Supreme Court, over the summary jurisdiction
of which a puisne judge was appointed to
preside.

By an Order in Council dated April 17,
1844, Her Britannic Majesty's Consular Officers
residing at the several ports were invested
with jurisdiction over British subjects within
their respective districts for the repression
and punishment of crime, and for the settle-
ment of disputes and contentions. In the
exercise of this authority it was stipulated
that they were to be governed by the laws
and ordinances promulgated by the Super-
intendent of Trade (who was at that time,
and for many years after, the Governor of
Hongkong) with the advice of the Legislative
Council of Hongkong. The right of appeal
to the Supreme Court of Hongkong in certain
cases was allowed. By an Order of the
Queen in Council in November, 1853, the
powers of the Consular officers and Super-,
intendent of Trade were extended, authority
was vested in the Chief Superintendent of
Trade (as distinct from the Governor of
Hongkong), and in the Consuls and Vice-
Consuls in their respective districts, subject
to the approval of the Chief Superintendent,
to make and enforce by fine and imprison-
ment rules and regulations for the observance
of treaties, and for the peace, order, and
good government of British sul)jects within
the dominions of the Emperor of China.
The Consuls were further authorised to hear
and decide all civil suits between British

102 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

subjects or between British subjects and
Chinese, subject in the former case to appeal
to the Supreme Court of Hongkong should
the sum in dispute exceed $1,000. and to
the Chief Superintendent in a suit for less
than that amount. The Consuls were em-
powered to inquire into all crimes and
offences charged against any British subject,
and. on conviction, to iuHict the punishment
provided for under the Order. They were
also invested with the power of deporting
refractory subjects. Appeals from the de-
cisions of the Consular Court relating to
breaches of rules and regulations lay lo the
Chief Superintendent. For all other crimes
and offences recognised as such under Ihe
law of England, the Chief Superintendent,
Consuls, or Vice-Consuls were empowered
to impose a fine not exceeding $1,000, to
inflict a sentence of twelve months' imprison-
ment, or to send the case for trial before
the Supreme Court of Hongkong.

The new regime was not altogether satis-
factory. In the case of murder or arson the
maximum punishment which the Consuls
could award was inadequate, yet it was the
only one that could with certainty be applied.
To send a criminal to Hongkong for trial
was. as a general rule, equivalent to acquit-
ting him, for in the case of serious crimes
against Chinese it was impossible to adduce
sufficient evidence to obtain a conviction
from a Hongkong jury. In civil suits, which
were increasing daily in number and impor-
tance with the growth of trade, the Consular
Officers were without that knowledge of the
law which alone could ensure a proper
respect for their decisions, and merchants
and others were put to great expense by
being obliged to take their cnses either
directly, or indirectly by appeal, to the
Supreme Court of Hongkong, where the
judgments of Ihe inferior courts were in-
variably reversed.

After 1859 the Governor of Hongkong had
no jurisdiction beyond the territorial limits

of the Colony. The Minister Plenipotentiary
and Chief Superintendent of Trade at the
Court of Peking had power to make and
enforce all such rules and regulations as
appeared to him necessary or expedient for
the preservation of peace and order among
British subjects of all classes in China, and
for the maintenance of friendly relations with
the Chinese. In all cases that arose under
these rules and regulations he was the judge
of appeal. Her Britannic Majesty's Minister
in Japan was granted similar power in that
kingdom.

On March 9, 1865, a Queen's Order in
Council was passed which hnally severed the
British communities in China and Japan from
the Colony of Hongkong by giving them a
Supreme Court of Civil and Criminal Judica-
ture at Shanghai, with subordinate tribunals
at the various courts. Shortly after this
there was an agitation in favour of making
the Supreme Court of Hongkong the head
Court of Appeal. This agitation arose in
consequence of different decisions which had
been given with regard to the bankruptcy
laws by the Chief Justice of Hongkong and
the Chief Judge of Shanghai. The one in-
sisted that before a firm could file a petition
in bankruptcy it was necessary for all the
partners to be present, whereas the other
held that the atiendance of the resident
partner or partners was sufficient. Nothing,
however, resulted from the agitation or from
the demand which was put forward in 1878
for the creation of a Court of Appeal inter-
mediate between the Supreme Courts of
Hongkong, China, and Japan and the Privy
Council.

The constitution of the Supreme Court of
Hongkong was amended in 1873 by an ordi-
nance which enacted, inter alia, that a puisne
judge should be appointed to perform any
judicial or other act which the Chief Justice
was authorised to perform ; and that there
should be an appeal from every decision of
either of the judges, or from the decision of a

magistrate, to a full court, consisting of the
Chief Justice and the Puisne Judge, the former
possessing a double or casting vote in the
event of there being a difference of opinion.

This Ordinance remains in force to-day.
Criminal Sessions are held monthly, and
they are presided over by the Chief Justice,
or, in his absence, by the Puisne Judge.
When there is a heavy calendar both Judges
hold courts, and have power to pass
sentence of death subject to the veto of
the Governor in Council. In normal cir-
cumstances the principal duties of the Puisne
Judge are to preside over the Court of
Summary Jurisdiction, which is analagoiis
to a County Court in Great Britain. For
obvious reason the constitution of the Court
of Appeal is regarded as capable of improve-
ment, and for some time there has been a
demand for the appointment of a third
judge, for which the pressure of work in
the Supreme Court alone furnishes ample
justification. In the case of a suit involving
not less than ;£l500 there is a final appeal to
the Privy Council.

Barristers and attorneys who have qualified
in the United Kingdom are alone entitled to
practise before the courts. In the early
days both branches of the legal profession
were amalgamated, but later on, when the
number of legal practitioners increased, they
were kept distinct, in spite of the protests of
the general community. By an Ordinance
passed in 1856 it was provided that any
person who had served for not less than
three years as Registrar, Deputy Registrar,
Clerk, or Interpreter of the Supreme Court,
or of a judge of that court, as a clerk to
the Attorney-General, or as a clerk of the
peace, should be eligible to practise as an
attorney, solicitor, or proctor upon satisfying
a Board of Examiners, consisting of the
Attorney-General, a Barrister or Registrar of
the Supreme Court, and two practising
attorneys, of his fitness. This Ordinance,
however, was repealed in 1871.

THE LAWS.

By C. D. WILKINSON, Solicitor, Hongkong.

By the first Charter of the Colony of Hong-
kong in 1843, it was provided that the laws
then existing in England should be in force
in Hongkong, except so far as they were
inapplicable to the ItK-al circumstances of the
Colony or of its inhabitants. The local cir-
cumstances necessarily rendered inapplicable
certain laws then, and still, in force in
England ; such, for instance, as the Mortmain
Act, which, although the question of its appli-
cability to Hongkong has never arisen in the
Court of this Colony, was declared by the
House ol Lords in the case of Whicker v.
Hume 17. H.L., 124I not to be applicable to any
of the colonics. It would appear never to have
been definitely settled by the Supreme Court
of Hongkong that any particular statute or
statutes in force in England, prior to 1843,
has or have no application to this Colony.
The question seems to have arisen but once,
when two persons were convicted by the
magistrate of the criminal offence of champerty
and maintenance. The defendants in this case
appealed to the full Court against the magis-
trate's decision, and on their behalf it was

argued, upon the strength of the judgment
of the Privy Council in the case of Ram
Coomar Coondoo and Anor v. Chundar Canto
Mookerjee (2 Ap. Ca. : 186), that the old
English laws with regard to champerty and
maintenance, which, though unaltered, had
fallen into desuetude in England, were as
much inapplicable to the inhabitants of Hong-
kong as, it was held in the case cited, they
were to the inhabitants of India. The full
Court did not decide the point, but allowed
the appeal on other grounds.

The provisions of the Ordinance of 1845
that " the law of England shall be in full
force " made it appear that all statutes already
enacted in England after April 5, 1843, and
thereafter to be enacted, were by that Ordi-
nance extended to the Colony ; but this not
being the intention of the Legislature, an
Ordinance (No. 2 of 1845) was in the following
year passed, which provided that such of the
laws of England only (subject to the
exception of their applicability to the circum-
stances of the Colony and its inhabitants), and
such portion of the practice of the English

courts, as existed on April 5, 1843, should
be in force in the Colony from thenceforth.
However, although many statutes of impor-
tance were enacted in England after 1843,
the provisions of which might have been
usefully introduced into the Colony, very little
trouble, apparently, was taken for many years
by the Legislature to amend the law in this
Colony as it had been amended in England.
Occasionally, necessary ordinances were
passed relating to procedure, adopting tlie
methods provided by English statutes then
recently enacted. Of course no provision
made by a local ordinance of a Colony could
deprive the Home Government of power
expressly to extend to the Colony the pro-
visions of any statute enacted subsequently
to 1843. Moreover, the right of our Sovereign
to make all such laws as might appear
necessary for the peace, order, and good
government of the Colony was expressly
reserved by the Charter.

The first Ordinance of any particular
importance which was passed after the
Colony obtained a local legislature by virtue

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. lOB

of its Charter, was one which provided for
the registration of deeds, documents, and
judgments affecting landed property in
Honglvong, Ordinance No. 3 (now styled
No. I) of 1844, whereby a land office was
established, in which, it was provided, all
such deeds, documents, and judgments should
be registered within the period of time
mentioned — one month after execution in the
case of all documents executed in the Colony,
or twelve months if executed in any other
place. Neglect to obey the provisions of this
Ordinance, it was further provided, should
render such deeds and documents absolutely
null and void to all intents and purposes as
against any subsequent boihi fide purchaser
or mortgagee of the property affected.

The establishment, by this Ordinance, of a
register of titles to landed property rendered
conveyancing a comparatively easy matter,
although considerable difficulties have occa-
sionally been experienced by reason of the
custom among the Chinese of purchasing
property in a "Tong" name, that is to say,
a name invented to represent a family, or a
body of persons descended from a common
ancestor. In the early days of the Colony
this custom was apparently unknown to legal
practitioners, with the result that titles to
some properties were subsequently found to
be much complicated. Of late years, however,
the Chinese themselves have come to under-
stand that in dealing with landed property in
this Colony, use must not be made of a
"Tong" name.

The tenure of practically all the land in
Hongkong and its dependencies is under
lease from the Crown for a term of either
999 years or 75 years, the Colony deriving
a very large part of its revenue from the
Crown rents payable under these leases.
Crown leases for the shorter term usually
contain a provision giving the lessee a right
of renewal of the lease upon the expiration
of the term, when, however, the Crown
rent may be readjusted.

In the early days of the Colony by far the
greater number of residents were not British
subjects, but Chinese. Many, as at the present
time, were aliens from European countries.
For some reason, which is by no means
clear, doubts arose regarding the rights of
other than natural-born British subjects to
hold and transfer landed property within the
Colony. Accordingly an Ordinance was
passed in 1853 for the purpose of removing
these doubts, and it was provided that it
should be lawful for any alien to acquire,
hold, sell, and transfer any lands, or other
immovable property in the Colony as fully
and effectually to all intents and purposes, as
if he were a British subject residing in the
Colony. Recently similar doubts have arisen
with regard to foreign corporations, and,
although it is conceived that the necessity for
such provision does not arise, inasmuch as
the Mortmain Acts do not apply, and a
foreign corporation is for all other purposes

regarded by our law as an entity, it has been
considered advisable to provide expressly by
Ordinance that a foreign corporation shall be
entitled to hold and transfer land in the
Colony. The transmission and devolution of
landed property in the Colony is governed by
the laws of England as they existed prior to
1843. The Statute of 8 and 9 Vict., c. 106,
not having been expressly extended to the
Colony, and its provisions not having been
introduced here by any Ordinance, it is un-
necessary for the purpose of rendering valid
at law a lease of landed property for a term of
over three years, to make such lease by deed.
Nevertheless, it has been the invariable practice
in the Colony to follow the home practice in
this respect, and also in regard to assign-
ments of property. The Conveyancing Act
of 1881 not being in force in Hongkong,
deeds relating to land are necessarily more
lengthy than they are now required to be in
England.

On the death intestate of the owner of
landed property in the Colony, the land,
being leasehold, devolves upon his adminis-
trators in trust for his next of kin. Should
the owner of property die leaving a will,
the terms of that will govern the devolution
of such property, provided the will is exe-
cuted in due form, according to English law.
But in the case of a will made by a Chinese
testator, whether a native of, or domesticated
in, Hongkong or the Empire of China,
special provision was made by Ordinance
in 1856 to the effect that if the same be
proved to have been made according to
Chinese laws and usages, it shall be treated
as a valid will for the purpose of trans-
mitting property in the Colony. At the time
of the passing of the Ordinance it was evi-
dently not comprehended by the Legislature
that there were not then, as there are not
now, laws and usages in China with regard
to wills ; but that property in that country
devolves upon the next succeeding head of
the deceased's family, who, however, is
supposed to have a certain regard for the
wishes of the deceased, expressed verbally
or in writing, and whose conduct will be, to
some extent, regulated by the elders of the
village. The Ordinance, therefore, is prac-
tically of little or no use.

In by far the greater number of instances
where a Chinaman has amassed property in
Hongkong and died, he has learned the
advisability of making a will, and the
necessity for having two attesting witnesses
to it. If he has omitted to make a will it is
believed, though the fact can seldom be
proved, that after his death a will is pre-
pared, appointing executors, which purports
to have been executed by him, and to have
been duly attested. Such a will, however, is
generally a perfectly just one according to
Chinese ideas, and is therefore not disputed,
the sole object in propounding it being to
avoid the necessity for finding the security
which is required to be found by the admini-

strator of an intestate's estate. The Chinese
are a business people, and a Chinaman be-
coming surety for another always requires,
and is considered to be entitled to, payment
for his services.

The Married Women's Property Acts in
England not h.iving been extended to Hong-
kong, the old law at home remained in force
here until quite recently, a married woman
being incapable of entering into valid con-
tracts, or of suing or being sued, except
under the special provisions (Section 8) of
the Supreme Court (Summary Jurisdiction)
Ordinance, 1873, which provides that no
person shall be exempted from suing or
being sued for any debt or damages not
exceeding $1,000 by reason of coverture
where the husband is not resident in the
Colony. However, in 1906 it was con-
sidered advisable to amend the law in this
respect, and to place married women in
Hongkong in the same position as their
sisters in England. Accordingly an Ordinance
was passed introducing into the Colony prac-
tically all the provisions of the Married
Women's Property Act, 1882, whereby it is
provided that a married woman may acquire,
hold, and dispose of property, and may sue
and be sued as if she were a fcmmc sole.

The tendency in the Colony at the present
time is to assimilate its laws, so far as it can
conveniently be done, to those of England.
Undoubtedly this assists very much the
administration of justice, rendering it com-
paratively easy for the judges of the Hong-
kong Court to arrive at a correct conclusion
in most cases in which points of law are
involved, guided as they are by the decisions
of the High Court in England on similar
subjects. Unfortunately, however, in some
branches the law of the Colony differs from
the law in England, although it has been
intended to assimilate it. The law in the
Colony with regard to trade-marks is a case
in point. An Ordinance was passed in 1898
which had been prepared on the lines of the
Trade-marks Acts in England ; and it was
believed by many, and was probably intended,
that such Ordinance conferred the same
rights upon registered proprietors of trade-
marks as had been conferred on those pro-
prietors in England by the Home Acts.
Nevertheless, it has been held by the Hong-
kong Court that a registration of a trade-mark
does not confer any actual rights, but merely
gives to the person registering the mark
easy means of proof of such rights as he
may possess at common law, by making
registration prima facie evidence of such
rights. The law, however, with respect to
trade-marks will, it is understood, shortly be
amended by the introduction of an Ordinance
framed upon the existing Trade-marks Act in
England, and by expressly conferring upon
the registered proprietors of trade-marks in
the Colony such rights as are possessed by
registered proprietors in England.

MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HONSKONO.

I. HOX. COMMAXDKR BASIL K. H. TAYI.riK, K.N.

4, Hox. IJR. J, M. AfKixs<ix.»
7. Hox. Mr. a. M. TH<)M.s<)X.»

3. Hox, Mk. a. W. Brkwix.
His Excellency Maj()K-Gkxkr4i. HR(>aiivv<k)I), CM."

. 2. Hox Mr. H. K. Pollock. K.C.
Hox. Mu. Wii.i.iAM Chatham, C.M.G."
o. Hox. Mu. Kkes-Daviks."

8. His Excellency Sir Frederick Lucard, K.C.M.G., C.H., U.S.O.
10. Hox. Mb. H. Keswick.

II. Hox. Mr. E. a. Hewett.*
15. Hox. MR. WEI YUK. CMC.

14. Hox. Dr. Ho Kai, M.B., C.M.G.
3. Hox. Sir Paiil Chater, Kt., C.M.G «■

• Membere of the Executive Council.

Hox. Mr. F. H. Mav.» ifi. Hox. Mii. Edward Osborxe.

All except Hon. Sir Paul Chater are members of the Legislative Council.

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. lOo

EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS

BIOGRAPHIES OF MEMBERS.

HIS EXCELLENCY THE QOVERNOR.—His

Excellencv the Governor of Honjjkoiiji, Colonel
Sir Frederick Dealtry Lugarcl, K.C.M.G., C.H.,
D.S.O., has spent thirty eventful years in the
service of his country, and his career as a
soldier and administrator has been one un-
broken series of successes.

The son of the Rev. K. G. Lugard, and
nephew of the Right Hon. Sir Edward
Lugard, P.C, G.C.H., he was born on January
22, 1858. From Rossall he proceeded to
Sandhurst, and in May, 1878, obtained his
first commission as a second-lieutenant in
the gth Foot, or Norfolk Regiment. He
received his baptism of tire in the " affair at
Saidabad" during the Afghan War of 1879-80,
and for this campaign received his first
medal. On January i, 1881, he was promoted
lieutenant, and in August, 1885, was given his
company. In the same year he was employed
with the Indian contingent in the Soudan
Campaign. He was present at " Tofrek,"
better known as " McNeill's Zareeba," and
was •' mentioned in despatches." For his
services he was awarded the medal with
two clasps and the Khedive's star.

He was again on active service in Burmah
in the following year, where he acquitted
liimself with such distinction that he was
thiice mentioned in despatches, and, in
.iddition to receiving another medal with
two clasps, was awarded the Distinguished
Service Order, then newly instituted. From
Burmah he returned to England, shattered
in health, and obtained temporary half-pay
leave on medical certiiicate. Receiving per-
mission to travel, he visited the advance
camp of the Italians at Saati and offered his
services lo them in their campaign against
the Abyssinians. Negotiations were, how-
ever, being conducted by a mission under
Mr. (afterwards Sir Gerald) Portal, and, since
there was no prospect of active service,
Captain Lugard left for Zanzibar. Thence
he proceeded to Lake Nyasa, where he
heard that the small British trading station
of Karonga, at the north end of the lake,
was invested by slave-raiders, who had devas-
tated the whole surrounding district. A relief
expedition was being formed, and he was
unanimously requested by the British resi-
dents and by Her Majesty's Consul to take
command of it (May, l888). It was during
this expedition that he received his most
serious wound — a gunshot wound in both
arms and chest — of which he gives an
account in his book, " Our East African
Empire." The trading company (African
Lakes) who had organised the defence of
Karonga, were now in straitened circum-
stances, and declared their inability to con-
tinue the struggle unless they received
pecuniary assistance. Difficulties had also
arisen with regard to the import of the
necessary munitions through Portuguese terri-
tory. In these circumstances. Captain Lugard
returned to England to make known the
critical situation, for he was convinced that
the slave-traders had no less a scheme in
view than to join hands across the lake
and to oust the British, and establish their
supremacy in Mid-Africa. Mr. Cecil Rhodes

was anxious to adopt the scheme drawn up
by Captain Lugard for patrolling the lake
by steamers, and was desirous that Captain
Lugard should himself return and take charge
of it, which he was quite willing and eager
to do, but meantime Her Majesty's Govern-
ment had intervened, with the final result
that Nyasaland was declared a British Pro-
tectorate and added to the Empire.

Towards the close of the year (1889),
therefore. Captain Lugard was free to accept
service with the newly-formed British East
African Company, and, after some months of
exploration and survey work on their behalf,
he accepted the difficult mission of trying to
forestall the Germans, and of concluding a
treaty with Uganda. It was not without great
difficulty and some danger that this treaty
was obtained, for the country was divided
with factions who called themselves British,
French, and Mahomedan, and all were
armed with rifles. With the aid of the two
Christian factions. Captain Lugard defeated
the Mahomedans, whom he repatriated
later in Uganda on friendly terms. He then
proceeded through the unexplored and hostile
country of Unyoro, wliose army he defeated,
and reached the distant Albert Lake by way
of Ruwenzori (the Mountains of the Moon).
His object was lo engage in his service the
troops of Emin Pasha, who had left the
Equatorial Province after many battles with
the Madhi and were now on their own
account devastating the region in which they
had settled. With much difficulty he suc-
ceeded in this task, and brought them with
him to the number of over eight thousand
(men, women, and children). Most of these
he established in South Unyoro for the pro-
tection of the district of Toro, whose king
he had reinstated ; and, proceeding with
comparatively few fighting men, he reached
Uganda early in 1892. In his absence the
hostility between the French (or Roman
Catholic) party and the British (or Protestant)
had reached a climax, and very soon after-
wards broke out in open war. The
" French " included Captain Lugard with the
British and he had, therefore, unwillingly
to fight. The French party were defeated,
and thereupon he made a re-settlement of
the country, repatriating both the F'rench
and the Mahomedans. As before at Nyasa,
so now again in Uganda, at the critical
moment the Company in whose behalf he
was acting declared themselves unable to
bear any further expense, and ordered
Captain Lugard to evacuate Uganda. This
he declined to do, but, leaving the country
in peace under his second officer. Captain
Williams, he returned to England to prosecute
a more difficult campaign for the " Retention
of Uganda." Though little used to public
speaking, he found himself compelled to
address audiences throughout England and
Scotland, and though the Cabinet had decided
to abandon the country, the feeling became
so strong that the decision was reversed, and
Uganda was included in the Empire.

Later, Mwanga, the king of Uganda, who
had originally been very hostile, wrote to
Queen Victoria ; " I want you to send this

same Captain Lugard back again to Uganda
that he may finish his work of arranging
the country, for he is a man of very great
ability, and all the Waganda (natives) like
him very much ; he is gentle, his judgments
are just and true, and so I want you to send
him back to Uganda."

However, the country was now under the
British Government, and the Foreign Office,
for political reasons, considered it better that
Captain Lugard should not return. In 1894,
the Royal Niger Company, who had con-
cluded treaties with the kings of Borgu and
Gurma, learned that the F'rench were about
to make overtures to the king of Nikki whom
they regarded as the rightful king of Borgu.
The Company decided to protect themselves
doubly by securing a treaty before France
could do so. France, however, got the start.
Captain Decoeur, leaving for Dahomey on
July 24, 1894. Four days later Captain
Lugard left England, determined to reach
the king of Nikki first. On November 10th,
he saw the king of Nikki, and had the treaty
signed five days before Captain Decoeur
arrived. It was a signal victory, and assured
the position of the Royal Niger Company.
Just alter this Captain Lugard received his
C.B. In April, 1895, he returned to England
having been wounded by an arrow.

In 1896 he led an expedition across the
Kalahari Desert for the British West Charter
Land Company, who had engaged his assist-
ance because of the difficulties — considered
by many to be insuperable — of crossing the
desert without oxen, the oxen having died
of rinderpest. He concluded a treaty with
Sekomi, the chief, and established the Com-
pany's agents there. He was recalled thence
by a letter from Mr. Chamberlain.

There was a " crisis " in West Africa
between ourselves and the French, which
seemed likely at any moment to develop
into war. Major Lugard accepted the post
of Commissioner and Commandant in the
Hinterland of Lagos, and took command of
the troops there. He proceeded to raise the
West African Frontier Force (eventually
some three thousand strong), and upon the
organisation of this force the whole of the
troops of the various colonies in West .Africa
have since been modelled. The crisis with
France was fortunately brought to an end by
the Convention of June 14, 1898, but not
before the hostile forces on the spot had
been on the very verge of hostilities.

He now became a Lieut. -Colonel on half-
pay, and received the medal and clasp
awarded for these operations. He returned
to England to assist the Colonial Office in
the negotiations with the Royal Niger Com-
pany, which resulted in the transfer of
Nigeria to the imperial administration on
January i, 1900. Then he returned as first
High Commissioner (with the rank of
Brigadier-General), with the task of creating
an administration.

When the vast area known as Northern
Nigeria (about 300,000 square miles), was
taken over by the Imperial Government
from the Royal Niger Company, it was for
the most part wholly independent of British

106 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

control. The dominating race were Mah<iine-
dans (Fulani). wlio raided the pagan tribes
for slaves, and had depopulated vast areas.
During the first year, 1900, the troops of
the protectorate (the West African Frontier
Force) were lent to Sir J. Willcocks for
the Ashanti War. In 1901 two of the
principal and most aggressive Emirs and
slave-raiders were subdued, and their pro-
vinces organised under residents. In 1902
the kingdom of Bornu was annexed, and
several Fulani Emirs were conquered who
would not consent to desist from sending
their armies to raid for slaves. Early in
1903 the kingdoms of Sokoto and Kano
were organised under British administration.
Thus, the whole of Nigeria became amen-
able to British rule, and slave-raiding was
entirely stopped. Before General Lugard
left Nigeria in June. 1906, he was able to
report that the country was entirely peaceful,
and that even slave-dealing was almost
extinct. The administration had meanwhile
been organised.

Sir Frederick Lugard arrived in Hongkong
and assumed the office of Governor in suc-
cession to Major Sir Matthew Nathan,
K.C.M.G., in July, 1907.

In 1902 Sir Frederick married Miss Flora
Shaw, daughter of the late General Shaw,
C.B., and formerly head of the colonial
department of The Times, for which news-
paper she undertook special commissions to
South Africa. Australia, Canada, and Klon-
dyke. Lady Lugard has published several
works, including "Castle Blair" (1878),
" Hector,' a tale for young people (1883),
and "A Tropical Dependency" (1905).

Sir Frederick and Lady Lugard's English
residence is '• Little Parkhurst," Abinger
Common. Surrey. His Excellency's clubs
are the Athena;um (special election), St.
James's and Royal Societies', and he is a
gold medallist of the Royal Geographical
Society, a silver medallist of the Scottish
Royal Geographical Society, and was elected
a life fellow of the Royal Colonial Institute.

Captain of right half No. 2 Company Volun-
teer Artillerv, the section wliicli in 1907 won
both the maxim and tifteen-pounder competi-
tions, and the cup for the highest etticiency.
Captain Armstrong was Hon. Aide-de-Camp
to His Excellency Sir Matthew Nathan and
to the Hon. Mr. F. H. May when the latter
was administering the Government.

CAPT. PERCY HENRY MITCHELL TAYLOR,

32nd I-iiicers, l..\., Aide-de-Camp to His
Excellency the Governor, was the only son of
the late Lieut. -Colonel A. M. Taylor, com-
manding the 19th Hussars. Educated at
Wellington and Sandhurst, where he dis-
tinguished himself in gymnastics and fencing,
he received his first commission on August 5,
1896, and for a year was attached to the Dublin
Fusiliers. He then joined his present regi-
ment, receiving his captaincy in August. 1905.
He went to South Africa in 1900-1, and was
present at several engagements, including
Paardeburg, the relief of Kimberley, Drie-
fontein, and Wittebergen, being awarded the
Queen's medal with six clasps. His present
appointment as Aide-de-Camp to the Governor
dates from June, 1907.

CAPTAIN WILLIAM ARMSTRONG, Hon.
Aide-dt-Camp to His Excellency the Governor,
is Senior Captain of the Hongkong Volunteer
Corps, to which he has belonged since 1803.
When in that year the Corps was disbancfed
and reformed, he served in the ranks as a
gunner. He received his commission in May,
1899, and was appointed Captain on October
•5. '903- He was one of the officers who
accompanied the Coronation contingent from
Hongkong. At the present time he is

CAPTAIN W. ARMSTRONG, HON. A.D.C.

TO HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR

AND SENIOR CAPTAIN HONGKONG

VOLUNTEER CORPS.

MR. ARTHUR JOCELYN BRACKENBURY,

Private Secretary to His Excellency Sir K.
Lugard, Governor of Hongkong, is a nephew
of Lady Lugard. He was educated at Clifton
College, where he obtained his cricket and
running colours. When the war broke out
in South Africa he served his country for
eighteen months, receiving the Queen's medal
and three clasps. In 1901 lie joined the
Transvaal Civil Service, and in the following
year was appointed Secretary to the Inspector
of Mines, Pretoria district. He acted in a
similar ofiice in the Krugersdorp district from
1906 until March, 1907, when he left the
Transva:il Civil Service. He received his
present appointment on June 20, 1907.

HIS EXCELLENCY MAJ.-aENERAL ROBERT
QEOROE BROADWOOD, C.B., came to the
Colony in 1906 to take command of His
Majesty's P'orces in South China and Hong-
kong. Prior to that date he had held com-
mand of the troops in Natal (1903-4), and,
as Brigadier-General of the troops in the
Orange River Colony district (1904-6). A
son of the late Mr. Thomas Broadwood, of
Holmbush Park, Surrey, he was born on
March 14, 1862, and commenced his military
career in the 12th Lancers in 1881. He has
seen much active service. In 1896 he took
part in the expedition to Doiigola, being
present at the operations of June 7tli and
September loth. He was mentioned in des-
patches, received the Egyptian medal with
two clasps, and the British medal, and was

given the brevet rank of Lieut. -Colonel. In the
lollowing year he took part in the Nile Ex-
pedition, and was present at the action of
Abu Hamed and the subsequent occupation
of Berber, gaining two further clasps to the
Egyptian medal, and the 4th class Osnianieli.
He was present at the cavalry reconnaissance
of April 4, i8qS, and at the battles of Albara
and Khartoum. Twice he was mentioned in
despatches, and in recognition of his services
the brevet rank of Colonel was bestowed
upon him, whilst he received two additional
clasps to the Egyptian medal and was awar-
ded the British medal. During the South
African War, 1899 1902, when he raised
" Roberts' Horse " and afterwards commanded
the 2nd Cavalry Brigade he was live times
mentioned in despatches, including two special
mentions by Lord Roberts. He was made
Aide-de-Camp to His Majesty the King, and
was awarded the Queen's medal with six
clasps and the King's medal with two clasps,
while the order of C.B. also was conferred
upon him. His addresses are the Military
Headquarters, Hongkong ; and 94. Piccadilly,
London, W.

THE HON. MR. FRANCIS HENRY MAY,
C.M.Q,, the Colonial Secretary, completed
twenty-six years' service under the Govern-
ment of the Colony in November, 1907, and a
quarter of a century's service in the Colony
and China in t'ebruarv, 1908. The fourth
son of the late Right Honble. G. A. C May,
Lord Chief Justice of Ireland, and of Olivia,
daughter of Sir Mathew Barrington, Bart.,
of Glenstal, Co. Limerick, he was born on
March 14, i860, at Dublin After being at
Harrow he proceeded to Trinily College,
Dublin, where he look the B.A. degree, and
was first honoursman and prizeman in
Classics and Modern Languages in i88r. In
the same year, he was appointed, after a
competitive examination to a cadetship in
Hongkong, but before coming out to the East
served in the Colonial Office for twelve
months. He studied the dialect at Canton for
six months, and has since written a ''Guide
to Cantonese." From the end of 1883 until
the beginning of 1886 he was in Peking
learning the Mandarin dialect, and at the end
of that period passed the higher examination
for interpreters in the Consular service.
Upon returning to Hongkong, Mr. May was
employed as Assistant Registrar-General and
as interpreter for the Governor at interviews
with, and receptions of, high Chinese officials.
His subsequent appointments included those
of Assistant Colonial Secrelary, private secre-
tary to His Excellency Sir W. des Voeux, to
Sir K. Fleming, and to Major-General Barker ;
Acting Colonial Treasurer ; Vice-President of
the Sanitary Bo^ird ; Captain Superintendent
of the Police and Fire Brigade ; and Superin-
tendent of Victoria Gaol. In 1895 ''^ was
awarded the Companionship of the Most
Distinguished Order of St. Michael and St.
George in recognition of special services
rendered during the plague of 1894, and in
suppressing a strike in 1895 which, while it
lasted, paralysed business connected with
shipping. In 1897 he succeeded in bringing
to light widespread corruption in the police
force under his command, and for two years
he was engaged in purging the force of
dishonest members and in reorganising the
Criminal Investigation Department, which he
kept under his personal control. In 1899
Mr. May organised Ihe police administration
of the New Territories, and for two years
subsequently was actively employed in .sup-
pressing the lawlessness which was very rife

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 107

in the newly-acquired area. As Superinten-
dent of Victoria Gaol — a post wliicli lie held
in conjunction with that of Captain Superin-
tendent of the Police and Fire Brifjade —
Mr. May placed the whole of I he prison on
the separate system, and, while increasing
thereby the deterrent effect of imprisonment,
he greatly developed the means of affording
industrial employment to the prisoners, by
whom much of the printing work required
in the various Government departments is
now carried out. It was in 1902 that Mr. May
received his present appointment, but his
acquaintance with the Colonial Secretary's
office extends as far back as January, 1887,
when he was Acting-Assistant Colonial Secre-
tary, a position in which he was confirmed
four years later. Mr. May has been a member
of the Legislative Council since 1895, and, by
virtue of his office, he has now a seat also on
the Executive Council. Upon three occasions
Mr. May has administered the Government
of the Colony — for eight months in 1903-4
between the departure of Sir Henry Arthur
Blake, and the arrival of Sir Matthew Nathan ;
for five weeks at the close of 1906 and the
beginning of 1907 during the absence on
sick-leave of Sir Malthew Nathan after an
accident at polo ; and for three months in
1907 between the departure of Sir Matthew
Nathan and the arrival of the present
Governor, Sir F. D. Lugard. As might
naturally be expected in view of his official
position and long residence in the Colony, Mr.
May is connected in one capacity or another
with a number of local institutions. He is
Rector of the Hongkong College of Medicine ;
Chairman of the Governing Body of Queen's
College ; Chairman of the Board of
Examiners ; President of the Y.M C.A. ; a
member of the Colonial Church Council ; a
steward of the Jockey Club ; Commodore of
the Koyai Hongkong Yacht Club ; and a
member of the Committee of the Volunteer
Reserve Association and of the Hongkong
Gymkhana Club. An all-round sportsman,
his favourite recreations are hunting, shooting,
fishing, and yachting. He is the author of
several publications, including manuals for
use in the police force and a history of
yachting in Hongkong. Mrs. May is a
daughter of General Sir George Digby
Barker, K.C.B., of " The Priory," Clare,
Suffolk.

THE HON. MR. WILLIAM REES-DAVIES,
J. P., D.L., who was appointed Attorney-
General for the Colony in 1907, was born on
May II, 1863, and is the eldest son of the
late Sir William Davies, of Scoreston, Pem-
brokeshire, who represented his county in
Parliament from 1880 to 1892. After being
at Eton, Mr. Rees-Davies proceeded to Trinity
Hall, Cambridge, where he graduated B.A.
in 1885. Two years later he was called to
the Bar at the Inner Temple, and joined
the South Wales Circuit. In 1892 he suc-
ceeded his father in the representation of
Pembrokeshire, in the Liberal interest for
six years. During this time he was private
secretary to the late Sir William Harcourt,
who was Chancellor of the Exchequer from
1893 to 1895. Mr. Rees-Davies is a Magistrate
and Deputy Lieutenant for Pembrokeshire.
He was Attorney-General in the Bahama
Islands from 1898 to 1902, acting during a
portion of that time as Chief Justice, and
was King's Advocate at Cyprus from 1902
to 1907. His position now, at Hongkong,
entitles him to a seat upon the Legislative
Council. He is also on the Executive Council
and the Standing Law Committee. He is

a member of the Reform Club, London, and
of the Hongkong and various local sporting
clubs. His chief recreations are riding and
shooting. Mr. Rees-Davies married, in 1898,
Florence Beatrice, the second daughter of
Mr. John Birkett, of Kendal, Westmoreland.

THE HON. MR. ALEXANDER MACDONALD
THOMSON, the Colonial Treasurer of Hong-
kong, Is, ex officio, a member of the Executive
and Legislative Councils with a seat on the
Finance and Public Works Committees. The
second son of Mr. J. W. Thomson, M.A..
schoolmaster and Isabella, the eldest daughter
of the late Mr. Alexander Macdonald, of
Kindrought, Portsoy, N.B., he was born on
September 27, i86j, at Turriff, Scotland.
He had a successful career at Aberdeen
University, taking his M.A. degree, with first-
class honours in mathematics, in 1883. For
the following two years he was lecturer in
mathematics at NainI Tal College, North-
West Provinces, India, but in 1887 returned
to Scotland, and, later, took up the appoint-
ment of Assistant-Professor of Mathematics
at Aberdeen. In the same year he entered
the Hongkong Civil Service by the usual
competitive examination. After spending
twelve months in the Colonial Office, during
which time he won the Bacon Scholarship
at Gray's Inn, he came out to the Colony,
arriving In October, 1888. Having attained
the necessary proficiency in the Chinese lan-
guage, he was appointed, In October, 1890,
to fill the temporary vacancy of Chief Clerk
in the Colonial Secretary's office. Since then
he has occupied numerous administrative
positions, including those of' Clerk of Councils,
Superintendent 01 Victoria Gaol, Assistant
Colonial Secretary, Registrar-General, Post-
master-General, and Colonial Secretary ; and
in July, 1898, was appointed permanently to
his present post. During his residence in
the Colony he has served on the Tung Wall
Hospital Commission, the Registry of the
Supreme Court Commission ; and has pre-
sided over the deliberations of two Committees
which have been appointed with regard to
the subsidiary coinage question. He was an
original member, and for some time honorary
secretary of the governing body of Queen's
College ; was a trustee of tlie Belillos Scholar-
ships ; and has been vice-president, and has
acted as president, of the Sanitary Board.
For his services in compiling the first edition
of the General Orders he received the thanks
of the Secretary of State for the Colonies.
Mr. Thomson is a member of the Hongkong
Club, but does not now belong to any other
club, having ceased for some years to take
any active interest in sport, his chief recrea-
tion being reading.

THE HON. MR. WILLIAM CHATHAM,
C.M.Q., M.I.C.E., Director of Public Works,
a member of the Executive and Legislative
Councils, and vice-president of the Sanitary
Board, has been associated with the develop-
ment and progress of the Colony for seventeen
years. He was born in July, 1859, and was
educated at the Royal High School, Edin-
burgh, and at Edinburgh University. He
went first as assistant to Messrs. Thos. Meik
& Sons, the well-known firm of civil
engineers, Edinburgh, and afterwards to the
engineer of the Bristol Docks. He came to
Hongkong as Executive Engineer in 1890,
and in 1893 received the acting appointment
of Director of Public Works. On his return

from leave in 1897, he received the additional
appointments of Water Authority and mem-
ber of the Legislative Council. In 1901 he
acted also as president of the Sanitary Board,
and in October of the same year was con-
firmed In the appointments which he now
holds. Mr. Chatham was a member of the
Queen's Jubilee Committee, acting as honor-
ary secretary for some years, and taking a
leading part in carrying out, at a cost of
^20,000, the construction of the Jubilee Road
and the Hospital for Women and Children.
During 1907 he was created a Companion
of the Order of St. Michael and St. George
in recognition of his long service in the
Colony. Mr. Chatham, who lives at the Peak,
is a member of the Hongkong Club.

THE HON. DR. JOHN MITFORD ATKINSON,

the principal Civil Medical Ollicer of Hong-
kong, was born in 1856, and is the son of
the late Rev. S. Atkinson, M.A. He was
educated at Woodhouse Grove School and
at Queen's College, Taunton. His medical
training was sound and comprehensive. He
was prizeman at the London Hospital
Medical College, and holds the degree of
M.B. London, and the diplomas of M.R.C.S.
Eng., L.S.A. Loud., and D.P.H. Cantab. For
nearly eight years he was the Resident
Medical Officer of St. Mary Abbott's Infirmary,
Kensington, and for two years the Medical
Officer of one of the districts in that locality,
before coming, in 1887, to take up the
appointment of Superintendent of the Govern-
ment Civil Hospital, and Medical Officer to
the Small Pox Hospital and the Government
Lunatic Asylums, Hongkong. Seven years
later he was acting as Colonial Surgeon, and
in 1897 he obtained his present post. During
the plague epidemic of the following year
his services in preventing the spread of
infection, and stamping out the disease, were
acknowledged in a letter of thanks from the
Secretary of State. Dr. Atkinson, who has
been president of the Sanitary Board since
1897, and a member of the Executive Council
since 1903, has from time to time contributed
articles to the Lancet and other British
medical journals. He is a Fellow of the
Royal Colonial Institute and of the Society
of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene ; and is
an honorary life member of the St. John
Ambulance Association. He resides at Vic-
toria Hospital, Barker Road, the Peak.

SIR C. PAUL CHATER, Kt., C.M.Q.— Prob-
ably no other man has done so much for
the commercial advancement of the Colony
as Sir Catchick Paul Chaler, Kt., C.M.G.
To him Hongkong owes many of its most
prosperous public companies, some twenty of
which still include him on their directorate.
The son of Mr. Chater Paul Chater, of Cal-
cutta, Sir Paul was born in 1846, and
arrived in Hongkong in 1864 as an assistant
In the bank of Hindustan, China, and Japan.
He resigned this position, in 1866, to start
business as an exchange and bullion broker.
In 1886 he was chosen by his fellow Justices
of the Peace to fill a vacancy on the Legis-
lative Council caused by the absence on
leave of Mr. F. D. Sassoon, and when, in
1887, Mr. Sassoon resigned his seat. Sir Paul,
who was then taking a holiday in India, was
unanimously elected in his stead for a term
of six years. He was re-elected for a further
period of six years in 1893, and again in
1899, retiring upon the expiration of his

108 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

third tenn of office in January, 1906. While
Sir Paul was a member of the Legislative
Council a petition from the leading residents
was sent to the SecrcLiry of State in favour
of the formation of a Municipal Council.
The Secretary of Slate, however, would not
entertain this idea, but suggested as a sort
of compromise that two unollicial members
should be placed upim the Executive Council.
This suggestion was acted upon, and Sir
Paul Chater and Mr. J. Bell Irving were
appointed. Sir Paul still retains this appoint-
ment, though he has relinquished the duties
of the Legislative Council.

In 18H4 Sir Paul started a wharf and
godown business at Kowloon, purchasing the
necessary site on the sea shore from the
Government. He established the existing
Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf and Godown
Company, and, to provide facilities for carry-
ing on tlie business, reclaimed some of the
foreshore and erected the present godowns
and wh.Trves. P'our years later the business
was amalgamated with that carried on at
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.'s wharf.
He originated the Praya Reclamation, in
1887, by writing to the Government and
submitting a scheme which was accepted by
marine lot-holders. Later, he visited England
and received the Secretary of State's sanction
to carry out the work. The foundation
stone was laid, at the corner of the cricket
ground, by the Duke of Connaught, in 1.90,
Sir Paul Chater presenting a statue of His
Koyal Highness to the Colony in commemo-
ration of the event. The work was concluded
in 1905, and the result has been an addition
to the Colony of considerable foreshore upon
which have been erected some of the finest
hongs in the East. In 1892 he rendered a
signal service to the French Government in
Tonkin by opening up coal mines in that
country. He formed the Societe Kranyais
Chart)onnages de Tonkin, and in recognition
of his services he received that much-coveted
decoration, the I.egion of Honour. Sir Paul
was the first to advocate the acquirement
of the new territory on the mainland of
China. He wrote to the Government upon
the subject four years before the actual lease
was executed. He again urged the matter
upon the authorities at the lime of the
Chino-Japanese War, and secured the support
of the Chamber of Commerce, the China
Association, and the unofficial members of
the Legislative Council. Indeed, he has
been identified with most public movements
since his arrival in the Colony. He was
treasurer, and afterwards chairman, of the
Queen's Jubilee Committee, and In 1897 was
chairman of the Diamond Jubilee Committee.
At this period, in recognition of his numerous
public services, he was created a C.M.G.
A man of great wealth, his purse has ever
been at the disposal of any good cause. To
take but one example of his generosity, the
first Anglican Church at Kowloon, St.
Andrew's, was erected and presented by him
to the Colony. In 1902 he received the
honour of knighthood. His life has been
one ceaseless round of activity, and his
energies seem only to increase with ad-
vancing years. A short time since he com-
menced operations in a new sphere — mining.
After spending a great deal of money pros-
pecting in the new territory for minerals he
was rewarded by a rich discovery of iron.
The Hongkong Mining Company was formed
to work this deposit, which promises to be
an immense source of wealth to the Colony.
Sir Paul is interested in all kinds of sport.
He has been a steward of the Jockey Club
for a quarter of a century and has been
its president for many years. He is a mem-

ber of the Hongkong Club, and is the
owner of one of the finest private residences
in the Colony, Marble Hall, Conduit Koad,
where he has galhered together a collection
of curios and works of art that is
un.ipproached bv any other collection in the
Far East.

THE HON. MR. EDBERT ANSOAR HEWETT

is one of those men who, coining from old
county families and choosing business careers,
have settled In some far country, and, by
their innate ability, their enterprise, and their
steadfast perseverance in face of all obstacles,
and rigid adherence to the highest principles
of commercial integrity, have done much to
earn England's reputation as a colonising
power. Mr. Hewett, who was born on
September 5, i860, is the second son of the
late Sir George J. K. Hewett, Bart., of The
Old Hall, Nealhcrseale, Leicestershire. Owing
to the state of his health, which was by no
means robust in his younger days, he was
educated mainly by private tutors. At the
age of seventeen he joined the Peninsular
and Oriental Service at their he.id ollice in
London, and two years later (in 1880) came to
Hongkong. He acted as agent for the com-
pany in Shanghai for seven years, was at
Yokohama for two years, and at Kobe for
six months. For the last six years he has
been at Hongkong, and has had the super-
intendence of the whole of the Company's
traffic in the Far East from Yokohama to
Penang. Two years ago Mr. Hewett went
home on a short trip to England. This was
his second holiday only during a period of
twenty-seven years, so unwilling has he been
to absent himself from his office and public
duties. It is but natural, therefore, that the
whole of his interests should now be centred
in the F"ar East. Public affairs he has
always followed with the greatest altenlion,
and in the public service has held numerous
positions. He was a member of the
Shanghai Municipal Council from 1897 to
1901, and occupied the chair for two years.
During the trying period of the Boxer Rising
enlire confidence wis reposed in him by
the community, and he achieved a high
reputation as an organiser and administrator.
Throughout the whole of that anxious period
he made aclive preparations for the defence
of the town. The fleet had sailed north,
and there was a population of some twelve
thousand whites and nearly half a million
Chinese under his cluirge. As Civil Com-
mandant of the volunteers he enrolled all
the able-bodied men, and had a force of
nearly twelve hundred whites under arms.
He organised the first comp,-iny of Japanese
volunteers that had ever been raised outside
of Japan, and the highest encomiums were
passed upon him subsequently by both the
naval and military authorities. For these
services and for the work he did for the
army and navy he received the English
medal for China, the fourth class Sacred
Treasure of J<ipan and the Iron Crown of
Austria, and was decorated as a Knight of
the Orange-Nassau of Holland. F'or several
years he served on the committee of the
Chamber of Commerce, Shanghai, and made
two special visits to Peking in 1901 as the
representative of the Chamber, In order to
urge upon the diplomatic body the necessity
for pushing forward the conservancy of the
Whangpoo River, a work of vital impor-
tance to the prosperity of the town. Mr.
Hewett took the greatest interest in this
scheme and urged its importance in season
and out of season during the whole period

of his residence in Shanghai. As the result
of his efforts a special committee was
formed, consisting of the English, German,
American, French, and Dutch Ministers.
They discussed the whole question, with
Mr. Hewett present ;is the Chamber's repre-
sentative, and adopted the proposals of the
Chamber of Commerce, which were em-
bodied in the Peace Protocol of 1901. The
scheme was not carried out owing to
Chinese opposition, but now the Chinese
themselves are doing the work entirely at
their own expense, under the supervision of
a very capable Dutch engineer. The im-
provements, when effected, will be In no
small measure due to Mr. Hewett's initiative,
and they are largely on the lines originally
suggested by him. Almost immediately after
his arrival in Hongkong Mr. Hewett was
elected vice-chairman of the Chamber of
Commerce (1902), and has been chairman
since 1903. On April 26, 1906, he was
chosen to represent the Chamber of Com-
merce on the Legislative Council, and im-
mediately afterwards the Governor appointed
him to one of the two seats held by nn-
oOicials on the Executive Council. In
addition to holding these important ol'tices
Mr. Hewett is a member of the Sanitary
Board, of the Governing Board of Queen's
College, and of the committee of the Diocesan
School. He was appointed a member of the
Medical Board in May, 1904, and was chosen
by the Governor to act as cliairman of the
commission to inquire into the administra-
tion of the sanitary and building regulations,
enacted by the Public Health and Building
Ordinance of 1893, which commission sat
from May, 1906, to March, 1907. Mr. Hewett
is a member of a luimber of clubs, including
the Hongkong ; the Peak ; the United, Yoko-
hama ; the Shanghai ; the Country, Shanghai ;
and the Wellington, London. He resides at
" Craig Ryrie," the Peak, Hongkong.

THE HON. MR. ARTHUR WINBOLT
BREWIN, the Registrar-General, has spent
practically the whole of his life in the service
of the Colony. Born at Settle, Yorkshire,
in 1867, he was educated at Winchester, and,
entering the Civil Service as the result of
the usual competitive examination, he came
to Hongkong in December, 1888. He went
through the ordinary routine as a cadet, and
studied Chinese for two years at Canton.
On passing the final examination he was
attached to the Registrar-General's oFlice.
In May, 1891, he was appointed to act as
Assistant Registrar-General, and, with the
exception of four years, during which he
held the post of Inspector of Schools, he
has been almost permanently connected with
this department. In 1901 he was appointed
Registrar-General, by virtue of which office
he became a member of the Sanitary Board,
and in the same year was given a seat on
the Legislative Council. Mr. Brewin is a
Justice of the Peace for the Colony, and a
member of the Board of Examiners.

THE HON. MR. FRANCIS JOSEPH BADELEY,
B.A., Captain Superintendent of Police In
Hongkong, was born on March 27, 1868, and
was educated at the Clergy Orphan School,
Canterbury, and at Jesus College, Cambridge,
passing senior optiine in the Mathematical
Tripos of 1889. He came to the Colony as
a cadet in 1890, and three years later, having
passed in Cantonese and Hindustani, he was

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 109

appointed Acting Deputy Superintendent of
Police. He lias since that time filled various
acting appointments, including those of Assis-
tant Registrar-General, Assistant Postmaster-
General, and Assistant Colonial Secretary and
Clerk of Councils, but for the most part his
duties have been in connection with the
police force. He was appointed Deputy
Superintendent of Police and Assistant
Superintendent of the Fire Brigade in 1S95,
and took up his present appointment as
Captain Superintendent of Police and of the
Fire Brigade, and Superintendent of Victoria
Gaol in igo2. He has made a special study
of the tinger-print system of identifying re-
cidivists. In October, i(;o6, he was appointed
to a seat on the Legislative Council, and is
a member of the Standing Law Committee.
Mr. Badeley, who is a member of the Hong-
kong Club, lives at " Ardsheal," the Peak.

THE HON. DR. HO KAI, C.M.Q.— Among
the Chinese there are many who have pro-
fited by a thoroughly sound and high-class
European education, but there are few who
have had a more distinguished academical
career, or who have used their advantages
to belter purpose than Dr. Ho Kai. Born at
Hongkong in 1859, he is the fourth son of
the late Kev. Ho Tsun Shin, of the London
Missionary Society. He was educated at the
Government Central School in Hongkong
and subsequently in England at Palmer
House School, Margate ; at Aberdeen Uni-
versity ; at St. Thomas's Medical and Surgical
College, and at Lincoln's Inn. He took the
degrees of M.B., CM., Aberdeen, became a
member of the Royal College of Surgeons,
England, and was Senior Equity Scholar,
Lincoln's Inn, in 1881. Upon returiiing to
the Colony he started to practise medicine,
but found that the Chinese were not yet
prepared to avail themselves of Western
treatment unless it was offered free. Dr. Ho
Kai therefore presented the Colony with the
Alice Memorial Hospital, named after his late
wife, Alice, eldest daughter of the late Mr.
John Walkden, of Blackheath. Dr. Ho Kai
then commenced practice as a barrister-at-
law, and has been so engaged since 1882.
He served as a member of the Sanitary Board
for over ten years, and on the Public Works
Committee for five years. He is now senior
unofficial member of the Legislative Council,
and has been for many years a member of the
following public institutions : — The Standing
Law Committee ; the Examination Board ;
the Medical Board ; the Po Leung Kuk Com-
mittee ; District Watchmen's Committee ; the
governing body of the Free Hospitals ; the
Tung Wah Hospital Advisory Committee ;
the governing body of Queen's College ; the
Qualified Architects' Advisory Board ; the
Interpretation Committee and the Advisory
Committee of the Hongkong Technical Insti-
tute ; and Rector's Assessor of the Hongkong
College of Medicine, of which he was one
of the founders. In short it may be said that
he has had the distinction of serving on the
committee of almost every public board
appointed during the last twenty-five years,
and that his time has always been given
ungrudgingly in the public service no matter
at what sacrifice to his own interests as a
professional man. For upwards of twenty-six
years he has been continuously resident in
the Colony ; for twenty-six years he has been
a Justice of the Peace for Hongkong, and for
three terms (eighteen years) has represented
the Chinese community on the Legislative
Council. Hence it is not a matter for surprise
that he is looked to by his fellow country-

men for advice in their dealings with the
Government, and is also often consulted by
the Government in their transactions with
the Chinese community. On the occasions
of both visits of the Duke and Duchess of
Connaught and of Prince Arthur to the
Colony, he received and welcomed their
Royal Highnesses on behalf of the Chinese,
and in recognition of his many public works
and services he was created a C.M.G. in
1892. Among his publications are: — "A
Critical Essay on China"; "The Sleep and
Awakening" ; a letter addressed to Lord
Charles Beresford on "The Open Door";
" An Open Letter to John Bull on the Boxer
Rising" ; articles on Sir Robert Hart's
Memorandum on the Land Tax of China and
his army and navy scheme, 1904 ; the
"Foundation of Reformation in China";
criticisms of the views of Kang Yau Wei,
1898 ; criticisms of the views of Viceroy
Chang Chi Tung, especially on his recent
work, " Encouragement to Learning," 1899 ;
Persons responsible for Reformation in
China ; and Two Critical Essays on the
Progress of Reformation in China. Dr. Ho
Kai's address is 7, West Terrace, Hongkong.

THE HON. MR. WEI YUK, C.M.G.— As a

conscientious worker on behalf of the
Chinese community of Hongkong, and as a
man who has done a great deal to produce
the present good relations existing between
the Government and the Chinese, the Hon.
Mr. Wei Yuk's name deserves to be specially
remembered by all sections of society in
the Colony. On many occasions he has been
of invaluable assistance to the officials, and
his counsel has been largely instrumental,
notably at times of riots and strikes during
the past quarter of a century, in settling
matters amicably before they assumed the
serious proportions which they threatened to
do in several instances. Mr. Wei Yuk is a
Cantonese (Heungshan District), born in Hong-
kong in 1849, and conies of excellent family.
His father, the late Mr. Wei Kwong, was a
well-known banker, and formerly compradore
to the Chartered Mercantile Bank of India,
London, and China, in Hongkong. After ten
years' study of Chinese, under private tutors,
Mr. Wei Yuk commenced his English educa-
tion at the Government Central School, under
the late Dr. F"rederick Stewart, LL.D., and in
1867, at the age of eighteen years, he pro-
ceeded to England and attended the Leicester
Stoneygate School lor twelve months. In
1868 he went to Scotland, and studied for
four years at the Dollar Institution. He soon
became a favourite with both masters and
fellow pupils, and the impression regarding
his nationality that he made and left behind
him became a tradition in the school, ensuring
to others from the Far East a most friendly
reception at that institution. Mr. Wei Yuk
was one of the first Chinese to go abroad
for Western education. On his return to
the East in 1872, after a European tour, he
entered the service of the Chartered Mercan-
tile Bank of India, London, and China (now
the Mercantile Bank of India, Limited), in
Hongkong, and on the death of his father,
in 1879, he (after a temporary retirement,
according to Chinese custom) took up the
vacant position of compradore. This position
he still holds. Mr. Wei Yuk and his father
have served the bank for fifty-three years in
Hongkong — that is to say, since it was first
opened. In 1883 Mr. Wei Yuk was appointed
a Justice of the Peace, and, in 1896, became
an unofficial member (representing the
Chinese community) of the Hongkong

Legislative Council. He works in the greatest
harmony with his colleague, the Hon. Dr.
Ho Kai, C.M.G., M.B., CM., M.R.C.S., and
while not noted for long speeches, is regarded
as an invaluable adviser in connection with
all legislation in any way touching the
interests of his fellow countrymen. In many
other capacities also he has striven for the
public good. He has held numerous
appointments, and has served on many
committees, for when his help has been
required for the furtherance of the public
weal it has never been withheld. It is
impossible to give a complete list of his
appointments in a brief biographical sketch
such as is here essayed, but a few of his
appointments may be mentioned. He was
chairman of the Tung Wah Hospital (Hong-
kong's leading Chinese charitable institution),
1881-83 "ind 1888-90 ; a permanent member
of the committee of the Po Leung Kuk for
the protection of destitute women and children
(of which he was one of the founders) since
1893 ; a permanent member of the Hongkong
District Watchmen's Committee (which was
formed on his suggestion) ; and a member
of the Standing Law Committee since 1896.
Moreover, he has served on all the com-
missions appointed by the Government to
inquire into matters affecting the Chinese
since the commencement of his public career.
The Chinese Government is indebted to him
in no small degree for the assistance he has
rendered in bringing to justice Chinese
criminals who have fled from Chinese
territory to Hongkong and elsewhere. For
the services which he rendered during the
plague epidemic of 1894, the general public
of Hongkong presented him with a gold
medal and a letter of thanks, while the
Chinese community also addressed to him
a letter of thanks. Mr. Wei Yuk may be
regarded as the father of the Sanitary Board.
VoT many years, previous to the formation of
the present body, he took the greatest interest
in sanitary matters, and he was the friend and
adviser of Professor Chadwick when that
well-known authority visited the Colony to
report on the sanitary condition of the city
of Victoria. Seventeen years ago he sug-
gested the construction of a railway from
Kowloon to Canton, and thence to Peking.
He spent large sums in furtherance of the
scheme, which failed, however, owing to the
obstacles placed in its way by Chinese
oflicials, who at that time strenuously opposed
the introduction of anything from the West.
During the past six or seven years, however,
several lines of railway have been constructed,
or are in course of construction, between the
places named, and they follow closely
Mr. Wei Yuk's original plans. In 1872
Mr. Wei Yuk married the eldest daughter
of the late Hon. Mr. Wong Shing, the second
Chinese to be appointed to the Hongkong
Legislative Council. Mr. Wei On, M.A.,
solicitor, and Mr. Wei Piu, barrister-at-law,
both distinguished Cheltonians, are the Hon.
Mr. Wei Yuk's brothers. Mr. Wei Yuk's
name figured in the last list of Birthday
Honours as a recipient of a Companionship
of the Order of St. Michael and St. George.

THE HON. MR. HENRY EDWARD POLLOCK,
K.C., an unofficial member of the Legislative
Council, has been connected with the Colony
for nearly twenty years, and, during that time,
has become intimately associated with all the
more prominent phases of its life. Born in
December, 1864, and educated at Charter-
house, he was called to the Bar by the Inner
Temple in November, 1887. He was admitted

no TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HON(rKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

to practise in Hongkong in April of the
following year, and from September, 1888,
until August, iSSq, he acted as Police Magis-
trate. In June, 1892, he was appointed Acting
Puisne Judge, and continued as such until
December, 1892. During the plague epidemic
of 1894 he rendered signal service to the
authorities, and in recognition of this was
awarded a gold medal. For nearly three
years, at intervals tietween 181)6 and 1901, he
acted as .Attorney-General. In 1900 he was
appointed Queen's Counsel, and since the
death of Mr. J. J. Francis, K.C., in IQOI, he
has been the senior practising counsel in the
Colony. He went to Fiji as Attorney-General
in January, 1902. but left in the following
April and resigned the appointment two
months later, returning to Hongkong in
October of that year. In 1903 he temporarily
represented the Chamber of Commerce on
the legislative Council, and in 1905 he was
elected to represent the Justices of the Peace
on that body upon the retirement of Sir Paul
Chafer. C.M.G. He is one of the members
of the Standing Law Committee. Mr. Pollock
was elected a member of the Sanitary Board
in March, 1903. and held office until January,
1906. He is president of the Hongkong
Branch of the Navy League and of the Chess
Club, secretary of the Odd Volumes Society,
and a member on the committee of the
Royal Hongkong Yacht Club. Mr. Pollock,
who married in March, 1906, Lena Oakley.
lives at " Harrington, " the Peak.

MR. WILLIAM JARDINE QRESSON is a

son of the late Colonel Gresson, of the 27th
Inniskillings and 65lh Regiment. Upon the
completion of his education at Bedford
School he entered the London office of the
Chartered Bank. In 1892 he came to Hong-
kong to join the tirm of Jardine, Matheson
& Co.. Ltd.. of which his nncle, Sir Robert
Jardine, was the head. Since that date he
has represented the firm both at Hongkong
and Shanghai. To his duties as an un-
official member of the Legislative Council
are added those of a member of the Public
Works Committee. He is a thorough sports-
man, and, as a steward of the Hongkong
Jockey Club, takes an especially keen interest
in racing. Mr. Gresson was recently
married.

THE HON. MR. EDWARD OSBORNE, J.P.,

the Secretary of the Hongkong and Kowloon
Wharf and Godown Company, is one of the
men of whom the Colony has great reason
to be proud. During his twenty-six years'
residence in Hongkong he has made himself
master of many of the more difficult problems
which have confronted the prime movers in
commercial enterprise, and his opinion, based
upon shrewd observation, is widely sought.
Born in 1 861, and educated at St. Anne's,
Streatham Hill, Mr. Osborne entered the
service of a Durham firm of solicitors, and
then went into the Ix>ndon office of the
Peninsular and Oriental Company. In 1882

he came out to the Company's Hongkong
office, where he reni.iined seven years, until
the formation of the Hongkong and Kowloon
Wharf and Godown Company. Since i88g
he has been closely identified with the
Wharf Company's progress, and, as secretary,
he has encountered innumerable difficulties
arising out of the organised opposition of
the Chinese guilds to the competition of
the foreigner. It has been a long, uphill
fight on his part against tlie co-operated
exactions of the Chinese and in favour of
European interests. As a member of the
Sanitary Board, to which he was elected in
1900, Mr. Osborne devoted considerable time
and labour to fighting the plague, and, so far
as concerned the Wharf Company's employees,
found that the most effective measures were
the extermination of rats and the enforcement
of simple rules of health and cleanliness.
With a few other gentlemen he was instru-
mental in bringing about the erection of the
new Hongkong Club building; whilst, :it the
request of the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank
and of the mortgagees of the Hongkong
Hotel property, he was, some twelve years
ago, largt-ly responsible for rescuing the
Hotel Company from imminent bankruptcy
and placing it upon a dividend-paying b.isis.
He also assisted in bringing about the forma-
tion of the Star Ferry Company, and placing
double-ended boats on the service between
Hongkong and the mainland. He is a director
of the Dairy Farm and of the Steam Laundry
Company, and has a seat on the Consulting
Committees of A. S. Watson & Co., Ltd., and
the China-Borneo Company. In May. 1906,
he succeeded the Hon. Mr. Gershom Stewart
on the Legislative Council, and is a member
of the Finance and Public Works Committees.
A lover of outdoor sports, with a leaning
especially towards rowing, riding, and shoot-
ing. Mr. Osborne is also extremely partial
to pedestrian exercise. He has seen in this
way a good deal of the mainland adjacent
to Hongkong, and was in Peking just after
the Boxer troubles. He has walked across
Korea, through parts of Japan, and recently
went on foot from Hankow to Canton by
way of Kweilin. In February, 1904, he
was married to Phyllis Eliza, a daughter of
Mr. G. Whittey, of Weybridge, by whom
he has three children. He lives at the Peak,
where he went to reside many years ago
in the hope — since completely justified — of
.securing immunity from malarial fever.

THE HON. COMMANDER BASIL REGINALD
HAMILTON TAYLOR, R.N., who is acting as
a member of the Legislative Coinicil during
the absence on leave of Mr. Badeley, the
Captain-Superintendent of Police, has been
connected with the Harbour Department of
the Colony since July, 1899. His father was
the late Colonel Thomas Edward Taylor,
Chief Conservative Whip for many years,
and for forty-two consecutive years Member
for County Dublin. He was Chancellor of
the Duchy of Lancaster in Lord Derby's last
Cabinet, and in Lord Beaconsfield's Cabinet
of 1874. Commander Taylor's grandfather

was the eldest son of the Rev. the Hon.
Heiny Edward Taylor, a son of the first
Earl of Bective, and brother of the first
Marquis of Headfort. Born on April 8, 1865,
and educated at a private school at Cheani,
in Surrey, Commander Taylor entered the
Royal Navy in 1878. He served in the
Egyptian VVar of 1882, and was present at
the bombardment of Alexandria In July of
that year, subsequently landing with the
Naval Brigade at Alexandria and Port Said
for police and guard duties. For his services
he was awarded the Egyptian medal,
Alexandria clasp, and bronze star. He was
commissioned a lieutenant in 1888, and
served on the Mediterranean, North American,
China, and Home Stations. He resigned his
commission in 1898, and in the following
year was appointed Assistant Harbour Master
of Hongkong. Since that time the total
tonnage of vessels entered and cleared has
doubled. Great improvements have been
made in lighting and much of the foreshore
has been reclaimed. Besides being Harbour
Master, Commander Taylor is Marine Magis-
trate, Emigration and Customs Officer,
Registrar of Shipping, Superintendent of
the Gunpowder Depot, Collector of Light
Dues, Superintendent of Imports and
Exports, and Board of Trade Agent for
Commercial Intelligence. He was confirmed
in these appointments on his return from
leave in February, 1907. For a while he
acted as Assistant Superintendent of the
Water Police, but, the arrangement by
which that force was placed under the
Harbour Department proving unsatisfactory,
It was discontinued. In 1903 Comuiander
Taylor was married to Harriet, a daughter
of Brigadier-General H. H. Osgood, of the
United Slates Army, and widow of the late
Major Paul Clendennis, of the United States
Army. He Is a member of the Carlton,
Bath, and Hongkong Clubs.

MR. HENRY KESWICK, who is acting as
a member of the Legislative Council during
the absence of Mr. Gresson from the Colony,
is the eldest son of Mr. William Keswick,
M.P., of Beech Grove, Dumfriesshire. He
was born in Shanghai In 1870, and was
educated at Eton and Trinity College, Cam-
bridge, taking his H.A. degree in 1892. Mr.
Keswick went to New York in 1893 for the
firm of Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd. Two
years later he came East and remained until
the outbreak of the Boer War in 1900. when
he went to South Africa and served as a
captain in the 3rd King's Own Scottish
Borderers. Iti the following year he returned
East to take charge of the firm's branch at
Yokohama, and in 1904 he entered upon a
similar position in Shanghai. He w,-is chair-
man of the Chamber of Commerce, and
chairman of the Municipal Council in
Shanghai during J906-7. Early in 1907 he
was given charge of the head office in Hong-
kong. He is a member of the committees
of the Chamber of Connncrce, the China
Association, and the Royal Hongkong Yacht
Club, and a steward of the Jockey Club.

IIVENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. HI

LEGAL AND JUDICIAL BIOGRAPHIES.

THE CHIEF JUSTICE OF HONGKONG, His

Honouf Sir Francis Taylor Pigyolt, has been
from his early years in the profession a
writer on International Law, and he is recog-
nised as an authority upon the rules which
govern the relationships and control the
intercourse of one country with another.
His career has furnished him with many
opportunities of perfecting his knowledge in
this particular direction, and his opinions,
based upon facts, many of which have come
within his personal experience, are embodied
in several sturdy volumes and held in high
repute by the members of his profession.
Born in London on April 25, 1852, he is the
son of the Rev. Francis Allen Piggott, of
Worthing. His early education was obtained
first at Worthing College, and then for some
time in Paris, and afterwards at Trinity Col-
lege, Cambridge. Always an enthusiastic
rifle-shot, he represented his University on
three occasions in the Inter-'Varsity shooting
contests at Wimbledon, and, one year, was a
member of the English eight in the competi-
tion for the ''Elcho" Shield. Still retaining
his interest in the sport Sir Francis is now
a member of the Hongkong Rifle Association.
Having graduated, and taken the degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Laws, he was
in 1874 called to the Bar by the Inner
Temple. In 1887 he attended the Colonial
Conference, in connection wilh a scheme for
the enforcement of Colonial judgments in
England, which he had put forward, and in
the same year was employed by the Foreign
Office to draft a convention with Italy for
the mutual execution of judgments, the negoti-
ations in connection with this subject being
carried on in Rome. Afterwards he was
selected by Sir Julian Pauncefote. on the
application of the Japanese Government, as
legal adviser to the Prime Minister of Japan,
in connection with the drafting of the consti-
tution. He resided in Tokyo from 1888 to
1 891, and named his second son, who was
born in Japan, after his chief, Count (now
Prince) Ito. During his slay in the Island
Empire Sir Francis collected the data for his
books, " The Garden of Japan " and the
"Music and Musical Instruments of the
Japanese," published a few years later. In
1893 he assisted Sir Charles Russell, then
Attorney-General, in drafting the British
argument for the Behring Sea Arbitration,
and as secretary to Sir Charles attended the
sittings of the Tribune in Paris, and a series
of letters from his pen, on the subject of
the arbitration, appeared in The Times.

Appointed Procureur and Advocate-General
for Mauritius in 1894, he held that position
until 1905, acting for two years as chief
justice during 1895 96. In 1897 he revised
the laws of the Colony, and completed a
second and more comprehensive revision
before leaving the Colony. He also published,
in two volumes, a complete and revised
collection of the " Imperial Statutes applicable
to the Colonies." After coming to Hongkong
as Chief Justice, he received the honour of
knighthood in 1905. Besides those works
already mentioned. Sir Francis has published
a series of books on foreign judgments :
" Principles of Law of Torts," 1885 ; " Ex-
territoriality and Consular Jurisdiction," 1892 ;
" Service out of the Jurisdiction," 1892 ;
" Nationality and Naturalisation and the Eng-

lish Law on the High Seas and Beyond
the Realm," 1904. In Hongkong his chief
recreation has been golf ; he is a member
of the Golf Club, the Hongkong Club, and
the " Thatched House," London. Sir Francis
married Mabel Waldron, eldest daughter of
Jasper Wilson Johns, J. P., D.L., and has two
sons.

HIS HONOUR MR. ALFRED OASCOYNE
WISE, Puisne Judge of the Supreme Court,
Hongkong, was born at Colombo, Ceylon, on
-August 15, 1854, and was a son of the late
Mr. Alfred Wise, a well-known planter.
Educated at Repton and at Trinity College,
Cambridge, he was called to the Bar by
Lincoln's Inn in 1878, and at the age of
twenty-eight came to Hongkong, and on
January i, 1884 was appointed Police Magis-
trate. In 1892 he became Registrar, Official
Administrator, Official Trustee, Registrar of
Companies, and Registrar in the Colonial
Court of Admiralty, and three years later he
entered upon his present appointment. Twice
he has acted for the Attorney-General and
twice for the Chief Justice. In 1902 he was
elected chairman ol the Squatter's Board.
He is married to Augusta Frances, a daughter
of Mr. A. N. C. R. Nugent. He is a member
of the Conservative, Thatched House, and
Hongkong Clubs.

MR. ARATHOON SETH, I.S.O., the Regis-
trar of the Supreme Court, Hongkong, was
born in 1852. When only sixteen years of
age he was appointed Hindustani interpreter
to the Magistracy, Hongkong, having acquired
a knowledge of the language in Hongkong,
and, except for a comparatively short interval
when he was attached to the Peninsular
and Oriental Company, he has been in
the Civil Service ever since. He re-entered
the Magistracy as third clerk in September,
1872, and received steady promotion, be-
coming first clerk in 1875, and Clerk of
Councils and chief clerk in the Colonial
Secretary's office six years later. He was
created a Justice of the Peace in 1882,
and was called to the Bar by Lincoln's Inn
in 1893. After serving as Superintendent of
the Opium Revenue and of Imports and
Exports, was appointed Secretary to the
Board, under the ''Taipingshan Resumption
Ordinance," and subsequently received the
thanks of the Government for his services.
He has held a variety of other posts from
time to time, including those of Acting Assis-
tant Registrar-General, Official Receiver in
Bankruptcy, Acting Registrar of the Supreme
Court, Acting Land Officer, Acting Registrar
of Companies, Official Administrator, and
Official Trustee ; was appointed to his present
position in October, 1903. Mr. Seth is a
member of the Hongkong Club and lives at
Norman Cottage, Peak Road.

MR. HENRY HESSEY JOHNSTON GOM-
PERTZ, the first Police Magistrate and
Coroner of Hongkong, has spent nearly
twenty years in the Civil Service, his ap-

pointment as a cadet dating from 1890. For
nearly seven years he was in the Straits
Settlements, and during that time he acted
in a magisterial capacity on several occa-
sions, and also as Deputy Registrar of the
Supreme Court, Penang. He tame to Hong-
kong in August of 1897 as Assistant Regis-
trar-General, and served on the Commission
appointed to report on the interpretation
scheme. Before receiving his present posi-
tion, in October of 1907, he was for two
years president of the Land Court, and had
acted as Police Magistrate, Attorney-General,
and Puisne Judge. He is a Bachelor of Arts
of Oxford and a member of the Bar (1899).
He speaks the Tie-Chin, Hok-kien and Can-
tonese dialects.

MR. FRANCIS ARTHUR HAZELAND, the

second Police Magistrate of Hongkong, was
appointed Clerk to the Puisne Judge in
November, 1878, and subsequently discharged
the duties of First Clerk of the Supreme
Court and Marshal of the Colonial Court of
Admiralty, Acting Chief Clerk in the Colonial
Secretary's office and Acting Clerk of Coun-
cils, and Deputy Registrar. While on leave
in 1899 he was called to the Bar by Lincoln's
Inn. Since his return to the Colony in the
following year he has served for several
long terms as Acting Police Magistrate and
Coroner. His present substantive appoint-
ment dates from 1901.

THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL.— A biographi-
cal sketch of Mr. William Rees-Davies, the
Attorney-General, will be found under the
heading " Executive and Legislative Councils."

MR. FRANCIS BULMER LYON BOWLEY,

Crown Solicitor and Notary Public, was born
in 1868, at Bristol, and received his educa-
tion at the Bristol Grammar School. He was
admitted a Solicitor in London in 1890, and
in 1893 came to Hongkong to join Mr.
H. L. Dennys. Seven years later he was
appointed Crown Solicitor in succession to
Mr. Dennys, and at the same time undertook
the duties of Secretary, Librarian, and Curator
at the City Hall, which he fulfilled for six
years. He is on the committee of the Hong-
kong Law Society.

MR. GEORGE HERBERT WAKEMAN, who

has been in the Hongkong Government Ser-
vice for about seven years and has held the
position of Land Oflicer and Official Receiver
in Bankruptcy since August, 1905, was born
on June 15, 1866, and educated at Cams
College, Cambridge. He was appointed
Assistant Land Oflicer on June 29, 1900, and
was made a Justice of the Peace in the same
year Mr. Wakeman is an enthusiastic rifle-
shot, and in 1906-7 was honorary secretary
of the Volunteer Reserve Association, founded
by Sir Matthew Nathan.

I. O. I). Thomson. Esc^
Srilicitor.
4. F. A. Hazkhnd. Esg..
Second Holice Ma((i»trate.
7. J. Scott Hakstox. Es^., f>.

Solicitor.

II. Arathoos SrTH. Esq..
Re^stnr.
14. G. C. C. Master, Esq.. i.V

SaOcltor.

HONGKONG LEGAL GROUP.

2. Paui, M. HoD(isf>x. Es(j.. 3. H.

Solicitor.
5, F. B. L. Bowi.EY. Esq..
Crown Solicitor.
Mr. Ji;stice Wise. <>. Sir F. T. Piggott. Kt.,

Puisne JudKC. Chief Justice.

12. F. X. D'AI.MADA K Castro, Esq.. 13.

Solicitor.
C. D. WiLKiKsox, E.SQ., 16. G. A. Hastings. Esq..

Solicitor. SoUcltor.

W. LooKKK, Esq.,
Solicitor.

6. H. H. J. GoMPKRiZ, Esq.,
First Magistrate.
10. G. K. Hai-I. Hrittox, Esq..
Solicitor.
Sir Hkxky S. Bekkelev,
H;uTisttT..il-l..'iw.

17. P. W. GoLitHixG, Esq..
Solicitor.

FINANCE.

By the Hon. Mr. A. M. Thomson. Colonial Treasurer.

HE Coloni.il Treasurer is tlie
officer in ciiarge of all finan-
cial operations, subject to the
P'inancial Instructions and
such orders as may be trans-
mitted to him from time to
time. He is also Collector of
Stamp Revenue. The staff of the Treasury
is of the usual clerical nature, and heads of
departments are regarded as sub-accountants
under the Treasurer so far as they are
required to transact financial business.

In the early days the Imperial CJovernment
bore practically the whole of the expenses of
the Colony, voting a sum annually for the
purpose of carrying on the business of the
Government. During the Governorship of
Sir George Bonham (1848 54) this grant,
which had been reduced to _^25,ooo, was
further reduced to £9,200, and soon after-
wards was withdrawn altogether. Two
grants of ;fio,ooo each, however, were ren-
dered necessary by public works in 1857 and
1858. Since that time the Colony has been
self-supporting.

The revenue for 1907 amounted to
16,602,280, of which the principal portions
were derived from the opium farm and
assessed taxes. The former is now tet at
$1,452,000 per annum, and the latter item is
practically a general charge of 13 per cent.
on rateable property in the Colony, yielding
something like $1,397,730 per annum. Land
sales form an item of extraordinary revenue,
but the amount derived from them in 1907
was only $159,750. Two factors have con-
tributed to the decline in the receipts from
this source. In the first instance, most of
the valuable land in the business centres has
been alienated ; and, in the second, owing
to the geneial depression of trade during
the last two years very little capital has
been put into new enterprises for which
land might have been required, though there
are plenty of suitable factory sites available.
For the first few years of the Colony's exis-
tence leases were granted for a term of
75 years, but, in accordance with the
general wishes of the community, a change
was made, and leases were granted for
999 years. About ten years ago, however,
the Secretary of State issued a new rule to
the effect that the original term of 75 years
should again be introduced, and that rule
remains in force at the present day. All
Crown leases are sold by auction. Hong-
kong being a free port, there are no customs
or excise duties in the Colony.

The rateable value of the city of Victoria
for 1907 8 was $8,892,205, a decrease of

3'42 per cent, on that of the previous twelve
months, while that for the whole Colony,
$10,654,338, sliowcd a falling-off of 2-52
per cent.

The expenditure for 1907 came to
S5.757i203, including a sum of $728,650 spent
on extraordinary public works, exclusive of
the railway to Canton, which is being pro-
vided for by advances from a special fund
to a special account. The Colony pays a
military contribution of 20 per cent, on its
annual revenue, exclusive of land sales.

The following table shows the revenue and
expenditure of the Colony during the last
ten years : —

Statement of Kevknuk and Expenditure

I'UOM 1898 '

ro I

907.

Revenue.

ExpencUtu

1898

... 2,918,159

2,841,805

1899

... 3,610,143

3,162,792

1900

... 4,202,587

3,628,447

1901

... 4,213,893

4,111,722

1902

... 4,901,073

5,909,548

1903

- 5,238,857

5,396,669

1904

... 6,809,047

6,376,235

1905

... 6,918,403

6,951,275

1906

... 7.035,011

7«

6,832,610

1907

... 6,602,280

5,757,203

At the end of 1907 the excess of assets
over liabilities, exclusive of loan liabilities,
was $[,444,738, as will be seen from the
following statement : —

Assets. $ c.

Balance in bank 393,54' 38

Advances 168,501 50

Crown agents' deposit 569,897 96

Subsidiary coins in stock ... 645,521 75

Profit on Money Order Office... 10,000 00
Suspense account (advanced for

railway construction) 863,271 40

Total $2,650,733 99

Liabilities. $ c.

Bills on Colonial Office in transit 395,876 29

Deposits not available 656,505 90

Military contribution in excess

of estimate 64,590 00

Pensions not paid 30,400 00

Balance overdrawn in London 27,503 71

Miscellaneous ... 31,119 23

Total

...$1,205,995 13

The above does not include arrears of
revenue, amounting to $88,978-33.

The first loan ever raised by the Colony
was negotiated in 1886, when ;^20o,ooo was
borrowed for public works — chiefly the
Tytam W.aterworks. In course of time
this loan was repaid. The existing con-
solidated loan amounts to ;£i,485.732. There
is a credit of £60,704 (present market value
of securities) at sinking fund account, and it
is expected that the whole liability may be
extinguished about 1943, including the amount
which may be advanced from the special
fund for railway construction. The first
portion of the consolidated loan was raised
in 1893, when £342,000, approximately, was
borrowed at 3 J per cent, for the purpose of
extending the Praya Reclamation, constructing
the Central Market, and carrying out other
public works extraordinary, in .addition to
paying off the balance of the 1886 loan,
amounting approximately to £142,000. The
remaining portion, borrowed in 1905, costs
the Government £3 13s. per cent, for interest
annually, but this last loan was raised to
provide an advance of £1,100,000 to the
Viceroy of Wuchang, repayable by him in
yearly instalments of £110,000, and bearing
interest at 4.J per cent. These repayments
and the inteiest on the balance, form the
special fund above referred to.

There is a Widows' and Orphans' Pension
Fund in existence, on the same lines as in
other Colonies, the finances being managed
by the Treasurer. There is no Government
Savings Bank.

THE COLONIAL TREASURER.— A brief
biographical sketch of the Hon. Mr. A. M.
Thomson, the Colonial Treasurer, will be
found under the heading '• Executive and
Legislative Councils."

IMR. HUGH RICHARD PHELIPS, who has

been in the service of the Hongkong Govern-
ment as Local Auditor since December, 1904,
was born on January 6, i86g, and was edu-
cated at Weymouth College and at Queen's
College, Oxford. He was appointed Local
Auditor for the Niger Coast Protectorate, West
Africa, in October, 1894, and two years later
became Assistant-Auditor of tlie East Africa
Protectorate. He was Local Auditor of
Uganda in 1897, and held a similar position
in the East Africa Protectorate in 1901. For
services rendered to the Government in
1897 9 he was awarded the Uganda Mutiny
medal and clasp. Since his arrival in the
Colony Mr. Phelips has been made a Justice
of the Peace. He is attached to Somerset

114 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONCrKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

House, and is a member of the Sports Clbb,
London. Mr. Phelips married, in 1903,
Jacquette Edith, youngest daughter of the Kev.
George Lanibe. of •' Highlands," Ivybridge,
Devon. He resides at No. 72, Mount Kellel,
Hongkong.

THE ASSESSOR OF RATES.— A short
biograpliy of Mr. A. Chapman, the Assessor
of Kates, appears in the Volunteer section
of this work.

CURRENCY.

The currency of Hongkong consists of the
dollar, half-dollar, twenty-, ten-, tive-, and one-
cent pieces, and of cash (or mil) represent-
ing the thousandth part of a dollar. The
one-cent piece and the cash are of copper.

the rest of silver. The cash is practically
never used. Notes of seven denominations,
ranging in value from one dollar to S500
each, are issued by the Chartered Hank,
the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank, and the
National Bank of China. These notes had
an average circulation in December, 1907,
representing $16,916,166.

Two kinds of dollar are in circulation,
namely the British and the Mexican.
Formerly coins were issued from a mint
that was opened in Hongkong in 1866 on
the site now occupied by the Sugar Refinery
at East Point, and run for two years at a
cost of ;£9,ooo a year, but they are never
met with at the present day.

The value of the dollar is not fixed, but
varies in accordance with the prevailing rate
of silver. The highest point that it lias
touched during the List twenty years is
4s. 3ld., in 1877, and the lowest is. 6Jd.,
in 1902. The greatest variation in any

THE PREMISES OP THE CHARTERED BANK OF INDIA, AUSTRALIA,

AND CHINA. [Sec page iiS.]

twelve months occurred in 1890, when the
price fell from 3s. lojd. to 3s. ojd.

This liability to thictualion introduces, of
course, a serious speculative element into the
commercial operations of the Colony, and
suggestions have been made from lime to
time for fixing the value of the dollar, as it
has been fixed recently in the Straits Settle-
ments. The insuperable difficulty in the
way of carrying out this very desirable
reform lies in the fact that Hongkong is
little else but a shipping centre between
China and the rest of the world, and in
China there is no fixed currency. Indeed, in
the Chinese Empire taels, or weights of
silver equal to an ounce and a third, and
doll.irs that have been cut into sections are
accepted .it their intrinsic value as a medium
of exchange. Silver dollars, therefore, may
be regarded merely as a commodity whose
value is determined by supply and demand.
In these circumstances, even if the dollar
were fixed in Hongkong it would not be
accepted at its face value in China, and
therefore the responsibility of dealing with
the exchange question would only be trans-
ferred from commercial houses in Hongkong
to their representatives in Canton. Under
existing conditions, prudent merchants en-
gaged in transactions between Canton and,
say, London make arraTigements with the local
banks for a fixed dollar from time to time,
and are thus enabled to quote on a safe
basis. As a rule the banks will allow their
offers to remain open for twenty-four hours.
Although by this arrangement it is often
impossible to compete with the trader who
is ready to gamble by quoting at the current
rate of exchange and calculating upon a fall
in the value of the dollar, it is the only safe
method of carrying on business.

Since 1863 quantities of subsidiary silver
coinage have been minted in London and
issued by the Hongkong Government for use
in the Colony. The Chinese, finding this
subsidiary coinage a much more convenient
form of exchange than long strings of
copper cash, about 1,000 of which went to
the dollar, used it extensively ; indeed it is
estimated that not more than 10 per cent, of
the coins minted by the British authorities
remain in the Colony at the present day.
In course of time the Chinese Government,
recognising the demand that existed for these
small coins, began minting them, with the
consequence that the importation of British
coins received a serious check and the
Colony was flooded with the Chinese coin-
age, which, although of the same weight
and fineness as Hongkong coins, are not
fractions of a legal standard as the latter
are. At the time of writing, both the
British and Chinese subsidiary coins are at
about 5 per cent, discount ; in other words,
a British or Mexican dollar will buy loj
ten-cent pieces. The consequent disarrange-
ment of local trade and the injustice which
Chinese coolies suffer by being paid by their
headmen in small coinage at the rate of loo
cents to the dollar engaged the attention of
a specially appointed committee in the latter
part of 1907. While agreeing that the only
effectual method of dealing witli the question
was by Government intervention, since con-
certed individual action was, in practice,
impossible, the committee found themselves
hopelessly divided when they came to the
formulation of a definite scheme. The
majority advocated the prohibition of the
importation and circulation of all alien sub-
sidiary coinage ; while the minority, fearing
that this might bring about a further
depreciation in the value of Canton coins
and lead to financial disabilities, if not to

HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANK.

INTERIOR OF HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANK.

[See page 118.]

UG TWENTIKTH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONCJ, SHANGHAI, ETC.

measures of retaliation by the Cliinese
authorities, adversely affecting the trade of
the Colony, urged that the Chinese Govern-
ment should he pressed to reform its
currency in the terms of the Mackay Treaty,
and that an attempt should be made to
secure an undertaking that the Canton Mint
would cease coining subsidiary coin until
Hongkong and Canton subsidiary coins
reached par value, and that thenceforward
both parties should agree to restiict minting
to actual retiuirements.

BANKING.

The first mention of Banking in the olVicial
summary of the history of the Colony is that
a branch of the Oriental Banking Corporation
was established in April, 1845— the year in
which the first unsuccessful attempt was
made to place the currency of the Colony

on a gold basis. The establishment of this
institution was welcomed, it being regarded
as indiaitive of the sanguine expectations
entertained by the comnumity as to the
island's commercial future. Two years later,
and before it was chartered, this bank put
into circulation over 56,000 dollars' worth of
notes, "to the great relief of local trade," as
the historian informs us.

The subject of banking from that date
onwards, for a period of nearly twenty years,
is practically ignored by the records, though
there are frequent references to the currency
question. The issue of the prospectus of the
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
in July, 1864, is the next mention, and, iiici-
denlally, Ur. Eitel alludes to the existence
at that time of six banking institutions — the
Oriental Bank already referred to, the Agia
and United Service Bank ; the Central Hank
of Western India ; the Chartered Hank of
India, Australia and China ; the Chartered
Mercantile Bank of India, London, and China;
and llie Commercial Bank of India. This list

PaEHISES OF THE BANQUE DE L'INDO CHINE.

[See page 119.]

does not appear to be a complete one, how-
ever, for some of the older inhabitants of the
Colony well remember that there were also in
operation the Comptoir Nalionale d'Kscomple
de Paris ; the Bank of Hindustan, China, and
Japan ; the Asiatic Bank ; and the Hank of
India. In fact, the manager of the French
bank, Mr. Victor Kresser, became the Inst
manager of the newly formed Hongkong Bank,
and the accountant of the Hank of Hindu-
stan, Mr. John Grigor, its first accountant.

Of all these institutions only three — the
Chartered Bank of India, the Mercantile
Bank of India, and the Hongkong Hank —
actually survive to-day, whilst the financial
interests of a foiu-th, the Comptoir Natioiiale
d'Ksconipte di; Paris, were taken over in 181/)
by the Hanque de I'lndo Chine. The exact
fate of tile others has hitherto escaped record
for the most part, but they were all severely
shaken by the great Bombay crisis of 1866,
brought about by the failure of Prenichand
K'oychand's " Back Bay" scheme of reclama-
tion, and of many other companies floated by
him, in which millions of money were lost.
In the same year the failure of Overend,
(Jurncy & Co., a big London firm, created
widespread panic, and in consequence, there
was a run on the vaiious banks in the Colony.
There was something of a scandal at the
time, for in those days, before the advent
of the cable, news filtered in slowly, and,
in the excitement of tlie moment, some of
tlie earliest recipients took matters into their
own hands, grabbing notes from the bank
counters, and in some cases landing them-
selves by their unseemly behaviour, in the
police court. These causes, with the failure
of Dent & Co., Lyall, Still & Co.. and other
lirms, added to the general depression in the
trade of the Colony which characterised the
years 1866 69, led nllimately to the failure
or closing of the Commercial, the Central,
the Hindustan, the Asiatic, the Agra, and
probably other of the banks. Even the Hong-
kong and Shanghai Hank, with its capital of
two and a half million dollars and its influen-
tial directorate, passed through unpleasant
vicissitudes of fortune, culminating in 1874 75
in its inability to pay a dividend ; and it was
not until Sir Thomas Jackson, probably the
greatest financier the Colony has ever known,
assumed the management of its affairs, and
there was a revival of local prosperity, that
the shareholders' fears were allayed, and the
bank fulfilled the promises of its early years.
The banks in existence in the Colony at the
present day are the Hongkong and Shanghai
Bank (attached to which is the Hongkong
Savings Bank), the Chartered Bank of India,
Australia and China, the National Bank of
China, the Mercantile Bank of India, the Inter-
national Bank, the Banque de I'lndo Chine,
the Kusso-Chinese Bank, the Nederlandsch-
Indische Handelsbank, the Deutsch-Asiatische
Hank, and the Hank of Taiwan. The premises
of the more important banks are in close
proximity to one another, and are amongst
the most imposing buildings in a city remark-
able for its architectural features. That
Hongkong should have risen to such emin-
ence in the financial world is due, as
Alexander Michie points out in his well-
known work, not to its local resources, but
to its strategical position which has enabled
it "to retain the character of a pivot upon
which Far Eastern commerce turns."

The circulation of bank-notes in the Colony,
first started by the Oriental Hank in 1847,
has risen to an average of something like
17,000,000 dollars' worth, the majority being
notes issued by the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation. The history of their
gradual introduction is marked by a curious

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 117

passage, as recorded by Dr. Eitel. In
1873, when the value of tlie notes hi cir-
culation had reachtd three and a qiiaiter
million dollars, " the Governor (Sir A. E.
Kennedy! received an intimation that the
Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty's Trea-
sury disapproved of the issue of one dollar
notes on the ground that the notes would be
largely in the hands of the poorest Chinese,
who might be even more subject to panics
than the mercantile classes. The (Jovernor
was instructed to order the withdrawal
of these notes unless serious public incon-
venience should result from such a course.
When the Governor accordingly called upon
the bank (February, 1874) to show cause
why the one dollar notes should not be
called in, the whole community took up the
matter, and a numerously signed memorial,
supported by a special resolution of the
Chamber of Commerce, was forwarded to
Her Majesty's Government (March, 1874) in
favour of the retention of these one dollar
notes."

The Hongkong and Shanghai Bank is
authorised, in accordance with its Ordinance
of Incorporation, to issue up to 10,000,000
dollars' worth of bank-notes, including notes
issued in Hongkong as well as by any of its
agencies in any part of the world. Beyond
that the Corporation may issue notes to any
extent, provided that the actual bullion is
deposited previously in the joint custody of
the Colonial Secretary and the Colonial
Treasurer. The Chartered Bank of India,
Australia, and China, is the only other bank
in Hongkong authorised to issue notes by
charter from the Home Government. Tlieir
limit for the Colony of Hongkong under the
charter is 4,000,000 dollars' worth. At the
same time if Ihey deposit, dollar for dollar,
bullion value, they also may issue in excess
of that amount. In 1895 the National Bank
of China began to issue notes, unauthor-
ised by the Government either by ordinance
or charter, and the result of this was the
passing, at a special sitting of the Legislative
Council, of Ordinance No. 2 of 1895, pro-
hibiting the issue of notes in the Colony
e.vcept by permission, but allowing the circu-
lation of aTiy notes actually in circulation
before March 20, 1895, a schedule of which
had to be supplied to the Colonial Treasurer
on application. The National Bank has,
therefore, 450,000 dollars' worth of notes in
circulation, though these notes are not recog-
nised by the Hongkong Government.

Two big bank robberies are recorded in
the earlier annals. In July, 1862, a huge
fraud was perpetrated upon the Chartered
Mercantile Bank by an Indian merchant,
who, with the assistance of an Englishman
in charge of the opium stored in the receiv-
ing-ship Tropic, forged opium certificates to
a total of $2,000,000. In 1864 and 1865
there was great activity on the part of certain
ingenious Chinese burglars who came to be
known as "drain gangs." The godowns of
Smith, Archer & Co., and the jewellery store
of Douglas Lapraik were raided in 1864, and,
emboldened by these successes, a master-
stroke was planned early in the following
year. Tlie story cannot be belter narrated
than in the words of Mr. Norton-Kyshe, in his
"History of the Laws and Courts of Hong-
kong." He writes : "A serious bank robbery
took place between the evening of Saturday
the 4th and the morning of Monday the 6th
of February, when the Central Bank of
Western India was robbed of $115,000 in
notes, gold, and silver, by thieves who entered
the bank's treasury vaults from the drains.
The principal labour seems to have been that
of tunnelling a passage of twenty yards from

an adjacent drain lo a spot ex.'ictly below the
treasury vault. A perpendicular shaft, ten
feet in length, of sufiicient diameter to allow
the passage of one mnn, was next made, and
tliis brought the borers to the granite boulders
on which the floor of the vault rested. These
naturally sank down as they were under-
mined, and nothing remained but lo force up
a slab, when ingress became free. Sixty-
three thousand dollars in mixed notes were
carried off, along with ^"ir,ooo in gold
ingots marked with the stamp of the bank."
As far as could be ascertained, the gang
consisted of nine men, of whom three only
were brought up for trial — one being dis-
charged, and the others being sentenced lo
four years penal servitude. They would be

^100, plus, of course, his profit and the cost of
freight, which may be ignored for the purpose
of this illustration. On arrival of the goods in
London six weeks or so later the dollar might
have risen to 2s. 2d., which, in the ordinary
way, would mean that when the ;^ioo was
cabled out lo him he would receive only about
S923. In order to guard against this, mer-
chants arrange with their bankers for a fixed
rate of exchange, and are thus guaranteed a
specified number of dollars whatever may be
the fluctuations of exchange. An importer of
European goods for the Chitiese market, adopts
of course, a similar method of insuring himself
against loss. The bank's quotations in such
cases depend upon whether the dollar is con-
sidered likely to become cheaper or dearer.

PREMISES OF THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK, LTD. [See page iiy]

smart thieves who could effect such a burglary
at the present day I

Owing to the fluctuations of the dollar the
Hongkong banks do an immense business in
e.xchange quotations. A merchant who pur-
chases in Canton goods for export to England,
must have some firm basis upon which to
make his calculations, otherwise, if pending
delivery of the goods the dollar increase in
value, the sterling remitted to him on the
completion of the transaction will represent in
the local currency something less than he
anticipated. For example, if at the time of
making the purchase the dollar stood at 2s., the
merchant would have to pay $1,000 in Canton
for silk which he agreed to sell in L<jndon for

In the European banks the whole of the
Chinese business is controlled by a compradore,
a Chinaman of considerable financial standing,
who hns to lodge a large sum of money with
the bank as guarantee. The compradore acts
as an intermediary between the liank and its
Chinese clients. If a native bank or a substan-
tial Chinese Government official or merchant
wants a loan, the compradore, having satisfied
himself as to the financial soundness of the
applicant, negotiates with the manager of the
bank for the required amount, and enters
himself as surety for its repayment In other
respects the compradore has much the same
functions as an ordinary general broker,
buying and selling sterling bills, sovereigns,

118 TWENTIETH CENTI^RY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONO, SHANGHAI, ETC.

telegraphic transfers, &c., always standing as
guarantee to the hank for the Iwna tides of
the contracts.

In addition to the European banks, there
are upwards of thirty native hanks, chief
among them being the Yuen Fung Yan, the
Soy Kut, the Hong Yue. the Shing Tak, and
the Yue Fung. Some of them are substantial
concerns, having their own compradores, and
capital sums ranging up to two or three lakhs
of dollars. Their- business lies chiefly in
receiving money on deposit and in lending
money against security of goods. They also
conduct a large remittance business between
Hongkong. Canton, and the interior of China,
where none of the large European banks have
agencies ; indeed, as far as Chinese business is
concerned, they act to a large extent as feeders
of the European banks. Like all the other
establishments they speculate a little on
exchange.

THE CHARTERED BANK.— The distinction
of being the oldest established banking insti-
tution in the Colony belongs to the Chartered
Bank of India, Australia, and China, its
Hongkong branch having been founded
nearly half a century ago. Its business is
that of an exchange bank. The head office
is in London, and there are branches in
New York, Hamburg, and numerous places
in the East. The paid-up capital is ;£'i,20o,ooo,
and the reserve liability of the proprietors is
;t8oo,ooo. N'o less a sum than £'1,475,000
has been set aside as a reserve fund, so that
the financial soundness of the concern is
assured. The manager of the bank is Mr.
John Armstrong, who has been in the service
of the bank in the East for about twenty-
four years. The bank's premises form part
of the handsome row of similar institutions

PREMISES OF THE NETHERLANDS TRADINQ SOCIETY (SECOND FLOOR).

[Sec p.i)ie 119,]

in Queen's Street Central, and the site on
which the building stands is the property
of the Corporation.

HONOKONO AND SHANGHAI BANKING
CORPORATION. — Largely owing to able
manaf;ement and to the foresight of successive
directors, the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation is to-day the premier
bank of the East. Its history is one of extra-
ordinary prosperity, and though at one time
heavy losses were encountered, the tide soon
became once more favourable, and upon it
the Corporation has been carried to its present
strong position in the financial world.

Tlie bank was started in 1864 with a paid-
up capital of $2,500,000, in 20,000 shares of
$125 each, and amongst its founders were
men whose names are associated with some
of the largest undertakings of the last half
century. Business was commenced in 1865,
shortly before the opening of the Suez Canal
revolutionised the trade of the Far East, and
incorporation was granted in 1866. The
prosperity anticipated by the sliareliolders
was fully realised for some years ; then came
losses, and for 1874 and the first half of 1875
no dividend was paid. In 1876, Mr. J.ickson
(now Sir Thomas Jackson, Bart.), was ap-
pointed chief manager, and from that time
onward the progress of the bank has been
most marked.

In 1874 the Imperial Chinese Government
contracted a loan with the bank of £"600,000.
Since then the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation has been the means of
placing many Chinese Government loans on
the markets, and has also assisted in the flota-
tion of Government loans for Japan and Siam.

Sir Thomas Jackson finally retired from
the chief managership in 1902, and was
succeeded by Mr. J. K. M. Smith, the present
chief manager.

To-day the paid-up capital of the Corpora-
tion is 8115,000,000. The authorised note
issue is §15,000,000. The sterling reserve
fund amounts to £1,500,000, which at
exchange of 2/- is equal to $15,000,000,
invested in sterling securities (mainly Consols
standing in the books at 82), and the silver
reserve fund to $13,500,000— a total of
$28,500,000. Tlie reserve liability of the
proprietors is $15,000,000.

The Court of Directors is composed of
Mr. G. H. Medhurst (of Messrs. Dodwell &
Co., Ltd.), Chairman ; the Hon. Mr. Henry
Keswick (of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson &
Co., Ltd.), Deputy Chairman ; Messrs. G.
Friesland (of Messrs. Melchers & Co.),
A. Kuclis (of Messrs. Siemssen & Co.),
E. Goetz (of Messrs. Arnhokl, Karberg &
Co.), C. K. Len/.mann (of Messrs. Carlowilz
& Co.), A. J. Raymond (of Messrs. E. D.
Sassoon & Co.), E. Shellim (of Messrs. David
Sassoon & Co., Ltd.), K. Shewan (of Messrs.
Shewan, Tomes & Co.), H. A. W. Slade (of
Messrs. Gihnan & Co.), and H. E. Tomkins
(of Messrs. Keiss & Co.).

Branches and agencies of the bank are
established at Amoy, Bangkok, Batavia,

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 119

Bombay, Calcutta, Colombo, Koocliow, Ham-
burg, Hankow, Kobe, London, Lyons, Manila,
Nagasaki, New York, Peking, Penang,
Rangoon, Saigon, San Francisco, Sliangliai,
Singapore, Sourabaya, Tientsin, Yloilo. and
Yokohama.

The London and County Banking Company,
Ltd., act as the London bankers of the Cor-
poration.

The bank premises occupy one of the best
business sites in the Colony. The main
entrance is in Queen's Road, Central, to which
the bank has an imposing frontage, whilst
the back of the premises opens on Des Voeux
Road. The banking hall is one of the
finest in existence, with desks and counters
on either side, and covered by a spacious
dome of pleasing proportions.

The Corporation also conducts the business
of the Hongkong Savings Bank.

BANQUE DE L'INDO CHINE. The Banque
de I'lndo Chine, which represents French
interests in the Colony of Hongkong and
throughout the Far East generally, was
established in the Far East in 1875, by
special charter from the French Government,
with a capital of Fr36,ooo,ooo and a reserve
fund of Fr24,ooo,ooo. The Hongkong agency
was opened in 1896, and took over the finan-
cial interests of the Comptoir Nationale
d'Escompte de Paris. In 1900 an agency was
also started in the neighbouring Chinese city
of Canton. The Hongkong branch is managed
by Mr. L. Berindoague, and the Canton agency
by Mr. G. Garnier. There are other branches
and agencies of the bank at Saigon, Haiphong,
Hanoi, Tourane, Pnom-Penh, Noumea, Shang-
hai, Hankeau, Bangkok, Pondicherry, Batlan-
bang, Peking, Tientsin, Papeete, and Singapore.

THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK, LIMITED.

— When Japan forsook her policy of isola-
tion and allowed her subjects to have free
intercourse with the outside world, a tremen-
dous impetus was naturally given to the
trade and commerce of the country. Great
business corporations sprang into being, and
the rapid advance made, from the commercial
and industrial point of view, by the people of
the Empire has been a cause of astonishment
to all nations. There are many financial
houses now conducting operations upon an
extensive scale, and one of the most impor-
tant of these is the Yokohama Specie Bank
(Yokohama Shokin Ginko). Founded in 1880
with an authorised capital of Y3,ooo,ooo,
it was entrusted with the management of
several million yen of the Treasury reserve,
and thus had an ample capital at its disposal
for discounting foreign bills of exchange.
In 1889, however, this suppoit was withdrawn,
and in place of it, the Bank of Japan was
ordered to re-discount foreign bills of
exchange on demand of the Specie Bank, to
an amount not exceeding Y20,ooo,ooo, at

the rate of 2 per cent, per ammm. In 1887,
when the special ordinance respecting the
Specie Bank was promulgated, the capital of
the bank was raised to Y6,ooo,ooo. The
consequent extension of business necessitated
in the same year, a further increase of capital
to Y 12,000,000, and in 1899 the capital was
again doubled. The business carried on by
the bank consists of foreign exchange ; inland
exchange ; loans ; deposit of money and
custody of articles of value ; discount and
collection of bills of exchange ; promissory

Chang-Chung, Hongkong, and Shanghai.
The London office is the agency of the Bank
of Japan. At the fifty-fifth half-yearly ordinary
general meeting held in Yokohama in
September, 1907, it was reported that the
paid-up capital amounted to Y24,ooo,ooo,
and the reserve to Y 15,050,000. The gross
profit for the half-year was Y 12, 17 1,077,
from which Y9,266,oi8 were deducted for
current expenses, interest, &c., leaving a
balance of Y2,905,058 for appropriation.
An additional Y500,ooo was added to the

PREMISES OF THE NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHE HANDELSBANK.

notes and other cheques ; and exchange of
coins. The bank has authority to buy and
sell public bonds, gold and silver bullion,
and foreign coins. It is also entrusted with
matters relating to foreign loans and with
the management of public moneys for inter-
national account. The head office is at
Yokohama, and there are branches and
agencies in Tokio, Kobe, Osaka, Nagasaki,
London, Lyons, New York, San Francisco,
Honolulu, Bombay, Hankow, Chefoo,
Tientsin, Peking, Newchwang, Dalny, Port
Arthur, Antung, Lioyang, Mukden, Tiding,

[See page 120.]

reserve fund, a dividend of 12 per cent,
was declared, and a balance of Yi,o55,058
was carried forward to the credit of llie next
account. The Hongkong branch of the
bank is situated in Prince's Buildings, and is
managed by Mr. Takeo Takamichi.

<•

THE NETHERLANDS TRADING SOCIETY.

— The Netherlands Trading Society (Neder-
landsche Handel-Maatschappij), which has
had a branch at Singapore for about half a

120 TWENTIETH CENTITKY I3IPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE BANK OF TAIWAN, LTD.

century, extended its operations lo Hongkong
in Febru.iry, 1906, talcing offices in Queen's
Buildings. The bank was established at
Amsterdam in 1824, and has a capital of
;f3,75o,ooo with a reserve fund of ;f4i7,ooo.

The head office in the East is at Batavia,
but a large business in the Far East is
transacted through the Singapore office. In
its early days the Society was more interested
in trading than in banking, but at the present

time it is concerned only witli banking and
cxcliaiige business. The manager at Hong-
Icong is Mr. J. L. Van Houten, wlio served
with the bank for several years in the Straits
Settlements and Sumatra.

NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHEHANDELSBANK.

— This financial house— the Nctheilands-lndia
CommercHal Bank — which has its liead office
in Amsterdam and its chief agency in Bat.ivia,
was establislied in 1863 witli an authorised
capital of ;t 1)250,000 (_t' 1,040,000 paid up).
Since its formation it has been largely con-
cerned in the sugar industry of the Dutch
colonies, especially in Java. It owns eight
large plantations with factories, and finances
about fifteen others. The eight plantations
and factories referied to are operated by the
Nederlandsch - Indische Landbomv - Maats-
chappij — Nelherlands-lndia Agricultuia! Com-
pany -the whole of the shares in which are
held by the bank. During recent years the
sugar trade of Java with Japan and China has
been very large, and with the object primarily
of facilitating business the bank extended its
operations to Hongkong and established a
branch at 16, Des Voeux Road, Central, on
November i, 1906. Mr. J. Boetje, who has
been for ten years in the bank's service, is
the manager at Hongkong.

THE BANK OF TAIWAN, LTD. -Any account
of the financial institutions of the ColoEiy
would be incomplete without some reference
to the Bank of Taiwan, Ltd., a large and
infiuential house with its headquarters at
Taipeh, Formosa, and branches and agencies
at Amoy, Swatow, Newchwang, Darien,
P'oochow, Keelung, Kobe, Osaka, Tokio,
Yokohama, Moji, Nagasaki, London, New
York, San Francisco, Shanghai, Taichu,
Tainan, Takow, Tamsui, &c., established
some eight years ago, it is the Goverinnent
bank in Formosa, and is incorporated by
special imperial charter. Two years after
its foundation it extended its operations to
Hongkong, and the business carried on
under its auspices has increased steadily
month by month, until now it holds a
prominent place in the commercial life of the
Colony. The capital amounts to Ys,ooo,ooo,
of wliich Y3, 750,000 is paid up, and there
are reserve funds amounting to Y830,ooo.
The statement of accounts published in June,
1907, showed a net profit for the half-year
of Y299,45o. Mr. Kazuyoslii Yagiu is the
president, Mr. Totaro Shimosaka, is the vice-
president, and Messrs. Muneyoshi Tatsuno and
Isolatsu Kajivvara, are the directors of the
Company. The Hongkong offices are in
Princes Buildings, and the branch is managed
by Mr. D. Tohdow, who has been in the
service of the bank since its formation. He
has the assistance of an excellent general
staff and a Chinese compradore.

EDUCATION.

By G. H. BATESON Wright, D.D. (OXON.), Headmaster of Queen's College, Hongkong.

impress upon

ilONGKONG is siii generis."
Thirty years ago this was
the war cry of the eloquent
Hon. Mr. Phineas Ryrie,
locally known as the Ru-
pert of Debate. He never
wearied of endeavouring to
the Government that it was
futile to attempt to apply the experiences of
England and India to the conditions of
Hongkong. Few people will be found ready
to deny that a sound substratum of fact
underlies the idea ; but it is equally certain
that for many decades Hongkong suffered
from undue regard to the conviction that
English methods could not solve Chinese
problems.

Prima facie, it would appear probable that
Education would naturally be one of those
subjects in which great, if not insuperable,
difficulties would be encountered in dealing
with a large, mixed, cosmopolitan community,
the bulk of which belongs to the most con-
servative of nations on the face of the earth —
the Chinese. Despite the hindrances en-
gendered by this conception, a cursory review
of the history of Education in this Colony will
show that, after all. a greater similarity obtains
between the conditions existing in the mother
country and this little Colony than might at the
coup d'oeil be supposed possible.

In England, from 1850 to 1870, the only
elementary schools were the National Schools,
under the ;egis of the Established Episcopal
Church, the British Schools supported by the
Nonconformist denominations, and the Roman
Catholic Schools, all of these receiving bonuses
from the Government, with special con-
sideration to the Established Church. We
need not be surprised, then, to find that for the
first twenty or thirty years the Hongkong
Government contented itself with aiding
missionary efforts by grants and by tlie
establishment of Grant-in-aid Schools under
the control of an Educational Committee,
of which Bishop Smith, and subsequently
Dr. Legge, was chairman. When Board
Schools were instituted in England the Forster
Code was introduced into Hongkong, with the
modifications required by local conditions.
At intervals new editions of the local Code
were published, generally increasing both the
value of the grant and the severity of the
standard. Last of all, Hongkong, following the
lead at home, abolished the necessity of an
annual examination of all the scholars in the
Grant-in-aid Scliools, leaving the assessment of
the proficiency of each school, and the extent

to which it shall be subject to examination,
to the discretion of the Inspector of Schools.

So far, it will be observed, nothing has
been recorded indicative of any necessity for
peculiar treatment of educational matters in
Hongkong. Naturally', however, linguistic
and racial problems unknown in Great Britain
arise in this Colony. Of a total population
of 361,000, no fewer than 340,000, or 94 per
cent, are Cliinese. The importance to these
of the study of their own language would
appear to be self-evident, and was immediately
recognised by the local Government without
discussion. Under Sir J. Pope-Hennessy's
regime (1877-82) it was first suggested
that the entire time of Chinese students
ought to be devoted to the acquisition of the
English language. The supporters of the
then existing state of affairs appealed success-
fully to the famous dictum of Macaulay relative
to the maintenance of vernacular instruction
in India. The matter dropped for the time
to be revived under more propitious circum-
stances during the governorship of Sir
William Robinson (1891-97), when notice
was given that the study of Chinese was
removed from the curriculum of all Govern-
ment Schools, and that in future no new
Grant-in-aid School teaching Chinese would
be accepted. Later, the Government reverted
to the former practice, and more recently
advanced to the position that no grant would
be given to a school attended by Chinese
unless adequate provision weie made for in-
struction in the vernacular.

Next to the consideration of whether the
Chinese language should be taught, came the
question of the method to be employed in
teaching it. At first sight it would appear
somewhat presumptuous fpr foreigners to
undertake to devise an improvement upon the
native system which had been in vogue for
several centuries. But common-sense and
utilitarianism prevailed. It is the custom in
China for the first two or three years of a
child's school-life to be spent in the acquire-
ment by heart of several volumes of native
literature, without any explanation whatever
of the subject-matter, which is perfectly un-
intelligible to the scholar. Even when
instruction comes later, its educational value,
apart from moral lessons such as filial piety,
&c., is confined to the composition of stilted
essays in stereotyped style upon topics of a
very limited scope. To meet the requirements
of a scheme for teaching the Chinese their
own language on a rational system several
series of books have been compiled and pub-

lished by missionaries at Shanghai. Following
the plan of English Readers, they begin with
the use of the simplest characters possible,
and treat of subjects within the every-day
ken of the infant. Lessons are given on
animals, plants, history, and geography, while
not the least interesting and instructive is a
work dealing with the composite parts of
vai'ious characters and their meaning, hitherto
a sealed subject to the average Cliinaman.
All this, an entirely new departure for Chinese
students, is of high educational value ; and
at the end of three years, instead of being
on the threshold of learning, as by the native
system, the pupils have acquired a variety of
useful information and are able to write short
letters and essays, formerly an impossible
feat at this stage. These useful books have
been introduced into Hongkong Government
Schools within the last half-dozen years, and,
though some are too childish in sentiment
for boys twelve years of age, are highly
appreciated.

Beside British and Chinese, there are in
Hongkong boys of all nationalities — American,
Hindu, Japanese, Parsee, Portuguese, &c.
For many years there was a great agitation
amongst the British ratepayers to found a
separate school for the exclusive use of boys
and girls of British parentage. Their prayer
has now been granted. The first opportunity
was afforded by a new school-building erected
hy the munificence of Mr. Ho Tung, with the
proviso that no boy should be excluded on
the ground of race or creed. As this school
was conveniently situated for the children of
residents in the Kowloon Peninsula opposite
Victoria, Mr. Ho Tung was induced to consent
to his school being converted into a school
for British children only, on the under-
standing that the Government would erect in
Yaumati, a mile distant on the same side of
the water, a school for Chinese under the
charge of an English headmaster. Mr. D.
James, formerly assistant master at Queen's
College, Hongkong, and second master of
the King's School for Siamese Princes at
Bangkok, was appointed headmaster, and Kow-
loon British School was formally opened in
1902. Soon afterwards, owing largely to the
instrumentality of Mr. Irving, a similar British
School was opened in the island to the east
of 'Victoria and called the Victoria British
School, under the care of Mr. VV. H. Williams,
headmaster. Both these are mi.xed schools,
but a somewhat grotesque arrangement has
been made by the terms of which, boys over
sixteen may not attend Kowloon School, but

122 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

must cross over to Victoria, and girls over
sixteen must leave Victoria Sch(x>l and cross to
Kowloon, which seems to suggest tliat the
Inspector of Schools has not the full courage
of his convictions.

In this connection, while admitting that for
other reasons the establishment in a British
colony of schools for British txiys and girls
is highly desirable, it is only just to the
denizens of the ancient and enormous Empire
of China to put on record that one of the
reasons urged by the parents for this segre-
gation, viz., the fear of moral contamination of
their children from association with Chinese
schoolmates, is based on popular prejudice,
which is not supported by the evidence of
those competent to form an opinion founded
upon experience. On the occasion of a
visit to the Central School in 1885, General
Cameron, then administering the government,
asked the headmaster his opinion of the
morals of his Chinese pupils, and received the
answer : " .About the same as those of school-
boys of other nations, certainly not worse."
Dr. Stewart, the previous headmaster, on
being appealed to, corroborated the state-
ment. Dr. Eitel, the Inspector of Sch<K>ls,
whose experience was still more varied,
as he had been for many years a missionary
among the Hakka population on the mainland,
then made the following important pronounce-
ment : " Taking them class by class, Your
Excellency, the Chinese compare very favour-
ably with Western nations in the matter of
morality." The General laughed, and said
"That is your opinion, gentlemen. Well,
nobody will believe you." Here we have
the whole affair in a nutshell. Popular pre-
judice is tenacious of life. Nobody will
accept an actual fact opposed to the belief
of the man in the street.

When Inspector of Schools, Dr. Stewart
endea%'Oured to induce the Government to
favour a policy of compulsory education,
then exploited in England. All succeeding
inspectors of schools have concluded, and
justly so, that it is absolutely impracticable
to dream of introducing compulsory education
into Hongkong. The enormous army of
school attendance officers necessary to render
the scheme in the least degree efficient, is
in itself sufHciently appalling ; to say nothing
of the time that would be wasted at the
magisterial court in warning and fining
offenders. The discrepancy between the
estimated number of children of school age
in the Colony, and those attending school
is largely accounted for by the boating
populati(jn ; though even tliese are not
indifferent to the advantages of Western
education, as Queen's College and Yaumati
Government School can testify. From what-
ever cause, however, there has been in the
last few years a very perceptible decrease
in the number of children seen toiling up
the hillside with loads of brick and earth.

Chinese boys are for the most part docile,
well-behaved, and, to some extent, eager to
learn. They have, however, a disposition to
be eclectic. If, for instance, they do not
see the present advantage of the study of
geography or geometry, they neglect these
subjects as far as the rules of the school may
permit. They do not recognise that in a
commercial career, a correct knowledge of
cities and countries, of their manufactures
and products, may be of real service in
after life ; nor do they appreciate the fact
that the average Chinaman is incapable of
sustaining an argument, starting with false
or indeterminate premisses and cheerfully
pursuing a circuitous course to the point
from which he started, the only cure for
which is a rigid course of geometrical study.

There is, perhaps, no characteristic of the
Chinese nation more universally admitted
than their possession of a marvellous memory.
But the questions arise : Is it a serviceable
memory ? Is it not rather an agent for
cramming .' Are there not. as a matter of
fact, nearly 99 per cent, of them incapable
of renieml)ering, after the lapse of a year,
the salient points of any subject (say history)
in which they have passed an examination
successfully ? Again, though like most
Eastern nations, the Chinese show a greater
aptitude for the acquisition of knowledge in
arithmetic, algebra, and trigonometry, than
is possessed by the average Western school-
boy, they can hardly be ciedited witli the
matliematical genius accorded to them by
popular opinion. Their memory is not
accretive ; too often will they be found to
have forgotten elementary principles, with
which they were acquainted two or three
years previously. As a rule they are lacking
in initiative ; they can repeat the same
mathematical exercise provided the conditions
are the same, but will be at a loss if a slight
change is introduced requiring the exercise
of independent thought. In spite, however,
of these points of adverse criticism, Chinese,
taking them all round, are more apt and
willing pupils than European boj's.

THE INSPECTORATE OF
SCHOOLS.

The growth of education in this Colony
has been unostentatious and slow. Like a
germinating plant, it at first followed the
lines of least resistance, but as it matured it
became firmly rooted, and the buffets of
conflicting circumstances have only proved
beneficial. It is now hardy and weather-
proof. As we have seen, the Government
began by encouraging missionary efforts.
It remained for a missionary to be the prime
factor in rousing the Governinent to a full
sense of its responsibility in tlie matter of
taking a lead in the education of the Colony.
Dr. James Legge, of Aberdeen, the celebrated
Sinologue, Senior Missionary of the London
Missionary Society, was at the time chair-
man of the Government Educational Board,
and he was successful in inducing the
Government to agree to the foundation of
the Government Central School in Gough
Street, and to the appointment of Mr. (later
Dr.) Frederick Stewart, also of Aberdeen
University, to be the first headmaster, com-
bined with which office were the additional
duties of Inspector of Schools. Mr. Stewart
arrived in 1862. He had many difficulties to
cope with, prominent amongst them being
the indifference of the Chinese of those days
to the advantages of Western education. In
a few years, however, he had various Govern-
ment schools established in sundry villages
of the island and at Kowloon, in addition to
two more important schools — Governinent
Schools at Wantsai and Saiyingpuii. As soon
as Dr. Legge saw Mr. Stewart firmly seated
in the saddle, he generously recommended
to the Government the complete emancipa-
tion of the former from the Educ.itioiial
Board, and this was immediately granted.
For nineteen years Dr. Stewart remained
Inspector of Schools, during which time the
number of Government and Grant-in-aid
Schools swelled considerably, and tlie increase
in school attendance and the extension of
proficiency in English were thoroughly satis-
factory. Attacks on the educational system
were made during the Governorship of Sir

J. Pope-Hennessy. Dr. Stewart first begged
to be relieved of the onerous duties of
Inspector of Schools, Dr. Eitel being at
once appointed to the vacancy. In 1881,
Dr. Stewart successfully made application
for the post of Police Magistrate. He
subsequently became Registrar -General,
Acting Colonial Secretary, and, at the time of
his death, in 1889, was Colonial Secret.iry.
Tlie Cliinese evinced their high appreciation
of Dr. Stewart's services by founding a
scholarship at Queen's College in his memory.
A large coloured window in a transept of
St. John's Cathedral permanently records the
sentiments of the general public.

Dr. Eitel was Inspector of Schools from
187910 1897. Education continued to flourish
during his tenure of oflice, the chief features
of which were the impetus given to female
education, the removal of religious disabilities
in schools, and the reduction in the number
of school days annually necessary for the
Governinent grant. The arrival of Sir George
Bowen in 1883 was signalised by .a^Jw ft
of educational ardour. Scholarships were
granted giving free education at the Central
School to boys from the Government District
Schools, and an annual Government scholar-
ship of £200 a year for four years was
founded to enable Hongkong boys to proceed
to England for the further study required
for a professional career. To the enterpris-
ing courage of Mr. C. J. Bateman was due
the starting of the Cambridge Local Exami-
nations in Hongkong. A year or two later
Hongkong was made a centre for the Oxford
Locals, with Mr. Wright as local secretary,
Oxford proving more amenable than Cam-
bridge in granting concessions to Hongkong
on account of its gre,it distance from England.
The Chinese College of Medicine was in-
augurated, and proved an unqualified success.
With the exhibition of so much educational
energy, a friendly spirit of rivalry was excited
amongst the schools of the Colony that
continues to the present day with very
beneficial results. School sports, which pre-
viously had been confined to individual
schools, were re-organised and amalgamated
into one annual function known as tlie Hong-
kong Schools' Sports. Dr. Eitel spent con-
siderable time and energy in the formation
of a cadet corps in connection with all the
leading schools. One combined and rather
imposing general parade was held on the
cricket ground, but, like most new ideas in
Hongkong, it was doomed to early extinction.
To the great grief of all the headmasters
concerned Dr. Eitel succeeded during Sir
William Robinson's regime in inducing the
Governinent to abolish the Government
scholarship to England, and the local free
scholarships founded ten years previously.
The latter alone have been restored.

On the retirement of Dr. Eitel in 1897, the
Hon. Mr. A. W. Brewin (now Registrar-
General) was for a brief period Inspector of
Schools. He was followed by Mr. E. A.
Irving, the present inspector, in 1901. The
past six years have shown a great stimulus in
education, especially during the short time
that Sir Matthew Nathan ruled the Colony.
In fact, it would appear just to say that of
the three Governors who most bestirred
themselves about educational matters — .Sir J.
Pope-Hennessy, Sir George Bowen, and Sir
Matthew Nathan — the efforts of the last are the
most likely to provide permanent benefit to
the Colony. The school study of hygiene was,
it is true, made part of imperial policy by the
Secretary of State for the Colonies, but it is
no less true that its zealous adoption in Hong-
kong was due to the late Governor, while the
institution of the Evening Continuation Classes

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 123

was His Excellency's own idea. These classes
have proved so successful that they have
recently been re-christened " Hongkong
Technical College," and made a sub-depart-
ment of the Inspectorate of Schools, with an
Advisory Committee, the chairman of which,
the Hon. Mr. A. W. Brewin, has done yeoman
service during the past "eighteen months.
Besides being an active member of the League
of the Empire, connected with whose agency
is visual instruction by lectures and magic
lantern exhibitions on the subject of the
British Empire, the Inspector of Schools,
Mr. Irving, has been particularly successful in
promoting in the Government District Schools
the improvement of English conversation by
the Chinese, and in urging throughout the
Colony the acceptance of vernacular instruc-
tion on a Western, as contrasted with a
Chinese, system.

EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISH-
MENTS.

A brief reference must now be made to the
various Hongkong educational establishments
not alluded to above. Queen's College will
be dealt with separately below. Of the oldest,
St. Paul's College, the Diocesan School, St.
Joseph's College, the Italian Convent, L'Asile de
la Sainte Enfance, the Berlin and Basel, and
the Baxter Girls' Missions at once claim atten-
tion. The work of the London Mission in
early times has already been referred to,
and .still briskly flourishes. St. Paul's College,
originallyi intended for a missionary training
school, has reverted to its purpose,-after various

side attempts at educating the British popula-
tion. The Diocesan School, at first a mixed
school, devoted itself to the exclusive education
of boys some twenty years ago. Its school
building has been considerably enlarged, and
its educational successes have been conspicu-
ous. The Koinan Catholic School of St.
Saviour's migrated to St. Joseph's in about
1880. A new storey has recently been added
to the building, in itself evidence of the success
which marks the generous unpaid zeal of the
Christian Brothers, who, in a truly catholic
spirit, admit Jews, Turks, Heretics, and Infidels
to the benefit of their high-cl;iss education.
The Italian Convent, I.'Asile de la Sainte
Enfance, Berlin, Basel and Baxter Missions,
are some of the oldest institutions for girls ;
the first two mentioned proving, also, of
educational service to the community at large,
and the last having risen from an enrolment of
eleven in 1883 to its present number of sixty.
Amongst more recently started schools we
must note the Belilios Public School for Girls,
the Diocesan School for Girls, EllisKadoorie
School (now called Hongkong College), St.
Stephen's College for the sons of the better-
class of Chinese, and, at Kowloon, the Home
for Girls and a Blind School. Outside the
Education Department are a number of private
schools where a good education is provided
in English and Portuguese In this category
are also the Kaifong schools, promoted by the
native gentry, for the study of vernacular by
the poorer classes ; and schools for the study
of English, endowed by the liberality of
gentlemen like Messrs. Ho Kom-tong and the
late Chan He-wan. To the names of these
gentlemen as public benefactors should be
added those of the late Mr. E. R. Belilios, Mr.

Ellis Kadoorie, and Mr. Ho Tung, who have
built schools referred to passim above.

Hongkong is a centre for the London
University Matriculation, the Oxford Local
Examinations, and the Royal College of
Music, and, on leaving the Colony, its
students have distinguished themselves in
England and the United States of America.
It may, therefore, be admitted that, however
stii generis Hongkong may have been thirty
years ago, it can now lay claim to have
entered the educational comity of nations.

The following table of statistics shows the
steady growth of educational progress in the
Colony, remarkable in the case of female
education, which was, at first, naturally op-
posed to Chinese ideas : —

Xo. of

Girls

Percentajie

Year.

Sctiools.

Scliolars.

only.

of Girls.

1866

1,870

2-4

1876

2,922

543

18-5

1886

5,844

1,683

28-8

1896

120

7,301

2,702

37-0

1906

«s

7,642

3,289

430

QUEEN'S COLLEGE.— Like the Royal Col-
lege at Mauritius and the Harrison College
at Barbados, Queen's College, Hongkong, is
an entirely separate Government department,
independent of the Inspectorate of Schools.
Its history, therefore, demands individual
treatment.

When Dr. Stewart in 1862 opened the
Government Central School in Gough Street,
that district, though in close proximity to the
Queen's Road, was semi-rural, being occupied
by villa residences, interspersed with trees

QUEEN'S COLLEGE.

124 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and bamboo groves. The sile was admir-
ably adapted to the purpose, beiiij; equi-
distant from the two extremities, cast and
west, of ihc city of Victoria, to supply whose
educational needs was its object. A building
in the shape of a letter H was erected, afford-
ing accommodation for about 350 boys. The
central bar was a sort of hall, in which
rows of benches rose one above another, tier
upon tier. Two classes were taught here,
and three in each of the adjoining wings.
Screens were impossible, so that instruction,
under the conditions, suffered considerable
di^^advantage.

There was at first some difticulty in in-
ducing Chinese to see the benefit accruing
from Western studies. Fees, of course, were
quite out of the question, and a few years
later the charge of fifty cents a month was
not made without much apprehension.
However, in four years 222 boys were on
the annual roll. In 1876 this number had
risen to 577. It became necessary to use
the four basement rooms of the headmaster's
and second master's quarters as class-rooms,
and the need for erecting a much larger
building providing a separate room for each
class became apparent.

Though only reaching the borders of what
is understood by Secondary Education, the
Central School turned out an immense num-
ber of well-educated pupils of all nationalities,
as can be testified by many Chinese, English,
Indian, Parsee, and Portuguese gentlemen
now in the Colony upwards of forty-tive
years of age. In 1877 an attack was made
on the work done at the Central School in
a pamphlet, popularly ascribed to the pen

of the late Mr. J. J. Francis, Q.C., and entitled
" Does the Central School fulfil its raisoii
d'Ctn .' " A commission was appointed by
Sir John Pope-Henncssy to inquire into the
possibility of providing a better system, and
to consider whether the erection of five
Government schools under European head-
masters, one being a collegiate establishment,
would not prove more beneficial to the needs
of the Colony than one new large building.
The report was published in 1882, the com-
missioners disapproving of His Excellency's
scheme, which later experience, however,
would seem to have shown highly com-
mendable. The Government thereupon re-
solved to build what is now known as
Queen's College, the foundation of which
was laid by Sir George Bo wen in 1884.

In 1881 Dr. Stewart, at his own request,
was transferred to the post of Police Magis-
trate, and in November of the same year the
present headmaster, Mr. (Dr. in 1891) G. H.
Bateson Wright, was appointed by Earl
Kimberley. Immediately on his arrival in
January, 1882, Mr. Wright held the annual
examination of the Central School, and,
thougli not in a position to write a report on
a year's work with which he had no personal
acquaintance, he stated in a speech to Sir
John Pope-Hennessy at the prize distribution
that he was much struck with the attainments
in the English language of the Chinese boys,
and that the results of the examination
reflected great credit on the management of
the school and the labours of the masters.

The following changes were immediately
effected. A half-yearly examination was in-
stituted and has licen maintained ever since.

to secure the efliciency of the work in the
first half-year and to minimise the evils of
cramming in the second half. The power
to administer corporal piniishment was re-
stricted to the headmaster, and all forms of
assault were strictly proliibited. The study
of grammar and geography was extended to
two lower classes, and algebra, geometry,
and mensuration were restored to the curri-
culum. In the preparation of examination
questions every care was taken to obviate the
possiliilily of answers that were simply feats
of memory without any evidence of the exer-
cise of intelligent effort. The consequence
was that for tlie next eight years, while the
headmaster (in so small a school) was able
to take an active part in tuition, the Inspector
of Schools, who held the office of Annual
Independent Examiner, in his reports pub-
lished in the Goveriimcnt Gazette, spoke in
the most complimentary terms of the work
done at the Central School. In 1884 Walter
Bosman was elected the First Government
Scholar, and proceeded to England, where
he had a brilliant career at the Crystal Palace
Engineering Institute. He has since been in
the Government service at Natal as Director
of Public Works at Eshowe and Durban.
The thanks of the Imperial Government were
accorded to him for delimiting the Portuguese
frontier, and a couple of years ago he was
aide-de-camp to the Colonel in charge of the
expedition to suppress the rising in Natal.

In July, 1889, the premier Government
institution migrated from the old Central
School to Queen's College, erected on an
open spot, insulated by four roads, a little
higher up the hill. In January, 1889, there

ST. JOSEPH'S EKQLISH COLLEQE.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 125

were 438 boys on the roll at the Central
School ; in July and September of the same
year there were at Queen's College 510 and
7g6 respectively. By this sudden practical
doubling of the number of students, the vast
majority of whom were naturally admitted to
the bottom classes, one would have thought
it self-evident that the work of the next three
or four years would be exceptionally arduous,
and that the steady progress of the previous
eight years must, as a matter of course, be
retarded. Sir William Robinson, however,
after a residence in the Colony of six months,
caused considerable astonishment, and in some
quarters indignation, by the public announce-
ment at the Queen's College Prize Distribution
in January, 1892, that Queen's College was a
failure. This dictum, which would have been
the ruin of a private school, did not affect
the popularity of Queen's College with the
Chinese. It is, indeed, very instructive to
note that during the very six years that the
college was suffering from the gubernatorial
frown, Chinese masters and pupils were
urgently required at the Imperial Tientsin
University, where their excellent proficiency
in English secured them a hearty welcome
and rapid promotion. Of these sixty young
men, at least four are now Taoutais, Wen
Tsung-yao is Secretary to the Viceroy at
Canton, Dr. Chan Kam-to is in the Finance
Bureau at Peking, and Wong Fan and Leung
Lan-fan are on Railways and Telegraph Ser-
vice respectively. Verily, it may be said of
Queen's College, as of the prophet, that it is
not without honour save in its own country.

In 1894 the constitution of the college was
changed by the appointment of a governing
body, whose first act in 1895 was to abolish
the vernacular school, restoring it, however,
nine years later. In 1896 independent
examiners were nominated by the governing
body to hold the winter examination and
report on the college. With only two
exceptions this practice was continued
annually till 1903, when the governing body
resolved that an annual inspection in July
and report by the independent examiners
would be of greater service than the exam-
ination of a thousand boys in January, the con-
duct of which was left in 1904 and onwards
(as prior to 1896) to the control of the head-
master. A very wide gulf sunders the con-
ditions of these two examinations. In
January every boy is examined, and the
whole year's work is under review ; in July
the boys are tested in new work upon
which they have been engaged for only four
months, and about 20 per cent, are taken by
the sample method.

Queen's College is fortunate in the posses-
sion of an excellent staff. Of the English
staff, apart from the headtnaster, there are
three trained certificaled masters, the re-
mainder are graduates of universities — three
from Cambridge, two from Trinity College,
Dublin, one from Oxford, and one from
Aberdeen. The senior Chinese masters leave
nothing to be desired, and most of the
junior are satisfactory. The native masters
are trained under the charge of a normal
master. Twenty years ago, when the salary
was only $4 a month, the head boys of the
school were eager to be monitors, now that
they receive $20 rising to $35 a month great
difficulty is experienced in finding suitable
boys to be articled pupil teachers, though by
this course of training their market value is
considerably enhanced on account of their
greater proficiency in English.

The Oxford Local Examinations, which have
been held at Hongkong as a centre for twenty
years, during which time 1,400 candidates,
boys and girls, have been examined, have

proved of inestimable value. Besides pro-
viding an impartial test of the educational
work done in the Colony, unmarrcd by local
bias on either side, they have been of great
service to Hongkong boys in procuring for
them admission to English and American
schools and universities, and in obtaining
exemption from professional preliminary ex-
aminations. Queen's College has always had
a difficulty to cope with in presenting can-
didates. 'The majority of these boys after
promotion at the commencement of the
school year have in March to begin to pre-
pare for the examination in July. They are,
therefore, practically examined upon their
knowledge gained in ordinary school routine,
and very little on the special requirements of
the locals. In spite of this drawback, how-
ever, they have done very creditably. Third
Class Junior Honours were obtained in 1907,
and distinctions as follow :— 1895, Senior
Mathematics and Preliminary History ; 1898,
Junior English ; 1899, Senior English.

In an ambitious upward course Queen's
College is hindered by the following con-
siderations. It is a day-school, so that all
attempts to teach English conversation are
necessarily confined to school hours, after
which all the boys immediately revert to
Chinese thought and expression, and no
supervision can be given to preparation of
work. Again, fully one-third of the boys
change annually, and this has always been
the case from time immemorial. Four
hundred boys leaving and four hundred new
boys being admitted annually is a very serious
obstacle in the way of obtaining a large and
efficient upper school. In this connection it
is to be observed that there is no external
system for feeding the upper classes of
Queen's College such as exists in any
large town in England, for the half-dozen
boys from the Goverinnent district schools
are lost sight of when the number of seats
available (420) is borne in mind.

The following table serves to illustrate the

ST. JOSEPH'S ENGLISH COLLEGE.

(Group uf Scholars.)

126 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

slow but steady progress of Queen's College.
" The day of small things " is past. Gradually
tlie number of subjects in the curriculum has
increased, and the increase in the number of
scholars taking those subjects is enormous.
Queen's College has justified the high
reputation it enjoys in the neighbouring vast
Empire of China, and, with due encourage-
ment, its future prospects are practically
limitless.

Total number of boys examined in each
subject.

1881 1885 1889 11107

George Bache Wright, of the Peninsular and
Oriental Steam Navigation Company's London
oflice, and grandson of Augustus Wright,
storekeeper of the magazine, Priddy's Hard,
Gosport, during the Crimean War, Dr. Wright
was born in 1853. He was educated at
Queen's College, Oxford, where he graduated
B.A., with second-class Theological Honours,
in June, 1875. He gained the Denyer and
Johnson Scholarship and the Kennicott

English to Chinese. .

301

379

676

771

Chinese to English...

30 1

379

676

771

Grammar

172

312

547

1, 08 s

Geography

■44

253

477

1,085

Com|X)sition

127

360

771

History

143

322

Geometry

—

143

557

Algebra

—

143

557

Mensuration

—

118

Latin

—

117

—

General Intelligence

—

Shakespeare

—

Trigonometry

—

•7

Hygiene

—

771

Book-keeping

—

118

THE REV. 0. H. BATESON WRIGHT. D.D.
(Oxoa.). — Seated quietly at his desk, or pre-
siding over his classes, the gentleman who,
for upwards of twenty-six years, has been
the headmaster of Queen's College, has,
perhaps, done more than any of his con-
temporaries towards the formation of that
sterling character which so distinguishes
the educated Chinese of Hongkong. The
histories of many of the Colony's greatest
men may be read in her stones and thorough-
fares, in her docks and wharves, in the
innumerable outward and tangible evidences
of her commercial prosperity ; but the history
of Dr. George Henry Bateson Wright is
writ even more legibly upon the lengthen-
ing human scroll issuing from Hongkong's
leading academy. The second son of the late

DR. G. H. B. WRIGHT, QUEEN'S COLLEGE.

Hebrew Scholarship in 1876, and, in the
following year, the Syriac Prize and the
Pusey and Elerton Scholarship. He was
ordained at Worcester a Deacon (Gospel) in
1877, and became Curate of Ladbroke,
Warwickshire. In the following year he
was admitted to tlie priesthood, again head-
ing the list of candidates, and subsequently
held the curacies of Christ Church, Bradford,
and St. Peter's, Bournemouth. Kor a time
he was a private tutor at Oxford, and in

KLLIS KADOOBIE CHINESE SCHOOLS SOCIETT.

1881 he was appointed headmaster of
Queen's College. He proceeded to the
degree of B.D. in February, 1891, and by
grace of Convocation was allowed to take
the degree of D.D. in May of the same
year, when he was only thirty-eight years
of age. In 1884 he published a work entitled
"A Critical Edition of the Book of Job,"
whilst in 1895 he publislied " Was Israel ever
in Egypt?" Dr. Wright is married and lives
at " Ladbroke," No. 9, Conduit Koad. His
recreation lies in his work.

ST. JOSEPH'S ENGLISH COLLEGE.— This

well-known institution is conducted by the
Brothers of the Christian Schools, and is under
the patronage of the Kight Kev. Domenico
Pozzoni, D.D., Vicar Apostolic of Hongkong.
The work of the Brothers is too well known
to need any comment here ; suffice it to say
that their name is familiar in every country,
and at present they control over two thousand
large educational establishments, where well-
nigh four hundred thousand pupils are being
equipped for the great struggle of life.

When the Brothers came to Hongkong
thirty years ago, they took charge of a small
scliool in Caiiie Road where they had but
seventy pupils. The number steadily increased,
and in two years they had one of the most
flourishing schools in the Colony. To accom-
modate the ever-increasing number of boarders
and day scholars more room was required,
and in 1881 the foundation of the present
building was laid by Sir John Pope-Hennessy,
then Governor of Hongkong. In 1898 it was
found necessary to add a third storey for the
accommodation of the boarders, and three years
afterwards the building was still further
enlarged by the addition of two wings.

To-day the school is one of the most up-to-
date educational establishments in the Far East.
The building, surrounded by trees and pleasant
patches of green, is delightfully situated on a
height which commands an extensive view
of the city and harbour of Victoria. Ample
accommodation is provided for five hundred
scholars, and in the boarding department there
is room for eighty. The dormitory, which
occupies more than half the third storey, is
very well lighted and ventilated. It is
surrounded by verandahs which greatly en-
hance the comfort of the place both in summer
and in winter. Adjoining the dormitory are
private rooms for students who wish to devote
more time to their studies. On the second
floor is the boarders' study hall — a spacious
apartment, capable of affording sitting
accommodation for over 120, and in which are
held public meetings on certain occasions
during the year. It is lighted by numerous
electric lamps, and the walls are freely hung
with maps and pictures. There is a handsome
stage at one end of the hall, where the students
have an opportunity of developing their
debating powers. The majority of the class-
rooms are on the ground floor, and can
accommodate forty pupils each. They are
furnished with all teaching requisites and have
a very cheerful appearance. On the third
storey are three class-rooms specially set apart
for Chinese boys, and these are also equipped
with the necessary appliances for the instruc-
tion of the pupils.

The aim of the institution is to give Catholic
youths and others, without distinction of creed
or persuasion, a thorough moral, intellectual,
and physical education. The staff consists of
twelve thoroughly trained European masters,
who have devoted their lives to the work.
Tliere are also two competent Chinese
teachers to give a regular course of instruc-
tion to Chinese boys in their own language.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 127

When these boys leave scliool they will have
the advantage of knowing both English and
Chinese. To facilitate the imparting of
instruction, and to enable the pupils to derive
full benefit from it, the Chinese boys of the
lower standards are separated from the
others, and receive instruction suited to their
capacity. In the higher standards, the boys
are prepared for the O.xford Local Examina-
tion, in addition to receiving a sound
commercial training.

Shorthand and typewriting are taught with
great success, and several of the students have
already obtained first-class certificates in these
subjects. Book-keeping, commercial geo-
graphy, commercial arithmetic, and corre-
spondence also occupy a prominent place in
the school syllabus. In all the classes great
importance is attached to the teaching of
English. It is the only language tolerated
both on the playground and in the classroom,
except in the lower standards of the Chinese
department. High marks are generally
obtained by the boys of the college at the
Oxford Examination for this most important
subject. The school curriculum also includes
religious instruction, French, arithmetic,
algebra, geometry, history, and hygiene.
In addition the boys receive a special course
ill freehand, model, geometrical, and archi-
tectural drawing, from a thoroughly competent
master, and the school has always enjoyed a
high reputation for the success it has achieved
in the teaching of this branch of education.

The physical training of the pupils receives
due attention. A regular course of physical
drill is given by a sergeant specially appointed
by the Government for that purpose. On
certain occasions during the year the boys
are called upon to perform some of these
exercises on the stage, and the skill and
exactitude with which they go through them
elicits the hearty applause of the onlookers.
A keen interest is taken in out-door games,
and in the shield competition every year the
school holds a high place. A football and
cricket club has been established in the
college with a view to encouraging these
games, the teachers recognising that "all
work and no play maketh a dull boy."
When unable to pursue their accustomed
out-door amusements, owing to bad weather,
the pupils retire to the club-room, where the
time may be passed pleasantly at a game of
billiards or chess, or in the perusal of in-
teresting literature.

Hundreds of young men educated in the
college have attained honourable and lucra-
tive positions in different parts of the world
by the application of tliat knowledge and of
those principles of right and honesty which
were instilled into them during their early
days.

ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE. — This institution,
situated in the Lower Albert Road, Hongkong,
was founded in 1843 by the first Colonial
Chaplain of the Colony, with the object of
providing men as native teachers and prea-
chers. It is now the Training College of
the Church Missionary Society's South China
Mission, and comprises two departments —
one for boys and the other for men. In
that for boys the sons of Christian parents
are received at the age of sixteen, and, after
three years training, if they are found suit-
able, they pass into the day or boarding
schools of the mission as schoolmasters, under
the supervision of English or Chinese clergy.
In the student class, under a separate organi-
sation, men not under the age of twenty are
trained as native preachers and catechists.
This department was commenced in 1899 by

the Kev. C. Bennett, at Shiu-Hing, and later
in the same year the students were moved
to Canton. In igoo it was found that Hong-
kong would be a more suitable centre, and
the college was ultimately transferred to its
present premises, placed at its disposal by
the late Bishop Hoare. Recently there has
been established in connection with the
college a preparatory school at Kowloon,
where an old official yamen is held under
the Colonial Government on a repairing
lease.

The Archbishop of Canterbury is hon.
visitor to the college, and the Bishop of
Victoria is the warden. The Sub-warden
and Principal is the Rev. G. A. Bunbury,
M.A., who is loyally assisted in the work by
a Chinese graduate. There are four men in

the student class, twenty boys in the training
college, and about fifty boarders and day-
boys in the Kowloon preparatory school.
The curriculum embraces the essential sub-
jects, the aim of the college being directed
rather towards thoroughness of teaching than
towards variety. The Chinese language is,
at present, the medium of instruction.

THE ELLIS KADOORIE CHINESE SCHOOLS
SOCIETY. — This society, whose work extends
through Hongkong, Canton, and Shanghai,
was formed at the suggestion of the well-
known merchant whose name it bears. Its
chief object is to overcome the difficulty felt
by the Chinese poor of obtaining a sound

MR. H. N. MODY.

128 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

education on Western lines, and at the same
time to see that the Chinese language itself
is taught. Six schools have been opened —
one in Hiingkong, two in Canton, and lliree
in Shanghai — having, in all, over a thousand
pupils. The work is carried on by English
masters, assisted by a competent staff of Anglo-
Chinese teachers, and the curriculum embraces
a wide range of subjects, from rudimentary
cons<>nantal sounds to higher and commercial
arithmetic, map-drawing, history, and trans-
lation. The Hongkong school is situated in
the neighlxiurhood of the Government Civil
Hospital.

MR. EDWARD ALEXANDER IRVINO, In-
spector of Schools, Hongkong, was born in
1870, and .it the age of twenty-one joined
the I'erak Civil Service as a junior officer.
Whilst in the Malay States he qualified in
law, and acquired a knowledge of Malay,
Hakka, and Cantonese, and tilled various
appoinlmenis in Perak and Selangor in the
Mines Departments and Chinese Protectorate.
He arrived in Hongkong in April, 1901, as
Inspector of Schools, and has held that olilice
ever since, except on two occasions when he
acted as Registrar-General and Member of
the Legislative Council. He resides at
'• Kinta," the Peak.

A PROPOSED UNIVERSITY.— A proposal
to establish a university in Hongkong
assumed a tangible form in March, 1908,
when Mr. Mody, a local gentleman well-
known for his public benefactions, promised
$150,000 for the purpose of erecting the
necessary buildings, on condition that a site
and an endowment fund were provided.
The idea of a local university was first
mooted in the China Mail some few years

previously. It was suggested by this journal
that the nucleus of the university should be
the Medical College and the Technical Insti-
tute, that the endowment fund should be raised
by the public, and that a grant of land
should be made by the Government. At the
time of writing, this scheme is under the
consideration of the local Legislature, and it
is very probable that a site at West Point,
on the Bonham Ro,id level, will be granted.

MR. H. N. MODY, whose muniliccnce is re-
ferred to in the foregoing paragraph, comes
of a well-known Parsee family, is one of the
oldest residents, and one of the most striking
personalities in financial circles, in Hongkong.
It is more than forty-seven years since he
came to the Colony to enter the service of
a firm of Hindoo bankers and opium mer-
chants. With them he remained for three
years before launching his own opium busi-
ness, which rapidly grew to large dimensions.
With the advent of the subni.irine cable,
however, Mr. Mody realised that the halcyon
days of the operations in opium were gone,
so he turned his attention to dealing in
stocks and shares and to exchange brokerage.
Refusing to recognise the existence of such
a word as " impossible " he soon came to the
front, and for years lie has played the leading
part on the local stock exchange, carrying
through manv transactions of considerable
magnitude. More than once he lost his all,
for in his aireer he has had difiiculties to
overcome and obstacles to surmount, but
with fine courage and estimable self-con-
fidence he has braved the storms and sleered
his barque to safety. Always possessed of
a marvellous memory and a wonderful fund
of energy and zeal, even now, at an age
when most business men are content to rest

on their laurels, his activity is proverbial.
He has built up an extensive business in
exchange brokerage, having acquired the
control of the hulk of the scttleniciils m;idc
by many important Indian lirnis in the
Colony, and, with the large fortune amassed
by these means, he lias materially assisted
in the development of the island. With his
partner, Sir Paul Chater, C.M.G., Mr. Mody
is connected with most of the important
industrial concerns, and was closely associ-
ated with Mr. A. H. Rennie in the establish-
ment of the Hongkong Milling Company, Ltd.,
in which promising enterprise he holds a large
number of shares. Numerous and varied as
are Mr. Mody's business interests, however,
he still finds time to take a prominent part
in social life. Many charitable institutions
have benefited considerably by his muni-
ficence, and though he carries on his good
work in a quiet unostentatious manner, his
benevolence and public spirit are gratefully
recognised by the community. The Colony
will soon be einiched by a magnificent
statue of H.R.H. the Princess of Wales, a
gift from Mr. Mody, which is now being
executed in England. Mr. Mody also takes
great interest in sport, and for many years
lias been a staunch supporter of the Hong-
kong Jockey Club, at whose amiual race
meeting his colours arc always to the fore.
On several occasions he has won the local
Derby as well as other important races.
Mr. Mody brings to the turf that integrity
and steadfastness of purpose which have
served him so well in business, and the
enthusiastic manner in which his many
victories have been acclaimed testifies un-
mistakably to the high place he occupies in
the public esteem. His hospitality, too, is
renowned and, among all nationalities, he is
recognised as a prince of good fellows.

^'^^^^"^ <^^=^

PUBLIC WORKS.

By the Hon. Mr. W. Chatham, C.M.G., Direaor of Public Works.

N the first year of the Colony's
foundation a land officer was
appointed to administer Crown
lands, collect the revenue
derivable from them, and
discharge the functions now
performed by the Director of
Public Works. The officer to whom these
numerous responsibilities were entrusted was
very frequently changed during the first year
or two. On January 3, 1843, Mr. A. T.
Gordon was gazetted Surveyor-General, but
this was merely a change of title, for his
duties were the same as those of his prede-
cessors. The Land Office was established as
an independent department in January, 1883.
The title of Surveyor-General continued in
use until 1892, when it was changed to that
of Director of Public Works.

Roads. — Roads, of course, were among the
earliest works undertaken for the development
of the Colony, and, according to the records
available, the first road to be constructed
was one from Wongneithung to Shaukiwan,
which was made in the year tiiat the Colony
was taken over, namely 1841. That was
followed by roads from Shaukiwan to Tytam
in 1845, from Victoria to Aberdeen in 1846,
and from Aberdeen to Stanley in 1848. The
system has gradually developed, until now
there are on the island of Hongkong 95 miles
of roads. Of those inside tlie city 5 miles
are roads of 75 feet in width. Similarly in
Kowloon, road-making was commenced soon
after the territory was acquired, the first
sections of Robinson and Macdonnell Roads
being constructed in 1865, five years after
the Peninsula was taken over. A halt seems
to have been called lor some considerable
period after this, and it was not until about
1892 that any extensive construction of roads
was undertaken in Kowloon. Since then,
road-making has been actively pursued, and
a system of main roads, 100 leet wide, is
now under construction. The roads in
Kowloon at the present time aggregate
22 miles in length, of which 3 miles are
100 feet wide. In the new territories, the
road to Taipo was the first to be made. It
is 16 miles in length, and was completed in
1904. The only other properly made road
is one past Kowloon City, leading in the
direction of Customs Pass, the construction
of which has been undertaken partly on
military grounds. All the others are native
paths of a very rudimentary description,
suitable only for pedestrian traffic, and not
well adapted for that as a rule.

Owing to the hilly nature of Hongkong
and its dependencies, many of the roads

are steep, some of the earlier ones being
excessively so in parts. Portions of the roads
to Victoria Gap, Wanchai Gap, and Wongnei-
chung Gap have gradients of i in 4, i in 3I,
and I in 3J respectively. In the case of
many streets, steps have had to be introduced.
One street in the city of Victoria is ap-
propriately named Ladder Street, being
formed of a series of flights of stairs with
short landings between. To obviate, as far
as possible, damage by rainstorms, which
cause rapid erosion of the decomposed granite
surfacing in the case of roads having any
considerable gradient, concrete is extensively
used as a surfacing material and is found
to wear well, there being no heavy traffic
on such roads and no frosts to attack and
break it up.

Buildings. — Of the Government buildings
constructed in the early days of the Colony,
very few remain, nearly all of them having
become inadequate to meet the requirements
of more recent times. The exceptions are
the Government Offices and the Supreme
Court, erected in 1848, and Government
House, built in 1856. The Supreme Court
will shortly be transferred to a new building.
Government House has undergone extension
by the addition of a ballroom, which was
built in 1892, and the retention of the
Government Offices has only been rendered
possible by the transfer of several of the
departments which were at first housed in
them to buildings elsewhere. The new Law
Courts and another large building to accom-
modate the Post Office, Treasury, and several
other important Government departments,
are in course of erection at the present time
and are estimated to cost $768,000 and
$930,000 respectively. Among other build-
ings of importance and comparatively recent
construction are the Central and Western
markets, the cattle depots, and the slaughter-
houses, all of which are extensive and up-to-
date in their accommodation. The city cattle
depot is capable of containing over twelve
hundred head of cattle. The requirements
of education were not overlooked, as in i86i
the Central School was erected to accom-
modate six hundred scholars. This has since
given place to wliat is now known as Queen's
College, originally designed to accommodate
924 scholars, but rendered capable, by
making use of the large hall for class-rooms,
of accommodating no fewer than fourteen
hundred, the number on the rolls according
to the most recent report. There are
numerous other Government schools in the
Colony, several of which are undergoing
extension at the present time.

Reclamations.— Owing to the scarcity of
level land, the necessity for reclamation soon
forced itself upon the attention of the Govern-
ment, and we find that in 1851, or only ten
\ears after the occupation of Hongkong, the
first scheme of this nature was undertaken,
being followed by numerous subsequent
schemes. In 1868, 8i acres were reclaimed
between Wilmer Street and Bonham Strand
West ; in 1873 the East Praya was partly
constructed ; in 1884, 23 acres were reclaimed
from Causeway Bay, and in 1886, 22 acres
at Kennedy Town. The largest scheme
carried out, however, was that sanctioned by
the Praya Reclamation Ordinance of 1889,
under which a sea-wall 2 miles in length
was constructed, and a gross area of 65 acres
reclaimed from the sea, the scheme being
completed in 1903. There can be no question
as to the expediency of carrying out this
work, because practically every foot of land
was covered with buildings almost as soon
as it became available. Another scheme of
even greater magnitude as regards the area
to be reclaimed was under the consideration
of the Government and the lot - holders
concerned for some time, but has been
allowed to drop. It provides for a reclama-
tion extending from East Point to Arsenal
Street, where it will join the Naval Yard
Extension, and comprising an area of nearly
84 acres of building land, exclusive of roads.
On the Kowloon side much work of a similar
nature has been carried out, but, with the
exception of the reclamation in Hunghom
Bay to form the terminus of the Kowloon-
Canton Railway, it has been the result of
private enterprise, no general scheme having
been undertaken by the Government.

Whilst dealing with marine work it may
be interesting to record that in 1883 a
breakwater was constructed at Causeway Bay
to afford a harbour of refuge for small craft
during typhoons. The sheltered area is about
60 acres in extent. A scheme is now under
consideration, and there is promise of its
being undertaken at an early date, for the
construction of a much larger harbour of a
similar nature off the west side of the
Kowloon Peninsula. This, when completed,
will afford a sheltered area of 160 acres.

Drainage and Sewerage.— With the carrying
out of reclamations and the gradual advance
of the city up the slope of the hills, at the
base of which it is situated, it became
necessary to regulate the discharge of the
torrential rains which frequently occur in
Hongkong. This was done by a system of
large masonry channels — some open and
some covered in — and for a considerable

130 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

pcrkxl. in addition to performing the purpose
fiH- which they were constructed, these
channels were turned to account as a means
oi jjctting rid of the sullagc water from llie
houMfS. This state of affairs could evidently
not be (■•crmitted to go on indetinitely, as
the channels were obviously unsuitable for
the conveyance of foul liquids, especially
during the dry season of the year, when
the absence of rainfall caused the nullahs to
be practically dry. Consequently, in l888

the city front, generally into deep water,
where it is dispersed by the tidal currents,
which are of considerable strength. With
the continued progress of buildings upwards
on the higher levels of the city, the regulation
of the various streams was a matter of
necessity, to enable the sites which were cut
in the hillsides to be properly laid out, and
roads giving access to them to be formed,
and many channels were constructed with
these objects. More recently, however, tlie

A CORNER OP THE NEW PUBLIC GARDENS.

an extensive scheme was prepared for the
construction of what is now known as the
•• separate system." This consisted of the
laying of stoneware pipes of comparatively
small diameter for the reception of foul water,
though, of course, rain-water cannot be
entirely excluded from them. The work,
which extended throughout the whole area
of the city, was completed about the year
1895. The sewage is discharged into the
waters of the harbour at various points along

importance of training the streams as a
preventative of malaria has been recognised,
and during the past six years very extensive
works have been carried out for this purpose
alone.

Waterworks. — Prior to the year i860, the
city of Victoria was entirely dependent for
its supply of water on wells sunk in the com-
pounds throughout the city and on the streams
flowing down the slopes of the range of hills
at the base of which the city is situated.

These sources, besides being of a piccarious
nature, very soon proved inadequate, and in
the year already mentioned steps were taken
to supplement them by intercepting the
waters of a stieam on the opposite, or
southern, side of the range and bringing
them into the city in cast-iron pipes. The
works, as carried out, comprised a small
dam in the Pokfolum Valley impounding
2,000,000 gallons, a cast-iron main 10 inches
in diameter and 3J miles in length, two
tanks or service reservoirs above the city of
a combined capacity of fully 1,000,000
gallons, and a number of fountains and lire-
cocks. They were completed in 1863, but
were speedily found insullicicnl to meet
requirements, and in 1866 the construction
of a dam in the Pokfolum Valley with a
capacity of 66,000,000 gallons was under-
taken. This was completed in 1871.

With the growth of the city which, per-
force, continued upwards owing to the flat
area at the base of the hills being soon
covered, a difliculty arose in supplying
water to the buildings on the higher levels.
To overcome this, a conduit was constructed
from the outlet of the Pokfolum reservoir
contouring the hills at a height of about 500
feet above sea-level and terminating at a
point above the central part of the city. It
was 3J miles long and had a discharging
capacity of nearly 1,750,000 gallons per
day. The original cast-iron main which
was thus superseded was taken up on
completion of the work, which occurred in
1877.

The growth of the population and the
increasing demand for water for industrial
purposes soon rendered it necessary to aug-
ment the supply, and in 1883 the Tylam
scheme was undertaken. The works com-
prised under it were, relatively to the Pok-
folum works, of great magnitude. They
included a storage reservoir with a capacity
of 312,000,000 gallons, a tunnel and aqueduct,
1'38 and 293 miles in length respectively,
for conveying the water to the city, a series
of filter-beds and a service reservoir capable
of containing nearly 5,750,000 gallons. The
cost of these works amounted to Si, 257,500,
and they were completed in 1889.

To place the Pokfolum suppiv on an equal
footing with that derived from Tytam, filter-
beds and a service reservoir (capacity 941,000
gallons) were next constructed, and attention
was then turned to the question of distributing
the greatly augmented supply throughout the
city. For tliis pin pose fully 20 miles of cast-
iron mains, varying from 14 inches to 3 inches
in diameter, were laid during the years
1890-92 ; a system of hydrants being provided
at the same time for fire-extinction pur-
poses. Owing to the great variation in the
levels of the city, whicli extended from sea-
level to about 500 feet above it, the distribution
system was divided into three zones, the excess
pressure of the supply for the lowest zone
being utilized for pumping water to the
highest zone, whilst the middle zone was
supplied direct from the service reservoirs.
About the same time as the distribution works
just described were being carried out, a
scheme for extending the supply of water
to the Hill District, which ranges from about
900 to 1,800 feet above sea-level, was under-
taken. The scheme included the provision
ot a pumping engine, a rising main of heavy
wrought-iron piping, nearly a mile in length,
SJ miles of distributing mains, and a series
of tanks lor controlling the pressure and
ensuring uniformity of supply. On the com-
pletion of the distributing system in tlie city
the wells were closed, as they were all more
or less contaminated or liable to contamination.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 131

Notwithstanding the large Tytam works,
llie supply still proved to be inadequate, and
in 1895 the raising of Tytam dam for a
further height of I2i feet was proceeded
with. This Increased the capacity of the
reservoir to 385,000,000 gallons. Subse-
quent additions to the works include storage
reservoirs at VVongnelchung Gap (1899), and
below the overflow of Tytam reservoir (1904)
with capacities of 30,000,000 and 22,000,000
gallons respectively ; the construction of
nearly 5 miles of catchwaters ; additional
lilter-beds and. finally, a low-level storage
reservoir (1907) in the Tytam Valley, with a
capacity of 196,000,000 gallons. To render
the supply from the last-mentioned source
available, pumping engines capable of raising
2,500,000 gallons per day have been
installed, and 3I miles of 18-inch cast-iron
mains have been laid. The combined
capacity of all the existing storage reservoirs
is 699,000,000 gallons, but, by the insertion
of sluice boards on the overllow weirs, this
is increased to 747,000,000 gallons.

A scheme for the construction of another
low-level reservoir to contain 1,200,000,000
gallons has been prepared but has not yet
been undertaken. A large increase in the
pumping plant will be necessary in con-
nection with this scheme and the rising
main will have to be duplicated.

The frequent occurrence of periods of
scarcity, owing to severe droughts, has
rendered it necessary to adopt some means
of economising the consumption of water.
The means adopted has been the laying,
throughout the Chinese quarters of the city,
of what are known as rider mains, with
which all house services are connected.
These are subsidiary mains controlled by
valves, by means of which the supply of
water to the houses can be temporarily dis-
continued without rendering it necessary to
obstruct the flow in the principal mains,
with which the fire hydrants are connected.
The supplies to all European houses, which
are connected with the principal mains, are
metered.

The only supply obtainable by the in-
habitants of Kowloon up to the end of 1895
was from wells, many of which were
privately owned. In that year, a supply
derived from springs in some of the larger
valleys in British Kowloon was rendered
available by pumping, the necessary engines,
mains, service reservoirs, He, having been
installed. The quantity obtained from this
source was about a quarter of a million
gallons a day. which sufficed for a period to
meet the needs of the inhabitants, but, by
the lime the new territories were acquired
(1898I, an increased supply had become a
matter of urgent necessity. Works were
therefore undertaken at the earliest possible
opportunity for intercepting the waters of
some streams on the Kowloon range of
hills, thus rendering available an additional
supply of 100,000 gallons per day which
was laid on in 1900. It was, however,
recognised that substantial works, including
a storage reservoir of considerable capacity,
must be undertaken, and a scheme, which
is now (1908) nearing completion, was put
in hand in 1902. It includes a storage
reservoir (capacity 350,000,000 gallons) ; a
large catchwaler, 2 miles in length, to
supplement the natural catchment area ;
filter beds ; a large covered service reservoir ;
4 miles of main, 18 inches and 12 inches in
diameter ; and numerous subsidiary mains
for distribution purposes.

Public Lighting.— In 1857 the lighting of
the streets in the city by oil lamps was
undertaken, but this gave way in 1865 to gas

lighting, a private company for the manufac-
ture and supply of gas having been formed
and entrusted by the Government with the
public lighting. In 1890 a considerable
section of the city was illuminated by
electric arc lamps, but from the fact that no
extension of this system has ever been
carried out it may be concluded that the gas
lighting, which has been altered to the in-
candescent system throughout, is regarded as
the more suitable form of illumination. In

incandescent gas lamps was carried out in
U)05.

Lighlliougeg. — The importance of lighting
the approaches to the harbour seems only to
have been recognised in comparatively recent
years. In 1875 the first of the lighthouses,
containing a lirst-order light, was completed
at Cape D'Aguilar, and this was followed a
few months later by another on Green Island
containing a fourth-order light. In 1876 a
sixth-order light was established on Cape

ENTRANCE TO THE PUBLIC GARDENS.

Kowloon, no lighting of any kind existed
prior to 1892, when the Gas Company exten-
ded its operations to the other side of the
harbour and laid down a small gas works,
enabling the lighting of the peninsula to be
carried out. A comparatively short length
of road has since been lighted by electric
incandescent lamps, a company having been
established for the supply of electricity
to consumers generally. The lighting of
the roads in the Hill District by means of

Collinson, but the more outlying approaches
remained unlighted until 1892, when a first-
order light was displayed on Gap Rock, a
similar light being established on Waglan
Island in 1893. In the case of the Gap
Rock light permission had to be obtained
from the Chinese Government to construct
the lighthouse, which is situated on a small
island some 30 miles to the south of the
Colonv, and as regards Waglan light, arrange-
ments' had also to be made with the same

13i TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

authorities whereby the one on Waglan
Island was ct>nstiucted by ths Imperial
Maritime Customs Department. The latter
only passed into the possession of the British
Government in 1900, shortly after the New
Territory was taken over. The opening of
the lighthouse on Waglan Island did away
with the necessity of maintaining the one
on C-jpe D"Aguilar, and the light in the
latter was accordingly dismantled and has
recently been substituted for the one on
Green Island. Similarly the light from
Green Island has been fitted up in lieu of
the one on Cape Collinson, and it is now
proposed to erect the old Cape Collinson
light on what is knotvn as Blackhead's Hill,
or Kowloon Point.

Traawajrs. — The first tramway constructed
in Hongkong was one to afford access to
the high levels known as the Peak or Hill
District. This line, approximately a mile in
length, ascends to a height of about 1,300 feet
alx>ve sea-level, and was opened in l888.
Under the Ordinance which authorijed its
construction powers were conferred for the
laying of tramways in some of the principal
thoroughfares of the city, but these powers
were never exercised, and it was not until
1903 that a new Ordinance was passed
authorising the construction by a private
company of a system of electric tramways,
extending from the extreme western district
of the city, known as Kennedy Town, to
Shaukiwan, a distance of gi miles. This
scheme was promptly carried out, and in
igo4 the system was opened for public
traffic. It is, perhaps, a matter for congratu-
lation that the scheme was deferred, for had
it been constructed at an earlier date the
lines must have traversed very narrow road-
ways, whereas the completion of the big
reclamation scheme to which reference has
already been made, and the widening of
Queen's Road from Arsenal Street to the City
Hall by the Naval Authorities, have rendered
available fine wide streets. The construction,
by private enterprise, of a second tramway
to the Peak District has been before the
Legislature and will probably be commenced
in the near future.

Railway. — Following closely upon the intro-
duction of tramways came the proposal for
constructing a railway from Kowloon to
Canton, the survey for which vyas undertaken
in 1905 ; and, as described elsewhere in
these pages, the work of construction is in
progress. This work is being executed
independently of the Public Works Depart-
ment.

Telepbones and Telegraphs. — A Govern-
ment telephone system confined to the use
of the Police, the Waterworks, the Govern-
ment Offices, and the residences of the
principal Government officials, has been
established, and there are cables communi-
cating with Gap Rock and Waglan light-
houses, from which points the passing of
vessels is signalled. All arrangements con-
nected with the latter service are conducted
at the Harbour Office, where the various
lines arc concentrated.

Coatrol aad Sapervigion of Building Opera-
tioa* geaerally.— Up to 1889 but little
jurisdiction was exercised by the Govern-
ment with regard to the construction of

buildings of a private character in the
Colony. An "Ordinance for Buildings and
Nuisances" was passed as early as 1856,
but its provisions were of a very primary
description. In 1889, however, an Ordinance
dealing in very considerable detail with the
construction of buildings generally was
passed, but such important matters as tlie
regulation of the height of buildings, and
the provision of adequate back-yards or
open spaces were omitted from it. Subse-
quent Ordinances remedied these omissions
to some extent, but it was not until 1903,
when the existing Ordinance became law,
that the matter was thoroughly gone into
and remedied. This Ordinance was the out-
come of the visit of Professor Simpson and
Mr. Osbert Chadwick to inspect and report
upon the condition of the Colony from a
sanitary point of view. It may be
mentioned incidentally that as early as 1882
Mr. Chadwick had reported on the sanitary
condition of Hongkong, but no adequate
action appears to have been taken on his
report. Hongkong has gained a somewhat
unenviable reputation in the matter of
collapses of buildings, in some cases
attended by serious loss of life, but with
the gradual reconstruction of the city which
must come in the ordinary course of events,
this reproach will disappear, tlie require-
ments of the present Ordinance as regards
the thickness of walls and other points
affecting their stability being much more
stringent than the old.

Crown Lands. — Tlie whole of the lands in
the Colony belong to the Crown, and tlie
supervision of them is vested in the Surveyor-
General or Director of Public Works, as that
officer is now designated. In the case of
Kowloon, leases of considerable areas were
granted to those inhabitants who were in
occupation at the time of its cession to the
British and were able to establish a satis-
factory title to the land, and a similar course
has been followed in the case of all the petty
holdings of the villagers throughout tlie
Colony. The latter were not systematically
dealt with, however, until after the passing
of the Squatters' Ordinance in 1890. Except
in special cases, the disposal of Crown land is
almost invariably effected by public auction,
the conditions of sale being notified before-
hand in the Government Gazette and the
terms, briefly stated, advertised in the news-
papers. To prevent, as far as possible, mere
speculative buying of lands, a building cove-
nant is included in the conditions of sale, and
it is only on the fulfilment of this that the
Crown lease is issued. All Crown leases
reserve a power of entry, for purposes of
inspection, to the Surveyor of His Majesty
the King, who is the Director of Public
Works.

In the early days of the Colony, the leases
granted were for periods of 75 years, but
this policy was altered some years later, so
far as the city of Victoria was concerned,
and leases were thereafter granted for periods
of 999 years. To put the earlier leases on
an equal footing, it was notified in 1849 that
leases granted prior thereto for a period of
75 years would be extended on application
for a further term of 924 years. Outside the
city of Victoria and Kowloon, except in a few

I3.S,3'8

617,824

816,222

240,315

571,361

510.165

486,098

392,259

315,733

159,750

cases, all leases issued were for a period of
75 years. Matters rem.iined on this footing
until 1899, when the Secretary of State for
the Colonies directed that in future all leases,
irrespective of the situation of the lands con-
veyed by them, should be for a term of 75
years, renewable, subject to revision of the
Crown rent, for one further term of the same
duration.

The revenue derived from land sales is
very variable, as will be seen from the
following statement of the amounts received
during the past ten years ; —

1898

1899

1900

1901

1902

1903

1904

1905

1906

1907

In 1890, the rent derived from leased lands
amounted to $180,170-86, and in 1907 it
had increased to S371, 167-80, or more than
double, which may be regarded as satisfactory
evidence of the prosperity and development
of the Colony.

There are numerous other matters which
come within the scope of the Public Works
Department, besides those to which reference
has been made, such as the care of the various
public recreation grounds, the Colonial Ceme-
tery, and the construction of piers, but
enough has been said to show how extensive
its ramifications are.

THE DIRECTOR OP PUBLIC WORKS.— A

biographical sketch of the Hon. Mr. W.
Chatham, C.M.G., appears under the heading
" Executive and Legislative Councils."

MR. PATRICK NICHOLAS HILL JONES,

Assistant Director of Public Works, was for
several years in Trinidad, first in connection
with the construction of district waterworks
(loan), and afterwards as engineer in charge
of the water and drainage works of the Colony,
before he arrived in Hongkong, in 1903, to
take up his present appointment. He was
born in 1864, and commenced his technical
education at King's College, London. After
serving a five years' pupilage to a civil
engineer he was appointed Resident Engineer
to the Barbadoes Water Supply Company, and
after six years proceeded to Trinidad, gaining
in the West Indies an experience which
proved invaluable to him in Hongkong.
During the absence of the Hon. Mr. Chatham
on a year's leave, Mr. Jones acted as Director
of Public Works, Member of the Executive
and Legislative Councils, Vice-President of
the Sanitary Board, &c. He is an Associate
Member of the Institute of Civil Engineers,
and a member of the Hongkong, Peak, and
Grosvenor (London) Clubs.

POSTS, CABLES, AND TELEPHONES.

THE POST OFFICE.

OLLOWING closely upon the
settlement of the British in
Hongkong, a Post Office was
established in the Colony by
Sir Henry Pottinger, the
British Plenipotentiary in
China, for the purpose of
receiving and delivering letters and letter
packets free of charge. The building at that
time was located on the hill just above the
site now occupied by St. John's Cathedral.
In order to convey their mails to Canton,
sixty of the British mercantile houses of
Hongkong paid a monthly subsidy of ;fi50
lo the s.s. Corsair, and in 1847 considerable
indignation was caused by the Postmaster
insisting upon the vessel carrying and
delivering Post Office letters at a charge of
2d. each. The owner objected to being
saddled with the responsibility of delivering
the letters, but Ihe legal proceedings which
ensued resulted in the demand of the Post-
master being upheld by the Court. In the
same year the owner was also fined for an
infraction of the Post Office Regulations by
carrying letters other than those consigned
by the Postmaster-General. The British
community, feeling themselves aggrieved,
established the Hongkong and Canton Steam
Packet Company, as a joint-stock enterprise,
and it continued in ofjeration until 1854. The
control of the Post Office passed from the
Imperial Government into the hands of the
Colonial Government on May I, i860. Two
years and a half later (December 8, 1862)
the use of postage stamps was introduced into
the Colony, the stamps being of six denomi-
nations — 2, 8, 12, 18, 24 and 48 cents, 24
cents being regarded as the equivalent of
a shilling. Up to that time it had been the
custom for traders and others with heavy
correspondence to keep running accounts at
the Post Office, and the discontinuance of
this arrangement encountered strong but
unavailing opposition.

The year 1876 was remarkable for the
entry of Hongkong into the Postal Union, on
the payment of ;^3,i5o per annum, and for
the reduction of the postal rates on letters to
England, These rates were lowered to 16
cents a letter on April i, 1877, and at the
same time the local rates were reduced by

one-half. A third reduction was effected in
1879 — this time to 10 cents a letter to any
country in the Postal Union. At the present
time the charge, both for letters and post-
cards, is 4 cents each, which, with the dollar
standing at 2/-, is equal to about one penny.
To Canton and Macao the fee for letters is
only 2 cents, and lor postcards i cent,
while to other places in China the charge is
4 cents for letters and i cent for postcards.

The mails to England are sent by three
different routes — via Canada, Suez, and
Siberia. The time occupied in transit is
about the same in each case, namely, from
27 to 29 days. The Post Office sustains a
loss on all letters addressed to Europe, but
this is covered by the profits earned on
those sent shorter distances. For the con-
veyance of letters marked " via Siberia "
the Post Office has to pay about five times
as much as it receives. The English mails
via Suez are carried by the Peninsular and
Oriental, the Messageries Maritimes, and the
Norddeutscher Lloyd lines, each of which
maintains a fortnightly service, the English
and French boats arriving, as a rule, in one
week, and the German boat in the next.
A monthly mail via Canada by the Canadian
Pacific Line gives a total of seven mails in
and home every month.

Owing to being the port of call for so
many direct lines of steamships, Hongkong
has become a vast distributing centre for
mails destined for all paits of China, and
the British Post Oflices at Shanghai and
other Treaty Ports are all under the control
of the Postmaster of Hongkong. These
branch oflices were first opened during the
governorship of Sir G. Bonhani (1848-54).
The total number of mail bags and packets
dealt with last year was 168,351, as com-
pared with 160,921 in 1906, the arrivals and
departures of steamers carrying mails totalling
27,920. Sometimes as many as a thousand
bags of mails a day are despatched from
the Colony. No revenue is derived from
the warehousing of mails received by one
steamer and despatched by another, and
this, taken in conjunction with the fact that
the Post Oflice in Hongkong has to con-
tribute 20 per cent, of its receipts to the
Imperial Exchequer as part of the military

contribution for the defence of British inter-
ests in China, constitutes a local grievance.

The number of registered articles and
parcels handled in Hongkong increased from
638,977 in 1905 to 770,820 in 1906, and to
856,415 in 1907. The total for the adminis-
tration, including Shanghai and British
Agencies in China was 979,506 in 1907, an
increase of 52,619 over the previous year.
All parcels despatched from Ihe Colony are
trtated in the same way as registered articles,
a receipt being given to the sender. In the
case of parcels received for local distribution,
.advices are sent to the addressees, who can
obtain delivery upon application at the Post
Office. Letters are delivered tiy Chinese
postmen, but most people prefer to have
their mail sorted into private boxes, for
which a charge of Sio per annum is made.
The boxes are fitted with combination locks
on the Ameiican principle, the combination
being known only to the holder and the
postal officials.

Despite the exceptional demands made
upon it, the Post Office manages to pay its
way. In 1905, it is true, there was a deficit
of $170,611, but this was attributable to the
payment in that ye.ar of arrears due to the
Peninsular and Oriental Company under their
mail contract. In 1906 there was a profit of
$60,970, the receipts amounting to $420,454
as comp.ared with $414,838 in 1905, and the
expenditure to $359,484 as against $585,449,
excluding the payment of 20 per cent, as
military contribution. Last year Ihe profit
amounted to $78,968, the receipts being
$445,420 and the expenditure $366,452.

Practically nine-lenths of the receipts are
derived from the sale of postage stamps. Of
nearly 7I millions issued at Hongkong and
the various British Agencies in China during
1907 2,414,000 were for 4 cents each,
2,330,000 for 2 cents, and 1,108,000 for
10 cents. The stamps range in value from
I cent to $10 and are of 16 denomin-
ations, a new 6 cent stamp having been
introduced during 1907 for the convenience
of those corresponding with non-British
Union countries, the postage fee to which is
10 cents for a letter not exceeding i ounce
in weight and 6 cents extra for each additional
ounce. The sale of postage stamps, &c., at

134 TWENTIETH CENTl liY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGtKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the British Post

Offices in

China du

!go6 and 1907

yielded

the follox

amounts : —

1906

1907

Shanghai ...

«(>5,7i8-97 .

..$65,063-42

Amoy

4,61014 .

.. 9,960-49

Canton

11,205-60 .

.. 10,827-37

Chefoo

1,610-87 .

.. 1,609-71

Foochovv ...

4,44229 .

•• 4.783-67

Hankovv

4,788-95 .

■ ■ .^.92503

Hoihow

1,605-27 .

.. 1,202-33

LiuKung Tail

4,272-72 .

•• 4,424-5«

Xingpo

499-82 .

•• 52733

Svvatow

5,660-96 .

■• 6,374-50

Tientsin ...

1,77392 .

.. 6,163-31

$106,189-51 $114,861-67

Imperial postal notes, as British postal
orders are locally called, are issued and paid
for sums of 20s., los. 6d , los., 5s., 2s. 6d.,
IS. 6d., IS., and 6d. Money orders are issued
direct to nearly all the offices in the Postal
Union, and even with the few exceptions
the authorities can negotiate a " through
order." All money orders from British
possessions to the Far Kast north of Hong-
kong are sent through Hongkong, the
Hongkong Post Office receiving a commission
of I per cent, on through orders, and j
per cent, on direct orders. The value of
the orders issued at the Hongkong Post Office
averages about $1,000 a day.

Business at the Hongkong Post Office is
obviously carried on under great disadvantages
owing to the inadequate and ill-arranged
premises in Queen's Road in which it has
to be conducted. At the time of writing, a
handsome and commodious new building, in
the Renaissance style of architecture, is in
course of construction on a corner site
overlooking the harbour and abutting on
Connaught, Pedder, and Des Voeux Roads,
but it is not expected to be ready for
occupation until 1911.

There is no savings bank in connection
with the Post Office, but this deficiency is
made good by the Hongkong and Shanghai
Bank. Similarly, the telegraph cables and
the local telephone service are provided by
private enterprise. No internal telegraph
communication exists in tiie Colony except
for police, military, and maritime purposes.

MR. LEWIS AUDLEY MARSH JOHNSTON,

the Postmaster-General of Hongkong, gained
his chief experience of colonial administration
in the Straits Settlements. Born on October
12, 1865, he joined the Civil Service in 1888,
and, having ser\ed for a time in the Colonial
Secretary's office at Singapore and in the
Resident Councillor's office at Penang, he
was in October, i8<jo, attached to the General
Post Office in Singapore. In 1897 he came
to Hongkong on a special mission concerning
postal matters, and on his return was appoin-
ted Assistant Postmaster-General at Penang.
In the following year he carried out the

duties of Collector of Land Revenue and
Officer in Charge of the Treasury at Malacca.
He also acted for a time as Resident Coun-
cillor and Deputy President of the Municipal
Commission, Malacca. In 1900 he served
temporarily as Postmaster-General in the
Straits Selllements, and was appointed Post-
master-General of Hongkong in 1903. During
his tenure of this office he has acted, tem-
porarily, as Colonial Treasurer, and by virtue
of that fact has occupied a seat on the
Executive and Legislative Councils. Mr.
Johnston is a J. P. for County Down, Ireland,
and is a member of the Sports Club and
the Hongkong Club.

OREAT NORTHERN TELEGRAPH COMPANY,
LTD. — This Company, which has its head-
quarters at Copenhagen, opened a branch in
Ihe Colony in 1869 on completion of the
c.ible from Slianghai to Hongkong. There
are now lines of communication from Hong-
kong to Europe, rid Sliangliai, Peking,
Kiachta, and Irkutsk ; and Shanghai, Naga-
saki, and Vladivostock. Shanghai is the
head office of the Company in the East.
The new premises in Hongkong were
opened in 1898, and Mr. H. B. Krikke is in
charge as the acting manager.

EASTERN EXTENSION TELEGRAPH COM-
PANY, LTD.— The Eastern Extension Tele-
graph Company, Ltd., opened their branch
in Hongkong on completion of the Singapore-
Saigon -Hongkong cable in 1871. Cable
communication was extended to Manila on
May I, 1880, and to Canton, by the Imperial
Chinese Telegraph Administration, in March,
1882. Now there are two cables to Singapore,
the second touching at Labuan, and one to
Slianghai, via Sliarp Peek and Koochow, and
one to Macao, besides tliat already mentioned
as going to Manila. The two Singapore cables
form part of the main route to Europe.
There is also connection witli America, 7'id
Manila, by means of the Commercial Pacific
Company. The present offices in Connaught
Road, Hongkong, have been occupied since
1898, and they are open day and night for
tlie receipt and transmission of messages
from and to all parts of the world. Mr.
J. M. Beck is the superintendent. The tariffs
are based on gold francs, the currency
equivalents being revised every three months.

THE CHINESE TELEGRAPH COMPANY.

The Cliinese Telegraph Company in Hong-
kong, which was founded by Mr. Ho A-mei,
under the name of the Hongkong-Canton
Wa Hop Telegraph Company, was established
in the seventh year of the reign of the
Emperor Kwang-Hsu, and was taken over
two years later under an instrument of
purchase by His Excellency Sheng Hsuan

Hwai, Director-General of tlie Imperial
Cliinese Telegraph ..\dmiiiistratioii, Slianghai,
by whom an ot'ticer was sent down to take
cliarge. It was tlieii known as "a mercantile
undertaking under the control of otlicials."
The company's cables extend tlirougliout the
Chinese Empire, and are land lines. The
business at the Hongkong station is increasing
year by year, and does not fall below a
hundred thousand dollars annually. The

MR.

TAOUTAI WEN HAO.

(M.inaj^er.)

Hongkong office is under the management
of Mr. Taoutai Wen Hao, of the second rank,
a native of the Kwangtung District, who
has been in charge for thirteen years, and
has a record of fifteen years' service with the
Imperial Government of China.

THE CHINA AND JAPAN TELEPHONE

COMPANY.— This Company is affiliated with
the Oriental Telephone and Electric Company
of London, India, and the Straits Settlements,
with which the Telephone Company of Egypt
is also connected. Some two years .-igo the
Company secured from the Government a
twenty-five years' lease, and modern appli-
ances were introduced immediately, such as
underground wires, new switch-boards, instru-
ments, &c. The Company now operates in
Kowloon, as well as in Hongkong, and has
altogether 1,000 stations, 900 exchange lines,
and 1,700 miles of underground and 594 miles
of overhead wires. The .igeiit for China is
Mr. W. L. Carter, A.M.l.E.E. The eldest son of
Mr. W. H. Carter, merchant, he was born in
Shanghai in 1877. For some time he held a
commission in the East Lancashire regiment,
and obtained the South African war medal.

FLORA.

■By S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.S., J. P., Superintendent of the Botanical and Forestry Department, Hongkong.

N order to understand the rise
and projjrcss of Ihe Botanical
and Forestry Department of

IKVWrii irsi^nn Hongkong it is necessary to
^^g\| ^^^ SO baclv to a time when the
^^Sf^ ^^g island was hardly less barren
than the mainland on the
opposite side of the harbour is now.

There were, it is true, one or two small
patches of virgin forest, such as that now
existing on the north side of Little Hong-
kong village, and there were, doubtless,
small groves of pine trees round the fishing
villages which dotted the coast, but the
sides of the mountains in general were bare
of trees, and, in many places, bare even of
grass. Mr. Charles Ford, I.S.O., the first
Superintendent of the 15otanical and Afforesta-
tion Department (as it was then called) had
joined the Government service originally as

Superintendent of the new Government
Gardens under the Department of I'ublic
Works, or Surveyor General's Department.
A few months later his work was organised
as a separate department and began at once
to attract notice as a centre from which the
well-known, but as yet little seen, garden
and economic plants of China could be dis-
tributed to the outer world.

Somewhere about the year 1876 the idea
was conceived of planting the bare hills
with the local pine tree {Piiiiis massoniaiia).
I do not suppose that any one at that time
thought that the covering of the slopes in
the vicinity of the town of Victoria with this
tree would develop into the e.xtensive and
important Government undertaking that it has
now become, nor that the system of plant-
ing, then introduced for ornament, would
some day be a source of revenue to the

GARDENS, LOWER TERRACE.

community. The pine tree was selected as
being one known to thrive well in the
climate, and to be available for all sorts of
soil, even the very poorest that is to be
found on the Hongkong mountains, viz.,
bare granite gravel. This has proved to be
a sound choice. It is a very quick-growing,
hardy tree, and valuable as a binder of loose
slopes. Although a continuous series of
experiments have been made with other
trees of all kinds which might have been
supposed to be suitable to this climate, no
good substitutes have ever been found for it
up to the present time. Meanwhile, by a
regular annual grant for the purpose, the
Government plantations have been spreading
year by year over the whole island, whicli
is now fairly covered with trees in the
lower portions. The pine area exceeds
5,000 acres. Not only has the appearance
of Hongkong been revolutionised by this
planting, but the bare sandy tracts which
formerly disfigured the scenery have been
converted into green and fertile slopes.

During recent years a fresh scheme has
been initiated whereby the planting has been
extended to the opposite mainland. The
amphitheatre of mountains which surround
the harbour on that side are now being
planted year by year with pine trees from
a height of 200 to one of 400 or 600 feet
above the sea-level, the plantations depend-
ing upon the degree of shelter available.
The seed is scattered broadcast at first, and
after three or four years trees are planted
in pits to fill any gaps that may be left. In
this way about 400 acres are covered each
year, about 1,000 trees being planted to the
acre. In time the reproach of the arid sand
hills which form so conspicuous a feature of
that landscape at the present time will be
removed by the growth of the trees which
have already been planted over a large por-
tion of the ground.

The streets of the city are particularly
well provided with shade, trees and roadside
plots of flowering shrubs and evergreens
which have been planted by, and are under
the care of, this department. The tree which
has been most frequently employed lor street
planting in the past is the Chinese Banyan
[Ficiis ictiistt). Its popularity arises from its
excellent shade-giving qualities and from its
extreme hardiness under all kinds of treat-
ment. The usual way of making an avenue

136 TWENTIETH CEXTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

o( banyans illustrates this point. Large
branches of 6 to li inches in diameter
are sawn off convenient trees, the leafy twigs
pruned off, the whole swathed in straw-rope
and placed upright in a hole in the road
metal along the sides of the road to be
planted. In a few weeks leaves begin to
appear, and within a year the new avenue
is in full foliage. The vitality of the Banyan
is its chief glory, but it is also the cause of
its recent exclusion from street planting. Its
roots are too pushing : they tind their way
into drain pipes through the smallest faults,
and cause obstructions thereby that have
incurred much expense to the sanitary
authorities. In the extensive street-planting
now proceeding in Kowloon, therefore, the
Banyan is vetoed, and Candlenut, Hetcro-
fxiiiax, and Poinciaiia take its place.

produce a good garden. There are camellias,
allamandas, azaleas, hydrangeas, poincettias,
&c., which luxuriate in a way seldom seen
elsewhere, and which produce a mass of
colour in the gardens in their proper season ;
then there are the peculiar indigenous shrubs
and trees, some of which have never been
raised in other gardens — ainong them is the
lovely rhodolcia, which is indiijenous in the
island and in Yunnan only, and has, so far as
I know, resisted all attempts to cultivate it
elsewhere. Tree-ferns, too, grow in the
inore sheltered parts of the gardens with
great ease and luxuriance. They form,
together with the palms in the Glenealy
Ravine, one of the most charming pieces
of scenery to be found anywliere. Long
before coming to Hongkong I remember
hearing of the gardens as some of the most

plants of Chinese gardens, long known from
the descriptions of travellers, were introduced
into Knglish gardens from the collections of
this department, so also, it has played an
important part in investigating and making
known to the botanical world the rich aiKl
interesting Hora of the Chinese Empire.

Numerous expeditions have from time to
time been organised for the botanical ex-
ploration of neighbouring parts of the
continent, and the large number of plants
thus discovered and published in botanical
journals during the last quarter of a century
bear witness to the value of these researches
to the botanical world. The Colonial
Herbarium, which is arranged in a room
adjoining the offices of the department is,
no doubt, as it ought to be, the most extensive
collection of specimens of Chinese plants in

THE PUBLIC GARDENS.

The Public Gardens consist of some i6 acres
of sloping ground between Albany Nullah
and Glenealy Ravine, and are cut into two
nearly equal parts by the Albany Road. The
spur of the mountains on which they lie is
occupied atxjve by European residences, and
below by Government House and the Govern-
ment Offices. Horticulture in Hongkong has
one great advantage over that in most other
place-t, and one great disadvantage — the
former is secured by the |>eculiar climate,
which allows of the cultivation, almost to
perfection, of some of the finest flowering
shrubs in the world ; while the latter is the
regular occurrence of typhoons, which always
damage the gardens more or less every
season. On the whole, however, this may
be said to be an easy place in which to

beautiful in the world, although small, and
probably there are many visitors who would
endorse that opinion. The almost precipitous
mountains which rise to the south enhance
the luxuriant effect of the vegetation.

The Botanic Gardens are not the only ones
maintained by the Government. A small
garden was made in 1904 on the waste
ground left vacant by the resumption of an
insanitary and crowded portion of the Chinese
quarter of Victoria under Sir Henry Blake,
and called Blake Garden. This, with the
gardening in the Colonial Cemetery, West
End Park, Government House Garden, and
in the grounds at Mountain Lodge, require
the maintenance of a considerable staff
outside the central gardens.

Just as in early days the curious cultivated

existence. A good library of works necessary
to the study of general systematic botany, as
well as special ones dealing with the Chinese
flora, gives ample facilities to any visitors
who wish to work in this branch of study.

The economic side of the work over and
above that dealing with forestry, has been
shown in the introduction of improved
varieties of crops into the agriculture of the
new territories ; but those vvlio know the
Chinese best will not be surprised to be told
that they have not profited mucli from
European entciprise in this respect. The
export of economic products has probably
been more valuable than the imports. Large
collections of samples of Chinese vegetable
economic products have been made from
time to time, and sent to the Imperial Institute,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 137

where they mav be seen in the Hongkong
Court.

The superintendent's quarters, the her-
barium, and offices of the department are
accommodated in a charming house at the
top of the new gardens, commanding a good
view of the liarbour.

The permanent staff numbers between
ninety and one hundred, and there is an
auxiliary staff of about the same si/e. The
total expenditure of the department for iQoS
is estimated at $48,700. Tlie revenue in 1907
amounted to $6,654.

MR. STEPHEN TROYTE DUNN, B.A., F.L.S.,

J. P., who, since 1903, has been Superintendent
of (lie Hotanical and Forestry Department,
Hongkong, was born at Bristol in 1868.
The son of the Rev. James Dunn, he was
educated at Kadley and at Merton College,
Oxford. He was private secretary to Sir
Thomas Acland in 1897, ^"^ '" th*; follow-
ing year became private secretary to Sir
William Dyer, the Director of the Royal
Botanical Gardens, Kew. P'or about two
years he was assistant for India at Kew.
In 1903 he was sent to report upon the agri-
cultural prospects of Wei-hai-wei, and for

his services received the thanks of the
Secretary of St;ite. Two years later he was
sent to investigate the flora of Central
Fokien. His publications include " The
Flora of West Surrey" (1903), and "The
Alien Flora of Britain " (1905), besides
numerous papers in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, &c. In 1901 Mr. Dunn
married Maud, youngest daughter of the
Rev. W. H. Thornton, rector of North Bovey,
Devon. He Is a member of the Hongkong
Club. His local address is the Botanic
Gardens, Hongkong, and his English address
is Gumley Cottage, Kew Green, S.W.

^[^][^]

FAUNA.

GENERAL.

By J. C. Kershaw. Author of "Butterflies of Hongkong."

[HE most striking portions of
the Hoiigkoim fauna to a
general observer are the in-
sects, the birds, and tlie rep-
tiles. The mammals have to
be carefully sought for and,
consequently, are rarely seen
by the majority of people.

Maminalia. — The Bats, especially the fruit-
eating ftcropitliv, are numerous ; some of the
latter feed to a great extent on banyan berries
in the autumn, and make their presence
known by constant p.iltcring of the fruit on
roads tx)rdered by these trees. A large
species of Sinew {Sorcx iiniriinis), known in
Hongkong as the " Musk-rat." is very common
on the island, often entering buildings. It is
very like a large edition of the British Shrew-
mouse, and is likewise insectivorous, though
it is probably a flesh and vegetable feeder to
some extent. It has short, soft, dark-grey fur,
inclining to blue. A species of Civet [Viverra)
is still common on the island, a cat-like
animal, but with a pointed face and about
twice the size of the common cat. There is
also a rather large species of Wild Cat, but
it is not common, and is likely to be soon
exterminated, though it is fairly immerous on
the mainland. A Fox, very similar to the
British animal, but rather larger and lighter
in colour, is common on the mainland, and
occurs on the island. An Olter and a Badger,
very like their resiiective British prototypes,
occur on the island and are common on
the mainland. A curious Dolphin [Sotalia
sinensis), locally known as the " Pink Por-
poise," of a white or pale flesh colour, often
appears in the estuary of the Canton Kiver
and the approaches of Hongkong harbour.
The Wild Boar is common in some parts of
Kwangtung. and occurred within recent years
on the island. A species of Cervtiliis, one of
the small Muritjac Deer, is numerous, as it is
in all the t>etter-WfXKled parts of South China.
It has a very ugly, discordant bark. Of Rats
and Mice there are several sjiecies, the
common rat being a serious nuisance. One
of the Scaly Ant-eaters, genus Pangolin,
occurs in Kwangtung, and very possibly on

the island, and may occasionally be seen
alive in the markets of Hongkong and
Macao. The majority of these mammals are
strictly nocturnal, and, in coiisequence, the
Hongkong mammalia, few in species, are
also the least conspicuous portion of the
fauna of the island.

Reptllia. — The Snakes are quite numerous
enough to attract attention, at least during
the wet season. One of the burrowing
snakes [Typhlina), nearly black and not so
big as an ordinary earth-worm and with
exceedingly minute eyes, is very common
luider large stones, beneath which it burrows
in the soil. Python rcliculala is common,
but seldom attains any considerable dimen-
sions. One of the commonest snakes is the
little Amphiesma ti^rinnm, plentiful on paddy-
field paths and, in fact, almost everywhere.
Of the venomous snakes, the common Cobr.a
is fairly numerous in phices ; the black-and-
white ringed Bun^arns fasciatiis occurs, and
the pretty bright green Pit-viper, Trimcrcsurus
graniinens, is rather common. A small and
very poisonous Sea-snake, probably a species
of Hydrophis, also occurs, but not commonly.
Of Lizards there are many species, but the
one most in evidence is Calotcs versicolor,
with more or less of a crest down the back.
The same wall-lizard, so common in Singa-
pore houses, occurs in Hongkong, but is not
nearly so numerous here. The curious and
loud cry of the big, clumsily-built Gecko is
sometimes heard. It haunts big trees and
rocks and sometimes buildings. The struc-
ture of its feet is admirably adapted to
running over vertical and smooth surfaces.
Fresh-water Tortoises of the genus Terrapcnc
inhabit a few streams and pools in the island.
Marine Turtles of the genus Chelone occur
commonly at Hongkong ; some have been
captured weighing over 400 lbs. They lay
their eggs in the sand on some of the
adjacent islands, especially some of the
sm.-iller islets seaward of Lantao.

Amphibia. — Frogs and Toads are very
numerous in species, some of the smaller
frogs being beautifully coloured. A large
editjle kind is much sought after by the

Chinese. Tree-frogs of the genus Volypcdatcs
are very common, and their large, oval,
frothy egg-sacs hang on almost every bush
overhanging stagnant water during the
beginning of the wet season. On a summer's
night the chorus of frogs from every marshy
piece of ground is almost deafening.

Pishes. — The fresh-water fishes are few
and small ; several of them are species pro-
vided with barbels. Of the sea-fish I can
only mention the curious little Goby, which
hops across the surface of the tidal mud-flats
in swarms, and even climbs on mangrove
bushes and rocks and lies basking in the sun
for several minutes.

Insecta. — The Orthoptcra are exceedingly
well represented, and many species of Mantis,
Pliasmids or Stick-insects, lyocusts and Katy-
dids are of large size and beautiful colour-
ing. Termites, or White Ants, are only too
well-known in Hongkong, where they do an
immense amount of clamage every year.
Dragonflies are numerous in species and
many of them are handsome insects. There
are hosts of Sawflies and Parasitic Hyiiien-
optera, .and the Bees and Wasps are very
numerous, especially the Solitary Wasps.
The Ants are everywhere, and some species
are a great nuisance at times. The Beetle
f.iuna is rather poor on tlie whole, though
there are many Pliytopluiiions kinds, a few
line Loni^icorns and Lamellicorus and many
species of Carubidie. Butterflies are noticed
in more detail later ; the Moths, as usual,
are much less conspicuous, though far more
immerous ; but tiiere are some large and
showy day-flying moths, including the huge
Atlaciis attas, wliose larv;e and cocoons may
be found in abundance on Sliliii)^ia trees,
though the perfect insect is not very often
observed ; Actias tuna, a beautiful and large
pale-green moth with very long tails on the
hind-wings ; and several other large Saiur-
iiiida-, with a host of Sphinx or Hawk-
moths. A moth, Epipyrops anomnla, with a
curious life-history, whose larva is parasitic
on the Candletlies, is connnon here. The
Diptera are in hosts, including Mosquitoes
and other blood-sucking (lies. Perhaps the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 139

most noticeable otherwise are large Syrphids
and Asiliiis, the latter fierce and predaceous
flies. The Heiniptcra are much in evidence,
some large and handsome species occurring ;
a few kinds are in such abundance as
seriously to damage certain trees. The
great Water-bug, a species of Belostoma, is
very common in stagnant water, but is
seldom seen. Sometimes, however, it flies
during the night into lighted houses, and
always attiacts attention by its great size.
The Cicadidiv during the wet season force
themselves on one's attention, being found
even in trees in the city. Of the Candle-
flies, or Fulgorida; there are two large and
handsomely-coloured species, one being very
common. Some curious Metiihracids, Apliidcs
and Scale-insects, and the insects which prey
on them, are also very common ; in fact, but
for the Ladybird and Syrphid larvse and
other enemies which destroy them, Aphides
of two or three kinds would soon tiecome a
pest in the island.

Spiders, Crustacea, &c.— There is a rich
fauna of Spiders, including some very large
species. Scorpions occur, but are not very
common. The Crabs are well represented.
Whole armies of small land-crabs may
sometimes be heard rustling the paddy like
the wind, as they climb the rice-plants in
the evening to eat the grain. The large and
peculiar King-crab, a species of Limulns,
inhabits the shallow sea round the island,
and is sometimes to be seen in the market.
Of the Myriapoda, a poisonous Centipede,
often over five inches in length, is very
common, and many other species are
numerous under stones and logs.

Mollusca. — Land-shells, as usual in a

TURTLE, WEIGHING ABOUT 400 LB., CAUGHT NEAR HONGKONG.

granite country, are not numerous in species.
Leeches are common in small streams, but

do not swarm in wet grass and herbage, as
in many tropical places.

BUTTERFLIES.

By J. C. Kershaw.

Hongkong Island, protected more or less
from the ravages of the Chinese wood and
grass cutters, has become a haven of refuge
for butterflies on the coast of Kwangtung.
Nearly all the species found on the adjacent
mainland are here abundant, and some inhabit
the island which do not occur again till we
reach some Buddhist monasteries many miles
inland, around which a fair amount of well-
grown timber and little-disturbed underwood
is still preserved.

There are some 146 Hongkong butterflies
recorded. About sixteen are rare, and two or
three of these are exceedingly rare — merely
accidental — though the list of rare visitants is
sure to be gradually increased. But we may
say that 130 species are native and numerous,
the majority very abundant. The greater part
are also very beautiful insects, some even
gorgeous, and the butterfly fauna as a whole
has a decidedly " tropical " aspect ; the large
and showy I'apilioiiitia; of which twelve
species are very common, contributing greatly
to its character.

Hongkong is in Wallace's Indo-Chinese
(or Himalayan) sub-region of the Oriental
Region. The butterflies (and also the bugs or

Hemiptera-Heteroptera) have decided Indian
attinities, and many insects of both orders
are familiar natives of Calcutta. Hongkong
is rich in representative Himalayan genera.
The only two peculiar Hongkong (and South
China) species, Clcrome ciimcus and Gcrydus
chincnsis, belong to tropical and Himalayan
genera, Chronic being entirely Oriental. The
very common Euplcea midainiis is a Chinese
variety, slightly different from the type.
Pariiara sinensis, first found by Leech in
Western China, is fairly common here. Two
insects, Vanessa cardni and IJmenitis sybilla,
are respectively the well-known " Painted
Lady" and "White Admiral," but the latter
is scarce in Hongkong, whilst the former is
spreading gradually over the world, and is
not at present common here. Only two really
Palajarctic genera occur here — Vanessa and
Argyniiis, the former represented by three
species, one of which {V. indica) somewhat
resembles the " Red Admiral " ; the latter
genus has only one species which is common
in the Eastern tropics. Butterflies of the
sub-family Danaincv (which is really tropical,
though some of its members are rapidly
becoming cosmopolitan) and genus EnpUva

are some of the most abundant and striking
insects in Hongkong, the EupUva being
entirely confined to the Oriental and Austra-
lian Regions, but chiefly numerous in the
former. Danais chrysippns is very common
here, occurs in South Europe, and is spreading
over the greater part of the world, as also is
D. aichippus [D. crippns mcnippe), which has
occurred in Hongkong— together, it would
seem, with the spread of the food-plant of its
larva, which is sometimes planted in gardens,
though originally a North American weed.
But the Danaid larvie feed largely on plants
which have the seeds naturally adapted for
conveyance to enormous distances by the
wind.

One slow-flying Pieiid, P. canidia (a
contrast to the rapid flight of most butterflies
here) reminds one strongly of the destructive
European " Cabbage White," and is, I believe,
merely an Eastern race of P. rapcv. It is
practically the only butterfly in Hongkong
which damages gardens, as its larva feeds
on cultivated vegetables. The larva of a
" Skipper " Parnara Gnttatus, feeds on the
leaves of the rice-plant, but is greatly checked
by parasites, and does no material damage.

140 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Taking the 130 really native Hongkong
butterflies, and reducing the Danitiiuv lo
the genera /).iii<i/$ and Eiif'laui (both these
genera are usually sub-divided into numerous
sub-genera), they are distributed as follows : —

Gcnen.

Species.

Tout
species.

Danainae ...

Danais
Euploea .

" 7
.. 3

Lethe... .

.. 2

Mvcalesis .

.. I

Salyrime ...

Melanitis .
Yphthiina .

.. 1
.. I

Morphime...

Discophora
Clerome

1
.. 1

Cethosia

.. I

Cupha

.. 1

Cirrochroa

Atella ...

.. I

Svnibrenlh

a I

Argynnis

Vanessa

.. •»

Precis...

• • .S

Nymphalinae

Hypoliniiia

Ergolis

Neptis...

Alhyma

Linicnitis

Euthalia

Apalura

Hestina

S I

.. I
.. 2
• • 3
.. 2
.. 2
.. I
I

Charaxes

.. 2

Nemeobiiiue

Zemeros
Abisara

.. I
.. I

Gerydus

.. I

Neopitheco

ps I

Megisba

Cyaiiiris

.. I

Chilades

.. I

Zi/era...

.. 2

(amides

.. I

Lampidcs

.. I

Everes

.. 2

Nacaduba

.. I

Lycaenid.-*...

Catochryso

Polyommal

Arhopala

Iraota ...

Ilerda ...

Pratapa

Spindasis

Tajuria

Deudorix

Lehera

Kapala

ps 2
us I
.. 2
.. I
.. 1
.. I
.. 1
.. 2
.. I
I
I

Delias...

.. 2

Prioneris

.. I

Terias...

.. 2

Pierina; ...

Ixias ...
Hebomoia
Catopsilia
Dercas
Pieris ...

.. I
.. I
.. 2

•• 3

Papilioninse

Papilio
Leptocircus

.. 14
I

Genera.

Species.

' Total
1 species.

Tagiades ...

Odontoptiluin

Suastus

lambrix

Hvarotis ...

Matapa

Erionota ...

Taractrocera

Ampittia ...

Parnara

Hesperiidae

Baoris

Padraona ...
Telicota ...
Udaspes

Halpe

Astictopleius
Kerana
Notocrypta
Hasora
Badamia ...

Ismene

130

The species of Cyaniris was not observed
before 1906, but was then fairly numerous in
Hongkong Island, and will probably establish
itself there.

Of the sixteen rare species, three belong
to Danais and two to Eiiflcea, one each to
Lethe, Melanitis, Cirrochroa, Cyrestis, Rlu'iio-
palpa, Hyfolimnas, Curetis, Priotieris, Pieris,
and two lo Caprona.

There is a very well-marked wet and dry
form in the case of many Hongkong butter-
flies (especially in the Satyriint, Precis, and
Lycwiiiila') and four cases of insects with
dimorphic females — Cethosia biblis, having
the commoner form of female like the male,
chiefly of a brilliant orange-red on the
upper side, relieved with black ; whilst the
second form of female is dark grey wilh
black, brown, and white markings ; the
under side agrees in both forms in colour
and markings. The other examples are
Hypolimitas misippiis, which is rare or
sporadic ; Papilio memuoii, with its tailed
and tailless females ; and P. clyiia ; but in
this latter case the dimorphism includes both
sexes. Some of the butterflies, especially
amongst the Euploea and Satyriinv, exhibit
i-triking and numerous varieties — some of
them doubtless incipient species, though,
after all, even a species is but a very stable
variety, and transitory like everything else.
The swarms of Danais and Enplcca are
curious here. These insects collect together
in hundreds about the middle of the dry
season (November-December) and cling on
trees and bushes in sheltered localities,
packed so closely that they hide much of
the foliage, and darken the air in rising
when disturbed. There are many interesting
biological items in the history of Hongkong
butterflies, but we have only space lo
mention a few : — Euthalia Inbcntina lays a
hemispherical egg, the peculiarity of which
is the numerous glandular hairs on the
upper surface, each hair with a little globule
of brownish, viscous fluid at the tip ; these
are quite visible without a lens. The larva
of Gerydus chinensis is of intei est as feeding
entirely on aphides ; that of Spinilasis lohita
is one of the numerous instances of Lycciniii
larvae being assiduously attended by ants,
for the purpose of sipping the fluid exuded by
the dorsal glands of the larva. Apparently
the latter, in this case, is absolutely depen-
dent for existence on the care and attention

of the ants, and is usually to be found in
their nests. These ants are a species of
Creniasto,iiaster. But there are some kinds
of ants here which are inimical to the
mature butterfly. These lie in wait amongst
flowers and seize the butterfly by the pro-
boscis as it feeds. A small pale yellow or
while spider, with its legs tightly appressed
to its body, likewise ambushes in flowers.
In spite of its small size — about :J-inch in
diameter — it not only seizes, but sometimes
manages to hold and kill, a large Papilio.
This spider is almost indistinguishable
amongst white or yellow blossoms. Besides
the operations of the native woodcutters,
which destroy many eggs and larvi-e and
tend to eradicate food plants, the increase of
butterflies in South China is chiefly and to
an enormous extent checked (especially
amongst the Hcspcriida-) by egg and larva
parasites, chiefly Hymenopterous, which are
extremely numerous in South China. In the
case of a moth, Melanestria punctata, whose
larva feeds on fir-trees, and in certain years
often defoliates large areas in China, exam-
ination of a great number of pupae showed
that fully 75 per cent, had been destroyed,
chiefly by Dipterous and Hymenopterous
parasites, whilst the eggs of the moth were
heavily parasitised by Hymenoptera. No
doubt these parasites always appear when-
ever the moth becomes very abundant. The
insectivorous birds here destroy few mature
butterflies, though they account for numbers of
eggs, larvie, and pup:e. I am, however, of
opinion that on the whole the butterfly,
having passed through manifold dangers in
its innnature stages, has few enemies in its
adult state.

The geographical distribution of animals
changes slowly in the natural course of
things, but modern civilisation and constant
and rapid communication with all parts of
the world tends to effect soine of these
changes more rapidly, and, we may expect,
will eventually cause many more species to
become extinct and some almost cosmopo-
litan. Hongkong, as a focus for a continuous
stream of traffic from near and distant
countries, and, possessing a sub-tropical
climate to which many animals and plants
can adapt themselves, seems exceptionally
well situated for observation of some of
these phenomena, for exotic insects may be
expected to occur frequently, and some of
them to find a suitable habitat in the island.
For many new plants have certainly been
introduced or found their way lo Hongkong
within the last fifty years, and some of thein
now flourish here ; and butterflies, like man
and most terrestrial animals are, directly or
indirectly, dependent for existence on the
vegetable kingdom. The small area of the
island lends itself specially to the observa-
tion of the increase and decrease of native
species, and the arrival of immigrants.

In conclusion, Hongkong possesses a very
bright, varied, and individually numerous but-
terfly fauna, which enhances the beauty and
life of the island even more than the birds
which, with a few exceptions, are not paiticu-
larly striking in plumage. At Foocliovv, about
inidway between Hongkong and Slianghai,
the vegetation changes, and is, .says Mr. S. T.
Dumi, superintendent of the Afforestation
Department at Hongkong, an almost equal
intermingling o( tropical and temperate forms.
At Shanghai, about 900 miles north of Hong-
kong, so far as the vegetation is concerned,
one might itnagine oneself in England, and
some ol the commonest butterflies there are
species of Colias and Goneptcry.x, the familiar
" Clouded Yellows " and " Brimstones " —
typically Pala;arctic genera.

TWENTIETH OENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 141

BIRDS.

By Staff-Surgeon Kenneth H. Jones, R.N., Naval Hospital, Hongkong.

The Birds of Hongkong may broadly be
divided into those which are resident, and
remain for the whole year round, and those
which come to the Colony for only a part of
the year. These distinctions, however, are
not absolute, for some species are partly
resident and partly not. All the resident
birds breed in the Colony.

There are at least five species of Thrushes
commonly to be met with in Hongkong,
belonging to four different genera. Of these,
perhaps, the best known is a brown bird
with a white stripe over the eye, which is
very popular with the Chinese as a cage
bird. This bird (Trochalopteron canornm) is
about the only really good songster to be
found here, and its very thrush-like song is
to be heard in almost every month of the
year in the woods and far up the hillsides.
The bird is resident in Hongkong Island,
where it breeds, raising two broods in a
year — the first in May and the second in
July and August. This species is not found
at Kowloon, nor, so far as I know, in the
New Territory generally.

Another thrush which is sure to attract
attention is the Blue Whistling Thrush
(Myophoiiens ccvnilcus), a large bird of very
deep indigo colour flecked with lighter blue,
often to be seen along Bowen Road and at
Wongneichung, as well as elsewhere. This
species has a great partiality for water, and
is never found far from the streams which
descend the little valleys to the sea all over
the island. This bird has a very charac-
teristic way of opening its tail, fanwise with
a sudden jerk, when alighting. Like the
last species, it is resident, breeding in May,
and making its nest in positions, usually
inaccessible, among the piles of boulders
which are strewn along the water courses.
The note is a low plaintive whistle, monoto-
nous and piercing ; but in the breeding
season a little song is attempted, which
cannot be called beautiful, but is, rather,
mournful.

There are two other blue thrushes in
Hongkong, the Blue Rock Thrush [Monticola
cyanns), and the Red-breasted Rock Thrush
(Monticola solitariiis). Both are winter visitors
to the Colony, arriving in October and leaving
again in May. They are easily distinguished
from Myophoneus civnilcits by their smaller
size and brighter colour, and from one
another by the presence or absence of red
on the breast, as the description of the
second-named indicates.

There remain two Babbling Thrushes — one
a resident and the other a summer visitor.
The former, the Black-cheeked Babbling
Thrush (Dryonastcs perspcciilalus), is a very
noisy bird, and the parties of half a dozen,
or more, in which this species is always to
be found, advertise their presence continually
by their shrill and not particulary melodious
whistles. This bird breeds here, and raises
in all probability two broods in a year. The
other Babbling Thrush is a favourite with
the bird shopkeepers, who call it San-mo,
whilst to the Europeans it is known as a
Mocking Bird or as the Canton Nightingale.
This species is a large blackish bird, with
conspicuous white patches below the ears,

and its notes, though few and apt to be
monotonous at close quarters, are flute-like
and full, and sound, in the woods, exceed-
ingly well. The bird undoubtedly breeds in
the woods above and below Bowen Road,
but so wary is it that but for its characteristic
song its presence there would probably never
be suspected.

Leaving the thrushes, the next group of
birds for consideration are the Wartilers, and
with them inay be noticed the majority of
other very small birds. The two best-known
of all the smaller birds here are the Silver
Eye {Zostcrops simplex), a little bright green
bird with a ring of white feathers round the
eye ; and the Tailor Bird (Sntoria siiloria), a
small brown bird with a chestnut-coloured
head and rather a long tail. Both these
birds are resident, and the former is a
common cage bird. The note of the Tailor
Bird is a loud " chink-chink," constantly
repeated, and of remarkable volume for the
size of the bird.

Another small bird which is likely to attract
attention by reason of its brilliant colouring
and its loud voice is the Scarlet-backed
Flower-pecker (Diccvnm cnietilatiiiii), a black
bird of very small dimensions, with a most
brilliant red back and head.

Of the true warblers only one is common,
and that as a winter visitor, the Yellow-
browed Warbler (Phylloscopiis irochiloides), a
small green bird, with a yellow stripe over
the eye. This is the first of the winter
visitors to arrive, appearing as early as
the middle of September, and leaving again
in April and May.

There is only one Tit here, the Indian Grey
Titmouse (Parus cinercns), a conspicuously
marked bird, which bears a certain super-
ficial resemblance to the Great Tit so well
known in England. The bird is resident,
and rears two broods in the year, commencing
to breed as early as the first half of March.

Another common small bird is Miiiiia
topcia, a near ally of the Java Sparrow
\Muiiia orizvora), than which it is, however,
much smaller and much less gaily coloured,
being uniformly brown, with a dark brown
head and black bill. This bird is not, as
a rule, to be seen in the winter months, but
it remains to breed, laying four, or more,
white eggs, in a curious covered-in nest
with a hole in the side ; and, like so many
others here, it is probably double-brooded.

One of the most conspicuous and best
known of the smaller birds in Hongkong is
the Magpie Robin (Copsychus suuUiris). The
striking mixture of black and white in its
plumage, and its lameness and partiality for
human neighbourhood call attention to it at
once. This bird has, after Trochaloptcroii
cauoiiun noticed above, the best song of any
of the native birds. It is resident, and
breeds commonly from April to August,
making a scanty nest in a hole in a tree or
building.

Equally common, and almost as con-
spicuous, as the last are the Bulbuls, of
which three species occur in Hongkong, all
of them plentifully. The three species are
the Black-headed Bulbul, the Red-cheeked
Bulbul, and the While-eared Bulbul {Pyc-

nonotiis atricapilliis, Otocompsa cmeria, and
Hypsietcs sinensis). These three birds are all
commonly to be met with in gardens and
about the roadsides of the Colony, and they
are differentiated from one another without
difficulty. The first is a brownish-coloured
bird, with a black head and a short crest,
whilst the feathers of the vent are bright
scarlet. The second also has the bright
scarlet feathers round the vent, but it
has on its head a long black crest, whilst
its throat and breast are white, and on
the cheeks are, as the name indicates small
red patches. The third is a smaller bird
than either of the other two, is generally
greener in colour, and has no crest of
any kind, but has two large white patches
over the ears which unite to form a
collar behhid. Of these three birds the
Black-headed Bulbul is the wildest, and is
found breeding high up on the hillsides in
places where the others are rarely, if ever,
seen. The nests of the latter are usually
placed on the lower ranges of hills, in
gardens and hedges, and such-like places.
The Black-headed Bulbul has a shrill and
not unpleasing note. It can hardly be said
to sing, but both the other species have a
little song, consisting of very few notes, and
becoming desperately monotonous from its
too frequent repetition.

There is only one Cuckoo which is at all
common in Hongkong, the well-known Rain
Bird [Cacomanlis mcnilinns), whose familiar
whistle is one of the most frequent and
mournful of bird sounds during the summer
months by night as well as by day. This
bird arrives in March and leaves again in
September, and, like most cuckoos, lays its
eggs in the nests of another species. In this
case the host is always Sutoria sntoria, the
Tailor Bird. The Tailor Bird, as is well
known, makes its nest by stitching together,
with thread manufactured by itself, the free
margins of a large leaf, or by approximating
two big leaves in such a way as to make a
kind of bag. and in this its little nest of fine
grass, with a vegetable down lining, is
placed. The Rain Bird, from its size, could
not possibly lay its eggs in the nest of the
Tailor Bird, so that probably they are laid
on the ground and then carried in the bird's
bill to their resting-place. Contrary to what
obtains with most of the cuckoos, the eggs
of the Rain Bird bear considerable resem-
blance in colour to those of the Tailor Bird,
though they are, of course, much larger.

Only one species of Dove is met with in
Hongkong, the Turttir chiiiensis, which is
extremely numerous all over the Colony, and
very tame, settling in public places and
running about the roads with the utmost
confidence. This dove is a resident, and
lays its eggs almost throughout the whole
year.

Of birds of prey there is some variety, but
only one species, the Black-eared Kite, is to
be seen the whole year round. This bird
[Milvus niclauolis) is the large brown hawk
to be seen flying over the harbour in search
of scraps of garbage, and is too well known
to require any description. The numbers of
kites are much increased in the winter

142 TAVENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

months, when many individuals come down
from their breeding-places further to the
north, and at such times they have a ten-
dency to congregate in cert;iin selected spots.
Perhaps as many as two hundred may be
seen in one small clump of trees or on one
hilltop. Such a plat-e exists at the eastern
end of Stonecutters Island, though the kites
are not there so numerous as in some of
the places in the New Territory. Milviis
melanotis is a resident, and breeds about
Hongkong, but not at all commonly, and
most of those individuals which remain for
the summer months in the Colony are prob-
ably immature, and do not nest Another
large brown hawk rarely seen except in the
autumn and winter is the common Bu/zard
{Buico xtilgahs) a slightly smaller bird than
the Kite, usually solitary in its habits, and
never to be found hunting for garbage.
From the Kite it is readily distinguished
both by the shorter and more rounded wings
and by the shape of the tail, the free margin
of which is convex in outline instead of
being square or forked, as in the Sliliiis.

The well-known Peregrine Falcon (Falco
feregrinus) is not infrequently seen, but it
cannot be regarded otherwise than as an
occasional winter visitor.

Two other smaller hawks, the common
Kestrel (Falco tinnunculus) and the common
Sparrow Hawk {Accipiter niisiis) are often
met with in the winter months, whilst other
species occur more rarely.

Of Owls one species, Scofis glabripcs. a
bird aKiut the size of a pigeon, is fairly
plentiful in Hongkong, where it is resident,
breeding in April and May in the old nests
of the Magpie. Strictly nocturnal, it is not
often seen, and its note, a gentle " Hoo "
repeated at intervals, is usually the only inti-
mation of its presence. Another bird of this
family, to be seen occ-asionally is Btibo
maximus. the Eagle Owl. the largest of all
the owls, and a great game destroyer. It is
hard to suppose that many individuals of
this species can find a living on the island.

One of the most conspicuous of the summer
visitors to Hongkong is the Black Drongo
Shrike, or Scissor-tail {Bticliaiiga atra). a
brilliantly black bird, with a long black tail,
the flukes of which cross one another
scissor-fashion, whence its name. This bird
arrives about the middle of April, and already
has found a mate. Pairs of these birds take
up certain localities in the woods, and their
territory is not encroached upon by others
of their kind. At the nest, which is always
slung from the under surface of a bough,
at its slenderest extremity, the birds aie both
noisy and fearless, resenting interference in
the most intrepid manner.

The Kingfishers are birds which always
attract attention by their very striking
colouring. Of the three species of the family
which are to be found at Hongkong, all
present the brilliant blues for which most
of these birds are famous, and two of them
are of large size. The two larger kingfishers
are the Smyrna Kingfisher {Halcyon Smyr-
nensis) and the Black-headed Kingfisher
(Halcyon pileatus). The former has a bright
maroon-coloured head and neck, whilst the
latter has the head black and has a white
collar. The Smyrna Kingfisher is a resident,
and may be seen at all seasons of the year,
but the black-headed species spends the winter
months on the seashore, repairing to the
island in the spring and summer to breed.
Both species breed commonly in Hongkong,
making their nesting-holes in the perpen-
dicular faces of disintegrated granite to be
found in the nullahs, and in localities where
a landslip has taken place. There is another

kingfisher, a very small bird ; indeed, Alcedo
BengaU-nsis is but a miniature of the King-
fisher of English inland waters, but about
Hongkong this species obtains its food at
least as frequently in salt water as in fresh.
It is not a very common bird, but throughout
the year it may be seen at times on inland
streams, and more frequently on the rocks
by the sea-coast. There is no doubt that
it sometimes breeds in Hongkong.

There is only one true Crow in Hongkong,
but that, the Collared Crow {Con'iis torquatus)
is a handsome representative of the genus.
This crow, which is considerably larger than
our English rook, is of a deep, shining black,
with a broad, white collar, which widens to
a convex bend downwards on the shoulders
and breast, a handsome and striking com-
bination of the two colours. This is not a
common bird in Hongkong, but a few pairs
reside in the neighbourhood, and breed early
in the year in such spots as are not too open
to molestation. Unlike most Corvidiv this
species is in all probability double-brooded
in Hongkong. The note is a deep, harsh
croak, and once heard is not likely to be
mistaken for that of any other bird.

Nearly related to the former is the common
Magpie [Pica caniiala), one of the best known
of all the Hongkong resident species. A bird
so well known requires no description, but it
is of interest to note that, being not only free
from persecution but to some extent, in China,
considered a bird of good omen, it is tame
and confiding to a degree rarely, if ever, lo
be met with in other countries. The bird
breeds commonly in Hongkong, making the
usual domed nest so characteristic of the
species, and it occasionally lays its eggs as
early as the last days of January.

Another conspicuous bird which is a near
relation of the Magpie is the Chinese Blue
Magpie (Urocissa sinensis), a bluish-coloured
bird, with coral red bill and legs, and a most
disproportionately long tail. This bird is one
of the noisiest resident species in the island, and
produces a perfectly amazing variety of sounds,
from harsh gutteral duckings to beautifully
modulated Hute-like whistles, amounting at
times almost to a song. These birds are great
robbers of the eggs of other species, and the
appearance of the Blue Magpie in the vicinity
of the nests of the Magpie Kobin or the Black-
headed Bulbul is the signal for an immediate
attack oil the would-be robber. Urocissa
sinensis is a quarrelsome bird, fighting for its
right to a feeding ground both with its own
kind and with the common Magpie. It breeds
in Hongkong from March to July, making a
flat nest of the flimsiest description in a tree,
and laying from three to five eggs.

There is only one Starling in Hongkong, a
prettily coloured bird, grey, white, and deep
bluish-black being its predominating colours.
This bird, the Chinese Starling (Sturnia sinen-
sis), arrives in April and remains to breed,
leaving again in the first half of September.
Like the English Starling, it is rather noisy at
the nesting place, and very dirty. After those
birds which come to Hongkong to breed have
departed, small ilocks again appear in the
winter months, probably from the north.
Unlike the English Starling, the Chinese bird
obtains most of its food in the tree-tops, where
it picks caterpillars and small insects off the
leaves.

Nearly allied to the Starling is the common
Mynah (Acridothcrcs cristalellns), a blackish
bird with conspicuous white splashes on its
wings when flying, and so well known as a
favourite cage-bird with the Chinese, who
value it for its powers of mimicry and its
ability to talk after the fashion of a parrot.
In its wild state the bird also mimics others,

especially the Francolin and the common
Hongkong Shrike. More common in the
summer tlian in the winter, this bird breeds
abundantly about Hongkong, sonietinies in
waterspouts and under the eaves of houses,
or in a chimney, but more frequently in
cracks in the rocks, or, most often of all, in
the disused nesting-hole of one of the larger
kingfishers.

The common Shrike of Hongkong [Lanius
tcliah), which has been mentioned above, is
a handsome bird, with a conspicuous chest-
nut-coloured back and a long tail. It has a
loud, discordant voice, which it takes great
pleasure in exercising in a series of loud
cries from the topmost twigs of whatever
tree it chances to settle in. It is a resident,
and breeds during April and May.

Another shrike occasionally to be met
with is the Dusky Shrike (Lanius fnscatns),
a bird slightly smaller than Lanins tchnU,
from which it is easily distinguished by the
general smoky look of its plumage, which
entirely lacks the brilliant chestnut tints of
the latter. It is also less noisy than Lanius
tchah.

The Philippine Red-tailed Shrike (Lanins
lucionensis) is a small shrike only to be met
with in the autunm and spring, when it is
passing from its winter quarters further
south to its more northern breeding grounds.

The Chinese FVancolin (Francolinns sinen-
sis), often miscalled a Partridge, is the only
resident game bird in Hongkong. Shy and
skulking, it would be indeed diflicult to
imagine that so many of these birds exist
were it not for their very characteristic cry
during the breeding season, a cry which has
been rendered " Kuk-kuk-kuich-ka-ka " ; but
which has also been, not inaptly, compared
to the syllables " Hip, hip, hurrah I " This
bird breeds on the ground, but its nest is
rarely, if ever, found except by the grass
cutters. It must breed very late in the year,
for young birds barely able to fly are said
to have been seen at the beginning of
December.

Two species of Quails are to be commonly
seen here on the autumn migration — the
common Quail (Cotnrnix communis) and the
Burmese Hemipode, or Button Quail (Turnix
blandfordi) — both well known to local sports-
men.

Two other game birds, the common Snipe
and the Woodcock (Scolopax rnsticula) require
a passing mention. The former, as is well
known, come down from their northern
breeding grounds in September and October
and return again in May, though a certain
number remain in suitable localities through-
out the winter ; the latter is a rather more
erratic cold weather visitor than the Snipe,
but a certain number of individuals always
occur, although later.

The Sandpipers and Plovers require here
to be mentioned, though only one of each
family is sufficiently numerous at Hongkong
to find a place in an article such as this,
viz., the common Sandpiper (Tringoidcs
Itypoleucus) and the Kentish Plover (Aiginlilis
cantiana), both of which arc to be met with
on the seashore all through the winter
months.

There is one common Swallow in Hong-
kong (Hirundo gnttnralis). This differs but
slightly from the bird so familiar in Europe,
and, like it, is a summer visitor, coming in
March, and departing as a rule in August.
Swallows are, indeed, to be seen occasionally
in September, October, and November, but
probably these are birds which have lost
their way on the long journey to the south.
The Pacific Swift [Cypselus Pacificns) is a
common summer visitor, and probably breeds

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 143

in Hongkong. It is a large swift, with a
white breast and a conspicuous white patch
on the rump. In its habits it very much
resembles the English Swift, but its scream
is much less harsh and is not so often
repeated.

A bird wliich is sure to be met with sooner
or later in Hongkong is the Crow Pheasant
(Cciilropiis sinensis), a bird as large as a
Magpie, and very conspicuously coloured in
chestnut and black, the wings being of the
former colour and the rest of the bird of the
latter. This bird gives vent, especially during
the summer months, to a peculiar booming
sound, wliicli can be heard for a great
distance, and whicli is quite characteristic.
This sound the bird produces in its throat
with the beak closed, dropping its head and
raising its shoulders as it does so. The bird
breeds in Hongkong, but nests are rarely
found, and then only by the grass cutters.
Another smaller species of this genus is to be
met with in the New Territory {Cenlropus
Bcngiileusis), but whether it ever occurs on the
island of Hongkong is doubtful.

The commonest Finch in Hongkong is, of
course, the common Sparrow of the country
[Pttsser montaiiiis), which is not the House
Sparrow of Europe, but is known there as the
Tree Sparrow. This little bird, so tame and
domesticated in Cliina, is not very common in
England, and is there rather shy. These
birds raise an immense number of young,
commencing to breed in March and continuing
to do so until October. I have known as
many as five broods to be got off from one
nest alone. Like the House Sparrow of Great
Britain, the Tree Sparrow, which takes its
place in China, shows a decided tendency to
become practically parasitic on man, for
rarely, if ever, does one meet with the bird
at any distance from human habitations. The
Chinese Greenfinch (Ltgnrinns sinensis), a little
greenish bird, with a great deal of yellow on
the wings, is the only other finch which is
common in Hongkong, where it is met with
only as a winter visitor. Usually the Chinese
Greenfinches go about in small flocks.

A bird remarkable for the great size and
thickness of its yellowish-coloured bill is the
Chinese Grosbeak (Eophona mclannra), which
is to be met with during cold spells of weather
at Hongkong, but never commonly.

A family of birds which is sure to attract
attention is the Wagtails, both from their
colouring and from their liking for meadow
land and grass lawns. The connnonest
Wagtails to be met with in Hongkong arc
the following :— The While-cheeked Wagtail
(Motacilla Icncopsis) and the Streak-eyed
Wagtail (Motacilla ocularis), both of whicli
are pied black and white ; and the Grey
Wagtail (Motacilla mclanopc), a bird with a
conspicuous yellow breast. The two former
species are very common throughout the
winter, and probably a few of the second one
named remain through the summer and
possibly breed in Hongkong. The Grey
Wagtails are less common than the others,
and are not often to be found far away from
water.

The Eastern Tree Pipit (Autlins macnlatns)
is the only bird of the genus that requires to
be mentioned. A small lark-like bird, with a
boldly striped breast, it is commonly to be seen
from November to May in Hongkong, where
it obtains much of its food on the branches
of trees, along which it runs rapidly, seeking
for small insects. This bird also feeds on
the ground, being fond of lawns and meadow
land ; it runs, but, unlike so many small
Passerine birds, it is unable to hop.

There is one species of Waterhen, the
White-breasted Gallinule (Porpliyrio I'luvni-
ciirus), which is common in places where
there is any water and suitable cover in the
Colony. This bird's cry is a monotonous
" Wak-wak-wak ! " continually repeated, par-
ticularly at night. It is a resident in
Hongkong, and nests from May till August
in suitable localities.

Although Herons of various species are
plentiful in South China, Hongkong can only
boast of occasional visits from these hand-
some birds. The two commonest of the
family, which are both known to the Euro-

pean residents as Paddy-birds, from their
liking for the submerged rice-fields, are the
Little Egret (Ardca garzetta) and the Chinese
Pond Heron (Ardca baccltns). The former is
practically all white, whilst the latter has a
maroon-coloured luichal crest and back.
These birds are to be seen in the autumn and
spring more often than in winter and
summer. Other members of the same family
which are sometimes to be seen here are
the Chestnut Bittern (Ardctta cinuamomea),
and the Chinese Little Bittern (Ardctta
sinensis).

Sea-birds are not numerous, and, indeed,
are scarcely to be met except in the winter
months, and then chiefly in bad weather,
when considerable numbers of Herring Gulls
(I. ants cachinnaiis) seek shelter in the harbour.
The majority of these, as evidenced by their
brownish plumage, are immature. Another
species of Herring Gull (Lams vcga-) may
occur among those in the harbour, and both
tliese are very nearly related to those
Herring Gulls which inhabit British waters.
Another and much sm;dler gull is the
Common Gull (Lams caiins), which is not
infrequently to be met with in the approaches
to the harbour. A third gull, the Black-
tailed Gull (Lams crassirostris), occasionally
occurs in January and February, and is
easily distinguished when adult by the black
bar across the tail, or when young, as is the
case with most of those seen here, by the
great thickness of the bill.

In conclusion, one may mention the com-
mon Cormorant (I'halocrocorax carbo), not at
all an uncommon bird in the approaches to
the harbour, or in such places as Tsin Wan
Bay, where fish is plentiful. Probably this
bird remains in the neighbourhood of Hong-
kong throughout the year, and may breed here.

It only remains to be said that, although
admittedly incomplete, it is hoped that this
short account of the birds of Hongkong will
be of some use to those who may read it.
It has, at least, the merit, so far as the
writer is aware, of being the first of its kind
to deal with the subject.

CO u

H £

M
PS O

O c

&< .2

PS s

P5 E

^:
^!

w ^
o .

o «-

■^ -s

Q M

o 5

^"
o 5
M s

cb I

S -^
1= u

d ^

M o

I* aj

!a Q
o „
M £

§1

T^=^:^^:=^V?

HONGKONG.

By H. a. Cartwright.

^ RUGGED ridge of lofty granite
hills, rising almost sheer out
of the waters of the estuary
of the Canton River, off the
south-east coast of China, the
island of Hongkong is well
fashioned by Nature to serve
as an outpost of the British Empire in the
Far East. Extremely irregular in outline, it
has an area of only 29 square miles, measuring
loi miles in greatest length from north-east
to south-west, and varying in breadth from
2 to 5 miles. The haunt of a few fishermen
and freebooters less than seventy years ago,
this tiny spot has become, in the hands

of the British, a phenomenally prosperous
entrepot of trade at which ships hailing
from all points of the compass discliarge
their cargoes and replenish their holds. The
almost precipitous slopes of the hills, formerly
as bare as the rocky escarpments on the
opposite mainland, are covered from base to
summit with luxuriant verdure, and a fine
city of 300,000 inhabitants, who live amid all
the advantages of Western civilisation, has
sprung up along the northern shore and
overflowed to the neighbouring peninsula.
" It may be doubted," as Sir William des
Voeux, a former Governor, wrote in a des-
patch to the Secretary of State for the Colonies

in i88g, " whether the evidences of material
and moral achievement, presented as it were
in a focus, make anywhere a more forcible
appeal to the eye and imagination, and
whether any other spot on the earth is thus
more likely to excite, or much more fully
justifies, pride in the name of Englishman."

It was in the year 1839 that the British,
driven from Canton by the persecution of
the Chinese and denied an asylum in Macao,
were compelled in their adversity to seek
refuge in the sheltered haven of Hongkong.
At that time the barren inhospitable appear-
ance of the island seemed to preclude any
hope of a permanent settlement. Moreover,

VIEWS OF HONGKONG.

'■"••< "•'"■»ni.w„

tana^ir/bVA

— "-':,

la-?^

•iMi^iiiiB

(Reproduced from the Directory and Chronicle for China, Japan, Straits, Sic, by Itind permission of the proprietors.;

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 147

Captain Elliot, tlie representative of the
British Government in China, considered the
anchorage unsafe, as being " exposed to attack

from several quarters," and, regardless of the
petitions of the shipping community, he insis-
ted upon the removal of the merchant vessels

A PEAK VIEW.

GENERAL VIEW OF THE PEAK.

VIEW SHOWING RESIDENCES STRETCHING UP HILL.

to Tong-koo. In the following year, how-
ever, a British expedition arrived to settle by
the arbitrament of arms the long-standing
grievances against the Chinese, and Hong-
kong became its headquarters. In January
of 1841, after Canton had been menaced
with capture, the island and harbour were
ceded to Great Britain by the Treaty of
Chuenpee. Formal official possession was
taken in the name of Her Majesty Queen
Victoria by Commodore Sir J. J. Gordon
Bremer on January 26, 1841. Captain Sir
E. Belcher, K.N., who had landed the pre-
vious day with the officers of his ship,
ascertained the true position of Hongkong to
be 22° i6' 30' N. Latitude, and 1 14° 8' 30'
E. Longitude, and determined the names
and heights of the principal peaks as Victoria
Peak (1,825 feet). High West (1,774 feet).
Mount Gough (1,575 feet). Mount Kellett
|r,i3i feet). Mount Parker (1,711 feet), and
Pottinger Peak (1,016 feet). The cession was
confirmed by the Treaty of Nanking in 1842.

Despite the assurances of friendship con-
tained in this Treaty, the Chinese authorities
consistently maintained an attitude of over-
bearing arrogance and ill-will towards the.
British, and a long series of insults culminated
in the arrest of the Chinese crew of the
Arrow, a small coasting vessel, sailing
under the British flag, in October, 1856.
Hostilities, long withheld, then broke out, and
resulted in the capture of Canton in the
following year by the British and French
troops, who remained in occupation of the
city for four years. In the meantime the
importance, from a military point of view, of
acquiring the Kowloon Peninsula — a small
tongue of land, with an area of about 4
square miles, on the opposite side of Hong-
kong harbour — became evident, and on March
21, i860, a perpetual lease was obtained from
the Cantonese Viceroy, Lao Tsung Kwong.
In the following October the peninsula was
ceded to the British Crown under the Peking
Convention, and, in 1898, at the suggestion
of Sir Paul Chater, a 99 years' lease was
obtained of the territory stretching behind it
to a line drawn from Mirs Point, 140" 30'
East, to the western extremity of Deep Bay,
113° 52' East, together with the islands of
Lantau, Lamma, Cheung Chau, and others.
The whole of this territory, embracing some
376 square miles, is now comprised in the
Colony of Hongkong, which takes its name
from the anchorage of Aberdeen, on the south
of the island, known to the native fishermen
as Heung-kong, signifying "good harbour."
The European mariners who were in the habit
of putting in here to obtain supplies of water
from the stream which falls into the sea at
Aberdeen village mistook the name of the
anchorage for that of the whole island, and
marked their charts accordingly. The name
first appeared as one word in the Royal
Charter published in the Government Gazette
in 1843, and by the same instrument the city
of Victoria received its present appellation.
The word Kowloon is derived from the
Chinese words Kau-lung, signifying " nine
dragons," in reference to the nine hills which
form the background of the peninsula.

Prior to the arrival of the British, the
population of the island probably never ex-
ceeded 2,000. The ostensible occupation of
the inhabitants was fishing, but the term
Ladrones (robbers), by which this and the
adjacent islands were known to the Portu-
guese, shows that they practised something
else besides " the gentle art " ; indeed,
piracies were a source of infinite trouble
to the British settlers for many years. In
October, 1841, the population of Hongkong,
including both the troops and residents of

BTATITB OF BIB THOMAS JACKSON.
THK CEMETERY.

HONGKONG HARBOUR AT EARLY MORN.
QUEEN VICTORIA STATUE.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 149

all nationalities, was estimated at 15,000, or
Ihiice as many as six months previously.
By 1848 the total had increased to 2:,5I4.
A rebellion which broke out in the provinces
adjacent to Canton in the early fifties sent a
flood of emigrants to Hongkon;;, and the
population rose to nearly 40,000 in 1853,
and to 75,500 in 1858. Between i860 and
186:, wiien the peninsula of Kowloon was
added to the Colony, the numbers increased
from 94,917 people to 119,321, but from that
date onward to 1872 very little progress was
made. Four years later, however, a census
revealed 139,144 souls, due in part to the
influ.x of some hundieds of Portuguese
families from Macao after the destructive
typhoon of 1874. In 1881 there were in the
Colony 150,000 Chinese, and 9,622 British,
Portuguese, and other non-Chinese inhabi-
tants. To-day the-. population of the Colony

this statement, he cited the case of the 98th
Regiment, which lost 257 men by death in
twenty-one months, and of the Koyal Artillery,
whose strength fell in two years from 135 lo
84, from the same cause. General D'Aguilar,
the Commander of the Forces, also expressed
the opinion that to retain Hongkong would
involve the loss of a whole regiment every
three years. These gloomy views, however,
were not shared by Sir John Davis, the
Governor, who stoutly maintained that time
alone was required for the development of
the Colony and for the correction of some
of the evils that hindered its early progress.
Sir John lived to see his prediction amply
verified. Malarial fever, which proved such
a scourge in those days — owing, it seems,
to the noxious exhalations from the dis-
integrated granite disturbed in the course of
building operations — has received so much

In the jeremiad of Mr. Montgomery Martin,
referred to above, the opinion was expressed
that it would be a delusion to hope that
Hongkong would ever become a commercial
emporium like Singapore. Again the pro-
gress of events has shown Mr. Martin to be
a false prophet, for Hongkong is now the
pivot upon which Ihe trade of South China
turns. Although, in accoidancc with the
understanding given to the Chinese by Sir
H. Pottinger when negotiating the Nanking
Treaty, the port is free, and, therefore, no
official record of the exports and imports
is compiled, the annual value of the trade is
estimated at 110 less than fifty millions
sterling. A comparatively small but increas-
ing pioportion of this trade consists of local
manufaclures. In respect of tonnage, Hong-
kong is the largest shipping port in the
world. In 1907 the total tonnage entered and

STREET SCENES IN HONGKONG.

— exclusive of the New Territory, which is
estimated to contain about 85,000 Chinese —
may be set down as 330,000. This figure
includes some 9,000 soldiers and sailors, and
a floating population of nearly 50,000 Chinese
men, women, and children who, from the
cradle to the grave, know no home other
than their junks, or sampans, afford. The
non-Chinese civil community numbers about
10,000, and includes Europeans, Eurasians,
Indians, Malays, and Africans.

In the early days of the Colony the
ravages of disease were so disastrous that
in 1844 the advisability of abandoning the
island was seriously discussed. Mr. Mont-
gomery Martin, Her Majesty's Treasurer,
drew up a long report in which he expressed
the belief that the place would never be
habitable for Europeans, and, in support of

attention from the Medical and Sanitary
Departments that its ' toll of human life is
decreasing year by year. 'Ihe chief causes
of mortality now are plague, dysentery,
diarrhoea, malarial fever, and small-pox.
The death-rate for 1907 was 22' 12 per
thousand of the inhaliitants, but for the non-
Chinese community it was as low as I5'46,
which compares not unfavourably with many
large towns in the United Kingdom. The
birth-rate, however, is small. Among the
non-Chinese it was equivalent to I5'95 per
mille, but for the whole community it was
only 431 per mille. This latter figure
would, no doubt, be somewhat higher but
for the Chinese custom of not registering a
birth unless the child survives for a month,
and often, in the case of a female child, of
not registering it at all.

cleared amounted to 36,000,000 tons. To
this total ocean-going steamers and war
vessels exceeding 60 tons contributed about
19,500,000 tons, of which more than one-
half — to be exact, 11,846,533 tons — was
British.

The harbour — one of the most extensive
and picturesque in the world — consists of
the shclteied anchorage lying between the
northern shore of the island and the opposite
mainland. It varies in width from a third
of a mile at the Ly-ee-mun Channel, on the
east, to 3 miles at the widest point, and
has an area of 10 square miles. On either
side the hills and mountains stand guard
like silent sentinels, and combine to produce a
spectacle of impressive grandeur. The inter-
vening stretch of water is at all times thickly
studded with vessels of every conceivable

Q2a

.riiTTSnMi'i^i'iBwwap! . I

VIEW OF HONGKONQ.

VIEW OF THE HARBOUR AND KOWLOON.

152 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

size and shape — from the little junks, or s;un-
pans, of the natives to the warships of the
China squadron and the majestic Ihiers of
27,000 tons burden belonging to the Pacific
Mail Steamship Compimy. A busy, clamorous
life prevails on e^cry side. Steam launches
dart hither and thither, innumerable sampans

harbour, Hongkong presents a very pic-
turesque appearance, not unlike Ihat of the
north coast of Devon, or the west coast of
Scotland. At night time the scene resembles
a city 1;/ fCt(. The riding lights of the
shipping sparkling like gems on the bosom
of the deep, the bright illuminations of the

VIEWS ON THE PEAK.

wriggle their tortuous courses backward
and forward between the ships and the
shore, junks pick their way up and down
the fairways under lateen sails, and ocean-
going steamers move in stately fashion to
and from their moorings. Viewed from the

water-front, and the countless lamps that
bespangle the hillsides and stretch along the
terraces as though in festoons, furnish a
sight that fascinates the eye and leaves an
enduring impression of delight upon the
mind.

Nestling at the foot of the hills, and
stretching from east to west lor nearlv live
miles along the northern coast of the island,
is tlie city of Victoria. A thriving hive of
industry, built on a narrow riband of land,
much of which has been won from the sea,
it is a wonderful monument to the enterprise,
energy, and success of the British as colo-
nisers. The streets are well laid out and
well kept, and the buildings which abut
upon them are remarkable for their massive
and imposing design. The Praya, which
borrows its name from the embankment in
the neighbouring colony of Macao, is some
50 feet wide, and extends along the entire
sea-front, except for a short distance where
its continuity is broken by the buildings of
the War Office and the Admiralty. The
original Praya wall was commenced during
the governorship of Sir Hercules Robinson
(1859-65), when extensive reclamations of
land were made from the sea. The work,
however, was demolished by a terrific
typhoon in August of 1867, and was again
seriously damaged by a similar visitation in
1874. Undismayed, however, the inhabitants
repaired the breaches, and, in 1890, at the
initiative of Sir Paul Chater, another con-
siderable tract of land was added to the
European business area. It is now proposed
to carry the Praya a quarter of a mile further
out to sea from the Naval Yard to Causeway
Bay, a mile and a quarter to the east.

Almost parallel with the Praya runs
Des Voeux Koad, and behind this is Queen's
Road, flanked with fine sliops, and extending
from the water's edge at Kennedy Town,
on the west, to within a short distance of
Happy Valley, on the east — in all some four
miles. Originally Queen's Road was just
above high-water mark, and gave its name
to the rising township, which was known
as Queen's Town before it became the city
of Victoria in 1843. These three roads — the
Praya (or Connaught Road), Des Voeux Road,
and Queen's Road — form the main arteries
of traftic, and are intersected at right angles
by a number of short streets. Space is too
precious to allow of any of these being very
wide, but this is not a matter of nnich moment
in view of the almost entire absence of
horsed conveyances. Vehicular traffic is
confined chiefly to handcarts, rickshaws, chairs
suspended from poles borne on the shoulders
of coolies, there being but a few pair-pony
gharries, and a Victoria or two used by
Chinese.

The European business quarter lies in
the centre of the town, between Pottinger
Street and the Naval Yard. Within this
small area of less than 50 acres are grouped
handsome blocks of offices ranging from four
to six storeys in height, tliat would not suffer
by comparison with those of many cities in
the United Kingdom. They stand upon
pile foundations, and arc built to meet local
conditions. The verandahs, by which all of
them are surrounded, render any pure style
of architecture impossible, but, generally
speaking, it may be said that the prevailing
tone, so far as it can be identified with any
particular period, is that of the Italian
Renaissance. This applies to Queen's

Buildings, a block measuring 180 feet square,
with four storeys, surmounted by towers
150 feet in height ; Prince's Buildings, a
similar block ; George's, King's, Alexandra,
and York Buildings, Hotel Mansions, the
Hongkong Club, and the premises of the
Eastern Extension Telegraph Company, and
of Messrs. Butlertield & Swire. Not far
removed from these, and occupying a corner
site abutting upon Queen's Road and
Des Voeux Road, is the Hongkong and

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 153

Shanghai Bank, a handsome )>ranite structure
in classical Roman Corinthian style, sur-
mounted by a large dome. Next to this is
the City Hall, a striking building in
Romanesque style, carried out in stucco
work, containing a theatre, library, museum.

Doric dome terminaling at a height of
130 feet from the ground. The front of the
building will be split into fifteen bays with
Ionic columns, the bases of which will be
6 feet 3 inches square. Over the centre of
the front will be a pediment containing a

DES VOEUX ROAD.

and several halls — approached by a fine
stone staircase — in which dances and other
gatherings are held. In front of the main
entrance stands a large fountain, consisting
of four allegorical figures supporting a
bowl, from the centre of which rises another
figure holding a cornucopia. This was the
gift, in 1864, of Mr. Dent, a former merchant
of the Colony. Opposite to the entrance
of the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank in
Des Voeux Road is a tastefully laid-out
garden, held in reserve by the bank. In
a recess at the entrance to this enclosure is
a life-size bronze statue of Sir Thomas
Jackson, a former manager of the institution,
who received the honour of a baronetcy in
recognition of his financial services to the
Colony. Upon a site adjacent to this open
space, where Chater Street and Wardley
Street cross one another, a bronze jubilee
statue has been erected of H.M. the late
Queen Victoria, enthroned under a canopy
of Portland stone. Near by stand a bronze
statue of H.M. the King, presented bv
Sir Paul Chater, C.M.G., and another o'f
H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, the gift of
Mr. James Jardine Bell-Irving, both of which
were unveiled by H.R.H. the Duke of
Connaught when, as Inspector-General of
the Forces, he visited the Colony on
February 6, 1907. A statue of H.M.
Queen Alexandra, subscribed for by the
community as a memorial of the coronation
of Their Majesties in 1902, and one of
H.R.H. the Princess of Wales, presented
by Mr. H. N. Mody, are also to be placed
in the same square at an early date.
Between this square and the adjacent
cricket-ground the new Law Courts are in
course of construction. The principal eleva-
tion, facing west, will represent the classic
Ionic order, and will be crowned by a

semi-circular opening, above which the
royal arms will be supported by figures
of Mercy and Truth. From the main tier
will rise a granite statue of Justice, 9 feet
in height. Another notable addition to the
architectural features of the city is being

made by the erection of a splendid set
of Government Offices, four storeys in height,
in the centre of the European business area.
The building will occupy a prominent corner
site, more than half an acre in extent, with
frontages to Connaught Road, Pedder Street,
and Des Voeux Road. The principal eleva-
tion, facing Pedder Street, will be a free
treatment of the Renaissance style carried
out in local gianite and Amoy bricks. The
line of the parapet, 78 feet from the ground,
will be broken by ornamental gables, and
each of the eastern angles will be surmounted
by a graceful turret. In the centre of the
northern front, overlooking the harbour, a
bold square clock-tower will rise to a
height of over 200 feet. At the other
end of Pedder Street may be seen the
unpretentious and ill-arranged structure, con-
taining the Post Office, Supreme Court, and
some of the other Government Offices, which
these two new buildings are intended to
supersede. In line with it, at the entrance
to Queen's Road, stands an ugly clock-tower,
erected by public subscription in 1862, at
the suggestion of Mr. J. Dent, whose original
design had to be stripped of its original
decorative features, owing to the waning
enthusiasm of the community.

Chinatown stretches westward from Pot-
tinger Street. It consists of a labyrinth of
streets, many of them very narrow, closely
packed at all hours of the day with a jostling
mass of humanity. Here are to be seen re-
produced all the familiar phases of Chinese
life — squalid -looking shops packed with a
strange medley of things ; artisans patiently
and deftly plying their trades as braziers,
tinkers, or carpenters ; itinerant vendors of
food-stuffs and other commodities, stooping
under heavy loads suspended from bamboo
poles borne across the shoulders ; and urchins
at play in the less-frequented courts and
alleys. It is in this densely overcrowded
area that plague and small-pox find a strong-
hold, but within the last decade the Sanitary
Board has done much to combat the spread
of these diseases, by making house-to-house

WYNDHAM

(Known .IS tlie "

STREET.

Flower .Street.")

154 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

\'i$itatioiis. and insisting, as far as possible,
upon the provision of proper air-space, ven-
tilation, and sanitation.

In this neighbourhood are situated several
hotels where the mysteries of Chinese ''chow"
await the intrepid ; two theatres in which

Hindu — which cover the side of the hill at
the rear of the grand-stand as thougli de-
signed, like the death's-head at the Roman
feast, to serve as a reminder of the transient
nature of earthly pleasures.
Beyond Happy Valley lies the Chinese

ABERDEEN FROM THE PEAK.

Chinese conceptions of the drama find weird
expression ; the Tung Wah Hospital, a purely
Chinese institution maintained by voluntary
contributions ; the Government Civil Hospital,
a large and well-designed building affording
extensive accommodation ; and the Nethersole
Hospital. This last is affiliated with the
Alice Memorial Hospital at the corner of
Hollywood Road and At>erdeen Street, a useful
and philanthropic institution, which serves
also as the headquarters of the Hongkong
College of Medicine for Chinese. A little
higher up Aberdeen Street, with its chief
frontage in Staunton Street, is Queen's College,
the chief educational institution of the Colony.

At the opposite end of the town are the
Military Hospital, a fine range of buildings
along Bowen Road at an elevation of 400 feet
above sea-level ; and the Royal Naval Hospital,
occupying a small eminence at the eastern
extremity of Queen's Road.

On the other side of the Gap is Happy
Valley, the great rallying point of those who
take an interest in out-door sports. A level
stretch of green sward enclosed by lofty fir-
clad hills, it bears a remarkable resemblance
to Grasmere, in the English lake district.
Around it runs a circular racecourse, seven
furlongs in circumference, and, within this,
ample provision has been made for cricket,
foott>all, and golf. On the occasion of the
annual races, which are held under the
auspices of the Hongkong Jockey Club in
February, the whole Colony makes holiday
for three days, and the course is crowded.
The excitement and enthusiasm inseparable
from an English meeting are, however,
entirely absent here, the proceedings being
conducted with a funereal decorum. This
may be traceable to the close proximity of
the trimly - kept cemeteries — Mahomedan,
Roman Catholic, Protestant, Parsce, and

fishing village of Shaukiwan, in a sheltered
bay near the Ly-ee-miin Pass. This can be
reached by the electric tramway which runs
from Belcher's Bay on the west, through
the city of Victoria to this point, in all, a
distance of nine and a half miles. On the
way several large factories are passed, chief

among them being the important sugar
refilling works on the left, and the large
cotton-spinning works on the right, of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., at Causeway
Bay, and the huge sugar refinery and ship-
building yard of Messrs. Butterfield & Swire
at Quarry Bay.

A winding path between the hills leads
to Stanley by way of Tytaiii Tuk, a little
village nestling among trees at the head of
Tytam Bay, the most extensive inlet on the
southern coast. Stanley was formerly a
military station, but it was abandoned by
the troops for reasons which are explained
only too eloquently by the graves that fill
the cemetery on the point. Five or six
miles west of Stanley is Aberdeen, which
possesses a well-sheltered little harbour much
frequented by fishing craft, also two large
docks, a paper mill, and the Colony's only
brick, pipe, and tile manufactory. Krom
Aberdeen there is a choice of two carriage
roads to Victoria — one leading to Bonham
Road tlirough Pokfolum, formerly a favourite
place of resort for Eunjpean residents in hot
weather ; and tlie other, constituting a por-
tion of the new Diamond Jubilee Road,
passing through most charming scenery to
the Tramway Terminus at West Point.

From Queen's Koad a number of steep
roads and paths ascend the lower slopes of
the hills, which above the centre of tlie city
are dotted with attractive residences, thickly
at first, and then at wider intervals as
the Peak is approached. These residences
— of solid masonry embowered in green —
are approached by well made zig-zig
paths shaded with trees. Conspicuous by
reason of its beauty and its isolation is
Marble Hall, the home of Sir Paul Chater,
which contains a collection of china. Ascend-
ing by way of Garden Road, which is the
beginning of a delightful though rather
exacting walk to the summit, one passes, on
the right, the Anglican Cathedral of St. John,
rising out of a wealth of tropical foliage.
Though of no particular style, but with a
tendency to Gothic, this edifice is not lacking
in beauty. The square tower, surmounted

WARDLEY STREET.

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 155

CHINESE RESIDENCES, LY-EE-MCN, HONGKONa.

by pinnacles, has a grace of its own and is
a feature of the landscape from many points
of view. Near by stands an unpretentious
group of Government Offices, whose plain-
ness is relieved by the surrounding vegetation.
A little higher up on the same side is Govern-
ment House, a commodious and substantially
built residence, dating from the year 1857.
Above this and lying on either side of
Albany Road are the Public Gardens, taste-
fully laid out in walks and terraces, and
containing a profusion of rare palms, trees,
and shrubs, and a constant succession of
bright flowers. The collection of palms is
especially noteworthy, for it embraces speci-
mens from all parts of the world. A
handsome fountain adorns the second terrace,
and looking down upon this is a large bronze
statue of Sn- Arthur Kennedy, who was a
popular Governor of the Colony from 1872
to 1876. From this coign of vantage a view
is obtained of the Roman Catholic Cathedral
of St. Joseph, a cruciform building with a
central tower at the intersection and a de-
tached Gothic campanile tower. The sacred
edifice occupies a delightful site in Glenealy,
one of the prettiest ravines in the Colony,
which is shortly to be desecrated by a second
tramway line to the Peak. On the left side
of Garden Koad, after p.nssing Murray
Barracks and the terminus of the little funi-
cular tramway which gives easy access to
Victoria Gap, entrance is gained to Kennedy
Koad, along which lie the Union Church, a
pleasing little edifice in the Italian style, and
the handsome premises of the German Club.
This road, which winds round the hill and
eventually leads down to the Gap, forms a very
pleasant promenade. Throughout its entire
length of about a mile and a half charming
glimpses of the harbour are obtainable
through the interlacing trees which form a
canopy overhead, while here and there little
rills come splashing down over rocks and
hide themselves in the tangled vegetation
below. On a similar level to this road, but
running in an opposite direction, is Caine
Road, and, above that and in a line with
MacDonnell Road, is Robinson Road. Both
roads eventually merge into Bonham Road,

which eventually loses itself in Pokfolum
Road, leading to the village of Aberdeen, on
the south side of the island. Caine Road is
largely built upon, but from Bonham Koad
onw-ards the road becomes more rural in
character and commands fine sea views.

Parallel with Kennedy Road and at a
height of 400 feet above sea-level, Bowen

Road traverses the face of the hills
from Happy Valley to a point above the
centre of the town some four miles further
to the west. This aqueduct and viaduct —
for such it is — was constructed for the pur-
pose of conveying water from the Tytam
reservoir. In many parts it is carried over
the ravines and rocks by ornamental stone
bridges, one of which, above Wanchai, has
twenty-three arches. The road commands
magnificent views of the eastern district, and
is a favourite resort of pedestrians.

Around Victoria Gap a little hill settlement
has been formed, possessing its own club
and its own church, as well as several hos-
pitals. The reason for the popularity of this
district is not far to seek. In summer time,
when the city below is wrapped in a haze
of clammy heat, the atmosphere at this
altitude is several degrees cooler and less
humid. Throughout the winter a succession
of crisp, clear days is experienced, and it is
only during the spring, when everything is
enveloped in a thick veil of mist, that the
lower levels seem more desirable places of
residence. Numerous paths branch off from
Victoria Gap — some to the neighbouring hills
and others to Pokfolum and Aberdeen. A
road to the westward ascends the Peak,
which rises abruptly behind the city of
Victoria to a height of nearly 2,000 feet.
From the summit of this eminence a magni-
ficent panorama lies unfolded to the view.
Across the harbour with its busy movement,
the brown, arid-looking hills of the mainland
rear their crests against the sky, while to
the south, east, and west the Canton Delta,
a wide expanse of blue water, set with
opalescent-looking islands, stretches as far as
the eye can reach. At the close of day
when the shades steal up from the east and
the sinking sun paints the western horizon

LLOYD'S GREATER BRITAIN PUBLISHING CO.'S (LTD.) OFFICES.

156 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

with rich tints of orange, yellow, and
primrose that invest even the bare hills
with a golden glow, the spectacle is one of
indescribable charm.

Communication between Victoria and the
Kowloon Peninsula is maintained by a number
of ferry launches, the most important being
the Star Ferry Company's boats, which cross
from the centre of the city direct to Tsim-
tsa-tsui Point. The other launches are used
by Chinese only, and run to Hunghom and
Kowloon City, on the eastern side of the
peninsula, and Yaumati and Sam Shui Po on
the western side. At the present time Kow-
loon is in its youth, but it is growing
vigorously, and gives fair promise for the
future, when the Kowloon-Canton Railway
shall have linked it up with Peking and the
Trans-Siberian Railway.

shunting yards, workshops, &c., in connection
with this project, is being obtained by exten-
sive reclamations on the eastern side of the
peninsula, this method being less costly than
purcliasing land ; and it requites no great
prophetic instinct to predict that in time the
whole of Hunghom Bay will be reclaimed.

Close to the Ferry Wharf, and occupying
an eminence that commands a good view of
the harbour, is the Water Police Station, and
from the flagstaff on Signal Hill to the east-
ward weather signals are exhibited both day
and night, tlie time-ball is operated, and
incoming vessels are announced. Tlie Post
Office, in close proximity to tlie wharf, is a
small building, but is large enough for the
present needs of the locality. Small resi-
dences, most of which are semi-detached,
are scattered about close to the water, and

to Yaumati, and skirts the King's Park, a
large enclosure reserved for recreation, and
the United Services Recreation Ground.

The Hongkong Observatory, a large but
unpretentious building, the equipment of
whicli was adversely criticised after the 1906
typhoon, is situated on Mount Elgin, in the
centre of the peninsula. Skirting the penin-
sula to the east, and passing the military
barracks, Hunghom, a small village in which
the dock hands live, is reached. Sampans
and small junks lie crowded together at the
head of the bay, the shores of which are
lined with engineering works, the most im-
portant lieing those of the Hongkong and
VVhampoa Dock Company. There is also an
electric light and power station here.

Beyond the small villages of Hok-iin and
Tukwawan, Matauchung and Hgatsinlong, is

Thb Drawing Room.

A HONGKONG RESIDENCE.

Practically all the wharves in the Colony
are on the peninsula — a fact which accounts
for the clean appearance of the water front at
Victoria. At Sam Shui Po the Hongkong and
Whampoa Dock Company have constructed
the Cosmopolitan Docks. The Hongkong
Wharf and Godown Company own a large
slice of the foreshore on the western side of
the peninsula, and upon this they have built
new wharves to take the place of those de-
stroyed in the t\phoon of September 18,
1906. Messrs. Bulterlield & Swire, also, have
erected new steel wharves on the reclaimed
land at the very point of the peninsula, and
at the time of writing are adding huge
godowns, which will be in close proximity
to the terminus of the line from Kowloon
to Canton that is now under construction.
The necessary land for the railway station,

behind these are terraces of small dwellings —
each containing from four to six airy rooms —
which are mainly occupied by those to whom
the high rentals demanded in the island of
Hongkong are prohibitive. All the roads on
the peninsula are wide and lined with trees,
and two in particular — Robinson Road and
Gascoigne Road — are noticeable by reason of
their width. In tlie former is situated the
Anglican Church of St. Andrew — an excellent
example of modern work in Early English
Gothic style — presented by Sir Paul Chafer ;
and close to this is the Kowloon British School
erected in 1901 at the expense of Mr. Ho
Tung. It may here be mentioned, in passing,
that there is a Roman Catholic Church in
Des Vfteux Road, the gift of Mr. S. A. Gomes.
Gascoigne Road, which is 100 feet wide, runs
right across the peninsula from Hunghom

KowOoon City, once a thriving town but now
simply a collection of dilapidated dwellings.
Kowloon City, which is sunounded by a high
granite wall, was seized by the British in May,
1899, although the agreement under which
the New Territory was leased to the Britisli
specially stipulated that it was to remain in
the hands of the Chinese. The circumstances
whicli led to the taking of the city are
interesting enough to bear repetition. Just
prior to the date for taking over the New
Territory (April 17, 1899) the British parties
engaged in making the preliminary arrange-
ments were attacked by bands of rebels, and
military operations were found necessary. An
engagement was fought at Slieung Tsun on
April i8th, and the rebel force, estimated at
2,500 men, was completely routed, but, even
after this, intermittent outbreaks occurred.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

157

As it was established beyond doubt that the
Chinese authorities were by no means innocent
in the matter of this disturbance, the Home
Government, to mark their sense of the
duplicity of the Chinese, directed the military
authorities to occupy Kowloon City and
Samchun. This instruction was carried out
in May. The Hongkong Volunteers co-
operated in the attack on Kowloon City, but
it proved to be a bloodless campaign, no
resistance being offered to the British force.
Since then Kowloon City has remained in the
hands of the British, but Samchun, an impor-
tant town on the border between China and
the New Territory, was handed back to the
Chinese in November, 1899, and has, unfor-
tunately, become a convenient asylum for
Chinese criminals who are " wanted " by the
Hongkong authorities.

On the western side of the peninsula lies
the important village of Yaumati, which is
very thickly populated by Chinese, and
contains the gas works from which the gas is
obtained for lighting the peninsula. After
passing through this village the open country
is met. A splendid road winds along
the high range of hills which divides the
peninsula from the mainland, rising gradually
higher until a break in the hills is reached,
when the road turns sharply to the right and
descends into the Shatin Valley. The road
passes the extensive waterworks which have
been completed in recent years, and winds to
the east at Kauprkang, near which stands the
largest reservoir in the Colony. The country
to the north of the hills is extremely fertile,
and large areas are taken up in the cultivation
of paddy. The broad expanse of the valley
is dotted here and there with small farm-
houses and fields of paddy, while at the base
of the hills, and ascending for some little
distance up the slopes, are tiny rice fields
arranged in terraces one above the other.
Primitive ploughs, drawn by carribous, are
used in these fields, and irrigation is carried
out by hand. Chinese women work in the
fields, which are usually covered with water
several inches deep. Pineapples, peanuts, and

many other like products are grown in this
valley, but not to any large extent. Hilly
country, intercepted by valleys, continues
as far as Taipohu — the headquarters of the
British administration — on the shores of Tolo

are few, there is promise of development in
the future. Iron ore and silver have been
found, but little beyond prospecting has been
done up to the present, owing, no doubt, to
the absence of coalfields in the vicinity. The

CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, LTD.— GENERAL VIEW OF WORKS

AT KOWLOON.

Channel, in Mirs Bay, after which a wide
expanse of level country stretches to the
border of the British sphere of influence and
beyond.

Altliough the industries of the territory

country is being opened up by means of
roads, peace and order are being preserved by
the establishment of police stations, and a
system of administration is being organised
by means of village committees.

THE SANITARY BOARD.

By a. SH ELTON Hooper, Member of the Board and of the Sanitary Commission.

Two problems have of late years confronted
the authorities responsible for the sanitary
administration of Hongkong. One of these
arises out of the prevalence of bubonic plague,
which first made its appearance in 1894, and
towards this question the efforts of the Sani-
tary Board have been directed, with such
success that, as the returns show, a decided
check has been placed on the spread of a
dreaded scourge. The second and more
serious problem relates to the insanitary areas
in the city of Victoria, where the surface-
crowding is greater than in any other town
or city of British occupation in the world.
In some quarters the buildings are much too
crowded, and the streets and lanes too
narrow to admit the amount of air and light
necessary for public health, and from a sani-
tary point of view these areas should be
re-laid out. In England, in such cases, the
local authorities have power to acquire the

property and effect the necessary improve-
ments, on payment of full and fair compeTi-
sation to the owners, the cost being chargeable
to the rates as a public improvement. But in
Hongkong the Government demur to the
wholesale resumption of property for the
reason that the finances of the Colony do not
justify the expenditure necessary, and so the
trend of legislation has been to compel
owners to carry out the many improvements
at their own expense, by which, of course,
the returns on their investments have been
seriously affected. In view of the fact that
in the majority of cases the buildings have
been erected in accordance with the Govern-
ment laws and regulations prevailing at the
time, an injustice has been created in Hong-
kong which would not be tolerated in Eng-
land. For, although the laws are enacted by
a Legislative Council composed of unofficial,
as well as of official members, the latter are

in the majority, and, being obliged to vote
as the Government direct, the community
is left practically helpless. The community
is perfectly willing that all the sanitary
laws now in force in England should be
extended to Hongkong, provided that private
interests are protected in the same manner
and to the same extent as they are in the
Home Acts.

Before dealing with the constitution of the
Sanitary Board, and detailing its functions
and powers, a reference to the circumstances
leading up to its formation will prove of
interest. In the early years of British rule
large percentages of European troops and
civilians succumbed to fever. Hospitals were
established for the reception of patients, and
in 1843 a Committee of Public Health and
Cleanliness was appointed by the Government,
with authority to enforce rigid sanitary rules
amongst all classes of the community, but no

158 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

effective measures ensued. In 1844 and 1845
the first Ordinances were made enacting
general regulations regarding matters of
sanitation, and these, with various additions
and amendments necessitated by the growth
of the Colony, remained in operation until
replaced in 1856 by an Ordinance embodying
the general principles laid down by the
London Board of Health, modified to meet
local conditions. Ten years later the Gover-
nor was empowered to appoint a duly
qualified medical practitioner as Medical
Inspector of the Colony. Upon this officer
devolved the general control of sanitary
administration, but he does not appear to
have had any direct staff under him until
1873, when a Chinaman was appointed as
scavenger under the Survey Department.
This was followed in course of time by the
appointment of European inspectors.

As a result of a report made bv Mr. Osbert
Chadwick in 1881, it was considered advis-
able to create a proper Sanitary Department,
under the Survey (now the Public Works)
Department. This change was brought about
gradually — first by the appointment of an
inspector, and then by the constitution of a
permanent Sanitary Board, which, in 1887,
commenced working under the Public Health
Ordinance of that year. That Ordinance was
the first to give the right to the public of
electing representatives to the Board. It
provided that there should be four official
members, and not more than six unofficial,
and that, of the latter, four should be ap-
pointed by the Governor (two of them to be
Chinesel and two elected by the ratepayers.
This laid down the important principle that
there should be an unofficial majority. For
a time the secretary also acted as sanitary
superintendent, but, the duties increasing to
such an extent that he was unable to devote
sufficient attention to outdoor matters, a
Medical Officer of Health was appointed. In
consequence of the decision of the Legislative
Council that in the event of a vacancy
occurring the Medical Officer should occupy
a seat on the Sanitary Board, all the unofficial
save one resigned.

A most unsatisfactory state of things pre-
vailed at this time. Against the subordinate
officers of the Sanitary Board were made
formal and well-founded allegations of cor-
ruption. A vexed question arose as to
whether there should still be an unofficial
majority, and, in consequence of a communi-
cation from the Governor, the Chamber of
Commerce took a plebiscite of the residents.
This resulted in an overwhelming vote in
favour of an unofficial majority. Later on, a
petition was forwarded by the principal resi-
dents of the Colony lo the Secretary of State
calling attention to the unsatisfactory sanitary
conditions prevailing, and asking for a com-
mission, accompanied by experts, to be ap-
pointed to prepare a report upon the matter.
Professor Simpson, M.D., and Mr. Chadwick,
C.E., came out, and upon their recommenda-
tions a Bill was drawn. This Bill, however,
contained sections deemed by the public to
be drastic, unjust, and unworkable, and a
committee of European property owners
forwarded to the Governor a petition em-
bodying their suggestions for its improvement.
A similar petition was also presented by the
Chinese in the Colony. To many of these
suggestions effect was given in "The Public
Health and Buildings Ordinance of 1903."
Finality was not reached even then. An
amendment to the Ordinance, passed at the
end of 1903, practically altered the whole
character of the sanitary administration by
creating a Sanitary Department of the
Government, thereby giving the Principal

Civil Medical Officer (as the Colonial Surgeon
had come to be called) the direct administra-
tion of sanitary matters by holding him
directly responsible. This enactment was
practically the death-knell of the Board's
authority to administer the sanitary laws, and
reduced it to a department controlled by the
Government through the Principal Civil
Medical Officer, thus nullifying the wishes of
the plebiscite that the sanitary laws should
be administered by a Board having an un-
official majority.

In the meantime allegations of corruption
and irregularity amongst the officials charged
with the administration of the sanitary and
building regulations under the Ordinance
of 1903 continued to be made, and in 1906
a Commission was appointed bv the Gover-
nor, Sir Matthew Nathan, K.C.M.G., to
make a full investigation. Sixty meetings
were held, and 183 witnesses were examined,
with the result that in March, 1907, the
Commission reported that they were forced
to the conclusion that irregularities, cor-
ruption, and bribery were rampant in the
Sanitaiy Department, not only amongst the
native subordinates but also throughout the
staff of British inspectors. It was pointed
out that owing to the hardship inflicted by
many of the regulations mucli injury was
wrought to property, and that consequently
the general prosperity of the Colony was
retarded. Stress was laid on the fact that
the " open spaces " section, under which
vested rights were sacrificed without com-
pensation, had been in a large measure
responsible for causing the property owners
of Hongkong exclusive losses. It was
further shown that, by placing the whole
control of the admniislration of the Sanitary
Department in the hands of the Principal
Civil Medical Officer, the Board was reduced
to something even less than a consulting
committee, in despite of the fact that the
general tendency of legislation for years past
had been in the direction of granting the
ratepayers a modified form of self-govern-
ment. This practical disfranchisement of the
public was deplored, and the Commission
submitted a scheme designed to redress this
grievance and to place the administration of
sanitary matters on a proper and systematic
footing. The recommendations of the Com-
mission were based an the broad principle
that the administration of the " Public
Health and Buildings" Ordinances should be
entirely separate from the Public Works
Department ; that water supply, public roads,
sewers, &c., should remain under the control
of the Public Works Department as hereto-
fore ; but that all matters relating to sanitary
affairs, nuisances, and the actual construction
or alteration of buildings should be wholly
transferred to the proposed Sanitary and
Building Board, divided into four sections —
secretarial, medical, engineering, and veterin-
ary — and composed of four ofticlal and six
unofficial members. The Board should elect
its own president, have the complete order-
ing of the department, recommend to the
Governor all promotions or changes in the
staff, and be accountable to His Excellency
for the expenditure of the funds voted by
the Legislative Council on estimates prepared
by the Board. Such, briefly, was the scheme
suggested by the Commission. As a direct
outcome of the Commission's recommenda-
tions, the Legislative Council passed an
amending Public Health and Buildings Ordi-
nance, dated July 3, 1908. The principal
changes made by this enactment are : —

I. — A slightly increased electorate by
substituting the word "persons" for rate-
payers who are entitled to vote and giving

members of the Council a vote for the
people's representatives on the Board.

2.— The Principal Civil Medical Officer
who was head of the Sanitary Board and
thereby ex officio President of the Board is
removed and his place taken by a specially
appointed officer devoting the whole of his
time to these duties. The Captain Super-
intendent of Police is also removed and
his place taken on the Board by the
Medical Officer of Health.

3- — The transfer of practically all building
matters from the Sanitary Hoard to the
Building Authority.

4. — Power given to the Authorities lo
cause the owners to pull down the upper
storeys of houses which are too dark and
thereby insanitary, and where the work
benefits the adjoining owners they are to
pay the cost of reconstruction, but the com-
pensation to the owner of the property pulled
down is to be paid by the Government.

5. — The right of appeal from the dis-
cretion exercised by the Sanitary Board or
Building Authority to the Governor in
Council, the applicant to have right of
appearing in person or by his representative,
and be heard at the Council, or the right
of appealing to the Court in lieu of to the
Governor in Council.

The Sanitary Board's jurisdiction, as offi-
cially defined, embraces the island of Hong-
kong, which has an area of 29 square miles,
and that portion of the British territory on
the mainland between the shore and the first
range of the Kowloon Hills, extending from
the village of Tseung Kwan O, in Junk Bay,
on the east, to the village of Kau Pa Hang
on the west, with a sea-frontage of about 13
miles and an area of about 16 square miles.
Old Kowloon, with an area of about 2| square
miles, has been In British occupation since
1861, but New Kowloon was leased to the
Government as recently as 1898, as part of
what is known as the New Territories. The
remaining part of the New Territories — a
considerable area— is not under the juris-
diction of the Sanitary Board.

The city of Victoria, which lies on the
northern shore of the Island of Hongkong,
contains 9,485 dwellings, exclusive of barracks
and police stations, and, with the exception
of some 982, these are occupied by Chinese.
The present rateable value of the whole
Colony Is $10,654,338, and that of New
Kowloon — the only portions of which territory
assessed are Kowloon City, Sam Shui Po,
Nga In Tau, and Little Kowloon— $61,835.
The rates levied vary from 7 per cent, in the
outlying Chinese villages lo 13 per cent, in the
city of Victoria. The 13 per cent, was arrived
at originally by allocating 8J per cent, to
police protection, 2 per cent, to water supply,
1 4 per cent, to public lighting, and f per cent,
to the maintenance of a fire brigade. The
amount collected in 1906 was $1,400,641,
of which $2,800 was derived from the
New Territory. The estimate for 1907 was
$1,420,000. The money is collected by the
Government, and in Its expenditure, in so far
as their province extends, the Sanitary Board
practically act only as an advisory committee.
The Board consists of the Principal Civil
Medical Ofiicei' (who is ex officio President),
the Director of Public Works, the Registrar-
General, the Captain Superintendent of Police,
and six additional members, four of whom
(two being Chinese) are appointed by the
Governor, and two elected by such rate-
payers as are Included in the special and
common jury lists, or are exempt only on
account of their professional avocations. In
other words, English speaking property
owners or occupiers are qualified to vote.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 159

The unofficial members hold office for three
years. At the last election in January, 1906,
there was no contest, but nominations were
accepted up to the hour fixed for the polling
to take place, and the useless formality of a
ballot was gone through even in the absence
of opposition.

The Board has power to frame bj'e-laws

bearing on the public health, subject to the
approval of the Legislative Council. The
sanitary staff deals with general nuisances ;
the regulation of common lodging-houses,
wash-houses, factories and workshops, ques-
tions of overcrowding ; and many other
matters relating to the sanitary condition of
the Colony. The scope of an article, how-

ever, scarcely permits of a detailed definition
of the powers of the Board, so closely are
they interwoven with those of the Public
Works Department.

In conclusion it may be mentioned that
Professor Simpson declared, during his recent
visit to the Colony, that " Hongkong was the
best-scavenged city in the East."

THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.

Hongkong was a prosperous and thriving
commercial centre in 1861, when the idea
of organising a Chamber of Commerce was
first mooted. In May of that year, at a
meeting of merchants convened under the
chairmanship of Mr. C. W. Murray, for the
purpose of discussing the suggestion, it was
unanimously decided to establish a Chamber,
the object of which should be " to watch
over and protect the general interests of com-
merce, to collect information on all matters
of interest to the mercantile community, and
to use every means in its power for the
removal of evils, the redress of grievances,
and the promotion of the common good ;
to communicate with authorities and others
thereupon ; to form a code of practice
whereby the transaction of business might
be simplified and facilitated ; to receive refe-
rences and to arbitrate between disputants."
All mercantile firms, and persons engaged
or interested in the commerce or shipping
of China were eligible for admission as
members on payment of an annual subscrip-
tion, and a committee of seven was appointed
consisting of the chairman, vice-chairman,
and five members. B'or the first year
Mr. Alexander Perceval presided over the
deliberations of the Chamber, and Mr. W.
Walkinshaw occupied the vice-chair, while
Messrs. C. W. Murray, P. Campbell, J. D.
Gibb, W. Delano, and R. M. Reddie formed
the committee. Mr. Baldwin was appointed
the first secretary at an annual salary of
$1,500.

Thus Hongkong's Chamber of Commerce
was inaugurated. It was not destined, how-
ever, to start upon its career without some
little criticism, and The Friend of Chitia,
a paper of considerable importance in those
days, commenting upon the inaugural meeting,
described it as an insignificant gathering in
view of the fact that only 20 out of the
120 mercantile, banking, broking, and com-
mercial firms of the Colony, were repre-
sented at it. The paper went on to express
the opinion that the haste to scramble after
the first seats on the committee was unpar-
donable, and, while admitting that there
could be no possible objection to traders of
such standing as Messrs. Perceval, Gibb,
Delano, and Reddie, it was argued that, the
principle being fixed that the chamber was
not to be exclusively British, there should
be foreigners in place of the other members
of the committee. Whether these strictures
produced any effect it is diflicult to deter-
mine after so many years, but certain it is
that a little later the constitution of the com-
mittee was so altered as to include merchants
of several other nationalities. The Chamber
of Commerce, after the first few years,
during which its stability was questionable
and its activities were cramped by lack of

enthusiasm on the part of its members,
rapidly advanced and widened its sphere of
influence puri passu with the growth of the
Colony. Now, instead of a membership of
20, the roll includes 117 firms and 20 private
traders.

In various directions throughout its career
the Chamber has shown great enterprise.
As far back as 1869 a considerable sum of
money was devoted to the organisation of
a commercial expedition into the interior of
China for the purpose of obtaining as much
reliable information as possible with regard
to the inland districts. Mr. Moss accepted
the commission and started from Canton,
but he was prevented by the Chinese officials
from proceeding beyond Nan-ning-fu. Up
to this point, however, he faithfully and dili-
gently prosecuted his inquiries, and placed
beyond doubt the fact that inland dues, both
under the names of Customs duty and
Likin, were imposed on British and other
foreign manufactures in the districts watered
by the Canton River, much in excess of what
was stipulated in Lord Elgin's Treaty. The
publication of his report aroused considerable
public interest. The subject was continually
agitated by the Chamber of Commerce, until
at length the members had the satisfaction
of learning that an agreement was signed at
Peking on February 14, i80. under which
the Chinese Government undertook to throw
open two ports on the West River as Treaty
ports, and four other places as calling stations
where passengers and cargo might be landed.
This agreement came into force on June 14,
1907.

Under the auspices of the Chamber in
1863 a subscription list was opened to relieve
the serious distress then prevailing in the
districts forming the seat of cotton manu-
facture in Great Britain. Over $5,000 was
raised, and the committee also succeeded in
obtaining the co-operation of the Shanghai
Chamber of Commerce for the same object.
In the early part of 1871 the Chamber ad-
dressed a memorial to the Secretary of State
praying that the licensing of gambling in
the Colony might be discontinued, and this
petition had the desired effect.

In 1884 the Governor of the Colony invited
the Chamber to nominate one of its members
to serve on the Legislative Council. Sir
Thomas Jackson was unanimously chosen, and
the Chamber has retained the privilege of
direct representation ever since. In 1886 the
Chamber was invited to send a representative
to the Congress of the whole of the Chambers
of Commerce for the British Empire, held
in London. The Hon. Mr. W. Keswick was
appointed as the delegate from Hongkong,
and the Chamber has always had a represen-
tative at the various congresses held since
that date.

In 1889 the action of the Australian
Government in prohibiting the landing of
Chinese in the Commonwealth was discussed,
and the committee plainly expressed its dis-
approval of the arbitrary manner in which,
without previous warning, subjects of a
friendly power had been treated. The
proceeding, it was considered, was totally
opposed to all traditions of British legislation,
either impefial or colonial, and, in the highest
degree, calculated to bring about strained
relations between England and China.

In 1900 the Chamber turned its attention
to the sanitary condition of the Colony which
had led to the outbreak of bubonic plague.
Its action served to direct public attention
to the question, and resulted in a petition
being addressed to the Secretary of State for
the Colonies praying that a commission of
sanitary experts might be sent to inquire
into the whole question. In response. Dr.
Simpson and Mr. Osbert Chadwick were
despatched by the Colonial Office to investigate
the sanitary condition of the Colony, and
their report has had a far-reaching effect.

As is well known, from the earliest days
of European trading relations with China
piracy has been a continual source of
annoyance and hindrance to trade, and the
British fleet has been frequently engaged in
suppressing it. Many instances could be
cited where foreign-owned vessels — river and
coasting steamers — have been attacked in
the inland waters of China even of recent
years. The piracy of the passenger steamer
Namoii is, perhaps, the most serious instance
during the past twenty years ; but the attack
upon the Sainain in July, 1906, whilst pro-
ceeding from Canton to the West River,
is of sufficiently recent occurrence to show
that there still exists some need for the
maintenance of proper control over the
inland waterways of China — a duty which
the Chinese have hitherto shown themselves
incapable of discharging. In view of these
facts the Chamber of Commerce as recently
as July of 1906 telegraphed to the Secretary
of State that it considered the work of
policing the waterways of the Canton Delta
should be carried out if necessary under the
supervision of Great Britain.

The important question of quarantine regu-
lations is one which is repeatedly receiving
the attention of the Chamber, which only
recently combined with the Shanghai
Chamber of Commerce in a protest against
" an excess of prudence ' on the part of the
Hongkong Government in imposing restric-
tions on arrivals from Shanghai, owing to
the alleged prevalence of cholera in that port.

The reform of currency in China is another
question concerning which the Chamber has
made numerous representations to the Govern-
ment. It is urged that this reform should

160 T^VENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

be carried out in accordance with the provi-
sions of the Mackay Commercial Treaty of
1901. and to that end the Chamber has
joined with the Chambers of Shanghai and
Tientsin in memorialising the Diplomatic
Bodv at Peking in favour of the currency of
China being pkiced on a uniform basis, and
the mints being transferred from independent
provincial authorities to the control of the
Imperial Government.

The Chamtier has interested itself in the
improvement of typhoon and storm warn-
ings, and has urged the pressing necessity
for a large tvphoon refuge for small craft.
At the request of the Government the Cham-
ber nominated a member for service on a
committee which sat to consider whether

earlier warning could not have been given
of the great typhoon of September 18, 1906 ;
and on a committee which subsequently went
into the whole queslion of weather forecasts
and storm warnings.

Other matters which have been debated
by the Chamber are the Sugar Convention,
as worked under the Brussels Agreement,
and the regulations enforced by the Imperial
Merchant Shipping Act, upon Biitish ship-
owners carrying Asiatic passengers and en-
gaging in the coolie trade, which has always
formed a very important section of the trade
of Hongkong. This coolie traffic is considered
likely to assume still greater proportions in
the immediate future, and the Chamber has
pointed out to the Government, that the exist-

ing regulations are a handicap upon British
shipowners, and practically amount to a
subsidy to foreign shipping.

It will thus be seen tliat the Chamber still
holds to its old tradition of exercising a care-
ful vigilance over all matters affecting the
general welfare of the Colony. The Hon.
Mr. E. A. Hewett has been the chairman for
the past five years and represents the Cham-
ber in the Legislative Council. Mr. A. G.
Wood holds the office of vice-chairman ; and
the other members of the committee are the
Hon. Mr. H. Keswick, Messrs. G. Friesland,
D. R. Law, G. H. Medhurst, A. Fuchs, J. R. M.
Smith, and H. E. Tomkins ; with Mr. E. A. M.
Williams as secretary.

GOVERNMENT HOUSE.

The principal residence of His Excellency
the Governor stands in spacious and well-
timbered grounds, just below the Public
Gardens, the main entrance being in the
Upper Albert Road. The older portion was
completed in 1853, and took the place of the
temporary accommodation provided soon
after the Colony was established. It is sub-
stantially built, granite entering largely into

the structure. On either side of the entrance
hall are offices apportioned to the use of
His Excellency's Aide-de-Camp and Private
Secretary, a reception hall, large dining and
drawing rooms, billiard and smoking room,
and comfortable suites of bedrooms. In the
dining room, which can seat as many as
fifty guests, hangs a picture of George IV.,
to which a curious interest attaches. The

only record which can be found concerning
it is dated June 16, 1865, and states that the
face and hands were painted by Sir Thomas
Lawrence, and the remainder by his pupils.
The picture was formerly the property of
the East India Company and was sent out
to their factory in Canton in 1827 or 1828.
During the troubles at the close of 1840, it
was removed to Macao, and eight years later

GOVERNMENT HOUSE.

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 161

it was transferred to the Council Room of
the temporary Government House in Hong-
kong. Then for some years it found a place
in the Council Chamber at the Government
Offices, and in 1855 was removed to its
present position. In 1859, when the British
Legation changed its quarters from Hongkong
to Shanghai, a demand for the picture was
made by Her Majesty's Minister but was
subsequently withdrawn. From the founda-
tion of the Colony to the present time the
picture has never been out of the possession
of the Colonial Government. There is some
doubt, however, as to whether the statements
contained in the record correctly detail the
history of the picture. Among other pictures
in the dining room are those of Her Majesty
Queen Victoria and the Prince Consort.

Some years ago the need arose for
increased accommodation at Government
House, and accordingly a wing was added
to the eastern end of the old structure.

This extension contains a large ball-room,
with a splendid floor, and ample space for
at least twelve sets of quadrilles. Levees
and state dinners are held here. Immediately
below is a supper room, whilst a smaller
room is set aside, when occasion requires,
for cards. In what was formerly the billiard
room His Excellency has his office. Com-
munication between the old and new portions
of the residence is established by means of
a flight of shallow stairs, but it is now pro-
posed to erect a large entrance stairway to
the ball-room on the outside of the building
to correspond with that giving access to the
mam block from the north-east.

Altogether it would be difficult to find a
better situation for the residence of His
Majesty's representative. The grounds are
charmingly laid out, and from the terraces
below the house a magnificent view is obtain-
able of the centre of the harbour, with St.
John's Cathedral in the middle distance,

whilst the adjacent Public Gardens prevent
the house from being overlooked by any
other building. There is a well-stocked
kitchen garden — a real boon in a place like
Hongkong, where the methods of the native
gardener leave much to be desired.

MOUNTAIN LODGE.

His Excellency's summer residence, Moun-
tain Lodge, erected in 1901, is ideally situated
near the summit of the Peak, its main front
facing westwards and commanding a lovely
view, with just a peep of the harbour. It may
be reached in fifteen minutes by chair from
the Victoria Gap. The grounds are charmingly
laid out, and in season are gay with flowers,
while four excellent tennis courts afford
facilities for recreation.

THE CITY HALL.

Chief among the places of entertainment
in Hongkong is the City Hall, which plays
an important part in the life of the Colony.
Erected by subscription, it was formally
opened by the Duke of Edinburgh on
November 2, 1869, during the Governor-
ship of Sir Richard Graves MacDonnell. It

contains a theatre, two splendid halls, a
music-room, a public library and reading-
room, a museum, and the offices of the
Chamber of Commerce. Though private
property the City Hall is run entirely for
the public benefit, and the revenues derived
are devoted entirely to its maintenance.

The theatre seats 569 persons in the dress
circle, stalls, and pit. The plan is so arranged
that an excellent view of the stage may be
had from any part of the house. The prosce-
nium has an opening of nearly 28 feet, and
a depth of 38 feet, the greatest breadth being
48 feet. During the course of the year

THE CITY HALL.

162 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

numbers of entertainments are given both
by travelling companies and by the Hongkong
Amateur Dramatic Club. Every precaution is
taken to guard against fire.

The assembly and ball-rooms are largely
in request lor dances, conc-erts, meetings, and
lectures. Dances are usually held in St.

library received in 1869 from the Morrison
Education Society " as a free gift for the use
of the public, on condition that in considera-
tion of this gift and of the great services of
Dr. Morrison to both Europeans and Chinese,
the books be kept distinct from all other
collections in the City Hall, and designated

THE MUSEUM.

George's Hall, in which hangs the fine portrait
of the late Queen Victoria, presented to the
city in 1900 by Sir Thomas Jackson, Bart.
St. .Andrew's Hall serves as an additional ball-
room when required. Ordinarily it is used
for meetings and concerts.

The nucleus of the Public Library was the

' the Morrison Library ' in perpetuation of the
great missionary's memory." In 1871 tlie
library consisted of 8,000 volumes, 3,000 of
which were unconditionally presented by the
trustees of the Victoria Library. Since that
date it has been added to from time to time,
and now contains 3,332 volumes in the

Morrison Library ; 6,220, including 320
Chinese religious and devotional books, in
the Cily Library ; and 3,287 in the lending
collection— a total of 12,839 volumes. There
are many valuable philological, biographical,
and other works, including some rare tirst
editions, the department dealing with China
and Japan being especially well filled. The
most treasured books, however, are those
presented by the late Queen Victoria. They
are "The Early Years of the Prince Con-
sort," "The Prince Consort," "Leaves from
the Journal of Our Life in the Highlands,"
and " More I^eaves from the Journal of a Life
in the Highlands," and they bear the auto-
graph of Her late Majesty. The library is
freely used, the register bearing the names
of nearly five hundred borrowers. The
visitors to the reading-room, which is well
supplied with local, home, and American
newspapers and magazines, average about
1,412 non-Chinese and 628 Chinese a month.
The library is open from nine till nine.

The museum contains a miscellaneous col-
lection of valuable exhibits, and attracts
thousands of Chinese visitors. It is open
from ten till one ai\d from two till five, the
mornings being reserved {or Chinese and the
afternoons for non-Chinese. The number of
visitors average about 29,321 and 844 respec-
tively each month. On Satmday mornings
Chinese women and children only are ad-
mitted. Within the last year or two the
collections have been rearranged and labelled
in Chinese, but much remains to be done
in the w.iy of classification.

The affairs of the City Hall are managed
by a committee, of which the chairman is
usually a senior member of the firm of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd., who
were chiefly instrumental in raising the
original subscriptions. The present mem-
bers of the committee are the Hon. Mr. H.
Keswick (chairman), Mr. B. Langton (hon.
treasurer), the Hon. Mr. H. E. I^ollock, K.C.,
Mr. A. G. Wood, Mr. H. N. Mody, Mr. N.
A. Silbs, and Mr. Denman Fuller (secretary,
librarian, and curator).

THE NEW GOVERNMENT OFFICES.

The day is not far distant when Hongkong
will be able to pride itself upon having its
principal Government departments housed in
premises worthy of their importance and in
harmony with the many imposing commercial
buildings in the European quarter. The
new Government Offices, now in course
of construction, have been designed in the
Renaissance style of architecture, freely
treated, and are being built with granite and
red brick. A bold stonework entrance in
the centre of the main elevation, facing
Pedder Street, will give access to the postal
hall, a graceful turret will surmount each of
the eastern angles of the building, while the
line of the parapet will be broken by three
ornamental gables. The facade will be
78 feet in height, and the turrets will rise
to a further height of 44 feet. The other
elevations will be similar in character and
will face Connaught Road on the north,
Des V^oeux Road on the south, and a private
lane, intersecting these thoroughfares, on the

west. In the centre of the northern front,
directly facing the harbour, a bold square
clock tower will rise to a heiglit of over
200 feet. The building will cover an area
of considerably over half an acre.

The ground floor will be devoted to the
needs of the postal service. A large public
hall, with extensive counter-space, will be
provided on the eastern side of the building,
and the remainder of the floor will consist
of lofty apartments for the sorting of incoming
and outgoing mails, with special accommoda-
tion for registered articles, money orders, &c.
Strong-rooms of fire-resisting construction
will be provided for the safe keeping of
made-up mail bags and registered articles.
Of the basement, part will be reserved for
the use of the Post Ofiice, while the remainder
will be used as storage space for various
Government departments.

A wide teak staircase and a passenger lift
in the south-east angle of the building will
give access to the first, second and third

floors, and there will also be two stone
staircases on the western side. The first
floor will provide accommodation for the
Colonial Treasurer, the Registrar-General,
and the Assessor. The greater portion of
the second floor will be reserved for the
use of the Sanitary Board, with Board room
and offices for the President, the Medical
Officer of Health, and the Sanitary Surveyor.
The Local Auditor and the Inspector of
Schools will also have offices on this floor,
and a suite of rooms will be provided for
the Chief Clerk of the Post Office. The
third floor will be divided into numerous
large and well-lighted offices.

The whole of the building will be lit by
electricity, and the public portions will be
heated by means of radiators on a low-
pressure hot-water system, whilst open fire-
places will be provided in the various offices.

The total cost of the stiucture, which it
is expected will be ready for occupation
during 191 1, is estimated at $930,000.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 163

Ml £ • ■ r

PLAN OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE AND OTHER GOVERNMENT OFFICES.

THE NEW LAW COURTS.

In the new Law Courts, now nearing
completion, Hongkong will possess a notable
example of modern architecture, the style
being that of the English school with details
of Greek character. The principal elevation of
the structure faces west, and is divided into
fifteen bays with Ionic columns and square
angle piers. The height to the first parapet
is about 50 feet. The centre portion is sur-
mounted by a pediment containing a semi-
circular opening, round which are grouped
the royal arms and the figures of Mercy and
Truth, the whole being crowned by a statue
of Justice, 9 feet high. The drum of the
dome is of the circular Doric order, the inter-
columnar spaces being pierced by windows.
The dome is surmounted by a handsome
granite lantern, terminating at a height of
130 feet from the ground in a bronze Tudor
crown. The north, south, and east elevations
are similar in character to the west, but
without the pediment. The whole building
is faced with granite quarried in the Colony.

The ground floor of the structure provides
various offices for the officials of the Court,
spacious apartments being set aside as land
offices, and separate rooms reserved for the

Registrar and Deputy Registrar, and also for
the bailiffs. There is a prisoners' receiving
room with cells, reached by a separate
entrance, and stone staircases lead to the
docks of the two principal Courts. Two large
entrances for the general public are provided
on the west side of the building, with broad
staircases leading to the upper floors, and
there are separate entrances for the officials
and judges, with private staircase and electric
lifts. The official portions of the building
are thus kept quite distinct from those to
which the general public have access.

The principal Court occupies the centre
of the first floor, and is so situated that the
surrounding corridors, small rooms, and
library render it practically proof against the
distraction of street sounds. It is a large and
lofty apartment, lighted by means of four
semi-circular windows, each 28 feet in
diameter, placed high up, and four small
circular windows. The Court is 71 feet
6 inches in length, and 40 feet in width, and
ample space is provided for judge and jury,
the members of the legal profession, the
prisoners, the press, and the general public.
There are four pairs of massive granite

pillars ranged along the walls, supporting the
dome, the height from the floor to the
ceiling of the dome being 48 feet. At either
end of the Court are smaller Courts, each
53 feet 6 inches by 42 feet — one designed for
the use of the Puisne Judge, and the other
as a Civil Court.

On the second floor are large offices for
the Attorney-General and the Crown Solicitor,
with their respective clerks.

A small basement contains appliances for
the heating of the building by a hot-water
system at low pressure, divided into sections
so that only the parts of the building actually
in use need be heated.

The foundation-stone, a fine block of
Chinese granite, bears the following inscrip-
tion, which epitomises all that remains to
be said : — " This stone was laid on the 12th
November, 1903, by His Excellency Sir Henry
Arthur Blake, G.C.M.G., Governor of Hong-
kong ; William Chatham, M.Inst.C.E., Director
of Public Works ; Aston Webb, R.A., E.
Ingress Bell, F.R.I.B.A., architects ; Chan A.
Tong, contractor. " Mr. H. G. Fisher,
A.R.I. B.A., has supervised the work of con-
struction.

164 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

7"'^ ^% p^'^ ^^ ^^'^^^F"'^-^'

PLAN OF THE NEW LAW COURTS.

THE HONGKONG ELECTRIC TRAMWAY.

Hongkong can boast of possessing I he
pioneer system of electric traction in Ctiina.
It was, however, only six years ago, namely,
in 1902, that the Ordinance was passed
by the Legislative Council authorising the
Hongkong Tramways Electric Company, an
English company with its headquarters in
London, to construct a line in the Colony.
The work was commenced in May, 1903,
and completed in July, 1904. The detailed
plans and specifications were prepared by
the Company's consulting engineers, Messrs.
Alfred Dickinson & Co., of Birmingham, who
appointed Mr. Harold Hackwood as resident
engineer in charge of the construction.
Messrs. Dick, Kerr & Co., of London, were
the contractors. The total length of single
track is 14) miles, and it is laid over 9^ miles
of route. The gauge of the track is 3 feet
6 inches, with rails of the girder type weigh-
ing 86 lb. per lineal yard. The lines within
the city of Victoria are laid for the most part
with centre pole construction, but the eastern
p<jrtion of the route, being outside the city
boundary, is laid as single line with passing
places, and is equipped on the side pole
system. With the exception of a short
branch line, which runs to the Race Course,

the route is parallel with the water-front,
and but for a short length at Quarry Bay is
practically level. At Quarry Bay a little road
grading was done, the original gradient of
one in ten being reduced to one in fifteen.
Beyond Quarry Bay is the eastern terminus
of the line, the small Chinese village of
Shaukiwan. Owing to the varying nature
of the ground, three forms of permanent-way
construction were adopted. Where the
ground was solid the rails were bedded on
a concrete beam 18 inches wide and 6 inches
deep ; where the ground was not so good,
a bed of concrete 6 inclies deep and 7 feet
3 inches in width, extending under the whole
track and for 1 foot 6 inches on either side
was adopted ; over doubtful ground which
had been recently reclaimed from the sea,
this concrete bed was increased to 8 inches
in depth.

The overhead construction has been carried
out in a very neat manner. The length of
the arms on the side poles varies, being in
most instances 6 feet, but on the centre
poles it does not exceed 2 feet. The stan-
dards are of mild steel, 28 feet 3 inches in
length, 7 inches in diameter at the base, and
tapering to 4 inches in diameter at the top.

They are set 6 feet in the ground in a solid
block of concrete. Within the city, the
appearance of the standards is improved by
ornamental base castings and by wrought-iron
scrolls on the bracket arms. The trolley
wire is divided into half-mile sections by
means of section insulators, and at each of
these points the main feeder cables are
tapped for current. The pressure at the
trolley wire is 500 volts. A lightning arrester
and a telephone giving direct communica-
tion with the power-house are provided in
each feeder pillar.

The generating station, situated beside the
Bowrington Canal, is as nearly as possible
in tlie centre of the system. The only fault
wliicli could be found with the site lay in
the fact tliat a very few years ago it was
reclaimed from the sea, and consequently no
good foundation could be secured for either
buildings or machinery. However, as it was
the best site obtainable in all other respects,
this difficulty had to he overcome, and sound
foundations were obtained by driving in
over five thousand piles. The depot com-
prises engine-room and basement, boiler-
house and coal store, car shed and machine-
shop, smithy, paint-shop, carpenters' shop,

THE HONGKONG ELECTEIC TRACTION COMPANY, LTD.

The Power House.
General View of Works.

ixterior of c.ir shed.
The Staff.

166 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and offices. The engine-room, which is lofty
and well liflhted, amtains two Dick-Kerr
continuous current, direct-connected gene-
rators, of the multipolar type, comixiund
wound, giving a potential of 550 volts, and
running at 100 revolutions a minute. They
arc designed to run either sepanitely or in
panillel. The generators are keyed direct
on to the main sh.ift of the engines, which
are of the horizont;il cross coinp<^und type,
each engine tieing equal to a maximum Iroid
of 428 B.H.P. The engines, built by Yates
and Thom, are each provided with a Wheeler
surface-condenser, of the Admiralty pattern,
and may be worked either condensing or
non-condensing. The condensers are fixed
in the b;»sement below the engine-room, as
also are all the steam and other pipes, thus
leaving the engine-r<x)m free and open. In
addition to the two traction sets, there are
two smaller plants for lighting the depot, one
set being driven by a small, high-speed
engine, and the other by a motor running
from the 500-volt circuit. The lighting circuit
is supplied at 100 volts pressure.

The Company owns 36 cars and employs
upon an average nearly 300 men — 120 on the
traftic staff, 112 on the engineering staff, and
about 60 as outside staff. In 1906, 8,084,901
passengers were carried, and the cats
covered a distance of 1,137,727 miles. In
1907 the ligures were respectively 8,572.055
and 1,122.342. The earnings per car mile
amounted in 1906 to 866 pence, ami the
expenses to 5-21 pence, the average fare per
passenger being 121 pence. The year's
working resulted in a profit of £^16,350, and,
after paying debenture interest amounting to
^^9,783, the sum of £6,000 was put to
reserve for depreciation and renewals and
the balance carried forward.

The directors of the Company are Messrs.
E. C. Morgan (chairman), K. Miller, and W.
J. C. Cutbill. Mr. H. W. C. Dernier is the
secretary, and Mr. J. Gray Scott the general
manager and chief engineer. Mr. G. F.
Maiden is chief assistant and Mr. C. C.
Hill second assistant engineer; Mr. A.
Course the traftic superintendent, and Mi'.
W. Glendinning the chief inspector.

Mr. J. Gray Scott, upon whom, of course,
depends the responsibility for the general
el'liciency and smooth working of the whole
system, has had a thorough technical training
and a great deal of experience in various
iniporlanl positions of a similar cliaracler in
Kngland. The son of the late Mr. John L.
Scott, of Hamilton, Scotland, and Bombay,
he was born in Hamilton, in 1875, and was
educated at Glasgow. As a student at the
Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical
College he had quite a distinguished career,
and, in 1899, was appointed Engineer in
Cliarge of the new generating-station for the
municipal ligliting and tramway supply of
the Corporation of Bradford. Subsequently
he was Chief Engineer to the Corporations of
Whitehaven, Leith, and Croydon, resigning
the last-mentioned post in 1904 in order to
come abroad. Mr. Scott is a member of the
Institution of Electrical Engineers ; a Fellow
of the koyal Society of Arts ; Fellow of the
Koyal Scottish Society of Arts, and a former
member of the Municipal Electrical Associa-
tion.

PEAK TRAM STATION.

THE PEAK TRAMWAY.

In 1885 a company was incorporated under
the style of the Hongkong High-level Tram-
ways Company, Ltd., with the object of con-
structing a cable tramway to tlie Victoria Gap.
The cars commenced running in i888, but the
great rain storm of 1889 was responsible for
a heavy landslip, which did great damage
to the peimanent way, and very nearly put
the concern into liquidation. In 1891, the
tramway was taken over by Messrs. John D.
Humplueys & Co., and a small dividend
was paid. From that date the returns
gradually increased, the climax being reached
in 1904, when a dividend of $20 per share
was declared. In 1905 the concern was liqui-
dated and tlie Peak Tnnnways Company,
Ltd., was formed to acquire the undertaking
of the old Company, and also a concession
which had been granted by the Govermnent
to Mr. Findlay Smith for an opposition line.
The capital of the new Company was §750,000,
of which 8250,000 went to the shareholders
of the old Company, while tlie remainder
was used for the purpose of actjuiring Mr.
Findlay Smith's concession and constructing
the new line. The lower terminus of the old
route is situated near St. John's Cathedral, the
upper lying just alongside the I'eak Hotel.
The proposed new tramway will run from
the Queen's Koad end of Battery I'atli, viii
Glenealy Valley, to the Peak.

THE HONGKONG AND CHINA GAS COMPANY. LIMITED.

AlioiTT 130,000,000 cubic feet of gas are
manufactured and sf>ld by this Company
to over 3.000 consumers. The public light-
ing is mainly in the Company's hands
and is almost exclusively on the incandc-s-
cciit system, some 1,100 burners being used.
Oial gas is principally manufactured from
Japanese coal, but recently a carburetted
water gas system has been installed as an
auxiliary to the manufacturing plant. The
price of gas to the public is at piesent
$275 per 1.000 cubic feet. Discounts are

given to large consumers and to those
who use gas for heating or power pur-
poses.

The Company's principal vyorks, offices,
and showrooms are situated at West Point,
Hongkong. In addition, there is a storage
station at East Point and a small works at
Kowloon. The staff consists of Mr. George
Curry, local secretary ; Mr. J. McCubbin,
resident engineer ; Mr. E. W. Tcrrey, fittings
superintendent ; Mr. L. J. Blackburn, manager,
Kowloon works ; and European assistants.

Some two hundred Chinese fitters, stokers,
&c., are employed.

The Company was incorporated in 1862,
and its registered offices arc at 148, Gresham
House, E.C. The board of directors is com-
posed of Messrs. A. F. Phillips, A.M.l.C.E.
(chairman), S. Kostron, K. Morton, E. H.
Woods, and Sir J. Grinlinton, with Mr. F. G.
Barrett as secretary. The total capital ex-
pended amounts to ;£l30,ooo. Dividends of
10 per cent, are paid on the share capital,
and of 5 and 41 per cent, on debentures.

S 2

><"
iz;
•«i
P.

a
o

o
g

o
!a
•<l

is
o
M

o
s

168 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

HONGKONG ELECTRIC COMPANY, LIMITED.

Previoi'sly to 1889 electric light was un-
known to the Colony, but in that year the
Hongkong Electric Company, Ltd., was
formed, and. although the progress made at
the commencement of their undertaking was
slow, there have been rapid developments of
recent years.

The historv- of the inception of the Company
is an interesting one. Mr, W. H. Wickham,
who had completed his articles and served
several years with Messrs. Johnson &
Phillips, telegraph engineers and electricians,
of Charlton, accepted a travelling commission
to superintend, on behalf of his firm, the
completion of certain contracts. While in
Hongkong he obtained the order for supphnng
the machinery to the Electric Company, which
was then in process of formation. He re-
turned to England to see the order executed,
and everything was carried out in so satis-
factory- a manner that the directors offered
him the position of manager of the Company.
He accepted it, and still holds the post at the

present time. A site, 150 feet square, was
purchased at Wanchai, near what was then
a small English cemetery ; and a power house
and generating station were erected upon it,
and live horizontal compound engines of 100
horse-power each were installed. For some
time the operations of the Company were on
rather a limited scale. They supplied current
to fifty electric arc lamps for public lighting
purposes, but private residents were slow in
introducing the new ilUnninant into their
houses. Upon the Company's capital of
$300,000 no dividend was paid for the first
six years, and only four Europeans and
between twenty and thirty Chinese were em-
ployed. In i8g6, however, the Company paid
a dividend of 5 per cent. Between 1 898-99 the
capital was increased to $600,000, and during
the last three or four years a dividend of 10
per cent, has been declared. The works at
Wanchai now cover a site 350 to 450 feet in
length. Practically all the old plant has been
superseded by high-speed forced lubrication

compound engines, developing 1,200 horse-
power, and at the present time two new 300
horse-power Deisel oil engines are being laid
down. A network of underground mains
throughout the centre of the city has just
been completed. The Company now supply
the current for about 90 arc lamps and
some 50,000 smaller lamps. The extensive
use of lifts in the Colony has necessitated
the establishment of a small sub-station,
which is situated near the Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank. Here there are two motor-
generators, each of about 40 horse-power,
and two storage batteries. Mr. Wickham
now has a staff of six Europeans and about
150 Chinese, and there is every likelihood
that these numbers will have to be increased
in the near future.

Mr. A. G. Wood is chairman of directors,
and his colleagues on the board are the Hon.
Sir C, P. Chater, C.M.G., the Hon. Mr. H.
Keswick, and Mr. G. H. Medhurst.

VIEW OP THE WORKS -EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 169

HONGKONG SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS.

THE HONGKONG CLUB.

THE HONGKONG CLUB*

The Hongkong Club, or '• the Club," as it
is more often termed, is the premier insti-
tution of the kind in the Colony, and one of
the finest and most luxurious in the Far
East. Its establishment dates back to the
year 1846, and, as most of the old members
have long since passed away, its early his-
tory is to a large extent forgotten. As far as
can be gathered, however, it was inaugurated
as a "Taipans' Club," for the convenience
of, and as a place of meeting for, the heads
of the large hongs then existing in the
Colony. These gentlemen were some eight
in number, and it is recorded that they occu-
pied premises in Queen's Road nearly facing
the Post OfBce. They obtained and held the
property on the understanding that it should
not be sold while any of them lived, and on
those lines the Club served its purpose for
many years, until only two of the original
founders remained. These gentlemen dis-
posed of the property, which was rented by
the newly formed members' Club in 1886.
An excellent opportunity for acquiring a new
site presented itself when Sir Paul Chater's
scheme of reclamation was undertaken, and
upon a block of the reclaimed land the Club
erected the present commodious building,
with its commanding position fronting the

harbour. The main building is three storeys
high. Additional accommodation becoming
necessary in course of time, an annexe was
erected, and the two buildings were linked
together by a covered way. The main
building was completed and occupied in
July, 1897, and the annexe in IQ03. The
Club is handsomely appointed throughout.
There are nine billiard tables, a fine bowling
alley, spacious dining, reading, and general
rooms, bars, and living accommodation for
34 guests, some of the rooms being let to
members at monthly rates, and the remain-
der reserved for visitors to the Colony.
Electric lights and fans are fitted through-
out, and electric lifts give ready access to
the upper floors. The Club also houses a
fine library, which consists of 15,608 works
in 18,091 volumes. The resident member-
ship at the present time is about five
hundred. His Excellency the Governor, His
Excellency the Admiral, and His Excellency
the General Officer commanding the Forces
are honorary members. Ordinary members
are admitted only by ballot, and visitors for
a term not exceeding three months may be
proposed by members of the Club. Officers
of the Army and Navy resident in the
Colony are admitted by ballot as subscribers ;
whilst ofiicers of the Navy not stationed in
the Colony, but staying here for short

periods, are invited to become visitors. The
Club is managed by a committee of nine,
elected annually, sub-divided so that the
different departments of the work may be
dealt with more easily. A chairman is
elected from their number. The staff con-
sists of the secretary, the assistant secretary,
two European stewards, and about two
hundred Chinese servants.

THE PEAK CLUB.

Perched on the crest of the hill from which
it takes its name, and commanding a charming
and extensive view of the south-west side of
the island and of the wide expanse of water,
dotted with blue-grey islands, that stretches
beyond, stands the bungalow of the Peak
Club, surrounded by three tennis courts, a
croquet lawn, and a garden that is always
bright with flowers. The premises were
specially built to serve their present purpose,
and comprise drawing, reading, and card
rooms, with a bar and the usual oflices. Here
between the hours of 5 o'clock and 7.30 in
the evening bridge holds sway. Sometimes
before and sometimes after dinner small but
most enjoyable dances are held, and on these
occasions the drawing and reading rooms are

170 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

thrown into one. while the verandah forms a
pleasant and cool retreat during the inter\-als.
The latest newspapers and magazines may
be seen in the reading rixjm. which contains
also a small library. Ladies of a member's

Club, he granted them at a nominal rent a
three years' lease of the Government Pavilions
at the Peak, which liad remained unused for
several years, and were in a ruinous condi-
tion. The Government Pavilions were then

THE OLD PREMISES OF THE HONGKONG CLUB.

family are admitted to the privileges of
memlH;rship, and altogether the Club serves
as a charming and convenient centre for
social intercourse among the residents of
the neight>ourhood.

The idea of establishing the Club originated
with Sir Thomas Jackson, Bart, (then chief
manager of the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation), the late Major Moore,
and several other Peak residents, in the year
1893. The house known as "The Home-
stead." now occupied by Lieut.-Colonel Carter,
was taken on a short lease from its owner,
the late Mr. Granville Sharp, and, as the
regulations provided that the ladies of a
member's family were privileged to make
use of the Club, it was soon found that a
long-felt want had been supplied. A com-
mittee of management was formed, presided
over by Sir Thomas Jackson, who continued
in oftice until his retirement from the Colony.
while Major Moore carried out the duties of
honorary secretary.

In the early days of the Club's existence
the number of Peak residents was not great,
and the Club's membership was consequently
small. As a natural consequence the Club
was not, for some time, upon a sound linancial
basis. Sir Thomas Jackson, however, was a
firm believer, not only in the future prosperity
of the Club, but also in the benefit its exis-
tence would prove to the community, and
with his a.ssistance the Club was enabled to
tide over all financial difficulties.

In 1897 the tenancy of '"The Homestead"
expired, and the owner refused to renew it
except upon such terms as rendered it im-
possible for the Club to entertain his pro-
posal. Fortunately, at this time, the then
Governor of Hongkong, Sir William Kobinson,
was a man who, like Sir Thomas Jackson,
believed that a social club at the Peak was
a necessary institution, and, in compliance
with the request of the committee of the

repaired, and the Club entered into occupa-
tion in the latter part of 1897. About this
time Major Moore (to whom the members
of the Club were greatly indebted for the
tactful .ind energetic manner in which he per-
formed the duties of honorary secretary) died
in the Colony, and Capt. (now Lieut.-Colonel)
Long, A.S.C., accepted the appointment of
honorary secretary, and retained it, except dur-
ing short intervals of leave, until his departure

for South .\frica in 1899. Both Major Moore
and Colonel Long acquitted themselves so
well in the ofiice that it has become cus-
tomary to select their successors from the
military officers residing at the Peak. The
only departure from this practice was when
Mr. C. D. Wilkinson (the present chairman)
occupied the position in the absence of
Captain Lay, and later when Mr. O. D. Thomas
and afterwards Mr. A. G. M. Fletcher under-
took and admirably performed the duties.
For a short time the position of honorary
secretary was held by Colonel Carter, who
still rct.nins a warm interest in the Club and
is always ready to devote both his time and
experience to furthering the interests of the
members. At the present time, the honorary
secretary is Cnptain Thompson, R.A., who
succeeded Captain Quinnell.

In 1902 notice was given by the Govern-
ment to the committee of the Club, that the
pavilions were again required for the purposes
for which they had originally been erected,
and it therefore became necessary to seek
for other premises. No house in a central
position or at all suitable for the purposes
of the Club was obtainable, and it appeared
probable that the Club must cease to exist.
However, Sir Thomas Jackson and several
old Pe.ik residents expressed their readiness
to suliscribe p.Trt of the funds retiuired for
the purpose of acquiring, or building, perni.a-
nent club premises. Others, including Sir
Paul Chater, who took a keen interest in the
welfare of the Colony, offered to subscribe
the remainder of the money ; and thereupon
negoti.itions were entered into with Messrs.
Butterfield & Swire and the Hongkong and
Shanghai liank for the purchase or lease of
the site upon which stands the present
building. Eventually that land vv.is acquired
by the Club upon advantageous terms, and
steps were taken to erect the club building
upon it. Prior to this being done it was
considered advisable, indeed necessary, in
the interests of those who had promised to
provide the required funds, to form the Club
into a corporate body. Accordingly memo-
randa and articles of association were pre-
pared, and the Club was registered as a

PEAK CLUB.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 171

company undei' tlie Hongkong Companies'
Ordinances, and delientures of $500 eacli
were issued, bearing interest at 6 per cent.

Since tliis reconstruction the position of
the Club lias steadily improved, until now it
is on a thoroughly firm financial footing and
has justified the belief entertained of its future
by Sir T. Jackson and others associated with
him in its foundation. The present chair-
man is Mr. C. D. Wilkinson, one of the few
remaining original members.

THE PHOENIX CLUB.

The Phoenix Club had its origin in the
Hongkong Bowling Club, which was founded
in 1898 as a limited company with a capital
of $1,250 in shares of $25. The bowling
alleys were formerly situated in No. i,
Wyndham Street, but, as time went on,
and the Club attained wider popularity, an
opportunity presented itself (in 1902) of
leasing the old premises of the German
Club on the opposite side of the same street.
The scope of the Club was considerably
extended, and the membership of the Club
was still further increased. In . September,
1907, the Phcenix Club, Limited, was formed,
and the capital increased to $2,500 divided
amongst all the members, so that each should
have a direct interest in the management.
The roll now numbers nearly two hundred
members, and includes a number of captains
of vessels — indeed the Club has become a
recognised meeting-place for masters of the
mercantile marine of practically all European
nations. There are a number of visiting

members, and the courtesies of the Club
are always extended to naval oliicers. There
are four bowling alleys, as well as reading,
card, and billiard rooms. The Club is
managed by a committee consisting of a
chairman and six members, elected annually.
The permanent secretary is Mr. E. Granville
Jordan.

ST. GEORGE'S CLUB.

This Club was founded in 1905, and is
purely a social institution. The membership
varies considerably, as is only natural with
a population of so migratory a character as
that possessed by Hongkong, but it averages
about 120. The club premises were at first
in Ice House Street, but larger rooms were
speedily required, and at Christmas, 1906, the
headquarters were removed to Des Voeux
Road. Here there is a well-stocked library
and a billiard room containing two excellent
tables, upon which both Mr. W. H. Stevenson
and Mr. Inman have given exhibition games.
From time to time bridge and billiard tourna-
ments are arranged, several cups having been
presented for competition. Enjoyable house
concerts are often promoted by the members.
Not a little of the success of the Club is due
to Mr. A. Cunningham, who was responsible
for its organisation, and to Mr. Lloyd, the
first secretary and chairman of committee.
The present chairman is Mr. R. V. Hume,
and the duties of secretary and treasurer are
discharged by Mr. Todd and Mr. T. Chee.

THE CLUB GERMANIA.

The growth of the German Club has gone
hand in hand with the growth of Teutonic
influence in the Far East. Founded in
November, 1859, (he first premises were
situated near the present officers' quarters
in Queen's Road East. In March of the
following year larger premises in Lower
Wyndham Street, opposite the German
Consulate, were leased, and here the Club
remained until the building now occupied
by the Phcenix Club was completed. This
structure, which was erected specially for
the Club, upon their giving an undertiiking
to lease it for not less than ten years, was
formally opened on February 2, 1872, in the
presence of His Excellency the Governor,
and a large number of local residents and
dignitaries. With increasing membership
these premises eventually became too small,
and in 1899 it was decided to build a new
club house. An excellent site upon the
Kennedy Road was chosen, and on
December 31, 1902, the splendid building
known as the Club Germauia was opened.
Spacious and most comfortably appointed,
the buildhig contains large dining, reading,
and billiard rooms, an extensive and well-
stocked library, and several fine bowling
alleys. The ordinary subscription is .$9
a month, with an entrance fee of $20 for
resident members, and there are special
terms for absent members and visitors. The
roll on January i, 1908, included 139 present
members, loi absent members, 5 visiting
members, and 4 honorary members. Election
to the Club is by ballot. The committee is
elected annually, and consists of the presi-
dent and 8 other resident members.

GERMAN CLUB.

172 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE CXUB LUSITANO.

This Cluh, the membership of which is
confined to the Portuguese, was founded
some forty years ago, and is consequently
one of the oldest social institutions in the
Colony. A limited number of debentures
($75 each) are held by the members, who
have to pay an entrance fee of $5, and a
monthly subscription of $3. The Club passed
through x'arious \icissitudes, but now, largely
owing to the efforts of Mr. F. J. V. Jorge
and other friends and supporters of the
institution, it is in a sound condition. The
premises in Shelley Street were specially
erected to serve the purposes of a club, and
are, therefore, ven.' conveniently arranged.
The billiard room contains four tables, and the
library, the " Bibliotheca Lusitana," stocked
with some ten thousand volumes, chiefly
Portuguese literature, is one of the most
extensive in the Far East. A spacious ball-
room is often used for the presentation of
amateur theatric-als, for which the Club
members have gained quite a high reputa-
tion, and there are also several rooms for
residential purposes. Mr. F. J. V. Jorge is
president of the Club, which is managed by
a committee of six directors and a salaried
secretary.

THE NIPPON CLUB.

The Japanese, of whom there are quite a
large number in the Colony, also have a
social institution of their own. It was founded,
owing to the efforts of Messrs. K, Matsda and
Todon in 1903, under the name of Yamato
Kai (Association of Japanese), and in August
of the following year premises were obtained
in Queen's Road. In February, IQ06, the
Club moved to its present quarters in Ice
House Street, and the name was changed to
the more appropriate one of the Nippon Club.
Membership is confined to Government
officials and employees in the banks, the
shipping, and the larger commercial houses.
There are at present 78 names upon the roll,
and the accommodation provided is ample,
including billiard, dining, and reading rooms,
as well as qu;irters reserved for the conve-
nience of guests. All the leading Japanese
passing through the Colony pay a visit to
the Club, and the visitors have included
Prince Fushimi, Prince Kuni, Count Otani,
and Admiral Tamari. Many of tliem have
made liberal donations to a fund lor the
Club's improvement. The president is Mr.
Kobayashi, of the Mitsui Busan Kaisha,

THE CHINESE CLUB.

What the Hongkong Club is to Europeans
the Chinese Club is to the Chinese — the
leading social institution of the community.
Founded by Mr. Ho Tung, the first occupant
of the presidential chair, in 1899, the Chinese
Club had then a membership of 240, During
Mr, Fung \Va Chun's term of office the
numbers fell to 165, and whilst Mr. Tam
Tsz Kong was president there was a further
decline to 152 members. In 1905 Mr. Sin
Tak Fan assumed the direction of affairs,
and he succeeded in raising the membership
to upwards of 200. He still holds the ol'iice
of president, and has the satisfaction of
knowing that the Club is now in a very
prosperous condition. The large premises,
situated in Queen's Road Central, are well
furnished, and contain a fine library, as well
as provision for billiards and other forms
of recreation. The rules of the Club are
modelled on those of the Hongkong Club,
and, as in the European institution, the
members extend their hospitality to distin-
guished men passing through the Colony,
Prince Shun was lavishly entertained when
on his way to the Coronation of King
Edward VII., and the recent Chinese Em-
bassy to Berlin, also, were the guests of the
Club during their stay in Hongkong.

SOCIAL AND PROFESSIONAL BIOGRAPHIES.

SIR HENRY SPENCER BERKELEY, KT.,

formerly Attorney-General, Hongkong, was
bom on Septemt>er 6. 1851, and having been
educated for the legal profession was called
to the Bar by the Inner Temple, in 1873.
He went to the Leeward Islands in 1877
as Attorney-General, and bec-ame, in 1878,
Solicitor-General, and, in 1883, Acting Colonial
Secretary. From 1885 to 1889 he was At-
torney-General for Fiji, and in the latter
year he became Chief Justice. For a time
he acted as Administrator, until in June, 1902,
he arrived in Hongkong to take up the position
of Attorney-General. On two occasions he
acted as Chief Justice. He resigned his ap-
pointment in 1906, relinquishing the duties
early in the following year, upon the arrival
of Mr. Rees-Davies. Sir Henry, who is
married to Katherine, a daughter of S. S.
Cassin. of Antigua, West Indies, is a member
of the Junior Carlton (London) and Hongkong
Clubs, and is chairman of the Hongkong
Volunteer Reserve Association. He resides
at the Peak, Hongkong.

Mr. MATTHEW JOHN D. STEPHENS,

Hongkong's senior legal practitioner, comes
from an old legal family, his father and
grandfather having practised as solicitors in
Chatham, Kent, for over 100 years.
Admitted a Solicitor at home in 1863, Mr.
Stephens came to Hongkong in August, 1872,
and was admitted a Solicitor of the Supreme
Court of the Colony in January, 1873. At
that time there were only three legal firms
established on the island, including the one
which Mr. Stephens joined. He is a Con-
veyancer, and Proctor of the Supreme Court
of Hongkong, Notary Public, and Patent and
Trade Mark Agent. He is also a member of

the Law Society and a Solicitor of His
Britannic Majesty's Supreme Court for China
and Korea. His residence in the Colony
has only been broken by short trips to
England, with the exception of one lasting
about two years, so that all his interests are
centred in Hongkong. His offices are at
No. 18, Bank Buildings, Queen's Road Central.

MR. CHARLES DAVID WILKINSON, senior
partner of the legal firm of Messrs. Wilkinson
& Grist, is one of the oldest practitioners
in the Colony. Born on June 21, i860, he
was educated for the legal professioti, and
in 1882 was admitted a Solicitor of the
Supreme Court of Judicature, England. Four
years later he sailed for Hongkong, where
he quickly made his way to the front rank of
the loc-al Bar. He is Notary Public and Com-
missioner to take acknowledgments of married
women. He has written several books on
legal subjects, including an authoritative
volume on the local law relating to trade-
marks, and is a member of the committee of
the Hongkong Law Society. He lives at " The
Falls," a picturesque residence on the Peak,
and is a member of the Peak, Hongkong,
and " Thatched House " (London) Clubs.

MR. QEORQE ANDREW HASTINQS, who is

at the present time managing the practice of
Messrs. Hastings & Hastings, is a member
of the committee of the local branch of the
Law Society. He was born in 1865, and was
educated at Uppingham School. He is a
member of the Hongkong Club, and lives at
the Peak.

MR. JOHN HASTINGS, the other partner in
the firm of Messrs. Hastings & Hastings,
was born in January, 1862, and was also
educated at Uppingham. He is a member
of the " Thatched House " Club (London), the
Hongkong Club, and the Royal Hongkong
Yacht Club. His address is '' Slemish," the
Peak, Hongkong.

MR. QODFREV CORNEWALL CHESTER
MASTER, liead of tlie legal firm of Johnson,
Stokes & Master, came to the Colony in
March, 1884, and joined the firm of Edmund
Sharp & Toller, which since the year 1890
has been known as Johnson, Stokes &
Master. Mr. A. B. Johnson and Mr. A. P.
Stokes have no longer any connection with
the firm, which now consists of Mr. Master
and Mr, Herbert Johnson George, who came
out to the Colony in 1890. The following
solicitors are at present connected with the
firm as managing clerks : Messrs. H, G, C,
Bailey, R. F. C. Master, W, J, Daniel, and
A. G, Jackson (a nephew of Sir Thomas
Jackson, one of the most prominent men in
the financial history of the Colony). The
firm is well represented in the field of sport.
Mr. Master has for many years been con-
nected with racing, both as an owner and
as an amateur rider, and for a good many
years rowed regularly in the annual regattas
of the Victoria Recreation Club with no little
success. Mr, Bailey and Mr, Daniel are
both seen to advantage on the football field,
and a representative of the firm is more
often than not to be found taking part in
local sport and amusements, but pleasure is
never allowed to interfere with business.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 173

MR. J. SCOTT HARSTON, a member of
the legal firm of Ewens & Harston, is a
Solicitor and Notary Public and also a Com-
missioner to administer oaths for the High
Court of Australia and the Supreme Courts
of New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland,
South Australia, and Western Australia. He
was born in 1872, and was educated at
Thorparch Grange, Yorkshire. He served
his articles in Leeds and London, qualifying
in 1895. P'or five years he was managing
clerk to Messrs. Ford & Warren, solicitors, of
Leeds, and, coming to Hongkong in 1900, he
was admitted into partnership with Mr. Creasy
Ewens two years later. He is on the com-
mittee of the local Law Society. He is also
a director of the National Bank of China,
Ltd., A. S. Watson & Co., Ltd , Humphreys
Estate and Finance Company, Ltd., and the
" South China Morning Post," Ltd. Mr.
Harston, who is a member of the Hongkong
Club and of the Junior Athenieum, London,
lives at No. 4, Clifton Gardens, Conduit Road.

IHR. 0. K. HALL BRUTTON.— A leading
firm of lawyers in Hongkong is that of
Messrs. Brutton & Hett, whose offices are
situated in Des Voeux Road Central. The
practice was founded by Mr. K. W. Mounsey,
who retired in 1903 and is now in Tientsin.
Mr. G. K. Hall Brutton was born in England,
and was admitted a Solicitor in the English
Courts. He went to Shanghai in 1892, and
joined the legal firm of which Mr. W. V.
Drummond was the head. Five years later
he joined Mr. Mounsey as a partner in
Hongkong. After the retirement of Mr.
Mounsey, Mr, Brutton conducted the business
for some years on his own account. In
1905, however, he took Mr. F. Paget Hett
into partnership. Messrs. Brutton & Hett
besides being qualified to appear before the
local Courts, have been duly admitted as
SoHcitors of His Britannic Majesty's Supreme
Court for China and Korea. Mr. Brutton
takes a keen interest in sport, and especially in
the turf, being well known as a pony owner
and ainateur jockey. Shooting is another
favourite recreation. He is sergeant of the
Hongkong Mounted Troop, with which he
has been connected since it was formed, at
the instigation of Sir Matthew Nathan, some
three years ago.

MR. PHILIP WALLACE OOLDRING, B.A.

Oxon., the head of the legal firm of Goldring,
Barlow & Morrell, was born on March 15,
1875, ""id educated at Woking School, Clifton
College, and Trinity College, O.fford. At the
University he obtained honours in classical
moderations and in the final school of juris-
prudence. Admitted a Solicitor in 1899, he
was a member of the firm of Brutton, Hett
& Goldring, until April, 1906, when he
started to practise on his own account. Mr.
Goldring is an enthusiastic sportsman, his
recreations including football, cricket, shooting
and fishing. He lives at " Parkside," Kowloon,
and is a member of the Hongkong Club and
the Sports Club, London.

MR. HERBERT WILLIAM LOOKER, a part-
ner of the firm of Messrs. Deacon, Looker &
Deacon, solicitors, was born on December 2,
1871. He was admitted a Solicitor in 1894,
and arrived in Hongkong in December of the
following year. He is a member of the
Hongkong Club, and resides at the Peak.

MR. OSWALD DYKES THOMSON, Solicitor
and Notary Public, Hongkong, was born on
July 25, 1870, and was educated at University
College School, London. He matriculated in
1887, and was admitted a Solicitor in England
in April, 1892. Five years later he came to
Hongkong as an assistant to Messrs. Deacon
& Hastings, and, in 1903, started practice on
his own account. He resides at the Peak, and
is a member of the Peak Club, of which for
a short time he acted as honorary secretary.

MR. F. X. d'ALMADA e CASTRO, senior
member of the firm of d'Almada & Smith,
solicitors, of No 33, Queen's Road, Hongkong,
was born in Hongkong in January, 1869. His
family is of Portuguese extraction, and has
been connected with the Colony practically
since its foundation. His father was for some
years in the office of the Commissioner of
Trade at Macao, but shortly after the British
occupation of Hongkong he came to this
Colony, and for forty years was connected
with the public service. Mr. F. X. d'Almada
received his education at St. Joseph's English
College, Hongkong, and was then articled to
Mr. C. D. Wilkinson. He passed his final
examination on August 13, 1897, and towards
the end of the same month was admitted to
practice as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court
of Hongkong. He continued for a time to
act as managing clerk for the firm of Messrs.
Williamson & Grist, but in 1901 he com-
menced practice in the Hongkong Courts on
his own account, eventually founding the firm
of which he is now the head.

MR. ROBERT GORDON SHEWAN, the senior
partner in the firm of Shewan, Tomes & Co.,
has been a prominent figure in the com-
mercial life of the Colony for nearly thirty
years. Born in i860, he came to Hongkong
at the age of twenty-one in connection with
Messrs. Russell & Co., then one of the largest
mercantile firms in the East. He subse-
quently took over the business of this house,
and founded the firm of Shewan, Tomes &
Co., which, under his guidance, has prospered
exceedingly. In 1902 Mr. Shewan was
chosen to represent the interests of the
Chamber of Commerce on the Legislative
Council, and he retained his seat on that
body until April, 1906, when he resigned in
order to travel abroad. He was a member
also of the committee appointed by the
Government to report on the subsidiary
coinage question. His participation in the
public life of the Colony was a marked
success, for, besides bringing to bear upon
large administrative problems that keen
business acumen so essential to their success-
ful solution, he is a pleasing and fluent
speaker of far more than average ability. He
is a director of the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation and of several local
companies. A variety of interests occupy
his leisure, and most of the sporting clubs in
the Colony claim his support ; he also retains
his membership of the "Thatched House,"
London, and the " Calumet," New York.

MR. A. SHELTON HOOPER, secretary of
the Hongkong Land Investment and Agency
Company — an appointment which he has
held since 1889 — has been very intimately
associated with the endeavours which have
been made to improve the sanitary con-
dition of the Colony. Born in 1859, and

educated at Newton Abbot College, Devon,
he came to Hongkong in 1886, having been
appointed to the Civil Service by the
Secretary of State for the Colonies. For
three years he was employed under the
Government Rating Ordinances as Municipal
Rates Valuer and Assessor, but in 1889 he
resigned to take up his present appointment.
In 1890 he was made a Justice of the
Peace, and in 1906 he was elected a
member of the Sanitary Board. On May II,
1906, he was appointed a member of the
commission which sat for ten months to
inquire into the administration of the Sanitary
and Building Regulations enacted by the
Public Health and Buildings Ordinance of
1903. As one of the authorised architects
under that Ordinance he was eminently
qualified for the duties which devolved upon
him in connection with the inquiry. He is
president of the Devonian Society of Hong-
kong, and is a member of the Hongkong,
Royal Hongkong Golf, and Cricket Clubs.
He resides at "Rougemont," MacDonnell
Road, Hongkong.

MR. J. R:. MICHAEL, J.P., who was born
in i860, has been connected with the Colony
for nearly thirty-four years, and during that
time has taken a keen interest in local com-
mercial enterprises. He is head of the firm
of Messrs. J. R. Michael & Co., who have for
many years carried on an extensive business
as commission agents, stock and general
brokers, and merchants. Seventeen years ago
he was joined by his nephew, Mr. S. H.
Michael, who is now a partner, and has sole
charge of the Company's interests in Hong-
kong. Mr. Joseph R. Michael, who is a Justice
of the Peace for the Colony, has travelled
considerably, and was one of the first pas-
sengers by the Hankow-Peking Railway before
the Yellow River Bridge was completed. He
is a strong advocate of a stable currency for
Hongkong irrespective of China. His recrea-
tions are chiefly gardening, swimming, and
racing, and he acts as official timekeeper to
the local Jockey Club, of which he is a
member. Other clubs to which he belongs
are the Grosvenor, the Piccadilly, and the
Hongkong Cricket Club. He lives at No. 4,
Century Crescent, Hongkong.

MR. ERNEST MANNING HAZELAND, civil
engineer and architect, was born in 1870 and
educated at the Diocesan School, Hongkong.
He entered the Public Works Department in
1888, but twelve years later started in prac-
tice on his own account. His chief recreation
is yachting ; he was one of the promoters
of the Corinthian Yacht Club and is now its
vice-commodore. He is a member of the
Royal Hongkong Yacht Club, the Jockey
Club, and the Hongkong Club. His offices
are at No. 33, Queen's Road Central.

MR. HENRY PERCY WHITE, the chairman
of the Hongkong Club for 1907-8, was born
at Highgate in 1863, and was educated at
the Merchant Taylors' School. He joined a
London firm engaged in the tea trade in
1878, and, eight years later, went out to
Formosa. He remained there until 1900,
when he entered the firm of Messrs.
Douglas Lapraik & Co., for whom he has
been the manager in Hongkong since Mr.
Lewis left the Colony. He has been a
member of the Hongkong Club since 1898.

174 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

He is also a member of the Peak, the Ger-
mania, and various local sportinj; clubs. His
chief recrc:»tioii is raciiij;- He resides at
Xo. 32, Robinson Road.

MR. A. A. H. BOTELHO, who is a well-
known merchant of Honskonjj and a partner
in the lirm of Messrs. Barretto & Co., was
appointed Consul in the Colony for the
Republic of Niairagua in January, 1905. He
is a son of the late Mr. A. A. H. Botelho,
for many years a prominent resident in Hon}»-
konjl, and was married in December, 1905,
to Sarah, daughter of Mr. J. A. dos Remedios.

MR. F. D. BARRETTO. Consul for Mexico
in Hongkong, Canton, and the Provinces of
the two Kwangs and Yunnan, was born in
the Colony, and was educated at Queen's
College. He is now a partner in the (inn
of Messrs. Barretto & Co. In 1905 he was
elected a life member of the Society of Arts

and Manufactures ; in IQ06, a member of
the Japan Society ; in the sjinie year was
apixiinted Magistrate for the State of Queens-
land, Australia ; and in n)oy, was elected a
Fellow of the Geographical Society of Lisbon.
His wife is a daughter of Mr. K. Jones,
Commercial Agent in the East for the State
of Queensland.

DR. A. S. GOMES, the oldest representative
of the medical profession in the Colony, is
a native of the neighbouring Portuguese
Colony of Macao. After receiving his pro-
fessional training in Bombay, London, and
Edinburgh, he commenced practice in Hong-
kong in 1867. He quickly established a
high reputation, and was actively and busily
engaged with his professional duties until
1894, in which year he retired. Dr. Gomes
has for many years taken a great interest
in charitable work in the Colony. He was
the donor of the Kowloon Catholic Church,
a pretty building facing the harbour at
Kowloon. He also established a school and

orphanage close to the church, which is
superintended by the sisters of tlie Italian
Convent. Here a small number of orpliaiis
receive an excellent education, and a con-
siderable amount of assistance in various
ways. Dr. Gomes was responsible, loo, for
starling the Wanchai Hospital for the aged
and iiitirni. As a reward for his many
services in these and other directions.
Dr. Gomes received from the Pope tlie
Order of St. Gregory. He resides at Gomes
Villas, Kowloon.

MR. MARCUS WARRE SLADE. Barristcr-
at-Law, was born in 1865, and was educated
at Clifton and at New College, Oxlr)rd. Called
to the Bar of the Inner Temple in 1891, he
practised in London for five years before
coming to Hongkong early in 1907. He has
chambers in Prince's Buildings, Ice House
Street, and resides at " Lewknor," Mount
Gough. He is a member of the United
University, the Hongkong, and the Koyal
Hongkong Yacht Clubs.

ORIENTAL SOCIAL AND PROFESSIONAL BIOGRAPHIES.

MR. LAU CHU PAK, J.P., who is a native
of Hongkong and a member of a good old
Cantonese family, is, at the present time,
one of the most prominent members of the
Chinese comnumity in the Colony. He is
a thoroughly up-to-date man, well versed
in the customs of Western civilisation, and
he has done a great deal towards establishing
cordial relations between his countrymen
and Euroix;ans. On many matters relat-
ing to the Chinese and their treatment by
foreigners he has veiy strong views ; but
he is always moderate and reasonable in
expressing them, and this fact has added
considerable weight to his utterances at
public gatherings in the Colony. Born on
June 5, 1867. he was educated at the
Government Central School, H<mgkong, and,
after completing his schola-^lic course, served
for five yeais in the lmf)erial Chinese service.
He was appointe<l first clerk to the Hongkong
Observatory in 1885, and obtained the position
of compradore to the West Point Godown
Company in 1888. In the following year
he acted .as Senior Anglo-Chinese Master of
Formosa Government College. Educational
questions have always appealed strongly to
him, and he has made a special study of
those phases of the problem which particularly
affect his own countrymen. He is the
honorary secretary of the Ellis Kadoorie
Chinese School Society, which is doing a
great deal of work in China and the Colony.
Mr. Lau Chu Pak commenced business as a
tea merchant in 1890, but for the last four-
teen years, besides being connected with
many other local companies and connnercial
enterprises, he has managed the Chinese
department of the firm of Messrs. A. S.
Watson & Co. As a public man he has
had a very active career. He has rendered
valuable aid and long and ungrudging
service to many public institutions. In
addition to being a Justice of the Peace
and a member of the Sanitary Board, he is
a member of the directorate of the Tung Wah
Hospital ; of the committee of the Society

for the Protection of Women and Children ;
of the District Watchmen's committee ; of
the executive committee of the Tung Wah
District Hospitals (since 1897I, and of the
finance committee of the Alice Memorial
Hospital. He was a member of the reception
committee on the occasion of the visit of
Prince Arthur of Connaught, 1906 ; a member
of the Public Health and Building Ordinance
Commission, 1906 ; of the general and sub-
committees of the Typhoon Relief Fund,
l<;o6 ; and of the reception committee for
the Duke of Connaught, Kyoy. Mr. Lau Chu
Pak took a leading part in the establishment
of the Plague Hospital for Chinese, the
Blake Commemoration Fund, and the Chinese
Commercial Union, of which last-named
organisation he was chairman in 1906. He
married in 1886, and is a grandfather, his
eldest son being already established in
business in the Colony, where four genera-
lions of his family have lived previously.
Mr. Lau Chu Pak is a member of llie
Hongkong Club (Chinese) and resides at
■' Ardmore," No. i, Babington Path.

MR. HO KOM TONO, J. P., or Mr. Ho Tai

Sang as he is often called, is one of three
brothers who all figure prominently in the
social, commercial, and public life of the
Chinese. He occupies the post of second com-
pradore to Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
and controls the innnense outdoor Chinese
business of the firm. Born in Hongkong in
1866, he received his education at the Central
School, now known as Queens College.
After completing his studies, he joined Messrs.
Jardine, Matheson & Co., serving under his
brother, who was then the compradore. In
the management of affairs entrusted to him
he has always displayed great ability, and
has gradually forged his way to the front.
He is concerned largely in the cotton and
yarn business of the Colony, and also can ies
on an extensive business in the import and

export of sugar. But although he takes so
active a share in the commercial life of
Hongkong, Mr. Ho Kom Tong is, perhaps,
even more widely known on account of his
many public services. Whenever a good cause
is in need of assistance he is always one of
the first to come lo its aid. During the
Boxer troubles in North China he went to
Peking and, at great personal risk, brought
away many refugees in steamers specially
chartered for the piupose. Again, after the
gieat typhoon which swept over Hongkong
in September, 1906, Mr. Ho Kom Tong acted
for months on the sub-connnitlee of the
Tung Wah Hospital, assisting sufferers in
every way possible, and his valuable services
in this connection received hearty and official
acknowledgment from the Secretary of Stale
for the Colonies. The building for the
public dispensary at Kau U Fong was a gift
from him ; and the connnittees organised for
public work, of which he has from time to time
been a member, are ininunerable. He has
assisted in the collection of money for build-
ing the Tung Wah Hospital E.\tension and
Infectious Hospital, for supporting the widows
and orphans of the soldiers who died in
the South African War, and for assisting the
families of Japanese soldiers who fell in the
war with Russia. In 1901 he was engaged
in working on behalf of a fund for forming
the Chinese Commercial Union ; in I(p2 on
behalf of the Victoria Memorial Fund ; and
ill J90.3 on behalf of the Ellis Kadoorie
School Fund, lo which his own contribution
was the largest. Mr. Ho Kom long, in
short, has always been extremely successful
in soliciting subscripliojis to charitable objects.
He was the only person who succeeded in
obtaining support from the Chinese for the
London Tropical School of .Medicine. In
the case of the Tung Wah Hospital Exten-
sion Fund he visited more than two-thirds of
the Chinese business houses in the Colony,
and, as a result, collected more than half
of the tolal amount subscribed — Si 10,000.
Mr. Ho Kom Tong served on special and

ta
o

H
H

a
o
o

ti
o

l-l

I— t

t-H r*

P3g

o -^

t<
E->

I— I

o
o

M
Pi
o

176 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETO.

sub-committees for supervising the removal
of old graves from Mount Davies to Telegraph
Bay, which latter site was chosen by the
Government on his recommendation. He
personally supervised, and was responsible
for, the decoration on the Ko Shing Theatre
on the occasion of the banquet to T.R.H. the
Duke and Duchess of Connaught in 1892,
and he performed the same service when
Their Ro)-al Highnesses returned to the
Colony in 1907 accompanied by Princess
Patricia. He supervised the Fish Lantern
procession on the occasion of the coronation
of H.M. the King ; and, in 1907, organised
and carried through a large procession with
the object of circulating money in the
Colony among the business people who were
complaining of bad times. In fact, he never
tires of well-doing. In the cause of educa-
tion he has given three annual scholarships
to the Kadoorie School, one to the Diocesan
School, and two to Queen's College, for the
encouragement of learning and especially
translation, upon which much stress is laid
by the Government. He was responsible,
also, for the free distribution of carbolic acid
to the plague-stricken poor, the beneficial
result of which has been reported upon by
the Hon. Dr. Atkinson. Principal Civil Medi-
cal Officer and President of the Sanitary
Board. To poor Chinese who cannot afford
to bury their dead he is always ready to
give a coffin, and his charity in this direc-
tion has contributed materially to lessen the
number of bodies dumped into the streets of
the Colony, upon which practice a report was
made to His Excellency the Governor in
1906. Mr. Ho Kom Tong was appointed a
Justice of the Peace for the Colony in 1906 ;
was chairman of the Tung Wah Hospital in
1907 ; and has been on the committee of the
Chinese Club ever since its establishment.
He takes a great interest in flowers, and at
the last flower show he carried off numerous
prizes. As an exhibitor at the Arts and
Crafts Exhibition (on the committee of which
he served) in 1907 he was most successful ;
and in various photographic competitions
which have been held in the Colony, some
beautiful pictures which he has taken with
his camera have gained various awards.
Mr. Ho Kom Tong lives at No. 7, Lower
Castle Road.

MR. HO TUNQ, J.P.— No nationality has
done more towards furthering the Colony's
prosperity than the Chinese, the original
owners of the island, and no man amongst
the Chinese has borne his part in local,
commercial, and social life with more con-
spicuous ability, or with greater credit to
himself and his nationality than Mr. Ho
Tung, J. P., or, as he is sometimes known,
Mr. Ho Hai Shang. Though in recent years
he has been compelled to relax to some
extent his public activities, he is still known
to be one of the most enterprising and
public-spirited men in the island, and his
purse is always open to the cause of charity.
He was born in Hongkong, and was educated
first in private Chinese schools and after-
wards at the Central Sch(X)l, now known as
Queen's College. At the age of seventeen
he joined the indoor staff of the Chinese
Imperial Customs, but resigned in 1880 in
order to take up the position of assistant
compradore to the well-known firm of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., as well as
the posts of manager of the native branches
of the Hongkong Kire Insurance Company,
Ltd.. and the Canton Insurance Company, Ltd.
During that period he carried on an extensive
business on his own account, principally in

refined and raw sugar, in Shanghai, and
most of the Yangtsze and northern ports of
China. Failing health, however, obliged him
to hand over his responsibilities to one of
his brothers. Mr. Ho Tung has been con-
nected with many public movements in the
Colony, his fluent English always rendering
his services valuable in connection with
questions relating to the Chinese population.
In education he has always taken the
greatest interest. He built and presented to
the Colony the Kowloon School for children
of European parentage. The foundation-
stone was laid by His Excellency Sir H. A.
Blake, K.C.M.G., on July 20, 1900, and the
school was formallv opened bv Major-
General Sir W. J. Gascoigne, K.C.M.G., on
April 19, 1902, during Sir Henry Blake's
absence in England for His Majesty's
Coronation. This was the first civil
European school opened in the Colony of
Hongkong. Mr. Ho Tung has also founded
a scholarship at Queen's College. The Tung
Wah Hospital, of which he was formeily
chairman, has claimed a large share of his
attention, and, when the original building
became inadequate, he started, and was
chiefly responsible for, a fund of $100,000
for its extension and for the establishment
of a plague hospital. He was also instru-
mental in obtaining the necessary sites
from tlie Government. He is a large owner
of landed property in Hongkong and Macao,
and has built many of the fine residences
which are the pride of the British Colony
and the admiration of the visitor. His own
residence, '' Idlewild," is not the least beauti-
ful of them. It commands a splendid view
of the harbour, and attached to it is a
garden in which Mr. Ho Tung and his wife
take the greatest delight, and for which he
was, in 1907, awarded the prize for the best
private garden in the Colony. Mr. Ho
Tung's proprietorial interests have led to his
becoming a director of the Humphreys Estate
and Finance Company, Ltd., and of the
Hongkong Reclamation Company, Ltd. For
some years he was a director of the Hong-
kong Hotel Company, Ltd., and as a share-
holder in many other local ventures he has
done much to promote the general welfare of
the Colony. In recognition of his position
in the Chinese community he was made a
Justice of the Peace in 1890. Mr. Ho Tung
has travelled extensively, and has twice
visited Europe and America. He occupies a
leading place in Chinese social life, and was
chiefly instrumental in founding the Chinese
Club, an influential institution, of which he was
the first chairman. His services have always
been at the disposal of charitable organisa-
tions, as is evidenced by the fact tliat he
served on the committees appointed to
administer the Diamond Jubilee Fund, the
South African War P'und, the Japanese War
Fund, and the Kwangsi P'amine Fund. Lastly,
Mr. Ho Tung is proud of the fact that he
was able to be of service to one of England's
greatest sailors, Lord Charles Bcresford, when
he was commissioned by the Home Govern-
ment and the Associated Chambers of Com-
merce to furnish an exhaustive report upon
British trade and commerce in the Vat East;
and also that he was, and is, a personal
friend of Sir Henry Blake, a former Governor
of the Colony ; Mr. J. H. Stewart Lockharl,
C.M.G. ; Sir Thomas Jackson ; the Hon. J.
Whitehead ; and many other well-known
men at one time resident in Hongkong,

MR. CHAU SIU Kl, J.P., liead of several
important companies, owes his position en-

tirely to his own initiative and keen business
instinct. He was educated at the Govern-
ment Central School, now known as Queen's
College, and, after completing his studies,
was for some time a pupil teacher at that
institution. He then joined the legal tirm of
Brelerton, Wotton & Deacon, and subsequently
entered the Government service at the Civil
Hospital. After some time he was transferred
to the Harbour department, but relinquished
that post to become secretary to the Man On
Insurance Company, Ltd. In this position he
was so successful that he has since piomoted
several other companies. At the present time
he is secretary to the Chun On Fire Insurance
Company ; manager of the Hongkong and
Kowloon Land and Loan Company ; general
manager of the Yuen On Steamship Com-
p<iny, Ltd. ; managing director of the Sliiu On
Steamship Company, Ltd., and manager of the
Tai Foong Chinese Bank. Mr. Chau Siu Ki
is a Justice of the Peace, and was at one
time chairman of the Tung Wah Hospital.
He has twice served on the committee of the
Po Leung Kuk. He is married and has
several sons who are receiving an English
business education similar to that which served
their father so well.

MR. CHOA LEEP CHEE, J.P., is the present
head of a good old Chinese family that has
been prominently connected with the British
Colonies for more than five generations. It
was probably two hundred years ago that his
ancestor, Mr. Choa Su Chiong, emigrated from
the province of Fukien, China, and established
himself as a merchant in Malacca. He
speedily made a good name, and built up a
successful business, in which he was succeeded
by his son, Mr. Choa Ch'ong Keat. The son
was as successful as his father had been. He
carried on a large trade between Malacca
and China, and acquired considerable real
estate in the heart of the town of Malacca.
Afterwards he was given the title of Captain
China by the Dutch, and, although such titles
were practically all abolished after the British
occupation, the new rulers found he was a
man with such large influence over the
Chinese community that he was allowed, as a
special favour, to retain his. Mr. Choa Ch'ong
Keat was succeeded by Mr. Choa Yeng Keng,
Mr. Choa Leep Chee's great-grandlather. He
increased the estate, and built the present
Malacca Markets on the property, at the same
time erecting the bridge which now connects
the markets with the town. The next head
of the family, Mr. Choa Sek Kim, was a land-
owner and merchant of Malacca, a well-known
man and highly respected. His eldest so[i is
Mr. Choa Leep Cliee, who was bom at the
family house, No. 14, Heeren Street, Malacca.
After completing his education he went to
Singapore, but, in 1874, decided to come to
Hongkong. He obtained a small post under
the China Sugar Refinery Company, Ltd., and,
by diligence and perseverance, won gradual
preferment until, ten years ago, he was given
the position of compradore and chief of the
Chinese staff. His time is devoted chiefly to
this business, in which he has now two sons
assisting him, but he is also a shareholder in
many local companies, and is, generally, very
largely concerned in the sugar trade between
the Colony and Java and China, the great
experience which he gained when working
his way through the refinery being of the
utmost value to him. For many years lie has
been a prominent member of the Chinese
community, and has taken part in many public
functions. He is on llie conunittees of the
Alice Memorial Hospital and of the Nethersole

t* o .S:

X 3

S5 -2; = 3

_ c i:S

O H^

O 'v

a . o
g i «
ai - =

S5 « —

one

O - -
Q

t" - cv

CS o
r'' -^

» ^a
!h u =

W S n"

5 s s

a- «

fc "^
!5 c _:
O ,= o

H
Eh

I s

M-O

178 TWENTIETH CENTURY IIMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and nfliliated hospitals. He has been obliged
to refuse many appointments owing to the
demand made upon his time by business.
In recognition of his many public services,
however, he was recently made a Justice of
the Pe.ice by the Government. He served
on the committee of the Typhoon Kinid and
did nmch on his own accx)unt to relieve the
sufferers, Mr. Choa Leep Chee lives at
•• Burnside." No. 47, Robinson Road, a house
delightfully situatc*d. overlooking the harbour.
It is surrounded by a very beautiful garden
stocked with s<ime hundreds of varieties of
English and Euro|H;an flowers. In 1905,
when Sir Matthew Nathan. Governor of the
Colony, offered a prize for the best kept
private garden in the Colony, and an inspec-
tion was made at very short notice, Mr. Choa
Leep Chee secured the award. He is a
member of the Hongkong Horticultural
Society, and is a large exhibitor at the shows
organised by that society.

MR. HO FOOK, J.P., compradore to the
firm of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
Ltd., has distinguished himself both by his
business acumen and by his activity in the
wider sphere of philanthropy and public
service. He is a British subject, having been
born in Hongkong. After finishing his educa-
tion at the Government Central School, now
Queen's College, he spent some time in a
Chinese shipping firm as clerk, and later
joined the Registrar-General's department as
a translator. In 1882 he entered the service
of the legal firm of Messrs. Deimeys &
Mossop as an interpreter. He remained with
them for three years, and then obtained the
appointment of assistant compradoie to
Jardine, Matheson & Co. Upon the retire-
ment of his brother, Mr. Ho Tung, the chief
compradore, in 1900, Mr. Ho F<x>k was
promoted to the vaamcy, and his other
brother, Mr. Ho Kom "Tong, became his
assistant. Mr. Ho P'ook has been associated
wiih all the principal public movements in
the Colony for a long time past, and some
fifteen years ago he was appointed a Justice
of the Peace. Of the District Watchmen's
committee he has been a member for sixteen
years. He is now a member of the advisory
committee of the Tung Wah Hospital, and
managing director of the Hoitgkon/i Telc/iniplt.
In all m.ittcrs appertaining to education he
takes the greatest interest. He is a vice-
president of the Ellis Kadoorie Chinese School
Society, and has founded an annual scholar-
ship for students at Queen's College. His
outlook has been widened by much travel,
his journeyings including two visits to Europe
and one to America. He recognises the
advantages which, in a British Colony,
naturally follow from a thorough grasp of
Western methods ; and he is taking care that
his children shall enjoy these advantages to
the fullest extent. His eldest son is assisting
him in the firm of Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
while four other sons are pursuing their
studies in England. Mr. Ho Kook lives at
No. 10, Caine Road.

MR. LO CHEUNfl SHIU, assistant compra-
dore to the linn of Messrs, Jardine, Matheson
& Co., Ltd., is a connection, by marriage, of
Mr. Ho Kook. the chief compradore, and is
cirjsely associated with that gentleman in
several business undertakings in the Colony.
Mr. Lo Cheung Shiu is a British subject,
having been born in Hongkong. After com-
pleting his English education at Queen's

College, he was for some time pupil teacher,
then senior Chinese assistant master, being
altogether on the staff of the college for
upwards of seven years. He was then
transferred to the Treasury as a tleik, but
two years later he left the Government
service to join his brother-in-law at Jardine,
Matheson's. He is now a partner with Mr.
Ho Kook in the well-known Sang Cheong
Fat yarn firm, of Bonham Strand, and in the
firm of Ho Ftwk & Co., which is doing a
very large business in sugar between Hong-
kong and Chinese ports. The tliorougli
grasp of English and foreign methods which
he obtained while in the public service, and
his excellent knowledge of the English
language, make his assistance of great value
to Mr. Ho Fook in his many public under-
takings.

MR. YUNG HIN PONQ, J.P.— For fifty years
the position of compradore of the Hongkong
Branch of the Chartered Bank of India,
Australia, and China has been held by one
family. Mr. Yung Hin Pong, the present
occupant of the oHice, succeeded his father,
and now has his eldest son, Mr. Yung Hin
Chung, with him in the bank. The family
belongs to the Hungshan district of Soiitii
China. Born in Hongkong, and educated
at Queen's College, Mr. Yung Hin Pong
entered upon his financial caieer some twenty-
five years ago as his father's assistant, and
has held his present position for the past
fifteen years. Under his direction there is a
staff of about fifty. He has served on the
committees of the Tung Wall Hospital and
the Po lycung Kuk, and in 1906 his name
was added to the Connnission of the Peace.
His second son, Mr. Yung Hin Yan, is study-
ing civil engineering in America.

MR. TSEUNO SZ KAI, J.P. This gentleman
is compradore to the well-kdown Japanese
firm of the Osaka Shosen Kaisha, and is
also proprietor of the firm of Kwong Tak
Fat, at Bonham Strand West, Hongkong.
A native of Amoy, he went early in life
to Jamaica, and afterwards to Puerto Rica.
Thirty-six years ago he settled in Hongkong,
where he has'been very successful in business.
About fifteen years ago he was made a Justice
of the Peace by the Government. He is also
a member of the Tung Wah Hospital the
District Watchmen's Association, and the
Po Leung Kuk connnittees. Mr. Tseung
Sz Kai, who h;is several sons in the Colony,
has a family house in his native town, Amoy.

MR. TONO LAI CHUEN, J. P., who occupies
the post of compradore to the Holland-China
Trading Company, is a native of the Hung-
shan district of China. His father, a well-
known merchant both in that district and
in the neighbouring Portuguese Colony of
Macao, was for many years connected with
the Yun Loong tea hong of the latter place.
Mr. Tong Lai Chuen has resided in Hong-
kong for upwards of thirty-three years, and
during that time has been actively connected
with several companies. Before joining the
Holland-China Trading Company as head
of the Chinese department, he was com-
pradore to the firm of. Messrs. Petit & Co.,
Bombay merchants. He occupies a promi-
nent place among his fellow countrymen,
and has always been to the fore in charitable
movements. On several occasions he has
been on the committees of the Tung Wah

Hospital and the Po Leung Kuk, and in 1906
was elected a member of the Typhoon P'und
connnittee. To the District Watchmen's
committee his assistance has been invalualMe.
His interest in public affairs led to his appoint-
ment as a Justice of the Peace for the Colony
some three years ago. He is the owner of
a considerable amount of landed property in
the Colony, including his residence, Nos. 67
and 69, Wyndham Street. He has a large
family. Most of his sons are still at school.

MR. WONO KAM FUK, J.P.— It may readily
be understood that the duties of compr.idore
in .so large a concern as the Hongkong and
Kowloon Wharf and Godown Company re-
quire for their satisfactory discharge qualities
of no mean order, for the Company's
employes run into several hundreds, and
the compradore is responsible for the whole
of the Chinese. In Mr. Wong Kam Fuk the
Conipany have a man of shrewd business
ability. Born in the Colony and educated
at Queen's College, he entered their service,
after a brief period of employment in an
insurance office, and was stationed at West
Point, until he was transferred to his present
position, a good many years ago. He also
liolds the managing directorship of a Chinese
company running a service of steamers to
West River, and is interested in a cotton yarn
business. He has served on the connnittee
of the Tung Wah Hospital, and is at present
a member of the Po Leung Kuk committee.
Some three years ago the Government recog-
nised his ability by appointing him a Justice
of the Peace for the Colony.

MR. S. W. TSO.— p-or some time there
was only one Chinese solicitor practising in
Hongkong — Mr. Tso Seen Wan, or, as he is
more generally known amongst Europeans,
Mr. S. W. Tso. He was born at Macao, and
received his education in England at Chelten-
ham College from 1886 to 1890. After having
served articles with a firm of solicitors at
Cheltenham and London he qualified as a
Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England
in 1896. In the same year he returned to
Hongkong, and was admitted as a Solicitor of
the Supreme Court of the Colony. Amongst
tile Chinese lie does a great deal of work,
and has come to be regarded by them in
much the same light as the Hon. Dr. Ho
Kai — as a friend and adviser in foreign
matters, quite as much as professional prac-
titioner. Mr. Tso is highly respected among
all sections of the community.

MR. OTTO KONO SING, after receiving an
excellent education at Newington College,
Sydney, New South Wales, decided upon a
legal career, and in due course qualified as a
solicitor in Australia. He then proceeded
to lingland for a couple of years, and was
admitted to practice in 1903. In the follow-
ing year he returned to Hongkong, and since
that date lias been practising as a Solicitor
of the Supreme Court of the Colony. In his
college days Mr. Otto Kong Sing was a well-
known footballer, and played for the first
college team during several seasons with
considerable success.

DR. WAN TUN MO, one of the leading
Chinese doctors in the Colony, was born in
Hongkong, and received his early e:lucation at

2 2.

x) S
W F.i "

a PS
o

H
o

Q
02

W
H

»
O

r-i W

s "

gs
o a

o
o
pi

W
E-i
O

->!
>^

H
»

180 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Queen's College. After completing his course
as a Government student at the Tientsin
Chinese Government College, he was ap-
pointed surgeon to the Imperial Chinese
Navy. Subsequently, while still in the Govern-
ment service, he became assistant professor
of his old college. For some years he was
associated ivith Dr. Kerr, of Canton, but
upon arrival in Hongkong he joined the staff
of the Alice Memorial and N'ethersole Hos-
pitals, commencing private practice in the
Colony about eight years ago. Dr. Wan Tiin
Mo does a great deal of writing in his spare

time. He is connected with the literary staff
of a Chinese magazine published in Hong-
kong, is the author of several works in
Chinese, and has translated various text-books
now in use among Chinese students.

DR. KWAN SUM YIN has the distinction
of being the Chinese medical practitioner of
longest standing in the Colony. He received
his English education at the Diocesan School,
and was the first graduate of the Hongkong

MR. TONO LAI CHUEN, J.P.

MB. TONG LAI CHUEN'S FATHER.

College of Medicine. In 1893 lie was ap-
pointed house surgeon to the Ncdicrsolc Hos-
pital, but resigned this post, after three years,
to enter the service of the Chinese Govern-
ment at Nanking as an army surgeon. He
served the Imperial Government for four
years, and then, ten years ago, when Euro-
pean methods were little known among the
Chinese, returned to Hongkong and com-
menced private practice. His surgery is at
No. i8a, Stanley Street.

DR. HO KO TSUN, who now has a large
private practice in llic Colony, has held quite
a number of public appointments. Born in
1878, he was educated at Queen's College,
and received his professional training at the
Hongkong College of Medicine, being awarded
a Belilios Scholarship. He w.is the acting
house surgeon at the Tung VVah Hospital
from 1901 to 1902 ; the first laboratory assis-
tant to the Government Bacteriologist, 1902-3,
and the resident surgeon at the Nethersole
and Ho Min Ling Hospitals from 1903 to 1906.
For some time he was the Medical Officer
in charge of the Chinese Public Dispensary,
Eastern District, and it was this position
wliich he resigned in order to commence
private practice. Dr. Ho Ko Tsun is a Li-
centiate in Medicine and Surgery of the
Hongkong College of Medicine, and is tutor
in osteology and surgery to tlie college. His
publications include, " A Treatise on First Aid
to the Wounded," and " Simple Remedies in
various Emergencies " (both in Chinese), and
a work on Malaria. He is president of the
Tai Yuk Hok Hau, and a lecturer on Hygiene
to the same institution (Physical Training).

DR. HO NAI HOP, alias Ho Lokkum, who
has one of the most extensive practices in the
Colony, received the whole of his medical
training in Hongkong. He studied English
at Queen's College, and in 1894 entered the
Hongkong College of Medicine. After be-
coming a Licentiate of Medicine and Surgery
in 1898 he received the Government appoint-
ment of medical officer in charge of the New
Territory. Here he had a large and varied
experience, for at that time he was the only
doctor resident in the district. His head-
quarters were at the Government Offices at
Taipo, and he attended members of all
nationalities, visiting out-stations and villages
as his services were required. He resigned
in 1903 in order to commence private practice,
and very soon established a high reputation
for himself in the island. Among the
appointments which he holds is that of
surgeon to the Hongkong Milling Company,
Ltd.

DR. COXION TO.— With the spread of the
knowledge of European methods of surgery
and of medicine there has come into existence
in China, during the last ten or fifteen years, a
new class of professional men — properly quali-
fied native medical practitioners. Amongst
the Chinese there have, of course, been
"doctors" for many hundreds of years, but
these were not necessarily men who had
made the treatment of human ills a scientific
study, but rather those who had had handed
down to them luore or less valuable prescrip-
tions. With the establishment of the Hong-
kong College of Medicine for Chinese the
new state of affairs was inaugurated, and
there is now a corps of thoroughly qualified
Chinese medical men with extensive private

182 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

practices in Hongkong. Amongst the first of
these gentlemen is Dr. Coxion To, or, as he
is described in his diploma. To Ying Fan,
house surgeon to the Alice Memorial Hos-
pital. He graduated in the year 1899, and
was immediately appointed house surgeon
to the Xelhersole Hospital, and afterwards
to his present post, which requires a man of
ability and expei ience. He is, at the same
time, proprietor of the pharmacy in Queen's
Road, and carries on an extensive private
practice in the Colony.

MR. SHE POSHAM, who, in spite of many
business responsibilities, has still found time
to take a prominent part in the public affairs
of the Colony, was born in Hongkong in
1870, and was educated at the Old Central
School, now known as Queen's College. On
finishing his studies, he joined the Hongkong
and Kowloon Wharf and Godown Company,
Ltd., in whose service he remained for several
years. In 1895 he accepted the position of
compradore and caterer to the Hongkong
Hotel, and had complete charge of the
Chinese department, including some three
hundred servants. Mr. She Posham was in
1906 a director of the Tung Wah Hospital,
and devoted a considerable amount of time
and money to relieving sufferers by the dis-
astrous typhoon of that year, and towards
establishing the San Francisco Earthquake
Fund. He has taken part in many other
public movements of one form and another.
He was a member of the reception committees
on the occasions of the visits of the Duke
and Duchess of Connaught and of Prince
Arthur of Connaught. and on both occasions
was responsible, with one or two other
Chinese gentlemen, for the splendid decora-
tions at the Ko Shing Theatre in honour
of Their Royal Highnesses. In his spare
moments Mr. She Posham is an enthusiastic
and successful amateur photographer. His
series of views of the landing of Prince
Arthur of Connaught were the best in the
Colony. A nicely bound set of Ihem was
forwarded to His Royal Highness, who
returned his thanks for the gift.

MR. KUNQ KWANQ.TO, who is also
known as Mr. Kung Sui Tong, has devoted
himself very largely lo the study of Chinese
literature, and possesses a library of some-
thing like 400,000 volumes. He is a native
of the Namhoi district, his forefathers having
from very early days resided in the province
of Kwangtung. and he is the seventieth
descendant of Confucius. He was born in
the twelfth year of the Emperor To Kwong
(1832). His father, Mr. Kung Kai Fang, was
a scholar of the highest order, being in the
degree of Hanlin, and in his day accumulated
a large collection of literary treasures, some
of them dating back two thousand years.
This collection Mr. Kwang-To has con-
siderably augmented. It is of interest to
note that the largest work ever written in
the Chinese language was composed in the
time of the Emperor Wing Lock, and com-
prised 22,<,oo volumes. This book is now
non-existent, even in the impeiial library,
but of the second largest work, the Tai Shi
Chap Sing (Chinese Encyclopaedia), consisting
of 10,000 volumes, compiled in the present
dynasty, Mr. Kwang-To is the proud possessor
of a complete copy. Mr. Kung is himself a
scholar of wide attainments, and has compiled
a work relating to the Tong dynasty — a
hook which, it is acknowledged, could never

have been written without far-reaching re-
search into the library at his command.
It is a Chinese saying that only a man who
has walked 10,000 miles and read 10.000 books
can be called a hero. Mr. Kung has fully
entitled himself to this distinction, for he
has climbed to the summits of four of the
five highest mountains in China, and his
six-volume account of the ascent of the
Taiwa is fit to rank with tales of the most
daring adventurers.

MR. LAU PUN CHIN.— A most important
post, and one which can only be filled by a
financier of ripe experience, is that of com-
pradore to the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation at their head oftice in
Hongkong. Indeed, so great are the respon-
sibilities of the position, and so large is the
guarantee required, that when the office
became vacant two years ago some difticiilty
was encountered in finding a suitable man
to fill it. The choice fell upon Mr. Lau Pun
Chin, who, during twenty years' residence
in the Colony — for the greater part of which
he conducted the Chinese business of Messrs.
Chater and Mody — had shown himself a
singularly able financier. Mr. Lau Pun Chin,
who is 38 years of age, is a native of Chin
San, near ihe neighbouring port of Macao.
He was educated in English at a private
school, and then went through a course of
study at Queen's College, Hongkong. His
interests are not confined to his financial
duties, for he is a member of the committee
of the Tung Wah Hospital, and of the com-
mittee of the Horticultural Society, in the
promotion of which he has borne a con-
siderable part, whilst as a member of the
Chinese Club he keeps in close touch with
the social life of his fellow countrymen. He
has erected in his native village two schools
— the Chin San Lans School in 1902, and
the Kung Too College in 1904 — many of the
scholars from which have been taken, after
examination, to the Imperial Military College
at Wang Po by the Viceroy of Canton.
Several of them have continued their studies
in Europe, whilst others have proceeded to
Japan. Mr. Lau Pun Chin is a director of
the Fook Sin Tong Hospital at Chin San, and
for several years has paid two Chinese for
vaccinating applicants free of charge. In
this way more than two thousand poor
Chinese have been vaccinated annually.

MR. HO WING TSUN.— The compradore
and manager of the Chinese business of the
Banque de I'lndo Chine at Hongkong is
Mr. Ho Wing Tsun, who comes of an old-
established Cantonese family. Born in
Hongkong, he was educated at Queen's
College, and speaks and writes English
fluently. On leaving school he entered the
service of the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation, and when he left ten
jears later he held the post of assistant
compradore. He received his present appoint-
ment on the retirement of Mr. Kwok Sin
Lau, an old and tried servant of the institu-
tion, who, after devoting twenty years of his
life to the service of the French banks at
Hongkong, is now enjoying the well-earned
fruits of his labours. Mr. Ho Wing Tsun is
married, and the members of his family are
receiving a first-class English education.

MR. CHAU NOAN TINO, compradore to the
Netherlands-India Commercial Bank, is a

native of the Hungshan district of China.
He came to Hongkong in 1885 and was
admitted to the Government Central School
(now Queen's College) two years later. In
June, 1892, after having been for two years
in the first class, he left that institution, and
became a count shroff in the employment of
the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Cor-
poration for seven years. Then for a short
time he was engaged as compradore to the
Stockton Milling Company. Later he became
compradore to the Pacific Oriental Trading
Company, now Messrs. A. B. Moulder & Co.,
a position which he held for five years, until
in November, 1906, the Nederlandsch-Indische
Handelsbank opened a branch here and
appointed him to take charge of their
Chinese business and staff.

MR. lU KU UN has occupied the position
of compradore to the International Banking
Corporation ever since the bank opened a
branch in the Colonv in 1903. The post is a
responsible one, involving the control of the
whole of the Chinese staff and the guarantee
of all the Chinese business, but the preliminary
training of Mi'. lu Ku Un was such as to fit
hini admirably for the duties. The son of
Mr. lu Yuek Chi, a merchant of the Colony,
he received his education at Queen's College.
Afterwards he joined the Chartered Bank for
seven years, eventually becoming second com-
pradore. It was this post which lie vacated in
order to take up his present position.

MR. NO HON TSZ, who is a son of a

merchant formerly carrying on business for
manv vears in the Colony, received an ex-
cellent education at Queen's College, and now
has a variety of interests in the commercial
and industrial life of the community. He is
the assistant manager, and does the English
business, of the Yuen Fat Hong, the oldest
and one of the most important Chinese houses
in the Colony. In addition, he owns two silk
piece-goods shops at Canton. Vov the last
two years he has held the post of compradore
of the National Bank of China, in which he is
assisted by his brother, Mr. Ng Long Chow.
Mr. Ng. Hon Tsz takes great interest in public
affairs and is a member of the committee of
the Tung Wah Hospital.

MR. MOK TSO CHUN. One of the largest
firms in the whole of the East is that of
Messrs. Butterfield & Swire, and the posi-
tion of chief compradore at the Hongkong
branch is one of great responsibility. It is
held by Mr. Mok Tso Chun, a native of the
Hungshan district, who came to the Colony
at an early date, and has been with the firm
for about thirty-thiee years. His father,
Mok Se On, was surety for the former com-
pradore of the firm, Ng u Hip. Mr. Mok
Tso Chun is very well known amongst the
Chinese business community, and takes a
great interest in local affairs. He was
formerly one of the directors of the Tung
Wah Hospital, and has served on the com-
mittee of the Po Leung Kuk.

MR. WONG CHEW TONG. — When the

Staiulurd Oil Company first started busniess
in the Colony, some fourteen years ago, Mr.
Wong Chew Tong came to Hongkong from
the Company's branch at Yokohama, and

PROMINENT MEMBERS OF THE CHINESE COMMUNITY, HONOKONO.
I. Chow Hixg Ki. 2. Lai Pix Chix. v Woxg Chku Tong. 4. Chixg Kixg Sin.

5. WOXG KAM FUK, J^P. 6. lU KU UN. ■ 7. HOTUNG, I.P. 8. CHUN TOXG

9. IP Shux Kam. 10. Ng Li Hing.

14. Lau Chu Pak, J.P.
18. cheung tseung che.

19. Yung Hix Poxg. J.P.
22. Chau Ngax Ting. 23. N'g Hox Tsz.

27. Ho Wixg Tsun.

28. Lo Cheung Shiu.

II. Dr. Ho Ko Tsux. 12. Dr. kwax Sum Yin. 13. Wong Lai-Sang.

15. Sin Tak Fan, 16. Tseuxg Sz Kai, J P.

President, Chinese Club. 17. Ho FooK, J.P.

2 J. Ho KoM ToxG, J.P. 21.^ Dr. Wan TUn Mo.

24. S. W. Tso. "."25. DR. Ho Nai Hop, L.M.S.H. 26. She Posham.

29. Dr. Coxion To.

30. MoK Tso Chun.

184 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

now holds the responsible position of com-
pradore in charge of the Chinese staff and
business. He is a liberal supporter of locjil
charities, and his services in years gone by
have been given to the committees of the
Tung Wah Hospital and of the Po Leung
Kak.

MR. CHUN TONQ, also known as Mr. Chun
Chik Yu, has been conipradore to the historic
firm of Douglas Lapraik, now known as the
Douglas Steamship Company, since 1889. A
native of the Hungshan district of China,
he was one of the first Chinese students to
proceed to America for the completion of his
education, his father. Mr. Chun Kong, being

at that time Consul for China at the Hawaiian
Islands. Mr. Chun Tong is assisted as com-
pradore of the Douglas Company by his
brother, Mr. Chun Keng Yue, who takes a
very active part in shipping matters in the
Colony. Mr. Chun Tong was formerly a
member of the Tung Wah Hospital committee,
but of recent years has devoted his time
almost exclusively to commercial matters.
He and his brother have been prominently
connected with the Canton-Hankow Railway
Hue, and have fought on the side of the
merchants of the Colony throughout the
quarrel which has taken place during the
past two years or so regarding that much-
talked-of project. Mr. Chun Keng Yue is
this year vice-president of the Chinese

THE LATE LIj) SINQ.
LI • POi LTTNO.

LI T8Z MINO.

LI PO CHUN.

Chamber of Commerce. The eldest son of
Mr. Chun Tong is Mr. Chun Wing Sen, who
is at present a student in America, where he
is making excellent progress, having passed
his preliminary course some four years under
the ordinary term. Whilst at the High
School in Hartford, Connecticut, he displayed
no little literary ability, and for some time
edited the School Chronicle.

MR. IP SHUN KAM.— The position of com-
pradore to the Hongkong branch of the firm
of Messrs. Reiss & Co. is held by Mr. Ip
Shun Kam, who conies of a family which
has been connected with the firm for upwards
of fifty years. His father, Mr. Ip Kiu Shek,
was conipradore to the firm at Canton in the
early days of the famous " factory sites," whilst
his uncie, Mr. Ip Chuk Kai, held a similar
position in the Hongkong branch. Mr. Ip
Shun Kam, who is also known as Mr. Ip
Tung, received an fcinglish education at
Queen's College. On leaving that institution
he joined his uncle as an assistant, and in
course of time succeeded him as conipradore.
He is a member of the Chinese Chamber of
Commerce and of the Chinese Club.

MR. CHOW HINQ KI, the conipradore to
the Nippon Yusen Kaisha, has lived in the
Colony for about thirty years, and, during
most of that time, has been connected with
shipping. He received an English education
at Queen's College, and, on leaving that
establishment, started business with a shipping
firm styled the Wo-kee Company. In those
days he also looked after the Nyko Chinese
business at this port, and when this Japanese
firm opened a branch here became their com-
pradore, in which position he is now assisted
by Mr. Chun Yui Tong. Mr. Chow Hing
Ki has been connected with the Nippon
Yusen Kaisha for over fifteen years. He is
a member of the consulting committee of the
China Provident Loan and Mortgage Company,
Ltd., for which Messrs. Shewan, Tomes &
Co., are the local managers. Although his
time is too fully occupied now to allow of
participation in public affairs, he served for-
merly on the committee of the Po Leung Kuk.
He is an influential and respected member
of the Chinese mercantile community.

MR. CHINQ KINO SIN, compradore to the
important German house of Messrs. Carlowitz
& Co., is a son of Mr. Ching Kong Kin,
a merchant and trader, resident in the Colony
for about forty years. Upon completing his
education at St. Joseph's College, Mr. Ching
King Sin entered the firm of Messrs. Carlowitz
& Co., and about a year ago he was promoted
to his present position, in which he is respon-
sible for the whole of the Chinese staff and
the Chinese business of the firm. Mr. Ching
King Sin is a member of the Chinese Club.

THE BROTHERS LI are the sons of Mr.
Li Sing, for many years one of Hongkong's
best known merchants, who died on May 8,
1900, leaving pioperty valued at upwards of
six million dollars to be divided between his
eight sons. He was the descendant of an old
family— coming from the town of San Wui,
in Kwangtung. His speculations were very
successful, and his generosity was propor-
tionately great. He was one of the founders

§S

■«!
Hi
Q

(fi

a
a

!5
03

o
«

b
!2;

pi
a

o
o
o

w"
o
^;

S 2

186 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of the Tunj; Wah Hospital, of the District
Watchmen's Committee, and of several other
public institutions. He subscribed largely to
the building of a bridge near his native town
and the raising of the adjacent river bank to
prevent the river from overflowing at flood
time and damaging the property of the agri-
culturists of the district. The construction of
the river walls involved an expenditure of
something like 100,000 dollars, but the whole
of the improvement was carried out free of
cost to the locality. Atiout the beginning of
the reign of the Emperor Tung Chi several
thousand people took passage on board a
foreign-owned vessel bound for California.
While on the vo\-age a storm was encoun-
tered and the ship struck a rock. When this
sad news was telegraphed to Hongkong Mr.
Li Sing at once chartered a steamer, loaded
her with provisions, and despatched her to
the wreck. All the shipwrecked people were
saved and brought back to China. This cost
Mr. Li Sing tens of thousands of dollars. In
the same reign Mr. Li Sing founded a corn-

highly educated, and has a sound knowledge
of English. Mr. Li Po Yung, or Li Tsz
Ming, sixth son of the late Mr. Li Sing,
was born on April 20, 1881. He is a British
subject by birth, and takes great interest in
public affairs. In 1897, when he was seven-
teen years of age, he travelled in the noitli
of China, visiting Shanghai, Tientsin, Chefoo,
Peking, and other cities and ports. He was
married in Canton in the following year, and
has two children, a daughter and a son, born
in 1903 and 1905 respectively. Well educated
in Chinese, he has also a fair knowledge of
English. He is taking care of his patrimony,
and employs a part of his leisure in translating
English books into Chinese. He is also a
member of the editorial staff of a Chinese
magazine. Slow^ to make a promise, he is
careful to keep his word, like his late father.
Mr. Li Po Chun, otherwise Li Tsz Hi, the
eighth, or youngest son of the late Mr. Li
Sing, w'as born on August 15, 1887, and is
also a British subject. From his father he
inherited a considerable amount of properly.

THE RESIDENCE OF MB. CHEUNG TSEUNG CHE, CAINE ROAD.

pany called the Wa Hop Company, which
laid' a telegraph cable from Hongkong to
Canton. This was afterwards purchased by
the Chinese Government, and formed the first
telegraph line laid in the province of Kwang-
tung. Mr. Li Sing was the first Chinese
gentleman to form a fire or marine insurance
company in Hongkong. The Tseoung On
Fire Insurance Company and the On Tai
Marine Insurance Company owed their forma-
tion to him. Most of the sons of Mr. Li Sing
are British subjects, and the firm of Li
Brothers, which now manages a large portion
of the estate, is composed of Mr. Li Po Lung
(sometimes known as Li Wai Tong), who
lives at Medway House, Kennedy Road ; Mr.
Li Po Yung (known also as Li Tsz Ming), of
Richmond House. Robinson Road ; and Mr.
Li Po Chun, or Li Tsz Hi, who resides in
Caine Rtad. Mr. Li Po Lung was lately one
of the dircdors of the Tung Wah Hospital,
and has shown, and still takes, a great interest
in the public affairs of the Colony. He has
travelled a good deal in China and Japan, is

He is careful to keep up the traditions of the
family, and, as a keen business man, is very
like his father. In the year 1903, when he was
seventeen years of age, he travelled in Japan
and saw the Exhibition that was held there in
that year. At the age of eighteen he mairied
Miss Wong, a lady of many accomplishments
and of thrifty habits, who was well able to
look after his domestic affairs for him. At
the age of twenty-one he was blessed with
a daughter. Mr. Li Po Chun is a deep-
thinking man, persevering, courageous and
discreet. He is liberal-minded and always
ready to make sacrifices for the benefit of
others. A great deal of his time is devoted
to the study of both Chinese and English
literature. AH three brothers are recognised
as men who have done, and are willing still
to do, much in the public service.

MR. CHEUNG TSEUNG CHE comes from
family which has lived in Hongkong for

four generations. He was born in the
Colony, educated at Chinese schools, and
now liolds a prominent place both in the
public and commercial life of the community.
Some thirty-five years ago, in partnership
with his brother, he established the well-
known shipcliandling business of Messrs.
Robert Jack & Co., which is one of the
largest of its kind in the Colony. The
firm occupy extensive premises at No. 41,
Connaught Road, overlooking the harbour.
Mr. Cheung Hoi having died some years
ago, Mr. Cheung Tseung Che is now the
sole manager. Among other important
contracts which Messrs. Robert Jack & Co.
hold is one for supplying the Empress
(Canadian Pacific Railway) line of steamers,
and they do a considerable trade as general
shippers and coal merchants. Mr. Cheung
Tseung Che is a director of the French line
of steamers running to Canton, and has a
variety of other interests in the Colony. He
is a member of the Tung Wah Hospital
Committee, and follows the progress and
development of that institution with the
closest interest. His eldest son, Cheung
U Kow, gives him great assistance in the
management of the business. Their private
residence. No. 53, Caine Road, was formerly
occupied by Sir Paul Chater, and is one
of the finest in the island.

MR. QOH LI HINQ, who is also known
in Hongkong as Mr. Ng Li Hing, is an
old resident of the Colony, and one of the
leaders of the Fokienese community. Leaving
his home in Fokien early in life, he spent
many years in travel, and was connected
with mercantile houses in Java, Sumatra,
and the Straits Settlements. He has now
been away from his native province for
upwards of half a century, and during the
last thirty years has resided in Hongkong,
where he has attained to an influential
position as head of the well-known and
old-established firm of Goh Guan Hin,
No, 64, Bonham Strand West, which carries
on a large business as general merchants
and importers. Mr. Ng Li Hing is also
chairman of the financial company known
as the Hongkong and Manila Yuen Shing
Exchange and Trading Company, Ltd., which
has branches at Manila, Singapore, Shanghai.
Amoy, and Penang ; he is the proprietor of
a newly established brewery at Wongnei-
chung ; and he is connected with numerous
other enterprises in the Colony. He bears
his part in public movements, and has served
on the committees of the Tung Wah Hospital,
and the Po Leung Kuk. To the hospital
he recently presented a large piece of
valuable land at Kowloon, to be used as a
cemetery for the Fokienese community. Of
his family, one son, Mr. Ng Kai Sui, is at
present studying in London, while his
grandsons are either students or agriculturists.
The other members of his family live with
him at his beautiful residence in Caine Road.

MR. TSANO KING.— There are few men
more widely known than Mr. Tsang King
in the business circles of the Colony. He
came to Hongkong some forty-five years
ago, frotn Canton, and for the last thirty-six
years has been engaged here as a contractor.
He frequently employs as many as five thou-
sand men, and has erected a large number
of important buildings. Amongst these are
the Hongkong Rope Factory ; the Goverinnent
Civil Hospital; the Asylum; Sir Paul Chafer's

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 187

beautiful residence, and his bungalow at Kow-
loon ; the Kowloon Waterworks ; Tytam
Reservoir and Waterworks ; two-thirds of
the Praya Reclamation (the foundation stone
of which was laid by the Duke of Connaught) ;
the Military Batteries at Stonecutter's Island,
the Central and South Batteries ; Gap Rock
Lighthouse ; the Taikoo Ship Yard ; Cause-
way Bay Breakwater ; the Aberdeen Paper
Works and Waterworks ; the Wanchai Gap
Waterworks ; the Steam Laundry ; the Ice
House ; the Kowloon Wharf and Godown
Companies' premises ; the Water Police Sta-
tion, Kowloon ; No. i Dock, Hongkong Dock
Company ; the Time Ball at Kowloon ; and
the Oil Tanks and Powder Magazine. Mr.
Tsang King is the sole owner of a great
block of godowns at Kennedy Town, erected
by his own firm and having a storage capa-
city of 200,000 feet. In the management of
his extensive business he is now assisted by
three of his sons, the eldest Tsang Loi Chiu,
being at present in charge of the Kowloon
Waterworks construction. Tsang Kee and
Tsang Ping are helping in other ways.

MR. SIN TAK FAN. — Hard work and
honest endeavour, followed by steady and

well-earned promotion, is, in brief, the record
of Mr. Sin Tak Fan. Born on December
20, 1856, he was educated at the Government
Central School (now Queen's College) under
Dr. Frederick Stewart, and, while there,
carried off many prizes, including the Smith
Prize (or translation and handwriting.
Having finished his scholastic course, he was
appointed an assistant teacher, and continued
in that capacity until. 1878, when he was
transferred to the Registrar-General's Depart-
ment as fourth clerk. Later on, he was
promoted to be acting first clerk and inter-
preter. Leaving the service in 1880, he
received an appointment with the legal firm
of Messrs. Stephens & Holmes as chief clerk
and translating interpreter. In 1882 he again
improved his position by joining Mr. Creasy
Ewens as managing clerk and interpreter.
Messrs. Ewens & Harston, as the firm is
now styled, are among the leading solicitors
in the Colony, and Mr. Sin Tak Fan is a
well-known figure in legal circles. He has
been twice married, and has eight sons and
seven daughters. He is president of the
Hongkong Chinese Club for the third time,
and is, also, a member of the Man Ming
Club, which was founded in 1904 by some
local Chinese merchants and scholars for
the promotion of social intercourse and the

improvement of intellectual and moral dis-
cipline.

MR. WONQ LAl-SANfl.— By perseverance
and keen business instincts Mr. Wong Lai-Sang
has gained not only a comfortable position for
himself but a good reputation among both
Europeans and Chinese. A native of Hong-
kong, he was born in 1863 and was educated
at tile Central .School. He joined the Great
Northern Telegraph Company, Shanghai, as
an operator in i88o, and remained with the
company for nine years. Subsequently he
entered the service of the Public Works
Department, Hongkong, and, after twelve
years' experience, accepted the position of
managing clerk to Mr E. M. Hazeland, an
architect. This position he still occupies,
and at the same time carries out the duties
of managing partner of the Tai Kwong Com-
pany, who do a large business in gasoline
lamps. He is married to a sister of Mr.
Chan Kai Ming, secretary to the Opium
P'arm, Hongkong, and has one son, who,
thanks to his father's clear realisation of the
advantages which follow upon such an
equipment, has been given a thoroughly
sound English education.

HARBOUR AND SHIPPING.

By Commander Basil Taylor, R.N., Harbour Master.

OXGKONG Harbour, now re-
cognised as one of the finest
in the world, and actually
accommodating more shipping
than any other, was, prior to
the British occupation, of no
account, and but little used
except by Chinese fishermen (and pirates)
and an occasional war junk. Its capabilities
as a desirable anchorage do not appear to
have received practical recognition until 1834.
when Lord Napier, appreciating its strategical
and commercial possibilities, recommended its
acquisition by the British Government. At
that time a considerable amount of trade
was carried on in British vessels with Canton
and Whampoa, and a certain number of
British merchants were resident in the former
city. Circumstances, into which it is not
necessary here to enter, caused the British
community in Canton to lose the goodwill
of the Chinese authorities, with the result
that they were expelled from the city and
British shipping from the river. The former,
with the Chief Commissioner of British
Trade in China— Captain Elliot, R.N.— took
refuge at Macao, then, as now, a Portu-
guese settlement, while the shipping anchored
in Hongkong Harbour. This occurred in 1839.
Captain Elliot appears to have held but a
poor opinion of the value of Hongkong as a
dependency of the British Crown, or of the
safety of the hartx)ur, for he recommended
the purchase from Portugal of Macao in
preference to it. However, nothing came of
his proposals, fortunately for British trade in
the Far East, for Macao could not accommo-
date a fraction of the shipping now using
Hongkong Harbour, even were there water
enough to allow a modern ocean vessel to
enter ; Macao Hartiour is small, and no vessel
drawing more than 14 feet can enter at
any state of the tide.

In August, 1839, the Canton authorities,

emboldened no doubt by the successful issue
of their anti-British action in March,
threatened to carry the matter still further,
and to make an attack in force upon Macao,
with a view to the expulsion thence of the
British. As it was felt that, being virtually
undefended, Macao was in no condition to
repulse such an attack, and that Portugal, not
being a party to the quarrel, it was not right or
politic to involve her, the British community
headed by Captain Elliot and his staff, left
Macao for Hongkong, leaving behind only a
few sick.

On arrival it was found that no food was
obtainable, a boycott being maintained by
three war junks anchored off the Kowloon
Peninsula ; and it was reported that all sources
of water supply were poisoned. The natives,
however, being perfectly willing, even anxious,
to furnish supplies, the war junks were
attacked and driven away, and the boycott put
a stop to.

As there were no buildings of any kind on
the north shores of the island, residence on
shore was at first out of the question, and
the shipping in the harbour afforded an asylum
for the whole community. A few buildings
shortly appeared, principally of the matshed
type, but nothing of a permanent character
was attempted, in view of the great uncertainty
prevailing as to the future of the island.

Shortly after this, the activity on the part of
the Chinese having abated, the Commissioner
and staff, together with many of the merchants
with their families returned to Macao, whence
Captain Elliot continued his opposition to the
harbour of Hongkong, and in October, 1839,
in spite of vigorous protests from eighty-six
British vessels then anchored there, and the
representatives of twenty mercantile firms,
eleven insurance companies, and I>loyds agent,
he ordered all the shipping to leave and to
repair to Tongku, an island off the entrance
to Deep Bay, in the mouth of the Canton

River. And Hongkong was evacuated.

The following year, 1840, an expeditionary
force arrived from home and Hongkong was
once more occupied, this time for good,
though it did not become a British possession,
even nominally, until 1841, and not actually
a British Colony before 1843.

As we have seen, the shipping interest was
quick to realise the value and importance of
the harbour, though the authorities held
different views. However, in January, 1841,
Lieutenant William Pedder R.N., was appointed
Harbour Master and Marine Magistrate.
This officer had many difficulties to contend
with at first. His authority was very limited
and his staff of the smallest, and he appears
to have been dependent, for transport pur-
poses, upon native boats, captured from the
Chinese.

Harbour Office. — His office was, originally,
as were all Government offices, on board a
ship in the harbour. I consider it very prob-
able, though there are no records to show it,
that a temporary harbour office was erected
on shore very early in the history of the
Colony ; certainly there are indications that
there was such a building in 1841, but its
nature and site are unknown. In 1843 it
appears that a room in Mr. Pedder's house,
built at his own expense on the hill named
after him, was used as a harbour ofiice.
Later, about 1845, a brick building was
erected on the site of the present City Hall,
and this was occupied by the harbour depart-
ment until 1866. In that year a permanent
building of brick and stone, erected upon
reclaimed ground some 1,400 yards to the
westward of the old ollice, was opened. This
collapsed in 1873, and the staff of the office
took up their quarters in a temporary wooden
erection close to the Sailors' Home, another
1,300 yards west, until the office was rebuilt
and re-occupied in 1874. There the work

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 189

continued to be done until 1906, under diffi-
culties, in later years, owing to want of room
— for the staff had increased with the work to
be done, though not in the same proportion ;
in insanitary surroundings — for the building
had become old and decayed, and was built
in on every side with lofty native tenement
houses ; and lack of a view of the harbour —
for a new reclamation had been made in
front of it, and was built upon— a fine new

Pedder, the first Harbour Master, held the
appointment until 1854, when he retired, and
was succeeded by Captain T. W. Watkins, R.N.
This officer died in 1858, and was succeeded
by Mr. A. L. Inglis, who received the addi-
tional appointment of Emigration Officer
during the same year, and in 1859 was
appointed Principal Officer of Customs, a title
still held by the harbour master, though
Hongkong is, and always has been, a free

HONGKONG HARBOUR.

Chinese Brick Juxk.
Chinese Cargo Boat.

market directly in front effectually blocking
out all sight of the harbour. In July, 1906,
the present oftice, commenced in 1901, was
completed and opened. This building is
situated 350 yards to the eastward of the old
office, fronting on the harbour, and is in every
way satisfactory, being lofty, commodious,
excellently arranged, and conveniently placed.

Harbour Masters. — Lieutenant William

Chinese Coolie Boat.
Chinese Trading Juxk.

port. The object in giving him the appoint-
ment would appear to be that he may have
control of the Mercantile Marine Office under
the Board of Trade. Mr. Inglis held the post
until 186 1, when Mr. Henry George Thomselt,
Navigating Lieutenant, R.N., became Harbour
Master, Marine Magistrate, and Emigration
and Customs Officer. In 1867 he became
Superintendent of the Government Gunpowder
Depot. In Captain Thoinsett's time, which

lasted from 1861 until 1888, many changes
occurred. The shipping using the port in-
creased from 1 ,300,000 to 6,400,000 tons. The
staff of the department in 1861 consisted of
the harbour master, one boarding officer, and
three clerks, one of whom was in charge of
the Mercantile Marine Office. Beyond these
there were a few lK>atmen, and the signalman
at the Peak Signal Station, which was opened
in that year. In 1888 the staff comprised the
harbour master, assistant harbour master, two
boarding officers, two junk inspectors, five
clerks, one shroff, one Chinese and one Indian
interpreter, two Chinese writers, the Peak
signalman, and officer in charge of the
Government Gunpowder Depot, t)esides boat-
men, &c. In 1861 all the work of the
department afloat was done in pulling boats.
In i888 there were four steam launches be-
longing to the department.

The following are some of the more im-
portant events of this period : —

In 1862 there was a strike of cargo-boat
men to protest against registration which
an enactment of that year made compulsory.
In 1863 the Sailors' Home was opened. This
establishment was started by the leading
mercantile firms in the Colony, viz. : Messrs.
Jardine, Matheson & Co. ; Gibb, Livingston
& Co. ; Dent & Co. ; Russel & Co. ; Fletcher
& Co. ; Oilman & Co. ; Augustine Heard & Co. ;
The Peninsular and Oriental Steam Naviga-
tion Company ; Messrs. John Burd & Co. ;
HoUiday, Wise & Co. ; David Sassoon & Co. ;
Smith, Kennedy & Co. ; Birley & Co., and
others. These firms and certain individuals
subscribed to erect the building, the land was
given by Messrs. Jardine, Matheson, and the
Government, though declining to subscritie,
reduced the Crown rent payable, to a nominal
sum. This establishment had certain ups
and downs to begin with, but is now on a
firm basis, pays its own way, and has been
largely patronised by both officers and men
of the mercantile marine. Owing to the
gradual falling off, indeed, almost elimination,
of the sailing-ship trade, and to the fact that
few European seamen are discharged here
from steamers, the number of men stopping
at the home has greatly diminished of late
years, but officers have increased in numbers.
The home is well managed, comfortable, and
conveniently situated, and the charges are
very moderate.

During this same year, the Messageries
Maritimes Company's steamers began to call
at Hongkong, carrying mails, and a regular
steam service was also started with British
North Borneo. The Peninsular and Oriental
Steam Navigation Company had been calling
fortnightly with mails since 1845.

In 1865 the Hongkong, Canton, and Macao
Steamboat Company was formed, and steamers
started running. In 1866 the Hongkong and
Whampoa Dock Company commenced busi-
ness. These two companies, among the first
large local enterprises, are still among the
most important in the Colony.

In 1867 the Canton authorities instituted
what was known as the "blockade" of Hong-
kong. Chinese cruisers patrolled all (he
neighbouring waters, levying taxes upon all
junks, &c., with the object of destroying the
trade of the port. This continued until 1886.
As will be seen later, the blockade, though
an inconvenience, did not affect the trade to
any appreciable extent, as the shipping in-
creased, during its operation, from 2,500,000
to 6,500,000 tons.

In 1869 the opening of the Suez Canal had
the effect of sending increasing numbers of
vessels to the Far East, and greatly contri-
buted to the future prosperity of the Colony.
In 1871 the Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf

HONGKONG

IHI(0)SI©IS®B!© ;

i9oa

192 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and Godown Company was formed, and still
continues to be the leading Arm in that line
of business.

In 1874 an Ordinance was passed to regulate
emigration from the Colony. This business
is a most flourishing one, and brings in quite
a respectable income to the Government.
Last year (1907) 105,967 emigrants left the
Colony, each paying 25 cents (about 6d.) for
medical examination.

In 1875 the first lighthouse in the Colony
was lit and light dues were first imposed.
This subject is treated of later.

In 1879 the first Merchant Shipping Con-
solidation Ordinance was passed. Previous
to this there had been many little Acts passed
dealing with separate details, now these were
all consolidated in one measure, with additions
and alterations. There were further Ordi-
nances passed in 1891 and 1899 for the
same purpose. The latter did not come into
force until 1903.

In 1883 the Observatory at Kowloon was
opened, and in the following year the time
ball, dropped at i p.m. local time, was
instituted.

In 1884 the cargo- boat men again struck
work in consequence of certain of their
number having been fined for refusing to
work for French ships. At the time France
was at war with China, and pressure had
been brought to bear from Canton in order
to establish a boycott in the Colony.

In 1888 Captain Thomsett retired, and his
place was taken by Commander Robert
Murray Rumsey, R.N., who held the several
appointments until 1903. During his regime
many important events occurred, the principal
among them being the passing of 1889
Emigration Ordinance. This measure, still
in force, was intended to place emigration
upon a more satisfactory basis, but it is so
involved that it is difficult to say what it
means. Certain amendments enacted from
time to time have introduced new details,
but have failed to render the measure
clearer or more coherent.

In 1894-95 'he China-Japan War affected
the Colony slightly.

In 1895 a signal station was erected on
Blackhead's Hill, above Chin sal chui Point,
and in 1900 another was built upon the
summit of Green Island.

The acquisition of the New Territories in
1898 has necessitated the establishment of
seven additional branch harbour stations, of
which there are now eleven in all, viz., at
Aberdeen, Stanley, and Shaukiwan, on the
Island of Hongkong ; Hunghom and Sam
Shui Po, on the Kowloon Peninsula ; Taipo,
Long Ket, Sai Kung, and Deep Bay, in the
New Territories on mainland ; and at Tai O
on Lantau Island, and at Cheung Chau, on
the island of the same name in the New
Territories.

During Captain Rumsey's time the follow-
ing titles, with corresponding duties, devolved
upon the Harbour Master : — Collector of
Light Dues, Registrar of Shipping, Super-
intendent of Imports and Exports (Opium),
and Agent for the Commercial Intelligence
Department of the Board of Trade.

During this period also the tonnage of the
shipping entering the harbour increased
from 6,500,000 to 10.750,000 tons.

In January, 1904, Captain Rumsey retired.
He was succeeded by Captain Lionel Aubrey
Walter Barnes-Lawrence. R.N., who, in
February, arrived from Gibraltar, where he
had held the post of Captain of the Port.
During his tenure of office the work of the
department was greatly increased by the
Russo-Japanese War. Enforcement of
neutrality devolved principally upon the

Harbour Department, while the search for
contraband of war, in the absence of any
Customs staff, rendered the work onerous.
Considerable trouble was also experienced
with European crews of vessels bound for
the seat of war, many of them refusing to
proceed any further in their ships, in circum-
stances which were held to be unwarranted
by the facts. In one or two of these cases,
during the later stages of the war, the Courts
at home have since decided that the men
were justified in their refusal.

During the war, in spite of the complete
absence from the harbour of ships belonging
to the belligerents, the shipping returns
showed no decrease. This was due to the
enormous influx of tramp steamers of many
nationalities, principally British, which arrived
to take up the Japanese trade in these waters.

In consequence of the Brussels Sugar
Convention of 1903 further duties devolved
upon the department in the following year,
the Harbour Master becoming " Fiscal
Authority," in order to issue certificates of
origin of sugar exported from the Colony.

In 1904, also, an Ordinance was passed
providing for the examination and licensing
of pilots. Previous to this, there were a
certain number of Chinese who called them-
selves pilots, but had no certificates or
anything else to show that they were in any
way qualified for the work, nor had they
any authority to charge for their services.
As a matter of fact, 1 believe they made no
charge as a rule, so long as the custom of
the ship brought in was given to the particu-
lar " Compradore " in whose employment the
pilot was. Ten Europeans and 13 Chinese
passed the necessary examination and were
given certificates, and a scale of charges was
laid down.

In 1905 the much-needed improvements of
the Colony's lighthouse service were com-
menced by the erection of the new light at
Green Island.

In July, 1906, the staff moved into the
new Harbour Offices. In September a dis-
astrous typhoon struck the Colony, which it
found all unprepared to meet it. Among the
many victims was Captain Barnes-Lawrence,
who died some days later from the effects
of exposure. He may well be said to have
perished at his post. In the following month
the British river-steamer Hatikcnv was burnt
alongside her wharf, nearly in front of the
Harbour Office, and many Chinese were burnt
or drowned.

The year 1907 saw the commencement of
the railway to Canton, a work which those
who favour it appear to think will bring
new prosperity to the Colony. As the Colony
depends entirely upon shipping for its exis-
tence, I do not feel so hopeful. The telegraph
cable ground has been moved further east,
thus providing more room in the harbour,
improved typhoon signals have been instituted,
and further improvements have been made
in the lighting of the waters of the Colony.

Typhoons. — From time to time the Colony
has been visited by these most destructive
storms, and has suffered greatly by them.
Few years pass without one or more making
a near approach to us, with the result that
the work of loading and unloading cargo is
totally suspended for a time, the lighters and
cargo-boats making for shelter at the first
indication of danger. P'ortunately, the centres
of the storms usually succeed in passing well
clear of us, but on fifteen occasions since
the British occupation it has passed, if not
actually over the island, very close to it.
The following is a list of these fifteen storms,
with the amount of damage done by them : —

July 21-22, 1841.— Considerable damage.

July 25-26, 1841.— Considcr.-ible damage.

August 31 to September i, 1848. — Consider-
able damage.

August 8, 1867.— Praya wall destroyed.
Several large vessels and many junks
lost, with considerable loss of life.

September 26, 1870. —Great loss of life and
property.

September 2, 1 871. —Damage to shipping
and houses.

September 22-23, 1874.— Thirty-five Euro-
pean ships and two thousand lives lost
in six hours, and over 5,000,000 dollars'
worth of damage done to property.
October 14, 1881.— Damage to small craft.
May 29-30, 1889.— Great storm, in which
33'il inches of rain fell (1616 inches in
seven hours). The principal thorough-
fares on the low level were flooded,
and much damage was done to property.
October 5, 1894.— Damage in the harbour.
Gap Rock Lighthouse lantern (133 feet
above sea) badly damaged. "The lan-
tern glasses and lenses were broken by
water, and the lighthouse and quarters
flooded.
July 29, 1896. — Considerable damage to ship-
ping and property.
November 9, 1900. — H.M.S. Sandpiper,
dredger Canton liivcr, ten steam
launches, over one hundred junks, and
innumerable small boats sunk or de-
stroyed, and over three hundred lives
lost in three hours.
September 18, 1906. — One hundred and
forty-one European vessels foundered
or badly damaged, 2,413 Chinese craft
lost, 15 Europeans (including Anglican
Bishop and Harbour Master) and some
ten thousand Chinese lost their lives in
about an hour and a half.
September 28, 1906. — Gap Rock Lighthouse
considerably damaged. One Japanese
steamer (damaged in typhoon of 18th)
foundered in harbour, several junks
sunk, and some lives lost.
September 13-14, 1907. — Further damage
to Gap Rock Lighthouse, a few small
craft damaged in harbour, and three
lives lost.
In consequence of the many reclamations
that have been made in the harbour, all the
little shallow nooks and corners, and little
bays, where boats could take shelter have
gradually disappeared. In 1883, in order to
afford an artificial shelter for these craft, a
breakwater, 1,400 feet long was built in
Causeway Bay, enclosing an area of some
100 acres. This shelter is now insufficient,
the number of craft requiring shelter having
greatly increased while the available area
has been greatly diminished by silting up,
and by further reclamations. The Causeway
Bay shelter, also, is in the wrong place,
being situated near the eastern limit of the
harbour. As the wind in the initial stages
of a typhoon almost invariably blows from
the eastward, the boats to the westward
find it very difficult to make their way to
shelter to windward. A new shelter is
contemplated, but I fear the proposed site
will be no improvement.

Reclamations.— Very early in the history
of Hongkong as a British possession there
were reclamations of parts of the harbour,
and these have steadily increased in number
and size until a decided alteration has been
made in the shape and size of the liarbour,
as the published series of charts shows. The

THE HONGKONG AND WHAMPOA DOCK COMPANY, LTD.

View of the Docks at Kowloon. SmpBuiLDrac Yard.

"Empress of Japan' in Dock. H.M.S, •Powerful " ix Dock No. i.

[See page lq6.]

194 T^VENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

following: is a list of the several dates of
reclamations : —

1851. First Pr;>ya Keclamatioii scheme
partly carried out.

1857. First Pra\-a Reclamation scheme con-
tinued.

1864. Shaukiwan Koad. involving Reclama-
tion, laid out.

1867. 500 feet of sea-wall built at KowUx^n.

1868. 2.700 feet of sea-wall built on Victoria

side, from Wilnier Street to Bonham

Strand.
1873. Eastern Pra>"a partly constructed.
1884. 23 acres reclaimed at Causeway Bay.
1886. 22 acTes reclaimed at Kennedy town.

1889. Second I'raya Reclamation Bill

passed.

1890. Duke of Connaught laid the founda-

tion stone.

1891. 8i acres reclaimed at Kennedy town.
1900. Naval Yard Reclamation commenced.
1904. Praya Reclamation completed.

The Bxtttt of the Harbour.— The harbour
limits are. on the west, a line drawn from
the west point of the island of Hongkong to
the west point of Green Island, thence to
the west point of Stonecutter's Island, and
along the north shores of that island to the
east point, and thence across to the harbour-
master's station at Sam Shui Po ; and. on the
cast, a line drawn from North Point to
Kowloon City Pier. The harbour comprises
7-34 nautical square miles at low water, and
of this area 3'5 square miles have a depth of
over 4i fathoms. The greatest depth is
14 fathoms. The anchorage varies from
5 to 9 fathoms.

LI{litboH«e8. — In 1875 the first lighthouses
in the Colony were established. A first-order
fixed light on Cape D'Aguilar, the south-
eastern point of the island, was first lit on
April 16th, and a fourth-order fixed light,
with red sector, on Green Island was erected
on July 1st in that year. These were followed
by a sixth-order fixed light, with red sectors,
on Cape Collinson. the eastern point of the
island, on March 1. 1876.

These three lights remained the only ones
in the vicinity until 1892. with the exception
of a small, fixed red light on a rock in the
Chung Chau Channel, six miles SW. of
Green Island. This was installed and
maintained by the Chinese Imperial Maritime
Customs. In 1892 a first-order revolving
light was exhibited on Gap Rock, in Chinese
territory, 30 miles south of the island. The
negotiations with the Chinese Government
in connection with this light were most
troublesome. It was originally proposed to
place it on the Great Ladrone, 14 miles
WNW. of its present position, but the
Chinese would not hear of it. Other islands
were suggested, but the only one that they
would consent to allot was Gap Rock, a most
unsuitable spot, being a tiny bare rock, with
not even a blade of grass on it, over which
the sea sweeps in bad weather. On three
occasions the lantern has been seriously
damaged by the sea, and the precious store
of fresh water frequently becomes contamin-
ated with salt. Undoubtedly Great Ladrone
is the place for the light, and I cannot help
thinking that it will eventually go there, if
it is not first swept into the' sea.

In 1893 the Chinese Government opened a
lighthouse on Waglan Island, five and a hall
miles SSE. from Cape Collinson. and three
miles SE. by E. from Cape D'Aguilar. This
is a first-order double flashing light. In
consequence of this light being lit Cape
D'Aguilar light became superfluous, and was
discontinued in l8(/>.

As soon as this happened it was suggested
by the Harlwur Master that, having this first-
order light in our hands, we should use it to
improve our lighting by putting it on Green
Island to replace the fourth-order light, while
the latter should replace the sixth-order light
at Cape Collinson. Nothing, however, was
done.

In 1900 Waglan was taken over by the
Hongkong Government, together with the
light. I suggested that as we were controlling
a lighthouse (Gap Rock) in Chinese territory,
and the Chinese Government was maintaining
one (Waglan) in British territory, it would he
a good idea to end this anomaly, whicla had
existed for two years, by exchanging stations.
The Chinese Government, however, declined
to take over Gap Rock.

In 1905 the first-order light from Cape
D'Aguilar was at last exhibited from a new
tower on Green Island. The light was fitted
with an occulting apparatus, which renders
it distinctive. In the same year a sixth-order
red fixed light was exhibited on Mawan
Island, five miles NW. of Green Island.

In 1907 the old Green Island light (fourth-
order) was placed on the old tower at Cape
Collinson, and lit on October ist, with an
occulting apparatus to render it distinctive.
The sixth-order light from Cape Collinson
will shortly be exhibited, with an occulter,
from the summit of the hill at Chinsalchin
Point, on the Kowloon Peninsula.

In addition to the above there are two
small red lights shown in the eastern entrance
to the harbour, and two automatic oil-lit
buoys, with red lights, to mark the western
end of the central fairway through the
harbour.

Shipping. — The first year in which any
record of shipping entering the harbour was
kept was 1844. In that year 538 ships,
aggregating 189,257 tons, entered. These
ships averaged 352 tons each, and were,
almost without exception, sailing ships. In
the following year the Peninsular and
Oriental Company started a monthly service
in steamers, which carried the mails be-
tween London and Hongkong in forty-eight
days, mails and passengers being conveyed
between Alexandria and Suez by the Mah-
mondieh Canal, the Nile, and the desert,
until the Canal was opened in 1871.

The shipping steadily increased, with occa-
sional pauses, and even retrograde movements
in 1854, 1857, 1874, 1879, 1884, 1889, 1894,
1896 and 1906. until, in 1907, the arrivals
reached the grand total of 8,249 vessels of
10,156,396 tons net register. This excludes
all junks and all vessels engaged in local
trade. In 1844, therefore, the daily average
entry was something under one ship. Last
year it amounted to rather more than 22 ships,
of an average tonnage of 1,231 tons, or, if
river steamers are eliminated (for there were
none in 1H44), the average tonnage of ships
entering in 1907 was 1,785 tons.

The total tonnage of shipping, including
junks and steam launches (but excluding
lighters, cargo boats, passenger boats, water
boats, &c., and fishing craft of all l<inds),
entered and cleared in the Colony during
1907, amounted to 507,634 vessels of 36,028,310
tons, made up as shown in the following
table :—

No.

Toniiajle.

British ocean-going ships

3, 75*'

7,216,169

Foreign „

4,621

7,720,875

British river steamers ...

6,828

4,630,364

Foreign „

1.310

743.992

Steamships under 60 tons

i,58t

70,021

Junks

29,564

2,651,470

Total foreign trade ...

47,660

23,032,891

Steamships under 60 tons

local trade

419,202

11,216,532

Junks in local trade

40,772

1,778,887

Total

507,634

36,028,310

This forms a record for Hongkong and exceeds
that of any port in the world.

Trade. — As Hongkong is a free port, except
for the small charges made for light dues,
there is no Customs staff, and it is impossible
to say what the value of the imports and
exports amounts to. Even the quantities can-
not be estimated with any approximation to
accuracy in the case of any cargo except
opium and sugar.

The cargo imported in European-constructed
vessels, however, was returned as follows in
1905, 1906, and 1907 : —

Articles.

1905.

1906.

1907.

Tons.

Beans

2,113

3,360

Coal

1,083,987

97 J. 365

1,004,867

Cotton Yarn and Cotton

32,949

41,871

25,461

Flour

54,508

79,635

146,722

Hemp

26,784

23.356

30,479

Kerosine (bulk)

43,4"

43,932

43,880

(case)

74,506

28,937

36,729

Liquid Fuel

850

5,850

3,272

Lead

800

...

Opium

2,983

3.286

2,800

Rattan

3,430

12.531

9,520

Rice

566,171

624,369

956,060

Sandalwood

3,386

2,561

6,406

Sulphur ... ...

...

100

510

Sugar ... ...

311,787

482,178

...

Wheat

...

20,666

Timber

66,324

52,242

84.854

General

1,594,862

1,653,604

1,701,772

•%.

o
o

->1
O

■<!

o
»

53 a

■£ S
o a

a o

196 TT\^ENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The total import cargo for 1907 amounted
to 5,033,000 tons, including that carried in
local trade vessels.

The exports amounted to 3,254,000 tons.
Some 3,396,000 tons also passed through with-
out breaking bulk.

The total amount of bunker coal shipped
here during the year was 758,497 tons.

As to opium, what is supposed to be an
accurate record of all opium and products of
opium arrixing in, and exported from, the
Colony is kept, and may be taken as sub-
stantially accurate, lor the excise work in
this particular commodity is done by employes
of the opium farmer, who pays a large annual
fee to the Government for the monopoly of the
trade. To check him, however, the imports
and Exports Office keep a record of where
each chest of opium in the Colony is stored,
and surprise visits are paid to all opium ware-
houses by the Harbour Master, in his capacity
as Superintendent of Imports and Exports, to
see that the stock corresponds with the record.
The quantity of raw opium of all kinds
imported during the year 1907 was 40,842^
chests, as against 47,566} chests in 1906. The
exports were 42,702 chests, against 47,575}
chests in 1906. There are six different kinds
of opium dealt with in the Colony, and the
atx>ve totals are made up as follows : —

reported, as certificates of origin, issued here,
are not required in other ports. The exports
of sugar are, therefore, " lumped " with the
other items. Imports of sugar during 1907
amounted to 292,527} tons, a falling off of
nearly 200,000 tons as compared with the
previous year.

The only other forms of trade with which
we interfere are warlike stores and dangerous
goods. The former on arrival are placed
under the supervision of the police, and cannot
be exported without a special export permit
from the Government. The latter are dealt
with under somewhat stringent regulations,
and there are two dangerous goods anchorages
for the accommodation of ships with such
goods on board. Petroleum and products of
petroleum are stored in various out-of-the-way
parts of the Colony, while the Government
maintains a magazine, called the Government
Gunpowder Depot, in which all explosives have
to be stored.

All other kinds of goods imported and
exported come and go without let or hindrance.
The masters of vessels report on arrival, and
before departure, the approximate quantity of
cargo carried, and, to a certain extent, its
nature. But the returns cannot be regarded as
in any way even an approximation of the
truth, and the value of the goods I cannot

Description.

Value for
Chest

Imports.

Value.

Exports.

Value.

Malwa

Patna

Benares

Persian

Turkish

Chinese

1,000

1,025
1,000

900
600
700

Chests.

5,II9i

23,220

10,232

2,217

5,119.500

23,800,500

10,232,000

1,991,300

2,400

35,000

Chests,

5,700

22,404

10,621

3,846

106

5,700,000
22,964,100
10,621,000

3,461,400

15,000
74,200

Total

40,842}

141,180,700

42,702

$42,835,700

The reduction is undoubtedly due to the
Anti-Opium Crusade in China. In addition
to this, 8,938 chests of opium of various kinds
passed through the harbour without being
landed.

The products of opium dealt with during the
year amounted to : —

Exports,

Morphia

Opium Skin

Compounds of Opium

lbs.

9,469

57,958

9.454

As to sugar, the figures can claim to be
sutMtantially correct for imports, but the
exports cannot be so easily determined, for the
following reason. All sugar arriving in the
Colony has to be covered by a certilicate of
origin, which is delivered to the Superinten-
dent of Imports and Exports. It sometimes
happens that sugar arrives without such a
certificate. Certain procedure is adopted in
such cases in order to prevent the export of the
sugar concerned until the certificate arrives.
In the case of exports, only such sugar as is
l)eing exported to a port belonging to a
signatory of the Brussels Convention is

attempt to estimate. The Annual Reports of
the Harbour Master give very exhaustive
details of the origin and destination of the
cargoes, as of the shipping using the port, and
many other matters of interest.

The figures collected for 1907 give the
following totals : —

Imports 5,032,689 tons.

Exports 3,254,308 „

Transit cargo {i.e., carried on
in the same ship) 3,395,888 „

Bunker coal shipped ... 758,497 „

Passenger Trade. — This is a very large item,
and runs into big figures, the totals being:
arrivals, 6,057,869 ; departures, 5,299,743. The
majority of this traffic, however, is local
between places within the Colonial waters.
The foreign passenger traffic shows respect-
able figures, viz., arrivals, 1,395,191, and
departures, 1,306,256. To the latter must be
added —

Em Itration. — Under this heading there
were 105,967 Asiatic (principally Chinese)
deck passengers sent to various parts of the
world during 1907. The majority of these
went to the Straits Settlements, where they
are employed in mining, on rubber and other
plantations, and in various trades. Others
went to Canada, the United States, Chile, and
the Eastern Archipelago. The thousands of

Chinese who went to the Transvaal a few
years ago are now returning, gradually, in
a state of unusual affluence, after having
experienced such treatment in South Africa
as to lead tliein to express great regret at
leaving their so-called "slavery" for their
native "freedom" {i.e., poverty, bamboo, and
tyranny).

THE HARBOUR MASTER.— A biographical
sketch of Commander Basil Taylor, R.N.,
appears under the heading " Executive and
Legislative Councils," on the latter of which
he has a seat in the absence from the Colony
of the Captain Superintendent of Police.

THE HONQKONQ AND WHAMPOA DOCK
COMPANY, LTD.

The history of the Hongkong and Whampoa
Dock Company, Limited, is one of the most
romantic in the industrial annals of the
Colony, covering as it does a peiiod of forty-
four years, and interwoven as it is with the
story of the development and progress of
British influence in China. In the days of
sailing vessels there were mud docks at
Whampoa, in the Canton Kiver, owned by
Chinese, but the advent of the Peninsular
and Oriental steamers and the fast vessels
owned by the great opium houses necessi-
tated a change. Not caring to entrust the
docking and repair of their vessels to the
Chinese without European supervision, the
Peninsular and Oriental Company appointed
Mr. John Couper, an Aberdonian of re-
markable foresight, to act as their repre-
sentative in Whampoa and to look after
their vessels when in dock. Speedily realis-
ing the possibilities of the future, Mr. Couper
leased the docks from their Chinese owners,
and prospering exceedingly, was enabled to
build a new dock, to which he gave his
own name. In 1856, however, as one of
the results of the trouble arising out of the
Arrow affair, the Couper Dock was more or
less destroyed by Chinese troops, and the fate
of the enterprising Scotchman himself, who
was kidnapped by the mob, was never known.
When peace was concluded Mr. Couper's
son, who was indemnified to the amount of
$120,000, took prompt steps to rebuild the
dock, and eventually sold it to what has
since become the Hongkong and Whampoa
Dock Company.

In the meantime Mr. John Lamont, another
Scotchman, had built a dock on the south
side of the island, at Aberdeen, and, finding
it a success and noting the growing impor-
tance of Hongkong as a shipping and com-
mercial centre, he began the construction of
the Hope Dock, of much larger dimensions.
Mr. Lamont was joined by Mr. David Gillies,
but when the Hope Dock was nearing com-
pletion the whole of the Aberdeen enterprise
was absorbed by the Hongkong and Whampoa
Company, Mr. Lamont retiring and Mr.
Gillies remaining in the service of the new
owners.

The Company was formed in 1863 with a
capital of $240,000, the first acquisition being
made in that year ; the Lamont and Hope
Docks were purchased in 1865 ; and two
years later the capital was increased to
$750,000. The original founders were Mr.
James Whittal, head of the firm of Messrs.
Jardine, Matheson & Co. ; Mr. (now Sir)
Thomas Sutherland, then local agent of the
Peninsular and Oriental Company ; and

198 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Mr. Douglas Lapraik, head of the shipping
company of that name. The Whanipoa
establisJiment was extended by the construc-
tion of a large dock for the repair of the mail
steamers of the Peninsular and Oriental and
Messageries Maritimes Companies ; and, in
the year following the opening of the Suez
Canal, the capital was niised to $1,000,000,
to enable the Company to acquire the Union
Docks Company's property. In about 1875
the Whampoa projierty as then existing was
made over to the Chinese Government for
the sum of $80,000 upon condition that only
upon ships under the Chinese flag should
repairs be executed. The Company was at
that time passing through a critical period,
owing in part to mismanagement, and largely
to the competition offered by two slips owned
by Captain Sands, and by the Cosmopolitan
bock Company. Mr. Gillies, who had left
the Company's service for two or three years,
was asked to return and undertake the secre-
tarial management of the concern. The
Sands' slips and the Cosmopolitan Dock
were absorbed, and then Mr. Gillies initiated
the \'ast development of new docks and
workshops upon which the more recent
prosperity of the Company has been based.

The size of steamships on the Far Eastern
runs, and of the men-of-war on the China
station, steadily increased, and even larger
vessels were contemplated. To meet the
growing requirements a new dock, the No. i,
or Admiralty Dock, was built at Kowloon.
It cost over $1,000,000, towards which
the British Government granted ;t25iOOO.
in consideration of the right of priority of
entrance for a period of twenty years — a
privilege which expires in 1908. Not only
did this tine dock estiiblish practically for all
time the supremacy of the Company's docks
in Chinese waters, but, indirectly, its exis-
tence has t)eiietited the Colony by making
possible the employment on Eastern trade
routes of vessels of the large capacity with
which we are familiar at the present day.

Mr. Gillies retired in 1901, after twenty-six
years' service with the Company, and was
succeeded by Mr. VV. Dixon, a man of con-
siderable ability. The present chief manager
is Mr. R. Mitchell, who has been with the
Company for many years. He possesses a
thorough practical knowledge of the work, and
has had the advantage of a scientific training.
As manager of the Kowloon establishment
he proved so valuable that in 1907 he was
given the position which he now fills.

Reference having been made to the growth
of the Company, a survey of the properties
controlled by it may now be given. There
are first the following docks and slipways : —

The docks are of granite, and are fitted
with every appliance in the way of- caissons,
powerful centrifugal pumps, &c., wliich
enable them to be pumped out in three hours.
The extensive workshops at the Kowloon,
Cosmopolitan, and Aberdeen Docks are fitted
with every facility and appliance necessary
for the repair of ships and steam machinery.
The engineers' shops are supplied with a
large plant of the latest types of tools in
the way of planing, milling, and screwing
machines, lathes, electric cranes, &c., and are
capable of executing the largest class of
work with despatch. Attached lo the ship-
wrights' department is a steam saw-niill, with
circular band, and vertical saws, while a
complete plant of machinery of the most
modern and improved type enables all classes
of woodwork to be underlaken. The black-
smiths' shops are furnished with powerful
steam hammers, cranes, and other appliances
requisite to the forging of stern posts and
crank and straight shafting of the largest
size. At two of the establishments are
powerful lifting shears, with steam purchase,
built on solid granite sea-walls, alongside
which vessels of 24 feet draught can lie.
The shears at Kowloon are capable of lifting
70 tons. The Company is prepared to tender
for the construction of new vessels, the ship-
yard being fully equipped with modern plant,
including hydraulic flanging and bending
machines, electrically-driven rolls, punching,
shearing, angle - bevelling, joggling, and
planing machines, capable of dealing with
the heaviest class of work. Special facilities
are provided in the boiler-makers' department,
including powerful punching, shearing, hy-
draulic riveting, and other machines ; whilst
in the foundry are cupolas capable of casting
up to 100 tons. An extensive galvanizing
plant has been installed at the Kowloon
establishment. In addition, the Company
carries a heavy stock of well-selected material
and fittings required in shipbuilding, engine-
room outfits, furnishings, and ships' stores —
altogether of the value of about $2,000,000.

The business of the Company is carried on
by a board of directors and a chief manager
and secretary, with part of the clerical stiiff,
in the head office. Queen's Buildings. At
the Kowloon, Cosmopolitan, and Aberdeen
establishments there is a European staff of
eighty, comprising yard managers, draughts-
men, clerks, engineers, shipbuilders, boiler-
makers, blacksmiths, carpenters, coppersmiths,
and founders, the majority of whom are
selected by the Company's agents in England.

The number of Chinese varies considerably
during the summer and winter months of the
year, from an average of 2,500 to as many as

Length on
Keel

Breadth

Depth over

sni at

Rise of Tide.

Name of Dock or Slip.

Ordinary

Blocks.

Entrance.

tIS

Springs

Neaps.

KOWLOON.

feet.

ft. in.
(■86 0,

ft. in.

ft.

in.

feet.

No. I Dock, Kowloon

700

top 1

70 of

bottom '

No. 2 Dock, Kowhxm

371

18 6

No, 3 Dock, Kowltxtn

264

49 3

. —

Patent Slip, No. 1, Kowloon

240

, —

Patent Slip, No. 2, Kowloon

220

—

TAI-KOK-TSUI.

Cosmopolitan Dock...

466

85 6

—

ABERDEEN.

Hope Dock

430

Lamont Dock

333

—

4,500 men in the busy season from October
to March.

MR. JAMES W. GRAHAM, a member of

the Institute of Naval .■\rchitects, is the acting
manager of the Kowloon Dock, owned hy the
Hongkong and Whampoa Dock Company.
His experience has been considerable, as he
was for eleven years superintendent, and had
previously held several important positions
in the leading yards of the North of England.
While he has been engaged with the Coin-
pany they have built some very large ships,
such as the s.s. Looii/i Woo, now at Shanghai,
and the Kiiichan, a fine steamer, owned by
the Hongkong, Canton and Macao Steamship
Company, which is at present running be-
tween Hongkong and Canton.

MR. THOMAS NEAVE, who for the last
three years has held the position of super-
intendent engineer of the Hongkong and
Whampoa Docks at Kowloon, has been with
the Company for over eight years. A native
of Dundee, Scotland, he served his apprentice-
ship as an engineer with Messrs. John Smilh,
of Newcastle-on-Tyne, an old-established firm
of general engineers and millwrights. After-
wards he was engaged with Messrs. Palmer
& Co., engineers and shipbuilders at Jarrow-
on-Tyne, England, for about ten years as
assistant foreman in their outside engineering
department. He was mostly einployed on
the construction of battleships, cruisers, and
torpedo destroyers for the British Govern-
ment. ,He had a large experience with the
30-knot class of destroyers in their fitting-out
trials, and was connected with all the experi-
mental trials of Mr. Heed's patent water-tube
boiler, which was so successful in these
vessels. But. although he has had this long
and varied training, Mr. Neave finds that the
experience to be obtained by working at the
Whampoa Dock with its varied shipping is
quite exceptional.

MR. JAMES GUY, who is in charge of the
iTiachine and erecting shops of the Hongkong
and Whampoa Dock Company, at Kowloon,
is an engineer with over twenty-seven years'
experience afloat and ashore. He has been
in the service of the present Company for
the last eigltt j'ears, during which time he
has been connected with the building of
several large ships, including the Loiiji Woo,
which was constiucted on the Yarrow
Shlick Tweedie principle, and is a great
success. She is at present trading on the
Yangtsze.

THE HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF
AND GODOWN COMPANY, LTD.

Twenty-three years have passed since the
value of Kowloon as a site for storage
godowns became evident to Sir Paul Chafer
and Mr. Kerfoot Hughes, the founders of the
Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf and Godown
Company, I^td., and the wisdom of their
choice, already amply vindicated, will be still
more fully demonstrated when the Kowloon-
Canton Railway, to which the Company will
have a special siding, is completed. Hut it
was not the advantages offered by Kowloon
for the establishment of a depot of this class
which, in the first instance, gave promise of
success to the Wharf Company, but rather
the intolerable exactions of the Chinese

52°

is
■>1
0,

^;
o

l-H

E-i
<

2
>

E-i

ca
;?

2
o

W
El

200 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

coolie hongs and boat people, and the delays
occasioned to European traders by their anti-
quated methods of handling cargo. Often
seven or eight days were wasted through
these methods, and the advent of a European-
managed concern was welcomed by the
community as a means of escape from such
vexations. Faced with competition, the
Chinese changed their tactics, and an endless
struggle ensued between the rival interests.
The coolies, tallymen, and boat people would
not work so well for the Company as they
worked for their own countrymen ; and when,
as their business extended, the Company
needed additional lighters, the Chinese, without
reason or justitication, gradually raised their
charges from $4 a load to $15. and the Com-
pany were obliged to build their own fleet of
lighters. Similarly the c"oolie hongs combined
to raise the price of lalwur ; but again their
purpose was defeated, for the Company, com-
pelled to import its own labour from Swatow,
has continued the practice ever since. The
experience of the Company has shown clearly
that so far as Hongkong is concerned the
much-\-aunted cheap Chinese labour has no
existence when it comes to the Europeans'
demand, and that, whilst there are millions
within easy reach of Hongkong who would
be willing to work, lat>our is scarce on
account of the guilds. There is practically
no free labour in the Colony, for no labourer
or mechanic coming to Hongkong on his
own account, without the introduction of
one of these guilds, would be likely to secure
employment. It pays the European to employ
better supervised, if perliaps more expensive,
labour than is obtainable from the ranks of
the local coolie. Another enemy of the Com-
pany has been the Chinese compradore, a
survival of the e.irly days when the only
persons who could communicate with the
ships in a foreign language were the bumboat
people — the class from which the modern com-
pradore originally sprang. In the majority
of instances the compradore is the real retail
trader in Hongkong, the foreigner supplying
capital and exercising limited supervision.
And so it was with tally-clerks, but this
question has now been practically solved by
the Company. The system in vogue of
training boys to become tally-clerks in the
Company's own private school, which has
an average attendance of forty, has shown
the most encouraging results. "The boys are
engaged in godown work during the fore-
part of the day, and attend school during the
afternoon, instruction toeing given by two
Chinese teachers from Queen's College. The
Swatow coolies, specially trained for godown
work, are housed on the premises. Altogether
about fifteen hundred men are employed.

The premises of the Company could hardly
be more perfectly situated for the purposes
for which they are required, and it is largely
owing to their development that the aspect
of Kowloon has t>een so changed within the
last twenty years. After the first few years,
amalgamation with the Jardine Wharf was
effected, and the Peninsular and Oriental
Company's Wharf at West Point was pur-
chased. This latter was afterwards sold, and
only Jardine's godowns were allowed to
remain, the object being to concentrate the
whole of the business on the Kowloon side
of the wafer. The next step in the progress
of the Company was an extensive scheme of
reclamation at West Point, and upon the
property so acquired now stands a large
portion of the existing premises in that part
of the town used exclusively for Chinese
business. The enterprise prospered as soon
as the reluctance of some of the sea-captains
and others to use the Kowloon wharves had

been overcome, and improvements and en-
largements succeeded each other until, at
the present day, no other firm can offer
such facilities in Hongkong. The wharves
and piers range from 250 to 600 feet in
length, and afford berths for seven ocean
going vessels up to 30 feet draught. A
water system of pure filtered water from
the Government mains is laid on to each
wharf, so that vessels alongside can obtain
an ample supply under higli pressure at all
times. The buildings occupy the entire
western side of tlic peninsula, and form one
of tlie features of the harbour. The godowns,
which have a storage capacity of nearly
500.000 tons, are arranged so as to give
every possible facility for the handling of
cargo. There are shearlegs for hoisting
loads up to 25 tons, heavy-weight cranes,
and trolley lines upon which cargo may
be transported to any part of the premises.
In the Company's own engineering shops
many of the requisites, such as turntables,
trucks, &c., formerly in)ported, are now
made, and repairs of all kinds are carried
out. The number of vessels wharfed averages
from thirty to forty from all parts of the
world each month. Constant dredging is
maintained alongside the wharves to ensure
accommodation for the steamers of larger
draught now employed on the Far Eastern
trade routes, the minimum depth at lowest
spring tides being 30 feet. "The Company
has a fleet of 85 lighters, and 10 powerful
launches for towing them. Some of these
are provided with steam cranes for delivering
cargo at riverain ports as far as Canton, and
it is a point well worth noting by shippers
at home that heavy or awkward cargo,
including all kinds of railway material, can
be loaded into the Company's lighters and
taken direct to their destination. Many of
the lighters are new, for in the great
typhoon of 1906 nearly the whole of the
original fleet was destroyed. The Company
was, indeed, one of the greatest losers in
the havoc wrought on that occasion, the
total damage to their property running into
many hundreds of thousands of dollars.
The godowns were flooded, and severe
damage was wrought to the wharves ; but
the Company met their losses in the right
spirit, increased their capital to $3,000,000
(Mexican), and turned the experience to
account by raising the floors of their
premises well above the highest flood mark,
and by rebuilding the wharves more sub-
stantially. The old truck lines were left at
the former level to act as drains in the
event of further floods.

Another extension was carried out, when
further capital had been raised, by the
acquisition of the whole of the Praya front,
and the removal of the Star Kerry Wharf, by
which greater facilities were obtained for
handling goods. On the sea-wall there are
now three new lines of truck rails, and one
line for carrying several powerful travelling
cranes, including a lo-ton crane of 40 feet
radius for loading timber. Throughout the
godowns every precaution is taken against
fire, including a complete system of fire
hydrants, connected with the Government
mains, a powerful Shand & Mason steam
engine, and electric alarms. Each godown,
in addition, is provided with a portable hand-
engine, fire-buckets, &c. For goods of a
dangerous nature there is special storage
accommodation.

The business of the Company is managed
by the Hon. Mr. E. Osborne, the secretary,
who has been connected with the Company
since 1889, and has had an important share
in its development. Mr. R. J. Macgowan,

who has general charge of the indoor working
staff, has been with the Company for seven
years. Captain Brown has charge of the
outdoor staff, whilst Mr. T. W, Robinson is
the superintending engineer.

THE PENINSULAR AND ORIENTAL
COMPANY.

No other shipping company has a record of
the same length of public service, combined
with such a wide range of operations, as the
Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation
Company. Whether in point of tonnage (and
that of the most costly description) or in the
extent of its sphere of operations, the Company
must be admitted to stand at the head of all
similar enterprises. Like most commercial
undertakings, the Company has now and then
experienced serious reverses, and on more than
one occasion its fortunes have been at a rather
low ebb, but now, after nearly three-quarters
of a century's work, it will hardly be denied
that there stands to its credit a record of
valuable service, performed in a spirit of
enterprise, and fraught with advantage to the
commerce of the Empire.

The Company was founded in 1837, although
the steamers which it owned had actually been
running to the Peninsula a year or two
previous to that date, its first contract being a
monthly service tietween P'almouth and
Giliraltar. At that time it was known as the
Peninsular Company, but in 1840 it became the
Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation
Company, incorporated by Royal Charter.
Seventy years ago the annual trade of Great
Britain with the East did not amount probably
to more than ;4"2o,ooo,ooo. To-day it is almost
equal to ;£25o,ooo,ooo. To what extent the
Company may have contributed towards the
growth of this vast volume of commerce it is,
of course, impossible to say, but when it is
remembered that for upwards of thirty-three
years the Company was almost the exclusive
carrier by steam to India, China, and Australia,
and that during that period the correspondence,
the exchanges, tlie transport of bullion and of
the more precious merchandise (to say nothing
of the conveyance of passengers), depended
entirely upon its fleet, it is evident that its
influence in fostering this trade has been equal
to, if not greater than, that of any other single
agency in existence.

The shipbuilding operations of the Com-
pany during the last seventy years might be
considered as typical of the development of
the mercantile marine of Great Britain. The
service commenced with two or three very
small steamers, of which one, the William
Fau'cctt, was of only 206 tons. Three of
the four steamers that are being built at the
present time are of 11,000 tons each, and
the fleet to-day, including these, consists of
ninety steamers, aggregating 422,260 tons.
PYom these figures it is not diflicult to realise
how the Company has grown, and what an
important place it holds in the shipping
world to-day. The Government, recognising
its stability and trustworthiness, have granted
it additional powers from time to time by
Koval Charters. The issued capital amounts to
;f 2, 320,000, the debenture stock to ^"1,800,000,
and the unissued capital to ;^" i , 1 80,000. The
last available report shows a fair result, from
a financial point of view, of the previous
half-year's work, and a dividend at the rate
of 5 per cent, per annum on the preferred
stock, and 7 per cent, per annum on the
deferred stock, was declared in June, 1907.

Such, in brief and broad outline, is the
general history of the Company. But turning

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 201

more particularly to the trade in the Far
East, which more nearly concerns the pur-
pose of this sketch, it will be found that in
Hongkong, as elsewhere, there has been a
wonderful increase in the volume of trade
done. The first Peninsular and Oiienlal
steamer to leave Hongkong was the Lady
Mary Wood. She sailed on September i,
1845. The Company, however, had been
established in the Colony previously, for by
this date they owned their own docks and
wharves, and had private shops for the work
of re-fitting their vessels. The Lady Mary
Wood was a vessel of about 650 tons burden.
Now there is a fortnightly mail service, a
fortnightly intermediate service, and altogether
about sixty sailings a year of the Company's
boats from Hongkong alone. A comparison
between the freight rates and passage-money
then and now will also show what an im-
mense advance has been made during recent
years. In 1857 a first-class passage from
Hongkong to Southampton cost six hundred
dollars when the dollar was equivalent to
4s. lod. or 5s. ; now it costs about half that
sum in sterling.

It is amusing to read, in the records, that
tea and articles of bulk, but of small value,
could be taken in limited quantities by special
agreement when the ships had room at a
rate of from ;£20 to £2$ per ton of 40 cubic
feet. Now numerous vessels leave the har-
bour each month with a carrying capacity
of between nine and twelve thousand tons.
Last year the Peninsular and Oriental Com-
pany booked nearly 2,000 passengers at
Hongkong, landed about 80,000 tons of cargo,
and shipped nearly 150,000 tons more.

In the early days the Company was known
in the Colony as the " Tit-Hong," or Iron
House. Their headquarters used to be where
Jardine's wharf is now situated, and around
the offices was a very handsome iron verandah.
It is presumed that the name was derived
from this ornamental struclure, which now
adorns a house on the Peak. These offices
were sold and pulled down in about 1881,
and the Company moved to the site of the
present Central Market. In 1887, however,
the ground was sold to the Government, and
the Company then moved into its palatial
premises at No. 22, Des Voeux Road.

The Hon. E. A. Hewett is the manager of
the branch, and, as Hongkong is the head-
quarters of the Company for the Far East,
he superintends and controls the whole
of their trade from Penang to Yokohama.
He has an office staff consisting of eight
Europeans and a number of Chinese and
Portuguese.

THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD.

The excellent service maintained by the
Norddeutscher Lloyd between Europe and
all the chief ports east of Suez dates from
the contract with the Imperial German
Government for the establishment of mail
steamship lines to Eastern Asia and to
Australia, that was signed in 1885. The
Company had already registered a series
of triumphs, extending over nearly thirty
years, on the trans-Atlantic run, and it was
with the uttnost confidence that the stock-
holders increased their capital by 20,000,000
marks in order to make the extensive pre-
parations demanded by the new contract.
The chief point to be considered was regularity,
and, keeping that point always in view, oiders
were placed with a German shipbuilding firm
for several new steamers with speeds of from
I2i to 14 knots an hour, and for the re-
construction of several existing steamers with a

view to their use in the tropics. The service
was inaugurated with the steamer Oder in
June, 1886, the occasion of her departure being
marked by a patriotic demonstration, attended
by representatives from the highest Imperial
and Bremen governing bodies, the Chinese
Minister in Berlin, and numerous members
of the Federal Council and the Reichstag.
About twelve months later the Australian mail
line was opened with the steamer Salter.
The Imperial Government subsidised the new
lines on two main conditions — the first that
mails should be carried regularly, and the
second that the vessels should be available
when required for the transport of naval reliefs
and military forces. The subsequent rapid
development of the Company's interests has
been due to the care exercised in seeing that
passengers lacked no comforts that could
possibly be supplied, and were subjected to
no restraints other than those absolutely
unavoidable. As time went on there was a
gradual improvement in the design of the
vessels themselves, until, in those of the Prince
class, the problem of the best type of steamer

taste, and how carefully the prices have been
adjusted to suit the requirements of people
of average means.

By their unbounded enterprise the Company
have succeeded in diverting to their freight
steamers a large proportion of the Eastern
coasting trade to such an extent indeed, that
the German flag now claims predominance
in Singapore and Bangkok. In view of their
constant expansion, the Norddeutscher Lloyd
have now established a special bureau of
inspection in Singapore and Hongkong.

In European waters the Company have two
large and most comfortable steamers running
between Marseilles and Alexandria, three
between Marseilles and the Black Sea ports,
and two between Alexandria and Conslanza.

The Norddeutscher Lloyd also operate the
Austral-Japan Line, which gives sailings
between Japan and Sydney, via Hongkong
and New Guinea, and in connection with
which there is an excellent service of small
steamers plying among the lovely islands of
the South Pacific.

The fleet is made up of 7 express steamers

THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD.-S.S. " PRINZ WALDEMAR."

for the tropics was finally solved. They were
the first passenger steamers to have the entire
cabin accommodation above the upper deck.
The next advance, so far as the Far Eastern
routes were concerned, was made when the
Barbarossa type was designed, each vessel
of which class can accommodate 250 first
saloon, 300 second saloon, and 1,600 steerage
passengers. In 1899 the Government subsidy
was increased, and fortnightly sailings to
Eastern Asia were substituted for the former
monthly sailings, the Koiiig Albert opening
the new service. The steamers sail from
Bremen or Hamburg, and touch at Rotterdam,
Antwerp, Southampton, Gibraltar, Algiers,
Genoa, Naples, Port Said, Suez, Aden,
Colombo, Penang, Singapore, Hongkong,
Shanghai, Nagasaki, Kobe, and Yokohama.
For the benefit of the tourist the Company
issue "all round the world" tickets, which give
a wide choice of routes, and enable the
traveller to prolong his stay at any place his
fancy may dictate. The growing number of
applications for these tickets indicates how
well the Company has gauged the popular

4 — the well-known leviathans, the Kron-
prinzesscii, Kaiser Wilhelm II., Kronpriiiz
Wilhelm, and Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse — on
the Bremen-New York run, and 3 sailing
between Naples, Genoa, and New York ; 18
imperial mail steamers, which maintain the
East Asian and Australian services, and are
sometimes employed on the Atlantic run
during the sununer months ; 30 mail steamers
running intermediately on the main lines,
or engaged in branch services ; 9 freight
steamers, used on the Australian or South
American routes ; 3 comfortable steamers
running between Australia and Japan, and
calling at German New Guinea ports ; and
12 vessels on the stocks — a total of 80 ocean-
going vessels. Then there are 50 coasting
steamers, and nearly as many river vessels,
bringing up the aggregate to 177 steamers,
with a total horse-power of 469,200, and a
gross register tonnage of 640,391, or, includ-
ing the steamers now building, of 671,670
horse-power and 754,441 registered tonnage.
Two training-ships, on which cadets are
thoroughly taught the theory and practice of

202 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

navigation, and over 200 lighters, complete
the list — a list of which the Company is
justly proud.

The agents in Hongkong are Messrs.
Melchers & Co., whose offices occupy a
prominent position overlooking the harbour.

provision of exceptionally large cabins. They
run from Hamburg, I'lii Southampton, Lisbon,
and Naples (for passengers only) to Port
Said, Suez, Colombo, Pcnang, Singapore,
Hongkong, Shanghai, Kobe, and Yokohama,
and back lid the same ports to Naples,

and Captain H. Metzenthin, marine super-
intendent.

THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD.— " PRINCESS ALICE."

[See page 201.]

HAMBURO-AMERIKA LINIE.

The local branch of this important steamship
Company, whose central oliice for the East
is at Shanghai, and who have another branch
also at Tsingtau, was opened in 1901. The

Plymouth, Havre, and Hamburg. The fort-
nightly freight service is also between the
above ports, but the ships call frequently at
Bremen, Emden, Rotterdam, Amsterdam, and
Antwerp. There is another regular freight
service between New York, Boston, &c., and

THE CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY
COMPANY.

The Canadian Pacific Railway Company,
organised in 1881, and now familiarly known
as the " C.P.R.," is a carrying company of
considerable and increasmg importance, not
only in the Dominion of Canada, but also in
many other parts of the world. In tlic earlier
stages of its existence an energetic manage-
ment foresaw the great possibilities of trade
with China and Japan, and at once placed a
regular line of chartered steamers on the
Pacific to run between Hongkong, Japan, and
Vancouver. The experiment proving success-
ful, and the indications pointing to great
expansion of the trade leferred to, the Com-
pany laid down three of the most beautiful
steamers the ocean has ever seen. These
vessels — the Empress of India, the Eiuj^rcss of
Japan, and the Empress of China — commenced
their sailings on the Pacific in 1891, and have
since maintained a regular and most ellicient
service, becoming world-renowned for Iheir
comfort, speed, and punctuality. The impor-
tance of the C.P. R. Line as an all-British
route was quickly recognised by the home
Government, and a contract was entered into
for the carriage of mails and the transporta-
tion of naval and military passengers and
stores. This contract has been carried out
with unfailing regularity and to the satisfac-
tion of the Govennnents concerned. A few
years ago it became apparent that the service
maintained by the Empresses was insufticient
to cope with the requirements of the trade,
and the Company therefore augmented their
Pacific fleet by the addition of three inter-
mediate vessels, running them alternately
with the regular mail steamers.

The regular ports of call for the Pacific
steamers are Hongkong. Shanghai, Nagasaki,

SALOON.

GRAND STAIRCASE.

[Sec putjc 201.]

Company run a fortnightly freight service
from Europe to the Far East and a monthly
passenger service. The ships employed in
the passenger service are of the most modern
type and are fitted up with every comfort
and convenience, a prominent feature being
the non-existence of upper berths and the

the Far East, via Suez. Coasting steamers
ply between Hongkong, Tsingtau, Nagasaki,
and Vladivostock, and between the Yangtsze
ports, Hongkong, and Canton. The manager
of the Hongkong branch of the Company is
Mr. C. G. Gok, and the staff includes Messrs.
G. Boolsen, G. Priedemann, F. L. Margrees,

Yokohama, Victoria, B.C., and Vancouver,
B.C., and the period of mail transit between
Hongkong and Vancouver, including calls at
the various ports named, is only eighteen
days, the period from Yokohama being eleven
days, thereby making it by far the quickest
route to the Pacific coast.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 203

Not content with the results attained on
the Pacific, the Company, in more recent
years, decided to extend their ramifications
to the Atlantic, and acquired a fleet of
steamers for the purpose, thereby enabling
them to link up Great Britain and the

Mr. D. \V. Ciaddock, who has been in the
Company's service for over sixteen years, is
tlie general traffic agent for China, the Straits
Settlements, India, &c. His headquarters are
at Hongkong. Mr. J. Rankin, is agent at
Shanghai, and Messrs. Jardine, Matheson &

DECK, " PHINCESS ALICE."

[See page 201.]

Francisco, via the Straits of Magellan. On the
completion of the Panama Railroad between
Aspinwall (Colon) on the Atlantic, and Panama
on the Pacific, in i860, the steamers ran only
from San Francisco to Panama, connecting
with the Vanderbilt Line from Aspinwall to
New York. In 1865 the Company purchased
the Vanderbilt Line, and in the following
year commenced to send boats between
Shanghai and Yokohama, via the Inland Sea.
On January 1, 1867, the Colorado left San Fran-
cisco for Hongkong. She was the first of a
regular line of steamers to cross the Pacific,
and was followed a month later by the Great
Republic. The old paddle steameis were
replaced by modern screw steamships, as the
demands of the traffic required, unlil, in 1902,
the building of the liners Korea and Siberia
marked an epoch in Irans-Pacific shipping
trade. These magnificent sfeamers have each
a displacement of 18,000 tons, are 551 feet
long, and have an indicated horse-power of
18,000. In 1903-4 the Pacific Mail acquired
the still larger steamers Mongolia and Maii-
cliiiria. each with a displacement of 27,000
tons. These vessels are 615 feet long. These
four ships, in conjunction with the s.s.
China, a vessel capable of steaming 18 knots
and having excellent passenger accommo-
dation, maintain a schedule of weekly sailings
from Hongkong to San Francisco, calling at
Shanghai, Nagasaki, Kobe, Yokohama, and
Honolulu. Tliis route, via the " Paradise of
the Pacific " immortalised by Mark Twain
and other famous writers, is exceedingly
popular among travellers.

The Company's agency at Hongkong was
established in 1866, Captain K. A. Harris
being their first representative in the Colony.

Continent with the Dominion of Canada,
and, with their Pacific Line, form a through
service with the Far East. Two magnificent
and fast steamers, the Empress of Britain and
the Empress of Ireland, of 15.000 tons each,
were built by the Company in 1905, for the
Atlantic mail and passenger service, and it
was not long before they became first favour-
ites with the travelling public. The advent
of the Canadian Pacific Railway's Atlantic
Line placed the Company in a position to
carry passengers and mails through from
England to Hongkong, or intervening points,
under their own flag. With the regular
Pacific service, a special " Overseas Mail "
train across Canada, and the fast Atlantic
Empresses, the through period of transit is
only 2gJ days from Hongkong to London,
and 22i days from Yokohama. This, in
itself, is an achievement to be proud of, but
it is anticipated that in the near future even
this may be improved upon. The increasing
popularity of the Canadian Pacific Railway as
a through route to England is evidenced
by the continued growth in the number of
passengers using the line.

The Company's lines run through the
temperate zone throughout, a very great
consideration to residents in the Tropics
proceeding home on leave. No route offers
a more varied description of scenery, and
the traveller, for pleasure or instruction, or
both, has every opportunity of getting what
he wants when travelling over this system.
Glimpses of China and Japan are obtained,
even by those passing through ■ on a con-
tinuous journey, while any desirous of
becoming more intimately acquainted with
any place or places can easily arrange their
passage in a way to meet their wishes.
Those seeking for health derive the greatest
benefit from the invigorating air of the
Pacific and the mountain ranges of Canada.

Co., represent the Company at the various
coast and river ports in China.

NIPPON YUSEN KAISHA.

Japan being an island empire, her communi-
cations with foreign countries are entiiely

THE NORDDEUTSCHEB LLOYD.— S.S. "BORNEO."

[See p.ij;e 201.]

THE PACIFIC MAIL STEAMSHIP COMPANY.

The Pacific Mail Steamship Company was
founded in 1848, and in those early days ran
a line of steamers from New York to San

maritime, and her commercial prosperity
consequently depends largely upon the enter-
prise which characterises the organisation of
her merchant service. The art of navigation
has been practised by the people since remote

204 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ages, but, as is well known, progress was
rudely interrupted by the conflict between
foreign religious propagandisni and Japanese
civil authority, which led to the closure of
the country. Things remained thus until the
middle of the nineteenth centur>-, when the

Altogether, the Nippon Yusen Kaisha main-
tains twenty-three regular services, of which
nine are with foreign countries, and fourteen
in home waters. The Company is agent
for the Great Northern Steamship Company,
operating the new twin-screw steamship

Yi 1,000,000, and a fleet of 78 steamers aggre-
gating 260,000 tons gross, the majority of
them new and furnished with everything
necessary to the comfort of passengers and
the expeditious handling of cargo. The Com-
pany may therefore claim to be not only
amongst the first and most important of
Japanese shipping firms, but worthy also to
rank amongst the greatest enterprises of its
kind in the world. Mr. T. Kusumoto is the
manager of the branch office of the Com-
pany at Hongkong.

[Sm page 201]

THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD.— S.S. " YORCK."

struggle between conservative tendencies and
newly developed liberal principles ended in
the re-openmg of the country. All restrictions
on shipbuilding were withdrawn, the study
of navigation received earnest attention, and
the Government not only encouraged the
construction of sea-going vessels at home,
but began also to purchase steamers abroad.
In 1882 there were two companies — the
Mitsubishi Company and the Kyodo Unyu
Kaisha, or Union Transportation Company —
in receipt of State aid. But a trial of three
years demonstrated the inexpediency of
having two subsidised rival companies in the
field, and in 1885 they were amalgamated
into the present Nippon Yusen Kaisha, or
Japan Mail Steamship Company. During the
following nine years the bulk of the coastwise
carrying trade was held by the steamers of
this Company. Moreover, regular services
were maintained between Yokohama and
Kobe and the large ports of China ; a line of
steamers plied between Japan and Bombay ;
and vessels flying the Nippon Yusen Kaisha
flag made frequent voyages to Australia and
Hawaii, carrying emigrants. The China-
Japanese War of 1894-95 finally established
the Company's reputation for efficiency, and
amply justified the trust hitherto reposed in
it by the State. It has now established
steamship sei vices to America. Europe, and
Australia, and, under contract with the
Japanese Government, it maintains regular
mail lines ttetween Japan and Europe, be-
tween Hongkong, Shanghai, Japan ports, and
America, and between Japan and Australia ;
the two first named being each fortnightly
and the latter four weekly. There are also
regular weekly services between Hongkong,
Swatow and Bangkok, and a tri-monthly
service from Kobe to Bombay. Regular and
frequent services are maintained from Japan
to North China, Korea, Vladivostock, For-
mosa, &c., and around the coast of Japan.

Minnesota between Seattle, Japan, and China,
The Minnesota has a cubical capacity of
28,000 tons, and is by far the largest steamer
running to the Orient. The Company also
represents in the Orient the Great Northern

TOYO KISEN KAISHA.

Amongst the Japanese sliipping firms having
offices at Hongkong, the Toyo Kisen Kaisha
occupies a prominent place. The Company
was formed only ten years ago at Tokyo,
Japan, and its growth has, like that of
Japanese shipping generally, been remarkable.
At the present time the Company conducts
the mail service between Hongkong, Shan-
ghai, the Japanese ports, and San F"r,incisco,
via Honolulu, under contract with Ihe Japanese
Government. The steamers on this run h.ive
earned a well-deserved reputation for com-
fort, speed, and punctuality, and are at the
moment one of the most popular lines in
the America-Orient passenger traffic. The
steamers employed are the Hongkong Marti,
Nifipon Mam, and the America Mam, each
of which is of 6,200 tons gross. But, up-to-
date as these vessels are, their capacity has
proved too small for the ever -increasing
demands of the service, and they are to be
replaced by three ships of 14,000 tons gross,
which are being constructed in Japanese
shipyards. Tliey will be the largest steamers
so far built in Japan. They are being fitted
with turbine engines, will burn liquid fuel, and
in every other respect, will be as thoroughly

THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD.— S.S. " ZITHEN."

[See page 201.]

Railway, whose track passes through some
of the finest scenery in America, and is agent,
as well, for the Nisshin Kisen Kaisha (Japan-
China Steam Navigation Company). It has
a capital of Y22,ooo,ooo, a reserve of over

equipped as Atlantic liners. It has been
decided to call one the Teuyo Mam, another
the Cliiyo Mam, while the name of the third
is under consideration. The first one is
almost ready, and the others will ^be com-

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 205

pleted at short intervals. They will cer-
tainly constitute a very important addition
to the fleet, but the Company's enterprise
does not end in tlieir efforts to provide
speedy and luxurious transport from the
Orient to America. They are the pioneers
in the Hongkong South American Line, for
the only communication in this direction,
before they established a regular service,
was by an occasional tramp steamer or
sailing vessel. Their venture has been re-
warded with great success, and they now run
vessels regularly between Hongkong, Callao,
and Iquique, via Japanese ports, and call at
Mexican and other coast ports as required.
The steamers in this service are of 6,000 tons
capacity and include the Kasato Mam. The
Company also has a service of several tank
steamers carrying crude oil from California to
the Orient. The president of the line is
Mr. S. Asano, who is at Tokyo, Mr. M. Shiraishi
and Mr. T. Isaka, are managers of the
Company's business at headquarters, while the
Hongkong branch is under the control of
Mr. K. Matsda, who has resided in the Colony
for some nine years, having come as an
assistant and being shortly afterwards promoted
to his present position. The firm's offices are
in York Buildings, and they employ a staff
of Japanese assistants which is increasing in
number year by year as the business of the
Company grows. The new steamers — both
those that are now nearing completion, and
others that are under construction — are all
to be christened with names ending in "Yo"
(meaning ocean), and for this reason the
Company may be known as the " Yo Line "
in the course of the next few years.

OSAKA SHOSEN KAISHA.

A QUARTER of a Century ago there were
about 120 steamers under different owner-
ship running out of Osaka to the inland and
coast ports of Japan. Competition between
them was so keen that, although cargo and
passengers were plentiful, the owners suffered
heavy losses. At this juncture, in order to
prevent a crisis, the Japanese Government
advised amalgamation. This advice was
wisely acted upon, and resulted in the for-
mation, on May i, 1884, of the Osaka Shosen
Kabusluki Kaisha (Osaka Mercantile Steam-
ship Company) Limited Liability Company,
registered and having its head ofiice in
Osaka. At first the new Company encoun-
tered much difficulty in running the steamers
at a profit, but gradually the conlidence of
the general public was obtained and the
Company entered upon an era of prosperity.
Regular services with first-class steamers
were started to all inland ports and coast
ports of Japan, to North China and Korean
coast ports, Formosa and South China, Hong-
kong, and Shanghai, via China coast ports,
and between Shanghai and Yangtsze ports.
This latter service, however, has since been
transferred to the Nisshin Kisen Kaisha,
Occasional service is maintained between
Japan and Java ports, &c. Six new ships
are under construction (each over 6,000 tons,
and to have a speed of over 14 knots) for a
trans-Pacific service which is to be inaugu-
rated shortly. At the present day, therefore,
the Osaka Shosen Kaisha may be said to rank
among the premier steamship companies of
Japan.

The first subscribed capital of the Company
was Yi,042,265 in 1884, but in 1893 it was
increased to Yi, 800,000 The replacing of
old vessels by newly built steamers, in order
to meet Government requirements in respect

of subsidised lines, was completed in 1894,
when the capital was further increased to
Y2, 500,000. In 1896, the Japan-Formosa lines
under Government subsidy were inaugurated.
The Yangts/.e River services were opened in
1898, and the South China coast lines were
started in the following year. In 1900 it
was agreed by the shareholders to raise
the capital to 'Yi 1,000,000, and owing to the
favourable state of the financial market the
scheme was carried out successfully in Nov-
ember, 1904. The present capital amounts
to Y 16.500,000, of which Y15, 125,000 have
been paid up. The balance sheet published
in June, 1907, showed a net profit for the
previous half-year of Y 1,059,896.

To meet the Company's ever-widening
sphere of activity the fleet has been increased
from time to time. In 1884, the Company
owned 3 iron and steel and 93 wooden
steamers, aggregating 17,056 tons ; while in

on a large chartering trade to all ports in
the East.

The Calcutta Line, which has been operated
for many years, was recently extended to
Japan ports, and is run by three new steamers,
of which the Kntsani> is the latest. She is a
thoroughly up-to-date vessel of 4,895 tons,
fitted throughout with electric light, and
provided with excellent accommodation for
twenty-one first-class passengers and a limited
number of second. The Namsnn/i and the
Fooksang, also providing accommodation for
first and second-class travellers, are comfort-
ably appointed modern steamers ; whilst there
are also two intermediate steamers on the
run, the Kiimsaiig and the Laisang. The
combined service makes regular trips from
Calcutta to Hongkong and on to Japan, giving
a departure from Calcutta about every ten
days. All Calcutta steamers carry a duly
qualified surgeon.

NIPPON YUSEN KAISHA.

[See page 203.]

The S.S. "Taxgo Maru"-
On the American Run.

1907 the fleet consisted of 76 iron and steel
and 33 wooden steamers of 108,037 gross
tonnage. At the present time 10 steel steamers
of 42,450 tons gross are under construction.

The Company has had offices in Hongkong
for many years, and Mr. T. Arima, the
manager of the branch, is one of the best-
known members of the Japanese community
in the Colony.

MESSRS. JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.'S
SHIPPING DEPARTMENT.

In addition to their other widespread business
interests, the firm of Messrs. Jardine, Mathe-
son & Co., Ltd., are general managers of the
Indo-China Steam Navigation Company, Ltd.,
and agents for several shipping lines, carrying

Saloon of S.S. "Nikko Maru "—
On the Australian Run.

The Canton, Hongkong and Tientsin Direct
Line is maintained by the Cheoiigshiiig and
Chipshiiig, of 1,980 and 1,984 tons gross
respectively, which were specially constructed
at home for this service. They have good
passenger accommodation and large cargo
carrying capacity on a light draft, and are
thus able to proceed up the Peiho River as
far as the Tientsin Bund.

The Java Line gives a regular service be-
tween Hongkong, Singapore, Samarang and
Sourabaya, and is operated by steamers of
from 3,000 to 4,000 tons capacity. A
steamer also runs regularly between Hong-
kong, Kudat, Sandakan, and other Borneo
ports. The vessel on this line, the Maiisaiig,
is specially adapted for the handling of heavy
timber, this being the principal cargo carried.

The Hongkong Manila Line is maintained
by the I.ooiigsaiig and Yuciisang, which give
a regular sailing from each port every Friday.

206 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Three new steamers, fitted with ample
passenger acxx>mmodation — the C/ii)vs<ih^, the
HiiiifiiaHg. and ihe Kwoiigsting — each of 3,000
tons, ;ire engaged on the Canton, Hongkong,
and Shanghai service, calling at the coast
ports as required, but usually at Swalow,

The Company also do a large chartering
business between Eastern pons, and in ihis
the Aniarii, Chunking. Fiiiisttng. Hofsaiisi.
Onsiini. Siiistitig. Hinsiing. Fooshiiig. and
Yttlsliiiig are engaged. These steamers are
t>etwecii 3,000 and 4,000 tons carrying
capacity, are titted with 'tween decks and
side ports, and are in every respect the most
suitable t\-pe of IkkiI for the safe and expedi-
tious handling of cargo. The Indo-China

Company employ in their Eastern service
about 330 Europeans — captains, ollicers,
engineers, doctors, and pilots.

Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co. also act
as agents in China and Japan for Sir T. B.
Koyden, managing owner of the liidra Line,
Ltd., whose sleamers run at regular inter-
vals between New York. Boston, vii'i the
Suez Canal to the Straits, Philippines, China
coiist and Japan, returning to the United States
bv the same route. The vessels, which nni
in conjunction with the other New York lines,
are of large carrying capacity, are fitted
throughout with electric light, and maintain a
speed of 10-12 knots. The following is a list

of the steamers, showing tlit-ir gross tonnage :
India, 6,057 ; IndravcUi. 5,805 ; Iiidraiiuiyo,
5,200; Iiulrnsniiiliii. ^.1^)7 ; /(/(/nnciK//, 5,194 ;
liidiniii. 4,994 ; and Iiidrnfiiirn, 4.899.

In addition to the foregoing, the firm
represent the well-known British India Steam
Navigation Company, Ltd., and the Asiatic
Steam Navigation Company. The British
India Company's steamers from Rangoon to
Hongkong and China ports, via the Straits
afford superior accommodation for first-class
passengers, and are fitted with electric light
throughout.

• Mr. R. Sulherland is in charge of the firm's
shipping department.

[Sec pafie J04.]

TlIK HOXOKOXG Okkice.

TOYO KISEN KAI8HA.

The Yokohama Offick.

S. AsAXO (President).
S.S. "Tenvo Maru." built in Japan.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 207

THE CHINA AND MANILA STEAMSHIP
COMPANY, LTD.

Intending visitors to Manila, the capital of the
beautiful Philippine Islands, can hardly do
better than book by one of the steamers run by
the China and Manila Steamship Company,
Ltd., the general managers of which are
Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co. The service is
maintained by two steamers, tlie Zafiro and the
Kiibi, each of 3,000 tons, and with first-class
accommodation for fifty saloon passengers.
The table is excellent, and the sleeping and
other appointments are most comfortable. The
vessels, which are oHicered by Europeans and
carry a doctor, make weekly sailings, carrying
cargo as well as passengers.

THE DOUGLAS LAPRAIK STEAMSHIP
COMPANY.

The history of the formation of the Douglas
Steamship Company, is very interesting. The
foundations of what is now a large and
important undertaking were laid by Mr.
Douglas Lapraik, who carried on business in
the Colony as a watchmaker and jeweller.
He conceived the idea that there was profit
to be made in trading along the China coast,
and, consequently, in conjunction with a few
friends he purchased several small steamers
and started upon the venture. Upon his
death he left his interest in the seven vessels
which had been employed in the trade to
his nephew, Mr. John Stewart Lapraik, and
he, on July 28, 1883, floated the Douglas
Steamship Company. Since then the general
trade of the Company with the coast ports
and P'ormosa, has largely increased, for,
although the vessels employed have dimin-
ished in number, they have been replaced
by several of far greater carrying capacity.
P"or ten years Mr. J. S. Lapraik took an
active interest in the management of affairs,
and, after his death, his partner, Mr. Davis,
assumed control. He was succeeded by-
Mr. Lewis, who, in 1900, was joined by
Mr. H. P. White, the present manager at
Hongkong. Formerly the headquarters of the
Company were situated on the Praya, or
Connaught Road as it is now called, but they
have since been removed to Douglas Street.

MESSAGERIES CANTONAISES.

The organisation of the " Messageries Can-
tonaises " shows that the French are far
from being disinterested spectators of the
commercial life and development of the
Chinese provinces around tlieir beautiful
Colony of Tonkin, The Company which was
floated in 1907 by the Compagnie Fran(,aise
des Indes et de I'li-Ntreme- Orient is sub-
sidised by the Government of Indo-Cliina,
and retains the French postal service between
Hongkong, Canton, and Wuchow (Kwangsi).
Under supervision from the Paris head-
quarters it operates the steamships Paul
Beau and Charles Hardouin, both of which
are speedy and comfortable. The Paul Beau
is named after the Governor-General of
Indo-China, and the Charles Hardouin after
the late Consul-General for France at Canton,
who actively occupied himself in the founda-
tion of the line. The two steamers are of
1,900 tons each. They were built at Nantes
in 1904. and have a speed of 14 knots.
The registered office of the " Messageries
Cantonaises " is at Canton, and the agents in

THE INDO-CHINA STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY, LTD.

(Messrs J.irdiiie. Mathcsoii & Co.. Genenil Manaiiers.)

P80ME.\ADE Deck of the " KtTSANG." [Sec page 205.]

S.S. " LAISAXG."
SALOOX of the " KUTSANG."

VIEWS OF THE S.S. "ZAFIRO," OF THE CHINA AND MANILA STEAMSHIP COMPANY, LTD.
[See page ao?.] (Mesvs. Shewan, Tonics & Co , General Manaj^ers.)

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 209

Hongkong are the well-known firm of Messrs.
Barretto & Co. The local director of the
Company is Captain P. A. Lapicque, of the
French Naval Reserve.

JAV.'^.CniNA.JAPAN LIJN.

Tourists in the East would be well repaid
for a visit to Java, for, in addition to its
natural beauties, this island contains ruins
of magnificent temples, relics of a past and
wonderful civilisation, which fill the beholder
with pleasure and surprise. The recent com-
pletion of a good railway system makes it
possible to pass quite quickly through the
island, and the Java-China-Japan Lijn have
established a regular and excellent three-
weekly service between Java, China, and

staff includes Messrs. H. J. van den Bosch,
R. J. F. van der Voort, G. Otien, J. Jonck-
heer, H. Westhoff, and H. van Zuylen
(marine superintendent).

ment of the combined companies is in the
hands of Mr. Chau Sin Ki.

THE "KWONQ" RIVER STEAMERS.

There are several excellent services of night
steamers between Hongkong and Canton.
That wonderfully interesting city is brought
within easy access of the Colony, and, even
though the tourist is able to spend but a few
days in this part of the world, he will find
himself amply repaid for a visit by the many
strange and curious sights. The journey
may be accomplished easily and comfort-
ably, on eitlier of the steamers Kivong
Tung or Kwoiig Sai operated by the

MELCHERS & CO.

So much depends upon the manner in which
the business of a large steamship line is
conducted in foreign ports that great care
is exercised in the appointment of agents.
The distinction of representing the North
German Lloyd Steamship Company in Hong-
kong is enjoyed by Messrs. Melchers & Co.,
a large firm of exporters, importers, and
shipping and insurance agents. A branch of
this business was established in the Colony
in 1866 by Mr. Hermann Melchers, the
present head of the house in Bremen, and
since then other branches have been opened

[See page 207.]

SALOON OF THE S.S. "PAUL BEAU."

S.S. "PAUL BEAU" AND "CHARLES HAE.DOUIN."

Japan. They have six large 6,000 ton
steamers — TJikini, Tjipauas, Tjitiialii, Tjili-
woiig, Tjilaljap, and Tjibodas^M of which
are fitted throughout with electric light and
offer accommodation for a limited number
of saloon passengers, who may rest assured
that their convenience and comfort will
receive every consideration from the oHicials.
The Company also take cargo to all ports
in Netherlands Indies, and are the agents
for the Sabang Bay Coaling Station, Pulo
Weh Island, North Sumatra. The bay is
completely sheltered from wind and sea
throughout the year, and steamers passing
that way can always replenish their bunkers
and obtain a supply of fresh water.

The offices of the Java-China-Japan Lijn
are in York Buildings, Hongkong. Mr.
P. J. R. Bisschop is the manager, and the

Yuen On and the Shiu On Steamship
Companies, Ltd. The steamer from Hong-
kong leaves the Company's wharf at nine
o'clock every evening, Saturday excepted,
and arrives at its destination about 6.30 the
following morning. The steamer from Can-
ton leaves the Shameen at 5.30 every evening,
Sunday excepted, and reaches Hongkong
about midnight. The boats are commanded
by fi^uropean captains and officers. They
are large and comfortable, scrupulously clean,
and lighted throughout by electricity, while
the well-equipped first-class cabins are all
fitted with electric fans. The fare to Canton
and back is only $8, and meals are provided
at very reasonable rates. The boats are
second to none on the river, but they are,
by far, the cheapest. They are owned by
Chinese capitalists, and the general manage-

in Canton, Shanghai, Chinkiang, Hankow,
Ichang, and Tientsin. The partners are
Hermann Melchers and Adalbert Korff
(Bremen), C. Michelau and A. Widmann
(Shanghai), and J. Bandow and G. Friesland
(Hongkong). Their representatives in London
are Messrs Runge, Wolters & Co., Ltd., for
their trade is extensive and is constantly
increasing, so that agents in large business
centres are a necessity. Besides acting for the
Norddeutscher Lloyd, Messrs. Melchers & Co.
represent the East Asiatic Company, Ltd.,
Copenhagen ; the Russian East Asiatic Com-
pany, Ltd., St. Petersburg ; the Swedish
East Asiatic Company, Ltd., Gothenburg ;
the Russian Volunteer Fleet, St. Petersburg ;
the Russian Ministry of Finance, St. Peters-
burg ; the Deutsche Dampfschifffahrts Ges-
ellschaft '' Hansa," Bremen ; the New Guinea

210 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Company, Berlin ; the Germanischer Lloyd,
Berlin ; the Bremen underwriters ; the Ko>"al
Fire and Life Insurance Company, Liver-
pool ; the United Swiss Marine Insurance
Comp;iny, Manchester ; the Basler Tr;»nsport
Versicherungs Gesellschaft. Basel ; Allge-
meine Versicherungs Gesellschaft " Helvetia ";

the Transport Versicherungs Gesellschaft
•' Schweiz " ; the Internationale Lloyd Versi-
cherungs Aclien Gesellschaft ; the Assurance
Company, " Mercur " ; Societe d'Enlrepots
de Transports ; and La Aseguradora Espanola.
In the ahsence of Mr, J. Bandow, Mr. G.
Friesland is the manager of the Company's

business at Hongkong, and his assist.ints
include Messrs. A. Lamperski (who signs per
pro.). C. Ahrendt, H. Warnsloh. K. Keulter,

E. Jesnitzer, O. Meyer, H. Korten, and

F. Steinhoff. The manager of the branch
at Canton is Mr. P. Suedliaiis.

S.S. KWONG SAI.
8,8, KWONO TUNG,

[See page 209.]

SALOON, KWONG TUNO.

EUROPEAN BUSINESS^ COMMUNITY.

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

The founder of this, the premier British
mercantile house in the Far East, was Dr.
William Jardine, at one time an officer in
the service of the Honourable East India
Company. Associated with him from its
earliest days were Messrs. James Matheson
(afterwards Sir James Matheson, Bart., of the
Lews) and Hollingworth Magniac.

Dr. Jardine was a southern Scot, whose
forbears for many generations had resided
in Annandale, Dumfriesshire. Mr. James
Matheson hailed from the west coast of Ross-
shire, where his family had long been estab-
lished, and owned property. Mr. Magniac
was the descendant of a Swiss merchant who
had settled at Macao towards the close of

the eighteenth century, obtaining employ-
ment there from an old-established firm
named Beale & Keid, in which concern he
became a partner, the firm's name being then
changed to Beale & Magniac, and later to
Magniac & Co.

In the early days of this business con-
nection. Dr. Jardine made trading voyages
between India and China, Mr. James Matheson
remaining in India to attend lo the disposal
of produce brought by his friend. Dr. Jardine,
from the Far East, whilst in Macao and
Canton Mr. Magniac acted as agent for the
sale of goods imported by the doctor from
India and the Straits. As time went on the
business carried on by these gentlemen in-
creased so considerably that in 1827 Dr.
Jardine and Mr. Matheson found it necessary

to take up residence permanently in Macao,
moving up to Canton in the season, as was
the custom in those early days, and there
conducting their business tlirough the medium
of the " licensed " house of Magniac & Co.,
in which both became interested.

In 1832, the trading monopoly of the East
India Company came to an end, the firm of
Magniac & Co. was dissolved, and business
tliereafter was carried on by the tliree above-
named gentlemen under the style of Jardine,
Matheson & Co.

Dr. Jardine left China in 1838, the business
initiated by him having by this time assumed
vast proportions. His commercial operations
were conducted throughout with sagacity and
judgment, and he was a man of great strength
of character and of unbounded generosity.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 211

He was the shipper of the first cargo of
" free teas " to London on the expiry of the
close monopoly of the East India Company.
The "hong" merchants with whom, cliieHy,
he transacted his business were " Mowqua "
and " Conseequa." though old books still in
the possession of the firm show that large
transactions in tea and silk were put through
also with the well-known " hong merchant
Howqua." One of the firm's chief con-
stituents in India was Jamsetjee Jejeebhoy,
who later became the celebrated Parsee
Baronet. His business transactions with
Jardine, Matheson & Co. were on a colossal
scale.

On Dr. Jardine's departure from Canton,
the entire foreign community entertained him
at a dinner in the dining room of the old
East India Company's factory, about eighty
persons of all nationalities being present.
Dr. Jardine was succeeded in the manage-
ment of the firm by Mr. James Matheson,
who finally left China in 1842. Mr. James
Matheson was a gentleman of great suavity
of manner and the personification of benevo-
lence. Following Mr. James Matheson came
his nephew, Alexander (afterwards Sir Alex-
ander Matheson, Bart., of Ardross), who had
received his early business training in India,
joining his uncle in Canton in 1835.

In 1842, having been driven out of Macao
owing to the shortsighted policy of the Portu-
guese authorities, the firm transferred its
headquarters to the then almost barren island
of Hongkong, where the isolated promontory
and hill of East Point were purchased, sub-
stantial offices, godowns and dwelling houses
erected, and a slipway laid down for the
hauling up and repairing of the fleet of
schooners and brigs employed by the firm in
the coasting trade of that day. The offices
erected at that lime continued to be used as
such by the firm until the year 1864, when
a move was made to a more central part of
the town, the buildings thereafter being used
as junior mess quarters. The dwelling houses
erected for the senior and junior partners
at East Point, now probably the oldest
houses in the Colony, are situated on a hill
some 200 feet in height overlooking the
harbour, and surrounded by an unusually
large compound containing a very fine avenue
of trees. Though erected nearly seventy
years ago, hese houses are still in excellent
condition, their wide verandahs, spacious and
lofty rooms and passages, and finely dressed
stone exterior bearing evidence of the good
work performed by the Chinese workmen
of 1842.

On the retirement of Mr. Alexander
Matheson in 1852, the firm was successively
ruled by Messrs. Andrew, David, Joseph, and
Robert (afterwards Sir Robert Jardine, Bart.,
of Castlemilk) Jardine, all nephews of the
founder of the house, and all of whom
worthily maintained their uncle's reputation
for shrewdness and business capacity com-
bined with benevolence, love of sport, and
hospitality.

With the advent of steam and telegraphs,
the method of conducting business in the
Far East underwent radical change, and to
a very great extent the " merchant " was
displaced by the "commission agent." Those
controlling the policy of Jardine, Matheson
& Co. were, fortunately, shrewd enough to
fall into line with the altered state of affairs
before it was too late, and thus escaped the
disaster which overtook so many of the grand
old China houses.

From its early days, a fundamental principle
of the " Muckle Hoos " has been that its
senior positions should be filled, and the
controlling influence exercised, by the im-

mediate relations and descendants of its
founders. So far, there has never been
wanting a cadet of either family successfully
to guide the destinies of the enterprise so
well initiated by these shrewd and able Scots.

With all that concerns the welfare of the
Colony of Hongkong those connected with
Jardine, Matheson & Co. have ever been
closely identified. Streets bear the name of
long-departed partners, the City Hall was
built mainly owing to the public-spirited
generosity of Sir Robert Jardine, while on
the Legislative and Executive Councils it has
been seldom indeed that the firm's repre-
sentative has not held a seat.

For the past forty years the active manage-
ment of the firm's affairs has been in the
hands of Mr. William Keswick, M.P., a
kinsman of Sir Robert Jardine. Under his
management the firm has prospered and
extended its branches to every Treaty port
in China, to Japan, and to the United States.

Mr. John Macgregor, Sir Edward Alford, Mr.
A. P. MacEwen, Mr. C. W. Dickson, Mr.
Robert Inglis, Mr. W. J. Gresson, Mr. Henry
Keswick, Mr. David Landale, Mr. W. A. C.
Cruickshank, Sir R. W. Huchanan-Jardine,
Bart., Mr. James McKie, Mr. C. H. Ross.

BUTTERFIELD & SWIRE.

The firm of Butterfield & Swire commenced
business at Shanghai in 1867, and opened an
office at Hongkong in 1870. To-day it has
branches at Canton, Swatow, Amoy, Foo-
chow, Ningpo, Chinkiang, Nanking, Wuhu,
Kiukiang, Hankow, Ichang, Chefoo, Tientsin,
and Newchwang, and at Kobe and Yokohama
in Japan. Messrs. Buttertield & Swire are
managers in the East for the China Naviga-
tion Company, Ltd., for the Taikoo Sugar
Refining Company, Ltd., and for the Taikoo
Dockyard and Engineering Company of

JABDINE, MATHESON & CO.'S OLD PREMISES.

(Deniolislied October, 1907.)

In 1905. Sir Robert Jardine died, and for
family reasons the firm was then turned into
a private Limited Liability Company, the first
governing director being the present Baronet,
Sir R. W. Buchanan-Jardine, with Messrs.
Wm. Keswick, M.P., W. J. Gresson, and
Henry Keswick as its managing directors.

The following is a list of partners in this
firm from its commencement to the present
day : — Dr. William Jardine, Sir James
Matheson, Bart., Mr. H. Magniac, Sir Alex-
ander Matheson, Bart., Mr. Andrew Johnstone,
Mr. H. Wright, Mr. Andrew Jardine, Mr.
Wm. Stewart, Mr. A. G. Dallas, Mr. David
Jardine, Mr. Joseph Jardine, Mr. A. C. Maclean,
Mr. Donald Matheson, Mr. A. Perceval, Sir
Robert Jardine, Bart., Mr. J. C. Bowring, Mr.
M. A. Macleod, Mr. J. Macandrew, Mr. James
Whittall, Mr. Wm. Keswick, Mr. H. St. L.
Magniac, Mr. R. A. Houstoun, Mr. E. Whittall,
Mr. F. Bulkeley-Johnston, Mr. J. J. Keswick,
Mr. Wm. Paterson, Mr. John Bell-Irving,
Mr. Herbert Smith, Mr. James J. Bell-Irving.

Hongkong, Ltd. The China Navigation
Company's fleet of over sixty steamers, with
its headquarters at Shanghai, is chiefly em-
ployed trading on the coast and rivers of
China. Regular services are also maintained
between Shanghai and Japan, Hongkong and
Australia, and Hongkong and the Philippines.
The Taikoo Sugar Refining Company's
refinery, situated at Hongkong, has capacity
for producing a large quantity of refined
sugar. The Taikoo Dockyard and Engineer-
ing Company's works, situated on the island
of Hongkong, within half-an-hour's journey
of the city of Victoria, are extensive and
modern, fully equipped for every description
of building and repair work. The dry dock
measures 750 feet on the blocks, and there
are also three patent slips, each capable of
accommodating vessels up to 3,000 tons
register. Messrs. Butterfield & Swire are
agents in China and Japan for the Ocean
Steamship Company, Ltd., and for the China
Mutual Steam Navigation Company, Ltd.

MESSRS. SHEWAK, TOMES & CO.'S OFFICES.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 213

SHEWAN, TOMES & CO.

In not a few departments of human activity it
is possible to point to the past and say, "They
were giants in those days." but the men of
stature in the mercantile world are with us
now, and for the reason that the ever extending
ramifications of commerce have called them
into existence. The iirm of Messrs. Shevvan,
Tomes & Co., of Hongkong, Canton. Shanghai,
Tientsin, Kobe, London, and New York, with
its agencies, in Amoy, Foochow, p'ormosa,
Hankow, Manila, and the Straits Settlements is
an example of the widespread character of the
business in which a modern house may find
itself engaged. Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co.,
are general managers of the China and Manila
Steamship Company, Ltd., the American Asiatic
Steamship Company, the Green Island Cement
Company, Ltd., the Hongkong Rope Manu-
facturing Company, Ltd., the China Provident
Loan and Mortgage Company, Ltd., the China
Light and Power Company, Ltd., the Equitable
Life Assurance Society, of the U.S.A., and the
Canton Land Company, Ltd. ; whilst they are
agents for the " Shire " Line of Steamers, Ltd.,
the Yangtsze Insurance Association, Ltd., the
Insurance Company of North America, the
Batavia Sea and Fire, North British and
Mercantile, Reliance Marine, Union Marine,
World Marine, Law Union and Crown, York-
shire Fire and Life, Fireman's Fund, and
Federal Insurance Companies, the Electric
Traction Company of Hongkong, Ltd., the
Chinese Engineering and Mining Company,
Ltd., the Shanghai Pulp and Paper Company,
Ltd., and the Tacoma Grain Company. All
these divergent interests are controlled from
the head office in Hongkong, an imposing
structure known as St. George's Buildings,
with a magnificent frontage overlooking the
harbour. The firm deals with the bulk of
the articles exported from Canton, through
Hongkong — raw silk, silk piece goods, tea,
matting, fire-crackers, palm-leaf fans, cassia,
cassia buds, cassia oil, rhubarb, aniseed, gin-
seng, rattan, and preserves. This department
is managed by Mr. A. A. Cordeiro. Imports
for the trade include cottons, woollens, shir-
tings, and white goods, flannelettes, drills,
handkerchiefs, all kinds of builders' hardware,
Belgian window-glass, glass-ware of every
description, bar and rod iron, nail rod iron,
wire nails, yellow metal, bamboo steel, Swe-
dish rolled-steel, hoop iron, paper in pulp and
sheets, lubricating oils, flour, hemp, raw sugar,
Australian and Japanese coal, wines and spirits
of every kind — in short, almost everything that
can be deemed necessary to meet ordinary
demands. In addition to the large quantities
of goods imported upon commissions, chiefly
placed by Chinese houses, the firm carries a
heavy stock in readiness to meet all inquiries.
The import department is divided into separate
branches, working respectively under Messrs.
S. Moore, J. Coulthart. and P. Kunge. The
Green Island Cement Company, for which the
firm are the general managers, is the subject
of another article in this volume, and it will
here suffice to mention that the quality of
the cement produced at the factory is not to
be surpassed. Mr. R. Henderson has general
charge of this department, while the interests
of the Rope Manufacturing and the China
Light and Power Companies are attended to
by Mr. L. L. Campbell. The former has been
established for upwards of twenty years, and
the factory turns out millions of pounds of rope
annually, the market for the output embracing
Japan, the Straits Settlements, India, and
Australia. The China and Manila Steamship
Company, Ltd., which is operated by the firm,
has two first-class boats on the Manila run.
The shipping department is managed by Mr.

George Moffatt, whilst the large loan and
storage business of the Provident Loan and
Mortgage Company is conducted by Mr. J. A.
Young. Enough has been said to show how
gigantic are the undertakings of Messrs.
Shewan, Tomes & Co.

world. A branch of the undertaking was
opened in Hongkong in August, 1894, by Mr.
George Henry Wheeler, who had formerly
been a partner in the firm of Kussel & Co.,
at Shanghai. Since 1898, in spile of con-
siderable competition from the Asiatic Petro-
leum Company, and the Maatschappij tot Mijn-
bosch-en Landbouwexploitatie in Langkat,

MESSRS. LANE, CRAWFORD & CO.'S PREMISES.

[See page 214.]

THE STANDARD OIL COMPANY
OF NEW YORK.

The extent of the highly remunerative busi-
ness carried on by the Standard Oil Company,
of which Mr. J. D. Rockefeller, the great
American millionaire is the head, forms the
subject of comment in many parts of the

their trade has increased several hundred per
cent. Since 1903 the Company have extended
their operations very considerably, and are
now erecting large plants at Foochow, Amoy,
Swatow, Canton, Haippong, Saigon, Tourane.
Bangkok, Manila, and Hongkong (Lai Chi
Kok) which control numerous small stations.
The Hongkong branch is now known as the

214 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

South China Department, and covers the dis-
trict of China as far cast and north as
Foochow, and includes Formosa and the
PhiHppines, Indo-China. and Siam.

In February, 1895, the present general
manager. Mr. J. W. Bolles. joined the Hong-
kong branch as chief assistant to Mr. Wheeler,
liaving previously been manager of one of

China ; W. D. Kraft, second assistant manager ;
F. H. McHugli, chief accountant, and several
olhers from the American olilices.

KESSBS. CALBBECK, HACGREOOR & CO.
The Maxagkk's Office. The Dditlixi; Dei-ahtmext.

the Company's interests in Virginia, U.S.A.
In June of the same year, Mr. W. B. Walker,
the present assistant manager came to the
office as an assistant, and from time to time
the itaff has been augmented by Messrs. D. H.
Cameron, now manager at Canton ; L. I.
Thomas, now manager of the coast port, at
Amoy ; W. W. Clark, now manager ol Indo-

LANE. CRAWFORD & CO.

Hongkong has not many departmental stores
where the purchaser can go from room to
room and find everything that he may rcquiie
wiih the minimum amount of trouble and loss
of time. But at the establishment of Messrs.
Lane, Crawford & Co. anything from a pin

to an anchor can be purchased. It was in
1850 — only a few years after the British took
possession of Hongkong — that Messrs. T. A.
Lane & Ninian Crawford started the business.
Until 1905 they occupied promises situated
on the old Praya. and extending riglit tlirougli
to Queen's Road Central. Alllunigli large,
these premises were found to be inadequate
and entirely unsuited to present-day require-
ments, and, consequently, the present hand-
some block of buildings was erected for the
tirm by the Hongkong Land Investment
Company, from the designs of Messrs. Leigh
& Orange. The main entrance is in Ice
House Street, within a sliort distance of the
Kowloon Ferry Wharf and in the centre of
the European business quarter. The show-
rooms occupy three floors and cover an area
of 20,000 square feet, the departments em-
bracing ship-cliandlery, grocery, outfitting,
hardware, furnishing and upholstery, tailoring,
millinery, and piano and musical instruments.

In describing their activities in various
directions the fact is worthy of note that
Lane, Crawford & Co. were the first to
supply tlie shipping of the port with fresh
water, and for many years their fleet of
sailing water boats was well known to every
vessel visiting the harbour. Recently, in
order to keep pace with the increased require-
ments of the port, they have used steam water
boats, and this part of the business is now
merged in the Union Water Boat Company,
Ltd. In the early eighties a severe drought
was experienced in the Colony, and the
shortage of water caused much suffering
among the poorer classes of Cliinese. Lane,
Crawford & Co. thereupon placed their w.iter
boats at the Government's disposal, and for
this disinterested service they received public
thanks.

The present partners in the business are
Messrs. A. H. Skelton, Duncan Clark, and
F. C. Wilford. The firm employs a large
staff of Europeans, who are accommodated
in splendid quarters.

CALDBECK, MACQREQOR & CO.

Thk firm of Messrs. Caldbeck, Macgregor
& Co., established in 1864, is the largest
and best known in the wine and spirit trade
in the East. The headquarters are in Kan-
goon Street. Crutched Friars, London, and
there are branches in Glasgow, Shanghai,
Hongkong, Singapore, and Tientsin ; whilst
agencies have been established at Port
Arthur, Chef 00, Weihaiwei, Kiaochau,
Hankow, Foochow, Taiwan, Canton, Macao,
the Philippines, British North Borneo, and
Penang. The Hongkong brand), which was
opened in 1889, is managed by Mr. C. J.
Lafrentz, one of the managing partners of
the firm ; whilst Mr. Frank Lannnert is
assistant manager and signs f>cr pni. Messrs.
A. G. da Roclia, and C. J. M. Pereira are
assistants, and there is a large staff of men
engaged in the godowns and in the bottling
department, which latter is under the charge
of Europeans. An extensive trade is done
with the armv and navy, with the numerous
local clubs and hotels, and with the leading
residents of the Colony. Over a hundred
and fifty British men-of-war have been
supplied 'bv the firm since 1878, and about
fifty military messes have dealt with the
firm since 1890. Nearly a hundred finited
States warships also appear on the list of
patrons. The firm undertakes contracts on
special terms, allowing in full for uncon-
sumed stocks returned in good order. The
firm has a special cable code for out-ports.

SPERRY FLOUR COMPANY.

[See page 216,3

SPERRY Mills in Stockton.
General View of Mills.

Union Mills in Stockton.

21 « TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

its telegraphic address beiii}; " Caldbeck,
Hongkonj;." The wines and spirits supplied
by Messrs. Caldbeck, Macgregor & Co., are
all ol good qiulity, but the connoisseur will
agree that their V.O.S. whisky merits par-
ticular mention. The loc";il otfice is at No.
15. Queen's Kiwd.

SPERRY FLOUR COMPANY.

The Sperry Flour Company has been in-
terested in the Hour trade of the Colony for
upwards of forty years — a period considerably
longer than any other similar company — and
during the whole of this time it has lost no
opportunity of studying the requirements of
Eastern buyers, with the object of pushing
business throughout the Empire of China,
Starting in 1852 with a small mill at Stock-
ton that had a capacity of 100 barrels,
the Company — incorporated in 1884, and
reincorporated under the laws of California
in 1892 — now has a larger output than any
other Hour-milling enterprise on the Pacific
coast. There are eleven mills, ten of them
situate in California and one in Tacoma,

is in the centre of the valley of that name,
reputed to be one of the best wheat-growing
districts in California, The total capacity of
the mill is 2,000 barrels, or 200 tons, a day,
and there is warehouse accommodation for
10,000 tons of flour and 20,000 tons of wheat.
The mill, which has a larger capacity than
any other in the State, has been continuously
operated since March, 1882, under the same
management, and the highest standard of
efficiency has been maintained throughout
by the introduction of the latest type of
machinery", to keep pace with modern inven-
tions. The mill is situated on the banks of
a tributary of the San Joaquin River, and is
in close touch with the port of San Francisco
both by water and rail, the cost of transporta-
tion thus being nominal. The best known
brands of the Company are the Crown,
Brown Bear, Crescent, and Orient. The first
of these is the finest flour exported fioni
America, and enjoys a high reputation
throughout the East. The Company, who
formerly were represented in Hongkong by
agents, opened an office in Queen's Buildings
about seven j'ears ago, to deal with the
growing volume of business in the Orient.

THE STOCKTON MILLING COMPANY.

Washington, with a daily capacity of 10,000
barrels, or 40,000 sacks. The Company's
chief brands of flour are Sperry's xxx or
Green Girl, Pioneer or Mandarin, Anchor,
Charm, Day, and Junk.

The president of the Company is Mr.
Horace Davis, and the managing directors
are Messrs. James Hogg and H. B. Sperry.
The headquarters are at No. 133, Spear Street,
San Francisco. There are branches at No. 13,
Nanking Road, Shanghai, where Mr. J. R.
Hargreaves is manager ; and at No. 24,
Robinson Road, Singapore, where Mr. C. E.
Richardson is in charge. The office at No. 7,
Redder Street, Hongkong, however, exerciries
a controlling influence over the whole of Ihe
Asiatic business, and here Messrs. W. S. Allen
and G. V. Hayes are the resident managers,

THE STOCKTON MILLING COMPANY.

Many thousands of tons of flour are consigned
to Hongkong each year by the Stockton
Milling Company, whose mills are located at
Stockton, in the county of San Joaquin, which

Their representative in the East is Mr. T. W.
Hornby.

QIBB, LIVINGSTON & CO.

It was in 1836 that Messrs. Gibb, Living-
ston & Co. established themselves in Canton.
They extended their operations to Hongkong
and Shanghai as soon as these places were
opened to trade, and, subsequently, established
a branch at Foochow. Their business in-
creased rapidly, and now, as general mer-
chants and agents, their house is amongst
the most important and best-known in the
Colony. Their many agencies at Shanghai,
include the Shanghai Land Investment Com-
pany ; the China Fire Insurance Company,
Ltd. ; the North British and Mercantile Fire
Insurance Company; the "Allianz" Vers.
Aklien Ges. in Berlin ; United States Lloyds ;
Indemnity Mutual Marine Insurance Company,
Ltd. ; Lloyds London ; the London Salvage
Association ; the Liverpool Salvage Associa-
tion ; the Maritime Insurance Company, Ltd.,
Liverpool ; the Underwriting and Agency
Association (composed of underwriting mem-

bers of Lloyds only) ; the Eastern and Aus-
tralian Steamship Company ; and the Hen
Line of Steamers. In Hongkong they are
agents for the British Nortli Borneo Govern-
ment ; the Hongkong Electric Company ; the
Ben Line of Steamers ; the Eastern and
Au^t^alian Steamship Company, Ltd. ; the
South African Line of Steamers ; the Austra-
lian Alliance Association Company (Marine) ;
the Northern Fire and Life Assurance Com-
pany ; the North Queensland Insurance Com-
pany, Ltd. ; the Slianghai Land Investment
Company, Ltd. ; the Shanghai Gas Company,
Ltd. ; the Shanghai Tug and Lighter Com-
pany, Ltd. ; and the VVciliaiwei Land and
Building Company, Ltd. At Foochow their
agencies include the Union Insurance Society,
of Canton, Ltd. ; the Peninsular and Oriental
Steam Navigation Company ; the Ben Line
of Steamers ; the Eastern and Australian
Steamship Company ; and the North Britisli
and Mercantile Insurance Company. Tlie
firm's offices in Hongkong are situated in
York Buildings.

BRADLEY & CO.

The firm of Bradley & Co. was first eslab-
lished in Swatow, and now has branches in
various parts of China. The trade carried on
by the Company covers a very wide area,
and consists chiefly of coal, shipping, and
general imports. There is a branch of the
business in Shanghai, and in 1893 offices
were opened in Hongkong. This policy of
extension has been amply justified by results.
The partners in the firm are Messrs. T. W.
Richardson (Swatow), R. H. Hill (London),
A. Macgowan (Swatow), A. Forbes (Hong-
kong), and G. A. Richardson (Shanghai). Mr.
A. Forbes is the partner in charge of the
Hongkong branch.

HONGKONG'S OLDEST GERMAN HOUSE.

The firm of Siemssen & Co. is but a few
years junior to the Colony itself. The his-
tory of the Company dates from 1846, when,
according to a circular still preserved in the
Hongkong office, Mr. G. T. Siemssen, who
up till that time had been connected with
Messrs. T. E. Vidal & Co., of Batavia, as
manager of their China department, decided
to start business in China on his own account.
Supported by prominent firms like Messrs.
Fredk. Huth & Co., of London, and R. L.
Fould & Fould Oppenheim, of Paris, he
chartered the good sailing ship Paul for a
voyage to Canton, loading her with every
class of goods that seemed likely to be sale-
able in China. He arrived at Canton in

1847, and met with such success that a year
later he had completed arrangements for the
opening of offices in Canton. On January 1,

1848, Messrs. Siemssen were permanently
established in the city. In 1855, only twelve
years after the then pirate-infested and barren
island of Hongkong had been formally ceded
to Great Britain, Messrs. Siemssen extended
their operations to the Colony. At this time
on the site of the present city of Victoria
there was merely a straggling village with
but few European business houses, less than
half a dozen of which remain at the present
day. Siemssen & Co. are thus in the proud
position of being the pioneer firm of the
many powerful German houses which now
conduct operations in the Colony, In 1865,
the headquarters of the house were trans-
ferred to Hamburg, where Mr. G. T. Siemssen

illlii'tiiit

n„

SIEMSSEN & CO.

Hasdlixg Mattixg.

G. T. SlEMSSEX (Founder).
Thk Offices.

The Old Premises ox Waier Front.
Waldemar Nissex (Founder).

THE KOWLOOX GODOWXS.

218 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

retained the management until his death
in November, 1886. In the meantime Mr.
Woldemar Xissen had joined the firm
(1855I and \-arious branches had l'>een estab-
lished in China under the control of other
partners, whom Mr. Siemssen had taken into
the business. Mr. Nissen became senior
partner after Mr. Siemssen's death, and
superintended the affairs of the Company
at the head office until he also passed away
in 18^. Mr. Albert Gueltzow who was ad-
mitted to partnership in 1864, ne.xt became
head of the tirm and is at present directing
operations from Hamburg. The senior part-
ner in the East is Mr. N. A. Siebs, who joined
the house as a shipping clerk in 1865 and
t>ecame a partner in 1881. To the energy
of these gentlemen Hongkong owes the
existence of one of its leading houses.

As the firm's business expanded fresh fields
were exploited from time to time and new
partners were taken into the house. The
year 1886 saw Mr. Arnold Fuchs, who was

prominently connected with luinierous com-
mercial enterprises for the development of
the Colony and the East generally, and the
resident senior parlner in Hongkong holds
a seat on the board of directors of the Hong-
kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ; tlie
Hongkong and Whanipoa Dock Company ;
the Hongkong Land Investment and Agency
Company ; tlie Hongkong and Kowloon
Wharf and Godown Company ; the China
Fire Insurance Company ; the Hongkong,
Canton and Macao Steamboat Company, &c.

BARRETTO & CO.

The boycott of American flour by llic Chinese
in 1905-6 gave a big fillip to the trade in
Australian flour, and prominent amongst the
firms to benefit by this were Messrs. Barretto
& Co., whose business was established, in
1895, by Messrs. A. A. H. Botelho and F. D.

MESSRS. BARRETTO & CO.'S OFFICE.

admitted to partnership in 1899, first become
connected with the Company. In 1907, when
Mr. Siebs was absent on leave, the Hongkong
branch was under the control of Mr. Fuchs,
while Mr. Charles Brodersen, who entered
the firm in 1883. and became a parlner in
1899. and Mr. Otto Struckmeyer, who joined
in 1889 and was made a partner in 1903,
were managing the Shanghai branch with
control over the northern offices. The Com-
pany have fine premises at No. 2, Praya
Central, Hongkong, and branches at Canton,
Shanghai, Hankow, Tientsin, and Tsingtau,
with agencies in London, Lyons, and New
York. They are well known as bankers,
general merchants, importers and exporters,
shipping and insurance agents, engineers and
contractors for the complete equipment of
railways and factories, &c., and the name of
"Seem-Sun" is familiar to probably every
Chinese merchant of any importance doing
business with foreigners in North and South
China. The members of the firm have been

Barretto. The headquarters are in Queen's
Buildings, and as merchants, commission
and shipping agents, and wholesale importers
and exporters their operations cover an exten-
sive field and are increasing year by year.
Probably more flour from the Australian
Commonwealth has passed through their
hands latterly than through those of any
other firm in the Colony. They are well
represented all over the world, and are the
agents in South China and Hongkong for
the Compagnie Fran<;aise des Indes et de
I'Exlreme-Orient ; Compania Trasatlantica
Royal Spanish Mail Line (passengers' depart-
ment) ; the Gresham Life Assurance Company;
Lloyd Platino (F'ire and Marine) ; Victoria
General Insurance Company ; La Xacional
(Marine Insurance) ; and the Wine Growers'
Supply Company. They have recently started
the Imperial Brewing Company, Ltd., in the
Colony, and have succeeded in placing the
French service of night steamers to Canton
on a paying basis.

DODWELL & CO.

Messrs. Dodwei.l & Co., Ltd., were estab-
lished in Hongkong on January 1, 1899, the
firm, until that date, being known as Dodwell,
Carlill & Co. They are general merchants,
importers, exporters, and general and shipping
agents, and undertake commission business
of every description. Their headquarters are
in London, and they have branches also at
Shanghai, Hankow, and Foochow in China ;
Yokohama and Kobe, in Japan ; Colombo,
Ceylon ; San Francisco, Tacoma, and Seattle,
U.S.A. ; and Victoria and Vancouver, British
Columbia. The directors are Messrs. George
B. Dodwell, chairman, A. J. H. Carlill, T. M.
Dermer, F. D'Iffanger, F. Dodwell, H. A. J.
Macray, G. H. Medhurst, G. J. Melhuish,
G. S. "Thomson, and E. S. Whealler. Mr.
G. H. Medhurst, who is a member of the
committee of the Chamber of Commerce,
is the manager, and Mr. E. G. Barrett, sub-
manager, of the Hongkong branch.

P. BLACKHEAD & CO.

1\ the early days, before the establishment of
Hongkong as a British Colony, Whampoa
was the farthest point to which the Chinese
permitted foreign ships to proceed up llie
West Kiver. Many difticulties were experi-
enced at this port by vessels in obtaining
stores, and it was this fact which led to the
establishment of the firm of F. Blackhead
& Co. by Mr. B. Schwarzkopf. Purchasing
a dismantled Chinese junk of suitable propor-
tions, Mr. Schwarzkopf commenced busmess
on the waters of the harbour in 1855. There
was a good opening for the new venture, but
many restrictions were placed upon foreign
traders by Cliinese oHicials, and there was
little guarantee of piotection against the
pirates who infested the Chinese w,iters. In
spite of all obstacles, however, Mr, Schwarz-
kopf built up a thriving trade. But when the
troubles at Canton culminated in war between
England and China the business was removed
lo Hongkong, and here it has remained,
progressing with the Colony year after year.
At about the time when the headquarters
were removed from Whampoa to Hongkong
a branch was established in the Portuguese
city of Macao, where there was great activity
in shipping circles on account of the coolie
trade. This branch, however, was not des-
tined to meet with overmuch success, for in
1874 the many abuses of the coolie traffic
had become so glaring that the traffic was
abolished, and the firm, by withdrawing,
anticipated the steady decline in Macao's
importance as a shipping port.

During Mr. B. Schwarzkopf's life Messrs.
Smith, Schoenemann, Hoeinike, and F.
Schwarzkopf were admitted as partners, and
the business was conducted by them until
1903, when Mr. Smith and, later on, Mr.
Schoenemann left for Europe. They (lid not,
however, live long after their return to the
homeland. The firm's offices are now in that
magnificent pile on the water front known as
St. George's Buildings. Here they stock
everything that comes under the heading of
ship's stores, for they are contractors to the
German, Austrian, and Russian Navies. They
are also interested in the coal trade of the
Colony. .Some years ago they acquired a
large parcel of land, known as Blackhead's
Point, at Kowloon, having an extensive deep-
water frontage, and here they built godowns
and a pier constructed on Differdingen piles
capable of accommodating quite large vessels.
For many years a conspicuous feature of the

3. Mr. James Guy.
2. The Late Mr. Chew D. Musse.

PROMINENT MEMBERS OF THE EUROPEAN BUSINESS COMMUNITY, HONGKONG

I. Dr. a. S. Gomes.

6. Mr. L. M. Alvares.

14. Mr. E. m. Hazelaxd.
19. Mr. a. F. Weiss.

7. Mr. J. W. Graham, 8. Mr. A. R, Lowe,

Actinj; Manager. Hongkong and Secretary,

Whampoa Dock Co., Ltd. Chamber of Commerce.

II. Mr. G. H. Medhurst,
Manager, Dodwell & C{>.

15. Mr. a. Korhs.

20. Mh. a. Hickie,
"China Express," Hongkong.

12. Mr. R. Shewan.
16. Mr. Gray Scott.

4. Mr. W. S. Bailey.

5. Mr. J. R. Michael.
9. Mr. f. Lammert,
Secretary,
Victoria Recreation Club.

10. Mr. Thcmas Neave.
13. Mr. a. a. H. Botelho.

17. Mr. F. D. Barretto.

21. Mr. F. Jorge,
President, Lusitano Club.

18. The Late Mr Danby.
22. Mr. H. Wicking,

220 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

shipping in the harbour has been Messrs.
Blackhead's large hulk, bearing an advertise-
ment of the famous •• Red Hand Brand " of
composition for the t>otloms of iron ships,
for which the firm has the sole agency in
the Colony. The only European sail-making
business in Hongkong, also, is conducted by
Messrs. Blackhead & Co. Even this does
not exhaust the list of tlieir industries, for
at Shaukiwan they have established a large
soap and soda factory, details of which are
gi\-en in the section of this work devoted to
industries.

The present partners in the firm are Messrs.
F. Schwarzkopf, son of the founder, and F.
Hoehnke. They have branches at Neishiem,
Tsingtau, and Tsin.uifu, where the business
is carried on under the st>-le of F. Schwarz-
kopf «k Co.

requirements of all customers. Smokers'
requisites of every kind are stocked in abun-
dance. The house has taken the lead in
other directions, too, for it is the only one
importing continental fancy goods, including
china, table and wall ornaments, fancy bas-
kets, glass vases, and ware of special design,
&c. Other lines comprise electro-plate, toys,
picture postcards (which latter the firm were
the first to introduce into tlie Colony), and
the well-known •' Divinice " brand of perfume,
distilled by Messrs. Wolff & Solin. The
firm also deal largely in incandescent gas
fittings, and were the first local agents for
the •• Welsbach " burners now in general
use. This does not by any means exhaust
the list of agencies held by the firm— for they
represent the '' Columbia " Cycle Company,
the German newspaper, Oslusinlisclie Lloyil,
and numerous smaller interests — but enough
has been said to show the extent and diversity
of the trade carried on by them. The pro-

[See page 2:8.]

MESSRS. F. BLACKHEAD & CO.

The Office.

KRUSE & CO.

It was in 1868 that Mr. Kruse, a shrewd
man of business, laid the foundation of the
extensive import trade in tobacco, cigars, and
fancy goods now carried on under the style
of Kruse & Co. by Messrs. C. W. Longuet
and J. Meier. Mr. Kruse died in 1874, and
many changes of partnership followed, but
the business has prospered, and to-day the
firm is the leading house of its kind in the
Colony, with a carefully guarded reputation
for supplying only the best class of goods.
Messrs. Kruse & Co. are agents for Messrs.
Valfiadis & Co.'s and Messrs. A. G. Cousis
& Co.'s Egyptian cigarettes ; they are the
sole importers of the " Imperia del Mundo "
Manila cigars ; they import the special brand
known as " El Oriente " direct from the
factory ; and they are the only firm shipping
cigars direct from Havana in wholesale
quantities to Hongkong. They deal lx>th
with the Tobacco "Trust and with independent
companies, and are thus able to meet the

The Hulk "Jay,"
with sail-making department.

prietors visit Europe in turn, one buying goods
in Hamburg whilst the other is supervising
the business in Hongkong.

A. S. WATSON & CO., LTD.

The firm of A. S. Watson & Co., Ltd.,
chemists, druggists, aerated water manu-
facturers, &c., is one of the largest business
concerns in the Far East, consisting, as it
does, of thirteen European shops and upwards
of forty Chinese branches, giving employment
to fifty Europeans and five hundred Chinese.
Its origin dates back to the cession of Hong-
kong to the British, when a naval surgeon
opened what became known as the Hongkong
Dispensary for the use, principally, of sailors
and soldiers. In the fifties, new premises
were opened in Queen's Road, the concern
having by that time passed into the hands
of Mr. A. S. Watson. The business — still
only that of a chemist and druggist — was sold

in 1870 to a Mr. Bell, who, in turn, made
it over to Mr. Hunt and Mr. John D.
Humpln-eys. The latter gentleman afterwards
became the sole proprietor, and in 1876 the
first step was taken in the direction of expan-
sion by the establishment of a small aerated
water factory. Branches were opened in
various^ districts, and the Chinese name of the
firm, the Tai-yeuk-fong, became known all
over China. In 1886 the concern was floated
as a limited liability company, with a capital
of nearly four lakhs of dollars. Mr. John D.
Humplireys ceased to be general manager in
1896, and his firm of John D. Humphreys &
Son became general managers. The capital
was raised to §600,000 in i*'90, and was
further increased in 1904 to $900,000. The
present partners in John D. Humphreys & Son
are Messrs. Henry Humphreys, J. A. Jupp,
and E. E. Humphreys.

The chief offices and premises of the firm
are in Alexandra Buildings, one of the largest
and most imposing blocks in the Colony, built
upon the most approved modern lines. In
the immediate vicinity are the Company's
warehouses and soda water factory.

WILLIAM POWELL, LTD.

This firm of general drapers, furnishers, dress-
makers, and milliners, was founded in 1884 by
Mr. William Powell, who started in business
for himself after having been for some years in
the employment of the lirm of Sayle & Co. It
was converted into a limited liability company
in 1901, with a capital of §120,000, which
was increased in 1905, to §150,000, when the
business was greatly extended. The firm
undertake the supply of everything for ladies',
children's, and gentlemen's wear, and of house,
ship, and hotel furnisliing. At tlieir furniture
workshop ,-it Wancliai a large staff of workmen
is employed under the supervision of ex-
perienced London cabinct-niakers. The prin-
cipal establishment of the firm is situated in
Alexandra Buildings. There is also a special
outfitting department for gentlemen in Queen's
Road Central.

WENDT & CO.

Messrs. Wendt & Co.'s commercial connec-
tion with Canton dates back to the early days
of business with the Kwangtung Province.
Their headquarters were formerly in that
city, and although the proprietors finding of
late years that Hongkong is the more con-
venient place for conducting their trade, have
carried on business at No. 6, Ice House Street,
the firm's name of Hing-sing is still one of the
best known among the European hongs on the
Shameen. Goods are imported from Europe,
America, and Australia, and an important
export trade is done in Chinese commodities.
In Canton the firm are agents for the Aus-
trian Llovd Steamship Company, several local
steamship lines, the Netherlands Lloyd Insur-
ance Companv, &c. The head of the business
is Mr. F. A. Wendt.

THE CHINA EXPRESS COMPANY.

Lieut. Waghorn, a statue to whom has
been erected at his birthplace, Chatham, and
whose bust has stood for many years at
the entrance to the Suez Canal, may be con-
sidered as the pioneer of the overland route
to the East. Always of an adventurous
disposition, the turning point in his career

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 221

was reached when he visited Calcutta in
1827, and convinced the authorities, after
much difficulty, that there was a better way
to and from England than by the Cape route.
He estabUshed a regular service of caravans
across Egypt, built eight halting-places in
the desert between Cairo and Suez, converted
a dangerous path, beset with robbers, into
secure highway, and from 1827 to 1833
carried the overland mail. Associated with
him was Mr. Geo. W. Wheatley, and the
firm of Wheatley & Co. were the first to
develop to any great extent, the parcel-
carrying business. Since those days the
trade has grown by leaps and bounds. In
Hongkong Messrs. McEwen, Frickel & Co.
were largely concerned in it. Indeed, this
particular department grew almost too
unwieldy to be managed successfully in con-

THE CHINA MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY, LTD.

During the ten years of its existence the
China Mutual Life Insurance Company, Ltd.,
has made wonderful progress, and to-day
ranks amongst companies of longer standing
and greater pretensions. It is incorporated
under the Companies Ordinances of the
Hongkong Government, and at the close
of the tinancial year, March 31, 1907, its
accounts sliowed insurance in force amount-
ing to $31,655,517, assets $4,989,042, income
$2.3?9,34i, reserve $4,296,721, surplus $526,575,
and total security to policy holders $5,508,228.
The moneys of the Company are carefully
invested, and not less than 90 per cent, of
the surplus must be distributed as dividends
among the policy holders. Policies are issued

of selling goods to the Chinese, and the firm
are open at all limes to receive goods on
consignment for which prompt settlements
are made. The firm act as brokers, sur-
veyors, marine appraisers, and appraisers of
goods damaged either by fire or water. They
conduct their auctions in Chinese whenever
there is a purely Chinese audience present.
The senior partner is Mr. Geo. P. Lammert,
who is at present in Shanghai. He is a
captain in the volunteer force and is one
of the best-known vocalists in the Colony.
During his absence the business in Hong-
kong is managed by Mr. H. A. Lammert,
who personally conducts all the sales. He
is assisted by his brother, Mr. L. E. Lammert.
In the early days the firm occupied premises
upon the site upon which Messrs. Jardine,
Matheson & Co. are erecting their new hong.

MESSRS. KRUSE & CO.'S PREMISES.

junction with their other interests, and in
July, 1907, Mr. S. D. Hickie, who had been
in charge of the business for several years,
purchased it outright ; now there is probably
no Hongkong firm better known abroad than
the " China Express Company." They have
connections with every civilised part of the
globe, and there is certainly no question as
to the efficiency of their organisation. They
have about eight hundred agencies in the
principal ports and cities of the world, each
with sub-agencies for the distribution and
reception of goods. Mr. Hickie also carries
on a general export and import business, and
offers particular facilities to small importers.
The headquarters of the China h;xpress Com-
pany are at No. 3, Duddell Street.

in most of the usual forms — children's endow-
ment, limited payment life, ordinary life, and
endowment, all with profits — and they are
unconditional and incontestable from the date
of issue. The head offices are in Shanghai.
The Hongkong office is situated in the Alex-
andra Buildings, Mr. Lefferts Knox being the
district manager.

GEO. P. LAMMERT & CO.

This is the oldest established auctioneering
firm in the Colony. It was founded by Mr.
Geo. R. Lamhiert, the father of the present
partners, and, for upwards of forty years
residents in Hongkong have been accustomed
to go to Lanimert's sale rooms for bargains
of all descriptions, A special feature is made

Now, however, their auction rooms are at
No. 4, Duddell Street, an excellent situation
in the centre of the town and less than five
minutes' walk from the leading business
houses. The firm are agents for Milner's
safes and several London firms ; their tele-
graphic address is " Lammert, Hongkong."

SOARES & CO.

Twenty years ago the thriving firm of Messrs.
Soares & Co., was founded by Mr. A. K. J.
Soares, who, devoting his energies at the start
to the real estate business, soon afterwards saw
the possibilities of assisting in the development
of the China trade. So successful were his
efforts that the firm now does a very extensive

999

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

business in rice, besides beinj; a large exporter
of general Chinese products to Europe, Africa,
and all parts of North and South America.
Mr. Soares, who recently retired from active
participation in the affairs of the tirm, owns
\-aluable blocks of land in the island and in the
neighbouring peninsula of Kowloon. In
addition to its own business, which is now
conducted by Mr. A. M. L. Soares, the only son
of the founder, the tirm represents the interests
of several Macao capitalists.

up an extensive connection as importers and
e.xixirlers and especially as flour merchants.
At the present time they are one of the largest
importers in the Colony of Australian flour,
which has become an important item in the
local market during the past tew years.
Australian butter and dairy products are
imported, the firm being in touch with some of
the leading distributing houses in Sydney,
Melbourne, and Brisbane. The firm deal also
in American flour and general merchandise.

GEO. P. LAMMERT.

H. A. LAMMERT.

[See page 221.]

CRUZ, BASTO & CO.

This firm was founded some four years ago by
Mr. A. M. da Crat. and Mr. J. M. K. Basto,
who were joined later by Mr. A. D. Barretto.
All three partners were men of experience in
the Colony, and they were not long in working

A branch of the business is situated at Canton,
where Chinese silks are bought direct from the
weavers, together with malting and other
products of South China. Messrs. Cruz, Basto
& Co., are one of the leading dealers in the
camphor trade of the Colony, bringing the
produce from the Kokien Province, and

disposing of large quantities locally, besides
shipping it in bulk to India. Tlic head offices
are in Prince's Buildings, Hongkong.

V. P. MUSSO & CO.

Messrs. V. P. Musso & Co. have a large
connection, both locally and in Europe, as
general agent:^, importers, and exporters. For
many years they held a contract for supplies
to the Italian N'avy in the P'ar East. The
firm was established twenty-five years ago by
Mr. D. Musso. an Italian gentleman, who for
many years, right up to the time of his
death, was one of the well-known merchants
of the Colony, and held a prominent position
in the local community as Consul-General
for Italy. A handsome monument to his
memory has been erected in the Catholic
Cemetery at Happy Valley. For a time his
widow carried on the business, but latterly
his three sons, Messrs. V. P., L. A. and F. P.
Musso have entered into it as partners. They
are popular in commercial circles and are
well known in the field of sport. The business
manager of the firm in Hongkong is Mr. L.
Borello.

L. M. ALVARES & CO.

A POPULAR delicacy at home is the preserved
ginger imported largely from China. Tlie
Hing Loong ginger factory in Canton is
noted for producing some of tlie finest
qualities, the export of which is controlled
by Messrs. L. M. Alvares & Co., of No. 8a,
Des Voeux Road, Hongkong. The ginger is
prepared by a secret process suggested by
Mr. Alvares. Another important business in
which Messrs. Alvares & Co. are engaged is
the export of feathers, which are purchased
in China and cleaned in the firm's own
factory at Kowloon — the only establisliment
of its kind in the Colony — equipped with the
latest machinery, and housed in a building
specially designed to meet the exacting
requirements of the Sanitary Board. The
firm do a considerable and important business
with Europe and America, and have an
excellent reputation as experts in the selection
of Chinese produce. The business was estab-
lished in 1896 by Mr. L. M. Alvares, the
present managing partner, wlio was educated
at St. Joseph's College, Hongkong. In 1903
he took Mr. J. M. Alves into partnership.

JORQE & CO..

Messrs. Jorge & Co., of No. 5, Zetland
Street, carry on the business of general
merchants, importers, and exporters. They
deal largely in China produce, and make a
speciality of ginseng, in the selection of
which Mr. K. J. V. Jorge, the proprietor and
founder, is an acknowledged expert. As a
tribute to Mr. Jorge's ability in this direction
it may be mentioned that the firm is the only
foreign house in the ginseng trade in the
Colony. The import business is largely in
piece goods, which are disposed of amongst
the Chinese. The firm has extensive trading
relationships with leading houses throughout
Europe and America, and important connec-
tions with the Philippines and Formosa. Mr.
Jorge was for many years connected with the
old firm of Messrs. Russell & Co., and when
that house was discontinued he assisted in
the promotion of the present large business
of Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co. Seven years

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 223

SIB, SASSOON J. DAVID

(Founder of the Firm).

ago he established himself as head of Messrs.
Jorge & Co., and has been chiefly responsible
for the firm's prosperity. He is president of
the Club Lusitano, the only Portuguese club
in (he Colony, and was instrumental in pulling
that institution through its recent difliculties
and placing it once more on a sound basis.

ROZARIO & CO.

The extensive business carried on by the
well-known firm of Messrs. Rozario & Co.
was established in 1857 by Mr. M. C. do
Rozario. It passed into the hands of his son,
and later devolved upon Mr. Joao Joaquim
Leiria, the present head of the firm. Messrs.
Rozario & Co. are great exporters of valuable
commodities to San Francisco and Honolulu.
Mr. Leiria, who is also the Portuguese Vice-
Consul for the Colony, may be found at
No. 47, Wyndham Street, Hongkong.

S. J. DAVID & CO.

Mr. a. J. David, senior partner of the Far
Eastern branches of that influential firm of
Bombay merchants known as Messrs. S. J.
David & Co., is a brother of Sir Sassoon
J. David, the founder, one of India's best
known merchant princes. Sir Sassoon was
a pioneer of the mill industry in Bombay,
where he now holds the office of chairman
of the Mill Owners' Association, and where
his vast experience has led to his election
to the Municipal Corporation, the Standing
Committee, the Port Trust, the Improvement
Trust, and other public bodies, and lastly
to his elevation to the Shrievalty. Mr. A. J.
David was born on March 31, 1854, and was
educated at Elphinstone College, Bombay.
He was the first member of the Jewish
faith to pass the Matriculation Exammation
in India and to obtain the David Sassoon
Hebrew Scholarship. He has travelled exten-

A. J. DAVID

(Senior Partner of tlie Far Eastern branches).

sively over a great part of Europe, and also
in America and Japan. He came to China
in 1878, and has been largely responsible
for the remarkable success achieved by

the firm in this part of the world. He
married Katie, daughter of Mr. S. E. Shellim,
and niece of Sir Albert Sassoon, Bart. He
lives at No. 2, Mount Oough, the Peak, and
is a member of the Hongkong Club. The
firm, which has offices in Prince's Buildings,
carries on business in Indi.m yarns and opium,
and is probably the largest importer of yarn
in the Colony, the product coming from its
own and other mills in Bombay. The Hong-
kong blanch holds the local agency for the
South British Insurance Company. Other
branches are established at Shanghai and
Kobe.

DISS BROTHERS.

Pkkhaps by contrast with cities more essen-
tially tropical, where appearance comes
second to comfort, Hongkong will strike the
visitor as a "dressy" place, and, if he be in
need of a smart outfit, he will naturally look
round for a high-class tailoring establish-
ment. Such a one is that of Messrs. Diss
Brothers in Wyndham Street. The partners
are Messrs. G. A. and A. C. Diss, who both
received their training in the West End, and
have since been connected with leading
houses in Colombo and Singapore. They
are members of a family of five brothers, all
of whom, following in the footsteps of their
father, are engaged in the tailoring trade.
Together, they have had an Eastern experi-
ence aggregating half a century. Messrs.
Diss Brothers opened business in Hongkong
eight years ago, and, by reason of their skill
and experience, they have gained an enviable
reputation for good and careful workmanship.
They are the only exclusively tailoring firm

224 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

in the Colony, and, while executing orders
for all kinds of work for gentlemen, Ihey
specialise in riding-breeches and the popular
Jodhpore styles. Their customers have the
satisfaction of knowing that, by frequent
\isils to England, the firm keep in close
touch with the fashions at home and on the
continent. They work, also, in conjunction
with one of their brothers, who carries on
business in Conduit Street, W. He buys for
them, and it often happens that when their
customers retire from the Colony or go
home on leave they transfer their orders to
him, the name itself being a sufficient

guarantee that they will be well served. At
Wyndham Street the brothers keep a large
assortment of cloths calculated to satisfy the
most discriminating and fastidious, and if
their client hesitates in his choice, they are
able and willing to offer him sound advice
which he is not likely to regiet following.

1#
KELLY & WALSH, LTD.

The firm of Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., publishers,
printers, bookbinders, booksellers, and sta-

tioneis, has been established for over thirty
years, and has branches in Hongkong,
Shanghai, Singapore, and Yokohama. The
Hongkong branch was formerly situated in
Queen's Koad Central, whence it was removed
a few years ago to the present handsome
premises in York Building. Chater Road.
The local printing office is situated in
Duddell Street, and is thoroughly well
equipped. Messrs. Kelly & Walsh carry a
very large stock of books, and make a
feature of those dealing with the P^ar East.

THE ORIENTAL MERCANTILE COMMUNITY, HONGKONG.

DAVID SASSOON & CO., LTD.

The firm of David Sassoon & Co. ranks
amongst the three or four oldest houses
in the Colony, for it has been closely and
prominently connected with the business
of the island for upwards of half a cen-
tury. Its special lines are Indian cotton yarn
and Indian opium, the latter having attracted

the founders of the firm from Bombay to
Canton before Hongkong was in the hands
of the British. Mr. David Sassoon, the
founder of the house, was born in Bagdad
in 1792, and settled in Bombay about
1832. His father enjoyed the proud title
of Nassi, Prince of the Captivity, and, in
virtue of thai, w.is head of the Jewish com-
munity in Mesopotamia. After having been

MEMBERS OF THE HONGKONG ORIENTAL MERCANTILE
COMMUNITY.

I. CBAf Six Kl 2. Chan Shu Mixg. 3. T. Chee. 4. No Sau Saxg.

5. The lath A. Tax. 7. Tsaxg Kix<i. 9. Chan Ah Yixo.

6. S. MIXA.W. 8. The late Huxg Kwoxo To.

10. Chau yih Noam. 11. Sir Cl-krimbhoy Ebkahim, J.P. 12. M. P. Talaii.

engaged lor many years in the opium trade
with Canton and South China, Mr. David
Sassoon sent his sons to open branches and
extend the interests of the firm. They
obtained a very strong hold on the opium
trade, and as soon as the trade of South
China began to come througli Hongkong they
established their headquarters for China in
the Colony. They were thus first in the
market, and have retained a leading position
since. Tlie head office now is in London,
and there are branches at Manchester,
Calcutta, Bombay, and Karachi, as well as in
Hongkong and Shanghai. In the early days
the Company owned their own opium clippers,
but these have, of course, long since dis-
appeared. For many years David Sassoon
& Co. have represented tlie well-known Apcar
Line of steamers, wliich maintains a regular
service between Calcutta and Hongkong, and
has recently extended its trips to Japan
and Shanghai, sending a steamer about once
every ten days. The firm is agent, too, for
the Norwich Fire Insurance Company.

Messrs. David Sassoon & Co. hold shares
in many of the most important companies in
Hongkong. Mr. Edward Shellim, the local
manager, has a seat on the board of directors
of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation, the Hongkong and Kowloon
Wharf and Godown Company, the Hongkong
I^and Investment Company, the Hongkong
I^and Reclamation Company, the Canton
Marine Insurance Company, the China Fire
Insurance Company, the Hongkong Iron
Mining Company, &c. The firm is also a
large property owner in the island. It will
thus be seen to what an extent the enterprise
has grown.

David Sassoon, the founder of the house',
was succeeded by his son. Sir Albert Sassoon,
Bart., who was born in 1818 and died in 1890.
The present head of the firm is Sir Edward
Sassoon, Bart., M.P.

E. D. SASSOON & CO.

There are certain businesses in Hongkong
whose rise to prosperity and importance has
synchronised with the progress and develop-
ment of the Colony itself. Among the historic
firms having their roots right down at the
foundation of the Colony, that of Messrs. E. D.
Sassoon & Co. must certainly be included. It

Sir Edward Sassoon, Bart., M.P.

DAVID SASSOON & CO., LTD.

S.S. 'Japan."

The late David Sassoon.

Offices.

226 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

is an offshcx)t of the still older house of David
Sassoon & Co., the founder beins a son of Mr.
Da\id Sassoon. Like the parent lirm, Messrs.
E. D. Sassoon & Co. are larjjely interested in
Indian opium and Indian cotton >-;»rn. They
also have a large Manchester department and
act as commission agents and bankers. In

The head office is at Bombay, and there
are branches in London, Manchester, Karachi,
Calcutta, Hongkong, Shanghai. &c. Mr. ]. E.
Sassixin is now the controller of the business at
headquarters, his partners being his brothers,
Messrs, E. E. Sassoon and M. E. Sassoon.
The whole of the firm's interests in South

P. F. TALATI'S OFFICES.

India they own five big mills — the Jacob
Sassoon mill, operating 100,000 spindles and
2.000 looms ; the E. D. Sassoon mill, the
Alexandra mill, the Rachel SassfK)n mill, and
the E. D. Sassoon Turkey Red Dye Works.
For many years they have been interested in a
variety of undertakings in the Colony, and
are owners of considerable property.

China are supervised from Hongkong, where
Mr. A. J. Raymond is in charge. His post is
a very responsible one, including as it does a
seat on the directorate of the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation, and on the
boards of several other local companies, but
he receives able assistance in the manage-
ment from Mr. C. S. Gubbay.

P. F. TALATI.

One of the most lengthy records in the Colony
is that of the house of P. F. Tahiti, which
commenced business in Hongkong during
the early years of the British occupation. It
was founded by Mr. F. M. Tahiti, giandfather
of the present partners, and for many years
bore his name. On his death, in 1868, the
house came to be known under llie present
style of P. F. Talati. Essentially Bombay mer-
chants, the firm have branches at Calcutta and
Hongkong, managed by the partners, Messrs.
P. F^., A. B., and M. P, Talati. Their exten-
sive correspondence with their many agents
has continual reference to precious stones
and general Eastern produce. An extensive
business is done witli Europe, Africa, Persia,
and India in silks, metals, drugs, and essential
oils, the house having a high reputation for
the quality of its goods. The Hongkong
branch is managed by Mr. M. P. Tahiti, of
whom a biograpliical sketch follows.

MR. M. P. TALATI, of Wellinglon Street,
Hongkong, who was born in Bombay in
1872, is one of the leaders of the Parsee
community in the Colony, and a trustee of
the Hongkong, Canton, and Macao Zoroas-
trian Charily Funds. He was educated at
Elpliinstone College, and, after extensive
travels, joined the business of his family, who
enjoy the distinction of being one of the
oldest and most highly respected Parsee
families in Bombay. He is now a partner
in the house of P. F. Talati, and has charge
of the Hongkong branch. The firm holds
the reputation of being one of the oldest
trading in the East. Mr. Talati is closely
connected with the " Sirdar Dawur " family,
the first Parsee family of Sural. This family
is held in esteem by the British community
in India by reason of the services which it
rendered to the British Government in the
building of the British Empire. Mr. Talati
married Kuverbai B. Modi, a daughter of
Burjorji E, Modi (the son of Sirdar Davur
Eduiji K. Mody), a very highly respected
judge of Surat, by whom he has one
son. Having good business connections
with almost all Eastern ports, Mr. Talati has
extended his tr.iding relations to Europe, and
is now working with many well-known
European houses.

E. PABANEY.

One of the largest trading firms between
India and the Far East is that of E. Pabaney,
which does an immense business in opium,
yarn, cotton, silk, tea, and other valuable
merchandise. The firm was founded by Sir
Currimbhoy Ebrahim, who was born in
Bombay in 1840, and at the age of sixteen
went into business there on his own account.
Foreseeing the possibilities of the Far East,
he opened a branch of his business in
Hongkong in 1857. The success of the ven-
ture led to the establislnnent of other Far
Eastern branches, and to-day the firm has
an enormous stake in Oriental commerce.
Sir Currimbhoy Ebrahim is one of the leading
members of the Khoja community, and comes
from generations of traders, his fatlier having
been an owner of ships trading between
India, Arabia, and Africa. He has ever been
mindful of the obligations which devolve
upon leading business men, and his public
activities led to his being made a Justice of
the Peace in 1883, and, more recently, to

E. D. SASSOON
(Founder of the Firm).

JACOB SASSOON

(The present head of the Firm).

THE OFFICES OF E. D. SASSOON & CO.

228 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

his nomination as a Tnistec of the Port of
Bombay. His pri\'ate tjenefactions have b>een
on a targe scale. He started tlie Khoja
Orphanage at an initial cost of a lakli of
rupees, and towards the Bombay Museum
Fund he contributed the magnilicent donation
of three lakhs of rupees. Sir Currinibhoy
occupies a high status in the Mahomedan
community, holding important ofHces in
\-arious organisations. His son, Mr. Fazul-
bhoy Currimbhoy Ebrahim, is a prominent
member of the band of enthusiastic and
patriotic Mahomedans who are striving to
lit their community worthily to play its part.
Recently he appealed toi his compatriots to
furnish funds for the establishment of a
modem secondary school at Poona — the

southern Chinese capital until the time of the
opium war, when they were forced to remove
to the neighbouring Portuguese Colony of
Macao. At that time, however, the Portuguese
Government did not encourage foreigners to
settle in their city as traders, and so the
Company transferred their oftice to Hongkong
as soon as the island was acquired by the
British. Messrs. Cawasjee Pallanjee & Co.
are general importers and exporters and
commission agents, dealing especially in
Chinese silks, Indian opium, and cotton yarn.
The founder of the firm was Pestonjee
Cawasjee. who died at Macao shortly after
the war (i.e., in 1842). The present proprietors
— Messrs. Kustonjee Cooverjee, Horniusjee
Cooverjee, Eduljee Cawasjee, and Pestonjee

TATA, SONS & CO.

This firm was established in the early fifties,
and was one of the first Bombay houses to
open a branch in Hongkong. In India the
firm does a large business in cotton, yarns,
pearls, and metals, and acts as agents lor
the Swadeshi Mills, the Central India Mills,
the Ahniedabad Advance Mills, the Hydro-
Electric Company, the Tata Iron and Steel
Company, the Union Fire Insurance Company
of Paris, and Ihe South British Insurance
Company. The Tata Iron and Steel Company
is the biggest Swadeshi enterprise in India,
having a capital of two crores and thirty lakhs
of rupees, and the object of the Hydro-Electric
Company is to supply electric power to some

THE LATE MR. CHAN A TONO
(Founder of the Firm).

JOSEPH CHAN A TONQ
(Partner).

PETER CHAN A TONQ
(Senior Partner).

appeal being backed by a generous donation
of a lakh of rupees from his father, and of
two lakhs from his sister, Khanumbhoy. The
Hongkong branch of E. Pabaney is situated
in Duddell Street, and the manager is
Mr. Soomerbhoy Mowjee.

CAWASJEE PALLANJEE & CO.

Among the Bombay merchants carrying on
business in the Colony there is little doubt that,
from the point of view of seniority, Messrs.
Cawasjee Pallanjee & Co. take a premier place.
Established at Canton in the days of the
Honourable East India Company's " Factory
Sites." they did a flourishing business in the

Cooverjee — are his descendants. They reside
in Bombay, the headquarters of the firm, which
is there known as Cursetjee Bomanjee & Co.
There is a branch also at Shanghai. The
Hongkong office is at No. 22. Stanley Street,
and is managed by Mr. S. C. Khan, who has
been in the Colony for several years. He is
assisted by Mr. S. E. Sethna, son of Eduljee
Cawasjee, and Mr. F. H. Sethna, the son of
Hormusjee Cooverjee. Every three or four
years the manager and assistants, if they
wish, are relieved. Thus Mr. Khan is shortly
going to Bombay, and will be relieved. by Mr.
D. K. Sethna, a son of the late Mr. Cawasjee
Pallanjee, one of the original partners of the
firm.

fifty mills in the city of Bombay, which are
at present run by steam-driven machinery.
The electric power is to be generated from
a waterfall at Lanowlee, some 80 miles
from Bombay. Messrs. Tata, Sons & Co.'s
headquarters are at Bombay, and there are
branches at Shanghai, Kobe, Osaka, New
York, Kangoon, London, Paris, and Tuticorin,
as well as Hongkong. The partners in the
business are Messrs. D. J. Tata, K. J. T. Tata,
and K. D. Tata. One resides in Bombay,
another in Paris, w-hile the third spends most
of his time travelling between the various
establishments. The offices in Hongkong are
at No. 6, Ice House Street, and the manager
here is Mr. B. D. Tata. In Hongkong the
firm trades in opium, Indian and Japanese
yarns, Manchester piece goods, and sundries.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 229

CHAN A TONG.

This firm, which commenced business in
1883, has been responsible for the con-
struction of many of the principal buildings
in Hongkong and the coast ports, amongst
them being the Government Buildings at
Taipo, the new Harbour Offices, Central
Market, Tramway and Power Station, Koyal
Dutch Petroleum Works, Hok-iin Cement
Works, Tytam Reservoir, Taikoo Sugar
Refinery Reservoirs, and nearly all the build-
ings at Quarry Bay belonging to Messrs.
Butterfield & Swire, the godowns and retort
house of the Gas Company, the German
Consulate at Canton, and many large private
residences. The firm laid the foundations of
Jardine's Cotton Factory at Causeway Bay,
and is novv engaged in the erection of the
new Law Courts. It has quarries of its own
at Ly-ee-mun Pass, and supplied dock stones
for the Naval Yard extension as well as
for the Praya Reclamation. Employment is
afforded to some thousands of men. The
founder, Mr. Chan A Tong, died in 1904,
aged sixty years. His eldest son, Mr. Peter
Chan A Tong, is the head of the concern,
and he and his younger brother, Mr. Joseph
Chan A Tong, are the only partners in the
business. They are the sole proprietors of
the business of Messrs. C. L. King & Co.,
Florida water manufacturers, whose regis-
tered trade-mark " Double Dragon" - brand
is known throughout the East. .Mr. ''Peter
Chan A Tong is a director of the Weldon
House, Ltd., Hongkong. ' Both brothers are
partners in the foreign -import and export
firm of Messrs. Fernandez & Co., carrying
on business at' the above atjdress. The firm
has a brick factory at Whampoa worked
by English machihery of the latest" design.
Messrs. Chan A Tonig ' are ' large property
owners, most of the European houses on
both sides of the streets at Morrison Hill
Road belonging to them, and they are owners,
also, of several graphite, molybdenum, and
silver-lead mines in Kwangsi Province. There
is a branch of the firm at Canton.

A. TAN.

The contracting firm of A. Tan has been
established in the Colony for about half a
century. The founder, a native of the
neighbouring province of Kwangtung, started
business in a small way in Hongkong, and in a
comparatively short space of time built up a
large and remunerative connection. The firm
are contractors to the Government, and have
been entrusted with several very important
undertakings for the War Department, included
among which are alterations to numerous forts
and barracks in the Colony, and the con-
struction of the Gun Club Hill Barracks,
Kennedy Road Married Quarters, and the
Jubilee Hospital at the Peak. The firm also
built the Foo Moon Forts at Canton, and
carried out a great deal of work in the
north under the direction of the late Li
Hung Chang, with whom Mr. A. Tan made
a tour. In recognition of the excellent way
in which the contracts for the Chinese
Government were carried through, a title was
conferred on Mr. A. Tan by the Viceroy of
Canton. The business is now conducted by
the sons of the former proprietor, for Mr. A.
Tan died some two years ago. The offices
are at Nos. 63 and 65, Queen's Road East, and
are under the control of Chan Sui Wai,
Young A. Tan, and Chan How. The brothers
have all been taught English at Queen's

College, and are well qualified to maintain
the firm's reputation in the Colony.

THE YUEN FAT HONO.

Thk establishment of this firm in the Colony
dates back forty-five years, and during the
whole of that time it has occupied a leading
position amongst the Chinese hongs of the
Colony. Its founder was Mr. Ko Mah Wah,
a native of Swatow, where the family house
is still maintained. The present proprietors
of the business are his sons, Messrs. Ko Soon
Kum, Ko Yick Kum, Ko Fai Seek, and Ko
Wan Kum. The first-named lives at Hong-
kong, whilst his brothers visit from time to
time the various places in which the firm
has interests. The firm is chiefly concerned
in the rice trade, both import and export,

KWONO HEE YINO.

Mr. Quan Kai, head of the well-known firm
of Kwong Hee Ying, and compradore to the
Pacific Mail, Occidental and Oriental, Toyo
Kisen Kaisha, and the Portland and Asiatic
Steamship Companies, is one of the most enter-
prising and up-to-date Chinese commercial
men in the Colony. He received his training
in Western business methods in America, in
which country he resided for many years.
He was the proprietor, among other concerns,
of a boot and shoe factory equipped with
all the latest machinery and employing some
350 Chinese and 70 Europeans. So well did
he succeed that he sent for his brother and
his nephew to join him, and embarked upon
a general import and export trade between
China and America. Deciding to return to
China, Mr. Quan Kai secured several valuable
agencies in San Francisco, and for some years
supplied these housesvvith goods from Hong-

KOH YIELL QlEC.

THE YUEN FAT HONQ.

KoH Kai Shi'x.

KOH Mah Wah (Founder).

KoH Wan Kum.

KoH Fai Seck.

and in the handling of general cargo. It
owns five rice mills at Bangkok, and a large
part of the product of these mills is brought
to the Colony. The Yuen Fat Hong acts as
agent for the Norddeutscher Lloyd's Bangkok-
Hongkong line of steamers, and has a branch
ofiice in the Siamese port. The Hongkong
offices are situated at No. 10, Bonham Strand
West. Mr. Ko Soon Kum, the local manager,
is a large property owner in the Colony,
and is one of the recognised leaders of the
Swatow community. He is a Chinese scholar,
having passed a high degree in his own
language, and he is careful to see that his
nineteen children receive an excellent educa-
tion. He has a son in Siam and another
in Singapore. In addition to his other
interests, he is chairman of the Man On
Insurance Company, whilst as a former
member of the Tung Wah Hospital Com-
mittee he has been actively associated with
practical philanthropy.

kong. At the present time he is agent for
one of the largest American flour-milling
companies, the Portland Flour Mills Company,
of Portland, Oregon, U.S.A. The fourteen
mills operated by this firm are capable of
turning out some 15,000 barrels of flour a
day ; for years they have been doing a very
extensive business in Hongkong, and the
whole of their trade in China, the Straits
Settlements, and the Philippine Islands is
entrusted to Mr. Quan Kai. Besides having
all these important interests, he is the pro-
prietor of a large silk store in Canton, and
carries on an extensive general import and
export trade. The Hongkong office of Kwong
Hee Ying is No. 264, Des Voeux Road Central.
At Canton the business is carried on under
the style of Quan Kai & Bros., the partners
being Mr. Quan Kai, his brother, Mr. Quan
Sam, and his nephew, Mr. Quan Jow. Their
branches and agencies include San For & Co.,
Retalulen ; How Sang Chong, Son Sonate ;

230 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Quan Kai & Co., Quezaltenango ; Gustavo Lou
Ya Yea, Guatemala ; and How On Chong,
Leon. .Although an exceedingly busy man,
Mr. Quan Kai finds time to undertake various
public duties, and has served on the com-
mittee of the Tung Wah Hospital.

silver and jewellery shops. Among these,
none has been established longer or enjoys
a higher reputation than that owned by the
firm of Wang Hing. The business was
founded by the father of the present pro-
prietors in 1854. It occupies a central

and trophies for local races, and are entrusted
with a great deal of the silver work required
by local societies. They may always be
relied upon to execute commissions with
good taste and despatch.

KWONQ HEE YINQ.

QuAX Jow. Quan Jee Ox.

Premisbs in Des Voeux Road. Quan Kai.

Portland Flouring Mills Company.

Quan Sam.

WANG HINO.

The visitor to Hongkong who passes along
Queen's Road Central for the first time
cannot fail to be attracted by the number of
well-equipped and tastefully arranged Chinese

position, but, notwithstanding this advantage,
the large measure of public favour which
the firm enjoy would not have been secured
unless the articles offered for sale had always
been of first-class quality and workmanship.
The firm supply every year numerous cups

THE FOOK ON INSURANCE AND QODOWN
COMPANY, LTD.

This firm, which is doing an extensive fire
and marine insurance and godown business,
was floated as a public company in 1900 with

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 231

a locally subscribed capital of $r,ooo,ooo.
It is a purely Chinese uudeitaking,
with a branch at Shanghai and agencies
throughout China and the Straits Settlements.
The present directors are Messrs. Kwan Kai,
Tang Lai Pun, Yu To Sang, Wong Chung
Leong, and Choi Fuli Sang. The secretary
is Mr. Ng Sau Sang, vvlio has occupied the
position since the formation of the Company.
He was born in the Colony, was educated
at the Penang Free School, and has served
on the committee of the Tung Wah Hospital.
The assistant secretary is Mr. Yu Chok Sang.
The headquarters of the Company are at
No. 9, Des Voeu.x Road West.

Fong Sin-ting, Wong Chol<-king, and Li
Pok-kwan. Mr. Chan Shii-ming, who is the
permanent secretary, manages the business
of the firm ; Mr. W. Cheuk-man, who is
the assistant secretary, takes charge of the
foreign affairs of the Company ; and Mr.
Chan Ngoklim is chief accountant. Messrs.
Deacon, Looker & Deacon are the solicitors
of the Company, whose head ofiice is at Nos.
24 and 26, Bonham Strand West, Hongkong.

THE VAN ON MARINE AND FIRE
INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

This is another of the purely Chinese in-
surance companies that have been floated

C. AH VINO & CO.

Among the provision and coal merchants, steve-
dores, and general storekeepers of Hongkong,
Messrs. C. Ah Ying & Co., Nos. 22 and 23,
Connauglit Road Central, hold a recognised
position. They are navy and military con-
tractors, ship and family compradores.
His Majesty's ship canteen tenants, contrac-
tors, wholesale dealers in cigars, tobacco, &c.
In partnership with a few friends, the firm
was established by Mr. Chan Ah Ying at
Weihaiwei. The headquarters were re-
moved to Hongkong in J897, and since that
time other branches have been started in
Shanghai and Singapore. The agents in
England are Messrs. Wm. Miller & Co.,
Portsmouth. The firm's cable address is

INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR VIEWS OF WANG KING'S PREMISES.

THE I ON MARINE AND FIRE INSURANCE
COMPANY, LTD.

This company, which, as its name implies,
effects only marine and fire insurances, was
floated in 1899 with a capital of $1,000,000,
the whole of the money being sub-
scribed by Chinese. During the ten years
of its existence it has established an exten-
sive connection and a good reputation both
amongst the Chinese of the Colony and in
the ports of China. It has agencies in the
Straits Settlements. Australia, America, Philip-
pine Islands, Japan, Cochin China, and the
Treaty ports of China. The directors of the
Company are Messrs. Tso Yuk-shan (chair-
man), Li Shou-hin, Ku Fai-shan, Li Wai-u,

during recent years. It was formed in looi
with a capital of $1,000,000, the whole
of the monev being subscribed locally. The
head office is at No. 303, Des Voeux Road
Central, and tliere are agencies in most of
the largest Chinese, Japanese, European,
American, and Australian seaports. The
management is vested in a board of six
directors, and one of the promoters of the
undertaking. The permanent secretary is Mr.
Chan Yiit Ngam, a native of Canton, who
has been connected with business in the
Colony for many years. He is assisted by
Mr. Chung Chi Nam, whose proficiency in
English has proved of great service.

"Ah Ying," and the A. B.C. code, fifth edition,
is used. The manager and part proprietor of
the business. Mr. C. Ah Ying, started busi-
ness in a small wav, and, by honest endeavour
and steady application, has achieved a con-
siderable measure of prosperity. A native
of Hongkong, he acted as mess-man to many
of Her Majesty's ships on the China station
in 1881, and from every naval officer with
whom he came into contact he received
cordial testimonials as to his trustworthiness
and business ability. He is now a landed
proprietor and a member "f all the leading
clubs. He m irried a daughter of Mr.
Ng Chak San, and has eight children — four
sons and four daughters.

232 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

T. CHEE & CO.

Mr. T. Cheb is the head of the firm of
T. Chee & Co., merchants, Des Voeux Road.
The Company has been in existence for
about fifteen years, and for ne:»rly half this
periixi Mr. Chee has lieen in control. An
extensive business is done in all classes of
goods, and especially in Manchester piece
goods and Australian flour. The branch at
Canton has the distinction of being the first
house opened by a British subject in the
native city, and a large trade is carried on
there now. The firm are the agents in South
China for the Heini food products. The
head of the business is a well-known figure
in the field of sport, and acts as secretary
of the Kowloon Cricket Club.

of the firm is Mr. Yakichi Ataka, of Osaka.
The headquarters are at Osaka, Japan, and
branches have been established at Tokyo and
other places in that country. The local offices
at No. 3, Queen's Road Central, are super-
intended by Mr. S. Minami.

THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

The history of the house of Mitsui is an
interesting record of commercial prosperity
following upon the unity of the various
branches of one large family. The present
heads of the firm can trace their descent
from Takashige Mitsui, who held the title of

and public exchange controller, and in
recognition of their services in this connection
were granted an estate in Yedo. In 1723,
observing the oral will of Takatoshi, his son,
Hachirobei Takahira, laid down in writing
the family rules by which he and his five
brothers pledged themselves to form a collec-
tive body of partners working with a collective
capital. This is the agreement upon which
the whole undertaking of the Mitsuis is
based to-day. According to the social institu-
tions of Japan, the unit of society is the
family, and not the individual as in Western
civilisation. Again, by the laws and customs
of inheritance, the estate of the father descends
to the first-born. The younger sons must be
adopted into another family, or, failing this,
must make their own fortunes independently.

S.S. "TSUBUGISAN MARU."

OFFICES OF THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

ATAKA & CO.

The first Japanese firm to open a branch in
the Colony was Messrs. Ataka & Co.. whose
business is that of general importers and
exporters. They are largely interested in
coal, yarn, sugar, rice, cotton, metals and
practically every kind of Japanese and colonial
merchandise, and control an irregular line of
cargo steamers running txitween Hongkong,
Japanese ports, Saigon, Rangoon, and Java.
They arc also the agents for the Japan Ship-
owners' Association, which has the charge of
a fleet of over 130 vessels aggregating 300,000
tons ; for the Nippon Marine Transport and
Fire Insurance Co. ; the Iwasaki Coal Mine ;
the Kurukawa Coal -Mine, and for the Omi
Cotton Duck Co., of Japan, of whose canvas
they sell very large quantities. The proprietor

" Echigonokami," and lived as the feudal lord
of Namadzuye Castle in the fifteenth century,
and was a member of the famous Fujiwara
clan. Takashige was succeeded by Takat-
sugu, but Takayasu, the son of Takatsugu,
moved to Matsuzaka in Ise, where he settled
as a private citizen, and laid the foundation
of the present Mitsui firm. It was not, how-
ever, till the time of Hachirobei Takatoshi that
the business assumed any very considerable
dimensions. Takatoshi invented the system
of cash-retailing ; organised the system for
the collection and remittance of money, and
also the carriers' business, when economic
science was in a very rudimentary stage and
monetary transactions were almost unknown
in the country. In 1687 the Mitsuis. repre-
sented by Takatoshi, were specially appointed
by the Tokugawa Government as its purveyor

In the case of the Mitsui house, however,
from the oldest to the youngest there is not
one who can enter an absolute claim to any
particular property. The Mitsui house is a
collective body, a joint association consisting
of eleven families or partners, which works
with the collective capital of the eleven
families, in their joint name, and under the
system of unlimited joint liability.

With the restoration of the Meiji era, an
important epoch was opened in the history
of the firm. While the new Government
under the direct control of the Crown was in
process of consolidation, the Mitsuis acted as
its principal financing agent, and it was in
a great measure due to this that Japan was
enabled safely to negotiate the crisis witli
which it was then threatened. As a reward
for this and other services Baron Hachiroemon

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. -^33

Mitsui, the present head of tlie house, was
cieated a peer, and other members were given
titles of various degrees. After relieving this
financial strain, the Mitsuis applied themselves
with new energy and vigour to reforming
their business undertakings on Western lines.
In 1876 tlie old Exchange House was trans-
formed into a bank on a joint-stock basis.
This was the first private bank established in
Japan. In the same year a new and most
important undertaking was organised for the
purpose of general trading. The firm, well
known as Mitsui Bussan Kaisha in the East,
and as Mitsui & Co. in Europe and America,
is the outcome of this enterprise. In J88g
the house acquired from the Government the
concession of the Miike Coal Mines, and
Mitsui Kozan Kaisha (the mining department)
was eslablished in order to control these and
many other mines owned by the house. Thus
has the business been developed gradually until
it has reached its present flourishing condition.
It is now difficult to give anylliing more than
a general idea of the vast sphere of influence
which the Company fill in the economic world
of Japan. Their operations are devisible into
three distinct departments, namely, Mitsui
Ginko (banking department), Mitsui Bussan
Kaisha (foreign and domestic trading depart-
ment), and Mitsui Kozan Kaisha (mining
department). These departments comprise
ni^arly every branch of business in the com-
mercial and industrial world — hanking,
mining, home and foreign trading, shipping
and warehousing, as well as fisheries,
agencies, and iron and enginfeering works.
The Mitsui Bussan Kaisha, the foreign and do-
mestic trading department, has its head office
at Tokyo, and branches at Yokohama, Xagoya,
Osaka, Kobe, Moji, "Nagasaki, Kuchinotzu,
Taipeh, Newchwang, Tientsin, Shanghai,
Hongkong, Singapore, Bombay, London, and
New York. It has representatives at Hakodate,
Yokosuka,"Maizufu, Kure, Wakamatsu, Karatsu,
Kishima (Suminoye), Miike.' Sasebo, Seoul.
Chemulpo, Antung. Vladivostock, Harbin.
Mukden, Kanjvsh, Tetsurei, JTailien, Tainan.
Chefoo, Hankow, Tsingtau. Fcjochow, Amoy,
Swatow, Canton, Calcutta, Rangoon, Manila.
Saigon, Bangkok, Sonrabava, Hamburg, San
Francisco, and Portland. The firm has a fleet
of II efficient steamers, all 100 Al, of gross
tonnage aggregating over 26,500, one of which
is almost exclusively engaged in the transpor-
tatio)i of the Company's own merchandise.
But, besides the shipping and agency business,
the Mitsui Bussan Kaisha also does an im-
mense trade in coal as sole proprietors of
the famous Miike, Tagawa, Yamano, Hondo,
and Ida Coal Mines, and as sole agents for
Kanada, Ohnoura, Ohtsuji. Mameda, Mannoura,
Yoshio, Tsubakuro, Yunokibara, and other
coals.

The branch in Hongkong acts as agent
for the Tokyo Marine Insurance Company,
Meiji Fire Insurance Company, Nippon Fire
Insurance Company, Government Tobacco
Monopoly, Nippon Brewery Company,
Shanghai Spinning Mill, Nippon Match
Factory Company, Nitta Leather Belt Com-
pany, and Shinagawa Fire Brick Company.
Tlie manager of the branch is Mr. M.
Kobayashi, who is a well-known resident of
Hongkong and president of the Nippon Club.

THE MITSU BISHI COMPANY.

Thk well-known Japanese firm trading under
the name oi the Mitsu Bishi Goshi Kwaisha
(Mitsu Bishi Company) are engaged in
numerous undertakings, such as banking,
mining, shipbuilding, and engineering. Their

head offices are at Tokyo, and they have
branches at Osaka, Kobe, Moji, Nagasaki,
Wakamatsu. Karatsu, Niigata, Shanghai. Han-
kow, and Hongkong. The banking depart-
ment has the largest deposits of any hank
in Tokyo, and its credit is becoming widely
known abroad. The Company's mines pro-
duce gold, silver, and copper in large
quantities, and the greater part of the metal
is treated at their metallurgical works at
Osaka. The precious metals are refined by

to several of the leading steamship lines, but
they also supply coal to the Imperial Japanese
Navy, the Imperial Arsenals, the State Kail-
ways, &c. For the conveyance of coal to
Shanghai, Hongkong, and other ports the
Company own a fleet of six colliers, besides
tugs, launches, junks, and lighters. The
Mitsu Bishi Dockyard and Engine Works are
situated at Nagasaki and at Kobe. The
former extend over 90 acres, and have a
frontage of about 8,000 feet along the

OFFICES OF THE YUEN FAT HONO.

[See p.tj!e 229-]

electrolysis to almost absolute purity, and
the copper is made into electrolytic cathode
of the highest conductivity, which commands
good prices on the Loudon market. The
annual output of the electro refinery is as
follows :- -Refined gold, 18,250 ozs. ; silver,
498,700 ozs. ; copper cathodes, 6,000 tons ;
and copper \itriol, 800 tons. The Company
have big colliery concessions in the provinces
of Buzen, Chikuzen, and Hizen, with a total
output of over 1,000,000 tons annually. Not
only are the Company sole contractors of coal

western shore of Nagasaki Harbour. There
are three dry docks and one patent slip, and
in the largest dock vessels up to 714 feet
on the keel can be accommodated. The
machinery is of the most modern type, and
is driven to a large extent by electricity. The
shipyard at Tategami has seven berths, and
an annual output capacity of over 30,000 tons.
The Company's dockyard and engine works
at Kobe were opened in August, 1905. and
have now a floating dock with a lifting
power of 7,000 tons, but before long another

234 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Ngger Hoaliiig dock with a lifting; power of
12.000 tons will be completed, with miiny
workshops, up-to-date machine tix)ls. &c.
The Mitsn Bishi Paper Mill at Takas;i>;o has
a daily output of 70.000 lbs. The Company
.ilso do a \:iTfle general and bonded ware-
house business, and have extensive landing
.Tiid delivery agencies.

The Hongkong branch is sitiuited at No.
2. Pedder Street, and is concerned chiefly
with the imp«irt of coal for distribution
amongst shipping clients. The manager is
Mr. T. Matsuki. who has been many years
with the Company.

it was in order to lind an additiDnal outlet
for this that the Hongkong branch of the
business was opened during i<;o7. The tirni
already does a considerable business in the
Colony, and is prepared to execute orders for
bunkering and the supply of coal generally.
Messrs. Miyasiiki & Co. were formerly con-
tractors to the French Mail Line at the
Japanese ports, and at the present time they
hold contracts from some of the largest steam-
ship lines in Japan. Mr. Y, Kubo the manager
of the Hongkong branch, is a nephew of
Mr. Miyasaki, the head of the Company.

and make a special feature of enhu^;enient
and bromide work. They stock a large
number of views of the neighhourhoud and
of South China, besides cameras, films, a\ul
printing papers of all kinds. There is a
special department for developing and pri\it-
ing for amateurs. The manager, Mr. \V,
Cliong Kai, is a capable photographic artist.
The assistant manager, Mr. Y. Johnson, who
has been with the firm since it was first
started, has had experience in the United
States. About thirty hands are employed at
the head office, and a new depot was opened
recently at Xo. 8, Heaconstield Arcade, chiefly
for the sale of photographic stores for ama-
teurs. In 1904 the firm obtained a bronze
medal from the St. Louis Universal Exposi-
tion, and in 1906 they were awarded a silver

Y. JOHXSOX.

MIYASAKI k CO.

This Company is one of the latest additions
to the Japanese business houses of Hongkong.
The firm, which is an old-establi-hed one,
owns and operates the Hoshu Coal Mine in
Japan, which turns out upwards of three
hundred tons of n<»>d steam coal a day, and

HBE CHEUNQ & CO.
The Retail Depot.

MEE CHEUNQ & CO.

Messrs. Mek Chelnc & Co., of Ice House
Lane, Hongkong, who executed a contract for
Lloyd's Greater Britain Publishing Company
in a manner that gave every satisfaction, are
one of the oldest photographic firms in the
Colony. They undertake all classes of work,

Wax Choxg Kai.

medal at the Hongkong Exhibition held at
the City Hall. On the occasion of the visit
of the Duke and Duchess of Connaught to
the Colony, the royal party were photo-
graphed by Messrs. Mee Cheung, and copies
of the photographs, forwarded to Their Koyal
Highnesses, were cordially acknmvledged in
a letter to the firm.

^=^

VIEWS OF THE GREEN ISLAND CEMENT COMPANY'S WORKS.

(Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co., General Managers.)

[See page 238.]

238 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

For example, directly one of the numerous
threads passing through a drawing frame is
broken, the driving belt is automalically
thrown on to the loose pulley, and the atten-
tion of the attendant is thus immediately
attracted.

Power is supplied by engines of 1,710
indicated horse-power, by Messrs. J. & S.
Wood, and transmitted to the shafting by
means of thirty-six cotton ropes. The build-
ings are lighted throughout by electricity,
generated on the premises. \o expense has
been spared to render the buildings fireproof,
and as a further precaution a water roof —
probably the only one in China — has been
placed over the main building. The tank has
a capacity of 9,000 gallons, and the water can
be distributed at need to patent fire extin-
guishers in any part of the enclosure. The
workpeople are well cared for, airy and
comfortable quarters for seven hundred having
t>een provided. The factory has been estab-
lished for nine years, and though, during that
time, many difficulties have been encountered
— the cotton famine in India, the corner made
by Sully in America, and the Boxer troubles,
amongst them — the Company has prospered,
and yields the shareholders a satisfactory
dividend. The manager of the mill is Mr.
A. Shaw,

THE QREEN ISLAND CEMENT COMPANY.

In the construction of docks, harbour works,
fortifications, and bridges, and in countless
other ways, Portland cement is largely used,
and practically the whole of the local supply
is provided by the Green Island Cement
Company, the general managers of which
are Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co. Started
on Green Island, near Macao, about eighteen
years ago, the cement-making industry soon
outgrew the facilities offered by that locality,
and in 1899 a larger and more fully equipped
factory was opened in the Colony of Hong-
kong, on the Kowloon side of the harbour.
Year by year the plant has been extended
until to-day this factory occupies an area of
upwards of 1,000,000 square feet, whilst the
machinery, worth as many dollars, has an
output of nearly 8,000 tons a month.
Business is still carried on at the Green
Island factory, which has an out-turn of
nearly 2,000 tons a month, making the
total production of the Company something
like 120,000 tons annually. The Company
also has a factory at Deep Water Bay for
the manufacture of bricks and drain pipes.
Green Island cement is considered to be
fully equal to that of the best English and
Continental manufacture. The Admiralty
engineers regard it as unsurpassed in fine-
ness and tensile strength, and it has been
employed exclusively in the erection of the
dock on the new reclamation. It is com-
posed of clay and crushed limestone mixed
in certain proportions, and burned in a kiln.
The clay is found in the delta of the Canton
River, and the limestone is brought from
the neighbourhood of Canton. The materials
are unloaded from the junks into overhead
buckets, which convey it from the wharf lo
the factory. There the stone is pulverised
in a series of crushing mills, the first of
which reduce about eiglit tons of stone per
day to the size of ordinary road metal, and
the last, called "Griffin" mills, convert it
into a fine powder. The clay is also ground,
and the two ingredients are then elevated
to the top floor of the building, where

they are mixed automatically. A further
reduction takes place in the tube mills, in
which the powder passes through a rotating
iron cylinder cont.iining flints. In another
m.ichine the powder is mixed with water,
and issues in a continuous strip, of oblong
section, which is sliced off into bricks. After
being stacked for eighteen hours in drying
tunnels, these bricks are fed into kilns,
chiefly of the rotary type. The product of
these kilns, known to the workers as
"clinker." is then ground, first in ball and
then in tube mills, and the resultant powder,
Portland cement, is fed into specially con-
structed trucks and stored in bins ready for
packing. Bags for putting up tlie cement
are purchased, but casks are made on the
premises, modern coopering devices being
employed. Power for the whole of the
works is supplied from five Babcock & Wilcox
boilers, the engines generating 500 and 350
horse-power respectively. The works are lit
throughout by electricity.

The general manager of the factory, Mr. V.
Uldall, a man of great experience in the trade,
has been in the service of the Company for
fifteen years. He has under him a staff of
nearly two thousand men ; but if the persons
indirectly concerned are taken into account
the probability is that the enterprise gives
employment to upwards of three thousand.

The chief engineer is Mr. A. H. Hewitt,
who joined the Company in that capacity in
1889, soon after its inception, and has since
then been responsible for the building and
running of its factories. He commenced his
engineering career at Messrs. Maudsley, Sons
& Field's works, was one of the earliest
members of the "Junior Engineers," and
became an Associated Member of tlie Institute
of Civil Engineers in 1895.

THE HONGKONG PIPE, BRICK, AND TILE
WORKS.

So important is the industry carried on in
connection with the Green Island Cement
Company at the Deep Water Bay Pipe. Brick,
and Tile Works, that mention may well be
made of it under a separate heading. The
works are admirably situated at the western
end of the bay, just opposite Aberdeen. The
buildings cover a large area, and include
kilns, drying sheds, offices, boiler and engine
house, and everything appertaining to works
of the kind. In the vicinity of the works
are veins of the clay used for the manufacture
of bricks, pipes, &c., and the raw material
can thus be procured at nominal cost. The
clay is first ground in a milling machine,
and then mixed with water and other ingre-
dients. It is next forced through a machine
which delivers it in a continuous length of
oblong section, and is cut up by means of
a wire cutter. The bricks are dried by
steam-heat, and then fired in kilns for about
twenty days. Of the fourteen kilns in use
three have a capacity of 30,000 bricks each.
Fire bricks go through practically the same
process, but the clay of which they are
made contains from Xo to 90 per cent, of
silica. In the manufacture of pipes finely
powdered clay is carefully mixed with water
to a certain consistency, and the compound
is passed between heavy rollers to ensure
complete pulverisation, and then into the
moulding machine, where it is pressed into
the required shape. The pipes are dried
and then burned in kilns for over twenty

days, after which they are brought to a
white heat and glazed, salt and sulphur
being the chief agents employed in tliis last-
mentioned process. The lime required for
the works is made from imported stone, and
recently, by the erection of another kiln, the
output was increased in order to meet a
growing local demand for lime.

The superintendent of the works, Mr. J. B.
Witchell, who has been with the Company
for about ten years, has been responsible for
many improvements, tending both to save
labour and to improve the quality of the
products of the works. He lives on a hill
overlooking the bay, and excellent quarters
have been provided on a hill opposite for
the coolies employed at the works. The
general managers are Messrs. Shewan, Tomes
& Co.

THE HONGKONG ROPE MANUFACTURING
COMPANY.

No cordage equals in strength and durability
that made from pure Manila hemp fibre, and
it is no inconsiderable advantage to a place
like Hongkong that it should possess such a
factory as that managed by Messrs. Shewan,
Tomes & Co., at Kennedy Town, where large
quantities of this fibre are used in the making
of rope. To one acquainted with the process
of rope-making in the old-fashioned rope-
walk, the rapidity with which the fibre in
this factory makes its journey between the
bale and the coiling machine is surprising.
The raw material is conveyed on a private
trolley line from the wharf to the storage
godown, and, when required, the bales are
ripped open and their contents passed through
a series of preparing machines — "spreaders"
and "dressers" — in which the fibre is made
ready for spinning. On the "jennies" the
fibre is spun into yarn of from one-sixteenth
to one-eighth of an inch in diameter, according
to the size of rope required, the yarn being
wound on bobbins which contain, when full,
about ten pounds. The next stage in the
process is known as " forming." A number
of bobbins are placed on the machine, and
the yarns formed into a "strand," the thick-
ness of these strands depending on the
number of yarns in each and governing the
size of the rope. The final process is that
of " laying " the strands into rope, by means
of an ingenious contrivance fitted with auto-
matic brakes to regulate the tension, and,
consequently, the hardness of the rope.
Usually three strands are twisted together,
but where more roundness or evenness is
required, as in ropes for pulley-blocks, &c.,
four strands are taken and twisted round a
fifth, which is known as the " heart." An-
other form of rope for which there is an
increasing demand is the " cable," wliich
consists of three ropes twisted together in a
laying machine. This form is used largely
for mooring purposes, and in oil shafts such
as those at Rangoon. The factory can turn
out cordage of from half-an-inch to twelve
inches in circumference, capable of bearing
strains of from three hundred pounds to close
upon fifty tons. The standard length is 120
fathoms, but any length up to 2,000 feet can
be made to order. The superintendent is
Mr. C. Klinck, who has been twenty years
with the Company. His assistant is Mr.
J. Stopani, and the labour staff employed
numbers about one hundred and seventy.

HONGKONG INDUSTRIES.

SjOON after the cession of Hong-
kong; to the British, Sir H.
Pottinger told a connnittee of
Britisli mercliants wlio were
interested in tlie China trade
that ■' Hongl<ong was merely
to be looked upon as a sort
of bonded warehouse in which merchants
could deposit their goods in safety until it
should suit their purposes to sell them to
native Chinese dealers, or to send them to
a port or place in China for sale." For
many years this description of the Colony's
place in the scheme of things Kar Eastern
held good, and it is probable that even to-day
numbers of people still regard Hongkong
solely in this light. Within recent years,
however, the Colony has given promise of
becoming a manufacturing centre of great
and increasing importance.

As might naturally be expected in a port
which is second to none in the world in the
magnitude of its shipping, shipbuilding, dock-
ing, and marine engineering take first place
among local industrial enterprises. The
Hongkong and Whampoa Dock Company
have three extensive establishments — one at
Hunghom, Kowloon, another at Tai Kok Tsui,
and the third at Aberdeen, on the island
of Hongkong itself. The Admiralty have
recently constructed a dock large enough
to accommodate any battleship afloat, whilst
Messrs. Butterfield & Swire have built an
immense dry dock, 750 feet on tlie keel-
blocks, at Quarry Bay, which is, perhaps, the
largest of its kind in the Far East. There
are three sugar refineries, one of them — th;it
at Taikoo, managed by Messrs. Butterfield &
Swire— being the largest refinery under one
roof in the world. The China Sugar Refining
Company has establishments at East Point
and at Bowrington. and, in connection with
the former, operates a large distillery, where
quantities of rum are manufactured. At
Causeway Bay there is an immense cotton-
spinning factory, with 55,000 spindles, and
quarters for seven hundred workpeople,
under the management of the well-known
firm of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd.
One of the oldest industries in the Colony is
that carried on by the Hongkong Ice Com-
pany, who, starling as importers of ice, have
since become manufacturers, with modern
plant and an extensive range of insulated

cold stores. In the Junk Bay Flour Mills,
Hongkong has not only a growing industry,
but a valuable asset in the shape of a guaran-
teed food supply for a period of four months,
in any eventuality such as w'ar or scarcity.
The mills are capable of producing 8,000
sacks of flour per day. The enormous
activity of builders in the Colony has
created a demand for Portland cement, and
this the Green Island Cement Company have
for many years supplied. They have an
annual out-turn of something like 120,000
tons, and their cement is acknowledged to
be equal to that of the best English and
Continental manufacture. Brick and tile
making is also carried on under the same
auspices, but the demand at present is far
in excess of the supply. Messrs. Shewan,
Tomes & Co., the general managers, have
control, also, of the Hongkong Rope Manufac-
turing Company, at wOiose works, in Kennedy
Town, Manila rope is made to meet both a
local and a growing export demand. Elec-
tricity for light and power is supplied to the
Colony by the Hongkong Electric Light
Company and by the China Light and Power
Company, wdiich has a branch at Kowloon.
The electric light has by no means displaced
gas, however, the older form of illumiiiant being
supplied by the Hongkong and China Gas
Company, Ltd., who produce about 130,000,000
cubic feet a year, and undertake practically
the whole of the public lighting. Well-
equipped saw-mills at Yaumati, operated by
the China Borneo Company, Ltd., have a
producing capacity of 1,000 cubic feet of sawn
timber a day ; and there are innumerable
small mills and saw-pits owned and worked
entirely by the Chinese. Several factories
are engaged in the preserving and export
of that toothsome delicacy, ginger. The
fienst slem-ginger from the Canton district
is selected, and the produce finds its way
to all parts of the world. Soap boiling is
another industry to which attention has been
turned. Like dyeing, tanning, the manu-
facture of vermilion, and tin smelting, the
industry is chiefly in the hands of Chinese.
In dyeing, the Chinese are experts ; and
there are numbers of tanneries, the produce
of which is used locally and on the mainland.
There are four native tin refineries, in which
most of the ore from the Yninian district is
treated. The largest has an output of eight

tons a day. Vermilion is obtained by sub-
liming the black sulphide obtained from (he
heating of sulphur with quicksilver. After
the red sulphide which results has been
ground with water in stone mills, the ver-
milion is collected and dried ready for the
market. Among other local industries which
may be mentioned are those of paper making,
match making, feather cleaning and packing,
opium boiling, cigar making, glass blowing,
brewing, dairy farming, and soda water manu-
facturing. Of these the most recent is
brewing, introduced by the Imperial Brewery
Company, who have a modern and up-to-date
plant at their new premises in Happy Valley.
It will thus be seen that Hongkong mav
justly claim to be regarded as something
more than a vast godown, or as a clearing
house for the south of China.

£)

THE CHINA SUGAR REFINING COMPANY.

For thirty years the China Sugar Refining
Company, of which Messrs. Jardine, Mathe-
son & Co., Ltd., are the general agents, have
carried on an extensive industry at East
Point, where their works cover an area of
several acres, and their proximity to the
harbour gives them uiu'ivalled facilities for
shipping. The buildings are numerous, the
principal structure being six storeys in height.
At the Company's wharf raw sugar is received
from Java, the Philippines, the Straits Settle-
ments, and various Chinese ports. The raw
sugar is of various shades of brown, and,
though apparently clean, contains many
impurities which it is the business of the
Company to remove. The sugar is tipped
into shutes communicating with the melt-
ing pans, in which as much as possible of
the various substances admixed with it is
removed. The pans are made of cast iron,
and are fitted with a perforated false bottom.
The sugar is mixed with hot water and
boiled, the heat being maintained by means
of steam pipes. It is kept stirred by
mechanical arms, and the impurities which
are thrown to the surface are removed by
constant skimming. Then the sugar is
filtered through long cotton bags of close
texture, enclosed in hemp sheaths, and a
large amotnit of clay and dirt, the presence

286 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of which would hardly be suspected, is left
in the filters in the form of a black sediment.
A comparison of a sample of the sugar at
this stage with a sample taken fron) the first
boiling shows how far the refining process

A. Rodger, who is assisted by a staff of
no fewer than twenty-five Europeans. Em-
ployment is given to a large number of
Chinese workmen.

SUGAR REFINERY.

has advanced : the one being clear, and of
an amber colour, the other cloudy and
darkened by foreign matter. The next stage
is the passing of the viscous fluid through
a cylinder filled with prepared animal char-
coal, from which it issues a clear, transparent
stream, white and ready to go through the
process of granulation. The liquid is run
into storage tanks, and fed into large copper
vacuum pans, the water being driven off
by means of steam circulating through
copper coils. The boiling completed, the
mixture passes into centrifugal machines, in
which the sugar is separated from the syrup.
These machines contain a perforated cylinder,
rotating at a high speed, the syrup being
forced through the holes into an outer
receptacle. The resulting sugar is white and
moist, and has to be treated in large revol-
ving granulators, or driers, before it is finally
ready for sifting and packing. A lower class
of brown sugar is extracted from the syrup,
which is returned, with some colouring
matter, to the vacuum tjoilers, and passes
once more through the centrifugal machines ;
each repetition of the process giving a
different grade of sugar. After all the crys-
tallised sugar has been extracted, the syrup,
or molasses, is either marketed as such, or
sent to the distillery for use in the manu-
facture of spirits. In another department
of the refinery, loaf, cut>e, and powdered, or
icing, sugars are made, mechanical means
being employed in moulding the cube sugar.
To ensure a satisfactory water supply, large
sand filter beds have been laid down on the
premises, and a complete condensing appara-
tus has been installed. And last, but by no
means of least importance, a laboratory is
provided in which European chemists make
analyses and tests of the sugar at various
stages of its refinement.
The direction of the works is under Mr,

HONQKONG COTTON-SPINNINO, WEAVING,
AND DYEING COMPANY, LTD.

CoTTON-spiNNiNG in all its stages may be
seen at the great factory at Causeway Ray,
owned by the Hongkong Cotton-spinning,
Weaving and Dyeing Company, Ltd., the

general managers of which are Messrs.
Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd. The build-
ings are nine in number and cover a very
large area. The total space enclosed is
400,000 square feet, and the Company has
sufficient ground to double the present plant
should occasion arise. The size of the mills
may be judged by the fact that there are
over 55,500 spindles. The raw cotton
comes principally from India, while China
is the chief market for the manufaclured
article. The bales of cotton are broken open
and their contents fed into the bale-breakers,
which remove seed and other impurities from
the cotton in readiness for the hopper feeding
machines, in which a straightening-out process
takes place. In the scutching department the
cotton is freed from dirt, leaves, and other
impurities by means of powerful fans, and as
it issues from the scutching machines it is
wound into what are known as laps. P'our
of these laps are placed on a second machine
and made into one, with the object of ensur-
ing uniformity of thickness. On the carding
engine the cotton is combed out by large
cylinders, covered with slightly projecting
wire, and working to the thousandth part of
an inch, while in the drawing frames the
carded cotton is drawn out and the fibres are
placed in a perfect parallel order. In the
slubbing, intermediate, and roving frames the
cotton is twisted, each process making the
thread finer and at the same time stronger.
The spinning and reeling fraines complete
the process, and the yarn is then wound into
hanks and put up into bundles, which arc
.stamped with the firm's chop — the dragon
and the flag labels being the best known —
and baled ready for export. There are 170
carding engines, 21 sets of drawing frames,
21 sets of slubbing frames, and 30 inter-
mediate frames, to mention but some of the
departments. The whole of the machinery
is by Platts, of Oldham, and of the latest
and most improved pattern known in the
industries. It is perfect in its action, and
adjusted with such nicety that even children
may be entrusted with some of the operations.

COTTON MILLS OF THE HONGKONG COTTON-SPINNING, WEAVING. AND

DYEING COMPANY, LTD.

(Messrs. Jardine, Mathc-son & Co., Ltd., General Managers.)

spisnixg.
Coiling.

HONGKONG ROPE MANUFACTORY.
(Messrs. Shcwan, Tomes &, Co., General Managers.)

Gexkral View.

L.tYIXll.
KORMIXG.

240 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

HONQKONQ ICE COMPANY, LTD.

In the opening days of Hongkong's history
as a British Colony, ice was imported from
the North and stored. Later on, the Tudor
Ice Company imported ice from America,
a saiUng ship arriving annually with the
Colony's supply, and many old residents can
remember the ice ship lying moored close
to the foot of Ice House Lane, and the ice
blocks being stored in the present Ice Depot,
which gives its name to the street on either
side of Queen's Road. The only year in
which the ice ship failed to put in an appear-
ance was during the American Civil War,
when it was captured and burned by one of
the Confederate cruisers. The importation of
American ice continued until 1S74, when two
young Scotchmen, Messrs. Kyle & Bain,
erected one of Dr. Kirk's damp-air machines,
which proved so complete a success that the
Tudor Company were compelled to withdraw.
Later, another of Kirk's air machines was

the North, as well as local produce. The
British naval and military forces at Hong-
kong are now principally supplied with
Australian frozen meat from these stores.
In 1884, the Company purchased from the
Government the property in town known as
the Ice House. A portion of the fjround-
fioor is used as otfice and ice depot, the
remainder tieing let on lease to suitable
tenants. The Company has had a reinarkably
successful career, the capital remaining at
$125,000 — the renewals, extensions, and new
land and property acquired since the foniia-
fion of the Company having all been paid for
out of profits made during the intervening
years. Mr. V\'ni. Parlane. who is still with
the Company, has been manager during the
past twenty-four years.

THE HONOKONQ ICE COMPANY'S (LTD.) WORKS.
(Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & <^., Ltd., General Managers.)

erected. In 1879, Messrs. Kyle & Bain sold
their property to Messrs. Jardine, Matheson
& Co., who formed the business into a
limited company with a capital of $125,000,
and now act as general managers. The
original machines and also some later
machines have long given place to three
ammonia compression machines, while the
ice-making tanks have been quadrupled within
the past twenty years. The ice is made on
the plate system, and nothing but pure, hard,
transparent crystal ice is sold by the Com-
pany, which is believed to be the only
company in Asia producing this quality of
ice. For local consumption the ice is carted
to the town depot, but to shipping it is sent
direct by boat, the works at Causeway Bay
being most convenient to the harbour. In
1^00 the Company extended their business
by building a range of insulated cold stores,
now of a capacity of 50.000 cubic feet. These
have added revenue to the Company, and are
largely taken advantage of for storing meat,
butter, &c., from Australia, and game from

THE JUNK BAY FLOUR MILLS.

One of the largest and most important in-
dustries, not only in Hongkong but through-
out the East, is that carried on at the Junk
Bay Flour Mills by the Hongkong Milling
Company, under the management of Messrs.
A. H. Rennie & Co. The story of the estab-
lishment of the mills is an interesting chapter
in the development of the Colony. The
scheme had its origin in the mind of Mr.
A. H. Rennie, who, as agent for an important
American milling company, was for many
years the leading man in the flour business
in the East. Grasping the fact that, with
the spread of Western ideas in China, the
demand for flour must increase tremendously,
Mr. Rennie perceived the immense possi-
bilities underlying the establishment of such
a concern in the Colony. The necessary
capital ($ I ,ooo,cxx)) was privately sub-
scribed, several of the most prominent
business men in Hongkong, including Sir
Paul Chafer, K.C.M.G., and Mr. H. N. Mody,

taking a large share in the venture. With
untiring energy Mr. Rennie personally super-
intended every detail of the erection of the
magnificent pile of buildings and the instal-
lation of the intricate and scientific plant,
which make up the mills to-day. Many
ingenious devices in the equipment of the
mills for the saving of time and labour bear
striking testimony to the fertility of Mr.
Kennie's invention.

The Company having acquired some 435
acres of land on the shores of Junk Bay, with
a sea frontage of 2j miles, Mr. Rennie
turned the first sod in May, 1905, and the
work was pushed forward with such rapidity,
in the face of many difficulties, that in Jaiuiary,
1907, the mills were ready for forma! opening
by the Hon. Mr. F. H. May, C.M.G., at th.it
time the oflicer administering the govern-
ment. The magnitude of the enterprise is
clearly shown by the fact that the mills are
capable of producing 8,000 bags of the
highest grade Hour every twenty-four hours,
wliich means that about 6,000 tons of wheat
pass through its machines every month.
This entitles them to rank with the largest
flour mills in the world. The godowns are
substantially built of brick, with steel
stanchions and principals and iron roofs,
and have a storage capacity of about 26,000
tons of wheat, 250,000 bags of flour, and
10,000 bags of bran. Elaborate apparatus
has been installed to facilitate the handling
of wheat and flour, and very particular
attention has been given to ventilation. The
mill is a five-storey building, and the
machinery is of the inost approved and
modern roller plant, with complete washing
apparatus and electric bleachers. The inotive
power consists of two 250 horse-power and
one 150 horse-power Diesel engines. Electric
lifiht is used throughout, and special pre-
cautions have been taken against fire, the
buildings being shut off from each other by
fire-proof doors, while an abundant supply
of water at about double the pressure of that
in the Hongkong mains is procured from
the Company's own reservoir situated about
2} miles away.

Both in the godowns and in the actual
milling processes the utmost cleanliness is
insisted upon, and the result is shown in
the excellent quality and colour of the flour
produced, which is in great demand not
only in China but also in Japan, Indo-
China, the Straits, Burmah, and India.

The mills run throughout the whole
twenty-four hours, except on Sundays. As
Mr. Rennie appreciates to the full the wisdom
of looking properly after good servants, every
possible consideration is given to the em-
ployes, who are housed in bungalows on the
hill side and on the hulk Maple Leaf,
formerly a sailing ship, moored off the mill,
which is electrically lighted and supplied
with fresh water from the shore. Strict
precautions are taken to ensure healthful
conditions on board, and there has been
practically no sickness among the employes,
who number about 125, since the mills
started.

The Coinpany does not confine its attention
to flour, for a plant is in course of erection
which will produce 24 tons of the best
quality clear ice every twenty-four hours,
and the establishment of a brewery and
aerated water factory is also under con-
sideration.

The mills are a valuable addition to the
assets of the Colony, for they could at any
time, if necessary, supply the entire popu-
lation, including naval and military forces,
with food for a period of at least four months.

242 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MACDONALD & CO.

As Hongkong's cximmercial prosperity de-
pends almost entirely upon shipping, it is
but natural that the engineering departments
of the shipbuilding and shipping trade should
have reached a high state of efficiency. One
of the leading local engineering tirms is that
of Messrs. Macdonald & Co., who were the
first to undertake (he construction of steel
piers and wharves. The firm was formerly
known as Kinghorn & Macdonald, but in
1903 it was established under its present
style. The offices of the Company are in
York Buildings, Hongkong, the works are at
Kowloon. The equipment of the works
enables all classes of harbour and repair
work and the construction of marine engines
up to 200 horse-power to be carried out.
The site ocxupied forms part of the land that
has been reclaimed in the bay, and adjoins
the Kowloon-Canton Railway station yard.
It has a good water frontage of 400 feet in

that had suffered damage. The Company are
agents for A. R. Brown, MacFarlane & Co.,
Ltd., iron and steel merchants, of Glasgow ;
C. A. Parsons & Co.'s land turbines ;
Richardsons, Westgarth St. Co. ; Lobiiitz &
Co.'s dredgers, &c. ; J. & E. Hall's refrigera-
ting plants ; A B C Coupler. Ltd. ; Vulcan
Crucible Co.; Glacier Antifriction Metal Co.;
Robert Brown & Son, Ltd., Paisley ; A. & J.
Main & Co., Ltd., structural engineers and
bridge builders ; and the Elaterite Paint and
Manufacturing Company.

Mr. Donald Macdonald, M.I.Mech.E.,
M.l.M.E, the head of the firm, has had
a long and valuable training in various en-
gineering works. He served his apprentice-
ship witti Messrs. Craig & Donald, Johnstone,
and Messrs. Denny & Co., Dumbarton. In
1878 he was appointed junior engineer to one
of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.'s steamers
on the China coast, and four years later
became chief engineer. Since then he has
had eighteen years' experience in the Colony,

WILKS & JACK'S OFFICES.;

length, and a slipway capable of taking
vessels up to 150 tons. During the past year
the firm has carried out a large number of
contracts, including the building of eight
wooden and steel lighters, and three steam
launches of 25. 40, and 50 tons each. Messrs.
Macdonald & Co. erected two steel jetties and
two steel piers at Canton (one for the
Hamburg-Amerika Linie). the principal work-
shops at Messrs. Bulterfield & Swire's new
dockyards at Quarry Bay. and two piers at
Tai Kok Tsui for Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg &
Co. They are now erecting a pier for the
Standard Oil Company at Lai-chi-kok. Under
contract with the Government, the firm also
built Blake Pier, Hongkong's principal landing
place. They removed the stone barriers in
the Canton River, which were put down
during th« first war to prevent foreign ships
from entering the river, and. under contract
with the Imperial Maritime Customs, con-
structed several lighthouses in the Canton
and West Rivers. After the great typhoon
of September, 1906, they were called upon
to repair many of the lighters and launches

seven of which were spent in the service of
the Hongkong and Whampoa Dock Com-
pany, Ltd. For the last eleven years he has
been in business on his own account. He
is surveyor to the Bureau Veritas, British
Corporation, and other registers. He takes
great interest in the Volunteer movement,
and holds the commission of major in the
local corps. His address is York Buildings,
Hongkong.

W. S. BAILEY & CO.

This well-known firm of engineers and
shipbuilders was founded in 1897 by Mr.
W. S. Bailey, who began business as a
consulting engineer and importer of steam
pumps and engineers' requisites. In 1900
Mr. Bailey was joined in partnership by
Mr. E. O. Murphy, and the present works
at Kowloon Bay were established. The
firm's first order was for the 50-foot steam
launch Ida, and was received from the

Hongkong Steam Laundry Company. From
that time to the present orders have flowed
in continuously, and it has been necessary
to make frequent additions to the premises
and plant in order to cope with the increas-
ing stream. The works now occupy about
six acres, and have a sea frontage of 450 feet,
so that eight vessels may be laid down at
the same time. When established only three
years the Company received the order for
the Canton River steamer Kiiviig Chow (now
the Kjt'oiig Sai), of 600 tons displacement
and 200 feet in length. The boat was com-
pleted a year later, and up to that date was
the largest steel vessel built in the Colony,
In 1905 the firm, in response to a repeat
order from the same owners, undertook the
construction of the steel twin-screw steamer
the Kwoiig Tung, and while engaged upon
this contract they had also in hand four iron
barges, each of 600 tons capacity, for Messrs.
Markwald & Co., of Bangkok, besides several
smaller vessels and general work. At this time
upwards of two thousand five hundred men
were employed in the yard. Messrs. W. S.
Bailey & Co. have recently completed the
steel cruiser Looiig Sheung (Flying Dragon)
for the Imperial Chinese Navy. On the
occasion of our representative's visit over a
thousand men were at work, and there were
on the stocks a steel twin-screw lighter being
built, under Lloyds 100 Al survey, to carry
825 tons dead weight at a speed of nine
knots ; and a steel oil barge 150 feet in length
for the Standard Oil Company of New York.
There were also fifty-two steel buoys under
construction for the Manila Government. At
the same time the firm were erectmg large
oil tanks at Haiphong and Saigon for the
Standard Oil Company, for whom they had
just previously completed a similar installation
at Hongkong. In seven years the firm have
turned out over eighty vessels, including stern-
wheelers, light draught vessels, and motor
boats, both twin and single screws.

The senior partner, Mr. Bailey, was born
in Dublin and served his apprenticeship as
an engineer with the Australasian Steam
Navigation Company, of Sydney, N.S.W.
He came to Hongkong in 1890 and joined
the Hongkong, Canton and Macao Steamboat
Company, Ltd., in whose steamers Hoiian
and Hciingshan he served until he started in
business for himself. Mr. Bailey is a member
of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,
London.

Mr. Murphy is of Irish parentage, and was
born in Liverpool, where he served his
apprenticeship with Messrs. John Jones &
Sons. He was afterwards junior engineer
in several vessels of the White Star Line,
and arrived in Hongkong, as second engineer
of the Abyssinia, in 1895. For the next five
years or so he served as chief engineer in
the C.P.R. liners Empress of India, Empress
of China, and Empress of Japan. Mr. Murphy
is a Whitworth scholar, and vice-president
of the Institute of Marine Engineers, London.

WILKS & JACK, LTD.

This firm was founded in 1902 by Mr. E. C.
Wilks, M.I.Mech.E., as a manne engineers'
and surveyors' bureau. Mr. Wilks was
joined In 1903 by Mr. W. C. Jack, M.I.N.A.,
formerly Ingenieur en Chef of the Tonkin
River Mail Service, and late assistant manager
at the Kowloon establishment of the Hong-
kong and Whampoa Dock Company. During
the five years of their association as E. C.
Wilks & Co. the firm designed and superin-

244 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

tended the construction of quite a number
of river steamers and launches, at the same
time taking up the agency of the General
Electric Company of England, and acting as
representatives of other important machinery
makers of the United Kingdom, amongst them
Thornycroft, Allen. Dudbridge, and Petter.
In December. 1906, the business was con-
verted into a limited liability company, under
the style of Wilks & Jack. Ltd., with the
former proprietors as general managers.
Operations have been greatly extended since
that alteration. New offices and show rooms
have t)een opened in Des Voeux Road
Central, and an electro-plating and electric
repair workshop has l)een started in Robert-
son Road. Kowloon. The show rooms are
replete with all the latest electric appliances,

varied experience of marine engineering and
shipbuilding in all Its phases, undertake the
permanent superintendence of steamers and
launches running from the fort, inspect
vessels and machinery of all kinds while
under construction, and estimate for, or
superintend, general repairs. They also sub-
mit designs and estimates for steamships and
launches for sea or river service, and make
a speciality of craft of lighter draft than have
hitherto been built In Hongkong. Vessels
are Inspected and trial trips run on behalf
of prospective purchasers.

and there is a consulting committee composed
of Wong Pin \Va, Leung Auk Sang, To Lai
Ting, Chan Tuen, and Yan Sang Hung. The
Company build ships, carry out engineering
work of all descriptions, inidertake the rais-
ing of steamers and general salvage work,
and have a number of steam launches for
service In the harbour. The engineering
works and slipway are on the Kowloon side
of the water, near the Cosmopolitan Docks,
while the ofiices are at No. 48, Connaught
Road Central. The manager of the wt)rks Is
Mr. To Li Ting, and the assistant manager,
Mr. Wong Pin Wa. There are about three
hundred employes.

Mr. Chan Wan Chi, the managing director
of the Company, Is the son of a Canton
merchant. He was apprenticed to the Hong-

Chak Wan Chi (General Manager).

KWONO HIP LUNG & CO.
The Works at Kowloox.

Wong Fix Wa (Director).

as well as with the newest types of incan-
descent gas fittings, and the agency for the
Welsbach Company has been secured. The
electro-plating ateliers are up to date In every
respect, and are constantly being enlarged to
cope with the increasing demands made upon
them. The machinery In stock at Hong-
kong and Kowloon comprises steam dynamos.
oil and gas engines, lathes, pumps, and steel
tools, which are in the charge of Mr. Percival
H. Nye, electrical engineer. A passenger
launch, tug boat, and lightering service is
also run in the harbour under the supervision
of Captain O. B. Wilks, the firm being
entrusted with important Government con-
tracts in this branch of their business. The
general managers having a complete know-
ledge of local requirements and a long and

KWONO HIP LUNO & CO., LTD.

The engineering work done by Kwong Hip
Lung & Co., Ltd., compares favourably with
that carried out in the yards under European
supervision. The business was established
in 1877, on quite a small scale, with a
capital of only $2,000, by Mr. Chan Wan Chi
and some friends. An office was opened In
Gllman Street, and here general repairs and
engineering work of all kinds were executed.
Owing to increasing trade larger premises
at Wanchai were taken, and workshops were
established at Fook Sun Yong. In 1890 the
business, which had extended rapidly in all
directions, was formed into a limited liability
company, with a capital of $200,000. Mr.
Chan Wan Chi is the managing director.

kong Dock Company for eight years, and it
w.-is after leaving this employment that he
started in business on liis own account. He
has several sons, some of whom are now
assisting him in his work, Chan Ah Lun
being engineer to the Company, and Chun
Wei Nam assistant engineer, while Chan
Ah Chui is an architect.

TUNO TAJ TSEUNQ KEE & CO.

This well-known firm of engineers and ship-
builders was originally established by Mr.
Choi Chik Nam, in 1897, for the purpose of
building and repairing .steam launches, river
craft, &c. Two workshops are now kept

o
o

246 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

busy — one at Yaumati, and the other at Pra>-a
East, Wanchai — and afford employment for
close upon five hundred workmen. The firm
holds contracts from the French Government

kong, China, and Europe, the different
varieties including billian, selangen, batu,
camphor, several kinds of kruen, and cedar.
In Borneo the Company has two l.irge saw-

[•4«»r.

contented. Locally the Company operates
well-equipped saw-mills at Yaumati, having
a capacity of i,ooo cubic feet per day.

The general manager of the Company is
Mr. J. Wheeley. Mr. W. G. Darby is the
manager in Borneo, and Messrs. Cape and
Jupp are the out door superintendents. Messrs.
Bevaii, Murray, Thomas, and Schuider are
the jungle assistants, while Mr. McCrath is
in charge of the saw-mills, and Mr. Bridger
of the engineering shops and .slipway. Mr.
Kennett is the saw-mill manager at Yaumati.

r. BLACKHEAD Si CO.'S SOAP FACTORY.

at Saigon, and is entrusted with the execution
of repairs for the Indo-China, the Hamburg-
Amerika, and the Japanese lines of steamers.
Upwards of a hundred steam launches have
l)een built by this firm for Manila. One
launch was 140 feet in length, and fitted
with triple-expansion engines. The proprie-
tor of the firm. Mr. I^n Fat, was born in
the San On Province, China, received his
education in Hongkong, and was afterwards
apprenticed as a draughtsman to Messrs.
Fenwick & Co. for nine years. He was
then for nearly two years engineer to Messrs.
Marty & Co., until, in 1895, ^'^ joined Messrs.
Tung Tai Tseung Kee & Co. as manager.
In this p<jsltion he remained for ten years,
when he purchased the business. Mr. Lan
Fat is married and has a family of four sons
and three daughters. At Wanchai the busi-
ness of the firm is managed by Mr. S. Ahmet,
who was born in Macao and educated at
Queen's College. Hongkong. He served an
apprenticeship of five years at the Gordon
Foundry, East Point, and then joined the
Amoy Engineering Works. Three years later
he entered the service of Messrs. Tung Tai
Tseung Kee & Co., becoming assistant
manager in 1901, and receiving his present
appointment in 1905.

THE CHINA-BORNEO COMPANY, LTD.

The China-Borneo Company. Ltd., is the
only local company engaged in the timber
trade. It was formed in 1888, but has been
twice reconstructed. Now it has a capital of
$720,000, is established on a firm footing, and
has paid good returns to shareholders for
years past. The Company holds valuable
timber concessions, extending over some
thousands of miles, in British North Borneo,
and from there it supplies timber to Hong-

mills, as well as a patent slipway and en-
gineering shops. It does all its own repairs,
lays its own jungle railways, builds launches
and lighters, and does general engineering.

F. BLACKHEAD & CO.'S SOAP FACTORY.

No account of the industrial life of the
Colony would be complete without a passing
reference to the manufacture of soap, which
is a comparatively new enterprise so far as
Europeans are concerned. The idea of start-
ing a soap factory in Hongkong originated,
some twelve years ago, with Mr. Smith, a
former partner in the firm of Messrs. F.
Blackhead & Co. An admirable site was
purchased at Shaukiwan, a little village about
two miles east of the city of Victoria, and
upon this some excellent buildings were
erected and equipped with the necessary
machinery, including large boilers made by
the Hongkong and Whampoa Dock Company.
Under the capable supervision of a gentleman
who had formerly been connected with the
soap trade in Japan, operations were quickly
in full swing. The proprietors found that
competition with Japanese, Chinese, and im-
ported soaps was very strong, but, in spite
of many difliculties, they have made gratifying
progress by producing an article of good
quality at a moderate price. From time to
time the plant has been added to, and often
between sixty and seventy Chinese are em-
ployed, for, besides the manufacture of all

CHOr FONG'S GINGER FACTORY.

[Sec page 248.]

The labour staff numbers about a thousand
Malays and Javanese, many of whom were
born on the concession. They are fed and
housed by the Company and are quite

kinds of soap, soda crystals and disinfectants
are also made. The raw materials are
obtiiined from the Philippines and adjacent
islands. After the various ingredients have

LAN Fat (Proprietor).

MESSRS. TUNG TAI TSEUNG KEE & CO.'S WORKSHOPS.

[See page 245.]
S. Ahmet (Manager).

iTHE CHINA-BORNEO COMPANY, LTD.
View on the Compaxy's Timkek Concession. Lighter and Launch built by the Company.

General View of the Saw-mills at Yatmati.

248 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

been anal\-sed carefully by competent ctiemists
to test their purity, they are slowly boiled
and stirrK-xl for a given length of time. The
liquid is then forced, by a rotation pump,

is always a large demand for it. The factory
is owned by a local private company, of
which Mr. Yip Yung Soon is the manager.

LEITNQ Hin CHO
(Managing Partner).

THE MAN LOONG GINGER FACTORY.

into collapsible iron forms. Here it is allowed
to cool, and, when the sides of the forms are
taken away, the solid blocks of soap remain.
In the manufacture of some soap great care
has to be taken to ensure that it does not
cool too quickly. When the solid block of
soap, weighing about two tons, is obtained
from its iron form it is cut, by wire, into
convenient sizes, and then by a simple little
machine is converted into whatever shape
may be desired. A Chinese coolie, with a
hand machine, stamps the tablet with the
required design, and the soap is then ready
for the market.

Mr. Siebler is the manager of the factory.
He and his assistant have excellent quarters
over the factory itself, and by their ability
and their application to business have
deservedly won the full confidence of the
proprietor.

THE CHOY FONO OINOER FACTORY.

The Choy Fong Ginger Factory, situated at
No. 8, Sai On Lane, West Point, has been
established in the Colony for about fifty years
and is well known in China and abroad for
the excellence of its products. The whole
of the ginger is obtained from the Canton
district, and is preserved in the local factory,
which is equipped with the most approved
appliances and a boiling pan of a specially
improved pattern. The finished article is
packed in several styles for the European
market, and. as dry ginger and syrup ginger,
is exported largely to America. Europe, and
Australia. The output of the factory during
the season is about 30,000 piculs of ginger,
a great deal of which goes to the Chinese
retail shops in San Francisco, where there

THE MAN LOONG GINGER FACTORY.

A co.NsiDEKAULE amount of ginger is exported
from the Colony, and consequently competi-
tion is so strong that a firm wishing to hold
a high place in Ihe market finds it nccess.nry
to exercise extreme care that its productions
are of the highest quality. P'or this reason,

the Man Loong Ginger Factory has only to
refer to the volume of its trade to prove the
excellence of its manufactures. The firm has
been established in the Colony for forty years
and exports to England, America, Germany,
and Australia, preserved ginger and all kinds
of Chinese fruits, such as pears, plums, cum-
quats, and chowchow. The ginger comes
from Canton, is peeled and boiled there, and
preserved and packed at the factory. No. 60,
Temple Street. Yaumati. Three grades only
are dealt with — the finest choice selected
stem ginger, young stem ginger, and cargo
ginger and these are packed in pure syrup
and in first grade Java cane sugar. During
the season, from August to the end of the
year, upwards of three hundred men and
women are employed. The Company also
manufactures sugar-candy, which is sent largely
to Bombay and to tlie northern ports of China.
The firm sends a great deal of its products
to India under the name of Sam Shing, and
despatches best tliick soy to London. The
managing partner of the firm is Mr. Leung
Hiu Cho, who has been engaged in business
in the Colony for a number of years. The
offices of the Company are situated at No. 13,
Des Voeux Koad West.

THE HING LOONG GINGER FACTORY.

Thkuk are many ginger factories in the
Colony, and one of the largest and best
known is the Hing Loong factory, occupying
Nos. 322 to 324, Des Voeux Koad West.
The ginger requn-ed by the factory comes
from the Canton district, and the care exer-
cised in the selection of the raw product has
given the firm an excellent reputation in the
markets of Europe, America, and Australia.
For the export trade only the finest qualities
of stem ginger are used. When cured the
product is put up in heavy stone jars, and
carefully packed. The business is managed
by Mr. Wong Chi Chau, the managing part-
ner, who started the Company four years
ago. Mr. Wong Chi Chau is a well-known
man In the Colony. He has for some eight

THE IMPERIAL BREWERY.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 249

years past been coinpradore of Messrs. Alvares factory. Ttie extent of the business may be Loong works. This firm also deals in chow-
& Co., the linn which undertakes the whole judged from the fact that in the busy season chow and cumquat of the best quality,
business of exporting the produce of the hundreds of men arc employed in the Hing

THE IMPERIAL BREWING COMPANY.

An industry only recently, started in Hong-
kong is that carried on — under the general
management of Messrs. Barretto & Co. — by
the Imperial Brewing Company, Ltd., which
was formed in 1905, and commenced opera-
tions in December, 1907, as soon as the
necessary plant had been erected. The
premises are situated in the Wongneichung
Road, and the equipment, imported from
America by Mr. F. J. Berry, the present works
manager, and erected under his supervision,
is thoroughly up to date, and makes possible
the latest scientific methods. The brewing
master is Mr. A. F. Weiss, a graduate
of the U.S.A. Brewery Academy, under
whom are employed about sixty men.
In brewing beer the first desideratum,
especially in a hot country like Hongkong,
is that a uniform temperature shall be main-
tained, and to facilitate this a refrigerating
plant has been installed. The famous
Shevilier malt is used, and it is first crushed
and made into a mash. This takes place at
a temperature of 140° F., which is slowly
raised in the course of an hour or so to
167° V. An hour's rest is then allowed, after
which the liquid is drawn off, and run into
a copper kettle, to which hops are added in
the " woert." The brew is brought to a
boil for two or three hours, according to the
brand of beer required, and is then ready
for discharging into a " hop jack." This is
fitted with a false bottom, and the clear beer
is then pumped on to a surface cooler, where
it remains for an hour or two. It is then run
over a Baudlet cooler, and, while at a tem-
peniture of 36° F., yeast is introduced. The
beer is then aerated for from twelve to fifteen
hours, when more yeast is added. The froth
caused by the fermentation is removed, the
skimming being continued until tlie fermen-
tation ceases, this process lasting from three
to eight days, according to the strength
required. The beer is matured in tanks for
several months, and is then run into chip
casks, and re-charged with kreausen. Twelve
or fifteen days later it is ready for filtration
and casking or bottling. That intended for
bottling is pasteurised to prevent deterioration
and give it a palatable fullness. The brewery
has an ample supply of good water from
the public mains of the Colony, but, to ensure
a service in the event of this breaking down,
a reservoir, capable of meeting all require-
ments for several days, has been erected.
The beer brewed is of excellent quality, as is
HING LOONG'S GINGER FACTORY. evidenced by its already wide popularity.

Y 2

SPORT.

By J. W. Bains. Sports Editor of the " China Mail."

T is questionable whether in
any other part of His Majes-
ty's dominions sport has so
many adherents proportion-
ately as are to be found
within the narrow confines
of Hongkong. Even on the
most sultry day in midsummer, when the
extreme humidity of the atmosphere invests
almost every one with a feeling of lassitude,
relief is gained by "a dip in the briny," and
the followers of aquatic sports may be num-
l>ered in hundreds. The European inhabitants
of the Colony sally forth in launches to seek
one of the many secluded spots where the
pellucid waters of the harbour temptingly
invite a plunge into their cooling depths.
For four months out of the year swimming
holds sway. During the remainder of the
year almost any out-door sport may be fol-
lowed, excluding, of course, those which are
dependent upon the prevalence of extreme
cold. The average youth in Hongkong has
more time for active participation in sport
than he has at home, and the recreative
centres lie within easy reach. As a general
rule no games commence before five o'clock
on week-days, and most employers allow their
assistants an opportunity of getting away from
business at that hour and have not yet had
cause to regret their leniency.

Among the most prominent branches of
sport are horse-racing, cricket, football (both
Rugby and Association), golf, athletics, yacht-
ing, iawn tennis, and swimming. But, in
addition, lawn and alley bowls, hockey, rifle
shooting, snipe and pigeon shooting, racquets,
turtle hunting, and polo receive attention
during the year. So keen are many of the
youth of Hongkong that they endeavour to
follow several branches of sport during the
same season, but it cannot be said that
their efforts are crowned with success, p-rom
September, when the heat of summer is
waning, until the birth of the following
summer in April, all out-door sports are in full
swing, and it is quite common to see several
football and two or three cricket pitches in
progress at the same time. King Sport then
holds sway over a densely populated area,
for Hongkong has few level spaces which
can be utilised for those sports which require
freedom of action and plenty of elbow room,
and, as a natural consequence, the existing
areas are in constant demand. The most
important ground, which rejoices in the
appropriate title of Happy Valley (the Chinese
designation being VVongneichung Valley), is

situated slightly to the e.ist of the city of
Victoria. Its position is admirable, though
it is in close proximity to the cemetery, which
occupies the slopes of the hill on the western
side. On both sides the hills ri.se sharply,
converging to the south, and forming there,
as it were, an immense funnel. Set in this
picturesque frame the ground has a very
pretty appearance. Here we find the premier
golf links, the racecourse, football arenas,
cricket pitches, tennis courts, bowling greens,
&c., and it is here also that the annual
athletic sports promoted by the Victoria
Recreation Club, the Chib Lusitano, and tlie
Royal Garrison Artillery are held. The Val-
ley, however, is not of large extent. Oval
in shape and tapering towards the south, its
extreme length is less than half a mile, while
at its widest part it does not exceed 440 yards.
The racecourse — seven furlongs long with
two tracks — occupies a wide strip round tlie
inside of the boundary, but it does not reach
right up to the northern end, for tlie Valley
is intersected by a hedge, on the northern
side of which are the Hongkong Football
Club's ground and the areas reserved for the
Civil Service, Craigengower, and Police Clubs.
This section of the Valley is kepi in admir-
able condition. Miniature gardens border the
bowling greens of the Police and Civil Ser-
vice Clubs, and the turf is always bright.
The remaining portion of this section- the
playing area — is very hard, so much so that
" rugger " players are somewhat averse from
playing upon it. The long dry winter absorbs
all the moisture which a generous summer
bestows upon the parched ground, and mid-
way through the football season the ground
is adainant. Quite a number of players have
been more or less .seriously injured owing
to this in the past, and, as a consequence,
the game has languished. Still, (Kcasional
matches are played between the Club and
the Navy, or the Services, and a contest takes
place annually between representatives of
England and Wales on the one side and
Scotland and Ireland on the other. On the
larger, or southern, section of the Valley are
the golf links, racecourse, naval and military
football and hockey grounds, and several
cricket pitches. The golf-house, grand-stand,
and other buildings abut upon the western
side of the racecourse.

Next in importance to the Valley comes the
Hongkong Cricket Ground, situated in the
heart of the city, but this area is reserved
entirely for members of the Hongkong Cricket
Club and therefore hardly comes within the

scope of public recreation grounds. This
ground is about one hundred yards from the
Praya (water front), and within five minutes
of the principal business houses, and adjoins
the City Hall and Hongkong Club. It is
kept in splendid condition, being closed from
May to October in each year, and during the
" close season " the groundsmen (Cliinese
coolies) under the direction of a sub-com-
mittee of members, devote a considerable
amount of attention to the turf. It is well
that this is done, for, in addition to the weekly
cricket matches and practice at the nets, the
ainuial tennis tournaments (also confined to
members of the Club) are held here. Up-
wards of a hundred games — excluding practice
matches^are played within a few months on
this ground, and it is not to be wondered at,
therefore, that the turf is worn bare.

The Polo Ground at Causeway Bay, twenty
minutes from the Post Oflice by tram, is the
only other groimd on the island worth refer-
ring to ; though, to be sure, there are the
golf links at Deep Water Bay, on the southern
side of the island, but they are seldom used
even by the members of the Club. The
Causeway Bay ground lies idle for most of
the year, only an occasional polo match or
volunteer gymkhan.a being held upon it.

Across the harbour, at Kowloon, there are
two extensive parks — the King's Park, opened
in 1905, and the United Services Recreation
Ground, opened in 1906. The former is the
headquarters of the Kowloon Cricket Club
and the Kowloon Bowling Green Club,
whilst the latter, as its name implies, is re-
served for the use of the Army and Navy.
Kowloon has a great future before it, and
althoiigli tliere is little likelihood of Happy
Valley being deposed from its position as
the sporting ground of tlie Colony, the time
seems fast approaching when its position will
be seriously challenged by Kowloon. The
King's Park is rapidly being brought into a
condition more in keeping with its title, and
the Kowloon Cricket Club is doing excel-
lent work in laying out that portion of the-
ground which is vested in it. Together with
the recently formed Amateur Athletic Associa-
tion, the Kowloon Club is forming a riuming
track, 440 yards round, with a straight 100
yards, and it is more tlian probable that all
the athletic sports will be held on this track.

The Victoria Recreation Club.— The "father"
of all sporting clubs in tlie Colony is un-
doubtedlv the Victoria Recreation Club, which
was founded on October 25, 1849 (when the

THE RACECOURSE.

VICTORIA RECREATION CLUB HOUSE.

252 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONO, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Colony was in its infancy), under the name
of the XHctoria Regatta Club. The promotion
of >-achting races seems to have been the
sole object of the Club. It appears to have

for a number of years this section of the
Club prospered, assaults-at-arms being held
annually, as well as other competitions, sucli
as boxing, fencing, &c. This section lias

'CHINA MAIL" HARBOUR RACE (SWIMMIN&).

died a natural death in 1855, but was revived
five years later, with a membership of
seventy-eight. The difficulty of obtaining a
suitable boat-house was met with in i86r,
and this difficulty continued until 1907. The
first regatta was held in 1S49. the programme
including sailing races and races for wherries.
four-oared gigs, cutters, house-boats, &c.. and
thenceforward regattas were held continuously
with the exception of those years mentioned
in the section of this article devoted to yacht-
ing. Prizes were plentiful and valuable in
those days. In the 1866 regatta they included
the Norwegian Cup, $100: Ladies' Purse,
;f 18 : P. and O. Prize. ;f50 : Mr. H. M. Gibbs.
$150; Bankers' Prize, $160; American Cup.
$250 ; Douglas Challenge Cup, $500 ; and
two others at $100 and $50 each. Swimming
races were instituted in 1866, and in the
following year " scratch " rowing races were
held occasionally — distinct from the regatta.
In 1872 the amalgamation of the swimming,
boat, and gj-mnastic clubs with the Victoria
Recreation Club was brought about, and
thenceforward the Club was known as the
Victoria Recreation Club. The then Governor
(Sir Arthur Kennedyl was the first president ;
the Hon. Mr. J. Greig, chairman ; and Mr.
R. Lyall. hon. secretarv-. The Club started
with a credit balance of S82'69, but against
this there was a sum of li.iio'oo to be ex-
pended on repairs to the boat-house, &c. The
club-house was situated close to the water
front, and the typhoons of 1872 and 1874 did
a great deal of damage to it ; the repairs
consequent upon the 1874 typhoon costing
over $5,000. Since this date the Club has
suffered heavily from typhoons, the great
t>'phoon of September 18, 1906. demolishing
the Club premises at Kowloon and doing
damage to the extent of about $11,000. A
gymnasium class was started in 1882, and

since been dropped owhig to want of enthu-
siasm and lack of space, but an effort is now
being made to revive interest, as the Club's
new premises, completed in the early part
of igo8, afford splendid facilities tor gym-
nastics. The first athletic sports in connec-

tion with the Victoria Recreation Club took
place in 1895 and have since been held
annually, being recognised as the premier
athletic sports of the year.

In 1900-1 the club premises were removed
to Kowloon, as the Admiralty required the
then existing site in connection with the
scheme for constructing large docks (since
built), but a promise was given to the Club
that a new site adjoining the docks would
be granted at the completion of the work. In
the early part of 1907, after considerable
delay, the new site was handed over to the
Club and a handsome building has been
erected upon it, commanding a splendid view
of the harbour and affording excellent facili-
ties for the launching of boats, swimming,
and gymnastics. The Club promotes swim-
ming sports in the summer, atliletics and
rowing in the winter, and members of the
committee are usually asked to lend their
assistance in promoting sports organised by
other clubs. Monthly swimming races are
held during the summer, and the swimming
season is closed with a three days' carnival,
which is usually well attended, ladies being
present in large luimbers. In addition to the
swimming events promoted by the Club, there
is an amuial race across the harbour from
Kowloon to Hongkong — a distance of just
under a mile. This race is promoted by the
proprietors of the Cliiitn Mail newspaper, and
is the longest swimming race held in the
Colony. It may here be mentioned in paren-
thesis that the "China Mail" Company, Ltd.,
offer prizes (or yachting races, rifle sliooting
competitions, running races, and other sports.
Water polo, also, is fostered by the Victoria
Recreation Club, and the amiu;il competition
is held under its auspices, although there is
a Water Polo Association. This competition
is open to any club, regiment, or man-of-war
in the Colony, and it creates a good deal of
interest. From its inception in 1898 it has
been won by the Victoria Recreation Club
team, with the exception of one year when the
Hongkong Volunteer Corps secured the shield.
On that occasion, however, the winning team

HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI CRICKET MATCH.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

253

was composed of members of the Victoria
Recreation Ckib. Tlie present Governor of
the Colony (Sir Frederick Lugard) is president
of the Club, Mr. A, Rodj^er is chairman, and
the committee is composed of Messrs. W.
Logan, H. A. Lammert, E. M. Hazeland, R. W.
Pearson, J. W. Bains, T. C. Gray, T. Meek,
M. Mclver, J. Rodger ; R. Henderson (hon.
treasurer), and F. Lammert (hon. secretary).
The Club is a cosmopolitan club and has a
membership of over three hundred.

CRICKET.

Exgi.axd's "national pastime," to use a
time-honoured phrase, is very popular in
Hongkong. The game is played for a full

seating accommodation for about one hundred
spectators. The earliest records of the Club
date from 1863, when six matches were played
in the season. The most important events
arranged by the Club are the inter-port
matches between Hongkong, Shanghai, and
Singapore. There is great rivalrv between
the three ports, and the meeting of the cricket
elevens arouses great interest. The matches
are played, as opportunity affords, either at
Hongkong or Shanghai, for, up to date, no
inter-port match with Singapore has taken
place at the southern port.

The first inter-port match was plaved in
Hongkong against Shanghai in P'ebruarv,
1866, when the local eleven compiled 430
runs— the highest score in the series — against
Shanghai's 107 and 59. In the following
year two matches were plaved, both at

Year.

HOXGKONO.

Shaxghai. Won by

1902

2^o, 157 ...

239, 152 for 3 Shanghai.

1903

.1.36

122, 191 ... Hongkong.

1904

274, 109 for 6

229. 151

i<;o6

46, 66

130, 121 ... Shanghai.

1907

261, 137 for 6

212, 185 ... Hongkong.

Three times in the historv of inter-port
cricket has a team from the Straits Settlements
visited Hongkong, and on each occasion a
Shanghai team also journeyed to Hongkong
and a triangular contest took place, the Straits
being successful in winnmg the rubber twice
and once (in 1902) earning the wooden spoon
The results of the matches were :—
Year. Hoxgkoxg. Straits. Won by

1897 216, ii8 ... 413 ... Straits.

1902 192, 296 ... 253, 106 ... Hongkong.
1904 155. no ... 128, 232 ... Straits.

six months of the year — that is to say, from
October to March — and weekly matches take
place on the Valley, and on the Hongkong
Club's ground, as well as at Kowloon. The
Hongkong Cricket Club dates back to 1851,
and has always maintained its position as
premier club, though to-day it does not supply
the most interesting cricket of the year, for
the League Competition has usurped that
distinction. The Cricket Club is extremely
conservative with respect to its ground, and
it is seldom indeed that other than members
of the Club have an opportunity of using it.
Matches are played weekly, and the Club is
in a prosperous financial condition. The
Club pavilion is a neat little building situated
in the south-western corner of the ground,
containing a large dressing room, general
room, bar, and committee room, and affording

HONGKONG CBICKET GROUP.

Shanghai, and the northern team won both,
making the creditable score of 340 in the first
match against Hongkong's 121 and 82. F"or
twenty-two years there was a " truce " be-
tween the two ports, but the contests were
revived in 1889, since which year eleven
matches have been played, Hongkong being
successful in six. The complete list of
matches and the results are as follow : —
Year. HoNGKOXG. Shanghai. Won by

1866 430 ... 107, 59 ... Hongkong.

340 ... Shanghai.

200 ... „

94, 55 for 7

180, 300 ... Drawn.

163, 134
112, 202

Year.

Shanghai.

Straits.

Won by

1897

76,

138

. Straits.

1902

227,

for

105,

231 ..

. Shanghai.

1904

118,

113

93.

190 ..

. Straits.

1867

121, 82
109

68, 80

268, 72 for 3
1892 429

7«. 79 -

1897 162, 201 for 9 173, 189

1898 J79, 126 ... 203, 74

I
1891

Hongkong.

Shanghai.

Hongkong.

On the first occasion that the Straits team
visited Hongkong and defeated both Shanghai
and Hongkong, a match was played between
the Straits eleven and a combined Hongkong-
Shanghai team, the Straits winning by an
innings and 231 runs. The scores were : —
The Straits, 381 ; Hongkong-Shanghai, 86 and
64.

In addition to these inter-port matches the
Hongkong Club has sent teams to Swatow,
Amoy, and Foochow, but these trips are
looked upon more as pleasure trips than
cricket contests. Any reference to the Hong-
kong Club and inter-port cricket would not be

254 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

complete without mentioning the lamentable
disaster which occurred in 1892. when the
steamer Bokhara, on which the Hongkong
team was returning from Shanghai, was
wrecked. Dr. Lowson and Lieut. Markhani
were the only two memb)ers of the team to
survive the calamity, those who perished
being Major Turner, Captain Dunn, Captain
Dawson, Lieut. G. G. Boyle, Lieut. Burnett,
Quartermaster-Sergeant Jeffkins, Sergeant
Mum/ord. Sergeant Donegan, G. S. Purvis,
C. Wallace, and G. E. Taverner. A memo-
rial shield now hangs in the Cricket Club
pavilion, on which is engraved the names
of the victims.

The league Competition, which monopo-
lises most of the interest manifested in cricket
in the Colony, is open to all local clubs. It
was commenced in 1903, and has proved an

two new clubs — the Police and the Civil
Ser\-ice — and yearly the competition has
grown in favour. This year another team
(the employes of the Eastern E.\tension
Telegraph Company) entered, making a total
of nine competing teams. Since its inception
the shield has been won by the following
teams :— The Army Ordn.ince Corps. 1903-4;
Craigengower, 1904-5 ; and Kowloon, 1905 6
and 1906-7. Kowloon was also second in
1904-5, while Craigengower was second in
1905-6 and 1906 7. The Hon. Mr. T.
Sercombe Smith, then First Magistrate of
Hongkong, was the first president of the
League, and he occupied the position until
he left the Colony in 1906. Mr. A. E. Asger,
the tirst honorary secretary, still holds that
position.

The Craigengower Club was formed in

CHINESE (OR LOBCHA) RIOGED CRtTISINO YACHT,

immense success. Prior to the year men-
tioned there were a number of cricket clubs
in the Colony, but onlv "friendly" matches
were played. The members of the Craigen-
gower Club, one of the most prominent of
the junior clubs, annually competed for a
shield presented by the late Hon. Mr. E. R.
Belilios. This shield had to be won thrice
in all, or twice in succession, before becoming
the property of any individual, and in 1903
Mr. R. Basa won it for the third time. At
the suggestion of Mr. A. E. Asger, honorary
secretary of the Craigengower Club, a com-
petition on league principles was started in
October. 1903, eight clubs entering. The
difficulty of providing a shield was overcome
by the generosity of the Soiilh China MorniitH
Post. The introduction of the League Com-
petition was responsible for the formation of

1894 and at first was confined to past mem-
bers of the old Victoria English School, taking
its name from the school-house, but in 1901
the Club was reconstituted so as to admit
others as members. The club-house at the
Valley is well situated, and the Club has
played cricket and tennis there since its
formation. Mr. W. D. Braidwood, the
schoolmaster, has been its president, and
Mr. A. E. Asger has been the honorary
secretary from the first.

The Police Club was formed in 1904, and
cricket forms the chief recreation of the
members, though tennis and lawn bowls also
obtain a fair share of attention. Champion-
ship tournaments in both lawn bowls and
tennis are held annually, as well as handi-
caps. Inspector W. Withers is the honorary
secretary.

The Civil Service Club, also, was formed
in 1904, and its objects are much the same as
those of the Police Club. Since its formation
the plot of land on which the club-house
stands has undergone a great transformation,
and is now one of the prettiest spots on the
Valley. Mr. L. E. Brett is the honorary
secretarv.

YACHTING.

The fullest advantage is taken of the
splendid natural facilities for yachting which
are possessed by Hongkong in the wide ex-
panse of sheltered waterways and the steady
monsoon which prevails during the winter.
Yachting has been associated with the Colony
for the past si.xty years or thereabouts, the
first regatta being held in 1849, under the
auspices of the Victoria Regatta Club (now
known as the Victoria Recreation Club). On
that occasion six cutter-rigged yachts, includ-
ing a craft described as an imitation Andaman
catamaran (the Ghost), engaged in a race
within the confines of the harbour. The
GItost led the Heet when running before
the wind, but when it came to beating she
promptly capsized. Indeed, any one reading
through the old records dealing with yachting
in the early days cannot fail to be impressed
with the number of mishaps, in the nature
of capsizes, which occurred in those early
days. The first large yacht of which there
is any mention is the Heather Bell, of
thirty-three tons. After the regatta of 1850 —
at which the Governor's Cup was competed
for — interest in regattas seems to have
died out, for up till 1861 only two regattas
were held (in 1853 and 1854). Each regatta
was followed by a regatta ball, one of the
Colony's most successful social functions, and
this, also, was afterwards dropped. The first
" ocean " race — round the island— was sailed
in 1864, Mr. R. F. Havvke's Mayflower
winning. This race was due to the gener-
osity of Messrs. Douglas & Co. in presenting
the Douglas Challenge Cup. In the following
year the Mayflower won again. At this
period yachts varying from nine to thirty-
three tons competed together, the nine-tonner
being appropriately named Mosquito. In 1868
a race to Macao was organised and seems to
have aroused considerable interest, a river
steamer being chartered to follow the race,
but the closing stages of the contest took
place after night had fallen. The yachts
were divided into two classes two years
later — under and over fifteen tons— for the
Yacht Club (now known as the Royal Hong-
kong Yaclit Club) had sprung into existence,
and had taken over from the V.R.C. most
of the control of yachting. The first regatta
held under the auspices of the new Club was
in 1870. Thenceforward the sport assumed
greater importance, and eight years later
open-boat racing took place on Saturday
afternoons. These boats belonged to merchant
vessels, mercantile firms, and men-of-war,
and for some years the contests proved
popular. Eventually, however, they were
discontinued, presumably through lack of
management. Smaller boats were gradually
being introduced into the Club, and the Club's
popularity increased, and in the late seven-
ties we find boats of two, three, and four
tons competing, and successfully, too. Their
success dinnned the popularity of the larger
craft, and gradually the races for the larger
yachts were discontinued.

A new factor in the yachting world arose
in 1890, when the Corhithian Sailing Club —
an offshoot from the V.R.C. —was inaugurated
and Mersey canoes (20 by 5 by 3 feet) were

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 255

introduced into the Colony. Tliis Club gave
a very decided fillip to yachting, and thirteen
yachts gathered round the commodore's
yacht, varying in rating from '34 to loo.
For the smaller class of boats shorter courses
were necessary, and the new Club's first
race was over a 12-mile course. In the
following year this Club seems to have been
reconstituted and merged into the Hongkong
Yacht Club, and still another new class of
boats, from i'3 to i'4 rating, was introduced.
An attempt was made in 1892 to sail these
small vessels round the island, but as the
Hon. Mr. K. H. May, C.M.G., says in his
book on " Yachting in Hongkong," " The
experience of the helmsmen was such that
the Club has, up to the present, wisely
decided not to have another." So far,

and carry a sail area of 450 square feet.
They are easy to handle, are admirable sea
boats, and possess a fine turn of speed.

The Championship class continued to im-
prove and reached the highest point it has
yet attained in iyo2, when the Dioiic and
Vernon (still the champion yachts in the
harbour) were launched. The yachts were
designed by the late Mr. A. E. Payne. They
vary from 22 to 21 feet on the water-line,
have a beam of about 6 feet and a depth of
about 4 feet 6 inches, with a sail area of
from 530 to 550 square feet, and are known
as 24-linear raters. They have proved them-
selves to be splendid yachts, but the expense
attached to them has proved an insuperable
obstacle to the formation of a large fleet,
and only three boats in all have been built.

brings the sail down with a run, and to take
in a reef all that is needed is to loosen the
halyard and lower the sail as far as is
requisite. The boom crosses the mast and
is made fast with a piece of rope which
prevents it falling on deck when the hal-
yard is loosened, but still allows sufficient
play for hauling in or paying out the sail.
The sail is hauled up by means of the
halyard. In a full-sail breeze these boats
bowl along merrily and have been known
to outstrip the finer-built yachts.

Kacing takes place on Sundays, though
endeavours have been made since 1902 to have
the races decided on Saturdays. It is worthy
of passing comment that although golf in the
public recreation grounds and yachting in the
harbour are allowed on Sunday by the authori-

H. K. C. Y. C.

apparently, no championship events had been
sailed, but in 1892 a series was commenced
which has been continued up to the present
day, and no doubt the efforts of the commo-
dore (Mr. F. H. May) were in large measure
responsible for this new departure. In the
previous season the Admiralty warrant for
Hying the Blue Ensign was granted to the
Club, and, later on, permission to adopt the
title of " Royal " was received. Championship
races proved extremely interesting and the
class was well established, but still another
design — known as the one-design class — was
introduced. The fleet now numbers five (in
all seven were built), and the design was
made by the late Mr. A. E. Payne. These
boats are about 31 feet over all, about 6 feet
in beam, have fin keels and fin rudders, with
approximately 17 cwt. of lead on the keel,

Mr. May's Dioiic won the championship in
1903, 1905, 1906. and 1908, losing to Mr. H. P.
Tooker's Vernon in 1904 and 1907.

In addition to the yachts already referred
to, there is a type of racing craft peculiar to
Hongkong, known as the Chinese-rigged sea-
going cruisers, and these are ideal boats for
week-end trips round the neighbouring islands.
In addition to being fairly speedy, they are
splendid sea boats and roomy. The Kukubnrra
(late Dorothy) was the pioneer of the class.
She is 54 feet long, 12 feet in beam, and draws
only 3 feet 10 inches. She contains a spacious
cabin, pantry, and lavatory, has accommodation
for a crew of five, and carries a dingey on
davits. One of the most striking features of
this type of vessel is the ease with which it
can be handled in ordinary weather by two
men. A simple slackening of the halyard

ties, cricket, tennis, &c., are forbidden on the
public recreation grounds. Rather a fine dis-
tinction is thus made.

Though the one-design class of the Royal
Hongkong Yacht Club are inexpensive as
yachts go, both as regards initial cost and up-
keep, only a few enthusiasts patronised the
type, and in 1904 it became apparent that a
new and cheaper type was necessary. This led
to the formation — or revival — of the Corinthian
Yacht Club. Messrs. E. M. Hazeland and
M. Mclver, both of whom are keenly interested
in yachting, were the founders of the Corinthian
Club and introduced the type of boat known as
the Severn one-design. These little boats are
only 19 feet long, with a good beam. They
are somewhat "tubby" in appearance, and
the sail area is limited to 250 square feet, but
with even this restricted area a good speed is

256 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

attained. Since the building of the Gael and
Sinti by Messrs. Mclver and Ha/.eland respec-
tively, ten other similar l>oats have l>eeii added
to the fleet, so that there are more Corinthian
one-desifjn yachts in the Colony than any
other class oif txats, and, as a consequence, the
racing is keener. This design holds gtxxl until
igoQ without structural alterations, and it is
unlikely that any alterations will then be made,
though it is probable that a larger design will
be introduced. The Club has proved a great
success, and the memtiership roll now contains
170 names. In addition to the one-design
class of txats there are twelve other yachts of
varving size which compete in handicap races,
and, further, the Club has the distinction of
being the first to hold motor-boat races in the
Colony. Mr. J. Hand, of the Hongkong and

sport. From the earliest days of the Colony
rifle sluxiting has been popular, particularly
among the military and navy, and of later
years the civilian has taken to it kindly, until
to-day a team of civilians (including Volun-
teers) could be selected which would hold
its own against a like number of naval or
military men.

The Hongkong Rifle Association was formed
about the year 1886, and contiiuied in a hap-
hazard manner until 1905. when it was wound
up and the Hongkong Volunteer KiHc Club
took over the control of rifle shooting in the
Colony. During the earlier years of its
existence the Hongkong Rifle Association did
good work, but after a few years interest
flagged and on several (x;casions the Associa-
tion was on the verge of disbandment. The

CHINESE (OB LOBCHA) BIOQED CBUISING YACHT.
(Feachou to Hongkong.)

Whampoa Dock Company, was the first on the
water with a racing motor, and though the
class of boats raced with here would not com-
pare with Xafier //, &c., they are very speedy
and reliable. Races are held fortnightly, or
oftencr, and are usually well contested, the
time allowances providing close contests. The
Corinthian club-house is built on land leased
from the Government at the nominal rent of
$1 per year.

RIFLE SHCX)TING.

Rifle shooting is more of a duty than a
pastime in Hongkong, but the number of
competitions which are fired off annually
warrants its inclusion under the heading of

Rifle Association was the originator of the
inter-port contests between Hongkong, Shang-
hai, Singapore, and, occasionally, Penang,
which are continued up to the present day
and which have been responsible for some
good shooting. The first match was fired
in 1889, Shanghai winning, and, excepting
1890, matches have been held annually.
From 1889 to 1894 Martini-Henry rifles
were used, and in 1895 I^e-Metfords were
introduced, though at the present time it
is permissible to use the new short Army
rifle. The record score was made in 1899
by Hongkong— 952, out of a possible 1,050
— the individual scores being: — two each of
100 and 95, and one each of 98, 97, 96, 94,
91, and 86. The conditions are ten shots
at 200, 500, and 600 yards, Bisley targets.

The record individual score in these com-
petitions was made by Mr. A. \V. Studd.
of Shanghai, in ux/>. His score of 103
included 34 at 200, 35 at 500, and 34 at
600 — only two points below the possible
aggregate of 105. Scrgeaiit-Major Davis,
R.M.L.I., shooting for fioiigkong in 1903,
scored 102, getting a possible at 200, 33 at
500. and 34 at 600 yards.

The United Services Rifle CUib holds an
annual meeting, at which members of the
Volunteer Reserve and the Volunteer Corps
compete, and the Volunteers also hold an
ainiual three days' meeting. Lieut. Mowbray
S. Northcote, of the Hongkong Volunteer
Corps, is the secretary of the Rifle Club, and
through his efforts, together with the co-
operation of Shanghai, Singapore, and Penang,
a beautiful shield has been procured for the
inter-port contests. Up to date Hongkong
has won ten out of seventeen contests, and
h.ave been .second thrice, and third five times;
Singapore has won four firsts, eight seconds,
and six thirds ; Shanghai has won four times,
been .second and third seven times each ;
while Penang, which has competed only four
times, has been fourth on each occasion.
The complete record is as follows: —

1889 : Shanghai, 819 ; Singapore, 777 ;
Hongkong, 774.

1890 : No niatcli.

1891 : Hongkong, 867 ; Shanghai, 830 ;
Singapore, 741.

1892 : Hongkong, 835; Shanghai, 810;
Singapore, 752.

1893 : Hongkong, 822 ; Shanghai, 802 ;
Singapore, 768.

1894 : Hongkong. 823; Singapore. 817;
Shanghai, 760.

1895 : Singapore, 934 ; Shanghai, 903 ;
Hongkong, 879.

1896 : Hongkong, 916 ; Shanghai, 900 ;
Singapore, 870.

1897 : Singapore, 934, Hongkong, 91ft ;
Shanghai, 860.

1898 : Hongkong, 934 ; Singapore, 923 ;
Shanghai, 893.

1899 : Hongkong, 952 ; Singapore, 926 ;
Shanghai, 887.

1900 : Hongkong, 930 ; Singapore, 909 ;
Shanghai, 900.

1901 : Hongkong, 901 ; Singapore, 884 ;
Shanghai, 841 ; Penang, 721.

1902 : Shanghai, 926 ; Singapore, 893 ;
Hongkong. 870 ; Penang, 861.

1903 : Singapore, 927 ; Shanghai, 915 ;
Hongkong. 891 ; Penang, 750.

1904 : Singapore, 919 ; Hongkong, 919 ;
Shanghai, 908.

1905 : Hongkong, 923 ; Shanghai. 889 ;
Singapore, 800.

1906 : Shanghai, 936 ; Singapore, 909 ;
Hongkong. 891 ; Penang, 821.

1907 : Shanghai, 943 ; Hongkong, 938 ;
Singapore, 929,

The formation of the Hongkong Volunteer
Reserve Association (referred to in another
section) gave a very decided impetus to rifle-
shooting, and fortnightiv competitions are
held on the King's Park" Rifle Range. The
most important competition is that for the
"Governor's Cup," a fine trophy presented
by His Excellency Sir Matthew Nathan, late
Governor of the Colony. The conditions
of the contest are : — Twelve monthly shoots
at 200 and 500 yards alternately, each four-
teen shots, the best six to count ; three at
200 yards, and three at 500 yards. The
competition for 1907-8, which was con-
cluded in March, 1908, produced excellent

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 257

shooting, the winner (Mr. A. E. Jenkins, a
young Australian) putting up a record for
the Colony. Mr. Jenkins was on scratch,
and out of 84 sliots he scored 74 " bulls'
eyes " and ten " centres, " < an aggregate of
410 out of the possible 420. At the 200-
yards range, shooting at the 6-inch "invisible
bull," his scores were : —

Oct. 1907—5-5-5-5-5-4-4-5-5-5-5-5-5-5 ='■'«

Dec. 1907—5-5-5-5-5-4-5-5-4-4-5-5-5-5 =f>7

Feh. 1908—5-5-5-5-5-4-5-5-5-5-4-5-4-5 =(V

A total of 202 out of a possible 2io.

At 500 Mr. Jenkins did even better, being
only two off the highest possible score, as
under : —

Jan. 1907—5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5 =70
Nov. 1907—4-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5 =69
Mar. 1908—5-5-4-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5 =69
A total of 208 out of a possible 210.

In addition to these fnie scores one of 69 was
counted out at the 500-yards range.

HORSE-RACING.

The " sport of kings " occupies a prominent
place in the affections of sportsmen in Hong-
kong. There is only one race meeting a year
— in t'ebruary — but during the four days over
which it e.xtends business is practically sus-
pended in the Colony.

The racecourse has already been referred
to. There is a large grand-stand from which
an excellent view of the racing can be obtained,
and, in addition, there are two blocks of build-
ings, the upper tioor of each being divided
into compartments and let out to owners and
their friends. China ponies are the only
horses raced, though at various times " walers,"
as horses imported from Australia are termed,
have been introduced. The China ponies range
from 12.3 to 13.2 hands in height, and in most
of the races are weighted as per size. For
their size they carry staggering imposts — from
10 stone 9 lbs. to 1 1 stone 4 lbs. being the usual
weights— and on top of this there may be
penalties of from 7 lbs. to 10 lbs.

The races are for two classes of ponies, to
wit, subscription griflins and China ponies.
The former are brought down from North
China and drawn for by those members of the
Jockey Club who have subscribed towards the
cost, while China ponies are either old griflins
— if the term may be permitted— or ponies
imported independently of the Jockey Club,
which have run at meetings elsewhere in
China. In all, upwards of thirty-five races are
contested annually, the principal being the
Hongkong Derby, the Challenge Stakes, and
the Champions. Tlie distances vary from five
furlongs to two miles, and among the best
times yet recorded by China ponies or subscrip-
tion griffins in the Colony are the following : —

Distance.

Time.

Poxy.

YEAR.

Half-mile

54 sees.

Punch

1902

Three-

I mm.

Tuber Rose

I8q8

quarters

30i sees

Mile and a

2 mins.

Glory

1901

quarter

25 sees.

Bay Ronald

1902

Mile and a

3 mms.

Ardent

1 801

half

I2i sees

Mile and
three-

3 mins.

Zephyr

1891

quarters

48 sees.

]

Polka

1904

Two miles

4 mms.
, 23 sees

Sinbad

1898

Most of the owners adopt assumed names,
and great rivalry has existed in the past be-
tween the "Roses," owned by Mr. "Hiixey."
and the " Kings," owned by Mr. " Potts," hut
the latter stable has now withdrawn from the
sport. The leading owners are Messrs.
" Bu.xey," " John Peel " and F. B. Marshall.

verandahs or roofs and sustained severe in-
juries, and, in more than one case, been killed
outright. A very fine distinction, however, is
drawn on the course. While bookmakers are
debarred, the pari-mutuel (or totalisator) and
sweeps are permitted. From the money which
passes through the pari-mutuel and sweeps the

VIEWS ON THE LAWN.

Amateur jockeys only are permitted to ride,
and there are no bookmakers on the course.
Betting is illegal in the Colony and many a
poor unfortunate Chinaman has been haled
before the magistrate for indulging in a game
of Ng Pau, or Fan-tan, while others, in en-
deavouring to escape a raid, have fallen from

promoters deduct 10 per cent., and the Jockey
Club gets a good proportion of that amount.
The dividends paid by the pari-mutuel on the
whole are small ; in one instance this year
(1908), in the case of a dead heat for first place,
those who had backed one of the tirst two
ponies received $480 back for each $5 invested

258 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

— a loss of 20 cents— while in several other
instances only the sum laid out was returned.
Occasionally a high dividend is paid, but it is
only occasionally.

buring the summer months gymkhanas are
held monthly and provide goixi sport. Hurdle
racing was tried in 1907. but China ponies
cannot jump and simply crashed through the
brushwood hurdles or baulked. Consequently,
these events were cut out. and Hat racing is all
that is now indulged in.

FCXDTBALL,

Rrc.BY and Association are played in the
Ct>lony, but the followers of Association far
outnumlnrr the " rugger " men. Every Satur-
day altcrnixMi and on many week-days during
the season .\ssociation is played at Happy
Valley, whereas a Rugby game does not take
place more than once a fortnight, if so often.

1905. — Royal West Kents.
i<Xi6.— H.M.S. Diiiilcm.
1907. — Royal .\rtillery.

This competition is played on the "cup-
tie" system, and usually takes place in the
early part of the year.

Another competition, which is reserved
for military teams, is the Garrison Football
League, established in 1907 8, and played on
the league principle. The Middlesex teams
proved too strong for their opponents and
won, but the competition supplied a number
of interesting games. A Naval League,
playing matches at Hongkong. Weihaiwei,
Tientsin, and other ports at whicli the vessels
of the Heet call, is organised annually by the
naval authorities, but most of the games are
played in Northern China. Being confined
solely to the ships of the Heet, interest in the
competition is slight.

WINNER COMING IN.

The leading civilian club is' the Hongkong
Football Club, whose headquarters are at the
Valley, and this Club promotes the annual
Shield Competition. Though the Club has a
large membership roll there are only about
twenty-five players, so that the range of
selection is small. The Young Men's Chris-
tian Association p-ootball Club is the only
other civilian team .of any prominence, and
the matches between these two clubs are
always keenly contested. The military teams
are numerous and have won the shield more
often than the navy or civilian teams. The
competition was commenced in 1897, and
the winners to date are : —

1897. — H.M.S. Ceuliirion.

1898.— "G" Co.. King's Own Rifles.

1899. — Hongkong Club.

1900. — "G" Co., Royal Welsh ^"usiliers.

1901. — Royal Artillery, Siege Team.

1902.— "H" Co., Royal Welsh P'usiliers.

1903. — H.M.S. Glory.

1904.-H.M.S. Albion.

GOLF.

The Royal Hongkong Golf Club is a
flourishing institution with a membership of
about four hundred. It was in May, 1889,
that the Golf Club was formed, Captain
Rumsey, R.N. (afterwards Harbour Master of
the Colony) being the first captain, and Sir
William Des Voeux (the then Governor) the
first president. A site for the links was pro-
cured at Happy Valley and a nine-holed course
laid out, the eighth hole being a difficult one,
hence its name of " misery." The first
match of any importance was played in
March, 1890, over eighteen holes, between
six members of the Club and six from the
91st Regiment, then stationed here. The
civilian team won easily. Since then many
important competitions have been played,
there being an annual competition on the
" cup-tie " system for the championship of
the Club, and this competition usually attracts
a large number of entrants. Mr. T. S.

Forrest, the present champion, is undoubtedly
the best player in the Colony, and he has
won the championship no less than five
times. Mr. E. J. Grist was last year's
champion, and Lieut. -Col. Dumhleton was
this year's runner up. Competitions are held
fortnightly throughout the year at the Valley,
the Captain's Cup being the most popular.
An attractive course, used mainly by the
ladies, was laid out at Deep Water Hay, but
it is seldom used.

■WILD BIRDS AND GAME.

It is doubtful if even the resident of Hong-
kong is aware of the variety of sport which
can be obtained in the pursuit of wild birds
and game within the confines of the Colony.
On the island itself but little shooting can be
done, but the New Territory teems with bird-
life at different seasons of the year, and offers
excellent opportunities to the man who cares
to tramp o'er the paddy-fields with his dogs
and gun. Among the varieties of the feathered
Hocks which are to be found are snipe, teal,
plover, wild duck, woodcock, partridge, quail,
curlew, heron, cranes, pigeon, doves, water-
rail, egrets, divers, kestrels, hawks, and
eagles. Some of these, however, are met
with only rarely. Snipe, in season, are plenti-
ful, and one of the best grounds is that in the
Shap-pat-lieung Valley, near Deep Water Bay.
As the name signifies, there are eighteen
streams in this valley which enter the bay,
and all around are paddy-fields, where the
snipe rest during their migrations. The bird
does not breed in the Colony, but the fact
that there are three distinct varieties of the
bird, and tliat there seem to be four distinct
seasons, has given rise to two theories as
to whence they come and whither they go.
The first of the snipe are seen late in August —
tlie last Sunday of which month is the
opening of the season, though September ist
is the " official opening " — and they can be
obtained until March, or even April, and a
stray couple may be seen occasionally at any
time during the year. One set of theorists
say that the Colony gets a proportion of the
snipe going south to Bangkok and the Straits,
while the other declare that it is Australian
snipe on their flight norllnvards which visit
the Colony. It is quite possible that both are
right. It is generally considered tliat the
early snipe are flying north, after which there
is a break ; that the December snipe are
bound south ; and that those met later on,
at Chinese New Year, are returning from
Bangkok to the north, a second instalment
arriving in the spring. The three varieties
are known as the pin-tail or jack-snipe, the
painted snipe, and the solitary snipe, the
latter variety being the largest. With such
suitable country as is met with, it is not to be
wondered at that good bags are plentiful.
The snipe rest in the paddy-fields in ordinary
weather, but during :in excessively wet season,
when the paddy-fields are more or less
flooded, they are' to be found on the higher
ground, in the sweet-potato patches and the
young bamboos. One sometimes hears of a
partv of tliree or four guns bringing back two
hundred couples, but it is seldom authenti-
cated. The average run of sportsmen may,
however, depend on eighty or one hundred
couples a day for three or four guns, but there
have been certified bags of one hundred and
fiftv couples for three guns— a good day's
work, it will be conceded. Six or seven
years ago, just about the time that tlie British
took over the New Territory, snipe could be
shot within a couple of minutes' walk of the

SCENES ON THE RACECOURSE.

260 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

harbour, but the development of the Kowlooii
Peninsula and the consequent absorption of
the rice-lields have driven them away. Tlie
early residents in Kowloon who liandled a
gun often obtained two or three couples in
the early morning.

\Vo<xicock are scarc-e. but are found at
Shap-pat-heung. and it is asserted that they
have bred on the island. Be that as it may,
they arc seldom found, and can hardly be
said to be plentiful. Migratory quail usually
arrive just when the paddy is being cut, or
shortly after, and settle down among the
paddy or in the long grass on the hills. For
quail and partridge, dogs are necessary, and
experience has proved that the home-bred
dog is not of much use in Hongkong ; the
going is far too heavy — there are tix) many

will be tempted to have a shot at them, as
well as at hawks, kestrels, and a stray eagle.
There are no pheasants in the neighbourhood,
hut a cross crow-pheasant is sometimes seen.
This, however, is carrion. The beautiful
egret, which is much sought after on account
of its wonderful plumage, is occasionally to
be found.

The only deer which roam the hills are
the barking, or hog deer, and they are but
seldom seen. They are to be found on Lantao
Island, at Shatin, and also on the island of
Hongkong itself, but here they are more or
less protected. The Chinese " wonk " dog
prt>ves very useful after deer and wild pig,
but for a successful hunt one needs the co-
operation of the villagers to organise a large
drive. Very few people seem to have the

LAWN BOWLS.

Lawn- bowls started in Hongkong in
quite an " innocent " sort of way, said
a prominent supporter of bowls.' when
approaclied by the writer, the formation of
the Kowloon Howling Green Club in igoo
being the result of a casual conversation
among a few Scotchmen resident in Kow-
loon. These few enthusiastic gentlemen,
prominent amongst wlioni were Messrs. T.
IVtrie, A. Ritchie, J. Gait, T. Skinner, G. K.
Edwards, J. Macdonald, and A. Milroy, soon
formed a club and secured a very desirable
site in Kimberley Koad, but the' increasing
value of land in Kowloon necessitated their
removal. After making representations to
the Government, the newlv formed Club suc-

HONQKONG AND SHANGHAI FOOTBALL TEAMS.

hills to climb and the undergrowth is very
thick. In consequence, dogs have to be
trained locally, and they are quite a success,
though were a l<x:al dog transported to
England he would drive every one mad with
his impetuosity. To follow the dogs success-
fully f<jr a day in this sort of country is no
mean achievement, for one must be in good
condition and a tine walker. There are
thousands of doves to be obtained, as well as
pigeons— of the latter the blue rock variety
are the most common.

Round about Deep Bay^near Samchun
and the mouth of the Shap-pat-heung — the
wild fowl congregate, teal, in particular, and
wild duck, as well as the varieties mentioned
above. Herons, pelicans, the paddy-bird,
divers. &c., hardly come within the province
of sport, but occasionally one of the party

time to get away for this sport, which involves
at least a couple of days absence, and it is
hard work. The members of the police force
who are stationed in the territory have suc-
ceeded in getting both deer and pig at
different times. Two pests infest this part of
the country, in the shape of civet cats and
foxes, and no doubt these — together witli the
hawks— tend to keep birds from breeding.
The hawks are particularly daring and
voracious, and it is not an unusual occurrence
for the villagers to lose chickens from their
very dofir steps. Rabbits and hares are con-
spicuous by their absence, and though efforts
have been made to introduce the former
thev have not been successful.

ceeded in obtaining a piece of land in King's
Park, which was at that time a swamp.
This had to be drained, and the necessary
expenditure for drainage and turfing almost
ruined the Club. It managed to struggle on.
however, being well supported by the
members, the number of whom was steadily
increasing, and then once more came the
order, " Move on " — this time from the
Government, for the King's Park scheme had
been approved and the Bowling Club's
corner was required for a cricket ground,
though the Government placed at the dis-
posal of the Club another and better site on
the road side, mucli larger, and providing
space for two full-size bowling greens, as
well as two tennis courts. The provision ()f
tennis courts paved the way for the addition
of ladies into the Club as honorary members,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 261

and to-day the ladies avail themselves freely
of this privilege. This second removal found
the Club with very low funds, but the issue
of debentures, wliich were loyally taken up
by members, soon produced enough cash for
draining, levelling, and laying-out the land.
All this was slow work, but finally the
end was reached, and to-day the premises
of the Club are among the prettiest in the
island, for among the ranks of the members
are several enthusiastic gardeners, who
have done much towards beautifying the
enclosure.

Competitions during the first season or so
were naturally restricted to members only,
but the success of the Club led to the
inauguration of two more bowling clubs —
one by the Civil Service and the other by
the Police Recreation Club. This paved the
way for inter-club contests, the first of
which was played between Kowloon and
the Civil Service, and won by the Kowloon
team. As this match was played on the
Kowloon Club's ground with bowls lent by
the home team, it could not be regarded as
a fair test, and since then six matches have
been played, each club winning three. The
police have played Kowloon several times,
but have not yet succeeded in lowering the
colours of the premier club. The employes
of the Cosmopolitan Dock have also started
a bowling green, but so far they have not
entered into the arena of inter-club com-
petitions. So popular has the pastime
become that at the time of writing a
proposal is on foot to institute a shield
competition, to be held annually on league
principles. It is worthy of note that,
although the ancient game of bowls is not
purely a Scotch game, as all readers of
English history are aware, most of the
players in the Colony are either Scotchmen
or North of England men.

In connection with both the Police and
Civil Service Clubs it should be pointed out
that most of the members who play bowls
are also interested in cricket and tennis, and
that, as a natural consequence, during the
season for cricket and tennis, lawn bowling
suffers. The game of bowls is played all
the year round on the Kowloon ground, but
great difficulty is experienced in keeping the
greens in good condition during the dry
season, although the greens are in use
alternately. Kowloon can boast of being the
premier lawn bowls club in the • Far East,
and its position is being strengthened
annually. The game, as played in the
Colony, is not the English game with
ground rings ; but biased bowls are used on
a levelled lawn ; what is known as No. 3
bias being chiefly used. The prospects of
the game are exceedingly bright and more
clubs are expected to take up this quiet
form of recreation.

Among the competitions which are annually
promoted by the Kowloon Club are those
for the Championship, the President's Prize,
and the Vice-President's Prize, while spoon
competitions are almost of weekly occur-
rence. Prizes are provided by members of
the Club and their friends for outside com-
petitions, and the keenest of interest is
shown in these contests.

ALLEY BOWLS.

The ancient game of alley bowls finds
little favour in Hongkong, the only clubs

making a feature of the pastime being the
Hongkong Club and the Club Germania.
Half-yearly competitions take place between
these two institutions, and the matches are
always keenly fought.

RACQUETS.

OxLY the members of the Hongkong Cricket
Club seem to take any interest in racquets,
and beyond the annual competitions very
little is heard of the game. The game has
been played in the Colony since 1861, when
the Hongkong Racquet Court Club was
formed. Apparently difficulties beset the Club
at the very outset, hut in 1869 it was, to a
certain extent, reconstructed. The rules and
regulations were revised and came into force
towards the end of the year. The players

military, naval, and civilian. The civilian
team is run by the Hongkong Hockey Club,
and under the auspices of this Club an annual
competition for a challenge cup is held.
Mr. J. Barton, the donor of the cup. has been
president of the Hockey Club since its forma-
tion in December, 1891. Occasional matches
are played during the winter months, but
public interest is not aroused until the com-
petition commences, though when the Canton
team visits the Colony, or when the Hongkong
team journeys to Canton, considerable interest
is taken in the result. The military teams,
particularly the Indian regimental teams,
practise assiduously and are really expert
players. For the last two years the I lyth
Mahrattas Light Infantry have won the cup,
the civilian club being knocked out in the
first round last season. The naval teams
play spasmodically and seldom make a good
show in the competition.

HONGKONG'S! CHAMPION BILLIARD PLAYER.

were then divided- into two classes, and for
several years the Club prospered. Twenty-
six years after the reconstruction, however,
the Club was wound up and the court, &c.,
handed over to the Hongkong Cricket Club,
together with $114-26, the balance in hand.
With this money tlie Cricket Club purchased
a championship challenge cup. Since the
winding up of the Club, the courts have been
carried on by the Cricket Club and the annual
competitions are still held.

HOCKEY.

Hockey is a somewhat strenuous game and
does not receive a great deal of attention in
the Colony, though there are several teams.

LAWN TENNIS.

Lawn tennis is a game which is well
adapted for a climate like Hongkong, and it
is played almost throughout the year. Most
of the cricket clubs hold annual competitions,
and there are several tennis clubs of a semi-
private nature in the Colony. The premier
tennis tournament is that played under the
auspices of the Hongkong Cricket Club, but
as the championship is not open to the
public it cannot be considered a champion-
ship of the Colony, though the winner would
have little difficulty in substantiating his claim
as champion if the leading players of other
clubs were to issue a challenge. The game
was introduced into the Hongkong Cricket
Club in 1877.

HEALTH AND HOSPITALS.

By the Hon. Dr. J. M. Atkinson, Principal Civil Medical Officer.

HEALTH.

|N the c.irly years of the
Colony Hongkong had an
unenviable reputation for un-
healthiness. Frequent out-
breaks of malignant malarial
fever occurred ; indeed, there
is a record of such an out-
break in June of 1841, the first year of
British occupation. In 1843, between May
and October, 24 per cent, of the troops and
ID per cent, of the European civilian popula-
tion died of fever. In 1850, 136 men of the
59th Regiment died out oi^ a strength of 568.
mostly from fever. Dysentery, also, has
been extremely severe, especially in 1854.
The death-rate in 1861 amongst the European
and American residents was as high as 648
per 1.000. Hospitals were established, and,
along with gradual improvement in sanitary
matters, health conditions slowly improved,
but. still, in 1871 the death-rate amongst the
European and American residents was 303
per 1. 000.

Prior to 1883 the sanitation of the Colony
was under the control of the Surveyor-
General and the Colonial Surgeon, and,
owing to frequent changes in the incumbents
of these posts, there was no continuity of
action, and confusion reigned. In 1882, Mr.
Osbert Chad wick was sent to inquire into,
and report on, the sanitary condition of the
Colony. One result of this was the establish-
ment in 1883 of a Sanitary Board, and the
passing of an ordinance to enable the Board
to carry out the many sanitary improvements
which were required. This Board was re-
constituted by Ordinance 24 of 1887. It is
an ad\isor>' and consultative body, and is
composed of four ofiicial members, two
members elected by the ratepayers, and four
members (two of them Chinese) appointed
by the Governor. It has an adequate staff,
and such progress has been made that
Victoria is now the cleanest town east of
Suez.

Owing to the conformation of the site on
which the city of Victoria stands, with the
hills rising rapidly from near the sea-shore
up to a height of 1,860 feet, there was very
little land near the harbour available for
building purposes. At first, when the popu-
lation was small and the houses were only
one or two storeys in height, the available

space was adequate. Hut when, with ad-
vancing prosperity, the population increased,
too many houses were allowed to be built ;
the original one or two-storeyed ones were
heightened without reference to the admis-
sion of fresh air and sunlight into the rooms ;
each room was sub-divided by partitions into
cubicles, generally without windows, a family
very often living in one of these cubicles ;
and due provision for open spaces was not
made. The result was that in the quarter
where the Chinese lived great overcrowding
occurred, and the areas and houses became
extremely insanitary. Thus, in the native
quarter all the conditions favouring the out-
break and spread of epidemic disease were
present.

Small-pox has been endemic every winter,
and occasionally epidemics have occurred.
There was a serious outbreak in 1888, over
98 cases being admitted to the hospital
during the winter of that year.

Cholera has also occasionally occurred, but
the worst epidemic disease which has
attacked the Colony is plague. This first
broke out in 1894, undoubtedly being intro-
duced from Canton. Once introduced, it
rapidly spread, and was responsible for 2,552
deaths in that year, Trade was greatly
interfered with, and the outbreak is estimated
to have produced a temporary exodus of
100,000 Chinese.

It was in this epidemic of 1894 that the
ftlngue bacillus was discovered by Professor
Kitasato, of Japan, who had come to Hong-
kong to investigate it. Later, Dr. Yersin
made, quite independently, a similar discovery.
Measures were immediately taken to com-
bat the disease. In 1895 the resumption of
one of the most overcrowded and plague-
stricken portions at Taipingshan was com-
pleted, illegal basements were done away
with or were so altered as to be rendered
legally inhabitable, back-to-back houses were
prohibited, narrow lanes and passages
were opened out, and other insanitary areas
were resumed. The provision of an adequate
amount of light and ventilation in Chinese
houses was insisted upon, and a general
concreting of the ground surfaces of all the
Chinese houses was carried out with a view
to the exclusion of rats.

Although we have had the disease with us
more or less every year since, the outbreaks
in the last few years have been much less

severe, e.g., the average yearly number of
cases for the last three years has been 479
as against an average of 1,290 for the three
years 1898 1900.

It is an almost hopeless task to expect to
stamp out plague entirely in Hongkong,
seeing how liable the Colony is, from its
geographical position, to re-infection from
the neighbouring countries. The disease is
now practically endemic in Canton, Southern
China, Swatow, Amoy, Formosa, and the
Philippines.

Since 1899, as a result of the Anopheles
theory of malaria, active anti-malarial
measures were instituted. Nullahs have
been drained, the breeding-pools of mos-
quitoes have been done away with, swampy
land has been sub-soil drained, and rice-
tields have been resumed, particuliu'ly in the
neighbourhood of the police stations, and
lately, in connection with the Kovvloon-
Canton Railway operations. By these means
and by the prophylactic administration of
quinine, the number of admissions for
malaria to our two largest hospitals has
fallen from an average of 1,036 for the five
years 1897-1901 to 531 in the quinquennium
1902 6.

There can be no question that the health
of the Colony has improved very much of
late years, and for Europeans living in
European houses, especially at the Peak,
this is now one of the healthiest of the
British Colonies.

The death-rate has fallen steadily since
1901, as will be seen from the following
figures : —

Total
Non-Chinese. Chinese. Population.
I90I ... 20-50 2377 2305

1907 ... 1546 2252 2212

One of the greatest difficulties in dealing
with the Chinese is that they will not notify
cases of infectious disease. They prefer to
hide the case, and, when the patient has
died, to watch their opportunity and "dump"
the body in the street. This is no doubt
due in large measure to the dread they have
of the necessary disinfecting operations.
The percentage of "dumped" bodies in 1903
was as high as 327. It is to be hoped that
as the Chinese become imbued with Western
methods they will become more enlightened
in this respect, but this leavening process is
sure to be a very slow one.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 263

Ground for hope, however, is furnished by
the fact that we have been able to obtain
the co-operation of the Chinese in the
"cleansing operations" which are carried
out every winter now as an anti-plague
measure.

The appended table shows the cases of
notifiable disease recorded among the different
sections of the community during 1907 : —

Total.

Grand
Total.

European...

)

Plague <

Chinese ...

234

^240

Others ...

)

[■European...

4«

)

Typhoid ...^

Chinese ...

Others ...

European...

Cholera <

Chinese ...

Others ...

f European...

Small Pox

Chinese ...

314

341

Others ...

(■European...

)

Diphtheria ...i

Chinese ...

Others ...

[■European...

)

Puerperal Fever <

Chinese ...

Others ...

—

Scarlet Fever ...

European...

' —

775

The following table of population, births,
and deaths is given for the purpose of ready
coinparison with similar tables given in the
reports from other colonies : —

pital is in the Government Civil Hospital com-
pound. It was built in 1897 and contains beds
for private and ordinary patients of all nationali-
ties. The Hospital Ship Hygciii, built locally
in 1891 for the reception of patients suffering
from infectious diseases, was utilised especially
for plague during the first outbreak of the
disease in 1894 ; since then it has been used
chiefly for cholera and small-pox. The In-
fectious Diseases Hospital at Kennedy Town
was formerly a police station. In 1894, during
the first outbreak, it was converted into a
plague hospital and has since been used for
infectious diseases.

The Victoria Hospital for Women and
Children, situated at the Peak, 1,000 feet above
the sea-level, contains 41 beds, and provides
accommodation for private patients, wives of
Government servants, children, and natives. It
was built by the community to cominemorate
the late Queen's Jubilee, and was handed over
to the Government to maintain.

The military have a large hospital situated
between Kennedy and Bowen Koads. The
navy have two hospitals on Morrison Hill, viz.,
the Royal Naval Hospital and a small hospital
for infectious diseases. These two institutions
are administered by a Deputy Inspector-General
and two naval surgeons.

The Chinese have the Tung Wah Hospital,
where they can be treated by their own native
doctors or by Western metliods (this has a
branch plague hospital at Kennedy Town), and
the Alice Memorial and Nethersole Hospitals,
which are managed by the London Missionary
Societv. The former was built as a meinorial
to his wife by the Hon. Dr. Ho Kai, C.M.G.

There are also two hospitals at the Peak —
the Peak Hospital, a private institution, and the
Matilda Hospital at Mount Kellett. The latter,
opened in January, 1907, was built and endowed
by the late Mr. Granville Sharp in memory of

Europeans

and

Whites.

1
<

East
Indians.

Chinese
and

Malays.

Mixed

and

Coloured.

Total.

Number

of Inhabitants in 1907

10,025

4,102

311.057

4,160

329.357

Births

152

—

1,144

1,420

Deaths

114

7,009

7,286

Immigrants

—

145,822

—

Emigrants
Inhabitants in 1906

—

105,967

—

(Census Report)

12.525

4,229

307,701

4,170

328,638

Increase

—

3.356

—

719

Decrease

2,500

—

127

—

HOSPITALS.

Hongkong is well supplied with hospitals.
Those of the Government Medical Department
consist of : —

The Government Civil Hospital and its
annexes, viz., the Lunatic Asylum, the Maternity
Hospital, the Infectious Diseases Hospital at
Kennedy Town, the Hospital Ship Hygein. and
the 'Victoria Hospital for Women and Children.
The Government Civil Hospital is situated at
the west end of the town and has 150 beds.
It contains wards for private paying patients,
Government servants, police, sailors of every
nationality, and Asiatics. The Maternity Hos-

his wife, and is intended for destitutes of any
nationality other than Portuguese and Chinese.

THE aVIL MEDICAL AND SANITARY
DEPARTMENTS.

The Hongkong Civil Medical Department
consists of the Principal Civil Medical Officer,
who is the administrative head of the Medical
and Sanitary Departments, Inspector of Hos-
pitals, and in medical charge of the Victoria
Hospital for Women and Children ; the
Health Officer of the Port and Inspector of
Emigrants, and an assistant ; the superin-
tendent of the Government Civil Hospital and

its annexes, and the assistant superintendent ;
two assistant surgeons who divide the duties
of medical officer to Victoria Gaol, medical
officer in charge of the Infectious Diseases
Hospital and the Hyf<cia, inspecting medical
officer to the Tung Wah Hospital, and
medical officer in charge of the subordinate
staff of the Civil Service ; the medical officer
to the Kowloon-Canton Railway, who also
does duty as medical officer to the New
Territory ; two bacteriologists who are in
charge of the Bacteriological Laboratory and
Vaccine Institute, one of them being also
medical officer in charge of the Public
Mortuary ; two analysts in charge of the
Analytical Laboratory, in which is done
medico-legal work, work under Food and
Drugs Act, examination of petroleum, &c.,
imported into the Colony, as well as a variety
of other analytical work (the junior also acts
as apothecary to the Civil Hospital) ; and a
nursing staff consisting of a matron and
thirteen sisters, with five probationers.

It was in 1890 tliat a matron and five sisters
arrived from England to take over the
nursing in the hospitals of the department —
a duty which had previously been entrusted
to Chinese attendants, supervised by European
wardmasters, and was very unsatisfactorily
performed. Hongkong, it may be mentioned,
was the first colony to introduce home-
trained nursing sisters.

In addition to the Medical there is the
Sanitary Department, which has the following
staff : — The medical oflicer of health, two
assistant medical ofiicers of health, a colonial
veterinary surgeon, two sanitary surveyors,
and twenty-two sanitary inspectors.

THE TUNG WAH HOSPITAL.

The largest and by far the most important
charitable institution in the Colony is un-
doubtedly the Tung Wah Hospital. Not only
does it carry out the usual functions of a
hospital, as understood by Europeans, but,
in common with all charitable institutions
throughout China, it discharges many other
duties and exercises great infiuence over the
Chinese community. Almost any question
affecting the welfare of the people, even
inatters regarding the relationship of the
Government with the Chinese, may be re-
ferred to the committee, who are regarded
in much the same light as public representa-
tives. The committee, of which the Registrar-
General of Hongkong is the permanent
chairman, consists of sixteen members, who
are elected annually by the various guilds
and associations of the Colony.

The hospital was founded in 1870, the
foundation-stone being laid by His Excellency
the Governor on April 9th of that year. The
site in Po Yan Street was presented by the
Government, who also voted a substantial
sum of money to supplement the public sub-
scriptions by which the cost of building was
defrayed. The premises have been enlarged
from time to time, and now afford good
accommodation for 224 patients. In the early
days all diseases, whether infectious or not,
were treated, but now that special infectious
hospitals have been provided this policy has
been abandoned. Patients in the institution
have the choice of European or Chinese treat-
ment, and there appears to be a growing
feeling in favour of the former. The hospital
is visited daily bv a Government doctor. Dr.
Jew Hawk, a Chinese trained in America, is
the resident medical officer, and there are,
also, four Chinese practitioners and a large
Chinese staff. To use their own description.

2(54 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the Chinese dixtors are cither " external " or
•• internal " : N>th are represented, and there
is one who has made a special study of skin
diseases. As a matter of fact, however, the
Chinese diK'tors, as a rule, have not been
through any recognised course of training,
the qualifications upon which the people set
most store being, app.irently. the fact of a
man's father having pnictised as a doctor
and handed down more or less valuable
prescriptions to his son. Dr. Jew Hawk,
however, has had a gixxl training in both
surgical and medic;»I work. He spent nine-
teen years in Americ-a. and recently obtained
his M_A. degree from the Chinese Government.
For the last live years he has been in charge
of the Tung Wah Hospital, and some idea
of the heavy and exacting nature of his
responsibilities may be gathered from the

THE HONGKONG COLLEGE OF
MEDIQNE.

This College had its inception at a meeting
held in the Alice Memorial Hospital on
August 30. 1S87. The inauguration took
place on the first of the following October, at a
largely attended public gathering in the City
Hall, presided over by His Excellency
Major-Geiieral Cameron. C.B., the oflicer
administering the government. A grant of
Si. 000 was made by the directors of the Tung
Wah Hospital for the purchase of anatomical
models and other teaching appliances : and.
five years later, namely, on July 23, 1892,
the first two students who had completed
the prescribed course of study were presented
with diplomas by His Excellency Sir William
Robinson. K.C.M.G. Since that date 31 other

College was incorporated in nyoy. but up to
the present time it has had no permanent
local habitation, instruction being given in
various public institutions. Neither has there
been any regularly paid staff devoting itself
entirely to the training of the students. An
effort is now being made to provide suitably
equipped buildings, the property of the
College, and specially qualified lecturers
whose whole time shall be given to the
more distinctly scientific subjects, such as
anatomy and physiology, in order that the
work may be facilitated and extended, and
the institution recognised by the General
Medical Council of Great Britain. For this
purpose a minimum capital sum of $150,000
is required as an endowment. A site adjacent
to the hospitals of the Colony has been
reserved bv the Government, which has also

HONGKONG COLLEGE OP MEDICINE.

fact that last year the total admissions to
the institution numbered 3.200. Of these.
1.815 chf>se European treatment, and 1.3K5
desired and received medical attendance
according to Chinese methods. In addition
63.640 out-patients were treated for all man-
ner of diseases, and in this department again
European medicines were largely used. The
cost of carrying on such an extensive work
is naturally considerable, but the funds are
materially assisted by the generosity of the
Government, which makes a grant of drugs
and pays the salary of the resident docior.

students of the College, chiefly Chinese, have
qualified to practise medicine, surgery, and
midwifery. Altogether 102 students have been
enrolled, over 30 of whom are passing through
the curriculum at the present time. Before
being allowed to matriculate the students are
required to pass a preliminary examination, the
standard of which has been raised gradually,
until now it is considered equivalent to that
required by the General Medical Council of
Great Britain, and the curriculum and pro-
fessional examinations correspond as closely
to those recommended by the General
Medical Council as is possible under existing
conditions. A minimum curriculum of study
of five years is required, and for the
encouragement of the students several scholar-
ships are offered for competition, The

paid an annual grant of $2,500 to the College
since 1902 ; Mr. Ng Li Hing has generously
offered to spend $50,000 in the erection of
suitable buildings ; and, towards the end of
n;o6. a bequest valued at $10,000 was
received under the will of the late Mr. Tang
Chuk Kai. Plans have been approved for
the erection of the College buildings, and
the work was commenced in Jaiuiary, 1908.

THE P.C.M.O. — A biographical sketch of the
Hon, Dr. J. M. Atkinson, the Principal Civil
Medical Oflicer. will be found in the Execu-
tive and Legislative Councils section.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 265

DR. FRANCIS CLARK, the Mcdiail Ollicer of
Healtli for Honfjkimj;, was horn on June 23,
1864, and educated at St. Paul's School, at
Durham University, and at St. Bartholomew's
and Middlesex Hospitals. He had a dis-
lin>;uished career as a student, obtaining the
Entrance Science Scholarship at the Middlesex
Hospital in 1882, and the Hetley Scholarship
and the Governor's Clinical Scholarship in 1885.
He secured the bachelor's degree in 1892.
and the doctor's degree in 1900, and holds the
diplomas of M.K.C.S. and L.K.C.P. (Lond.), and
D.P.H. (Cantab). After spending a few years in
private practice he was for some time Assistant
Medical Superintendent of Croydon Union
Inlirmarv. and then Assistant Medical Ofticer
of Health to the Port of Tyne. In 1893 he
obtained the appointment of Medical Officer of
Health and Superintendent of the F"ever Hos-
pital, Lowestoft. Two years later he came to
Hongkong as Medical Officer of Health. In
l8(X) he was made a Justice of the Peace, and
has on occasion served on both the E.\ecutive
and Legislative Councils. He has been Dean
and Lecturer of the Hongkong College ol
Medicine lor Chinese for more than ten years,
and was president of tlie Hongkong and China
Branch of the British Medical Association in
1899 and 1905. He is a member of the Hon.
Society of the Middle Temple, a Fellow of the
Koyal Sanitary Institute, and a member of the
Pathological and Clinical Societies, London.
His contributions to Medical Literature have
been numerous and include "The Germ Theory
of Disease," " Ambulance Notes," " The Ven-
tilation, and P'lushing of Sewers in relation to
Health," Annual Health Reports, 1893- 1907,
and Plague Reports, 1896-1901. He has also
written upon " The Duties and Difficulties of
Port Medical Inspectors " for the British
Medical Joitniol (1893), and contributed other
articles to various medical journals, including
one upon " The Notification of Measles" to The
Medical Majinzine. Dr. Clark's chief recrea-
tion is yachting, and he has been commodore
of the Corinthian Yacht Club since its forma-
tion. He is also a member of the Hongkong
and of the Koyal Societies Clubs. In 1889 he
married Gertrude, eldest daughter of the late
PVancis Andrews, of Wallington, Surrey, and
Denver, Colorado. U.S.A., formerly manager
of the Agra Bank, Hongkong. His residence
is " Kingsclere," Hongkong.

DR. 0. P. JORDAN, M.B., CM. (Edln.),
M.R.C.S. (Eng.), is the senior medical man
practising in the Colony. For twentv-two

years he has had a private practice, and for
nineteen he has held the position of Health
Ofticer of the Port and Inspector of Immi-
grants. He is a nephew of Sir Paul Chafer,
and, like Sir Paul, has been prominently con-
nected with public affairs for many years.
His views on the progress of the Colony are
interesting. He considers that the health of
the community has been greatly improved
during the last ten years, and notes with
satisfactitm that malarial fever, which was
most prevalent when he first came to the
Colony, has now almost entirely disappeared.
When Dr. Jordan first became acquainted
with the Government Medical Department
the staff consisted of three doctors, now it
numbers eleven. Dr. Jordan has witnessed,
among other reforms, a great improvement in
the housing of the poorer class of the Chinese
population. Dr. Jordan is the Right Wor-
shipful District Grand Master of the District
Grand Lodge of Scottish Freemasonry in
Hongkong and South China. He is an en-
thusiastic collector of articles of vertu, and
his house in Bowmen Road contains many
interesting curios.

MR. FRANK BROWNE, Ph.C, F.C.S., J.P.,

the Government Analyst, Hongkong, was
born on January 10, 1863. Before coming
to the Colony to take up his present duties,
in 1893, he was demonstrator in the
laboratories of the Pharmaceutical Society
and won a medal for chemistry. In 1894
he was selected to undertake special work
in connection with the suppression of plague,
and for his services he received a letter of
thanks and a medal from the community of
Hongkong. Again, for similar services in
1899 1901, he was the recipient of letters of
thanks from the Sanitary Board. In 1898
he was appointed secretary to the Hongkong
Liquor Commission. An enthusiastic sports-
man, Mr. Browne is a qualified referee of the
London Football Association and president
of the Hongkong Football Club. He has
published several papers on scientific subjects.

DR. WILLIAM HUNTER, M.B., CM. (Aber.l,
F.R.I. P.M. (Lond.), who has been the
Government Bacteriologist since the early
part of 1902, is the director of the Bacterio-
logical Institute, the medical officer in charge
of the Government Public Mortuary, and
lecturer in pathology and bacteriology at

the School of Medicine for Chinese. For
carrying out the duties connected with these
positions he is eminently fitted by a ripe
scholarship and a wide experience. Born on
May 25, 1875, Dr. Hunter is the son of the
late Rev. W. Hunter, of Macduff, Banft'shire,
Scotland. He was educated at Milne's
Institution. Fochabers ; Robert Gordon's
College ; King's College ; Marischal College,
Aberdeen ; the University of Leipzig, the
University of Berlin, and at the West
London Hospital, His medical training was
thus as complete as possible, and the
distinctions gained during this period of
tutelage were numerous. He was the James
Anderson Medallist and Scholar, besides
being the most distinguished medical
graduate of Aberdeen University in 1896.
In the same year he won John Murray's
Medal and Scholarship, and from 1897 99 he
was the holder of the George Thompson
Travelling Fellowship. The various appoint-
ments which he has held include those of
medical and surgical officer. Royal Infirmary,
Aberdeen ; laboratory assistant. Pathological
Department, Aberdeen University ; clinical
assistant. National Hospital for the Paralysed
and Epileptic, London ; and laboratory
assistant, Neuropathological Laboratory, King's
College, London. He was assistant bacterio-
logist at the London Hospital in 1900 I, and
director of the Pathological Institute there
in the latter year. In 1903, Dr. Hunter was
appointed by the Government of Hongkong
a member of the commission to inquire into
the excessive infantile mortality among the
Chinese. He is a member of the British
Medical Association, a member of the Neuro-
logical and Physiological Societies of Great
Britain, and a Fellow of the Royal Institute
of Public Health, London. His numerous
publications on medical subjects include
'■ Epidemic and Epizootic Plague," Hong-
kong, 1904; "A Research into the Etiology
of Beriberi" (jointly), 1906; Reports of the
Government Bacteriologist for the years 1902
to 1906 inclusive ; many contributions to
medical literature from the year 1897, chieHy
contained in Journal of Anatomy, 1907;
Brain, 1899 ; Journal of Pathology, 1900 ;
Journal of State Medicine, 1900; Centralhlatt
dcr Bakteriologie, 1901-5 ; Lancet, 1901-5 ;
British Medical Journal. 1902 6 ; Journal of
I'rcvcuti'ix Medicine. 1905 ; and Journal of
Tropical Medicine, 1905. Dr. Hunter married,
in 1902, Marie Alice, daughter of James Rae,
of Culter, Aberdeenshire. He resides at
" Mountain View," the Peak, Hongkong.

z 3

POLICE, PRISONS, AND FIRE BRIGADE.

By Captain F. W. Lyons, Acting Captain-Superintendent of Police, Hongkong.

[HE earliest allusion to the
Hongkong police is to be
found in Mr. Tarrant's " Early
History of Hongkong." and
relates to an incident which
occurred in December, 1842,
when a Mr. Fearon having
hoisted a flag on a marine lot to which claim
was also laid by the Admiral on behalf of
the Government. "' The Land Officer went to
the place with some policemen and hauled
the flag down." The next reference (in the
same year) is to the European police suffer-
ing much from malarial fever, which was
attributed to their night duty, as they always
reported themselves sick in the morning.
There were at that time nearly thirty
European constables, and their efforts were
supplemented by those of watchmen, em-
ploved by European householders and by the
leading commercial houses. One firm, that of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., employed
twelve of these watchmen at a cost of
£60 a month. The watchmen signified their
alertness by beating bamboo drums, but as
this was not conducive to peace and quiet-
ness at night the practice was put a stop to
by an ordinance. The result of this prohibi-
tion, however, was said to be an increase in
crime. Armed burglars made several entries
into the houses of merchants during 1843,
and even Government House was invaded,
whilst piracies and daylight robberies were
of frequent occurrence. A slight check was
imposed on the marauders by an enactment
that all Chinese abroad after dark should
carry lanterns.

In 1844 Captain Haly, of the Madras
Native Infantry, was appointed Superinten-
dent of Police, evidently in addition to his
military command, for it is recorded that
when he was required with his regiment.
Captain Bruce, of the Royal Irish Regiment,
acted for him in the civil capacity. In the
same year it was decided that a properly
constituted police force .should be organised.
On July 3rd the Colonial Secretary issued a
circuUr to the principal merchants on the
subject, inviting their suggestions, and point-
ing out that the chief difficulty was to find
a class of men suitable for street work, as
the exposure proved fatal to the British.
The result was the appointment of Mr. C.
May, an inspecior of K Division of the

Metropolitan Police, to the command of the
force, at a salary of ;f50o a year, with two
Serjeants at ;£r250 a year each. Instructions
were given that the force should be raised
from the military and marines in China,
that good pay should be offered, and that
any man who misconducted himself should
be sent back to the ranks of any regiment
in Hongkong. Accordingly a force of 78
Europeans, 34 Indians, and 48 Chinese was
formed upon the model of the Royal Irish
Constabulary and dressed in uniforms of
riHe-green, which led to their being dubbed
'■ the greencoats " by the Chinese. Whether
these numbers included the harbour police
is not apparent ; presumably they did not,
for the latter were placed under the Chinese
Revenue Service, in accordance with a clause
in a Treaty. Crime, however, showed no
appreciable abatement, for the reason, as
stated by Dr. Eitel in his " Europe in
China," that " Sir J. Davis found himself
handicapped in his efforts to suppress crime
(like every successive Governor of Hongkong)
by the constant influx of criminals from the
mainland." In anotlier passage the rev.
gentleman observes : " The failure of the
police to prevent crime was unavoidable, as
the extraordinary activity of Chinese criminals
was the natural corollary of the Taiping and
Triad Rebellions, and as the police force
was deficient in numerical strength from
financial considerations."

Sir J. Bonham organised a detective depart-
ment in 1848, and placed in charge of it Mr.
D. R. Caldwell, as assistant superintendent ;
but the police force itself had been seriously
reduced in numbers — whether as a result of
economy or from casualties is not clear. It
comprised only 134 men, and contained 48
Europeans less than in 1844. while the
whole personnel of the force was unsuitable.
The Europeans had no previous police
experience, and left discipline behind when
they left their regiments ; the Indians from
Bombay and Madras were not of the proper
stamp ; and the Chinese, taken from among
the lowest classes, were underpaid. Some
advance was made in 1850 and in the
next three years, for during that period less
serious crime was connnitted. With the
completion of the Central and West Point
Police Stations in 1857 still more progress
was made, and in the following year the

Governor, Sir J. Bowring, expressed the
opinion that the appearance, discipline, and
gerieral efficiency of the force had greatly
improved. In 1859 a station was built at
Stanley, and in the following year another
was opened at Shaukiwan, Two others were
built in 1862.

Hitherto the Indian constables had been
obtained from the native regiments, but in
1861 or 1862 the Superintendent. Captain
W. Quin, who had served in the Army and
in the Bombay police, resolved to try Bombay
and Madras as recruiting grounds. By 1865
the strength of the Hongkong force had been
raised to 610, including 76 Europeans, 369
Indians, and 16^ Chinese. The Administrator,
tlie Hon. Mr. \V. T. Mercer, reported that the
Indian contingent had proved a failure, hut
this was denied by the Superintendent, who
pleaded that they had not been given a fair
trial, and at the same time condemned the
proposal to employ Chinese police. In 1867,
Sir R. MacDonnell assured the Secretary of
State that he had not seen in any colony a
body of men so ineffective. In 1869 district
watclnnen were employed, and although, as
a con.sequence. an unfortunate friction resulted
between the Captain-Superintendent and the
Registrar-General, the men were found to be
very useful, and to this day district watchmen
are employed as auxiliaries. In the meantime
the Indians in the police force were replaced
by men from the Punjaub, and a police school
was established. Public dissatisfaction with
the police eventually resulted in the appoint-
ment of a Connnission of Inquiry, which sat
in 1872, and recommended the payment of
higher wages, the formation of a detective
staff, and the provision of facilities for Euro-
peans and Indians to learn Chinese.

In 1873 the office of Assistant Superinten-
dent was abolished, and replaced by that of
Chief Inspector, and a station was huilt at
Yaumati. The growing efficiency of the
Chinese constables was noticed at this time,
and they were given credit by the Captain-
Superintendent for arrests that could not
have been achieved by Europeans or Indians.
Their latent possibilities were again shown in
1886, when ;f 1,000 in gold coins was recovered
by the smartness and perseverance of a
Chinese detective.

In 1877 and 1878 there was again a marked
increase in crime, and life and property were

HONaKONG-OIVIL SERVANTS AND PUBLIC REPRESENTATIVES.

4. Dk. Jordan,
Port Medical Ofticer.

1. Mr. a. G. M. Fletcher,
Clerk of Councils.

5. Fung Wa Chux,
Member of the Sanitary Board.

c). Mr. F. Brovvx,

Analyst, Civil Hospital.

2. Mr. a. Shelton Hooper,
Member of the Sanitary Board.

6. Captaix F. W. Lyons,
Deputy Supciintendent of Police.

3. Mr. F. G. FiGG,
Director of Observatory.

7. Dr. Stedmax,
Medical Board.

12. Mr. S. T. Duxx,

Superintendent, Botanical land Forestry Department.

14. Mr. H. R. Philips,
Local Auditor.

10. Dr. Fraxcir Clark, M.D., D.P.H..
Medical Officer of Health.

15. LlKUTEXAXT C. W. HeCKWITH. if). MR. C. McJ. MESSER.

Assistant Harbour Master. Acting Postmaster-General.

II. Mr. P. N. H. Toxes,
Assistant Director of Public Works.

8. Mr. E. D. C. Wolfi^

Acting Inspector of School?,

13. Mb. PlHLLIP JACK^

Actir.g Land Officer.

17. Mr. H. P. Tooker,

E-xecutive Engineer.

268 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

insecure. The Superintendent attributed the
increase to famine and Hoods in China, and
to the high price of rice in Hongkong, whilst
at a public meeting held on the cricket ground
in 1878 the increase was ascribed to undue
leniency towards the criminal classes, the
suspension of public flogging, and the re-
duction in the numbers of persons deported.
In the same year the Superintendent of Police
and several of his men were wounded by
armed burglars, and. later, a body of robbers
took possession of Wing Lok Street. In 1879
there was an attack on Hunghom.

The erection of a water police station was
begun in 1879. and steam launches were
obtained for harbour work. The station,
opened in 1884. occupied an advantageous
site at Tsim-tsa-tsui, which in the old days

light at night was again put into force, and
resulted in a great diminution in nocturnal
crime. The total population of the Colony
had by this time increased to 248,498, while
the police force numbered 627. A gaming
scandal in 1897 led to a searching investi-
gation by the Captain-Superintendent ; one
European inspector was convicted and sen-
tenced to six months' hard labour, while
others and some European Serjeants, together
with 19 Indian and 26 Chinese police, were
dismissed for taking bribes. In the following
year, too, 27 Indian police were sent to gaol
for a week for insubordination ; but the
cloud was not without its silver lining, for
two European and seven Chinese members
of the force were rewarded by the Governor
for courage, promptness, and intelligence ;

Two new stations were established on the
mainland in 1900, at Sai Kung and Sha Tau
Kok, and one on the island at Kennedy
Town ; the force was re-armed with -303
Martini-Enlield carbines, and three Maxim
guns, now on board the petrol launches,
were added.

A second Assistant Superintendent of Police
was appointed in 1901. On the promotion of
Mr. F. H, May, C.M.G., to tlie office of Colonial
Secretary, in 1902, Mr. F. J. Badeley was made
Captain-Superintendent, and Captain F. W.
Lyons, late of the Perak police. Federated
Malay States, was appointed Deputy Superin-
tendent.

The typhoon of September, 1906, played
great havoc with the police launches and fire-
float, and demolished the police station at Sam

J' r

THE BAEKACKS.

THE KOWLOON WATEE. POLICE.

had been the scene of battles between the
Puntis and Hakkas, and from which pro-
montory the Chinese batteries had, in 1839,
opened fire on merchant ships in Hongkong
harbour, obliging them to leave— an outrage
magnified by the Chinese chroniclers into a
great victory. New stations were built, also,
at Aberdeen, Tsat Tze Mui, and Kennedy
Town in 1891. Major-General Gordon suc-
ceeded Mr. Deane as Captain-Superintendent,
and was followed in 1893 by Mr. F'. H. May,
now Colonial Secretary. The year 1895 saw
added to the Captain-Superintendent's respon-
sibilities the control of the Fire Brigade and
the Gaol, which, for reasons of economy, were
made sub-departments of the police depart-
ment Towards the end of the year the
regulation requiring the Chinese to carry a

two Indians for rescues from drownnig ;
two Indians for arresting burglars ; and
three Chinese watchmen for activity and
intelligence.

The acquisition of the New Territory in
March, 1899, extended the scope of police
work very considerably, and necessitated
the enrolment of two N.C.O.'s and 22 men
of the Royal Welsh Fusiliers as special
constables for duty in the newly acquired
area pending the enlistment of additional
police. New stations were built at Taipo,
Autau, and Pingshan. Crime increased,
partly owing to the disturbed condition of
the neighbouring provinces, and partly to the
activity of secret societies. Gang robberies
were frequent, some 18 occurring on the
island and some 25 in the New Territory.

Shui Po. F'ortunately there was no loss of life
amongst the police and crews, thoiigh there
were some very narrow escapes. The members
of the force — Europeans, Indian and Chinese
— were commended by His Excellency Sir
Matthew Nathan, who said, " Many hundreds
of Chinese lives were saved by the police
in the island, in Kowloon, and in the New
Territories during and immediately after the
storm,"

The totiil strength of the police force on
December 31, 1907, was 1,041 men, namely,
128 Europeans, 410 Indians, and 503 Chinese.
The total expenditure on the force for the
twelve months was $520,170.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 269

CRIME.

During 1907, u.540 cases were reported
to the police, ;iii increase of 355 per cent.
over the total for the preceding; twelve
months. Of this number 3,306 related to
serious offences, a decrease of -81 per cent. ;
and out of 2,036 persons arrested, 1,592
were convicted. Fourteen murders were
reported — a greater number than in any
year during the past decade — and in connec-
tion with them 24 persons were arrested
and 16 convicted. There were 6 gang
robberies, 3 of which took place in the
New Territory, and in 3 cases no arrest
was made. The police failed, also, to m;ike
arrests in 15 out of 24 cases of street and
highway robbery. Reports were received

THE FIRE BRIGADE.

Allowing that the probability of an extensive
tire in the more elevated residential areas
of the Colony is comparatively remote, it
may safely be affirmed that Hongkong is now
adequately insured against the recurrence of
such serious conflagrations as those of
1851, 1867, 1878, and 1904. In 1851 a large
area north of Queen's Koad was destroyed,
30 lives were lost, and 472 Chinese families
were rendered homeless. This turned public
attention to the question of fire-extinguishing
appliances, but it was not until 1856 that
volunteer European and Chinese tire brigades
were formed. The brigades even then were
but ill-equipped, and this, no doubt, explains
whv in the outbreak which occurred to-

la, 145,000, one conflagration alone, in which
47 houses were destroyed, being responsible
for nearly half this sum. The tire at the
Kowloon godowns in 1904 wrought damage
estimated at hundreds of thousands of dollars,
whilst in the burning of the river steamer
Hiinkoiv over one hundred lives were lost.

These severe lessons have not been dis-
regarded. In 1895 the Fire Brigade was
made a sub-department of the police depart-
ment, and slowly but surely its efficiency has
since been raised. Towards its maintenance
a rate of | per cent, is levied on certain parts
of the Colony. The force comprises Europeans
selected from the police, and permanent
Chinese firemen. The police-firemen, who
receive a retaining fee in consideration of
their services, are required to attend monthly

DETACHMENT OF INDIAN POLICE.

of the commission of 18,234 minor offences,
and 10,506 arrests, resulting in 9,991 convic-
tions, were effected. One hundred and
forty-seven gambling warrants were executed,
and in each case a conviction followed.
No fewer than 2,781 search warrants for
prepared opium were executed by the police
and excise officers of the opium farmer, and
in 787 cases opium was found, and 1,057
persons were apprehended. By the finger-
print system 185 recidivists were identitied.
One hundred and eighty-three beggars were
deported to Canton, 31 were dealt with bv
the police magistrate, and 3 were sent to
the Tung Wah Hospital.

The estimated value of the property
reported as stolen during the yeai: was
$141,354, and of that recovered by the police,
$18,787.

wards the latter end of November, 1867, 500
houses were demolished before the fire could
be got under control. An ordinance was
passed in the following year establishing a
volunteer fire brigade, under a superintendent,
in which both police and civilians were en-
rolled. In 1878 occurred a terrible outbreak,
involving the destruction of 368 houses in the
centre of the town, which demonstrated, in tlie
opinion of the community, the absence of all
system in the management of the Fire Brigade.
The tire began on Christmas Day and raged
for about forty-eight hours, damaging over a
million dollars' worth of property. Extensive,
but less serious fires, broke out in 1881 at Tai-
pingshan, where 36 houses were burned, and
in 1884 at Hunghoni, where two outbreaks
occurred in one week. Of recent years the
tires of 1902 involved losses aggregating over

courses of instruction in general work and
an annual re-qualifying course. Those of the
men who display special aptitude are further
trained in handling the steamers and the
floating fire-engine, in order that there shall
be no lack of engineers and engineer-drivers.
The permanent Chinese firemen, who are
quartered at the various stations, are trained
in the ordinary brigade exercises and as
mechanics. Under normal circumstances the
brigade could muster about 20 Europeans and
26 Chinese to a fire, without distressing the
police force. The Captain-Superintendent of
Police, Mr. Francis Joseph Badeley, is ex
officio Superintendent of the Fire Brigade,
other police ofticers carrying out tlse duties
of deputv superintendent and assistant super-
intendent respectively. The engineer is Mr.
D. Macdonald, of Messrs. Macdonald & Co.

270 TW^ENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The practical work trf the brigade is under
Ihe charge of an assistant engineer and station
iirticer. a pt>st to which Mr. A. Ume. formerly
of the London Fire Brigade, was appointed
in March. IQ04.

THE PRISON.

A SMALL granite prison, built in 1841, was
the second permanent building erected on
the island ; but, though small, the gaol was

HONGKONG FIRE BRIGADE.

The headquarters of the brigade are at the
Central Fire Station in Queen's Road, to
which are attached the sub-stations at the
Clock Tower and at Nam-pak-hong. It is
equipped with two steamers, extension ladders,
and dispatch boxes, which latter combine
hose reels with cases of tirst-aid appliances.
Street lire-alarms are distributed through the
commercial parts of the city, and the station
is also in communication with the telephone
exchange, which ensures the speedy receipt
of intelligence as to the whereabouts of any
outbreak which may occur. In addition,
there is a lire station at every police station,
equipped in two cases with a steamer, and
in others with hydrant appliances ; whilst a
self-propelling floating station is always in
readiness for use in the harbour, or as an
auxiliary to the land steamers. The fire-float
was sunk in the typhoon of September, 1906,
but was raised, and was available for use by
September of the following year. The esti-
mates for 1908 provide for another fire-Hoat
at a cost of $50,000, and this will give in-
creased safety to shipping and to the buildings
on the sea-front. As to the water supply,
there are altogether 700 hydrants in the three
districts — the Peak, Victoria, and Kowloon.
The freshwater supply is supplemented, as far
as the range will permit, by sea water pumped
from the floating station into portable dams
or tanks, and from thence by the steamers
to the scene of operations. The steamers and
other appliances are drawn wherever they
are needed by coolies, who are paid by time.

At the Central Fire Station there are work-
shops with a complement of carpenters, fitters,
sail-makers, and blacksmiths, able to execute
repairs of all kinds with the exception of
heavy engineering work.

During the year 1907 there were 39 fires
and 77 incipient fires, which together did
damage to the extent of $216,267, and the
brigade was called out 56 times.

never full, for all minor offences coniniilted
by Chinese were punished by " bambooing."
The average number of prisoners was about
60. The prison for Europeans was 64 feet
bv 30 feet, divided into two rows of cells,

twelve in luunber. There were two blocks
for Chinese, a portion of one of these being
used for prisoners awaiting trial. The Chief
Magistrate, at that time Captain Caine,
was also Superintendent of the Gaol. The
sentences were not for long terms of
imprisonment, one record showing two for
four years, two for three years, four for
two and a half years, twenty-three for two
years, twenty-four for one year and a half,
two for a year, and the remainder for
shorter terms, A small yard, 7X feet by
30 feet, was provided for exercise. The
prisoners, who enjoyed far better health on
the average than the civil and military
comnninities, were chiefly employed in road-
making, their hours of work being from
6 a.m. to 5 p.m. An hour was allowed for
breakfast and for the midday meal ; the
purveyor receiving one dollar and a half per
man per mensem for food. Public Hoggings
were of frequent occurrence, one lunidred
lashes often being administered, but, in spite
of these, the prison had its attractions for
the half-starved loafers from Canton. In
those early days another punishment of the
Chinese consisted in cutting off the queue,
but. as it was found that discharged prisoners
contrived to splice new ones on directly
they were released, they were ordered to be
shaved, so that they might bear the mark of
incarceration for a longer time.

In 1862, in order to relieve the congestion
of the Victoria Gaol, 280 long-sentence
prisoners were placed on a hulk anchored
off Stonecutter's Island, to assist in building
a prison on that island. The experiment
was anything but successful. Thirty-eight
prisoners were drowned by an accident.
There were frequent attempts at rescue on
the part of friends of the prisoners, and, as
several of the convicts escaped from the
hulk, and by means of the drains, from
Victoria Gaol, an inquiry into the manage-
ment of these establishments was held. As

VICTORIA GAOL GROUP.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 271

a result, an expert was appointed, but lie
does not seein to have been a suitable
superintendent, for he did not remain lonj;.
In 1S64 a hundred prisoners escaped in junks,
after disabling their j;uards. The Stone-
cutters Gaol was finished in that year. Mr.
K. Doujjlas succeeded the "expert," and the
gaol became known as the " Douglas Hotel."
In the working of the establishment matters
improved considerably under a rigoious
system of discipline, reduced diet, severe
labour, and the substitution of the " cat " for
the rattan. The Victoria Gaol having been
reconstructed in 1865, that on Stonecutter's
Island was abandoned in 1870 for financial
considerations. One of the most effective
measures taken against crime was that of
publicly branding and deporting prisoners,
with their consent, and on the condition
that they were to be flogged and sent back
to serve their original sentences if they
returned. Twice this system was discon-
tinued, and twice it was re-introduced owing
to the serious increase in all classes of crime
during its suspension ; and its final abolition
in 1880 was only made possible by the fact
that its operation had practically rid the
island of that class of the population whose
room was more to be desired than their
company. The number of prisoners in 1871
was 556; in 1872, 596; and in 1874, 398.
Mr. Douglas died in the latter year, and
was succeeded as superintendent by Mr.
Tonnochv, who was followed bv Mr. Tomlin
in 1875.

The Victoria Gaol has been considerablv
enlarged since its reconstruction in 1865.
three up-to-date halls having been added
during the past few years. These halls are
capable of accommodating 231 prisoners,
whilst the old structure contains 283 cells,
35 of which form the female prison. The
prison is conducted entirely on the separate
system. Indoor labour convicts are employed
in the manufacture of coir matting, mats,
brooms, clothing, boots, shoes, cabinet-making,
printing, book-binding, string-making, &c.,
but short-sentence prisoners are given un-
productive work to perform, such as crank
labour, stone-carrymg, and shot drill. There
are three large yards for exercise. There is
a branch prison at Causeway Bay, where

prisoners pronounced unfit for hard labour
are confined in association when there is
insuflicient accommodation for them in
Victoria Gaol.

Mr. R. H. A. Craig, the assistant superin-
tendent in charge of the gaol, was appointed
in 1894, after fifteen years' service in the
Home Convict Department. He is at present
on leave, and Mr. C. A. D. Melbourne is
acting for him.

THE CAPTAIN ■ SUPERrNTENDENT OF
POLICE.— A biographical sketch of Mr. F. J.
Badeley, the Captain-Superintendent of Police,
will be found under the heading " Executive
and Legislative Councils.";

CAPTAIN F. W. LYONS, Deputy Superin-
tendent of Police, Hongkong, was born on
December 26, 1855, and was educated at
Portarlington and at Trinity College, Dublin.
He entered the Army as a second lieutenant
in 1878, and served in the Zulu War in
South Africa from 1878 to 1880, being
present at the capture of Sekukuni's strong-
hold, and receiving a medal and clasp. In
1884 he was promoted captain, and in the
following year proceeded to the Soudan,
where he served through the Egyptian
Campaign, receiving the medal and the
Khedive's Star. In 1885 he was appointed
adjutant, and from 1887 to 1890 was adju-
tant of the 2nd Vol. Batt. Royal Highlanders.
Upon retiring in 1890 he was appointed
captain in the Reserve of Ofticers. In 1891
he entered the Police Force of the Straits
Settlements as Assistant Superintendent, and
two years later became Assistant Commis-
sioner of the Perak Sikhs. From 1893 to
1895 he acted as Captain-Superintendent of
Police and Prisons, Selangor, and he served
during the disturbances in Pahang in 1894.
He was present at the attack upon, and
capture of, the rebels' stockades at Jeram
Ampai, and was struck by a bullet, which,
however, glanced off a pocket-book, inflicting
only a severe bruise. For his services in
Pahang he received the thanks of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies. He acted as
Chief Police Officer of Perak from iqoo to
1902, when he was appointed Deputy Super-
intendent of Police, Hongkong. On two
occasions — H)0i 4 and i(p7-8— he has acted
as Captain-Superintendent of Police for the
Colony. Captain Lyons is connected by
marriage with two colonies, his wife being
a daughter of Mr. G. O. Matherson, of
" Rosedale," Pietermaritzburg, who was one
of the first commanding officers of Volun-
teers in Natal ; while his sister is married to
the Inspector-General of Police, Straits Settle-
ments. He is a member of the Army and
Navy (Pall Mall) and Hongkong Clubs, is a
steward of the Hongkong Jockey Club, and
resides at the Central Police Station, Hong-
kong.

MR. PHILIP PEVERIL JOHN WODEHOUSE,

Assistant Superintendent of Police, was born
in September, 1877, and was educated at
Elizabeth College, Guernsey. His father, the
Hon. Mr. H. E. Wodehouse, C.M.G., was
for about thirty years in the service of the
Colony, and for a considerable time prior
to retiring on pension was Chief Police
Magistrate. He was a member of the
Executive and Legislative Councils, and was
decorated for services in connection with
the Colonial Exhibition in 1887, when he
went to England in charge of the Hongkong
and South China exhibits. Mr. P. P. J.
Wodehouse entered the Civil Service on
leaving school in 1897. After spending a
year or two in the Registrar-General's Office,
he was appointed Assistant Superintendent
of Police, and was sent to India, attached
to the Punjaub police, to pass in Hindu,
having already qualified in Cantonese.
Mr. Wodehouse has twice been in charge
of the general census of the Colony, and
during the past three years has been associated
with Mr. Badeley in the development of the
finger-print system for the identification of
habitual criminals. In this connection he
went through a course at Scotland Yard,
Henry's system being the one in use there.
Hockey, tennis, and swimming are the chief
recreations of his leisure. He is a member
of the Grosvenor Club, Piccadilly.

NAVY, ARMY, AND VOLUNTEERS.

THE NAVV.

|OR inany years Hongkong has
been the headquarters of the
China Squiidron. which has
been gradually reduced since
1902. all the battleships being
withdrawn in 1905. This
change became possible after
the Kusso-Japanese War. when in view of
the fact that Japan undertook to a large
extent the duties formerly performed by the
British fleet, the need for the maintenance
of such a strong British squadron in these
waters ceased to exist. It is. perhaps, need-
less to say that this retrenchment was not at
all popular with Britishers in the Kar East.
The squadron in Far Eastern waters
includes at the time of writing six armoured
or protected cTuisers. six attached ships, ten
river gunboats, seven torpedo-boat destroyers.
and two vessels of the surveying service.
Of the river boats, three patrol the waters of
the West River. Canton, and the remainder
are stationed on the upper and lower reaches
of the Yangts/.e-Kiang. There are always
one or two of the smaller cruisers at
Shanghai, which the vessels of larger
draught cannot reach. The Tamar, a vessel
of the older type, has been fitted up at
Hongkong to receive relief crews and
provide quarters for them until they can be
alUx.'ated to the different warships to which
they are to be attached, and her white-
painted hull is quite a conspicuous feature
in the harbour. The Commander-in-Chief of
the Eastern Fleet is Vice-Admiral the Hon.
Sir Hedworfh Lambton. K.C.V.O., C.B.. who
arrived in the Colony on March 20. 1908,
relieving Admiral the Hon. Sir Arthur W.
Moore. His flagship is the Kin^ Alfred, but
when he has occasion to visit places where
the flagship cannot go he hoists his flag on
his yacht, the Alacrity.

The business of the fleet is to show the
British flag, and to carry out tiring and rifle
exercise. Heavy gun practice is usually held
in Mirs Bay. while the naval rifle-range is
situated on Stonecutter's Island. The China
Squadron has achieved distinction for its
remarkable shooting. In 1907 the Kin^
Alfred headed the shooting list of the fleet
with a world's record, while the squadron
itself headed the shooting list for the British
Navy.

The work of coaling, provisioning, docking.
and fitting out the different vessels in readi-
ness for commission necessitates the upkeep
of a large establishment, and only recently
the Xaval Yard at Hongkong has been
greatly extended. Soon after the Colony
was ceded to Great Britain, part of the
work of the Land Committee appointed in
1842 was to fix the extent of the ground to
be reserved for the use of the naval
authorities. Extensions were made from
time to time, and eventually practically the
whole of the stores and workshops were
concentrated upon a site on the East Praya.
In 1901 by far the largest extension was
begun, but before detailing the nature of the
scheme it is necessary to mention that when
the Hongkong and Whampoa Dock Com-
pany extended their premises at Kowloon.
they were subsidised by the Admiralty to
the extent of ;f20,ooo per annum for the u,se
of No. 1 Dock, commonly known as the
"Admiralty Dock." priority of entrance for
British warships being thus secured. For
some years the Admiralty under this
arrangement enjoyed facilities which they
could nowhere else procure in the East. In
1901. as the term for which the subsidy was
granted was drawing to a close, the
Admiralty decided upon the erection of their
own d<x;k premises in Hongkong, and the
work, designed to be completed in 1904 5,
is still in progress. The delay has been due
to the difficulties experienced by the con-
tractors in obtaining a foundation. The
scheme grew, through successive Naval Acts,
from a moderate proposal, involving the
expenditure of ;£340.ooo, to one estimated to
cost ;£i, 275,000. The final scheme provided
for the increase, by reclamation, of the area
of the dockyard from 4I to 39 acres ; the
construction of a tidal basin of i)\ acres in
extent, with a depth of 30 feet at low-water
tides, and a total length of wharfage of
2.900 feet ; the building of a dry dock, 550
feet in length on the keel blocks, 95 feet
wide at the entrance, and 30 feet over the
sill at low spring tides ; and the erection of
extensive workshops. The dockyard lies on
the Hongkong side of the harbour. The
people of the Colony were very adverse to
the drx;k being on the island, and a protest
was made to the Home Government in

wliich a site on the Kowloon side was
suggested. The main objection raised was
that the water front, which the public
desired to be continuous from one end of
the city of Victoria to the other, would be
interrupted. There was also the objection
to having the smoke and noise of a dock-
yard so close to the centre of a very busy
city ; and it was pointed out that Kowloon
offered even greater advantages. The pro-
test, however, was of no avail. It is
expected that the new dock will be in use
during 1909. In addition to the extensive
premises on the island, there is a torpedo
depot at Kowloon.

Commodore Kobert H. S. Stokes. K.N.,
has charge of all the naval establishments
in Hongkong, and when the Admiral is
away from Hongkong he acts as senior
officer of the southern portion of the station,
and is responsible for any ships that may be
in the harbour. He resides on board the
Tamar, where comfortable quarters are also
provided for his secretary and other members
of his staff. He has a summer residence on
the Peak, where he hoists his Hag during
the hot weather that prevails from June to
November.

The China station has the reputation of
being a fairly healthy one. the transfer of
the squadron to Weihaiwei in the summer
months making a change from which both
officers and men derive considerable benefit.
There is a large and well-equipped Naval
Hospital, situated on Mount Shadwell. in the
Wanchai district of Hongkong ; and at Yoko-
hama there is also a hospital, which, though
less valuable than in the days prior to the
abolition of extra-territoriality, is still used
when the squadron is cruising in Northern
waters.

The comfort and well-being of the men is
attended to in every possible way. They
have a flourishing canteen at East Praya,
the Soldiers' and Sailors' Institute is much
frequented by them, and in course of time a
branch of the Seamen's Institute will be
established in the Colony. For out-door
sports they have a splendid recreation ground
at Happy Valley. The principal sporting
event of the year is the Fleet Regatta, which
is held during the visit north.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 273

ADMIRAL SIR ARTHUR WILLrAM MOORE.
K.C.B., K.C.V.O., C.M.O., until rt-cciitly
Conimaiidi;r-iii-ChiL*f of the China station,
was born on July 30, 1847, and entered the
Navy at the age of thirteen. He served in
the Egyptian War of 1882, and attained the
rank of captain t\v(3 years later. In 1889 he
was chosen as one of England's represen-
tatives at the Anti-slavery Congress held at
Brussels, and in 1890 91 was a member of
the Australian Defence Committee. From
1898 to 1901 he was a Lord Commissioner
of the Admiralty, and for the following three
years Commander-in-Chief of the Cape of
Good Hope and West Coast of Africa station.
He was appointed to the command of the
China station after being for some time
second in command of the Channel Fleet.
He was created a full admiral in October,
1907, and relinquished his active duties last
March, his successor on the China station
being Admiral the Hon. Sir H. Lambton,
K.C.V.O., C.B

VICE-ADMIRAL THE HON. SIR HED-
WORTH LAMBTON, who succeeded Admiral
Sir .-Vrthur Moore in the command of the
China station, in the early part of 1908, is
the third son of the second Earl of Durham.
Born on July 5, 1856, he entered the Navy
at the age of si.xteen years. He served
through tile Egyptian. War, and was present
at the bombardment of Alexandria in 1882,
receiving, in recognition of his services, the
medal with two clasps, the second class
Medjedie, and the bronze star. Seven years

later he was promoted to the rank of
captain, and from 1894 to 1897 he acted as
private secretary to the First Lord of the
Admiralty. As commander of the Naval
Brigade in Ladysmith his name was brought
very prominently before the public ; he
showed himself to be an officer of great initia-
tive and resourcefulness. In 1900 he contested
Newcastle in the Liberal interest, and in
the same year was created a C.B. From 1901
to 1903 he was in command of the royal
yacht ; during the first year of his service

COMMODORE ROBERT H. S. STOKES, R.N.

in this capacity he was made a Commander
of the Victorian Order, and in 1903 became
a Commander of the" Legion of Honour.
Three years later he was advanced to the
knighthood of the Victorian Order.

COMMODORE ROBERT H. S. STOKES.
R.N.. who has charge of the naval estiiblish-
ments in Hongkong, arrived in the Colony
on April 18, 1907. The eldest son of the
late Sir Robert Baret Stokes, C.B., of Dro-
multon More. County Kerry, he was born on
August 5, 1855. He joined the Royal Navy
in 1869. He served during the Egyptian
War, 1882, as lieutenant of the Enfilirntcs,
receiving the Egyptian medal and the
Khedive's bronze star. While commander
of H.M.S. Royal Arthur, Hagship of Rear-
Admiral H. V. Stephenson, C.B., Commander-
in-Chief of the Pacific station from 1893 to
1896, and previous to the occupation of
Corinto, Nicaragua, by the British naval forces,
in April 1895, he was deputed to proceed to
Managua, the capital of Nicaragua, and
deliver to the Government of that republic
despatches from the Right Hon. the Earl
of Kimberley, Secretary of State for Foreign
Affairs, and Rear-Admiral Stephenson, C.B.
For this service he received the approval of
the Admiralty. In 1905 he was made an
ollicer of the Legion of Honour by the French
Government. Commodore Stokes has quarters
on board the receiving ship Taiiinr, but
during the hot weather resides at the Peak.
He is a member of the Junior United Service
Club, St. James's, London.

MILITARY.

HoXGKONG is the great collecting and dis-
tributing centre for the commerce of the
F"ar East, and as such is of great strategical
importance. It is the headquarters of His
Majesty's ships on the China station, and is
provided with dockyards and all the necessary
facilities for refitting and coaling. It would
be in the future, as it has already been in
the past, the undoubted base of any military
operations which might have to be under-
taken in the Far East. In these circumstances
it is maintained as one of the most modern
and up-to-date fortresses in the world, and
ranks in this respect with Malta and Gibraltar.
Batteries provided with the latest types of
armament command, for miles to seaward,
the approaches to both the Green Island and
Ly-ee-mun entrances to the harbour. The
western entrance is protected by three batteries
on Stonecutter's Island and two forts on
Belcher and Fly Points, from which a tre-
mendous converging fire could be maintained,
completely commanding the .Sulphur Channel.
Pine Wood Battery, on the hill above and
west of Richmond Terrace, has a wide range
of fire. The Ly-ee-mun Pass is defended by
two forts on the Hongkong side and another
on Devil's Peak on the mainland, and if
vessels survived that fire they would then
have to face the batteries at North Point and

Hunghom, which completely command the
eastern entrance. Another battery on the
bluff at Tsim-tsa-tsui, Kowloon, commands
the whole of the centre of the harbour, while
not only on the island itself, but also on the
mainland, may be seen the military roads
constructed zig-zag on the steep hill-sides
for the purposes of rapid communication and
concentration. Every modern appliance of
war is in evidence ; the play of the search-
lights, the booming of great guns, the march
and mancEuvres of troops, are of such daily
repetition as to pass without comment or
notice.

The garrison of Hongkong has varied
according to the political requirements of the
moment, and at present is composed of : —
Three companies Royal Garrison Artillery ;
four companies Hongkong- Singapore Bat-
talion, Royal Garrison Artillery (this is a local
corps, of which the gunners are enlisted in
India ; the companies are either Sikhs or
Punjabi Mahomedans) ; two companies Royal
Engineers (attached to one of these companies
is a " native portion " of sappers and miners —
that is to say, Chinese ; these men are en-
listed for long terms of service, and make
most satisfactory soldiers) ; one British In-
fantry Battalion ; two battalions from the
Indian Army ; detachments of Army Service

Corps, Royal Army Medical Corps, Army
Ordnance and Accounts Departments — in all,
roughly, about 4,000 officers and men.

In addition to the above '• Imperial " troops,
Hongkong possesses a Volunteer Corps and
a Volunteer Reserve Association.

The command is that of a Major-General,
and the present holder of the appointment
is Major-General R. G. Broadwood, C.B.,
P.S.C, whose biography appears in the Execu-
tive and Legislative Councils section. In
military parlance, Hongkong is described as
the " South China " command, to distinguish
it from the " North China " command— (.e.,
the troops at Tientsin, Peking, &c., which
are quite separately organised and com-
manded.

The Colony of Hongkong contributes to-
wards the expense of maintaining the imperial
garrison to the amount of 20 per cent,
of its net revenue, and also bears the entire
cost of the local Volunteers. Quite recently
there has been a certain amount of discussion
on the question of the amount paid to the
Imperial Government. It has been repre-
sented by certain unolticial members of the
Legislative Council that, chiefiy owing to
the attitude of the present Government in
the matter of the opium trade, tiie Colony
has to face the prospect in the near future

274 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of a much reduced revenue. It has been
said that the Colony is already sutliciently
taxed, and that the pereentajje paid is
excessive as representing; the Colony's in-
terests in proportion to imperial require-
■ments.

To arrive at a just estimate of the propor-
tionate share of any colony in the matter of
contribution towards imperial defence is a
difficult matter, but there is no doubt that.
large as is the amount paid by Hongkong.
it is a small fraction of the expenditure on

the imperial military garrison and on the
local naval establishments which is borne
by llic Home Government.

The following figures for the year ending
December 31. iip(), will give the reader an
idea of the amount involved : —

£ s. d.
Colonial contribution ... 137.41/) o o
Cost of Volunteers 8,839 o o

Total paid by Colony

£:i46.335 o o

The amount shown in the Hongkong Blue
Book for 1906 as being disbursed by the
Imperial Government in military expenditure
for the same period is ;f282,023 r7s. lod.
This l.itter sum. it is believed, includes the
" North China " command disbursements,
but, on the other hand, excludes the cost of
all direct supplies from home arsenals and
ordnance depots ; and, further, has no
reference to naval expenditure.

MAJOR-GENERAL BROADWOOD AND STAFF.

THE HONGKONG VOLUNTEER CORPS.
By Major Arthur Chapman, Cominandant.

The enthusiastic Volunteer movement which
swept through the Mother Country in the
sixties had an echo in this distant British
possession. The suggestion that a Volunteer
Cfrrps should be formed in Hongkong was
first made in a letter published in the China
Mail on January 31. i860. On March i, 1862,
a public meeting was held in the Court
House — there was no City Hall in those
days — and it was unanimously resolved to

form a Volunteer Corps and to obtain legal
sanction from the Government. The result
was the passing of Ordinance No. 2 of 1862,
by which any gentleman resident in the
Colony, irrespective of nationality, could be
enrolled a member of the corps. A battery
of artillery was first organised, and in
December, 1862, a band was formed. In
the spring of 1863 a rifle company was
added, and in December, 1864, Volunteers

were enrolled from among the foreign resi-
dents at Canton in a rifle company attached
to the Hongkong Corps. On February 7,
1863. -Sir Hercules Robinson, the Governor,
sanctioned an annual outlay of ;^I95 on
condition that there were at least seventy-five
effective members of the corps.

On September 15, 1864, the Governor
ordered the Volunteers to patrol the streets
of the Colonv to quiet the minds of the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 275

Chinese public and to quell any disturbance
which niifjht arise. The circumstances which
gave rise to this order were very deplorable.
At that time there were about three hundred
European sailors starving in the Colony
owing to the employment of Malay sailors
in preference to Europeans. On Monday,
September I2th, the European sailors
attacked a boarding-house in Hollywood
Road, which was occupied by Malays. There
was a terrible light, knives were used, and
three Europeans were killed. Later in the
evening, a number of soldiers belonging to
the 99th Regiment joined in the affray, and
on the following evening a soldier was shot
by an Indian policeman whose identity was
never established. An inquiry was held into
tlie conduct of the soldiers, and, as a result

On June i, iS66, the corps was disbanded
by Sir Richard MacDonnell owing to the
non-attendance of members, and it was not
re-organised until 1877, when Sir John Pope-
Hennessy was Governor. In 1882 it was
again disbanded, and re-organised by Mr.
William Marsh.

It was disbanded a third time in 1893, and
was immediately reformed by His Excellency
Sir G. Digby Barker, C.B., placed under the
supervision of the military authorities in
England, and made subject to the Army Act
in the same way as the Volunteers in the
British Isles. It consisted then of a field
battery of 7-pounder R.M.L. guns, and a
machine-gun company of Maxim guns. The
strength on reconstruction was 92.

In 1895 the first camp of instruction was

were at Tsim-tsa-tsui with half a company
of the Royal Welsh Fusiliers.

Piquets were thrown out, and the guns
took up strong positions, the hills being
swept by search-lights from torpedo de-
stroyers. The force, by its prompt appearance, •
prevented any disturbance, and returned to
Hongkong early next morning. Exactly a
month after, the corps was called upon to
assist in the taking possession of Old Kow-
loon City from the Chinese, and. owing to
the presence of the troops, the opposition
which was expected did not take place. On
these two occasions the Volunteers, under the
command of Captain (now Major] Chapman,
did yeoman service and amply justified their
existence. The calls on the services of the
corps, showing its value and the necessity

OFFICERS OF THE HONGKONG VOLUNTEER CORPS, 1907.

of their unfortunate interference, they were
ordered to Kowloon, and the Volunteers were
directed to mount guard at the barracks.
On the igth the Volunteers were called upon
by the Governor to patrol the streets in
order to re-assure the minds of the natives.

On Saturday, November 19, 1864, the
Volunteers, in response to an invitation from
His Excellency the Governor of Macao,
proceeded to the Portuguese Colony fully
equipped and armed, and remained there
until the following Monday. There were on
parade, including both artillery and rifles,
109 members. At the close of 1864 the
corps had a strength of 267 of all ranks,
including the Canton detachment of 91, and
67 honorary members.

From this time up to the year 1893 the
Volunteers had a very chequered career.

held at Stonecutter's Island, where the camp
has since been held each year, with the
exception of 1900, when the corps went
under canvas at Kowloon.

In the beginning of 1899 the corps had a
strength of 12 officers and 169 non-commis-
sioned officers and men. In the spring of
that year, when many of the regular troops
were called away to Taipohu, owing to the
disturbances in the hinterland, the Volunteers
were required to guard against a danger
nearer home, and the corps has every reason
to be proud of its response to the summons.
An attack by disaffected Chinese on Yaumati
and Kowloon was threatened and expected
on April j61h. The order to mobilise reached
the Volunteer headquarters at 10 p.m.
(Sunday), and by midnight 7 officers and
87 men with 3 Maxim guns of the corps

for its existence, exercised an excellent effect
on recruiting. During the s;»me year two
additional machine-gun companies, one en-
gineer company, and an infantry company
were formed, and the total strength on March
31, 1900, had risen to 311 of all ranks. The
six obsolete 7-pounder R.M.L. guns and the
Martini-Henry carbines were replaced by six
2'5-inch R.M.L. mountain guns and L.E.
magazine rifles and M.E. carbines. The
Boxer troubles and the feeling of unrest
throughout China brought fresh recruits, and
at the beginning of the financial year of 1901
the strength was 366 of all ranks.

On May 14, 1902, a contingent of forty
members of the corps under the command
of Major A. Chapman proceeded to England
to represent the Colony at the coronation o£
H.M. King Edward VII. They travelled

VOLUNTEER CAMP, STONECUTTER'S ISLAND.

^\v^\\\'^//^^Ns^^^/gavm\\mm\\WJMm^^

'"'"'■"W/illll|||(t ^^;^j;>^j)lWJ^

THE MOUNTED TROOP ON PARADE.

VOLUNTEER HEADQUARTERS.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 277

via Canada, and on arrival at home were
encamped at the Alexandra Palace together
with other colonial contingents. The Hong-
kong and China contingent, under Major
Chapman's command, included in addition to
the Volunteers, detachments of the Hongkong
and Singapore Battalion, Royal Garrison Artil-
lery ; the Hongkong Regiment ; Hongkong
Suhmarine Miners; and 1st Chinese Regiment
(from Weihaiwei). The contingent was in-
spected by General Dorward, and by General
Fukushima on board the R.M.S. Empress of
Japan ; by H.E. Lord Minto, the Governor-
General of Canada, General Parsons, and
Colonel Roy, in Canada ; by General O'Grady
Haly, on board the s.s. Tunisian ; by H.R.H.
the Duke of Connaught and Lord Roberts,
Commander-in-Chief, at the Alexandra Palace ;
and by H.M. the Queen and H.R.H. the
Prince of Wales. The contingent furnished
guards of honour to Their Majesties on Coro-
nation Day ; to H.R.H. Princess Christian ;
and to Lord Kitchener on his arrival in
London ; and were inspected by, and received
coronation medals from, H.M. the King at
Buckingham Palace,

In 1902 the field battery, machine-gun, and
infantry companies were changed into gar-
rison artillery, with the result that there was
a falling off in numbers. This, however,
was to be expected owing to the change in
the composition of the corps, which was
naturally not acceptable to all the former
members. On March 31, 1903, the strength
was 274 of all ranks. In 1904 the six 2'5-inch
R.M.L. guns were replaced by 15-pounder
B.L. guns, and the whole corps was re-armed
with the new pattern army rifle (M.L.E.
short) and the latest pattern bandolier equip-
ment.

The mounted troop, a valuable addition to
the Volunteer Corps, was raised in 1905, the
numbers on March 31st of that year being
20. The troop is organised on sniiilar lines
to those on which the Company of Shanghai
Light Horse was formed, and has a present
strength of 40 members. The Volunteer
Reserve Association, which consists of men
over thirty-tive years of age, and has for its
principal object the encouragement of rifle-
shooting, is under the presidency of Sir Henry
Berkeley, K.C., and was formed in 1905. It
had a membership on March 31st of 154. The
members on March 31, 1907, had increased
to 248. To H.E. Sir Matthew Nathan is due
the credit of starting the mounted troop and
the Volunteer Reserve Association.

Major-General F. B. Slade, C.B., R.A., in-
spected the artillery units at gun-practice at
Sywan on February 4, 1905, and reported
that " the practice, considering the foggy state
of the weather, was decidedly good, both
from the field and machine guns."

The new headquarters were commenced
in June, 1905, and opened on December 15,
1906. The building was paid for out of the
corps funds, with the addition of a grant from
the Government of $5,000. All the rooms are
well furnished ; the officers' and sergeants'
mess-rooms, reading and billiard rooms, and
canteen, together with a well-equipped gym-
nasium, have been completely fitted up out
of private funds at no cost to the public purse.

The mounted troop went into camp near
to Sheung Shui in the New Territories at
Christmas time, 1906 and 1907.

On February 9, 1906, the corps formed a
guard of honour at Government House to
H.R.H. Prince Arthur of Connaught. K.G.,
and on February, 6, 1907, had the honour
of furnishing a guard of honour on the
occasion of the visit to the Colony of T.R.H.
the Duke of Connaught, Inspector-General of
the Forces, the Duchess of Connaught, and

Princess Patricia. The mounted troop formed

the escort to Their Royal Highnesses.

On March 31, 1907, the corps numbered

290 of all ranks. The establishment of the

corps is : —

Staff 8

Mounted Troop 43

Artillery Companies ... 312
Engineer Company ... 60
Band 23

Total of all ranks 446

The strength on January 31, 1908, was
292. There is no band at present, but it is
hoped that this valuable adjunct to the corps
will soon be resuscitated. The formation of
an infantry company as an addition to the
corps has recently been sanctioned and steps
are being taken to recruit it. A telephone and
field telegraphs section is also being raised
to augment the existing engineer company.

The corps possesses some handsome and
valuable trophies for shooting &c., of which
the following may be mentioned : —

MAJOR ARTHUR CHAPMAN.

For Gun Competition.

Challenge Cup, presented by H.E. Sir
Hercules Robinson.

Challenge Cup, presented by Captain E. D.
Sanders.

For Machine Gun Competition.
Challenge Shield, presented by H.E. Sir
W. J. Gascoigne, C.M.G.

For Rifle (Team) Shooting.

Challenge Shield, presented bv H.E. Sir
H. A. Blake, G.C.M.G.

Challenge Cup, presented by Mr. J. J.
P'rancis, Q.C.

Challenge Cup, presented by Mr. R. Cooke.
For Riki.e (Individual) Shooting.

Challenge Cup, presented by the Hon,
Mr. J. J. Keswick.

Challenge Cup, presented bv H.E. Sir
F. J. D. Lugard, K.C.M.G., C.B.," D.S.O.

For General Efficiency.

Challenge Cup, presented by H.E. Sir
Matthew Nathan, K.C.M.G.

The following is a list of honorary colonels
and commandants of the corps since its
reconstruction in 1893.

Honorary Colonels.
1893.— H.E. Sir William Robinson, G.C.M.G.
1899.— H.E. Sir Henrv A. Blake, G.C.M.G.
1904.— H.E. Sir Matthew Nathan, K.C.M.G.
1907. — H.E. Sir Frederick J. D. Lugard,
K.C.M.G., C.B., D.S.O.

Commandants.
1893.— Lieut.-Colonel F. Jerrard, D.A.A.G.
1894. — Major A. R. Pemberton, Rifle Brigade.

'?'^] Lieut.-Colonel Sir John W. Carrington,

i^ij C.M.G.

1899.— Colonel R. B. Mainwaring, Rifle
Brigade (acting).

1900. — Major M. M. Morris, R.G.A. (acting).

1902.— Captain (local Major) C. G. Pritchard,
R.G.A.

1907. — Major Arthur Chapman, V.D.
Officers, 1908.

Hon. Colonel : H.E. Sir F. J. D. Lugard,
K.C.M.G., C.B., D.S.O.

Commandant : Major Arthur Chapman, V.D.

Second in Command : Major Donald Mac-
donald.

Staff Officer: Captain A. J. Thompson, R.G.A.

Captains : D, Macdonald, 1st Cinque Ports
R.G.A. (Vols.), attached; J. H. W. Armstrong,
Hon. A.D.C. ; T. Skinner ; G. G. Wood, 3rd
V.B. the Essex Regiment, attached ; G. P.
Lammert ; W. A. Crake, and W. Nicholson.

Surgeon-Captain : C. P'orsyth.

Lieutenants : Mowbrav S. Northcote, W. M.
Scott, J. A. T. Plummer, E. D. C. Wolfe,
C. H. Ross, H. W. Kennett, and J. S. Gubbay.

Surgeon-Lieutenant : J W. Hartley.

Second Lieutenants : F. O. Reynolds and
G. Blood.

Corps Sergeant-Major : W. Higby.

Staff Armourer-Sergeant : G. W. Avenell.

MAJOR ARTHUR CHAPMAN, who entered
the Hongkong Government service in 1889
as the Assessor of Rates, and holds that
position still, was born at York on Decem-
ber I, 1861. For many years past he has
taken the greatest interest in the Volunteer
movement. He was a member of the
1st East Riding of Yorkshire Royal Garrison
Artillery (Volunteers), and he joined the
local corps in Hongkong in 1893. When
that corps was disbanded his was the flrst
name to be sent in for enrolment in the
present force. Immediately elected lieutenant
by the popular vote of the men, he was
promoted captain in 1897, and major, second
in command, in 1899. He had charge of the
Hongkong and China contingent that went
home for the King's coronation, the con-
tingent consisting of detachments of the
Hongkong and Singapore Battalion Artillery,
Hongkong Regiment. Hongkong Submarine
Miners, and the Chinese Regiment from
W'eihaiwei. He was acting-commandant of
the Hongkong Volunteer Corps in 1901, in
1902, and during a portion of 1903, 1905,
and 1906. His appointment as commandant
dates from April 2, 1907. On two occasions
he was in charge of the Volunteers during
disturbances in the New Territories. He is
the possessor of the Colonial Auxiliary Forces'
long service medal, the Colonial Auxiliary
Forces' officers' decoration (V.D.), and the
Coronation medal. He also received a letter
of thanks and a medal from the community
of Hongkong for services rendered during
the great plague epidemic of 1894. On the
outbreak of the disease Major Chapman was
one of the first civilians to \olunteer for
plague dutv, and it was his example that
induced others to join the search parties.
He is a Justice of the Peace for the Colony.

A A

THE FOREIGN TRADE OF CHINA.

HE commencement of trade
reliifions between China and
the rest of the world is in-
separably bound up with the
modern history of the country,
and is fully traced elsewhere
in this volume. In the
present article, which seeks to show the
tendency of trade during recent years, it will
suffice therefore to recall that the " discovery
of the Far East " was made about the year
151 1 bv the Portuguese, who were followed
by the Spanish in 1575, the Dutch in 1622,
the English in 1635, the Russians (by over-
land caravan routes) in 1658, the French in
1728, and the Americans in 1784 ; whilst
later came the Swedes, Danes, and Belgians.
Until 1834. China dictated the terms upon
which foreign trade was permitted, but the
result of the British 'I'reaty of 1842 and of
other treaties of later date was a complete
reversal of this position.

Of the old trade of China little is known,
for practically the only records of its scope
are to be found in the archives of the East
India Company, who enjoyed an absolute
monopoly until 1834. The few articles im-
ported were wanted only in small quantities,
and consisted for the most part of woollens,
quicksilver, lead, opium, and various sundries.
Cotton manufactures, which now form so
large a proportion of the imports, could not,
in the days of hand-looms, compete with
Chinese productions. In exchange, tea, silk,
naiikeens, and curiosities were received.
Practically the whole trade was on a cash
basis, individual merchants sometimes stock-
ing as much as a million dollars' worth of
specie.

The development of the new trade has
been marked more especially by an enormous
intTease in the number of articles for which
a demand has been created, as well as in
the number of those exported.

The net value of the foreign trade of China
for each of the ten years ending December
31, 1907. is shown in the appended table : —

Net Imports.

Exports.

TotaL

Taels.

Tacts.

TaeU.

i8g8

209,579,3.^4

159,037,149

368,616,483

i8<»

264.748,456

195,784,832

460,533,288

1900

211,070.422

I58,99f),752

370,067,174

1901

268.302,918

169,656,757

437,959,675

1902

315.363,(^5

214,181,584

529,545489

1903

326.739,133

2i4,3524<i7

541,091,600

IQOJ

344,060,608

239.4«6,683

583,547,291

I9OS

447,100,791

227,888,197

674,988,988

1906

410,270,082

236,456,739

646,726,821

1907

416401,369

264,380,697

680,782,066

The net imports represent the value of
goods imported direct from foreign countries
less the value of those re-exported to foreign
countries. The exports include only Chinese
produce exported abroad.

As will be seen from the above table, the
net value of the foreign trade of China has
increased by nearly yo per cent, in the last
decade. In 1907 it showed an advance of
527 per cent, upon that for 1906, net im-
ports contributing Tls.6,131,287 to this result,
and exports, Tls. 27,923,958,

The value of foreign goods re-exported
to foreign countries during 1906 was
Tls. 18,020,205 and during 1907 Tls. 12,670,293,
the gross value of foreign trade for
those two years amounting respectively to
Tls. 682,767,231 and Tls. 706,122,652. Ob-

viously, however, the figures showing the
net and not tlie gross trade are those upon
which tlie volume of China's foreign trade
must be calculated.

Tlie value of China's total trade with Great
Britain and other countries cannot be gauged
with any approximation to accuracy. A large
transhipment trade takes place at Hongkong,
and, as there are no Customs at that port, it
is impossible to ascertain either the original
source of the commodities received from it,
or the real destination of those sent to it.
The following statement of the value of
China's direct trade with Hongkong and with
Great Britain since 1900, supplies the only
available data upon which any estimate of
China's whole trade with Great Britain can
be formed : —

HONGKONG.

GREAT BRITAIN.

Imports.

Exports.

Total.

Imports.

Exports.

TotaL

Taels.

1900

93,846,617

63,(^61,634

157,808,251

45,467,409

9,356,428

54.823,837

1901

1 20,329,884

71,435-103

191,764,987

41,223,538

8.561.045

49.784.583

1902

133,524,169

«2,657,375

216,181,544

57,624,610

10,344,375

67,968,985

1903

136,520,433

8(),i(;5,6os

225,716,058

50,603,772

10,024,095

60,627,867

1904

141,085,010

86,858,017

227,(^3,027

57,220,(;55

15,269,963

72.4(^,918

1905

148,071,198

81.452,643

22l),523,«4I

86472,343

I 8,064,270

104,536,613

1906

144,936,957

82,740427

227,677,384

78,738,2(^2

13,298,315

92,036,607

1907

155,642,016

97,226434

252,868,450

77,562,700

12,107,645

89.670.345

Until 1905 no distinct record was kept of China's direct trade with various European
countries, except Great Britain and Russia. The total net values of the trade, including
imports and exports, with the leading European countries since that year are given below : —

»905.

1906.

1907.

Taels.

T.iels.

Great Britain

104,536,613

92,036,607

89,670,345

Russia

11,449.129

9.341.027

18,114,559

France

22,683,867

29,640,638

33,817,211

Germany

20,223,724

23.105,154

22,286,595

Belgium

11,821,020

15,396,712

14,559,700

Italy

8.595.098

8.722,941

8,646,887

Netherlands

1.961.331

1,947,096

2.335.544

Austria and Hungary

1,828,622

3,605481

2,283,180

Other countries

49S.IOO

259,804

958,445

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 279

Chief among countries other than European ma>

be mentioned

:—

1905-

1906,

1907.

Taels.

Tads.

Macao

7.745.616

10,394,983

9.935.S7S

French Indo-China

3,978,264

5.554.719

10,916,895

Singapore, Straits, &c....

7,864,569

7,398,562

9.407.153

Dutch Indies

5,036,850

5.919.293

6,646,776

British India

37.51s.977

34,068,752

36,093.542

Japan and Formosa ...

96,780,211

94.357.287

96,808,886

Korea

3,939,628

1,811,037

3,663,764

Canada

2,794.049

5,192,127

1,831,840

United States of America

(including Hawaii)

103,947,610

70,107,637

63,501,136

The share of the total direct foreign trade enjoyed by the principal ports in China during
1906-7 was as undermentioned : —

igo6.

1907.

Port.

Imports.

Exports.

Total.

Imports.

Exports.

Total,

Taels.

Tads.

Taels.

Tads.

Taels.

TacU.

Shanghai ...

225,043,251

1 18,990,510

344,033,761

192.765,079

131.963.587

324,728,666

Canton

25,966,599

39,340,675

65.307.274

29,645.236

51,061,088

80,706,324

Kowloon ...

21.380,564

14,394.072

35.774.636

29,820,314

16,192,146

46,102,460

Tientsin

40,102,558

5.143.764

45.246.322

38,919,614

3,304,192

42,223,806

Hankow

16,632,854

8,524,107

25,156,961

19,404,900

12,278,314

31.683.214

Swatow

13,931,030

6,315.372

20,246,402

17,9.39.571

6,901,165

24,840,736

Lappa

10,465,301

4,918,642

15.383.943

12,541,216

4.567.569

17,108,785

Amov

11,525,687

2,105,258

13,630,945

11,946,367

2,194,267

14.140,634

Foochow ...

6,331.357

5.241.894

11.573.251

6,752,854

6,643,099

13.395.953

Newchwang

6,009,058

7,256,366

13,265,424

5,440,915

7,685,580

13,126,495

Dairen

—

10,143,892

2,205,677

12,349,569

Chefoo

7,906,839

4,806,654

12,713.493

6,620,215

3,299,002

9,919,217

Mengtsz

5.680,859

5,144,005

10,824,864

S.973.115

3,563.329

9,536,444

Kiaochau ...

7,019,263

3.540.123

10,559,386

7.297.944

887,226

8,185,170

IMPORTS.

The net values in round tigures of the chief items of import at intervals of ten years
each from 1864— the first year in which Reports on Trade were issued by the Statistical
Department of the Imperial Maritime Customs — down to 1904 are appended : —

1864.

1874-

1884.

1894.

1903.

1904.

Tads.

Taels.

Opium

20,000,000

3 1 ,000,000

26,000,000

34.000,000

44.000.000

37.000.000

Cotton manufactures

7,000,000

2 1 ,000,000

22,000,000

52,000,000

129,000,000

124,000,000

Woollen „

5,000,000

4,500.000

3,500,000

2,500,000

3,500,000

Metals

2,000,000

4,000,000

3,500.000

8,500,000

15,500,000

20,500,000

Coal

—

1,500,000

3,000,000

7.500,000

8,000,000

Kerosene Oil

—

1,500,000

8,000,000

15,500,000

27,000,000

Sundries, unclassed

17,000,000

10,500,000

14,000,000

55,000,000

112,000,000

125,000,000

These imports were derived from the following sources : —

1864.

1874-

1884.

1894.

1903.

1904.

Taels.

Tads.

Hongkong

17,000,000

26,000,000

30,000,000

83,000.000

136,000,000

141,000,000

India

16,000,000

20,000,000

16,000,000

20,000,000

34,000,000

32,000,000

Great Britain

11,000,000

22,000,000

17,000,000

30,000,000

50,000,000

57,000,000

Japan

2,000,000

3,000,000

4,000,000

8,500,000

50,500,000

50,000,000

Continent of Europe

—

1,500,000

6,000,000

12,000,000

28,000,000

United States

—

2,500,000

9,000,000

25,000,000

28,000,000

Other countries ...

6,000,000

3,500,000

3,000,000

9,000,000

18,000,000

20,000,000

The main headings under which net im-
ports were classified in 1906 and 1907 are to
be found below : —

1906.

1907.

Tads.

Taels.

Opium

32,285.377

28,653,653

Cotton goods ...

152.727,845

118,915,923

Woollen and

cotton mixtures

2,269,812

2.5.53.805

Woollen goods ...

4.382,958

4.345.001

Miscellaneous

piece goods ...

3,062,711

3.288,583

Metals

17,289,855

19,942,285

Sundries

198,251,524

238,702,119

Total ...

410,270,082

416,401,369

These figures need some explanation, for
tliey do not, at first sight, seem consistent
with the trade depression which has pre-
vailed in China for the past two or three years,
or with the decrease of TIs. 1,221,707 in the
import revenue. The explanation is to be found
in the inclusion among "sundries" of certain
e.xception.il items, namely. Hour, rice, and
railway plant, which were responsible for an
increase of Tls.31, 720,822. If this sum be
deducted it will be seen that the value of
what may be termed the normal import trade
amounted only to TIs. 385,680,547 a decrease
of TIs. 24,589,535 — a figure which much more
accurately represents the state of trade. This
result is reflected in the Customs revenue,
because flour, rice, and railway plant are duty
free.

That there has not been any sensible
diminution so far in the quantity of opium
ing the anti-opium
apparent from the following

imported.

notwithi

movement.

IS app;

return : —

Year.

Piculs.

i8<j8 ...

49.752

1899 ...

59,161

1900 ...

49.279

1901 ...

49.484

1902 ...

50.764

Year.

Piculs.

1903 .

• 58.457

1<;04 .

• 54.752

k;05 .

. 51.920

1906 .

■ 54.117

1907 .

. 54.584

The sources of supply are shown below

1906
1907

Malwa.

Piculs.

14.368
17,394

Patna.

Piculs.

2547«
24,129

Benares. Persian Total.

Piculs.

13.475
11.568

Piculs. Piculs.

796 i 54,117
1,493 i 54,584

The foreign opium is distributed principally
through Shanghai and Canton, which in 1907
imported 15,722 and 10,404 piculs respectively.

Of the cotton goods imported, the chief
items, including those which are principally
responsible for the large decrease of
Tls.33, 81 1,922, may be tabulated as follows: —

1906.

1907.

Tads.

English grey shirt-

mgs

11,228,716

8,551.571

American grey sheet-

ings

19,847,714

1,325,070

Shirtings, white.

plain

11,736.011

12,007,818

American drills

7,002,031

571,754

Cotton Italians, plain,

fast black

6,550,093

9,400,762

Cotton Italians,

figured

5,607,906

5,211.682

Indian cotton yarn

46,109,724

40.423,206

Japanese „ „

16,649,172

14,170,684

280 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

In 1905. cjitton manufactures were im-
fKirted to the \-alue t>f TIs. 181,45^.953, and
represented 40 per cent, of all imports ; in
1906 they represented 57 per cent. ; and in
iqo/. i/ per cent. The falling off, noticeable
more particularly in plain goods of American
origin, was due to previous over-stocking.
Cotton yam is used chiefly to give a strong
warp to a coarse, durable fabric, the weft
of which is of hand-spun Chinese cotton.

The increase of TIs. 2,652,430 in the net
\-alue of metals imported was caused by large
increases in copper ingots, slabs, and ore,
tin slabs, and other items ; though there was
a considerable falling off in copper bars, rods,
unclassed copper, and nail rod iron.

As already stated, the importations of flour
and rice, included among " sundries," were
exceptional, the former rising from 1,784,681
piculs in igo6 to 4,414,383 piculs in 1907,
and the latter from 4,686452 to 12,765,189
piculs. owing to the failure of the crops in
China. There was an increase in kerosene
oil of 32,596,665 gallons over the quantity
1128.687,690 gallons) imported in 1906,
American oil being solely responsible for
this. Of other sundries, tea from India and
Ceylon increased by 48,888 piculs, while sugar
declined by 821,871 piculs. The principal
items included among " sundries " were as
follows : —

1906.

1907.

Tael».

Taels.

Cigarettes ...

...

5,846,781

3.714760

Coal

...

8,631419

7,613,866

Fish and fishery
products

8,125,721

8,352-907

Flour

6.295.753

13.984.546

Machi nery
fittings

and

5.730,221

6,022,421

Matches

...

5,139,808

4,895,792

Kerosene (Amer

can)

7.132,179

13.205,392

Railway plant
materials ...

and

11439,806

12,804,628

Rice

11.749,590

34417.307

/ brown

...

10,457,089

8477.943

Sugar i white

...

8.526,409

7,348,220

V. refined

...

8,866,573

8,635,161

Timber, hard
soft wood

and

5,397,166

6,126,303

Rice bran, aniline dyes, artificial indigo,
leather, medicines. Borneo and Sumatra
kerosene, paper, household stores, candy
sugar, tea. wines, spirits, and beer represented
upwards of TIs. 2,000,000 each.

EXPORTS.

A comparative statement of the fael values
of each of the principal articles of export
from China during the past half century
discloses the fact that unclassed commodities
have increased twenty-five fold, silk between
six and seven fold, and raw cotton four fold
while tea has remained stationary.

1864.

1874.

1884.

1894.

1903.

1904.

Silk

Tea

Cotton, raw

Beans and bean cake

Sundries, unclassed

•

Taels.
12.000,000

29,000,000

6,000,000

4,000,000

Taels.
26,000,000

40,000,000

1,000,000

7,000,000

Taels,
23,000,000

29,000,000

1,000,000

14,000,000

Taels.
42,500,000

32,500,000
7,000,000
3,000,000

43,000,000

Tucls.
74,000,000

26,000,000

13,000,000

1 1 ,000,000

90,000,000

Taels.
78,000,000

31,000,000

24,000,000

8,000,000

99,000,000

The sources from which

these exports were derived were : —

1864.

1874.

1884.

1894.

1903-

1904.

Taels.

Taels,

Taels.

Hongkong

7,000,000

12,000,000

1 7,500,000

50,000,000

89,500,000

88,000,000

Great Britain

33,000,000

38,000,000

20,000,000

12,000,000

10,500,000

1 5,000,000

Continent of Europe

1,000,000

7,000,000

10,000,000

19,000,000

34,000,000

44,000,000

Russia

—

2,500,000

5,500,000

11,000,000

13,000,000

5,000,000

United States of America...

3,500,000

7,000,000

8,000,000

16,500,000

20,000,000

27,000,000

Japan

—

2,000,000

8,500,000

30,000,000

38,000,000

Other countries

3,500,000

5,500,000

4,000,000

11,000,000

18,000,000

23,000,000

The exports in 1907 were worth 27,923,958
taels, or ir8i per cent, more than those in
1906. Tea and silk, which are referred to in
detail elsewhere, showed gratifying increases.
The exportation of tea for the year amounted
to 1,610,025 piculs, valued at TIs. 31,736,011,
as compared with 1,404,028 piculs, valued at
TIs. 26,629,630, in 1906. The value of silk and
silk products in 1907 exceeded by 25 per cent.
that for 1906. The quantity of bean cake rose
from 3,916,043 piculs to 4,182,009 piculs, but
the increase in value was even greater, owing
to a strong demand in Japan, Sugar con-
tinued to decline, and it is not likely, in the
face of strenuous foreign competition, that
the industry will long survive.

The following native products were ex-
ported to foreign countries in 1906 and 1907
in quantities exceeding TIs. 5.000,000 in
value : —

1906.

1907.

Taels.

Silk (all products)

71,295.525

89,084,034

Tea

26,629,630

31,736,011

Cotton (raw)

11,631,138

16,959,737

Skins (undressed)

10,389,251

12415,017

Bean cake

7,064,108

9,148,310

Minerals

5,175,722

5,090,117

Oils

5,527,821

4,926,088

Seeds

5.896,485

5,134,053

Straw braid

8,650,861

6,819,092

Wool

5,499,342

4,531,013

THE BALANCE OF TRADE.

The movement of treasure during 1907
showed importations of gold, silver, and
copper amounting to TIs. 15,469,559, and
exportations amounting to TIs. 44,108,664.
The imports were received chiefly from
Japan (TIs. 7,060,019), and Hongkong and
Macao (TIs. 6,157,455), whilst of the exports,
TIs. 24,167,089 went to Hongkong and Macao,
TIs. 10,500,401 to India (including Burma,
&c.), and TIs. 7,764,434 to Europe, The
moveinent of treasure abroad was exceptional.

The balance of trade shows an excess of
net foreign imports over exports of 57 per
cent, in 1907, as against 74 per cent, in 1906,
97 per cent, in 1905, 43 per cent, in 1904,
31 per cent, in 1903, 28 per cent, in 1902,
and 27 per cent, in 1901.

China's gross assets and liabilities may
thus be tabulated : —

LIABILITIES.
Taels,

Taels.

Value of merchandise

imported in 1907 ...

Loans and indemnities

Invisible liabilities

(1903 estimate)

Total

416.401,369
38,500,000

30,000,000

486,901,369

Among less important items, beans, bristles,
camphor, fire-crackers and fireworks, mats
and matting, medicines, nankeens, paper,
provisions and vegetables, dressed and made-
up skins and furs, and tallow, represented
upwards of TIs. 2,000,000 each.

ASSETS.

Value of merchandise

exported in 1907 ... 264,380,697
Net export of treasure

from commercial

area (which includes

Hongkong! 21,427,693

Invisible assets (1903

estimate less certain

deductions)... ... 147,000,000

Total

432,808,390

Difference to be accounted for ... 54.092,979

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 281

In order to make a proper comparison of
the sterling values of trade in various years, it
is necessary to bear in mind that the Haikwan,
or Customs tael, the unit in which the
Customs revenue and all values are stated, has
a varying sterling equivalent carefully calcu-
lated on the average value of the tael each
year. Thus the tael was worth 6s. 8d. in 1864;
6s. 4d. in 1874 ; 5s. yd. in 1884 ; 3s. 2d. in
1894; 2s. lojd. in 1898; 3s. ojd. in 1899;
2s. i^d. in 1900 ; 2s. ii-^gd. in 1901 ; 2s. 7^d.
in 1902 ; 2s. 7^d. in 1903 ; 2s. lojd. in 1904;
o^A. in 1905 ; 3s. 3jd. in 1906 ; and
3d. in 1907.

3s.
3s.

shipping represented 2083 of the total, about
the same as before, a loss in tonnage of
foreign type being balanced by an increase
in junk tonnage. Of the merchandise carried,
British ships claimed the largest share, with
4629 per cent, of the total. They were fol-
lowed by the Chinese with 2521 per cent.,
the Japanese with 1235 per cent., the German
with 879 per cent., and the French with
394 per cent. In the same order, the con-
tributions of the leading nationalities to the
total dues and duties are British, 53'87 per
cent.; Chinese, 1596 per cent.; Japanese, 1356
per cent.; German, 914 per cent.; and French,
3 55 per cent.

THE CARRYING TRADE.

The development of the carrying trade
since 1864 and the share borne by the various
nations engaged in it, are shown in the
following table : —

FOREIGN POPULATION.

The total foreign population in the Treaty
ports is estimated at 69,852, and the number

1864.

1874.

1884.

1894.

1903.

1904.

Tons.

British

2,862,214

4,738,793

12,152,949

20,496,347

28,122,987

35,095,658

American

2,609,390

3,184,360

2,140,741

129,127

559.686

1,293,416

French

93.099

137,253

93.963

348,291

1,178,200

1,699,121

German

580,570

530,377

939.765

1,983,605

7.310,427

8,187,871

Japanese

756

480

215.IOS

379,044

7,965.358

6,238,918

Norwegian

38,195

22,507

10,455

288,051

1,136,056

2,922,826

Other foreign

396,673

197,784

460,197

458,290

1,106,466

910,385

Chinese

64,588

494,237

2.993.613

5.539.246

9,911,209

16,407,352

Total

6,635485

9,305,801

18,806,788

29,622,001

57,290,389

72,755,547

CHINESE POPULATION.

The population of China cannot be
estimated with any approach to accuracy.
In 1876 Hippisley placed it at 270,000,000,
and in 1904 Kockhill corroborated this
estimate. In 1894 Popoff computed the
figure at 421,800,000, while in i<x>3 Parker
set it down at 385,000,000. The Statistical
Department of the Inspectorate of Customs
gives the following approximation for 1907: —

Province.

Population.

Shengking ...

16,000,000

Chihli

29,400,000

Shantung ...

38,000,000

Szechwan ...

79,500,000

Hunan

22,000,000

Hupeh

34,000,000

Kiangsi

24,534,000

Anhwei

36,000,000

Kiangsu

23,980,000

Chekiang ...

11,800,000

Fokien

20,000,000

Kwangtung...

32,000,000

Kwangsi

8,000.000

Yunnan

8,000,000

Other Provinces,.

IShansi, Shensi,)

Kansu, Honan, 55.ooo,ooo

and Kweichow)/

Total

438,214,000

The most thickly populated of the Treaty
ports are Canton, 900,000 ; Tientsin, 800,000 ;
Hankow, 778,000 ; Chungking, 705,000 ;
Shanghai, 651,000 ; Foochow, 624,000 ; and
Soochow, 500,000.

The shipping statistics for 1907 show that
of 217,932 entries and clearances, with a total
tonnage of 80,109,424, the share taken by
the principal nationalities engaged in the
carrying trade from and to foreign countries,
and between the Treaty ports of China, was
as follows : —

of firms at 2,595. The various nationalities
are represented as follows : —

Entries and
Clearances.

Total Tonnage.

British

27.495

33,316,618

Chinese

147.193

16,686,305

Japanese

29,296

15,598,213

German

5.864

6,639,767

trench

5,072

4.712,188

Norwegian

1,110

1,067,110

American

549

1.045.899

The tonnage of British shipping, when
compared with that in 1906 (33.450,560 tons),
showed a slight decline, but even more
noticeable is the reduction in the British
percentage of the whole shipping, viz., from
44 to 4159 per cent. German tonnage fell
from 986 to 829 per cent. ; while P'rench
advanced from 47 to 588 per cent. ; and
Japanese from 15 to 1947 per cent. Chinese

Firms.

Persons.

American

115

2,862

Austrian

259

Belgian

292

Brazilian .

British

490

9.205

Danish

197

Dutch

286

French

2,201

German

239

3.553

Italian

854

Japanese

1,416

45.610

Korean

Norwegian .

182

Portuguese .

3,188

Russian

479

Spanish

266

Swedish

157
219

Non-Treaty Powers

2.595

69,852

THE CHINESE IMPERIAL MARITIME CUSTOMS.

[HE Chinese Imperial Maritime
Customs Service is the only
department of the Chinese
(jovernnient that is organised
on Western lines, and pro-
duces any statistical returns.
It therefore forms the chief
security which China has to offer when
seeking to negotiate a loan. The magnitude
of its operations may be gauged from the
fact that its revenue during 1907 amounted
to upwards of live millions sterling, and that
it afforded employment to some thirteen
thousand foreigners and natives.

The Oricin of the Service.

The origin of the Customs may really be
traced back to the Treaty of Nanking, between
Great Britain and China, in 1842. Prior to
that date the foreign trade of China was
conducted through the medium of the
co-hong, a corporate body of Chinese
merchants who were given an absolute
monopoly of all dealings with foreigners, and
were held responsible for their debts and
good behaviour. Under this system the
foreign merchant was obliged to submit to
many exactions in order to satisfy the cupidity
of the members of the co-hong, who, in turn,
had to pay heavily to the Chinese officers
from whom they received their privileges. It
was these exactions, and the injustices
generally imposed upon foreigners in the
prosecution of trade, that led to the series
of warlike operations that Great Britain
waged against the Chinese. Upon the
conclusion of hostilities the Chinese undertook,
by the Treaty of Nanking, to open live ports
to foreign trade and establish at them " a fair
and reasonable tariff of export and import
customs and other dues." It was further
provided under the same instrument that
" when British merchandise shall have once
paid at any of the said ports the regulated
customs and dues, agreeable to the tariff
to be hereafter fixed, such merchandise may
be conveyed by Chinese merchants to any
province or city in the interior of the Empire
of China on paying a further amount as
transit duties." This amount was to be a
certain percentage ad valorem.

The I.stroduction of the Foreign
Element.

It was not, however, until the Chinese
Customs House in the native city of Shanghai
was closed, owing to the occupation of the
city by the Taeping rebels, that the Foreign
Customs were established. An arrangement
was then come to under which the foreign
merchants declared to their consuls the nature

of the merchandise imported and exported,
and deposited at the consulates bonds for
the duty leviable thereon, which was on a
mixlerate 5 per cent, basis. These responsi-
bilities soon became irksome to the consuls,
and an agreement was entered into on
June 29, 1H54, between the Shanghai Taoutai,
Wu Kien Chang, who was a refugee in the
foreign concession, .ind the British, French,
and American Consuls, under which it was
decided to introduce a foreign element into
the Customs House establishment. The
object of this innovation was to remove the
difficulty which had been experienced by
the Superintendent of Customs in obtaining
" ofticials with the necessary qualifications
as to probity, vigilance, and knowledge of
foreign languages required for the enforce-
ment of a close observance of treaty and
customs-house regulations." Following upon
this a board of three foreign inspectors w'as
constituted, composed of Captain (afterwards
Sir| Thomas F. Wade. Mr. Arthur Smith,
and Mr. L. Carr. who represented the British,
French, and American communities respec-
tively. Captain Wade was the only one
who had any knowledge of the Chinese
language, or any aptitude for the duties of
the position, and upon his shoulders fell
the chief burden of organising the new oflice.
Upon his resignation a year later to take
up the appointment of Chinese Secretary of
Legation at Peking, his place was filled by
Mr. Horatio Nelson Lay, who was equally
well equipped for the duties of the oflice, and
who, like his predecessor, was practically in
control.

Apparently the new authority discharged
its duties with greater diligence than the
Chinese had done, for upon the arrival in
Shanghai of the American Minister, Mr. Peter
Parker, in August. 1856. the American mer-
chants presented a memorial to him. in which
they asked for a return to the old order of
things. They pleaded that under the new
institution, which was not intended to be
permanent, they were placed at " great dis-
advantage in comparison with other ports,"
adding : " Customs-house business in China
under Chinese supervision is conducted with
a facility which greatly aids in the dispatch
of business and the ready lading of ships
when haste is of importance, while, with
the minute and in some cases vexatious
regulations established by the inspectors, this
advantage disappears, and this, in itself, is
no small item in the account against us."
In these circumstances " the expediency and
justice of abolishing the present system " was
urged.

Due consideration was accorded to this

representation, but the result was not quite
what those who framed it anticipated.
Instead of reverting to the old regime, it
was decided to establish stricter control over
other ports open to foreign trade. Under
the Rules of Trade drawn up in November,
1858, by the Tariff Commission, as one
outcome of the Treaty of Tientsin, it was
agreed that one uniform system for the
collection of duties should be enforced at
every port, and to this end it was provided
that the high officer appointed by the
Chinese Government to superintend foreign
trade should, from time to time, either himself
visit, or send a deputy to visit, the different
ports. He was empowered to select any
British, French, or American subject to aid
him " in the administration of the 'customs
revenue ; in the prevention of smuggling ;
in the definition of port boundaries ; or in
discharging the duties of harbour-master ;
also, in the distribution of lights, buoys,
beacons, and the like, the maintenance of
which shall be provided out of the tonnage
dues." Under this article Mr. Lay was
appointed Inspector-General of Customs, and
when in June, i86i. he returned to England
on leave, Customs Houses had been opened in
seven different ports. While in England Mr.
Lay was commissioned to procure a Heet of
gunboats for the repression of rebellion and
piracy, and the demand which he and his
commander. Captain Sherard Osborne, made,
that this fleet should be directly and solely
under the orders of the central and not
provincial authorities, brought his rule to an
end. The ships were sold, and Mr. Lay
was " permitted to resign."

The Beginning of the Present Regime.

It was then that Mr. Robert Hart, who
during Mr. Lay's absence had discharged
the duties of Acting Inspector-General in
conjunction with Mr. Fitzroy, received the
substantive appointment on November 30,
1863. In May of the following year the
Inspectorate-General was transferred from
Shanghai to Peking, where it has since
remained.

The task with which Mr. Robert Hart was
confronted on taking office was one of
considerable difficulty. He had to centralise
the work, which had hitherto been carried
on independently at the different ports by
each commissioner, acting conjointly with
a Chinese superintendent, and to reconcile
the Imperial Government to a uniform
system of administration which, though
designed to promote its interests, was
distinctly alien. Among the questions to be
decided were the regulation of the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 283

coast-wise traffic and inland transit trade ;
the exemption of imports, upon which an
original duty had been paid, from further
taxation ; pilotage ; lighting of the coast ;
emigration ; the ton equivalents of various
lasts and metric and other tons ; the com-
pletion and publication of statistics ; and,
above all, the proper dovetailing of the
foreign and Chinese sides of the administra-
tion. All these questions were settled, as
Mr. H. B. Morse points out in his excellent
work on " The Trade and Administration of
the Chinese Empire," upon lines which have
endured. In short, under the administration
of Mr. Robert Hart, who was knighted in
1882, " there was developed a strong, loyal,
well-organised, and cosmopolitan service."

As showing how thoroughly cosmopolitan
are the ranks of the Customs Department,
it may be mentioned that the foreign
staff, numbering altogether 1,387 persons,
includes representatives of twenty different
nationalities. The British Empire has 738
representatives, while Germany, which comes
next, can claim 170. No fewer than 12,389
Chinese find employment in the service.
These figures, compared with those for 1875,
when only 424 foreigners and 1,417 Chinese
were employed, afford striking evidence at
once of the growth of the trade of the
Chinese Empire and of the organisation
which controls it.

The Chinese Customs collect duty not only
on foreign imports, but also on exports and
imports from and to different ports in China.
They also collect tonnage dues on shipping,
transit dues exempting from further taxation
foreign imports conveyed inland, and native
produce from inland marts intended for
export to foreign countries, and likin on
foreign opium.

The Organisation of the Service.

The service is organised in four departments,
under the Inspector-General of Customs and
Posts, namely, the Revenue Department,
Marine Department, Educational Department,
and Postal Department.

The Revenue Department is divided into
three branches : — the In-door Staff, or execu-
tive, controlling, and clerical branch ; the
Out-door Staff, or inspecting and preventive
branch ; and the Coast Staff, or preventive
cruiser branch. It furnishes employment to
1,151 foreigners and 4,480 Chinese, or about
one-half the total number of the employes
in the Customs service

The Revenue Department — the Chinese
Customs proper — has exceptional difficulties
to contend with, by reason of the extra-
territorial rights enjoyed by foreign mer-
chants, and because there is no competent
tribunal before which a revenue case can be
tried, the Chinese courts being ruled out,
while there are obvious objections to the
jurisdiction either of the consul concerned,
or the Commissioner of Customs. For clan-
destine trading a ship may be prohibited
from further trading along the coast ; for a
false manifest a fine not exceeding Tls. 500
may be inflicted upon proof of the offence
before the Customs, and the consul of the
nationality under whose flag the ship sails ;
for certain offences the privilege of clearing
before the payment of all import duties on
the ship's cargo may be withdrawn ; and for
a false declaration on the part of an importer
the goods are liable to confiscation.

The movement of goods in China is taxed
at every point, but provided that the payment
of an import duty within the last three years
can be proved, exemption is afforded if the
goods are removed to any of the other
Treaty ports. At Shanghai the great volume

of the re-export trade has led to the adoption
of " importers' passes," by which an importer
is enabled to convey his rights to a purchaser.
Provided the goods remain in their original
packing, they may be re-exported to another
Treaty port, either by the original importer
or by the purchaser, without paying import
duty on arrival at their destination. If re-
exported a second time the goods are again

any port, but if the cargo is destined for
another Chinese port a "duty proof" is
issued, and upon arrival only a half duty, or
"coast trade duty" is levied. In the event
of the goods being re-exported this charge
is refunded. If the goods arc then to be
conveyed to a third Chinese port, the
repayment of the " coast trade duty " is
demanded upon their arrival. If sent inland.

SIR ROBERT HART, BART.,| iG.C.M.G., INSPECTOR-GENERAL.

covered by an " exemption certificate." UpoJi
imports intended for any place other than a
Treaty port the purchaser may either pay
likin en route, or pay half the import duty
additional, and obtain a "transit pass in-
wards." Likin is payable on Chinese produce
brought to a Treaty port, but a " transit pass
outwards " is issued upon payment of a half
duty if the goods are intended for shipment
abroad. Export duty is paid on shipment at

these goods have no " transit pass " privilege.
The payment of " tonnage dues " exempts a
ship from further payment for four months ;
this period may, however, be extended by
any time spent in effecting repairs in a
Chinese port.

Foreign opium, and such native opiuin as
comes under the cognisance of the Customs,
having paid duty and likin, is labelled by
the department, and, so long as the lat>els

284 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

remain intact, is exempt from all further
pa>incnf.

The Commissioner of Customs at each port
exercises supervision over the native, or
regular. Customs, a task which demands
the exercise of tact and diplomacy, for he
has to hold evenly the balance between the
foreign powers, in whose interests he has
to watch the due payment of indemnity
funds, and the Chinese Government, from
whom, though their servant, he has to secure
the due fulfilment of treaty obligations. The
difficulties of his position are, moreover,
increased by reason of the fact that the
native Customs offices are conducted in accord-
ance with Chinese methods, and control a
purely Chinese trade.

There is, however, one important set-off
against the difficulties in both the foreign
and the native Customs ; the Commissioner
is not responsible for handling the revenue.
The properly constituted authority for this
purpose is the Customs Bank, and the respon-
sibilitv* of the Commissioner ceases when
he has obtained a receipt certifying the
payment of the amounts due. and has reported
the amount of the revenue so derived. The
Chinese Superintendent, and not the Foreign
Commissioner of Customs, directly controls
the revenues of the bank.

The Coast Service is under the general
control of the Inspector-General as regards
the disposition of the various vessels in the
several districts, and under the control of
the Commissioner in whose district they are
stationed as regards the work immediately
in hand. There are 6 revenue steamers,
officered by a special coast staff, 4 revenue
cruising launches, 21 revenue launches, and
9 sailing craft, officered by men detached
from the revenue staff, the Coast Inspector
bein^ responsible for the personnel and
materiel of the vessels. The duties of the
revenue fleet are preventive, but the vessels
are chiefly used in connection with the
lighting and surveying of the coast.

The Makine Department is divided into
three branches, employing altogether 98
foreigners and 577 Chinese. The Engineers'
Branch, under the Engineer-in-Chief, under-
takes the construction and maintenance of
lights. Of these there are now 14 of the
first order, 39 occulting, flashing, or revolving
lights, 53 other lights, 4 light-vessels, and 22
light-txKits. The Harbours Branch, at the
head of which is the Coast Inspector, is
charged with coast work, surveying, sea and
river conservancy, the selection of new sites
for lights, and technical control of harbour
work and pilotage in China generally.
Buoys (of which there are iii) and beacons
(of which there are 105) are also under the
general supervision of the Coast Inspector.
At Shanghai only is there a Harbour Master;
in other ports the duties of this office are
undertaken by the Tide Surveyor, who is,
under the Commissioner, in control of the
out-door staff. The Lights Branch, under
which 58 foreign and 244 Chinese light-
keepers are employed, is controlled by the
Commissioners of the districts in which the
lights are situated, or, in some instances, by
the Coast Inspector.

The Education Department is only
indirectly connected with the Customs, which
supplies the necessary funds. Until 1902.
when the institution was. by imperial
decree, merged in the Peking University,
the Inspector-General nominated to vacant
chairs in the Peking College, and frequently
•' lent " men from the Customs for temporary
instruction ; but the college was actually
directed by Dr. W. A. P. Martin, who had
been connected with it for many years.

The Postal Department, organised under
the Revenue Department in 1876, was made
a separate branch in 1896, and is now practi-
cally distinct from the Customs, except that
the Inspector-General is still at the head of
it, and at each port the Commissioner exer-
cises the functions of a district postmaster, and
generally supervises the work. The Imperial
Chinese Postal Service is, however, dealt
with minutely in a separate article.

Revenue Collections.

The progress of the Customs may be seen
from the following comparative statement of
revenue collections from 1864. when reports
on trade were first issued : —

Taels.

1864 7.872.257

1874 11.497.272

1884 13,510,712

1894 22,523,605

1904 31.493.156

1905 35,111,004

1906 36,068,595

1907 33.861,346

The advances during 1864-74-84 were due
to the gradual growth of trade. Within the
next decade the rise is partly attributable to
the imposition of likiii on opium in 1887 ; and
between 1894 and 1904 a marked increase
followed the inclusion in the list of dutiable
articles of many things which had formerly
been free. This broadening of the tariff basis
was carried out in 1901-2, under the Inter-
national Protocol, which was the outcome
of the Boxer troubles. Then during the
recent American boycott, many Chinese
merchants, who openly subscribed to the
movement, clandestinely laid in large stocks
of American goods ; hence the increased
revenue collections for 1905-6, followed by
a corresponding reduction in 1907, owing
to the surplus stock which remained in hand
throughout China.

The table given below apportions the
revenue for the past ten years between the
foreign and home trades : —

of Tls. 1.249,658, or 356 per cent., compared
with 1905; and an increase of Tls. 2,386, u/j.
or 752 per cent., compared with 1904.

The sums contributed by tlic various ports
during the twelve months were as under : —

Year.

Foreign Trade.

Home Trade.

Total.

Taels.

T.aels.

1898

18,267,298

4,236,099

22,503,397

1899

21,437,891

5.223.569

26,661,460

1900

18,182,815

4.691. 171

22,873,986

19OI

19,860,900

5,676,674

25.537,574

1902

24,180,574

5,826,470

30,007,044

1903

24,054,785

6,475.903

30,530,688

1904

24,788,638

6,704,518

31,493,156

1905

27.544.295

7.566.709

35,111,004

1906

29,272,481

6,796,114

36,068,595

1907

28,147,405

5.713,941

33,861,346

The headings under which the revenue is
classified may be seen from the following
statement relating to 1907 :—

Taels,
Import duty (exclusive

of opium) 13,240,173

Export duty (exclusive

of opium) 9,304,453

Coast trade duty (exclu-
sive of opium) ... 1,768,982
Opium duty (import,
export, and coast

trade 1,789,269

Tonnage dues 1,321,192

Transit dues ... ... 2,066,400

Opium likin 4,370,877

Total ... 33,861,346

Port.

Collection.

Taels.

Shanghai

11,007,454

Canton

3,281,725

Tientsin

3.215,494

Hankow

2,928,163

Swatow

1,530,85b

Chinkiang

1,265,567

Kiaochau

9.34.623

Foochow

914.305

Anioy

887,436

Kiukiang

756.025

Ningpo

686,466

Hangchow

685,646

Wuhu

668,102

Chefoo

633.243

Newchwang

594.413

Wucliow

469.569

Chungking

447,030

Kowloon

.393,773

Lappa

368,451

Kiungchow

285,449

Nanking

265,629

Mengtsz

203,527

Samshui

185.727

Chinwangtao

154,722

Santuao

142,814

Dairen

140,738

Antung

122,770

Kongmoon

118,578

Changsha

117,733

Pakhoi

114,817

Soochovv

105,461

Wenchow

50,893

Tengyueh

49,111

Ichang

48,616

Yochow

31,541

Nanning

24,092

Shasi

14,390

Lungchow

7,7.35

Szeniao

7.427

Tatungkow

1,224

This is a decrease of Tls. 2,207,249, or 612
per cent., compared with 1906 ; a decrease

The revenue derived from native Customs
from November 7, 1904, to November 5,
1907, amounted in all to Tls. 10,496,311 — an
average of about Tls. 3,500,000 a year.
The contributing ports were Newchwang,
Tientsin, Chefoo, Ichang, .Shasi, Kiukiang,
Wuhu, Shanghai, Ningpo, Santuao, Foochow,
Amoy, Swatow, Canton, Kongmoon, Samshui,
Wuchow, Kiungchow, and Pakhoi.

From the date of their establishment down
to 1907 the Customs have yielded a total of
Tls. 830,092,651.

CHINESE IMPERIAL POSTAL
SERVICE."

Early in the " sixties," during the first few
winters after foreign representatives took
up their residence at Peking, the Legation
and Customs mails were exchanged betvveen
Shanghai and the capital under the auspices
of the Tsung-li-yamen, by means of the
Government couriers employed for the trans-
mission of ofticial despatches. It was then
found convenient to arrange that the Customs
should undertake the responsibility of making
up and distributing these mails — a practice
which, for the overland service during the
winter months, involved the creation of postal

» This article is abridged from reports on the work of
the Post Ofi'ice in ig04 and 1906 issued by I he Statistical
department of the Chinese Imperial Customs Service by
order of the Inspector-General of Customs and Posts,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 285

departments at the Inspectorate and in the
Custom Houses at Shanghai and Chinkiang ;
and, similarly, for the transmission of mails
by coast steamers during the open season,
the opening of quasi-postal departments in
the Tientsin and other coast port Custom
Houses.

At that early date it could be seen that this
might form the nucleus of a National Post
Ofiice. This idea had already so much in-
gratiated itself in the official mind that in
1876, when the Chefoo Convention was being
negotiated, the Tsung-li-yamen authorised
the Inspector-General to inform the British
Minister, Sir Thomas Wade, that it was
prepared to sanction the establishment of a
National Postage System, and willing to
make it a treaty stipulation that postal
establishments should tie opened at once.
Unfortunately, the insertion of the postal
clause was omitted from the official text of
the Treaty, and thus the project was post-
poned sine die.

Meanwhile; however, the experiment was
persevered with, and it received warm en-
couragement from the Imperial Commissioner,
Li Chun-t'ang, who proinised to "father"
it officially as soon as it proved a success.
Hence the more formal opening of postal
departments at various Custom Houses, the
1878 experiment of trying a native post office
alongside the Customs post, and the estab-
lishment of Customs couriers from Taku to
Tientsin, and from Tientsin to Peking, and
the Customs winter mail service overland
from Tientsin to Newchwang, Chefoo, and
Chinkiang, as well as the introduction of
Customs postage stamps in 1878.

The growing importance of the service
thus quietly built up was recognised by the
foreign administrations having postal agencies
in China. In 1878 China was formally in-
vited to join the Postal Union. In the same
year, while on a visit to Paris, the Inspector-
General was " sounded " by the French
Minister for Foreign Affairs as to a possible
way of withdrawing the French Post Office in
Shanghai ; and while, more than once, the
British Postmaster-General at Hongkong
expressed his readiness to close the Hong-
kong Post Office agencies along the coast,
arrangements were actually discussed for the
absorption by the Customs Department of the
Municipal Post Office at Shanghai. But no
definite response to these overtures could be
given before the Chinese Government had
declared its intention to undertake national
responsibilities ; and the Customs Department
continued to satisfy only certain wants and
prepare the system for further development,
till, twenty years after the Chefoo Convention,
the decree of March 20, 1 80, appeared.
This decree created an Imperial Post for
all China, to be modelled on Western lines.
The organisation and management were
confided to Sir Robert Hart, who, from that
date, has acted in the double capacity of
Inspector-General of Customs and Posts.

This long hesitation on the part of the
Chinese Government formally to recognise
and foster an institution known to have
worked with such profitable results in foreign
countries may be a matter of surprise to some
people. But it must not be forgotten that
from times immemorial the Chinese nation
has possessed two postal institutions — one,
the I Chan (or Imperial Government Courier
Service), deeply rooted in official routine ;
the other, the native posting agencies, long
used and respected by the people. Both
give employment to legions of couriers, and
are still necessary to the requirements of
an immense nation ; they can neither be
suppressed, transformed, nor replaced at a

stroke. The imperial decision, therefore,
only gave final sanction to a new and vast
undertaking, but abolished nothing. It is
through competition and long persevering
efforts that the two older systems must
gradually be superseded and the implantation
of the National Post Office patiently pursued.
These two systems deserve more than a

requirements, in exchange for which very
poor services are secured. The memorialists
themselves recognised if, and strongly re-
commended the gradual abolition of the I
Chan. It can thus be seen that as soon as
the Imperial Post Office is ready to under-
take the responsibility, the Governnient
Courier Service will yield its place and

SIR ROBERT E. BREDON, K.C.M.G.,

Deputy Inspector-General.

passing notice. The first is wholly main-
tained by the State through provincial con-
tributions from ordinary local taxes. In 1902,
the two Yangtsze Viceroys, in a joint
memorial subinitting their own plans for a
National Post, estimated the total cost of this
service at some Tls. 3,000,000 amuially.
It is an enormous sum, far above actual

disappear. It has already lost much of its
importance, steam communicalion along the
seaboard and the rivers having long rendered
its functions obsolete on manv imperial
routes. The rapid growth of inland steam
navigation and the buil.iing of raihvav lines
are so inany impioveuK-nls in internal com-
munications of which the Imperial Post Office

286 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

takes keen advantage, and which, before long,
must result in the dis;ippear.ince of this
semce.

Far more obstructive to rapid progress will
native postal agencies prove. These, also,
have had a long life, but. unlike the I Chan,
they are wholly independent ; they consider
letter traffic as their legitimate business, and
will die hard. Their innumerable ramifica-
tions — fast couriers, or rapid " post-boats," as
the style of countrj- decides — extend to all
parts of China a veritable network of postal
connections which, with their slow wavs, have
for centuries answered the requirements of
busy and thrifty communities. These posting
agencies are essentially shop associations, for
the most part engaged also in other trades.
The transmission of parcels, bank drafts, and
sycce is the most lucrative part of their
postal operations. They lix the limit of their
responsibilities and adjust their rates as they
please, the latter having frequently to be
bargained for. One characteristic rule is
that half the charge is paid by the sender
and half by the addressee. This practice
often leads to extra demands on delivery
when the second half of the charge, the
Chiu-txu or chiu-li {pour boire) is claimed.

These agencies, unfettered by legislation,
mdispensable to the people, flourished un-
disturt>ed at all places till, some fifty years
ago, the appearance of steam brought also for
those working at places along the coast and
the rivers a new order of things. Yet for
a long time no particular notice was taken
of their doings, and when sup.-rvision over
them became necessary they were found to
have organised themselves into strong bodies
holding a monopoly for the transmission by
steamers of all inter-port native correspon-
dence. With these, conveniently styled the
lun-ch'nan hsin-chn (or "steamer letter
hongs"), the Imperial Post Office came into
direcf contact as soon as the decree of 1896
called upon them to recognise the new
institution. But from the first a most con-
siderate policy was adopted towards them
and the ordinary native establishments of
the interior. It was recognised by the
Inspector-General that they were necessary,
and it was therefore decided to encourage
their continuance and development. In order
to regularise matters and bring all into line,
it was decided to begin with the registration
of such firms as have business houses at the
Treaty ports, to arrange for the carriage of
their inter-port mails, to require all who thus
registered to send such inter-port mail matter,
&c., through the Imperial Post Office, and to
affiliate them as agents of the Imperial Post
Office for the conveyance of letters, &c., to
and from places inland. Special regulations
have been drawn up in this sense for their
guidance and observance, and while their
constituents will continue to pay them as
before for transmitting correspondence at
native rates fixed by themselves, such firms,
on the other hand, pay a transit fee to the
Imperial Post Office, which has undertaken
the conveyance of their inter-port mails
according to special tariff. Accordingly, these
native establishments — of which more than
three hundred have already been registered —
will continue for some time to work almost
independently alongside the Imperial Post
Office, but they will eventually be absorbed
and gradually merged in the public postal
service of the Empire without being incon-
venienced or suppressed.

Another difficulty, also special to China, is
found in the foreign post offices established
in the Treaty ports. At the present day their
presence and increasing number affect not a
little the imperial administration. Two or

three of different nationalities were originally
established at Shanghai, the terminus port of
foreign mail boats, and were required there,
and are still, for the p.issing of international
correspondence abroad. But they have since
opened branches at numerous ports, with tlie
result that French, British, German, and
Japanese post offices are now found doing a
work for which the National Post Office
alone would suflice.

The headquarters of the Imperial Post
Office are at Peking, where all postal affairs
are dealt with by the Postal Secretary, under
the Inspector-General of Customs and Posts.
The 18 provinces and Manchuria have
been divided into postal districts now 38 in
number, each of which is under the imme-
diate supervision of a postmaster. The head
office of each district is at the Treaty port of
that district, except in the case of Peking,
where the head office of the large Peking
district is situated. Certain large districts
have been sub-divided into sub-districts, of
which there are now live, each under the
direction of a district inspector, who resides
in the provincial capital in that sub-district.
Each head or sub-head ollice has under it a
certain number of branch offices, inland
agencies, and box offices. All branch offices
established at important places undertake the
transmission of small sums of money by
means of a money order system.

The Imperial Post Office is to be found
now in every provincial capital of the
Empire, in most prefectural and district
cities, and in the more important smaller
centres and towns throughout China, the
total number of establishments on December
31, 1907, being 2,541.

Communication between imperial estab-
lishments is kept up by means of contract
steamers on the coast and large rivers ; by
railways where they exist ; by steam-launches,
junks, of hong-boats on the inland water-
ways ; and by mounted or foot couriers on
the numerous overland routes, which now
measure over 101,000 li (33,000 miles) in
length. Where steam communication is
available operations are greatly facilitated,
and transport is cheaper ; hence certain tariff
distinctions between steam-served and non-
steam-served places.

Communication by couriers of a kind to
fulfil the requirements of a postal service
built up on Western lines has naturally
been no easy matter in a vast country like
China, in which every variety of geographi-
cal features is presented and public roads
are utterly neglected. Old-established trade
routes are usually followed, even at the cost
of extra distance, as offering greater safety
for the couriers and as capable of convenient
sub-divisions into stages, from the number of
towns and villages found on them. Stages
are generally limited to 100 li (33 English
miles), and the couriers run according to
schedule on fixed days ; but on the main
routes speed is accelerated as much as pos-
sible, daily despatch being ensured on them
for light mails, and an every two-days', or
semi-weekly, service for heavy mails. For
light mails night and day foot couriers are
used in some parts and mounted couriers
in others, raising the speed to 200 li (or
65 miles) per day. The couriers are the
employes of the Imperial Post Office and
wear uniforms or badges.

THE INSPECTOR-OENERAL.— Sir Robert
Hart, Bart., G.C.M.G., Inspector-General of
Imperial Maritime Customs and Posts, has
for many years been one of the most

remarkable figures in China. He has filled
with great distinction a very difficult and
onerous post, and liis success may be
ascribed to the fact tliat in him are to be
found, in conjunction witli scholarly attain-
ments, those attributes of the born adminis-
trator — initiative, courage, and organising
ability. No foreigner has ever wielded such
power in the Celestial Empire. He has en-
joyed the implicit confidence of the Chinese
Government in respect of internal domestic
questions, and his iiitluence has time and
again liad important bearing on matters of
international moment. He has, indeed, aptly
been described as "the permanent trustee of
foreign interests in China," and as "the
acknowledged intermediary between Western
nations and the China Government." To him
we owe many of the existing treaties and
conventions. His skill in the handling of
commercial problems, his sound judgment
on questions of policy, but, still more, his inti-
mate knowledge of the Chinese, and of their
language and literature, have compelled
respect and admiration ; while his equity,
courtesy, and innate personal charm, have
won the love and esteem of all with whom
he has been brought into coEitact. The high
opinion in which he has been held by the
Chinese Government was strikingly shown
when, some years ago, an American syndi-
cate came forward with an offer "to farm"
the Customs. The terms appeared to be
advantageous, but the board under whom Sir
Robert worked submitted the offer to him
without comment. After reading it through,
he expressed satisfaction that it should have
been made, because it had been his inten-
tion to ask for an increase of expenditure.
The board, without more ado,' dismissed the
proposal of the American syndicate, and
sanctioned the disbursements advised by Sir
Robert Hart.

Sir Robert was born at Milltown, County
Armagh, on February 20, 1835, and is thus
about the same age as the Dowager Empress
of China. He was the eldest son of Henry
Hart, of Lisburn, County Antrim, and Ann,
second daughter of John Edgar, of Bally-
bray. He was educated at Queen's College,
Taunton ; Wesley College, Dublin ; and
Queen's College, Belfast. He took the B.A.
degree as early as 1853, and the M.A.
degree in 1871, the honorary degree of
LL D. being conferred upon him by the
University of Michigan in 1882. In 1854
he entered the Consular service in China,
and on his arrival in Hongkong, he was
appointed Supernumerary Interpreter to the
British Superintendency of Trade. In the
same year he was transferred to Ningpo,
where he became Assistant at the British
Consulate. Three years later he proceeded
to Canton, where he held successively the
posts of Second Assistant to the British Con-
sulate, Secretary to the Allied Commissioners
for the Goverinnent of the City, and Inter-
preter to the British Consulate. In 1859
came that change in his career which marked
the beginning of one of the most remarkable
life-histories in the annals of modern China;
he left the Consular service, having obtained
special leave to do so, in order to join the
Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs, in
which he had been offered the appoint-
ment of Deputy Commissioner of Canton.
During 1861 63 he was Officiating Inspector-
General ; then for a few months he was
Commissioner at Shanghai, with charge of
the Yangtsze Ports and Ningpo; and later in
the same year, 1863, he was confirmed in
the appointment of Inspector-General. From
that date he has held the post continuously,
for his tenure of the office of British Envoy

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 287

Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
to the Emperor of Cliina and the King of
Korea in 1885, can hardly be called a break,
as it was only of some two months' duration,
at the end of which brief interval Sir Robert
yielded to the appeal of the Chinese Govern-
ment and returned to his former position.

Sir Robert Hart has more decorations from
the Chinese Government than any other
foreign civilian. He received the brevet title
of An Ch'a Ssu (Provincial Judge), with civil
rank of the third class, in 1864 ; the brevet
title of Pu Cheng Ssu (Provincial Treasurer)
with civil rank of the second class, in 1869;
the Order of the Red Button of the First
Class in 1881 ; the Order of the Double
Dragon, Second Division, First Class, and
the distinction of the Peacock's Feather, in
1885 ; Ancestral Rank of the First Class of
the First Order dated back for three genera-
tions, with Letters Patent, in 1889 ; and the
brevet title of Junior Guardian of the Heir
Apparent in 1901. In 1902 he was received
in audience by the Empress Dowager and
Emperor. The edict sanctioning Sir Robert's
application for leave in the current year con-
ferred upon him the brevet rank of President
of a Board in token of appreciation of his
eminent services. At the hands of the British
Government he has received signal recogni-
tion, being created a Knight Commander of
the Order of St. Michael and St. George in
1882, a Knight Grand Cross of the same
order in 1889, and a baronet in 1893. To
mark their appreciation of his services in
connection with the successful issue of the
negotiations between France and China in
June, 1885, the French Government made
him a Grand Officer of the Legion of Honour.
Other decorations which Sir Robert has re-
ceived include those of Chevalier of the Order
of Wasa, Sweden-Norway, 1870 ; Knight
Grand Cross, Order of Francis Joseph,
Austria, and Commander, Order of Pius IX,
Rome, 1885 ; Knight Grand Cross, Order of
Christ, Portugal, 1888 ; Knight Grand Cross,
Order of the Polar Star, Sweden, 1894 ;
Knight Grand Cross, Order of Orange Nassau,
Holland, 1897 ; Order of the Crown, First
Class, Prussia, 1900 ; Knight Grand Cross,

Order of the Crown of Italy, 1907 ; Knight
Grand Cross, Order of St. Olav, Norway,
1908. Sir Robert Hart's calm courage under
adverse circumstances of health during the
defence of the Legations at Peking against
the Boxers in 1900 will not soon be for-
gotten, and it will long be a matter for regret
that all oflicial records of his failhful and
distinguished services were lost irrevocably
when the Inspectorate-General, with all its
archives, was destroyed by the rebels.

In May, 1906, two Chinese officials were
appointed respectively Administrator-in-Chief
and Vice-Administrator of Customs, and this
led to strong protests by the British Minister,
as their appointment was looked upon as
involving the supersession of Sir Robert
Hart, though Sir Robert Hart himself never
supported that view. Sir Robert is now on
leave, and the duties of Inspector-General of
Customs have, in his absence, devolved upon
the Deputy Inspector-General, Sir Robert E.
Bredon, K.C.M.G.

A man of great learning. Sir Robert Hart
has done much to further the spread in the
West of a general knowledge of the Far
East, as a patron of Oriental museums in
England and on the Continent, as well as in
his authoritative work, " These from the Land
of Sinim," which was published in 1901. In
i866 Sir Robert married Hester Jane, eldest
daughter of Alexander Bredon, M.D., of
Portadown, and by this marriage has one
son and two daughters. When in China
Sir Robert resides at Peking ; his London
addresses are 38, Cadogan Place, S.W., and
the Athenaeum Club.

SIR ROBERT BREDON, K.C.M.G., the

Deputy Inspector-General of the Chinese
Imperial' Maritime Customs, is, like Sir
Robert Hart, an Irishman. It was originally
intended that he should follow his father in
the medical profession, but, although he
obtained first place in the examination for
the Army Medical Staff, first place in the linal
examination for students at Netley Hospital,
and was appointed to the 97th Regiment, all

in one year, 1867, he retired after six years'
service and joined the Chinese Imperial
Maritime Customs. He has held his present
substantive appointment since 1898, and is
now Acting Inspector-General in the absence
of Sir Robert Hart. He was closely associated
with the negotiations leading up to the
Mackay Treaty, and is generally credited
with the responsibility for Article 8, the most
important of all the articles in that instrument.
A loyal servant of the Chinese Government,
he has incurred the displeasure of a certain
section of the foreign community, but has
never acted in any way unworthy of a British
subject. He was present with his wife and
family in the British Legation, Peking, during
its siege and bombardment, and received the
China medal and clasp. He was created a
K.C.M.G. early in 1904, and his other decora-
tions include those of an Officer of the
Legion of Honour (France) ; Commander of
the Order of Olaf (Norway) ; Second Class,
Sacred Treasure (Japan) ; Second Division,
Second Class, Double Dragon (China) ; and
Second Class, Crown of Prussia, with star.
His writings, which have been naturally
limited by his many activities in other
directions, coinprise various papers in Cus-
toms publications on Chinese railway and
financial questions, including some in Chinese.
Born on February 4, 1846, at Portadown,
Ireland, Sir Robert is the eldest son of
the late Alexander Bredon, M.D., and
Katherine, daughter of the late Joseph
Breadon, R.N., of Stanstead, Canada. He
was educated at the Royal School, Dun-
gannon, and at Trinity College, Dublin,
where he was an honoursman in both
classics and mathematics, and obtained the
degree of M.A.

He is also a Bachelor of Medicine and
a Master of Surgery. In 1897 he married
Lily Virginia, youngest daughter of Thomas
Crane Banks, of San Francisco, U.S.A., and
has one daughter. His address is the Inspec-
torate-General of Customs, Peking, China.
He is a member of the Shanghai Club, the
Shanghai Country and Race Clubs, the Peking
Club, and the Junior United Service Club,
London.

'^^^^^

Tvr=^^:=^^

THE CURRENCY OF CHINA.

HINA can boast the most
ancient financial system in
the world. Currency in one
form or another has existed
in the country from pre-
historic times. Records dat-
ing from about the year 1122
B.C. show that ninety years previously one ol
the rulers of the Chow dynasty passed an
enactment for making copper pieces a
medium of exchange according to their
weight Knife and spade money, so named
from its resemblance to those implements,
was in time superseded by round coins with
a squ.ire hole in the middle, such as are in
circulation to-day. Eventually the Chinese
Government assumed the prerogative of
"casting coins of regular shapes and sizes,
and of constant weights" (British Museum
Catalogue).

Some thirteen centuries ago, during the
Tang dynasty, a standard bi-metallic system
of silver and copper coinage was introduced
— the ratio being 10 silver equal 1,000 copper,
which continues in theory to this day.
Token money was introduced only as
recently as 1851-61, the coins varying in
value from 5 to 1,000 cash. The last token
coin issued was the copper cent, sometimes
inscribed " 100 to the dollar," but more often
"representing 10 cash." They have now
depreciated in value to 7 cash each, or about
124 to the dollar.

Chinese Note Issues.

There are no records to show when
private issues of bank notes were (irst made
amongst the Chinese. To-day there are
innumerable firms who issue paper money
which finds ready acceptance within the
radius of the firms' reputation. Government
notes appeared first during the Tang dynasty,
about 806821 A.D., the "bonds" being
redeemable at the provincial capitals. These
were followed by notes, serving the purposes
of bills of exchange, issued at the commence-
ment of the Sung dynasty. True paper
money was introduced some years later in
what is now the province of Szechwan, each
note representing a thousand cash or one
tael of pure silver. The issue was guaranteed
by a number of wealthy houses, but, these
becoming bankrupt, the Emperor annulled
the notes and reserved lo himself the right
to issue bank-bills. By degrees banks were
established in many provinces, but the notes

issued by the banks of one province were
not circulated in another. During the twelfth
and early in the thirteenth centuries the coun-
try was flooded with notes, the natural conse-
quence being a depreciation in their value.
Then came the Mongol dynasty, and it is
estimated that during the 108 years for which
it endured notes to the value of 40,000,000
taels were issued on an average each year !
The resultant evils of this depreciated paper
currency, together with the incidence of
heavy taxation, brought about the rebellion
which overthrew the Mongol dynasty.
Although the first Ming Emperor found him-
self face to face with grave financial difficul-
ties, he succeeded in solving them and in
placing the imperial finances on a sound
basis. The circulating notes of the Ming
Empire measured about 13^ inches by 8J
inches, and were printed on mulberry-bark
paper. Among other information conveyed
in the design was that " To counterfeit is
death. The informant will receive 250 taels
of silver, and, in addition, the entire property
of the criminal." From the early years of
the fifteenth down to the middle of the nine-
teenth centuries no Government notes were
issued. In 1853 two kinds of notes — cash
notes and silver notes — were forced into
circulation by the Emperor Hienfung, who
compelled the Stale officials to receive part of
their salaries in this currency. The cash notes
of this issue were of four denominations,
namely — 500, 1,000, 1,500, and 2,000 cash
respectively ; and the silver notes were for
various values ranging from one tael to fifty.
From 1862 there was no issue of Government
paper until about 1902, when several of the
provinces issued notes, the circulation of
which, however, is almost entirely local.

Dollars and Subsidiary Coins.

Dollars of foreign manufacture have been
in circulation in China since the beginning
of the eighteenth century. The first of
which there is any record is the Spanish
carolus, or "pillar" dollar. Then came the
Mexican dollar, which at once found favour,
and has never been superseded. An Ameri-
can " trade dollar " was introduced in the
seventies, but as it was a few grains heavier
than the Mexican, the Chinese promptly
consigned it to the crucible ; while, later,
the Japanese yen enjoyed a measure of
popularity until it was placed on a gold
basis.

Some years ago the Chinese Government,
having tailed to mint cash at a profit, turned
their attention to silver, and many millions
of dollars, 900 fine, were issued ; but these
coins, having only a provincial guarantee,
were accepted by weight, and not by
count as were the Mexican dollars. Then
lo-cent and 20-cent pieces were minted in
silver, 800 fine, and these are now largely
circulated at rates varying from no cents
to 114 cents to the dollar.

The Tael.

Before the introduction of Mexican dollars,
and of provincial dollars of the same value,
silver was current in Cliina only by weiglit,
and it would be hard to find a better
synonym for "complexity" than the word
" tael," the generic term for that which is
still the real silver unit of the country,
whether of weight or value.

Of taels in weight there are two principal
standards, the Kuping or Treasury tael and
the Tsaoping or commercial tael, their
relationship being usually that 100 Kuping
taels equal 102 Tsaoping taels. The normal
standard Kuping tael is 575 8 Troy grains of
silver, 1,000 fine, i.e., chemically pure as
shown by the crude methods of the touch-
stone, or of crucible assaying, as practised
in China. The Tsaoping tael is 565-65
grains of 999 fine.

Taels of value, or currency, are innumer-
able. Practically every commercial centre
has its own local taels — sometimes a score
in number — all accepted as current in the
place, though one is usually recognised as a
standard in dealing with other places, or in
cases where no stipulation is made as to the
exact tael to be used. It will, however,
suffice to mention the three principal ones,
viz., the Canton tael, the Shanghai or Con-
vention tael, and the Haikwan or Custoins
tael. The first named has a standard weight
of 579**5 {grains, and. Canton having been
the first place to import foreign silver, this
tael is still exclusively used as a standard
for all dealings in foreign bar silver, the
basis being that 100 Troy ounces equal
82781 taels. The Shanghai tael, the
legitimate banking and trading currency of
the commercial metropolis of China, equals
520968 grains of 998 fine, or 519926 grains
of 1,000 fine. The Haikwan tael — S79197
grains, of 1,000 fine — is the currency in
which duties are levied by the Imperial

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 289

Maritime Customs, but it is a purely fictitious
and non-existent currency. Ttie practice is
to pay all Customs obligations in local
currency at a rate of conversion settled on
the opening of each Customs office. Thus in
Shanghai Ilf40 Shanghai taels are usually
taken as equal to loo Haikvvan taels, and a
merchant would give his cheque in payment
of Customs duties on that basis. In dis-
charging its foreign obligations the Imperial
Government reckons the equivalence of the
several currencies as follows : — lOo Haikwan
(Customs) taels equal 101642335 Kuping
(Treasury) taels, equal I09'6 Shanghai taels.
Although these and other rales of conversion
are practically fixed, there is absolutely no
fixed standard by which the exact value of
any tael can be determined, for in some
instances the fineness or quality of the silver
is fictitious, and its acceptance is maintained
only by the prestige of the large trade
interests of the particular centre to which it
applies.

Sycee.

The actual form in which silver passes
from hand to hand is that known as sycee.
Bullion is imported in the form of bar silver,
and converted into oval ingots, called
" shoes " on account of their resemblance to
a Chinese shoe. These sycee ingots vary in

weight from 49 to 54 taels, the average
being about 50 taels ; while for fractional
currency obovoid lumps weighing two or
three taels are employed. The shoes are
stamped with the name of the melting
station and of the workmen who made them,
and their weight and fineness are determined
with sufficient accuracy for all local purposes
at weighing stations established by the
Bankers' Guilds at the principal centres.

Currency Reform.

The question of currency has long engaged
the attention of the Chinese Government,
the principal foreign powers, and financiers
and merchants having cominercial relations
with the Empire. Under the Mackay Treaty
of 1902 China promised " to take the
necessary steps to provide for a uniform
national coinage which shall be legal tender
in payment of all duties, taxes, and other
obligations throughout the Empire by British
as well as Chinese subjects."

The position at the present moment is
admirably summarised in a paper contributed
by Mr. H. B. Morse to the "Journal of the
North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society." In this Mr. Morse says : " The
currency in China is at the top a weight
pure and simple, and at the bottom a coin
which stands on its own feet, and neither

receives support from, nor absolutely gives
it to, any other unit in the series. At the
top is the tael (call it the ' ounce,' and it
will be better realised), in which payments
are made in precisely the same way that
delivery is taken of a lot of silver bars.
Then comes the dollar, which, though a
coin, is nowhere legal tender, and of which
the specimens from the Chinese mints are
inscribed, not generally ' dollar ' or ' yuen,'
but merely ' 72-hundredths of a tael.' Though
so inscribed, dollars are nowhere fixed in
terms of taels of silver, but are quoted at
rates which vary from day to day according
to the demand and supply, fluctuating within
a range of 6 or more per cent. Then
come subsidiary coins, fractional to the
dollar, but subject to a fluctuating rate of
exchange such that the dollar may this year
change for no cents and next year for 95
cents in small coin. Next comes the copper
cent, inscribed at the mints of some provinces
as worth ' one-hundredlh of a dollar,' and of
others as worth ' ten cash,' but never treated
as correlated to the dollar ; whether con-
sidered in its relation to the dollar or to
the cash, it is a token coin worth intrin-
sically less than half its nominal value. Last
comes the copper cash, the currency of the
people, with a present-day value of the ten-
thousandth part of a pound sterling."

THE SILK INDUSTRY.

[HE introduction of the silk
industry amongst the Chinese
is ascribed to Hwang Ti, who
nourished about the year 2697
B.C. Coming down to historic
times, it is recorded that in
the thirteenth century woven
silk rolls were accepted at a fixed rate of
conversion as tribute, or. with silver, as pay-
ment for the salt tax ; while Kublai Khan, one
of- the Mongol Emperors, issued notes, known
as •• Kiao-chao." which, with a face value of
Tls. 1. 000, represented TIs. 1,000 worth of
silk.

The growth of silk is considered by the
Chinese as next in importance to that of
rice ; and just as, according to the rites of
Confucius, the Emperor opens the season of
husbandry by holding the plough for one
furrow, so the Empress every year inaugurates
the process of hatching silkworms and gather-
ing mulbwrry leaves. The industry in all its
branches — silkworm rearing, reeling, and
weaving — is almost entirely in the hands of
the peasantry, and gives employment to
thousands of families.

The life-history of the silkworm is a
wonderful illustration of the devious ways
in which nature does her work. The silk-
worm moth, which belongs to the family of
bombici, lays thousands of eggs, and dies
soon after fulfilling this function. Incubation
is fostered by Italian and other continental
silk-farmers by means of carefully regulated
incubators, and before the eggs are selected
a microscopic examination is made of the
moths for the purpose of eliminating eggs
laid by diseased moths. In China no such
elaborate precautions are taken, although the
eggs are sometimes exposed to frost to
destroy the weaklings. The first of the silk-
worms make their appearance in about eight
or ten days, and are collected on tender
mulberry leaves and placed in trays, on
which finely chopped leaves are scattered to
serve as food. In five or six days — according
to the species and to the climatic conditions
— the silkworm goes to sleep, waking up
twenty-four hours later with a new skin. A
second period of eating, lasting four or five
days, is followed by a second sleep of twenty-
four hours, and a second change of skin.
After the third period of feeding the silk-
vi-orm sleeps for forty-eight hours, and issues
from this, its last hibernation, with its third
skin, and an almost insatiable appetite.
During the following eight days it more
than quadruples its size, attaining a maxi-

mum length of about three inches and a girth contains about six hundred yards of filament,

of about an inch and a half. The silk fluid or takes from seventy to eighty hours. P^irst

jelly begins to form in the body of the a sort of nest, or bag, of loosely-drawn

larv:e, and towards the close of the period threads is attached to a number of sticks of

A MAQNIFICENT SPECIMEN OF NATIVE SILK
EMBROIDERY

(originally intended for the St. Louis Exhibition), and now in the
possession of K. K. Toeg, Shanghai.

the skin becomes distended and semi-trans-
parent. The silk in the body of the worm
is a viscous substance which only becomes
the silk as seen in the cocoon on exposure
to air. The spinning of the cocoon, which

straw or twigs, and then the actual cocoon is
commenced, the worm ejecting the filament
from its inoutli and winding from the outside
to the inside of the cocoon, so that it entirely
shuts itself in. As the silk is ejected it

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 291

passes throujih two sacs contaiiiiiif; a tjumniy
substance, whicti, gradually hardening, causes
the filaments to adhere to each other and
makes the wall of the cocoon practically
impervious to air. Left to itself, the silkworm
becomes transformed in five or six days into
a pupa, or chrysalis, and in a further five or
six days into a moth. When the moth is
ready to emerge it ejects upon the wall of
the cocoon a fluid which acts as a solvent on
the gummy substance holding the filaments
of silk together, and then gradually makes
its way out, pushing the filaments aside with-
out breaking a single one. The moths, male
and female, are unable to fly, their bodies
being out of all proportion to the size of
their wings. They can walk but slowly, and
they are nearly blind. For commercial pur-
poses, the development is not allowed to
proceed beyond the chrysalis stage, except
in the case of a small percentage of the
finest cocoons, which are kept for supplying
the next season's crop of eggs. The reason
for this is that the " pierced " cocoons, from
W'hich the moths have made their exits,
are worth comparatively little, as the silk
cannot be unwound from them. In Europe
the development is stopped by killing the

allowing only those silkworms to survive
which show themselves to be the most
vigorous by being the first to wake out of
each successive sleep.

The silk products of China may be classed
roughly as raw white, raw yellow, wild silk,
and piece goods. The range of the silk-
worm is from Lat. 22° N. to beyond
Lat. 40° N,, the very finest qualities
of white silk being derived from the
provinces of Kiangsu and Chekiang, which
lie between Lat. 27° and 35° N. Yellow silk
comes almost entirely from Shantung and
Szechwan, while wild silk is obtained from
Shantung, Chihii, and Manchuria. Piece
goods come from all the silk farming dis-
tricts, and Shantung pongees are drawn
chiefly from the neighbourhood of Chefoo.

The value of silk exports in 1864, the year
in which detailed trade reports were first
issued by the Statistical Department of the
Imperial Maritime Customs, was, in round
figures, Tls. 12.000,000. In 1874 the value
had increased to Tls. 26.000,000 ; in 1894, to
Tls. 42.500.000 ; and in 1904 to Tls. 78,000,000.
It must, however, be borne in mind that the
tael in 1864 was worth 6s. 8d., whereas in
1874, 1894. and 1904 it fell in value to

RAW WHITE SILK.

Raw white silk, the tsatlee silk of the
European market, is produced by hand-
reeling at the Chinese silkworm farms.
The custom for centuries has been for
each farmer to reel his own cocoons,
his whole family taking part in the industry.
The process is of the most primitive kind.
Little care is taken to ensure cleanliness,
and the product is so uneven in reeling
that it does not fetch nearly so high a
price as the product of the steam filatures
— the difference being often as much as
Tls. 300 or Tls. 400 per picul. The silk
is brought into the market by collectors,
hundreds of whom are engaged in this
work. The raw silk is made up into hanks
of nine pounds, and exported in bales of
one picul each. When it reaches its destin-
ation, in Europe or elsewhere, it is passed
through a "throwing" mill, in which three
or four threads are combined. The product,
known as " thrown " silk, is boiled to
remove the residue of the gum, and is
then ready for the loom. The best white
silk comes from the districts surrounding
Shanghai, which contribute by far the largest

1903. 1

1904.

1905.

1906.

1907.

Piculs.

Value.

Piculs.

Value.

Piculs.

Value.

Piculs.

Value.

Piculs.

Value.

Raw White

Steam Filature ...

„ Yellow

„ Wild

Cocoons

Waste

Refuse Cocoons

Piece Goods

Shantung Pongees

Products, unclassed

19.341
43,979

9.375
22,128
19.430
79.882
16,879
14.708

5,499

Taels.

11,603,374

31,284,941

3,649.601

4,673,434

2,704,268

5.016,637

402,503

12,096,173

1,688,737

1,170,035

34.238
47.287
10.374
33,527
11,015
66,893

14.719
14,187

3,487

Taels.

19,581,790
28,526,115

3.357,323
9,861,668

945,685

3,014,202

400.519

10.600,800

1,162,568

804,742

24,270

45.347
10,718

25,584
14,207
87,167
20,806
12,390

3,337

Taels.

13,524,010

27,395.999
3,866,402
8,639,062
1,344,286
4,288,525

555.818
8,897,627
1,041,123

841,211

27,224
45,821

11,886

25.555
11,608

74.224
16,970

1 1. 755
3,742

Taels.

16,485,481
29,614,449
3,214,873
6,372,970
1,089,872
3,208,162
450,254
8,474.750
1,279,104
1,105,610

28,556
50,296
13,465
23,896
14,263
107,859

22,104

14,653
5,843

Taels.

17,804,464

39,047.350

4,746.366

6.292,933
1.300,072
5,439,771

571,999

10,602,514

2.323,638

954,927

231,221

74,289,703

235.727

78,255,412

243,826

70,394,063

228,785

71,295,525

280,935

89,084,034

chrysalides, either by baking the cocoons or
by drying them in hot air. The baking
method is employed in China in the case

.of cocoons sold to the steam filatures, so
that the cocoons may be kept for longer
periods, and more time devoted to sorting
them ; but the Chinese, having no know-
ledge of this drying process, are obliged to
reel their cocoons at once, and the killing
of the chrysalides is only incidental to the
reeling process, in which boiling water is
used.

Silkworms are liable to several diseases,
and in Europe great care is exercised to
secure the utmost cleanliness at every stage
of rearing. The most dreaded scourge is

_that known as calcino, which does not
manifest itself until the second period of the
silkworm's existence. The disease is due to
a bacillus, and is so rapid in its effects that a
whole crop may be completely destroyed in
two days. In China, where less care is
taken, a very large percentage of silkworms
are lost through various diseases. No
microscopic examination is made of the
moths, and the only semblance to any form
of elimination of weaklings are the prac-
tices of exposing the eggs to frost, and of

6s. 4d., 3s. 2d., and 2s. lod. respectively. proportion of the value exported. Among
The nn:intifv niid v;ihie of all silk nrodncfs other conlribiitini/ Customs districts are

The quantity and value of all silk products
exported during the years 1903-7 inclusive
may be tabulated as above.

other conlributing Customs districts are
Shasi. Hankow, Chinkiang, Hangchow, Lappa,
and Wuchow. The following table shows
the principal Customs districts from which
the raw white silk is exported and the
chief places to which it is taken : —

AW WHITE.

Original Export from principal Customs Districts.

1905-

1906.

1907.

Taels.

Taels,

Shanghai

11,283,931

14,859,895

15.370,172

Canton

885,917

568,040

852,938

Chief Countries to which Exported.

Taels.

Hongkong

1,144.530

761,208

1,091,569

Great Britain

186,032

186,225

442.771

France

3,757,286

6,011,658

7,294,691

Italy

3,115,539

3,409.071

2,688,203

U.S.A. (including Hawaii)

3,968,136

5,262,881

5.282,138

292 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

STEAM FILATURE SILK.

Raw white steam filature silk is by far
the most valuable of silk exports, accounting
for TIs. 39,047,350 of the total of Tls. 89,084,034
exported durint; 1907. There are tilatures
at Shanghai, Canton, Soochow, and Hang-
chow, the best prices being realised by the
products of the Shanghai filatures. The
cocoons are collected in the farming districts,
and the tilatures have to pjiy exorbitant prices
for them ; but, owing to the superior pro-
cesses employed, the tilatures are able to
reel off silk worth from Tls. 700 to Tls. 800
per picul. while the native hand-reeled silk
is worth only about Tls. 500 per picul. The
cocoons used in Shanghai are brought chiefly
from Wusieh district in the Kiangsu Province,
where the silk is by nature the finest in the
world ; and from Showshing. in Chekiang
Province, where it is almost as good in
quality but not of so brilliant a white. The
cocoons are sorted according to district, size,
and colour ; the waste silk — the loose silk
bag or nest in which the cocoon is suspended
— is picked off by hand and forms one of
the by-products, and the cocoons are then
reeled. In the process of reeling the silk
the cocoons are first placed in bassiues, which
are filled with water kept at about boiling
point by means of steam. The cocoons float
on the surface, and the water acts as a
solvent upon the gum in them, enabling the
•• brushing girls " to collect the loose ends
of silk. The cocoons are then ladled out to
two reeling women, who sit on the opposite
side of the bassiiie table, and each woman
takes some live or more and passes the
filaments over guides and on to the reeling
machine. In passing through the guides the
filaments are twisted together, and the thread
thus produced is the raw silk of export. It
takes from 3,000 to 3,500 cocoons to reel
one pound of silk, and, like the hand-reeled
product, the steam filature silk is hanked into
bundles of nine pounds and made up into
bales of one picul each. Canton steam fila-
ture silk is not of such fine quality as that
produced at Shanghai, and realises from
Tls. 150 to Tls. 200 per picul less in the
market. The principal producmg districts
and places of destination are shown in the
accompanying table.

YELLOW SILK.

Raw yellow silk originates in the provinces
of Szechwan and Shantung, the chief produ-
cing districts being Chefoo, Kiaochau, Chung-
king. Ichang, Shasi, Hankow, Shanghai,
Pakhoi, and Tengyueh. The export consists
entirely of hand-reeled silk, which is collected
from the farmers in the same way as other
products. The export values for the past
five years are given in the appended tabular
statement.

WILD SILK.

Wild silk comes principally from New-
chwang and Chefoo, other contributing
districts being Antung, Darien, Chinwangtao,
Kiaochau, Shanghai, Canton, and Lappa. It
is the product of a silkworm fed upon oak
leaves, and is very coarse in comparison with
white and yellow silk. The cocoons are
about three times as large as those of other
species, and are pear-shaped, for the reason
that they are slung from twigs. The piece-
goods manufactured from this silk, which
is of much the same colour as a pale
cocoanut fibre, are known as tussahs.

COCOONS.

Cocoons form only a small item of export.
Shanghai, Canton, L^ppa, and Hangchow are

RAW WHITE STEAM FILATURJE.

Oi iginal Export from principal
Customs Districts.

1903.

1904.

1905-

lyo6.

1907.

Taels.

Shanghai

8,095,183

8,112,638

8.335770

8,195.187

10,948,298

Canton

21,838,478

19,137,988

17,848,318

20,336,761

27,192,402

Cliief Countries to wliicli
Exported.

Tads.

Taels.

Hongkong

21,838,478

19,137,988

17,848,318

20,336,761

27,192,402

Great Britain

18,620

10,462

6,668

7,030

—

France

—

4.755.513

6,027,783

7,239.592

Italy

—

754.663

962,573

1,034,770

U.S.A. (including Hawaii)...

2,559-925

4,356,128

3,960,105

2,280,302

3.573,948

RAW YELLOW.

RAW WILD.

Original Export from principal
Customs Districts.

1903.

1904.

1905.

1906.

1907.

Taels.

TaeU.

Taels.

Kiaochau

416,280

1,137.765

335.144

519.934

1,477,908

Chungking

1,304,836

1,179,224

1,684,238

1,496,957

1,778,169

Hankow

1.315,778

1,105,203

1,350,622

1.577,550

2,142,740

Cliief Countries to whicli
Exported.

Taels.

Hongkong

134.198

43.347

65.444

26,039

126,248

British India

930.285

1.193,267

1,493,086

1.020,437

1 ,964,406

Great Britain

7,980

9.954

—

Turkey, Persia, Egypt,
Aden, Algeria, &c.

808,820

851.304

488,248

583,302

1,363,966

France

—

807,678

878,578

764.444

Italy

—

999.775

688,732

503,082

Original Export from principal Customs
Districts.

1903.

1904.

•905-

1906.

1907.

Taels.

Newchwang

1.259.634

1.821,344

1,786,567

1.549.753

1,192,536

Chefoo

2,669,130

3,246,329

3.330.297

3,240,649

2,492,294-

Chungking

85.387

223,542

271.509

108,080

i 125,764

Shanghai

22,772

221,938

78,363

' 57,248'

. ■ 49.7 M

Canton

254.405

201,141

187,911

73.459 1

• 64,077,

Lappa

662,026

823,617

603,879

736,174

758.270

Chief Countries to which Exported.

Taels.

Tads.

Taels.

Hongkong

275.928

292,811

206,226

80,946

79.674

Great Britain

28,232

74.195

83.791

34,002

8,316

France

—

3,002,288

2,139,097

2,534.025

Italy

—

1,280,294

1,083,334

798.408

Japan (including Formosa)

689,492

483,207

1,443,880

1,132,217

915,460

United States America (including

507,374

1,410,287

1.551.404

937,351

980,968

Hawaii)

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 293

thf chief contributing centres, but practically
all the producing districts furnish their quota.
The value of the export is a little over
Tls, 1,000,000 a year, Japan (including F'ormosa)
being the chief customers.

WASTE SILK.

Waste silk includes a variety of by-
products. One of these is the fluffy silken
nest in which the cocoon hangs. This is
picked off before the silk on the cocoon
can be reeled, and is known as " floss "
silk. " Frisson," or ■' husk " silk is the
impure silk coming first from the cocoon
during the brushing and reeling process ;
it is the most valuable of all the waste
products, being worth from Tls. loo lo
Tls. 150 per picul, according to the market.
Then there is what is known as " boiled
waste," i.e., the inner layer or two of silk in
a cocoon which cannot easily be reeled.
The chrysalis and the skin of the silkworm
are picked out and themselves form a by-
product as manure ; while the " boiled
waste " is washed, baled, and exported for
use in the manufacture of '.' noil " yarn as
distinct from cotton yarn. Again, amongst
the cocoons there sometimes occur what are
known as " doubles," formed when two
silkworms enclose themselves in one cocoon.
Although the silk is perfectly good, these
" doubles " have to be classed as waste,
because they are difficult to unwind. The
" perforated " cocoons from which the moths
have emerged are also useless for reeling,
though the silk is unimpaired ; and, lastly,
a small percentage of cocoons is spoiled by
the agency of a parasite which inhabits the
body of the silkworm, and, on coming to
maturity, eats its way out of the cocoon.
The table shows the principal districts
from which waste silk is exported and the
countries to which it is sent.

PIECE GOODS.

Silk piece goods are woven on hand-looms
by small weavers, who either buy raw silk
from the farmers and sell the manufactured
articles themselves, or weave to order silk
supplied them by merchants. The whole of
the producing districts contribute to this
heading of export, but the figures given
below do not afford any indication of the
amount of silk actually woven in the countrv,
for by far the greater proportion of the
finest silk — that woven from the first crop
of raw silk — finds a market within the borders
of the Empire among the ofticial and wealthy
classes. Between two and three hundred
kinds of silk piece goods are woven in the
provinces of Kiangsu and Chekiang, the
industry centring chiefly round Soochow,
Wusieh, and Nanking in the former province,
and around Showshing and Hangchow in
the latter. Each weaver produces one par-
ticular kind of silk, and the various des-
criptions are bought by collectors sent out
by Chinese silk brokers, who classify them
and dispose of them to Chinese and foreign
merchants. From the districts named come
all the very finest white pongees, brocades,
plains, crepes, &c., as well as the bulk of
the heavier kinds and coarse common silks.
The Canton products are in less variety and
of poorer quality. Yellow silk piece goods
are derived principally from Szechwan and
Shantung Provinces. Formerly the dves used

WASTE.

Original Export from principal

Customs Districts.

1904.

1905.

1907.

Taels.

Taeta.

Newchwang

125,458

i75,'^|<^'3

185.334

115.104

256,190

Chefoo

227,661

165,042

194.575

1(X),200

219,526

Hiaochau

224,285

218,665

331.841

187,4c/)

51.078

Kaiikow

236,241

260,253

244.988

186,617

115.246

Shanghai

1,127,285

896,296

925.823

7.35.7OJ

962,790

Hangchow

49.967

174.613

357..598

446,657

552,293

Canton

2470,595

1,468,381

1,849,469

1413412

2,702,570

Wuhu

___

—

90,997

97.459

Chief Countries to which

Exportt.d.

Taels.

Hongkong

2,437,f)OI

1.454.776

1,849.469

1413..5.38

2.705475

Great Britain

638, 1. H

286,428

764,568

620,446

589.516

trance

—

1.280,841

838,785

1,653,405

Italy

235.363

206,189

403,886

SILK

PIECE GOODS.

Original Export from principal
Customs Districts.

■903-

1904.

•905.

1906.

1907.

Nanking

Chinkiang

Shanghai

Soochow

Hangchow

Canton

Kowloon

Taels.

1,510,938
542.440

6,254,522
316,270

1,472,167

8,306,361

773.127

Taels.
2,281,457

759,000
6,992, 1 9<^

403.180

! .776.703
6,222,172

521,555

Taels.

2.123,725

889,621

7,184,251

776.753
2,244,824
5,^)3,424

394.014

Taels.
2.538,429

781,801
5,958,056

811,982
1,774.496
5,603,934

413,175

Taels.
2,497,099

657.491
5,823,854 •
1,088,637
1 ,805,529
6,836,420

457.435

Chief Countries to which
Exported.

Hongkong

Singapore, Straits, &c. ...

Great Britain

Korea

Taels.

10,526,012

435.192

56,878

639,269

Taels.

8,427,129
395.059
118,635

713.013

Taels.

7,098,082

343.899
79,012

7i7.6<M

Taels.

6,708,002

345.741
89,9^)0

4.39.883

Taels.

8.383.035
413.740
124,313
907.584

SHANTUNG PONGEES.

Original Export from principal
Customs Districts.

1903.

1904-

«905.

1906.

1907.

Chefoo

Kiaochau

Shanghai

Taels.
2,005,920
1,521
10,143

Taels.
1,178,587
56.735
9.632

Taels. ■

1,076,519

79.401

32.348

Taels.
1,178,906
271,000
47,141

Taels.
1.352,610
1.1.36,414
12,751 ■

Chief Countries to which
Exported.

Hongkong

Great Britain

France

Taels.

359.746
262,770

Taels.

378,304
110,647

Taels.

389.745
125,899
202,041

Tacts.

371.424
248,432

399.793

Taels.

500,464

384.246

1,032,055

in colouring silk were purely Chinese vege-
table dyes, which kept their colour well, and
rendered the silk more durable ; but now,
owing to the demand for cheaper silk, foreign
dyes are largely employed. Of recent years
the foreign market has shown a preference
for machine-made Japanese and Eiuopean
silks, because of their superior finish, but
the product of the hand-looms of China will
probably never be excelled for strength and
durabilitv.

SHANTUNG PONGEES.

Shantung pongees are commonly known
as " Chefoo " silk, and are made from wild
silk, the produce of silkworms fed upon
oak leaves. They are esteemed for their
cheapness and durability, and are much used
by Europeans in the Far East for summer
wear. From the foregoing tabular stiitement
it will be seen that Chefoo's predominance
is now being challenged by Kiaochau.

^[^1

TEA.

By H. T. Wade.

ROM time almost immemorial
the words China and tea have
bieen so intimately associated
that when the one of them
is mentioned the other imme-
diately and almost involun-
tarily suggests itself ; and
possibly in the whole range of the history
of commerce there is no other known in-
stance where the product is so thoroughly
identitied with the land of production as is
the article tea with its parent home, China.
Arid surely, if for no other reason, China
would seem to have a prescriptive and
justifiable right to call herself the home of
the tea plant by reason of the long centuries
in which tea was a national beverage before
its virtues and its value became known to
other countries of the world. Anyhow it is
on authentic record that tea was extensively
cultivated for drinking purposes in China in
A.tJ. 350, while it is quite possible to tielieve
that it was well known to the inhabitants
many years before that date. Again, China
is further identified with the tea plant by
having furnished the very name by which
the world-renowned product is universally
known— tea.

On the other hand there are not wanting
those who claim Assam as the original home
of the plant because the shrub happens to be
indigenous to that part of India ; but when
one remembers the contiguity of Assam with
the Chinese province of Yunnan, where
undoubtedly tea grows, both lying on the
same parallels of latitude, Assam's special
claim to the honour would not appear to be
any too strongly substantiated. Indeed. Japan
might equally well put in a claim to be con-
sidered the parent land of tea, for the two
varieties, Tlica Assamica and Then sinensis,
can both be traced back to very remote
times, '• the iirst still growing wild in India
and the other occurring still wild in Southern
Japan." On the authority of the writer of
the article on tea in the " Encyclopaedia
Britannica " we have it that " no strictly
wild tea plants have been discovered in
China, but an indigenous tree (Thea Assamica)
is found in Assam, and that it differs in many
respects from the China plant in that it is a
tree attaining to a height of fifteen to twenty
feet and that its leaves reach a length of
nine inches and upwards, while the leaf of
the Chinese plant never exceeds four inches
in length." This rather emphatic statement

seems open to doubt, for it is competent for
any one to see, what the present writer has
frequently seen, tea trees of a height of
twenty feet or more growing in the neigh-
bourhood of the Treaty port of Kiukiang in
the province of Kiangsi ; while the leaves of
the gnarled trees in the old time tea
orchards of Yunglowtung and Yunglowsze
in the • province of Hupeh, which form a
large component part of the heterogeneous
mixture which goes to make up tea bricks
for the markets of Thibet, attain to a length
not one whit less than that ascribed to the
Assam plant. But be these facts as they
may the solid fact remains incontrovertible
that for nearly fifteen hundred years— that
is from a.d. 350 to A.D. 1838 — China tea,
and China tea alone, was recognised as
the article of commerce known as tea, and
that " China has been the fountain head
whence the tea culture has spread to other
countries." And even at the present day
by far the most highly-prized and the
highest-priced teas from India and Ceylon
are produced from plants of indisputably
Chinese origin. Coming to dates more with-
in the compass of common knowledge, we
know that it is only seventy years ago since
it was discovered that the tea plant was
indigenous to the East India Company's
territories in Upper Assam, and that during
Lord Hardinge's Governor- Generalship of
India tea plantations were successfully estab-
lished on the Himalaya range, worked by
natives from the tea districts of Kokien
supplied with plants and seeds and all the
paraphernalia necessary for manufacturing
the article. A little later fresh supplies of
" men and arms " were sent over to India,
and under the skilful guidance of Mr. Robert
Fortune, well known in China for his
charming books of travel in the tea countries
of China, the industry was prosecuted with
enlightenment and vigour. The last fifty
years have witnessed the expansion of this
great enterprise to this very day, when its
proportions are stupendous and really phe-
nomenal when considered in conjunction
with the marvellous development of the
tea trade in Ceylon.

Though deprived of her pride of place by
the united activities of India and Ceylon as
the greatest producers of tea for export
purposes yet China holds a great place as a
producing country.

Take the figures for the year 1907.

Lbs.

The total output of Indian tea was 213,722,195

„ „ Ceylon „ 182,220,611

„ Java „ 27,760,000

China „ 134,198,100

(not including 80,563,500 lbs. brick 557,900,906

tea). " ■^- —

The consumption of tea in China is
estimated to be 5 lb. per head which, if
correct, would necessitate the addition of the
stupefying amount of 2,000.000,000 lbs. to the
certified export figures. On the other hand
the internal consumption of tea in India and
Ceylon, insignificant as it is, affects no
calculation.

While it is undeniable that China has been
fairly ousted from the home trade by her
virile offspring, and tliat " the consumption
of China tea in tlie United Kingdom barely
reaches 6,000.000 lbs. or 2'i per cent, of the
whole quantity consumed as compared with
4'3 per cent, in 1904 (Hosie) in the United
Kingdom, though the direct export to the
United Kingdom is more than double that
amount, yet happily other markets still remain,
and while the direct export to foreign
countries during the past ten years has varied
but little, averaging as it has done 196,576,670
lbs. per annum, signs are not wanting of a
more favourable disposition towards China
tea in England, and of a desire on the part
of exporters from Cliina to push tlieir wares
more energetically by freer advertising and
reasonable appeals to the common sense of
the consumer. The average cost of China
tea is yearly coming more into line w'ith the
laying down prices of British-grown leaf.
Hitherto that average has been much too high.
This stumbling block once removed, and a
little more attention directed to consistent
manufacture, the future of China tea in the
home markets should not be absolutely
hopeless. The situation has not inaccurately
been summed up in the words of an editorial
of a Ceylon planting paper, " the way in
which the China trade has steadily gone back
is not at all conclusive prool that there can
be no important recovery under changed
conditions and methods. In other words the
swing of the penduluin may be witnessed in
this department of agriculture and commerce
as well as in any other, seeing that China
tea has suffered no radical injury." But this
large and important question may be well
left here for later consideration.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 295

THE PLANT.

A very large majority of people are still
possessed of the idea that black and green
teas come from distinct varieties of plants.
For a time there may have been some reason
for entertaining this view because originally
black tea alone was traded in, and that came
from Kwangtung and the north and west
parts of the province of Fokien, and was
shipped from the one port of Canton. Sub-
sequently when green tea became an article
of foreign trade it was discovered that this
new departure was grown and made in the
more northern provinces of Chekiang and
Anhwei. To the black tea botanists gave the
scientitac name of Then Boliea because largely
grown on the range of hills of that name.
The latter was designated Then viiiilis from
the comparative greenness of its leaf. But
the plants have now long been known to be
of one and the same description, though
Chinese rarely make both kinds of tea, black
and green, in one district. Two notable ex-
ceptions to this general rule are to be found
in the provinces of Chekiang and Anhwei, in
the former of which are made the Pingsuey
and Hoochow green teas as also the
Wenchow black teas, and in the latter the
well-known green teas of Moyune and
Fychow and the new celebrated black teas
known as Keemuns. Yet, as early as in
1846 Fortune wrote : " It is now well known
that the fine Moning districts near the Poyang
Lake, which are daily rising in importance
on account of the superior character of their
black teas, formerly produced nothing but
green teas." Similarly, the period is well
within the writer's remembrance when the
district which produces the popular Keemun
teas of to-day was famous for the excellence
of its growth of green tea. At one tiine green
and black teas were made indiscriminately at
Canton from Bohea, at the pleasure of the
manufacturer and according to demand. The
Chinese, as is well known, do not drink
coloured green teas, but only the sun-dried
article, and are said to express surprise that
civilised nations should so unnecessarily go
out of their way to take poison when the
genuine, unadulterated article is at their
disposal, and more often than not at a lower
price. It is now well known that it is not
necessary to invoke the aid of Prussian blue
and other colouring materials to produce an
even coloured green tea, for that result may be
simply obtained by stopping the fermentation
before it begins to discolour or darken the leaf,
as is done in the case of India and Ceylon green
teas. The only sane reason advanced for the
colouring or facing of the leaf is that it is a
protection against any fermentation that might
set up on the voyage and so, possibly, render
the article unmarketable. And that reason
was framed in the long-past sailing ship days,
when teas were packed into a stuffy hold
and buffeted day after day during a six
months' voyage. But fashion and utility have
much to answer for its insane continuance.
It is not known with certainty that teas were
faced or coloured earlier than 1S32, when
the remission of the tea duties in America
took place. But coloured they most distinctly
were then to please a fancy which has con-
tinued ever since across the Pacific, and the
practice has been kept up by the utilitarian
Chinese not only to maintain uniformity and
brightness of colour, but under cover of the
" fake " to disguise inferior leaf.

PICKING AND MANUFACTURE.

Tea is grown in an absolutely different
way in China from that which obtains in
India and Ceylon. In these latter countries

large plantations are to be seen covering
many acres of carefully tended and cultivated
plants under one management. The produce
of each estate is manufactured into the trade
article entirely by machinery, and the busy
work goes on uninterruptedly for ten months
in the year. In China there are no planta-
tions worthy of the name. The plant is
cultivated for the most part on the slopes or
bases of hills, generally in small patches
around the endless farmsteads, where the
drainage is quick and the necessary moisture
unfailing. The small tea patch is the
farmer's heritage. The leaves are picked by
the members of his family, and the pre-
liminary sun-drying is performed round the
hamlet. This busy time seldom lasts much
longer than a fortnight, when the produce is
bought up by the middleman, who, when he
has bought a sufficiency of the sun-dried
leaf, takes it to the firing house for assort-
ment and treatment. A second picking takes
place towards the middle of May and lasts
from ten to twelve days, and the third crop
is gathered in August. The maximum time

fickle spring, until it finds a purchaser. It is
not the small farmer and first manipulator
who gets overpaid. The big country profit
goes to the middleman. But under any and
all circumstances the grower makes a profit,
varying only in degree, and consequently is
a contented man. And those variations are
seldom very serious. In this connection the
following comparisons are interesting. In
1848 the price of ordinary leaf in the country
was 80 cash a catty, or about $4 per picul,
for the number of cash to the tael in those
days was much the same as it is now. In
1908 it was 70 cash. In 1848 good common
Congou realised upon the Shanghai market
$i) to $10 per picul. In 1908 similar teas
cost $12 to $14 per picul. In 1848 exchange
was 6s. 8d. per tael, and the lay-down cost
in London of common tea at $10 per picul
was 8jd. per lb. where its market value was
8d. To-day at the exchange of 2s. 4}d.
common Congou lays down at 4jd., and is
worth about 4d. per lb.

Reverting to the picking of the leaf, the
young leaves gathered early in April are

SIFTING THE TEA.

expended upon securing the whole of the
three crops is well within two months,
whereas, as we have seen, five times that
length of time is occupied in India and
Ceylon in securing their annual supply. In
China the principal tea districts lie within
the comparatively narrow limits between the
25th and 31st degrees of North latitude,
while British-grown plantations extend over
the wide range from 28° to 7° North. And
yet tea, which is a great industry in China,
may be regarded in the light of a by-product.
It in no way interferes with or displaces
any of the cereal, vegetable, or fruit crops.
It requires little or no attention and receives
but a modicum. That China tea should so
long have maintained a standard of excel-
lence, considering the indifference which
attends its culture and the vicissitudes which
the sun-dried leaf undergoes on its search for
a market, is little short of marvellous — for it
is thrust into light cotton bags and bandied
about from cottage to village and from
village to town, and exposed to many of
those changes of weather so common in the

covered with a whitish down and are known
by the name of pekoe. Only a very limited
quantity of this costly article is manufactured
for export, probably not more than 10,000
chests, which is consumed chiefly on the
continent of Europe and in Persia. While
it is the most costly, it is at the same time
the least fragrant and most insipid of all
teas. This picking over, the general picking
commences, and this, unfortunately, is not
carried on with any reasonable regard to
future supplies. The aim of the native would
seem to tie to get, and to get immediately,
as much leaf off the shrub as he can.
There is none of the science in picking
which obtains in India. In China the leaves
are picked off wholesale with any amount
of stalk. In India due care is taken that the
lowest leaf in a "flush" or shoot shall be so
nipped off as to leave the bud in its axil
uninjured on the branch, as from it the next
flush will then develop, and the supply so
continued. There is a good description, of
how the leaves should be plucked, and what
special grade of tea the leaves supply, in

296 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Colonel Money's "Cultiv-ation and Manufacture
of Tea," which might well be taken to heart
in China. He s;iys that " the three leaves
at the growing point," by which I understand
that he means the three topmost leaves of
the plant, " and the whole shtxit down to the
stem in the order of their age give Howery
pekoe, pekoe, pekoe Souchong, Souchon}",
and Congou. Were the flush further de-
veloped another leaf might be taken which
might be classed as t>ohea." When a
sufficiency of leaf has been picked, it is
thrown into large flat basket-trays and
exposed to the sun. As the leaves begin to
darken and curl up they are gathered up
and manipulated into balls. When there is
a very large quantity of leaf to be twisted,
and not too much time to do it in, the
twisting is done by the feet. And this, and
the treading the fired leaf into the chests
in which it is packed, are the only senti-
mentally dirty elements in the manufacture of
China lea. The operation is simple enough.
A horizontal bamboo is atili.xed to two per-

shallow trays to dry off all moisture. They
are then thrown into the air and tossed about
and patted till they become soft : a heap is
made of these wilted leaves and left to lie for
an hour or more, when they become moist
and dark in colour. They are then thrown
on the hot pans for live minutes and rolled
on the rattan table previous to exposure out-
of-doors for three or four hours on sieves,
during which time they are turned over and
opened out. After this they .get a second
roasting and rolling to give them their final
curl. When the charcoal fire is ready, a
basket, shaped something like an hour-glass,
but about three feet high, is placed endwise
over it, having a sieve in the middle, on which
the leaves are thinly spread. When dried five
minutes in this way they undergo another
rolling, and are then thrown into a heap
until all the lot has passed over the fire.
When this firing is finished the leaves are
opened out (not untwisted, of course) and are
again thinly spread on the sieve in the
basket for a few minutes, which finishes the

THE COLLECTING BASKETS.

pendicular poles. The operators, supported
and steadied by the bamboo, gather the
sun-dried leaf and work it into a ball — often
as large as an Association football — with
their feet. When a sufficient " twist " has
l>een obtained, the ball is broken up, the
leaves thrust into cotton bags and hawked
about the nearest marts for sale. Any one
who has seen the Chinese irrigate their
fields with chain-pumps worked by the feet
will easily understand how the " twist " may
be given to tea. The writer, when in Sung
Yang, in the province of Hupeh, on a tea
visit, was much struck with the speed
with which the twist was thus given to the
leaf. The real manufacture of tea only
begins when it reaches the firer's hands,
and the operation has been so well described
by many writers, notably by Fortune (whose
account, written more than sixty years ago,
is about the best and truest existent to-day),
Wells Williams, Sir John Davies, and Dyer
Ball, that a reference to any of these
authorities is all that is needed.

" The leaves are first thinly spread on

drying and rolling for most of the heap, and
makes the leaves a uniform black. They are
now placed in the basket in greater mass
and pushed against its sides by the hands in
order to allow the heat to come up through
the sieve and the vapour to escape ; a basket
over all retains the heat, but the contents are
turned over until perfectly dry and the leaves
become uniformly black."

Thus much for the manufacture of black
tea, from which may be gathered the main
fact that often a considerable time may
elapse after the sun-drying process and
before the teas are put into the firing pans.
Thus it is that black teas are heavily fer-
mented.

Different altogether is the course of pro-
cedure in regard to green teas, whose leaves
are roasted almost immediately after they
are gathered, and dried off quickly after the
rolling process. When the leaves are
brought in from the gardens or patches
they are lightly spread out on flat bamboo
trays in order to dry off any superfluous
moisture, and are left exposed for an hour

or two, according to the state of the weather.
The roasting pans having been properly
heated, a quantity of leaves is thrown into
them and deftly and rapidly shaken up by
hand. As they become affected by the heat
they begin to make a spluttering, crackling
noise and become quite moist and Haccid,
while at the same time they give out a con-
siderable amount of vapour. After a few
minutes the leaves are withdrawn and
placed upon the rolling table. Here men
take up as much leaf as they can handle
and press it into the form of a ball. This
is rolled upon the rattan table, and squeezed
so as to get rid, as Fortune says, of a por-
tion of the sap and moisture. And herein
lies one of the great differences between the
Indian and Chinese process. In the latter a
good deal of the life-blood of the leaf is
lost. In the former it is most carefully re-
tained. As soon, then, as the requisite twist
is obtained the teas are at once returned to
the roasting pan, where they are kept in a
state of constant move by deft hands. In an
hour or two the leaves will be found to be
well dried and the colour fixed, which is of
a dull green at first but becomes brighter
afterwards. From the foregoing it will be
noticed that the hand seems to have most
to do in the case of green teas, and the fire
in that of black.

The leaves are now ready to receive their
unnatural green colour. In his all-informing
book. "The Middle Kingdom." Dr. Wells
Williams says in respect of this artificial
colouring that " the first tea sent to R;urope
was from Fohkien and all black, but as the
trade extended some of the delicate hyson
sorts were occasionally seen at Canton,
shipped to England and America, and their
appearance was appreciated in those countries
as more and more was sent. It was found,
however, very difficult to maintain a uniform
tint. If cured too slightly the leaf was liable
to fermentation during the voyage ; if cured
too much it was unmarketable, which for the
manufacturer was worse. Chinese ingenuity
was equal to the call." In short, it faced
the hysons. For we have it on record that
when the Bostonians on December 16, 1773,
summarily threw overboard the tea cargoes
of the Darimoiilh, Eleanor, and Beaver, only
amounting, it is true, to 342 packages, the
contents were known to have been hysons.
In reference to that event Dr. Holmes has it
that—

"The waters in the rebel b.iy
Have kept the tea-leaf savour —
Our old Xorth-Enders in their spray
Still taste a Hyson Havour,"
The notion that green tea derives its colour
from being cured in copper pans is not wholly
dead yet. and the question is often asked how-
tea obtains its green colour. The operation is
simple enough and may be seen any day in
Shanghai when the faking of what are called
Shanghai packed green teas is going on.
Williams concisely describes it : "A quantity
of Prussian blue is pulverised to a very fine
powder and kept ready at the last roasting.
Pure gypsuin is burned in the charcoal fire till
it is soft and fit for easily triturating. P'our
parts thereof are then thoroughly mixed with
three parts of Prussian blue, making a light
blue powder. About five minutes before
finally taking off the dried leaves this powder
is sprinkled on them, and instantly the whole
panful of two or three pounds is turned over
by the workman's hands till a uniform colour
is obtained. His hands come out quite blue,
but the compound gives the green leaves a
brighter green hue." The compound, if dele-
terious, is only so in an infinitesimal degree,
and bears the proportion of about one pound of
the powder to two hundred pounds of tea, and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 297

as gypsum is not a dangerous or irritating sub-
stance, " being constantly eaten by the Chi-
nese," and forms the hulli of the preparation,
the remaining ingredient does not count for
much. And, curiously enough, it is just that
scum from the gypsum which rises on infusion
of the tea, quite innocuous, which so exercises
the minds of the Americ:m food inspectors,
whose illogical action is the cause of so much
embarrassment to shippers of green tea to the
States to-day. Kor even the choicest gun-
powders are " shut out " from the American
markets with the same airy nonchalance
as would be the rankest, most highly faced
Twan-kay. Nor does this inspection law
extend only to green teas. All black teas
must be up to a certain standard or they will
not be admitted into the States. But there is
nothing fixed about that standard, which seems
to be lowered or raised ainiually at the
caprice of the Inspection Board, and, more-
over, it is very uncertain in its application ; for
it is on record that counterparts of teas that
have been unhesitatingly admitted into
America have been as ruthlessly rejected.
The one taken, the other left, and yet one and
the same tea. And here again the choicest
black teas are not always exempt from
suspicion and rejection, for it is a matter of
common knowledge that " when the inspection
law was first enacted in the United States of
America the first inspector appointed to New
York City thought fit to reject as unfit for
consumption a small shipment of part of the
very choicest Souchong produced, on the
ground that the Havour was foreign to
tea, and, consequently, that the tea was
inadmissible under the standards of purity
approved by the New York Tea Board."
But it would seem that the reign of coloured
green teas was approaching its end. Five of
the health commissioners appointed by the
authorities at Washington, whose function
it is to put an end to adulteration of any
kind, have taken up amongst others, the
question of green tea adulteration, and two
of the five, two years ago, voted against any
further importations of "faced" tea. Possibly
some definite action in this connection will
be taken under the new Presidential regime.
It is not possible to gauge with any great
certainty the volume of the brick tea business,
but its known proportions are enormous. The
rich province of Szechwan, in the far west of
China, furnishes an abundance of good tea,
which is exported overland to Siberia. This
brick tea is cured by pressing the damp leaves
in a mould into the form of a brick or tile,
8 to 12 inches long and about 1 inch
thick. The brick tea for Thibet is composed
of the coarsest leaves, and of stalks moistened
by steaming over boiling water, and then
wedged into a mould until dry and hard ; the
pressing and drying being assisted by sprink-
ling the mass with rice water. The foregoing
are the native methods of making brick tea,
but the brick tea manufactured by certain
Russian firms in Koochow, Kiukiang. and
Hankow is altogether a superior article. It is
not composed so much of leaf as of the
fannings that have been separated from the
leaf by winnowing, and good strong whole-
some dust imported from India and Cevlon.
In his report on the foreign trade of China
for the year 1906, the commercial attache.
Sir Alexander Hosie, writes : " In 1905, India,
Ceylon, and Java sent 4,906,800 lbs., mostly
dust and sittings, for blending with China teas,
principally in the manufacture of brick and
tablet tea ; in 1906 they sent 8,767,200 lbs.,
in 1907. 15,000.000 lbs." The bricks which
emanate from the Russian factories are
hydraulically pressed, into bricks appetisingly
faced with British-grown dust, that from

Ceylon imparting a rich chocolate colour to
the brick, each brick being stamped with a
special design or with Chinese chop characters.
They are usually packed in bamboo baskets to
contain 72 bricks of 2j lbs. each, or 56 bricks
of 2j lbs. each. These teas are shipped by
steamer to Vladivostock and then dissemi-
nated by rail through Mongolia and Siberia.
The following figures show the remarkable
increase in the export of this article : —

In 1867... 8,441.466 lbs. passed the Customs.

In 1886. ..49,361,600 „

In 1907. ..80,563,433 „

Of this quantity, 37} per cent., or
30,020,100 lbs. were green tea dust. How
much further this expansion of the brick tea
trade will go it is difticult to conjecture.
The Trans-Siberian Railway must gradually
take away much of the traffic from the old
caravan routes, while its feeders will tap
new districts. It is well known that the
inhabitants of Siberia and Central Asia make
a soup of these brick teas, possibly because
a drinking infusion of them were wellnigh
an impossibility, but it may be that when

demand. The demand came, but it came
very late in the year, in November in fact,
yet China was equal to the occasion. She
put upon the London market 3,000,000 lbs.
of very common Congou in the space of a
couple of months which otherwise had not
been exported, and 2,810,933 lbs. of dust,
which was 10 per cent, more than the
aggregate of the previous year's export.
This fact is merely adduced to exhibit
China's potentiality in the matter of supplies,
and her ability to meet any sudden or
extraneous demand for tea.

THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF CHINA
TEA.

Bi.ACK Teas.

Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of
China tea, black and green, but these are
subject to very distinct subdivision. The
black teas from the North of China are quite
distinct and different from the " red " teas of
the South. The choicest Northern teas are
the Keemuns, which are grown in the

PACKING THE CHESTS.

they become acquainted with leaf tea
brought on for distribution by the main rail-
way line and its arteries, there will not be
that inclination for the wretched hotch-potch
now supplied to them in the commoner
brick teas. On the other hand, it is well
known that the preparation of brick tea for
Thibet is receiving much attention at the
hands of Indian planters, who have volun-
tarily submitted to a self-imposed tax to be
devoted to pushing their productions amongst
the Thibetans.

It is significant of the elasticity of the so-
called moribund China tea trade how easily
the article in any of its forms can be
supplied when the demand arises for it.
Take tea dust, for instance, which, as has
already been shown, continues to be in
increasing demand for brick tea. Last year,
1907, the impression obtained that there
would be a deficiency more or less marked
in supplies of leaf from India and Ceylon,
and that the void thus occasioned would
bring common China tea and dust for blend-
ing purposes into, at least, temporary

province of Anhwei, and the Ningchows and
Monings from Kiangsi, and represent about
one quarter of the total production of the
North. But the great bulk comes from the
two provinces separated from each other by
the Tungting Lake, Hupeh and Hunan.
From the first come those teas generally
known as Oopacks and named after the
particular districts in which they are grown,
Sungyangs, Yangloutungs, Tongsans, Ichangs,
and Cheongshukais. From the latter the
distinctive Oonahm teas, Oanfas. Lilings,
Nipkasees, Wunkais, Lowyongs. and Shun-
tams. Practically all the South China
congous are grown in the province of
Fokien, and consist principally of Panyongs,
Packlums. Souchongs, Soomoos, Suey Kuts,
antl a number of minor districts. The most
desirable of these are Panyongs, Packlums,
Soomoos, and Souchongs, the last named
being the favourite teas on the continent of
Europe. Russia takes but little tea from the
South of China, the water and method of
serving making the Northern teas more
palatable. F"oochow Oolongs have a delicate

298 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

but ni>t such an aromatic tlavour as the
Fonnos;»n tea of the same name. '• Oolongs
have some of the characteristics of black
tea combined with cert;iin of the cup
qualities of green teas, and therefore in
a measure somewhat resemble a blend of
the two." The other \-arieties of Southern
teas are Scented Capers, Scented Orange
Pekoes, Pouchongs, Kooloos, and Flowery
Pekoes. The fragrance of all scented tea is
not natural, but is imparted by tiring the
leaf with a sort of jasmine flower, called by
the Chinese " Mok-lee." In inferior teas the
scenting flower is strewn over the top of
the tea when packed and removed after a
day or two. It is needless to say that the
scent so applied is not long retained.
•• Flowery Pekoes are white, velvety tipped
teas with no fragrance and are unfermented,
and are used only on the continent of Europe
and in Persia. These teas are made only
from the earliest buds of young leaves in the
Packlum, Chingwo, and Panyong districts.
Scented teas generally possess but little cup
merit."

made up entirely for style to catch the eye —
the American eye. The Hoochows, which
are confined almost entirely to gunpowder
makes, draw, when good, a water not unlike
the Yenshu district teas of Japan.

A third kind of green tea which can always
be made to order in any quantity, and is
made largely for the continental markets
of Europe in tlie form of small leaf Sowniee,
goes by the name of Shanghai packed. Its
chief constituent element is Pingsuey leaf,
with sometimes a very modest admixture of
country tea to " bring up or brighten the
infusion." Though not at all " desirable "
teas, yet a very considerable business is done
in them, while a new outlet has been found
for them by Parsee buyers, who blend
certain grades to cheapen the cost of their
extravagantly high-priced Hysons.

Formerly country green teas came to
market in the shape of full chops of 500 to
1,000 half chests. Now they arrive for the
most part minus the Hysons, which are
almost entirely taken for Batoum, and which
aggregate the large total of 130,000 half

PUTTING THE "CHOP" ON THE CHESTS.

Green Teas.

As with black teas so with green. The
dividing line between green teas of Anhwei
and those of Chekiang is broad and distinct.
The former are known as country teas, and
in order of merit and popularity are the
Moyunes, Tienkais, and Fychows. Although
very similar in make and appearance they
are wholly dissimilar in their liquoring
qualities. The Moyunes have a most delicate
flavour, emphasised by a slight but acceptable
bumtness. The Tienkais are wanting in any
marked cup merit, but the infusion is of a
very delic-ate yellow colour. The Fychows
are of a lower grade altogether, not so well
made in the leaf, and drawing a comparatively
strong, rather rank and smoky water.

The Chekiang teas comprise the Pingsueys,
Hoochows, and Wenchows. These latter
arris'e here from the Chekiang port of Ningpo,
and in make somewhat resemble the
Fychows. The Pingsueys are, with the
exception of the allied Hoochows, very
metallic in the cup— brassy was a term
applied to them in earlier days— and are

chests. The modest quantity of green tea
which is now shipped to Bombay, about
1,000,000 lbs. is made up of the lower
kinds of Hysons and a small proportion of
choice Chun-mees, the highest type of Young
Hysons. Whether the export trade in green
tea to Russia will increase is a question
which time alone can decide. Meantime, the
tendency is towards increase. Regarding
America, unless some wonderful increase in
the general consumption take place, the
prospects are anything but encouraging, for
British-grown teas are but too visibly
growing into favour, and so ousting the
China article, possibly as some compensation
for the cold water thrown upon the attempts
to foist foreign made green teas upon her
markets. The manufacture of Indian and
Ceylon green tea has not been a success,
despite the advantage of a " cess " under
which it was started.

A full chop of green tea consists of several
grades of leaf, of different make and flavour,
well known in their order of make as
Gunpowders, Imperials, Hysons, Young

Hysons, Hy.son skin, and Twaii-kay, and the
derivation of those names is not without
its interest. Dr. Wells Williams tells us that
" Gunpowder and Imperial are foreign made
terms ; the teas are known as Siaou Chu
(small leaf) and Ta Cliu (large leaf) by native
dealers. The first is rolled to resemble
shot " — rather an Irish way of putting it.
The native names for Imperial are the
equivalents of " Sore crab's eyes, sesamum
seeds, and pearls. Hyson is a corruption of
Yu-tsien, before the rains, and of Hi-chun,
meaning flourishing spring." Young Hyson,
of course, and Hyson skin explain themselves,
while Twan-kay is said to be the name of
a district.

Black teas as a rule derive their names
from the districts from which they come. A
list was once made of the " localities, each
furnishing its quota and peculiar product,
amounting in all to forty-five for black, and
nine for green. The area of these regions
is about 470,000 square miles."

Until comparatively late years green teas
arrived in full chops, and were shipped off
m their entirety. At first began the selling
out of the Hysons to Bombay buyers at such
prices as would materially lessen the cost
of the original chop. The opening of Batoum
ruined the Bombay market, and so great has
been the demand for Hysons for the newer
market, and so high the prices paid, that the
natives now seldom include the Hyson in a
chop, but send it down to Shanghai three
weeks ahead of the arrival of the bulk there.
Later again Batoum and France have made
such inroads into the young Hyson grades
that a special preparation of them has been
made, commonly designated small leaf
Sow-mees. And as the demand for special
lines continues to increase so much the
nearer comes the day when the " chop," as a
chop, will cease to exist. The green tea
" chop " will not recognise itself in the near
future, any more than now do the once
distinctive ' teas, Ganfa, Cheongshukai, and
Shuntam, amongst many others, recognise
themselves. An extra demand upon any one
special district naturally leads to its being
supplied by tea nominally only from that
district. The extra quantity required is
usually made up from an admixture of leaf
from contiguous districts ; this has noticeably
been the case with Ganfa and Shuntam
teas, when extra supplies of each have been
found in mutual borrowings. And the fair
name of Moning covers a multitude of sins.

SOME EXPORT FIGURES.

It is not necessary, nor would it serve
any practical end, to furnish here in detail
the progressive export of tea from China
since the opening of the Treaty port of
Hankow in the sixties, triumphant as that
progress was until the culminating year 1886,
when the direct export to foreign countries
amounted to the great total of 295,626,800 lbs.
Then China began to feel seriously the effect
of competition With British-grown teas, as
shown by the figures of T906, when only
187,217,100 lbs. were exported. So that in
the space of twenty years had occurred the
visible shrinkage of 108,409.700 lbs., or 63
per cent. This difference, it is true, was
somewhat reduced last year, 1907. when,
owing to a temporarv demand in England,
the export rose to 214,683,333 lbs. ; but for
the past decade, 1898 to 1907, tlie average of
196,500,000 lbs. has been maintained ; an
average not likely to be disturbed for some
time unless any further phenomenal expansion
should take place in British-grown production
to the expulsion by so- much of China tea,
or consumption outstrip the general average

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 299

production, and so create a demand which
China is well fitted to supply.

Meantime, to those who have not made
themselves acquainted with the volume of
China's direct exportation of tea to forcij;n
countries, and are unaware of the multiplicity
and nature of her customers, the followin};
abstract from the Imperial Maritime Cus-
toms returns will reveal information of
peculiar interest.

As has been stated above, the total export
in 1907 was 214,683,333 lbs., which was
distributed as follows : —

Lbs.
European Russia ... ... 25,000,000

Russia: Russia and Siberia ... 25,500,000
Russia: Pacific ports ... 81,250,000

United States of America ... 27.000,000
Great Britain ... ... ... 21,000,000

Hongkong ... ... ... 13,250,000

North Sea ports ... ... 7.750,000

Mediterranean ports 4,350,000

Canada 1,750,000

Japan and Korea ... ... 1,500,000

British India ... ... ... 1,250,000

Macao 1,100,000

Australia and New Zealand ... 950,000

French Indo-China ... ... 920,000

Singapore and Straits ... 550,000

Turkey, Persia, Egypt ... 500,000

Siam 475,000

South Africa ... ... ... 250,000

Central and South America ... 180,000

Dutch Indies ... ... ... 125,000

Other countries 33.333

214,683,333

It is very difficult to trace the destination
of teas exported from Hongkong and Macao,
nearly 14,500,000 lbs., but the presumption
is that the bulk of it goes to America, and
limited quantities to Australia, South Africa,
and England.

Figures and facts have been adduced to
show sufficiently that China is still a great
tea producing country, and a factor to be
reckoned with in the future production of
the article. It is unfortunately true that the
great markets of England and Australia
have been lost to her, the latter, perhaps,
irrecoverably, for India and Ceylon supply
exactly the article that the Commonwealth
requires—something dark and strong and
cheap. With England the prospect is more
hopeful, and there are those who do not
hold with Sir Alexander Hosie that " the
English taste has become so perverted and
insensible of the delicacy and cleanness of
flavour characteristic of China tea, that the
market can never be recovered even by
reduced price."

THE DECLINE OF THE TRADE
WITH ENGLAND.

The decline has come entirely from the
competition with India and Ceylon. Not
only has the English market been almost
entirely lost to China, but that of Australia,
with the largest per capita consumption in _
the world, has become hopelessly so. China '
tea no longer presents a fair mercantile
risk. Formerly it was dealt with in the
London market by merchants in the same
manner as other products which require from
importers a knowledge of markets. The
merchant could find reasons for holding or
selling as the case might be, but as he dis-
covered year after year that his knowledge
was of no avail he gradually withdrew from
the trade and allowed it to pass into the
hands of the dealers, who, through their
special agents, have become importers them-
selves, as also to those who have special

outlets for certain teas, and conduct their
business almost entirely by telegraph. This
giving London " firm offers " or " refusals "
for a certain time has reduced the trade, as
far as China is concerned, to a very poor
commission business. Although finest China
tea is returning fair profits at the time of
writing, it is only because it is not in over
supply and is being judiciously managed.
Last year finest China tea was in rather too
full supply, with the consequence that the
importer who had not his special outlet and
had missed his chance of sale on arrival had
finally to put up with fabulous losses of 50
per cent, or more. To attempt to hold China
tea nowadays is fatal, even the very
commonest and cheapest kinds. In a book-
let written by the agent in China of the
" Pure China Tea Importing and Distributing
Company," appears the following brief but
very informing view of the present position
of the article, with the causes that have
brought it about : — " It is but a few years since
Indian, Ceylon and Java teas took up the

a falling market, has continuously forced the
pace and driven the tea into the consumer's
teapot. The demand from the masses for
strong tea was met by the extra strength from
the British-grown varieties. This demand
exists mainly from English tea drinkers of
middle and lower classes, who have always
insisted that all their beverages should be
pungent, strong and stimulating, whether it
be porter, ale, coffee or other liquor, regard-
less of the effect upon the nervous system.
The increased demand for other than China
tea is entirely due to this and not to any
desire for quality or flavour, but merely for
strength in the cup." That strength is kept
in the leaf by the foreign method of rolling.
In China the sap is expressed in the native
efforts to get curl and twist in the sun-dried
leaf by their mode of manipulation, and con-
sequently much of the real strength of the tea
is lost. To retain that sap without the aid of
machinery is a question which may yet be
solved by native genius when once properly
centred upon the great advantage to be

TEA READY FOR SHIPMENT.

leading positions in the world's markets, and
whilst to the casual observer it might appear
that this position has been attained solely
by their superior merits, it is a well-known
fact in the tea trade that this is not the cause.
The advent of Indian, Ceylon and Java teas
found the existing method of disposing of
shipments to be too slow, and the crops from
these countries continuing to arrive practically
throughout the whole year, it was necessary
to dispose of the product quickly at auction
at the best price it would fetch, the direct
result being that the article has been literally
forced into consumption. In this manner
the merchant was bound to sell because other
shipments were following close upon the one
in hand. The broker who bought in the
auction sale was compelled to get rid of his
purchases immediately to the large wholesale
dealer, who in turn was compelled to let go
to the exporter and small dealer who again
were forced to get rid of their holdings to
the blender and shopkeeper. Every pound
bought had to be paid for in a very short
time, and this fact, coupled with the fear of

gained by the effort. At present this sap,
the life-blood of the leaf, is almost entirely
lost. It is not difficult to imagine that it is
quite possible to save some of this natural and
much desired strength and return it to the leaf
before the final firing.

As for the Chinese process being a dirty
one, as so strenuously urged by the Indian
planter to the detriment of China tea, the
objection to the manipulation of tea by hand
(and by feet) instead of by machinery has
about the same logic on its side as has the
objection to the grape being trodden under
foot before the wine is produced. No one
gives much thought to the fact when drink-
ing a favourite claret. Machinery has been
tried in China, both at Foochow and at
Hankow, but has not proved successful owing
to the lack of a continuous supply of leaf to
keep it going. Nor is it obvious that
machinery can ever be made use of in China,
save perhaps in the thickly planted green tea
districts of Chekiang, for, " owing to the
peculiar nature of the Chinese laws as to
inheritance and probably also, in some degree,

300 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

to the despotic genius ol the Gt)vcrnmciit
landed propert>- is much divided throughout
the Empire : and so it is that tea is grown
in gardens, or patches or plantations of no
great extent." I'ntil such time as large are:is
of tea land can be leased or owned, culti-
vated and carefully managed as they are in
India. Ceylon, and Java to-day, there can
be nothing similar to an Indian plantation or
a Ceylon estate in China, where the land is
owned by the foreigner, the plants tended
and culti\'ated by the foreigner, the leaves
picked day by day. and day by day manu-
factured by machinery on the spot.

More might l>e done immediately for the
improvement of China tea had shippers such
a vested interest in the article which has
given them some cxmtrol over it <i/» initio.
In India and Ceylon everything belongs to
the planter, land, produce, machinery, besides
control over the manufacture. It is in his
power to make such a quality of tea as he
may have a special market for. In his hands
lie the power to increase or reduce the out-
put and to regulate shipments, and a com-
bination has been actually entered into by the
Indian and Ceylon growers to adopt a
common policy to regulate the quantity made,
shipped and sold on the London market
■• Growers are no longer independent units.
but an organised l>ody acting in concert with
a definite aim." In China it is a case of each
shipper for himself. It is only those who
have witnessed the opening of the Hankow
tea market in the month of May who can
form any idea of the conduct of the business.
They will have seen the extraordinary and
irregular prices paid, and the speed with
which the article is shipped off to markets
too often quite unable to deal with more than
a moderate quantity, a speed which may be
gauged by the fact that some 600.000 half
chests out of a possible total supply of
800.000 half chests of Congou are afloat
within the very limited time of six weeks.
And in due time from across the seas comes
the effort to sell, with the result that such
fluctuations in prices occur as are unknown
and impossible in any other article of produce
in the known world. It is this absolute
inability to control prices in any degree
which has driven the genuine old exporter
from the field, and is one of the causes of
the decline of the China tea trade. To such
fluctuations the British-grown article is never
subject l>ecause shipments are regulated, and
the quantity offered for sale at one time on
the home market, although large, never
excessive. The cost of production in India
and Ceylon varies but little. A good season
may bring out a larger supply of leaf than
usual, and so lessen the cost of the article.
In China neither quality nor quantity materi-
ally affect prices which alone are determined
by the caprice of buyers, for the tea-man
once having brought his produce to market
must perforce sell it or ship it. And he is
much too wise to do the latter. Very inter-
esting is a comparison of the average prices
realised for a season's yield of British-grown
tea. and the average prices paid for China tea.

In 1904 the average obtained, according to
the Daily Telegraph, for all the Indian and
Ceylon tea sold in London was 7jd. per lb.
for the former and 7d. for the latter. In
1905 the prices were respectively 7jd. and
7}d. In 1906, 8}d. and 8d.

According to the Customs returns the
average value of black tea from all China
was for the following decades : —

1862 to 187 1 $247.1 per picul.

1872 to 1881 $1999

1882 to 1891 $1664

1892 to 1901 $2025 „

It would be very diflicult with any accuracy
to determine the average laying-down cost of
tea in any of these decennial periixls because
of the fluctuations in exchange ; but the
prices paid to the native tea-men were on a
marked decline for the thirty years from 1862
to ii;oi. a decline that no British planter
could understand and a depreciation unknown
to British-grown produce. And anomalous
as it may appear, despite the very low aver-
age price at which China tea has been laid
down in London this year, the article, save
for a moderate quantity of finest quality tea,
is practically unsaleable.

Is It possible to recover, at least, a
part of the lost trade with Eng-
land P And If so, how?

This is a question to which the answers are
as numerous as they are varied, strongly con-
firming the lafinism of long centuries ago,
qiiof homines, tot scntcntiiv, tliat the number of
opinions was limited only by the number of
men capable or otherwise of forming them.

There are those who look upon the future
of the tea trade with England as hopeless.
There are again those who think the present
limited trade will drag on for years under
much the same conditions as now exist. The
Indian view of the prospects of China tea are
thus summarily dismissed in an article on the
Indian tea companies, in the Daily Telegraph
of August 17, igo8 : — " China's export may
be expected to decline if India's advance."
Everything points to an Indian advance,
though "as regards Ceylon the opinion pre-
vails that its output will not increase." But let
India t;ike heed lest she has but " scotched the
snake, not killed it." for China is a land of
surprises. And there are a few, very few,
who think that a part of the lost trade may
be recovered. Amongst these last I am con-
tent to take a humble place and believing in
the adage that " she may have been asleep
but is not dead yet," I think that China,
imbued with the spirit that is now making
for a new China, will rise to the grand
occasion, and through her all-powerful ofli-
cials not only make the effort to resuscitate
her tea trade, but even to extend it materi-
ally. And for whatever they may be worth
I submit the following suggestions as
possible aids towards the extrication of the
trade from the slough of despond in which
it is at present so hopelessly floundering : —

1st.— The effort must be made to
cheapen the cost of the article.

{a) This end might in a measure be attained
could some combination, such as that which
regulates output and shipments in India, be
entered into not to pay such inordinate
prices for that great bulk of tea which
fills up the space between choicest and
commonest descriptions.

(fc) In India there is no tax on the pro-
duction or export of tea ; in China there is
a specific export duty of $125 per picul,
based on an average value of Tis. 25, and a
series of taxes on the article from the place
of production to the port of shipment, levied
by the local oflicials and generally known as
likin, which amounts on the average to
rather more than the export duty, " with
something added for irregular levy and delay
and loss of interest." *

Obviously no industry thus burdened can
compete with a rival free of all burden. And
strange to say, with the knowledge that these
internal taxes are illegal and abolished by

* Morse. "The Trade and Administration of ttie
Chinese Empire."

Treaty, which in their place imposes a transit
duty of one half of the export duty, namely.
$0'625 per picul. the natives are content to be
mulcted rather than incur the displeasure of
the local officials, and the consequent penalties
and lets and hindrances to the prosecution
of tlieir legitimate trade. Nothing could
be clearer on this head than the words of
the supplementary Commercial Treaty with
China, which was ratified at Peking on July
28, 1903 : —

Preamble. — " The Chinese Government
recognizing that the system of levying
likin and other dues on goods at
the place of production &c. &c. &c.
undertake to discard completely this
means of raising revenue."
Art. VIII. — "The total amount of taxa-
tion leviable on native produce for
export abroad shall, under no cir-
cumstances, exceed 7J per cent. aU
valorem."

It is possible that natives will sooner or
later resent the fact that their produce is
being illegally taxed, while it is not only to
the interest but it is actually the duty of
all those engaged in the tea trade, whether
foreigner or native, to obtain their Treaty
rights. That a little perseverance will go a
long way towards attaining this end is proved
by the fact that the present writer, in the
month of June this year (1908), actually suc-
ceeded in bringing tea down from the country
free of all burdens except the legitimate tax
imposed by Treaty, viz.. one half of the export
duty per picul.

What has been attempted by an individual
single handed, who takes this opportunity of
thanking the Consuls-General of Shanghai
and Hankow and tlie Consul at Kiukiang for
their whole hearted and inspiriting support
of his action, might be carried into general
and permanent effect by the combination and
co-operation of all those engaged in the trade
to insist upon their Treaty rights. Had the
Chinese Government properly fulfilled its
Treaty obligations there would have been
saved last season to the export trade in leaf
tea and dust no less a sum than Haikwan
TIs. 621.981 (as per Customs returns), or
roughly ;£f90,ooo sterling, while exporters of
brick and tablet teas would have enjoyed an
abatement on 82,000,000 lbs. of the article
so manufactured. Surely this is a betterment
which shippers as a body should at once
make an efl'ort to obtain.

2nd.— Greater strength must charac'
terlse China tea.

At first sight it does not appear very
obvious how strength can be imparted to
the leaf, but when it is suggested that
this end may in a degree be attained by
returning to the leaf before its final firing
some of that precious sap wherein lies the
strength now largely lost through the existing
native methods of manipulation, the experi-
ment should certainly be worth the trial.
Inventive native genius should surely be
able to manufacture a rolling machine to be
worked by hand which would answer all
the purposes which the Indian machine is
supposed to meet, or in any case to devise
some means whereby the loss of strength
of the tea may be minimised. For great
and natural original strength is in the leaf
undoubtedly. Again, greater strength and
increased productiveness might be ensured
were those tactics followed which have been
so successful in India and Ceylon, viz.,
replacing worn-out sections of the patches
or gardens by newly planted areas on more
fertile soil, and by more scientific manuring.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 301

The system now adopted in India is called
" Green manuring." It has been ascertained
that leguminous trees, shrubs, and annual
green crops provide the organic matter
and the nitrogen required by the tea bush
for its fullest development. And China is
rich in this resource, with her bean and
pea fields, her Scsamnm and kindred
vegetable plants. A little local official
pressure, the terror of the agriculturist's
life, in this direction would soon result in
a productiveness without increased planting
which would benefit both grower and tax-
collector alike.

3rd. — Regulated, not hurried ship-
ments.

It is a time-honoured belief that because
tea arrives in almost unwieldy quantities in
the markets of China within a month that
it must be philanthropically shipped off
without delay to relieve the local congestion.
Further, buyers are actuated by the fear
that if they do not buy tea immediately it
is offered on the market they will miss
their opportunity, and be left out in the
cold until another tea season comes round.
The result of these ill-consideredly hurried
shipments, while usually disastrous, is at
the same time preventable. Why, for instance,
cannot the native tea-man be made to hold
his stock in China for a few weeks instead
of delegating that task to the foreign
exporter, who has to carry his holdings,
whether in America or England, for months,
and sometimes for years .> Here, again, a
lesson may well be learnt from the Indian

shipper. Rational combination to retard
shipments should not be impossible.

4th. A more serious pushing of the
article and insistent advertising.

There can be no question of the superiority
of China tea in the ;esthetic properties of
aroma and flavour, while it is distinctly a
more wholesome beverage and superior
dietetic nutrient. While Indian, Ceylon, and
Java teas contain an excessive amount of
tannin, the fruitful mother of dyspepsia, only
an insignificant amount is found in China
tea. The consensus of opinion of the leading
medical authorities in the world has pro-
claimed in favour of China tea above all
other teas. These important facts should
be brought home to the great tea drinking
public of Great Britain in some less lym-
phatic manner than that adopted by the
self-constituted China Tea Association. Tea
should be advertised, as Indian and Ceylon
teas have been advertised, and as strikingly
and as appealingly as the merits of patent
medicines are made known. Even for this
purpose should a voluntary tax be levied as
in India. China must vigorously fight India,
Ceylon, and Java with their own weapons
if she would get back even a part of that
trade which once, and not so long ago,
was all her own.

An independent step, but one quite in the
right direction, is now being taken by a private
enterprise well fitted financially and with
ability to carry its project to a successful
issue. The Pure China Tea Importing and
Distributing Company, with its buying
agencies in Hankow and Shanghai, and a

London distributing office, are prepared to
place in the hands of those requiring it
strictly choice pure China tea packed in
China and distributed in original packages
only at most moderate prices. With the
aid of intelligent pushful travellers and a
strong advertising appeal to the common
sense of the great body of tea drinkers,
there can be little doubt of ultimate success.
But this is a step which, at its inception,
ought to have been taken by the China Tea
Association, who should have canvassed for
funds from all those interested in the
amelioration of the trade, and so got them
financially interested in the new departure.
But there is yet time for that august body
to take the matter in hand.

I am strong in the belief that with a
scientific enrichment of the soil and a more
intelligent attention to the growth and
cultivation of the plant the resultant extra-
productiveness would largely tend to the
cheapening of the initial cost of the leaf —
a cost that will be further lessened by the
removal of the present illegitimate internal
burdens ; that a saving of the wastage now
occurring by reason of the ancient native
method of manipulation will impart a much
desired strength ; and that, finally, with an
article not comparing unfavourably in cost
and strength, but comparing only too favour-
ably in wholesomeness, quality, and flavour
with the British-grown teas of India and
Ceylon, properly regulated shipments, and
persistent, strenuous, intelligent advertising,
China may not unreasonably look forward
to a future bright with promise for her
naturally magnificent industry.

COTTON.

By James KERFOOT, M.I.M.E., Manager of Ewo Cotton Mills, Shanghai.

[HE spinning of cotton into yarn,
and the weaving of that yarn
into cloth, are industries
which have existed in China
for over a thousand years.
Weaving is carried on, prac-
tically, throughout the Empire,
but the great centre for spinning has been the
c-ounlry where cotton is grown under the most
favourable conditions. The seaboard round
the mouth of the Yangtsze, the Hangchow
B.iy, and Ihe plains of the Hupeh Province.
Il is in the last-named districts that the
mills have been erected for treating the raw
material by means of steam-driven machinery.
One of the earliest ventures in this direction
was the Chinese-owned mill, built in 1891, near
Ihe point on the Yangtsze Poo Road, Shanghai.
This has always been regarded, more or less,
as a Government venture. Financially, it
has never l>een successful. The management
has been entirely in Chinese hands, and
•' squeezing " — a colloquial expression describ-
ing the pernicious system of securing illicit
personal commissions from every kind of
business transaction has been notorious. One
example of this will serve to illustrate the
difficulties of producing a sound balance
sheet. The mill had not been built long
before there was a fire. No provision had
been made by the management for grappling
with such an emergcnc>', and as the municipal
fire brigade was not allowed to render
assistance, the employes were helpless. As
a result, the premises were gutted. It was
then found that the official who had been
entrusted with the insurance premiums had
considered himself entitled to a considerable
portion of Ihe money. Consequently the
policies had been allowed to lapse, and
the shareholders suffered heavy loss.

Subsequently a larger mill was built on
the same site. The originators claimed for
themselves a quasi monopoly, and prohibited
those who were not prepared to pay a fixed
royalty for the privilege from engaging in
any similar undertaking. Although certain
Chinese accepted this onerous condition,
foreigners resented it as an undue infringe-
ment of their Treaty rights, and Messrs.
]ardine, Matheson & Co. imported certain
machines, in 1893, to obtain a test case. It
was. however, only when Japan, after her
war with China, had inserted in the Treaty

of Shimoneseki, in 1895, an article conceding
to Japanese subjects the right to engage in
all kinds of manufacturing industries in tlie
open ports of China, and to import the
neces!:ary machinery, that foreigners were
afforded an opportunity of exploiting these
fields, rich in their possibilities for modern
commercial enterprise. No time was lost
in turning this particular clause in the
Jap.mese Treaty to account. No fewer than
eleven mills, Chinese and foreign, were
erected between 1896 and 1898. In 1896 the
mills owned by the Chinese were working
some 120,000 spindles and 850 power-looms.
Before Ihe end of 1908 there will be
732,500 spindles, and 2,500 power-looms in
operation.

Weaving has not expanded at the same rate
as spinning. The reason for this is a simple
one. Nearly every homestead in the country
districts contains one hand-loom or more
operated by the female members of the
household in their spare moments. The cost
of production is therefore exceedingly low.
Large quantities of coarse cloth are placed
on the market by this means at a price at
which it is impossible for power-looms to
compete. If it were possible to spin yarns
of, say, from 2o's to 24's from native cotton,
a tremendous expansion would take place in
the weaving industry, because this would
allow Chinese mills to compete against
Japanese and American cloths, made from
American and better-class Indian cottons.
At Ihe present time best Chinese cotton
cannot be spun successfully into higher counts
than i6's yarn owing to its short staple.

The capital invested in the cotton industry
does not fall far short of ;£3,ooo,ooo, taking
into consideration land, buildings, and
machinery. But from a foreign point of
view, when due allowance has been made
for depreciation, the 700,000 spindles taken
at a fair market price would not be worth
much more than half this sum, or 15 taels
per spindle. It is doubtful whether the
shareholders have received 2j per cent, per
annum on their capital. In the foreign-
managed mills, however, the machinery and
plant have been maintained in good condition,
and it may only be a question of waiting
a few years before the cotton industry
comes to be looked upon as a safe invest-
ment yielding from 7 to 10 per cent. So

far there have been many factors militating
against the profitable working of the mills.
Foremost among these has been a lack of
working capital. The mills have to cover
their yarn sales immediately they are made,
as it would be unsafe to risk the fluctuations
of the cotton market, which are due to the
large exports of raw cotton to Japan,
amounting to between six and eight hundred
thousand piculs per annum. Owing, also,
to the se<isonable character of the market,
the yarn had to be stocked for months. If
such a precaution were unnecessary, the
interest on working capital would go a long
way towards paying a return of 3 or 4 per
cent, on the money invested. Another factor
adversely affecting the fortunes of the
Chinese mills has been their failure to
obtain supplies of raw cotton at reasonable
prices. The estimates, made at the lime
when foreign capital was about to embark
on the new enterprise, were based on the
belief that cotton would never go beyond
1 150 taels per picul, as for years its price
had remained stationary at ifoo taels.
Japan's increased requirements, and the
demands made by the increasing number of
spindles in China, had not been anticipated.
In 1903 and 1904 tlie price of Chinese
cotton was 90 per cent, aljove the figure on
which the original calculations were founded.
The mills, loo, have to contend against the
"dumping" of surplus stocks of yarn by
Japan and India, and the high price of Ihe
commonest coal also increases the cost of
working to a large extent. At the beginning,
the labour question presented some difliculty,
but the women, having worked cotton and
yarn in their homes, make apt pupils, and,
unless the foreign mills start working dining
the night, tliere are now sufficient hands
obtainable, except for a few months in the
summer. When the quality of cotton used
is taken into consideration, the Chinese
operative, under foreign supervision, is quite
as cheap and as expert as operatives in
Japan and India. The foreign mills are
worked during the day only, from 6 a.m. to
7.30 p.m., and unless the margin of profit is
at least 10 taels per bale, it is far belter not
to h.ive night work, for this not only means
an increase of more than 100 per cent, in
depreciation, but, also, the production of a
poorer quality of yarn.

Preparing Koving for Spinning.
Weaving Cloth.

COTTON.

Opening or Willowing Cotton.

Extracting Seed from Lint Cotton.
Spinning three threads simultaneously.

THE FLORA OF CHINA.

|HI\A possesses what is prob-
ably one of the largest flora
hi the world. "The most
moderate estimate cannot put
the whole flora as containing
less than twelve thousand
species," says Sir W. T.
Thiselton Dyer in the " Index Florae Sinen-
sis," which enumerates 8,271 species, 4,230
of which are endemic, or not known to
occur outside the Chinese Empire.

The popular cry that China requires
nothing from abroad, having all that she
needs within her own boundaries, is no
empty boast so far as her vegetation is
concerned. Lying between about 45° N.
latitude, where the winters are Arctic, and
about 15° N. latitude, where the climate is
equatorial, she has an extensive range of
climate. From the high line of mountains
in Szechwan, whose peaks are covered with
perpetual snow, to the flat alluvial plains on
the Pacific coast, it is possible for lier to
cultivate practically all known plants. Not
only is her flora one of the richest in a
general sense, but it is also one of the most
extensive, in so far as decorative plants,
suited to the gardens of Great Britain, are
concerned, and this survey will t^e chiefly
confined to remarks on some of the most
popular of the hundreds of garden plants
that have tieen introduced from China to
Britain.

Our knowledge of Chinese flora from a
decorative point of view only dates back to
1843, when Robert Fortune, a botanical
collector sent out by the Koyal Horticultural
Society, arrived in Shanghai. He was an
intrepid collector and overcame considerable
difiiculties in his attempts to enrich the
gardens of the old country. He had, of
course, a new field to explore, and though
certain facilities for obtaining plants were
afforded him by the nurseries in Shanghai,
it is to his own personal efforts that thanks
are due for a great number of our most
popular flowers. It was he who brought
home the chrysanthemum, which, though
divided into Chinese and Japanese varieties,
certainly originated in China. A peculiarity
which is generally overlooked in discussions
on the question of Japanese and Chinese
forms of this plant is very obvious to those
who know the difference between the two
peoples. The Japanese plant is light and

fantastic, with curved twists of petals ; in
other words, it is artistic, and typical of
what the Japanese admire in art. The
Chinese variety, on the other hand, is stiff,
globular, formal — like the Chinese character,
conservative and solid. There is little doubt
that each race, finding the Hower adaptable,
developed in it peculiarities to suit their
tastes.

Amongst the most popular garden plants
introduced by Fortune are the following : —
Paeonies, azaleas, camellias, Gardenia for-
tuuii and G. radicans, and roses in many
varieties. The Tea rose, and its consequent
hybrids, were all derived from Rosa Indica,
a Chinese species.

Fortune's greatest work, however, was the
introduction of the tea plant (Camellia tkea],
from the vicinity of Chekiang to India.
After completing his investigations for the
Royal Horticultural Society, he accepted a
commission from the East India Company in
1848 lo obtain seeds, plants, and full informa-
tion relative to the cultivation of tea in China,
with a view to starting the cultivation of tea
on the Himalayas. Up to that time the
Chinese had guarded the secret of tea pro-
duction very carefully, and it was commonly
supposed that black tea was made from the
leaves of Tlica lioliea, grown on the Foochow
and Canton Hills, and that green tea was
the product of Tltea viridis cultivated in
Chekiang. Fortune's investigations revealed
the fact that black and green tea were both
the product of the same plant, Camellia tliea,
and that the difference in colour was due
simply to difference in the methods of manu-
facturing, i.e., drying, &c. On August lo,
1885, Fortune, who had previously shipped
considerable quantities of plants and seeds to
India, left Shanghai with eight expert tea
cultivators and manufacturers from Fokien.
From their arrival dates the great tea industry
in India and Ceylon, which now so seriously
threatens the China tea trade with extinction
that two years ago Chinese commissioners
were deputed to visit Ceylon in order to
investigate the methods in vogue there.
From the fact that the tea plant is not in-
frequently found growing wild in Assam but
never in China, it may be inferred that India
was its original home. The probabilities are
that the Chinese imported the plant from
Assam centuries ago, and that through
Fortune they merely repaid a loan.

NORTH CHINA.

The vegetation of China is divisible into
three well-defined regions. The Northern,
or Temperate, region, extends from Shantung
northwards. This is the home of numerous
pines, the most famous of which is the
White Barked pine (Piiiiis l>iiiii>eaita), so
abundant near the Ming tombs in the vicinity
of Peking. This tree is greatly venerated,
and attains a great age and size. Its stem,
when matured, appears as though it were
whitewashed, and forms a striking object in
the landscape. The Shantung Province and
North Honan are the chief fruit-growing
areas. Apples, pears, plums, grapes, persim-
mons {Diospyros kaki), thorn apples (Cratea-
geiis fiiunatifida], cherries, apricots, and all
other temperate fruits are grown in great
variety. A plum-cot, similar to the famed
Burbank hybrid, is said to have existed for
centuries in the vicinity of Weihaiwei,
while other peculiar fruits found in this
locality are the seedless jujube and flat
jujube, the apple-shaped pear, and a large
peculiar shaped persimmon.

Amongst flowering plants the more familiar
varieties are Anemone Chinensis, Lilinm
eoncolor, daphnes, hawthorns, Jasminum
nndiflorum, Foroytliia siispensa, the China
aster (Callistefhns hortensios), Clematis oricnt-
alis, Tlialictnim minns, Anemone hefatica,
Adonis vernalis, I'ltonia alhiflora, Chimonan-
thns /ragrans, Delphininm ^landiflora, Aconi-
liini, and Aquilegeia.

CENTRAL CHINA.

The central region, i.e., that adjoining the
Yangtsze Valley, is agriculturally, and also
in the extreme richness of its flora, unique.
In the vicinity of Shanghai the flat alluvial
plains are devoted to agriculture, the rich
soil producing excellent crops of cotton, rice,
barley, beans, Sesamum Indica and large
supplies of vegetables. At Siccawei, which
is the chief peach-growing region, good
peaches in considerable variety are produced,
the favourite being a flat-fruited variety.
Unfortunately, the Chinese do ni)t give care-
ful attention to their cultivation, with the
result that almost every other fruit has a
maggot in it. The peaches are plucked
before they are ripe to prevent the maggot
from developing and to avoid the risk of
theft ; consequently, a really ripe, luscious

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 305

peach — the perfect, delectable fruit that is
usually pictured — is unobtainable. Indeed,
foreigners may literally be said to be starving
whilst in the midst of plenty, so far as this
fruit is concerned.

In this region no square inch of land is
left uncultivated, consequently, wild flowers
are rarely seen, the only exceptions being
Anemone Japoiiica, Lycoris squniiiigent, L.
nuiiatn, L. aura, Loiiicera gyiw-clilaiiiydca,
and Kosn miiltifiora. On tlie so-called hills,
situated at a distance of about 20 miles
from Shanghai, are found Ficus rcpeiis,
Tmclteleofennniii, Janiiiiwiiles, Harts-tongue,
Royal. Sword, Pteris cretica, and a variety of
other ferns, and two forms of asparagus.

Other plants which are natives of this
region, but can scarcely be said to occur in
a state of nature, are Salix habylonica, Ilex
coriitila, Vibiiniiiiii iiiacivceflialiiiii, Ligiislriiiii
lueidum, L. sinensis, Ailanllins glandnlosa,
Stcrculia Platanifalia, Pterocarya slenopera,
and Qnercns serratta.

The hills in the vicinity of Ningpo and
Hangchow are clad with azaleas, Kliododen-
dron sinensis, and R. Indieum, like the hills of
Scotland with heather, and when in flower
a magnificent effect is produced by the
varied coloured blooms which appear in
great piofusion. The natives treat the
azaleas as scrub, and in winter remove
every branch for use as fuel. Amongst the
azaleas are lilies of sorts — chiefly Lilium
Biowiiii, which is found in many varieties
from yellow to white. Ferns and lycops,
particularly the stag-horn moss, abound.
Amongst the more prominent trees are
Castauofsis Tibetiana, a large evergreen
chestnut, the leaves of which frequently
measure from twelve to fourteen inches in
length, and four inches in width. This tree
is a handsome object, attaining considerable
dimensions, and appears to be confined to
the vicinity of Hangchow, where it was
first discovered by the Right Rev. Bishop
Moule. Ghditschia sinensis and Gymnocladus
sinensis, the large pods of which produce a
saponaceous matter and are employed by
the natives instead of soap, are abundant.
Various species of rhus, from one or more of
which the famed Ningpo varnish is obtained,
are more or less cultivated.

Castanea saliva (sweet chestnuts), and some
good varieties of '■ Loquats " [Eryobotyra
Japoniea), both white and yellow fruited
forms, are grown in large quantities ; whilst
on the island of Pootoo, Chinese strawberries,
the fruit of the Myrica sapida, are cultivated
for the Shanghai market, where they are
purchased by both natives and foreigners.
Stillingia sebifera (the tallow tree) is grown
in considerable quantities all over the
Chekiang Province, and from its fruit a
saponaceous matter is expressed which,
when purified, forms a high-class tallow that
might be found well worth the attention of
soap-makers. This tree is cultivated much
in the same manner as peaches, that is to
say, the larger fruiting varieties which yield
the greatest amount of tallow are grafted on
to the seedling stock.

The flora of the Yangtsze Valley really may
be said to begin in the vicinity of Kiukiang,
particularly on tiie Kuling Hills, where may
be found such plants as tulip trees (JJrio-
dendron tulipifera), Lilium speciosuni var
Formosana, Zanlhoxylum piperilum (the seeds
of which are used as a condiment),
Xantlwceras sorbifolia, Wistaria, Viburnum
tomenlosnni, Vitus inconslans (better known
as Amelopsis Veilchii), Anemone japoniea,
Altebia qninlata, Akebia lobata, and a host
of other popular flowering shrubs.

For our knowledge of the rich flora of the

vicinity of Ichang, we are in the first place
indebted to Dr. Henry -formerly of the
Imperial Maritime Customs .service, and now
Professor of Arboriculture at Oxford University
(vide the "Index Flora; Sinensis") — whose col-
lection reached the large number of 15,700
specimens, each represented by numerous
duplicates, amounting in all to 150,000 sheets ;
and, later, to H. E. Wilson, collector to
James Veitch & Sons, who sent to London
seeds of 1,800 species, 30,000 bulbs of new
and rare species of liliums, and living roots
of various herbs, shrubs, &c. His herbarium
collection comprised 20,000 dried specimens,
many of which were collected in the higher
reaches of the Yangtsze and in Szechwan.

Ichang is the home of Primula sinensis,
now one of the most popular winter flower-
ing greenhouse plants at home. It is found
growing on the face of the rocks, whilst
another popular primula P. obconica. is found
in the moist valleys. Other notable plants
abounding in this neighbourhood are Davidia
involuerata, probably one of the finest flower-
ing trees extant, Astelbie Davidii, Bnddleia

and Chinese olives (Canarinum album).
Typical forms of this vegetation are the
banyans and other forms of Ficus, Ixoras,
Murrya exotica, Hitusciis, Rosa sinensis, Gar-
cinia mnlliflorum, Hoya carnosa. Magnolia,
Cliamapaca, and Canaga adorala. Orchids
are found in considerable variety, especially
in Yunnan and Hainan, whence large con-
signments have been sent home to the
English market. This is also the original
home of the beautiful little primula, /'.
Forbesii. From Foochow large quantities
of the bulbs of the sacred lily, or joss
flowers {Narcissus lazetta var Chinensis),
are exported to Europe, America, and also to
other parts of China. On the hills near Foo-
chow tea is grown in considerable quantities.
Foochow poles, derived from Cuuninghaniia
sinensis, are very largely exported from here
to Central China, where they are in great
deinand for building purposes.

Since Formosa has been handed over to
the Japanese, the cultivation of camphor has
received more attention in the southern
provinces, and, when further developed.

THE TALLOW TREE.

variabilis, and /?. Asiatica. Daphne genkwa
clothes the hills here like azaleas do those of
Chekiang, and when it is in bloom the effect
is said to be very beautiful. In the province
of Szechwan the opium poppy is one of the
chief agricultural crops. Tobacco, also, is
grown, but not to a great extent. The hills
on the Thibetan frontier are particularly
noted for their great assortment of rhodo-
dendrons as well as for various rare and
beautiful alpines, such as Mcccnopsis inlegri-
folia and M. punicia, and a number of rare
primulas.

SOUTH CHINA.

In Southern China the climate approxi-
mates to that of the tropics, consequently
palms in variety, tree ferns, and other plants
of a tropical nature are found in profusion.
The fruits grown in this region which iind
their way into the Shanghai market are Cilrus
aurantium, C. decnmana, C. nohilis, and C.
medica (producing oranges, lemons and pume-
loes), Neplielium lilchii and N. longana (the
" litchies "), bananas, guavas, mangoes, wangpee

this industry will tend to give a inore ample
supply of this coinmodity, which at present
is obtained almost entirely from Formosa.

Chief among the botanists who have con-
tributed to our knowledge of the Chinese
flora may be mentioned Dr. Hance, whose
herbarium, containing 22,000 species, is now
in the British Museuin ; Dr. Henry Maries,
H. E. Wilson, Dr. Faber, R. Fortune,
and Pere Delavayi and several other
Jesuit fathers. With the publication of well-
known works and descriptions of plants the
names of F. B. Forbes, W. B. Hemsley,
C. J. Maximowicz, Franchet and Brets are
best known, and the names of James Veitch
& Son, of Chelsea, and Andrieux Vilmorin,
of Paris, are prominently associated with
the introduction of large numbers of Chinese
plants to the gardens of Europe.

FIBRES.

The chief fibres produced in China are Cro-
tolaria (Sunn hemp), Bohemeria nivca, hemp
[Cannabis saliva), Crocorhus, and Abutilion

avcninaceac.

306 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

AGRICULTURE.

Agriculture in China ranks above all other
induslries, and is second only to the learned
professions, for it is recognised that, in a
countrj- with so large a (wpulatlon, a sufticienf
supply of food is all-important. Once a year
the Emperor himself ploughs a furrow.
Agriculture in China differs from agriculture
in Western lands in that it is more akin to
horticulture ; it is, in fact, intensive culture,
on small holdings, about which so much li.is
been heard at home in recent years. The
land is handed on from father to sons, the
original area thus becoming in course of
time a collection of small plots. Cultivation
is mainly by manual labour, though buffaloes
are frequently employed in ploughing. For
manuring purposes night-soil is applied in
a liquid form during the growing season,
and bean-cake is also largely used in the
same way. The ashes of t>ean and cotton
stalks are carefully collected for use when

planting bean and cotton seeds. A form of
medicago is largely grown and dug into the
soil in a green state, from which it is to be
inferred that the Chinese, through actual
practice, have discovered the enriching
value of the roots of leguminous plants, and
have for ages been applying the principle
of our " recent discovery " of nitro-culture.
The land generally in the central districts
yields two crops annually. The main crops
are beans (broad), wheat, barley, and rape
during the winter months, and Soja hispida
(oil beans), cotton, sesamum, and rice in the
summer. Practically all the more common
vegetables of Europe are grown in large
quantities.

ARBORICULTURE.

Unfortunately, forestry does not exist in
China, and the few forests which remain
intact are being gradually denuded. This is
the more regrettable since it would be

possible to grow nearly all known timbers, as
well as many valuable trees that are confined
to China. The alTorestation of the hills
would be one of the most profitable under-
takings that could engage the attention of
China. As a direct asset her arboriculture
in some years would be woith millions of
taels — probably it would be of greater value
than that of America — whilst, indirectly, the
ameliorating effect of trees on the climate
would tend to put an end to the floods,
droughts, and famines which now occur with
such frequency.

Bamboo is utilised by the natives to an
almost unlimited e.xtent. With it they can
build and furnish their houses completely,
and it is not surprising, therefore, that it is
a feature of the landscape. Roughly speaking,
there are about forty species of bamboo in
China, ranging from the small Shantung
variety of the norlh to the great Dendrocalmiis
of the south.

A QBOUP OF CHRYSANTHEMUMS.

CEREMONIES AND CUSTOMS OF THE CHINESE.

By S. W. TSO, of Hongkong.

[ROM the cr.idle onwiirds the
Chinese are surrounded by
social customs and rehgious
observances so interwoven as
to be ahiiost indistinguish-
able. When a child is born
the ceremony of bathing the
baby lakes place on the third day. Accord-
ing to Chinese reckoning, this may be after
a lapse of anything from twenty-five to
forty-nine hours, for any portion of a day
counts as a day which the child has seen.
Age is reckoned in the same way. Thus,
a child born on December 31st would be
two years of age on the following day, for
he would have lived in two years. The
method of calculation is similar to that
followed in regard to English race-horses.

The bathing is followed on the twelfth day
by another ceremony, but the most important
of these early functions is that which takes
place one Chinese moon, or lunar month,
from the date of birth. The infant is then
considered to have attained a position in the
family, and becomes recognised as a
permanent member ; a child dying before
that age is scarcely given a name. The full-
moon festival is one of great rejoicing,
especially in the case of an eldest male
child. Friends send presents to the parents
for the child, and the parents, in return,
invite their friends to a feast or dinner, and
introduce to them the new member of the
family. It must be borne in mind that this
remark applies more especially to male
children, for, although nowadays in Hong-
kong and some of the larger coast ports a
female child usually receives some recog-
nition, in the interior of China little notice
is taken of girls, except occasionally when
the firstborn is a female. It may here be
mentioned that the practice of binding the
feet of girls, in accordance with a distorted
notion of beauty, is gradually dying out, the
Empress of China having expressed her
strong disapproval of the custom.

NOMENCLATURE.

A Chinaman may have five names or
more. One name is given to him in child-
hood by the father ; another by his teacher
when he is old enough to go to school ;
a third he adopts for the convenience of his
friends when he arrives at manhood ; and a
fourth at marriage. This last is the name
by which he is registered in the ancestral
hall, or temple devoted to ances-tral worship.

Should he become an oificcr in the employ-
ment of the Government he will receive an
official name, which may be one of the
names by which he has been known
formerly, or may be a new name alto-
gether. In China a business is generally
carried on under a name different from that
of the proprietor, but in Hongkong this
custom is falling into desuetude, and not

the surname is written first, and is followed
by the individual names, as in an alpha-
betical directory. A similar arrangement is
followed in addressing letters — the province
is written first, followed by the town, street,
and number or name of the house, and,
last of all, the surname and name of the
individual.

"BOUND" FEET.

infrequently now a man employs his own
name in the designation of his premises.

Girls generally have only two names — one
a maiden name, or " milk-name," as it may
be more literally rendered from the Chinese ;
the other a school name. Upon her marriage
a girl places the surname of her husband
before her own, so that, to anglicise an
illustration, if a Miss Adam married a Mr.
Smith, she would become Mrs. Smith-Adam.

Children receive the father's surname, or,
more properly speaking, the surname of the
father's family or clan. In all Chinese names

SCHOOL DAYS.

A small ceremony characterises the first
entrance of a Chinese boy of the upper and
middle classes to school. It begins with a
form of religious worship, viz., the worship
of Confucius and Wun Chang, the god of
literature. A "school fee" is paid to the
teacher who imparts the first lesson to the
pupil, a dinner is generally given to celebrate
the event, and the child receives his " school
name."

Formerly the aim of all study was the
passing of State examinations, in which a

308 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

series of degrees were txjnferred for literature
and composition, but these examinations are
rapidly being done away with throughout
Cliina, for it is becoming recognised that a
knowledge of the classics or the ability to

the prosfKfctive bridegroom is sometimes
allowed to see his future wife or a photo-
graph of her. The girl, however, is rarely
allowed a similar privilege ; indeed, she is
seldom even told who has been selected as

ARRIVAL OF MARRIAGE PRL,;!,:.

write elegant composition does not by itself
fit a man to occupy a high position in the
State or in the commercial world. Gradually
the superior advantages of Western education
are tx«)ming recognised, more especially in
official circles. Students are satisfied now with
one of the minor degrees, and, after passing
the first degree, are only examined once
more if they obtain a diploma from a foreign
university or acquire a profession abroad.
This second examination takes place in
Peking, and the student receives rank and
office according lo the proficiency he displays.
Girls are taught at school just as much as
is necessary to fit them for their social
station in life. When they are small children
they attend the same school as the txjys, but
at the age of about eleven or twelve they
are, as a rule, withdrawn from the society
of boys. At that age the path of study for
the two sexes liegins to diverge ; boys con-
tinue to attend school and pursue a higher
course of study for State examinations, while
girls remain at home, probably under a
governess, and learn, in addition, those do-
mestic accomplishments necessary to qualify
them for the management of their future
households. When grown-up girls form
their own society of girl friends, so accus-
tomed are they to the exclusive association
of their own sex that it liecomes a habit, as
well as a rule of etiquette, among them to
abstain from the society of the other sex.
So strictly is this rule adhered to that no
young girl at the marriageable age would
ever see a young man unless he be either
a brother or cousin. Even her intended
husband would be denied an interview,

MARRIAGE.

In China a marriage is the outcome of
negotiations lietween the parents, through
the instrumentality of a middleman, and it
frequently happens that the young people do
not see each other until the wedding actually
takes place. In Hongkong and the outports

ii AT THE BRIDAL RESIDENCE.

her future husband. The middleman, who
receives fees for his services, is recognised
as a witness to the contract, and is held
responsible in any dispute whicli may subse-
quently arise in regard to the marriage. He

the family — eldest, second, or third daughter,
and so on — together with the names of her
parents and of their native place. The girl
is then seen by the mother and other female
relatives of the young man, and if they are
favourably impressed with her tliey send a
similar piece of paper containing their son's
name, date of birth, &c.. to her family with
an intimation of their approval. The girl's
family then interview the young man and
make inquiries among his friends and
acquaintances concerning his health, attain-
ments, and position in life, and if they are
satisfied, they signify througli the middleman
their willingness that the marriage should
take place. A date is then fixed for the send-
ing of the first present, which takes the form
of an article of jewellery, some cakes and a
few dollars, wrapped in red paper, and the
acceptance of the gift by the girl's parents
signifies the girl's acceptance of the marriage
lines. The dollars really represent the pur-
chase-money, for in theory a wife is still
acquired by purchase in China, though the
practice of actually buying a wife has been
for many years non-existent among the more
enlightened upper and middle classes. Nowa-
days the money is usually returned as " school
fees for the bridegroom," the girls parents
thereby intimating that they refuse to sell
their daughter, but are willing to give her in
marriage without price. By so doing they
claim for the girl equality with her husband.
In poor families, however, tiie money is often
accepted as a dowry, and for the purcliase of
the girl's trousseau. All this occurs wliile the
girl remains in ignorance of the fact that the
arrangements are in progress, or even if she
does know something about them custom
demands that she shall pretend that she does
not. Though her hu.sband is not of her own
choosing she is usually well content, for she
sees that all marriages are arranged by the

A ■WEDDING CHAIR.

goes to the parents of the prospective bride-
groom and hands them a piece of red paper
—red being the Chinese lucky colour — on
which are written various particulars, such
as the date of the girl's birth, her position in

parents, and that the proportion of good
matches is quite as large in China as in
countries where the difticult task of selection
devolves on the young people themselves.
The first present is followed by two other

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 309

j^ifts of cakes, and wine, money, and jewellery.
Besides the presents, letters are exchanjjed
between the parents of the contractin;; parties,
and these letters, usually three in number,
are held to be written evidences of the mar'

cup, a vessel usually of silver, but sometimes
of pewter. This dinner inaufjurates the mar-
riage feast, which lasts two days, and is
really a series of festivities. The bride is
entertained by the ladies of the household,

BABIES IN THEIB SAFETY CHAIRS.

riage, and are accepted as legal documents.
The marriage usually takes place within
about a month after the giving of the last
present, but there are certain seasons of the
year in which marriages are forbidden by
ancient custom. For example, they take
place but rarely in the first month of the
year, and never in the third, fifth, and ninth
months.

On the day appointed for the ceremony
the bridegroom's parents send the middleman
with a chair, known as the " Kakin " (varie-
gated chair), draped with red silk hangings,
to fetch the bride, who is carried in
procession to her new home, with banners
flying, and amid the music of insistent bands,
the clamour of gongs, and the incessant
fusilade of fire-crackers. She is arrayed in
embroidered red silk, and wears a red veil,
which betokens that she has been preserved
from the prying eyes of strangers, especially
of the opposite sex. When she is carried
into the house she is accompanied by the
bridegroom, and kneels and bows to heaven
and earth and the ancestral tablets and to
the bridegroom, who, of course, acknowledges
the compliment by returning it. Immediately
after this she is unveiled by tlie liridegroom
and is taken to her room. The bridal dress
consists of a long coat of embroidered red
silk, with a mantle and scarf of red embroid-
ery. The head-dress is a curiously shaped
cap, with pearl hangings almost completely
hiding the face. The bridegroom is attired
in a silk court dress, with two broad ribbons,
forming a sash, worn crosswise over the
shoulders and breast. The observance of a
form of ancestral worship in the family hall,
in which the young people take part, is an
important feature of the marriage rites.
On the night of her arrival in her new home
the bride sits down with the bridegroom to
dinner, and they celebrate this, their first
meal together, by partaking of the loving

including the sisters of the bridegroom, but
Chinese ideas of modesty forbid her to do
more than just touch the proffered dishes
at these ceremonial meals. Meanwhile the
friends and relations of the family are enler-
tained by the husband's parents, in acknow-

to the bridegroom, who is hampered by no
restrictions such as are imposed upon his
bride. The feasting over, the young people
return to the husband's parental roof, under
which they are to reside in rooms specially
reserved for them. The bride is supposed
to provide the furniture and everything
required for the household.

The marriage ceremonies which have been
outlined are among those more commonly
observed in China, and are, of course, subject
to considerable variation in different parts of
the Empire ; but the three essentials — the
consent of the parents, the intervention of
the middleman, and the ancestral worship in
the family hall — are most rigidly adhered to
everywhere. Girls are usually married
between the ages of seventeen and twenty
(in English reckoning, from sixteen to nine-
teen), and men between the ages of eighteen
and twenty-one (seventeen and twenty).

When a girl marries she calls her husband's
people her family, and her own parents her
" outside family." In saying " I am going
home " she implies that she is going to the
home of her parents-in-law ; she always
refers to her maiden home as her " outer
home." In this may be traced the influence
of the ancient custom which held that when
married a woman ceased to belong to her
own people, and became the possession, or
chattel, of her husband.

SOCIAL LIFE.

The Chinese in their social intercourse
have certain well-defined rules. A visitor
will seek the acquaintance of the inhabitants
of the town or village by calling on any
gentlemen to wliom he may have letters
of introduction, while his wife or female
relatives visit the ladies. The arrival of a
distinguished man in a place of any im-
portance is usually celebrated by a dinner
given in his honour by the leading residents.
At a dinner party the gentlemen sit at one

DINNER PARTY AT A MANDARIN'S HOUSE.

ledgment of the presents which have been
received by them. On the third day the
bride returns to the home of her father and
mother, paying a visit of a day's duration,
and in the evening her parents give a dinner

table and the ladies at another in a different
room. Dishes are served ready cut up, the
food being placed in a large bowl or dish
in the centre of the table, from which the
guests help themselves mouthful by mo.ithful.

310 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The table is usually square or round, a long
table being rarely seen.

Tea and tobacco are always lo hand in
a man's oftice or place of business, both
for his own use and for that of callers. The
tea is regarded not only as a stimulant, but
as a desirable substitute for strong drink.

In ofiicial circles tea has a curious
ceremonial use. At the commencement of

FUNERAL RITES.

In a country where the veneration of
ancestors forms part of the very fibre of
Ihe national character it is not surprising
to find that the customs and ceremonies
attendant upon the disposal of the dead are
of Ihe most elaborate description. Before
a Chinaman breathes his last his relatives

CHINESE FUNERAL PROCESSIONS.

a conference cups of the beverage are
brought in and placed before the official
and his visitor, and when Ihe official, whose
ideas of politeness will not suffer him to
dismiss his visitor in so many words, desires
to intimate that the interview must be
brought to an end, he does so by lifting
Ihe cup and drinking the tea, whereupon
the visitor departs.

lift him from his bed and carry him inlo the
hall, where he is clothed in full mandarin
costume. Every head of a family is entitled
after death to lie in state for a certain number
of days in the hall, where his friends may
perform the last rites and pay their respects
lo the memory of the departed. Coverlets
of .silk or cloth are sent by his kinsmen and
more intimate friends, and are laid upon

the corpse, the colours white and red — the
Chinese mourning and lucky colours, respec-
tively — alternating. The red is supposed to
augur well for the man's posterity. The
hour at which death occurs is made known
to a priest, who thereupon makes certain
calculations, and writes upon a piece of
paper itikr alin the time when tlie body
may be encoflined, and when the soul of
the departed may be expected to return to
visit the family. Many superstitious Chinese
actually believe the latter prediction to be
true, and at the time indicated by the priest,
a table, spread with wines and cakes, is
placed in the hall for the refreshment of the
returned spirit. They aver that invariably
something is taken from this table, showing
that the soul of the departed has actually come
back, and has consumed a portion of the
food in order to manifest its return. During
the lying-in-state, Taoist or Buddhist priests
are called in to say mass, and to perform
other religious rites, and more often than
not nuns are also in attendance. A vigil is
kept every night, candles, sent by relatives
of the deceased, are lighted, and the subtle
fragrance emitted by burning joss-sticks rises
continuously. Sounds of mourning mingle
with the prayers muttered by the priests in
an unknown tongue, incense is offered, and
paper money, gilt or silvered, cut or fashioned
in the shape ol coins, is burned in the belief
that the departed will be able to make use
of it as currency in the netlier world. Hound
the hall the members of the dead man's
family, with hair dishevelled, sit upon mats
or straw thrown upon tlie ground, wailing
and bemoaning their loss.

The heir of the departed, attended by
different members of the family, and possibly
by some friends, goes out at a time appointed
by the priest to buy water for the last
atjlutlons before the body is placed in the
coflin. In a country district the water is
taken from a stream, and a few cash are
thrown in for payment ; but in a town where
there is no stream available the water is
obtained from a bucket placed at a street
corner near the house. In days gone by
the body was actually washed, but nowadays
a white cloth is dipped in the water by the
heir of the family and passed in front of
the face and limbs of the deceased, without
coming into actual contact with them.

The coffin is often of the most expensive
description, costing sometimes as much as
several thousands of dollars. Pine from
Laochow, in the Kwangsi district, Is generally
used in its construction, and the price varies
according to the finent.ss of the wood. Great
care is taken to place tlie body fairly on
its back, exactly in the centre of the coffin.
The coffin is then packed with small bags
of lime, obtained from the cuttlefish, and
these serve the double purpose of keeping
the body in position and of absorbing
moisture. Putty is used in fitting on the lid
of the coffin, so that, when fastened down,
the receptacle is practically airtight. The
screws used are of brass, and are a foot or
more in length. When the coffin has lo be
carried a long distance tarred ropes are
placed round it to facilitate handling and
to render the fastening more secure.

The wearing of unhemmed white dresses
of some coarse material is enjoined upon
children mourning their parents, and over
this dress a sort of surplice of sack-cloth
is worn. The head-dress for the male is
woven of bamboo and coarse cloth, with
tassels of cotton ; but that for the woman
is a hood of hempen sack. The shoes are
of coarse straw. Each of the chief mourners
carries a curious stick, usually of bamboo,

The \V:iterc<irrier.

TYPES OF THE PEOPLE.

Aged Peasant.

The Family Conveyance.

Handbarrow Men.

Ploughing.

Washing Day.

A Cheerful Crowd.

A "Fair" Load.

Swineherd and his Cliarge.

Coolie Family,
Aged Peasant.

Country Dame.

A Street Sewing Woman

312 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

with' a paper frill, attached with gum, wound
spirally along its whole length. In some
parts of the country these sticks are necessary
for driving away dogs, hyasnas, wolves, and
other wild animals, for Chinese burial grounds

deposited outside the grave, awaiting the
decision of tlie necromancer as to a lucky
date for the final interment. Not until the
jar itself is placed in the ground do the
Chinese consider the hnrial complete.

RICKSHAW COOLIES.

are often at some long distance from human
habitations.

The coffin is carried by from eight to
sixteen men, sometimes by even more. The
funeral is attended by bands of native instru-
mentalists, wearing white clothes, and playing
mournful music. Banners are carried in the
procession, and friends and relatives often
send scrolls of silk or flannel bearing com-
plimentary references to the departed. These
scrolls are taken back to the house and
hung up for a certain time, after which the
characters affixed to them are taken off so
that the material may be used for clothing
or for other purposes. If the burial-place
is some distance away in the country, or if
the deceased is to be buried in another
country, the procession makes its way to a
temporary resting-place, where the coffin is
deposited, and the friends who have followed
the cortege take leave of the departed after
burning incense, kowtowing, and performing
other religious rites. Only the relatives
follow to the graveside and witness the
interment.

The cemetery itself is not necessarily the
last resting-place of the deceased. The rela-
tives consult a necromancer, who engages in
a search for a " lucky spot " for the grave, as
near to their own ancestral village as possible.
This search may occupy months, or even
years. Many points have to be considered.
If possible, the site must be on a hill-side,
and it must occupy a certain position in
relation to the wind and the sea, or the
nearest river. The situation having been
selected, the coffin is buried on an auspicious
day indicated by the necromancer, and a
horseshoe-shaped tomb is built round it.
In some cases in which it is not practicable.
for pecuniary or other reasons, to move the
coffin, the t)ody is buried for ten or twenty
years, and the bones are then exhumed and
placed in jars. These jars are conveyed by
the relatives to their native village, and

For forty-nine days — seven periods of seven
days each— after a man's death masses are
said, religious ceremonies performed, and
sacrifices offered. The days of the third and
fifth periods are days of sacrifice, and a
third sacrifice falls within the seventh period.
During these forty-nine days a business man

and sisters mourn each other for one year,
and grandchildren mourn grandparents for
the same period. A husband mourns his
wile for one year, but a widow wears her
weeds for three years. Nephews and nieces
mourn for one year. For the purposes of
mourning a year is only nine lunar months,
and a married daughter is only permitted to
mourn for her parents one year, reserving
the three years' mourning for her husband
and her parents-in-law. Whilst in mourning
for parents the Chinese are not supposed
to take part in gaieties of any kind.

Among the official cl isses it is a recognised
rule that no man may hold office during a
period of mourning for a parent except
by the special permission of the Emperor.
The period of mourning the death of the
Emperor himself is three years.

THE DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY.
The head of a family may make a will, or
dispose of his estate by word of mouth, or
by memoranda, signed or unsigned. But in
the absence of any verbal instruction or
instrument in writing, all his sons, whether
by his wife or handmaids (whose position
will be defined later on), take equal shares
of all his property other than the sacrificial,
or family property. The formal will is un-
common in the interior of China, because a
Chinaman believes it to be unlucky to talk
about death when in perfect health, or, when
he has an ailment, to anticipate death by
making a will. The inost common method
of bequeathing property is by giving oral
instructions. Feeling the end approaching,
the head of the family assembles the members
of his family and some of his clansmen, and
gives them directions as to the future conduct
of his business, and as to the manner in
which his possessions shall l-e divided.
Invariably the eldest son, or heir, inherits all
sacrificial property, or property set aside for
family or ancestral worship. It is necessary

CARRIAGE AND "MAFOOS."

inonrning his father absents himself from
work, and allows his head to go unshaven.

Quite a number of rules surround the
practice of mourning for the dead. Children
mourn their parents three years, brothers

here to explain that, though the law of China
enjoins inonogainy, certain latitude is allowed
when no heir has been born to a man. In
such cases a man may take, in addition to
his wife, other women who would be called

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 31H

respectively his second, tiiird, or fourth hand-
maids. When a handmaid gives hirtli to a
child, male or female, she is recognised as a
secondary mother to the family ; but if she
have no issue she is regarded merely as a
servant-maid all her life. These handmaids
are generally girls of the lovver classes,
acquired by purchase from poor families.
They become virtually the property of their
employers, the purchase-money ranging from
a few scores to thousands of dollars. In
the absence, therefore, of a son by the wife,
the eldest son of one of the handmaids is
regarded as the heir. If the heir lives to
have a family of his own, but predeceases
his father, his eldest son becomes the heir to
the sacrificial property ; if he predeceases
his father, and leaves no family, the son next

In disposing of landed property inter vivos
certain formality has to be observed. When
once a man acquires a piece of land his
near relatives seem to have in it a right of
pre-emption. In all purchase deeds, there-
fore, there is always a recital stating that the
vendor first offered the property to his near
relatives, but no one was willing to buy, and
that through a middleman (the broker), a
purchaser was then found who was willing
to buy, &c. In actual practice no such offer
is really made, but a notice posted for a
certain time at a public place to the effect
that it has been made is considered sufficient
for the purpose ; and the sale may, after the
expiration of the time mentioned in the notice,
be completed without being liable to be upset
at a future date.

discuss the prescription and not infrequently
decide to eliminate certain of the drugs speci-
fied and to add others. They may also come
to the conclusion that the dose suggested
by the doctor is too large or too small, and
alter it accordingly. When they have settled
these matters to their own satisfaction, the
approved drugs are boiled together until
the decoction is reduced to from six to
ten ounces, and the patient swallows the
bowlful at one draught. This is one of the
most curious features of the Chinese medical
system. Every man who can read regards
himself as a doctor in embryo. Even in the
native hospital at Hongkong it is a common
practice still for the director and certain
members of the committee to assemble the
native doctors round a table and discuss the

A PEKINGESE LADY.

A CHINESE GENTLEMAN.

in order of age inherits ; but if a man has
no son, either by his wife or his handmaids,
it is competent for him to adopt one of his
brother's sons as his heir.

If a man die without leaving any one to
represent his line of descent he is considered
to be under a curse. Consequently an heir
is always found for him whether he leaves
any estate or not. If he has no one to
succeed him so nearly related to him as a
brother's son, then one of a remoter degree
in kinship or one of the same clan or even
one bearing the same surname may be
adopted. But it is a sine qua iiou that the
heir be of the same surname and of the
proper generation, that is, of the same
generation as the man's own heir would be
if he had one, otherwise the adoption would
be illegal.

The lower classes of Chinese make some
provision for the future by subscribing to
societies which undertake to bear their funeral
expenses, and to provide something for their
widows and children. Almost every village
has one of these friendly societies.

MEDICINE.
The medical profession in China is one for
which neither law nor custom demands that a
man shall be specially trained. Any one who
chooses to do so can practise as a doctor
without registration of any kind. He reads
one or two standard Chinese works on medi-
cine, and gains a knowledge of certain di ugs,
which he combines in so-called prescriptions,
charging his patients from ten cents to
one dollar. The patient holds a consultation
with some of his friends and relatives, who

various prescriptions which they have given
during the day.

In the Chinese pharmacopea there are
numbers of useful and powerful drugs,
practically unknown in Europe, only waiting
for some one with time, means, and the
necessary training to demonstrate their value
and impress them into the service of man.
Jen-tsin, for example, is a powerful tonic
and cardiac stimulant, but ils uses are
commonly known only to the Chinese.

Major surgery is practised only to a very
limited extent in China, but minor operations,
such as acupuncture and dry cupping, are
frequently performed. Bonesetting, the re-
duction of dislocations, lancing of abscesses,
and dental surgery may also be mentioned
as having their place in Chinese surgery.

Altogether the Chinese make a considerable

314 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

daim to efliciency in their methods, and
though there is a substratum of practitioners
emploj-ing witchcraft and the black arts,
doctors of the l)etter class aver that their
percentage of cures is very high. In the

Taoism is a religion, because it speaks
of a higher existence. Laotzv is looked
upon as the founder of Taoism, though it is
practically certain that the religion, which
consists in the following of Tao, or " the

A DEVOTEE CONSULTING THE STICKS OF FATE.

case of small-pox, for instance, they guarantee
90 per cent, of cures — the European per-
centage is barely as high as 70. The
outstanding name on the medical roll is
that of Wa To, who lived in the Han
dynasty. He used the knife freely, both for
amputations and lor minor operations, and
obtained great repute. He has now been
canonised, or deified, and is worshipped as
the god of medicine.

RELIGIONS.

Chinese religions and their inter-relation-
ship with each other and with national social
observances are dealt with at some length
in another part of this volume, but as no
article on the '■ Manners and Customs of the
Chinese" would be complete without some
reference to the people's beliefs, a passing
allusion to them may here be permitted. As
a general rule Chinese religions are regarded
as three in number, namely, Confucianism,
Taoism, and Buddhism, and into these is
woven the all-prevalent ancestor-worship.
Whatever its creed or conglomeration of
creeds, every family or clan has its temple,
in which are placed the tablets of the dead,
supposed to be inhabited by the souls of
departed ancestors ; and in every house there
is a hall set aside for the observance of the
prescribed cerctnonials, whereby the hovering
spirits are propitiated.

Strictly speaking, it is a mistake to class
Confucianism as a religion, for its founder
— politician, economist, philosopher, and
moralist — professed to teach only the ethics
of right conduct and temporal welfare, and
consistently evaded his disciples' inquiries
concerning a future existence. " You do
not understand life yet ; how can you hope
to understand death i" he would ask. He
refrained from discussing the problem ; he
rarely, if ever, spoke of gods and spirits ;
and even when he was ill he refused to offer
up prayers, though urged to do so by one
of his followers.

right principle," really existed prior to his
time. He was a contemporary of Confucius,
and the latter often questioned him con-
cerning the principle he advocated.

The introduction of Buddhism to China
dales from the Han dynasty. It is said that
one of the Han emperors, having dreamed
that he saw a giant with a golden body,
preaching a new religion, sent an ambassador

of the people. Each religion has borrowed
from the otlicr doctrines, formulas, and
observances wliicli have won popular support
or which have been favourably received by
successive emperors ; but, with changing
times and the spread of enlightenment, these
devices are proving futile, and both religions
are hastening to decay.

This assimilation by the various religions
of the essential features of others has made
it practically impossible for it to be said that
the Chinese belong to any particular religion.
In reality Chinamen are pantheistic, and
believe just as much as they please of as
many religions as they please. There are
innumerable minor deities, each having its
own sphere of activity, beneficent or malign.
For example, a medical man would worship
Wa To, the god of medicine ; while car-
penters and others would sacrifice to Lo
Pan, formerly an officer of the Public Works
Department, and now deified as the god
of architecture and building construction.
Soldiers have Kwan Tai, their god of war ;
men of letters, Wun Chang, the god of
literature ; and so forth. Belief in a
future existence is general. Somewhere in
the centre of the earth there is said to
be a region ruled by a king, or, according
to some, by ten kings, where the deeds of
men are weighed, and reward or punish-
ment is meted out accordingly. The good
will return to earth as great men, blessed
with riches, honour, long life, and children ;
the less worthy will enjoy similar happi-
ness, but in a lower degree ; the evil
will suffer privation and hardships of all
kinds ; while those guilty of rebellion, murder,
disobedience to parents, and other heinous
offences will take the shape of horses, cattle,
wild beasts, or some other animal.

The conversion of the adult Chinese to
Christianity makes slow progress, and the
reason is not far to seek. Usually, the
Chinese display an easy tolerance of all
religions, but there were, and still are, certain
rules enjoined by Christianity which make

LADIES OF A MANDARIN'S FAMILY AT CARDS.

to make inquiries. The ambassador, falling
in with Buddhist priests in India, invited
them to China.

Both Taoism and Buddhism have degener-
ated, and are losing their hold on the minds

it very difficult for the Chinese to embrace
the faith. For instance, ancestral worship is
prohibited, and monogamy is strictly enjoined.
Thus, when a man who has taken to himself
a wife and a handmaid desires to become a

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 315

Christian, lie is told that he must put away
the handmaid, or second wife, and the ques-
tion then arises — what is to become of her
and her children ? The Cliinaman is apt to
think twice before cnteriii;^ any society
which demands the breaking; up of his family
in such a way. Anotlier serious obstacle
to the spread of Chiistianity is created by
the numerous sects into which Christians
are divided, and the conclusion at which
the Chinese not unnaturally arrive is that
a religion about which there is so much
diversity of opinion among its followers
cannot be so sound as it is claimed to be.

CHARITIES.

The Chinese have a wide field for tlie
exercise of their charitable instincts. Not
only is almsgiving enjoined by their religions,
but the construction and repair of roads and
bridges for the convenience of travellers, the
building of hospitals, and the maintenance
of homes for the aged or foundlings, are
all regarded as meritorious works, securing
to those who perform them, or contribute
towards their performance, reward hereafter.
For poor Chinese coffins are provided, and
their funeral expenses are olten borne by
their more fortunate countrymen. Beggars
are frequently assembled by the well-to-do
and given a few cash each ; quilted garments
are distributed in the winter time ; and a
sort of rice gruel, known as congee, is freely
dispensed to the needy. In the summer
months people are accustomed to place
supplies of tea outside their doors, or in
places accessible to passers-by, for the
refreshment of the thirsty. Almost every
hamlet has its school, maintained at the
common charge, where education is given
for a nominal fee of a dollar or two a
year to those who can afford to pay the
sum, and free to those who are indigent.
Buddhistic influence is traceable in many of
these customs, and especially in the practice
of purchasing birds and animals for the
purpose of restoring them to liberty.

GUILDS.

As in other countries, so in China, there
are many and various kinds of societies,
unions, or guilds among the people. But,
in the Middle Kingdom, there is this
difference, that none of them are legally
registered or incorporated. So long as they
do not commit anything against the peace
or good order of the place or against the
Imperial Government they are tolerated and
even recognised by Government officials as
institutions having certain rights and privi-
leges. The most coinmonly known and by
far the greater majority of these societies or
unions are the guilds. These guilds are really
trade or business unions or associations of
artisans, maimfacturers, or merchants. Each
one particular trade or business has its own
guild, in which all persons or firms engaged
in that trade or business are associated
together for mutual protection and aid. It
has its own rules and regulations, its funds,
and committee of manageinent. The members
of the committee are generally elected
annually by members of the guild. The
election usually takes place at the beginning
of the Cliinese year, when members meet
and feast together. All rules or customs
affecting any particular trade are regulated
by its guild. Should any individual member
transgress any of the rules he is liable to a
fine, and should he persist after he has been
warned or fined he is liable to be expelled

from the guild. A member after expulsion is
subject to a boycott by the other members
of the guild, and oftentimes the boycott is
maintained in such a vigorous manner that
the ex-member is only too willing to submit
to any terms that the guild may impose for
his re-admittance. The coinmon funds of
the guild are raised differently in different
guilds. Though collected chiefly for the
purpose of protecting the trade or the

vince — such, for example, as the Canton
Guild or Ningpo Guild in Shanghai or
Tientsin. These guilds can scarcely be
classed with the trade guilds, but are rather
associations of a social and charitable nature.
They possess big buildings known as " the
Wiu Koon," in which the members meet
and discuss matters affecting the welfare
and interest of their provincials. There are
also in China many other societies, some of

BOUND" FOOT.

meinbers, they are often devoted to charities
or used in connection with festivals, religious
ceremonies, processions, and other public
functions. On such occasions the different
guilds frequently vie with each other in
making the best show. Besides these guilds
forined by persons engaged in some par-
ticular trade or business, there are other
guilds formed by merchants of one particular
province] or 1 district trading in another pro-

them secret. The Ko Lo Wiu, the Big
Knife and Triad Societies, are some of the
better-known secret societies, to which only
the lower classes belong. Even beggars
themselves have their own associations. They
divide themselves into districts, each of which
is ruled by a headman, who is all-powerlul
among his own associates, and the beggars
of one district may not encroach upon
another district.

31(5 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

FESTIVALS.

The Chinese year is marked by four
festivals, during each of which occurs a
settling day. when accounts are paid as at
Lady Day, Midsummer Day, Michaelmas
Day, and Christmas Day in England. The
tirs't settling day is the fifth day of the fifth
moon, the second occurs in the eighth moon,
and the third in the eleventh. On these
days it is optional, in some Ciises, whether a
man pays his accounts or not. The fourth
settling day is the last day in the year,
when, in the absence of any very unusual
circumstances, all accounts must be paid.
A creditor will wait for his money until
midnight, but if he allows the account to
remain unpaid after that hour it is tantamount
to giving the debtor another year's grace.

The New Year Festival is by far the most
important. It begins on the first day of the
first moon in the Chinese year (about the
beginning of t'ebruary), and for ten days
practically every Chinaman keeps holiday,
and business is at a standstill. Sounds of
feasting and merriment, the wailing of weird
instruments of music, and the explosion of
countless fire-crackers create together an in-
cessant din. The thoroughfares are thronged
by day with holiday-makers in brilliant
raiment, and are illuminated at night by
m>Tiads of diversely coloured paper lanterns.

The Dragon Boat Festival in the fifth moon
is held in commemoration of a loyal minister
of Cho, named Wat Yuen, who lived during
the Cnau dynasty and committed suicide by
drowning himself. This festival falls on the
fifth day of the fifth moon, about the time of
the summer solstice.

The Eighth, or Harvest Moon, Festival,
occurs in mid-autumn, that is, on the fifteenth
day of the eighth moon, and is celebrated
by the lighting of all kinds of lanterns, in
the fashioning of which the Chinese display
wonderful ingenuity both of design and con-
struction.

The Eleventh Moon, or Winter, Festival, is
a movable feast.

The settling day connected with each of
these festivals is observed as a holiday, the
other holidays kept by the Chinese being
about one month in the Ching Ming, which
falls in the third moon, when business men

PUNISHMENT FOR ROBBERY WITH VIOLENCE.

and their employes take leave by turns
within this month to worship at the tombs
of their ancestors, and the ten days at new
year already referred to. In Hongkong,
Shanghai, and the outports, Chinese in the
employment of European firms have the
leave customarily given on Bank and other
holidays.

BOUDOIR AND BEDCHAMBER OF LADY OF RANK.

Ill the ninth moon many Chinese proceed
to the mountains to conduct the autumnal
sacrifices, and during this moon, as well as
during the tliird and fifth moons, there is,
as has already been stated, neither marrying
nor giving in marriage.

MUSIC AND GAMES.

No Chinese festivity is complete without
music. According to popular tradition, the
Emperor Fu, a contemporary of Tubal,
invented " the divine art," and taught his
people its rudimentary rules some four
thousand years ago. There are now numer-
ous examples of the three main classes of
musical instruments — stringed, wind, and
percussion. Of operatic airs, used in theat-
rical performances, tliere are, perhaps, not
more than a dozen, but there are numbers
of tuneful melodies to which songs are set.
Chinese music can, of course, be rendered on
the violin or otlier instrument of the viol
tribe, upon the trombone, or by the human
voice, but it cannot be exactly reproduced on
a piano or other keyed instrument, or upon
a European fretted stringed instrument, as
there is a slight difference between the
intervals of the Chinese scale and that used
in the West. The inattentive ear will not
readily distinguish any tune in music played
by a Chinese band, and will probably receive
an impression of melancholy and monoto-
nous discords, but the careful listener may
identify the various tunes, and will, without
doubt, be surprised at the skill displayed
by the musicians in performing upon most
primitive instruments.

Of games there is an infinite variety, from

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 317

games of chance, which gratify the ahtiost
universal love of gambling, to games com-
parable only to chess in the demands they
make upon the skill of the exponent.
Elephant kee, as it is called, is, in fact, very
similar to the great scientitic game played by
Western nations, in that the checkmating of
the king, or commander, decides the issue.
The Chinese game is based on military
tactics, and, for the reason that women are
not supposed to go to war, there is no queen.
For hundreds of years tliis has been a
favourite pastime of the educated classes,
and its origin is lost in antiquity.

THEATRICALS.

In the South of China theatrical perform-
ances are prefaced by some spectacular
representations of propitious and happy
omens. These preludes consist of shows
representing the Eight Genii paying respect
to the Queen of Heaven and wishing her
eternal years, the presentation of a son and
heir by a fairy, and the personificalion of
official success and advancement. The
plays-in-chief are generally adapted from
historical events, the performance of which
may extend over several days and nights.
But in the northern part of China short
historical acts, each quite unconnected with
the other, are preferred, and the plays
commence without any of the preliminaries
of the south. Plays are usually selected
pointing the mo:al that the wicked are
punished and the virtuous rewarded. On
the stage no serious effort is made to
produce scenic effects, everything being left
to the suggestive actions of the players
and the imagination of the audience. For
example, two tables, one piled on the top
of the other, with the written Chinese
characters for a "rampart" on the side may
be all that represents a rampart. In the
same manner, a chair put sideways, or a
divided curtain held up by attendants, will
be employed to represent respectively a
river bank or a city gate. Again, an actor
taking a whip in his hand and going
through the movements associated with
riding is to be taken as being on horseback,
and so, too, when he goes through the
action of closing and bolting a door, the
door must be considered to have been
closed and bolted, though, in fact, no door
is visible. Although the stagcry is primitive,
the acting is most realistic to those who are
in a position to understand and appreciate
it. The chief and sole aim of an actor is
to perfect himself in the role he takes
without any adventitious aid from scenery.
Although there are actresses in China, they
do not as a rule act with men, as it is not
considered to be decent by the better class
of Chinese for them to do so. Consequently,
female characters have in most companies
to be undertaken by men. Each actor makes
a special study of some particular character,
whether it be that of an old man, a youth,
a clown, a fighter, a literati, or a female,
and does not take any other part A good
actor may command a big salary — some of
them get as much as $10,000 a year — but
their social status is not high.

THE INTRODUCTION OF THE QUEUE.

The wearing of the towchang, or queue,
by the Chinese is, contrary to popular belief,
a custom of comparatively recent origin, and
the story of its introduction is one of the
most interesting in the history of the nation.
A little less than three hundred years ago,
the struggle between the Mings and the
Manchus ended in the conquest of China by

the Tartars. One of the ministers of the
fallen dynasty, desirous of seeing the Mings
re-established, ingratiated himself with the
conquerors, and urged them to humiliate
the Chinese by enforcing upon them the
wearing of the queue and ol certain forms
of dress, in token of their subjugation. The

a futile struggle. Disappointed at this un-
expected failure of his scheme, the minister
put an end to his life, and the wearing of the
queue has in course of time come to be
regarded as a badge, honourable rather than
servile, of loyalty to the reigning house.
The wearing of the towchang, enforced

THE BARBER.

Not as )*entle as he might be.
A Gentleman's Toilet.

minister was actuated by the hope that the
Chinese, exasperated beyond endurance, would
make a last supreme effort to throw off the
Tartar yoke, but, wearied with thirty years
of bloodshed, and broken in spirit by the
horrors attendant on the war, they submitted
quietly to the indignity rather tlian prolong

Al Fresco Tonsorial Artists.

originally under pain of heavy penalties, has
long ceased to be compulsory, and to-day,
owing to the influence of Western ideas,
large numbers of Chinese have discarded
the appendage, and have adopted European
dress. In official circles, however, the queue
has still its loyal significance. Quite recently

318 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the Chinese Ambassador at Berlin sent a
memorial lo the Imperial Government
requesting that memtiers of the Chinese
Emlvissy should l>e permitted to adopt
European costume, so that they might not
be conspicuous, but suggesting that the
queue be allowed to remain "as a mark of
respect to the Emperor."

Under former dynasties the mode of
wearing the hair was similar to that until
recently common in Japan, and still more
recently in Korea. It may be added that
under the old Manchu edict ladies were left
free to dress their hair and attire themselves
as they chose, and permission was granted
for the dead to be arrayed by their friends
in the costume of the former dynasty.

The practice of allowing the finger-nails
to remain uncut originated in Hunan some
two hundred years ago amongst Chinese
ladies, from whom it was copied later by
the literati, who sought in this way to
show that they were not engaged in any
manual occupation. The custom is now
dying out, although it obtains still among
the leisured classes in the interior.

It was the wife of the Emperor Li Hou
Tsu, of the Tang dynasty, who first set the
fashion of binding the feet, some twelve
hundred years ago. The practice is rapidly
falling into disfavour, and an imperial
decree has. as has been stated previously,
been issued within the last few years urging
its discontinuance.

JUSTICE.

In conclusion, a brief mention must be
made of the laws of China and their
administration. The penal code now in
force, known as the Tai Ching Lut Lee,
was compiled at the beginning of the
present dynasty, and comprises (at least in
one edition) some twenty-four volumes. It
has been added to, altered, confirmed, or
modified from time to time, by the rescripts
or edicts of successive emperors, the
emperor being, both in theory and practice,
the lawgiver. Four, or sometimes five,
ministers of his own choosing act as his
advisers. They are usually venerable officers

of high standing, and hold ofiice during
their lifetime, or until disability or the
imperial pleasure dictates their retirement.
The administration of the penal code is left
to magistrates appointed by the Viceroys of
the several provinces. During the hearing
of criminal cases not only the defendant but
also the complainant and (he witnesses are
liable to be punished if suspected of sup-

ingenuity, and are certainly effectual in
securing to justice a victim, even though an
innocent one, for every crime committed.
The punishments meted out hy the court in
criminal cases include fines, imprisonment,
and death by the cord, by the sword, or by
torture.

PUNISHING AN EVILDOER.

THE "CANGUE."

pressing the truth— caning, bambooing, and
torture being inflicted at the discretion of
the magistrate. Until quite recently these
methods of "truth-compelling" were permitted
in civil cases, and though they have now
been formally abolished by imperial edict
they are still commonly employed in a great
number of places. The tortures, which have
so frequently been described that they need
not here be detailed, are fiendish in their

MR. TSO SEEN WAN, tlie author of the
foregoing article, went to England upon the
completion of his Chinese education at the
age of eighteen, and entered Cheltenhatn
College. He subsequently qualified as a
solicitor in England, and has been in
practice in Hongkong for nearly twelve
years.

CHINESE CHARACTERS.

By James B. Wong, B.A., of Nanking University.

[ O learn the derivation and
meaning of a sulTicient num-
ber of Cliinese cliaracters to
enable one to carry on a
certain limited correspondence
on ordinary topics in the
Chinese language is not a
formidable task, but to become proficient
enough to read all sorts of written, or
printed, documents or inscriptions requires
years of diligent and patient study.

The derivation of Chinese written charac-
ters is a matter of extreme interest to
philologists. The characters have undergone
innumerable modifications through successive
dynasties since the remote age in which they
were first devised, and, as a consequence,
the Chinese written language of the present
day is very different in appearance, con-
struction, and signification, from what it was
when the inscriptions upon the innumerable
relics of antiquity, such as metal utensils.
tripods, stones, &c., that are scattered about
so freely in almost every town and village
of the Empire, were chiselled by the for-
gotten craftsmen who wrought them.

It was in the reign of Tai Hao, who is
commonly regarded as having been the first
Emperor of China, and who, according to
the chronicles, died somewhere about the
year 2963 B.C., that written characters were
invented by Chuang Chi Sze, in obedience to
a royal command, which laid upon him the
task of devising a series of signs to represent
ideas, so that matters of importance could
be recorded. Chuang Chi Sze chose as the
basis of his system a number of symbols.
the shape of which was suggested to him
by birds and other creatures. These symbols,
to the number of two hundred and fourteen,
are still retained in the written language,
and are known to the modern student under
the naine of " radicals." Their form was
not fixed all at once but underwent a series
of modifications between the years 2953 B.C.
and 331 B.C.. when they finally took on the
aspect which they now wear. It may be
interesting to mention, that during that long
period, no fewer than five dynasties occupied
the throne of China.

In the beginning of the reign of Ching
Chi Wang, these symbols were called Hsiang
Hsing characters, and the difference between
them and the modern Chinese characters
will easily be seen by a glance at the
following table : —

Antique.

^ (sun)

^J (sun)

^J (moon)

y^ (moon)

E^ (bird)

'^T' (bird)

A large number of very ancient Chinese
characters have been discovered in the
inscriptions on copper and iron cauldrons
belonging to the dynasty of Shuang (1766 B.C.
to 1154 B.C.). Here are a few examples:

signified " squirming scorpion '

During the reign of the Emperor Chi
Huang Ti, or Ching Chi Wang, from 331 B.C.
to 209 B.C., the appearance and meaning of
these characters were finally fixed. All the
ancient books, with the exception of certain
works on agriculture, medicines, and necro-
mancy, were burnt to ashes at the suggestion
of the prime minister, who also caused a
great number of literary men — four hundred
and sixty, it is said — to be buried alive.

F'rom the inscription engraved on the
imperial seal of the Emperor Chi Huang Ti,
it is apparent that the characters which
prevailed in the dynasty of Ching, were
really derived from the original symbols.
The imperial seal bore eight characters, as
follow ; —

'fish cauldron"

"elephant"; &c.

These are the most ancient Chinese characters
of which there is any record ; they are
contained in books dealing from before the
dynasty of Ching.

The ancient Chinese characters are classi-
fied by Chinese scholars of the present
century, as follow : —

1. Niaotse, or the imitative symbols

derived from the appearance of

various kmds of birds.

Modern.

Antique.

^tSSi

Translation.

§ fooft t^is
seat un6er
f^e contntanb
of ^eaven.

§f tnean&
Cong Cife anb
pro&pevtt^-

320 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

1. Kotau, or the imitative symbols
derived from the appearance of
shrimps and frogs.

3. Tachiuin. or the characters that were
improved by Tai Sze Liu in the
reign of Hsuen Wang (827 B.C.), of
the dynasty of Chow.

4. Hsiaochuan. or the improved seal
characters which were invented in
the d\niasty of Ching.

5. Tishu, or the documentary characters
which were used in the reign of
Chi Huang Ti. of Ching dynasty.

The Tishu characters are still used in
China and Japan on signboards and
monuments.

Through twenty-six dvTiasties the Chinese
characters have been absolutely changed in
appearance and largely increased in number.

The modern Chinese characters are forty-
one thousand in number, but about one-
half of them are obsolete, being found only
in ancient Chinese philosophical and poetical
works. With a quarter of this number,
that is to say, with ten thousand characters,
all kinds of essays and writings can be
composed, and styles can be varied without
limit.

The characters are now arranged in six
classes, and under each of these, the

supposed number is stated below with
information about the origin of the characters
and the changes they have undergone.

I. Imitative symbols like

two.
straight.

2. Indicative symbols like

3. Symbols combining ideas

4. Inverted symbols like

5. Syllabic symbols like gj ft* a carp.

6. Metaphoric symbols like \^ \ ' heart.

Each of the modern Chinese characters is
composed of a "radical" and the "primitive."
The radicals, of which we have said there
are two hundred and fourteen, are like the
alphabet in European languages. No pro-
nunciation of Chinese characters, however,
can be indicated. The only way to obtain
a knowledge of Chinese characters is to
study their meaning and acquire " tones "

by memory. Anybody who has forgotten
the pronunciation of any Chinese character
is obliged to consult a dictionary. Thus,
many Chinese scholars would be unable
to pronounce the characters which they
employ to express their ideas.

Some Chinese characters are very easy to
understand, owing to the primitive and
radical of which they are formed. For

instance, the character ^3 EX is con-
structed by the radical M (sun) and the
primitive JA (moon), the whole word
meaning " light." The character ^ H

is composed of the radical

and the primitive

(water)

(eye), and means
" tear."

A large number of new characters have
been invented recently by Chinese scholars
and business men, in order that the language
may become the vehicle of ideas which
were unknown in former ages.

ECCLESIASTICAL

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

By Father J. de Moidrey, S.J., of Siccawei.

The Nestorians.

T IS uncertain whether St.
Thomas carried tlie faith as
far east as China, but the
inscription on the famous
stone at Singanfu, the au-
thenticity of which is beyond
question, makes it certain
thai the Nestorian priest Olopen brought the
religion of Christ to China in 635 a.d. It
flourished for centuries, and there were still
Nestorians at the time of Marco Polo.

The Medi/eval Church.

The second period in the history of the
Chinese missions opens in 1246, when the
Franciscan friar, John of Piano Carpini, set
out from Lyons, in France, reached Kara-
korum, the residence of the successors of
Gengis Khan, and founded the great Christian
settlement of Peking. St. Louis, king of
France, sent presents to the Tartar princes
through Friar William of Kubruquis, who
brought him back a letter and a silk gown.
Such was the success of the Franciscan
missionaries that John of Montecorvino was
consecrated Archbishop of Khambalu, or
Peking, in 1308, with seven suffragan bishops,
only three of whom, however, reached China.
Another diocese was created at Zaitun in
Fokien. The Blessed Odoric of Pordenone,
and others, preached in many provinces.
Thousands of converts had been baptized,
several Franciscan monasteries had been
founded, and there was hope of further
development when the Tartar dynasty was
overthrown by the Ming in 1368. During
the period of disturbance which followed,
the Chinese Church became isolated from
the west. It was not abandoned, however.

From 1370 to 1400, the Franciscan Order
sent more than one hundred of its sons to
distant Cathay. But, sad to say, it is not
even certain whether they reached their
destination. Nothing of the mediaeval church
of China remains, not even the annals of
its decline or the names of its martyrs.

Beginnings of the Present Mission.

The overland route to China being now
closed, the third, or actual, epoch in the
history of the mission dates from the dis-
covery of the sea route. St. Francis Xavier,
the apostle of Japan, died on the island of
Sancian, in December, 1552, in sight of the
mainland of China, which he had longed
to win to Christ. Three years later, the
Dominican, Gaspard of the Cross, was the
first to set foot in China by the south route.
He was succeeded in 1575 by the Augus-
tinian friars, Martin de Rada and Jerom
Marin. Both missions, however, proved
unsuccessful. In 1583 the Jesuits Ruggieri
and Pasio, soon followed by the celebrated
Matthew Ricci, and several of their brethren,
were able to settle at Chaokingfu, near
Canton, where they built a chapel and resi-
dence, and made numerous converts. Their
field of action was soon extended to Nanking
and Hangchow in Chekiang (where the
graves of some of the first pioneers are
still to be seen), and a few other places.

Missionaries at Peking.

Ricci had understood that the success of
the mission must not be left to the mercy of
local Mandarin caprice. He therefore set
out, in 1595, for Peking, and resolved to
gain admittance to the Emperor himself.
After six years' effort he obtained permission

to establish himself at the capital. His
friendly relations with the monarch and the
elite of the capital, and the protection
afforded by the high Mandarins, enabled his
brethren in the provinces to announce with
courage the name of Jesus Christ to the
poor and ignorant. Foremost among his
noble disciples was Paul Siu, or Zi, of
Shanghai, a Prime Minister, and the true
founder of the Church of the Sungkiangfu, in
which prefecture Shanghai is situated. The
grave of Zi is seen at Zi-ka-wei (or Siccawei).
This great result was obtained in less than
fifteen years, and when Ricci died, on May
10, i6io, his funeral, at the imperial expense,
was the consecration of the establishment of
the Church in China.

Ricci was succeeded by Longobardi as
superior of the Jesuits in China. Others
remained in Peking as astronomers, the best
known among them being Adam Schall von
Bell. After the overthrow of the Chinese
dynasty, the Manchus created Schall president
of the Board of Mathematics in February,
1645, and entrusted hnn with the task of
reforming the Chinese calendar. In 1650 he
received an imperial edict so highly praising
his life and work, that it has sometimes
been understood as a positive approval of
his faith and an authorisation to preach it.
His successor, Ferdinand Verbiest, enjoyed
the friendship of the great Emperor Kanghi.
His death took place in 1688. Up to the
beginning of the nineteenth century the
Board of Astronomy was presided over by
various missionaries. A second residence,
founded by the French Jesuits, also exer-
cised a powerful influence in favour of the
evangelisation of the provinces.

The friendship of the imperial demi-god
was only maintained at the expense of

322 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

constant and arduous labour, and was, more-
over, subject to eclipses. Fathers Schall
and Verbiest suffered disgrace and even im-
prist>nment. During times of persecution
the astronomers, guarded at court as indispen-
sable auxiliaries, found themselves unable to
go to the help of their brethren. By order
of Kanghi. they surveyed the whole empire
and prepared the famous maps which have
not vet been surpassed, if equalled. Other
missionaries — Parennin. Gaubil. and Amyot —
acted as interpreters to the Emperors, while
Brothers Castiglione and Attiret were their
painters. &c. The philological, historical.
and scientific researches of these men were,
and are still, universally admired in Europe
and in China.

Missionaries in the Provinces.

It would be a great mistake to imagine
that Jesuits alone laboured in China. We
find them, indeed, in almost every province ;
but their number was never very large. In
1625. there were eighteen priests and four
lay brothers. The almost complete list of
Jesuits who have worked in China down to
the suppression of the Order in 1773 includes
456 names, of which 81 were Chinese.

Other orders — Augustinians. Franciscans,
and Dominicans — also obtained a foothold in
China after persevering efforts. In 1633,
the Franciscan. Antony of St. Gregory, and
the Dominican. John-Baptist Morales, began
successful work in P'okien, whence they
passed into Kiangsi and other provinces.
In spite of persecutions and also of the com-
mercial jealousy which sometimes placed
serious obstruction in the way of the Spanish
missionaries at Macao, there were as many
as 14.000 converts in the three coast provinces
in 1665. In 1764. the P'ranciscans of the
Manila province alone had five distinct
missions in Shantung. Kwangtung. Kwansi.
Fokien. and Macao, while others were
labouring in Shansi. Shensi, Hunan, &c.
Separate territories had not as yet been
allocated to the different missionary bodies,
but China and the adjacent countries were
divided on April 10, 1&30, into three dioceses
— Peking, Nanking, and Macao. Many of
the bishops were Franciscans or Dominicans.
Besides these three sees, vicariates apos-
tolic were formed in 1696, and, later, in
Fokien, Shensi. Hukwang. Szechwan. &c.,
generally comprising several provinces. The
lirst of the vicars apostolic to succeed in
reaching his destination was Mar. Pallu, of
the Paris Society for Foreign Missions, who
arrived in China in 1682 and died in Fokien
in 1684. Among the prelates we must note
the Dominican, Gregory Lo, or Lopez, the
only Chinese who has, as yet, been raised
to the dignity of a bishop. He died a saintly
death in 1691.

The Chinese " Rites."

Is the Chinese worship of ancestors and
Confucius a purely civil function, or is it
tainted with superstition ? Can the words
'• heaven " or " emperor above " be applied
to the true God ? Such is the question of
" rites." Ricci had tolerated the " rites," but
his successor, Longobardi, condemned them
unconditionally. The religions of the other
orders adopted almost unanimously the
opinion of Longobardi. The Dominican,
J. B. Morales, hastened to Rome in 1643
to ask for the judgment of the Holy See
on the question. Certain ceremonies were
forbidden in 1704, after six years' considera-
tion, and Cardinal Tounon was sent to

Peking as a special envoy. But unfortunately
the Emperor Kanghi had been invited to
stiite his views, and he declared that the
'• rites " were free from all superstition. The
autocrat became very indignant when the
legate published the Papal Constitution, and
war was ofliciallv declared against the
Church.

The controversy was only ended in 1742
by the celebrated Bull of Benedict XIV,
prescribing an oath for all engaged in the
China Mission that they accept the condem-
nation of the •■ rites " and all its conse-
quences. This oath is even now taken by
every new missionary on his arrival, and
by every native priest. The progress of
the mission suffered a check, but there were
also other causes at work to account for it.

Persecutions.

The first general persecution was that of
the Ming Emperor Wangli in 1617. It lasted
but a short time. Another small outbreak took
place during the minority of Kanghi, when
Father Schall was condemned to death at
the instigation of the Mahoniedan astronomer,
Yang Koangsien, and, in fact, died in prison.
Kanghi himself, as we have said, declared
war against the Church, though he was
always friendly to the missionaries at the
court.

It was his son, Yungcheng, who initiated
the almost uninterrupted series of perse-
cutions which continued during the long
and brilliant reign of his successor, Kienlung
(1736 96), and, indeed, down to the opening
of the Treaty ports.

The Vicar Apostolic of Fokien, the Do-
minican, Blessed Peter Sanz, and several of
his priests, were martyred in 1747 and
1748 ; and the Jesuits Athemis and Henri-
quez with several neophytes suffered in
Soochow in 1748. Many others, priests and
laymen, bore similar testimony to their
faith, and the life of the missionaries became
a monotonous repetition of hardships. They
were obliged to travel in disguise and to
preach and officiate at night in continual
danger of being discovered, imprisoned, and
put to death. But their zeal was rewarded
by the firmness of their neophytes, which
withstood 150 years of unceasing perse-
cution.

Other Missionaries.

These sufferings served only to increase
the zeal of the missionaries, and new recruits
constantly joined them. Since its foundation,
the Paris Society for Foreign Missions had
never relaxed its efforts to secure a real
foothold in the south-western provinces. It
was, however, only after 1769 that they
began to meet with any permanent success.
The fine missions of Szechwan, Yunnan, and
Kweichow really date from the long epis-
copate of Bishop Pottier. In 1756 he found
only 4,000 converts, but in 1801 he was
able to number 25,000. His two successors.
Bishop de St. Martin and the Blessed Bishop
Dufresse (martyred 1815I governed and or-
ganised the mission with remarkable prudence
amid almost continual persecution. In 1803
the first synod ever celebrated in China
was held in Szechwan. and its statutes are
still admired and put into practice. There
were also Lazarists, or Vincentian mission-
aries. One of them, Appiani, who was
secretary to Cardinal Tounon, died in prison
in 1732 after twelve years' suffering. Another
Lazarist, Pedrini, won .the favour of Kanghi
and Yungcheng, and founded the residence
of Sitang at Peking.

From 1773 to 1856.

In 1773. the Sixiety of Jesus was suppressed
by Pope Clement XIV. Ten years later the
Propaganda conveyed to the Lazarists the
inheritance of the Jesuits in Peking. The old
missionaries, however, remained to work
and die with their successors. Nothing is
more pathetic than the letter they wrote to
the Superior of the Vincentians thanking him
for having sent them " not mere substitutes
but true brethren." The missionaries, how-
ever, were now too few for their task, and
the surviving native priests were insufficient
to carry on the work in the provinces. The
French Revolution cut off the recruits of the
foreign missions. Spain and Portugal were
no more able to render assistance to their
missionaries, and all the missions were
reduced to great extremities. In the mean-
time persecution was steadily enforced, and
the apparently enfeebled mission year after
year witnessed the martyrdom of foreign and
native priests, and their followers, including
even women, a number of whom have lately
been raised to the altars. Blessed Clet (1820)
and Blessed Perboyre (1840) were Lazarists,
and Blessed John of Triora (1815) was a
Franciscan.

Though tlie work of the mission suffered
much, it still had enough vitality to extend
its field of action to Mongolia in 1798, to
Korea in 1827. and to Manchuria in 1839.
The Lazarists Hue and Gabet even attempted
the evangelisation of Thibet and succeeded
in passing a few months in Lhasa (1844 46).

At the end of this period the outlook
began to change. The revived Society of
Jesus re-entered China in 1842. and the
organisations of the Propagation of the Faith
and the Holy Childhood were set on foot to
provide funds for tlie mission. Liberty to
preach the Gospel was stipulated for in the
treaties between China and the foreign
powers, and the French Embassy was in-
vested with authority to protect Catholics,
native as well as foreign.

From 1856 to the Present Day.

This period begins with the suppression of
the two sees of Peking and Nanking and a
new readjustment of the missions. Pius IX
divided China into vicariates apostolic, the
number of which has been increased from
time to time, each being entrusted exclusively
to one congregation of missionaries.

The opening of China, the rapidity of the
voyage from Europe, the better organisation
of the several missions, the creation of several
new missionary associations in Belgium,
Germany, and Italy, and the comparative
freedom enjoyed by the missionaries, make it
possible now to send a much larger number
of workers into the field. Seminaries have
been multiplied, and the native clergy have
become more numerous and more thoroughly
trained. Several orders of nuns— the Sisters
of Charity, the F'ranciscan Sisters, the
Carmelites, the Helpers of the Holy Souls,
the Little Sisters of the Poor, &c.— greatly
assist in the evangelisation of women.
Congregations of Chinese nuns have been
instituted and a great impetus has everywhere
been given to the preaching of the faith.

Persecutions have not ceased, but they are
only local and often take the form of riots,
which are generally fomented by the literati
and more or less secretly favoured by the
officials. The principal events of tlic period
under review are the great Taeping rebellion,
the second European war, the iinal peace in
i860, the Tientsin massacre of 1870, and the
great Boxer outbreak of 1900, when bishops,
priests, native Christians of both sexes and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 323

all ages met death with a faith, simplicity,
and courage, the recital of which brings tears
to the eyes.

The Present.

The mission to-day may be said to consist
actually of one diocese, Macao, suffragan of
the archdiocese of Ooa (India), and 43
missions, which depend immediately on the
Pope, through the Congregation of Propa-
ganda. Of these, 38 are vicariates apostolic,
four are prefectures, and one. Hi or Kuldja, is
a simple mission. All, except three, are
governed by bishops, and as three bishops
have coadjutors, the total number of bishops

•s 44- ...

The care of each of these missions is
placed exclusively under the control of one
missionary body, and no other order of priests
is allowed to " work within the same field.
This arrangement has done much to avoid
friction and maintain union and fraternal
charity. It does not extend to lay congrega-
tions, e.g., of teaching brothers or nuns.

THE TWELVE MISSIONARY
SOCIETIES.

The Paris Society for Foreign Missions.
— This is the most important missionary
association in the Far East. Its missions in
China form two groups of unequal impor-
tance — the Manchurian group comprising
two vicariates only, and the south-western
group with three vicariates in Szechwan,
one in Kwcichow, one in Yunnan, one in
Thibet including the Thibetan borders of
Szechwan, and the two prefectures of
Kwangtung and Kwangsi. A part of Kwang-
tung. however, belongs to the diocese of
Macao, and to the vicariate apostolic of
Hongkong.

The Thibetan vicariate has a station at
Darjeeling, in India, and several in Yunnan
and Szechwan, but Thibet proper is not yet
open to missionary work.

The Society has " procurations," or
agencies, in Hongkong and Shangai, with a
sanatorium and a large printing office in
Hongkong. It includes 11 bishops, 399
French priests, 170 Chinese priests, 256,779
baptized converts, and more than 80,000
catechumens or worshippers (" adorateurs ").
The more flourishing centres of these missions
are at Szechwan and Kweichow. The work
extends also to the aboriginal tribes of South-
west China.

Franciscan Friars of various branches.
— Their field of work extends over eastern
and northern Shantung, Shansi, the greater
part of Shensi, Hupeh, and southern Hunan.
They have 11 bishops, 176 foreign and 121
Chinese priests, 149,424 converts, and over
74,000 catechumens.

Lazarists or Vincentiaxs. — These, also
called priests of the mission, actually evan-
gelise the greater part of Chihli, where they
have three vicariates ; the whole of Kiangsi,
which torms three vicariates, also ; and Che-
kiang, which has not been divided. The
northern group is very promising ; indeed, it
is the most promising in China, especially
since the Boxer troubles. The city of Peking
alone contains nearly 7,000 Christians. The
increase in the diocese was nearly 15,000
from July, igo6. to June, 1907. The Visitor-
General and procurators reside in Shanghai.
There is a general seminary at Hashing
(Chekiang). The Vincentians have 7 bishops,
158 foreign priests (a few of whom
are secular priests) and 113 Chinese priests,
216,948 converts, and about 54,000 catechu-
mens. In the vicariate of Peking there is a
Cistercian monastery with 6 foreign and 5

Chinese priests and 65 monks, most of
whom are Chinese. They do not engage
in missionary work proper.

The Jesuits have two missions — one in the
south-eastern part of Chihli and the other
comprising the two provinces of Kiangsu and
Anhwei (Kiangnan mission). There are 2
bishops, 179 foreign priests, 80 Chinese priests,
226,542 converts, and 103,000 catechumens.
The prefecture of Sungkiang, in which falls
the district of Shanghai, is the most densely-
populated with Christians throughout the
whole Empire. Next comes Paotingfu in
the vicariate of Peking. The respective
totals are 58,336 and 44,777.

Belgian Missions (Congregation ok
Scheutveldt, near Brussels). — The im-
mense territory extending from the Great
Wall, near Shanhaikwan, to the borders of
Russian Turkestan, and including the extra-
mural parts of Chihli, Shansi, and Shensi, as
well as Ninghiafu (Kansu), is entrusted to this
congregation, which has three vicariates in
Mongolia, one vicariate and one prefecture
in Kansu, and a mission in distant Hi. This
last is practically for the care of the descen-
dants of the martyrs who were exiled to
Turkestan in the eighteenth and first half of
the nineteenth centuries. There are in Hi
about 300 Christians, and their number
seems to remain almost stationary. In the
other vicariates the converts are mostly
Chinese, the native Mongol tribes having
so far paid little heed to the gospel
news. The Ortos Mongols have 496 converts
and 178 catechumens ; the native Fangtze of
Kansu have none. There are 4 bishops, 170
Belgian priests, 37 Chinese priests, 5^'7*'°
converts, and 18,000 catechumens. The
General Procuration is in Shanghai.

Diocese of Macao (Secular Clergy).—
This diocese, which, as has been said, de-
pends on the archdiocese of Goa, and not on
the Propaganda, comprises the Portuguese
colony, the adjacent district of Hungshan,
in Kwangtung, the islands of Hainan and
Timor, and the Portuguese population of
Singapore. In Chinese territory there are a
bishop and 66 foreign and 8 Chinese priests,
some of whom form a regular chapter,
the only one in China. The number of
Christians is 27,930, a large part of whom
are of Portuguese descent.

Dominican Friars. — These have two
vicariates in the province of Fokien, includ-
ing Formosa. Excluding the island from
consideration there are 2 bishops, 54
foreign priests, 17 Chinese priests, 51,299
Christians, and 30,000 catechumens. The
vicariate of Foochow is much more impor-
tant than that of Amoy, which was only
established in 1883.

German Missionaries of Steyl (Congre-
gation OF the Divine Word). — There is one
vicariate in the German colony of Kiaochau
with all the adjoining prefectures. The centre
is at Yenchowfu. It counts one bishop, 52
German, and 12 Chinese priests, 39,370 con-
verts, and 43,300 catechumens.

Foreign Missions of Milan. — There are
three of these missions in China — two in
Honan and one in Hongkong — to which are
annexed the three adjoining districts of
Kwangtung. The missions have 2 pro-
curators — one at Hongkong and another at
Hankow — 3 bishops, 35 Italian and 25
Chinese priests, 31,627 Christians, and 10,800
catechumens.

Spanish Augustinian Mission of North
Hunan. — There is a procuration at Shanghai
and another at Hankow, with one bishop, 27
Spanish, and 2 Chinese priests, 2,677
Christians, and 3,300 catechumens.

Seminary of St. Peter and St. Paul
(Rome). — That part of Shensi which is south
of the Tsingling Mountains was separated
from the Franciscan mission in 1887, and
entrusted to the Roman Seminary for P'oreign
Missions with one bishop, 15 Italian and 2
Chinese priests, 11.489 Christians, and 6,300
catechumens.

Seminary of St. Francis Xavier (Parma).
— Part of western Honan was entrusted to
this seminary two years ago. It forms a
prefecture apostolic, but, so far, only 8
Italian priests are carrying on work there.
They can claim about 1,055 Christians and
double that number of catechumens.

44)
345 h
592 J

Summary.

Bishops

P'oreign priests 1,345 [-1,981

Chinese priests 592J

Baptized Christians 1,071,920

Catechumens 426,000

The annual increase in the number of bap-
tized Christians is now about 8 per cent.,
and amounted last year to more than 80,000.
The proportion varies very much in different
parts of China, but is increasing.

The number of baptized Christians in the
several provinces in 1907, irrespective of the
ecclesiastical divisions, was as under : —

Chihli

217.947

Anhwei

• 27.992

Kiangsu

136,096

Kweichow ...

. 25.368

Szechwan and

Chekiang ...

. 25,126

Thibet

119,961

Shenking ...

. 20,628

Kwangtung ...

102,125

Honan

. 18,487

Shantung

72,838

Kirin and

Hupeh

52.549

Heilungkian

g 15.823

F"okien

51.299

Yunnan

. 11,389

Mongolia and

Hunan

9.176

48.495

Kansu

7.985

Kiangsi

36,329

Kwangsi

3,610

Shensi

35.»«i

Sinkiang

" 300

Shansi

32.516

Mongolia inc

ludes the outer parts of

Chihli,

Shansi, and Shensi, but does not

include

Ninghiafu.

HELPERS.

In addition to the clergy proper there are —
Ecclesiastical students preparing for

orders, Chinese or foreigners ... 1,120

Religieux, other than priests, foreigners 229
Keligieux, other than priests, Chinese ... 130
Nuns, foreigners ... ... ... ... 558

Nuns, Chinese ... ... ... ... 1,300

Schoolmasters, other than religieux * ... 4.160
Schoolmistresses, other than nuns t ... 3,282
Native preachers (catechists) | 4.350

There are many other helpers, paid and un-
paid, the number of whom cannot be given
on account of the different organisation of the
various missions. In the Kiangnan mission,
for instance, there are about 800 secular
" virgins," that is to say, women who, living
in their family, take no vows, but openly
profess to remain unmarried. They are em-
ployed by the mission sometimes as school-
mistresses and sometimes as caretakers of
orphan asylums, or in visiting the sick, taking
care of the chapels, &c.

Though the Chinese priests are as much
priests as any Catholic priest, still in several
missions the more important functions are,
as a rule, entrusted only to foreign priests.
But a Chinese priest may have foreign
priests under his control, and is of superior
dignity to any unordained foreigner. In
addition to priests there are religieux of
four kinds, viz., those who are destined for
the priesthood, but are not yet ordained ;
those who belong to an order having priests

* In 34 missions. We have no report from 10 missions,
t In 35 missions,
t In 33 missions.

324 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

but are simply lay brothers assisting the
mission as architects, accountants, or in
general household work ; those who belong
to some teaching order which has branches
in Europe : and others who form special
teaching congregations. The tirst three may
be Chinese or foreigners, but the fourth
class is composed exclusively of Chinese.
Nuns, also, may belong to the great religious
orders, which receive Chinese members on
a footing of equality with foreigners, or they
may be members of special Chinese con-
gregations.

It is a well-known fact that Catholic priests,
religieu.\. and nuns are bound to celibacy.
It may be added that when they request to
be sent to foreign missions it is generally for
life, and with no prospect of a return home.
Circumstances or superiors may decide
otherwise, but the Catholic missionary gives
himself up to his work for his whole lifetime
in this world.

Schools.

It can be affirmed, as a general rule, that
wherever there is a sufficient number of
Christians a school is established, and all the
children of Christian parents must attend it.
The principal aim of these schools is the
teaching of religious doctrine and morals,
but more is taught according to circumstances,
whenever children are able to learn more.
In some cases the school fee is extremely
small, the work being carried on practically
at the expense of the mission. The organisa-
tion of these schools exhibits a considerable
variety. The numbers and attendance are
approximately as follow : —

Schools,

Pupils.

Pans Foreign Missions

1,712

27.107

Franciscan Friars

630'

11,500

Vincentians

819

i7.3'7

Jesuits

1.592

31.556

Belgian Missions

284

6,590

Macao

2,871

Dominican Friars

163

2,000*

Steyl Mis-sion

168

1.752

Semmary of Milan

278

4.698

Augustinian Mission ...

300

Seminary of Rome

300

Seminary of Parma ...

386

Totals ...

5.652

105,938

• Approximately.

As some missions do not include in this
number schools for orphan children, it cannot
be very far from the truth to say that there
are about 6,000 of these lower schools
attended by considerably more than 100,000
pupils. The number of girls is fairly equal
to that of boys. Non-Christian children are
generally not excluded.

To these village schools must be added
those schools in which the Chinese classics
are regularly taught. In a few missions
they conform to the new official organisation,
and are divided into lower elementary, higher

elementary, and secondary schools, but in
other missions they do not conform, so that
it is impossible to give anything like a
complete summary. In Shantung there are
86 of these schools with 1,158 pupils, in
Honan 13 with 518 attendants, &c.

Some missions have normal schools for
the training of masters and mistresses. There
are also schools for boys who intend taking
Orders, but who as yet follow the lower
curriculum. Other schools, especially in the
Treaty ports, are opened for foreign children.
The teachers belong, in most cases, to the
congregation of the Marist Brothers, or to
an order of nuns Mention must also be
made of the schools which are now being
opened in many places for Chinese boys
and girls desirous of studying foreign
sciences or languages. Some of these are
lower elementary or higher elementary, and
a few are secondary or even higher schools.
Some priests or religieux are masters in
Government schools at Tsinanfu, Lancliowfu.
&c. The work of instructing catechumens,
who cannot be baptized before they have

are brought up in industrial schools, on model
farms, &c., until tlicy are married or otherwise
prt)vided for. Orphans or pauper children
belonging to Christian families cannot be
supported out of the funds of the Holy Child-
hood ; they are provided for by other bene-
factors. In 1907, in the seven Vincentian
vicariates, more than 20,000 children belonged
to the Holy Childhood.

Other charitable works include numerous
hospitals, dispensaries, and homes for the
aged, some of which are found in almost
every mission. In Yaocliowfu, Kiangsi, there
is a lepers' asylum with 20 inmates, and
there is another in Clicfoo. In many places
the secular " virgins " who take care of the
schools and chapels visit also the sick in
their neighbourhood.

Scientific Work.

There are several printing establishments at
Hongkong, Siccawei, Yenchowfu (Shantung),
Chungking (Szechwan). Peking, and Tsinanfu.
Newspapers are published at Cluingking,
Yenchow, and Siccawei. The scientiticnpubli-

ROMAN CATHOLIC CATHEDRAL, HONGKONG.

been thoroughly instructed and tranied, has
led to the organisation of a special educational
work, somewhat analogous to classes for
adults.

Chakitahi.k Wokk.

The work of the Holy Childhoo<i depends
on alms furnished by young children. There
is no mission in which it has not a branch.
Children, mostly female infants, abandoned or
exposed by their parents, are received in
" Foundlings' homes," the total number of
which is about 300. Many, probably the
greater number of the poor little creatures, live
only a few days or weeks owing to the hard-
ships they have undergone before being
rescued. Those who survive are provided
with nurses and entrusted to Christian families.
In many cases, these families adopt the child
as their own. P"or instance, in the very poor
districts of Ch'ungming and Haimen the
villagers consider it an honour and a blessing
to add a "child of the Holy Church" to the
numerous children who already crowd their
miserable hovels. Children, when not adopted.

cations of Hongkong and Siccawei are well
known.

The Kiangnan mission maintains three
first-class observatories — one at Siccawei for
meteorology and seismology ; another at the
Zo-si Hills for astrophysics ; and a third
at Lukiapang, near Kunshan, Soochowfu, for
terrestrial magnetism. There is also at
Siccawei a museum of natural history and
a large library, foreign and Chinese.

The Fkench Pkotectoratk.

The French protectorate of Catholic mis-
sions dates from the Treaty of Tientsin, June
27, 1858. The French Minister at Peking
delivers passports to Catholic missionaries of
all nationalities, and is charged with the
protection of their persons and properties.
The German mission of South Shantung has
been placed under German protection. It is
reported that an Italian mission is desirous
of obtaining the Italian protection. Any
foreigner may apply to his own consul for
protection, but a Catholic missionary runs a
risk of meeting with practical difficulties,

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 325

principally in purchasing and holding pro-
perty, outside- of the Treaty ports, without the
French passport.

The Legal Status of Catholic
Missionaries.

By a decree of March 15, 1899, the
foreign Catholic clergy in China were granted
certain privileges of rank when visiting
officials. The instrument in question did not
confer upon them effective official rank, but
enabled them to call upon oflicials and to be
received in a manner befitting the various
degrees of the Catholic hierarchy. Thus,
there was an equality of rank between
bishops and viceroys or governors, between
vicars-general or deans and provincial judges,
treasurers, and taoutais, and between other
foreign priests and prefects, &c. The bishops
were to give to the viceroy or governor a list
of the priests specially entrusted with treating
business matters with the officials.

The decree, which positively excluded
native priests, changed but little the existing
custom. It settled chiefly a question of

of the lovely ravine known as Glenealy.
Near the main building stands a handsome
Gothic tower, containing a peal of bells,
added several years later.

The principal features of the interior are
the beautiful altars. That dedicated to Our
Lady of Sorrows, presented by the Braga
family of Portuguese settlers, is of Italian
marble, the centre being occupied by a
painting from the Academic School of Belle
Arti, Milan. The altar, dedicated to St. Joseph,
was presented by King Victor Emmanuel II,
grandfather of the present King of Italy, and
bears the arms of the Savoya Royal F'amily.
The main altar, commemorating the Immacu-
late Conception, is of Italian marble, which
contrasts with the Chinese marble of which
the altar rails are made. The Blessed
Sacrament altar has been newly decorated
by the members of the Hongkong branch
of the Apostleship of Prayer. The memory
of St. Francis Xavier, the great pioneer
missionary of the Far East, is commemorated
in another small altar of Italian workman-
ship. The bishop's throne is of Venetian

PREMISES OF LA SOCI^T^ DES MISSIONS ETRANGERES, HONGKONG.

etiquette. In dealing with Catholic mis-
sionaries the courtesy of many high Mandarins
goes far beyond the rules laid down in the
protocol. Friendly visits are requested and
paid, and these often serve the purpose of
avoiding frichon and of bringing to a close
protracted lawsuits. The decree was can-
celled on April 10, 1908.

THE CATHEDRAL AT HONGKONG.

The first Roman Catholic church in Hong-
kong was that begun in 1842 on a site in
Wellington Street granted by the Government.
It was destroyed by the fire which in 1859
broke out in the neighbourhood of Queen's
Road and Stanley Street.

The present cathedral, dedicated to the
Immaculate Conception, was built by the late
Mgr. Raimond, a former Vicar Apostolic of
Hongkong, and was opened in 1888. It is
a cruciform structure, with a low tower at
the inter-section, and is an example of conti-
nental Gothic. It occupies a commanding
site in the Caine Road, on the western slope

work, and the organ, a fine, though small,
instrument, was brought from Italy and
presented to the cathedral some eighteen
years ago by the Portuguese community.
The pictures representing the stations of the
Cross were painted in Rome.

The Bishop of Tavia and Vicar Apostolic of
Hongkong is the Rt. Rev. Mgr. D. Pozzoni.
The Provincial Apostolic and Procureur-
General is the Very Rev. Fr. P. de Maria,
and the Apostolic Mission Rector is the
Rev. Fr. P. Gabardi. The assistants attached
to the cathedral are the Rev. Frs. D. Arvatti,
A. M. Leon, and F. Cheon.

THE SOCIltTE DES MISSIONS
ETRANGERES.

The Societe des Missions Etrangeres,
founded in Paris, in 1658, for the propaga-
tion of the faith in pagan countries, had, in
1892, already sent 1.968 missionaries to the
Far East. At the outset their work was
arduous in the extreme, and no fewer than
67 suffered death on account of their

religious beliefs. In IQ06 there were 1,420
missionaries of the Society engaged in
spreading the Gospel. Of these, 36 were
bishops in charge of 32 vicariates or
dioceses, and they were helped in their
evangelisation work by 739 native priests
and 2,727 catechists. The Society, in its
various missions, then had 5.478 churches or
chapels ; 42 seminaries in which 2,247 boys
were being educated for the priesthood ;
3,955 schools with 119,441 children; 337
orphanages with 21,461 orphans entirely
supported by the Society ; 474 dispensaries ;
and 112 hospitals or leper asylums. The
Society has the entire charge of the Roman
Catholic Church in Japan (four dioceses) ;
Korea (one vicariate apostolic) ; Manchuria
(two vicariates apostolic) ; Western and
South China (seven vicariates) ; Thibet (one
vicariate) ; French Indo-China (eight vicari-
ates) ; Cambodia (one vicariate) ; Burma
(two vicariates) ; French and British India
(four dioceses) ; and Siam (one vicariate).
Some of the results obtained during the last
ten years will be seen from the following
figures : —

Years.

Adult Pagans
converted.

Pagan children
baptized.

1897... .'..

46,826

169,448

1898

72,700

193.363

1899

46,003

'55.312

1900

38,112

137.958

I90I

32.472

132,790

1902

34.587

133.934

1903

38.321

131.736

1904

36.470

130,871

1905

34,880

135.138

1906

34.476

134.899

Totals ...

414,847

1.455.549

As will be gathered from such facts as
these the sphere of influence exercised by
this great missionary enterprise is a large
one. The possibilities of the work are
enormous. Naturally, however, the question
of organisation is an important and diflicult
one. There is a general procuration in
Hongkong, and there are secondary pro-
curations in Shanghai, Saigon, and Singapore.
Here all the administrative work is done and
material assistance is sent to the mission-
aries in the field. The Society has also at
Pokfolura, Hongkong, a sanatorium for
those of their workers who have broken
down in health, and a Maison d'Etudes, to
which is attached one of the best-equipped
printing oflices in the Far East. Here books
are printed, from type cast in the establish-
ment, in almost all the languages of the
Orient. The Very Rev. Father L. Robert,
Procureur-General of the Society, resides in
Caine Road, at the headquarters of the
mission in Hongkong.

THE RT. REV. DOMINICO POZZONI,

Roman Catholic Bishop of Tavia, and Vicar
Apostolic of Hongkong, was born in
December, 1861, at Paderno d'Adda, in the
province of Como, Italy. He arrived in
Hongkong as a missionary in 1885, and
spent twenty years in the southern portion

326 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of the Kwangtung district. In the early
da>-s of his labours there, he and another
inissionar\-, dressed in Chinese costume and
wearing the queue — the Mandarins prelerrinj;
to receive them as Chinese — itinerated through
the whole district ; hut, later, the district
was sut>-divided into five sections, and, the
Mandarins having changed their attitude,
the missionaries reverted to the customary
garb of their Order. Only once was the
reverend father's life in danger, and that was

BIGHT REV. DOMINICO POZZONI,
R.C. Bishop of Victoria.

when he received a call to the bedside of
a dying convert, who had been removed
by his relatives mto the Temple of Ancestors
in the neighbourhood — to the precincts of
which Europeans were denied admission.
Ol>eying the call, he dared the consequences,
and but narrowly escaped with his life.
Like many others in the mission field, he
was often called upon to act as woh-t'au
or arbitrator between Chinese disputants —
not necessarily converts — ^the missionaries
being greatly respected for the equity of
their judgments, which were given dis-
passionately and without regard to monetary
considerations. He was elected Bishop of
Tavia and Vicar Apostolic of Victoria in
1905, in succession to the late Mgr. Piazzoli,
and was consecrated on the ist of October
of that year. The episcopal residence is in
Caine Road, adjoining the cathedral.

TUNG-KA-DOO CATHEDRAL.

The Roman Catholic Cathedral of St.
Francis Xavier at Tung-Ka-Doo is a building
in the style of the Roman basilica, without
transepts. The Catholics obtained the site
from the Taoutai in satisfaction of their claim
that they owned a place of worship in the
native city before they were expelled from
China. The cathedral was built by Bishop de
Besco. and was opened for worship in 1853,
four years after the foundation stone was
laid. The interior is of white, adorned with
numerous copies of paintings by old masters,
among thein being a painting of the patron
saint of the cathedral.

ST. JOSEPH'S CHURCH.

In the Rue Montauban, Shanghai, a little
way back from the street, stands the Roman
Catholic Church of St. Joseph, used for both
foreign and Chinese services. It is a Gothic
modification of the French Renaissance style
of architecture, and was opened in 1862 on
the Feast of the Assumption. Numbers of
pictures adorn the walls, one being a large
oil painting of St. Joseph and the Holy Child.
Many of these paintings are tlie work of
students at tlie Roman Catliolic School at
Siccawei. Tlie chapel by tlie south door
contains a carved scene of the Crucifixion,
representing Mary with tlie body of Jesus.

ST. JOSEPH'S CHURCH, SHANGHAI.

THE ANGLICAN COMMUNION.

By the Ven. Archdeacon Banister, Hongkong.

The object of this article is to describe
briefly the history, activities, and organisa-
tion of the Anglican Communion in China.
England and America have contributed, each
their share, to the corporate activities of the
Church, on behalf of the peoples of the Far
East. Efforts are now being made to
combine in one corporate body the different

congtegations of the Anglican Church in
China, whether owing their origin to the
work of the American or English branch of
the Anglican Communion. There are in
China and Hongkong eight different dioceses,
and it will be convenient to deal with each
in order, beginning from the south.
Before days of treaties, the Church, both

in America and England, turned its eyes to
the many millions of the Far East. The first
step taken by the English Church was tlie
formation of a special fund, by the Church
Missionary Society, in 1807, to print a
version of the Chinese New Testament,
which had been found in the British Museum
by the Rev. W. Mosely, a nonconformist

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 327

minister. In 1824 the same society held a
consultation with Dr. Morrison with regard
to the prospects of a mission to China. In
1836 the Kev. E. B. Squires was sent out
by the Church Missionary Society, but he
worked only i[i Singapore and Macao, and
left the East in 1840. About the same time
the Prostestant Episcopal Church of America
began its efforts on behalf of China, and in
1835 the Rev. H. Lockwood and the Rev. R.
Hanson were sent to Canton, but, finding they
were unable to remain theie, proceeded to
Batavia. In 1837 the Rev. W. J. Boone, M.D.,
was sent out, and subsequently tiecame the first
bishop of the American Church in China.
The result of the war of 1840, and of the
subsequent Treaty of Nanking in 1842, was
the cession of Hongkong to Britain, and the
opening of five Treaty ports to the commerce
of the world. This led to a forward move-
ment on the part of all missionary societies,
and the Anglican Church, both in America
and England, laid larger plans, which, in
their later developments, have resulted in
the eight episcopal jurisdictions now exist-
ing in China.

Diocese of Victoria.

The Bishopric of Victoria, the mother see
of the English Church in the Far East, was
founded in 1849. Endowment had been
provided by an anonymous donor, a friend
of the Society for the Propagation of
the Gospel and the Society for Promoting
Christian Knowledge ; and one of the pioneer
missionaries of the Church Missionary
Society, the Rev. George Smith, was
appointed first bishop. His jurisdiction ex-
tended to the whole of the East, including
China and Japan, and he and his immediate
successors, Bishop Alford and Bishop Burdon,
travelled, in prosecution of their duties, in
both China and Japan. It was in the time
of Bishop Burdon that Japan was made a
separate diocese, to be afterwards separated
into the six dioceses of the present day.

The Church in the diocese of Victoria
owes much to the far-seeing faith of the
first Consular Chaplain in Hongkong, the
Rev. Vincent Stanton, who founded St.
Paul's College for the training of clergy
and catechists for the work of the Church.
Though it has had many vicissitudes, it is
now fulfilling the object of its founder in
providing teachers for the Chinese churches
of the diocese. It is at present under the
direction of the Rev. G. A. Bunbury, as sub-
warden, and the Rev. A. D. Stewart, as
tutor, and its limited accommodation is fully
occupied. The work of the Church in the
diocese of Victoria is almost entirely mis-
sionary, and is carried on by the Church
Missionary Society, in the provinces of
Kwangtung, Kwangsi, and Hunan, and in
the Colony of Hongkong.

The bishop resides at St. Paul's College,
Hongkong, and the work within the Colony
is now entirely diocesan, both sections of
the Christian community — European and
Chinese — being represented in the Colonial
Church Council. The cathedral of St. John
the Evangelist is the centre of the Church's
work amongst the British population, and was
founded in 1842. It is a large Gothic
building, contains a line organ, and the
musical and other services are reverently
rendered without excess of ritual. A chap-
lain, appointed by the Church body and the
bishop, is responsible for the services. The
present chaplain is the Rev. F. T. Johnson.

St. Andrew's Church, Kowloon, was erected
in 1906, at the sole cost of Sir Paul Chater,
a distinguished resident of Hongkong. It
was dedicated and opened for service on

October 6, 1906, by the Archdeacon of
Hongkong, the Ven. William Banister,
acting as commissary for His Grace the
Archbishop of Canterbury. The late revered
Bishop of Victoria, the Right Rev. J. C.
Hoare, D.D., was taken to God in the fierce
typlioon which caused such terrible loss to
the Colony on September 18, 1906. He had
made all arrangements for the consecration
of the church, and his wish that it should
be opened on October 6th was carried out.
The Rev. A. J. Stevens was appointed to the
charge of St. Andrew's, and the spiritual
care of the churchpeople resident on the
Kowloon Peninsula.

Hongkong is now one of the largest ports
in the world, and the spiritual interests of the
sea-going population are cared for by the

at Kowloon Old City ; and All Saints',
at Yaumati. The Chinese Church is self-
supporting, with the exception of a small
grant made towards the stipend of the
catechist at Yaumati, from funds of the local
Church Missionary Association.

The missions on the mainland are carried
on by the Church Missionary Society — with
European missionaries at Canton, Pakhoi,
Shiu Hing, Kweiling (the capital of Kwang-
si), and Yung Chow (a city in south Hunan).

At Canton the spiritual interests of the
Anglican community are cared for by the
Rev. P. Jenkins, of the Church Missionary
Society, and services are held in the well-kept
Christ Church, which is supported by the
members of the local community.

The philanthropic activities of the Church

THE FIRST ANGLICAN CATHEDRAL, SHANGHAI.

Mission to Seamen's Society, and there are
now two chaplain's at work, the Rev. J. H.
France and the Rev. T. C. Thompson. The
seamen's church is dedicated to St. Peter.
A new organ has recently been erected, and
dedicated to the service of praise and prayer
by " those who go down to the sea in ships."
At the invitation of the bishop of the
diocese, the Church Missionary Society
began work in 1862, when the Rev. J.
Stringer was sent out. Since that time the
work has expanded and extended, until it
has now passed out of the control of the
Church Missionary Society, and is merged
into the diocesan organisation, under the
bishop and a Chinese Church body. There
are three churches for the Chinese,
St. Stephen's, at West Point ; Holy Trinity,

consist of a large and most successful
hospital at Pakhoi, founded by the late
Bishop Burdon, and carried on for many
years by Dr. E. J. Horder. In connection
with the Pakhoi hospital there is also a
large leper asylum, where lepers, both men
and women, are cared for and tended in
every possible way. The influence of this
work at Pakhoi has enabled the Church
Missionary Society to extend its operations to
the city of Liem Chow.

There are several educational institutions.
First among these is St. Paul's College,
which is now really fulfilling the pious inten-
tions of the founder. St. Stephen's College,
a public school for sons of Chinese gentle-
men, under the direction of the Rev. E. J.
Barnett, with a staff of English and Chinese

328 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

masters, is worked in connection with the
Church Missionary Society ; in 1907 there
were 150 students on the books. The
Diocesan Bon's' School, a day and boarding
school for European and Eurasian and
Chinese bo>-s, und^r the able direction of
Mr. G. Piercy, as head-master, and a staff of
masters, has had a long, useful, and success-
ful career. The Diocesan Girls' School, a
day and boarding school for the education
of European and Eurasian girls, is a flourish-
ing and growing institution which owes its
origin to the work carried on for many
years, under the auspices of the Female
Education Society, by Miss Margaret John-
stone. The E>Te Diocesan Refuge is an
institution for the reform and training of a
special class of unfortunate girls, who have
biieen sold into the slavery of sin. It is a
" Door of Hope " for any who wish to escape
from this degradation. Started by Miss Eyre,
of the Church Missionary Society, it was
taken over, as a diocesan institution, in 1908,
and placed under the direction of the bishop
and a strong committee of ladies, under the
patronage of Her Excellency Lady Lugard.
The Victoria Home and Orphanage was
started by the Rev. J. B. Ost, of the
Church Missionary Society, in the eighties,
and after a useful career at West Point,
is now situated at Kuwloon Old City.
It is for the protection and education of
friendless and poor girls of the untainted
class, who, through misfortune, find them-
selves homeless, and for those who are
rescued from cruel mistresses or masters by
the authorities. The Fairlea School, formerly
under the Female Education Society, and
now under the Church Missionary Society,
has for many years given a Christian educa-
tion to Chinese girls. Christian and others.
For many years it has been associated with
the name of Miss Margaret Johnstone, now
retired through ill-health. Its old scholars
are found all over the world wherever the
Chinese dwell. To meet the new aspirations
of the Chinese it is to be developed into a
Chinese Girls' High School.

St. Stephen's Preparatory and Girls' School
is intended for the children of the wealthy
classes in Hongkong. It is hoped that it
will develop into a Ladies' College with a
department for small boys, as preparatory to
SI. Stephen's College. At present there are
between thirty and forty scholars.

Diocese of Fokien.

The diocese of Fokien is the east
sub-division of the original diocese of
Victoria- The distance from Hongkong,
the different dialect spoken, and the very
extensive nature of the work, employing
thirty or more European and Chinese
clergy, made it absolutely necessary that a
new diocese should be formed, and in
1906 this was done. The Ven. Archdeacon
H. McCartie Price, of Osaka, Japan, was
consecrated first Bishop of Fokien on February
2, 1906. Bishop Price is the son of a Church
Missionary Society missionary, the Rev. W.
Salter Price, now Vicar of Wingfield, Suffolk,
and formerly a missionary in Sierra Leone,
West Africa, and afterwards in Japan.

The diocese of Fokien includes the
whole of the Fokien Province, and is
entirely missionary, with the exception of the
provision of church services for the European
communities at Amoy and Foochow. The
missionary work of the Church is, however,
confined to the northern half of the province,
beginning with the prefecture of Hing Hwa
and extending to the borders of the provinces
of Kiangsi and Chekiang. The history
of the Church's activities in this diocese

is full of interest, and the remarkable pro-
gress made since the Churcli Missionary
Society sent its first missionaries, the Rev.
W. Welton and Rev. W. Jackson, to
Foochow, in 1850, is one of the most
striking features of the Cliurch's work in
China.

The chief personality in the Church's
expansion during the fifty-eight years of its
work in the Fokien Province has been the
Ven. Archdeacon J. R. Wolfe. He came out
in 1862, and is still working in the diocese.
When he arrived there were not ten con-
verts, now there are twenty-four cities and
towns occupied as mission stations where
European missionaries reside. There are
eight hospitals, in which thousands of
patients are treated every year. There are
four leper homes and refuges, and two
homes for the blind, where industrial work
is carried on. There are native Christian
churches in twenty-six cities, besides those
in country towns and villages.

The district of Fuh Ning, in the north-
east of the province, is the field of work
of the Dublin University Mission.

Two Church societies — the Church Mission-
ary Society, and the Church of England
Zenana Society — maintain a large stalif of
workers. In schools and colleges, in
hospitals and refuges for the blind, lepers,
and the sick, they find ever widening
spheres of work.

Scattered throughout a wide extent of
territory, the twenty-four stations where
Europeans reside are centres of Christian
activities, educational and philanthropic ; all
witnessing to the power of the " Body of
Christ." There are 220 out-stations, and
about 23,000 adherents, of whom 11,300
are baptized, and there are 4,200 com-
municants. There are 19 native clergy.
There are 200 day schools for children, and
the members of the different congregations
contribute in the year over ;^i,20O, or
$12,000.

In Foochow there is a Divinity College,
founded by the late Rev. R. W. Stewart
in 1878. The original building was destroyed
by a mob, but the college was rebuilt on
another site at Nan Sal.

There are also, at Foochow, a Boys' High
School, and a Girls' Boarding School, a
Women's Training Institution, and Junior
Boys' Boarding School.

Diocese of Mid-China.

The diocese of Mid-China was separated
in 1880 from the diocese of North China,
founded in 1872. The original title of North
China was given wlien Dr. Russell, of the
Church Missionary Society was consecrated
the first bishop on December 2, 1872,
in Lambeth Palace Chapel. In 1880, after
Bishop Russell's death, the diocese was
divided into North China and Mid-China,
and Dr. G. E. Moule was consecrated
Bishop of Mid-China. He has now resigned,
after nearly fifty years of missionary service,
first as priest, and then as bishop.

Shanghai was the first station, occupied
by the Rev. T. McClatchie, colleague of the
Rev. G. Smith, afterwards Bishop of Victoria,
in 1844. It is still the headquarters of the
Church Missionary Society secretary, and for
sixty-two years work has been carried on
in the city and settlement of Shanghai.
From this beginning the work has spread
to other cities also.

Ningpo was occupied in 1848 by the Rev.
R. H. Cobbold and the Rev. W. A. Russell,
afterwards Bishop of North China. It has
been the home and scene of work of many
able missionaries, the most distinguished

l)eing the Ven. A. E. Moule, Archdeacon of
Mid-China (who is still working and who still
gives service, by his personal activities and by
his pen, both in English and Chinese), and the
late Rev. J. C. Ho.ire (who arrived in Ningpo
in 1878, and for more than twenty years
carried on the work of training catechists and
clergy for the mission). The latter was the
founder and first principal of Trinity College,
Ningpo, where most, if not all, of the present
native clergy of Mid-China were trained.

Hangchow was opened by Bishop
Moule, then the Rev. G. E. Moule, in 1864,
and has, up to the present time, been the
residence of the bishop. He has seen the
work spread to the different centres of his
diocese, and has watched over the growth
of the native Church, as one place after
another has been occupied.

Sai Chow, farther down the coast from
Ningpo, was occupied in 1887, as the result
of the evangelistic work of the students of
Trinity College, Ningpo, and the Rev. J. C.
Hoare. There is now a growing Church
with about 1,500 baptized members, and
also a medical mission with a fine hospital,
containing 52 beds, opened in 1905, under
the charge of Dr. Babington.

Another district city, Chu Ki, is occupied
by the Rev. J. B. Ost. The mission here
was started by the conversion of one man
who saw the sign, " Holy Religion of
Jesus," over a chapel in Hangchow. After
inquiring who Jesus was and what tlie name
meant, he carried the news and his faith to
the villages of his native hills in Chu Ki,
where now there is a Church of 500 or 600
Christians.

The most conspicuous philanthropic work
in this diocese is the large medical mission
in Hangchow, so long carried on by Dr.
Duncan Main and his assistants. It has the
well-deserved reputation of being the largest
and best equipped inissionary hospital in
China.

The workers of this diocese have con-
tributed very largely to the literature of the
Church, both in Chinese and English.
Archdeacon Moule, the Revs. J. C. Hoare,
W. S. Moule and W. G. Walsh, have given
permanent contributions, in their theological,
historical, and expository works, to the library
of truth needed for the Church's service.

Diocese of Shanghai.

The diocese of Shanghai, comprising the
province of Kiangsu, is presided over by
the Right Rev. F. R. Graves, D.D., who was
appointed bishop in 1893. The work of the
American Episcopal Ctiurch in China was
begun (as stated above) by the sending out
to Canton, in 1835, of the Revs. H. Lockwood
and F. R. Hanson. Unable to settle in Canton,
they worked amongst the Chinese in Batavia,
the capital of Java.

The Rev. W. T. Boone was sent out in
1837, and when the five Treaty ports were
opened in China the mission removed to
Amoy. In 1884, Bishop Boone was con-
secrated and returned to China with nine
new missionaries, and Slianghai became the
centre of the mission, and Amoy was
abandoned. The first convert and the first
clergyman, was Wong Kong Chai (1851-86).
Bishop Graves is the lifth Bishop of
Shanghai.

Work in the province of Kiangsu is
carried on at six main stations, Shanghai,
Soochow, Wu Sih, Kiading, Kiangwan, and
Tsingpoo, each of which is a centre for
work in sub-stations in the surrounding
districts. There are four large churches in
Shanghai, viz., Jessfield, Sinza, Honkew,
and in the native city of Shanghai.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

329

There is a body of lo foreign, and 12
Chinese clergy, who are assisted by a staff
of catechists and school teachers. The
mission has always placed great reliance
upon its Chinese clergy, who are carefully
trained in a theological school before
ordination, and who have proved such
valuable workers.

Work for women is carried on by the
ladies of the mission, aided by a body of
earnest native Bible women, who have
been educated for the work in the Training
School at Jessfield.

The most striking feature of this diocese
is the splendidly equipped and successful
College of St. John, under the Kev.
F. L. Hawks Pott, D.D. It was founded
in 1879, by the Right Rev. S. I. T.
Schesuchewsky, the third Bishop of Shanghai.
It is situated at Jessfield, about five miles
from Shanghai. The present large buildings
were erected in 1892. The science hall
was begun in 1898, and formally opened
in 1899. In 1902 the pressure of an increas-
ing demand for education on the part of
Chinese led to steps being taken for the
third enlargement of the institution. The
corner stone of the new building was laid in
1903, and a year later it was formally
opened, under the name of the " Yen Hall,"
in honour of a distinguished Chinese clergy-
man, the Rev. Y. K. Yen, M.A. In January,
1906, the college was incorporated, under
the laws of the United States, as St. John's
University. There are 263 students in all
departments.

One of the greatest gifts of American
Christianity to China is the well-equipped
colleges for higher learning in different
parts of the country. Amongst the best and
most successful is St. John's College, Shanghai.
Its influence is felt all along the Yangtsze
Valley, and it will take a still more influential
position in the future.

There is a successful mission hospital,
called St. Luke's Hospital, in Seward Road,
Shanghai. The head physician is Dr. Boone,
a son of the first Bishop Boone.

The staff of this diocese have contributed
very largely to the increasing Christian
literature of China. They have assisted in the
translations of the Bible, Prayer Book, and
Hymn Books, and have produced many
original works and translations of theological,
historical, and expository books on the
Chinese clergy and Christians.

Diocese of Hankow.

The diocese of Hankow, founded in 1901,
embraces the four provinces of Hupeh,
Hunan, Kiangsi, and Anhwei.

The missionary district of Hankow was
separated from that of Shanghai by the
general convention of the American Church.
in 1901. The first Bishop of Hankow, the
Right Rev. J. A. Ingle, D.D., was consecrated
at Hankow, on February 24, 1901. He died
on December 7, 1903, and was succeeded by
the Right Rev. L. H. Roots, D.D., in 1904.

The foreign staff consists of 14 clergymen
besides the bishop, 5 physicians, and 2
laymen. The Chinese staff consists of 13
laymen, 36 catechists, 59 school teachers,
and 16 Bible women.

The work is educational, medical, and
evangelistic. The present bishop, is a
broadminded and sympathetic churchman,
who, while maintaining strenuously the
Church's historical position, holds out the
right hand of fellowship to all who really
love the Divine Head of the Church. He is
much beloved for his sympathetic attitude
towards those who are not within the
bounds of his own Church.

Diocese of North China.

The present diocese of North China was
separated from the original diocese of North
China in 1880. It has since lost the province
of Shantung (which became a separate
diocese in 1903), and now comprises the
five provinces of Chihli, Shansi, Shensi,
Honan and Kansu. The bishop is the
Right Rev. Charles Perry Scott, D.D.,
consecrated in 1880.

In 1862 the Rev. J. S. Burdon, afterwards
third Bishop of Victoria, was sent by the
Church Missionary Society to Peking. He
translated there the Prayer Book, a Bible
History, and put Dr. Martin's Evidences into
Chinese. He was afterwards joined by the
Rev. A. Atkinson and the Rev. T. McClatchie,
but the latter soon returned to Shanghai.

In 1865 the Rev. W. H. Collins joined the
mission, and the work which he started in
1869, at a place called Yung Ching, has
been carried on ever since. In 1873 Mr.
Burdon became Bishop of Victoria. In 1875
the Rev. W. Brereton joined the mission.
In 1879 the Rev. W. Banister, now the
Archdeacon of Hongkong, was designated to
Peking, but before he came out the Rev. W.
H. Collins resigned, and the Church
Missionary Society finally withdrew in 1880.

In 1863 the Society for the Propagation of
the Gospel sent Dr. J. A. Stewart to
Peking, and he was joined in 1864 by the
Rev. F. R. Mitchell. Soon afterwards, how-
ever, they both withdrew, and the work of
this Church Society was suspended for ten
years.

In 1872 the S.P.G. sent out the Rev. C. P.
Scott and the Rev. M. Greenwood to Chefoo.

In 1878-79 there was a terrible famine in
North China, and Mr. Scott and Mr. Capel
were permitted to distribute ;f4,ooo in relief.
The lavourable impression made by such
generosity led the churches to take advantage
of the feeling ; and Dean Butcher, of
Shanghai, and Admiral Ryder, urged the
S.P.G. to establish a strong mission in
Shantung, under a resident bishop. An
offer of ;^io,ooo led to the ultimate foundation
of the Bishopric, and accordingly the Rev.
C. P. Scott was consecrated Bishop of North
China.

Since 1891 the Rev. F. L. Norris has been
trying to form the nucleus of a Training
College at Peking. Tai An Fu was opened
in 1878, and Ping Yin in 1893.

This diocese suffered in the early days of
the Boxers' movement. On December 20,
1899, the Rev. Sydney Malcolm Wellbye
Brooks was murdered by Boxers while on his
way to support the Rev. H. Matthews, who
was alone at Ping Yin. On June i, 1900, the
Rev. H. V. Norman and the Rev. C. Robinson
suffered death by Boxers at Yung Chin.
Several of the Chinese Christians were put
to death, and the new church at Tai Hang
Chuang was burnt down.

The mission ministers to Anglican Chris-
tians at Chefoo (1874), Peking (1880), Tientsin
(1890), Shan Hai Kway, Pei Tai Ho, New-
chwang, and Weihaiwei.

Diocese of Shantung.

The diocese of Shantung extends over the
province of Shantung, except such portion
as is now German territory. The work of
this diocese is carried on in Chefoo,
Weihaiwei, Tai An Fu, and Ping Yin.

There is a staff of 8 clergy, and 25
native helpers. Progress is being made
under the direction of the present bishop,
the Right Rev. Geoffrey D. Iliff, D.D. (1903).
A Conference has been established as an
advisory council to the bishop, at which both

the foreign and native workers are repre-
sented. A theological college has been also
founded, where the native clergy and
catechists are to be trained.

Diocese of Western China.

The diocese of Western China extends
throughout the province of Szechwan and
comprises the field occupied by the Church
Missionary Society, and the China Inland
Mission. The China Inland Mission has
work in different parts of this province of
Szechwan, but in 1895, the eastern portion,
i.e., east and north of the Kialing River,
was assigned to the Church of England
members of the China Inland Mission, and
the superintendent, the Rev. W. W. Cassels,
was consecrated first bishop of this diocese.
The China Inland Mission began work in 1877,
when Messrs. Judd and McCarthy, occupied
Chungking. The Church Missionary Society
began work in 1888, when the Rev. J. H.
Horsburgh made extensive itinerations with
the object of founding a mission. A party
of 15 missionaries was sent out with
Mr. Horsburgh in i8gi, and, after many
difficulties, the work was established in
various centres. There are now 10 stations
with resident European missionaries, the
most distant station being on the borders of
Thibet. There are now on the staff of the
diocese, 18 foreign clergy, and one native,
17 lay workers, and 63 women workers.

The bishop— the Right Rev. W. W. Cassels,
D.D. (1895) — lives in the city of Pao Ning.
A training institution has been established,
where native clergy and workers will be
prepared for their work. Little has been
done in the way of educational or medical
work.

The statistics of the Anglican Church in
China, for the year ended December 31,
1906, were as follows : —

Dioceses

Staff : Clergy, Foreign ...

102

„ Native ...

Lay, Foreign

„ Native

456

Doctors

Women : Foreign

... 256

Native

295

Converts : Catechumens

- 5,103

Baptized 23,396

Communicants ... 10,756

Baptisms (1906) 1,952

,, Children 904

Native contributions ... $42,000 = ^'4,200

HONGKONG CATHEDRAL.

The members of the Church of England
among the early settlers in Hongkong lost no
time in providing themselves with a place of
worship. Through the efforts of the Rev. W.
Phelps, R.N., and Mr. A. J. Johnson, subscrip-
tions were raised, and in the year following the
British occupation of the Colony a " matshed "
structure was erected upon what is now the
military parade-ground. In 1843 the first
colonial chaplain arrived in the island, and
on Christmas Eve held his first service in
the church. The unpretentious little building
was not long to continue, however, for on
March n, 1845, the foundation stone of the
cathedral of St. John the Evangelist, designed
by Mr. St. J. Cleverly, Surveyor-General,
and estimated to cost ^^6,960, was laid by
Sir John Francis Davis, then Governor of the
Colony. On March II, 1849, the new
building was opened, and in the following
May it was created a cathedral by letters
patent.

330 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The first bishop of Victoria, the Rt. Rev.
George Smith, D.D., arrived in the Colony
early in 1850 ; and in September, 1852,
during the chaplaincy of the Rev. S. W.
Steedman, the cathedral was consecrated.
Bishop Smith resigned in 1867, and was
succeeded by the Rl. Rev. G. R. Alford, D.D.,
during whose occupancy of the see the first
stone of the new choir was laid by the
Duke of Edmburgh. The next occupant of
the bishop's chair was the Rt. Rev. John
Shaw Burdon, D.D., who was consecrated
on March, 15, 1874, and who spent upwards
of twenty years in the faithful ministry of
his high office. He retired in 1895, beloved
by all, and was succeeded by the Kt. Rev.
Joseph Charles Hoare, D.D., a man of noble
nature, powerful personality, and cool courage.
Bishop Hoare's tragic end in the great typhoon
of 1906 will not soon be forgotten ; the story
of his calm resignation to the horribly
inevitable will ever be told in the Colony
when men speak of the heroes of pe;ice.
The present bishop is the Rt. Rev. Gerard

building, due chiefly to the length of the choir.
To remedy this it is proposed to bring
forward the altar and erect a reredos.

The cathedral contains some excellent
examples of stained glass. The east window
is filled by a memorial to the late Mr.
Douglas Lapraik, who died on March 24,
1869. The subjects — the Crucifixion and the
Ascension — are treated with a tine breadth of
feeling and colour. The clerestory windows
in the choir were presented by Lady Jackson,
in 1900. In the north transept is a window
to the memory of the late Dr. F. Stewart, a
foimer Colonial Secretaiy, the subject being
the sufferance of the children, whilst in
the south transept it has been decided to
insert a window as a memorial to the late
Bishop Hoare.

The upper portion of this window is
designed to sliow St. John in the Isle
of Patmos, writing the Revelalions, as in-
structed by an angel sent from God. In the
top centre light appears the Lamb enthroned,
and upon the Book with Seven Seals,

ST. ANDREW'S CHURCH, KOWLOON.

Heath Lander, D.D., who was enthroned on
November 23, 1907.

To return to the cathedral. In 1891 the
Church, which had up till that time been
governed by the local legislature, was
disestablished, and its control handed over
to a Church body, consisting of the bishop,
the senior chaplain, and six laymen elected
annually — a form of direction which exists to
this day. The first chaplain, under the new
order of things, was the Rev. R. F. Cobbold,
M.A.. who succeeded the Rev. W. Jennings,
M.A., and was, in turn, followed, in 1902, by
the Rev. Frederick Trench Johnson, M.A.,
the present incumbent. The lay-members of
the Church body are Mr. W. Armstrong, the
Hon. Dr. J. M. Atkinson, Dr. Francis Clark
(hon. treasurer), Mr. G. A. Hastings, Mr. E.
Ormiston, and Mr. A. Bryer (hon. secretary).
The cathedral is now entirely self-supporting,
(here being no endowment.

There is a certain " feeling " of the Early
English Gothic style about the structure, and
the tower, lofty and graceful, adds a pleasant
home-note to the general characteristics of
the city. There is a lack of proportion in the

worshipped by the elders, and surrounded by
hosts of angels, who sing, " Amen, blessing
and glory, wisdom and thanksgiving, and
honour and power and might be unto our
God for ever and ever." Encircling these
are " they which came out of great tribu-
lation," &c., holding palms (Rev. vii. 14). At
the base of the window, pictures relating to
the sea are placed ; on the left, Christ calling
the disciples, St. James and St. John, whilst
mending their nets in the boat ; in the centre,
Christ stilling the tempest ; and, on the
right, Christ walking upon the sea and
appearing to the disciples in the boat.
In the window will appear the inscription :
" To the glory of God, and in gi ateful
memory of the episcopate of the Right Rev.
Joseph Charles Hoare, D.D., fourth Bishop
of Victoria. Born November :5th, 1851 ;
consecrated St. Barnabas Day, 1898 ; died
September i8th, 1906." The cost of the
window has been borne by the community,
and the designs are in the hands of the
well-known Westminster firm of Morris & Co.
An additional memorial to the late bishop
is the brass tablet, erected by his wife.

family, and relations in England, which sets
forth the tragic manner of his death. A
window depicting the perils of the deep, in
memory of Hongkong residents who perished
in the wreck of the s.s. Bokhara off the
Pescadore Islands, on the night of October
10, 1892, fills one of the smaller lights ;
another, representing St. Peter receiving
the keys, is to the memory of the Hon.
Mr. Donall, who died in 1873 ; a third was
erected by the students of St. Paul's College
as a tribute to Bishop Smith's devotion to
the Colony ; and, in a fourth, honour is paid
to Elizabeth Frances Higgin and Emma
Gertrude Ireland, two hospital sisters, who
lost their lives whilst in the execution of
their duty during the plague outbreak of
1898. In the baptistry, two windows of
exquisite workmanship are erected to the
memory of the wife of Edmund Sharp, a
former trustee of the cathedral. In the north
aisle are two windows presented by the
oificers and men of the 2nd Battalion the
Royal Regiment, " in memory of their com-
rades who died in China between October
24th, 1858 and December 1 8th, i860." A
window to the memory of the widow of
Henry Kingsmill, depicts women of Old
and New Testament mention.

There are numbers of mural tablets, amongst
others those commemorating the Peninsular
and Oriental officers who perished in the
Corca, which foundered, with all on board,
in a typhoon on the China Sea on June 30,
1865 ; the wife of Bishop Burdon ; Capt.
Colthurst Vesey ; Robert Lyall ; Capt. Augustus
Frederick Hippolyte Da Costa, a captain in
the British Corps of Royal Engineers, and
Lieut. Dwyer, of the Ceylon Rifles, who
were " wantonly attacked and murdered by
some Chinese pirates whilst walking by the
seaside at Whang Ma Kok, in this Island,"
on February 25, 1849 ; Lieut. H. M. Dallas,
of the 98th Regiment ; William Harding,
" one of the best specimens of the British
sailor, killed, 1st June, 1848. in a gallant
attack by the boats of H M.S. Scout, off
Chimmo Bay, on a large piratical vessel sub-
sequently taken " ; Arthur Gordon Ward,
organist of the cathedral for eight and a half
years, who died in 1905 ; and Charles May,
who died at sea on his homeward passage
in 1879, after forty-five years' labours in the
Civil Service.

The bishop's throne, a fine specimen of
the Chinese carver's art, was presented to
the cathedral by Messrs. Robert and Edward
Alford, former residents of the Colony, in
memory of their father's labours in the
diocese. The pulpit was presented by Sir
Williain Robinson, and the choir stalls were
constructed of timber taken froin the old
British man-of-war, the Victor Emmanuel.

On the column behind the lectern hang
the colours of the old Hongkong Regiment —
the King's colours, and the old yellow
regiinental ensign — which were deposited in
the cathedral for safe-keeping, and " as
a memorial of that regiinent for ever," at the
close of the morning service on October 12,
1902. The regiment afterwards returned to
India, where it was disbanded on October
23rd of the saiTie year.

The services of the cathedral are held
according to the general usages of the
Church of England, matins being sung at
II a.in., and evensong at 5.45 p.m., with
celebrations of the Holy Communion every
Sunday at 7.30 a.m., and on certain Sundays
at noon. Services are also held on Wednes-
days and Fridays, and on Saints' and Holy
Days. There is a large and well-trained
voluntary choir of between forty and fifty
voices, and all the best cathedral services

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 331

and anthems are in regular use. The full
cathedral choir sings matins and evensong
on alternate Sundays, with the exception of
certain festivals, when the complete choir
attends both services. All other services are
more or less of a congregational character,
and under existing circumstances only a
small section of the choir is able to be
present at these.

The first organ was erected in the cathedral
in i860, and was dedicated on Christmas
Day of that year, the organist being Mr.
C. F. A. Sangster. The splendid instrument
now in use was erected in 1887, and was
opened on June 21st of that year, "on which
date " says a brass memorial affixed to the
pillar in front of the organ, "the Acting
Governor (Major-General W. G. Cameron,
C.B,), and the members of the Legislative
Council attended a solemn service of thanks-
giving in celebration of the fiftieth anniversary
of the Accession of Queen Victoria." It is
a three-manual organ, with between forty
and fifty stops, and was built by the well-
known London firm of Messrs. Walker &
Sons. The present organist is Mr. Denman
Fuller, F.R.C.O., L.R.A.M., who succeeded
Mr. A. S. Ward in 1905.

The cathedral is now lighted by electricity,
and in summer time punkahs are used to
keep the temperature as low as possible.
The pews of teak-wood and rattan are
roomy and comfortable, and every seat is
provided with books for the use of members
of the congregation. The excellent custom
is followed of leaving the building open to
all seeking a retreat for quiet meditation.

ST. ANDREW'S CHURCH, KOWLOON
The idea that Kowloon should have its
own church was mooted in 1897, but it was
not until 1904, when a grant of land fronting
the Robinson Road had been made by the
Government, and Sir Paul Chater had gen-
erously undertaken the entire cost of the
building, that St. Andrew's Church was
commenced. The late bishop of the diocese,
the Rt. Rev. J. C. Hoare, D.D., performed the
ceremony of laying the foundation stone on
December 13, 1904, and on October 6, 1906,
the church was dedicated by the Ven. Arch-
deacon Banister. A melancholy interest
attaches to this date, for it was that fixed
by Bishop Hoare for the consecration of the
church ; but his death, in the typhoon of
September i8th, made it necessary for another
to consummate the work which he had so
much at heart. The church, though small,
does not lack dignity. It is built of granite
and red brick, in the Early English Gothic
style of architecture, and is a fine example
of modern work. The spire contains a peal
of tubular bells, and the interior of the church,
with its capacity for three hundred persons
(though at present there is seating accommoda-
tion for two hundred only), is graced by a
handsome east window, also given by Sir
Paul Chater, representing the Crucifixion and
the Last Supper, with figures of St. Peter and
St. Andrew. The small marble shafts around
the main columns are of Grecian marble,
direct from Athens. The late Bishop Hoare
made himself responsible for the provision
of the holy table, pulpit, prayer-desks, and
choir and chancel seats; the Rev. F. T.
Johnson for the font and for communion
vessels, which communicants at the cathedral
and Peak church were invited to present ;
the hon. architect (Mr. Bryer) gave the brass
eagle lectern ; Messrs. Wilks and Jack under-
took to collect for and subscribe to the
installation of the electric light ; the Hon.
Mr. E. Osborne contributed to and collected
for the bells ; and there were many other

generous helpers. A vestry, consisting of the
chaplain and elected lay-inembers, directs the
affairs of the church. The chaplain is the
Rev. Arthur Joseph Stevens, B.A., who also,
pending the day when Kowloon becomes
wholly responsible for the support of its
chaplain, holds the position of Assistant
Chaplain of St. John's Cathedral.

THE RIGHT REV. GERARD HEATH
LANDER, D.D., fifth Bishop of Victoria, was
educated at Trinity College, Cambridge, and
at Ridley Hall, and was ordained in 1884 to
the curacy of St. Bride's, Liverpool. After-
wards he was appointed to St. Benedict,
Liverpool, and subsequently to St. Philip's,
Litherland. In 1894 he was appointed Hon.
Canon of Liverpool, and, in 1895, Vicar of
St. Cyprian, Liverpool. On June 29, 1907,
St. Peter's Day, he was consecrated Bishop
of Victoria, in the parish church of St. Mary,
Lambeth, and was enthroned in the cathedral

RIGHT REV. GERARD HEATH LANDER,

D.D., M.A.,

Bisliop of Victoria.

church of St. John, Hongkong, on Saturday,
Noveinber 23, 1907. He succeeded Bishop
Hoare, who came to China in 1875, was
appointed Bishop of Victoria, on June II,
1898, and lost his life in the typhoon of
September 18, 1906, while out with four of
his Chinese students, preaching and teaching.
When last seen he was kneeling in prayer
on the deck of his small yacht, the Pioneer.

THE ARCHDEACON OF HONGKONG, the

Ven. William Banister, came out to China in
the year 1880. He was educated privately, and
at the Church Missionary College, Islington,
London. He was ordained deacon in 1879,
and priest in 1880, by the Bishop of London.
From 1879 to 1880 he was Curate of St.
Mary's, Bulderstone, near Blackburn, Lanes.,
under the late Archdeacon of Blackburn.
He was sent to Foochow, and was for some
years located at Ku Ching in the charge of
a large missionary district with its manifold
operations. In 1893 he was given direction
of the Church Missionary Society's Theological
College, Foochow, and remained there until

1897, when he was appointed to Hongkong
and became secretary of the Church Mission-
ary Society for South China. In 1902 he
was appointed Archdeacon of Hongkong by
the Bishop of Victoria.

THE REV. FREDERICK TRENCH JOHNSON,
M.A., Chaplain of St. John's Cathedral, Hong-
kong, is a son of the Rev. Canon Johnson,
Rector of Carbury, County Kildare, Ireland.
Born in 1872, he was educated at Trinity
College, Dublin, where he subsequently took
his degree, and in 1896 he was appointed
Curate of Holy Trinity, Belfast. Two years
later he came out to the Colony as assistant
chaplain, and in 1902 he succeeded the Rev.
R. F. Cobbold on that gentleman's resignation
of the chaplaincy.

HOLY TRINITY CATHEDRAL,
SHANGHAI.

The existing Anglican cathedral is the
fourth church which has stood upon the site,
and dates back to 1869. The first building,
dedicated to the Holy Trinity, collapsed in a
storm in 1850, only three years after the
foundation stone was laid. The congregation
had but a very short while before been
assembled within the church, and as a thank-
offering to God for their escape they rebuilt
the church, which was opened again in the
following year. In i860 it was decided, at a
general meeting of the congregation, that a
large and permanent church, worthy of the
port, should be built on the site of the old
building. Accordingly the old church was
pulled down, and a temporary structure for
services was erected near the side of the com-
pound. The outcome of the effort was the
church as it stands to-day, with the exception
of the tower, the foundation stone for which
was laid in 1891. The new building was
opened for service in 1869, and in 1875 it was
elected by Bishop Russell to be his cathedral,
the Rev. C. H. Butcher being appointed dean.

The cathedral was designed by Sir Gilbert
Scott, and is a cruciform structure of beautiful
proportions, except that the chancel is shorter
than was intended by the architect. There is
some good modern glass, the chapel lights
being especially worthy of note ; and one of
the most interesting windows is that in the
south aisle to the memory of the Hongkong
cricketers, who were wrecked on their return
voyage after an inter-port cricket match. In
the narthex are several memorial slabs, some
of which were transferred from the earlier
churches. The building presents an imposing
exterior, which is seen to great advantage in
the spacious compound by which it is sur-
rounded. The close, bounded by the Kiangse,
Kiukiang, Hankow, and Honan Roads, con-
tains also The Deanery, the Cathedral School,
and other houses.

The patronage of the cathedral was for-
merly in the hands of the Foreign Office, but
now it is vested in three trustees, who are
elected annually by the British subscribers to
the establishment, and have certain powers
in regard to the appointment of incumbents
and in respect of all disbursements. The
funds of the cathedral are derived from an
endowment, supplemented by pew-rents and
voluntary offertories.

The present incumbent, the Very Rev. A. J.
Walker, M.A. (Cantab.), was appointed by
the trustees in 1903, and was made dean
by the bishop in the following year. His
assistant chaplain is the Rev. R. G. Winning,
B.A., now acting as chaplain-in-charge during
his absence on leave.

332 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The Cathedral School is under the care of
the Rev. K. Perry, B.A., and has some forty
scholars, most of whom are in the choir.

The Church of St. Andrew, situated in the
Broadway, is a daughter church of the cathe-
dral, and is connected with the Missions to
Seamen. The chaplain, the Rev. H. M.
Trickett, resides at a house adjoining the
church.

BISHOP MOULE. the late incumbent of the
Mid-China See, stands in the foremost rank
of the men who have devoted themselves to
mission work in China. For close upon fifty
years he laboured as student, teacher, evan-
gelist, and bishop, until, overtaken by age
and infirmity, he resigned his task into the
hands of younger men, and retired to the
rest he had so justly earned. The Rt. Rev.
George E\-ans Moule, D.D., was born at
Gillingham Vicarage. Dorset, in 1828. He
was educated privately until he went up to
Corpus Chrlsti College, Cambridge, in 1846,
where he took honours in classics and in
mathematics. It was while at Cambridge that
he felt the missionary call, and he was one
of the founders, in 1848, of the Cambridge
Union for Private Prayer, which now numbers
hundreds of men all over the world. He
was ordained in 1 851, and was given a
curacy at Fordington, Dorsetshire. Four
years later, in order to prepare himself for
missionary life, he undertook, in addition, the
chaplaincy of the Dorset County Hospital.
Joining the Church Missionary Society in
1857. he came to China, and, having whilst
in Hongkong married his cousin, Adelaide
Griffiths, he proceeded in the following year
to Ningpo. He was there during the Taeping
rebellion ; and he and his brother, now the
Yen. Archdeacon Moule. who joined him in
1861, were under (ire, and in great personal
danger. In 1864 he planted a mission in the
vast inland city of Hangchow and that place
has been his home ever since. He was
consecrated Bishop of Mid-China, in succes-
sion to Bishop Russell, in October, 1880, the
service taking place in St. Paul's Cathedral.
During the twenty-eight years of his labours
he' proved himself, in the words of an
eminent writer on the work of the Church
Missionary Society in China, " a true father
in God, and also a most loving brother in
Christ to his fellow-missionaries and the
whole of the scattered Christian flock." He

witnessed a wonderful accession to the
numtier of his co-workers, and had the joy
of seeing three nephews join the mission.
Shortly before his resignation, in 1907, he
was made an Honorary P'ellow of his College
in recognition of his life-long labours, and
especially of his literary work. He has
translated parts of the Prayer Book into
classical Chinese, has contributed several
papers on religion, topography, and language
to European periodicals in China, and he
was one of a committee of missionaries
appointed to supervise a Chinese version of
Scripture. In his retirement he still resides
at Hangchow.

THE RIQHT REV. HERBERT JAMES
MOLONY, D.D., was appointed to the
Bishopric of Mid-China by the Archbishop
of Canterbury, on February 26, 1908, in
succession to the Rl. Rev. Bishop Moule.
Ordained deacon in 1888, and priest in the
following year, Bisliop Molony worked for
two years in the parish of St. Stephen, Low
Elswick, and then proceeded to India for
the Church Missionary Society to join the
band of evangelists in the Gond mission.
In 1904, he was appointed clerical secretary
of the Central Provinces Diocese, and later
returned to England. He was consecrated
bishop on St. Pauls Day, January 25, 1908,
in Westminster Abbey, and on his appoint-
ment to the Mid-China See in the following
month, he received the degree of Doctor of
Divinity, causa honoris, from his Alma Mater.
Bishop Molony visited England in 1908 as
representative of his diocese at tlie Pan-
Anglican Congress a/id the Lambeth Con-
ference.

THE REV. A. J. WALKER, M.A., Dean of
Shanghai Cathedral, is the son of a clergy-
man, and was educated at the Merchant
Taylors' School and at St. John's College,
Cambridge, where he was a choral student.
Entering the Church, he was for a time
Curate of St. John's, Tunbridge Wells,
before volunteering for work in the mission
field. He came to China under the aegis of
the Church Missionary Society, and was
stationed at Ningpo as vice-principal of
Trinity Training College for Chinese students.

A year after his arrival he went to Hong-
kong to meet his bride. Miss Middleton, to
whom he was married in St. John's Cathedral
by the late Bishop Hoare. He returned to
Ningpo, and, after hve years' earnest work,
went to England on leave. At the end of
his furlough two appointments were offered
him — the head-mastership of Shaoshing School
and the oHice which he now fills. He came
to Shanghai in April, 1904, and has since
that date endeared himself to his congre-
gation by his earnest and kindly zeal in
the cause to which he has devoted his life.
He took the initiative in the formation of
the now excellent choir at Holy Trinity
Cathedral. Despite the indifference which
threatened to prevent the realisation of the
idea, he started the Cathedral Choir School,
which, under the head-mastership of the Rev.
R. G. Winning, himself a former choral
scholar of King's College, Cambridge, soon
had a roll of fifty boys. Mr. Walker was
responsible for the formation of the Com-
municants' Guild, which was started in
October, 1907, and now numbers nearly one
hundred members ; and has interested him-
self, also in the prison, hospital, Hanbury
School, and kindred institutions. He is hon.
chaplain to the Shanghai Volunteer Corps.
Mrs. Walker has closely identified herself
with her husband's work ; notably in con-
nection with the Ladies' Benevolent Society
and the Mothers' Union. Mr. Walker visited
England in 1908, and attended the Pan-
Anglican Congress as delegate for Shanghai.

THE REV. R. 0. WINNING, B.A., Acting
Chaplain-in-charge of Holy Trinity Cathedral,
was a choral scholar of King's College,
Cambridge. He was ordained deacon, in
1906, and priest in the following year. Upon
coming to China he was, in April, 1906,
appointed head-master of the Cathedral
School. In December, 1907, he resigned in
order to take up the secretaryship of the
foreign branch of the Y.M.C.A. in Shanghai.
In the absence of Dean Walker, Mr. Winning
has been assigned by the trustees, with the
approval of the bishop, to the acting chap-
laincy of the cathedral, and he has taken up
his residence at The Deanery. He has in
Mrs. Winning a most sympathetic second in
the work he is called upon to undertake.

PROTESTANT MISSIONS IN CHINA.

B'V THE Rev. J. Steele, B.A., Presbyterian Church of England, Swatow.

In the years that followed the Reformation
missionary activity was not a characteristic
of the new-born Protestant Church. Even
while labouring in the throes of this birth the
mother Church had produced within herself
the great Jesuit order, and so inaugurated a
new era of missions. But after the division,
the Reformed Church was so occupied with
the work of reconstruction, and, later on. so
pressed down with the weight of intellectualism
little tempered with love, which issued in the
deism of the eighteenth century, that she
failed for long to realise her duty to non-
Christian nations.

This could not last for ever. A Church that
read on its charter the words " Go . . . and
preach the Gospel to the whole creation " ;
and which numbered among its saints Paul
the Apostle, and the great Gregory, and Lull,
and Xavier, must sooner or later gird herself
to the work. Luther nailed his theses to the
door of the Schlosskirche at Wittenberg in
1517. In 1556 Protestant missionaries began
a work in Brazil, and in 1559 in Lapland.
Other attempts of some magnitude were made,
but it was not until the religious movement of
the eighteenth century that the Church as a
whole awoke to its duty ; and then, within

a short ten years, the four great Protestant
Missionary Societies were born.

While the Church was still undivided,
colonisation and the movements of trade
determined the order of missionary expansion,
and the course which the Protestant Church
followed was substantially along the same
lines. Thus it came about that China was
the last of the great non-Christian nations to
become the sphere of Protestant missionary
activity.

It was fitting that the missionary interest
of the Protestant Church should be directed
to China by the discovery in the British

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 333

Museum, in the year 1795, of a manuscript
of the New Testament in Chinese prepared
by a Roman Catliolic missionary. In 1805
the London Missionary Society determined to
engage in work among the Chinese resident
in the Malay Peninsula, and designated the
Rev, Robert Morrison to establish a mission
in Prince of Wales' Island (now known as
Penang). Within the next few years that
island, Malacca, Bangkok, Singapore, Batavia,
and Java were occupied by various societies
as points of vantage from which the problem
of the evangelisation of China might be
attacked. Morrison was fated to begin work
nearer the objective. Before he sailed his
destination was altered, and he landed in
Canton on September 7, 1807, the pioneer of
Protestant missions.

When he arrived in China Canton was the
only point of contact with the West, and the
channel of intercourse was no wider than
the little Oil Gate in the southern wall of
that city, at which petitions to the Chinese
authorities might be presented but through
which no foreigner might pass. In such
circumstances Morrison was compelled to
restrict his work to the narrow limits of the
" Factories." Two of his converts found
places in the train of an Imperial Examiner,
and distributed tracts to the students at the
various examination centres in the province.
With this exception, the early work in Canton
was but another parallel driven nearest of
any to the foot of the glacis. The walls
still remained unbreached. Preparation was
being made for an advance, however. An
Anglo-Chinese College had been opened at
Malacca. Morrison's Dictionary had been
published in 1821, at a cost of ;tJ2,ooo ; the
complete Bible in two editions — one by
Marshman of Serampore, and the other by
Morrison — was ready ; and many workers
had already acquired the language. Giitzlaff,
as agent for the Nederlands Missionary
Society, had made seven voj'ages along the
China coast, penetrating as far as Tientsin,
and had widely distributed the Scriptures.
And, on the north-west frontier, work among
the Mongols had been begun with the
concurrence of the Czar of Russia.

Then came the first great opportunity. At
the conclusion of the war between Great
Britain and China the Treaty of Nanking,
signed in 1842, opened to the commerce of
the world the 'Treaty ports of Canton, Amoy,
P'oochow, Ningpo, and Shanghai, and guaran-
teed the safety of British merchants residing
there. Almost immediately, twelve missionary
societies entered into occupation. In 1842
work was begun in Amoy ; in 1843, at
Shanghai and Ningpo ; in 1847, at Swatow
and Foochow, and among the Hakkas of the
Kwangtung Province ; while in 1861 Central
China was opened to work by the occupation
of Hankow by Griffith John. Since then the
work of expansion has gone on without
interruption, and now the eighteen provinces
of China, along with Manchuria and Mongolia,
are open to the Gospel. Efforts have been
made to reach the so-called aboriginal tribes,
who occupy a large part of the provinces of
Yunnan and Kwelchow, and of late these
people, the Nosu, and Hwa Miao, have
responded to the work done among them in
a movement similar to the mass movements
among the jungle tribes in India. Ten
thousand Miao tribesmen and women have
been enrolled as adherents.

Sporadic riots have, from time to time,
caused the destruction of mission property,
from 1864 and onwards. The most serious
of these occurred in Chentu, Szechwan, in
1895, when the compounds of three Pro-
testant missions, and one Roman Catholic

mission were destroyed, but without loss of
life.

Massacres, too, have not been infrequent.
Among others the murder of eight mission-
aries and two children, belonging to the
Church Missionary Society, took place at
Ku-cheng, Fokien, in 1873 ; and four adults
and one child belonging to the American
Board Mission suffered death at Lienchow,
in Kwantung Province, in 1905.

But eclipsing all others were the losses
sustained during the great " Boxer " rising
of 1900. The reform measures of the
Emperor, the aggression of foreign powers,
and illegitimate, and to some degree legiti-
mate, missionary enterprise, roused the
intensely conservative Dowager Empress to
action, in the hope that she might preserve
China for her dynasty. She checkmated the
Emperor and the Reform Party by the coup
d'etat of 1898 ; but she convinced herself
that the other evils would yield to nothing
but force. There lay to her hand a weapon
ready forged in the Society of Righteous
Harmony Fists, the " Boxers," and with these
and the officials she hoped to exterminate all
the foreigners within the Empire. The Boxers
did all that could be expected of them, but
some of the officials showed themselves wiser
than their mistress, and so the trouble was
confined, in the main, to the country north
of the Yangtsze and Manchuria, and broke
itself against the walls of the legations at
Peking.

While missionaries were not specially
aimed at in the Dowager Empress' secret
edict calling for the extermination of all
foreigners (yang ren), their position in the
interior caused them to suffer most. The
losses of that time are tabulated as follows : —

Adults.

Children.

China Inland Mission

Christian and Missionary

Alliance

American Board Mission ...

English Baptist Missionary

Society

Shouyang Mission

American Presbyterian Mis-

sion

Scandinavian Alliance Mon-

golian Mission

—

British and Foreign Bible

Society

Swedish Mongolian Mission

Society for the Propagation

of the Gospel

—

Unconnected

—

Total ...

134

The number of native converts who
suffered death is beyond estimation. Many
of them exhibited a heroism which was not
surpassed by that of the noblest Christian
martyrs of any age. There is room for but
one example. A young artist was apprehended
in Manchuria soon after the storm burst. On
the execution ground the Boxers bound him,
and then asked him if he would still preach
the Jesus religion. " Yes," was the reply,
" as long as I live." Then an eyebrow was
cut off, and the same question put elicited
the same reply. Another eyebrow, and then
the ears were severally removed, and at each
stage opportunity for recantation was given.
After each cut he still answered that while
he lived he could not but preach the way of
salvation to sinners. When he felt himself
getting weak he said, " I may be unable to
speak, but I shall never cease to believe " ;

and then one great cut released him from
his pains. Even the Boxers praised his
constancy and sincerity.

Many missionaries bore willing testimony
to the kindness which they received from the
officials, at the risk of disgrace, and even in
some cases of life itself.

The amazing thing about all the troubles
that the Chinese Church has been called to
pass through is that these have not imposed
more than the most transitory check upon
its advance. The Church has always issued
from the fire strengthened and purified ; and
larger and more suitable premises have
always risen upon the ruins of those
destroyed, not seldom without any indemnity
having been exacted from the destroyers.

SOCIETIES.

At the end of the year 1905 the Protestant
missionary societies in China numbered : —

British 18

American 29

Continental 8

Bible and Tract Societies ... 4

Educational Societies 3

Y.M.C.A I

Total

.. 63

The missionaries connected with these
societies, along with 108 independent workers,
totalled 3,445, of whom 964 were single
ladies, and 301 doctors. These workers were
distributed over 632 stations.

Arranged in order of the number of their
workers the principal societies ranked as
follows : —

China Inland Mission 849

Church Missionary Society ... 275
American Presbyterian (North)... 265
Methodist Episcopal (American)... ig6
London Missionary Society ... 131

American Board ... 106

English Presbyterian Mission ... 99

American Baptist (North) .„ 90

(South) ... 88

American Episcopal 84

Wesleyan Missionary Society ... 82
The London Missionary Society was first
on the field in China, represented by Morrison,
who landed in Canton in 1807. Next in time
came the American Board with the Rev.
Elijah C. Bridgman, who joined Morrison in
1830. In 1831 Karl Giitzlaff, deputed by the
Nederlands Missionary Society, made the first
of his seven voyages along the China coast.
The American Episcopal Mission, and the
American Baptist Mission also took up
positions before the opening of the Treaty
ports, the first in Canton in 1835, and the
second in Macao in 1837. When the ports
were opened societies began to send workers
in much larger numbers. The Dutch
Reformed Church (American) occupied Amoy
in 1842 ; the Church Missionary Society
began work in Shanghai in 1844 ; and the
English Presbyterians in Amoy in 1847.
The foundations of the China Inland Mission
were laid in 1853 by the arrival of Dr.
Hudson Taylor as agent of the China
Evangelisation Society, and the society itself
was organised in 1865.

These societies have come upon the field
not as independent expeditions pursuing
different aims, but rather as different regi-
ments, taking their places in the fighting line
of that division of the Grand Army of Christ
which is campaigning in China. F'roin the
time when the American, Bridgman, joined
himself to Morrison, the Englishman, the
feeling of comradeship has been most
conspicuous.

334 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

This feeling has manifested itself in the
x-arious adjustments of forces that have been
carried out. The American Episcopal Mission
withdrew from Amoy in favour of the
American Board, and that societ>', in turn,
made way for the mission of the Dutch
Reformed Church. The Church Missionary
Society retired from Peking in favour of the
Society for the Propagation of the Gospel.
These arrangements, and others like them,
demonstrate the oneness of aim which inspires
societies, differing widely on questions of
government and Ijelief. The most conspicu-
ous example of co-operation is furnished by
the China Inland Mission. That great society
unites under one directorate Episcopalians,
Presbyterians, and Independents, baptizers of
infants and adults, and of adults only, natives
of the four divisions of the British Isles, and
the Colonies, and associated missionaries
from Sweden, Norway, Germany, and Finland.
Separate spheres are arranged for the differ-
ent classes of workers, but there is an
identity of aim and a unity in operation that
is both visible and effective.

The unity of the Protestant missionary
body in China has been promoted by three
general Conferences, in 1877, 1890, and 1907.
At the last of these, when every Protestant
missionary society in China was represented,
it was resolved to form a Christian federa-
tion of missionaries working in China, (n) to
encourage everything that will demonstrate
the existing essential unity of Christians ;
and (6) to promote co-operation among the
missionary societies in the interests of
harmony, efficiency, and economy. The
Conference summed up the situation in these
words : •' We frankly recognise that we
differ as to the methods of administration,
and Church government. But we unite in
holding that these differences do not invali-
date the assertion of our real unity in our
common witness to the Gospel of the grace
of God." And, in order to help forward the
union of the various native Churches, the Con-
ference appointed a committee, consisting of
three members from each of the following
Churches working in China — Baptist, Congre-
gational, Episcopal, Lutheran, and Reformed
Methodist, and Presbyterian. The spirit of
the Protestant missionary body in China
to-day, despite all differences of name, is
summed up in the motto of its most recent
conference, " Unum in Christo."

Men.

Among the many Protestant missionaries
who have worked in China there are some
whose lumes call for special mention.*

Robert Morrison (1782-1834). The pioneer
of Protestant missions in China. Landed in
Canton September 7, 1807 ; was appointed
Chinese translator to the East Indi.t Com-
pany ; finished his Chinese grammar in
1812 ; Chinese New Testament in 1813 ;
complete Bible, 1819 ; and dictionary, which
was published by the Company, in 1821.
He baptized his first convert after seven
years' work, and at his death there were
ten members in the Church.

William Milne (1785-1822). Joined Morrison
at Macao in 1813. Next year he wrote,
•'To acquire the Chinese is a work for men
with bodies of brass, lungs of steel, heads
of oak, hands of spring-steel, eyes of eagles,
hearts of apostles, memories of angels, and
lives of Methuselah." Made a tour of the
Malay Peninsula, in order to distribute the
New Testament among the Chinese settlers
there. Was appointed head of the Anglo-
Chinese College at Malacca. He estimated

* AngUcan mwriom are dealt witli in a separate article.

that one hundred years after the establish-
ment of Protestant missions in China there
would be one thousand Christians, children
included. The total number in 1907 was
reckoned at seven hundred and fifty times
Milne's compulation.

Elijah Coleman Bridgman (1801-61), the
first American missionary to China, arrived
in Canton in 1830. He took a principal part
in the formation of the Society for the Diffu-
sion of Useful Knowledge in China, the
Morrison Education Society (since defunct),
and the North China branch of the Koyal
Asiatic Society, of which he was elected first
president.

Samuel Wells Williams (1812-84), arrived
in China in 1833, and was secretary to the
U.S.A. Legation for sixteen years. Wrote a
" Tonic Dictionary of the Canton Dialect," a
" Syllabic Dictionary of Chinese," and the
" Middle Kingdom."

Peter Parker, M.D. (1804-88). Was sent to
Canton in 1834, as the pioneer medical
missionary, by the American Board.

William Chalmers Burns (1815-68), reached
Hongkong in 1847 ; moved to Amoy in 1851.
Afterwards worked in Shanghai, and Peking ;
and died in Newchwang, in an endeavour to
begin settled work there. His translation
of the " Pilgrim's Progress," and his hymns,
original and translated, are in use in every
mission in China.

J. Hudson Taylor (1832-1905). Having
graduated in medicine, he arrived in China,
in 1854, and worked for a time, with William
Burns, inland from Shanghai, and in Swatow.
Intending to take up work at the latter
place, he was led to devote himself to the
evangelisation of Inland China, and formed
the China Inland Mission in 1866, when he
sailed with sixteen others in the Lammer-
nittir. This mission has developed work
in all of the eighteen provinces except
Kwangtung and Kwangsi.

James Legge (1814-98). Appointed Principal
of the Anglo-Chinese College in Malacca, he
removed to Hongkong in 1843. He issued
the first volume of his translation of the
Chinese Classics in 1861, and completed the
work in seven volumes. He translated, also,
the " Book of Rites," the " Book of Changes,"
the " Texts of Taoism," &c. He was appointed
to the Chair of Chinese Studies at Oxford
in 1876.

Alexander Wylie (1815-87), arrived in
China in 1847 to superintend the printing
press of the London Missionary Society in
Shanghai. Afterwards he was agent for the
British and Foreign Bible Society. He wrote
" Memorials of Protestant Missionaries," and
" Notes on Chinese Literature," a descriptive
catalogue of the most important Chinese
writings.

James Gilmour (1843-91), was celebrated
for his work among the Mongols, concern-
ing which he wrote two books.

Aim.

The aim of missions in China is to proclaim
the Evangel of our Lord Jesus Christ. Mission
operations stand to be judged by the faith-
fulness and efficiency with which they do
that work. Converts, scholars, hospitals,
printing presses. Bibles, and newspapers, all
have their places as auxiliary to this end,
and are viewed in relation to it.

Methods.
The methods in use to compass this end
are various. First comes preaching. Every
missionary is first of all a preacher — not often
from the pulpit, nor always with the tongue.
In the hospitals the preaching is done in

" deeds

More strong than alt poetic thought."

The missionary evangelist goes out to the
villages, or into the streets of the cities ;
and on the ferries, and by the wayside ; he
speaks as he has learned, and, as far as the
difficulties of the language and the convolu-
tions of minds, alien to his in all but their
humanity and common need, will allow.

None is more conscious than he of his
limitations, and it is a mighty uplift when
one and another (of their honesty let the
section on results tell) responds, and he can
begin to train native evangelists.

It has been accepted on all hands that
China can only be evangelised properly by
the Chinese. Acting upon that assumption
most missions have devised methods for
training their native preachers. Some
missionaries, as Mackay of Formosa, take
their students with them on their itinerations ;
others gather promising men at centres, and
train them there. A training school and
theological college is a feature of every
well-found mission to-day.

The work in such institutions is developing
in two directions. Amalgamation of separate
colleges has been accomplished in Soochow,
Nanking, Mukden, Amoy, and other places, in
the interests both of efficiency and economy.
The standard of education is being gradually
raised, in order that students may be prepared
to assume the charge, as pastors, of the
native churches. Simpler courses equip men
who through age, or defective education, are
unfitted to grapple with the subjects of an
advanced curriculum ; but young and well-
educated men are taught all the subjects,
with the exception of Greek and Hebrew,
which a student in a home theological college
studies, though not as yet with the same
thoroughness.

When native evangelists are equipped and
sent out the number of converts grows
rapidly. The next stage, then, is the organi-
sation of native churches. In this matter each
mission follows the Church order to which
it belongs. In some places there are bishops,
priests, and deacons ; in others ministers,
elders, and deacons ; in others again, no
settled ministry is recognised ; but, in all,
there are congregations gathering from
Sunday lo Sunday for worship, preaching,
and the celebration of Holy Communion. The
diversity of forms is not as confusing to a
Chinese as it is to a Western mind. All
differences are blurred to him by that haze
of strangeness that covers everything con-
nected, however indirectly, with the foreigner.
But the desire of the missionaries is that
these divisions shall not be perpetuated. The
recent Conference declared that the foreign
missionaries " desire only to plant one
Church,' that they recognise "the liberty . . .
of the Churches in China," and that they
eagerly anticipate the time when these
Churches "shall pass beyond the guidance
and control " of the foreign missionary.
The Conference also declared for " the right
of the Churches in China ... to organise
themselves in accordance with their own
views of truth and duty."

What form of government or variety of
doctrine the Church of China will adopt,
no one would venture to predict to-day. The
missionaries have made it clear to their
converts that they stand to them in the
relation of nursing-fathers, and only desire
that the new Church, when it comes, shall
be true to its Lord, and true to all that is
best in the genius and character of the
Chinese race.

Schools.
The organisation of Churches implies the
education of the children of Christians. The
system of missionary schools has been

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 335

designed with a view to this end, rather than
to serve as evangelistic agencies proper.
The Educational Association of China,
founded in i8go, links all engaged in teaching
in co-operation for the promotion of educa-
tional interests. Since the publication of
the imperial scheme for elementary and
advanced schools and colleges, the curricula
of mission schools have been remodelled
to bring them into line witli Government
requirements as far as possible. Up to the
present such schools have failed to secure
recognition from the Government, and so
find a place in the educational machinery
of the country. The example of Japan
justifies the expectation that before long
recognition will be extended to all such
institutions which satisfy the educational
requirements of the Government examiners.

Resuming consideration of agencies directly
evangelistic, we now hark back to the medical
work. Mission hospitals both create sus-
picion and allay it. A nation whose materia
medica includes thirty-two parts, or products,
of the human body, is necessarily suspicious
of the doctor with his magic anodyne, and
no less wonderful knife. A bottle of pre-
served cherries on a doctor's mantelshelf
was interpreted by a Chinese as a collection
of eyes taken from the heads of innocent
children, and a riot was the consequence,
with the destruction of much valuable pro-
perty and the peril of many lives, happily
without a fatality.

But if the doctor is uncanny, who comes
after eyes and hearts, how utterly inexplic-
able is the action of the preacher, who asks
for nothing, and gets more, and less, than his
desire ? Motiveless volitions are unknown
to the Chinese ; intangible motives are moon-
shine to him. So the preacher is an object
of extreme suspicion, and, therefore, of
intense dislike. But the skill and devotion
of the doctor opens for the patient a window,
through which he dimly sees the substratum
of a common humanity beneath the out-
landish exterior, and the rest is easy. The
hospital door has been the widest door to
the Church in many a town in China.

In 1905 there were 301 mission doctors
in China, of whom 94 were ladies ; 166
hospitals and 241 dispensaries. As many as
35,301 in-patients and 1,044,948 out-patients
were treated. Special attention is paid to
lepers, and to the care of the insane.

In addition to treating patients, the doctors
are engaged in training students in medicine,
surgery, and the allied subjects. Here, again,
amalgamation is in the air. The most
notable example of this is the Union Medical
College at Peking, in which the doctors of
several missions co-operate. The Dowager-
Empress gave ten thousand taels to this
institution. Students are attracted from all
over the empire, and the diplomas of the
College are recognised by Government. At
the other end of the land, in Canton, a
Medical College for Women has been estab-
lished by the American Presbyterian Mission.
A Medical Association looks after the interests
of the foreign doctors. It publishes a
magazine bi-monthly, and is engaged in
reducing to uniformity the system of medical
nomenclature, and publishing textbooks in
which the new terms are used.

The Bible.

The translation, printing, and distribution
of the Bible have occupied the energies of
the ablest Protestant missionaries. These
were not the first to begin the work, but
they have carried it furthest towards com-
pletion. The first Chinese Bible was printed
at Serampore, India, in 1820 ; and was the

joint production of Joannes Lassar, an
Armenian Christian born in Macao, and the
Rev. John Marshman, who had never been
to China. The most important revision, and
the most popular at the present day, is that
known as the " Delegates Version." In the
New Testament it is the production of a
committee of delegates from the various
Churches, who began work in Shanghai in
1847, viz.. Bishop Boone, the Rev. Drs.
Bridgman, Medhurst, and Milne, and the
Rev. J. Stronach. The Old Testament portion
was produced by the last three ; and the
whole was completed in 1853.

Since then many versions in High Wenii,
Easy Wenli, Mandarin, and various local
dialects, have been produced.

A thorough revision of the whole Chinese
Bible has been proceeding since 1890. The
work is now in the hands of a committee
for Wenli, and another committee for Man-
darin.

Three Bible Societies are engaged in the
production and distribution of the Bible, New
Testament, and Scripture portions, with or
without notes and introductions.

In 1905 the circulation was as follows : — •

have shown themselves thoroughly capable
of directing their own affairs and administer-
ing their own funds.

In most missions the foreigner takes his
place alongside the native minister in the
church courts, and shares in the work of legis-
lation and administration on the principle of
one man one vote. His influence beyond
this single vote lies in the force of his
character, the ripeness of his experience, and
the depth of his affection for the Chinese
among whom he works. In time, even this
assessorship will disappear, and the Chinese
Church will stand entirely alone, making its
own laws, shaping its own doctrine, and
" dreeing its own weird." This is the aim of
the foreign mission work, and all approxima-
tions to it are welcomed by the missionaries.

Self-Support.

Chinese Christians are rice-eaters, but the
rice which they consume is their own, and
not a foreign dole. The home societies
necessarily support a staff of preachers,
teachers, and hospital assistants. Beyond
this, money subscribed in the West is not ex-
pended on the support of Chinese.

Bibles.

New Testaments.

Portions.

British and Foreign Bible Society

American Bible Society

Scottish National Bible Society

16,488
7,078
2,566

40,525

3 ',672
21,218

1,018,167

498,554
883,490

Total

21,132

93,415

2,400,211

With the exception of a few grants to
officials all these have been sold, a contrast
to the days when Giitzlaff and his successors
failed at times to secure acceptance for such
books even as a gift.

Results.

As stated above, Dr. Milne made a calcula-
tion in 1820 that if Christianity in China were
in every succeeding twenty years to double
its access of numbers, as it had in the first
twenty, then at the close of the first hundred
years there would be a thousand Christians
in China. But at the end of these first hun-
dred years, at the Conference in Shanghai in
1907, it was announced that the actual number
of Church members alone was 200,000. If to
these be added the number of those who
attend regularly, but are not yet baptized, and
the children, whom Milne included, the grand
total is 720,000.

Church members are drawn largely from
the farmer, working, and shop-keeping classes,
with a fair admixture of literary men, and a
very few officials of low grade, as in every
countiy the appeal has been made largely to
these first classes, faiipercs cvaiigelizaiitur.
Special attention, however, is now being
devoted to the scholars and officials, and to
the student class from which the ranks of both
these classes are recruited.

Christians are organised into Churches,
which are developing rapidly along the three
lines of self-government, self-support, and
self-propagation.

Self-Government.

In every Protestant mission it has been the
object of the foreigners to train a native
ministry which shall, in time, assume the lead
in the native Church, controlling, teaching,
and guiding it. The natives have responded
well to the trust imposed upon them, and

The latest complete statistics, those for
1905, put the total contributions of Chinese
Christians for the year at $301,263 (Mexican).
The greatest advance in this line has been
made by Churches in the south-east. There
the average annual contribution per member
is $4'5o (Mexican). The salaries of all their
native missionaries are paid by the people
over whom they are ordained, and 80 per cent,
of the pay of native preachers is contributed
by the natives.

Self-Propagation.

The native Churches have long recognised
their duty to their non-Christian neighbours.
Additions to the Church are more the result
of work done by unofiicial Church members
than through the immediate agency of their
leaders and teachers. But, beyond individual
effort, native missions to the unevangelised
have been established by some of the churches.
These are organised, financed, controlled and
manned entirely by natives. The islands of
Namoa and Tungshan on the south-east coast
are worked by such organisations.

From this brief resume of Protestant mission
work in China it will be seen that the result
is a purely native Church, with a history, an
ideal, and a future ; that Christianity in China
is no longer a negligible force ; and that,
judged by Western standards, the Chinese
Christian, while he may not in the aggregate
be a " plaster saint," is a man with an honest
conviction, a message, and a hope, and, as
such, is entitled to respect and sympathy.

Bibliography.

The volumes of the " Chinese Recorder and
Missionary Journal " ; the periodicals of the
various missionary societies ; the " Records "
of the Conferences of 1877, 1890, and 1907 ;
" A Century of Missions, ' by the Rev. D.
MacGillivray, B.D.

336 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE UNION CHURCH, HONGKONG.

The establishment of the Union Church,
which is the centre of religious life among
nonconformists in the Colony, was due to

started which, from its inauguration, has
attracted talent from all sections of the
Colony, its weekly meetings during the
winter are largely attended and highly
appreciated. In 1904 the Hongkong and

tJNION CHURCH, HONGKONG.

the initiative and religious fer%'our of Dr.
Legge, a man of scholarly attainments and
the well-known author of "Chinese Classics."
He came to Hongkong as an agent for the
London Missionary Society in 1843, and at
once opened his house to Europeans for
worship and speedily promoted the building
of a chapel. A basis of agreement was
drawn up which was Protestant, evangelical,
and undenominational, and, an appeal having
been made for funds in reply to which two-
thirds of the cost of the building were
supplied from outside the Colony, a church
was erected in Wellington Street, and opened
in 1845. Kour years later Dr. Legge
formally undertook the pastorate and, with
the exception of an interval between 1867 and
1870, continued his ministration continuously
until 1873. His services throughout the
whole of this period, were highly appreciated,
and under his direction the small struggling
Church gradually grew in strength. The
building in Wellington Street, becoming
dilapidated and too small for the require-
ments of the community, a second structure
was raised in 1865, in Staunton Road. Sun-
day-school work was commenced in 1872,
and, in various ways, the Church became so
firmly established that in 1880, with full and
grateful acknowledgment of the assistance
which had so constantly been rendered by
the London Missionary Society during the
previous thirty-five years, the members
decided to make it self-supporting and
independent in financial matters. Ten years
later, the neighbourhood of Staunton Road
being considered unsuitable for a European
church, the present edifice in Kennedy
Road, and a commodious manse adjoining,
were opened in 1891. A church hall was
added six years later. In 1893 a ladies'
committee was elected, and in 1894 a
Christian Endeavour Society was formed.
Both of these continue to contribute largely
to the furtherance of the general objects of
the Church. In 1902 a literary club was

New Territory Evangelisation Society was
inaugurated as a joint effort on the part of
the Union Church and the To Tsai (London
Missionary Society, Chinese) Church, to
evangelise the local populations under the
British flag. Very remarkable success has
attended this effort, both on the mainland
and on the adjacent islands. Sunday-school

walls are tablets commemorating the eminent
scholarship of Dr. Legge and Dr. Ch.ilmers
and the services of Dr. Young, all three of
whom, at different periods, were ministers
of the church. Altogether there have been
thirteen pastors, as well as the famous Dr.
Eitel, who rendered much appreciated
interim service, and the Kev. T, W. Pearce.
who still does so. The present minister is
the Rev. C. H. Hickling, who recently
returned from Europe for a second term of
service by the hearty desire of the congre-
gation. Besides ministering to the church
under his charge he acts as one of the
chaplains to the Navy and Army for the
Colonial Government, and also shares in the
services conducted in the Peak church,
which has numbered among its members
some of the most esteemed residents in the
Colony.

THE UNION CHURCH, SHANGHAI.

The Union Church, situated in Soochovv
Road, near the British Consulate, is a grace-
ful structure of blue-grey and red brick, in
the Early English style of architecture, with
an open-timbered roof and an octagonal
shingled tower. As the name implies, the
congregation consists of a union of all Free
Church denominations. The Kev. Dr. Medhurst,
of the London Missionary Society, look the
initiative in its formation as early as 1845.
For many years services were held in a
chapel in the Shantung Road, but at length
the unsuitableness of the neighbourhood and
the growing requirements of the congregation
made necessary the acquisition of a new site.
A building committee was formed towards
the close of 1882 ; funds were raised by
means of a bazaar and an appeal to the
public ; and the present site was acquired for
the sum of Tls. 20,945-65. The new church
was erected by Mr. Dowdall, at a cost of
about Tls. 9,000, and was opened for divine
service on July 4, 1886. New school

UNION CHURCH, SHANGHAI.

work is now carried on in three districts
with marked benefit.

The present church buildings are centrally
situated and commodious. A tower rises
above the cruciform structure, which accom-
modates 500 worshippers, and around the

premises, lecture hall, class-rooms and manse
were built on land adjoining the church in
1889, and the church itself was enlarged to
its present size in 1901. The minister is the
Rev. C. E. Darwent, M.A., who came to the
Settlement early in 1889,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 337

THE ANCIENT FAITHS OF THE CHINESE.

By the Rev. T. W. PEARCE, London Missionary Society, Hongkong.

Writers on Chinese religion are wont to
distinguish clearly three great systems —
Confucianism. Buddhism, and Taoism —
and it is the practice to treat of these
as if all the units of a vast population,
numbering not less than 350,000,000, through
out the provinces and dependencies of the
empire could, for the purposes of an article,
like the present, be grouped as followers of
Confucius, disciples of Buddha, or believers
in an outward and corrupted creed, associated
in its original purity with the " Old Philoso-
pher," Laotzv.

The academic discussion of religions in
China, with sharply drawn distinctions derived
from the ancient books, canonical or heretical,
is often the reverse of convincing to the
student of " things Chinese," who has been
in a position to verify allusions, to test cita-
tions, and to gauge the accuracy of much
descriptive writing by daily contact with the
people. To study Chinese religion at first
hand is to see it everywhere in contact with
life.

The general effect is fraught with complexity
and singularity, aptly compared to the im-
pression made on the mind by a group of
trees, of outstanding girth, height and lateral
extent, giants of the forest, that, during the
decades and centuries, have grown and
flourished, quickened by the spring rains,
warmed into fullest life by the summer suns,
strengthened by the blasts of autumn, and
hardened by the frosts of winter.

They stand to-day as they have been grow-
ing during the passing of the generations of
the Chinese race. Boughs are intertwined
above, roots are interlaced below, a living
mass grown together inextricably ; and not
only so, but grown together beyond the power
of the untrained observer to distinguish the
smaller and more recent growths so as to
assign each to its own proper tree trunk, or
main branch. Such are Confucianism, Bud-
dhism, and Taoism in the inter-relation of
their growths as trees of religion deep-rooted
in the soil of China.

The illustration may be carried considerably
further. Under the shadow of these trees is
undergrowth of many kinds, a veritable forest,
so dense as to be wellnigh impenetrable ;
a closed dank tangle that owes its existence
to the fostering shelter of the trees, and could
not survive for one moment their uprooting
and downfall. Thus is it in the living
inter-relation of manners and customs with
the ancient faiths of the Chinese people.
Religious motive determines the trend of
social observance ; sacred ceremonial blends
with the administration of law. In the
ordered and settled government of China's
millions, religious factors are prominent and
potent.

As are the giant trees to their undergrowth
so are the religions of the land to the family
and social, the political and national, life
of the people. A bewildering mass of
observances is knit, compacted, bound up
in vital ways with religion. Herein is the
twentieth century problem that lies before
Christendom and China. Movements of the
new time in the old empire make for an
uprooting. What may one day .seem the
sudden is, in reality, the gradual freeing
of the ground for new growths. To plant
these under favouring conditions of soil

and climate will be the task of the missionary
Church in the hundred years period.
The greatest of Chinese rehgions is

Confucianism.

The all-pervading presence and potency of
Confucianism are without parallel among
Oriental religions. There are those who
account for its predominant position and
its abiding character by denying its claim
to be called one of the chief religions of
the world. To them the ages return an
answer, final, decisive, irrevocable. Voices
of emperor and statesman, of seer and sage,
assign Confucius his place among objects
of worship. Adoring multitudes through the
centuries have joined in " one according cry."
Divine honours are paid at his shrine, and
the worship of the teacher who, as a moral
guide, has the pre-eminence, gives to his
system the binding force of religion. To-day
the religious faith of most Chinese appears
to themselves inseparable from the divine
sanctions which, for them, attach to the
teaching of Confucius. To revert to our
illustration, the growths of religious faith
and practice are intermingled root and branch,
but Confucianism is everywhere readily
traceable by reason of its dominant vitality
and vigour.

By the " law of survivals," working through
all movements and changes of the new time,
it is seen to be of Chinese religions the fittest.
Its advocates in the native Press set forth
the advantages that would accrue to the
new empire from a Confucian worship-day,
analogous to the Christian Sunday and
occurring at the same intervals. On the
Confucian rest and worship-day, assemblies
convened for the purpose in temples and
in public halls should, it is urged, join in
hymn and prayer not less than in attending
to precept and injunction ; the multitudes
throughout China following a form and
mode of worship akin to that observed
throughout Christendom, Confucius being put
in the place of Christ. It is further pleaded
that the new learning, having few points of
contact with morality and religion, schools
and colleges in all the provinces should
keep a Confucian Sunday, when the regular
teaching may give place to the new ritual
to worship and to exhortation that centre
in the person and the doctrine of the sage.
These are suggestive facts that must needs
count for much in any fitting record of
twentieth century impressions of Chinese
religion.

What manner of man was Confucius ?
What charm of life and doctrine gave to him
the place he holds among the teachers of
the race ? What potent forces have wrought
for the diffusion of his influence and for its
conserving as a prime factor of reconstruction
in the sphere of Chinese religion to-day ?

Reply to such an inquiry, since it can
only be of the briefest, should take us at
once into the heart of things.

Our means of knowing Confucius, if not
ample, are at least adequate. In the " Analects,
or Conversations, of Confucius with his
Disciples," the whole of one book, the
tenth, is devoted to a delineation of the
habits and deportment of the master as
he was known to his immediate followers
in private and in public life. With the

loving hand and the earnest purpose of
Boswell portraying Johnson, the disciples
of Confucius have sought to picture their
master. Particular details are too minute,
they take from the symmetry and finish
of the completed portrait. It has, however,
to be borne in mind that national habits
and characteristics as we see them in
the Chinese to-day — their race features — are
what his followers saw in the sage of China
2,500 years ago The times are evil, there
has been a falling away from pure and lofty
ideals, there are none that have attained, but
the seekers after truth strive to be as the
perfect sage. Ceremonial observances on
which Confucius set the seal of his approval,
constant virtues as seen in him, their highest
exponent — these are the goal and aim of the
Confucian. He is concerned always with the
duties arising from the great human relations.
When these are fulfilled all is well with the
individual, the family, and the State.

Over the Western mind the " Analects " may
cast no spell ; the non-Chinese reader of the
Confucian canonical books, who has no
working acquaintance with the Chinese
people, is not likely to discover the secret of
the magician's power.

To such we say, " Live among the Chinese,
be in daily touch with their modes of thought
and their outlook on life, and the wonder
ceases." Adaptation to the genius of the race
has been carried to the farthest point, and
Confucianism has held its place as a world
religion, because on its own finite lines and
within a limited sphere, its appeals to
humanity are direct, forceful, irresistible.

The founder, Confucius, was born in what
is now the Yen-chau department of the
Shantung Province, a territory comprised in
the ancient state of Lii. The date of his
birth is placed by some writers in 552, and
by others in 550 B.C. Apart from the
portents that were said to herald his birth,
there was, in the circumstances of his paren-
tage, no augury of a destiny distinguished
among the millions of the race. The sage
could, however, trace his descent back to the
imperial house of Yin, and his forefathers for
more than five hundred years had been men
of probity and talent. His father figures in
the history of the times as a soldier of daring
prowess, and from his mother's kindred came
Yen-Hui, his own favourite disciple.

The budding genius of Confucius was
abundantly marked by the " capacity for
taking pains." His acquirements in the
literature of the period seemed to his con-
temporaries all-comprehensive, and he eagerly
drank of the spirit of the most ancient sage
monarchs, whose exploits shine resplendent
in the first dawning light of Chinese
history. This, more than anything else,
determined the trend of his character and
teaching. For him the past held whatever
was of greatest worth. To turn the minds
of men in his own degenerate times back-
ward to the golden age, was for Confucius
the heaven-appointed means of regenerating
society.

As a servant of the State from the twentieth
to the fifty-seventh year of his age, when
Confucius finally retired from office, he em-
bodied those public virtues which he honoured
in his chosen exemplars. As Minister of
Works and, subsequently, as Minister of

338 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Justice, his praise " flew in songs through
the land."

He proved the efficacy of the doctrines
taught by the ancient kings to work an
entire transformation in the manners of the
people. Of his literarj- labours, after his
retirement from office, the verdict of pos-
terity is that they are invaluable. They
were directed to the collocation and arrange-
ment of the works which now form the
•• King," being the second portion of the
Chinese canonical scriptures.

The one original work of Confucius,
called the " Spring and Autumn," with
reference probably to the succession of the
seasons, is a chronicle of his native state.
Its purpose is to make the facts of history
the means of conveying principles and truths
— which his countrymen in each succeeding
age have agreed to call inspired.

Confucius died in 479 B.C. ; and it was
not until three hundred years afterwards
that there was any imperial recognition of
his transcendent character and services.
From the time that the founder of the Han
dynasty offered sacrifice at his tomb, Con-
fucius has held a unique place in the vener-
ation alike of rulers and people. Temples
to " The Saint," the " Chief Doctor," the '• Great
Master," are in all provincial, prefectoral and
district cities ; before his tablet the youth of
the nation t)OW in schools and colleges ;
and most Chinese of every sort and condition
are wont to associate the religious faith which
they have received with belief in Confucius.

Yet Confucius founded no religion ; he
was, he declared, a transmitter, not a maker.
There had come to him

** Legends of the saint and sage.
And tales that have the rime of age,
And chronicles of eld."

In these lay the moral and religious nuclei
which were to become the " power centres
of a system." These he may be said to have
rediscovered and to have set in their proper
relations. He collocated with a view to
moral and religious sanctions in common
life. The result is a system, not of theology
but of morals. It should be added that the
instructor of emperors and kings expressly
refrained from treating those subjects which
lie within the special domain of the King
of all Sciences.

A Confucian China means a conservative
China. To eradicate from the body politic
vices that have grown with its growth, and
strengthened with its strength, was a grand
aim of the system. To accomplish this,
ancient customs and practices must be restored
in their primitive purity. This idea, blending
with those of entire subordination and the
utmost attention to family, social and civic
usages commended the sage's teachings to
the rulers.

For the rest, insistence on the supremacy
of parental authority and, all that is implied
therein will account, perhaps more than aught
else, for the enduring vitality of the great
national tree of religion, " whose antique
root peeps nut" from a mass of habits and
observances that have grown up under the
tree's wide-spreading branches, and in its
grateful shade.

Turning our attention to
Buddhism

in China as illustrated by a second " plant
of stately form," standing side by side with
Confucianism, so that branches intermingle
and roots intertwine, we find ourselves
looking at a tree that is not native to the
soil.

Transplanted to China in the second
century B.C., at which time there was already

an extensive overland trade carried on be-
tween East and West, it found congenial
conditions in which it soon flourished amain.
The oft-told stor>' of its first planting has not
lost its charm, whether as myth or fact,
Ming Tai (94 a.d.), the seventeenth emperor
of the great dynasty of Han, had heard of
the coming of the Prince of Peace, for
whose advent the world had waited long,
and ambassadors were despatched from China
westwards to learn tidings. These fell in
with votaries of Buddha and embraced their
faith. Buddhist priests returned with the
ambassadors to China, and Buddhism became
established as one of the religions of the
country. Decades have passed since Dr.
Morrison, the first Protestant missionary to
the empire, wrote concerning the religion
of Buddha in China : " It is decried by the
learned, laughed at by the profligate, and yet
followed." "The observation holds good to-day
with a difference. The movements of the
new time have been more unfavourable to
this than to other ancient faiths of the people,
and disintegrating processes have wrought
more effectually in loosening its hold on the
popular mind.

The spread of enlightenment has meant
the diffusion of ideas subversive of grosser
forms of idolatry which, in the course of
centuries, had become accretions of Buddhism
in China.

Shrines are less frequented and revenue
has become more and more restricted to
the endowments of temples and monasteries.
These latter buildings have become objects
of desire to leading promoters of the new
education. Numerous, in most provinces,
with surpassing advantages of situation in
relation to centres of population, of extensive
dimensions, and suitable in structure, it is
not to be wondered at that proposals to
appropriate Buddist temples and monasteries
for the purposes of the new learning met
with large favour in high places. There
seems little doubt that a policy of confiscation,
now begun, will be made thorough, for
Buddhism, though a factor in the religion
of most Chinese, is not a force so potent
that it can resist ofticial aggression, or inspire
its votaries to any united or organised
endeavour for its conservation as part of a
national creed.

Of the years that lie between the two
points of time thus marked as the date of
the entry of Buddhism into China, and our
twentieth century impressions of its corrup-
tions, decay, and impending sacrifice to the
demands of the new time, we cannot write
particularly. Attention should, however, be
called to certain peculiarly attractive and
instructive phases of its history as one of
China's religions.

To realise the power that Buddhism once
had over the minds and hearts of its adherents
among the Chinese let it suffice to refer to
the best known pilgrimages to its holy land.
Among these the story of Fa Hien, translated
by Rennisat, Beale, and Legge, may be cited.
Here is seen the pious outgoings, the devout
aspirations of the pure soul directed to
things not akin to the " dust of this world,"
and the self-subjugation and self-abandonment
that are possible only when the heart is
inflaiTied, and the whole nature enlightened
by the presence of a great truth that wholly
possesses the soul. In Fa Hien's time,
399 A.D., and for seven centuries in all,
Buddhists from India " came and went in
a ceaseless stream."

At other periods it was under a. ban, as
in the middle of the ninth century a.d., when
wellnigh fifty thousand monasteries and
smaller shrines were destroyed, and about

two hundred and fifty thousand inmates, male
and female, had to find a way back into lay
society.

It is still true that, throughout the land,
Buddhism is the religion most in evidence.
Its temples and pagodas stand among the
fairest scenes, compelling the admiration of
travellers on the inland waterways. On the
upper slopes of mountains at commanding
view-points, or by belts of charming woodland
in the valleys, are the temples and altars of
this religion. In the cities and towns its
shrines are the most frequented, and its priests
are constantly met with in contact with the
people.

It became what it was to the Chinese, and
what it might have continued to be, by
processes of selection in the sphere of dogma
and worship. Its leading doctrines changed
their significance. The essential features of
Guataina's teaching were discarded. China,
in accepting Buddhism, held to its belief in
a supreme God and in many lesser deities,
good and evil. As an example, it may be
noticed that in South China, and probably
throughout the empire, every Buddhist temple
has its shrine to Kwan Yin, concerning whom
the story is told that she had merited Nirvana
and was about entering heaven, when she
was drawn back to e.irth again from the
very threshold by the thought of the woes
and miseries of men. Heaven was not for
her until she had seen the sin-stricken and
toil-worn sons of earth safely gathered there.

Buddhism, like Confucianism, is an example
of the law of survivals. The chief strength
of its creed lay, however, for the Chinese in
its borrowed elements.

In his fine fragment, " Hyperion," Keats
lays down a law which is ever in operation —
" First in beauty should be first in might."

Nothing noble in religious faiths is allowed
to die. The " noble blends with noble
things," and it thus serves to awaken in
many that restless, unsatisfied longing which
is met by a response of the soul to the highest
truth in the revelation of the Son of God.

Taoism.

Taoism is a third tree of religion that has
retained some of its earlier vitality, though it
has long been marked by signs of decay,
tending to downfall, Laotzv, its founder,
was born half a century before Confucius.
A probable, certainly a credible, part of his
life-story is that he held the high office of
keeper of the archives at the imperial court
of the Chan dynasty. The leading doctrine
taught by Laotzv, the venerable philosopher
was that of abstraction from worldly cares.
His chief speculations were concerning
reason and virtue. There is a tradition that
Confucius obtained an interview with the un-
orthodox teacher, but could find nothing to
profit in his bold flight of imagination,
" soaring like the dragon above the clouds of
heaven."

On retiring from office, and whilst in the
act of leaving his native state, Laotzv was
prevailed upon to write the " Canon of Reason
and Virtue," a short treatise containing rather
iitoi'c than five thousand words.

This book has long been one of the chief
puzzles of translators, and the mass of lore
written for its elucidation has not sufficed to
make clear some of the more abstruse utter-
ances of its author.

A key to the part understanding of the To
Tok King on the transcendal side is found
in the following comprehensive definition of
the Tao by a modern European writer : —
Tao is " I. — The Absolute, the totality of being
and things. 2.— The phenomenal world and

The Temple of Confucius.
The Sleeping Buddha.

PEKING SHRINES.

The Temple of Heaven.
Pi Yung Su Temple.

340 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

its order. 3. — The ethical nature of the good
man and the principle of its action."

On the practical side the path of Laotzv
lies before him plain and straight. It leads
back from the complex to the simple ; from
the disorders and vices of corrupt society to
primitive conditions. Our philosopher would
have all things as they were at the beginning,
when men could live their lives on the high-
est plane of virtue, and the " onward march "
of the race had not carried it from its proper
goal. To attain this, the one means is self-
abnegation, a sacrifice on the part of the
individual that " puts away " losing, that it
mav gain ; den\-ing, that it may acquire ....
itself.

The student of Chinese religions will
inquire what the teaching of Laotzv has to
do with the magic arts of the present day
priests of Tao. their charms and spells and
senseless incantations ; and he will seek to
know, further, how the " Canon of Reason
and Virtue " is related to the pantheon of gods
and godesses in Taoistic worship.

To such inquiries the answer, covering
long stretches of history-, is that Taoism, as
interpreted by the disciples of Laotzv, has
gathered to itself during the centuries all
manner of superstitious beliefs. The " elixir
of life," ■• pills of immortality," and " the
philosopher's stone," became, in the course
of time, articles of its creed. She Wang Ti,
that great emperor who founded a united
China on the ruins of the old feudal system
|B.c. 259-210), was an ardent patron of this
already debased and degenerate religion.

The affinities which Taoism, as it exists
to-day, has for the mind of man in dark
ages is shown by its multitude of willing
followers.

The dawn of enlightenment, through the
new civilisation and education, must needs
have far-reaching results on the future of
Taoism. Like all grosser forms of error, it
is destined to fall as the forces of truth win
their widening way through the land.

Thus far attention has been occupied with
the more striking and permanent features of
Chinese religion, illustrated by three gigantic
growths that overshadow lesser forms of
life. It remains to be added that certain of

these latter were in existence in the soil
before they became what we have seen fit
to call undergrowths. Most ancient among
these lowlier religious plants is

Fetishism.

No one can point with assurance to a time
when China was free from fetish worship.
Mountains, stones, plants, and trees are
among the objects that have for the
present generation of Chinese an awesome
potency. In its most intense form this power
is centred in the holy mountain, Tai Shan.

Animals are tokens. Among tokenistic
animals the dragon holds the first place.
The dragon of the sky is indissolubly linked
in the minds of the masses with the emperor
who sits on the dragon throne, and who,
after death, ascends upon the dragon " to be
a guest on high."

The right relation of celestial influences,
over which the dragon presides, with terres-
trial influences that work for good or ill in
human life is a vital principle of geomancy
— a pseudo-science, and at the same time a
most flourishing and widely extended religious
undergrowth in the soil of China.

Last, but far from least, is the

WoKSHiP OF Ancestors.

There is a true sense in which ancestral
worship may be said to be both the root
and the flower of Chinese religion. It is
above and it runs through other forms of
faith and worship which derive much of
their efficacy from the ancestor-worship with
which they are interpenetrated.

The Chinese believe that man has three
souls, for which after death the tomb, Hades,
and the ancestral tablet are the appointed
abodes. As are the needs of men in this
life, so are the needs of their disembodied
spirits in the after-world. There, however,
the spirits of the dead are clothed with a
fearsome power to inflict calamities on their
living posterity. From this view it follows
that sacrifices to the dead are propitiatory ;
and, also, that they are the outcome of a
faith unfeigned, an ardent hope, and a
fervent desire, on the part of the worshipper.
Its connection with the family and social

life of the nation gives to ancestral worship
in China a position which is probably
unique in the history of non-Christian re-
ligions.

The worship of departed heroes who have
been deified by imperial decree may here
be mentioned as an extension of the worship
of ancestors.

Finally, it should be stated that the
worship at the Altar of Heaven in Peking,
wliich the Kmperor, as the high-priest of his
people offers, periodically, with solemn
sacrifices, in other words, the

State Religion of China,

is also to be regarded as in closest associa-
tion with ancestral worship. We are not
here concerned with the degree of personality
attaching to the name " Heaven " and '• God."
It is, at least, strongly probable that the
Supreme Ruler, often called " Heaven," was
regarded by the early fathers of the Chinese
race as a personal Supreme Being.

This survey of "impressions" may fitly
conclude by quoting the first reference to
religious worship found in Chinese history,
where it is said of the Emperor Shun
(2736 B.C.) ; " He sacrificed specially, but
with the ordinary forms, to Shang Ti ;
sacrificed with purity to the Six Honoured
Ones ; offered appropriate sacrifices to the
hills and rivers, and extended his worship
to the host of spirits."

Here, in the first ages of the world, are
the plants of Chinese religion. These helped
to enrich the soil and to prepare it for the
seeds and roots sown and planted in after
times.

The whole as we see it to-day is tangled
and intermixed in such a way that clearing
must mean uprooting over large spaces.
This is a work of time to be brought to
pass by forces irresistible in their silent,
ceaseless energy. The action of such forces
in China to-day may well recall the lines of
a poem already quoted in these impressions
of Chinese religion : —

" W^e fall by Nature's law
. . . On our heels a fresh perfection treads,
A power more strong in beauty

fated to excel us . . .

We are such forest trees."

SOCIAL LIFE.

HONGKONG.

PJMOXG Englishmen who have
never visited (he outlying
portions of the Empire the
idea prevails that social dis-
tinctions are forgotten in the
presence of the stern realities
of life in the colonies, and
that " all sorts and conditions of men " are
united in the bonds of brotherhood by a
common feeling of expatriation. But, though
this idea may not be without justitication
in the backwoods of Canada, the bush of
Australia, and the veldt of South Africa, it
is certainly a travesty of the conditions
obtaining in our Crown Colonies. Nowhere,
perhaps, is it more completely repudiated
than in Hongkong, where society is cast
into innumerable divisions and subdivisions.
Apart from the Chinese, the population
of the island numbers in round figures
twenty thousand, and if from this the
rank and file of the land and sea forces
be withdrawn, the figure is reduced to
between ten and twelve thousand. In
this little community are produced all the
characteristics of suburban life in England,
intensified by peculiar local circumstances.
As is, perhaps, only natural, each of the
principal nationalities represented — British,
German. Portuguese, Indian, and Japanese —
resolves itself into a separate and distinct
unit, while Eurasians here, as elsewhere, hold
a precarious position somewhere between
the foreign and the native elements. The
British community is divided into two main
classes — ofiicial and mercantile — but these
are capable of infinite multiplication. After
all the more familiar methods of social
distinction have been exhausted, and officers
of the Navy and Army, civil servants,
professional men, merchants, and large
retailers, have grouped themselves into
separate constellations, other and more
ingenious devices are introduced to satisfy
the desire for exclusiveness. Thus a man's
exact position in the social scale is not
infrequently determined by the altitude of
his house. Generally speaking, it may be
■ said that the higher he climbs up the side
of the Peak the rarer becomes the social
atmosphere which he breathes, and, as a
consequence, between those who reside at
the summit and those who live in the
peninsula of Kowloon there is as wide a
gulf as that which divided Dives and Lazarus.
A club which welcomes with open arms a
mercantile clerk — or rather " assistant," as

he becomes upon landing in Hongkong —
closes its doors resolutely against the head
of a departmental store, and hence the
existence of the Peak, Hongkong, and
St. George's Clubs. That Pope's dictum,
" The proper study of mankind is man,"
should find general acceptance in a society
so constituted need occasion no surprise,
especially when the paucity of other interest-
ing topics of conversation, owing to the
circumscribed character and isolated position
of the Colony, is borne in mind.

For all this, though, life may be passed
very pleasantly in Hongkong, both by those
who move in the " upper circles " and by
those whose souls are untroubled with social
aspirations. Sport forms the pivot of exis-
tence. Happy Valley is its chief, though by
no means its only, home, and here at
different seasons of the year cricket, tennis,
football, hockey, and golf hold sway. Races
take place in February on three consecutive
days, which are observed as general holidays.
All the world and his wife may then be
seen upon the course, but nobody so far
forgets himself as to show anything more
than a languid interest in the proceedings.
The inspiriting cry of the bookmaker and
the clamour of excited voices are unknown,
betting being carried on in grim silence by
means of the pari-mutuel and totalisator.
"All the air a solemn stillness holds" that
is broken only at intervals by the music of
a military band. There is a fourth day's
meeting at the end of the week, when the
events are furnished by those ponies who
have failed to carry off prizes on the previous
three days. Gymkhanas are held on the
same course at other seasons of the year.
Polo is played on another ground specially
reserved for the purpose. "Yachting is very
popular during the winter and spring, the
Canton Delta affording magnificent oppor-
tunities for indulging in this delightful
pastime. In the summer months relief from
the enervating heat is sought in the cool,
refreshing waters of the harbour, and
numerous picnic parties repair by steam
launch to the seclusion of one or other of
the adjacent islets.

Of sporting, athletic, and social clubs it
may be said that "their name is legion."
They exist for every branch of sport and
for every section of the community. The
premier club is undoubtedly the Hongkong
Club, which occupies a commanding and
well-appointed building, containing reading,
writing, dining, biUiard, and card rooms,
bowling alley, residential quarters, and a

library stocked with upwards of twenty
thousand volumes. In point of importance
and equipment the German Club comes next.
The Peak Club, a much smaller institution,
is designed, as its name implies, to meet the
gregarious tendencies of those who reside at
the Peak and feel disinclined in the evening
to return to the city of Victoria in quest of
society. Ladies are admitted to the privileges
of the Club, and dances and bridge parties
form the chief amusements between the tea
and dinner hours in the cool months of the
year. The club-house commands charming
views of the surrounding scenery and is
enclosed in a garden which is always bright
with flowers.

The chief form of amusement during the
long winter evenings is dancing. The season
opens with St. Andrew's Ball and closes
with the Volunteer Ball, and in the mean-
time a constant succession of subscription
dances is maintained by various local
organisations. Plays are occasionally pro-
duced at the theatre by the Amateur Dramatic
Society, and from time to time performances
are given by travelling companies. For the
rest, people are thrown upon their own
resources. The prevailing character of the
European residences is such as to allow of
no excuse for inhospitality. The houses are
commodious and, although perched on the
hill-side, are almost invariably surrounded by
gardens. Many of them also possess tennis
courts. The difficulty of getting from one
place to another, however, tends to restrict
social intercourse. The gradients make
carriages impossible— even the Governor is
carried about in a chair by eight scarlet-clad
coolies — and in these circumstances a call
often partakes of the nature of an expedition.

SHANGHAI.

What Shanghai lacks in beauty it atones
for in vivacity. Throughout the winter it
is kept gay with a constant succession of
dances, concerts, dinner parties, and other
social gatherings. The St. Andrew's Society,
which embraces every leal Scotsman in
the Settlement, is responsible for the largest
ball of the season. The Masonic brethren,
who are very strongly represented, combine
to give a grand ball every alternate year,
and regular dances and occasional smoking
concerts are held under the auspices of the
Volunteer Companies, the Merchant Officers'
Association, the Engineers' Institute, and the
Customs Club. The St. George's, St. Patrick's,
and Lancastrians' Societies provide various

342 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

fimiis of entertainment for members and their
friends, as well as holding out a helping
hand to any distressed fellow countrymen
who may he in need of assistance. Excellent
performances of well-known plays are pre-
sented hy the British. French, and German
Amateur Dramatic S<x:ieties. and a series
of classical concerts is contributed by the
Konzert Verein. A well-trained band of
capable instrumentalists, engaged by the
Municipality, renders selections of high-class
music in the Town Hall during the winter
months, and plays popular music in the
public gardens and the recreation ground
during the summer.

The Settlement is honeycombed with social
and sporting clubs, the most important of
those coming within the first-named c-ittegory
being the Shanghai, Concordia. Masonic.
Country, and Customs Clubs. Owing to the
fact that the foreign population is almost
entirely of a mercantile character, the social
conditions are much less complex than in
India or Hongkong : but. nevertheless, some
anomalies have been established. For in-
stance, a clerk in a bank, shipping. ' or
mercantile ot)ice will be welcomed with open

arms into a circle from which a well-to-do
and highly esteemed British resident who
has the misfortune to be directly connected
with a large retail store will be tabtxied.

\o fewer than seventeen nationalities have
their own Consular representatives at the
port, but the British section of the community
has always maintained a long lead in both
social and mercantile circles, the next in
importance being the German section. It is,
no doubt, due to this predominance of the
British that sport occupies so prominent a
place in local life. Hunting, horse-racing,
polo, baseball, cricket, hockey, tennis, shooting,
rowing, and sailing have each a represen-
tative club, which, with the solitary exception
of baseball, was originally instituted by the
British. During the summer months tennis,
swimming, and boating are the most favoured
pastimes, but in the winter golf, hockey, and
football claim most attention. For those
who enjoy a run across country excellent
sport is provided by the Paper-hunt Club
and the Drag-hunt Club. An Automobile Club
has been formed, but little is heard of it,
although close upon two hundred motor

licences have been issued hy the Municipal
Council up to date.

Tlie a%erage woman leads a much more
luxurious life in Shanghai than at home. For
this, thanks are due to the Chinese, who
make admirable servants, a good " boy " or
cook being quite capable of taking all the
responsibility of managing tlie entire affairs
of the household. Social engagements, there-
fore, claim the major part of every woman's
time. For paying calls a carriage can be
kept at a cost tliat would barely suffice to
pay the wages of a coachman in England.
Ample opportunity for indulgence in the
mild excilenient of shopping is provided by
the many excellent foreign stores, at which
it is possible to buy almost anything pur-
chasable in England, and the fascinating
pursuit of bargain-hunting may be followed
from time to time at one or other of the
" annual sales " or autumn sales. When
wearied of the daily round, the ladies of
Shanghai can find quiet and seclusion at
the Empress Club, the only ladies' club in
China that can boast its own premises and
independent set of rules.

^^Me^^^

THE PRESS.

By W. H. Donald, Editor of the "China Mail:

She early history of the Press
in the Far East is somewhat
shrouded in mystery. So far
as can be ascertained no data
exists as to whether the printer
and the ubiquitous reporter
followed hot on the heels of
the Honourable East India Company or not.
Between 1613 — when the daring pioneers of
the China trade first sent their white-winged
clippers round the Cape to gather in the
silks and teas from tar Cathay and Japan —
and 1830, there is no trace of a newspaper
having been established. Though a foreign
settlement was in process of growth in
Canton as early as 1702. and though it gradu-
ally developed, despite Chinese opposition,
until 1834, 'hfi ■IT'" of "i''' i'^ne lived without
what is now regarded as a sine qua non of
civilisation — the newspaper. But the printer
was not to be denied. He appeared, it is
certain, in 1834 in Canton, and the Canton
Register burst upon the people of the city
of Rams at a period when history was in
rapid process of formation ; when the days
were pregnant with big happenings. One
John Slade was the editor of this pioneer of
the Press in the Far East, and his paper
shows him to have been a man with the
bump of combativeness largely developed,
though the circulation of his lucubrations
may have been limited. He lived in an age
of keen dissension and at a time when food
for the Press was of a hair-raising character
such as few modern journals have the fortune
to obtain. In the columns of his little paper
history was writ large, and therein is to be
discovered records of the agitation — ultimately
forcibly assisted by warlike anti-foreign Chi-
nese — which eventually led to the founding
of a British Colony in F"ar Eastern seas.

In the early days of this agitation, Hong-
kong — where now lives and has its being
the whole of the foreign Press of Southern
China — was scarcely thought of as a possible
Colony. It was a mass of rock — a nest of
pirates — though in 1836 a correspondent in
the Canton Register prophetically suggested
that '• if the lion's paw is to be put down on
any part of the south side of China, let it be
Hongkong ; let the lion declare it under his

guarantee a free port, and in ten years it
will be the most considerable mart East of
the Cape. " The prophet was right. About
this period the Register found opposition, and
the papers thrived while the British mer-
chants were allowed asylum in Canton,
fighting vigoro;isly the while for a strong
and forceful British policy in China. And
the good fight initiated so long ago has been
carried on down the corridors of time by every
other paper that has since been founded.

What is erroneously described as the opium
war in 1839, brought about the temporary
suspension of Canton papers. Driven from
Canton to Macao, and moved on from that
settlement, the two thousand British subjects
ultimately settled in Hongkong in 1841, and
brought their predilections for a Press with
them. On January 26, 1841, possession
was formally taken of the island, and on
May 1st, of the same year, the first press was
established. A Government Gazette was pub-
lished. It was a four-page paper issued at
half-monthly periods, but even this frequency
was too much for its publishers, and gladly it
was handed over in 1842 to the first pro-
prietor of a newspaper on British soil in the
Far East.

On March 17, 1842, the Friend of CItina
was established, and gave the news of the
period in weekly doses. It was of four small
pages, but, on taking over the Gazette on
March 23rd, the issue of the journal on
March 24th was enlarged in size though not
in pages, and the title was altered to the
Friend of Cliina and Hongliong Gazette. The
editors were then the Kev. J. L. Schuck and
Mr. James White (later M.P. for Brighton,
England) and, though the publisher's name
was not disclosed in the early years, in 1845
it was given out as John Carr, and later a
Portuguese was the printer. In the issues
of this paper are naturally to be found the
impress of the first steps taken to make Hong-
kong the important port it is to-day, the
editor remarking in the issue of September 22,
1842, upon the "magnificence of the pros-
perous career now before us. . . . Already
we hear the teeming projects fraught with
good for our Island." The Friend of China
did not have the journalistic field to itself.

however. The Canton Register was in
circulation, and on January I, 1843, the
Eastern Globe made its appearance, though
it did not prove of lusty growth, despite
the political warmth of the time. The
officials were in the bad graces of the
populace, and the Press strongly criticised
their actions, not even sparing the then
Governor, Sir H. Pottinger. Though an
ordinance to regulate the starting of news-
papers was passed in 1844 (the second act),
apparently the widest freedom was given,
for no clauses to safeguard against libel
were inserted, and the expressions of opinion
of Press writers were couched in what would
nowadays be counted criminally libellous
language. Sir H. Pottinger was described
in one issue of the Friend of Cliina as a
man who " appears either to have been utterly
devoid of the sense of the moral obligations
imposed upon him, his heart being perfectly
seared to the impression of suffering
humanity, or deliberately living in seclusion
among a few adoring parasites whose limited
intellects were devoted to pander to the
great man's vanity ; " and the lesser officials
were mercilessly dealt with.

The lines of the early guardians of the
constitution were by no means cast in pleasant
places. They had managed to incur the
displeasure of both the Press and the entire
coiniTiercial body, but despite the manifest
antagonism, the Colony progressed, and in
1845, which year the historian describes as
having centred in it the principal social and
general progress of the Colony, the Cliina
Mail was established, with the notification
that it was to be the official paper for
Government announcements. All other papers
published before it subsequently died, and
to-day it stands as the oldest living link
connecting the affairs of the present with
those of the diin and distant past. On
February 20, 1845, it appeared as a four-
page weekly, edited by Mr. Shortrede, and
became, like its predecessors, a fearless ex-
ponent of the public's views, despite that it
was the official organ of the Government.

About this time tliere al^o flourished a
paper known as the Hongkong Register, edited
by one Mr. Cairns, and it seems that he is

344 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

chie6y mentioned in historj' as the successful
party in an action in 1847 against a Lieutenant
Sargent, of the 95th Royal Irish Regiment,
claiming damages for assault. The lieutenant
objected to a pai'agraph appearing in the
Register and promptly assaulted and battered

Hongkong did not follow his good example,
as events will show.

In the same year, when the judicial affairs
of the Colony were regarded with a certain
amount of distrust, the editor of the China
Mail was cited for not conforming with the

'CHINA MAIL."

the editor. The jury awarded the editor
$1,000 damages, and he had the distinction
of being described in court as "a very in-
offensive man, and one who, as an editor,
seldom had come to extremes or suffered gall
to mingle with his ink." In that respect all
his successors in the journalistic world of

" HONGKONG GAZETTE."

provisions of Ordinance No. 2, of 1844, by
" having removed his printing establishment
two years before from one place to anotlier
without communicating the fact to the authori-
ties." The prosecution was supposed to have
had something at the bottom of it, as " Mr.
Shortrede had made himself rather con-

spicuous some time before in the matter of
some revelations concerning the police," and
it was quashed when it reached the criminal
session stage, the Crown Prosecutor refusing
to lend himself to such vexatious proceedings.
The defence regretted " that the prosecution
had not been suffered to take its course so
as to have had an opportunity of exposing
its whole history." Mr. Cairns later vacated
the editorial chair of the Register, and it was
taken by Mr. W. H. Mitchell, who, in 1850,
resigned to join the Government service as a
police magistrate and sheriff, the appointment
being considered improper and much criti-
cised. He was succeeded by Mr. W. F.
Bevan, who, in 1853, in turn joined the
Government service.

Considerable feeling existed in Hongkong
in 1847 regarding the dismissal of Mr. William
Tarrant from the Surveyor-General's staff — he
having brought charges of extortion against
certain Government employes — and later
being charged with conspiring to injure the
character of Major Caine. The charge was
dismissed and the incident is only mentioned
because Mr. Tarrant, in June, 1850, pur-
chased and edited the Friend of China and
Hougkoiig Gazette, in which paper he carried
on a vigorous campaign against the Govern-
ment. The year 1853 (September 24th), saw
the publication of another Government Gazette,
little satisfaction, in the shape of favourable
treatment, having been obtained by the
Government from the China Mail by virtue
of its notifications having been published ex-
clusively in that paper.

In 1855 Mr. Andrew Scott Dixon — who
some years later became proprietor of the
China Mail — started a shipping sheet under
the title of the Hongkong Shipping List, and,
whilst it made no pretensions to give news,
it seems to have filled a want, for it lasted
many years. In 1857 came the Daily Press,
started by Mr. G. M. Rider, first as a daily
shipping list with limited news, but later as
a full-fledged newspaper, with Mr. Yorick
Jones Murrow as editor. Though small, it
pioneered the way, at all events, for the
daily newspaper in the Colony, the China Mail
being transformed from a weekly to a daily
shortly afterwards.

This year saw the beginning of bitter
vendettas in Hongkong, and warfare was
waged in and out of the Press. Actually,
feeling was brought to fever pitch as the
result of the great attempted poisoning
scandal on June 23, 1857. In connection
therewith the editor of the Friend of China
was awarded $1,010, against Cheong Allium,
for damages sustained in consequence of his
having been poisoned by bread delivered by
defendant, the editor taking action as a test
case. Cheong Ahlum was the proprietor
of the principal bakery in the Colony, and
on January 15, 1857, an atrocious attempt
was made to poison the foreign community
by mixing about ten pounds of arsenic in a
batch of bread baked at his premises. It
was deduced that Cheong was cognisant of
the attempt, since he settled many of his
accounts and left for Macao in the morning
before his customers' breakfast hour. He
was given over by the Macao authorities,
and, with nine others, was tried but found
not guilty. Though he may have gone to
gaol originally a rich man, his trial left him
a poor one, and " consequently the verdict
of $1,010 puzzled most people to know why
this case, brought by one of the several
hundreds poisoned, should have taken so
much money to effect a cure. " In the middle
of July, 1857, Cheong Ahlum was released
from gaol (after having been illegally detained
for twenty-two days), and immediately quitted

TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 345

the island, leaving his creditors, among them
Mr. Tarrant, in the lurch. This inspired the
editor of the Friend of China to launch out
into a violent attack on Dr. Bridges, the
Colonial Secretary, who was also Cheong
Ahlum's counsel, and the result was an
action for libel, the editor refusing to publish
an apology. Neither was any attempt made
to disprove the libel when the case came
before the Court, and the jury (specially
selected by Mr. Tarrant) brought in a verdict
of guilty, and he was fined ^loo, and ordered
to " be imprisoned until the same be paid."
Sympathisers soon raised the necessary

The public life of the Colony was at this
time convulsed by "an internal chronic war-
fare, the acerbities of which beggared all
description," and naturally the tone of the
community was vividly reflected in the
columns of the papers. The Friend of Cliina,
" generally criticised the Government and
most public officers with some animus,"
writes Dr. Eitel, in his history of the Colony,
" and repeatedly insinuated that the Lieutenant-
Governor (whilst Chief Magistrate) had been
in collusion with his compradore's squeezing
propensities." The fact that the Lieutenant-
Governor allowed five years to pass before

league with pirates." The Registrar-General
resigned, but he was later on induced to
resume office. The Daily Press, however,
did not cease its assault on public func-
tionaries, and the editor, in April, 1858,
having accused the Governor (Sir J. Bowring)
of corruptly favouring the firm of Jardine,
Matheson & Co. in the matter of public
contracts, was proceeded against in court,
and was sent to gaol for six months. The
jury were unanimous in their verdict and
were in retirement but fifteen minutes. In
addition to the sentence, a fine of $100 was
imposed, as the judge remarked, " to vindi-

li. A. HALE,

Manajier, Hongkong Daily Press.

T. Wright,

Editor, Hoiifllioiig Daily Press.

T. Petrie.
Assistant Editor, South China Mortting Post.

HONGKONG PRESS GROUP.

(J. T, I-LOYD,

Editor, South China Morning Post.

G. Murray Baix,

Proprietor, China Mail.

A. W. Brebxer.

Editor, Hongliong Telegraph.

J. VV. Baixs,
Sports Editor, China Mail.
W. H. Donald,
Managing Director and Editor,
China Mail.

J. P. Braga,
Manager, Hongkong Telegraph.

amount by public subscription, the editor was
released, and later boastingly published the
list of subscribers. This proceeding made
it hard for the next man tried for libel, as
the judge, bearing this incident in mind,
remarked, when Mr. Y. J. Murrow was before
him in 1858, upon the law having been
previously set at defiance, and sentenced Mr.
Murrow to imprisonment in addition to fining
him. The fining of Mr. Tarrant did not
deter him from his attacks on Dr. Bridges,
however, and later in 1857, he repeated
the libel for which he was originally lined,
but, having apologised, the case against him
was dropped.

he stopped these unfounded calumnies by
the appeal to the Court, which, as soon as
made, consigned the editor to the ignominious
silence of the gaol (September 21, 1859),
encouraged in the Colony a vicious taste for
journalistic personalities. The more wicked
a paper was, the greater now became its popu-
larity. Soon another local editor, Mr. Murrow,
of the Daily Press, who, in certain business
transactions in connection with emigration,
had been crossed by the Registrar-General,
outstripped in scurrility his colleague of the
Friend of China, and commenced to insinuate
that the Registrar- General was " the tool of
unscrupulous Chinese compradores, and in

cate the law, and put a stop to the unmeasured
abuse of public individuals." Mr. Murrow
was placed in the debtors' side of the prison
and was allowed every comfort. He con-
ducted his paper from the gaol, writing
his editorial effusions within the prison
walls, and his attacks on Sir John Bowring
(whose administration history shows to have
been a disgrace to the British name), con-
tinued unabated. As a result the lllnslrated
London News on July 3, 1858, severely
criticised the Government for allowing Mr.
Murrow to write from the gaol, and showed
no sympathy for the imprisoned editor. On
his release Mr. Murrow instituted an action

346 I'AVENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

for assault and false imprisonment against
Sir J. Bovvring, claiming $5,000 damages,
but when the case came on, on December
30th, it was decided in favour of defendant,
"and thus terminated one of those scandalous
matters which will for all ages mark out the
year 1858 as a memorable one in the dark
pages of Hongkong."

The Press, perhaps, was the least to offend
in these unwholeson)e days, the Government
officials among themselves indulging in the
most disgraceful open calumnies and un-
disguised defamations. In 1857 the Attorney-
General (Mr. T. C. Ansteyi charged the
Registrar-General with "having a scandalous
association with a brothel licensed by himself ;
with basing passed a portion of his life
amongst Chinese outlaws and pirates ; with
an alliance with some of the worst Chinese
in the Colony, through his wife — a Chinese
girl from a brothel ; with being a speculator
in brothels," &c. Whilst it may, perhaps,
be better to draw the curtain gently over
this ghastly page of history, it must he men-
tioned in justice to the men of the Press
who endeavoured to fight down the monster
of iniquity, which gi adually increased its hold
of the Colony, and found themselves in gaol
for it. Their battle was a strenuous one and
their reward was not one of glory. In tlie
case of the Attorney-General v. the Kegistrar-
General public feeling ran high. A commis-
sion was appointed to investigate the charges
and brought in a verdict of " not guilty."
Prior to this the Attorney-General tendered
his resignation but it was not accepted.
Mutual recriminations amongst the heads of
departments became outrageous and a dis-
grace to the Colony, and when the Commis-
sion's report was published, the Governor, Sir
John Bowring, asked the Attorney-General
to defend himself under pain of suspension.
He was suspended in February, 1858, and
later practised as a lawyer, giving the Govern-
ment a decidedly unpleasant time whenever
possible. The Press violently attacked the
Commission, the Friend of China, alleging
that the charge against Mr. Caldwell liad
broken down " through a contemptible,
damnable trick on the part of the Govern-
ment." Although the China Mail managed
for a long time to keep without the pale of
the law in these parlous times, it, as was
natural, could not do so all the time, and on
December 18, 1858, found itself in court
on a charge of libel against Mr. Anstey.
Mr. Andrew Wilson was then the editor,
and he made such reflections on Mr. Anstey's
conduct in the libel case, the Crown v.
Tarrant, that the plaintiff secured a verdict
and the editor was bound over to keep
the peace in the sum of $1,000, and ordered
to apologise. The China Mail avoided the
court chiefly because it was then the avowed
organ of the Government, a distasteful dis-
tinction it seems, for ultimately it shook off
the connection with the powers of the land
and ranged itself with the other papers.

In August of the same year (1857), the
editor of the Friend 0/ China was brought to
court for libelling the Acting Colonial Secre-
tary on a charge of burning the books of the
pirate Machow Wong to screen himself and
the Registrar-General against a charge of
complicity with pirates, but the jury brought
in a verdict of not guilty, and the Court
awarded costs against the Government. It
must be explained that prior to this alleged
libel the Attorney-General had laid inform-
ation against the Acting Colonial Secretary
on the charge mentioned. " The conduct of
the Governor, who, to avoid a subpoena t>eing
served on him in this libel case, had hurriedly
departed to Manila, being too ill to attend,

provoked much criticism at the time, and.
elated by this measure of success, the editor of
the Friend of China and the Attorney-General
(who had been suspended) commenced an
agitation in England which only served to
bring upon the Colon v greater odiiiin."
The libel case in which Brevet-Lieutenant-
Colonel Caine, Lieutenant-Governor of the
Colony, sued William Tarrant, editor of
the Friend of China, on September 17, 1859
(referred to above), created great interest. In
the article complained of the sentence
occurs that " Colonel Caine must either be
one of two things, either the cleverest
rascal that ever lived — a felon for whom
transportation would be too light a punish-
ment — or he is a much-maligned man, and
deserving of the sincerest pity," and the
charges were that he wanted a dollar per
head from each inmate of Chinese brothels,
ad lib. In court Tarrant defended himself
and pleaded juslification, but, after three
days' hard fighting, the jury found defendant
guilty, and the judge sentenced him to gaol
for twelve months, and fined him ;£'50 in
addition. This temporarily ended the Friend
of China. It ceased to appear, and whatever
property Tarrant had was ruined. In gaol
Tarrant became " ill " and was put in hospital,
but stern visiting justices would have none of
it, and he was sent back to his cell and "the
companionship of felons and refractory sea-
men." But the community once again moved
on his behalf and petitioned the Governor to
allow Mr. Tarrant to be confined to the
debtors' side of the gaol. The Governor,
Sir Hercules Robinson, refused, and agitation
grew within the Colony and without, and the
conduct of the gaol came in for severe
criticism. Colonial, English, and Indian papers
took the matter up, and ultimately the Duke
of Newcastle (Secretary of State) ordered
Tarrant to be placed in the debtors' side of
the gaol, and suggested that half the sentence
should be remitted. Shortly afterwards the
case was brought before the House of
Commons, and on March 20, i860, after six
months of the sentence had been served,
Tarrant was released, his fine of £^0 having
been paid by subscription. But his troubles
were not at an end. He was returned to the
debtors' prison for costs {$2,263) due to Dr.
Bridges in connection with the trial, and Dr.
Bridges, having a grudge against Tarrant,
now sought long-awaited revenge. Tarrant
was in prison four months. He tried every
means to obtain release but failed, and once
again representations were made to the Home
Government. Dr. Bridges acknowledged that
Tarrant was being kept in gaol, not for the
money, but for ulterior motives, and eventually
the public decided once again to stand by
Tarrant, and his debt was paid by public
subscription. He was released on August 4,
i860, after four months' confinement on
account of this bill, and revived the Friend
of China, eventually transferring it, first to
Canton, and in 1862, to Shanghai. In 1869
he sold the Friend of China, which shortly
afterwards succumbed, and in 1870 went to
London much debilitated, and died on Janu-
ary 26, 1872. Upon his death he bequeathed
to the City Hall Library a complete file of
the Friend of China, and it is there now,
somewhat dilapidated, to tell all who care to
open the pages, something of the bitter times
that Hongkong knew in early days. In a
speech in the House of Lords on June 28,
i860, the Duke of Newcastle declared that
" in no part of Her Majesty's dominions was
libel so rife and flagrant as in Hongkong."
It must not be forgotten, as Mr. Norton
Kyshe points out in his " History of the Laws
and Courts of Hongkong," that " the Hong-

kong Press, albeit open to some of the anim-
adversions cast upon it on (he score of
violence, had, on the whole, deserved well —
if not at the hands of the officials, at least at
those of the community. But for it, colonial
reformers at home such was the indifference
of some of the leading men of the community
— would have heard nothing of the many and
enormous abuses and crimes which, after
having for so many years been openly per-
petrated, to the scandal of the name of the
British Government in Cliina, by persons
holding magisterial and other appointments
under it, were still allowed by an alarmed
administration to enjoy the immunity on
which they had so confidently relied. But
for the Hongkong Press there can be no
doubt at all that the Parliamentary Blue Book
which was laid on the table of the House of
Commons in .April, 1859, and March, 18O0,
up:)n Mr. Edwin James' motion for papers
relating expressly to the case of Mr. Caldwell,
who had since become notorious throughout
Asia, would never have been heard of or
seen the light at all."

With the advent as Governor of Sir
Hercules Robinson, who was sent from
London with definite instructions to avoid
" stirring up that mass of mud which appear-
ed to have encumbered society in Hongkong"
(1859), an improvement was expected to take
place in the social and commercial life of
the Colony.

However, upon the commencement of the
inquiry into the Civil Service abuses of the
previous administration the old animosities
were renewed. The editor of the Daily Press
again enlered the lists, and, in March, i860,
charged Mr. Caldwell with extortion and
perjury, but withdrew the statement when
proceeded against for libel. Shortly after this
(November, i860) Sir H. Robinson determined
to take action to prevent the Press libelling
so freely, and brought before the Legislative
Council a bill to " amend the law relative
to newspapers in Hongkong." The only
law then applicable to the Press was
Ordinance No. 2, of 1844, which released the
Press from all restraint, and made no provision
for libel or defamation. The bill introduced
by Sir Hercules provided for newspaper
publishers entering into a personal bond of
;f25o. It also provided a new procedure
in libel cases. Hitherto, parlies libelled had
to apply to the magistracy for a summons,
and if the evidence was slrong enough the
defendant was submitted to the Supreme
Court as if for misdemeanour, when the
Attorney - General prosecuted. This had a
tendency to create the belief that the Govern-
ment occasionally promoted actions for libel
against certain editors. The amending bill
provided that a party libelled must sue for
damages, and that costs at all events should
be secured for the plaintiff. The Ordinance
was passed, and was numbered 16 of i86o.
This measure was later repealed by No. 6,
of 1886, which made the bond S 1,200, but
in a sense maintained the procedure.

In August, i860, a committee of inquiry
was appointed to investigate the charges
brought against Mr. Caldwell (he was
ultimately dismissed), and in connection with
this Mr. Murrow, the editor of the Daily Press,
produced prisoners as witnesses, " to hunt
down the object of his hatred." But " the
rancour of the editor of the Daily Press was
not satisfied with the scope of the inquiry,
and he clamoured for further investigations,
and desired the former Acting Colonial to be
impeached. When Sir H. Robinson resisted
any re-opening of the inquiry, the irate editor
appealed to the Secretary of State, hurling
various charges against the Governor."

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 347

Ultimately the editor was informed that " as
he had been five times prosecuted for libel
he was not entitled to any consideration, and
that the Colonial Secretary would receive
no further communication. " And here
practically ended the strife that had so long
been carried on in the Colony. The Colonial
Service was placed upon a better basis, and
the Press had little call to use violently abusive
language, though criticism continued to be
free. During Sir H. Robinson's six years
of ol'iice (he departed in March, 1865), the
tone of life in the Colony was greatly
elevated, and harmony was produced. The
Press was conducted on better lines, and
Mr. Murrovv lived to carry on his work
until 1884. A set of regulations adopted
by Sir H. Robinson regarding civil servants
and the Press are worthy of mention here.
They were to the effect that whilst there
was no objection to public servants
furnishing newspapers with articles signed
with their names on subjects of general
interest, they were not at liberty to write on
questions that could properly be called
political, nor to furnish any articles whatever
to newspapers which commented on the
measures of the Governinent, and habitually
exceeded the bonds of fair and temperate
discussion. These regulations have been
maintained to this day. though of recent
years the necessity for thein has entirely
disappeared. In April, 1867, China Punch, a
fortnightly illustrated paper, was published by
the China Mail, and conducted by Mr. W. N.
Middleton and others. On May 28, 1868,
it ceased publication temporarily, but in
November, 1872, the previous proprietors
were induced to revive the production.
Local topics and men were dealt with in
a humorous and effective manner, to the
intense amusement of the public. This
journal, run on lines somewhat similar to
its London prototype, only lasted whilst
Mr. Middleton was in the Colony. When
he left (November, 1876) Pitticli subsided,
and since that time no paper of the
kind has managed to rival its humorous
and its witty caricatures and cartoons. On
November l, 1869, H. C. P. Glasson published
an advertising sheet called the Daily
Advertiser, which, after two or three years,
developed into a newspaper, but did not
last long. Then came the Hongkong Times,
which also quickly languished, and left no
serious footprints in local history to mark
its existence. In the seventies the field
was left to the China Mail, published in
the evening, and the Daily Press, issued
in the morning, and whilst they strove to
fulfil the mission of the Press, nothing
startling occurred to mar the even tenor
of their ways until towards the end of
1870, when the Daily Press incidentally
accused Mr. C. C. Smith, the Registrar-
General, of having ill-advisedly interfered
in certain judicial proceedings in the Police
Court, and, being sued for libel, was mulcted
in the sum of $250 damages and costs.
In 1872, too, the Daily Press was once
more in court for publishing a letter by
Mr. Welsh, a merchant, who had been fined
by the judge for, as a juryman, " paying in-
sufficient attention to the case," but having
apologised, the publisher, Mr. Bell, was
excused. Mr. Welsh, it may be mentioned,
was sent to gaol for fourteen days for
contempt.

Either late in the sixties or early in the
seventies Mr. George Murray Bain (who may
be now regarded as the doyen of journalists
in the East, having joined the China Mail
in 1864 as sub-editor and reporter), took over
the editoiial work on the China Mail, and

in 1872 becaine proprietor. His journal was
conducted on most conservative lines and
with studious regard for fair play, and the
esteem with which he was regarded increased
with the years. In 1877 he coinmenced the
fight of his life, for then there arrived in
the Colony as Governor Mr. (later Sir) John
Pope-Hennessy, and against his policy the
China Mail launched itself vigorously. Prison
discipline and flogging were the subjects
upon which the Governor first trespassed
with unappreciated results. Flogging was
abolished and crime increased reinarkably,
the Governor endeavouring to cure criine
by reclaiming the criminals. Naturally this
failed in such a place as Hongkong, and the
public and Press were up in arms. On
October 7, 1878, a public meeting was held
to draw attention to the existing state of
insecurity of life and property, and the policy
of the Governor was severely criticised. In
a despatch to the Secretary of State, Sir
John acknowledged the increase of crime,
but added, •' it cannot be attributed to me,
for it coinmenced before I arrived." So eager
were the community for an explanation of
the proceedings going on under the Governor's
direction within tlie gaol walls that the
China Mail was determined to find out for
them, and managed, unbeknown to the
authorities, to procure a berth in the gaol as
turnkey for Mr. W. Arthur Qiiinton, who, in
November, 1907, died in Yokohama. Mr.
Quinton remained at his post long enough to
become thoroughly familiar with the prison
details, and then wrote a series of articles
for the China Mail, which made for subse-
quent reforms, and also incidentally caused
the departure from the Colony of Mr. Quinton
— and, later, the Governor.

During Sir J. Pope-Hennessy's time the
Hongkong Tclcgrafth was founded (June 15,
1881), by Mr. Robert Frazer-Smith, who
rapidly showed the community the metal
of which he was made. He preached the
gospel of anti-humbug in his columns most
effectively. With scathing pen he pricked
various bubbles, and made worthy and
unworthy citizens alike tremble in their
shoes. His work became reminiscent of the
tirades that disfigured the Press in Sir John
Bowring's time, though there was generally
a spice of humour in them that did not
appear in the articles of his predecessors.
Early in his career Frazer-Stnitli fell foul
of the law, and for libelling the German
tragedian, Daniel Edward Bandmann, he
was sent to gaol in July, 1882, for two months,
being given the privileges of a first-class
misdemeanant. As with Tarrant so with
Frazer-Smith. He was received upon his
release from gaol by a representative deputa-
tion and presented with an address and
81,000, as an expression of sympathy.
Actively resuming the control of his paper,
Mr. Smith's pen wrote personalities to the
discomfort of many and the enjoyment of
most. Early in 1883 he attacked the editor
of the China Mail. Mr. Bulgin, and a
libel case ensued, the complainant claiming
Sl,ooo. He was awarded $100 and costs.
Forthwith the defendant returned to the
baiting, and in November of the same
year succeeded in obtaining his third writ
from Mr. J. M. Price, the Surveyor-General.
He won the case, but the sympathies were
not with the virile editor on this occasion, for
the Hon. F. B. Johnson and ninety-nine
residents signed a letter offering to pay Mr.
Price's costs of the proceedings in court, but
the offer was courteously declined. Smith
accused the Surveyor-General of being guilty
of jobbery and corruption.

In 1885 and 1886 the newspapers had

much of a public nature to busy themselves
with, for the development of the Colony
was proceeding apace, and files of the China
Mail and Daily Press show a clear grasp
of local conditions and a studiously courteous
style of journalism. The Telcgrafh continued
lo supply the spice to life, and Mr. Frazer-
Smith, in February, 1890, once again crossed
swords in court, the plaintiff this time being
Mr. Oscar Grant, who recovered damages
amounting to $251 on three counts, with
the costs of the suit. The whole of the Press
this year were in vigorous opposition — the
Daily Press in particular — to the practice of
appointing local barristers as acting magis-
trates with the privileges of continuing their
private practices, and the scandals were
somewhat suggestive of the days of Dr.
Bridges, previously alluded to. Becoming
tired of prosaic life, apparently, Mr. P'razer-
Smith trespassed on thin ice with disastrous
results towards the end of the year, and he
and a reporter named Ward were convicted
of criminally conspiring to bring a charge
of rape against J. Minhinnett, a foreman of
the Public Works Department. The jury
recommended the defendants to mercy, and
a sentence of six months' imprisonment in
each case was passed, with damages to
plaintiff of $3,000. Before the case was
heard in 1891 Frazer-Smith went to Australia
for a trip, and as he was on the vessel to
leave he was arrested on a writ issued by
Minhinnett. He was allowed to proceed later,
and eventually sued Minhinnett for $1,000
damages for needless arrest, but he lost the
case. In June, 1901, the Jockey Club held
a meeting and struck Smitli from the list of
members. A public meeting on the Cricket
Ground (not representative) passed a vote of
confidence in the editor. He was not, how-
ever, cured of his taste for risky writing,
and in 1892 Mr. John Mitchell, of Messrs.
Butterfield & Swire, sued him for libel and
obtained S250 damages. He continued for
three more 5'ears, constantly being in conflict
with leading citizens, and on February 9, 1895,
died and was buried at Happy Valley.

In 1894 Mr. T. H. Reid became a partner
in the China Mail, and also editor of the
paper, and in 1900 the Hongkong Telegrafh,
after being run by Mr. Chesney Duncan, and
later by Mr. J. J. Francis, Q.C., was formed
into a limited company, the principal share-
holders being Chinese residents who took
over the business from Mr. Francis in order
that they might have an organ in which to
give expression to their views. With Mr. J.
P. Braga, later on as manager, the paper has
been conducted with becoming regard to the
tenets of fair criticism, several gentlemen
having occupied its editorial chair since its
formation as a company. The three papers
(China Mail, Daily Press, and Telegraph)
were now with one accord moulded on high
principles, and thoroughly living down the
evil reputation newspapers gained, some not
undeservingly, in former years. In Novem-
ber, 1903, the South China Morning Post
joined the ranks as a morning paper, in
opposition to the Daily Press, and made an
endeavour to oust the older morning paper
from the arena. It was founded as a public
company in March, 1903, by Mr. A. Cunning-
ham, a former editor of the Daily Press.
The first editor, Mr. Douglas Story, remained
but a short while, and before four years had
passed the founder had severed his connection
with it, the manager and editor now being
Mr. G. T. Lloyd. In the China Mail oflice
recent years worked changes. Mr. T. H.
Reid departed in 1904, and was succeeded as
managing-editor by Mr. W. H. Donald, whilst
in 1906, the proprietor, Mr. G. Murray Bain,

348 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ha\ing earned a rest from long and arduous
latKHirs, had the business converted into a
private limited conic>any. Mr. \V. H. Donald
was made managing-director and editor,
Mr. Bain himself being the chairman of direc-
tors, whilst the members of the latter's family

worthily till the responsible positions occupied
by them, and the whole Press of the Colony
compares most favourably at the present day,
so far as tone is concerned, with the best
English journals. The journalists mostly
take a keen pride in the important work

CS« page 3W-) THE ".CHINA MAIL."

EorroRiAL Omcta. I'rixtixg Okkices.

were the only other shareholders. In the
Daily Press office the management has been
of recent years in the hands of Mr. B. A.
Hale, Mr. T. Wright being the editor at this
time of writing, whilst the Telegraph is now
edited by Mr. A. Brebner. These gentlemen

which constitutes their mission, and with an
endeavour to promote a kindly feeling of
comradeship, formed on December |6, 1903,
and inaugurated on January 6, 1904, the first
Journalistic Association in the East. It did
not last long, although its objects were

excellent, and since it has now passed into
oblivion and history contains no record of it,
no harm will be done by ensuring the safe-
keeping of tlie fact in this volume. The
first committee consisted of the following :
President, Mr. T. H. Keid {CliiiKi Mail) ;
Chairman of Committee, Mr. P. W. Sergeant
(Daily Press) ; Connniltee, Mr. Douglas Story
(Sonlh China Morning Post), Mr. W. H.
Donald, (China Mail), and Mr. E. A. Snewin,
{Hongkong Telegraph). The primary object,
as shown in the Constitution of tlie Associa?
tion, was "the elevation and improvement of
the status of journalists in the P"ar East."
This recalls an incident which may prove
of interest. In 1850, when the Criminal
Sessions of the Supreme Court were held
for the tirst time in the room now occupied
in the upper part of the building in Queen's
Road, members of the Press were provided
chairs at a table inside the bar, and a hope
was expressed "that they would testify their
regard for the attention shown for their
accommodation by appearing there in the
ordinary garb of gentlemen." History sayeth
not whether they complied with the sugges-
tion, but later on the reporters were given
special accommodation immediately in front
of the dock. With the increase of papers in
the Colony in more recent years greater
facilities for work were required, and in
1907 the reporters were once again favoured
with seats vis-ii-vis the legal fraternity.

Having traversed the history of the news-
papers in the Colony, it might be interesting
to note the circumstances of to-day. From
the news point of view the papers have great
difliculties to face. The Colony is small and
local happenings are not always interesting,
and excessive cable rates place limitations
upon enterprise in the direction of obtaining
foreign intelligence. However, the papers
keep the Colony excellently supplied with the
happenings of the outside world. Editorially
the papers offer a strong contrast to those of
fifty years ago. They are all well-conducted,
though editors use rose-water too liberally in
their criticisms. Criticism, however, is not
so free as is possible in other parts of the
world. The community is small, interests
are surprisingly interwoven, and a tendency
exists in some quarters to prevent even legiti-
mate reference to certain interests by with-
drawing support from the paper guilty of the
" indiscretion." One or two papers endeavour
to stem this tide of demoralisation, and
whether the survival of the fittest will ulti-
mately see the editors on top or not remains
to be seen. The efforts of the papers are
not always recognised by the community as
fully as they might be, or they are misunder-
stood, and some who have so much to gain
by the presence of a free and outspoken
Press, and so much to lose by the absence
of it, would do no harm to indulge in a little
occasional heart-searching to adjust the focus
of their views and ascertain if, after all, they
realise and adequately acknowledge the value
and supreme importance of the newspapers
which exist in their city. It is essential that
they should know fair from unfair criticism,
and though in 1904 the China Mail was boy-
cotted for twelve months by a foreign section
of the community for commenting upon a
matter which the editor deemed fairly within
his province, it is questionable whetlier boy-
cott is a wise or a good thing. But in
Hongkong in minor and individual ways it
has been used frequently, and the result is
that the average editor has to think twice
before he publishes an article such as the
general reader sometimes looks for. Hong-
kong, in short, does not cater for a strong
Press, and any limpness noticeable is due more

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 349

to force of circumstances than to the weather,
which the article elsewhere on that subject
will show to be extremely trying.

Hongkong, unlike most other cities, is now
without a weekly paper (excepting the weekly
news editions of the newspapers), though
many attempts have been made to establish
one. Already mention has been made of
Punch, which enjoyed but a brief life, and
from the cessation of that paper, no attempt
seems to have been made to conduct a genuine
weekly paper until within the past three or
four years. When the South China Morning
Post was established, an attempt to run a
weekly illustrated was made, but the pro-
duction (the IVcfkly Post) was suspended
after a few months and converted into a
news summary. In 1903 a weekly advertising
sheet called the Reminder was published
by Mr. T. Swaby, and it afterwards developed
into the Islnnd, a more pretentious paper,
but without any particular literary merit.
Then - on August 4, 1906, the China Mail
established a weekly illustrated paper, and
offered S500 to the general public for the liest
title, titles to be selected and voted for.
Until a name was selected the paper was
called the Nejv Weekly, and when the " name
competition " closed, it was felt that not one
of the numerous titles selected would suit,
and the proprietor paid the $500 to the
person whose selection had secured the
highest number of votes, and called the paper
the Hongkon!> Weekly. No effort was spared
to make the paper popular ; high rates were
offered to encourage literary and artistic
assistance, and though a little was forth-
coming, sufficient was not available to bring
the paper up to the ideal the proprietors
had in view when they started it, and
reluctantly they ultimately decided to
abandon it. The last issue was on March
7, 1908.

The public of Hongkong do not seem to
have reached the weekly paper stage.
Neither do they want magazines. The China
Review, established many years ago by the
China Mail (to supplant Notes and Qneries,
published by the same paper), though sup-
ported and widely read for many years,
treating as it did on Chinese subjects,
ultimately left the Colony for Shanghai,
whilst a second trial of the kind was made
under the title of the Review of the Far East,
by the Morning Post in 1907. This collapsed
after two issues. A small sporting magazine
called the V.R.C. Magazine, conducted by the
Victoria Recreation Club, lingered through
part of 1906 and 1907, but ultimately failed
for the want of support. The bones of many
forlorn hopes whiten the "inky way" in
the East.

Of more serious publications, Hongkong
has the Directory and Chronicle of the Far
East, issued annually by the Daily Press,
whilst Who's Who in the Far East was
originated in 1906 by Messrs. F. L. Pratt
and W. H. Donald and continues to be largely
supported to date. It is published by the
China Mail.

The China Mail.

Rising amid the bones of several futile
enterprises that bleached on the journalistic
wayside in the early days of Hongkong, the
China Mail was of vigorous birth and was
thus able to withstand the withering influences
that laid waste all predecessors. To-day it
thrives with the distinction of being the
oldest paper in the Colony, if not in the
Far East. Started on P'ebruary 20, 1845, as
a British journal, it has, through the years
that have been lean, or fat, remained true

to its colours, and the high policy it estab-
lished at the outset of being fair to all
men in general and stoutly loyal to British
traditions in particular has been maintained
through varying changes to the present day.
It now stands, without prejudice, for the best
that is British and the best that is cosmo-
politan in the Colony. Its criticisms — when
necessary unsparing, but at all times studiously
free from rancour — bear the impress of
genuine effort to uphold the right. A watchful
eye is first kept upon the Colony's interests,
and, withal, a broad imperialism is the
political gospel preached, with a fair com-
mercial field and no favour to all men.

Its columns are never sullied by person-
alities, and, in general, the conduct of the
journal is in line with the very best traditions
of English journalism.

The first appearance of the China Mail, in
1845, was as a weekly paper, published each
Thursday. Then the Colony knew not the
cable, and news came only by the occasional
steamer, or by the sailing ship which was
such a feature of the Eastern trade of sixty-
three years ago. With the growth of the
Colony the China Mail kept pace. It soon
developed into a daily paper — first of four
pages, then of eight, and a further increase is
now contemplated, and will probably be
effected before these lines are in print. The
China Mail, too, has been the parent of several
" little ones." First, there came the now
long-defunct China Punch, a highly popular
illustrated humorous paper in its day ; later,
the China Review, a scholarly journal dealing
with Far Eastern affairs, which still lingers,
though under different ownership ; then
Notes and Qneries, confined to Eastern sub-
jects ; and, in the present day, the Hongkong
Weekly, an illustrated Saturday paper, dealing
with sport and the lighter side of the Colony's
life. All along, there has been published in
connection with the China Mail, the Overland
China Mail, which devotes itself to giving
the week's Far Eastern news and comments.
The China Mail also originated and pub-
lished the Hongkong Directory, afterwards
disposing of it to its present owners. For
many years the proprietors of the China Mail
have published a vernacular paper, the Wa
Tsz Yat Po {Chinese Mail].

From its first issue and for several years
— until the Government Gazette was estab-
lished — the China Mail bore the following
notification on its title page : " Government
Notification. — It is hereby notified that from
and after the 20th instant (February, 1845),
and until further orders, the China Mail is
to be considered the official organ of all
Government notifications." Then, as now,
however, the paper was a free critic of
Government policy, and through its career
has been distinguished for having the courage
of its own convictions in regard to questions
vitally affecting the public. In Sir John
Pope-Hennessy's time the China Mail con-
ducted a campaign against what is historically
known as that Governor's " vicious policy,"
and was instrumental in preventing consider-
able harm being done the Colony. As a
newspaper, the China Mail ranks as first in
the Colony. Its telegraphic services from
London, Australia, and the whole of the Far
East, including Japan, Colombo, and the
Straits Settlements, enables it invariably to
give the earliest information of current events.
The publication of news of Chinese affairs,
with criticisms, is a feature of the journal,
and one that is of distinct service to all
interested in the Chinese Empire.

The present chairman of directors of the
company, Mr. George Murray Bain, became
proprietor of the paper in 1872, and between

1894 and 1904 had as a partner and editor,
Mr. T. H. Reid. In 1904, Mr. W. H. Donald
succeeded as luanager and editor, and in
1906, when Mr. Bain decided to convert the
business into a private limited company, he
was made managing director and editor,
which position he still holds. Mr. G. Murray
Bain being chairman of the board of
directors, and Mr. H. Murray Bain, secretary.
On the literarv staff of the paper are Mr.
W. H. Donald, Mr. F. Lionel Pratt, Mr. J. W.
Bains, Mr. Taylor, and Mr. Li Sum Ling.
As the ■' China Mail," Ltd., the company
conducts a printing and publishing business
— Who's Who in the Far East being the
chief annual publication, in addition to the
journals mentioned. The address is No. 8,
Queen's Road, Nos. 2, 4, and 6, Wellington
Street, and No. 5, Wyndham Street, Hongkong.

MR. GEORGE MURRAY BAIN, the principal
propi ietor of the " China Mail," Ltd., is one
of the oldest journalists in the Far East. Born
in 1842 at Montrose, he was educated at the
Montrose Borough School, and joined the
China Mail as sub-editor and reporter in 1864.
His ability was quickly recognised, and his
promotion, consequently, was very rapid. In
a short while he was appointed editor, and
within eight years of joining the literary staff,
became the proprietor of the paper. During
1877 and 1882 he took an active part in
fighting the vicious policy of Sir John Pope-
Hennessy, then the Governor of the Colony,
and has consistently upheld British interests
and maintained an impartial attitude towards
other nationalities. In conjunction with the
late Dr. N. B. Denneys, he started the China
Review in 1872, and in 1906 converted the
China Mail into a private limited company.
Mr. Bain takes an interest in all public
movements, and encourages all spoits. He
is a member of the Hongkong, the Jockey,
and the Cricket Clubs, and lives at " Birnam
Brae," Conduit Road.

MR. WILLIAM HENRY DONALD, the

managing director of the " China Mail," Ltd.,
and editor of the China Mail, was born in
1875, at Lithgow, N.S.W., and is the eldest
son of George Donald, first mayor of Lithgow,
and later M.P. for Hartley. He was sub-
editor and afterwards editor of the Bathurst
National Advocate, and, having served for
some time on the staffs of the Daily Telegraph,
Sydney, and The Argus, Melbourne, came to
the Far East in May, 1903, to take up the
position of sub-editor of the China Mail. In
the following year he was promoted managing
editor, and, upon the formation of the limited
company in June, 1906, was made managing
director. As the representative of the China
Mail and several Australian and English
papers, he did a great deal of important
journalistic work in Japan during the Russo-
Japanese War. He was the special corre-
spondent for the Daily E.vf>ress, London, and
the China Mail, with the ill-fated Baltic fleet,
under Admiral Rojdestvensky, at Vanfon
Bay and Port Dyot, Annam, Indo-China, and
was the only English correspondent to witness
the final departure of the Ifeet for Tsushima
on Mav 14, 1905. In conjunction with
Mr. F. "L. Pratt, he established Who's Who
in the Far East, in 1906, and still retains
his interests in that publication. He is the
correspondent in South Cliina of the New
York Herald, Daily E.vpress, London, Daily
Telegraph, Sydney, and several other papers.
He is a member of the Hongkong Club, the

350 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Cricket Club, the Ro\-al, Honskong. and
Corinthian Yacht Chibs. &c. He resides at
■• Goodwood." Xo. 5. Babington Path.

MR. JOHN WILLIAM BAINS, the writer of
our article on sport in Honj»kon|«. was born
at Wreck Bay in 1880. After being educated
at Camdenville Superior Public School, he
received a traininj; in newspaper work in the
office of the Sulmy Daily Telegraph. In
July. 1903. he left Australia for Hongkong to
join the China Mail, on which newspaper he
is sub-editor and sporting editor. He is
keenly interested in sport, and has a seat on
the c-oinmittec of the Victoria Recreation

such news as arrived by mails — then few
and far between. Mr. George M. Rider
ligures in the imprint as editor and pro-
proprietor, and certainly deserves what glory
may attach to the bold enterprise of pub-
lishing the very first daily newspaper to appear
in the Far East. " Having roamed somewhat
extensively on the surface of this Planet," he
confides in his first editorial. " we have
naturally acquired a trifle above the average
knowledge of matters connected with Ship-
ping." As a shipping paper the Hoiiflkotig
/>£i/A' Prefs began, and as a shipping and
commercial paper it still chiefly claims pre-
eminence among its contemporaries. Even
in those early days, however, it had a soul
above mere dollars and dividends, and showed

increased their number. It is now an eight-
page production, showing on each page its
acknowledged status as a caterer for serious-
minded men of business and affairs. There
is a weekly " mail edition " of from twenty
to twenty-four pages, which conveys to a
wide circle of distant readers an epitome
and digest of the news of the Hongkong
hebdomad. For forty-five years it has issued
the Directory and Chronicle for the whole
of the Far East — a book now regarded as
indispensable in offices, all over the world,
having anything to do with China, Japan,
Korea, the Straits and States, Borneo, the
Philippines, &c. This volume, though con-
densed as much as possible, has swollen to
over 1,720 pages, giving details of places, as

Machine Room.

'HONGKONG DAILY PRESS."

Composing Room.

Club. For some time past he has been one
of the instructors at the Hongkong Technical
Institute.

The Hongkong Daily Press.

Having published its jubilee number on
October i. 1907. the Hoiiffkoiig Daily Press
obviously must have shared the major part
of the history of Hongkong as a British
Colony. Sixteen years after the cession of
the island— during the administration of Sir
John Bowring, the last Governor to be at
the same time Minister Plenipotentiary and
Superintendent of British trade in China —
the Daily Press made its appearance as a
four-page shipping paper, with only a couple
of short columns of editorial comments on

a stronger sense of public duty than modern
communities, in comparatively small towns,
are accustomed to from journals depending
largely on their subscribers, and advertisers,
for existence. On public affairs of interest
to the Colony, its pronouncements had a tone
refreshingly candid ; a spade was a spade
fifty years ago ; and in its second volume
there are indications that this journalistic
infant was growing as sturdy as its conception
had promised. Some of its editorials were
written in the local gaol, the Governor of that
period having his own view of the limits of
legitimate criticism. Governors and editors
came and went, practically pari passu, and as
the Colony developed and expanded so did
the Hongkotiji Daily Press, which almost im-
mediately trebled the area of its pages and

well as of persons, and much important infor-
mation bearing directly on all departments
of the ¥m East. The fc;uropean staff of the
Honj>kouii Daily Press and its germane pub-
lications, which include occasional books and
pamphlets relating to Hongkong, China, and
the Orient generally, includes (in London)
the managing-lessee and two reporters ; (in
Hongkong) the editor, two reporters, two
European proof-readers, the business manager,
accountant, and others. From its office in
Fleet Street it receives, daily, an independent
service of telegrams, with the letters and
reports of its European correspondents in
London, Paris, Hamburg, &c. It also has
correspondents in Japan and various cities
and Treaty ports in China.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 351

MR. T. WRIGHT.— A list of names of news-
papers, principally provincial, can have but
little interest, and tlion^'h claiming nearly a
quarter of a century's experience as a jour-
nalist, the subject of this note has not had a
career that lends itself to picturesque narra-
tive. His first trespass upon ediloiial space
was a " letter to the editor, in which, as a
boy of ten or eleven, he criticised a " leader "
that had emphasised the adage about sparing
rods and spoiling children. The editor, Mr.
George Chatt, a great man in the Norlli
Countree. sent a message to his correspon-
dent: "Join us, and we'll make a journalist
of you." Being at that time, thanks to a too
indulgent father aid a sorely tried tutor, full
of leisure, the boy accepted the invitation

confreres who managed to survive his mor-
dant humour. At the outbreak of the war
he achieved special distinction by declining
to accept the chance of glory, and dysentery,
by going to Korea as the Daily Mail's war
correspondent. Instead, he preferred to join
the late Mr. " Bob " Little, of North China
Daily News fame, at Shanghai, whoin he was
intended to succeed on retirement. Mr.
Little's intention to retire was, apparently,
abandoned, and the chair of the Hoii^koiijf
Daily Press falling vacant, Mr. Wright came
to Hongkong, where he has been endeavour-
ing to conduct that fifty-year-old journal
strictlv in accordance with its own traditions.

a pleasantly situated house on the Peak,
and is a member of the Hongkong Club.

The Hongkong Telegraph.

The Hongkong Telegraph was established
by Mr. Robert P'razer-Sinith, and its first
issue appeared on June 15, 1881. After a
somewhat chequered career, the paper
became the property of the late Mr. John
Joseph F"rancis, y.C, who at that time
was undoubtedly the cleverest lawyer prac-
tising in Hongkong. Mr. Krancis in due
course converted the business into a limited
liability company, the registration taking
place on February 22, 1900.

While owning to a special desire to

The "Telegraph" ix 1S81.

'HONGKONG TELEGRAPH."

Editorial Oki-tces.

and entered upon a journalistic career. The
first sum he earned was six shillings, for a
"turn-over" entitled "The duty of parents
to children." He was then about twelve
years old. In course of time he acquired the
usual local faine by the usual vigorous
criticisin of the usual deplorable condition of
the usual parish pump, attained a high posi-
tion on the local stepladder and a salary
exceptional for one of his years. To count
age by the almanack is not always to count
truly : Mr. Wright claims that he was really
born on the steamer that brought him to the
Far H;ast in 1902. Till then, he discovered,
he had merely existed in chrysalis form. His
advent in Japan, and meteoric career there,
is still spoken of with bated breath by those

MR. BERTRAM AUGUSTUS HALE, manager
of the Hongkong Daily Press, is a son of
Mr. Charles Hale, for many years town
surveyor of Shepton Mallet, Soinersetshire.
Born in 1870, he was connected with
journalism in Devonshire and London for
some years, and came East to join the
Japan Chronicle in 1895. In 1899 he
became editor and part proprietor of the
Hiogo News, and whilst in Japan he also
acted as correspondent of the London
Standard. He arrived in Hongkong in
February. 1903, as manager of the Daily
Press. He married in November, 1898.
Florence, a daughter of the late Charles
Boulton, of Dover. He lives at "Wellburn."

promote Chinese interests, the Telegraph has
followed an entirely independent policy,
directing its attention largely to the advance-
inent of the cominercial interests of the
Colony, without disregarding the various
other facets of work on an evening journal.
Its connection with Canton, the capital of
Southern China, has been singularly success-
ful, owing to the excellence of its news
service from that centre of Chinese activity,
while it has also established a close con-
nection with the Treaty ports along the
coast.

The Telegraph is recognised as a staunch
upholder of British trade in Hongkong,
and its criticisms and editorials on trade
generally, with particular reference to the

352 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

industries and other enterprises promoted in
the Colony and in the southern provinces of
China, have been characterised by acute
inside information and keen perception, with
the result that the mercantile community
generally are lirm supporters of the journai.

Olaiiier in Kingston. During the Cuban
war he acted as special correspondent for
the London Dnily Tclcgrafh. After a sojourn
in England, he was appointed assistant
editor of the Butigkok Times. Siam ; and,
after a short coimection with the Straits

'SOUTH CHINA MORNING POST."
Lixonrn K<K>M.
CojiPosixG Room.

MR. A. W. BREBNER, the editor, is a
native of Aberdeen, Scotland, and received
his education at Robert Gordon's College in
that city. Afterwards he joined the editorial
staff of the Aberdeen Free Press, and in 1X95
proceeded to Jamaica, West Indies, to take
up the position of sub-editor on the Dnity

Times, he joined the Hoiifiliong TeUgrafli, of
which he was appointed editor in January,
1906.

MR. J. P. BRAQA, the manager, is a native
of the Colony. He was first educated at

St. Joseph's College, and, proceeding to
Calcutta, passed through St. Xavier's College
and Roberts College. In 1889 he was
awarded the only scholarship secured by
the Kuropean students in the Matriculation
Examination of the I'nivcrsity of Calcutta.
On his return to Hongkong he joined the
firm of Government printers and publishers,
and was admitted a partner of Messrs.
Noronha & Co. in 1899. This partnership
was dissolved upon the death of the senior
proprietor, and in July, 1902, Mr. Braga
received his present appointment.

South China Morning Post, Ltd.

The youngest daily newspaper in Hong-
kong is the South China Morning Post.
Registered as a limited liability company,
with a capital of ?i50,ooo, on March 18,
1903, it made its bow to the public in
November of the same year.

The founder of the Company was Mr.
A. Cunningham, who liad previously been
connected with newspapers in Singapore,
Shanghai, and Hongkong, and who after-
wards acted as general manager and editor.
The first editor was Mr. Douglas Story,
a prominent London journalist and war
correspondent. The Company started with
splendid backing, and had on Its first
directorate such prominent men as Mr.
E. H. Sharp. K.C. ; Mr. C. Ewens, solicitor ;
Pere Robert, the head of the Mission
Etrangeres ; and Mr. G. W. F. Playfair,
manager of the National Bank of China.
Adopting a vigorous, Independent, and up-to-
date policy, the venture rapidly came
to the front In local journalism, and now
claims to have the " largest circulation."
Elaborate cable services from London, Berlin,
and Tokyo were its chief features, and
business people were not slow to recognise
that through the Post they were brought
into touch with the affairs of the world In
hitherto unattempted by private
The Post also takes the credit
the originator of the lo-cent
Hongkong. In a short time
the Post increased in size, and now it gives
Its readers a daily average of thirty columns
of reading matter and forty columns of
advertisements. During the Russo-Japanese
War the Post was strongly pro-Japanese, but
has not permitted Its enthusiasm to Interfere
with unbiased criticism of certain dubious
methods imported Into the commercial field
by our allv. British trade In China has
always had a staunch supporter In the Post.
In matters Chinese the Post has consistently
maintained a strong lead. It Initiated a
movement for the suppression of piracy,
lent its support to the cause of railway
development, and has urged reform and
enlightenment on legitimate lines. The good
intentions of the Chinese authorities have
always been ;ipplauded, and oft-repeated
back-sliding has been denounced. The opium
question has received due attention, and the
effect of the arrangement between China
and our philanthropic Home Government on
the mercantile Interests of Hongkong has
been emphasised time and again. One
consistent aim of the Post has been to
promote a clearer understanding, both
politically and cominercially, between the
Chinese and the " barbiirians " of the West.
In local politics the Post maintains a fearless
attitude in voicing the views of the laity on
all matters requiring adjustment, and Ideas
mooted in its columns for the betterment of
conditions of life generally in the Colony
have, many of them, received the approval
of the local administrators.

a manner
enterprise,
of being
newspaper

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 353

In addition to its daily issue, the Post
publishes a weekly mail edition, which also
has a large sale. Like most newspaper
enterprises in the Far East, the " South
China Morning Post," Ltd., does not confine
itself to the production of newspapers. Its
printing department is fitted with the most
modern English and American machinery
and plant, including the linotype, of which
marvellous invention the Company is the
pioneer in the Far East, and of which the
Chinese trained on the premises by Mr.
G. J. Dyer come to be expert operators in a
comparativelv short time. So successful has
the innovation been, that the Company is
now erecting its third machine. Chromo-
lithographic work is done on a big scale,
and experts have pronounced it equal to the

keen interest in i the progress I of the business.
Mr. G. T. Lloyd, formerly assistant editor,
is now general manager and editor, and he
is supported by a capable and experienced
staff.

MR. QEORQE T. LLOYD, the editor and
general manager of the South China Morning
Post, was born on October 2, 1872, and
educated at Carmarthen, South Wales. His
early training in journalism was obtained in
the county of his birth. He occupied the
editorial chairs of several English provincial
newspapers before he came to Hongkong, in
1904, as assistant-editor of the Moruiiiji Post.
Three years later he was appointed to his
present position. Mr. Lloyd was president

Siam Observer, but, his health failing, he
was compelled to leave Siam, and next
joined the staff of the Japan Herald at
Yokohama. In 1904 he returned to Hong-
kong, to take up sub-editorial work on
the Morning Post, and in 1907, he became
assistant-editor. He received the appoint-
ment of Official Shorthand Writer to the
Supreme Court of Hongkong, and has acted in
a similar capacity to various Commissions —
those re the Private Chair and Jinrickshaw
Coolies, the Public Works Department, and
the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance.
At the last-named, which sat in 1906 for
ten months, no fewer than 183 witnesses
were examined, and a remarkable amount of
evidence was taken. Mr. Petrie was formerly
a member of the Institute of Journalists.

THE "CHINESE MAIL."

THE EDITORIAL STAFF.

best home work of its class. A feature of
the lithographic work is Chinese calendars,
of which many thousands are turned out
every year-end, and for which the demand
is rapidly increasing. As a sign of develop-
ment, it may be mentioned that the Company
has recently erected its own gas-producing
plant, which supplies the necessary power for
driving the 16 and 32-horse-power engines,
and also the electric motors which light the
premises. Reforms have recently been
instituted which will permit of further
development. The present directorate con-
sists of Dr. J. W. Xoble (chairman) ; Mr.
G. C. Moxon, National Bank of China ;
Mr. J. Scott-Harston, of Messrs. Ewens and
Harston, solicitors ; and Mr. H. Pinckney,
of Stewart Bros.— all of whom take a very

of St. George's Club for 1907. He resides
at the King Edward Hotel, Hongkong.

♦

MR. THOMAS PETRIE, assistant-editor of
the Sontli Cliina Morniiif^ Post, Hongkong, is
a native of Scotland, and commenced his
journalistic career on the staff of the Forfar
branch of the Dundee Courier and Argus
and Dundee Weeltly iVews. Later he was
transferred to the head office at Dundee, and
remained with this firm for four years. In
1900 he decided to come East, and in March
of that year joined the staff of the China
Mail, Hongkong. He remained in the Colony
for two and a half years, and then pro-
ceeded to Bangkok as sub-editor of the

The Chinese Mail.

The Ctiincfe Mail, known in Chinese as
the Wa Tsz Yat Po. is one of the leading
Chinese papers in South China. Its original
promoters were Mr. George Murray Bain,
of the China Mail, and Mr. Chun 6i Ting,
Chinese Consul-General to Cuba— who, after
his return to his own country, took part
in the negotiation of the British Commercial
Treaty with China. Mr. Chun Oi Ting is
still a proprietor, and under his supervision,
the paper, for over half a century, has pur-
sued an impartial policy, and lias striven to
promote education and commerce. During
the China-Japan War the offices were wrecked
by an infuriated mass of Chinese, because
the paper published the first-hand information

354 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, E FC.

about the loss of the Chinese fleet in the China
Sea. the surrender of Port Arthur, and the
defeat of the Chinese Army near Korea. In
I8«J5 the premises caught tire, and after this
the headquarters were removed to their
present situation. No. 5, Wellington Street.
Mr. Laii Man Shan, who was for some time
Attache to the Chinese Legation in America,
has held the position of managing-editor,
with inter\-als, lor over twenty years, and,
through the columns of the paper, he has
done much to cTeate a healthy public opinion
with regard to \-arious movements for
ad\-ancing the welfare and prosperitv of the
country generally. The present manager is
Mr. Li Sum Ling, who took over the
responsibilities of the post from Mr. Chun
Un Man. the son of Mr. Chun Oi Ting.

The paper has always had the courage of
its opinions, although the policy of expressing
itself freely on matters of public interest has
often appeared to be opposed to its own
immediate business interests. In 1903, owing
to an attack made upon Pui King Fuk, the
notorious Xam Hoi magistrate, an attempt
was made to stop the publication of the
paper, but it was shown that the editor was
within his rights as defined by ordinance.
Again, in 1906. owing to the trouble which
arose in connection with the Canton-Hankow
Railway, all Chinese papers in South China
unanimously joined in an attack upon the
management. As a consequence an order
was issued by the Canton Viceroy. Shum
Chun Hsen, prohibiting the Hongkong ver-
nacular papers from circulating in Canton
or in any ports under his jurisdiction.
Owiiig to immense influence being brought
to bear in certain quarters, however, the
Chinese Mail and one or two other publi-
cations were exempted from this prohibition.

The paper has a high standing among
Chinese ofiicials and in Chinese commercial
circles. Many improvements have been
made recently in its organisation, and all
important news relating to the political
movements in the Chinese capital and
Central China, is obtained with the least
possible delay.

Who's Who In the Far Bast.

This publication, as the name implies, is a
work of reference which supplies information
in regard to persons, native and foreign.
holding positions of prominence in the Far
East Especial effort was made during its
compilation to obtain information as full and
accurate as possible in regard to the states-
men and d\il and military officials of Japan
and China.

Two editions of the work have been
published, the first in June, 1906, and the
second in June, 1907. The third edition will
be published in January, 1909, and thereafter
at intervals of two years.

iVho's Who in the Far East owed its
inception to the enterprise of two Australian
journalists, Mr. F. Lionel Pratt and Mr. W.
H. Donald, who are still the proprietors.
The former, who edits the work, was for
many years connec-ted with the Australian
Press, and represented important Sydney and
Melbourne dailies with the Japanese Army
in Manchuria during the late war. Mr.
Donald is the managing director of the
••China Mail." Ltd. {q.v.)

The b<K)k. which contains some 2.000
biographies, is published for the proprietors
by the -China Mail." Ltd.

MeMr«. Noronha & Co.

The printing and publishing of the
Government Gazelle and other official

productions has been carried on for three
generations by the house of Messrs. Noronha
& Co., the oldest printing firm in the Colony.
The business was established in 1844. A
heavy stiK-k of type is carried, and the firm
is thus enabled not only to keep a great deal
of the matter required by the Government
always in type, but also to undertake large
private contracts. A speciality is made of all
branches of book-work and publishing.

SHANGHAI.

With the necessary reservation applicable
to all generalisations, it will be readily con-
ceded that every country and every place
has the Press it deserves. It follows, there-
fore, that it requires no great erudition in
the science of human nature to be able to
gauge a community from its newspapers.
To those who have never tried the experi-
ment it may safely be recommended as an
instructive and entertaining pastime. If they
have not time to make a serious study of
the w'hole Press, let them turn to the adver-
tisements, peruse these carefully, and, with
a few glances at the body of the paper,
thev will be able to reconstruct with folerable
accuracy the life of the community in which
they find themselves.

In the case of Shanghai the theory cer-
tainly holds good. Tradition — the religion of
the port— is there exemplified in the history
of the Xorth China Daily News, which,
to the older section of the population at least,
is always tout conrl "the paper." Instinc-
tively this section feels a sense of proprietor-
ship over it, and for that reason is ever
its most captious critic, resenting every
innovation until it has, in turn, become
sanctified by usage. The movement of popu-
lation is reflected in the number of news-
papers that have come and gone ; its
intellectuality and pursuits by the standard
of those still existing. Enter into the social
life of the community and you will find that
the proportion between those whose thoughts
are for the most part bounded by the res-
tricted limits of the Settlement and its imme-
diate surroundings, and those whose minds
dwell upon Weltpolitik, science, art, and the
hundred and one subjects that form the
basis of conversation in the big capitals of
the world, is well preserved in the contents
of the daily Press. Shanghai is a commercial
centre, and the reward for strict attention
to business in business hours is complete
relaxation of mind at all other times. The
leisured class does not exist, and it would,
therefore, be idle to expect the Press to
cater for such a clientele. Intense devotion
to the temporary place of adoption — that
great characteristic which makes the Anglo-
Saxon race such a successful coloniser — is
as dominant in Shanghai as elsewhere, and
it is faithfully reproduced in the Press.

From these reflections we may turn to a
consideration of the various journalistic enter-
prises undertaken during the history of the
Settlement. It was in the closing weeks of
1843 that Shanghai was formally declared
open to foreign commerce, but the first steps
in the establishment of a foreign settlement
were deliberate. Consequently, the pioneers
of those days have little to be ashamed of
in the fact that the first newspaper did not
make its appearance until nearly seven years
later. There were only 157 foreign resi-
dents in Shanghai when the North China
Herald issued its first number on August 3,
1850, and for fourteen years it supplied, with

the addition of a daily shipping list, the
immediate wants of the community. With
the gradual growth of the Settlement, how-
ever, came tlie opening for a daily news-
paper, and on July I. 1864, this appeared from
the office of the Norlli China Herald in the
form of the North China Daily New.^, which
incorporated the Daily Shipping IJ.^I. For
twenty-four years in all, until 1874. these
papers held undisputed sway. But on July
4th of that year this position was challenged
by the Celestial Empire, and from that date
journalistic effort in Shanghai may be likened
to the hundred-headed hydra of antiquity.
The Morninii Gazette and Advertiser, with
an evening counterpart known as the Evening
Gazette, inaugurated the list of unsuccessful
publications, which, though started often
under the best auspices, soon languished
for various reasons. Among them may be
. mentioned the Cathay Post, the Shanghai
Times (the first of this name), the Shangliai
Daily Press, while others such as the Courier
and the Temperance Union found their eli.xir
of life in incorporation with healthier or-
ganisations.

On April 17, 1879, the Shanghai Mercury
appeared as an evening paper, and, absorbing
the Cornier and the Celestial Empire — the
latter as its weekly edition — quickly established
itself on sound lines, which have successfully
carried it onward to its present standing in
the Press of the Settlement. The story of
the individual newspapers which still circu-
late in Shanghai wilt be told at length under
separate headings. Here it is sufficient to
record the order of their appearance. Shortly
after the Mercury in the same year came an un-
pretentious weekly known as the Temperance
Union, which, thanks to outside contributions,
was able to advocate its principles in an at-
tractive and scholarly manner, maintaining
an unbroken record until 1H96. In that year
the paper passed into the hands of the present
editor, who changed its name to the Union
and, while retaining its advocacy of total
abstinence, enlarged its scope to cover the
interests of all who " go down to the sea in
ships." On July 2, 1894— the summer heat
of Shanghai has exercised and still exercises
a peculiarly stimulating effect upon local
journalistic efforts — appeared with the China
Gazette, the second evening paper, the joint
proprietorship and editorship of which have
remained in the same hands throughout
the twenty-four years of its existence. It
represents that form of journalism which is
unfettered by tradition, and which expresses
its likes and dislikes with a potent and facile
pen. Another journal that was conspicuous
for its doughty championship of foreign
interests was the Shangliai Daily Press.
which at one time changed its name to
that of the Nejv Press. In its latter days
it enjoyed Japanese financial support, but
when this terminated abruptly, the Shanghai
Daily Press ceased to exist. Finally, in
1901, the position of the North China Daily
News as the only morning paper of the
Settlement was challenged by the advent of
the Shanghai Times. After a chequered
career it has settled down under a semi-
official Chinese aegis, with a penchant for the
United States.

All the newspapers to which reference
has been made are, or were, written in the
English language. Foreign journalism is
represented h\ DcrOstasiatische Lloyd, founded
in 1886 as a" small daily newspaper devoted
to German interests. A year later it became
a weekly publication, and in its present form
it occupies a high position in the local Press
by reason of the able manner in which it is
conducted, its wide scope and scholarly

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 355

articles. French interests are in the capable
care ol L'Eclio de Cliiiic, which for eleven
years has maintained a creditable record
for all that gives French journalism its
unique position in contemporary ephemeral
literature.

Side by side with the daily Press Shanghai
has been well supplied with literature of a
different nature, ranging from the more
serious effort of an illustrated quarterly to
comic weeklies. It is impossible to give too
high a meed of praise to tlie Enst of Asia, a
valuable publication, unfortunately no longer
continued, issued at one time by the " North
China Daily News and Herald" Company,
Ltd. It was started in January, 1902,
under the direction of Mrs. Timothy Richard,
and on her death, which occurred soon after
the completion of the first volume, Mr. W. J.
Hunnex was appointed editor. For some
time a German edition of the magazine, under
the editorship of Mr. Chas. Fink, was pub-
lished simultaneously with the English edition.
The special aim of the magazine was to in-
crease the general knowledge of the East of
Asia. The co-operation of some of the leading
writers and thinkers in the East was secured,
and the subject-matter was brought before
the world in fitting dress. The magazine was
printed from type and machines specially
procured, on art paper in colours, with a
characteristic cover specially designed by a
Chinese artist. Each number contained about
a hundred pages. The illustrations were from
original drawings or photographs, taken in
the majority of cases by the authors them-
selves, or under their supervision. From
time to time the drawings and paintings by
native artists were reproduced, displaying a
pleasing contrast between Occidental and
Oriental art. At the conclusion of the fifth
volume the East of Asia ceased to be pub-
lished, and only a few copies of the five
volumes are still to be had.

In a category of its own may be placed
Sport ami Gossip, a bright Sunday paper
that sustains its title more consistently than
its owners, to judge from the frequent changes
in its proprietorship.

Of the weeklies, whose name is rapidly
becoming legion, priority belongs to the
Eastern Sketch as the mirror par excellence
ai local life. Under the editorship of
Mr. H. W. G. Hayter, whose facile pencil
provides its most effective illustrations, the
Eastern Sketch has identified itself parti-
cularly with le hant monde and political
cartoons. Social Shanghai is a monthly
that reflects the greatest credit upon its
editor, Mrs. Shorrock ; for it is a valuable
record of social events in the Settlement,
set out in attractive style and copiously
illustrated. In the Band (recently under
new management), an attempt is made
with rapidly increasing success, to combine
the light and more serious sides of ever\'-
day life. The Saturday Evening Review
breaks a lance in Chinese interests, and
makes its bid for popularity with several
pages of comment on current events and
articles culled from foreign publications.
The Sunday Sun, the Mirror, and the Prince
are other efforts in similar directions, which
have not yet been in existence long enough
to enable the degree of their hold upon the
public to be gauged accurately. One and
all, it is to be feared, fall short of Puck
and the Rattle that flourished from fifteen
to twenty years earlier. These were con-
spicuous for real literary efforts which give
pleasure even when their original setting is
forgotten. Their successors of to-day are of
an essentially ephemeral nature, prompted
more by a desire for commercial success

than by the cacoethes scribeiidi of a genius,
whose scintillating pen will not be denied.

The North China Dally News and
Herald.

The North China Herald was founded in
1850, by Mr. Henry Shearman, and the first
issue appeared on August 3rd of that year.
It was a small, unambitious effort, and for
many years consisted only of a double sheet

possession of the native city. The foreign
residents, no less than the Herald, regarded
the daily encounters between the imperialists
and the rebels without dismay, and it is
amusing to read in the issue of April i, 1854,
three days before the battle of Muddy Flat,
a warning against ascending in large numbers
to the church tower to watch the attack of
the imperialists against the city as " the
upper portion of the tower is very slightly
built, and if it be crowded as on Wednesday

':-J5.^**->Saj£tit^

■m'.-

THE "NORTH CHINA DAILY NEWS AND HERALD" OFFICES.

the inside of which alone was devoted to the
week's news. The first number contained a
list of foreign residents, who then numbered
157, and subsequent issues gave the reader a
short course of lessons in the local dialect. As
a record of the early history of the Settlement
these early numbers make interesting reading,
though a present-day journalist would hardly
be satisfied with the short paragraphs devoted
to local events. Strenuous times were those
early days, when the Taeping rebellion had
reached its zenith, and the Triads were in

night last, and again on Thursday, a catas-
trophe too painful to contemplate may result."
Nor to the writer who described the battle of
Muddy Flat did there seem anything fool-
hardy or extraordinary in three hundred
volunteers and sailors setting out to oust some
twelve thousand imperialist troops from their
camp.

The Herald was, however, more than
a bare record of events. It contained
many contributions of permanent value from
scholars who have long since passed away.

356 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Dr. Medhurst was a frequent contributor to its
columns ; Dr. W. A. P. Martin, the vctcnm
missionarj- who is still alive and as active as
ever, regularly wrote for the paix-r, and in
its columns many public questions of real
moment at the time were threshed out to a
satisfactory conclusion. Mr. Shearman died
after a short illness on March 22, 1856. and.
in informing its readers of the event, the
Herald described him as " an unoffending
man whose departure cxiuld not be un-
accompanied by regret." The paper was
continued by his executors until May 17th,
when it passed into the hands of Charles
Spencer Compton who remained editor and
proprietor until 1861. He was succeeded by
Samuel Mossman(i86i 63). During the regime
of R Alexander Janiieson (1863 66) the daily
shipping list developed into the North China
Daily Xcvs. a small three-page paper, con-
taining a shipping list, about three columns
of letterpress, and a number of advertisements.
The next occupant of the editorial chair
was R. S. Gundry (1866-79), and under his
direction the paper was immensely improved.
The Herald was increased in size, a daily
leading article was introduced, and in 1870 the
Supreme Court aud Consular Gazette, a small
weekly periodical devoted almost entirely to
legal reports, passed from the hands of its
proprietor, D. Wares Smith, and became

the paper. Practically verbatim reports of
every important case in the Supreme and
Consular Courts have been publislied since
that time, and to the present day great
care is devoted to full and accurate reporting
of every legal case of interest. It was
during Mr. Gundry's editorship also that
an index of the liorlh China Herald was
published half-yearly.

Mr. Gundry was succeeded by Mr. G.
W. Haden (1877-78) who had been his sub-
editor. The next editor was Mr. F. H. Bal-
four, who brought to his work the know-
ledge of a sinologue, and steered the fortunes
of the paper for nearly six years (1881-86).
He was the author of " Taoist Texts " and
several other scholarly works. Mr. Balfour,
who is still living, retired in 1886, and his
place was taken by Mr. J. W. MacClellan,
his sub-editor, who is best remembered by
his short history of Shanghai. During his
editorship the late Mr. K. \V. Little joined the
staff as sub-editor, and when Mr. MacClellan
retired in F"ebruary, 1889, Mr. Little was
appointed editor by the proprietors.

Mr. Little brought to his task a vast store
of l<K'aI knowledge — he came out to the
East in the early sixties, and from 1879-81
was chairman of the Council. Mr. Little
was to the fore in everything affecting the
welfare of the Settlement, and he wrote

speaker, a graceful writer, and one whose
name will be rcnicnibered with affection on
the China coast for many years to come.

HARRY L, GILLER,

Secretary .and General Manager.

THE COMPOSINO ROOMS.

amalgamated with the Herald, the title of
which now became the Xorlh China Herald
and Supreme Court aud Consular Gazette.
Under Mr. Gundry's editorship, tfx), the amount
of letterpress in the daily paper was increased.
Mr. Gundry is still familiar to Far Eastern
residents as the /ounder of the China Associa-
tion, of which, until recently, he was presi-
dent. He continues to write with authority
on Eastern affairs, and many important
memoranda on questions of Eastern policy
have been addressed to the Foreign Office by
him. With the amalgamation of the Herald
and the Supreme Court aud Consular Gazette
particular attention was devoted to law reports,
which have since been one of the features of

with an almost infallible judgment. He was
one of the original members of the Mih-
ho-loong Fire Company, a keen member of
the Shanghai Rangers, and took a prominent
part in the A.D.C. Known as " Uncle" Bob
to the whole Settlement, he had hundreds
of friends and not a single enemy. Under
his able guidance the North China Daily
News added to its reputation as a reliable
chronicle of Eastern affairs. His energy
was boundless. He would work in the
oftice until 2.0 a.m. and be down the same
morning by 9 o'clock, a feat that none of
the younger members of his staff could
attempt. When he died, after a short illness,
on April 21, 1906, Shanghai lost a brilliant

Mr. Little's length of tenure was a valuable
asset to the paper, but on his death the
growth of the Settlement, and the feeling
that the paper should extend its scope
beyond purely local considerations, led the
proprietors to adopt a new policy and secure
the services of a trained journalist. To this
end they obtained the services of Mr. H.
T. Montague Hell, who for ten years had
been on the foreign staff of The Times in
various parts of the world. " Old custom "
dies hard in Shanghai, and of course there
were some who, at the outset, criticised
every departure from the traditional policy
of the paper. Its main features, however,
have been conserved, though the advent of
new blood has led to several improvements
in the form and size of the North China
Daily News. Just before Mr. Little's death
the old and cumbrous eight-page paper was
changed to one of twelve pages of a more
convenient size. Latterly there has been an
addition to the number of columns devoted
to letterpress, and a further increase is
contemplated.

The oflices of the Xorlh China Daily News
(111(1 Herald occupy a proininent position on
the Bund, whither they were removed from
2, Kiukiang Road, in 1902. The offices had
been in Kiukiang Road since 1887, and prior
to that date at 24, Nanking Road (to 1866),
and at 10 and at 15, Hankow Road.

Mr. Shearman was the original proprietor
of the paper, and Mr. Compton purchased it
from his executors. Then Messrs. Broad-
hurst, Tootal, and Pickwoad became partners
in it, and linally the late Mr. Pickwoad was
the sole owner. Mr. Balfour acquired an
interest on assuming the editorship, and in
1906 Messrs, Pickwoad & Co. formed a
private limited company to take over the
paper.

Besides the Herald, a Shanghai Calendar
was published in 1852 from the same office,
containing a list of foreign residents in
China, and a variety of useful information.
In a few years this developed into the
" Hong List," which at one time included
China and Japan, but now confines itself to
North China.

The North China Daily News of the present

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 357

day is a twelve-page paper, containing about
twenty-one columns of letterpress, besides
shipping news, commercial intelligence,, and
a share list. In addition to Renter's tele-
graphic service, it has an exclusive cable
service from Washington, Tokyo, and London.
A feature is made of outport news, early
and reliable information being obtained
from correspondents in over eighty of the
principal cities in China.

Notes on Native Affairs, published daily,
contains the latest information from native
sources, and regular letters are published
from correspondents in London (where the
paper has political, lady, and sporting corre-
spondents), Paris, St. Petersburg. Hongkong,
Peking, Tokyo, Australia, Chicago, and India.
Special attention is given to commercial news.

As the medium of official notifications of
the Municipal Council, the Nortli Cliina Daily
Ne'ivs publishes a w'eekly Municipal Gazette.

The Herald, which is the weekly edition
of the paper, contains about seventy pages
of letterpress, and is published on Saturday,
for transmission by the Siberian mail on
Tuesday. A quarterly index is published, as
the Herald has now reached a size when it
cannot conveniently be bound in six-monthly
volumes.

The North China Daily News and Herald
occupies a unique position, not only in
China but throughout the East.

The Herald circulates all over the world,
and its views are not infrequently quoted in
the Houses of Parliament, and within the
past few years Prince Billow has cited it for
its friendly policy towards Germany.

H. T. MONTAGUE BELL.
Editor.

MR. HENRY THURBURN MONTAGUE
BELL, editor of the North China Daily
News, and North China Herald, was formerly
a member of the foreign staff of the Londoii
Times. He is a son of the late Mr. J. L.
Bell, merchant of Egypt and Ceylon. While
at the St. Paul's School, London, he gained
a classical scholarship, to Peterhoiise, Cam-
bridge, where he graduated with first-class
classical honours in 1895. In December, 1895,
he was appointed assistant correspondent
for The Times in Berlin. In 1898 he pro-
ceeded to the Balkans as acting correspondent
for The Times, and remained there for two
and a half years, gaining an intimate know-
ledge of Greece, Servia, Bulgaria, Montenegro,

and Macedonia. During the Boer War he
was in the field for some eighteen months,
as war correspondent for 'I he Times and
received the Queen's medal. Subsequently,
from 1902 to 1906, he was The Times'
correspondent for the whole of South Africa.
He arrived in Shanghai to take up his present
appointment in July, 1906. Mr. Bell, who
is thirty-five years of age, was married in
1903 to the only daughter of the late Mr.
E. Chadwick, of Bromley, Kent. His chief

The Shanghai Mercury.

The record of the Shanghai Mercury, a
ten-page evening journal with a large cir-
culation, has been one of steady progress,
and no local newspaper commands a greater
share of influence in the field of domestic
politics in Shanghai. It was founded on
April 17, 1879, by Messrs. J. D. Clark and
Rivington, and speedily attained wide popu-
larity. Mr. Clark was a man of varied

THE EDITORIAL OFFICE.

recreations are cricket and tennis, but in
earlier years he was an enthusiastic all-
round sportsman, captaining his college
cricket and Rugby teams, and gaining his
colours for rowing, tennis, and athletics.
He is a member of the principal local clubs,
and of the Rand Club, Johannesburg.

experience. He had been in the Royal
Navy, he had assisted in the establishment
of the Rising Sun and Nagasaki Express,
and he had been in business in Shanghai
as a merchant and broker. He therefore
brought to bear upon the conduct of the
paper a knowledge of peculiar value in
Shanghai, and the result was that the Mercury
began at once to make headway. In i8*'g
the Courier and the Celestial Empire were
bought, and the latter was continued a? a

358 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

weekly edition. In 1890 a company was
formed to take over from Mr. Clark, who
was then the sole proprietor, the Shanghai
Mercury and Celestial Empire, together with
the large and growing jobbing business
carried on in connection with the papers.

MR. JOHN D. CLARK. M.J.I., editor-in-
chief of the Shanghai Mcrcnry and of the
Celestial Empire, was born on August 12, 1842,
and was educated privately and at Norwich
Grammar School, He joined the Royal Navy
and came to the Far East in l86i, being

THE PRINTING ROOMS.

Mr. Clark, however, continued, as managing
director, to control and manage the business.
At the present day the Mercury is a ten-

present at the actions of Shimonoseki and
Kagoshima. He left the service in 1865. In
1873 and 1874 he helped to establish the
Rising Sun and Xagasaki Express, and,
coming to Shanghai in 1875, he set up in
business as a broker and general merchant.
In 1879 he established the Mercury, and he
has been chiefly responsible for its continued
success. His publications include " Formosa,"
and •' Sketches in and around Shanghai," &c.
He is a member of the Masonic and Shanghai
Clubs, and of the Constitutional Club, London.
At present Mr. Clark is on leave.

J. D. CLARK, H.J.I.,

Maoaginj{ Director and Editor.

page evening journal, with a wide circu-
lation and considerable influence in the pro-
motion of the general welfare. In policy
the Mercury is Conservative, but it is not
bound to any home political party ; the good
of Shanghai and the welfare of its residents
being the first article of its creed, and the
advancement of British interests in the Far
East, the next.

R. D. NEISH,

Assistant Kditor.

The Shanghai Times.

The Shanghai Times was founded in the
spring of 1901 by Frank P. Ball, at that time
•' taipan " in Shanghai of the American
Trading Company. Kealising that there was
no newspaper in the Far East, outside Manila,
devoted to the adequate representation of
.American interests, Mr. Ball conceived that
the establishment of a journal with such a
purpose was likely to prove a commercial
success, as well as being of service politically
to the United States, and to this end he
entered into an arrangement with two pro-
fessional journalists, namely, Mr. Tom
Cowen, an Englishman, since deceased, and
Mr. W. N. Swarthont, an American, who
had previously been associated together in
the establishment of the Manila Times at the
Philippines capital. Mr. Cowen was a jour-
nalist of proved ability. During the early
nineties he had been sub-editor of the
Hongliong Telegrnpli under tlie well-known
Mr. Frazer-Smith, founder and editor of that
paper. Later on he had experience in
Shanghai and Japan, after which he went to
Manila and became interested with Mr.
Swarthont in the Times there. He died in
japan in U)o6. One of his brothers is Mr.
John Cowen managing director and editor of
the China Times. Tientsin.

Mr. Swarthont, an old ex-soldier of the
American Army in Manila, was a practical
printer of great experience and ability.
Under the arrangement with Mr. F. P. Ball
he and Mr. Cowen were to be joint editors
of the Shanghai Times, in which each had a
small monetary interest.

The first premises occupied by the paper
were situated in Nanking Road, over the well-
known jewellery shop belonging to Mr. Hung
Chong. The original " make-up " of the
journal was on the American model, that is
to say, the front page was given up to news,
and no advertisements were permitted to
appear there under any conditions. Shanghai,
however, had always been accustomed to
seeing advertisements on the front pages of
its daily newspapers, and, finding that ad-
vertisers were not willing to fall in with the
new plan, the proprietors of the Times were
obliged before long to bow to the dictates of
" old custom " and do as their contempo-
raries did — that is, put their advertisements
practically where and in what manner their
patrons wished.

The Shanghai Times had not been running
for many weeks when it became involved in
a disastrous libel suit. Mr. Henry O'Shea,
editor and proprietor of the China Gazette,
brought an action against Mr. Cowen, as
editor and part proprietor of the Times, for
libel on account of an article, of which Mr.
Cowen was the author, and which appeared
in the Shanghai Times identifying Mr. O'Shea
with the notorious but mysterious " Shanghai
Liar," who had invented the story of the
capture of the Legations in Peking by the
Boxers and the boiling alive in oil of every
foreign man, woman, and child in that capital.
The fiction appeared in several London and
New York papers, and memorial services
were actually lield in St. Paul's and other
churches, for the victims. Mr. O'Shea re-
covered damages against Mr. Cowen, which,
however, were never fully discharged, and
there can be no doubt that the result of the
trial was a serious " set-back " to the Shanghai
Times. Mr. CShea also had a subsequent
suit against his lawyers. Messrs. Browett and
Ellis, whose bill he declined to pay on the
ground that it was extortionate and that
counsel had not obeyed his instructions with
regard to the prosecution of the suit against

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 359

Mr. Cowen. Ultimately the matter was ar-
ranged by arbitration before Mr. F. S. A.
Bourne, Assistant Judge.

JOHN O'SHEA,

Kditor.

In the middle of 1902 the offices of the
Shanghai Times were removed to Honan Road,
and. Mr. Swarthont having returned to Manila
and Mr. Cowen gone to Tientsin, a new
editor was found by Mr. Ball. Shortly after-
wards, however, Mr. Ball, who had lost
considerably by the paper, sold it to Mr.
Willis P. Grey, the head of the syndicate
which had the original concession to build
the Canton-Hankow Railway. Mr. Grey en-
gaged Mr. " Volcano " Marshall to edit the
paper, but this gentleman soon became in-
volved in a suit for slander with Mr. John
Goodnow, the American Consul, and other
Consuls, and a complete re-organisation of
the Shanghai Times was the result. Mr.
Frank Maitland, proprietor of the weekly.
Sport and Gossip, and Mr. Henry O'Shea, of
the China Gazette, became interested with
Mr. Grey in the Times, and a partnership
was arranged under which publication of the
Times and Sport and Gossip was taken over
by the China Gazette, the three papers to be
run as a joint venture by the gentlemen
named. Linotype machines were bought by
Mr. Grey and installed, with a great deal of
other plant, in the Gazette office, and Mr.
O'Shea became editor of the Times and was
entrusted with the general management of
the entire concern, Mr. Maitland retaining the
editorship of Sport and Gossip. The arrange-
ment, however, did not endure longer than
a few months, and finally a dissolution of
partnership and an arbitration took place
between Mr. O'Shea and Mr. Grey. Ulti-
mately the latter sold his interest in the
Shanghai Times to Mr. Maitland, who became
sole proprietor of the paper, as well as of
Sport and Gossip. Mr. George Collinwood,
who had been business manager during the
partnership between Messrs. Grey, Maitland,
and O'Shea, became editor of the Times and
of Sport and Gossip. The offices were re-
moved to the corner of the Bund and Canton
Road, and a godown was secured on the
Yang-king-pang to serve as a printing office.
The linotype machines had by this time

become useless, and hand-setting had again
to be resorted to. In 1905 the editorial offices
had to be removed to Kiukiang Road, on
account of political considerations. The Bund
offices were part of a Japanese Shipping
Company's premises, and as the Times had
been espousing the cause of the Russians
towards the end of the war, the Japanese
took offence and gave the papers notice to
quit. Towards the end of 1905 differences
arose between Mr. Maitland and Mr. Collin-
wood, and the editorship of the two papers
passed into the hands of Mr. A. Marnham,
who had for some months previously been

over the editorship -of that -paper and Sport
and Gossip on June 15, 1906. Mr. O'Shea
had been connected with the Times in the
first few months of its existence, and, for a
short time after Mr. T. Cowen left Shanghai,
had been joint editor with Mr. Swarthont.
In January, 1907, Mr. Maitland died ; the
other directors of the company did not wish
to carry on the papers, which had been
steadily losing money, and once again the
Shanghai Times and Sport and Gossip were
placed in the market. They were sold
separately, the Times to Mr. J. C. P'erguson,
and S. & G., as it is familiarly called in

AQUARIUS

1 KinCt HIIUIL
I 'l f t ^-^-^-^-^

ai®iw^

4-t-l I 4-1 H -«

AQUAHIUS

H I I I I I w-

(I'V-t I [»ruiiir'i Pin

. .,,. , , - t.l:, .JZ..:'^, TO-DAY'S DEPARTURES.

B...kjHauj.y. M'™i,5!T' uv;;;^.^;--z:;:;riS"--jTn;;:

WKIT worn***. ' T«-.A-w«. .^^».- •■;;(• _'_^l ■-;■■« '! _i ~ '

""■ ■lU-DXT-'.^ fJi-ll6)l', 1

Alcazar' JllizHIlte" ' ■'.!?;■:£„ L- ,. _ -

Skoiwcl Kua<l-

'" ,. ii^^';'r^"'''~; Concerts •-•■■'-

^^ FUTURE DEPARTURES.

lua ikjKiHioini. tk-m.'tr. 1

!"r«i*i"i -Vk^'".""" Ml ■«" ••* u*i«u« •«»»■ Alcazar fi..V

L. mcoue h, Co

UIBiESKtlMUlLUllI .

MUkUtI, ("M If

'"'' 1 ,.^.,^ ,^,„ , CiiieiiiatHgraph . , . •■- -;^'^ _ j '"

^_ -l^ti^E : .,-.,_ ExhiWiion ._,.l^.,.. /^

Jl» v'. J ~; .,'." li^ "t ^* lo.^.^T'^^T'* « - ,,'- Every Kveninn ^ ,"—».-'.'■-

ai^^,'w^*#fi' f^S^t^Sr^ ^'V*^%^^^k

"\-

GREAT SALE

Uainlxfo DrciU'Suil Cdscs

MODERATE PRICES
I.EirKC at $].5<t eu^li
Small at 51J.S fni:Ii

NOTlCE-

\V .-',-:I=r:. ,

Knnk H'iflday.

Cltl'iESt HUil» rESTI^U-

At Lawcit PHee». , , ,

FUJIT.A & CO.. ! •-"■"'w^'"'

427, N«nk-|oa Roid.: PrtHtinir

'i- -- -- - -- jt<Ml.<«u. '(*■*«''«'■ ^^

From tEurupc or Aintrkji to Nar.kiii:!; '■^ '■'«>*«-■ ••'-"■

by Steam. I " "-j^ -"■■■

•.L,™,™>««*r™«^ ^.,.— .'.■.•■;•■;. -^- EXPRESSES *

...."...'... .T-".-- ,:y. ■■■-' .--.--■ SPECIALITY

The CliiM.i trnonniuiit Coritiiiali.m

Live IkiT, Animals'

,»"t.^'n?t, 'Astor House Hotel -^

AT O.NCl: vV. BBAUECr M.n.a.r, WjlltT

,„-,^<.K. I >^'."^J^^I^-;^"" '■«"• I «,j^ ,„,„ ,.„„ DiMillcd «..cr
"'■ CllSINC UnWiXUD, ! In Oii»rl». I'ims anJ N'll

Mr. CH.yNCtt. ijoo Roomt, «»ch »i<h ouWaelvle*
N*w Ctf^p Howl ' .nrtpf'-aw

tUctnc'F»i

S*fLty El«

Shua/rM

CALDBtCK. MACSRHitIR .■* t«..

Mil Clilncse l-nfflmvriiii: S
Mlnln,i:i.Vmp--"<.>.i>l

<|„„Hll«l C U.I1BW. IV*">i.
IVItAtlU- XM .SIWHh*tK'lA't

Hwr *i»t«»«'

«';,r-T5-3S!<S???.—! laKiSWK-

A RECENT ISSUE OP THE "SHANGHAI TIMES."

sub-editor. Mr. Maitland sold his interest in
the papers to a company. The "Shanghai
Times and Sport and Gossip," Limited. The
plant and machinery were bought by the
Oriental Press, by whom the publication of
the two papers was undertaken, and the
offices were removed to the Rue du Consulat,
in the French Concession, where Mr. John
O'Shea, the present editor of the Times, took

Shanghai, to Mr. J. D. Clark, of the Shanghai
Mercury, and Mr. George Lanning. 'The
Oriental Press was settled up with, and the
papers were removed to No. 18, Nanking
Road, the premises formerly occupied by
the Shanghai Library, the responsibility of
publication bemg undertaken by the Mercury.
Dr. Ferguson went home for a year to
America, and on his return Sport ami Gossip

360 TA\TENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

was taken out of the Times office into the
office of the Mercury, and the Shanghai
Times was onc-e more alone.

The paper is now tirmly established. It
is practically the official orjian of Ihe Vice-
regal Government of Kianffsu, and is also
kM>ked upon as a representative American
daily — the only one in the Kar East. At the
date" of writing, June. nyoS. its prospects are
very bright indeed, and there can be little

years in China, for he came to Shanghai in
February, l8go, on the staff of the Shau!<litji
Mercury. He was subsequently on every
daily paper in the Settlement, and then,
after travelling extensively, and working in
Japan, Korea, Siberia and North China, he
returned to Shanghai to take up his present
appointment in 1906. Mr. O'Shea was born
in Dublin on July 15, 1S69, his father
being at one time editor of the Frcciiuiii's

to commence its career at the outbreak of
the China-Japan War, and it rapidly
achieved position and circulation by reason
of its exceptionally accurate information upon
the progress of that struggle. It espoused
the Japanese side of the quarrel, and in this
way enjoyed the distinction of being the
only paper published in China which treated
the war from the more truthful Japanese
side, instead of printing the wild and
grotesque Chinoiseries and tales of imaginary
victories, which formed locally such a
memorable phrase of that epoch-making
campaign. Since then the China Gazette
has devoted its attention mainly to political
questions, and, as the recent war between
Russia and Japan progressed and its lessons
became clear to those who could see a
little behind the scenes, the paper re-enacted
its role of ten years before and espoused the
Russian side. On both occasions this policy
naturally incurred for it a certain measure of
unpopularity which, however, it has now out-
lived, and the value of its services as a
corrective to the overwhelming press propa-
ganda conducted in Japanese interests has
since been widely recognised. Among its
chief contributors on the late war and on
political questions arising out of it was Mr.
Putnam Weale, who went north in the
interests of the Gazette, the result being his
first permanent work, " Manchu and Musco-
vite," which began in the columns of the
Gazette at the close of that year.

The early publication of important State
papers, treaties, conventions, and secret agree-
ments has also been a prominent feature of
the Gazette, which, for this reason, enjoys
quite an extensive circulation in quarters
where Far Eastern questions are specially
studied. The editor and proprietor, Mr.
Henry O'Shea, originally started the paper,
and continues at the heltn.

THE "CHINA GAZETTE" PREMISES.

HENRY D. O'SHEA.

IM'oprietor :ind ICclitor.

doubt that with efficient management it is on
the highway to success commercially.

The staff consists of Messrs. John O'Shea,
editor ; W. Sheldon Ridge, assistant-editor ;
S. Trissell, sub-editor ; L. D. Lemaire,
manager ; S. Hammond, S. Wilkins, and
A. Wood, reporters.

MR. JOHN BARRETT O'SHEA, editor of
the Shanghai Times has been nearly twenty

youriial, Dublin, and latterly editor-in-chief
of the Catholic Standard ami Times, Phila-
delphia, U.S.A. He received his education
at St. Patrick's, Drumcondra, and privately
at Dublin, and for a time studied medicine.

The China Qazette.

The CItina Gazette, an evening journal (with
an overseas weekly edition), was founded
just fourteen years ago, its first issue appearing
on July 2, 1894. The Gazette was lucky

Der Ostasiatische Lloyd.

The German community and their interests
are ably represented by the Ostasiatisclie
Lloyd, a paper which, during its twenty-
three years' existence, has experienced many
vicissitudes and appeared in various forms.
It is now firmly established as a weekly
review, containing some twenty-five to thirty
pages, and dealing not only with matters
of local interest but also with international
topics in the Far East and with the affairs

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 361

of the home country. P'ounded in 1886, it
was first issued as a small daily newspaper
appealing exclusively to German residents in
Shanghai, but within a very short time radical
alterations were made in its constitution.
After twelve months it was published once a
week, and articles upon subjects of general
interest to those living in the East formed
one of its chief features. The property
passed into the hands of several different
persons during these early years. In 1898,
Mr. F"ink was entrusted with the task of
entirely re-organising the business, and from
that date steady and continued progress has
been made. A little more than a year ago
a branch office was opened in Peking, and
correspondents have been appointed in all
the more important business centres in
China. The paper has a wide circulation,
for, besides being distributed throughout
China, Japan, East Siberia, Siam, the Dutch
Indies, &c., many copies are sent lo Europe.
In igbo, Mr. Fink established a news agency
in connection with this paper, and this has
developed so quickly that it now supplies
papers in Cairo, Singapore, Penang, Batavia,
Sourabaya, Bangkok, Hongkong, Tsingtau,
Tientsin, Peking, Hankow, Kobe, Yokohama,
and Tokyo, and has made the name Der
Ostasialisclic Lloyd known throughout the
world.

MR. CARL FINK, the editor of the review
and manager of the news agency, was a
" free lance " journalist for some years before
1889, the date of his first appointment on
the staff of a newspaper. He was engaged
in newspaper work in the United States of
America for four years, after which he
occupied an important position on the

Dcf 0$ia$iaii$cbc Cloyd

ili

j<i4& H«ry«ii».

i(4'r«-««f<it<*n Ih Knro|w '

;, r>riieralv.!rirtttnTi^ far atHiHch*iMd

C. -. ..■,• ,, I l'u^<-i

Jt ;^ vicrt- !)

Liicr.tJlr:iSHe 4'. 1
'!;i]irli('li. '_ jj

H 1. '^\ ■'<*^"*' ^ s? W

Organ fur die dcurscbcn Intcrcsscn Im fcrnen 0$ten.

T.vfjircht' Te(»iarairRiaustjal)€ in Shasiii'ni. Tsingtau, Pekmq und Tienisin.

\X 1 1 Jahr£;;in;;

Shanqhai. 29 Mai 1908.

Nummer 2%.

Inhdiuvazeichnts.

JhanahJicr rii*»»"cMcn;

Leonhardi's Tinten

typewriter Kibbons,

Aug. Leonhardi,

DrCBdan,

Cltca Tialtiilabrikia, gvyr- Illl.

\.:\ .... '-.^■■^ j' ',...Wl

WK": Atizarin - Schr^ib-
imd Kopi«rtiiile, '«u

8allus<:.i,iv. KI>u« L

Uip .rijit
I W-SI fit

Chtuds ilussenbaBdcl im Jabre 1907.

:< ' - - ■ ■■ .,- «^Kr.-»ar U»* '^Il-ti.c'h**!' Aio(*

. J,.j.r. 1 "It? .la. Fi^^ttKinJ.-:

'■■- 'i'- list ?a*-h ifab< fi^whali n'lr

. ■! I'l «"i(«o (j--birl-a jfU-icbkBtn.
..- Iff tnl'T'ji>-Hir,a.fii([)«hi!i! <lv/ Jabr^

. . ,..» [>-•« lii" '(Jeutwini: i1»;t V,rt(iilt-

>nl, i-t xwr^MIem inif ili'-

».i^ifahrML, ft;<' in lillon

'■;■ ,■■'.. .- if .Jie wiedvpim TMe r.in

': ':t,^">ii nirJfk/iiMlir^ti flin<l,. di« du«

.<,riiT .. i^niuti-r u»a.\'icklifit w», Mit wvni(t.'ii

nieii «'uit ■It-' V.nitm Am Jahrv-^ I9(it la k)I-o

. ■! .iiirfbwitji'. ffi(t rtdt^ mowwirhn** J^wrtrji.

- - . ..,_„ Krat^" Wiinlp »t«'r- tnt ei^ea

'■ I>»i VBiii:t*«t»I, da* g**wOhnUcfc in

i-iffauup-'t-ir »-aUt-n)»rM»Proriiiwn

.. ...-. pnil- <W JaJim &!• B«-

,, ,. . :ij- I aii*i»«cLilt*t, KeKi;?»i--l-

. „ .:.- f* ■ ■ T<n(;rt:r*itl>'.l>i«!B«*pr'-t*'*

- ,;..•! i ,. - ..- ... ..- - ■:i'<t <a^ iJmi YwjKUftbfcf'ii

: H.-;ir' l-.it'fh'^ll, H! 'in- H'h'- uodbiplt-n «ic fa hofli,
hi en^i"^ Ktnfubrea a^h IiiilocUliia, «r» die GrnV

- :-'a'hm WW. Till duta baitroft. 4tm Mjmtf'-l

- 4'''^ FiafithrbiiniM w&r Voraicbt d.-m
'- Moment. Sp^ki^tioafD xnf dif Z'lktinft,
.,. ■:■ u ['4xt«n Jalircb &!< d^r tixaptAichti''lt*ii'
rT **«rj»?w!» twtteti, iKod nwH«*«i» vt^mirileu ww
ti.' OpvTUt'^n-li t>*iK4ir*aktrn *tcb klU{«Miieiii *n(
iii-il.'T-Hatid-ia-dcn-Mtitiil-Ieb'ju. l.miHirtcun' und
r !«*»« «iif iip»id "In-^ BftWflgnnif iu jo^rm
Kn-i*" df» Vo\ht c^wiirUt, >« d.-ni Mln »h-

•Inn *iirh»wd*Ti«B. Voirtttco a«fra»ii»«n and d^-ii

r n'M') (ifvhifu- brtnwa wflrdf. I)i<^ Zorlick^

,ii,. , inf Folc»'-d«'r ilWrtiMti^tJ-ii Xtntiadf muf df ru

'! ■■Vt i»t, wiird.! nofh d'lrcli iii« !'!*»« ftlr

. n ill M»n<b<->.i-T ROttiUt, dir wihfnd

j a* <Im JahM uoTcrfadert, hock biieb^n.

v^n-n iuf di^ KBufmiinuf"-h»ft tr^HbU- Dnifck hislt

I HiL und war ?t-Ar ».ch*.'r; *chlw***U<ih *b«r«Ullt

t^ l>Kflbiu* fur di«^ Zolwnft *« AOmkIK. In

*DER OSTASIATISCHE LLOYD.'

C. FINK,

Manajiiii}^ Editor,

Conservative paper, Die Post, in Berlin.
Durinj^ his residence in Shanghai, Mr. Fink
has taken a prominent part in the social life
of the community, and has endeavoured in
a variety of ways to promote the interests
of his fellow countrymen. It was in large
measure due to his initiative that the
" Deutscher Konzert Verein " was founded,
and that the German A.D.C. was revived
in 1905 after a lapse of many years.

L'Echo de Chine.

The Echo de Chine is now entering upon
the twelfth year of its existence. Founded
by a group of Shanghai residents for the
purpose of maintainnig French interests in
the Far East, it was for a long time the only
French organ, and it still remains the most
popular and authentic. Having made its
debut amid the good wishes of the community,
the journal has found numerous correspon-
dents among that very important body,
the Catholic missionaries, as well as official
and commercial men in this part of the
world, and from their regular contributions

it has gained much of its interest. This
circle of correspondents embraces not only
the Chinese provinces, but also the following
territories : — India. Ceylon, Burma, Siam,
Indo- China, Hongkong, the Philippines,
Manchuria, Korea, and Japan ; in other
words, practically the whole of the Far East.
It is sut^icient testimony to the high repute
in which this journal is held to say that its
columns are freely resorted to in France by
the Press and by all those w^lio are interested
in Asiatic questions.

An independent organ, the Echo de Chine
studiously avoids the discussion of French
domestic politics, confining itself exclusively

362 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

to the domain of general subjects and inter-
national questions. Its Chinese section is
unusually weighty, containing daily native
accounts and translations of official documents,
which conduce to an understanding of the
Chinese mind and its workings better than
elaborate treatises. In common with the
majority of its English contempt>raries, the
Echo tU Chine has a weekly edition. This
consists of litteen pages containing the chief
features of the daily editions, ind is intended
principally for subscribers in the interior

In its early years the venture did not prove
very successful, chiefly because at that time
very few Chinese were accustomed to read
newspapers. The circulation did not exceed
three thousand copies a day, including the
copies sent to subscribers in other parts of
China, although at that period there was only
one other Chinese paper in Shanghai — Ihat
published by Messrs. Major, Brother & Co.
After the Sin Wan Pao had been in existence
three years it was found necessaiy to raise
additional capital. Some improvement in

LECHO DE CHINE

« « « tt 'f

.!: t(:!ll^!t! II TlKil

by Dr. John C. Ferguson, a well-known
American subject in Shanghai. Since that
dale a great improvement has been made in

ALPHONSE MONESTIER,

Kditor, I.'F.cUo tic Cliitic.

Ol(k(son. ]«n(( « €o.

MMB-la p»mt ■• Chi"!

AN ISSUE OF "L'ECHO DE CHINE."

of China and in France. Since Mr. A.
Monestier, the editor, and Mr. J. J. Chollot,
the managing director, took over the conduct
of affairs two years ago. the paper has made
very gratifying progress.

The Sin Wan Pao.

The Sill Wan Pao is a leading semi-official
Chinese paper. It was first published by Mr.
F. F. Ferris, in the year 1903, for some
prominent Chinese merchants in Shanghai.

the paper followed, and shortly afterwards,
during the China-Japan War, the circulation
reached four thousand copies a day. Later on,
owing to lack of funds, the paper was printed
by indifferent machinery, on poor Chinese
paper, with worn type. As a consequence the
circulation fell to two thousand copies a day,
and the leading Shanghai firms could not be
induced to advertise in the paper. In 1899,
Mr. A. W. Danforth, who was then the pro-
prietor, liquidated his business on the failure
of the cotton trade, and the paper was acquired

the editorial staff and the management. In
1900 Ihe paper competed successfully with
three younger rivals. It gave the latest and
most reliable reports on the situation at
Peking during the Boxer trouble, and it
contained the first account that reached
Shanghai of the attack upon the foreign
legations in Peking, and the massacre of
foreigners. When the news of the murder
of Count von Kettler, the German Minister at
Peking, was announced, the office of the
paper was besieged by natives eager to obtain
copies of the paper at thrice the usual price.
The circulation leapt up immediately to ten
thousand, and the advertisements began to
flow in freely.

During the Russo-Japanese War the Sin
Wan Pao gave fuller accounts of the cam-
paign daily than any of its local Chinese
contemporaries, both the Keuter and Tokyo
services being utilised. Special supplements
were issued from the office free of cost, even
as late as midnight. The editorial staff worked
from dawn to midnight, and the paper was
enlarged from six to sixteen pages. After
the war, two modern-pattern machines were
ordered from America to cope with the
large circulation. In 1906 the proprietors
converted the enterprise inlo a limited
liability companv, and registered it in Hong-
kong with a capital of Tls. 100,000, which was
raised by the issue of shares both to Chinese
and foreigners. A dividend of 16 per cent,
for the year 1907 was declared in February,
1908. The Sill Wail Pao now has a circulation
of one hundred and fifty thousand copies a
day, excluding copies sent to San Francisco,
Honolulu, Sydney, Singapore, Java, Manila,
and Japan, and it has gained considerable
influence among commercial and official
circles in all parts of the Chinese Empire. A
rotary machine— the first to make its appear-
ance in China— has been imported from
America, and, when erected, will produce
fifieen thousand copies, cut and folded, an
hour. The paper will then be of Ihe
same size as Tlic Times, of London, and the
price will remain 14 cash, or I J cents per
copy, as at present. A new building of four
storeys, lighted by electricity, is being erected

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 363

for the offices of the Sin Wan Pao, in Hankow
Road, and will soon be ready for occupation.
Mr. J. D. Clark, Dr. John C. Ferguson, and
Mr. Chu Pao Shan are the directors, and
Mr. J. Morgan is the secretary of the
company. The editorial staff consists of two
assistant editors, four sub-editors, and eight
proof-readers, under the edilor-in-chief, Mr.
Yao Pak Hsuen. P'orty-three compositors
are employed in the composing room, under
a competent foreman, and nineteen printers are
engaged in the machine room. A Japanese
and a European foreman will be required for
the printing room when the new machine is
set to work.

MR. YAO PAK HSUEN, editor-in-chief of
the Sin Wan Pao, is thirty-eight years of
age, and a native of Shanghai. He was
educated at the Mai-chi College, a middle
college established by the Shanghai Taoutai
in the native city. Before the China-Japan
War he was private secretary to His
Excellency Shao Shiao, then Governor of
Formosa. In 1900 he came to Shanghai
as assistant editor of the Sin Wan Pao,
and three years later he was promoted to
the editorial chair. He is president of the
Hupeh Primary School and a member of
the Chinese Self-Government Society. His
father, Mr. Yao Shien Ming, who retired
into private life four years ago, is an
expectant prefect of the Chekiang Province.

The Saturday Review.

The Saturday Review is a weekly paper
published at Shanghai and circulating through-
out the Far East in general and China in
particular, more especially amongst the think-
ing classes of Chinese and foreign residents.
The object of the paper is to furnish a
resume of what the world says and writes
about the Far East ; to review the events
and books of the day ; to emphasise the
value of any matter or effort conducing to
the uplifting and prosperity of China and the
Chinese people ; and to supply elevating and
interesting reading at a reasonable cost. Its
policy is one of sympathy with all Chinese
effort towards progress.

CAPTAIN W. KEARTON, the editor, has
travelled the world for the major portion of
his life. He served with distinction in the
South African War, and, as correspondent for
the Graphic, he accompanied the Macedonian
insurgents in the last insurrection, and was
attached to the First Japanese Army — Kuroki's
— in the Russo-Japanese Campaign. He is a
member of tlie Savage Club.

Social Shanghai.

Probably no place in the East has been so
prolific in the production of periodicals as
Shanghai, where the population is of so
unique and cosmopolitan a character and the
interests represented are so varied. Papers
in profusion, both weekly and monthly, have
seen the light of day. Many of them, after
a brief and hopeless struggle for existence,
have passed into the limbo of things forgotten.

The need, however, of an illustrated paper
to record the doings of local society had
been long felt when, in February, 1906,
there appeared the first issue of Social
Shanghai, a periodical similar in design to
the well-known London publications and con-
taining some forty-three pages of letterpress
and fifteen very creditable half-tone blocks.
At the outset the paper was intended only for
ladies ; the promoters promised to chronicle

appear in a similar form until the following
June, when the enterprising promoters issued

MRS. MINA SHORROCK

Editress.

SPECIAL "INTERNATIONAL FETE" NUMBER OF SOCIAL SHANGHAI.

CAPTAIN WALTER KEARTON,

Editor, Saturday Evoniifl Rtnncw.

dances, parties, "at homes," and other social
gatherings, and to give due attention to the
fashions, music, sports and pastimes, and
gardening. This promise was amply fulfilled
in the first number. The paper continued to

an enlarged and improved edition, containing
seventy-five pages of reading matter, as well as
close upon one hundred reproductions of v.'ell-
known local people and current events. It was
printed on heavy art paper and was as attractive

364 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

as the materials at the command of the
printers could ix>ssibly make it. Since that
date the paper has continued to advance in
popular favour, and has become one of the
institutions of the Settlement. The scope has
been enlarged month by month until Social
Shiiiighiii is no longer a ladies' paper only,
but a tirst-class up-to-date magazine, dealing
with all the brighter phases of life in Shanghai
and the outports, the editress always showing
a specially warm interest in the Volunteers,
Fire Brigade, sporting clubs, and juvenile
members of the community. Many old
Shanghailanders. who have left the Settlement,
now look forward to the monthly appearance
of the magazine by the homeward-bound mail,
and on perusing its interesting columns fancy
themselves back in the gay Far Eastern city
of which they retain endearing recollections.
From its inception up to the present day
Social Shiinghiti has been the work of only
one lady, who. after working hard for years,
alone and almost unaided, has the satisfaction
now of knowing that her production has met
a want, is being appreciated, and is extending
its scxipe and usefulness month by month.
The proprietress and managing editress,
Mrs. S. H. Shorrock, nee Gow (better known
as Mrs. Mina Shorrock), is a native of Glasgow,
and was educated at the Bellahouston
Academy and at the Ladies' College, at that
time the two leading ladies' educational
establishments of the city. She married the
late Mr. S. H. Shorrock, M.I.M.E., who was
at one time a very familiar figure in Shanghai,
and came to the Settlement in 1897. As
" Belle Heather," Mrs. Shorrock was a valued
contributor of social items to the Xorth China
Daily News and Sport and Gossip. Besides
being editress of Social Shanghai she is the
founder and president of the Empress Club,
the only ladies' club in Shanghai.

The Union.

The Union, an independent weekly news-
paper, is published on Wednesdays. It is
the successor of the Temperance Union,
which was established in 1879, but changed
its name in 1896, when it became the
property of the present editor. Its motto is
'■Water invincible," and its first two leader
columns are devoted to articles on total
abstinence. Then come editorials on local
topics, followed by news and other items.
It circulates largely among the shipping
community and at the outports. Among its
special features are a gazette detailing the
changes in the personnel of the shipping,
Customs, and public services, and anticipated
tide-tables for the Woosung Bar and Shanghai
River. The editor and proprietor is Mr.
William R. Kahler.

The Bund.

The Hiind is an illustrated weekly journal of
comment which, after remarkable vicissitudes,
has entered upon the calm waters of success
with a policy of fair criticism u|K)n broad
lines suitable to the international character
of the Settlement. Its present proprietors are
the Marquis Vittorio Kappini and Mr. T. M.
Ta\-ares, formerly a member of the F'rench
Municipal Council. Mr. V. Marshall is editor,
and his vigorous articles constitute the
strongest attraction of the paper, which,
however, receives contributions from many
clever amateur writers. Its forecasts upon
leading events of the day have already
established a strong regard for its opinions.
The following extract from the North China
Daily News refers to the metamorphosis that
occurred in the Bund's policy after the last

change of proprietors : — " The Bund this
week contains several humorous illustrations
by V. R., in which the Mixed Court trouble
and the French Bund appear prominently.

V. MARSHALL,
Editor, The lluiid.

The letterpress has some interesting original
articles, the most striking of which is ' At
the Ming Tombs,' by V. M., whose initials
were not needed to reveal the author. It is
written in his best serio-comic style and is
appropriately illustrated. ' The Education of
Children ' and ' Men's Fashions ' are also
well worth perusal. The number is one of
the best that has appeared."

The Eastern Sketch.

The Eastern Sketch is an illustrated humor-
ous weekly, published in Shanghai every
Sunday morning. The paper was started in
September, 1904, by Messrs. Koddis and Prior,
and was shortly afterwards acquired by the

late Mr. H. Smith and Mr. H. \V. G. Hayter,
the latter of whom has conducted the paper
ever since. The chief feature of the Eastern
Slutch is its illustrations, which comprise
Chinese political cartoons, caricatures of
foreign residents, and pictures of sporling
events. Since its inception the Skctcli has
levied contributions from some of the best
loc.'il writers, both of poetry and prose.

The area of its circulation embraces
Shanghai and the other Treaty ports.

The Shanghai Sunday Sun.

The Snndiiy Sun was added to the list of
Slianghai's weekly papers in May of this year.
It is freely illustrated with cartoons and
photo-reproductions, and its letterpress chroni-
cles and comments upon the leading topics
of local and general interest. A feature is
also made of short stories and anecdotes.
The editor, Mr. Geo. Collinwood, an Ameri-
can, seeks to make his publication " the most
readable periodical in the Far East."

GEO. COLLINWOOD,

Kditor, Shanghai Siititlay Sun.

The Mirror.

The Mirror is a popular periodical which
has risen, ph(enix-like, from the ashes of the
China liiisiness E.xchangc, an advertiseinent
sheet that was distributed free to the principal
firms in the Settlement. The goodwill of this
publication was acquired by Mr. O. Cainadan,
a local solicitor, who altered its name, enlarged
its scope very considerably, and placed it on
a sound financial footing. The Mirror made
its first appearance on April i, 1908. It
contains thirty-two pages, two of which are
printed in French, and has a circulation of
about live hundred copies a week. The
editorial offices are at No. 9a, Hankow Road.

H. W. G. HAYTER,
Editor, Eastern Skllcll.

TIENTSIN.
The China Critic.

At the coniinencement of the Kusso-Japanese
War, the whole of North China was supplied
by the Japanese subsidised Press and tele-
graphic agencies with the Japanese view of
its cause, and with Iheir version of occurrences

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 365

during its progress. Witli the object of
presenting both sides of the question to the
pubUc in the Kar East, a paper was subsidised
in Korea, another in Shanghai, and a third in
Chefoo, whilst a special organ was started in
Tientsin by the Russian War Department.
This was tlie China Review, the first number
of which appeared in August, 1904. The
editor, specially appointed by the department,
was Lt.-Col. C. L. Norris-Newman, F.R.G.S.,
F.R.S.A., late Instructor to the Naval Staff in
Port Arthur, and a special correspondent of
the Daily Mail attached to the staff of General
Kondratovich in the early months of the war.
The China Review, issued every evening,
more than counterbalanced the efforts of the
subsidised local Japanese paper. It ran with
increasing popularity, and in December, 1906,
it was purchased by the editor, who carried
it on under the name of the China Critic
until the beginning of January, 1908. It was
then acquired by the present owners, the
North China Printing and Publishing Com-
pany, Ltd., which was floated successfully for
the purpose. Colonel Newman remains with
the Company as managing director, and as
chief editor of its publications.

The "China Times," Ltd.

When the Boxer rising was suppressed in
August of 1900, the troops and Press corre-
spondents in Peking had nothing to do but
read the latest news from South Africa.
General Barrow, chief of staf^ to General
Gaselee, suggested that the Press correspon-
dents at Peking might follow the example of
their colleagues in Ladysmith, who established
the Ladysmith Lyre, and start a newspaper

J. COWEN,

Editor.

under the title of the Peking Loot. Two of
the correspondents, Mr. John Cowen, formerly
of The 'limes editorial staff in London, and
his brother, Mr. T. C. Cowen, who had been
correspondent of Tlie Times in the China-
Japan War, adopted the idea, but not the title,
and founded the Cliina Times with very
inadequate materials. At that time it was
asserted that Tientsin and Peking could not
support a daily newspaper. The district not
only supported one, however, but very soon
had eight morning and evening papers. The
China Times is the principal organ of opinion,
and is much read by educated Chinese and
the official and mercantile classes. Its head

offices are in the principal thoroughfare of
Tientsin, Victoria Road. During times of
high feeling between different nationalities,
the China Times offices have been attacked,
or threatened with attack, on more than one
occasion. The proprietors are the " China
Times," Ltd.; the editor and general manager
is Mr. John Cowen, who is assisted by his

capital of TIs. 100,000 in shares of TIs. 50
each. The Company are proprietors of the
Peking and Tientsin Times, which was
started by a private syndicate as a weekly
newspaper in 1894, and converted into a daily
in 1902, since which time it has been enlarged
twice. It was purchased by the present
Company in 1904. The manager of the firm

THE CHINATIMES.

JiJlliJ^J-ii. JiJ-J'^aJ-J^'J'JiJi?J-A^*

Vol. I : Ho. 13.
HOTEL DD NORD.

Hatamen Road, Peking ; near

the Kftta Gato; ntarly

opposite the east enjJt

of Legation Street

The only re^dcntial hotel in

Peking; »

Omvcoicnt for I'lc Legations,
the Rmlrs, the main
thoro'.i^'hfaNs and cvcr>*
p!.ictf"the visitor wislu-*.
to SCC-

WcII IghK-d. well ivarmcd,

Conifoftdblc dining room,

I smoke room and read-
ing room.

Excellent cuisine at modc-
atc rates.

Winc^ .spirits, cigars.

Twenty well-appointed bed-
roohis."

jA forfeff of trained ser-
hnti

Every acconimod.ition for
towiste, travellers, and
professional mca

'HnglisJijffrcnch^ ?.nd Gcr-
*Mn spoken.
..Proprietor
E. Zl BR.

Pekins, Tuesday, Fehruanf lath, 1901.

Daily, 9

Electric Eiijrinoering \j^^^ ^^^j^ C ompanies I ' TfccflCWWWtfr

& Filtijig: Co. J7;;r5«::7^TH u.Tuc..AfH ; s:?a>:(.h.m.; . -

S-rfqrur^ tcrjrtiiimt.

(POUlUIrt TtLICaWH tINL)

'■ THf CUTCRNCXTCNSION

I AuaraALAtiA 4 china tcuoraph

! OOMPAHV, LtaiH««.

Thc#elwUc' telegraph system
that z'^w you (juicli and accu-
raic service during the lime that
si:ch scr\-ic<: *ra« ur^nt ly nccJcd.

TARII-T.
n- KING to

SUANfiM.M...

n.'.v.o.v ...

fr.!-, '., 13<4« • JMT,

The hf.'.: wrliitn. fnuriwt
am! fiK..: : rtifiiK ot th'-: Shat;;
lul ii'-ivjMi'^r*. No OtllCf p^jx r
ccnit-i iK3i if. No f.TC in CSwt"
(-jnaubrd tu It n-iih<r.tt it.
12 « Ufdh. aia^ CwflM W Ms'-

The r<*constnicli(j(i of the
tine,be^v^.•cn IVkin^ and
Taku which is worbd in
connection with tlic Taku-
Shanghai cihl- h:i-; nmv| 'jovn leti*Tsl

^ day'*; d;itc- the C-rtnipmicsl it-ii^^ty mst w

mwou 1 arc thcrcfi«-c prepared at I '>^<-- j a. fr^ • „ i-. -- <.'-:.-:^i.

TTAT.;w f="> ; thiif- station in VcU^^r <"> WRIGHTS HOTEU

- •*• accept ttli;;ranH for ,-.11 p.irt> - lu •. tum*«. ,
- • of U.C vvorkl « n,>rm:,l r..c',. | C^ l^iljJ'SiSw"^;
ritc nft:« v.il be i;q>l ji»HltW»'!'fc *-C^. it«.i»»y R*t^
oi>cn d..v nnd n;-!.t. »■"' ^'^''T' ^^^.*T.^^ . '^^JT'

jxr.KS ...... I II

f.irxROve..„ ... :..-... f«

n*."S- if. (vii Tior^-rrrfi .;. 1.3a
C'r.i siatt-JOi 4X1 ftpi t^^W-

ti ■,: i.>rr.,-T:.

i.r.a*-noN .srrREET.

' >KK!NG.

T. LY-NS & Co.,

' land:.";'; t^u «

O "IIIITIKO AGE.!tr&

y K UAI.t\ IHOI<«E JHD
l:Ot_WoEK».

Al I. t . I. y n uai* ««b iM R»
!.;..( .- Sfc-v,- SMe*

KUHN AND KOMOR,

vrij.c:vt.i; ako retjui.

A'liyiA ryhtm.

(1 / BENTIKHICE

^' r^i

Vu\it\\A tat

^ ci<%t>Mor, www*-

^ / lU T-rlh, 8t"»it.

^ ; aiH ri«T*BtiBf

I. CarW*.

Afir-Nw.w.^.^riD — — ■
X. KOEAYASHI. n r— »••«. «--i

I aratraJ wJ tMHM'Al WAtl ifl T/k>

Vtkinv offkf:. >6th Ian. 1901. r";a^l^M t #3K » pwl«j.

Tl-\G Tan mi W>

nUl TLVy llf TISQ.

C. C KAL-MBERC' fflE "c'APAN TiMES,"
Superintendent. ^ ■— TOKTO — '

HOTEL DE LA PAH,! .^-- '■^.^-"'•"i^
- o> —

7 Ruft dtt CooiuUt,

TICNTStK.

HOTEL DE I_A PAIX.
7 Riie du Comubt,

TK-VTSIN.

p. KiEKULFF ft 00.

LEfiVriON nKF.KT. rTKINC.
General Metchanr* mA

Comnittston Amenta.

CALENDARS >

BF.Amm-I.Y PRINTTO IN

V.ARIOliS COI.<il'RS.

DIFFKRIINT Il^tP.^I, IifSIGNS

fOR E-^CH MONTH.

A SafuUe omtmcni fuf jnnt>rooin>
oCTicci or the dnwing-man taUe.

Ta he oUaiiKd a( Uk CtONA
■nMES Offirc. (Vking. IVitr jo miM.

Hi h Cm \yy '(\ r,^ »t M&Jga faratw.

YEBI3U BEER.

TTStSn BrEK bn .o. t.. ■ .
H GHEST eiLO MEOU.

llw ;t:ir.l i"t i* ■■• Ki.i Ouj iW b..
,M'.ii qui I M ma» (.d k>[. 1..4.

For £«■• Every wh^r^

»«!.. HUlIp;...^ ftnlu SUMMM^ mat

A.7 piM. .iih.«t ruBV 1

>IU9 B«cr EriW'fK ttnt*

■ioxvo._J*PA»_

L^ Irteiwlit'sl (is ";,'<™

E. OUVIEKJ-
s.\i..w !»: COD in-"-
Toii-ir ci-iii. .
rKM.'R i.A»!iliiS

AN EARLY ISSUE OF THE "CHINA TIMES.'

elder brother, Mr. W. C. B. Cowen ; and the
secretary is Mr. T. G. Fisher.

The "Tientsin Press," Ltd.

The •' Tientsin Press," Ltd. was founded
about the year 1880 by six or eight prominent
men of the Settlement, and was turned into
a limited liability company in 1903, with a

is Mr. John Jackson, and the editor is Mr.
H. E. Redmond, formerly of the London
Standard, for which he is now correspondent.
The sub-editress is Mrs. Vaughansmith, who,
previous to Mr. Redmond's arrival in China,
had occupied the editorial chair from the
time of the formation of the original
syndicate. The " Tientsin Press," Ltd. are also
general printers, publishers, bookbinders,

366 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

stationers, and theatrical agents, as well as
agents (or Reuter's Telegram Company, Ltd.
The otfices are situated at No. 33, Victoria Koad.

and Mr. Marx died shortly after the enterprise
was fairly under way, and the journal passed
into the hands of Mr. T. Ross-Reid. It
consists of eight pages of six columns each,
of which sixteen columns are devoted to

THE PRINTIKG OFFICES OF THE "CHINA TIMES."

HANKOW.

The Hankow Daily News.

The Hankow Daily Scics was founded in
March, 1906, by Mr. John Andrew, a well-
known merchant on the China coast, with
the assistance of Mr. Otto Marx. In spite of
many difficulties at the outset, the paper is
receiving a gratifying measure of support
from the business houses, and at the present
time has a fair circulation. Both Mr. Andrew-

general news and the remainder to advertise-
ments. Telegrams are received through
Reuter's agency, and letters dealing with
topics of local interest are written from time

Lloyd's Greater Britain Publishing
Gimpanyf Ltd.

In the belief that the reader may be curious
to know something of the inner working of so
great an undertaking as the production of this
series of "Twentieth Century Impressions,"
the compilers are accustomed to include in
the Press section of each volume a short
exposition of their aims. Lloyd's Greater
Britain Publishing Company, Ltd. was formed
in response to Mr. Chamberlain's appeal,
while Secretary of State for the Colonies, for
the wider dissemination of knowledge relating
to the scattered communities who combine to
form the British Empire. The unanimous
voice of the Home and Colonial Press has
testitied to the adequate manner in which the
Company is fulfilling its objects ; indeed, in
the various territories which have been visited
— Western Australia. Natal, and the Orange
River Colony, Ceylon, and British Malaya — it
has been admitted that the publications of
the Company constitute additions of great and
enduring value even to local knowledge.

Despite the experience which the Company
has gained in the past, the compilation of
this, volume on Hongkong, Shanghai, and
other Treaty ports of China, has presented
its own peculiar problems for solution.
Operations have extended from Hongkong in
the south to Newchwang in the north, a
distance of more than 1,400 miles, and from
Shanghai to Hankow some 600 miles up the
Yangtsze-Kiang. Travelling within this area

THE OFFICES OF THE " TIENTSIN PRESS.'

T. BOSS-REID,
Editor, Hankow Dally Newt.

to time by correspondents located at various
ports on the Yangtsze.

♦

has not been unattended with difficulty, for
many of the sinaller and more remote ports
can only be reached by coasting steamers,
or by railways, which, though rapidly develop-
ing, afford as yet only partial facilities.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 367

Illness has played its part in retarding the work, some of the members
of the staff having been incapacitated by their transition in the autumn
of 1907 from the tropics to the rigorous cold of Shanghai and the more
northerly ports. But these difficulties notwithstanding, the close of July
finds the last instalment of letterpress and photographs on its way to the
printers.

The headquarters of the Company are in Durban, South Africa, but the
real centres of activity are, of course, the London office and the branch offices
established in the capitals and chief towns of the various territories visited.

The directorate of Lloyd's Greater Britain Publishing Company, Ltd.
includes some of tlie best known and most substantial business men and
financiers in South Africa. Mr. J. Ellis Brown, J. P., the chairman of the
Company, was Mayor of Durban for many years. The deputy-chairman.
Sir Benjamin Greenacre, is head of the great Durban firm of Harvey,
Greenacre & Co., and deputy-chairman of the Natal Bank, Ltd. The other
directors are Mr. Maurice Evans, C.M.G., M.L.A., the Hon. Mr. Marshall
Campbell, M.L.C., managing director of the Natal Sugar Estates, Ltd., the
largest concern of its kind in South Africa ; and Mr. Alexander Harvey
Rennie, resident partner (in Natal) of the " Kennie " Steamship Company.
All these gentlemen are also on the directorate of the Natal Trust and
Finance Company, Ltd., Sir Benjamin Greenacre being the chairman.
The secretary of Lloyd's Greater Britain Publishing Co., Ltd., is Mr.
Henry Ernest Mattinson, F.I.A.N., and the auditor is Mr. George Mackeurtan.
The general manager is Mr. Reginald Lloyd.

fHE CHINA REVIEWf

An Evening Journal

UEir AITD UATTEKS,

IN THE FAR EAST.

TIENTSIN, MONDAV, SEfTEMBKR i

o [he poUic m ibr itmisti Rivux i«n

Id •twh rl

ri-.»j

INTRODIJCTORV. ■«,«„. .„,.,™w,. « M«w,n -„ -^

•• •*» "O •pofogy ; laiuliej lo look to *'•*''*■ '"«' "I" H*"!-
'. *■ t"i«r. rvljvi); upon lite old aphor' "~" •""'•P^ft.

^ tt« -'ihc fitieii win survive.
t, * A> BM Kxettd in pViiiji
fc «Ul the ptilic winiii, wr shatl bi
F Jp"«ly "1. l-ut. tf or. ihe «ilOT hind._«,
»v»u« ,u ii„k „ .an-w< are .U.
.MfTM «ifT)- «t mmg the Uint nc«^ In a
}- ' **«- P^ "»■""«■ - [•<Myh,nK n.Mn from

■ '"¥'^ comowrrUI. kkmI. aoJ jjtMwril

** «« «ihtciK*, and «h4ll

^■Mnf of influence anH utppem

^■^ 'o In becooK vwnethii^
li HntkMB in jfarU a.-vl more uwftJ ov<
filfitmM %flrr*. rhin

TEL£GRAM8.

K Srr.l.

r^)

Vini-kwi., Srpt II.

_ Nmh Km reacind here rr, thr ifitct iKji
Kumjiatkin « at Tlchling, preifarin^ the
tiofmcei with ijy; jjpjrtc»* fbllowinjj the
RuMiafl fercfn, although slowly, ttirougti
bad r<ud* oihI heat> r^tn-.. 'fh'-re wai
heavy lirrni; on Stturcby heard here from
the nofih. f>aijy encotaiten envie.

Moukdcn lii SUnniintiin. j^^. lo.

Sine- the ivciujation if lMoy;iny- by lli^

bB ■ (r|«u>>« In J'l"™''^- *^» aoliiirrs have liem trc'ially
"""" ~" " rontrijJ the ni

^^^tbearraiipinenl»d«,flf,(,wh«hare
Awfcr being made ir, v<ur? all the lead
■galk ud tet<-|^apltir wrnfr*. the poiJ
"■"i^M rf inHiKntal ^iwl aUe .S'pet»|
Cwmpori«(, .nd «)nlrn«ori from (he
»««" cm,a in Chi'na. Ja,,an Korea
«>d ««ch>^, »e»hilU,cr-a,ttKe.i«
Ijll* P«P". ^ .<M . p„n,on in the

Sn^?«**^ |-in.l,y, ^ p^^.

■^ ■» fc^' ■■ dr.*,rc ~> di«-Klio« '■'--*•

lUAtion nf [
r. the soldirni have
loottni- : the conunuidert teinj; unat>!e
nmlrul the nvrn. In in iillein|jl mad^ lo
enter and loot tly Mliiionary Rod Cr'»«i
compound on Fridjv, a frj^ii oanirrrA.
rr-ii Jiini; in the woundmit of Dr. West water,
the well knnwn Mi!si')iiar>' D™-tor. ,'nii*
howrv^r i* the fir.sf known instaire jn the
cainpafjjB. where JajiSneir have Mcri6<;ed
their E^od refute foi kindnea* to the
wotwfcd and Mnct nbtervance of the
property and Ikrt of nnnraU, Mankil
0>anu ik taking severe <t-p*.

I Itikh'nt;, Hrjit. it.
■ R-inec Kal'han. on' of tlir Imperial
Ijpnc*', (UMe.] thouRh her' for the north,
to lak' (ofnmand of the mrond ra^alry
WinaiK Ja|i.inne r-ntbrcemenli are brinj;
Mrncd up all abMg the line from the

BLOCKADE RUNNING,

™mf.rt»n ih> ti

H 0ml >ht <U«>nij

To* Eimju.

It 11 itntcd (hat a ntonher of Rmiian*
in Shanghai are jiat now buying all ihr
brge H-ax-inK j'tnki ih«)- <ta aecute. aitd
are paying blf prim far the vemeli. writa
the "Mftrury." Tht junk* are lirini; pur- •
chainl oilennihJyto shijj gtyxli to Tviiq^u
and W'-ilufweL A (fooH many I'eiicb
have boen oU^Ined k> &r. Uil a djffiojty
^^ il being exprrletieed In KCtffnf; crews to

...... «~, » »„„„ „, '^ i"" ■" '""""J '" 'I' ■»* "'

GlinCM rWiOA fo procetH (n thrm tt II

OrM Jestin«tin« nf Tiingtau nr Wrtlttfwd
t.«in« u*«d ■! a blind, the ml nbjert b»ing
t(i uIcr advantage of rainy or bggy
ther in nrdi-r tu reach Tori Arthur.

THE FIRST ISSUE OF THE "CHINA REVIEW

THE PREMISES OF THE "HANKOW DAILY NEWS.'

i i JPS S C:,

Haw. y^i Tcuraoat

K« O 'X* E: XLi S . _

ASTOR HOUSE HOTEL. Ltd..

TIENTSIN.

:o vt^U luritt&hfd Bedrooms, BilUurd, Dining
und Reading Rooau,

GENERAL

OUTFITTERS, Ewry McemmodatMm (or trftTellen.

HOUSE

FURNISHERS, I i^ arcs NEW HOXEI,
* Tientsin.

DECORATORS HOTEL DES COLONIES,
CONTRACTORS. -"•-;^^ocoHo,;TBT.L«T«crr.

, Estimate., Plans and wraiaAMDUQOOESorTMBESiauAinT.

Designs may be had «.-«^rt«i <r/vrier

TONOKU STATIOH HOTBI.

on application. ■ ""-'^ ,„««*".'• ""^-''^"'■j^^ ^ «,«.«.

1 11 I on HOTEL JJES COI^IWES.

A.H.Jaques&Co., -^ ^;'~^

Vutom Road. HOTEL DE li A FAIX,

TU&ttiB.

^CATACOMB.

THE FIRST ISSUE OF THE "PEKINa AND TIENTSIN TIMES.'

SHANGHAI.

By H. a. Cartwright.

[HAXGHAI. the most northerly
of the tive ports thrown open
to foreign trade under the
Uritish Treaty of Nanking, is
.^^.., , the commercial metropolis of
J _t=^^a| China. A regular port of call
for all the large shipping
line:, engaged in the trade of the Far East,
it is the distributing centre for more than
one-half of the commodities exchanged
between the Chinese Empire and the rest
of the world, and, with its cotton mills, silk
filatures, and docks for building and re-
pairing ships, it is rapidly becoming a place
of considerable industrial importance. The
\'alue of its trade, which has increased seven
or eight fold during the last half century,
amounts approximately to sixty-five million
pounds sterling a year.

Shanghai appears to have been a place
o( commercial importance from very early
days. It is said to have been founded three
hundred years before Christ by Hwang
Shieh, Governor of Soochow in the kingdom
of Ts'u, who was impressed with the advan-
tagcousness of the site. The first Emperor
of the Yuen dynasty created it a separate
district under the name of Zaunghe, meaning
•' up from the sea " or " upper sea," in
1292 A.D., and prior to that it had been made
a Customs station. In 1360 it attained the
dignify of a hien, or district city. In J756
Mr. F. Pigou. of the East India Company's
faclory at Canton, reported on the place in
favourable terms, but it seems to have re-
mained disregarded by the foreigner from
that time until 1832, when Mr. H. H. Lindsay,
heiid of the firm of Lindsay & Co., and the
Kev. Dr. Giit/.laff visited it in the Lord
Amherst, and returned with "a glowing
account of its commercial possibilities." Mr.
Lindsay stated that he counted upwards of
four hundred junks passing inwards every
day for seven days, and found the place
possessed commodious wharves and ware-
houses. This account was confirmed three
years later by the Kev. Dr. Medhurst.

Shanghai was taken by the British in 1842
upon the successful conclusion of the military
operations against Canton and the southern
ports. The fleet arrived in June, under Vice-
Admiral Sir William Parker, and, in con-
junction with a military force of four thousand

men led by Sir Hugh Gough, captured the
Woosung Forts and the little walled city of
Paoshan. It was then found that, in the
hope of striking fear into the hearts of the
invaders, the Chinese had painted a number
of conical mud heaps white to make them
resemble tents and create the impression
that a very large army was encamped at
the spot. A few days later Shanghai was

existing Peking Road on tlic noitli. Develop-
ment after this proceeded but slowly, the
initial difficulties of the settlers being accen-
tuated by the disturbances due to the Tri.id
and Taeping rebellions. Rapid progress,
however, followed the opening of the
Yangtsze and the northern ports in the
sixties, and this was accelerated further by
the opening of Japan to trade.

THE CITY WALLS.

occupied, very little resistance being offered
by the terror-stricken inhabitants, despite the
elaborate preparations which had been made
for the defence.

The city was evacuated on June 23rd, and
after the arrival from Nanking of Sir Henry
Pottinger, the British Plenipotentiary, on the
conclusion of peace, a site was selected for
a foreign settlement extending from the
Yang-king-pang Creek on the south to the

Shanghai's prosperity is attributable mainly
to its exceptionally favoured geographical
position. The Seltlcnient lies at the mouth
of the Yangtsze-Kiang, than which there are
only two longer rivers in the world, in the
south-east corner of the Kiangsu Plain, one
of the most densely popiilalcd and fertile
regions of China, about midway between
Canton and Tientsin, and is the natural
terminus of the ocean traffic from Japan and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 369

the Pacific coast of America. It is thus the
meeting place of four distinct streams of
trade — from north, south, east, and west.
The tonnage of the vessels entered and
cleared at the port has doubled during the

come ne.xt in order of precedence. The chief
articles of import are cotton and woollen
goods, opium, metals, and sundries. The
principal exports are tea, silk, and cotton,
but it is impossible to give the proportions

LI&HTING THE MOUTH OF THE YANGTSZE BIVER.

past ten years, and now aggregates
17,500,000 tons annually. The bulk of the
shipping since 1856 has been British. In
that year, which is the earliest for which
records are available, Great Britain claimed
182,215 cut of a total of 320,458 tons. During
the past ten years, however, Japan, America,
and Germany have proved formidable com-
petitors ; indeed, in the case of Japan, the
actual increase in tonnage has exceeded that
of Great Britain, the amount having advanced
from 575,833 to 3,102,070 tons, as compared
with 4,498,278 and 6,848,400 tons in the
case of Great Britain.

taken by China's various customers, owing
to the fact that many cargoes are sent to
Hongkong for trans-shipment, and, as there
are no customs at that port, their ultimate
destination cannot be traced.

For years past the port has been placed
at a grave disadvantage, owing to the silting
up of the Whangpoo, the tidal river by which
it is approached from the sea. It is not too
much to say that if this action were allowed
to continue unchecked the days of Shanghai
as a seaport would be numbered. For
Shanghai is built upon alluvial deposit brought
down by the Yangtsze, which, when swollen

inevitable consequences of this were foreseen
by the Chinese in very early days, and from
q6o a.d. to the middle of the eighteenth century
measures were taken to keep the river open
to the sea, by dredging and by cutting off
the bends of the stream, in order to preserve
as straight a course as possible, and thus
accelerate the speed of the current and
reduce the deposition of mud. To keep
the Soochow Creek clear a flood-gate
was erected in the twelfth century
near what is now the end of Fokien
Road. At the time of writing a bar
at Woosung prevents all but shallow-
draught river boats from navigating the
Whangpoo except at high water ; at other
times large vessels are obliged to load and
discharge cargoes from and into lighters.
The delay and expense which this entails are
heavy charges on commerce. Repeated
representations on the subject have been
made since i860 to the Imperial Government
at Peking, who, regarding the bar as a
powerful aid in their policy of exclusion,
turned a deaf ear for many years to all
appeals. Under the Protocol between China
and eleven powers in 1901, however, a
portion of the Boxer indemnity was set
aside for " straightening the Whangpoo,"
and improving its course, a Conservancy
Board, composed of imperial and local
representatives, being appointed to carry out
the project. Even then a policy of pro-
crastination was pursued, and it was not
until three months after the Whangpoo
Conservancy Convention was signed, in
September, 1905, that an engineer was
engaged, and preparations for executing the
necessary work were commenced in earnest.
Efforts are now being directed towards
closing the Ship Channel on the north side
of Gough Island — which, within the memory
of persons still living, was merely a bank
covered at high water — and confining the
stream to the Junk Channel on the south, so
as to employ the tide as a scouring agent,
and modify the awkward bend at Pheasant
Point. P'or this purpose zinkstiicks, or huge
mattresses of brushwood divided into com-
partments by high fences, are tilled with
stone and sunk into position. As soon as
they become solidified with mud, others are
deposited on the top of them until at last

VIEW OF THE WHANGPOO RIVER.

It is gratifying to find, nevertheless, that
the imports from the United Kingdom are
worth sixty-five million taels a year, or more
than double those from, America, and treble
those from Japan, the" t«?,o countries which

by the floods of summer, is believed to carry
in mechanical suspension four feet of mud in a
continuous stream. A portion of this mud is
forced up the Whangpoo by the tide and
deposited in the bed of the river. The

a wall is formed capable of resisting the
strongest tidal action and the channel is
blocked. At the same time five dredgers
are engaged in deepening the Junk Channel.
Already there are indications that the theory

1 if • JJj

A-|PO

^^M*J J^ » r i

^^4-

■^ / ^

w' t? ^...^

r-'i:

-I

>,?p»

Jz;
&

o
o

sz;
■«)
W
CO

M
>

cfi

a
a
m

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 371

upon which the operations are based is a
sound one, and if the present rate of progress
is maintained the Junk Channel should,
within the next three or four years, be
navigable at any state of the tide for vessels
drawing 20 feet of water. The cost of the
improvement will not be less than a million
sterling. The ideal project — that of cutting
a new mouth for the river througli the
Pootung Peninsula, whereby Shanghai would
have been brought considerably nearer the
sea — had to be abandoned owing to the
sacrifice of vested interests at Woosung that
it involved. When Woosung was made a
separate port the idea prevailed that its
greater accessibility would lead to the eclipse
of Shanghai. A bund was constructed and
the land was laid out in squares in readiness
for houses and oftices, which, however, have
yet to be erected. The two places have been
connected by railway since l8g8.

From Woosung to Shanghai, a distance of
some thirteen miles, the river is alive with
shipping. Liners, as has been stated, anchor
off the mouth of the stream, but at high
water large steamers may be seen passing
up and down. A constant succession of
tenders, lighters, junks, and sampans is met
at all states of the tide, and it is interesting
to watch the skill with which the Chinese
navigate their clumsy-looking and heavily-
laden craft. Not infrequently a junk will
carry a cargo of poles lashed to each side
of it in such a way as to make steering
seem an impossibility. Long before the
landing-stage at Shanghai is reached, the
river banks begin to wear a busy aspect,
cotton mills, silk filatures, docks, wharves,
and godowns appearing in almost unbroken
succession.

r. Except as a flourishing centre of trade,
Shanghai fails upon first acquaintance to
create a very favourable impression. This
is due to the fact that the land upon which
the Settlement stands, is absolutely flat, and,
that, owing to the short-sighted policy of the
old Committee of Roads and Jetties, the
streets are too narrow to be beautified with
trees or to exhibit advantageously the many
commanding buildings which abut upon
them. Nor can it be said that the red and
black bricks which -are so freely employed in
building construction produce a very pleasing
effect. The general style ot architecture

of the year Shanghai enjoys a temperate
climate, extreme heat being experienced only
in June, July, and August. During these
months the thermometer sometimes registers
as much as 100 deg. Vah. in the shade, and

never gained a footing — thanks to the
stringent quarantine regulations.

The advantages which Shanghai thus
offers as a place of residence to foreigners
have been added to very considerably by the

VIEW IN THE PUBLIC ■ GARDENS.

being usually accompanied by considerable
humidity, this high temperature proves very
trying. At all times of the year, sudden
changes are liable to occur — on April 24th
last, for instance, the thermometer fell 36
deg. in four hours — but, notwithstanding
this and the fact that it is so low-lying,
Shanghai is by no means an unhealthy
place in which to live. The death-rate
among foreigners is about the same as that of
a large English city. It has ranged during
the past twenty years from 246 per iiiillc in
i8qi to H2 per niille in 1905. Serious
epidemics are of rare occurrence, although
there is no statutory power to compel notifi-
cation of infectious disease. Tuberculosis

enterprise and public spirit of the inhabitants,
who enjoy every comfort and convenience
to be found in the most progressive Euro-
pean cities. An ample supply of good water
is furnished by two private companies, and
electricity has been used as an illuminant
since 1882. The means of locomotion has
been very considerably improved during the
past twelve months by the introduction of
electric tramways, which traverse all the
principal thoroughfares of the two Settlements.
The demand for news and other reading
matter is fully met by the publication of
five daily newspapers, a plethora of periodi-
cals, as well as by the provision of a
public library. Quite exceptional facilities

SHANGHAI IN WINTER-FROM THE ROOF OF THE ASTOR HOUSE HOTEL.

presents no very distinctive features. All
the houses have verandahs, but the arcades
which are so welcome to the pedestrian in
Hongkong and Singapore are here unknown.
The reason is, of course, that for three-fourths

and small-pox are the infectious diseases
most prevalent. Cholera is endemic in cer-
tain districts occupied by the poorest class of
Chinese, but foreigners enjoy comparative
immunity from the disease. Plague has

have been provided for indulgence in all
forms of out-door recreation, and numerous
clubs have been established for the promo-
tion of social intercourse. An excellent band,
maintained by the Municipality, gives public

372 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

performances of high-class music throughout
the year, and a series of dances, concerts.
and other entertainments dispels the dullness
of the winter months. In short, the mo-
notonv which is characteristic of life in the

foreign assessor appointed by the principal
Consulates.

The heart of the Settlement lies in the old
British Concession, which was soon extended
northwards from the Peking Koad to the

THE FRENCH MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OFFICES.

East is absent from Shanghai, which is often
styled the " Paris of the Orient," in recog-
nition of its gaiety.

Shanghai is divided into three parts^— the
International Settlement, the French Conces-
sion, and the Native City — which are adjacent
to one another. The first two constitute the
Foreign Settlement and embrace an area of
nine square miles. As the French Concession
consists only of about 1,625 mow, it will
readily be seen that the International Settle-
ment is by far the more important of the
two. Within it a unique system of adminis-
tration obtains, and the remarkable success
by which it has been attended has won
for Shanghai the name of the " Model
Settlement." Under the Land Regulations.
which have been approved by the imperial
authorities at Peking and the Ministers of
the various Powers having treaties with
with China, the foreign owners of land and
occupiers of houses possess the fullest
powers of self-government. For the con-
duct of public affairs a Municipal Council
is elected each year by popular vote, but it
has no power to levy rates, make bye-laws,
or embark upon new projects without first
obtaining the sanction of the ratepayers
assembled in public meeting. For the settle-
ment of disputes between the Council and
individual members of the community a
Court of Consuls was constituted in 1870.
There is a Municipal Council, also, in the
French Concession, but its decisions are
inoperative until they receive the assent of
the French Consul, who is, ex officio, presi-
dent. The spirit of progress has recently
communicated itself to the Native City, and
as a consequence the first Chinese Municipal
Council in the Empire was established here
two or three years ago. In the Settlement
every foreigner is amenable to the laws of
his own country. Cases against Chinese are
heard before a Mixed Court, presided over
by a Chinese magistrate, with whom sits a

Soochow Creek. A magnificent boulevard
runs along the riverside, where in the early
days a sedgy swamp was bordered by a towing
path, and this is the redeeming feature of a
town otherwise devoid of beauty. The river
bank is carpeted with a wide and well-kept

name of this delightful promenade — stands a
large statue of Sir Harry Parkes, (I.C.M.G.,
K.C.B., British Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary to China from 1882
to 1885. This was erected in i8yo by the
foreign merchants in China in recognition of
his great services. Further along is a
monument in tlie form of a broken mast to
commemorate the heroic death of the crew
of the German gunboat litis which was
wrecked during a typhoon off the coast of
Shantung in 1896.

At the northern end of the Hund are the
Public Gardens, occupying an admirable
situation at the junction of the Wliangpoo,
which is about a quarter of a mile wide at this
part, and tlie Soochow Creek, originally the
more important stream of the two. The site,
which was reclaimed from the foreshore,
belonged to the British Consulate until 1864,
when the Foreign Office agreed to its con-
version into a public garden on the under-
standing that if it ever ceased to be used for
that purpose it would revert to the Britisli
Government. Towards the cost of levelling
the property and laying it out in lawns,
shrubberies, and flower-beds, the trustees of
the Recreation Fund contributed Tls. 10.000.
The little enclosure is kept bright throughout
the year with a constant succession of
flowering plants, many of which have been
imported from Europe and elsewhere. Snow-
drops, hyacintlis, tulips, and roses are to be
seen in season, but the most beautiful sight of
all is afforded by the magnolias in bloom.
Facing the band-stand there is a large fountain
of rockwork, erected to commemorate the
jubilee of Shanghai, which was celebrated
on November 17 and 18, 1893. In close
proximity to this stands a graceful granite
monument to Augustus Raymond Margery,
who was .sent by Her Biitannic Majesty's
Government to open up a trade route between
China and Burma, and was murdered in

THE FRENCH CONSULATE.

stretch of level grass bordered on either side
by an asphalte path, while the roadway beyond
is lined with trees whose foliage refreshes the
eye and affords grateful shade in the summer.
In the middle of the Bund— for that is the

Yunnan on the return journey on February
21, 1875. A second fountain depicts two little
cliiUlren in terra cotta seeking shelter from
the rain under an umbrella, and a short
distance away a small granite obelisk records

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 373

the names of the officers who fell while
fightinji with Gordon's " ever victorious
armv" against the Taeping rebels in the

crowds repair to them to enjoy the cool
breezes and listen to the excellent music dis-
coursed bv the town band. At such times

Indians and Japanese of the lower orders,
but the Chinese, no matter what may be
their station in life, are rigorously excluded,

THE MARGERY MONUMENT.

THE "ILTIS" MEMORIAL.

sixties. The gardens are a very favourite
resort, more especially in the early evening
and after dinner during the summer, when

foreigners of all sorts and conditions ;ire to be
seen, from the heads of leading European
commercial houses and their families to

THE ANGLICAN CATHEDRAL. [For description see page 378.

notwithstanding the fact that their emperor
is lord of the soil. As some sort of solatium
for this treatment another garden a little
further along the Soochow Creek has been
set apart for their use.

The offices of most of tlie banks and some
of the oldest mercantile houses are situated
on the Bund. They follow a variety of
architectural styles, but all alike present a
substantial appearance. The earlier buildings
never consist of more than three storeys and
usually have fore-courts, while the more
recent structures attain a greater height and
abut upon the path — differences which are
significant of the vast increase which has
taken place in the value of land. Among the
most noticealile business premises are those
of the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank, the
Eastern Extension and Great Northern Tele-
graph Companies, the new Russo-Chinese
Bank, the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank, the Palace
Hotel, and the Yokohama Specie Bank. The
hong of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co. is
interesting by reason of the fact that it is one
of the very few that survive from the infant
days of the Settlement. The premises, which
date from 1851, have a long return frontage
to Peking Road, and are now being recon-
structed and enlarged.

Probably the most striking building on the
Bund is the Club Concordia, a very ornate
edifice in the German Renaissance style, the
foundation stone of which was laid by Prince
Adalbert of Prussia, on October 22, 1904.
Another very conspicuous feature of the water

SHANGHAI STREETS.

I. J. Ox THE Bf.VD— I.XTEKXATIOXAL SETTLEMINT.

4, 5. Up and Down hie Maloo (Naxkixg Road).

2. The French Buxd.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 375

THE BRITISH CONSULATE.

which is six acres in extent, was acquired by
Sir Rutherford Alcoclc, in 1848, and was
formerly occupied by a half-demolished
Chinese fort surrounded by ditches and
quagmires. The first Consulate, built in
1852, was destroyed by fire on December
23, 1870. In the grounds a stone slab, laid
in position by Mr. W. Medhur.st, a former
consul, in April, 1873, defines the geographical
position as latitude 31 degrees I4'42' N. and
longitude 121 degrees 29' 12" E. A few yards
along the Soochow Road, which starts at
this point, is the Union Church, built in the
Early English style, with a tower surmounted
by an octagonal spire rising to a height of
108 feet. Opposite is the Rowing Club's
boat-house, and a little way beyond this
are the gardens for the use of Chinese
residents.

Across the Soochow Creek lies Hongkew.
This was originally the American quarter, but

front is the Chinese Customs House. De-
signed in the Tudor style of architecture it
is built of red brick with facings of green
Ningpo stone, the high-pitched roofs being
covered with red French tiles. From the
centre a square clock tower containing a four-
faced clock with Westminster chimes rises to
a height of 110 feet and divides the building
into two wings. Close to the Yang-king-pang
stands the Shanghai Club House. The pre-
mises, which were erected in 1864, at a cost
of ;f42,ooo, are now in course of demolition.
Their place is to be taken by a new building
of six storeys in the English Renaissance
style, surrounded by turrets and constructed
of imitation Portland stone with columns of
Tsingtao granite. In the meantime the
members, who number 1,300, find temporary
accommodation in Jinkee Road, and are
granted the use of the German Club on
special terms. The Masonic fraternity have
a splendid hall, approached by a double flight
of steps, in a free treatment of the Renaissance
style, but so great is the demand upon it that
it is about to make way for still more com-
modious premises. Near by are the British
Consulate-General and Supreme Court stand-
ing in the midst of verdant lawns on the
south bank of the Soochow Creek. The site.

GARDEN BRIDGE.

A TRAMCAB "EN FETE."

was amalgamated with the so-called British
Settlement in 1863. Until 1867 the only
means of crossing from one Settlement to
the other was by ferry-boat ; now com-
munication is maintained by means of seven
bridges. The first of these was built by a
private company, who levied a toll upon all
who used it, and refused every offer that
was made to them to part with their mono-
poly until the Municipal Council adopted the
expedient of constructing another wooden
bridge alongside in 1873. When tramways
were introduced in March, 1908, this bridge,
known as the Garden Bridge, was replaced
by a steel structure, 60 feet in width with
a carriage-way of 36 feet 9 inches. The
new bridge, which is not conspicuous for
its beauty, owing to the heavy superstructure,
has two equal spans of 171 feet. Facing it
on the Hongkew side is Astor House, the
leading hotel of Shanghai. The building
occupies a prominent site at the corner of
Broadway and Whangpoo Road, but has an
unpretentious appearance, and is about to be
reconstructed. Next to it is the new German
Church, a handsome edifice surmounted by
a graceful spire, and containing over the
altar an oil painting presented by the Kaiser.
Immediately opposite, and overlooking the
river, is the German Consulate, and in the

376 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

immediate vicinity are the Consulates of
America. Austria-Hungary, and Japan.

From the Garden Bridjje the tramway line
nms by way of Seward Roiid and Yaiigtsiepoo
Road to within a short distance of the Point.

early section is a legacy left by the Com-
mittee of Roads and Jetties, who rejected as
extravagant the suggestion which Captain
Balfour made in his capacity as Consul that
roads should not be less than 25 feet in

THE TOWN HALL.

where one of the most picturesque riverside
views in Shanghai can be obtained. For
the first part of the journey Chinese and
Japanese stores line the route, but further
along, as the open country is approached,
the great cotton mills and silk filatures begin
to appear. On the way the reservoirs of
the Water Company are passed. Their
situation below the city has been determined
by the fact that the best water is not that
which flows down the Whangpoo, but that
which is forced up from the Yangtsze-Kiang
by the incoming tide. The Yangtszepoo
Road, which has a total length of about
five miles, is eventually to be continued to
Woosung. The return to Shanghai is made
in the tramcar. viii the Broadway. From
this thoroughfare, which runs parallel to
Seward Road, access may be had to the
many busy wharves which line the river
bank.

From the Bund eight roads strike inland
to the Defence Creek, which, as it connected
the Soochow Creek and the Yang-king-pang
and with them enclosed an island, was soon
selected as the western boundary of the old
British Settlement. Of these eight roads by
far the most important is Nanking Road, or
the Maloo, as it is often called by old resi-
dents. Starting from a point opposite the
memorial to Sir Harry Parkes, it is exactly a
mile long, and forms the main artery of
traffic in Shanghai. At all hours of the day
it is thronged, and at five o'clock in the
evening a continuous stream of carriages
pours along it on the way to the rural
districts that lie beyond. For nearly three-
fourths of its length Nanking Road follows
a straight line, and is a fine wide thorough-
fare. The t)ends which occur in it during
the first two or three hundred yards are
due to the fact that it originally followed
the winding course of a creek which ran
from the Yang-king-pang to the Whangpoo
along what is now Kiangse Road. The
narrowness which still characterises this

width. Just recently this narrowness has
been more acutely felt owing to the intro-
duction of a double line of tramways, which
at some points leaves a space between the
track and the pavement insufficient even for
a rickshaw to pass. It is in this congested
locality that the principal foreign stores are
found. Thence onward the road is lined

rarely exceed two storeys in heiglit. and in
their construction a building line has been
carefully observed. Shortly before the De-
fence Creek is reached a block standing on
the left-hand side of the road between the
Kwangse and Yunnan Roads arrests attention
by its prominence. This is the Town Hall
which, with the market attached to it, covers
an area of some 43,000 square feet.
It was built in 1896, and is of red brick
with Ningpo stone dressings. Heavy gables are
a feature of the front elevation. Approached
by a handsome double stone staircase is a
lofty and well - lighted hall measuring
154 feet by 80 feet, which was intended to
serve primarily as a drill hall for the volun-
teers, but is now so often in demand for
public gatherings that the volunteers . have
asked to be provided with other accom-
modation. Across the road is the Louza
Police Station, an imposing building with
pointed arches surmounted by a central
tower.

Foochow Road, which also runs east and
west, is the principal Chinese thoroughfare.
In it are to be seen the large and fashionable
opium shops, tea-houses, and restaurants,
while adjacent to it are the Chinese theatres,
in which historical plays are presented that
sometimes extend over several weeks.
Although costly and elaborate costumes are
worn by the actors, scenery and various other
adventitious aids to realism, to which the
Western mind has become accustomed, are
here unknown ; consequently, much has to
be taken for granted. A chair, for instance,
has sometimes to be accepted for a wall,
and an actor who goes through the move-
ments of riding must be assumed to be
mounted on a high-spirited horse. It is,
perhaps, because of the strain which this
involves upon the imagination that hot damp
cloths for mopping the brow are handed
round among the occupants of the more
expensive seats. The Chinese General
Hospital, which was founded by Dr. Lockhart

HONQKEW MARKET.

on both sides with Chinese shops, easily dis-
tinguished by their open unglazed fronts
and their hanging signs resplendent with
gilt. In not a few instances they exemplify
the Chinese style of architecture. They

in 1846, and transferred to the community in
1872, also lies along Foochow Road. This
hospital was the first medical mission in
China, just as the London Mission, which
shares the same compound, was the first

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 377

ill

RPTfflFf"f

llliliiiiiii^iiii

CITY FATHERS AND POLICE TWENTY-FIVE YEARS AGO.

Protestant mission in Shanj;hai, tlie celebrated
Dr. Medhurst having settled here with
Dr. Lockhart in 1843.

The Nanking Road is intersected at right
angles by a number of roads which run
north and south to the boundaries of the
original Settlement, and are continued thence
by means of seven bridges over the Soochow
Creek and eight over the Yang-king-pang
into the Uongkew district on the one side
of the French Concession or the other. The
first of these is the Szechuen Road, which,
if followed in a northerlv direction for about
two miles, leads to the outskirts of the Settle-
ment, where are to be found in close
pro.ximity to one another the rifle range
and the new recreation ground consisting
of some 258 mow of land. Along the road
or adjacent to it there are several important
public institutions. At the corner of Peking
Road is the recently erected Chinese Imperial
Post Office, followed by the British Post
Office. A few yards from the bridge over
the Soochow Creek is the road leading to the
Lyceum Theatre at the back of the British
Consulate. At the point of intersection with
North Soochow Road stands the General
Hospital, a building of utility rather than
ornament, dating from 1864. ' A little way
down Boone Road is the Shanghai Public
School, which owes its foundation to the
Masonic fraternity by whom it has been

handed over to the municipality. Near by
is the Hongkew Market, the scene of great
activity in the early morning. Along Quinsan
Road lies the Anglo-Chinese College, one
of several agencies that have been established
for the education of the Chinese, who number
510,000 out of a total estimated population
of 524,000 and contribute so large a proportion
of the rates of the Settlement. In Haining
Road is the Pan Tuck Aye, a Buddhist
Nunnery. The central shrine in the temple
attached to this retreat is dedicated to Sieh
Kyah Maya Nue Vah, the Buddha of " the
past, present, and future." To the right and
left respectively of the central shrine are
gilded figures of O-mi-doo, representing " the
craving of a human soul for a life beyond,
full of light and happiness," and Kwanyin,
the goddess of mercy. Around the walls
are ranged the eighteen Lohans, sainted
members of the Indian Church. Next to
the Pan Tuck Aye is the Kwang Zan Ee Yuen,
a hospital maintained for the sick and indigent
by the Cantonese guilds. It may be mentioned

NATIVE (CHINESE) POLICE, INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENT.

FRENCH SETTLEMENT NATIVE POLICE (ANAMITES).

m passing that a Municipal Isolation Hospital
for Chinese, with accommodation for 150
patients, and a separate block for out-patients,
has been provided in this locality at a cost
of Tls. 21,000, while the St. Luke's Hospital,
containing 100 beds for men and 50 for
women, has done splendid work among the
Chinese since 1869. in which year it was
founded by the American Protestant Episcopal
Church Mission. In Range Road, the site
until 1897 of the Volunteers' Rifle Butts, is
the Victoria Nursing Home, which was
erected by the inhabitants at a cost of more
than Tls. 32.000 to commemorate the Diamond
Jubilee of the late Queen Victoria.

Running parallel to the Szechuen Road
from one end of the Settlement to the other
is Honan Road. Abutting upon this thorough-
fare, some three hundred yards to the south
of Nanking Road, is the Central Police Station,
a dignified building of red brick in the Early
Renaissance style erected during 1891-94 from
competitive designs at a cost of Tls. 76,000.
Adjoining are the headquarters of the Volunteer
Fire Brigade. This building, also in the
Renaissance style, is of four storeys, and

378 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

was completed in March. 1903. The ground
Boor is equipped as a thoroughly up-to-date
fire station, and the upper floors serv'e as
quarters for members of the brigade. Next
to this block are the new Health Offices,
containing on the first floor a municipal
laborator>- replete with the most modern
appliances for bacteriological research. At
the rear of this group of buildings and
fronting the Kiangsc Koad are the Municipal
Offices. The premises were originally used
for business purposes, and date from the
infancy of the Settlement. Next to them and
standing in the midst of a spacious compound
enclosed by the Kiangse, Hankow. Honan.
and Kiukiang Roads is Holy Trinity Church,
the Cathedral Church of the Anglican bishop
of Mid-China. It is the second church of
this name to occupy the site — the tirst, which
was opened for divine worship on April loi
Iti47. having been razed to the ground in
1862 on account of its dilapidated condition.
The present building was erected between
the years 1866 69 from designs drawn in
the first instance by Sir Gilbert Scott. R.A.,
and modified locally to meet the climatic
conditions. It is of red brick with stone
dressings, and follows the early thirteenth
century Gothic style, with nave, aisles, tran-
septs, chancel, and two chapels for organ
and vestry. It is 152 feet long. 58 feet 6
inches wide, and 54 feet high. Owing to
the fac-t that Shanghai is east of Jerusalem
the altar is at the west end. An open arcade
is carried round the aisles for granite shafts.
The foundation stone of the graceful spire
was laid in 1 901. Within the cathedral

THE GRAND-STAND AT THE RACECOURSE.

compound are the Deanery and a new Parish
Room, in harmony with the style of the
church. Crossing over the Nanking Koad
and continuing along the Honan Road as
far as the Soochow Creek, the starting-place
is reached of the Chinese passenger trains to

Soochow. These trains consist of a string
of boats packed close with humanity from
stem to stern, towed behind a launch. Across
the bridge is seen the Temple of Heaven.
Appropriately enough, the place of honour
in the main building is accorded to the

BUBBLING WELL ROAD.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 379

Queen of Heaven, the guardian of sailors.
The side altar on the left is to Kwanyin, the
goddess of mercy, and the shrine on the
right to the " Three Pure Ones." Two two-
storeyed buildings like kiosks contain images
of Ching Tsiang Ching and Liu Tsiang
Ching, who are reputed to hear and see
respectively anything said or done within a
thousand li of Shanghai. Some distance

further along, where North Honan Road is
crossed by Boone Road, is the Shanghai
Bankers' Guild House, which, despite its
unostentatious exterior, is the most sumptuous
Chinese building in the Settlement. One
hall is dedicated very appropriately to Say
Zung, the god of wealth. Around the walls
are twelve pewter representations of gods
that were made at Ningpo, and there are

BUBBLING WELL ROAD, SHANGHAI.

CECU.E COI'KT.

The Pavilion.

A Section ok the Gardens.

also two life-size pewter storks — emblems
of immortality. Kwan Tai, the god of war, is
similarly honoured with a temple. Above
him is a picturesquely carved canopy of
red lacquer and gold, while in front stand a
blackwood lamp with red tassels, and candle-
sticks of Ningpo pewter, 7 feet in height.
On either side are rows of halberds with red
shafts and pewter heads, and in front of
these are two groups of four figures, each
representing " the legendary beings of the
Taoist sect, who attained immortality." Al-
together there are four main buildings and
three courts, within which are to be seen
many interesting specimens of carving, stone
lo/enge work, and other forms of Chinese
art. Off the extreme end of the North
Honan Road lies the railway station, whence
the train may be taken either to Woosung
or to Nanking, a former capital of this part
of China, and the burial place of one of the
Emperors of the Ming dynasty.

F"rom the end of Nanking Road, on the
east side of the Defence Creek, Bubbling
Well Road stretches to the eastern boundary
of the Settlement, some two miles distant,
and forms the approach to the most desirable
residential quarter of Shanghai. Constructed
as a private driving road in 1862 by the
trustees of the Shanghai Riding Course, it
was handed over to the Municipal Council
four years later, as the subscriptions for
keeping it in repair fell below the required
amount. Shaded with trees for almost its
entire length, and bordered by the lawns and
gardens of the many charming houses that
lie along its course, this road is a favourite
drive, and in the early evening is thronged
with carriages making their way to the
outskirts of the Settlement. Several places
of interest are passed en route. Just across
the Defence Creek bridge is the Recreation
Ground, enclosed by the racecourse, which
has a circumference of a mile and a quarter.
Embracing an area of 430 mow, this mag-
nificent open space is probably the largest
in the Far East. For its possession the
inhabitants of Shanghai are indebted to the
public spirit of four or five gentlemen of a
former generation who, foreseeing the growth
of the Settlement, purchased some property
which was on the market for a recreation
ground, and then invited subscriptions towards
the cost. In a few years this land was sold
at an enormous profit, and with the proceeds
the present site was acquired, the original
subscriptions were returned, and a fund was
established from which at one time or
another nearly every local organisation which
exists for the amusement of the public has
received support. Like the widow's cruse
the fund never fails, for it is constantly
replenished by the rentals paid by the
cricket, football, tennis, polo, golf, baseball,
and swimming clubs for the use of the
ground, and by the interest which accrues from
loans advanced to tide various organisations
over their difficulties. Next to this reserve
are the premises of the Race Club, easily
distinguishable by the clock tower which
rises from their midst. A little further along
is the Country Club, the great social rendez-
vous. The building has the appearance of
a substantial private residence, and contains
several commodious and well-appointed apart-
ments. The front faces extensive grounds
laid out with lawns, flower beds, and
ornamental water. Close at hand are Chang
Su Ho's pleasure gardens and Arcadia Hall,
a popular resort at which various kinds of
amusement are provided, while almost
directly opposite is the Chinese Taoutai's
Yamen, a plastered building of no great
architectural merit. Some distance further

380 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

along on the same side of the road are the
Yu S'uen Gardens, which furnish an excellent
example of Chinese landscape gardening.
Xear by is the temple of Zung Au Aye.
containing representations of Buddha seated

geomancers engaged to lind lucky spots by
the relatives of the deceased.

Sandwiched between the International
Settlement and the Chinese city is the French
Concession, a narrow strip of land which

ENTRANCE TO THE NATIVE CITY.

in the midst of his companions ; the Metreya
Buddha, with the four heavenly kings ranged
on either side ; and the " three rulers of
Heaven. Earth, and Water." Opposite the
temple is the spring of muddy water charged
with carbonic acid gas from which Bubbling
Well Koad takes its name. At this point the
western limit of the Settlement is reached.
The road which runs past the end of
Bubbling Well Koad leads through open
countrj- to Siccawei if followed to the left,
and to Jesslield, on the banks of the Soochow
Creek, if followed to the right. In the
neighbourhood of Jesslield stands St. John's
College, surrounded by trimly-kept lawns and
well-grown trees. F"ounded in 1878. it is the
centre of the mission work of the Protestant
Episcopal Church of America, which com-
menced its labours in Shanghai under Bishop
Boone in 1837. Out in these rural districts
the wheelbarrow is the only means of trans-
port known to the natives, a dozen of whom
may sometimes be seen seated complacently
upon one of these vehicles while for a few
cash the poor perspiring coolie in the shafts
staggers along patiently over miles of rough
roads, with difficulty preserving an equilibrium.
In the Sinza district, lying a little to the
west of the Defence Creek along the Soo-
chow Creek there are several Chinese mor-
tuaries. The most remarkable of these
belong to the Cantonese community, and
consists of some acres of ground thickly
strewn with brick graves. Broken coffins,
from which the bones have been removed
for interment in Canton, lie scattered about,
while a pile of coffins form the central
pier of a bridge which spans a broad ditch.
Standing along the north side of the enclo-
sure and approached by a brick drive is
an impfjsing group of buildings comprising
a Buddhistic Temple, and apartments for
the reception of coffins and earthenware
jars containing the remains of those whose
final resting-places have yet to be selected
in their native towns or villages by the

widens at each end. It has a frontage of
nearly a mile to the Whangpoo, and stretches
inland for a distance of about a mile and three-
quarters, but beyond the western limit the
Municipal Council have constructed several
fine broad roads, along which many commo-
dious dwellings have been erected. The
riverside is lined with an avenue of trees,

signalling station, from which the weather
forecasts for the China coasts are signalled.
A few yards away is the pontoon to and
from which the tenders for the French and
German mail steamers sail. Further along
are the wharves, offices, and godowns of tlie
well-known firm of Butterfield & Swire, and
the extensive wharves and godowns of tlie
China Merchants Steam Navigation Company.
These are centres of great activity. At any
hour of the day a constant stream of coolies,
bearing heavy burdens of merchandise sus-
pended from poles across their shoulders,
may be met passing between the godowns
and vessels at the wharves. The Rue de
I'Est, which leads to the east gate of the
native city, constitutes the southern boundary
of the Concession.

Running down the centre of the French
Settlement is a long thoroughfare known as
the Rue du Consulat. At the corner of this,
and overlooking the Whangpoo, stands the
French Consulate-General, a handsome build-
ing of the Modern Colonial type with wide
covered verandahs, that was opened on
January 14, 1896. About half a mile further
along arc the French Town Hall and Municipal
Oflices, an imposing group, standing well
back from the road. The main building,
surmounted by a dome and approached by a
double flight of steps, dates from 1864, but
the side pavilions were added in 1887. In
the centre of the spacious fore-court a large
bronze statue, on a granite pedestal, by
Thiebaut, perpetuates the memory of Admiral
Protet, who fell while directing an attack
upon the Taeping rebels, near Soochow, on
May 17, 1862. The greater portion of the
Rue du Consulat is occupied by native
shops, and the districts on either side of it
are almost exclusively Chinese. Several
European buildings of interest, however, are
to be seen in the Rue Montauban, which is
the first street to cross it at right angles.
These include the Hotel des Colonies, French
Post Office, Convent School, Municipal

Sj*if=«'is»'---i~- ^-

CHINESE HAWKERS.

but is devoid of any other embellishment,
for, unlike the Bund in the International
Settlement, it is almost wholly given up to
shipping business. At the foot of the bridge
over the Yang-king-pang is the semaphore

School, and Roman Catholic Church of St.
Joseph. The interior of the church is
adorned with many pictures, including a
large painting of St. Joseph and the Holy
Child over the high altar. In the chapel by

The Temple of Heaven.

In the Native City.

The Lungvvha Pagoda and Joss House.

IN AND ABOUT SHANGHAI.
Li HuNc; Chang Memorial.

A Three-arch Bridge.

The famous "Willow Pattern" Tea-house.
The Lunowha Pagoda and Joss House.
Entrance to Pao Shan College.

382 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the south door is a carved representation of
Mary with the body of jesus.

In the recent extension of the Concession
be\x)nd the Defence Creek is situated the
old cemetery, amid whose reposeful l>eauty
the former inhabitants of Shanghai lie
sleeping their last sleep together without
distinction of nationality. Opposite to the
cemetery gate a Chinese temple rears its
orange-tinted walls, within which reposes a
gigantic effigy of Buddha in gilded wood
The face alone is said to measure 36 feet
from the chin to the top of the head. The
priests who serve in the temple come from
the sacred island of Pootu, in the Chusan
Archipelago.

From the Defence Creek, a splendid wide
road, some three miles in length, has been
constructed and planted with shady trees.
This is the Avenue Paul Brunat, from which
radiate most of the other roads built by the
French Council in the district lying beyond
the confines of their concession. At its wes-
tern end the road strikes the Siccawei Road,
which leads to Bubbling Well on the right,
and to Jessfield on the left. The imposing
red brick buildings surrounded by spacious
grounds which are seen near the point of
intersection are those of the Nanyang College.
an institution for the higher education of
Chinese youths.

At Siccawei. a little native village founded
by the Su family, is situated the headquarters
of the Jesuit mission in Shanghai. During
the Ming d>Tiasty (about 1580) practically the
whole neighbourhood was converted to
Christianity, but during the persecution of
1722 the Jesuit Fathers were obliged to with-
draw. They returned, however, about the
middle of the last century, and are now
actively pursuing their beneficent work with
great success. In addition to two orphanages,
in which boys and girls not only receive a
thoroughly sound education but are taught
some useful occupation suited to their respec-
tive tastes, such as wood-carving, painting,
embroidery, weaving, or dressmaking. The
mission also conducts one of the most famous
observatories in the world, and daily issues
forecasts of the weather on the China coast
for the guidance of those " who go down to
the sea in ships." There is also a Natural
History Museum, containing a remarkable col-
lection of the fauna and flora of China, and
a printing press from which issue many edu-
cational works — some of the best of them
from the pens of the learned fathers. From
Siccawei, the French Concession may be
regained by way of the Rue Franchise de
Zikawei. At the fork formed at the end of
this road by the convergence of the Quai de
la Breche and the Rue Palikao, stands the
Xingpo Joss House, through the grounds of
which the French Council proposed to drive
a road in 1898 and thereby provoked a riot.

The native city, which adjoins the French
Concession, is enclosed by a wall measuring
some three and a half, miles in circumference,
30 feet in height and 10 feet in thickness.
Erected by means of voluntary contributions
during the latter part of the sixteenth century as
a protection against the incursions of Japanese
freebooters, this wall is surrounded on all
sides except that next the river by a ditch,
which is choked with all manner of debris.
At the present moment a project is under
consideration for demolishing the wall and
laying out the site as a drive. There are
seven gateways, and of these the north gate,
opposite the end of the Rue Montauban, is
the most freely used. Inside the city the
streets are extremely narrow and crowded,
but the provision of electric light and a good
water supply show that the spirit of progress

is abroad. The houses never exceed two according to the Chinese conception of it. At

storeys in height, and the shop-fronts lie tlie entrance stand large cages containini;

open to the street. In the City Temple are prisoners. Sometimes an unfortunate wretch

to be found the usual assortment of josses. may be seen undergoing a sentence of death

BEAUTY SPOTS ABOUT SHANGHAI.

among which the place of honour is taken
by the city god, a large idol seated upon a
gilt throne. Not far away is the City Magis-
trate's Yamen, where justice is dispensed

by "slow strangulation. His head is passed
through la hole in the top of his cage and
the supports upon which he stands are re-
moved gradually, the operation extending over

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 383

several days. In the meantime the friends
of the victim are permitted to administer
opiates to reduce his sufferings. The execu-
tion ground for those wlio receive the more
merciful sentence of decapitation is near the

pewter ware are here to be seen. The
Cantonese Guild House, also, affords an
excellent e.xample of Chinese architecture.

From the end of the French Settlement
the Bund has been continued by the Chinese

A BUSY SCENE ON THE CHINESE BUND.

south gate, which was formerly the chief
means of ingress and egress. The Taoutai's
Yamen. the finest residence in the city, lies
near the east gate, and is surrounded by
extensive and artistically laid-out grounds.
Perhaps the object of greatest interest to the
visitor is the willow pattern tea-house, which
is .said to be the original of the willow pattern
ware so popular in England. It is a two-
storeyed wooden building of octagon shape
standing in the centre of a small weed-covered
lake and approached by a zig-zag bridge,
which is supposed to offer an insuperable
barrier to the passage of evil spirits. A de-
lightful contrast to its congested surroundings
is afforded by the Mandarin tea-house and
garden. Enclosing a small pond, masses of
rockvvork rise one above another as though
hurled into position by the hand of nature,
and from their midst springs a wealth of
palms, willows, ferns, grasses, and other
vegetation. Cunningly constructed little paths
lead with many windings to a pavilion perched
on the top of the rocks, whence a bird's-eye
view is obtained of the city and the settle-
ments.

Leaving the city by the east gate, the
riverine suburb of Nantao is entered. In
this district is situated Tung-Ka-Doo Cathedral,
the largest and most important Roman
Catholic place of worhip in Shanghai. It
is in the Roman basilica style of architecture,
with nave and side aisles, but no transepts,
and was erected by Bishop de Besco in
1849 53 on a site given by the Taoutai as
compensation for some property in the city
which belonged to the Catholics before they
were expelled from China. It contains some
good paintings copied from old Masters,
including one of St. Francis Xavier, the
patron saint. Among the noteworthy
Chinese buildings are several guild houses,
by far the most striking of which is
the Mosang Way Quay, belonging to
the timber merchants. Some cleverly
executed carving, mural reliefs, and

authorities for some three miles and a half
to the Kiangnan Arsenal and Dockyard.
This improvement was undertaken in 1904,
after a fire had cleared away a noisome
collection of huts and hovels that lined the
river bank. Moored alongside the Bund is
a dense crowd of junks and sampans, the
only homes known to thousands of iChincse.

This latter is an oblong enclosure about
one hundred and fifty yards long and
sixty yards wide. Four main buildings,
separated by courts, stand one behind
the other in the middle of this enclosure.
The first is dedicated to Midoo, the
coming Buddha ; the second to Ta Tien
Waung Dien, " the God of Heaven " ; the
third to Buddha ; and the fourth to Dien
Zaum Zaung Waung, " the God of the Earth."
The largest is, of course, the temple to
Buddha. A finely executed image of the god
occupies a central position, and on either side
are figures of the two patriarchs — Kashiapa
and Ananda — seated on the sacred lotus and
borne by an elephant which rests on a
massive pedestal of red and black soapstone.
Around the wall are thirty-six images, which,
says the Rev. C. E. Darwent in his excellent
handbook on Shanghai, " are most likely the
eighteen Lohan, each one duplicated." On
either side of this main range of buildings
are smaller shrines, and the dwellings of the
priests. The two three-storeyed buildings to
the left and right of the entrance court are
the drum and bell towers, by means of
which the attention of the drowsy gods is
called to the fact that they are about to be
worshipped.

In conclusion, it is interesting to recall
that from the neighbourhood of the Loonghwa
Pagoda the Whangpoo originally Howed east-
wards through the district of Pootung, and
entered the sea at various points east of
Woosung. It was not until sometime between
the fifteenth and seventeenth centuries
that it was connected by means of a
canal with the Woosung River, which,
known to-day as the Soochow Creek,
is declared by an old historian to have
been not less than five miles wide in the
ninth century and to have covered the
country for miles north of the rifle-butts
with its waters. Truly, time in its flight
brings many changes !

THE OBSERVATORY, SICCAWEI.

From the Kiangnan Arsenal, which covers
several acres of ground, a road leads past
peach orchards, beautiful with white blossom
in April, to Loongwha, famous for its si.x-
storeyed pagoda and Buddhistic Temple.

THE RECREATION GROUND.

Very earlv in the history of the Settlement
provision was made for the recreation of
foreign residents. In 1854 certain gentlemen,

384 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

finding that the land in the English Settle-
ment was rapidly increasing in value, and
that the plot ol" ground at the north-west
comer of Park Lane (now the Nanking
RoadI and Barrier Road (now Honan Road).
known as the Old Park, and used as a race-
course and for other purposes of recreation,
was likely to be crowded out, purchased a
plot of land at the back of the Settlement,
near the Defence Creek, and laid it out as
a riding course. This course, the second
constructed since the opening of the port,
was called the Shanghai Riding Course, and
was used as a riding and racecourse. Hu|^h
Road. Chckiang Road, and Thibet Road
formed part of it.

In 1862, owing to the influx of Chinese
seeking refuge from the Taeping rebels, land
in the English Settlement increased so much
in \-alue that the trustees of the Shanghai
Riding Course decided to construct a road,
40 feet wide, through the centre of the
course, and sell the 20 feet remaining
on each side of the road so formed as
frontage to the owners of land in the interior
of and surrounding the course. By this
means the handsome sum of Tls. 100,036 was
realised. From this money Tls. 10,000 were
voted for the purpose of tilling in and re-
claiming the Consulate foreshore, so that it
might be used as a public garden or recrea-
tion ground. This scheme was carried into
execution by the Municipal Council, and the
management of the garden was in 1868
handed over to a committee of local gentle-
men. A new driving course was formed in
1862. and toll-gates were erected at various
p<jints. and persons making use of the course
had to pay tolls in accordance with the tariffs
fixed by the committee of management. In
October of the following year the trustees
handed over the lines of road formed by
them to the Municipal Council. In 1866, as
it was found impossible to defray the cost
of keeping the new driving course, now
known as the Bubbling Well Road, in proper
repair, the road was handed over to the
Municipal Council.

The real parent, however, of the many
organisations which exist at the present day
for the recreation and amusement of the
foreign residents of Shanghai was the Recrea-
tion Fund, which owed its origin to the public-
spirited action of Messrs. R. C. Antrobus,
James Whittall, Alfred Heard, and Henry
Dent. These four gentlemen issued a
circular on November 15. i860, announcing
that they h.id purchased 34 mow, 5 li of
ground in the centre of the Racecourse
(where the Town Hall now stands) opposite
Mr. Gubbay's stable, for the sum of
$2.24575. They explained that they had
acquired this property in view of the rapidly
growing state of the Settlement, which
made it expedient to procure without further
loss of time some suitable plot of land which
should always be preserved. " more especi-
ally for a cTicket ground, but also for other
games and purposes of general recreation."
The cost of rendering the ground fit for use
was estimated at from $2,000 to $3,000. thus
bringing the total outlay up to $5,000, and,
in order to meet this, subscriptions for shares
of $50 each were invited. In pursuance of
the terms of this circular a meeting of sub-
scribers of the " Recreation Fund " was held
at Messrs. Lindsay & Co.'s hong, on April i,
1861, at which it Was decided to purchase
the property from Messrs. Antrobus, Whittall,
Heard, and Dent, for purposes of general
recreation and amusement, the proviso being
inserted that the site should " never be
diverted from such purpose except by the
unanimous consent of the shareholders."

Subscriptions amounting to $6,goo (Tls. 5,36550)
were collected, and the ground was taken
over and laid out at a cost, including the
purchase money, of Tls.4,42r34, leaving in
the hands of the hon. treasurer. Mr. J. P. Tait,
an unexpended balance of Tls. 944' 16, on
June 6, 1862.

course. The original shareholders unani-
mously endorsed this policy, and a sum of
Tls. 49,425 was obtained for the property.
It was this sum which constituted tlie
original Recreation Fund. Acting on behalf
of the committee of the Kecrention Fund
Mr. Henry Dent, in 1863, purchased through

SHANGHAI STREETS.
Chekiakg Road.

SrXGKIANG KOAD.

Ui'i'ER Nanking Road.

In March of the following year the value
of land in Shanghai had appreciated so con-
siderably that it was deemed advisable to
sell the Recreation Ground and to purchase
with the proceeds a larger and more suitable
site situated in the interior of the new race-

Mr. J.unes Hogg 430 mow of land in the
interior of the Racecourse from the Kace-
Course shareholders for Tls. 12.500. Mr. Dent
also advanced as a loan to the committee of
the Shanghai Club the sum of Tls. 33,900,
to the Shanghai Rowing Club Tls. 1,400, and

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 385

to the Shanghai Baseball Club Tls. 2,0OO.
He further authorised the expenditure of
Tls. 6,764-56 for raising, levelling, and fencing
the cricket ground. The loan to the Shanghai
Club, made for the purpose of completing
the building of the club-house, subsequently
caused the members of the Club, the trustees
of the Recreation Fund, and the shareholders
of the Racecourse considerable anxiety. It

Recreation Fund was_ indebtedj to the share-
holders of the Racecourse to the extent of
Tls. 3,428, plus interest at the rate of 8 per
cent, per annum from October 23, 1862, and
had promised payment " whenever the Recrea-
tion Fund should be placed in funds by the
receipt of monies advanced by them to the
Shanghai Club." After several schemes had
been proposed for placing the Shanghai Club

NATIVE CRAFT AND A HOUSE-BOAT PARTY ON A CREEK CLOSE TO

SHANGHAI.

seems that the trustees of the Recreation
Fund eventually found themselves unable
to discharge their liabilities to the Race
Club. A meeting of the shareholders was
held on January 26, 1868, at which it was
ascertained that Mr. Dent, acting on behalf
of the Recreation P'und Committee, had, on
September i, 1865, acknowledged that the

on a firm financial footing and enabling it to
repay the sum due to the Recreation Fund,
the club building was on December 17, 1869,
sold to Mr. Francis A. Groom, on behalf of
the Shanghai Recreation Fund, for Tls. 35,000.
Under an order of the Supreme Court
new trustees of the Recreation Fund were
appointed, consisting of the chairman for the

time being of the Municipal Council, the
manager of the Hongkong and Shanghai
Bank, Messrs. F. B. Johnson, F. A. Groom,
David Read, and F. B. Forbes. These
trustees were authorised to realise the trust
either by purchasing the Club and re-mort-
giiging it, or otherwise as they might be
advised, and, as soon as they had the neces-
sary funds, to repay the shareholders their
original subscription of $50 per share, the
balance to be devoted to such purposes of
recreation as seemed naturally to fall within
the original intention of the donors. From
that date onwards the fund prospered, the
arrears of rent and interest, as well as various
debts, were paid to it by the clubs that had
leased portions of the Recreation Ground or
had received loans, and the committee of the
Shanghai Club, after renting the property
which they had formerly held, ultimately
recovered the lease.

From time to time the Recreation Fund
has initiated and supported numerous projects
for the entertainment of the foreign residents.
The Lyceum Theatre, Yacht Club, Rowing
Club, Cricket Club, Baseball Club, Museum,
P'lower Show, and Public Band have all in
turn been indebted to it. In 1894 the trustees
agreed to let to the Municipal Council on
lease for the purpose of a public park and
recreation ground for foreigners only all the
land inside the Shanghai Racecourse except
that portion occupied by the Shanghai
Cricket Club, the Shanghai Recreation Club,
the Shanghai Swimming Bath Club, and the
inner, or training course. The rent agreed
upon was Tls. 600 Shanghai sycee per
annum. In 1902 the trustees, acting on
behalf of the Municipal Council, secured a
large plot of ground, bordered on one side
by the railway and on the other by the
rifle-range, and made a contribution towards
the cost of laying it out as a recreation
ground, and in 1905 they made a grant of
Tls. 3,000 to the Municipal Council towards
the cost of constructing a public swimming
bath on the property.

The present financial position of the fund
(1908) is exceedingly satisfactory. An income
of about Tls. 3,000 per annum is derived
from the interest on loans to various clubs
and investments in debentures. The assets
on December 31, 1907, were Tls. 86,782'5o.
Of this Tls. 31,000 represents the nominal
value of the interior of the Racecourse, the
actual value of which, as gauged by the
surrounding lands, is nearer Tls. 3,000,000

The changes in the trustees have been
very numerous, upwards of forty gentlemen
having administered the trust from time to
time. The secretaries, on the other hand,
have been very few. Mr. F. A. Groom held
office for several years down to 1880 ; on his
retirement Mr. George R. Corner succeeded
to the position for eighteen years ; and upon
his death, in 1898, the present secretary,
Mr. Crawford D. Kerr, was appointed.

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

The North-China Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society sprang from the Shanghai Literary
and Asiatic Society, which was founded on
October 16, 1857. The Rev. E. C. Bridgman,
D.D., the first president of the newly formed
Society, delivered an inaugural address of
great interest, and a paper was also read by
Sir F. W. NicolGon, Bart., Captain of H.M.S.
Pique, on " Cyclones, or the Law of Storms."

This Society, after communication with tlie
Royal Asiatic Society of London, was soon
organised into the North-China Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society. Mr. Alexander Wylie

386 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and Mr. (afterwards Sir) Harry Parkes were,
perhaps, the most interested persons in the
early development of the Society, although the
names of Dr. Edkins, Dr. Bridgnian, Dr.
Griffith John. Dr. Muirhead, Dr. Benjamin
Hobson, Sir Walter Mcdhurst, Dr. Martin,
Dr. Breitschneider. Mr. T. \V. Kingsmill,
Dr. Macgowan, Dr. Faber, Mr. Joseph von
Haas. Mr. P. G. von MoUendorff, and Mr.
G. M. H. Playfair, should also be mentioned
as having been prominently associated with
the Society in its early days. A journal,
which formerly made its appearance at
irregular intervals, has recently been published
by the Society every year. In this has been
gathered a collection of papers on literary and
scientific subjects connected with China, such
as can be found in no other publications with
the possible exception of the China Rcvicjv.
All those who have distinguished themselves
in the study of Chinese literature during the
last three-quarters of a century have been
contributors to its pages.

The Society has also a very valuable library
of about six thousand volumes, which was
commenced by the purchase of the library of
Mr. Alexander Wylie and has been added to
year by year. it has been recently re-
catalogued after modern methods, and forms
a valuable source of reference for students of
things Chinese.

The museum was founded at a general
meeting, held on February 13, 1874. The
committee appointed to establish the museum
consisted of Messrs. Michie, Groom, Fitzgerald,
and Pryer. The museum is controlled by the
council of the North-China Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society. It contains good
specimens of the birds and reptiles of China,
and is Visited daily by hundreds of people.
Its development and classification have been
largely the work of Mr. F. W. Styan and
Dr. A. Stanley.

The Society holds regular monthly meetings
during the winter months, at which papers
are presented, followed by discussion of the
contents.

FREEMASONRY.

Shanghai is the headquarters of Free-
masonry in Northern China, and the Masonic
Hall on the Bund is centrally situated
and well adapted for Masonic purposes. The
present handsome structure was completed
in 1867, and was built entirely out of funds
subscribed by lodges working in Shanghai
under the English Constitution. Exclusive of
the land on which it stands, the cost was
nearly TIs. 40,000. The interests of the
owners are vested in an E.\ecutive Com-
mittee consisting of representatives of the
Northern Lodge, the Royal Sussex Lodge,
and the Tuscan Lodge, whose duties and
responsibilities are laid down in an agree-
ment dated June 24, 1865. The Chinese
name of the Masonic Hall is " Kwei-Ken-
Tang," meaning " Compass and Square Hall,"
which was adopted at the suggestion of
Mr. Medhurst, the Consul.

In the early days of Shanghai, Masonic
meetings were held in houses of Chinese
construction in Church Street, now known as
Kiangse Road, opposite the Cathedral Com-
pound, but in 1854 land was procured and
a building erected in Nanking Road. This
was eventually sold, and in iSifti the second
Masonic Hall was erected in Canton Road at
a cost of TIs. 11,500. These two buildings
were the property of the Northern Lodge of
China, No. 570, E.C. In 1864, it was found
necessary to find more commodious accom-
modation, and the three before-mentioned
lodges joined forces and erected the present

hall, which is now being enlarged and
improved.

From the commencement of the Masonic
organisation in the Far East until the year
1877 the whole of China was worked as
one "province" or "district." In the year
1877 a patent was granted to Bro. Cornelius
Thome, who formed the first District Grand
Lodge of " Northern China." He occupied
the position of District Grand Master until
1885, when he resigned, and was succeeded
in the office by Bros. J. I. Miller, Lewis
Moore, and W. H. Anderson, the present
D.G.M., who has announced his intention of
resigning in October. The English lodges
working under the District Grand Master of
Northern China are Royal Sussex Lodge,
No. 501 ; Northern Lodge of China, No.
570 ; Tuscan Lodge, No. 1027 ; Doric Lodge
(Chinkiang), No. 1433 ; Union Lodge (Tientsin),
No. 1951 ; Northern Star of China (New-
chwang. No. 2673 ; Far Cathay (Hankow),
No. 2855 ; Coronation (Tientsin), No. 2951 ;
Daintree (VVeihaiweil, No. 2938 ; Kiukiang,
No. 2984, and Tongshan, No. 3001.

Freemasonry under the Scottish Constitu-
tion is represented by Lodge Cosmopolitan,
No. 428, working under a warrant dated
March 7, 1864, and Lodge Saltoun, No. 936.
There has been only one other Scottish
Lodge opened in Shanghai, viz., St. Andrew's
in the Far East, No. 493, which was closed
in 1874 after an existence of five years.
The Star of Central China (Hankow), No. 511,
was also closed after a brief existence. At
the present time a lodge working under
Scotch auspices is held in Chefoo.

Freemasonry under the American Con-
stitution (Massachusetts Constitution) consists
of a District Grand Lodge, whose present
head is R.W. Bro. G. A. Derby, his pre-
decessors being Bros. J. R. Hykes, D.D.,
A. W. Danforth, D. C. Jansen, J. B. Eames,
W. C. Blanchard, and C. E. Hill.

The warrant of Ancient Landmark Lodge
is dated December 14, 1864. American
Masonry is also represented in Shanghai by
Shanghai Lodge and Simin Lodge.

The Lodge Germania, founded in 1872, and
officially known as St. Johannis Freimaurer
Loge, Germania in Orient zu Shanghai, had
a flourishing existence in its early years, but
on account of decreased membership was
closed in 1883. It was revived, however,
and is now having a most successful career,
the present master being Bro. M. Mittag.

In addition to the foregoing Masonic
bodies there are the Zion Royal Arch
Chapter. No. 570, E.C. ; Rising Sun Royal
Arch Chapter, No. 129, E.C. ; the Keystone
Royal Arch Chapter (American Constitution) ;
Orient Mark Masters Lodge, No. 482, E.C. ;
the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite ; the
Royal Order of Scotland ; the Orient Con-
sistory, No. I, Ancient and Accepted Scottish
Rite, U.S.A. ; and Cathay Council of Kadosh,
No. 2, of the Southern Jurisdiction, U.S.A.

In addition to frequent contributions to
the Central Masonic Charities in England, a
local Charity Fund is established on a solid
foundation, and is constantly meeting claims.
Its funds are augmented bi-annually by a
Masonic Ball, which is held under the
auspices of the Craft, and forms one of
the public functions of Shanghai. The
Freemasons were responsible for the com-
mencement of the Shanghai Public School,
which was carried on by them for many
years, and known as the Masonic School
until 1893. In that year the committee
recommended that the ratepayers should take
over the management of the school, and this
was accordingly done under an agreement
between the Council of the Masonic School

Fund and the Shanghai Municipal Council.
By this agreement the Fraternity secured
the free education of four children.

CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.

The Shanghai Chamber of Commerce was
formed by the various British houses inter-
ested in the trade of the port in 1847,
under the chairmanship of Mr. A. G. Dallas.
Its object, as stated in the present rules, is
" to watch over and protect the general
interests of commerce, to collect information
on all matters of interest to the mercantile
community, and to use every means within
its power for the removal of evils, the
redress of grievances, and the promotion
of the common good ; to communicate
with authorities and others thereupon ; to
form a code of practice whereby the trans-
action of business may be simplified and
facililaled ; to receive references and to
arbitrate between disputants — the decisions in
such references to be recorded for future
guidance." These objects it has striven
always to accomplish, and the measure of its
success has been proportionate to the increase
of membership and sphere of influence which
have accompanied the development of trade
in the Settlement. The Chamber was re-
constituted in 1863 and its title changed to
"The Shanghai General Chamber of Com-
merce," the privileges of membership, which
had hitherto been restricted to British subjects,
being extended to all foreign houses without
regard to their nalioiiality. From this date,
therefore, the committee, representing as a
body the whole of the trading interests in
Shanghai, have been in a position to address
all foreign Governments having Treaty rela-
tions with China. The usual procedure is
to address the Senior Consul, who communi-
cates with the doyen of the diplomatic body
in Peking. The membership now numbers
136, and includes 73 British, 28 German, 11
American, 6 French, 5 Japanese, 4 Swiss, 3
Dutch, 2 Danish, and 2 Italian firms, and i
Norwegian and i Russian firm.

Unfortunately, owing to the absence of
early records, it is impossible to follow our
usual custom and recount the principal
achievements of the Chamber from its forma-
tion up to the present day. The Conservancy
of the Whangpoo, now in progress, and the
establishment of the Board of Conservators
is, however, one important public improve-
ment which may be traced almost directly
to the efforts of the Chamber.

THE SHANGHAI LIBRARY.

Thk Shanghai Library was established as a
subscription library in 1849, its affairs being
managed by a committee of subscribers, who
have of late years thrown it open to the
general public. In 1890 the sum of TIs. 500
was voted by the Municipal Council to the
Library in consideration of the institution
being thrown open to the public as a
free reading room. Subsequently, the Library
entered into possession of its present quarters
on the ground floor of the Town Hall, in the
Nanking Road, and the grant of the
Municipality was increased to TIs. 1,000, in
return for which the connnittee agreed to
furnish a free reading room, with local and
foreign newspapers, reviews, and magazines,
besides supplying the police stations with
books free of charge. The Library contains
about thirteen thousand volumes, and receives
monthly a supply of books from its London
agents amounting to between three and four

I, 4, 5. Club Concordia.

SHANGHAI CLUBS.

2, 3. Shanghai Club.

388 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

hundred works a year. The subscription
for a year is $l6 ; for six months, $9 ;
and for three months, $5. The number
of sul>scrit>ers averages from 130 to 140
annually.

THE SHANGHAI CLUB.

The Shanghai Club, the centre of the business
and social life of the Settlement, is one of
the largest institutions of its kind in the Far
East. It has about thirteen hundred mem-
bers, three-fourths of whom are British,
while nearly seven hundred reside in
Shanghai. The entrance fee is $100, and
the monthly subscription, $7. Absent mem-
bers pay a nominal subscription of $5 a
year. To be eligible for membership a
candidate must either have been resident in
Shanghai for six months, or have t)een a
member of some other recognised club. A
visitor may be admitted as a paying guest
for a fortnight, not exceeding three times in
any one year. Commissioned officers on the
active list in the European, American,
Colonial, and Japanese naval, military, and
diplomatic services may, upon the invitation
of the committee, become members of the
Club by paying the monthly subscription,
without entrance fee, but they are not
entitled to vote. The Club is not at present
affiliated with any of the home clubs, although
the members are usually accorded visitors'
privileges by the Thatched House Club in
London. There is a reciprocal arrangement
with the Hongkong, Singapore, Bengal,
Yokohama, and Kobe Clubs, under which the
members of those institutions are entitled to
use the Shanghai Club, and vice versa, for
three months, on payment of the ordinary
subscription, but without entrance fee.

The early history of the Club is one of
many vicissitudes. A committee of several
well-known residents was formed in 1862,
and plans and estimates were prepared for
the erection of a club-house upon ground,
3\ mow in extent, formerly occupied by
Mr. Hiram Fogg's store and a wood-yard.
Finding themselves in difliculties in 1863, the
management borrowed from the '• Recreation
Fund " TIs. 33,900 with which to complete the
building. The new Club was opened in 1864,
but was seriously handicapped by want of
funds, and eventually, in 1869, the building
was sold for TIs. 35,000 to Mr. Francis A.
Groom, acting on behalf of the trustees of
the Recreation Fund. The Shanghai Club
continued, however, to rent the building, and
in course of time was able to recover the
lease. During the eighties a period of
prosperity set in, and the Club has ever
since held a sound financial position.

At the time of writing, the Club is
occupying temporary quarters in the Jinkee
Road, pending the erection of new premises
on the site of the old building on the
Bund. On account of the limited accommo-
dation available, the committee of the Club
Concordia have very courteously invited
members of the Shanghai Club to make use
of their premises on payment of $3 a month,
and about a hundred members have availed
themselves of this privilege.

There is some doubt as to who designed
the old club-house. It was substantially
built, and contained two large dining rooms,
private dining rooms, three billiard rooms,
card rooms, a library, reading room, bar, and
oyster bar. There were also twelve bed-
rooms for the use of members. The shell
of the old building, which was sold when
the management decided to rebuild, realised
TIs. 7400.

The new building, designed by Mr. B. H.
Tarrant, will be in the English Renaissance
style of architecture, with turrets about
120 feet in height. It will be carried out in
brick, with a stone front, and will consist of
six storeys. The ground floor and first floor
will contain a main entrance hall, 120 feet
by 40 feet ; a dining room, 100 feet by
50 feet ; a bar, 110 feet in length — probably
the largest in the Far East ; two billiard
rooms, each containing five tables ; card
rooms ; library ; and reading room. In the
basement there will be an oyster bar, barber's
shop, bicycle stand, and bowling alley. The
library, upon which the Club expends annually
about ;f400, contains upwards of twenty
thousand volumes. On the second and third
floors, reached by electric lifts, there will be
forty bedrooms for members and visitors,
and the top floors will contain the servants'
quarters and kitchens. The building will be
of fire-resisting construction, and electric
lighting, refrigerating plant, cold storage, and
other modern conveniences will be provided.
The cost of the new premises is estimated
at about TIs. 250,000, exclusive of furniture.

The interests of the members are vested
in a committee of twelve, of which Mr.
W. A. C. Piatt is chairman, and Mr. A. W.
Marshall, vice-chairman. The secretary of
the Club is Captain C. G. Close, and the staff
includes a European assistant secretary and
two European stewards, besides about 135
Chinese clerks, librarians, bar-boys, billiard
markers, dining-room boys, and coolies.

THE COUNTRY CLUB.

The Country Club, now the centre of social
life in Shanghai, was the outcome of a casual
suggestion. It seems that Messrs. F. C.
Forbes, F. A. Groom, and C. D. Kerr were
taking a stroll together one Sunday afternoon
in January of 1879, when they noticed that
a piece of waste land, some 11 mow in
extent, lying between the present Club and
the road leading out of Love Lane, was
advertised for sale, and the idea occurred to
one of them that this would form an admirable
site for a club, the primary object of which
would be to place all the conveniences of the
existing institutions, together with certain
additional facilities for out-door recreation,
within easy reach of residents in that part
of the Settlement. The suggestion speedily
found acceptance, a prospectus was issued,
and, at a meeting held on April 2nd of the
same year, it was unanimously decided that
a club should be formed, with a membership
limited to eighty. The erection of a club-
house was commenced forthwith, and the
building was ready for occupation in the
following July. The premises were unpre-
tentious, consisting simply of a large central
room, with a small room on one side that
would just accommodate two billiard tables,
and two rooms on the other. The grounds
were tastefully laid out, but in spite of
their attractiveness the Club had a very pre-
carious existence for the first twelve months.
At the end of the first half-year, out of 90
members who had joined, 21 had already
resigned, and, although families of members
were admitted as honorary members, few
availed themselves of the privilege. Many
schemes were devised for making the Club
more popular. Theatricals and dances were
successfully inaugurated, and during the
following summer the new Town Band played
in the gardens each evening. On April 21,
1881, the Club was formed into a proprie-
tary body, shares being issued to each of the
eighty members.

In the following January, the adjacent
property, measuring about 40 mow, and
including " The Lawn," was purchased, but
the members had hardly entered into their
new quarters when they recognised that they
had made a mistake in parting with the old
Club grounds, and on June 12th, in the same
year, they decided to re-purchase the lower
half of the area. In the winter a new wing
was added to the premises in order to provide
a suitable stage for theatiicals. In 1897,
extensive additions were made to the billiard
and reading rooms, and quite recently the
adjoining property, " Pendry, " was purchased
with the object, no doubt, of including it at
some future date, in the Club grounds.

Altogether many thousands of taels have
been spent on improvements, in one way or
another, and the Club now is as thoroughly
equipped and as comfortable as the most
exacting could desire. In appearance it
resembles a large private country residence,
surrounded by beautiful shady trees, green
lawns, and well - kept gardens, the whole
occupying an area of nearly 60 mow. The
rooms are light, airy, and tastefully furnished.
On the ground floor there are, in addition to
the bar and secretarial offices, a reading room,
ladies' room, drawing room, and smoking
room, a court for squash racquets, and the
theatre which, during the winter and in wet
weather, is often utilised for " Badminton."
The top floor contains a billiard room with
seven tables, a large dressing room with
lockers for the convenience of those members
who play tennis or any of the other games
in progress during the summer months, a
card room, and a dozen or more bathrooms.

The management of the Club is vested in a
committee composed at the present time of
Messrs. W. S. Jackson, H. W. G. Hayter,
J. McKie, K. Macgregor, H. A. J. Macray,
W. A. C. Piatt, and C. W. Wrightson.
There are sub-committees for arranging
entertainments, supervising the out-door games,
looking after the garden and grounds, &c.
The secretarial duties are carried out by Mr.
Brook. The Club has a membership of 225,
the full number allowed by the rules, in
addition to the honorary lady members. The
qualifications for membership include a six
months' residence in Shanghai, the entrance fee
is $150, and the monthly subscription is $10.

THE CLUB CONCORDIA.

It is related that two Englishmen and two
Scotsmen were once cast away on a desert
island, and when, a year or so later, they
were rescued by a passing vessel, it was
found that the Englishmen had not spoken
to one another because they had not been
introduced, whereas the Scotsmen had formed
a local branch of the Caledonian Society!
The story, apocryphal though it be, serves
to show, by contrast, the gregarious nature
of the Scotch. If anything were needed to
prove the possession of a similar character-
istic by the Germans, the many splendidly
equipped clubs which they have established
in the Far East would amply suffice. At
Shanghai, the Club Concordia is one of the
most handsome structures on the Bund. It
is a three-storeyed building in the German
Renaissance style of architecture, and the
interior is furnished and decorated with un-
usual sumptuousness.

The Club had its origin at a meeting of
some fifty gentlemen, held on October 20,
1865, at the old hong of Messrs. Oxford & Co.,
the Acting Prussian Consul-General presiding.
At this meeting it was decided to rent the
house of Mr. Probst, situated on the south

2. Thk Masonic Club.

5. The Kace Club.

SHANGHAI CLUBS.

1, 3. THK Country Chh.

4. Deutschek Gartexvereix.

^90 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

side of Kmx-hovv Road, between Kokien
and Shantung Kixids, for an annual rental
of TIs. 2,000. The entrance fee was fixed at
$10. and the monthly subscription at $5.

The Club entered into possession of their
premises on January 10, 1866, when there
was a membership of about ninety on the roll.
In 1871. $500 were voted for the purpose of
forming a Club library. In April, 1880, the
Chib obt-iined the lease of a house on the
comer of Szechuen and Canton Roads, and
this remained their habitat until February,
1907.

In the meantime several proposals had been
made for erecting a special club building,
but they were abandoned one after another
owing to the difficulty of obtaining the
necessary capital. Eventually, however, a
scheme submitted by Mr. Lundt and a special
committee was adopted at an extraordinary
meeting in June, 1903. Considerable difficulty
was experienced in securing a suitable site,
until finally the building committee, chiefly
through the efforts of the late Mr. Snethlage,
\ succeeded in acquiring the old hong of
Messrs. Gibb, Livingston & Co., on the
Bund, owned at the time by the Shanghai
Land Investment Company. Designs and
estimates for the new building were invited
from all the architects in China, and of the
three prizes offered for the best designs, the
first was awarded to Mr. H. Becker for that
from which the present handsome edifice was
constructed. The architect for the- interior
was Mr. Baedecker. The foundation stone
was laid by H.R.H. Prince Adalbert of
Prussia on October 22, 1904, in the presence
of a large gathering of the prominent
residents of the Settlement. The building
operations extended over two and a half
years, the members entering into occupation
on February 4, 1907.

The premises cost TIs. 550,000. They are
very commodious, well arranged, and elegantly
appointed. A feature of the Club is the carved
wood-wotk throughout the building, and the
stained glass with which all the windows are
filled. The decoration of the hall is carried
out in a rich shade of terra-cotta relieved with
bronze-green and ivory. The lofty groined
ceiling is supported by magnificent pillars,
the gift of Mr. Hermann Melchers, of Bremen.
Near the foot of the stairway is a beautiful
fountain, presented by the Russian Bank, and
opposite it there is a large picture, composed
of tiles let into the wall, which was given by
the Dutch Bank. On the entrance floor is
the bar room, decorated with beautiful mural
paintings representing Berlin and Bremen.
On the rafters of the ceiling are painted
several well-chosen quotations in German.
The apartment is lighted at night by a
number of fine electroliers, which were pre-
sented by the Bremen Club members, and it
contains a gift from some Swiss friends,
consisting of a tall grandfather's clock, inlaid
with various kinds of wood, representing
landscapes. Four fine panels, also, were
contributed by the Norddeutscher-Lloyd.
The prevailing tone of the decorations is
grey-blue against a background of cream and
cedar-brown. On the same floor are the
billiard room, containing six tables, and the
reading room, which is well supplied with
periodicals and papers. The library has a
splendidly selected assortment of some 23,000
volumes in various languages.

From the hall a magnificent flight of
marble stairs, presented by Mr. Hermann
Melchers, leads to the first floor, upon which
is situated the dining room — a spacious, lofty,
and well-lighted apartment, with a musicians'
gallery at one end of it. Views of Berlin,
Vienna, and Munich are depicted on the walls.

which are finely panelled, while the coat of
arms of nearly every nation is represented in
the stained-glass windows. Adjoining the
dining room is the Kaiser Saal, a lofty and
commodious apartment with a parquet floor
for dancing. It contains a picture of the
Kaiser, presented by the German Cruiser
Squadron, and is lighted at night by means of
a very handsome electrolier. Leading out
of this room and approachable, also, from the
corridor are two other apartments whicli are
reserved respectively for the use of ladies and
for cards and other in-door games.

The membership has increased by 25 per
cent, since the Club entered its new premises,
and now numbers 540,

in the Rue Montauban opposite the French
Post Oflice, contain a billiard room, reading
room, bar, and other appointments.

THE MASONIC CLUB.

The Masonic Club, which rents a portion of
the Masonic Hall on the Bund, was founded
in 1882, and now has a membership of about
three hundred. Regular members, who must,
of course, belong to the Fraternity, pay an
entrance fee of $75, and an annual subscription
of $72. Masons visiting the Settlement may
enjoy the privileges of the Club, after ballot,
for three months without entrance fee, on
payment of $6 a month ; whilst resident
members are entitled to nominate, for a period
of a fortnight only, visiting members who need
not necessarily be Masons. The ailairs of the
Club are managed by a committee of fifteen
members, who elect one of their number
annually as president. The present holder of
the office is Captain J. Vaughan. Tlie ground
floor and first floor of tlie premises are
allocated to the use of the Club and contain a
library, reading room, reception room, dining
room, bar, and billiard room. The growth of
Freemasonry in recent years has been such
that the Masonic Hall cannot now meet all the
demands made upon it, and a scheme of
enlargement has been entered upon. The
rear portion of the building has been razed
to the ground, preparatory to rebuilding, and
as soon as this is completed a large slice of
the front portion of the Hall will be similarly
treated. When the whole of the alterations
have been carried out, the Club will be located
on the first floor, and the space available for
Lodge and other purely Masonic purposes will
be very materially increased.

The secretary of the Club, Mr. A. H.
Campbell, a Mason of thirty-seven years'
standing, has just completed his first term of
office, and is entering upon a second term of
three years.

LE CERCLE SPORTIF
FRANCAIS.

The French Sporting Club was started by
a few prominent French residents in 1904,
It is situated in the Rue Voyron, near the
Military Camp, and has a membership of
about one hundred and seventy-five. The
president is Dr. Fresson. The premises
and grounds are leased from the French
Municipal Council, at a nominal rent of a
dollar a year, and embrace a dozen tennis
courts and an excellent alley for French
bowls.

THE FRENCH CLUB.

The French Club has been established for
some years as a place of social intercourse
for members of the French Volunteer Com-
panies and Fire Brigade. The president is
Mons. A. Berthet, foreman of " Le Torrent "
Company. The premises, which are situated

THE SHANGHAI AMATEUR
DRAMATIC CLUB.

The Shanghai Amateur Dramatic Club was
founded in 1866, and during the forty-two
years of its existence it has given no fewer
than 150 performances. It was not, however,
the first organisation of its kind, for as early
as 1864 there existed two histrionic societies
known as tlie " Rangers " and the " Footpads,"
while a playbill is still extant of an amateur
perfoimance that took place in May, 1853.
The present A.D.C. was, indeed, the outcome
of an amalgamation of the two old clubs on
November 30, 1866. The earlier perfor-
mances had been held in various unoccupied
godowns, but under the new management the
New Lyceum Theatre — a wooden building, of
much the same dimensions as the existing
Lvceum Theatre — was erected in the Gnaomen
Road, Here, on March 1, 1867, the A.D.C.
opened their active career with a farce in
one act, entitled, " Whitebait at Greenwich,"
followed by Burnand's burlesque, " Faust and
Marguerite." All the actors adopted stage
names, and men were cast for the women's
parts. Altogether, six entertaiiunents of two
plays each were presented during 1867. The
theatre was totally destroyed by fire in 1871,
and the Club were indebted to the Club
Concordia for the use of their theatre pending
the erection of new premises. In 1874 the
present Lyceum Theatre, a substantial structure
situated at the corner of Hongkong Road and
Museum Roads was completed. It was opened
on January 27th, a farce, " Incompatability of
Temper," and the well-known comedy,
'' Masks and Faces," being selected for the
occasion, The soth performance, given on
April 18, 1876, was noteworthy as marking
the introduction of ladies to the amateur stage
in Shanghai ; and it is hardly necessary to
record that the play selected — T. W. Robertson's
"School" — was more than usually successful.
Burlesques were, perhaps, the most popular
form of play, for the reason that they lent
themselves to local and topical allusions and
mild personalities, which never failed to appeal
to the audiences. The looth performance, a
.Shanghai version of Byron's burlesque, " The
Tale of Tell re-tokl," was held on March 2,
1893, and put a period to a spell of depression
which had lasted about five years. The
piece had a run of four nights, and met with
such a gratifying reception, tliat in the
following November " The Patriot and the
Pippin," a still further departure from the
original, was produced. A performance of
Gilbert and Sullivan's " H.M.S. Pinafore," in
February, 1880, was the first attempt made
by the A.D.C. at comic opera, but though it
jiroved to be the most popular success up to
that date, no further essay was made in the
direction of Savoy opera until 1895. With
the exception of the Falstaff scenes from
•' Henry IV," which were once staged, no
Shakespearian performance has ever been
given ; but the Club are ambitious, and there
is some hope that, in the near future, an
attempt may he made to present a com-
plete Shakespearian play. " The Admirable
Crichton" was presented, for the 150th per-
formance, in the sjiring of 1908, and its
phenomenal success augurs well for the
future of the A.D.C.

Membership of the Club is open to all
nationalities, but is limited to sixty in nuinber.
The subscription is ?5 per annum.

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. o9l

GERMAN

AMATEUR DRAMATIC

SOCIETY.

There are records showing that a German
Amateur Dramatic Society existed in Shanghai
as far back as 1870. For some reason it was
disbanded, and there was no question of its
revival until three years ago, when Schiller's
centenary was celebrated by a special per-
formance of "Wallenstein." A number of
Germans, encouraged by their success on
this occasion, then set to work to reorganise
a dramatic society, and the productions given
every year since at the Lyceum Theatre,
freely placed at their disposal by the Amateur

agency in raising the standard of music in
Shanghai. The Society was formed in tlie
autumn of 1901 by a number of German
residents, whose object was to secure the
very best talent available for the concerts
which, it was proposed, should be given under
the Society's auspices at stated intervals during
the year. These concerts leapt rapidly into
public favour, and now form an important and
popular feature of the winter entertainments
in the International Settlement. They were
held during the first few years in the
Masonic Hall ; afterwards, when larger
accommodation was required, in the Lyceum
Theatre ; and are now given in the Town
Hall. The reorganisation of the town baud
alone provides very tangible evidence of the
effect which the Society has had on the

CHINESE Y.M.C.A., SHANGHAI.

Dramatic Club, have met with increasing
favour, their last performance, that of Strauss'
light opera, " Die Fledermans," in which some
seventy persons took part, surpassing all others.
Mr. Carl Fink, to whose efforts the revival of
the Society was largely due, is chairman of
the committee ; while among those who
have taken an active part in the work of
organisation, the names of Mr. K. Kosenbaum,
Captain Schellhaus and Mr. Finger should be
mentioned.

DEUTSCHER KONZERT
VEREIN.

Lovers of music owe a deep debt of gratitude
to this Association, which has had, perhaps,
a more direct influence than any other known

musical life of the community. For the
earlier public concerts assistance had to be
obtained from the musicians attached to one
or other of the German warships, and, later,
an orchestra from Tsingtau was employed.
Public opinion was directed towards this
anomaly, with the result that last year
Herr Buck and eight German musicians
were engaged by the Municipality. They
brought about such an improvement that
the band soon reached the standard desired
by the Society, and now no help at all
from outside the Settlement is required.
Although the Association was originated
by Germans, and since its formation has
been principally officered by them, the
membership is by no means confined to
one nationality. All those who care for
music are welcomed.

THE FRENCH AMATEUR
DRAMATIC SOCIETY.

This Society was formed about the year
1868, membership being restricted to residents
of French nationality. In 1892, however,
after a period of torpor extending from 1886,
the Society was reorganised, and foreigners
of any nationality were eligible for admission.
From the autumn of 1903 the Society has
been limited to two hundred members, because
there are only 400 good seats in the Lyceum
Theatre, in which the plays are produced,
and two tickets are issued to each member.
Since 1892 thirty-one performances have
been given, among the most successful of
which may be mentioned •' Les Cloches de
Corneville," " Blanchette," " Le Manage de
Barillon," " Les Divorcjons," and " Les Joies
du Foyer."

THE YOUNG MEN'S
CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.

The first Young Men's Christian Association
in China was established among the European
young men of Shanghai more than twenty
years ago, and the first college Y.M.C.A.
was formed among Chinese students in one
of the leading Christian colleges of North
China in 1885. The rapid growth of the
Association, however, began with the arrival
of the first foreign secretary in 1895. It
was this secretary, Mr. D. W. Lyon, sent to
China by the Inlernational Committee of the
Young Men's Christian Associations of North
America, who established the first city
Association for Chinese young men in
Tientsin. Since that date city associations
for Cliinese business and professional men
have been established in Tientsin, Shanghai,
Hongkong, Canton, Foochow, Tsingtau,
Chefoo, and Peking. The organisation has
been particularly privileged to work among
the educated classes of these cities. In this
they have been assisted by the college
Young Men's Christian Associations which
are established in more than forty schools
of higher learning in almost every province
of the Empire. These college associations
h we a membership of about three thousand.

The work among the European young
men in China is confined to Hongkong and
Shanghai, the two principal centres of
foreign population. I'he various Young
Mens Christian Associations of Shanghai
are organised under one general advisory
committee, with a general secretary. The
object is to unify the various associations and
decide questions of relationships, but each
Association is given the fullest degree of
autonomy as far as its inner work is concerned.
There are in Shanghai a foreign Y.M.C.A.
for Europeans and Americans, a Chinese
Y.M.C.A., a Japanese Y.M.C.A., and eight
colle-e Y.M.C.A.'s.

The Foreign Young Men's Christian
Association of Shanghai was organised in
the middle eighties and had a useful, but
somewhat intermittent, existence, until re-
organised in 1900. Since that time the
Association, organised on an '• institutional "
basis, with a building or rooms, has advanced
in spite of many difficulties. The suite of
rooms now occupied at No. 4A, Peking Koad,
comprise a reading room billiard room, social
rooms, &c., and offer a comfortable home for
the European and American young men
whose lot is cast in Sliangh.ii. The work of
the Association is guided by a board of
directors and a secretary, the Rev. R. G.

392 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Winning, whose connection with Holy
Trinity Cathedral and his own personal
capabilities, make him a strong leader. The
various activities of the Association are carried
on by means of committees made up of the
memt>ers of the Association.

The Chinese Yoi'ng Men's Christian
Association is loyally supported. The Asso-
ciation occupies a large building situated at
No. 120, Szeehuen Road. This property is
the fourth held by the Association since
its organisation by Mr. R. E. Lewis, of the
International Committee, New York, in 1900,
and was opened in October, 1907. The cost
of the site was about TIs. 50,000, and this
was contributed chiefly by Chinese gentry
and officials. The fund for the building
(about TIs. 94,000), was contributed by
Americans interested in the development of
the Association in the Far East, and was
raised by the then general secretary of the
Association, Mr. R. E. Lewis, through co-
operation with the International Committee.
The building is a three-storeyed structure. The
ground floor in front is occupied by stores,
the rentals for which are devoted to the up-
keep of the building and to the promotion of
its activities. At the rear on this floor is
located the gymnasium, 60 feet by 40 feet,
with shower bath and locker rooms. The
directors have engaged the services of a
foreign gjrmnastic expert, who will soon
arrive to take charge of the equipment and
train young men in its use. The first floor
of the building is constructed on the plan of
a rotunda, with social and reading rooms
leading from it. Here are located the general
offices and the secretarial offices. On the
same floor is the Martyrs' Memorial Hall,
which is capable of seating 700 people, and
is used for entertainments, lectures, and
religious meetings. On the second floor are
the dining rooms and kitchens, where Chinese
or foreign food may be obtained, and the
offices of the general committee of the Y.M.C.A.
of China and Korea. The remainder of the
floor is reserved for day and evening classes
for Chinese men.

The local Association's activities are ex-
tensive. The budget for 1907 exceeded
$18,000. In the educational work there are
lectures and class work. In the latter there
are, in all, 375 different students regularly
enrolled and paying fees — 170 in the day
course in Chinese and English, and over two
hundred in evening classes studying English,
German, Mandarin, book-keeping, shorthand,
building construction, and other subjects.
The work done through special lecture course
is less regular but not less valuable, for the
foreign and native talent of Shanghai is
called into requisition.

Social and religious work occupies an
important place in the programme of the
Y.M.C.A. Almost every week some social
event is held in the building for the purpose
of bringing the members into more intimate
relationship. The employment department
seeks to put in touch with foreign firms
capable men who are either members of the
Association or come from other parts of the
Empire with letters of recommendation.
Religious meetings are held in English and
Mandarin, as well as in the native dialect,
and are so numerous that they cannot be
mentioned in detail. The last report shows
over three hundred in regular Bible-study
classes.

The Association is under a Chinese board
of directors, of which Taoutai Wong
Koh-shan, of the Shanghai-Nanking Railway,
is chairman. The general secretary at present
is Mr. W. W. Lock wood, a representative
of the International Committee, who is

associated with Mr. S. K. Tsao, senior
Chinese secretary, Dr. W. E. Taylor,
Mr. J. H. Wallace (of tlie International
Committee), Mr. P. Y. Kong, and others
who co-operate with the members in
carrying out the work.

The Association has received the support of
prominent Chinese. His Excellency M. T.
Liang, Shanghai Taoutai, His Excellency
Chen Kwei-lung, Governor of Kiangsu, and
Viceroy Tuan Fang, of the Liangkiang, have
recently contributed sums of one thousand
dollars or more each, and the Imperial
Customs, Chinese merchants, and other
companies haye given similar amounts to
make possible this work for the development
of the body, mind, and spirit of the young
men of the Middle Kingdom.

The Japanese Young Men's Christian
Association was organised in 1906, and its
work has grown with the steady increase of
the Japanese community in Shanghai, which
is now estimated to number eight thousand.
One of the important features of the Associa-
tion is the evening classes, which have been
greatly appreciated. In the early part of
1908, as the result of a visit from Mr. Nivva,
of the National Y.M.C.A. of Japan, it was
decided to call a Japanese secretary from
Japan, to be supported locally, and to give
his whole time to the interests of the
Association. In February of that year Mr.
Kawashima, of Nagasaki, who had been
educated in Japan and America, arrived, and
began active work. At the time of his
arrival the Association numbered over a
hundred members, and since that time has
gone steadily forward. As a result of its
work, a Japanese church has been organised,
which bids fair to receive increasing sup-
port. The .Association is now endeavouring
to secure a building of its own in a central
position.

THE WATER SUPPLY.— THE
SHANGHAI WATERWORKS.

The water supply in the International
Settlement of Shanghai is provided by a
private company. That the supply is
adequate may be gathered from the fact that
the engines of the Shanghai Waterworks
Company are capable of pumping inlo the
Settlement no less than 16,750,000 gallons in
twenty-four hours, but the daily maximum
consumption of water does not exceed
8,750,000 gallons. In the distribution of the
supply 74i miles of mains are employed, and
for use in case of fire there are no fewer
than 680 hydrants. The efficiency of the
present-day system are in strong contrast
with the crude methods which obtained
prior to 1883, when water from one or two
settling beds near the river at Yangtszepoo
was distributed to the public in hand-carts.

The Shanghai Waterworks Company was
formed in London in 1881, with a capital of
only ;^ 100,000. The first steps taken were
the establishment of a small pumping-station
near the Whangpoo on the Yangtszepoo
Road, about two and a half miles from the
Garden Bridge, and the laying of a system
of mains over a restricted area. The works
were opened in 1883. From time to time
considerable increases have been made to
the capital, which now stands at ;f327,ooo,
and the system itself has grown to very
large proportions. The Company to-day own
upwards of 35 acres of land, much of
which is developed. Water is taken from
the Whangpoo at flood tide, partly by gravi-
tation, and partly by means of two centri-

fugal pumps — together of 1,250,000 gallons
capacity an hour — and conveyed into settling
reservoirs, of which there are four, with an
aggregate rapacity of 20,000,000 gallons.
\Vhen the solids have been precipitated, the
water flows through floating suction pipes,
and is pumped afterwards into the service
reservoirs, which are raised some 10 or
12 feet. From these the water gravi-
tates on to the filter beds, which are 16
in number, and are fitted with valves to
regulate the flow and discharge. From the
filters the water flows into two pure water
reservoirs, which are entirely covered in, and
is then ready for distribution throughout the
Settlement.

The main engine and boiler-house is a
substantial building, and the plant, recently
extended, is the largest and most complete
of its kind in China. Four Lancashire
boilers generate steam for the main engines,
which are four in number, three being of the
horizontal compound condensing type, and
the fouttli a differential engine by Messrs.
Hathorn, Davey & Co. These engines have
a combined capacity equal to nearly double
the present maximum requirements, so that
the Company are able to guarantee a con-
stant supply even in the event of a partial
bieakdown, or of a sudden and unexpected
increase in the demand. Two of the smaller
engines were laid down in 188 1, a third, of
much greater capacity, was added in 1891,
while the fourth, a huge pump, with a 24-ton
flywheel 16 feet in diameter, was installed
in 1901. For this large engine a new
engine-house had to be built. A dynamo in
the main engine-house supplies current for
lighting the pumping-station and compound.

Quite recently very considerable works
have been carried out by the Company,
among them the construction of an additional
pure water reservoir, and two of the filter-
beds above referred to ; and the erection of
a second water tower in the Sinza district,
at a distance of five miles from the pump-
ing-station. This tower, 125 feet in height,
is supported on 17 columns, which rest
upon solid granite blocks weighing about
six tons each. It is of larger capacity and is
25 feet higher than the old tower in the
Kiangse Road, and it is designed to allow of
a greater pressure being put on the water
supply, so that the requirements of the high
buildings now being erected in Shanghai
may be inet. The towers regulate the
pressure, and constitute a reserve supply of
about 300,000 gallons of water. The
principal mains are two of 20 inches and
one of 25 inches in diameter, and water is
supplied through these at a pressure of
from forty to fifty pounds to the square
inch. They extend nearly to the Point on
the Yangtszepoo Road in one direction, to
the Rifle Range in another, and to Jesslield
and Siccawei in a third.

The charges made for the supply are upon
a sliding scale. For domestic purposes the
maximum charge to foreigners is 4 per
cent, on the net annual rental, and to natives
5 per cent., the difference being made on
account of the Chinese occupying much
smaller tenements, at rentals proportionately
much lower than those charged to foreigners.
P'or business purposes water is supplied at
40 Mexican dollar cents per thousand gallons
for quantities of from 10,000 gallons to
200.000 gallons, at 35 cents per thousand for
additional quantities up to 500,000, and at
30 cents per thousand for greater quantities.
Even at these reasonable rates the Shanghai
Waterworks Company, Ltd., are able to
show year by year a handsome return on
their outlay, and it is satisfactory to note

SHANGHAI ■WATRRWORKS COMPANY, LTD.
KiANCSE Road Axn Sixza Koad Water Towkrs. the Power Hovse (i88i).

A Bird's-eye View of the Works.

394 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ALEX. UcLEOD,

CUAIRUAN' OF DiRECIORS.

that the public now, through the Municipal
Council, participate to a large degree in the
prosperity of the Company.

The Company have powerful steam water-
boats plying on the river, supplyinj; water
under contract to vessels in the harbour and
off Woosung.

It may be added that the Company have
large showrooms in the Kiangse Road,
containing a very large stock of the latest
hydraulic fittings, and employ a large staff of
skilled workmen lo lay on hot and cold
water supplies and instal heating apparatus.

The head offices of the Company are at
Shanghai. The directorate includes Messrs.
.\. McLeod (who has been chairman in
Shanghai since the inception of the Com-
pany), L. J. Cubitt. W. D. Little, and A. Hide.
Messrs. E. Pettit (chairman), E. Iveson, Cecil
Hanbury, and W. H. Poate form the I-ondon
Committee, with Mr. William Walter as
secretary. The secretary and engiiieer-in-
chief in Shanghai is Mr. A. P. Wood, M.I.C.E..
who has been with the Company since 1885.
and to whose initiative much of the progress
made by the Company may be traced.

THE FRENCH WATERWORKS.

The construction of the Frencli Waterworks
was begun by the French Municipality in
1900, and completed in February, 1902. at a
total cost of about Tls. 350,000. The pumping-
station is at Tung-Ka-Doo, and the water,
derived from the Wlnmgpoo, is driven through
the mains by means of two powerful pumps.
with a delivery of 60 litres per second each.
The water tower, from which pressure is
derived, is over 90 feet in height, and is
situated in the Place du Chateau d'Eau, on

A. P. WOOD,

Secretary and Manager.

the French Bund. At the beginning of May,
1908, the waterworks were taken over by the
Cie. Fran(,aise de Tramways et d'Eclairage
Electriques de Shanghai. The present output
of 6,000 cubic metres per diem not being
sufficient for the requirements of the con-
cession, the pumping plant will be augmented,
and a new water tower will be erected by
the Company, while the whole system will

PfMPIXO EXOINES.

A Reservoir.

SBANQHAI WATERWORKS.

Kiangse Road Viabuct.

Pl!MPIX(i KXGIXES.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 395

undergo extensive repairs. The price of water
to ordinary consumers is Tls. 007 per cubic
metre.

SHANGHAI MUNICIPAL
ELECTRICITY DEPARTMENT.

" The undcrtakinj; is now a sound com-
mercial asset, and, tliough it may be some-
what of a speculative nature, the benefit of
a cheap supply of electricity to the Settle-
ment both for lighting and for power is of
immense advantage. The financial risks are
exceedingly small providing care is exercised
in the expenditure upon new capital account
and ample provision is made for deprecia-
tion." These are the concluding words
of an eminently satisfactory report made bv
Mr. A. H. Preece, M.Inst.C.E., E.E., after
an exhaustive examination of the Shanghai
Municipal electricity works and plant in
October of last year. The ratepayers of
Shanghai have the cheapest supply of elec-
tric light in the East, and for a capital of
Tls. 1,350,000 have not only a complete
and up-to-date electrical system capable of
dealing with about 4.400 kilowatts installed,
or, say, a maximum load of about 3,200
kilowatts, but an undertaking which, as a
going concern, is valued at some ;f3oo.ooo.

Electric lighting was first introduced into
Shanghai some twenty years ago by a
private company which, from a small
generating station in the Chefoo Road,
supplied current for a limited number of
street lamps. The undertaking never
attained large proportions and in 1893,
when it was taken over by the Munici-
pality there were only 151 arc lamps
and the equivalent of 6,902 eight-candle-
power lamps in the Settlement. The existing

structed, certain alterations were made in
the management, the most modern machinery
was introduced, and, as a result, steady and
continuous progress has been made. Last
year, in order to secure a better continuity
of control than was practicable under a com-
mittee of the Council whose term of oftice
expired annually, the Council delegated the
management to a salaried committee of
ratepayers composed of Messrs. J. Grant
Mackenzie, E. C. Pearce, and H. W. Pitcher.
The supervision of the whole electric
lighting works is now in the hands
of this Committee, but in order that the
Council may be kept in touch with the depart-
ment, and in formal recognition of the
Council's responsibility, resolutions passed
by the Committee have to be submitted to
the next ensuing meeting of the Council
for confirmation.

The following table shows the growth of
the undertaking from 1900 to 1907 : —

have to be enlarged in order to cope with
the increased demands for current. Since
1903 the mileage has increased annually by
36H, 340, 467, 373, and 55-3X miles. Elec-
tricity is now supplied in Shanghai through
a net-work of. some 400 miles of mains.
The current leaves the station at 2,000 volts
and, after being transformed in the various
sub-stations, is distributed to private houses
at 200 volts.

The electrical plant at the Fearon Road
station, although continually being extended
and improved, will soon become inadequate
if the demand upon it continues to increase
at the present rate. Plans are already being
prepared for a new station in order that, in
the future, the department may be able to
cope effectively with the growing require-
ments of the locality. The equipment at
present consists of six Babcock & Wilcox
water-tube boilers, fitted with chain grate
stokers and feed water heaters, and two

Equivalent
No. of 8 c. p.

lamps
connected.

Per cent
increase.

No. of
consumers

added
during tlie

year.

Units sold.

Per cent,
increase.

Coal.
Tons.

Lbs. of coal

per unit

sold.

Maximum
load k.w.

Per

cent.

increase.

1900

17,148

523.922

4,800

2052

292

—

I90I

21,812

568,669

4.850

I910

320

1902

31.841

139

754.342

4.570

13-57

444

1903

42,500

270

996,021

6,072

13-65

580

1904

66,840

402

1,214,562

8,679

1600

858

1905

88,201

249

1.776,323

10,629

13-40

1,090

1906

108,525

414

2.307.675

12,681

1230

1,411

1907

140,846

529

2.743.388

13.489

IIOI

1,630

The total number of arc lamps now in
use for street lighting is 238, and the total

SHANGHAI MUNICIPAL ELECTRICITY -WORKS.

power st;ition at the corner of the Fearon
and Yuhang Roads was erected in 1896 in
anticipation of future developments.

For some reason or other, however, in
spite of the great increase in population,
the volume of business under municipal
control remained almost stationary and,
during the first five years, the enterprise
proved a financial failure. In 1902, there-
fore, the whole department was re-con-

equivalent of eight-candle-power incandescent
lamps for lighting side streets and outlying
roads is 738. During 1907, 713 additional
electric fans were connected, bringing the
total to 2,967. Current is supplied, at the
present time, for motors aggregating 400 h.p.
and for 23 elevators aggregating 965 h.p.
Each year additional mains are laid for the
transmission of energy over more extensive
areas, and not infrequently existing mains

water-tube boilers of American make. The
two boilers, which were put down last year,
are not only the largest in the East, but also
the largest that Messrs. Babcock & Wilcox
have ever made, having a capacity of
24,000 lbs. an hour. The engine-room con-
tains 2,400 k.w. of alternating current plant,
besides the 1,200 k.w. direct current plant
installed for supplying power to the tramw.iy
service.

When considering the financial results of
this enterprise, it must be borne in mind that
the primary object is not to make a large
profit for the general body of ratepayers at
the expense of the comparatively limited
number of consumers, but rather to provide
an efficient supply at a reasonable charge.
The cost of lighting has been reduced fiom
20 tael cents per unit to 14 tael cents per unit,
with a scale of discounts for large consumers.
The street lamps are provided and kept in
good order for Tls. 175 a year each. For
power supply 7 tael cents per unit is charged,
with discounts reducing it as low as 57 per
unit in some instances, according to the
number of hours the motors are in use. The
charge for lifts is 9 cents per unit, while
current is supplied to the tramways at a
special scale of 4'8 tael cents per unit for the
first 600,000 units, 4'6 tael cents for the next
600,000, and 4'4 tael cents for any greater
quantity. Notwithstanding these low charges
the department made a clear profit of
Tls. 50,000 last year after paying interest on
debentures and allowing a large sum for
depreciation of plant.

ELECTRIC LIGHT.

The French Concession is supplied with
current for electric lighting by the Cie.
P'rangaise de Tramways et d'Eclairage
Electriques de Shanghai, the power station

396 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

being the same as that in which the energy
(or the tramway service is gt-nerated. For
street lighting purposes there are at
present 75 arc lamps and 200 incandescent
lamps ; but a considerable extension is con-
templated, and, in order to carry it out, two
dynamos, each of 250 units, will be added to
the plant. Current is supplied to the French
Municipal Council at TIs. 007 per unit, and
to private consumers at TIs. O' 14 per unit.

THE SHANGHAI
GAS COMPANY, LTD.

Gas was first used in Shanghai at the
txjginning of 1865. when a small private
company, formed a few months previously.
provided the supply. The capital amounted
at the outset to TIs. 100.000. but within the
first twelve months it was increased to
TIs. 150.000. A small plant was erected upon
a site in Hankow Ko:id, and some 8,600 yards
of mains were laid for supplying gas to 58
consumers. From this beginning has grown
the Shanghai Gas Company, Ltd., which now
manufactures more gas than any other British
company outside Europe and America, ex-

was declared in i86(), and from that day to
this an average return of from 12 to
16 per cent, has been paid on the
capital. The charges made to consumers
have declined as steadily as the quantity of
gas manufactured has increased. In the first
year, when the dollar was equivalent to 4s.,
the price of gas was $450 per thousand cubic
feet ; now, with the exchange at something
t>elow 2s., a similar quantity costs $170.

The first board of directors included Messrs.
C. J. King. E. Whittall. C. D. Nye, and Nichol
Latimer. None of these gentlemen now take
any active part in the management of tlie
Company, but it is interesting to note that
the present chairman. Mr. E. Jenner Hogg,
joined the board as far back as 1869.

Mr. G. R. Wingrove, who has been resident
in the East for the past thirty-two years and
was formerly in the service of Messrs. Brand
Bros. & Co., has been secretary to the
Company since 1S95 ; and Mr. H. King
Hiller, M.I.Mech.E., has carried out the
duties of chief engineer during the same
period. There are some twenty-five foreigners
on the staff, and regular employment is given
to between two and three hundred Chinese
workmen.

Municipal Council agreed to replace the
existing Garden and Chekiang Road bridges
with two new steel girder bridges, on the
understanding that as soon as they were
ready for traffic the Construction Company
would contribute towards the cost the sums
of ;t5'5°o ■"i<^ i;"2,ooo respectively. It was
further arranged that if it should be necessary
to reconstruct any other existing bridges
across the Soochow Creek in order to allow
of the extension of the line at a later date,
the Company should furnish ;£2,ooo towards
the cost.

The route mileage of the tramways is,
approximately. 16 miles, 6J miles of which
are double track, the remaining 9J miles
being single track, with loops at frequent
intervals. The total length of equivalent
single track is thus about 25J miles, and
when this is linked up, as proposed, with the
tramways in the French Settlement, there
will be a ready means of access to all parts.
The narrowness of the streets has necessitated
the laying of a narrow gauge line. The
road-bed is generally of a macadam
construction, with granite setts, measuring 4
inches by 9 inches by 5 inches deep on either
side of the rails. These setts rest on a 6-inch
bed of concrete, which extends the full width

THE GAS WORKS.

cepting only the gas companies at Sydney,
Melbourne, Toronto, and Montreal.

In less than eighteen months after they
were opened, the works in Hankow Road
were removed to the site which they now
occupy in Sinza Road. In 1866 the amount
of gas sold was 5,318,000 cubic feet ; in 1886,
42,703,000 cubic feet; in 1895. 110,000,000
cubic feet ; and in 1901, 160,000,000 cubic
feet At the present day about 495.000,000
cubic feet of gas are manufactured in the
twelve months ; the consumers number fully
8,000, and the mains are estimated to be
about 76} miles in length. The works are
equipped with machinery of the most mtjdern
description, and have a capacity for the
manufacture of 3,000.000 cubic feet of gas
a day.

To enable the Company to respond to
the growing demands made upon it, the
capital has been increased from time to
time. It was raised in 1885 to TIs. 200,000,
and in 1896 to TIs. 300,000. In 1901 the
Company was incorporated under the Hong-
kong Ordinances as a limited liability com-
pany, with a paid-up capital of TIs. 400,000 and
a nominal capital of TIs. 2,500,000. To-day
the paid-up capital amounts to TIs. 1,200,000.

From a profit-making point of view the
Company has been eminently successful. The
first dividend, amounting to 12 per cent.,

THE SHANGHAI ELECTRIC
TRAMWAYS.

Electric cars were first seen in the streets
of Shanghai at the beginning of March, 1908.
The history of their introduction is long
and complicated, the negotiations preliminary
to the construction of the line extending over
many years. The idea, indeed, was mooted
as far back as 1882. At different limes
several English companies obtained the
necessary concession from the Municipal
Council, but were unable to raise enough
money to ensure the successful completion
of their schemes, and one firm as a result
forfeited the £^5,000 which they had deposited.
On October 10, 1905, however, Messrs.
Bruce, Peebles & Co., electric contractors, of
Edinburgh, obtained, through their agents in
Shanghai, Messrs. S. H. Shorrock & Co., a
concession for thirty-five years. The Shanghai
Electric Construction Company was then
floated, with a capital of ;^320,ooo, and, in
December of the same year, took over the
agreement, on the condition that Bruce,
Peebles & Co. received the contract for the
construction and equipment of the system.
The first sod was cut on April 24, 1906, and
the work, facilitated by the flatness of the
district, was completed in two years. The

of the track and 18 inches beyond it. Along
the Bund and in the Nanking Road, the
principal business thoroughfares used by
foreigners, hard Australian Jarrah wood
blocks, the first used for road- work in China,
have been laid on a 6-inch bed of concrete.
The rails are of the grooved girder pattern,
weighing 90 pounds to the yard, and of the
British standard. On sharp curves, rails of
96 pounds to the yard and with a slightly
wider groove are used. The points and
crossings are of Manganese steel, 12 feet
in length, with a radius of 150 feet. Where
the track is .single and the width of the
roadway permits, the overhead trolley wires
are supported on bracket arms projecting
from steel poles sunk 6 feet in the ground
at intervals of 40 yards. Where the track
is double, similar poles with span wire
suspension have been adopted. Insulators,
sectional switches, lightning arrestors, choking
coils, &c., are provided in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the British
Board of Trade, and a complete telephone
system is installed providing means of
communication between the section boxes,
power house, and car depot. The trans-
mission cables to feed the overhead line
are all laid underground, and special attention
was given to their insulation. They were sup-
plied by Callender's Cable Company, and are

ri 3 BKoaw ';-.Tir«.'''S;;^-,iu%4i . ■>■"*!"

t III) Ml I I

SHANGHAI GAS COMPANY, LTD.
The Smowkooms ix Xaxkixc, Hoad.

A ViKW OK TitK WOKKS.

THE_ Rktorts.
The Oi-fices.

3J)8 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

laid on the solid system, the cables resting
on gla/ed earthenware bridge pieces in
\itntied earthenware troughs, the vacant
spitccs between the cables and the troughs
being tilled with refined Trinidad bitumen.

The Company obtain the necessary power
from the Municipal Electricity Department
under agreement. A direct current at 500
volts is supplied to the tramways at a traction
switchboard erected in the Municipal Lighting
Station in Yuhang Kmd. a special plant
c»>nsisting of two sets of Relliss & Morcom
engines, and two Bruce Peebles, 600 k.w.
direct current generators being installed for
the purpose. The engines are of the vertical
enclosed high speed tyjie, and are designed
to run at 230 revolutions a minute. There
is also a supplementary motor generator of
300 k.w. c^apacity, capable of producing
cither direct current for the tramways, or
alternating current for lighting purposes.

The rolling sttxk consists of 65 cars, and
for the accommodation of these a large
depot has been erected at the junction of
the Hart and Great Western Roads. Each
car is divided into two compartments,
designed to seat respectively twelve first-class
and twenty second-class passengers. The
scats in the first-class compartment are
covered with rattan, while those in the
second are of wood, and a sliding door
separates the two classes. The cars are
lighted by electricity, and are provided with
side windows and sun shutters, small upper
windows and roof ventilators, all of which
can be thrown open to admit a current of
air during the hot weather. The drivers and

conductors are Chinese. They were quick
to learn their new duties, and have since
proved themselves to be skilful and efficient
operators.

The whole work of construction was
carried out by native labour under European
supervision. Mr. Jameson was the eiigineer-
in-chief for Messrs. Bruce, Peebles & Co.,
and the work of the contractors was
supervised by Mr. W. K. Wright, as the
representative of Messrs. Harper Bros., Ltd.,
London, the consulting engineers for the
Company. At the conclusion of the work
Mr. Wright, who has had considerable
experience in the construction of tramways
in different parts of the world, was appointed
temporarily general-manager of the system.
Two or three months after the opening of
the line the permanent general manager,
Mr. Donald McColl, of the London
Underground Railways, and formerly of the
Lisbon Electric Tramways and the Glasgow
Corporation Trainways, arrived in Shanghai
and assumed control of the system.

It is too early yet to make any definite
statement regarding the prospects of the
enterprise from a profit making point of
view, but, judging from the number of
passengers carried during the first months,
the financial success of the undertaking
seems to be assured. The Municipal Council
receives a royalty of 5 per cent, on the gross
traffic receipts. At the outset the rickshaw
coolies naturally viewed the invasion of their
privileges with great disfavour, and it was
rumoured that active opposition would be
offered, but they are growing accustomed to

this new form of competition, and accept it
with philosophic calm, amounting almost to
indifference.

THE FRENCH TRAMWAYS.

Thk French -tramway system extends for ten
miles, the roads traversed being the French
Bund. Rue du Consulat, Avenue Paul Brunat,
Rue Hue, and Route Franyaise de Zikawei.
At present the system is distinct from that
laid down in the International Settlement,
but arrangements for a joint service between
the two systems are now pending. Complete
monopoly of the French system is enjoyed
by the Cie Fninvaise de Tramways et
d'Eclairage Electriques de Shanghai, which
has also the monopoly of the electric light
and water supply in the French Concession.
The Company was floated in June, 1906,
with a capital of 3,200,000 francs— increased
in the following year by 1,000,000 francs.
The head office is at No. 5, Rue Chauchat,
while the Shanghai oflice is at No. 4. Quai
du Yang-king-pang. The work of installation
was entrusted to two contractors. The Cie.
General Electrique de Nancy built the power
station, which is situated at Lockawei, and
is equipped with three dynamos of 250 units,
each, one of 350 units, and one of 50 units.
These dynamos supply a continuous current
of 500 volts, and can be used at will, either
for the tramways or for electric lighting,
Messrs. Bruce, Peebles Ai'^Co. laid the track
and supplied the cars.

SHANGHAI ELECTRIC TRAMWAYS.

LAYIXO the TR«CK tx BUBBLIXO WELL ROAU.

The Car Shei> and Type of Cars.

Ox THE New Garden IiRn)GE.

LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND LAW.

By H. a. Cartwright,

IHE Foreign Settlement of
Shanghai is held on a per-
petual lease from the Emperor
of China, and is divided into
two portions for administrative
purposes. The older and hy
far the larger part is commonly
referred to as the International Settlement,
while the other is known as the French
Concession. Contrary to popular belief, the
existence of the French Settlement does not
imply any special privilege to F"rench citizens.
'I'his was stated specifically in the corre-
spondence which passed between Lord Salis-
bury and the French Ambassador in 1900,
and was one of the grounds upon which the
British Government gave their support to
an application for the extension of the
Concession.

The International Settlement is endowed
with a democratic form of local government
that is in strong contrast to the bureaucratic
administration of Hongkong. The exclusive
possession of no one nation but the protegee
of all the powers having treaties with China,
it escapes many irritating restrictions while
enjoying perfect security. Subject only to the
limitations of the Land Regulations, which
have been revised from time to time by the
community, and endorsed by the Foreign
Ministers and the Impeiial Government at
Peking, the foreign residents are as free to
manage their own affairs without hindrance
or interference as are the citizens of any
incorporated town in Great Britain. A
Municipal Council is elected annually by
popular vote to administer local affairs in
accordance with the express will of the rate-
payers, who retain in their own hands the
power to levy rates and sanction new
schemes.

A form of municipal government has been
established, also, in the adjacent French
Concession, which possesses a separate
Charter ; but, although the Council here is
elected on a wider basis than that in the
neighbouring Settlement, it is really an
advisory body unable to act without the
consent of the Consul, who alone is responsible
for the control of the police and the pre-
servation of good order.

To understand clearly how the present
regime has been established, it is necessary
logo back to the year 1842, when Shanghai
was first opened to foreign trade under the
Treaty of Nanking. By Article II, of this
instrument, it was provided that British
subjects with their families and establish-
ments should be allowed to reside in Canton,
Amoy, Foochow, Ningpo, and Shanghai, for
the purpose of carrying on their mercantile
pursuits, without molestation or restraint, and
that in each place a British Superintendent,
or Consular Officer, should be appointed to
serve as a medium of communication between
the Chinese authorities and the British com-
munity. A set of Land Regulations was
drafted three years later by Taoutai Kung and
Captain Balfour, the British Consul, giving
British merchants in Shanghai permission to
acquire and hold real estate subject to the
right of the Chinese to visit any graves on
the property during the " Tsing Ming "
P'estival. The boundaries of the Settlement
were, on the north, the line of the present
Peking Road, soon extended to the Soochow
Creek ; on the south, the Yang-king-pang ;
and on the east, the Whangpoo. It was not
until some tifne later that the line of the
Defence Creek was made the western
boundary.

Originally it was the intention of Captain
Balfour to purchase in the name of Her
Britannic Majesty from the Chinese Govern-
ment a plot of land sufficient for a foreign
settlement, and re-sell it afterwards in lots to
suit purchasers. The Taoutai, however, would
not agree to this, and insisted that individuals
should be left to make their own bargains
with the existing owners -a proceeding
attended with no little difficulty owing to the
natural genius of the Chinese for chaffering,
and their prejudice against foreigners, which,
always strong, was intensified by recent
hostilities. Ten mow of land were the most
that any holder might occupy. It is worthy
of note, in view of the conditions prevailing
in the Settlement to-day, that any foreigners,
other than British, who might be desirous
of participating in this privilege, were directed
by the native authorities to make " distinct
application to the British Consul to know

whether such can be acceded to, so as to
prevent misunderstanding." At that date the
only Consulate in the Settlement was British.

In the year following the arrival of the
British, that is to say, 1843, a "Committee of
Roads and Jetties," composed of "three up-
right British merchants," was appointed by
the British Consul, for the purpose which its
name indicates. The necessary money for
carrying on this early form of local govern-
ment was provided by a tax upon imports
and exports. Owing to the large number
of Chinese who, after the capture of the
native city by the Triad rebels in 1853, were
mercifully allowed to seek shelter in the
Foreign Settlement, notwithstanding a pro-
hibition contained in the Land Regulations,
the "Committee of Roads and Jetties" found
it necessary to ask for assistance in managing
the affairs of the rapidly growing community.
A Municipal Council of seven members was
accordingly elected on July 23, 1854. under
a new set of LjukI Regulations, which con-
ferred a vote upon foieign land renters of
every nationality, and provided that all
foreign-owned land should henceforth be
registered at the purchaser's own Consulate.
Thus, the exclusive British privileges, which
had always been a thorn in the side of the
other nations represented at the port, were
allowed to lapse. The right of other nations
to fly Consular flags in the " British Settle-
ment" was conceded after a long but friendly
discussion between the British and American
authorities.

The French, who received permission
under the Treaty of VVhampoa, in 1844, to
settle in any of the Treaty ports, obtained
through their Consul in Shanghai (M. de
Montigny), a concession from the Taoutai, in
1849, consisting of the land stretching from
the Yang-king-pang canal to the native city,
and from the Whangpoo to Roanti's Pagoda.
The most valuable portion of this concession,
which embraced an area of 650 mow, or
108 acres, lay along the river bank, and
proved too costly at that time for the French
to acquire it ; but a few years later they
obtained this riverside suburb, which had
been laid waste by tire in the struggle
between the Imperialists and the Triads, in

4Q0 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

return for their services in helping to drive
the rebels from the native city. In this con-
cession a Municipal Council was established
in 1862, and a separate set of Land Regu-
lations was obtained four years later by
direction of the French Government, which
disapproved of the arrangement entered into
by their own Consul, and the representatives
of the other Powers at the port in 1854.

The Americans, who had settled in Hong-
kew, on the other side of the Soochow
Creek, under the terms of the Treaty of
Whang-Hia 1 1844). although there is nothing
in the records to show that they were ever
granted a concession, decided in 1863 to
amalgamate with the so-called Briti^h Settle-
ment, and thus the International Settlement
was formed.

In 1861) the Land Regulations received the
recognition of the Consuls, and the Council
were enabled to assess resident natives for
the purpose of taxation. But, though an ad-
vance upon those which had preceded them,
these regulations soon proved inadequate,
and in 1873 a committee of ratepayers was
appointed to draw up a fresh set. Revisions
continued to be made until 1881. but during
the whole of this time the Ministers at
Peking turned a deaf ear to all appeals for
their approval, which, indeed, was withheld
until 1899. In the meantime it was of course
competent for any litigious person to dispute
the validity of the regulations.

Under the revised rules the International
Concession is administered by a Municipal
Council of nine memlxjrs, elected annually
by public vote at a meetmg of foreign rate-
payers. The date for the election of the
Council is fixed by the foreign Treaty Con-
suls as early as possible in January or
February in each year, and fourteen days'
notice of it must be given to the ratepayers.

Any two persons entitled to vote may
nominate any duly qualified person as a
candidate for the Council not later than one
week before the date fixed for the election.
In the event ot the nominations exceeding
nine in number, a poll is taken during two
consecutive days, and it is worthy of remark
that voting papers have to bear the signature
of the voter. If fewer than five nominations
are received, a ratepayers' meeting must be
called, to elect, by ballot or otherwise as may
be decided, as many more representatives as
may be requisite to bring the total up to a
minimum of five. Every foreigner, either
individually or as a member of a firm, resid-
ing in the Settlement is entitled to vote if he
has paid all taxes due, and is an owner of
land valued at TIs. 500, whose annual payment
of assessment does not amount to less than
TIs. 10, or who is a householder paying rates
on an assessed rental of TIs. 500 per annum.
As in England, the voters' list is revised
annually. In the event of being absent from
a settlement, a ratepayer may vote by proxy,
but no firm is entitled to exercise more than
one vote. The qualification of a member of
the Council is the payment of rates amount-
ing to Tls.50 a year, or the occupation of a
house assessed at a rental of Tls.i,20o per
annum.

A public meeting of the ratepayers must
he held after twenty-one days' notice in
January or February to decide upon the
rate to be levied for the purpose of
carrying on the government of the Settle-
ment It is stipulated that the proportion
between the tax on the gross value of land
and on the annual rental of houses shall
always be as one is to twenty. By resolu-
tion of the ratepayers dues may be
imposed on all imports into or exports
from the Settlement, provided that they

do not, in any case, e.\ceed one-tenth of
one per cent, on the value of the goods.

At the aimual meeting of the land renters,
the out-going Council gives a detailed account
of its stewardship during the preceding
year, and submits for endorsement an audited
statement of the accounts, which has been
published ten days previously ; proposals for
the conduct of affairs during the forthcom-
ing year and detailed estimates of receipts
and exjienses are presented to the meeting
for consideration and approval. It will thus
be seen that the members of the Council are
in a very literal sense representatives of the
general community.

The chairman and vice-chairman are elected
at the first meeling of the new Council, and,
like their colleagues, hold office for twelve
months Three members of the Council
constitute a quorum for the despatch of busi-
ness. The Council is authorised to fill, by
co-option, vacancies, not exceeding three in
number, which may occur in its member-
ship during its term of office. The officers
of the Council are appointed only for three
years, unless a longer term is sanctioned by
a public meeling of ratepayers.

The Council is empowered to make and
amend by-laws providing they be not
repugnant to the provisions of the Land
Regulations and do not come into operation
until approved by a majority of the Consuls
and Ministers of foreign Powers having
treaties with China, and by the ratepayers
in special meeting assembled. Regulations
governing building construction and sanita-
tion do not come into force until six months
after publication and must be submitted to
the Land Commissioners for their informa-
tion. For breaches of the by-laws offenders
may be summoned before a foreign Consul
and mulcted in a fine not exceeding $300, or
sentenced to imprisonment for a term not
exceeding six months.

New roads may be constructed in the
Settlement, after due notice has been given
by advertisement in English, so as to afford
frontagers an opportunity of stating any
objections which they may have, and two-
thirds of the total cost of the work may,
unless otherwise decided, be recovered from
the frontagers.

The Council may acquire land within the
area of its administration by compulsory
purchase, compensation being awarded after
due inquiry into the circumstances by three
Land Commissioners, appointed respectively
at the beginning of each year by the Council,
by the registered owners of land in the
Settlement who pay taxes amounting to not
less than TIs.io per annum, and by the rate-
payers. Any land required for the purpose
of constructing a railway may, with the
approval of the Council, be obtained in the
same manner after a plan has been deposited
with the Council showing how the public
rights will be affected by the projected line.

A public meeting of the ratepayers may
be convened at any time after ten days'
notice by the foreign Consuls, either col-
lectively or singly, or by twenty-five electors
for the consideration of any question affect-
ing the municipality. Any resolution passed
at such a meeting is valid and binding upon
the whole of the electors if not less than
one-third of their number was either present
or represented. Should a decision be come
to upon any subject of which notice has not
previously been given it cannot be carried
into effect without the approval of the
Consuls. In this way any person who con-
siders that his interests are prejudiced by
the decision is given an opportunity of
representing his case to the Consuls.

Alterations or definitions of the Land
Regulations can only be made by the
foreign Consuls and local Chinese authori-
ties, with the approval of the foreign
representatives and the Imperial Government
at Peking.

In theory those foreigners who reside
beyond the municipal limits are subject to
Chinese regime, but in practice they live
under similar conditions to those within the
Settlement. They pay the same ground-tax
to the Chinese authorities, and one-half the
ordinary general municipal rate to the munici-
pality. As there is no statutory power to
obtain this contribution to the Municipal
Exchequer, an arrangement has been made
with the Waterworks Company under which
only those who accept liability are supplied
with water.

The French Council, consisting of four
Frenchmen and four representatives of other
nationalities, is elected by all owners of land
in the Concession, by occupiers paying a
rental of 1,000 francs per annum, ;ind by
residents with an annual income of 4,000
francs — irrespective of nationality, except that
they must be foreigners. Each candidate
must be nominated by two Frenchmen and
two other foreign ratepayers, and voting is
by ballot. The term of office is two years,
one-half of the Council retiring ainuially.
Although the Consul is nominally president
of the Council, he invariably delegates his
powers, and a chairman is chosen by the
members themselves. In the event of the
voting upon any question being equally
divided, however, the Consul reserves the
right to give a casting vote. The Council
possesses full administrative powers, subject to
the veto of the Consul, for, while the general
body of ratepayers is called together to
consider matters of more than ordinary
interest and importance, or to express its
opinion on some proposed innovation, there
is no recognised annual meeting of residents,
such as that held in the Foreign Settlement.

The revenue of the Council is obtained
from various sources. Foreigners pay a rate
of one-half per cent, upon the value of land
and of 8 per cent, upon the annual rental of
buildings which they occupy within municipal
limits, while Chinese contribute 12 per cent,
of the amount of their rent. Shipping com-
panies using the river frontage are charged
TIs. 250 a year for each square foot of land
which they occupy, and the Commissioner of
Customs pays direct to the credit of the
Council a percentage of the wh;u'f;ige dues
collected. The tramways, waterworks, and
electric lighting undertakings in the Con-
cession each furnish a moiety of their
receipts to the municipality, and a certain
income is derived from the taxation of
rickshaws, carriages, and motor cars. Since
1900 the Council has purchased outside its
own boundaries roads extending as far back
as the Siccawei Observatory. These are
maintained by the municipal engineers, and
are patrolled by the French police, and, in
return for these advantages, a contribution is
obtained, by arrangement with the water and
electric lighting companies, from the occupiers
of houses equal to 8 per cent, of their rentals,
and from the owners of waste land equal to
one per cent, of the value of their property.

The limits of the International Settlement
were extended in 1899 to enclose 33,503 mow,
or nearly 9 square miles, and in the follow-
ing year the area of the French Concession
was increased to about 1,625 'now, or 270 acres.
These are the dimensions at the present
time of that which, strictly speaking, constitutes
the P'oreign Settlement of Shanghai, though,
as we have seen, the influence of the two

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 401

Municipal Councils is not really restricted
to this area.

THE LAWS AND THEIR ADMINIS-
TRATION.

The administration of the law in Shanghai,
considering the volume of business transacted
at the port and tlie amount of property, the
ownership of which depends upon the deci-
sion of the Courts, would be a hopeless
anomaly to a practised lawyer. If the state
of things that prevails were to be described
to a learned theoretic professor at a univer-
sity in the West, he would probably say that
no civilised existence could be led by men
under such conditions, and yet the cosmo-
politan community live together in surprising
peace and good order.

The present regime began in a small way.
For several years after the port was opened
the foreign population did not exceed two
hundred, and consisted mainly of British
merchants with a sprinkling of Americans
and French. The laws of China being quite
unsuitable to the requirements of Western
existence, the old method, known and prac-
tised for nearly two thousand years in the
Mediterranean, was introduced, namely, the
application to individuals not of the laws of
the place in which the magistrate sat, but
of the law of the State from which the
defendant came. The result to-day is that
each foreigner in China who is the subject
of a Treaty Power brings the law of his
country with him, and the Chinese are an-
swerable to their own law. In the Settle-
ment of Shanghai the Chinese Government
is represented by a magistrate, who sits with
a foreign assessor, and administers justice to
the Chinese residents, while foreigners are
subject to the tribunals appointed by their
sovereigns — sometimes a Court and some-
times a Consul, who combines with his
ordinary consular duties judicial functions.
The existing Courts are those of all the
foreign Powers — nearly twenty in number
— which have treaties with China and are
represented in Shanghai. The law applied
by these foreign Courts is the law which has
been instituted by the several States for the
government of their subjects in China. The
English Court is established, and its juris-
diction defined, by Orders of the King in
Council, under the authority of the Foreign
Jurisdiction Act. These Orders, in the main,
apply to British subjects in China the law
of England for the time being, with such
additions and modifications as peculiar local
circumstances render necessary. Special
offences are created, such, for instance, as
disrespect to the religious customs of the
Chinese, or smugghng in contravention of
the Chinese Customs Regulations.

In disputes between foreigners the prin-
ciple obtains that the plaintiff or complainant
follows the defendant, and for dealing with
minor cases Police Courts are held at the
various Consulates. For the settlement of all
civil causes in which the plaintiff is a foreigner
and the defendant a Chinese, and for the
trial of natives charged with criminal offences
in the Concessions, or with infractions of the
municipal by-laws founded on the Land
Regulations, there is a Mixed Court consisting
of a Cliinese magistrate and a foreign assessor,
who is usually a Vice-Consul. It is the duty
of the assessor to safeguard the interests of
foreign plaintiffs, and to ensure that the by-
laws of the Settlement are enforced by the
adequate punishment of those who contravene
them. E.xcept during certain holidays and
festivals the Court sits on six days of the
week. On three days the duties of assessor

are performed by the British consular repre-
sentative, on two days by the United States
representative, and on one day by the Austro-
Hungarian or, in his absence, by the German
representative. There is a similar Court for
the French Concession, but with this differ-
ence — a French magistrate presides and
the Chinese are represented by an assessor.
The sentences inflicted by the Mixed Court
comprise fines ranging in amount from
20 cents to $250 or more, and imprisonment
extending from twenty-four hours to two
years or an unspecified period. Prisoners
may also be ordered to wear the cangue,
or to repair the roads with the chain-gang.
For some years bambooing under Europe ui
supervision was a recognised form of punish-
ment, and served as a useful deterrent of
crime, but was discontinued by Imperial
Edict in 1905. The Mixed Court has failed
to command the confidence of the foreign
community by reason of the tendency of
Chinese magistrates to dispense justice ac-
cording to Chinese methods, which appear
grotesque to the Western mind. The pro-
duction of a respectable grandfather, for
instance, has been known to outweigh con-
clusive independent evidence of a prisoner's
guilt, and disputes between the Chinese
magistrate and the foreign assessor have, as
a consequence, been frequent.

The British Supreme Court exercises full
civil, criminal, and Admiralty jurisdiction
over all British subjects in China and Korea,
but it is not empowered to grant divorce.
It was first established in 1865, after the
Treaty of Tientsin, prior to which date there
was a Consular Court at Shanghai, as at the
other Treaty ports, and appeals lay to the
Governor of Hongkong, in his capacity as
Chief Superintendent of Trade in China,
and to the Supreme Court of that Colony.
The Consular or Provincial Courts in the
other Treaty ports may in criminal cases
award imprisonment not exceeding twelve
months, with or without hard labour, and
with or without a fine not exceeding ;^ioo ;
or inflict a fine not exceeding ;^ioo without
imprisonment ; or, in case of a continuing
offence, in addition to imprisonment or fine
or both, they may impose a fine not exceed-
ing IDS. for each day during which the offence
continues after conviction. Any civil suit
may be dealt with by the Provincial Courts,
but if the sum in dispute is £'150 or more
the assistance of assessors must be sought.
Usually, however, important civil cases that
arise in the ports are tried by the Supreme
Court on circuit, as also, are more important
criminal cliarges.

Besides being a Court of Appeal from the
Provincial Courts, the Supretne Court may
direct appeals from its own findings to be
heard before a " Full Court," consisting of
two judges or more. It is empowered to
award any punishment that would be awarded
in respect of a similar offence in England,
except that no fine may be inflicted exceed-
ing ;fSoo, and imprisonment with hard
labour must be substituted for penal servi-
tude. The death sentence is subject to con-
firmation in writing by the British Minister
resident in China. Appeal from the Supreme
Court lies to the Privy Council in London in
actions involving not less than ;£500.

For the redress of any grievance which
a private individual may have against the
Municipal Council there is a Court of Consuls,
a judicial body constituted, in the first in-
stance, expressly for that purpose by the
Ministers of England, France, America,
Prussia, and Russia, in 1869. The proceed-
ings before this tribunal are conducted in the
English tongue.

MR. D. SIPFERT, the Consul-General for
Belgium, has been the doyen of the Consular
body in Shanghai since the beginning of
1906. Born on March 27, i860, he was
educated at the University of Louvain, where
he obtained a thorough technical training
and secured the highest diplomas as an
engineer, a profession in which he was
actively engaged for the next eight years.
In 1890 he was appointed Consul-General for
Belgium at Durban, Natal, and eight years
later was transferred to Hankow. He has
been stationed in Shanghai since 1901. He
is an Officer of the Order of Leopold, a
Commander of the Order of Isabel the
Catholic, an Oflicer of the Order of Orange
Nassau, and has been decorated with the
Order of the Double Dragon, Second Class,
Third Degree. Mr. Siffert is fond of healthy,
physical exercises, and, in his leisure, takes
a delight in riding, fencing, and tennis.

SIR PBLHAM LAIRD WARREN, K.C.M.Q.,

His Britannic Majesty's Consul-General at
Shanghai, is a son of Admiral Richard Laird
Warren. He was born on August 22, 1845,
and entered the Consular service at the age
of twenty-two years, as a student interpreter
on the China estabhshment, in February, 1867.
He became a third-class assistant in 1869,
was promoted to be a second-class assistant
in 1873, and, after acting as interpreter at
Foochowfu for twelve months, rose another
step in the ladder, being made assistant in
the first class in November, 1876. During
the next five years he carried out the duties
of Consul successively at Ningpo, Wenchow,
and Taiwan, and in 1883 was appointed Her
late Majesty's Vice-Consul at Pagoda Island.
He went to Taiwan as Consul in 1886, and
was transferred to Hankow in 1893, becoming
Consul-General there six years later. From
July, 1899, to October, 1900, he acted as
Consul-General at Shanghai, was employed
on special service here between October,
1900, and April, 1901, and in the following
July was confirmed in his present post. Mr.
Warren was made a Companion of the Order
of St. Michael and St. George in July, 1901,
and was advanced to a Knight Commander-
ship in the following year.

MR. FREDERICK EDQAR WILKINSON, who

is the son of the late Mr. Richard Wilkinson,
formerly Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at
Salonica, Malaga, and Manila, was appointed
His Britannic Majesty's Vice-Consul at
Shanghai in August, 1906. He was born
on May 15, 1871, and was appointed a
student interpreter in China in March, 1893.
In 1897 he was promoted to be a second-class
assistant, and, after carrying out the duties
of Consul at Chefoo and Chinkiang, became
an assistant of the first class in 1900. Since
then he has acted as Consul at Soochow, as
Vice-Consul at Shanghai, and as Consul at
Nanking, and has been an assistant at the
Mixed Court, Shanghai, and in the Chinese
Secretary's office at Peking. Before entering
upon -his present duties in Shanghai he was
Acting Consul at Wuchow for two years.

MR. CHARLES DENBY, Consul-General for

the United States of America at Shanghai, is
a native of Indiana. His father, Col. Charles
Denby, was American Minister at Peking for
some years. Mr, Denl\v was educated at
Princetown University, in the class ol 1882.
He entered the Legation at Peking as Second

402 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

SctrcUn,- in July. 1885, and was promoted
First Secretary on October 30. 1895. From
March 17 to October 27, i8<>4. and from
Mav 14 to August I, 1896. he acted as Charge
d'Affaires. He resigned in 1897. During
the war between China and Japan (1894-95)
Mr. Denby had charge of the interests of
Japan in China, and at the conclusion of
hostilities he was received in audience by the
Emperor of Japan, and thanked for his
scr\ices. Decorations were offered him both
by the Emperor of Japan and the Emperor
oi China, but they had to be declined under
the rules of the service. On July l8. 1900.
Mr. Denby was appointed Secretary-General
of the Provisional Government established by
the allied Powers for the district of Tientsin ;
and from August, 1902, to November, 1905,
he was Foreign Advisor to His Excellency
Viceroy Yuan Shih Kai, Governor-General of
Chihli. While in Washington in the autumn
of 1905 he accepted the position of Chief
Clerk of the Department of State, an office
which he held until his appointment as
Consul-Gencral at Shanghai on April 15,
1907. Mr. Denby was married in 1895 to
Miss Martha Orr, by whom he has three
children.

MR. LOUIS RATARD, Consul-General for
France in Shanghai, was born on February
28, 1852. and took part in the Franco-
German War. 1870 71. Entering the service
of the French Government, he was appointed
to a position in the Chancellery on April 9,
1873, was promoted Chancellor on November
28. 1878, Consol Honoraire on December 31,
i8«8. Consul on Septemtier 26, 1892, and
Consul-General in August, 1905. He has
occupied consular posts in Newcastle, Bar-
celona, Honolulu, Havana, Buenos Ayres,
Lisbon. Naples, Rome. Batavia, Yokohama,
and Shanghai. M. Katard is a Chevalier de
la Legion d'Honneur.

HERR PAUL VON BURI, who has been
the Consul-General for Germany at Shanghai
since October, 1906, is the only son of
Councillor Dr. Maximilian von Buri. He was
born at Giessen (Hesse) in i860, and was
educated at the Gymnasium, Darmstadt, and
at the Universities of Heidelberg, Slrassburg,
Giessen, and Leipzig, where he devoted his
attention chiefly to the study of jurispru-
dence. He joined the Prussian service in
1881 as Referendar at Leipzig, and, passing
the State examinations in 1886, entered the
Foreign Office two years later. His first
appointment was that of Vice-Consul at Zan-
zit»r in 1889. since which time he has
served as Vice-Consul and Acting-Consul at
Capetown, Pretoria, and again at Zanzibar.
In 1895 he was once more attached as an
assistant to the headquarters staff ; in 1900
he carried out the duties of Consul-General
at Bale ; and in the following year was
transferred to Sydney, Australia. During his
twenty years' service. Herr von Buri has
received many decorations in recognition of
the valuable work he has accomplished, in-
cluding the Prussian Red Eagle of the
Fourth Class, the Prussian Order of the
Crown (Third Class), a Knight Commander-
ship of the Schwerin House Order der
Wcndischen Krone, the Zanzibar Star, and
the Chinese Dragon. In 1896 Herr von Bun
married Charlotte, eldest daughter of Dr.
von Bonhard. late President of the Senate
of the State Courts at Munich.

MR. MILOSLAV A. KOBR, Acting Consul-
General for Austria-Hungary, was born at
Raudnitz, Elbe, in 1878, and was educated
at the Oriental Academy, Vieima, studying
jurisprudence and State law and Eastern
languages. During his subsequent military
career he served in the 26th Regiment of
.\rtillery, and is now an ofticer on the
Reserve. He entered the service of the
Foreign Otlice in 1903, and shortly after-
wards was appointed Attache at the Slianghai
Consulate. He became Vice-Consul in 1905.
His present acting appointment dates from
February, IQ08. Mr. Kobr, who is an able
exponent of the art of fencing, is Superin-
tendent of the Cercle Internationale, Shanghai,
and of the International Institute.

MR. CONSTANTINE KLEIMENOW, who was
born in 1856, was, for some time, an infantry
officer in the Russian Army, and served in
the Russo-Turkish War of 1877-78. Resigning
his commission, he entered the F'oreign OHice
in 1882, and, six years later was appointed
secretary to the Russian Legation at Peking.
He acted as the Russian Consul in Singapore
from 1895 li" 'he end of 1900, when he pro-
ceeded to take up his present position as
Consul-General for Russia in Shanghai. He
has received a number of civil and military
decorations for his services.

MR. L. J. C. von ZEPPELIN OBERMULLER,

tlie Consul-General for the Netherlands, was
born at Haarlem, Holland, in 1874. He
entered the Foreign Qfiice in 1897, and at
various periods, and in different capacities,
has served in the Hague, Antwerp, Penang,
Singapore, Constantinople, Bangkok, and
Tientsin.

MR. THEODOR RAASCHOU has been the
Consul for Denmark at Shanghai, and
Consular Judge for China since January 20.
1904. He was born on June 28, 1862, and
was educated at the University of Copenhagen,
where he took the final degrees in law.
After practising law for some time he
was engaged in business until 1902, wlien
he joined the Consular service, and was
appointed Vice-Consul, and afterwards Acting-
Consul, for Denmark in London.

MR. THORVALD HANSEN, Consul-General
for Norway, was born in 1864 at HoUen, in
the county of Bratsburg, Norway. He
graduated in law at Christiana University,
and after spending a year in an advocate's
office he became, in 1890, secretary to the
Swedish-Norwegian Consul at Leith, Scotland.
In 1895 he was transferred to the Norwegian
Consulate-General in London, and in 1900
became Norwegian Vice-Consul in New
York. Whilst in the capital of the United
States, he married Miss Constance Fabritzius
Boyesen. He received his present appoint-
ment in Shanghai, on March 24, 1906. Mr.
Hansen is a Knight of the First Class of the
Order of Wasa.

MR. RICHARD BAGGE, Consul-General for
Sweden, was born at Stockholm in i860, and
was educated at Upsala University. Gradua-
ting as a Doctor of Law in 1886, he practised
in the St<x;kholm Courts for a year, and was
then appointed Consular Attache at Havre,

France, wliere he remained for three years.
He became secretary to the Diplomatic
Agency at Cairo in 1890, and two years later
was transferred to New York as Swedish
Vice-Consul. From 1894 to 1898 he was
attached to the Consulate-General in London,
and was then appointed Consul-General at
Barcelona. Returning to London, he was
again attached to the Consulate-General until
he was ordered to proceed to Quebec as
Consul-General. It was whilst in Quebec
that Mr. Bagge met his wife, whose father
had formerly held the position of Consul-
General in that city. From December, 1905,
until September, 1906, Mr. Hagge was Consul-
General at Hamburg, and he was then trans-
ferred to Shanghai.

MR. RAFAEL SECO, Consul for Spain, has
had a long career in the Consular service.
Born at Extreniadura, in Spain, forty-two
years ago, he graduated in law at the Central
University, Madrid, and in 1890 passed his
examination for the Consular Courts. In
1895 he was appointed Vice-Consul at Phila-
delphia, and in the following year was
transferred to Keywest. He was Vice-Consul
of St. Dennis Island during the Spanish-
American War, and subsequently held similar
appointments in Cette (France), and Lisbon.
Proceeding to the Philippines in 1904,
Mr. Seco was first Vice-Consul at Iloilo, and
then during the Governorship of General
Wright, was appointed Acting-Consul in
Manila. He was transferred to Shanghai in
September, 1906, and at the time of writing
is about to proceed to Para, in Brazil, as a
first-class Consul. He will be succeeded in
Shanghai by Mr. A. S. Arias. Mr. Seco, who
is married and has four children, Hves at
No. 19, Seward Road, the Spanish Consulate.

MR. OSGAR GEORGE POTIER, the Consul-
General for Portugal, graduated in the High
School of Letters, and was appointed Attache
to the Portuguese Government Financial
Agency in London on November 7, 1889.
He became an Attache to the Ministry of
Treasury on April 28, 1892, and Chancelier
in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on April 9,
1896. He was promoted to the rank of
Second-class Consul on December 24, 1<>01.
On June 26th of the following year he was
appointed to his present post, assuming the
duties in the following November. Mr. Potier
is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Geography,
Lisbon, and of tlie Royal Institute of Lisbon,
and is a Knight of the Royal Danish Order
of Denneborg.

MR. A. MONACO, the Consul-General for
Italy, has been in the foreign service of
his country for the past twenty-seven years,
during which time he has held appointments
in many parts of the world. He has tra-
velled extensively in North and South
America, and was Italian Minister at Korea
lor three years during the Russo-Japanese
War. He entered upon his present position
in Shanghai in 1907.

MR. HISAKICHI EITAKI, Consul-General
for Japan at Shanghai, is a native of Japan,
and received his education at the English
Law College, Tokyo— a college where law
and jurisprudence are taught upon English
principles by Japanese professors. He
passed the examination for admission to the

THE CONSULAR BODY.

A. Monaco,
Consul-General for Italy.

2. Rakael Seco, 3. L. J. C. VON Zeppelix Obermuller,

Consul for Spain. Consul-General for the Netherlands.

.S. Herr Paul von Buri, 6. m. Marti,

Consul-General for Germany. Consul for Mexico.

10. Sir Pelham L. Warren, K.C.M G.,
Consul-General for Great Kritain.
g. D. SiFFERT,
Consul-General for Helgium (Senior Consul).
12. T. Hansen, 13, c. Kleimenow, 14. T. Raasitiou,

Consul-General for Norway. Consul GeneTal for Russia. Consul for Denmark.

15. H. KiTAKI, ,6. O. G. POTIER,

Consul-General for lanan. Consul-General for Portui>al.

4. V. Meyer,
Vice-Consul for Denmark.

7- MlLOSLAV A. KOBR, 8. CHARLES DENBY,

Acting Consul-General for Austria-Hungary. Consul-General for U.S.A.

I. Col. Benjamin Giberga,
Consul-General for Cuba.

404 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Bar in 1889, and also for the higher grades
of the Ci\-il SerWce. and in the same year
l>ecame Judge's Assix-iate. He was appt>inted
Attache for Foreign Affairs at Tokyo in
1890, and Elcve Consul in 1890, in which
year he was sent to Fusan. Korea. He
was transferred to Chemulpo, Korea, as
Acting-Consul, in iSgj, and to the Con-
sulate-General at Shanghai in 1804. where lor
six months (from December, i8«)4. to May,
i8»)5). he was Acting Consul-General. He
was then sent to Shasi (on the Yanglsze-
Kiang) as Consul and while there was
commissioned by the Japanese Government
to negotiate the terms of the Japanese
Conc-ession at Shasi with the Chinese
authorities. He was appointed Consul for
Xew South Wales in November, 1898, and
arrived at Sydney on Januarj- 18. 189Q.
The Consulate was raised to the rank of a
Consulate-GenentI in December. 1901. when
he was instructed to assume the duties of
Acting Consul-General for Australasia, a
position which he held until 1903. While
in Australia he took part in a discussion
on the Immigration Restriction Bill with
the G<nernment of the Conmionwealth ;
and in regard to the racial question he
wrote a book in English, entitled " Color-
phobia." which was published in Sydney.
At the end of 1903 he was transferred to
Hankow as Consul, and in 1905 he received
his present post.

M. MARTI, the Mexican Consul, was
app<iintcd by the President of the United
States of Mexico on May 18, 1907. He has
jurisdiction in the provinces of Kiangsu,
Chekiang. and Anhwci.

CHEVALIER BENJAMIN QIBERQA, a colonel
in the Cuban Army of Liberation, at present
Charge d'Affaires of the Cuban Republic in
China and Consul-General at Shanghai,
belongs to one of the most prominent Cuban
families. t>cing of Dutch descent on his
father's side (who was Spanish born and
had the title of Count, which he renouncedl
and of French descent on hia mother's side.
He studied at the University of Barcelona.
Spain, and at Paris, London, and New York.
He is well known in the Spanish-speaking
countries as the author and translator of
several works. He is one of the survivors of
the Tillie expedition, which was shipwrecked
with a valuable cargo of arms and ammu-
nition for the Cuban revolutionists during their
War of Independence. He was decorated
by the Venezuelan Government for his ser-
vices to public education in Venezuela, and
is a chevalier of the Order of Simon Bolivar,
the great South Americ-an liberator. He
served as secretary to the former President
of the Republic of Cuba, the Hon. Tomas
Estrada Palma ; also to the present Cuban
Minister Plenipotentiary at Washington, the
Hon. Gonzelo de Quesada : and during the
late Cuban War was secretary to Major-
General Bartolome Maso, President of the
Cuban Republic in the field, and also to
Major-General Calixto Garcia, Lieutenant-
General and Chief of the Eastern Department
of the Cul)an Army. Mr. Giberga was Com-
missioner for Cuba at the Paris World's
Fair of 1900. The Cuban Government also
deputed him to raise a loan for $35,000,000
(gold), with which to pay the Cuban Kevolu-
tionarv- Army. This loan was placed in New
York in 1905. Colonel Giberga presented
his diplomatic credentials to the Chinese
Government at Peking on April 27, 1907.

SIR HAVILLAND WALTER DE SAUSMAREZ,

Judge of His Britannic Majesty's SuprenK-
Court for China and Korea, was born on
May 30, 1861, and was the second son of
the Rev. Havilland de Sausmarez. He was
educated at Westminster and at Trinity
College. Cambridge, graduating ninth senior
optime in 1883. He was called to the
Bar of the Inner Temple in the following
year, and went on the Kent Sessions and
the South-eastern Circuit, subsequently gonig

Bar by Lincoln's Inn, and in 1893 he was
appointed Vice-Consul of Canton. He was
Consul-ill-charge of the Blackbuiii Com-
mercial Coiiiniission in 1896 97, and has

SIR HAVILLAND W. DE SAUSMAREZ,

Judge, His Iirit;uinic Majesty's Supreme Court

for China and Korea.

abroad. After practising privately in Lagos,
where he acted as Queen's Advocate for
eight months, he was appointed Assistant
Judge in Her Majesty's Consular Court for
Zanzibar, a position he occupied for five years.
In 1897 he became Assistant Judge, and in 1903
Judge of the Supreme Court of the Ottoman
Dominions. He came to Shanghai in his
present capacity in IQ05. Sir Havilland has
been twice married, his first wife, who died
in 1893, being Dora Beatrice, second daughter
of the late Major-General Gother Mann, C.B.,
and his second, whom he inarried in 1896,
being Annie Elizabeth, younger daughter of
the Rev. F. VV. Mann. He lives at No. 3,
Yates Road, Shanghai, and is a member of
the Oxford and Cambridge and of the Savile
Clubs.

HIS HONOUR MR. JUSTICE FREDERICK
SAMUEL AUGUSTUS BOURNE, Assistant Judge
of His Britannic Majesty's Supreme Court
for China and Korea, Shanghai, and Judge
of His Majesty's High Court, Weihaiwei,
was born on October 3, 1854, and is a son
of the late Rev. S. W. Bourne, B.A.. Rector
of Winfarthing, Norfolk, and of Mary
Caroline, daughter of the late Henry
Cassin, M.D. Educated at St. Edmund's
School, Canterbury, Mr. Bourne entered
the service of the War Office in 1873,
and three years later was transferred to the
China Consular service. In 1885 86 he was
employed on special service, exploring the
country bordering on Tonkin, and in the
latter year received the thanks of the President
of the United States for services rendered at
Chungking. In 1890 he was called to the

F. S. A. BOURNE,
Assistant Judge, His liritannic Majesty's Supreme Ccnirt.

subsequently received his present appoint-
ment. Mr. Bourne, who married, in 1889,
Alice, youngest daughter of the Kev. John
Chalmers, LL.D., lives in Shanghai. His
address in England is Southborough, Tun-
bridge Wells, and the Conservative Club,
London.

MR. LEBBEUS REDMAN WILFLEY, the

first holder of the appointment of Judge
of the United States Court for China, was
born in Missouri, U.S.A., on March 30,
1866, his father being of German, and his
mother of Welsh descent. His early days
were spent on a farm, and his education
began at the Central College, Missouri,
where he took his A.M. degree in 1888.
F'rom 1888 to 1891 he was President of
Clarksbury College, Missouri. He took the
summer course of law at Virginia Uni-
versity in 1891, and was admitted to the
Bar in Virginia in the same year. Pro-
ceeding to Yale University, he graduated
with honours in the Law School in 1892,
taking his LL.B. degree ; and he then
entered upon private practice in St. Louis.
Although a democrat in politics, he did not
support Bryan's candidature in 1896, and
since then has been a member of the
partv known as " gold democrats." In 1901
Judge William H. Taft, then Governor-
General of the Philippines, asked the federal
judges and certain prominent lawyers of
St. Louis to recommend a man for the
bench in the Philippines. As a result Judge
WilHey was appointed Attorney-General of
the islands. In 1906, when Congress
created the United States Court for China,
President Roosevelt, upon the recommen-
dation of Mr. Secretary Taft and Mr.
Secretary Root, appointed Judge WilHey
to the position he now fills. In Shanghai
Judge Wilfley has been confronted with a
number of vexed and difficult questions.
The laws which Congress had extended to
China were embraced within the term
" common law," which was so vague.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 405

indistinct, and archaic as to render it
almost impossible of application ; and Judge
Wilfley is now engajied in trying to secure
a new penal and civil code specially
adapted to the requirements of United
States citizens in China. Soon after the
establishment of his Court three-fourths of
the American Bar at Shanghai were rejected.
and as a consequence, attempts were made
to impeach Judge Willley. Congress, how-
ever, dismissed the charges brought against
him as devoid of foundation, and the work
of the Court was commended. At the
close of the Boxer troubles and of the
Spanish-American War. a large number of
suspicious and undesirable foreigners of all
nationalities found their way into Shanghai,
and of this class of citizens America fur-
nished her full quota. The situation called
for drastic measures, and Judge WilHey by
sentencing a number of swindlers, gamblers,
and " sharks " to terms of imprisonment,
induced others to flee, and was thus the
means of ridding the Settlement of many of
the criminal class. Judge Wilfley is now
desirous of securing the appropriation of a
large sum of money for the erection of a
Federal Building in Shanghai, for the Court
Consulate-General and other offices.

THE MUNICIPAL COUNCILS.

The International Settlement.

The International Settlement comprises an
area of 33,503 mow, or nearly 9 square miles,
and contiiins an estimated population of
13,700 foreigners and 510,000 Chinese. It
is bounded on the north by the Soochow
Creek from the Hsiao Sha P'erry to a point
about seventy yards west of the entrance
thereinto of the Defence Creek, thence in
a northerly direction to the Shanghai-Paoshan
boundary, thence following this boundary
to the point where it meets the Hongkew
Creek, and thence in an easterly direction
to the mouth of the Ku-ka-pang ; upon
the east by the Whangpoo River from
the mouth of the Ku-ka-pang to the mouth
of the Yang-king-pang ; upon the south by
the Yang-king-pang from its mouth to the
point at which the Defence Creek enters it.
thence in a westerly direction following the
line of the northern branch of the Great
Western Koad, and thereafter along that
road to the Temple of Agriculture in the
rear of Bubbling Well Village ; and on the
west by a line drawn from the Temple of
Agriculture in a northerly direction to the
Hsiao Sha P'erry on the Soochow Creek.

The Settlement is administered by a Muni-
cipal Council of nine members elected
annually from and by the foreign ratepayers,
in accordance with the provisions of the
Land Regulations. At the close of their year
of office the members of the Council present
a detailed report of their proceedings to a
statutory meeting of the ratepayers, who
then consider the estimates for the ensuing
twelve months and decide upon the methods
by which the sum required for carrying on
the public affairs of the Settlement shall be
raised. In this way the community retain
very effective control over their representa-
tives, who, indeed, have no power even to
make by-laws, except such as apply to them-
selves or the officers of the Municipality,
without the approval of the ratepayers, in
special meeting assembled, of the Consular
Body, and of the representatives of the
Treaty Powers in Peking.

But within these limitations the Council
has wide scope for its activities. It is re-
sponsible for the policing of the Settlement
and outside roads, the promotion of public

health by sanitation and food inspection, the
construction and care of highways and open
spaces, the supervision of building operations,
the execution of public works, the supply of
electric lighting and power, the issue of
licences, and the administration of the
volunteer corps, tire brigade, public band,
and the chief centres of public instruction,
foreign and native, within the Settlement.
For the proper performance of these duties
it is empowered to levy a tax upon land, to
rate buildings, to collect dues upon goods
passing through the Custom House, and to
charge fees for licences. It is also entitled
to a royalty of 5 per cent, on the gross
receipts of the tramways system of the
Shanghai Electric Construction Company.

For the more efficient discharge of its
manifold duties the Council resolves itself
into three committees, viz. : — The Watch
Committee, which has control of the police,
volunteers, lire brigade, and health depart-
ment ; the Works Committee, which is
charged with the construction and mainte-
nance of highways, bridges, drains, and open

August 6, ]S()8, and was educated at Fetles
College, Edinburgh. After a few years spent
in the service of the Royal Bank of Scotland
and the Chartered Bank of India, Australia,
and China, he joined Messrs. Jardine,
Matheson & Co., Ltd., in March, 1890. At
different periods he has been stationed at
Swatow. Hongkong, and Shanghai. It was
at the beginning of last year, when Mr.
Keswick was transferred to Hongkong, that
Mr. Landale was placed in charge of the
firm's interests at Shanghai. For a number
of years past Mr. Landale has taken a
prominent part in the public and social
life of the Settlement. Excepting during
two years, he has been a member of the
Municipal Council continuously since 1900.
He was chairman of the P'inance Committee
in 1903 4, and was elected to his present
position in Mav. 1907. He is a member of
the Sports Club and of the Thatched House
Club, London, and of practically all the local
clubs. His recreation is found chiefly in
polo playing and shooting. He is president
of the Shanghai Gun Club, a steward of the

HON. L. R. WILFLEY, Judge, United States Court of Cliina : A. BASSETT, U.S. Attornev
F. E. HINCKLEY, Clerk of Court ; and HUBERT N. O'BRIEN, U.S. Marshal.

spaces, &c. ; and the Finance Committee,
which, of course, is responsible for framing
the estimates and providing the means for
carrying on the work of the Council. The
direction of the electricity department has
been delegated to a salaried committee,
whose decisions are subject to the veto of
the Council. The band, and public edu-
cational establishments are administered with
public funds by coinmittees upon which the
Council is represented. The Council also
nominates one meinber out of the three who
constitute the Land Commission, a body
appointed each year to award compensation
in respect of property compulsorily acquired
for public purposes.

MR. DAVID LANDALE, the chairman of
the Municipal Council, is the son of the
Rev. David Landale, of Applegarth Manse,
Lockerbie, Dumfriesshire, Scotland, and
Margaret, daughter of Sir Wm. Jardine,
Bart. He was born at Applegarth on

Race Club, and a member of the committee
of the Polo Club. In February, 1902, he
married Mildred, the second daughter of
Mr. John Fortune, of Bengairn, Kircudbright-
shire.

MR. ALBERT WILLIAM BURKILL, the

chairman of the Watch Committee, has,
with the exception of a year spent in England,
been a member of the Council since 1903.
He is the son of Mr. A. R. Burkill, founder
of the firm of Messrs. A. R. Burkill & Sons,
and was born in Shanghai on F"ebruary 14,
1873. When six years of age, he went to
England, and was educated at King Edward's
School, Bromsgrove, returning, iu 1892, to
join his father in business. He became a
partner in the firm in 1R96, and has had
charge of its interests since 1897. P'or many
years past Mr. Burkill has been a promi-
nent figure in local sporting circles. He used
formerly to be a regular member of the
Shanghai football team, but now his chief

406 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

recreation is riding. He is an enthusiastic-
polo player, is master of the Paper Hunt
Club, and is one of the best known .iniateur
jockeys in the Settlement.

MR. WILLIAM D. LITTLE, who was

first elected a nieml>er of the Municipal
Council in l8i>i. was born of Scottish

Si.\ty," now known as the " Kin}>'s Hun-
dred." Coining to Shanghai in December,
iS8o. he joined the local volunteers as a
private and won the gold cross at the
Autumn RiHe Meeting in 1884. Subse-
quently, he rose to command the Infantry
Battalion, and when, in 1903, he was
placed on the retired list, with the rank
of major, he received a special letter of
thanks from the Municipal Council lor his

SOKE MEMBERS OF THE SHANOHAI BAR.
R R. N. Maclfxiii. r.. A. I>, Stoki':s.

4. W. V. DKirMMONI).

5. W. A. C. Platt. 7. J. H. Teesdai.e.

parents at Singapore in 1857. He was
educated at a private sch(X)l at Blackheath
and at University College, London. At the
age of sixteen he joined the London Scot-
tish Volunteers, and has continued ever
since to take an adive interest in the
volunteer fwce. In 1879 he won a
SL George's Badge at Wimbledon, and in
the following year shot into the "Queen's

services to the corps. Mr. Little came
out to China to join the firm of Carter
& Co., which was subsequently changed
to Westall, Little & Co., and later to
William Little & Co., although it was
known throughout as the old Chung Ho
hong, established by William Broughall in
J851. Besides serving for several terms on
the Municipal Council he has acted as

chairman of the Shanghai General Chamber
of Commerce for five years, and is a vice-
president of the Shanghai RiHe Association.

MR. ALFRED DENNY LOWE, who is now

serving his second year as a member of the
Municipal Council, was born on February 14,
1863, at Newstead House, near Stamford
Line, and was educated at Stamford Grammar
School. It was intended that he should
follow in the footsteps of his grandfather
and three uncles, and study medicine, but
the death of his father interfered with this
plan, and Mr. Lowe was apprenticed to a
large tea firm in London. He remained
with them for nine years, and in 1887 came
to China as " Chasee " — tea-taster^to the
house of Jardine, Matheson & Co. This
position he held for nearly six years, when,
his agreement having expired, he returned
to England on account of his health. After
some months' rest, he was approached by
Mr. A. R. Greaves, with the result that he
returned to China in the service of Greaves &
Co. — an offshoot of the now extinct American
firm of Russell & Co. Mr. A. R. Greaves
retired from the China firm in igoo, and
the business was eventually taken over by
Mr. C. E. Geddes and Mr. A. D. Lowe,
operations being carried on in Shanghai and
Hankow under the title of Geddes & Co.
During the whole of his residence in the
Settlement Mr. Lowe has taken an active
interest in municipal affairs, and is now a
member of the Watch Committee. He is
managing director of the Shanghai Ice, Cold
Storage and Refrigeration Company, and has a
seat on the boards of several local companies.
For many years an enthusiastic member of the
Victoria Fire Company, he is now one of
the few honorary active members of the
Shanghai Fire Brigade. He is on the com-
mittee of the Shanghai Club, and is a
member of all the other principal local
social and sporting clubs, Mr. Lowe is a
married man with a family of five children.

MR. OTTO MEUSER, chairman of the
Works Committee, has been a member of
the Council since 1901. He came to Shang-
hai in 1874 and, in his private capacity, is
the manager of Messrs. Rhode & Co.

MR. J. n. McMICHAEL, senior partner
in the firm of Messrs. Fraizar & Co., was
first elected a member of the Municipal
Council in 1895. The son of Mr. Richard
McMichael, merchant, of Albany, New York,
he was born on June 29, 1856, at Sche-
nestady, New York, and was educated at the
Erasmus Hall Academy. For fifteen years
he was with the old Cliina firm of Wetmore,
Cryder & Co., and when that firm was
merged with Fraizar & Co. he came out to
Shanghai in 1887, to manage the business
in the East. Subsequently he became the
sole proprietor, and in January, 1907, he
admitted Mr. Walter S. Emens into partner-
ship. Mr. McMichael has always taken an
active interest in public affairs. After his
first period of membership of the Municipal
Council, in 1895 96, he retired, but was re-
elected in 1907. During 1896 97 he served
on the committee of the Slianghai General
Chamber of Commerce. In 1896, also, he
took part in the revision of the Land Regu-
lations. In the following year he acted as
chairman of the Sundry Exports Sub-

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 407

Committee, appointed to consider ques-
tions relating to the taxation of exports.
Mr. McMichael is a director of tlie Peralc
Sugar Cultivation Company, Ltd.. and of the
Kalumpong Rubber Company. An enthusiastic
sportsman, he is a member of all the local
clubs, and devotes much of his leisure to
riding and golf.

MR. W. A. C. PLATT, who has served on
the Municipal Council for two years, was
born in London in 1859. He was educated
at Magdalen College School, and at Hert-
ford College. Oxford, where he graduated
in law in 1883. Entering Lincoln's Inn, he
was called to the Bar in 1885, and practised
for a number of years on .the Western Cir-
cuit. In 1892 he came to China, and joined
the local firm of Johnson, Stokes & Master.
On various occasions he has acted as Crown
Advocate. He is a member of the Union
and Thatched House Clubs, London ; a past
chairman of the Shanghai Club, and a
member of practically all the local insti-
tutions.

MR. JOHN PRENTICE, who has been a
member of the Municipal Council for many
years, is chairman and managing director
of the Shanghai Dock and Engineering Com-
pany. He is interested also in a number of
other large industrial enterprises, and, con-
sequently, his opinions, based upon long
experience and intimate knowledge of local
affairs, always receive careful attention.
Born at Glasgow, he was apprenticed, upon
the completion of his education at Greenock,
to the engineering firm of Scott & Co.,
Greenock. He came to Shanghai in 1870,
and joined the firm of David Muirhead as
a marine engineer and shipbuilder. After-
wards he became coimected with Messrs.
Boyd & Co., whose business was subsequently
reconstructed as S. C. Farnham Boyd & Co..
and is now the Shanghai Dock and Engineer-
ing Company, Ltd. Mr. Prentice, who had been
managing director of Boyd & Co., was, until
recently, chairman and managing director of
the present Company. During the past year,
however, he has given up the active super-
vision of the work carried on, but still retains
his position as chairman of the Company.
He is on the local board of directors of the
famous Langkat Oil Company, of Sumatra,
and is a director, also, of the Sumatra
Tobacco Company, and of the Yangtsze
Insurance Company. Mr. Prentice is a
member of the Thatched House Club,
London, and of most local institutions and
sporting clubs.

The French Concession.

The French Concession, lying between the
International Settlement and the native city,
with a frontage on the Whangpoo, contains
1,625 mow. This area is administered by a
Municipal Council, consisting of four French
members and four foreigners of other nation-
alities. The Consul is, ex officio, president of
this body, but he invariably delegates his
powers, and a chairman is chosen by the
members from among their own number,
The Consul, however, retains the right to
veto any decision of the Council that does
not meet with his approval. The members
are elected by foreign owners of land, occu-
piers of houses, and residents with an annual
income of over 4,000 francs, irrespective of
nationality, except that, as in the neighbour-

ing Settlement, the Chinese have no formal
rights. The members hold olfice for two
years, one-half of their number retiring
annually. The Council resolves itself into
five committees, namely, the P'inance, Public
Works, Police, Municipal School, and Hos-

and patrolled by the municipal police. The
Council has recently established its own fire
brigade. Hospital accommodation is pro-
vided for the police, but there is no municipal
general hospital, the Council making con-
tributions to the Shanghai General Hospital,

MEMBERS OF THE SHANGHAI MUNICIPAL COUNCIL.

2. W. D. Little.

5. J. PRENTICK.
9. J. H. McMlCHAEL.

1. J. C. Haxsox.
3. W. A. C. PLATT.

6. DAvm La\dale, Chainiiaii.
8. M. C. Beax.
10. .V. D. Lowe.

4. .\. W, BCRKILL.

7. O. JlEUSEK.
J I. E. li. SKOTTOWE.

pital Committees, and discharges the usual
functions of a highways and sanitary authority.
Since 1900 roads have been purchased
outside the boundaries of the Concession,
extending as far back as Siccawei. These
are maintained by the Council's engineers

the Pasteur In.stitute, and the Shanghai
Municipal Dispensary. There is a small
municipal school in the Concession, attended
by about two hundred Chinese pupils, and
it is the intention of the Council in the near
future to erect a large municipal school

408 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and establish a small university. For this
purpose the sum of Tls. 25.000 has been
ear-nuirked. and a contribution of a similar
amount is expected from the French Gtwern-
ment.

The tramways, electric lighting works,
and waterworks arc all controlled by one
private company. The amalgamation, how-
c\-er, is of very recent date, for electric
lighting was a municip;»l service in 1905,
and the waterworks were owned by the
Council until May 1. 1908. Kevenue is
obtained by the Council from each of these
enterprises as well as from land ta.x, rates,
licences, and wharfage dues.

Although there is no recognised annual
meeting of land renters the general body of
ratepayers are called together whenever
there is any matter of special importance to
consider.

MONS. VICTOR BERTHOZ, Barrister-at-
Law. was born at Lyons in iWij. Educated
for the legal profession he qualified as
Attorney and Barrister-at-Law before the
Court of Appeal of Aix-en-Provence. Coming
to the Far East in 1900 he practised at
Saigon for four years, and in 1904 removed
to Shanghai and Tientsin. On becoming a
member of the F"rench Municipal Council in
1907 he was unanimously elected chairman.
Mons. Bertho/. who is married, has a
charming residence in the Avenue Paul
Brunat. He is a member of the Shanghai
and Tientsin Clubs, and of the Cercle
Sportif Franvais.

MR. W. M. DOWDALL. F.R.I. B.A.,
A.M.Inst.C.E.. vice-chairman of the Council,
is on the staff of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps, and a short sketch of his career will
be found elsewhere in this volume.

MR. THEO. ECKARDT, proprietor of the
Shanghai Nurseries in the Avenue Paul
Brunat. was elected a member of the French
Municipal Council in January, 1908. A
native of Kiel, in Germany, he is forty-one
years of age. and has resided in China for
the past six years.

MONS. J. O'^ILLARO, a naUve of Mont-
carra. Isere. France, came to the Far East
twenty-seven years ago in the import and
export business. He established branches at
Shanghai, Peking, Tientsin, Hankow, Foo-
chow, Chefoo, Nagasaki, and Port Arthur,
and eventually secured a contract as pur-
veyor to the French Army and Navy in
China. Owing to failing health, however,
he was compelled, in 1903, to relinquish a
great part of his business, retaining only
that of wholesale dealer in diamonds,
jewellery, and watches, with branches at
Shanghai and Hankow. In 1885 he joined
the Shanghai Fire Department as first otificer
of " Le Torrent" Company, and in 1891 he
was appointed district engineer, a post
which he filled for eight years. He was
elected a member of the French Municipal
Council in July, 1907. Mons. Gaillard
married in September, 1893, Mdlle. Cecile

Eymard, d;iughter of a well-known silk
merchant in Yokohama, by whom he has
four children.

MR. E. OHISI, manager of the Shanghai
branch of the StKieta Coloniale Italiana, is a
native of Milan. He came to Shanghai in
October, 1883, in the service of Messrs,
Dufour Bros." & Co., a well-known firm of
silk exporters. He remained with them
until n;oi, when he joined the Societa
Coloniale Italiana, opening the local branch
of which he has ever since been manager.
From 1889 until lyoi Mr. Ghisi was Consul
for Italy in Shanghai. He is a familiar
figure in the social life of the Settlement,
and is a member of practically all the local
clubs. Of the Italian Bowling Club he is
hon. president. Mr. Ghisi, who is in his
fifty-second year, is married, and has four
children.

MR. W. LA GRO is the manager of the
Netherlands Trading Society in Shanghai,
He came to the Settlement when the local
branch of this bank was opened in 1903.
and has been in the service of the institution
for upwards of fourteen years. A native of
Meppo, in Holland, he was educated at
Groningen, and is now thirty-four years of
age. He resides in Yates Road, and is a
member of all the principal clubs in Shanghai,

MONS. H. MADIER, a native of Peyrins,
France, came to Shanghai as a silk inspector
for the firm of Messrs. M. Tillot & Co. in
1900, and in March, 1907, he acquired the
sole proprietorship of the business. A very
popular man, Mons. Madier is a member of
the Shanghai Club, the Race Club, and the
Cercle Sportif Franvais. He resides in the
Avenue Dubail.

MONS. BRAISER DU THUY is the agent-
general for the Messageries Maritimes
Steamship Company in the Far East. He
was born at Singapore, his father having
come out to the Straits Settlements in the
service of the Company in 1861 or 1862,
After holding the position of agent-general
in Svdney for about eight years, Mons. du
Thuy was transferred to Shanghai in Novem-
ber 1906, and soon took a prominent place
among the residents in the Settlement. In
addition to being a member of the French
Municipal Council he is a member of the
Shanghai Chamber of Commerce. As a
member of the French Club, the French
Amateur Dramatic Club, and the committee
of the Shanghai Club he takes his share in
the social life of Shanghai.

MONS. G. LAFERRIERE, secretary to the
French Municipal Council, was born in
Paris. He has been resident in China for
about twelve years. After being a clerk in
the employment of Messrs. E. L. Mondon &
Co. for three years he entered the service of
the Municipal Council, and was successively
tax-collector, accountant, and, since July,
1904, secretary, Mr. Laferriere, who is a

member of the Shanghai and French Clubs,
and of the French .Vmateur Dramatic Club,
is at present home on leave.

THE CHINESE CITY,

A Mfxicii'Ai. CoiN'Cii. was formed in the
native city in August, 1905, and was the first
of its kind in the Empire. The Taoutai at
that time. His Honour Huan Shu Hsucn, who
is now the Acting-Governor of the Shantung
Province, was induced to sanction the creation
of such a body by a number of leading Chinese
merchants, who, being firmly convinced of
the advantages that would follow upon some
measure of local self-government, repeatedly
brought the matter before his notice. The
constitution of the Council resembles that of
the Municipal Councils in the F"oreign Settle-
ment. The members, who number thirty-
three, are elected for two years. At the
conclusion of this term, according to the
original regulations, they should all retire
together, but the disadvantages of sucli a
system soon became apparent and now
one-half the Council retires annually. The
election is by ballot, and the franchise is limited
to men of not less than twenty-five years
of age, who possess certain property qualifi-
cations and are permanent residents in
Shanghai. Originally it was stipulated that
every voter must have been born in
Shanghai, but recently this proviso has
been withdrawn. Each year there is a
meeting of electors, akin to the annual
meeting of ratepayers in the International
Settlement, to which the Council submit the
estimates lor the forthcoming twelve months,
The members of the Council elect their
own president and chairmen of committees,
those holding office at the present time
being Mr. Li Chung Yii (president) ; and
Messrs. Koh Hsi Lun, Yook, Huai Chi
Tseng Tsu, and Chu Pu Song (chairmen of
committees). For the more efficient govern-
ment of the area administered by the
Council the work has been organised in
three departments, namely, the Police
Department, the Civil Administration Depart-
ment and the Engineering or Public Works
Department.

The Police Department has charge of the
police stations, the sanitary deparlment,
and the fire brigade. A force of 700 men
has been trained for service in the different
police stations inside and outside the city
wall, the police districts being divided as
follows :— Inside the city wall : Eastern
city district, western city district, southern
city district, and noilhern city district.
Outside the city wall : Eastern district,
western district, and southern district.

The Civil Administration Department in-
cludes the census office, the tax-collector's
office, and the land register office.

The Engineering Department is re-
sponsible for surveying and engineering,
public works, and street lighting.

The Council's revenue has been derived,
so far, from taxes levied on shops, houses,
and public vehicles, but, the money from
these sources proving inadequate, the Taoutai
has promised to levy a tax of 20 cents upon'
every lottery ticket sold in the city to make
up the deficiency.

A Government building in Mao Chia
Lung, on the Bund of the native city, serves
as the Council's headquarters.

POLICE.

By Mr. K. J. McEUEN, Deputy Superintendent of Police.

HE Police F'orce of Shanghai,
as an organised body, has a his-
tory which goes back a Utile
over half a century. In the
earliest years of its existence
the Settlement was policed
by Consular constables and
native watchmen, and that primitive arrange-
ment served — or had to serve — for the needs
of the small foreign population which then
existed. In 1853, however, came a change
owing to the influx of Chinese who were
driven to take refuge in Shanghai by the
unsettled conditions of the adjacent Chintse
territory. A scheme was then mooted tor
the creation of a force of 30 foreign con-
stables with a chief and assistant superin-
tendent. But in consequence of the difficulty
of raising the funds only 8 constables were
employed, and a part of the building erected
with a view to the accommodation of the
larger number (the nucleus of the present
Central Station) was lent to the Library
Committee, the rent helping to pay the 8
constables and their superintendent, Mr. S.
Clifton. About 1855 the force was increased
to 30, and when in 1862 the presence of the
rebels and the consequent crowds of refugees
made a larger force an urgent necessity, the
number was raised to 164 men, many of whom
were enlisted from the regiments leaving
China after the Peiho Expedition. The need
for economy, however, soon led to a reduc-
tion of this number, and about the beginning
of 1865 the expense was still further lessened
by drafting inio the force native constables.
In 1875 the force stood at 112 effective
men.

The force forms the first line of the local
defences, and consequently the organisation
is of a semi-military character. The foreign
section of the force, comprising Europeans
and Indians — many of whom have served
with the colours — is armed with the Lee-
Enfield carbine — soon to be replaced by the
short service rifle— and undergoes an annual
training in musketry, %vhile a small mounted
contingent carries swords and revolvers. All
the foreign members of the force, and as
many Chinese as possible, are accommodated
in barracks. There is a training depot for
Indians and Chinese, and another is about to

be provided for Europeans. The total
strength of the force on June i, 1908,
was 1,460 of all ranks. For the discharge
of ordinary police duties this number, con-
sidered in relation to the population, may
seem unusually high, but experience has
shown that it is not in e.xcess of the peculiar
requirements of the Settlement.

Riots.

In 1891, for instance, the disturbances in
Ihe valley of the Yangtsze approached ^o
near to Shanghai as to cause grave appre-
hension at the mission stations at Jessfield
and Siccawei. Soochow, Hangchow, and
Sungkiang were in a disturbed state, necessi-
tating extra vigilance on the part of the native
officials, and even at the hills and the
neighbouring villages rumours of suspicious
characters being about were rife. The
elements of disturbance, which at one time
had every appearance of following the line
of the Soochow Creek, apparently split at
Soochow, branching off to Sungkiang and
Hangchow in one direction and Haimun in
the other. Special precautions, however, were
taken in Shanghai to avert trouble, and during
June, July, August, and October, iifty-four
suspicious characters who could not give
a satisfactory account of themselves were
arrested and taken before the Mixed Court,
with the result that they were either deported
or sent into the native city to be dealt with
there.

In 1897 a riot occurred in consequence of
the decision of the Municipal Council to
increase the wheelbarrow tax, from 400 to
600 cash per month from April ist. The
barrow-men refused to take out licences
and created several serious disturbances. At
2.45 p.m. on April 2nd a large crowd of
them assembled on the Bund near the Yang-
king-pang Bridge and prevented a hand-cart
from being loaded. P.C. Laureson attempted
to disperse them, but being unable to do so
telephoned for assistance. Before it arrived
he was knocked down by the crowd and very
roughly handled. Several foreigners, however,
went to his assistance, and on the arrival of
men from the Central Station the crowd
dispersed into the French Settlement. At

8 a.m. on the 5th a crowd of barrow-men
collected on the Soochow Road and threw a
hand-cart into the creek. The police were
telephoned for, and on their arrival the crowd
dispersed. At 9.45 a.m. on the same day
some hundreds of barrow-coolies, many armed
with carrying bamboos, were seen coming
towards the Settlement from the French
Bund. They were met at the Yang-king-
pang Bridge by Inspector Matheson, P.C.
Lundquist, and Troopers 79 and 112. The
rioters used their bamboos freely, and threw
bricks through several windows. Several
gentlemen from the club came to the assist-
ance of the police, and in about five minutes
the crowd was driven into the French Settle-
ment. Inspector Matheson sustained a serious
injury to one leg that incapacitated him from
duty for three weeks, and both troopers were
wounded on the head. Several foreigners
were also injured. From the commencement
of the first disturbance on April 2nd all the
police off duty were confined to barracks, in
order to be ready to turn out at a moment's
notice.

In July, 1898, there was very serious riot-
ing in the French Settlement, and to prevent
the disturbance from spreading into the
neighbouring Settlement the bridge over the
Yang-king-pang was guarded by armed police
as long as the necessity for doing so existed.
The Ningpo shops in the International Settle-
ment were all shut for some days, and the
washermen struck work. There was a small
riot in Hongkew in connection with the latter
occurrence, but it was promptly dealt with
and the ringleaders were arrested and
punished.

The year 1900, which will be a memorable
one in the history of China owing to the
Boxer uprising in the North, was full of
anxieties. Every precaution was taken to
prevent the Boxer element from finding its
way into Shanghai. Men were posted at
several important places to obtain informa-
tion ; steamers arriving from the North were
searched ; and whenever news was received
of possible trouble the police were confined to
barracks so as to be ready to turn out at a
moment's notice. Extra Indians were taken
on the strength, and certain parts of the
Settlement were patrolled by mounted

410 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

police. Rockets were distributed to the
principal mills and factories, to t>e used for
signalling purposes in the event of trouble.
.All this entailed a x-ast amount of work on
the police in general and on the detective
staff in particular.

There was a great exodus of Chinese from
Shanghai on acvount of the scare caused by
different rumours — some of them of the most
mischievous nature — which prevailed in native
circles. The Council pt)sted proclamations to
pacify the minds of the people ; and through
the medium of the native guilds promises
were made of police assistance in case of
trouble. During June and July a very large
number of the native residents left for
Ningpo. Soochow, Canton, and other places,
but they soon returned, finding in all proba-
bility that they were safer in Shanghai than
in their native places. In .-Vugust and Sep-
tember troops of various nationalities landed
in Shanghai, and the Council took the pre-
caution to notify the Chinese people by
proclamation that the soldiers were coming
for their protection as well as for the
protection of foreigners. A system of
Provost Guards was instituted on Novem-
ber J/ih, Major Watson, and subsequently
Captain, now Major Rose, of the 1st Ghur-
khas, ticing Provost Marshals. Some of the
guards were stationed in Scott Road and
others at Hongkew Station. The system
worked well, and its establishment was of
considerable assistance in maintaining order.

Serious riots occurred on December 18,
1905, which the Captain Superintendent of
Police attributed to the arrival of young and
hot-headed students from Europe, America,
and Japan, the premature discussion of the
American Exclusion Treaty, and the effect
on the Chinese mind of the Japanese
success against Russia. A local committee,
watching and pushing forward the boycott
of American goods, held numerous meetings
during the latter portion of the year, at
which many violent speeches of an anti-
foreign nature were made. After the fracas
which occurred at the Mixed Court on
December 8th, the minds of certain sections
of the native community were poisoned by
untrue and malicious reports of what took
place, and several meetings were held, at
which threats were uttered of a general
strike, of refusal to pay taxes, and of a
general exodus of natives from the Settle-
ment. In the evening of December 17th, a
meeting of about three hundred people,
headed by two men of the name of Koo
Bang Yuan and Nyi Zung Nyih, leaders of
the boycott movement, was held at the
Ningpo Guild in the French Settlement, for
the purpose of forcing the hands of the
native txinkers, merchants, and shopkeepers,
who had adopted an almost neutral attitude.
After some violent speeches, a resolution
was passed calling for a general strike and
for the closing of shops to begin from the
morrow. Certain influential native merchants
endeavoured to counteract the effect of
circulars which were issued after the meet-
ing by distributing other notices, but
without result. The organisation of the
riots on the i8th was a complete surprise
to the police. The manner in which the
attacks were delivered, the class of people
in the Settlement at the time, and the
general organisation, showed the work of
persf>ns of a higher class than loafers and
beggars. Moreover, the points of attack
were not valuable shops or banks, but police
stations and markets, and persons molested
were not natives but foreign police and
foreigners.

From careful investigations it was ascer-

tained that the mob which invaded the
Settlement at between 8.30 and 8.45 a.m.
came from two quarters : (1) From the south
and west of the native city, where the loafer
gang, entitled the Sung Tsze Ming Taung,
had their haunts ; and (2) From the Hongkew
and Li Hongkew districts.

The lir^t mob poured into the Settlement
over the Yunnan Road and Cemetery Road
bridges, and other bridges to the east along
the Sungkiang Road, compelling all shops to
put up their shutters, and preventing rickshaw
and wheelbarrow coolies from plying their
trade. Swelling in numbers, it converged on
to the Nanking Road by the various cross
roads, alter having destroyed and burnt the
fencing at the south-east of the Racecourse.
The points of attiick were the Annexe Hotel,
the Town Hall, and the Louza Station.

The mob from Li Hongkew made its
principal attack on the Hongkew Market, and,
after effectually putting a stop to business
there, although many times charged by the
police, the most violent portion diverged from
the Hongkew Station and made its way over
the Szechuen Road bridge into tlie central
district, and thence along the Nanking
Road. A native was shot dead near the
Kiangse Road corner. The mob, perceiving
tirearins and ammunition exhibited in the
shop window of the International Bicycle
Company's premises, attacked it, broke in
the windows, seized many sporting guns and
revolvers, and several thousand rounds of
ammunition, and passed on its way. A
native was shot dead at the entrance to the
shop by the foreign employes, and many
others must have been wounded.

The Li Hongkew mob, swelling as it
went, effected a junction with the other
mob at the Town Hall, Market, and Louza
Station, molesting all foreigners met, destroying
a motor car, several bicycles, and other pro-
perty, and driving in isolated policemen,
many of whom received severe treatment.

The Town Hall, to which several foreigners
fled for refuge, was defended by two foreign
and three Sikh constables fully armed. The
Louza Station was m.ide the scene of the
most determined attack ; the foreign and
Sikh police were driven in, amidst a hail of
bricks and stones, after having charged the
attackers a dozen times. The attack coin-
menced at about 9.30, and lasted till 10 o'clock,
when the mob obtained the upper hand,
forced an entry into the station, turned out
the fires in the grates of the various rooms
on the ground floor, and thus set tire to
the station in three or four different places.
In the meantime the attack on the Town
Hall was being pressed with vigour, but the
police there tired on the mob, killing three
men in the crowd and two other innocent
shop assistants who were sitting behind
closed shutters on the opposite side of the
road — an unavoidable accident. This some-
what cowed, though it did not disperse, the
mob, which was finally partially driven into
side streets on the arrival of a landing party
from the British warships in port. In addition
to three Chinese killed at the Town Hall, and
one at the corner of Kiangse and Nanking
Roads, three others were shot in this neigh-
bourhood, making seven in all, but it is
believed that others died from wounds re-
ceived. The total number of wounded could
never be ascertained.

The crowd at the Central Station and in
the neighbourhood was estimated at 2,000 or
more, and at times became violent, but was
never at any time dangerous. The police
here were kept in reserve, as it was anticipated
that an attack would be made on the Council's
buildings.

Evidence, in the possession of the police,
showed that intercourse of a confidential
nature had taken place before the riots
between certain native oflicials and the pro-
moters of the movement which culminated
in the riot.

The Growth of the Force.

The increase in the Police Force during
the past forty-three years is shown by the
following table : —

Year.

Officers.

Foreigners.

Indians.

Cliinete

Total.

1865

104

1866

—

106

1867

—

lOI

1868

—

106

1869

3<>

—

lit

1870

—

117

1871

—

122

1872

—

129

1873

—

100

132

1874

104

1.34

1875

—

105

1.16

1876

—

110

142

1877

—

115

146

1878

120

152

1879

■ —

135

166

1880

—

■53

i«3

1881

—

160

191

1882

—

170

200

1883

—

214

265

1884

235

301

1885

205

300

1886

204

309

1887

216

319

1888

. 227

3.34

1889

237

347

1890

280

379

1891

318

419

1892

332

429

1893

35!*

470

1894

358

473

1895

382

505

1896

395

527

1897

434

585

1898

132

490

696

1899

16S

555

788

1900

159

56t

795

1901

168

57 1

824

1902

167

604

856

1903

186

613

887

1904

186

«75

957

190s

188

723

1,011

1906

125

201

753

1,088

1907

169

416

722

1-314

1908

187

434

831

1,460

The control of the force is in the hands
of a Captain-Superintendent appointed by the
Municipal Council and directly responsible to
the Watch Committee. The lirst Superin-
tendent of the force was Mr. C. E. Penfold.
Appointed in i860, he remained in charge
until his death in March, 1884, when he was
succeeded by Captain J. P. McEueii, R.N.,
who was styled Captain-Superintendent of
Police. On July 25, 1896, Ciptain McEuen
was invalided to England, but he was too ill
to proceed further than Yokohama, at which
port he died on August 30th. Captain Donald
Mackenzie, who was appointed Deputy Super-
intendent in 1895, assumed control until Mr.
P. B. Pattison, of the Royal Irish Constabu-
lary, was engaged to fill the vacancy on
February 12, 1897. Mr. Pattison returned
home on October 4, 1900, to resume his post
in the Royal Irish Constabulary, and the com-
mand devolved upon Chief Inspector Howard,
as senior officer, until the arrival of Captain
A. M. Boisvagon on March 8, 1901. Five

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 411

years later Captain Boisvagon went home
on leave, and on September 20, 1906, he
resigned. Mr. K. J. McEuen, Deputy Super-
intendent, acted in the capacity of Captain-
Superintendent until the arrival of the present
incumbent of the post, Lieut.-Colonel C. D.
Bruce, on August 7, 1907.

The oflkers of the force at present are : —

Captain-Superintendent : Lieut.-Colonel C.
D. Bruce, appointed to the command of the
force on July 14, 1907.

Deputy Superintendent : Mr. K. J. McEuen,
appointed cadet on April 19, 1900, promoted
Deputy Superintendent on October 13, 1904.

Assistant Superintendent in charge of the
Indian branch ; Captain E. I. M. Barrett,
appointed May i, 1907.

Assistant Superintendent in charge of the
Chinese branch-: Captain A. H. Hilton-
Johnson, the Lincolnshire Regiment, seconded
for service with the force, from April 15,
1908.

Second Assistant Superintendent in charge
of the Municipal Gaol : Mr. A. H. teuton,
engaged as cadet on December 10, 1904,
promoted Second Assistant Superintendent
on September 19, 1907.

Second Assistant Superintendent for Chinese
and Mixed Court respectively : Messrs. R. M. J,
Martin and M. O. Springfield, engaged as
cadets on November 10, 1905, promoted
Second Assistant Superintendents on Decem-
ber 20, 1907.

Mr. E. C. Creasy, engaged in July, 1907,
is at present undergoing a preparatory course
of instruction in India before taking up his
appointment as a cadet.

There are two chief inspectors — one in the
uniform branch, Mr. J. Ramsay, who joined
the force on August 31, 1883, and the other
in the detective service, Mr. W. Armstrong,
who joined on August I, 1893. There are
also eleven inspectors, of whom one is
on the detective staff, while another is
storekeeper and drill instructor, and ten
sub-inspectors — six in the uniform branch,
two detectives, one assistant storekeeper,
and one on plain clothes duty at the Mixed
Court.

The present number of sergeants, con-
stables, &c., is as follows : —

The rate of remuneration in the non-
commissioned ranks ranges in the European
section of the force from TIs. 70 a month
for a probationary constable to TIs. 240 a
month for a chief inspector ; in the Indian
section, from $16 a month for a probationary
constable to $75 a month for a jemadar ; and
in the Chinese section, from Sii a month
for a recruit to $20 for a first-class sergeant.

Europeans on attaining the age of fifty or
completing twenty years' service, while
deferred pay is issued to Indians at the end
of every term of five years.

Statistics of Crime.

A good idea of the work of the force may
be gained by the following return of the
number of persons arrested during each of the

CENTRAL POLICE AND FIRE STATION.

In the detective branch an entire grant,
varying from TIs. 20 a month for a constable
to TIs. 50 for a first-class inspector, is made
in lieu of uniform to Europeans, and a
special rate of pay, ranging from $18 a
month for a third-class constable to $30 for
a detective sergeant, is made to Chinese.
There are additional allowances to all

Sergeants.

Detective
Sergeants.

Constables.

Detective
Constables.

Interpreters.

Various.

European

Indian

Chinese

47
40

lOI

377
683

I
12

12
12

Total

139

1,161

Conditions of Service.

Officers are engaged at home as cadets,
and, as a rule, are selected from the alumni
of public schools, who have just completed
their education. After two years' service as
cadets they receive the rank of second
assistant superintendent.

With a view to placing in charge of the
Indian and Chinese branches of the force
men who are specially qualified for such
work, by reason of their experience with
natives, the Council have recently engaged
Captains E. I. M. Barrett and A. H. Hilton-
Johnson, who have been seconded from the
British Army for service in these positions.

Inspectors are promoted from amongst the
sub-inspectors, a rank which was created
in September, 1907. Promotion to these
ranks, as well as to that of sergeant, is by
merit as vacancies arise.

branches for proficiency in English and
Chinese. Special leave is granted to
foreigners at the end of five years' service,
and occasional holidays are given to Chinese.
Superannuation allowance is granted to

past ten years :— 25,763 in 1898, 24,037 in
1899, 25,221 in 1900, 28.795 in 190I1 41,567 in
1902, 40,748 in 1903, 42,824 in 1904, 42,685 in
1905, 50,722 in 1906, and 52,565 in 1907. It
is gratifying to find that the increase in the
number of offences committed during the
period under review is not proportionate to the
increase in the population of the Settlement.

Of the total for 1907, no fewer than 19,526
cases related to the commission of nuisances,
such as firing crackers and burning joss
sticks, and 19,128 to obstruction, while
5,472 had reference to misdemeanours, 3,403
to larceny from dwellings, 1,172 to fighting
and creating disturbances, and 858 to
assaults. The more serious offences included
82 cases of arson, 317 of burglary and
housebreaking, and 35 of murder.

The total value of property reported to
the police as lost or stolen in 1907 was
$640,968-82, and of this $475,299-20, or 74
per cent., was recoveied, mainly as the
result of the efforts of the detective branch.
In this connection, the following comparison
with the London Metropolitan Police may
not be without interest : —

Shanghai.

London.

Stolen.

Recovered.

Stolen.

Recovered.

$ c.

1902

173-299 73

139,553 33

158,992

46,268

1903

302,874 16

253,332 41

191,885

42,108

1904

230,177 40

169,084 80

163,876

42,562

1905

289,066 86

212,214 26

181,018

52,915

1906

244733 **o

142.694 50

I47,9f'3

42,035

412 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The Gaou

All males sentenced to imprisonment by
the Mixed Court are returned to the Municipal
Police for detention. As a rule prisoners
sentenced to less than six months' imprison-
ment are con6ned in the police-station cells,
which were originally intended for the use
of prisoners awaiting trial, but the accommo-
dation at the Municip;il Gaol has of late
become insufficient, and now only prisoners
sentenced to imprisonment for six months
and over are sent to this building. The
Municipal Gaol is situated in the Wayside
district, on the Ward Road. Built in 1903,
it is one of the best equipped gaols in the
Far East. The administration is in the hands
of the CapUiin-Superintendent of Police. The
staff consists of a head gaoler, an assistant

gaoler, 8 European warders, and 65 Indian
sergeants and warders.

The prisoners confined in the gaol are
given various forms of labour, such as road-
making, stone-breaking, masonry, and work
for the Public Works Department. The
number of prisoners in custody at the
Municipal Gaol on June i, 1908, was 145.
Female prisoners are confined in the cells
attached to the Mi.ved Court.

For the detention of other than Chinese
prisoners the British is the only Consular
Gaol. Japan and the United States of
America confine their prisoners in their
respective consulates, but the majority of
the Consular Courts send their prisoners to
the British Gaol, or, in some cases, to the
Municipal Gaol, and pay the expenses
involved.

The French Concession.

The Police Force in the Frencli Concession
consisted at the end of 1907 of 55 Europeans,
51 men from Annam and Tonkin, and
150 Chinese. During the year the strength
was increased by the addition of' 80 French
subjects from the two southern provinces
and 50 Chinese, so that the full force nOw
numbers 386 men. Eight of the Europeans
are mounted, and there is a cyclist brigade
consisting of twelve Tonkinese and four
European policemen whose chief duty is the
night patrol of the roads outside the boun-
daries of the Settlement. The European
police carry revolvers, and rifles are kept at
headquarters in case of emergency. The
Tonkinese are armed wilh bayonets. The
force is under the command of Captain Mallet.

A PARADE OF THE SHANGHAI VOLUNTEERS IN THE EARLY DAYS.

VOLUNTEERS.

ILTHOUGH the residents of
Shanghai may be said to be
under the protection of all the
great powers, it is owing to
tliis very fact that no regular
force is stationed in the Settle-
ment. In other words, " that
which is everybody's business is nobody's
business," and, recognising this, the residents
have from the earliest days maintained a
Volunteer Force, capable, in conjunction with
the police, of repelling any sudden attack
which might be made upon them until
reinforcements could arrive from other parts
of China. The necessity for this measure of
self-defence has been proved on more than
one occasion, and explains why, out of a
foreign population of not more than fourteen
thousand — men, women, and children included
— there is a Volunteer Force of nine hundred,
exclusive of the Chinese Company which has
recently been formed. In these circumstances,
the Shanghai Volunteer Corps, which was
one of the pioneers of the Volunteer move-
ment, calls for more than ordinary notice.

Of the measures taken for the defence of
the Settlement in the early days little is
known beyond the fact that practically every
able-bodied man felt himself bound by con-
siderations of personal interest, as well as
duty, to join one or other of the irregular
bodies formed for the purpose.

For ten years there was peace, the centres
of disturbance within the imperial dominions
being too far removed for the ripples to
do more than lap harmlessly against the
foreigners' boundaries. Gradually, however,
they came nearer ; and at length Sir George
Bonham, Her Majesty's Plenipotentiary,
authorised the formation of a Volunteer
Corps for Settlement protection. When on
September 7, 1853, the native city of Shanghai
fell into the hands of the Triad rebels,
the residents of the Foreign Settlement had
some cause for alarm, both by reason of
the proximity of the rebels and of the
imperial troops sent to disperse them. But
neither the Triads nor the Imperialists
had any definite quarrel with the foreigners,
the alarm subsided, and gave place to
annoyance at the liberties indulged in by
the Chinese on both sides. It was the
friction engendered by these liberties which
led to the Battle of Muddy Flat— or Muddy

Foot, as some say it should rightly be named.
Patience was strained beyond tlie point of
endurance when an English lady and gentle-
man were wounded by imperial soldiers,
and on the following day, April 4, 1854, an
ultimatum was issued to the commander-in-
chief of the Imperialists that unless he
removed his men from their entrenched
position on the Defence Creek an attack
would be made upon him by the full foreign
force available. The strength of the foreigners
was three hundred all told, including marines
and bluejackets from Her Britannic Majesty's
ships Encounter and Grecian, and from the
United States sloop Plymouth ; the Infantry
Volunteers under Mr. (afterwards Sir) Thomas
F'. Wade, the British Vice-Consul ; about
twenty sailors from some of the merchant
vessels in port, and a number of American
civilians. The British force, numbering two
hundred men, was commanded by Captain
O'Callaghan, with Lieutenant Roderick Dew
as second in command, and was accom-
panied by Mr. Alcock, the British Consul.
The remaining contingents were commanded
by Captain Kelley, of the Plynionth, with
Lieutenant John Guest as second in command,
and were accompanied by Mr. K. C. Murphy,
the American Consul. The force duly marched
towards Defence Creek in the hope that the
Chinese general would be impressed by the
demonstration and withdraw. This expectation,
however, was not realised, and the handful
of foreigners found themselves, somewhat
dismayed, face to face with earthworks,
behind which some ten thousand Chinese lay
entrenched. The probable issue of this unex-
pected stand was, fortunately, averted by the
fact that whilst the handful of foreigners
were making a determined attack on the
defences, the Triads, emboldened by their
example, issued in their thousands from the
gates of the native city, and turned what
looked like a certain disaster into a complete
victory for the allies. The imperial troops —
indifferent material at the best of times — fled
incontinently, and their camps were occupied
to the north by the foreigners and to the
south by the Triads. The casualties consisted
of three Volunteers wounded (two fatally),
ten British seamen wounded, and one
American killed and four wounded. In the
Anglican Cathedral porch may be seen a
marble tablet.

Sacred,

To the Memory of

R. H. Pearson,

of Newbury Port, Massachusetts, U.S.A.,

Late Commander of the American

Ship " Rose Standish" ;

J. A. Brine,

of this place and a member of the

Volunteer Corps ;

W. Blackman,

Carpenter of H.B.M. Steamer

" Encounter " ;

G. McCORKLE,

Seaman of the U. States sloop,

" Plymouth " ;

Who fell when in arms in defence

of this Settlement on the

4th April, 1854.

This tablet is erected by the Community

as an expression of gratitude for

generous service,

of admiration

of their bravery,

of sorrow for their death.

■• Thou hast girded me with strength unto

the battle ;
Thou hast subdued under me those that rose
up against me."

Psalm xviii., 39.
And in the Shantung Road Cemetery is a
grave, the unpretentious headstone to which is
" Sacred
to the memory
of
John Adolphus Brine,
who departed this life on the
28th April, 1854.
Aged 24 years ;
"His untimely end proceeding from a wound
received on the 4th of the same month in an
attack by the combined forces of England
and America and Shanghai Local Volunteers
on the Imperialist Camps west of this Settle-
ment."

In course of time the Triads dispersed, and
quiet prevailed until the approach of the
Taepings, who captured Soochow on June 29,
i860. This led to a reorganisation of the
Volunteer Corps. A further scare was caused
on December 9th in the following year, when
Ningpo was occupied by the rebels ; and the
Mounted Rangers, afterwards known as the
Light Horse, were mobilised for scouting
purposes, Tlie exploits of Gordon at the

414 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

head of "the ever-\-ictorious Anny " in 1862.
however, resulted in the complete discom-
fiture of the rebels, and with every prospect
of prolonged peace the Volunteer Corps as
a corps practicilly ceased to exist, nothing
but a Rifle Club remaining.

The Tientsin massacre of June 20, 1 870.
re-awakened the interest of the comnuniity
in the defences of the Settlement, and as the
result of a largely attended public meeting

the question of organisation, and shall
generally control the action of the corps."
The Council accepted the responsibility, and
added a " Defence and Watch Committee,"
consisting of Messrs. Dixwell, Anderson, and
Reid, to the list of its regular committees.
The executive duties of the corps were first
undertiiken by Captains Maclean and Thorne,
but upon the retirement of these oflicers
Mr. T. Brewer, formerly of the Military Train,

THE LIGHT HORSE.
Mjuok H. E. Keylock, late O.C.

Caitaix W. J. N. Dyer, O.C. Lieutenant J. Mosberg.

LiEUTEXAXT P. K. Layers.

held at the " Main Guard," under the presi-
dency of Sir Edmund Hornby, Kt., early in
July, the Municipal Council began to take
official cognisance of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps. The resolutions passed at the meet-
ing were : " That the Shanghai Volunteer
Coips shall consist of Artillery, Mounted
Rangers, and three companies of Infantry,"
and "that the management of the corps shall
be vested in the Municipal Council who
shall, through their chairman, decide upon

originally a branch of Her Majesty's forces,
was appointed Adjutant-General of the entire
force. Lee-Enfields were issued, but were
subsequently withdrawn, and replaced by
500 Snider rifles ; an armoury was
opened, an ample supply of ammunition was
procured, and the rifle butts, which had
been laid out by a former commandant,
Mr. Webb, a member of the old firm of
Dent & Co., were taken over and placed in
repair. By April 4, 1872, the strength of

the corps had risen to 333 of all ranks,
made up as follows : Shanghai Mounted
Rangers, 36 ; Artillery, 33 ; Mih-ho-loong
Rifles, 79 ; No. I Rifle Company, 59 ; No. 2
Company, 60 ; No. 3 Company, 66.

In the meantime the question of finance
h.id arisen, and in 1873 the Municipal
Council, acting on the reconnnendation of
the Defence and W'atcli Connnittee allocated
the sum of Tls. 2,500 to the maintenance of
the corps. In the same year 300 Martini-
Henry rifles were imported, the cost of tlie
new arm being provided by loan ; and
the question of the provision of a suitable
parade giound was solved, at the sugges-
tion of Captain Brewer, by the reclamation
of a plot of ground lying between the
Peninsular and Oriental Company's flagstaff
and the Public Gardens.

In April, 1874, the volunteers were mobilised
to suppress tlie disturbances which arose out
of the French Council's decision to cut a
roadway through the old cemetery near the
Ningpo Joss House. The prompt action taken
by the International Council on this occasion
produced a good effect upon the natives,
who, on the approach of the corps, took
refuge in the native city. Tliough the corps
remained under arms for several nights,
there was no recurrence of the disturbance.
In connection with this riot it is significant
that though several natives were killed the
Chinese officials apparently took no notice
of the fact.

On the resignation of Captain Brewer, in
1875, Captain James Hart, formerly of the 78th
Highlanders, was appointed to the command
of the corps, with the title of Major instead of
Adjutant - General. The armament of the
corps was increased in the same year by
the purchase of a Galling gun, and in
the following year 200 additional Martini-
Henry rifles were purchased.

Then set in one of those recurrent periods
of reaction common to all organisations of
the kind. No. 3 Company was disbanded,
there was a considerable falling-off in the
membership of the other companies, and the
Mounted Rangers virtually ceased to exist.
Matters became so bad that on November 8,

1878, a public meeting was called, at the
instance of the Defence Committee, "to take
into consideration the present state of the
corps, and to decide upon such measures as
may seem most desirable to restore it to its
former efficiency." As a result, the corps
was reorganised. The daik green uniform
was discarded in favour of a slightly modified
form of the scarlet uniform of Her Majesty's
Marine Light Infantry. The ladies of Shang-
hai presented new colours, of pale blue, with
a gold chaplet and the dates 1854-70
embroidered on them ; and, although the
strength of the re-formed corps was only
181, including all ranks, it was felt that a
brighter day had dawned.

The work of directing the affairs both of
the volunteers and of the police had, in the
meantime, become too onerous for one com-
mittee to discharge. Consequently, in 1880
two committees were appointed — the Defence
Committee and the Watch Committee — to
assume control respectively of the volunteer
corps and the police force. With the intro-
duction of the new regime Major J. K. Holliday,
who had succeeded to the command in April,

1879, and his officers took a great interest in
the corps, and, under the inspiration of their
enthusiasm, the Rangers were resuscitated,
and a marked increase followed in the general
efficiency of the volunteers. A camp of
exercise was established in 1881, with such
success that it became a feature of the animal
training ; and, in the following year, the

STAFF OF THE SHANGHAI VOLUNTEER CORPS.

I. Captain W. M. DowoAi.r.. „ „ „

2 Cai>taix G. F. Collyer, Adjutant.

4. MAJOR r. h. Trc;kmax. 3. Lii.XT.-Coi.osKi. w. M. Watson, Comm.ind.-int. 5. Major Brodie A. Clarke,

7. HON. Ljeutenant K. lUcK, Bandmaster. 0. Rev. A. J, Walker, Cl.aplain. 8. Sl-kg.-Major C. I.alcaca. P.M.O.

416 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

twent>--«iehth anniversary of the battle of
Muddy Flat was made the occasion of the
first inspection of the corps hy the chairman
and members of the Municipal Council. By
the close of 1882 the corps, consisting of
Artillery. Light Horse, and four companies of
Infantr>-. had a toLil strength of 288 ; whilst
the expenditure had increased to Tls. 5.302-69.
The enthusiasm infected even the older
residents of the Settlement, for in 1883
arrangements were carried out for the for-
mation of a Veteran Company, composed of
men not under thirty-tive years of age, who
had seen at least two years' service with
some properly constituted military organisa-
tion of volunteers, militia, or regulars. This
company, under Captain A. Myburgh, soon
had a roll of forty memt>ers.

an accuracy, steadiness, and zeal which
deserved high praise." Speaking of the corps
as a whole, he added that "their efticiency
well corresponds to the purpose for which
they have been organised." In his ofiicial
report to the oHicer commanding in Hong-
kong. China, and the Straits Settlements the
gallant Major wrote ; — " Shanghai, not a
Colony, not even a concession, but a fortui-
tous aggregate of self-governing English
merchants — for the atrophied French settle-
ment may be put out of consideration —
furnishes a fine example of independence and
resolution applied to self-defence. Without
drawing one shilling from the Imperial
Exchequer, it expends annually about Tls. 5,500
(^ri.330 sterlingi on its Volunteers ; the mer-
chants and settlers cheerfully devote time,

THE ARTILLERY.

LIECTEXAXT L. E. CAN.VIXG.

l.iEfTEXAXT R. Wallace Uavis.

Captaix a. J. Stewart, oC.

A considerable advance in efficiency was
made under a new system of training intro-
duced in 1883. Instead of holding brigade,
battalion, and company drills at intervals
throughout the year, the entire corps was
called out for a period of four consecutive
weeks ; and the experiment proved so suc-
cessful that it has since become a regular
practice. How great was the advance which
followed this change may be gathered from
the cordial praise tjestowed on the corps by
Major KnoUys, K.A., of Hongkong, who in-
spected the Shanghai Volunteers at the close
of the annual tiaining in 1884. Of the
infantry he said, " their officers knew their
work and their men well seconded them ;
their drill movements were not ambitious but
were performed without confusion, and with

money, and trouble to the improvement of the
force; and their measures are so well concerted
that in a sudden emergency, so far from con-
templating a rush for refuge on board ship,
they are perfectly prepared to protect their
lives and property pending the arrival of
succour from Hongkong. I, therefore, pre-
sume to suggest for the consideration of His
Excellency the Major-General Commanding
in China and the Straits Settlements whether
he may think fit to move the English
Government to a gratuitous bestowal of a
fresh field battery according to the enclosed
schedule. Such a gift may, perhaps, be
deemed a deserving recognition of the merits
of the Shanghai Volunteers, and it would un-
doubtedly be appreciated by them as a most
flattering and encouraging compliment." One

may fancy with what feelings of pride the
corps learned of this recommendation ! And,
thanks to the initiative of Major Knollys, to
the concurrence of the oflicer commanding,
and to the exertions of Sir Harry Parkcs. who
warmly supported the suggestion in tlie right
quarter, the War Office issued to the Shanghai
Volunteer Corps a battery of four 9-pounder
R.B.L. guns with limbers, carriages, and
fittings complete. The guns arrived in 1886,
and were formally presented to the corps
on March 6th of that year by Mr. (after-
wards Sir) Chaloner Alabaster, ^^e^ Hritannic
Majesty's Acting Consul-General, " as a mark
of the appieciation of my Government," The
War Oftice further approved the issue to
the corps of a free grant of 30,000 rounds of
ammunition.

On M.-irch3o, 1886, Major-General Cameron,
C.B., comm.anding Her Majesty's troops in
China and the Straits Settlements, paid the
Volunteers the compliment of inspecting them
in person. He reported that " the Corps
compares favourably with the volunteers in
England," and that "my visit to the Settlement,
with its admirable system of self-government,
and its contented, vigorous, and enterprising
community, will long be remembered by me
with the greatest pleasure." In addition to
these encomiums the corps had the honour
of royal recognition, for H.K.H. the Duke
of Cambridge expressed his appreciation of
the creditable condition of the force as
evidenced by Major-General Cameron's report.

But the pendulum soon swung in the
opposite direction. At the close of the self-
same year, 1886, the Defence Committee
had to deplore a slight lapse in efficiency,
as " the stimulus of the war between France
and China (1885), and the chance of local
disturbances, had ceased on the clearing of
the hori/on." Happily this state of things
did not prevail for long. With Major G. J.
Morrison in command the Committee were
able, in 1888, to report a marked advance.
Instruction with Morris tubes, introduced
some lime before, began to form a regular
part of the training of recruits, and the
shooting of the corps was by this means
greatly improved. In an inter-port match
between teams of ten men each from Singa-
pore, Hongkong, and Shanghai in 1889,
Shanghai proved victorious. The artillery,
loo, made a great advance. Captain Dallas,
who had commanded the battery for many
years, resigned with the rank of Major, and
was succeeded by Major Brodie Clarke, who
exerted himself strenuously to promote the
efficiency of his men. About this time, also,
steps were taken for the formation of the
Shanghai Home Guard. Certain pLices —
the British Consulate, the Central Police
Station, the Hongkew Police Station, and
the Country Club — were selected as places
of safety to which women and children
might be taken in case of emergency, and
one hundred and twenty men, many of them
old volunteers, agreed to hold themselves
in readiness to garrison these retreats so
that the volunteers might be left free to
quell any disturbances which might arise.
Mr. Robert Mackenzie was elected Captain
of the Guards, and in the course of a year
or so the newly formed unit was in thorough
working order.

On the occasion of the visit of T.R.H. the
Duke and Duchess of Connaught, in 1890,
the corps had the distinction of forming a
guard of honour to the royal party, and the
Duke expressed himself "gratified to find a
force of this description existing in the
Settlement."

Disturbances in the Yangtsze Valley
during 1890 gave a much-needed fillip to

1. Lieut. C. H. Rutherford
" A " Company.
5. Lieut. VV. S. Burns, 6.

*' B " Company,
o. Lieut. E. dos S. Carxeiko,
Portuguese Company.
If). Cam. s. a. Ra.vsom, O.C,
American Company.
21. Lieut. R. M. Saker
Chinese Company.

COMPANY OFFICERS OF THE INFANTRY BATTALION.
2. Capt. H. W. Pilchek, O.C, 3. I.ieut. R. I. Kkakox

Company.

7. Capt. H. R. H. Thomas, O.C,
'■ B ' Company.
2. Capt. J. Nolasco, O.C, 13. Lieut. G. G. Carlsen,
Portuguese Company. Signallers

" Capt. J. W. Ixxocext, O.C
Customs Company.

Lieut. J. D. U. Gordon,
" B" Company.
. Lieut. B. M. Cakiox,
Portuguese Company.
17. Lieut. F. J. Savex,
American Company.

22. Capt. L. J. Cubitt, O.C.
Cliinese Company.

18.

23-

Capt. G. R. Wingrove, O.C
Reserve Company

4. Lieut. G. M. Jamesox,
Company. "A" Conip.uiy.

8. Lieut. C. Koch. 9. Capt. H. Schellhoss, O.C,

German Company. German Company.

■ - [4. liEUT. S. KoAZE. O.C, I.'!. Lieut. T. Asaxo,

Japanese Company. Japanese Company.

19. LIEUT. D. C Dick, 20. Lieut. F. Hayley-Bell,

Customs Company.

Customs Company.
24. Lieut. W. N. Fleming,
Reserve Company. 1

418 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the corps, and recruiting, which had fallen
off considerably in the piping times of
peace, became more brisk. Txvo new com-
panies were raised, one a German Company,
which practised German drill ; and the
other, a Portuguese Company (" D " Com-
pany), which adopted English drill. The
spirit of emulation was thereby increased,
and Major A. Tottenham, who came from
Hongkong at the end of the annual training
to inspect the corps, was able to refer to
"the Siitisfactory number of efficients" — 190
out of a total strength of 263. During the
year Major Cecil Holliday succeeded to the
command, and Major Morrison retired with
the honorary rank of major in recognition of
his ten years' service.

A valuable suggestion came from Major-
General G. Digby Barker, G.O.C., in China, who

might be discharged. Speaking both as
private citizens and as volunteers, the officers
urged upon the Municipal Council that it
was imperative '• that a paid olilicial should
be appointed, whose business would be to
perform the whole of the clerical and detail
work connected with the corps in all its
branches." This suggestion was brought
before the annual general meeting of rate-
payers on February 28, 1893. and met with
unanimous approval. There was some dis-
cussion as to whether the adjutant should be
a military man. and a certain amount of delay
ensued, but eventually Captain Donald Mac-
kenzie was appointed deputy superintendent
of police and adjutant of the corps. He
arrived in Shanghai early in 1895.

The outbreak of war between China and
Japan during the summer of 1894 tended to

I. LlEDTKKAXr A. V. WHEEN.

THE HAZIH DETACHMENT.
3. Captaix G. E. Stkwart, O.C.

2 LlEITEXAXT K. H. GASKIX.

inspected the force in person in 1892. It was
that a small body of engineers would form
a useful adjunct to the corps for extemporis-
ing defences when the force was opposed to
superior numbers. Accordingly " C " Com-
pany was reorganised as an Engineers'
Company, and this, with a considerable
accession in numbers to the other companies,
brought the strength of the corps up to 339,
of whom 297 were efiicients.

In this year, also, the old " standing orders "
of the corps were revised, and re-issued as
'• regulations " ; but of far more importance
was the proposal to appoint a paid adjutant.
The duties devolving upon the officer com-
manding the corps having increased to such
an extent as to become too great a tax upon
his time, a meeting of officers was called to
discuss other means by which the duties

promote recruiting, which had recently fallen
off, and the strength of the corps rose to 325,
of whom 294 were efficients. The value of
the corps as an effective force was also in-
creased materially by the importation of 300
I^e-Metford rifles. With the conclusion of
peace, however, interest again waned ; the
Portuguese Company was disbanded, and at
the close of 1896 the corps numbered only
271. The Defence Committee were con-
siderably exercised in mind owing to this,
their opinion being that the corps should
consist of not less than 500 of all ranks.

In 1897 the corps was mobilised in con-
nection with the disturbance caused by the
wheelbarrow coolies. It was called out at
II a.m. on April 5th, and remained under
arms until noon on April 7th. No fighting
took place, but the incident served to infuse

new life into the spirit of defence ; and a
further stimulus was afforded in July of the
following year when, though no call was
actually made upon them, the members of the
corps were instructed to hold themselves in
readiness to assist the French Volunteer Corps
in the suppression of the Ningpo Joss House
troubles.

Several changes had taken place in the
staff since the appointment of the paid
adjutant. Major Cecil Holliday had been
succeeded in 1894 by Major G. J, Morrison,
a former commandant, who in turn was
succeeded for a brief interval by Major
Brodie Clarke in 1896. Then Captain
Mackenzie was appointed to the command,
with the rank of major ; but the Municipal
Council, deeming it inadvisable to have the
command of the police and of the volunteers
vested in one person, he resigned in 1897.
Eventually the command reverted to Major
Cecil Holliday, and Captain C. A. G. Close,
late of the New South Wales Artillery, was
appointed adjutant of the corps.

There had also been changes in the units
of the corps. In 1897 "C" Company was
revived to take the place of the Engineers'
Company which had been disbanded, and in
1898 the Reserve was augmented by the
enrolment of a number of men armed with
fowling-pieces, and called the " Twelve-bore
Irregulars." A company of Naval Volunteers
was also raised, under the auspices of the
Mercantile Marine Officers' Association, for
work with the machine guns either afloat or
ashore, their uniform being a modification of
that worn by the British Navy. The strength
of the corps at the close of 1898 was : Staff, 12;
Light Horse, 33; Artillery, 58 ; " A" Company,
68; "B" Company, 51 ; "C" Company, 25;
German Company, 50 ; Naval Company, 44 ;
Retired List (officers), 4 ; total, 345. The
expenditure for the twelve months was
Tls. i6,486'58. It was in this year that
Prince Henry of Prussia visited the port and
gave the German Company permission to
wear the letters "P. H. von P." on their
shoulder-straps.

During 1899 a point of curious interest, as
showing how jealous the Shanghai Volun-
teers were of their status in the community,
w,as decided. In consequence of what was
known as the '' Shooting Committee Incident,"
and of the manner in which certain offences
against discipline were dealt with, a number
of members of the corps submitted a memorial
to the commanding oflicer in which they
stated emphatically that they considered they
were members of a strictly military force,
and desired that all offences against discipline
should be judged by the same standard as
though such offences had been committed by
a member of any regular force. Effect was
given to this representation in a resolution
passed by the Municipal Council.

It was about this time also that the provision
of Maxim guns for the corps was first advo-
cated. Major F. M. Close, who inspected
the Shanghai Volunteers at the conclusion of
the annual training in 1898, reiterated the
suggestion made in the preceding year by
Major-General \V. Black, that four -303
Maxim guns would be of enormous value in
the event of riots such as the corps might
be called upon to suppress at any moment.
Lieut.-Colonel A. K. Fraser, who inspected
the corps in 1899, once more emphasised the
point ; and the result was that the Municipal
Council requisitioned a battery of six Maxim
guns from England. These arrived in the
Settlement on September 6, 1900, four of
them being allotted to the Artillery Company
and two to the Naval Company. It is inter-
esting to note that the limbers for the Maxim

SHANGHAI VOLUNTEER CORPS.

The Maxim Dktacii.mknt.
Si)MK OK THE Maxim Gi;xs.

The I5-I'(11XDEK liATTEHY.

The UiiHT Horse.

420 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

gans were made liicilly. At the s;ime time
the British War Ortice revived the free
grant of 30.000 rounds of ball cartridge.
which had been disc-ontinued when the Lee-
Mettord was introduced, and also increased
their grant of free artillery ammunition.
These grants were subject to the corps main-
taining a standard of efficiency satisfactory
to the officer commanding Her Majesty's
troops in China, the principal conditions
being that the corps should not number less
than 250 of all ranks, and that at least 75
per cent, should be first-class efficients.

On January 20, 1900, Major Cecil Holliday
once more resigned his command, and Major
Donald Mackenzie, relinquishing his police
duties, succeeded him. In June. Major

ing to the injured, and supplying food and
ammunition to those under arms. Two new
infantry companies— the Japanese and the
Customs — were enrolled, and formed valuable
additions to the corps. In September, the
Shanghai Volunteers were att.-)ched to the
2nd Infantry Brigade of the China Expedi-
tionary Force, under the command of Major-
General O'Moore Creagh. V.C, for drill and
manceuvre. British, French, German, and
Japanese troops had meanwhile been landed
in the Settlement, and on September 22nd
such a display of armed force was given on
the Racecourse in honour of Count Waldcrsee,
that every one felt re-assured. Happily, no
attack was made upon the Settlement, and
events recovered their normal aspect. The

Sokg.-Ueit. G. Maxwell.

THE MEDICAL STAFF.
Surg.-Capt. R. J. Marshall.

Si'RO.-I.iEUT. H. C. Patrick.

Mackenzie went home on leave, and Major
Brodie Clarke assumed command of the corps.
His term of office proved to be one of the
most strenuous that ever fell to the lot of
an officer commanding in the Settlement, for
the Boxer outbreak constituted a cause for
alarm such as had scarcely been equalled in
the modern history of Shanghai. The excite-
ment became intense, and thousands of
Chinese fled from the city. The Volunteers
rose to the occasion. Every available oppor-
tunity for drills was seized, new companies
were formed, and the corps held itself in
readiness for action at a moment's notice. A
General Service Company was organised early
in the year for non-combatant duties, such as
assisting the police and fire brigade, attend-

effect upon the volunteers, however, had
been magical, and the close of the year
found the corps with a total strength of
866, viz.. Staff, 9 ; Light Horse, 46 ; Artillery,
79 ; "A " Company, 142 ; " B " Company, 81 ;
German Company, 81 ; Naval Company, 98 ;
Customs Company, 92 ; Japanese Company,
66 ; Reserve Company, 143 ; Medical Staff,
25 ; Retired List (officers), 4. The efficiency
of the men was higher than it had ever been
before, and the establishment of the Volunteer
Club, with the advantages afforded for social
intercourse by the new Drill Hall, opened
early in the year, had done much to foster
the spirit of unity, and to fuse good feeling
with the laudible spirit of cmuLation between
the various companies.

The affairs of 1900 were not without theii'
lessons ; and these lessons were forcibly
brought home to the volunteers, and to the
citizens generally, by Lieut. -Colonel The
O'Gorman, who inspected the corps at the
close of the annual training in 1901. He
referred with satisfaction to the very great
increase in efliciency that had taken place
since his visit twelve months previously, and
praised the manner in which the newly
formed companies and the cyclists' section
had acquitted themselves. Then followed a
warning against the danger of over-con-
fidence to which the community was exposed.
" I would impress upon all ranks." he said,
" the urgent necessity of keeping the corps
well up to the mark in numbers and elli-
ciencv. It was a happy accident th.it during
the preceding year a brigade of regular troops
was spared from North China to protect the
lives and vast wealth of the foreign inhabi-
tants of Shanghai. There is no guarantee
that this will he done in the future in the
event of another outbreak. I think that the
men underi^t.ind that a vast responsibility
rests with them, and I believe th.it they are
prepared to fulfil their trust loyally. The
danger is that the presence of regular troops
may create a false sense of security, which
should be guarded against." He expressed
pleasure that his suggestion to re-arm the
Light Horse, Naval Company, and Reserve
with Marlini-Metford carbines in place of the
worn-out Martini - Henry rifles had been
carried out, and that -303 ammunition could
henceforward be used throughout the whole
corps. He further recommended that not
less than 250,000 rounds of ammunition
should be kept in stock, that khaki uniforms
• — serge for winter and drill for summer
wear — should be adopted by all branches of
the corps ; that water-bottles and nekometers
(range-tinders) should be provided ; that the
9-pounder guns, having become obsolete,
should be replaced by modern weapons,
and, finally that Major Mackenzie be granted
the rank of Lieut.-Colonel in recognition of
his excellent services to the corps. These
recommendations were cairied out by the
Municip.il Council as time and circumstances
permitted.

During 1902 the corps was divided into
two wings, the Light Horse and Artillery
being placed under Major Hrodie Clarke, and
the Infantry Companies under Major W. D.
Little. The Artillery also was permanently
divided into two sections, consisting of the
Field Artillery and the Maxim B;itlery. The
Code of Regulations was amended, one of
the principal alter,itions being the appoint-
ment of oflicers by the Council instead of
their election by the members of the corps
as hitherto. Application was nwde to the
British War Office by the Municipal Council
for a battery of four new 12-pounder guns
in exchange for the obsolete 9-pounders. and
Major-General Sir W. J. Gascoigne, who
had alwavs taken a great interest in the
corps, forwarded the requisition with a strong
recommendation that it be granted. The
War Office expressed its willingness to
coniplv with the request, but intimated that
it couid not supply the guns for a time.

The Council also asked that the China
Medal should be awarded to Volunteers who
served during the Boxer troubles of 1900.
pointing out that "from the outbreak of
hostilities in the north until the arrival of
the China Expeditionary Force the Volunteers
were the only shore garrison of Shanghai,
and were constantly on duty in that capacity.
During most of that time the corps was
directly under the command of Admiral Sir
Edward Seymour, and, upon the arrival of

Customs Comi-a-vv

SHANGHAI VOLUNTEER CORPS.
"A" Company.
Germa.v Compaxy.

AMkRICAX COMPA.NY.

K K

422 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the garrison, they were brigaded with the
2nd Brigade, and continued so until its with-
drawal." This request was duly acceded to,
and the medals were formally distributed by
H.E. Sir E. Satow, on August 13, 1903. The
members of the German Company received
also the German China (1900) medal.

Towards the end of 1902, the Municipal
Council petitioned the War Ollice for a field
ofticer to be seconded for duty with the
corps for a term of years, on the ground

for an additional period of two years,
namely, until March 11, 1908. In 1908 this
period was further extended to March 12,
1909, so that at the lime of writing the
corps enjoys the advantage of having a
Commandant to whose extensive military
experience has been added an intimate
knowledge of the peculiar needs of the
Settlement.

The appointment of N.C.O.'s of the
Regular Army to the permanent staff of the

W. w. Thompsox,
Battalion Sergt.-Major.

G. KlNGSHILL,

Musketry SergL Instructor.

that this would conduce to more activity
and general efficiency among the units of
which the Shanghai Volunteer Corps was
composed. As a result. Major W. M. Watson,
of the West Riding Regiment, was appointed
Commandant in the following February, in
succession to Lieut.-Colonel Mackenzie. In
1906 the local rank of Lieut.-Colonel was
granted to the Commandant of the Corps,
and it was decided that the services of
Lieut-Colonel Watson should be retained

A. W. Stldd,
Corps Scrgt.-Major.

]. I. Mansfield,
Drum Major.

C. Matthews,
Quart er-Master-Sergeant.

corps was sanctioned by the War Office in
1904, and Col.-Sergeant A. W. Studd, of the
East Yorkshire Regiment, was appointed
Orderly-room Sergeant. He was promoted
Sergt.-Major in the following year, and
Sergeant C. Matthews, of the Royal Garrison
Artillery succeeded him as Orderly-room
Sergeant. The services of a third N.C.O.
have been applied for.

On the recommendation of Major Watson,
the appointment of Corps Adjutant was

abolished in 1903 in favour of two separate
appointments, those of Corps Staff Officer
and Adjutant of the Infantry Battalion. This
change was made in 1904.

The year 1903 was niaiked also by a pro-
posal to extend the franchise to all volunteers
over twenly-one years of age who had
been efficient for three years, including the
twelve months immediately preceding the
term foi whicli the vote was granted. The
matter was considered by the Municipal
Council, who referred it to a special meeting
of ratepayers following the annual general
ratepayers' meeting ; but as there was not
a quorum at the meeting the proposal was
dropped.

The formation of the Maxim Company in
December, 1903, was a popular step. About
forty members, many of whom had previously
served in other units, were enrolled, and
Lieutenant (afterwards Captain) E. D, Saunders
was placed in command of the company. In
May, 1905, he was succeeded by Captain
G. E. Stewart. The company now consists of
3 officers and 67 non-commissioned officers and
men, who are armed with six guns. A Signal-
ling Company of one officer and 19 men was
also formed during 1903, and has become a
valuable adjunct to the corps. A considerable
advance in efficiency was made during the year
by the institution of a musketry course, similar
to that prescribed for volunteers in England.
The annual camp of exercise was also re-
vived, and a modi tied efficiency course was
laid down for the Reserve Company.

The death of the Rev. H. C. Hodges, M.A.,
which occurred on October 15, 1903, re-
moved one of the links with the past, for the
reverend gentleman had been associated
with the corps as its Chaplain since 1887.
He was succeeded as Chaplain by the Rev.
A. J. Walker, who was appointed in August,
1904.

The fiftieth anniversary of the battle of
Muddy Flat was celebrated in 1904 by a
public ball, given by the corps in the Drill
Hall, at which there was a record attendance.

An outburst of anti-foreign feeling amongst
certain sections of the Chinese occurred in
December, 1905, as the result of differences
between the foreign and native officials
regarding the jurisdiction of the Assessor
at the Mixed Court. The disturbance reached
its climax in a general strike and riot on
the i8th, and the Shanghai Volunteer Corps
was called out. By 9.30 a.m. the Telephone
Exchange was manned by a small picket,
and by 10 o'clock strong detachments were
marching to appointed positions. By arrange-
ment with the senior naval officer, the Naval
Brigade undertook the defence of the northern
and eastern districts, and the Volunteers were
given charge of the central and western
districts, while an Italian naval detachment
mounted guard over the Itali.in Consulate.
The Volunteers under arms numbered 12
officers and 521 non-commissioned officers
and men, exclusive of the staff, but including
the British and German Reserves. A force
of 3,000 bluejackets of various nationalities
and a strong body of municipal police were
also told off for service. The rioters assaulted
several foreigners, and attacked the Hongkew
and Louza Police Stations, the latter of which
was set on fire and partially destroyed. Shots
were fired and a few of the rioters were
killed. The Viceroy himself came to
Shanghai and removed the initial cause of
dispute ; but long before his arrival the
rioters had been forced to the conclusion
that discretion was the better part of valour.
The Volunteers, in the words of their com-
mandant, " performed their duties thoroughly,
efficiently, and with great cheerfulness."

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 423

They remained at their posts until the 20th,
and the Light Horse and Mounted Infantry
continued to patrol the outlying districts at
night until the 25th.

As on all previous occasions the troubles
of igo5 had a stimulating effect upon recruit-
ing, and early in 1906 two new companies
were enrolled — the Portuguese and the
American Companies. The former was a
revival of the " D " Company which had
existed prior to 1896. The American Com-
pany was formed as the outcome of a
public meeting attended by upwards of 80
Americans under the chairmanship of Dr.
Ransom, who was subsequently appointed
Captain. Fifty men were enrolled, and the
drill of the United States Army was adopted.
Unlike the other units, this company pos-
sessed its own club - house, comfortably
furnished and supplied with books and
periodicals, and containing a billiard room
and miniature riHe range. The club has
become a valuable asset to the social life of
Americans in Shanghai, the members taking
an active part in celebrating American
holidays and in promoting such functions as
the Washington Birthday Ball.

An Emergency Company was instituted
early in 1906 to guard against any
possible disturbances on the occasion of the
rebuilding operations at the Mixed Court.
Three officers and 45 non - commissioned
officers and men were paraded, and for-
tunately no trouble was experienced. Two
irregular units were also enrolled — the
Mounted Scouts and Twelve-bore Company
— and at the close of the year the strength
of the various units of the corps, inclusive
of all ranks was as follows : — Staff, 10 ;
Light Horse, 53 ; Mounted Infantry, 25 ;
Artillery, 60; Maxim Company, 68; "A"
Company, 124 ; " B " Company, 63 ; Ger-
man Company, 56 ; Customs Company, 78 ;
Japanese Company, 50 ; Portuguese Com-
pany, 76 ; Ambulance, 14 ; Signallers, 20 ;
Reserve Company, loi ; German Reserve
Company, 51 ; Mounted Scouts, 29 ; Twelve-
bore Company, 36 ; Retired List (officers),
8 ; total, 859. The expenditure for 1906
amounted to Tls. 40,027-36.

The corps were called out once during
1906, on the occasion of the strike of Sikh
police in September ; but they were quickly
dismissed as the Sikhs submitted to disarma-
ment without giving any trouble.

One of the most interesting chapters in
the recent history of the corps is that
relating to the formation of the Chinese
Company, which was enrolled early in 1907.
During the riots in December, 1905, the
peaceable Chinese traders and residents in
Shanghai suffered considerable loss and
inconvenience. Accordingly, several influen-
tial Chinese merchants and compradores
raised a fund of over Tls. 300,000 for the
formation and equipment of a Chinese
Volunteer Corps. A large plot of land was
purchased just beyond the limits of the
Settlement, between North Chekiang Road
and the railway, on which were erected
a drill-shed, gymnasium, and club-room.
Several companies of infantry and a small
mounted troop were enrolled, and, to give
the organisation a harmless appearance, it
was called " The Chinese Physical Recrea-
tion Association." About 500 men joined
the ranks, and were drilled by ex-scholars
from St. John's College, Jessfield. A con-
signment of 100 rifles of German pattern
was imported, together with a supply
of ammunition, but when it was found
that the members of the association would
not be permitted to parade the streets
of the Settlement under arms the interest

SHANGHAI VOLUNTEER CORPS.

Reserve Company.

The Corps on Parade in 1885.

Chinese Ccmpanv.

424 TAVENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

at first manifested in the movement began
to wane. Towards the end of 1906 the
Mounted Company had seceded, and the
numbers fell to 150. The Municipal Council
had early been appriviched. indirectly, to give
recognition to the organisation, but had not
received the suggestion with favour. When,
however, a few of the leading men, who
appeared to be sincere in their desire that the
Chinese community should bear their share of
cixic duties, made formal application for the
admission of a Chinese Company to the
Shanghai Volunteer Corps, the Council
acijuiesced and drew up a list of the con-
ditions under which they were prepared to
admit a company of not more than 100
nor less than 50 men. With slight modi-
fications the conditions were agreed to,
and a company of 83 men was fnially
enrolled at the Town Hall on March 13,
1907. Each man joining the company
has to be guaranteed as respectable, as
engaged in some commercial pursuit, and as
unconnected with the official class. In
addition, all candidates are guaranteed by
Mr. Yu Ya Ching, compradore to the
Netherlands Bank, who has been most pro-
minently associated with the Chinese Volun-
teer movement since its inception. Captain
L. J. Cubitt was detailed to command the
company, in addition to discharging his
regular duties as Captain of the Customs
Company, and, at the t>eginning of 1908, he
relinquished his connection with the Customs
Company in order to devote his services
entirely to the Chinese unit. The present
strength of the company is three officers and
loi non-commissioned officers and men.

In May. 1905. following on previous corre-
spondence, a communication was received
from the Hongkong military authorities stating
that the issue of 12-pounder guns for the use
of the corps was receiving the attention of
the War Office ; and in August, 1905, further
intimation was received to the effect that a
battery of 12-pounder or 15-pounder guns
would shortly be available. Major-General
V. Hatton, C.B., who inspected the corps in
1906, wrote to the War Office urging the
necessity for the early provision of a new-
battery, and the result was that in June of
that year the War Office formally sanctioned
the issue of four 15-pounder quick-firing guns
on loan. Characteristic delays occurred, how-
ever, and the battery did not arrive in the
Settlement until early in 1908. It consists of
four is-pounder quick-firing Erhardt guns,
each of which is without trunnions, and rests
on a cradle in which is a powerful spring.
When a piece is fired, the spade brake
engages in the ground, checking the recoil
of the carriage. The gun itself continues its
rearward movement until brought to rest by
the compression of a ram acting on glycerine.
When the energy is thus overcome, the spring
returns the gun to the firing position. The
old 9-pounder K.B.L. guns were made over
to the police on the arrival of the new
battery, and have been distributed among
the principal police stations.

Formerly the Municipal Council hired
ponies for the use of the Artillery Company,
but, as this system had many obvious
disadvantages, 18 China ponies were
purchased towards the end of March, 1908,
and until the completion of the annual
training they were stabled at the Horse
Bazaar, and were exercised by members of
the company at early morning drives. Since
May, however, the ponies have been
taken over by members of the Shanghai
Volunteer Artillery, and the cost to the com-
munity has thus been lessened considerably.
A stable has been secured in the northern

district, and the guns go out on an average
twice each month, with the object of keeping
the draught animals in training and the men
accustomed to their mounts and to the
harness.

.\s to the present-day elViciency of the
corps, Major-General R. G. Broadwood, C.B..
commanding His Majesty's troops in South
China, said in his address to the troops at
the close of the last annual training : '' I am
very glad to observe that the Light Horse
has had an accession of strength. The move-
ments that I have seen on two parades have
left little to be desired in speed and smooth-
ness. I know the cavalry soldier very well,
and the efficiency I saw on these parades
means a great deal of hard work and per-
severance. I am very pleased indeed to see
the Mounted Infantry making a good show.
The movements were well carried out, and
everything was very satisfactory. I am very
glad to observe that this branch is a good
deal stronger than it was l.ist year. The
Maxims did their work very well and in a
most workmanlike maimer. With regard to
the Infantry I am glad to see that the men
have grasped the essentials of drill — that is
to say, they all work together and are ready
to move on the word of command ; all
the movements they carried out were well
executed. In fact, generally speaking, I
would like to congratulate Colonel Watson
and every one concerned on the workmanlike
and smart parade I saw yesterday ; it would
have been a credit to any body of troops."

The effective strength on the occasion of
the annual inspection on April 4, 1908, was
103 1 of all ranks, and it is interesting to
note that no fewer than sixteen nationalities
were represented as follows :

Officers.

Men.

Total.

British

510

547

American

German

110

114

Portuguese ...

Japanese

Chinese

—

lOI

Danish ... • ...

Austrians

Norwegian ...

—

1 1

Italian

—

Dutch

—

Swedish

—

Swiss

—

French

—

Spanish

—

Belgian

■ —

981

103 1

The uniform of the corps is khaki — serge
for winter and drill for summer wear.
Field service caps are worn for drill order,
and colonial hats for marching order and
full dress. The uniform is modified in the
various units in accordance with the customs
of the respective nations.

The main armament of the corps is as
follows: — 1,000 Lee-Metford rifles with
bayonets, 183 carbines, 50 troopers' swords,
revolvers and swords for the use of officers,
2 Rexer machine guns, 6 Maxim guns,
4 15-pounder quick-firing guns, and 2
Nordenfelt guns.

The opening of the splendid Drill Hall in
the Nanking Road on January i. 1900, fur-
nished much-needed facilities for instruction,
and the establishment in connection with it

of a bar, reading room, gymnasium, and
Morris-tube gallery served to enhance the
popularity of the corps.

The question of providing a new drill hall has
recently been mooted. During 1907 Lieut.-
Colonel Watson forwarded to the Municipal
Council a report made by a committee of
officers convened by him, in which it was
pointed out that great demands were made
upon the present hall by the public, and
that the time had arrived when volunteers
should be granted the use of a hall which
should not be associated in any way with
the social functions of Shanghai. When the
question came before the Council in 1908,
however, it was decided that the scheme
would not be practicable during the current
year for financial reasons, the approximate
expenditure involved being Tls. 200,000, about
one-half of which would be required for the
purchase of a site.

The erection of a new building to serve as
the headquarters of the volunteers was begun
in 1903, upon a site within the compound
of the Central Police Station. It was com-
pleted in the following year, at a cost of
about Tls. 13.500. The ground floor was
used as a gun-shed, in which the Maxim
guns and the new 15-pounder guns were
housed ; the first floor contained the com-
mandant's office, clothing store, and armoury,
and on the top floor quarters were provided
for the staff sergeants. The provision of
this building had the effect of completely
separating the administration of the Shanghai
Volunteer Corps from the Police. The great
expansion of the corps, however, soon
rendered considerably larger offices neces-
sary. At the end of June, 1908, therefore,
the Headquarter Oftices were moved tem-
porarily into premises formerly occupied
by Messrs. Major Bros., in the Hongkew
Road, adjoining the Municipal compound,
pending the provision of more adequate
accommodation.

Competitions and Trophies.

From the earliest years of volunteering
it has been recognised that the first duty
of the recruit is to learn how to shoot, and
to this end there have been competitions
innumerable in the Settlement. One of the
first trophies mentioned in the records is
the Municipal Challenge Cup, presented in
1873. This was won in the first contest by
Private Duncan Glass, and became the abso-
lute property seventeen years later of Captain
William Bright. By 1880 other competitions
had been started, including those for the Re-
cruits' Prize (Officers' Cup), the Underwriters'
Cup, the Ladies' Purse, the Brokers' Cup
(for Galling gun practice), the " P.P.C." Cup
and the Consolation Cup. It would be almost
impossible to particularise the many changes
which have taken place since that date ; but
it will suftice here to enumerate Ihe events
competed at the present day, viz. : — The
Municipal Challenge Cup, value fifty guineas,
presented by the Municipal Council ; the
National Rifle Association silver medal ; the
Skirmishing Competition Cup, presented by
Major Brodie A. Clarke ; the Ladies' Prize,
subscribed for by the ladies of Shanghai ; the
City Fathers' Cup, presented by members of
the Municipal Council ; the Inter-Company
Challenge Shield, presented by the Municipal
Council ; the Shorrock Cup, presented by
the late Mr. S. Shorrock ; the Novices' Cup,
presented by Messrs. Kuhn and Komor ; the
Officers' Musketry Course Cup, presented by
Surgeon - Captain Lalcaca ; the Recruits'
Challenge Cup, presented by Messrs. Watson
& Co., of Dundee ; the America Cup, pre-
sented by the American Company to the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 425

three best shots of the Defence Forces ; and
the Africa Cup, presented by Captain Mann-
heimer.

In addition to the corps meetings, annual
company competitions are held by each unit
of the corps.

PYench Government in Shanghai, held under
the presidency of the Comte de Bezaure,
then Consul-General, being unanimously of
opinion that the step was necessary in view
of the possible recurrence of trouble. It was
decided that the P'rench Company should be

THE JAPANESE COMPANY, S.V.C.

There remains only the Inter-port Shooting
Competition for teams from Hongkong,
Singapore, Penang, and Shanghai. This
competition was instituted in 1889, in which
year the Shanghai team were successful.
Since that date the local team have secured
the iirst position on three occasions — in 1904,
1906, and 1907. The handsome shield which
now constitutes the trophy was purchased in
1906, each of the four ports subscribing $500
towards its cost.

The Sha\c;h.\i Rifle Associatiox.

The Shanghai Rifle Association was formed
in 1902, of members of the Defence Forces of
Shanghai, and such others as may be specially
approved of by the committee. Monthly spoon
and cup competitions and an annual prize
meeting are held, all prizes being competed
for in accordance with the rales of the National
Rifle Association.

The principal prizes offered at the annual
meeting are : The S.R.A. Cup, subscribed for
by merchants of Shanghai ; the St. Ninian
Cup, presented by Major Brodie A. Clarke ;
the Astor Cup, presented by the proprietors of
the Astor House Hotel ; the Ne Che Cup,
presented by Messrs. Holliday, Wise & Co. ;
the iVor//( China Dnily News Cup ; the ''J. P."
Cup, presented by the Shangliai Dock and
Engineering Company ; the Chung Wo Cup,
presented by Messrs. William Little & Co. ;
and the Palace Cup, presented by the pro-
prietors of the Palace Hotel.

THE FRENCH VOLUNTEERS.

The wheelbarrow riot was responsible for
the formation of the French Volimteer Com-
pany, on April 20, 1897, a specially convened
meeting of subjects and proteges of the

under the command of the French Consul-
General, though it might co-operate with the
Shanghai Corps in defence of the Settlement,
and that the expenses of the company
should be defrayed out of municipal funds.
A committee of organisation was formed,

company, and a French non-commissioned
ofticer was engaged to give instruction to
the recruits ; and in a short time 70 men
had enlisted.

The necessity for the company was fully
demonstrated in July of the following year,
when a riot occurred in consequence of the
French Council's proposal to cut a road
through the grounds of the Ningpo Joss
House. The PYench Company was called
out, and a force was landed from men-of-war,
whilst the Shanghai Volunteer Corps held
itself in readiness to assist if necessity aro-se.
The riot was suppressed, 15 Chinese being
reported killed and many wounded. Again,
in 1900, the existence of the company enabled
the F"rench civil community to take its share
of the precautionary measures against the
" Boxers."

At the present day the strength of the
company is about 150. The captain com-
manding is M. Laferriere, who succeeded
M. Bottu, as secretary, in 1904. He is assisted
by IJeutenant Gautherin. The armament of
the company includes two mitrailleuse, or
quick-firing guns, of which Captain Lecoy
de la Marche is in charge, and a number of
Lebel rifles, with bayonets of the French
triangular-section type. The summer uniform
is of khaki, similar in pattern to that of the
French Colonial Infantry, with white helmets
such as those worn by the French Regular
Army. In winter a dark rifle-green and
red uniform is substituted.

The company has no drill hall, but possesses
an excellent training ground at Koukaza
Camp, which lies between the Avenue Paul
Brunat and the Route Fran<;aise de Zika-
wei or Siccawei.

LIEUT.-COL. WILLIAM MILWARD WATSON,

the officer commanding the Shanghai Volun-
teer Corps, has seen a good deal of active
service in various parts of the world during
the course of a military experience extending
over the past quarter of a century. Born at
Nagode, India, on January 31, 1864, he was
educated at Haileybury College, and at the

THE PORTUGUESE COMPANY, S.V.C.

consisting of Messrs. Bottu, Chollot, Heritte,
de Malherbe. and Wehrung, who were
assisted by M. Simon, commandant of the
French warship Coincte.

M. Bottu, secretary of the Municipal Council,
was appointed captain of the newly formed

Royal Military College, Sandhurst. In Feb-
ruary, 1885, he was appointed Lieutenant in
the Duke of Wellington's (West Riding) Regi-
ment, and three years later was sent to
Aden, where he carried out the duties of
A.D.C. to the Political Resident until May,

426 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

1890. In March. 1H91, he was given his
Company, and two years from this cUite saw
him taking part with the Bechiianaland
Bi>rder Police in the operations in Matabele-
land. His experience of South Africa also
included ser\ice with the Mounted Infantry
under Sir F. Carrington in 1886. In Decem-
ber. 1898, he joined the Chinese Regiment,
and in 1900 he distinguished himself greatly
in the operations for the relief of Tientsin
and Peking. His name was mentioned in
despatches, and he was given the brevet
rank of Major. In March. 1903. he received
his present appointment, and in December of
the same year attained his majority. His
decorations include the Matabeleland and
China medals with clasps.

MAJOR BRODIE CLARKE, who was born
at Acharcidh. Nairn, Scotland, in 1844, has
the distinction of being the oldest active
volunteer officer of British nationality, with
the longest record of continuous service. As
early as April, i860, he joined the Nairn-
shire Volunteers, and took part in the famous
review before the late Queen Victoria at
Edinburgh in August of that year. Coming
to China in 1864. and to Shanghai in 1866,
he was immediately enrolled in the Shanghai
Rangers, who. in those days, were com-
manded by Mr. John Markham, the British
Consul, and he remained with them until
1870, in which year he resigned. When the
Mih-ho-loong Fire Brigade petitioned the
Council to be armed as a military body, at
the time of the Tientsin massacre, he joined
them, and was almost immediately promoted
to the rank of sergeant. He served with the
Hih-ho-Ioongs until the beginning of l88t,
when he joined the Light Horse, originally
the Rangers, and in the same year received a
commission as second lieutenant. In 1883
he went home on leave, but, returning to
Shanghai at the beginning of 1884, he
rejoined the troop, and remained with them
until June 1888, when he was transferred by
the Council to the Artillery, receiving a
commission as acting lieutenant in command
of the battery. In December of that year
he passed the examination for captains before
Captain Fletcher, of the Royal Artillery, and
then took command of the battery. Ten
years later, in December, 1898, he received
his commission from the Council as Major
commanding the Artillery. After holding
this appointment for a sliort time, he was
promoted to the Staff, and became second
in command of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps. During his service with the artillery,
and since being on the Staff, he has been in
command of the corps on several occasions,
the more noticeable of these being the Shang-
hai Jubilee in 1893, and the Boxer troubles
of 1900. He has the China medal, as well
as the Shanghai Jubilee medal, and for some-
thing like twenty-five years he has never
missed an annual training. While in the
fire brigade Major Clarke was for a long
time foreman of the Mih-ho-loongs, and
afterwards district engineer for the English
Settlement. In his earlier years he had a
good deal to do with the Rowing Club, the
Paper Hunt Club, and the Race Club.
Latterly he has been more closely associated
with the Golf Club, of which he was one
of the founders. For many years also he
was vice-president of the French Municipal
Council, with which body he was connected
for nearly fifteen years. In his private
capacity Major Clarke is now the sole
proprietor of the firm of Messrs. Hopkins,
Dunn & Co.

MAJOR T. E. TRUEMAN, the officer
commanding the Infantry Battalion, has
been connected with the volunteers during
the whole of his residence in China, and
has played by no means an unimportant part
in placing the corps on an efficient military
basis. He came to Shanghai in November,
1883, and in January of the following year
was enrolled as a private of " B " Company.
In those days the force numbered scarcely
three hundred men or less than one-third of
its present strength. Major Trueman's pro-
motion was rapid. He became a corporal
in 1885, a sergeant in 1888, and was given
a commission as second lieutenant on
October 3rd, 1889. He was promoted first
lieutenant in 1891, and was given command
of a company in July, 1894. Five years
later, whilst in England, he joined the
Chelsea School of Instruction and gained the
special certificate in the examination for
officers of his rank. On returning to
Shanghai, however, he had to resign his
commission in accordance with the old
Municipal regulations, which, for no very
definite reason, required all officers to go
back to the ranks after returning from leave.
Tlie procedure was simply a matter of form
as far as Major Trueman was concerned,
for he rejoined as a private in November,
1899, and in February, 1900. was re-instated
as captain. On November 14, .1906, he
was gazetted major in command of the
Infantry Battalion. The following year he
was again on le>ive and passed the examln.i-
tion at the Chelsea School of Instruction
for officers of field rank, obtaining, a second
time, the distinction of a special certificate.
He returned to Shanghai in December,
1907. Besides desiring to see the corps
maintain as high a standard as possible in
all their different exercises, Major Trueinan
has, from the beginning, taken a special
interest in shooting. As a private he was
a first-class marksman, and wore the cross
guns every year until he obtained his
commission. On three occasions he has
held the cup for revolver-shooting, pre-
sented by the senior medical officer.
Dr. Lalcaca, for competition amongst the
officers of the corps. This example and
his enthusiasm have not been without
effect upon his men, and " B " Company,
which he commanded, were the holders
for a long while of the inter-companies'
challenge shield,

CAPTAIN WILLIAM MACDONNELL MIT-
CHELL DOWDALL, the Engineer staff officer
and senior captain of the SJianghai Volunteer
Corps, was born in Dublin on September 12,
1843. He served in the Artists Rifle Volunteer
Corps (London), from 1865 to 1870, and took
a large share in the formation of the Koyal
Naval Artillery Volunteers, with whom he
was connected from 1870 to 1882. In the
latter year he joined the Shanghai Corps. In
1886 he was appointed Inspector-General
of Fortifications by the Viceroy of Nanking,
and, although his active employment in
fortifying the coast and the Yangtsze Kiver
has now ceased, he still holds the honorary
position. He organised the Shanghai Volun-
teer Engineers in 1893, and commanded them
until their disbandment in 1897, when he
secured his staff appointment.

CAPTAIN 0. F. COLLYER. the corps
adjutant, joined the Artists Rifle Volunteer
Corps (London), in March, 1890, and three
years later was given a commission as second

lieutenant in the 4th Volunteer Battalion
East Surrey Regiment. At the outbreak of
the South African War he volunteered for
active service, and was present at the engage-
ments of Allemann's Nek and Laing's Nek,
receiving, in recognition of his services, the
South African medal with four clasps, and
the honorary rank of captain in the British
Army. Captain CoUycr's commission in the
Shanghai Volunteers dates from March, 1904.
He was enrolled as a lieutenant, but within
a month was promoted captain. In his
private capacity he is the assistant secretary
of the Standard Life Assurance Company.

CAPTAIN A. J. STEWART, in command of
the Artillery Company, has had considerable
experience in the handling of guns. He
joined the 1st West Yorks Volunteer Artillery
in 1896, was attached to the 3rd Middlesex
Volunteer Artillery in 1899, and joined the
1st City of London Volunteer Artillery in 1900.
Coming to Shanghai in 1901 as assistant-
m.-ister at the Shanghai Public School, he at
once joined the Shanghai Volunteer Artillery
as a gunner. He became second lieutenant
in September, 1906 ; lieutenant in May, 1907 ;
and captain, in succession to Captain F. H.
Crossley, in June, igo8. Captain Stewart
has attended several artillery courses — at
Shoeburyness (one month) in 1900, at Sheer-
ness and Thames Forts in 1901, on H.M.S.
Eclipse in 1903, on H.M.S. Thetis in 1904, and
at Okehampton and Woolwich in 1907.

CAPTAIN aBOROE EDWARD STEWART

has been connected with the Volunteer move-
ment in England, Hongkong, and Shanghai,
for the past seventeen years. In the first
instance he was a member of the 3rd
Volunteer Battalion (Duke of Connaught's
Own) Hampshire Regiment. After coming
to China he served for two years in the
Auxiliary Forces at Hongkong, and attained
the rank of corporal in the " A " Machine
Gun Company. He was enrolled as a private
in " A " Company of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps in February, 1897, and, passing through
the non-cominissioned ranks, obtained a com-
mission in August, 1900. He was promoted
lieutenant in January, 1901, and captain in
May, 1903. Whilst home on leave in the
following year he attended the School of
Instruction for Auxiliary Officers at Chelsea
barracks, and obtained the " special " certifi-
cate. Upon his return to Shanghai in 1905
he was placed in charge of the Maxim
detachment, a position which he still retains.
Captain Stewart is a member of several local
clubs and of the Rifie Association. He is
also a past member of the Mih-ho-loong,
Hook and Ladder Company, Shanghai Fire
Department.

CAPTAIN WILLIAMSON JOHN NORMAN
DYER, who recently succeeded Captain Key-
lock in the command of the Light Horse, was
born at London on January 22, 1869, and
was educated at Aberdeen College, London,
and at the Gymnasium Zabern, Alsace.
Having received a commercial training at
Bale, in Switzerland, he came out to China
in 1890, and joined Messrs. Gibb, Livingston
& Co. In 1892 he joined the New York Life
Insurance Company, and a year later the
firm of Messrs. Wheelock & Co., in which
he is now a junior partner. Whilst in
London he served for two years in the 2nd
Middlesex (Garrison) Artillery, and shortly

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 427

after his arrival in Shanghai he joined the
Light Horse as a trooper, and quiclcly made
his way through the non-commissioned ranlis
to that of sergeant-major, which he held for
seven years. He was promoted a second
lieutenant in igoo, and lieutenant in the
following year, and has now succeeded to
the captaincy of his squadron. He was at
one time a prominent member of the Victoria,
No. 7 Company, Shanghai Fiie Department,
and of the Paper Hunt Club, and still belongs
to the Race, Cricket, and Polo Clubs. He
resides at No. 2, the French Bund.

CAPTAIN H. W. PILCHER, in command of
" A " Company, joined the company early in
1890, and received his commission as second
lieutenant in January, 1902. He became
lieutenant in 1903, and captain in 1905.
He has received the China medal for
service during the Boxer rising of 1900, and
the medal issued by the Municipal Council
in 1893 to commemorate the jubilee of
Shanghai.

CAPTAIN H. R. H. THOMAS, in command
of " B " Company, is head of the firm of
Messrs. Thomas Bros., merchants and
commission agents. He was born in 1879
at Cardiff, his father being a civil
engineer and colliery proprietor of that
city. After being educated privately in
North Devon, Mr. Thomas entered the
service of Messrs. Caldwell, Watson & Co.,
a well-known London firm. In 1896 he was
transferred to their Shanghai office, the firm
being known locally as James Alexander
Harvie, and in 1900 he obtained a partner-
ship, the style being then changed to
that of Harvie & Thomas. The present
style of Thomas Bros., was adopted in
1904, when Mr. J. A. T. Thomas entered
the (inn. Mr, Thomas joined the Volunteer
Corps in 1897 as a private and became
lance-corporal in 1898. He qualified for
commissioned rank in 1900, and was
appointed second lieutenant. He was pro-
moted first lieutenant in 1901 and captain
in 1906. He has the China medal, 1900.
In 1902 Captain Thomas married Miss Kate
Jansen, daughter of the late Mr. D.
C. Jansen, a well-known resident in
Shanghai, and Mrs. Jansen, of " Broad-
fields," Jessfield Road. He lives at No. 27,
Range Road, and is a member of all
the principal local clubs.

LIEUTENANT W. STEWART BURNS, of

"B" Company, was for nine years a member
of the Submarine Miners' Division of the
Royal Engineer Volunteers. He joined the
Shanghai Volunteer Corps in 1900, and was
granted a commission in " B " Company in
the following year. Five years later he
was promoted first lieutenant, and in July,
1907, obtained the " special " captain's
certificate in the examination at Chelsea
Barracks. Mr. Burns is sub-manager of the
Shanghai Dock and Engineering Companv.

CAPTAIN JONATHAN WILLIE INNOCENT.

of the Customs Company, was born at Truro,
Cornwall, in 1857, and was educated at the
Blackheath School for Sons of Missionaries.
He entered the Imperial Maritime Customs
service at Shanghai in 1877, and was appointed
deputy commissioner in 1904. In January,

1903, he joined the Customs Volunteer Com-
pany, and, passing quickly through the ranks,
received a commission in March, 1904. He
was promoted captain in September, 1907.

LIEUTENANT DAVID CRAWFORD DICK,

Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., born in Edinburgh on
August 8. 1866, was educated at Daniel
Stewart's College in that city and at Edinburgh
University. He was employed as a civil en-
gineer with Messrs. Stevenson, of Edinburgh,
and afterwards as assistant engineer on the
Admiralty Dock Works, Gibraltar. He came
to Shanghai in 1900 as assistant engineer to
the Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs, and
in 1908 was appointed engineer-in-chief.
Shortly after his arrival in the Settlement he
joined the Customs Company, receiving his
commission as second lieutenant in 1905 and
as lieutenant in 1907. He received the China
medal for active service during the Boxer
troubles. He is a member of the Race Club,
the Shanghai Club, and the Country Club.

of honour, presented to him by His Majesty
William II for special proficiency in shoot-
ing, and a medal and ribbon from the
Prussian Government, a gold medal and
blue ribbon from the Government of Nor-
way and Sweden, and a gold medal from a
German Association for saving life. In 1901
Captain Schellhoss retired from the Army,
with permission to wear the uniform of his
battalion, and in tlie following year was
appointed by the Chancellor of the Empire
consulting hydraulic engineer attached to
the German Consulate, Shanghai.

LIEUTENANT S. KOAZE, to whose personal
effort the present efficiency of the Japanese
Company is mainly due, was born in Japan
in 1875. After completing his education
at the Commercial College, he joined the
Nippon Yusen Kaisha. Within twelve months,
however, he resigned in order to serve in
the Army, and, two years later, was appointed
second lieutenant. Rejoining the Nippon
Yusen Kaisha in 1897, he was purser for
five years on the line running to Europe,
Australia, and America. For twelve months

THE MAXIM DETACHMENT TEAM.

Winners of the "Shorrock" and "Africa" Cups, 1907-8.

CAPTAIN S. A. RANSOM, commanding the
American Company, was born in Washington,
and, on completing his education, entered
the United Slates Public Health and Marine
Hospital service, in which he came to
Shanghai as quarantine officer. When in
December, 1905, the idea of forming an
American Company of the Shanghai Volun-
teer Corps was mooted, Dr. Ransom took a
prominent part in bringing the scheme to
pass, and in April, 1906, he was appointed
captain. Dr. Ransom is a fine revolver shot,
and holds the Lalcaca Cup, offered for
competition amongst officers of the corps.

CAPTAIN SCHELLHOSS, who has had com-
mand of the German Company since June,
1907, was born on July 30, 1864, and was
educated at the gymnasium at Brannschweig.
He entered the Prussian Armv as an ensign
in 1885, and was attached to the Pioneer
Battalion von Ranch (Brandenburgianl, No. 3.
He was promoted lieutenant in 1887, first
lieutenant in 1894, and captain in 1900, in
the Rhenish Pioneer Battalion, No. 8, in
Coblenz, His decorations include a sword

he was stationed at Hongkong, and was
transferred to Shanghai in 1903. Lieutenant
Koaze served throughout the Russo-Japanese
War, and, for his services, received the
Fifth Order of the Golden Kite and the Rising
Sun. At the conclusion of hostilities, when
he resumed his business duties in Shanghai,
the local company of Japanese Volunteers
had been in existence for some seven years.
In May, 1907, however, it was disbanded in
order that certain radical changes might
be effected, and, at the request of the
Consul-General for Japan, Lieutenant Koaze
re-organised and assumed command of the
company, which now numbers 62 rank and
file.

CAPTAIN J. NOLASCO, the son of Mr. P.

Nolasco de Silva, was born at Macao in 1871,
and educated at Macao and Lisbon. He
served in the Portuguese Army for two
years at Lisbon, and for five years at Macao
and Timor, during which time he rose to
the rank of colour-sei geant. Subsequently,
he entered the Civil Service at Macao, and
for three vear:< was first assistant to the
Colonial Secretary. Having resigned this

428 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

position, he came to Shanghai, and joined
Messrs. Buchheister & Co. in 1903. When
the Portuguese Company of volunteers was
formed in igo6. he was given a commission
as lieutenant, and was promoted captain last
>-ear.

CAPTAIN L. J. CUBITT, the officer com-
manding the Chinese Company, has a record
of service in the Shanghai Volunteer Corps
extending over a period of nearly seventeen
years. He is a partner in the firm of Messrs.
Sctitt, Harding & Co., in whose interests he
came to China in 1891. In January of the
following year he was enrolled as a private
in -'A "Company; within twelve months was
made a corporal ; and in due course attained
the rank of colour- sergeant. In 1896 he took
part in the suppression of the wheelbarrow
riots, and the following year was given a
commission, while during the absence, on
leave, of Captain Keswick, he was appointed
adjutant. Mr. Cubitt went to England himself
in July of the same year, and secured the
•' special " certificate in the captains' examina-
tion at Chelsea School of Instruction for
Officers of the Militia and Auxiliary Forces.
Upon his return to Shanghai in March, 1898,
he resigned his commission, in accordance
with the local regulations, and enlisted again
as a private in •' A " Company. He was
quicklv promoted to be a non-commissioned
oflicer, and was given a commission for a
second time in 1899. On several occasions
he served as assistant-adjutant, and during
the Boxer troubles of 1900 was promoted
first lieutenant. Besides acting as assistant-
adjutant, he was appointed quartermaster,
and in 1901 was placed in command of his
company. Towards the end of 1902, how-
ever, his leisure b)eing seriously curtailed by
increasing business duties, he sent in his
resignation. This was accepted regretfully,
and the officers and men showed their appre-
ciation of his past services by making him
an honorary member, and presenting him with
a gold watch. On his retirement Captain
Cubitt joined the Reserve Company as a
senior subaltern, and was in command during
two trainings. He was asked to take charge
of the Customs Company during the two
years' absence of Captain Wade, and, having
iiow more time at his disposal, he acceded to
the request, and was appointed captain for
this purpose, remaining in command of the
company throughout three trainings, in
1905-6-7. Last year, in addition to com-
manding the Customs Company, Captain
Cubitt was attached as commander to the
Chinese Company, which was then being
formed. Resigning the command of the
Customs Company, he was given his present
appointment in September. F"or a number of
years Captain Cubitt has t)een associated also
with the Fire Brigade. He joined the Mih-

ho-loong Company in 1891, and remained
with them until he went home in 1897, being
for a few months assistant foreman in charge.
Upon returning from leave, he rejoined as an
ordinary member, but severed his connection
with the service in September, 1899. During
the time that Mr. Cubitt was in the brigade
some important improvements were effected,
and the general standard of efficiency in
the Mih-ho-loong Company was raised con-
siderably. The old appliances gave place to
a modern and up-to-date equipment, and a
uniform simihir to that of the I^ondon
Fire Brigade was substituted for red jackets
of the American pattern. Mr. Cubitt is the
possessor of the " good service medal " pre-
sented by the company to members who
have been actively engaged with it for seven
years, and is on the roll of honorary members
of the company.

SUROEON-MAJOR CAWAS LALCACA was

born at Bombay in 1862, and educated in
India .ind London, where he qualified as a
Doctor of Medicine and as a Licentiate of the
Royal College of Physicians. He came to
China in 1886, and joined "A" Company
of the Shanghai Volunteers as a private in
the following year. In 1891 he was promoted
to the medical staff as surgeon-lieutenant,
becoming surgeon-captain in 1896 and prin-
cipal medical officer to the corps in 1907.
and being granted the rank of major in 1908.

SURQEON-CAPTAIN GERALD HANWELL,

M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., of the medical staff of
the Shanghai Volunteers, was for some time
one of the civil surgeons attached to the
South Africa Field Forces, and, consequently,
has had a valuable experience of the special
conditions under which medical work is
carried out during warfare. He was a student
of St. Thomas's Hospital. London, and has
held the appointments of house surgeon at
the Royal Berks Hospital, clinical assistant In
the throat department of St. Thomas's Hos-
pital, clinical assistant at the Chelsea Hospital
for Women and at the Evelina Hospital for
Sick Children, and assistant medical oflicer
of the Metropolitan Asylums Board and of
the Fountain Fever Hospital. His connection
with the Shanghai Volunteer P'orce dates from
t'ebruary 3, 1904, when he joined the medical
staff as second lieutenant. He was promoted
first lieutenant in August, 1904, and captain
in March, 1908.

CAPTAIN Q. R. WINQROVE, the officer com-
manding the Reserve Company, has been
connected with the Volunteer Force in India
and China for over thirty years. He joined

the Bombay Rifle Corps in 1876, and.
subsequently, upon taking up his residence
in Hongkong, joined the newly formed
Hongkong Artillery as a private, eventually
attaining the rank of sergeant. Upon coming
to Shanghai In 1880 he was enrolled as a
private In "A" Company, or the Mih-ho-loong
Rifles, as they were called in those days.
He received a commission in 1891, and
passed the qualifying examination for
junior Volunteer officers held at Wellington
Barracks in the same year. He remained
with "A" Company until 1899, and was
afterwards attached to the Reserve Company,
but In 1900 was promoted captain, and
appointed Instructor of the Japanese Com-
pany, which was organised during the Boxer
troubles. After returning from his last leave
he served for a time as quartermaster and
assistant-adjutant before assuming his present
duties.

HON. LIEUTENANT A. W. BURKILL— A

brief allusion to Lieutenant A. W. Burkill,
of the Mounted Scouts, will be found under
the heading " The Municipal Councils."

*•

LIEUTENANT Q. H. POTTS was born at
Beadle, Yorkshire, In 1864, and was educated
at Harrow. He served for a year with the
London Scottish Volunteers before coming to
Hongkong in 1885, where, ten years later, he
was enrolled as a gunner in the Maxim Gun
Company, subsequently attaining the rank of
captain. At the taking of Kowloon City he
was guide to General Gascolgne, and, in 1900,
acted as transport officer to the relief column
to Peking, for which service he received the
China medal and clasp. Returning to Hong-
kong, he became a lieutenant In the Mounted
Scouts, but resigned his commission in 1903.
In 1904 he came to Shanghai, and two years
later was appointed lieutenant of the Gun
Club.

LIEUTENANT G. CARLSEN, in command
of the Signalling Company, was born in 1870
at Copenhagen, Denmark. At the age of
eighteen he joined the Great Northern Tele-
graph Company, and was stationed first at
Newcastle, England, and afterwards at LIbau,
Russia. He was transferred to Shanghai in
1895, and in the following year joined the
now defunct Engineers Company of the
Shanghai Volunteer Corps as a private. He
was made corporal of signallers in the spring
of 1898, commissioned as second lieutenant to
command the company in 1903 ; and, after
an absence of three years from Shanghai
was promoted first lieutenant and staff sig-
nalling officer to the corps in January, 1908.

SHANGHAI FIRE BRIGADE.

HAT in so large a community
as Shanghai the extinction of
fires should be left to volun-
tary effort is remarkable, and
the Settlement may be con-
gratulated upon the fact that
it possesses a body of men
who, under the inspiration of high ideals of
duty, have attained a degree of efficiency
unexcelled in the annals of unpaid organisa-
tions. Shanghai can claim to have a larger
percentage of volunteer firemen in proportion
to its population than either London, Edin-
burgh, or Dublin.

The Shanghai Fire Department was insti-
tuted in June, 1866, under authority from the
Municipal Council, " for the better preservation
of all property exposed to conflagration." The
operations of the department, as defined in
the original constitution, were limited to the
British, French, and American Settlements,
except in cases of urgent necessity elsewhere,
and the organisation was carried out under
a chief engineer and three district engineers.
The chief engineer was the recognised
executive officer, and was invested with wide
powers to use all means at his command to
save property and check the spread of fire.
The newly lormed department took over the
engines and other appliances already in the
possession of various private firms, who had
previously organised small independent fire
companies. From 1866 onwards the gear
has been constantly improved, until now there
are few volunteer brigades so well equipped.
The " Mih-ho-loongs " (Extinguishing Fire
Dragons), or Hook and Ladder Company,
were the first company to be formed, and
they took for their motto, " Say the word,
and down comes your house," which aptly
described one of their chief functions — that
of checking the spread of fires by the demo-
lition of surrounding buildings. A certain
exclusiveness was maintained by means of a
ballot, and discipline was rigidly enforced
by fines and other penalties. The French
Hook and Ladder, the Shanghai Engine,
the Hongkew Fire Engine, the Kin-lee-yuen
Fire Engine, the Deluge Steam Fire, the
French Municipal Engine, and the Victoria
Steam Fire Engine Companies were succes-
sively formed, and, under capable commands,
the efficiency of the brigade has never been
suffered to decline.

At the present day there are four companies,
exclusive of the French Company, which has
recently been organised separately for service

in the French Concession. The " Mih-ho-
loongs " and " Deluge " Companies are
attached to the Central Fire Station, in
Honan Road, while the Victoria Company and
the Hongkew Company are stationed in
Soochow Road and Hanbury Road respectivelv.
At each station quarters are provided for
the men on night duty, and plans are in
course of preparation for a fifth fire station,
in the Sinza district, with accommodation
for about 24 men. The total strength
of the brigade is approximately 74

gallons ; four horsed engines — three of 450
gallons and one of 400 gallons ; a chemically
driven engine, with a 6o-feet escape ladder ;
an 80-feet petrol motor escape ; two 6o-feet
hand escapes ; three horsed hook and ladder
trucks ; and twelve pony hose reels, with 8,700
feet of best rubber-lined canvas fire-hose in
use and 5,000 feet in stock. Six horses and
21 ponies are kept in readiness for use
at any moment. Hydrants, under pressure
from the Shanghai Waterworks, are placed in
convenient positions all over the Settlement ;

A SECTION OF THE BRIGADE IN FRONT OF THE ROWING CLUB.

volunteers, and 70 paid Chinese firemen,
stokers, mafoos, and cleaners. The uniform
of the brigade is exactly siinilar to that of
the London Fire Brigade. Formerly each
company had its own distinctive uniform, and
a turnout in those days was a picturesque
sight.

The equipment is of the latest improved
pattern, and includes a steam fire-float, with
a pumping capacity of 1,100 gallons ; a steam
motor fire-engine, the " Fire King," of 800

indeed, in proportion to its area, Shanghai is
better supplied than London with hydrants.
Numbers of street fire-alarms have been in-
stalled, but even more important than these
as regards their value in the matter of prompt
notification of fires are the two bell towers-
one of which is situated in the Shantung Road,
while the other is in the compound of the
Hongkew Police Station. In these towers,
which are about 100 feet in height, watchmen
are posted night and day for the purpose of

430 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE MOTOR "FIRE KING."

detecting outbreaks of fire in the Settlement.
Of 211 calls made during 1907, the alarm was
given from these towers in no fewer than 182
instances. Eleven of the outbreaks were
large, and 80 were medium fires. Ol the
whole total, 179 fires occurred in Chinese
buildings.

At one time arson was very prevalent, but,
thanks to stringent measures on the part of
the police, much has been done to mitigate
this evil. It is gratifying to note that fires in
the Settlement are attended with but slight
loss of life, and that since 1866, only two
firemen have met with death in the discharge
of their duties. Among the more serious
outbreaks on record are those of August 15,
1879, when over 900 houses were burned
in the French Settlement, property being
destroyed to the value of Tls. 1,500,000 ;
December 21, 1885, when an equally heavy
loss was sustained in the same neighbour-
hood ; October 24, 1898, when some 250

houses were destroyed in the Canton Road; on
November 26th, of the same year, when the
premises of Messrs. Hall & Holtz were gutted;
and on January 20, 1907, when a fire at Messrs.
Burkill's premises entailed a loss of some-
thing like Tls. 750,000.

In 1895 the local fire insurance companies
offered a challenge shield for competition
annually among the various companies. The
events upon which the competition is decided
are usually two in number, and are arranged
by the chief engineer and the foreman of
the companies. The following is a complete
list of winners of the shield : —

1895 Deluge Company.

1896 Mih-ho-loong Company.
Le Torrent Company.
Hongkew Company.
Le Torrent Company.
Deluge Company.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Victoria Company.
Deluge Company.
Mih-ho-loong Company.
Ditto.

1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902

1903
1904

1905
1906
1907
1908

''it^'^m^sm

THE LADDERS.

SOME OF THE BRIGADE.

The Municipal Council has of recent years
offered gold medals for twelve years' service,
silver clasps for eight years' service, silver
medals for five years' service, and silver cups
for the best attendances at fires — trophies
which are much coveted by members of the
brigade.

The annual cost of the Kire Department,
exclusive of extraordinary charges, is about
Tls. 50,000. When in 1907 the French Muni-
cipal Council were asked to increase their
contribution from Tls. 5,000 to Tls. 10,000
they resolved to establish a separate Fire
Department of their own, and accordingly
in April, 1908, the connection between
the French Company and the International
Brigade was severed.

The French Brigade now consists of
19 volunteer firemen, under the com-
mand of Mons. M. Chapeaux, the chief
officer, with Messrs. Madier and Kozier as
his assistants. Mr. E. Leconte, formerly
adjutant of the Paris Brigade, has been
specially engaged to t;ike charge of the
apparatus and coolie corps. The brigade
own a 70 horse-power Delahaye-Marcot motor
engine, on the back and both sides of which
are detachable hose reels, each carrying
160 metres of hose. Another 280 metres
of canvas hose is carried under the four

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 431

short-length scahng and extension ladders.
The vehicle can be driven at the rate of
40 miles an hour, and the motor can also
be used to work a pump that delivers 2,000
litres of water a minute. Up till 1906 the
steam engine belonging to the brigade was
the most powerful in the Settlement. The
equipment of the brigade also includes a
turn-table, 25-metre horse escape, which can
easily be wound up to its full height
by three men and used as a water tower
without any additional support, and a small
extension ladder operated from the top ;
three tricycle extension ladders of 40 feet in
length ; and three horse reels of the ordinary
type in use in Shanghai.

From 1871 until the end of March, 1908,
the general management of the Fire Depart-
ment was entrusted to a Fire Commission,
consisting of a chairman, the chief engineer
of tlie brigade, and the secretaries of the
French and International Municipal Councils.
The estimates proposed by this commission
were subject to the approval of the municipal
authorities and the annual general meeting
of ratepayers. When the French Company
passed under the control of the French
Municipal Council, the commission was
dissolved, and the Watch Committee of the
International Settlement absorbed its functions.

MR. G. S. V. BIDWELL, chief engineer
of the Fire Brigade, was born in Shanghai
in 1878, and educated at the Jesuit College.
His father was a well-known merchant in
the Settlement and a keen supporter of
the local turf. On leaving college, Mr.
Bidwell was for a time in the Shanghai and
Hongkew Wharf Company's posting office,
and then entered the employment of Messrs.
Boyd & Co., engineers. In September, 1898,

he joined the Russo-Chinese Bank, and has
remained with that institution ever since.
His connection with the Fire Brigade dates
from July 5, 1895, when he joined the
"Mih-ho-loongs" as a fireman. He won his

in that capacity he has been responsible for
the introduction of several of the valuable
appliances now possessed by the brigade.
At the aimual inspection held in April, 1908,
he received the Municipal Council's gold

fe."^- ifM:',.. _*^-^^^

A POPULAR COMPANY.

way through the positions of second and
first assistant foreman to that of foreman of
his company, a position which he filled for
four years. In January, 1905, he became
chief engineer of the Fire Deparlment, and

medal for twelve years' service. Mr. Bidwell,
who on June i, 1908, married Miss E. M.
White, a daughter of the late Augustus
White, formerly a well-known bullion broker
in Shanghai, lives at No. 4, Siccawei Road.

PUBLIC WORKS.

Supplied by the Public Works Department.

UK Public Works Department,
from which the Municipai
Council of Shanghai derives
its Chinese name, Kiing
Boo, was established in 1843
by the Committee of Koiids
and Jetties. As the name im-
plies, its duties consist of the supervision of
all public works belonging to the municipality
in or about the Settlement, and relate to
roads, drainage, lighting, bridges, landing
stages, creeks (other than the Soochow Creek),
public buildings, parks, and open spaces,
sur\ey work, and the supervision of new
buildings in course of erection.

Owing to the form of government peculiar
to Shanghai, certain duties come within the
province of the Public Works Department
which at home would be undertaken by the
Government. Amongst these may be men-
tioned the survey of the Settlement, through
the medium of which alone the land-tax can
be equitably assessed and collected. The
erection and maintenance of police stations
and gaol buildings are also undert^iken by
the department.

Shanghai as a Settlement has suffered con-
siderably from the want of foresight displayed
by the old Committee of Koads and Jetties, who
thought that a width of 25 feet for roads as
suggested by Captain Balfour, the Consul, was
much too great, and after a hard tight a
compromise of 22 feet was agreed to. L:ind
for roads which might then have been pur-
chased for thirty taels a mow cannot now
be acquired for as many thousands.

It is said that down to 1850 the annual
revenue of the Committee of Hoads and Jetties
did not exceed twelve hundred dollars. In
1852 it rose to nearly five thousand dollars.
At that time the only expenditure incurred
was for roads, jetties, and drainage, for which
the committee borrowed three thousand
dollars at 10 per cent, per annum.

The area of the Settlement at this lime was
1,080 mow. In 1863. after the inclusion of
what was known as Hongkew, it was 9.406 ;
but the boundaries were never oHicially
defined, and even at a later date svhen a
line was laid down by Mr. Seward, the
Consul-General for the United States, the
boundaries were still uncertain, although the
area at that time wait regarded as 1 1.406 mow.

When tlic exact boundaries were marked out
in J893 the area of the Settlement was found
to be 10,606 mow. A further extension was
obtiiined in 1899, the area of the Settlement
now being 33,503 mow, or nearly 9 square
miles.

The maintenance of accurate maps of this
area and also of the outlying districts forms
an important part of the duties of the Public
Works Department, for immediately land is
registered in one of the foreign consulates
it becomes liable to taxation, and the Council's
revenue from land-tax depends entirely on
these surveys. In all, some ten thousand
holdings of an estimated value of twenty
million pounds sterling are registered in the
foreign consulates. The negotiations for the
acquisition of land for roads also forms an
important function of the Public Works De-
partment.

Until 1899 the community had no powers
to acquire land compulsorily for road pur-
poses, and extensions and widenings could
(jnly be carried out by negotiation with
owners, whether native or foreign. As a
natural consequence, many roads suffered in
alignment. Compulsory powers were obtained
under Clause Via of the Land Regulations,
and, as far as Chinese-owned land was con-
cerned, further powers were obtained through
the issue by the Taoutai of proclamations
authorising the expropriation of Chinese-
owned land for road purposes at nominal
rates. The prtKlamation for the Western
District was issued in November, lyoi, and
that for the Northern and Eastern Districts
in July, 1904. Since those dates 519 mow of
land has been acquired at a cost of only
Tls. 50,000, and thus it has been possible to
construct 174 miles of road at a very small
cost. The total road mileage at the end of
1907 was 94j, and of paved footways 76
miles.

Owing to the difficulty in obt;uning satis-
factory supplies of stone for road purposes
through native contractors, the Council in
1897 commenced to quarry its own materials
at Pingchiao, some 150 miles by water from
Shanghai. At the present time two European
overseers and about one hundred and fifty
Chinese are regularly employed at this
quarry, and during the year 1907 fifty thousand
tons of road materials were despatched. A

contract has recently been entered into for
the supply of materials t(3 the French
Municipal Council, and on this account the
capacity of the stone-breaking machinery is
about to be largely increased.

All concrete pipes and gullies used for public
drainage works arc manufactured by the
department at prices very much below those
of stoneware articles. During the year 1906
no less than 63,282 pieces of concrete ware
were turned out. The number of bridges
under the charge of the department at the
end of 1907 was 67. The department exer-
cises supervision, under a code of rules, of new
buildings erected in the Settlement. During
the last five years no less than 25,000 buildings
have been erected.

The following are some of the more im-
portant works carried out in recent years ;

Taels.

Town Hall 132,000

Public Markets ... ... ... 134,000

Central Police Stiition ... ... 83,000

Louza Police Station 42,000

Bubbling Well Police Station ... 27,000

Sinza Police Station 40,000

Gaol 178,000

Central Fire Station 28,000

Victoria Nursing Home ... ... 114,000

Isolation Hospital 163,000

Isolation Hospital for Chinese ... 22,000

Public Swimming Bath 17,000

Slaughter Houses ... 19,000

Cattle Sheds 20,000

Bubbling Well Cemetery and

Crematorium 51.000

Public School for Chinese .54.000

Electricity Works Buildings i8H,ooo

The Garden Bridge and Chekiang

Road Bridge (in steell, across

Soochow Creek ... about... 461,000
Hongkew Recreation Ground, land

about... 146,000

The average number of labourers and
artisans employed daily on public works
during 1907 (exclusive of contract work) was
2,827.

The expenditure of the department in 1907
amounted to Tls. 1,352,403.

The first engineer to the Council, Mr. John
Clark, was appointed in the early sixties,
and was succeeded by Mr. E. H. Oliver,
who, in turn, was followed by Mr. C. B.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 433

Clarke. The present incumbent of the office
is Mr. Charles Mayne. M.lnst.C.E., M.Amer.
Soc.C.E., who was appointed in 1889. The
European staff consists of an enj^ineer. deputy
engineer, chief engineering assistant, two
divisional engineers, two assistant divisional
engineers, two architectural assistants, seven
surveying assistiints, six clerks, a superintendent
of roads, four clerks of works, a building
surveyor, four assistant building inspectors,
a superintendent of machinery, two superin-
tendents of parks, eight district overseers,
and two quarry overseers.

The Public Works Department in the
French Concession is responsible for the con-
struction and maintenance of the highways
and public buildings and for the execution
of all engineering work in the area adminis-
tered by the Municipal Council. Among the
works carried out or in course of construction
by the department may be mentioned the
French Consulate, the Town Hall, the various
police stations, the Water and Electric Light
Works, the Semaphore Station on the Bund,
and the new Recreation Ground at Koukaza.
The Consulate, begun in August, 1894, and
opened in January, 1896, is a handsome pile
in the Modern Colonial style of architecture

occupying a fine site on the French Bund at
the corner of the Rue du Consulat. The
architect was Mr. J. J. Chollot, the present
Municipal Engineer. The Town Hall is in
the same style of architecture, with an im-
posing facade and dome. It stands in its
own grounds, a little back from the Rue du
Consulat. and contains a large banqueting
hall, a council chamber, oflices for the
secretariat, police, and public works depart-
ments, and apartments for the secretary and
for the chief of police. In the basement of
the building is the Central Police Station. The
annexes to the north, east, and w-est of the
main building were added in 1877, and pro-
vide quarters for employes of the Council
and for European and Chinese police, as well
as hospital accommodation. In front of the
Town Hall a bronze stiitue by Thiebaut to
Admiral Protet stands on a granite pedestal
bearing the inscription : " A I'Amiral Protet
aux officiers Marines et Soldats Tues Glori-
eusement Devant les rebelles Sur la terre
de China, 1855-1862." Near the Town Hall
is the Fire Station, the headquarters of " Le
Torrent " Company. Besides the Central
Police Stiition there are three other police
stations — the Eastern, Koukaza, and Lokawei

Stations — each containing the usual quarters
for police, guardrooms for the detention of
prisoners, &c. A fourth is in course of erec-
tion in the Avenue Paul Brunat, near the
Cemetery. The buildings are estimated to
cost Tls. 150,000, and will be used as a
police station, gaol, and fire station. The
Waterworks and Electric Lighting and Power
Works, constructed by the Public Works
Department and formerly managed by the
Municipal Council, were ceded to the Cie
Fran(;aise de Tramways et d'Eclairage Elec-
triques in April, 1908. The Semaphore
Station on the . Bund, commenced early in
1907, is now practically completed, it is
a tower of reinforced concrete, and is
surmounted by a time ball and three masts
for hoisting signals, the total height being
about 48 metres. The Council have
acquired about 20 mow of land on the
Route Voyron, formerly occupied by the
" Veladrome " and the Wigram Lawn Tennis
Club, and are now engaged in laying out
the ground for purposes of public recreation.
There is also a proposal to place a culvert
over the creek near the Western Police
Station and lay out upon it a broad avenue
and perhaps a public garden.

HEALTH AND HOSPITALS.

By Arthur Stanley. M.D., B.S. Lond. ; D.P.H., Health Officer.

ING as it does on the alluvial
plain of the Yangtsze Delta,
Shanghai should by all the
canons of the sanitation of
pre-bacterial days be an un-
healthy place. It has been
proved by deep borings that
for more than five hundred feet down there
is nothing but micaceous mud and sand.
The ground water is but five feet below the
surface, and. on account of the low elevation
above high-water level, cannot be effectively
lowered by drainage. The tropical heat of
the summer suffices for the development of
mosquitoes, among which the Anopheles —
the malaria bearer — is found. Malaria would,
therefore, be expected to be rife. All the
dreadful miasmata that were believed to
arise from low-lying ground have, however,
been dissipated by the lamp of science.
During the past ten years much has been
done by spreading sanitary knowledge, and
by eliminating stagnant water to minimise
the danger of malaria. It has t>een found
that the parts of the Settlement most occu-
pied by streets and well-built houses have
been most free from malaria, while the out-
l>-ing districts, where pools and slow-running
and blocked creeks occur, have been most
prone to malaria. This was clearly shown
in 1900 during the time that the German
troops were stationed about two miles from
the centre of the Settlement, nearly one
hundred cases of malaria occurring among
eight hundred soldiers. The malaria, how-
ever, in Shanghai is of a benign type.

The climate of Shanghai is subject to great
extremes of heat and cold as a result of the
prevalence of north winds durmg the winter
and south winds during the summer. At all
times of the year sudden changes of tem-
perature are liable to occur. The great heat
of the summer and the prevailing southerly
winds render the placing of dwelling houses
to face south and south-east advisable,
together with a verandah to the south and
west for the purpose of hanging sun-blinds.

Vital Statistics.

The foreign population of the Settlement
north of the Yang-king-pang, including the
outside roads and Pootung, at the last census,
taken on October 14, 1905, was 11,497, ^"d
consisted of 5,728 men, 3.270 women, and
2,499 children. The foreign shipping popu-
lation, which numbered 2.510, was not
included. The foreign population for the
middle of 1907 was calculated at 13,700.
The census of the foreign population taken
at each quinquennial period since 1870 shows
the following expansion: 1,666, 1,673, 2,197,
3,673, 3,821, 4,684, 6,774, 1 1497-

The native population on October 14, 1905.
was 452,716, and conssisted of 212,517 men,
118,432 women, and 121,767 children. The
Chinese population for the middle of 1907
was estimated at 510,000. The census of
the Chinese population taken at each quin-
quennial period since 1870 shows roughly
the following expansions : 75,000, 96,000,
108,000, 126,000, 168,000, 241,000, 345,000,
452,000.

During 1907 the total corrected number of
deaths registered among foreigners, in-
cluding non-Chinese Asiatics, was 328 ; of
this number 245 occurred among the resident
population. Six months spent continuously
in Shanghai is taken to constitute residence.
As the non-resident population is a variable
and indeterminate factor, the deaths in this
category are eliminated in the calculation of
the death-rate. The death-rate per thousand
per annum, therefore, calculated from 245
deaths occurring amongst the resident foreign
population of 13.700 was I7'9, as against
121 in 1906. This death-rate is hardly
comparable with that of previous years, 73
deaths among Japanese being reported, as
against 13 in the previous year. The mean
age at death among the adult resident popu-
lation was 399.

Amongst the Chinese, 10,217 deaths were
reported, compared with 5,689, 6,443, and
10,801 in the three previous years. The
death-rate per thousand per annum was

2000. There were 863 death
pox and 960 from tuberculosis,
and 1,000 respectively in 19
deaths were caused by cholera
The deaths registered amonj.
foreign community in 1907 we
to the following causes : —

Small-pox

Cholera

Typhoid fever

Malta fever ...

3 from sinall-
as against 29
36 ; and 655

; the resident
re attributable

.. 18

Diphtheria ...
Scarlet fever
Measles

Whooping cough ...

Influenza
Tuberculosis
Malaria

■• 35

Lobar pneumonia ...
Hydrophobia
Beri-beri

4
I
2

Syphilis

Plague

Tefcmus

Erysipelas

Typhus fever

Dysentery ...

Sprue

Acute diarrhoea

Chronic diarrhtea ...

.. 14

Abscess of liver ...

Alcoholism

Cancer

8
6

Sarcoma

Cardio-vascular diseases

.. 16

Bronchitis

Diseases of kidney
Sunstroke ...

7
5

Drowning ...

Suicide

All other causes ...

.. 62

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 435

The appended table gives the death-rate during twenty years : —

Foreigners.

Natives.

Residents.

Non. Residents.

Death-rate of

Chinese

Population.

Year.

Adults.

Children.

Total
Deaths.

Population.

Death-rate
of Resident

Total Deaths.

Population.

1887

3.731

225

1888

3.760

19-9

1889

3.789

177

1890

3.821

23-8

189I

3.980

246

1892

4,140

169

1893

4.310

153

1894

4.500

19-3

1895

4,684

17-1

1896

4.834

182

1897

6c;

4,909

14-5

1898

5.240

i6-2

1899

104

S.510

189

1900

6.774

143

I901

128

7,000

18-3

1902

138

7,600

i8i

125

309

1903

132

8,300

15-9

21-2

1904

116

9,000

12-9

192

1905

129

11,497

II-2

112

14-2

1906

109

146

12,000

121

11-9

1907

153

245

13.700

17-9

200

The cases of infectious diseases notified
among the resident foreign community during
1907 and the percentage of mortality resulting
from them are shown below : —

Disease.

Total.

No. of
Fatal Cases.

Percentage

Case

Fatality.

Small-pox

Cholera

Typhoid Fever ..
Diphtheria
Scarlet Fever ..
Tuberculosis ..
Hydrophobia ..
Plague

57
13
58
4
I
,

21
18

14
35

256
123
241

Total ..

229

The total number of cases admitted to the
Isolation Hospital during the year under
review was 864, made up as follows : —

Infectious Disease.

As regards infectious disease, a system of
voluntary notification has been arranged by
the Municipal Council with the medical
practitioners. Isolation is also voluntary,
fine ho.spitals having been provided for
foreign and native cases respectively. Chi-
nese are admitted to the hospital without
fee, as also are indigent foreigners, of whom
there are few in Shanghai. Ambulances are
provided for the conveyance of patients
suffering from infectious disease to the
isolation hospitals.

Disinfection is compulsory after infectious
disease. There is a disinfection station
adjoining the isolation hospital. For each
disinfection each disinfector dons a sterile
overall. The general method of disinfect-
ing in a house after a case of infectious
disease is, firstly, to remove to the station
everything that can be disinfected by
steam ; then to wash walls, floors, fittings,
and furniture with disinfecting solution
(cyllin). P'ragile and delicate ware, such as
bonnets, furs, books, and photographs, arc
disinfected by form.ilin. In many cases,
such as after typhoid fever or diphtheria,
the disinfection of walls, &c., is not always
considered necessary, the washing with dis-
infectant being then limited to articles that
have been actually in contact with infected
material. After disinfection, the occupier is
advised to paint or colour-wash the walls
and ceiling before the room is again
occupied, and unless the suggestion is acted
upon no responsibility is accepted by the
Health Department.

The infectious diseases prevalent in
Shanghai are small-pox, typhoid fever, and
tuberculosis. Diphtheria, scarlet fever, cholera,
dysentery, Malta fever, relapsing fever, beri-
beri, hydrophobia, lobar pneumonia, typhus
fever, erysipelas, tetanus, sprue, measles,
and influenza are also met with. Acute
rheumatism does not appear to occur.

The deaths which have resulted from
infectious diseases among the resident popu-
lation, both foreign and native, in each of
the past twenty years are as under : —

Foreign

ers.

Chinese.

Admitted.

Died.

Admitted.

Died.

Small-pox

Cholera

165

Scarlet Fever ...

Beri-beri

Measles

Diphtheria

Tuberculosis ...

Relapsing Fever

Leprosy

Syphilis

Chancroid

Gonorrhoea ...

243

Other Diseases

Total ...

224

640

Small-pox.

Cholera.

Typhoid
Fever.

Diphtheria.

Scarlet Fever.

Tuberculosis.

Year.

1 i

a
3

Non-Chinese.

Chinese.

u
c

1888

...

1889

...

1890

...

I89I

223

1892

1893

184

...

1894

125

1895

138

1896

316

...

1897

1898

1899

183

1900

I90I

1902

434

8 1.5

27 1.5

2,000

1903

241

3 I

1,976

1904

759

1,827

1905

246

1,414

1906

4 I

1,000

1907

863

18 6

960

436 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

As regards sniall-pox. great headway is
being made with \'acx'iii;ition among the
Chinese. In Shanghai there is so much risk
irf infection that N-accination is recommended
to be repeated every three years until it no
longer takes. The Chinese are beginning to
appreciate the t>enefits of \-accination as
opposed to inoculation, which they practised
with little benefit for hundreds of years, and
which is now illegal in civilised countries.
The first principles of vaccination came from
the East, and thereon rests the basis of
modern preventive medicine. The Chinese
practised in<x:ulation of mild small-pox as a
protection against severe small-pox long before
the days of Jcnner, and it is therefore probable
that the Chinese will take up vaccination
widely. Small-pox should soon be looked
upon as a medi:eval scourge, surviving only
in countries imperfectly civilised. It is more
than likely that within twenty years Shanghai
will be a well-\'accinated city, and c;ises of
small-pox, now so numerous and fatiil (28
foreign deaths and 863 Chinese deaths during
1907), will be as rare as in large towns in
England.

Cholera is probably endemic in certain
parts of Shanghai, where the poorest classes
of the Chinese population live, and only
requires the necessary conditions of heat and
moisture to produce an outbreak which is
then scattered broadcast by flies. The com-
parative immunity of foreigners may be
attributed to sanitary education, especially to
the stress which has been laid on the impor-
tance of consuming only food and drink that
has been sterilised by cooking or other means.
It has been noted, also, that the Cantonese
community enjoy a greater measure of
immunity than the rest of the Chinese during
outbreaks of cholera, and this may be
attributed to their more careful methods of
feeding. The usual sequence of events in
Shanghai in a case of cholera is as follows : —
A fly from its accustomed environment of
filth settles on food, and if the food is not
sterilised by heat, or if, having been cooked,
it is exposed to flies, the consumer becomes
liable to cholera. The dejecta of cholera
cases are the source of infection, and the fly
is the usual carrier. In Shanghai, cholera is
rarely water-borne.

Although scarlet fever has hitherto failed
to establish itself in any part of Asia, except
Asia Minor, and is practically unknown in
the tropics, it appears to have come to
Shanghai to stay. It was probably intro-
duced by immigrants from America.

Tuberculosis is very common in Shanghai.
The great death-rate from this cause is
significant of local conditions of overtTowding,
against which there is not at present any
legislation. The two great causes of con-
sumption — indiscriminate spitting and deficient
air space — are markedly present.

Plague has never obtained a footing in
Shanghai. Every credit for this immunitv
must be given to the Port Sanitary Station
at the mouth of the Shanghai Kiver at
VVoosung, under the management of the
Imperial Maritime Customs, where vessels
from infected pfjrts are medically examined.

Municipal Laboratory.
Inasmuch as the study of the life history
of pathogenic organisms must precede all
adequate measures for preventing the disease
which they cause, no pains have been spared
to develop the resources of the Municipal
Laboratory. It is the centre of work of the
Health Department. Its purposes have been
the investigation of disease met with in
Shanghai, the diagnosis of infective disease,
the preparation of preventive and curative

remedies against these diseases, and the
analysis of products bearing on the public
health. The matters which have been under
investigation have been the causes of
variation in virulence of small-pox vaccine
and cholera antitoxic serum ; the natural
filtration of water through alluvium ; the
suit:tbility of fruits and vegetables as media
for the growth of certain pathogenic
organisms ; preventive imxulation against
cattle plague ; the causiition of beri-beri : the
incubation [leriixi of rabies in China ; and
the prevalence of Maltii fever.

The supply of glycerinated small-pox vaccine
has been widely distributed throughout the
Far East. As many as 15.958 tubes were
sent out from the laboratory during 1907 —
the equivalent of 79,790 persons protected
against small-pox. The number of tubes
of vaccine issued from the laboratory in
successive years since 1898 has been 5.000,
6,000, 22,500. 13,000, 12,000, 34.000, 28,500
21,432 and 15,958 respectively. The vaccine
is sent out in tubes containing sufficient for
five vaccinations, each tube bearing a label
marked ■' Shanghai Municipal Laboratory."
the date of issue, and the number of the
calf yielding the vaccine, so that any fault
can be traced to the source. The vaccine is
guaranteed to produce successful results for
one month after the date marked on the tube,
if kept under suitable conditions. The vaccine
is glycerinated and kept in the laboratory
before issue with the object of eliminating
extraneous organisms. It is obtained from
calves proved healthy by post-mortem examina-
tion, and is tested as regards purity and
activity before issue. Haffkine's Plague
prophylactic, mallein, and tuberculin are also
manufactured in the laboratory.

Two horses are kept for the production of
diphtheria antitoxin, and a good degree of
immunity has been established, using Park's
diphtheria bacillus for the production of the
toxin. A total of 969,000 units were sent
out from the laboratory during 1907 to meet
the needs of Shanghai and the outports.

Since the opening of the Shanghai Pasteur
Institute in 1899, 215 persons have received
treatment, and of this number only two have
died from hydrophobia. During 1907 twenty
persons were treated. The animals were
proved rabid by inoculation in eight cases ;
in the others they escaped observation, so
that the suspicion could not be verified.
Half the cases were the result of dog bites
within the Settlement. All these cases, so
far as is known, have escaped hydrophobia.
The incubation period of rabies in rabbits
inoculated with the brain of dogs sent to
the laboratory for examination varied from
eleven to seventeen days, the average being
thirteen days. That the virus of rabies met
with in Shanghai is of an exceptionally
intense character may be concluded by com-
paring the above incubation period with that
met with in Europe, which varied from four-
teen to twenty-one days.

Sanitation.

The foreign sanitary inspection stiiff
consists of four inspectors and fourteen
assistant inspectors. The inspectors have the
Royal Sanitary Institute's certificates of full
qualification, while the assi-stant inspectors
have from time to time to pass the examina-
tions of the Health Department, which are
the local equivalent of those of the Sanitiiry
Institute. A stiiff of over five hundred
Chinese work under the inspectors.

House refuse is collected daily and carried
away in boats. Any that cannot be sold for
agricultural purposes is dumped on the river
bank outside the Settlement.

Ordure is not allowed to be discharged
into the sewers, nor are water-closets per-
mitted, but there is a generally efticient daily
removal by bucket to boats for use for
agricultural purposes. There is a great
demand for this material for certain crops,
such as indigo, and the bulk of it is taken
many miles away from the Settlement. As
a result of this method of disposal the water-
ways yield a far purer potable water than
would otherwise be the case. In this respect
Chinese hygiene compares to advantage with
European. In a bro;id way the Chinese
solved the question of economic sanitation
long ago. While the ultra-civilised Western
elaborates destructors for burning garbage
at great cost, and turns valuable e.xcreniental
sewage into his waterways to poison the
sources of the drinking water supply, the
Chinaman assists the beneficent forces of
nature by using both in the pursuit of
agriculture. The policy adopted by the
Municipal Health Department of Shanghai
has been to make use of that which is
good in Chinese hygiene, for it is the
product of an evolution extending from more
than a thousand years before the Christian
era, and has resulted in the enormous and
generally healthy and happy Chinese race of
the present day.

There is a complete system of drainage in
Shanghai, consisting of underground drains
and sewers in the thickly inhabited districts,
and open tidal ditches in outlying places.
The large number of tidal waterways into
which the sewers empty contributes largely
to the efficiency of the sewers on account
of the frequent tidal flushing, and compensates
for the absence of fall due to the area drained
being absolutely flat and level. The pipes
used for drains and sewers are manufactured
locally of cement concrete.

The laundries, dairies, food shops, &c., are
licensed and under sanitary supervision. The
meat supply also is under adequate super-
vision. All cattle intended for slaughter have
to pass through the municipal cattle sheds,
where they are inspected before entry to the
slaughterhouse, and after slaughter the organs
are examined for disease, and good meat is
indelibly stamped. Meat that does not bear
the stamp is not allowed to be offered for
sale. For non-Chinese consumption over
twenty thousand cattle and thirty thousand
sheep are slaughtered annually.

There are seven municipal markets, for
the use of which over three thousand
dealers in food pay a small rent charge,
and where their produce is under sanitary
supervision.

The cemeteries ioi the burial of non-
Chinese are also under the control of the
Health Department. There is a crematorium
in the largest cemetery modelled upon that
in Manchester. Since the year 1859, when
records were first kept, there have been
6,619 burials and 148 cremations of non-
Chinese.

There is a public mortuary for the reception
of dead bodies found in the streets and of
bodies of persons into the cause of whose
death legal inquiry is necessary. The mortuary
is so divided as to separate bodies where
death has been due to infectious disease from
others. For post-mortem examinations a
well-appointed room is set apart. The
Health Department also has charge of a
public swimining bath.

The water supply is derived from the river
Whangpoo (a tidal estuary), the intake being
some two miles below the centre of the
town. Here the water undergoes sedimen-
tation and filtration through sand, after which
it is pumped up into water towers for supply

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 437

by gravity. The waterworks is in the hands
of a private company, but monthly analyses of
the water is made in the Municipal Laboratory.

Hospitals.

In addition to the municipal hospitals (Iso-
lation Hospitals, Victoria Nursing Home,
Police Hospital, Lock Hospital, Mental Wards,
and Sanatorium), there is the General Hos-
pital for foreigners as well as several mission
hospitals for Chinese.

The Public Health Department in the
French Concession is under the supervision
of Dr. Fresson. According to a census taken
in i9o5> there were at that time 662 foreigners
living in the Concession and 169 in the exten-
sion area — a total of 831. Of this number
274 were French, 109 English, 73 Japanese,
60 Russians, 51 Portuguese, 47 Germans, 30
Eurasians, 23 Manilamen, 20 Parsees, 15
Belgians, 14 Italians. 12 Swiss, and 103 of
other nationalities. The Chinese population
numbered 84,792. The floating population
was computed at 4.340, and the number of
persons eit passage at 7,000, giving a grand
totil of 96,132 persons in the whole area
under French control. It is believed that
since that time the foreign population has
increased by at least 50 per cent. Owing to
the construction of the tramways, electric
light station, and other public and private
enterprises, the entire population is now placed
at 110,000. A separate set of vital statistics for
the Concession is not kept. In lieu of main-

taining a municipal general hospital, the
Council contribute Tls. 1,750 a year to the
Shanghai General Hospital, and in return for
this French subjects in needy circumstances
who require medical treatment are admitted
free of charge. The Council also contributes
Tls. 1,000 to the Pasteur Institute, Tls. 600
to the Shanghai Municipal Dispensary, and
Tls. 2,100 to the Chang Pao Cha Lazaret.
They have recently established L'Hopital
Ste. Marie, under Dr. Fresson's management,
to which Chinese and Tonkinese police may
go for treatment. Hitherto the police have
been taken to the Sinza Hospital.

DR. ARTHUR STANLEY, Health Officer to
the Shanghai Municipal Council, came to the
Settlement in 1898. Horn at Dalham, Suffolk,
in 1868, Dr. Stanley, whose father was in
the Home Civil Service, was educated at
Truro School, at the Yorkshire College,
Leeds, and at the Koyal College of Science,
South Kensington, gaining a Royal Exhibition
at the last named institution in 1885. In
1888 he gained an Entrance Scholarship in
Science to St. Mary's Hospital, and later a
General Proficiency Scholarship in Medicine
and Surgery. He took his M.B. degree with
first class honours in 1894, and became an
M.K.C.S. and L.R.C.P. Lond., in the same
year. He qualified in 1895 as an M.D. Lond.,
in 1896 as a B.S., and in 1897 obtained the

Diploma of Public Health. He is a Fellow
of the Royal College of Surgeons, of the
Royal Institute of Public Health, of the
Incorporated Society of Medical Officers of
Health, and of the Royal Sanitary Institute.
He held successively between 1890 and 1898
the appointments of assistant demonstrator of
physiology and clinical assistant to the Skin
Department, St. Mary's Hospital, London ;
resident medical officer to the Sussex County
Hospital, Brighton ; pathologist and assistant
medical officer to the London County Asylum,
Banstead ; and resident medical officer to
the North-Western F"ever Hospital, London.
Dr. Stanley has made many contributions
to the contemporary literature of medical
science, including "Diphtheria and the Heart "
(Metropolitan Asyluin Board Report, 1897) ;
" Properties of Sodium Bichromate " {Chemical
News, 1886) ; " Fermentations induced by
Pneumococcus of Friedlander " (Jottrnal of the
Chemical Society, 1891); "Shanghai Pasteur
Institute " {Journal of Hygiene, 1901) ; " Cattle
Plague in Shanghai and its Limitation by
the Gall Immunisation of Koch " {Ibid., 1902) ;
" N.iture of Beri-beri " {Ibid.} ; " Beri-beri
and the Heart " {Journal of Tropical Medicine,
1901) ; and " Sudden Heart Failure in Toxaemic
Conditions" {British Medical Journal, 1903).
Dr. Stanley married, in 1903, a daughter
of Mr. Benjamin Johnston, of Listowel,
Co. Kerry, Ireland, by whom he has
three children. He resides at the Municipal
Offices.

FINANCE AND BANKING.

HE public financial position
of Shanghai is shown by
the assets and liabilities of
the International and French
Municipal Councils.

The total assets of the
International Council at the
end of 1907 amounted to Tls. 6,530,7 1893,
and the liabilities to Tls. 3,521,495-25, leaving
a surplus of Tls. 3.009.223-68.

The assets consist of land, buildings, stock
and stores, and investments in the Water-
works Company, various industrial under-
takings, municipal and other debentures, &c.
The principal liabilities are general loans
amounting to Tls. 1,483,800, electricity loans to
Tls. 1,119,000, and trust funds to Tls. 405,674.
The loans run for periods varying from five
to tw-enty years, and for their redemption the
sum of Tls. 119,549 has been set aside.

by increasing the taxation on the gross value
of land from y% of one per cent., at which
it has stood since 1898, to -f%, and on the
annual rental of houses and buildings within
the Settlement from 10 to 12 per cent. On
the assessed rental of houses beyond the
limits of the Settlement a general rate of
6 per cent, has been levied. It is computed
that the land-ta.\ will yield Tls. 683.520, and
the general municipal rate, Tls. 1 , 1 oi_),ooo.
Other sources of income are as follow : —
Wharfage dues, Tls. 175,000 ; licence fees,
Tls. 396,300; rent of municipal properties,
Tls. 38,100 ; contributions from the gas,
water, telephone, and tramways companies,
Tls. 28,000.

The following tables show at a glance the
receipts and disbursements of the Council in
1907 and the leading items in the estimates
for 1908 : —

EXPENDITURE.

-District.

1903.

1907.

Central

Northern

Eastern

Western

Mow.

2,220-642

2,015-923

.4,938-862

3,950-675

Taels.
30,086,586

9.714.534

12,541,081

8,081,572

Mow.
2,224503
2,126853
5.753-083
5.538186

Taels.
77,205,106
23,145,844
24,306,233
26,389,074

Totals

13,126-102

60,423,773

15,642-625

151,047,257

A re- valuation of land in the International
Settlement was completed in the middle of
1908, and showed an increase of 150 per
cent, when compared with the return for
1903. This increase was due both to the
upward trend of values and to the registra-
tion and taxation of new lots which in 1903
were still owned by Chinese. The figures
are as above :—

The ordinary income of the Council for
the current year is estimated at Tls. 2,429,920,
and the expenditure at Tls. 2,041,869, leaving
a surplus of Tls. 388,051. In view,, however,
of a deficit of Tls. 201,513 carried forward
from 1907, and extraordinary expenditure
upon public works and upon the police force
— together amounting to Tls. 625,98o^it has
been decided to raise the sum of Tls. 813,051
by issuing debentures for Tls. 400,000, and

INCOME.

Af&.

1908.

Taels
(estimate).

Land-tax

456.330-14

683,520

General Municipal

Rate

906,110-22

1,109,000

Wharfage Dues

179.357-53

175,000

Licence Fees

394.704-76

396,300

Rent of Municipal

Properties

41,298-40

38,100

Contributions from

Public Companies

5,630-78

28,000

Total

1,983,431-83

2,429,920

Taels.

1908.

Taels

(estimate).

Police (including

Gaol)

485/>'«-32

713,893

Health Department

108,658-93

'37,049

Public Works De-

partment

528,49603

637,770

Secretariat ...

i.35.2.33'8i

140,174

Fire Brigade

30,29505

44,790

Volunteers

36,641-63

46,896

Public Band

40,836-21

42,300

Educational Giants

32,964-54

28,700

General Charges ...

35.446-51

39,369

Interest on Loans, &c.

71,245-52

91,379

Redemption of De-

bentures

31,60000

119,549

Stock and Stores ...

73,926-82

Total of Ordinary

Pavnients

1,611,038-37

2,041,869

Surplus transferred

to Extraordinary

Receipts

372,393-46

—

Estimated Surplus

—

388,051

Total ...

1,983,431-83

2,429,920

In order to carry out certain public works,
including the construction of municipal
~oflices, an electric lighting and power station,
water and drainage works, &c., the French
Municipal Council arranged, prior to 1903,
for overdrafts with the Banque de I'lndo
Chine and the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank.
To repay these advances and obtain the
necessary funds for completing their various
projects, the Council decided to raise a loan
in France of Fr. 3,000,000 by redeemable
debentures. Of this sum the Banque de
rindo Chine and La Banque Privee agreed,
under contract dated September 30, 1903, to
take up Fr. 2,000,000 at once, and to furnish
the balance when required. The loan, which
bears interest at the rate of 4J per cent, per
aniuun, is repayable in thirty years from
January 1, 1909, the debentures for repayment
being drawn for annually. As security the
whole of the municipal properties and wharf-
age dues collected in the French Concession
have been pledged. The dues, amounting on
an average to 'TIS. 65,000 a year, are specifi-
cally applied to the payment of interest and

HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION, LTD.

The Main Hall.
The Bank.

440 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

EXTRAORDINARY INCOME.

Surplus of Ordinary Receipts
Amount raised by Debentures
Delicit carried forward to 1908

1907.
Tads,

372.39346
250,00000

2oi.5i3'38

Total

823,90684

Estimated Surplus on Ordinary
Budget

Amount to be raised by Detien-
tures if necessary

Half cost of two passenger pon-
toons and jetties north of Cus-
toms pontoons, receivable from
the Imperial Maritime Customs

Estimated Deficit to be carried
forward

1908.

Taelt
(estimate).

Total

388,05100

400,00000

25,00000

14.442-38

827,493-38

EXTRAORDINARY EXPENDITURE.

1907.
Taels.

1908.

Taels
(estimate).

Deficit from 1906

13,071-09

Deficiency from 1907

201,513-38

Bridges

190.371-45

Bridges

39,56000

Bundings

21,780-20

Bundings

34,30000

Landing Stages

38,495-07

Drainage

28,00000

Land

158.339-05

Landing Stages

13,750-00

Buildings

177,528-14

Land

58,550-00

Roads

224,321-84

Buildings

228,420-00

Parks and open spaces

43,400-00

Ro.-tds

180,00000

Total

823,90684

Total

827,49338

the formation of a sinking fund. They are
collected on the Council's behalf by the
Imperial Maritime Customs Department and
paid direct to the Banque de I'lndo Chine
in Shanghai.

The assets of the Council include TIs. 125.000
on tixed deposit at the Banque de I'lndo
Chine, and TIs. i.35l,756'65, the value of
pnncipal properties as shown in the inventory
of December 31, 1907.

The assessable value of land in the Con-
cession, according to a re-valuafion carried
out in 1908, is TIs. 21,389,052-77 gross, and
TIs. 20,536,561-75 net. The rate of } per
cent, on the value of land should, therefore,
yield TIs. 106,945-26 next year for the whole
area of 1548-2462 mow ; while, subtracting
TIs. 4,26245 in respect of 1737522 mow-
exempted from the payment of rates, the net
receipts would In: TIs. 102,682-81. The rate
of 8 per cent, on the annual rental of Euro-
pean houses in the Concession is estimated
to produce TIs. 18,000 in 1908 as compared
with TIs. 16.655-71 in 1907, and the rate of
12 per cent, on Chinese houses is expected
to yield TIs. 124.000 as against TIs. 116,076-37.
The contributions for those living ticyond the
limits of the Concession are set down at
TIs. 6,000 for 1908, an increase of TIs. 872-66
over 1907.

At the end of 1907 the Council w-ere left
with a surplus of TIs, 33,906 over an expendi-

ture of TIs. 524,291. For 1908 the ordinary
revenue is estimated at TIs. 494,381, and the
extraordinary revenue at TIs. 188.906 — a totjil
of TIs. 683,287; while the ordinary expendi-
ture is estimated at TIs. 483,268-50, and extra-
ordinary expenditure at TIs. 199,735, being a
surplus of TIs. 28392. The extraordinary
receipts include, in addition to wharfage dues,
a proportion of the receipts of the tramway,
electric lighting, and waterworks companies.

BANKING.

The foreign banks in Shanghai conduct
business on lines very similar to those followed
in the great European and American centres,
so far as purely foreign transactions are con-
cerned, the main difference being that in
Shanghai exchange business is dealt with
more extensively. When, however, a foreigner
wishes to deposit a cheque on a Chinese
bank, or there are transactions to be negotiated
with Chinese banks and merchants, a method
of procedure entirely unknown in the West
is necessitated. Each foreign bank has its
Chinese compradore. a man of undoubted
integrity, good social standing, and consider-
able wealth, who is under contract and bond
to accept entire responsibility for all dealings
between the foreign hank and either Chinese
banks or merchants. He employs a staff of
accountants and shroffs, and has his own
sets of books entirely distinct from those kept

bv the foreign staff of tlie bank. The
compradore and his shroffs make it tlicir
business to know the tinancial status of tlie
various native lianks and ol the leading
Chinese merchants, and their judgment in
accepting or rejecting a cheque, or an
application for a loan is seldom, if ever, at
fault.

Very little can be ascertained regarding
the foreign banks in existence in the earlier
days of the Settlement. One of the first to
be established was a brancli of the Chartered
Bank of India, Australia, and China, which
was opened in 1857, and was located on
the site now known as " Makalee " (from the
Chinese name of the bank), in tlie Kiangse
Road. The present offices on the Huncl were
purchased in 1892 from the New Oriental
Bank. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation commenced operations in Shang-
hai in April, 1S65, the year in whicli their head
office was established in Hongkong, The
Deutsch-Asiatische Bank, wliich was founded
by several of the leading German financiers
for the purpose of furtlicring Germany's trade
interests in Asia, started business in the
Settlement in 1889, The Yokohama Specie
Bank established an agency in Shanghai in
Mav. 1893, wliich was obliged to suspend
operations in September of the following year
owing to the outbreak of hostilities between
China and Japan. All outstanding affairs were
placed in the hands of the Compti)ir Nationale
d'Escompte de Paris, until business was
resumed in July, 1895. The other existing
banks are the Mercantile Bank of India, Ltd.,
formerly known as the Chartered Mercantile
Bank of India ; the Banque de I'lndo Chine,
practically a contiiuiation of the Comptoir
Nationale d'Escompte de Paris ; the Kusso-
Chinese Bank ; the International Banking
Corporation (New York) ; the Nederlandsche
Handel-M,-iatschappij ; the Sino-Belgian Bank ;
and the Imperial Bank of China, a semi-
official organisation established by imperial
decree in 1897, Of hanks which have long
ceased to exist in the Settlement may be
mentioned the Bank of Agra and Masterman's
Bank (afterwards the Agra Bank) ; the Bank
of Hindustan ; the Central Bank of Western
India ; the Commercial Bank ; the National
Bank of India : and the New Oriental Bank,
which occupied the site where now stands
the Chartered Bank of India.

All the foreign banks, except three, issue
notes, which are current in the Settlement
and at many of the other Treaty ports.

Intermediate between the banks and the
foreign merchants come the exchange brokers,
who have formed themselves into an associa-
tion, limited to thirty members. New members
are elected by ballot, the final selection resting
with the banks. There is also in Shanghai
a Stockbrokers' Association, with offices on
the Bund.

Chinese banks may be divided into three
classes, viz., (i) the Kwan Yin Hao, or official
banks ; (2) the Hwei Piao Hongs, or private
merchants' exchange banks ; and (3) the
Ts'ien Chwang or Ts'ien Pu, usually called
cash shops. The official banks receive on
deposit official revenues, besides carrying on
the ordinary business of banking, such as
receiving fixed deposits, advancing loans,
keeping current accounts, and transferring
money from place to place. The largest
bank of this description in Shanghai is the
Yuen Tung, known also as the Customs
Bank, which receives all the Customs duties
collected at the port. The second class of
banks are established by merchants who have
business in many places in order to facilitate
the transfer of their money, and to retain for
themselves the profits which arise from their

GkXERAL OKFlChS.

CHARTERED BANK OF INDIA, AUSTRALIA, AND CHINA.

The IUxk Blildixgs.

L L 2

442 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

extensive exchange transactions. The stand-
ing of these banks depends entirely upon
the status of their respective committees, and
not necessarily upon the amount of their
capital. Strictly speaking, the capital is purely
nominal, often twing only Tls. 20,000, and

bills. They will not advance money on
shares, land, or houses, but will accept only
c;irgo and first-class bill discounts as security.
For lams they charge from 8 to 12 per milie
per mensem, according to the state of the
money market and the nature of the cargo ;

H. E. R. Hlstek,
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation.

S. K. SizcKi, KoBERT Miller,

Yokohama Specie Bank. Mercantile Bank of India.

E. B. Skottowe, H. KlGGE,

diartered Bank of India, Australia, and China. Dcutsch-Asiatische Bank.

seldom more than Tls.50,000 ; but in reality
the capital is limited only by the financial
•' strength " of the committee. These banks
do not transact ordinary banking business
beyond receiving fixed deposits ; they depend
entirely upon making loans and discounting

while for fixed deposits they pay interest
calculated at the average daily rate of interest
for the month. The third class of banks
stand in the same relationship to the retailers
and working classes as do the second class
to the wholesale traders and well-to-do

Chinese. Their capital ranges from Tls.5,000
to Tls. 10,000, and they advance small loans
at a proportionately higher rate of interest,
and derive some profit from petty exchange
transactions. Though there is no Govern-
ment control of Chinese banks, a certain local
control is exercised by the bankers' guilds,
which formulate rules by which their members
abide.

HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI

BANKING CORPORATION.

In the section of tliis book which deals
with banking in the Colony of Hongkong,
reference is made to the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation, and details
are given of its history and resources. It
is unnecessary to re-capitulate these in this
notice of the Shanghai Branch of the bank,
but a few local particulars may be given.

The Shanghai branch was opened at the
same time as the head office in Hongkong,
namely in April, 1865. The bank was
fortunate in securing the services of Mr.
David McLean as its first manager in
Shanghai. Under his charge the bank made
steady progress, and, when he left Shanghai
in 1873 to manage the London office of
the Corporation, Sir (then Mr.) Ewen
Cameron, K.C.M.G., was appointed to
succeed him. The business of the bank
increased steadily under Sir Ewen Cameron's
able management, and in 1S89, when he,
like his predecessor, returned to I^ondon to
become one of the managers of the bank
there, the Corporation had attained a leading
position amongst financial institutions in
China. Sir Ewen Cameron is now a member
of the bank's consulting committee in London.
The present manager of the local branch is
Mr. H. E. R. Hunter.

The premises occupied by the bank are
situated in about the centre of the English
Bund, and were acquired in 1873. The
building then erected has been enlarged on
several occasions, and is still inadequate to
the large volume of business transacted by
the bank.

THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK,

LTD.

This bank opened an agency in Shanghai on
May 15, 1893. Temporary premises were
obtained at No. IIA, Nanking Road, and for
the first few weeks business was conducted
by Mr. M. Toshima. The management was
then taken over by Mr. T. S. Nisliimaki, and,
early in 1894, the offices were removed to
No. 21, The Bund. The outbreak of hostilities
between China and Japan, in September,
1894, necessitated tlie temporary suspension
of business at Shanghai, and all outstanding
affairs were left in the hands of the Coinptoir
Nationale d'Escomptc de Paris. At the
termination of the war the bank re-opened
its offices. This was in July, 1895. Increas-
ing business rendering more commodious
premises necessary, new quarters, at No. 31,
The Bund, were taken on September i,
1900. On March 4, 1901, Mr. Sakio Choh
succeeded Mr. T. S. Nishimaki, who was
first transferred to Kobe and subsequently
to London. Mr. Sakio Choh was transferred
to the branch at Dalny on May 10, 1907, his
place being filled by Mr. S. K. Suzuki, formerly
manager of the Tientsin branch. The bank
commenced its issue of notes on December I,
1902.

THE DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK.

444 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

t.yeis.

. .. .•.;-'i»."»'^i'

.-.■ "'^:?w-yM(S?^iv-*':wt_t-^^--rri. '^X*

THE SHANGHAI PREMISES OF THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK.

CHARTERED BANK OF INDIA,

AUSTRALIA, AND CHINA.

The Chartered Bank of India, Australia,
and China, which has its head ottices in
London, and branches and agencies all over
the world, was incorporated, under Royal
Charter, in 1853. It has a paid-up capit:il of
£1.200.000. and a reserve fund of ^1,475,000,
while the reserve liability of the share-
holders amounts to ;fi. 200.000. Every
description of exchange and banking business
is transacted, and drafts are granted upon
any commercial centre of reasonable im-
portance.

The Shanghai branch of the bank was
opened in 1857. the premises being situated,
in the first instance, in Mackley Terrace.
near Szechuen Road, immediately behind
the Shanghai Club. The present offices on
the Bund were purchased from the New
Oriental Bank in 1892. The first manager
in Shanghai was Mr. Kellar ; to-day the
business is conducted under the supervision
of Mr. Skottowe. who was born in the Isle
of Man. and obtained general banking ex-
perience with the City of Glasgow Bank in
Douglas. He came to the East in 1882, and
obtained his present position in 1891. Mr.
Skottowe is a member of the Imperial
Institute, and of all the local clubs. In his
absence. Mr. George Miller assumes control
of the bank's interests. The staff in Shang-
hai, which is the headquarters lor China,
numbers about forty. Agencies have been
established in Hankow, Cheffio, Xcwchwang,
and Tsingtau.

DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK.

This B.ink was established in P'ebruary,
1889, -by some of the leading! bankers and
financiers of Germany, such as the Dis-
conto - Gesellschaft ; the Deutsche Bank ;
Bleichroder ; Rothschilds, &c. It has a capital
of Tls. 7,500.000. in 7.500 shares of Tls. 1,000
each, and was founded primarily for the
purpose of advancing the general interests
of commerce between Germany and Asia,
and also for the transaction of ordinary
banking business. It buys and sells bills,
stocks, and shares of all descriptions, keeps
current accounts in taels and dollars, accepts
fixed deposits, and does every description of
exchange business. For the ytav ending
December 31, 1906, the net profit made by
the bank was Tls. 839,473, and dividends
amounting to ii per cent, were paid. The
headquiirters are at Shanghai, and there are
branches at Berlin, Hamburg, Calcutta, Hong-
kong. Peking. Hankow. Singapore, Tsingtau.
Tsinanfu. Yokohama, and Kobe. The pre-
mises of the Bank at Shanghai, Hankow,
Tsingtau, Tsinanfu, Tientsin, Peking, and
Yokohama are the bank's own property.
The manager at Shanghai is Mr. H. Kigge,
and the offices, of which a photograph is
reproduced, form an imposing building in
the very centre of the Bund.

IMPERIAL BANK OF CHINA.

The Imperial Hank of China, the head-
quarters of which are finely situated on the
Bund, was established at Shanghai, by
imperial decree, in 1897. It is a semi-

ofticiali organisation conducted on entirely
modern lines. The capital amounts to
Tls. 5,000,000, half of which is paid up, and
there are branches at Peking, 'Tientsin, and
Hankow, The bank's business, of course,
is chiefly with the Chinese. H. E. Sheng
Kung Pao is the director-general, and the
directors include Messrs. ShC-n Tun-ho. Wong
Tsuen-shan, and Ku Jen-chang. Mr. H. C.
Marshall is the acting chief manager, and
Mr. Liah Lun Fun the native manager.

SHANGHAI LAND INVESTMENT

COMPANY, LTD.

The Shanghai Land Investment Company,
Ltd., was formed in 1888, and incorporated
under the Companies' Ordinances of Hong-
kong, with a capital of Tls. 1,000,000, in
20,000 shares of Tls. 50 each, for the
purpose of carrying on the class of
business ordinarily conducted by land in-
vestment, land mortgage, and building
estate companies. The assured and per-
manent nature of investments in property
situated within a reasonable distance from
great centres was pointed out in the pro-
spectus, and emphasis was laid upon the
fact tliat the conditions required to bring an
adequate return for money invested in this
way existed in an exception;d degree in
Shanghai^" the foremost for a long time
among the Treaty ports of the East." No
dilticuity was experienced in raising enough
money to float the enterprise successfully.
Unlike most investment companies, this one
began operations with the advantage of
possessing properties by means of which it

SHANGHAI LAND INVESTMENT COMPANY, LTD.

A Fixe Business Block
at the corner of Szechuen and Kiukiang Roads.

Private Residexces ix Whakgpoo Road.
Mercantile Marine Officers .Vssociatiox Biildixgs.

Private Residences ix Great Westerx Road.

446 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE IMPERIAL BANE OF CHINA.

could secure an immediate and profitable
employment of its capital. The first directors
were Messrs. Edward Jenner Hogg, Alexander
George Wood (of Messrs. Gibb, Livingston
& Co.), John Graeme Purdon (of Messrs.
Maithmd & Co.), and Walter Cyril Ward
(of Messrs. Iveson & Co.). Mr. H. Snethlage,
who took a prominent part in promoting the
enterprise, was chosen as general manager,
and Messrs. Gibb, Livingston & Co. were
appointed agents, a position which they still
retain.

The properties owned by the Company
at the commencement of its operations were
all situated in Hongkew, and included Wills'
estate and two other properties, containing
together some 159J mow. Although some
of the land was such as to yield an imme-
diate return, the larger part was more or
less waste ground. The main object of the
Company was then, as it has been in subse-
quent purchases, to acquire such land in
favourable situations at reasonable prices and
develop it.

The prudence and good judgment displayed
in the conduct of the Company's affairs have
been productive of excellent results. A
dividend of i^ per cent, was paid on the
first year's working, and, although the capital
of the Company has been increased from
time to time until it amounts now to
Tls. 3,goo,ooo, in 78,000 shares of Tls. 50
each, a dividend of 12 per cent. — to say
nothing of frequent bonuses — has been regu-
larly declared since 1901. At the beginning
of the present year the Company owned no
fewer than 23 estates, which stand in the
books at a value of about Tls. 6,000,000.
Space does not allow of a detailed description
of all these properties, but, in order to show
what an important part the Company has
played in building up the Settlement, mention
of a few of them may be permitted. Upon
the Jinkee Road estate the Company has
erected a number of large foreign offices in
place of the old, unattractive, buildings that
formerly existed there, and the property has
appreciated in value very considerably. The
Hongkew Creek estate, which was nothing
but waste land a few years ago, has been
covered with Chinese houses ; upon another
large area of land in the western district —
known as the Yates Road estate — private
residences have been built ; and the Chwang
Hong estate, in the vicinity of Hongkew
Park, has been opened up in a similar
manner, with Chinese and foreign houses.
On the Great Western Road estate, lumber
houses on the American principle are being
erected as an experiment, and the Company
has some 500 or 600 mow of land wait-
ing development in the near future. This
enterprise has totally changed the appear-
ance of some quarters of the town, and it
says much for the foresight with which the

SHANGHAI LAND INVESTMENT COMPANY LTD.-THE COMPANY'S PROPERTY ROUND HONOKEW PARK.

PLANS OF NEW BUSINESS BLOCKS OF THE SHANGHAI LAND INVESTMENT COMPANY, NOW IN COURSE OF EEECTION IN

PEKING AND JINKEE EOADS.

448 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

directiirs have conducted their business, that
portions of land, which they purchased for
TIs. 300 a mow. have risen in value during
the last ten years to such a remarkable
extent that a mow could not now l>e pur-
chased for less than TIs. 5.000.

Formerly the business of the Company
was transacted at Xo. 22. The Bund, but the
headquarters were removed to Jinkee Road,
some six years ago. Mr. Peebles has held
the position of general manager for the past
four years, and the foreign staff includes an
assistant manager, an account;>nt, two clerks
of works and a book-keej')er.

THE CHINA MUTUAL

LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

The Company was founded early in the
year 1898, and incorporated under the
Hongkong Companies" Ordinances. The
capital stock was fixed at TIs. 500.000.
divided into 5.000 shares of TIs. 100 each,
all of which were duly subscribed for.

Although a certain amount of stock was
required to cover initial expenses and to
furnish a sufficient guarantee to policy-
holders, the Company offers, as its name
implies, mutual benefits to its policy-holders.
The articles of incorporation, or deed of
settlement, provide that policy-holders may
attend and vote at general meetings of the
Company, and be eligible for election as
directors. They also stipulate that at least
90 per cent, of the net surplus of the
Company shall be applied as bonuses to
polic->-holders.

The chief consideration which led to the
establishment of the Company was the fact
that very much higher rates of interest
can be obtained from safe investments in
Shanghai and the Far East generally than
in Europe, Canada, or the United States.
It is pretty generally known that only a com-
paratively small proportion of each premium
on the average policy is absorbed by
expenses and current death claims, the
greater part of the premium being in the
nature of a deposit which has to be accumu-
lated at interest to pay the policies as they
mature. It will be seen, therefore, that the
rate of interest earned by a company on
its investments has a very important bearing
on its general progress, and particularly on
the amount of profits to be divided among
its policy-holders.

The funds of the China Mutual are
invested in very much the same class of
securities as those of companies at home,
and are largely confined to municipal and
company det>entures and first mortgages on
real estate. As regards the safety of such
investments, the tact that during its entire
existence the Company has suffered no loss
speaks for itself. It should be remembered,
moreover, that the Company's investments
are made almost exclusively in the Inter-
national Settlement of Shanghai, the " London
of the East." the integrity of which is
guaranteed not by one nation but by the
leading nations of the world in combination.

As regards the rate of interest earned on
investments, it is doubtful whether any other
life insurance company in existence is more
favourably situated. At the close of its fiscal
year ending March 31, 1908, the Company
held the following investments : — First mort-
gages on real estate, over TIs. 1,600.000,
earning an average rate of interest of 7-91
per cent. ; loans on the security of company
policies. TIs. 312,000, earning an average rate
of interest of 8-64 per cent. ; stock kjans,
TIs. 83,000, bearing 8 per cent. ; municipal
and company debentures, TIs. 1,106,000,

yielding ail average rate of 6 20 per cent. ;
and stiK'ks owned amounting to TIs, 338,000,
on which annual dividends are paid at the
rate of 10 per cent.

A further very important factor in the
establishment of the Company in Shanghai
was the conviction, based on ;in intimate
knowledge of the conditions of life in
China, that the average mortality on care-
fully selected native lives would be found to
be no higher than among Europeans residing
in the East. The experience of the Com-
pany has shown that the mortality has on
the whole been favourable, and tlie deatli
losses well within the rate anticipated when
calculating the premiums to be charged.

The Company commenced operations in
Shanghai, and it was found that the Chinese
took very kindly to the idea of life insurance.
It was thought desirable to accept only short
term endowment insurances on native lives,
and these were freely applied for by leading
Chinese ofticials and merchants, not only as
an investment but for the protection of the
family. The field of operations has been
gradually extended until agencies have been
established in all the Treaty ports in China,
and at Hongkong, the Philippines. Singa-
pore, the Federated Malay States, the
Netherlands Indies, Burma, and, more
recently, India and Egypt.

One important result of the Company's
rapid growth is the decision recently taken
by the directors to report annually to the
Board of Trade in England, in the same
manner as other British companies, and to
make the deposit of ^'20,000 required by the
Board of Trade with the Accountant-General
of the Court of Chancery in England. Tliis
step has been taken in view of the ever-
increasing immber of Europeans, principally
British, who have insured in the Company.
Many of these have already returned home,
and for their convenience in remitting
premiums Messrs. Thomas Cook & Son, the
well-known tourist and banking agents, have
been appointed agents of the Company, and
premiums can be paid to them at their head
office, Ludgate Circus, London, E.G., or at
any of their branch offices in Great Britain
and on the Continent.

As an evidence of the rapid and highly
satisfactory progress of the Company during
the first decade, which ended on March 31,
1908, the following comparative figures are
given, showing the total assets, total business
in force, and reserve held for security of
policy-holders, at the end of each quinquen-
nium, also the premium, interest, and total
income for the years ending March 31, 1903,
and 1908.

Total
Assets.

Business in
Force.

Reserve.

For first five
years end-
ing March
31, 1903 ...

For second
five years
ending
March 3 1 ,
1908

T.iels.
640,801

4,446,027

Taels.
6,953,000

25,194,000

Taels.
458.575

3,834,463

Premium
Income.

Interest
Income.

Total
Income.

For year end-
ing March

31. 1903 ...
For year end-
ing March
31, 1908 ...

Taels.
593734
1.731.578

Taels.
29,608

242,672

Taels.
623..342
1.974.250

Owing to the large and increasing num-
ber employed on the head office staff of the
Company, and the urgent necessity for
providing safe accommiidation for the Com-
pany's valuable and voluminous records, the
directors, in the latter part of U)o6. acquired
the site of the old German Chib at the
corner of Szechuen and Canton Koads,
on which the future head offices of the
Company are now in course of erection.
The illustration which we reproduce is taken
from the architect's drawing.

The managing director of the Company
is Mr. J. A. Wattie. and the secretary is
Mr. Arthur J. Hughes.

THE STANDARD LIFE ASSURANCE

COMPANY.

The proud position of " doyen " of life
insurance companies in the East is held by
this Company, whicli was established in
Edinburgh in 1825 and commenced business
in India in the early forties. At that time
it was the only British Company liaving a
local board and doing any considerable busi-
ness in India. In 1853 power of attorney
was granted to Mr. Thomas Moncreiff, of
Shanghai, as chief agent for China, with
authority to create a local board of directors.
In the early seventies a permanent board
was established, and, in 1877, Mr. Edward
Holdsworth was appointed chief agent. In
i88i the firm of Chapman. King & Co.
became agents, and in 1883 the late Mr.
W. T. Phipps took over the chief agency,
which he held until his retirement in 1900.
In that year the directors at the head office
decided to raise the agency to the position
of a branch under one of their own officials,
and Mr. Edward T. J. Blount was sent out
to take charge. The long list of prominent
men who, from time to time, have acted on
the local directorate includes, among others,
Messrs. Baker, A, Michie, J. P. Tate, K. 1.
Fearon, H. E. Hanssen, Krauss, F. H. Bell,
C. S. Grant, K. E. "Wainewright, Aug. 'White,
J. Cooper, J. L. Scott, Ayscough, G. J. Morri-
son, and J. C. Hanson. The present board
consists of Messrs. B. A. Clarke, D. McNeill,
L. J. Cubitt, and H. K. Kinnear.

'U'ith such a long experience in the Far
East it is not surprising that the " Standard "
has become a household word among the
insuring public in China, for whom it caters
with all the newest and best .schemes of life
assurance. It has agencies in all the principal
ports of China, in the Straits Settlements, and
in Manila.

The funds of the Company amoinit to
£12,000,000, and its revenue to ;tfi, 500,000
It has paid away upwards of £26,000,000 in
claims.

THE SHANGHAI LIFE INSURANCE

COMPANY, LTD.

The Shanghai Life Insurance Company, Ltd.,
has established quite a record among organisa-
tions of the kind in the Far East, for in four
years it has issued policies to the value of
over TIs. 5,000,000. The object of the
promoters was to cater for the growing
interest of tlie Chinese in life insurance. The
directorate includes the names of some of
the leading men of the Chinese community,
and the conduct of the business is in the
hands of men of long experience in this
particular branch of finance. The head-
quarters of the Company are at No. 17,
Canton Road, Shanghai, and while they have
already over fifty branches and agencies in

i& ^

m ^

— M

it ^.
St ^

m t

m ^^
m *

i ntf
^ it

ir.
IE

is-

ifi

'ff

'<-<

ifi

ii$

•S"

■V

fij

+ Jit;
i/a 1

^ 1

# ^ ^

fi m =it

ii^ Hf «r

;^ ^ Bf

m ita ■'^

M ga f

* ^ i

t^ A ij^

it ^ ip

^ ^ «

^ m mf

& ^ ^

* 5t *

f ^ i

:t M 3^

m tk m

^ n z

^ "I* «i

W I? A

^ fi^ ^

SC PS SM

1^ A ^

^ S

u m

»i ^

m n

m
n

-V

i PI

SI ^

w SI

X 1-2

'J*
i/ii

4" ±

^ f

<2,^ Ik

m u

M ill

38 ft

1^ ^<

u '»>

m n

it ?g

a; ts[

ig ;<:

n ft

il: ifii
s&

ffl

ti
m

^ m iSi
£ -L &

4* M si

¥ *M Ja
5^ vc e
w H *

^ ^" i
» >'u ?t

^ + 4

i « .^

^ fie 'JJ
-H- ^ 1
= 41 f

g i *r

jifc + «

i:?j ^ Sj

a jh- ^

gq ^ 155

4i w »

^ 3? -^^

m A 1^
m "f- m

ft 9$ ti

« -t t^S

^ ^ ^
ffif W 4»

^ :r ~-

li^ -T- 5^

ti A SI

tfe ^ _,
*J4 - M

^ ^ m

?^ « -t

H * n

1 H'l -
i SL ^

:Jl it s:
m ^ m

i^ Bff t

m M m.

m ^li s

m M ~

i^ a: ^

m m JL

5 - M
# * ^^

^fe "~^ '^^

^ i 1

S ^ if

3* IH *
iffil * ft
If PS Jft

It J5 a

^ ?E

*5 i^T. as
n M s
m T

Ht e

n -
i S

4i M

m m

z m

^ ^:

up t|»

i ss '1; r»

ill I*

IS*,.

<tt j! « n
SI'*

% m —'
Vf a

m u

t. z

IK ^

^ i

(I *

sst
m

THE SHANGHAI LAND INVESTMENT COMPANY, LTD. -HISTORICAL REVIEW IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.

450 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

China, the Straits Settlements, the Netherlands continually extending their influence, especially
Indies, India. Burma, and Ceylon, they are in Manchuria and Mongolia, which are

practically new iields for insurance enterprise.
The published accounts for the year ending
March 31, 1908, show that the total business
exceeded by 55 per cent, that recorded for
the previous year, whilst the actual income
of the Company had increased by 89 per cent.
The managing director of the Company is
Mr. Robert H. Parker ; the secretary and
actuary, Mr. Arthur I. Israel ; and the
superintendent of agencies, Mr. Charles W.
Frankel.

THE YANGTSZE INSURANCE

ASSOCIATION, LTDi

This Association was established in 1862 by
the American firm of Russell & Co., for the
purpose of insuring the hulls and cargoes of
the Shanghai Steam Navigation Company's
steamers — a fleet of ships trading at that
time on the coast under the American Hag,
and managed and practically owned by
Messrs. Russell & Co. themselves. The origi-
nal capitiil of the Company was Tls. 400,000
in 400 shares of Tls. i.ooo per share. In
1883 the Association had extended its under-
writing operations to London and other parts
of the world, and it was therefore decided to
re-organise the Company and register it in
London as a limited liability company, with
a capital of Tls. 800,000. It was again re-
organised in 1899 and registered under the
Hongkong ordinances. The Association was
represented by the firm of Messrs. Russell &
Co., as secretaries, from its establishment
until June 3, 1891, w-hen, that firm having
failed, the Association became an independent
company under a board of directors. It now
has a subscribed capital of $1,200,000, a paid-
up capitiil of $720,000, and a reserve fund of
$r,ooo,ooo. The Association has seventy-five
branches and agencies, and does an under-
writing business in practically all parts of the
world. The chairman of directors is Mr.
James M. Young, and other members of the
board include Messrs. H. J. Such, of Messrs.
W. Hewett & Co. ; John Prentice, chairman of
the Shanghai Dock and Engineering Com-
pany, Ltd. ; C. W. Wrightson, of Messrs.
Fearon, Daniel & Co. ; and George Miller,
manager of the Chartered Bank of India,
Australia, and China. The head office is
situated at No. 26, The Bund, Shanghai, and
Mr. W. S. Jackson carries out the duties of
general secretary and underwriter. Besides
agencies at all the principal ports of India,
China, Japan, Australia, Canada, and the
United States of America, there are branches
in London, at Leadenhall Buildings, E.C.,
under the direction of Mr. Richard Blackwell ;
in Yokohama, at No. 70, Main Street, under
Mr. John W. Cain ; in Kobe, at No. 52,
Harima Machi, under Mr. J. D. Thompson ;
and in Sydney, at Royal Exchange Buildings,
No. 56, Pitt Street, under Mr. H. S. P. Storey.

OFFICES OF THE YANQTSZE INStmANCE ASSOCIATION, LTD.

n
O

B
m

12;

o
u

H
P4

►J
O
&
H
tJ

-^
iz;

»
o

SHIPPING, COMMERCE, AND CUSTOMS.

|HANGHAI is soiiiedmes styled
the '■ Commercial Metropolis
of China." To this proud
title the magnitude of its
foreign trade, which consti-
tutes more than one-half of
the total for the whole of the
Empire, gives it an unassailable right. With-
out in any way disparaging the enterprise of
its foreign residents, who have been respon-
sible for developing its possibilities to the
fullest extent, it must be conceded that, in
the first instance, Shanghai owes its great
prosperity to its exceptionally favoured geo-
graphical position. Situated on the Whang-
poo, about 12 miles above the junction of
this river with the most southern arm
of the Yangtsze-Kiang, the great waterway
of China, it is the natural centre for the
exchange of commodities between the middle
and northern parts of the Empire and the
rest of the world.

Shanghai is a regular port of call for all the
largest shipping companies engaged in the
Eastern trade, including the Peninsular and
Oriental Company, Norddeutscher Lloyd,
Messageries Maritimes, Canadian Pacific
Railway Company (Royal Mail Steamship

Line), the Pacitic Mail Steamship Company,
Nisshen Risen Kaisha, Nippon Yuscn Kaisha,
Great Northern Steamship Company, Portland
and Asiatic Steamship Company, Eastt-rn
and Australian Steamship Company, and
many others. Along the banks of the
Whangpoo are a number of line wharves
large enough to accommodate any steamer
that comes over the bar ; these are flanked
by huge godowns, and there is a general
appearance of activity tliat speaks eloquently
of commercial prosperity.

Year.

No. of

Vessels.

Tonnage.

1856

1,017

3^0,458

1898

6,810

8,205.028

1899

7,400

«,937,943

1900

7,322

9,432,419

1901

8,361

10,781,185

1902

8,830

12,041,166

1903

9.330

12,342,535

1904

9,434

12,181,798

1905

63,081

15,579,310

1906

61,619

17,372,962

1907

52,704

17,545.523

The increase in the tonnage of the vessels
entered and cleared at the port since 1856,
the earliest date for which figures are available,
is sliovvn above : —

The great difference between the figures
for 1902 3-4 and those for the la^t three
yeais is accounted for in large measure by
the fact that towed passenger boats and cargo
junks were not taken into consideration
previous to 1905. The returns for 1907
represent 15,936 steamers with a tonnage of
16,487.946, 10.590 sailing vessels with a ton-
nage of 397,116. and 26,178 junks with a
tannage of 660,461.

Great Britain has carried the bulk of the
trade ever since 1856. In that year out of
a total tonnage of 320,458 registered at the
port, 182,215 tons were British and 74,678
American, while the shipping of all other
nationalities was represented by 63,565.
During the past ten years Japan, America,
and Germany have advanced rapidly, the
percentage of the increase in tonnage being
remarkable in the case of all three countries,
while in the case of Japan the actual increase
has been greater than that of Great Britain,
as will be seen from the appended tabuLtr
statement : —

British

Chinese

Japanese

German

Swedish and Norwegian

French

American

Russian

Danish

Austrian

Dutch

1898.

Xo.

3."6

2,244

602

390

J33

117
89
46
30
16

1899.

Tons.

No.

4498,278

3.348

1,899.550

2,360

575-833

811

516463

375

137,713

107

226,108

106

159.450

112

84.044

117

24.IW

44.936

6,556

Tons.
4,792,417
1,942,812

903,871
511.580

123,640

227,389

218,237

137,401

13.322

39,566

5490

1900.

No.
3,526

1,777
860
628

107
172
102

35
20
10

Tons.
5,043,723
1,449,565
1,076,961 -
1,065,056

102,378

233)520

259,356,

1 10,258

34,646

37,640

15,182

1901.

No.
4,186
1,359
888

1.074

152

104

374

107

■ 56

Tons.
5,7.20,316

964,910
1,285,108
1,699,856

172,525
220,790

4 '7:778

13J.193

71,970

62,037
26,728

No,

3,835

2,193

991

960

241-
184

197

137

;02.

Tons.

No.

5,723,663

3,705

1,853,717

2,230

1,653,293

1,078

',641,575

970

245,939

I 13
t 331

232,201

479

328,350

183

234,874

215

70,554

36,435

13,027

1903-

Tons.

5,597.35«
1,954,3 '2

1,744,249

1,5^)6,066

14,500

316,201

266,176

.361,757

318,157

85,630

75,576

42.553

SHANGHAI DOCK AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, LTD.

The Old Dock.

The Ixterxaiioxal Dock.

The New Dock.

M M

454 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

1904.

1905.

190<>.

1907.

No.

TiMlR.

Xo.

Tons.

No.

Tons.

No.

Tons.

British

4,233

6,524,801

4,385

7.139.843

4.211

7,016,217

3,864

6,848,400

Chinese

2,249

2,009,049

2,338

2,062,992

34.280

2,895,535

.12,717

2,906,871

Japanese

397

495,292

421

4!'9,82i

11,956

2,401,571

12,703

3,102,070

German

988

1,614.027

1,231

1.928,084

1,094

1,867,626

931

1,708,623

Swedish

8,404

25.032

16,124

8,720

Norwegian

596

529r»»6

954

878,870

693

574.873

325

335,547

French

637

292,357

488

446.932

2,880

840,245

1,746

1,247,223

American

171

394.659

235

977,912

215

1,031,603

152

820,448

Russian

41.765

71.973

112

224,644

184,853

Danish

67,439

55,427

147,404

94,017

Austrian

129,422

175.707

170,164

197,564

Dutch

73.087

82,629

99,490

78,868

SILK.

Year.

Silk.

Wild.

Waste. Cocoons.

1900

- 48.3.55 •

.. 13,068 ...

.39.157 ... 6,484

1 90 1

... 71..358 .

.. 14.115 -..

.36,668 ... 4,823

1902

... 63,370 .

.. 10,819 ...

.39,515 .- 9,493

1903

... .38,162 .

.. 15,945 ...

45,692 ... 15,633

1904

... 54.135 ■

.. 27,276 ...

3.5,626 ... 6,958

1905

... 4.5,766 .

.. 19,201 ...

55.570 ... 9,247

1906

... 50,520 .

.. 18,865 ."

49,708 ... 8,443

1907

... 54.032 .

.. 16,952 ...
COTTON

71,4.38 ... 8.851

1900

. 771.825

1901

. 359.664

1902

• 843,274

1903

. 844,651

1904

. 1.284,928

1905

. 826,868

1906

• 825.333

1907

• 994.867

Kou);hly speaking, during llie last liaU-
century the gross value of the trade of the
port has increased seven or eight fold. In
1859 it amounted to Tls. 57,305,736, and in
1868 to Tls. 112,000.000. It rose steadily
each year until 1881, when it reached
Hk. Tls. 141.921.357, but from that date it
declined seriously, the total for 1884 being 20
per cent, less than that for 1881. There has
since t>een a rapid recovery. In 1906 the total
trade was equivalent to Hk. Tls. 421.956,496.
and in 1907 to Hk. Tls. 392.731.600. In the
following table, showing the gradual develop-
ment during the last ten years, distinction
is made between gross imports, which include
all goods brought to Shanghai for re-shipment,
and net imports, which consist only of mer-
chandise consigned to this particular Customs
district : —

The imports from foreign countries, exclusive of foreign goods imported from Chinese
ports, during the last six years were made up as shown below : —

1902.

1903.

1904.

1905.

1906.

1907.

Hk. Tacls.

Hk.Tatls.

Hk. Taels.

Hk. Tacls.

Hk. Taels.

Cotton goods in-

cluding cotton

yarn

99,303,917

92,217,079

93,169,36^)

143,595,630

113,888,695

83.827,739

Opium

21,245,981

26,604,91 1

21,289,063

18,536,232

16,820,597

15.559.496

Mebils

5,937.7.56

7,449,919

9,690,872

19,502,081

11,801,679

9,478,650

Woollen goods ...

3,159,085

2,821,791

2,977,686

3,048,075

3,416,203

3,012,310

Sundries

51,754,523

53,453,892

65.521,035

71,275,532

74,888,790

77,026,586

Miscellaneous

piece goods ...

778.533

1,205,481

1,519,439

1,436,760

2,301,970

1,846,821

Woollen and

cotton mixtures

439,886

858,476.

987,068

1,925.317

2,013,477

.898.

1899.

1903,

1901.

1902.

1903.

"1904.

I905.

1906.

1907.

Foreign Goods

Hk. TaeK

Hk. Taels.

Hk. TaeU.

Hk. Taels.

Hk. Taels

Hk. Taels.

Hk. TaeU.

Gross imports

127,156,897

154,254,623

126,808,218

160,120,312

183,295,031

l85,22I,.356

196,905,998

2.59,575,765

227,535,546

194,468,147

Net

29.426.510

38,823,995

38,729.112

41.663.387

53..394.947

.39,205,714

45,288.100

92,207,173

74,972,150

46,328,982

Xativk Produce

Gross imports

76.090.915

81,624,293

r)6.534,8o3

75,788,456

85.995.730

100,937,149

127,970,828

112,274,251

115.424,0^)9

124,525,907

Net

11,259,760

14,958,250

8,736,291

14,216,377

8,548,658

14,565,081

20,004,636

12,667,774

14,767,298

16,991,711

Origi.vai. EXK)RTS

47,958,025

70,822474

50,263.756

62,546,012

76,832,103

65,042,104

80,187,4.34

72,104,246

78,996,881

73.737.546

Allowing for the fluctuations in exchange these figures show that the value of the total
import and export trade carried in foreign bottoms for the last ten years has been as
under : —

1898 Hk. Tls. 251,205,837 at Ex.

1899
1900
1901
1902

•903
1904

1905
1906
1907

306.701,390
243,606.777
298454.780
346.122.864
351.200,609
405,064,260
443.954,262
421,956.496
392,731,600

151
iii3
1 '55
1-52
151
154
1-.S5
ii)5
1 54
151

Mex. $379,320,814 at Ex. 2s. lojd.

$469,253,127
$377..S90..504
^453.65 1, 266
$522,645,525
$.54 1, .348,938
$627,849,603
.$688, 1 29. 1 oV)
$649,813,033
$593,024,716

3s-
3s.

2S.
2S.
2S.

2S.

3s-
3s.
3s.

oid.

lid.

iiftd.

7id-

lojd.

o^d.

3Jd.

3cl-

i,"36,24 1,775
;t46,l64,949

;t37, 809,802

1:44,224.159

i'44.995.972
£.46.338,9fKj
^■58,059,2 10
^'66,778, 120
^'69.447,006
1'63,« 18,885

The total Customs revenue from this
trade was in 1898, Tls. 6,907,194 ; in 1899,
Tls. 8. 1 20,845 ; in 1900, Tls. 7.1 17,387 ; in 1901,
Tls. 8,152.696 ; in I902, Tls. 10,814.078 ; in
1903. Tls. 9,924,891 ; in 1904, Tls. 10,323,434 ;
in 1905. Tls. 12.080,186; in 1906, Tls. i2,823,8"iK;
and in 1907, Tls. 11,007454.

The export of tea, silk, and cotton for
the last eight years, stated in piculs, has
been : —

Year.

1900
1901
1902
1903
"Pi
1905

i9of)

1907

Black.
210.912
178,075
185,255
231.025
182,810
104,323
175,803
197,824

TEA.

lirick.
... 210.623
... 168,877
... 101,643
... 181,8.32
." 137.532
... 98,389
... 269,485
... 311.138

Green.

196.542
192.277
250.560
294,861
243.341
2.59.077
2.33,837
279,031

The corresponding figures in 1859 were
186,943 piculs of black tea, 228.047 piculs of
green tea, 59,609 piculs of raw silk, and
64,165 piculs of cotton.

These figures show very clearly the present
stagnation in the piece-goods trade. In 1905
and 1906 the large houses considerably over-
stocked themselves, and. as a natural con-
sequence, the import of cotton goods in that
year showed an increase of over 50 per cent.,
when compared with 1905. The exports of
the United States to Shanghai, consisting
mainly of piece goods, jumped from
Hk. Tls. 25,986.201 to Hk. Tls. 60,247,687.
This period of abnormal activity was followed
by a re-action which was fell acutely in 1907.
The appended tabic shows the contributions
which the chief competing countries have
made to Shanghai's total imports during the
last six years. From this it will be seen that
Great Britain easily outstrips all competitors.

The exports of Chinese produce from
Shanghai during the last six years have gone
chiefly to the following countries : —

SHANGHAI DOCK AND ENGINEERING COMPANY, LTD.
The Cosmopolitax Dock.

s.s. "klxg hsis," built by the compaxy.
The Tuxg-Ka-Doo Dock.

456 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

igo3.

1903

1904.

1905-

1906.

1907.

Hk. Tads.

Hk. Taels.

Great Britain

9,563,180

8,929,484

10,279,451

9,897,088

11,420,203

9,880,541

India

2,652,130

1,658,063

1,925.129

2,416,010

I, .398,995

2,635,07s

Singapore and Straits Settlements

691,668

954.772

933.305

845,104

937,070

1,010,853

British America

34.^-461

443.051

505.217

378,010

710,143

690,463

United States

22,823,040

18,519,139

26,012,116

23,289,786

23,913,820

25,835,.557

/Germany...

3,982,234

4-641.435

4,756,098

1 Netherlands

400,264

465.779

572,670

Continent of Europe, Russia excepted

38,929,134

33,764.506

40,452,136

J Belgium ...
France ...

2,092,649
18,496,988

2,604,244
23,565.311

3,347,568
29,627,664

Italy

8,133,227

8,264,943

7.807,385

^Austria ...

361,688

465,830

611,990

Russia in Europe

1,754.570

2,391.786

2,742,190

2,804,601

3,115,954

2,794,239

Russia in Manchuria

982,864

3.372.847

35.747

1.575.005

6,895,140

5,890,552

Korea

891,459

1,056,204

1,238,737

1 ,899,002

1,166,^44

1,633,051

Japan

18,158,681

18,575.361

30,909,622

20,702,773

18,879,154

23,117,524

Hongkong

9,263,468

8,814,180

10,444.532

8,505.155

8,584.966

8,676,730

Full Total

107,850,898

101,250,642

130,064,800

107,961,631

118,990,510

131,963.587

Great Britain

Hongkong

India

Singapore and Straits Settlements
British America

1902.

1903.

Hk. Taels.
52,890,412
32,735,189
32.033.444
2.595.078
2,831,854

Hk. Taels.

45,810,824

36,266,500

31.574.999
2,809,003

624.519

1904.

Hk. Taels.
53,182,018
30,319,151
29,918,715
2,912,758
2,160,815

Hk. Taels.
77,246,434
30,820,793
32,448,433
2,541,828
2,363.340

1906.

Hk. Taels.
68,268,278
29,776,669
29,629,407
2,270,605
4,443,025

1907.

Hk. Taels.

65.370,933

26,501,562

28,542,282

2,929,096

1,054,072

United States

Europe, Russia excepted

Japan

Russia in Europe

Sumatra

27,862,156

12,695,147

15,710,812

885,195
498,263

22,695,894

13,891.707

25,536,080
1,908,078
1,501,114

25,986,201

14.977,224

28,012,096
3.274.461
1,824,460

60.247,687 I 34,640,413

Germany ...
Belgium . . .
France
Austria
Netherlands

10,796,020
4.851,752
2.247,415
1,140,050

1.353.377

26,461,762

1,680,773

2,445,749

11,371,568
4,189,294
2,825,167
2,637,468

977,793
27,940,088

4,232
2,730,691

19,458,276

8.429.745
5,279,626

1,793,953

1.255,87s

931,112

23,890,610

2,373
3,264,097

In the alx>ve table only those countries
whose exports to Shanghai amount to more
than a million taeU a year have been taken
into consideration.

MR. HERBERT ELQAR HOBSON, Com-
missioner of Customs at Shanghai, entered
the service of the Imperial Maritime Customs
Department as long ago as 1862, coming to
Shanghai in June of that year. In the
following year he proceeded to Peking, and
whilst there acted as private secretary and
interpreter to the late Inspector-General, Mr.
Lay. and Captain Sherard Osborn. R.N.,
during the I^y-Osborn fleet negotiations.
In March, 1864, he was appointed Staff
Interpreter to General Gordon, and served
with him up to the recapture of Nanking
and the collapse of the Taeping rebellion.
For services then rendered Mr. Hobson was
awarded the First Order of the Precious
Star of China. Rejoining the Customs staff,
he served successively at Ningpo, Swatow,
Hankow, Chefoo, and Tamsui. In January,

1877, he opened the Customs House at the
new Treaty port of Wenchovv. From thence
he proceeded to Takow, Amoy, Tamsui, and
Tientsin, taking charge of those districts
successively, and at the end of 1882 he
was appointed to Shanghai. From Shanghai
he went home on leave, and, on his return to
China, he was stationed at Ichang, and opened
the Customs House at Chungking. He then
served successively at Kowloon, Wuhu, and
Yatung (on the Thibet frontier). In March,

1900, he established the Customs House at
Tengyueli, In Yunnan, and on his return
from that expedition was posted to Shanghai,
where he has been in charge since April,

1901. In recognition of his services he has
been granted Chinese civil rank of the
second class, and the Order of the Double
Dragon of the Third Division, First Class.
Mr. Hobson, who was born at Ashbourne,
in Derbyshire, and was educated at King
William's College, Isle of Man, Is a son of
the late Mr. Robert Hobson, formerly pro-
prietor and editor of the Shropshire News,
and a Justice of the Peace for Shropshire.

THE SHANGHAI DOCK AND ENOINEERINQ
COMPANY, LTD.

In the scope of their operations, and the
enterprise which characterises their manage-
ment, the Shanghai Dock and Engineering
Company, Ltd., are in every way worthy of
the chief port of China. In their various
yards and docks they can build ships of
large tonnage, and carry out repairs of any
kind that may be required, while, In their
engineering works, they possess every modern
facility for executing orders with efficiency
and despatch. Each department is under the
superintendence of Europeans.

The Company Is a combination of the old-
established firms of Boyd & Co., founded In
1862, and S. C. Farnham & Co., founded
In 1865. who had already absorbed a new
company known as the Shanghai Engineering,
Shipbuilding, and Dock Company, I,td. The
amalgamation took place In 1900, under the
style of S. C. P'arnliam, Boyd & Co., Ltd.,
with a capital of Tls. 5,570,000, equal, roughly,

SHANGHAI DOCK AND ENQINEERINa COMPANY, LTD.

Kn-rixG Shop at Pootuxg.

Foundry at Pootung.

Machine Shop at Pooiiixg.

Boiler Shop at the Cosmopolitan Dock.

458 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

at the (hen r.itc of exchange, to about
;t75aooo. The present name of the Company
was adopted in May, \(}Oti. The various
extensive properties owned by the Company
ct)mprise the Pootung Engine Works, the
New Dock, the Old Dock, the Cosmopolitan
Dock, the International Dock, and the
Tung-Ka-Doo Dock.

capable of cutting 36-inch logs Into i-inch
deals at one cut ; hand and circular saws,
wood planing and moulding machines, {4c.
The carpenters' shop is 134 feet by 40 feet,
with a moulding loft overhead large enough
for drawing down vessels of any size. The
machine shop, 200 feet by 55 feet, and
38 feet high, is lighted by electricity, and

J. II, OsBDKNK, S.crclary.
J. GRA.VT-MACKENZIK, General Manager. \V. S. HiRXS, Assist.inl Manager.

J. Pkkxtick, Managing Director.

On account of their relative importance
Uie Pootung Engine Works may be de-
scribed first. They cover an area of 16
acTes. The buildings arc very substantial,
being constructed, for the most part, of
brick and masonry. In the yard is the
largest hydraulic double piston riveter in
China. The pattern shop is complete with
wood-working machinery. The saw-mills
have two self-acting steam upright saws,

contains a lo-ton overhead travelling tranc
running the length of the building. It is
fitted with all modern machinery and is
capable of turning out work In the most
expeditious manner. Adjoining Is an erect-
ing and titling shop. 200 feet by 55 feet,
and 38 feet high, with a 20-ton overhead
travelling crane. The foundry, which
measures 163 feet by 62 feet, and is 31
feet high, contains two drying stoves — one

33 feet long, 21 feet wide, and 18 feet
high, and the other 25 feet long, 8 feet
wide, and 18 feet high ; live cupolas con-
nected to a Baker's patent blower and
engine ; one brass air furnace for large
castings ; three brass crucible furnaces ; one
20-ton steam crane with a radius of 25
feet ; and six hand cranes of various
capacities. In the blacksmiths' shop (173
feet by 62 feet, and 31 feet high) are fifty
fixed hearths, two 4-lun cranes, and three
steam-hammers. The smiths' forge, 97 feet
by 63 feet, and 25 feet high, is equipped
with a reverberatory furnace, two 8-ton
cranes of 20 feet radius, one ij-ton steam-
hammer, and twelve fixed hearths for large
forgings. The boiler shop and shipyards,
which are partly under cover, have five
plate rolling machines capable of taking
plates 20 feet long, a double power
hydraulic riveting and plate closing ma-
chine, with sleam accumulator and pump,
of a maximum pressure of 150 tons,
to rivet ij-inch diameter rivets; one
hydraulic riveting machine for the same
purpose ; five portable riveting machine
beams and lifts ; plate and angle furnaces ;
drilling, countersinking, punching, shearing,
and plate-edge planing machines, &c.,
and pneumatic tools of the most up-to-date
kind for bollermaking and shipbuilding.
The coppersmiths' shop, 52 feet by
47 feet, and 17 feet high, is replete
with everything necessary for carrying out
work appertaining to it. A very large
assortment of materials for building and
repairing ships, engines, and boilers is
stocked in four spacious godowns. A pair
of sheer legs stand at the head of the
wharf, whence a railway line runs to the
various, shops. The shipbuilding yards
face the river, and there are berths for
building steamers of all sizes. Wharves
and pontoons, at which steamers can moor
during repairs, are arranged alongside the
property, the water frontage being about
700 feet.

The New Dock is situated at Pootung, just
within the harbour limits (lower section|, and
is of the following dimensions : — Length on
coping, 473 feet ; length on blocks, 450 feet ;
width on bottom, 50 feet ; width at top,
134 feet ; width at entrance pier heads,
75 feet 6 inches ; width at entrance at
ordinary high-water level, 74 feet ; depth of
high water at ordinary spring tides on sill,
21 feet 6 Inches ; height of sill above bottom
of dock, 2 feet,

Hy means of four centrifugal pumping
engines the dock can be pumped out in
about three hours. The area of the property
is 7562 mow, or I2'6 acres, and the water
frontage, 1,084 feet. On each side of the
dock there Is a wharf with iron sheer legs
capable of lifting 65 tons. A smithy,
machines for working ships' plates, a paint
store, and ample godowii accommodation are
also to be found on the property.

The Old Dock is situated In Hongkew,
opposite the Pootung works. Its dimensions
arc : — Length on cf)plng, 400 feet ; length
on blocks, 399 feet ; breadth at entrance at
liigh-water ordinary spring tides, 53 feet ;
depth of high water at ordinary spring tides
on sill, 16 feet ; height of sill above tiottom
of dock, I foot.

This dock is fitted with three centrifugal
pumps, driven by compound engines, and
can be emptied in about two hours. A pair
of sheer legs capable of lifting 40 tons
are In position on tlic wharf.

The Cosmopolitan Dock, below the har-
bour limits at Pootung, is of the following
dimensions : — Length on coping, 560 feet ;

460 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

length on blocks, 532 feet ; width at entrance
at coping, 79 feet 6 inches ; width at
entrance at high-water ordinary spring
tides, 77 feet 6 inches ; depth of water at
ordinary spring tides on sill, 24 feet ; height
of sill above bottom of dock, 2 feet 6 inches.
The dock is conveniently situated l>elow
the shipping, and has an easy entrance lying
at attout an angle of 44 degrees to the river.
It is capable of accommodating any vessel
which can come over the bar, and particular
attention has t>een given to every detail for
docking and repairing ships. The pump-
house is fitted with three boilers — two of the
Lancashire t>-pe and one of the water-tube
type^having a working pressure of 135 lbs.
to the square inch. They supply steam to
five centrifugal pumps, driven with com-
pound engines, which are capable of pump-
ing out the dock in three hours. There are
on the property, also, a large shipyard,
carpenters' shop, saw-mill, paint store, &c.
The t>oiler shop is 300 feet long. A travelling
crane, capable of lifting 60 tons, traverses
the whole length of the building, which is

by compound engines capable of emptying
the dock in about two hours. A wharf is
situated on each side of the entrance to the
dock, and there is a large yard for building
ships and undertaking repairs which is titled
with sheer legs for lifting heavy weights.
The workshops include a machine shop,
boiler shop, moulding shop, pattern shop,
coppersmiths' shop, blacksmitlis' shop, car-
penters' shop, paint store, &c, A railway
line passes through them to the wharf
and shipyards. The machine shop, which
measures 260 feet in length, has machinery
of the most up-to-date description, capable
of meeting any demands that can be made
upon i(. The boiler shop has a drilling
machine to lake a boiler with a diameter of
15 feet, and a plate-edge planing m.ichine
with a range of 24 feet. There is a complete
set of hydraulic riveters up to i| inches
in diameter. The blacksmiths' shop has a
4-ton steam hammer, in close proximity to
blowers and furnaces, for the forging of
shafts 16 inches in di,ameter. For lighting
the dock and works there are 57 arc and

THE CUSTOMS HOUSE.

equipped with a complete plant of the most
modern type for executing general repairs
and manufacturing boilers ; with plate and
angle furnaces, a t^evelling machine, and all
the latest appliances for extensive shipbuild-
ing. Electric light has been installed for
night work, and can be connected with
steamers under repair.

The International Dock adjoins the Cosmo-
politan Dock. Its size is as follows : — Length
on coping. 540 feet ; length on Ihe blocks
to the outer chase, 528 feet ; length on the
blocks to the caisson when in inner chase,
460 feet ; width of the entrance at the bottom,
64 feet ; width of entrance on top, 79 feet
6 inches ; width of entrance at ordinary high-
water level, 77 feet 6 inches ; width in the
dock at tx)tt(>m. 54 feet ; width of the dock
at the top, 128 feet ; depth of high water
at ordinary spring tides on the sill, 23 feet
6 inches ; height of sill above bottom of
dock, I foot 6 inches.

This dock is cai>able of accommodating
any vessel which can come to Shanghai, and
is fitted with four centrifugal pumps driven

220 incandescent lamps, and steamers under
repair can be supplied with the light.

The water frontages of the Cosmopolitan
and International Docks adjoin and measure
together about 4,465 feet, with deep water
for the whole length. The combined area
of the property at these two docks is over
340 mow, or 58 acres. Large buildings at
both places afford ample room for housing
crews, storing material, &c., and dwelling
houses on the south side give plenty of
accommodation for foremen and workmen.

The Tuiig-Ka-Doo Dock at Footung, above
the harbour limits, is of the following dimen-
sions :— Length on coping, 362 feet ; length
on blocks, 350 feet ; breadth at entrance
at coping, 69 feet ; breadth at high-water
ordinary spring tides, 67 feet ; depth of high
svater at ordinary spring tides on sill, 16
feet ; height of sill above bottom of dock,
1 foot.

The dock can be pumped dry in about
three hours. The area of the property is
357 mow, and the water frontage about
700 feet. On the south side of the dock

there is a carpenters' shed and slipway
for repairs to small craft, and also a
blacksmiths' shop. Sheer legs are provided
capable of lifting 60 tons.

The head office of the Company, to which
is attached a machinery show-room, is at
No. 26, Broadway, Hongkew, on the Old
Dock premises, close to the principal business
houses. It is in direct telephonic communica-
tion with all the docks, between which
launches ply continually, and a steam ferry
runs at regular intervals.

THE SHANGHAI AND HONGKEW
WHARF COMPANY.

Some forty or fifty years ago the wharves in
Shanghai were few and small, being suitable
only for coasting steamers and light draught
vessels. Where the present Japanese Consulate
stands there was an old wooden wharf by
the name of " Howard's," to the east of that
was Heard's Wharf, and a small wharf
belonging to the Shanghai Steam Navigation
Company that is now the central wharf of
the China Merchants. Then followed the
"Old Dock," Hunt's Wharf, Troutman's,
Oliphant's, the Hongkew Wharf Company's
property, the present lower wharf of the
China Merchants, the old "Dry Dock,"
the old Ningpo Wharf, and Gibb's Wharf,
On the P'rench Concession, beyond the
Yang-king-pang, were the wharves of the
Union Steamship Company and of Butterfield
& Swire. On the Pootung side were
the old wooden '" T " headed Lindsay
Wharf and the old British Naval Yard.
These are now the Shanghai and Hongkew
Company's Pootung wharves. Of dry docks
there were Collyer's (now the Cosmo-
politan), available only for river steamers,
the Old Dock, and Boyd's. Opposite the
present " Ewo " hong on the Bund, on the
Pootung side, were Jardine, Matheson &
Co.'s wharves and wooden godowns, at
which, until 1870, ocean-going steamers and
Tientsin liners used to lie, but, on account
of the silting of the river, this site is now
some 500 feet inland. These wharves and
the Tung-Ka-Doo Wharf were at this time
the only real wharves in existence, for the
frontage on the other side of the river has
only been built up within the last fifteen
years.

In 1865, Holts, of Liverpool, commenced
running a line of steamers round the Cape of
Good Hope, and it was then that the Hongkew
wharves really came into prominence as a
place of discharge for ocean-going vessels.
Previous to the opening of the Suez Canal, in
1869, they were practically the only public
wharves on the river. In 1872 the Company
having charge of them was re-organised,
Oliphant's Wharf was purchased, and the
Company became known as the Shanghai
and Hongkew Wharf Company. A wharf
running parallel to Ihe river was constructed
of wood ; Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.
acquired the properties of Troutman and
Hunt, and in 1875 an amalgamation took
place between the Shanghai and Hongkew
Wharf Company and Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
under a ten years' agreement. The name of
the Company was changed to the Shanghai and
Hongkew and Jardine's Associated Wharves,
and of this enterprise Jardine, Matheson & Co.
became the general agents.

With the growth of the port the business
of this organisation gradually developed. In
1884 the old Ningpo Wharf was purchased,
and in the following year the agreement was
extended for another ten years. In 1891 the
British Naval Yard was acquired, on the

JABDINE, MATHESON & CO.

SHANGHAI AND HONGKEW WHARF COMPANY, LTD.

The old Ningpo Wharf.
A Busy .Scene at the Hoxgkew Wharf.

46i TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

joint account and Jardine, Mathcson also
bought Shaw's gixlowns, which were then
the Kerosene Oil Whart, and tlic properties
of the Pootung Wharf and Godown Conip;iny,
including the land on which the Tung-Ka-Doo
Wharf is now situated.

In i8q5 a new and final arrangement was
made, under which Jardine, Matheson disposed
of the whole of their interests, including
Heard's Wharf, piirtly for debentures and
partly for shares, to the Shanghai and
Hongkew Wharf Company. Ltd. The earnings
of this Company have grown in proportion
to the increase in the number of ships entered
and cleared at the port. In 1887 they
amounted to Tls. 80.000, while in 1906 they
reached Tls. 784,000. The ciipital was raised

of Mr. Duncan Glass, the superintendent,
some twenty foreigners, numerous clerks, and
about six thousiuut coolies, so that despatch
in the handling of cargo is assured.

THE CHINA MERCHANTS STEAM

NAVIGATION COMPANY, LTD.

Thk China Merchants Steam Navigation
Company is probably the largest enterprise
of its kind owned and controlled exclusively
by Chinese. Although of comparatively recent
origin its importance and influence are very
considerable. On several occasions, especially
in cases of national disturbance, it has

the best business principles. In conjunction,
therefore, with Mr. Chu Yu Cliee, another
progressive man, who can claim to have been
the pioneer, also, of tlic Chinese Kngineering
and Mining Companies, he raised a capital
of Tls. 1, 000,000 and formed the Company.
L'nder the able management of Mr. Tong
Kin Sing, director-general, and Mr. Chu Yu
Chee, his colleague, rapid progress was made.
The Company's first steamer, the Aden, was
purchased from the Peninsular and Oriental
Company and placed on the Shanghai and
Tientsin Line. The Government granted the
Company the use of the transport Kong Chi
for three years, and two years later the
steamers Fu Sing. Lee Yncn, and Yung Citing,
were added to the fleet. Mr. Tong Kin Sing

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.
SHANGHAI AND HONGKEW WHARF COMPANY, LTD.

PLAX "H HoXGKKW, SHOWIXO KlVEK FRONT IX l8f^.

Plax or Wharves axd Godowxs at Hoxgkew at the Pkksext Dav.

from the original Tls. 200,000 to Tls. 3,600.000,
and in 1906 there was a new debenture issue
of Tls. 800,000. In this year the actuaries
estimated the value of the properly at con-
siderably over Tls. 5.000,000. which sum.
however, in reality scarcely represents one-
third of its present market value.

The wharves now owned by the Company
are Heard's, Hunt's and Hongkew, " Old
Ningpo," Pootung East, Pixjtung West, and
the Tung-Ka-D<K) Wharf, which together have
a frontage of 9,278 feet, and cover an area of
1 11^ acres of land. The godowns of the
Company, as will be seen from the photo-
graphs which we reprfKluce, arc solidly built
structures of three or four storeys, and the
area of their floor space is no less than
1,978,913 superficial feet. The staff consists

placed its resources loyally at the disposal
of the nation and been of the greatest service
to the Government. During the Kusso-
Japanese War, for instance, a great many
Chinese workpeople owed their escape from
Manchuria solely to the Company, upon
whose ships they were granted free passages
to their homes.

To Mr. Ton.g Kin Sing and Mr. Chu Yu
Chee belongs the chief credit for the founda-
tion and remarkably successful development
of the undertaking. It was some thirty-five
years ago that Mr. Pong Kin Sing, compradore
to Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., and one
of the best known business men in China,
saw what a splendid opening there was for
a fleet of steamers that should be owned by
Chinese, and operated in accordance willi

had the conlrolliiig interest in the steamers
Tung Ting and Yting Ning, and placed them
on the Shanghai-Hankow Line till the fine
steamers, Kinngkwan and Kiangynng, were
built. In 1875 the Finigslinn and Pau-Tnlt
were constructed, and Ihey were for
many years the best ships in the Northern
trade, as well as being the first possessing
good accommodation for Chinese passengers.
Other steamers were added to the fleet in
rapid succession, and on March i, 1877. the
Company purchased the entire fleet of 17
vessels and the other property of the Shanghai
Steam Navigation Company, of which Messrs.
Kussell & Co. were the managers and agents.
This transaction was effected with the sanction
of the Imperial Government, and the enter-
prise, as a whole, was promoted and carried

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

SHANGHAI AND HONGKEW WHARF COMPANY, LTD.

VARinrs Tvi'Ks ok (iooouxs at thk Whaimios.

The Whahk Ofiicks.

a
ij

■<

o S

o <

^: is

O y. .

►-I o: a.

M W I*

^ u >^

a
<i
w .

H ■

^;
<1
W
o

c ^

o
o

tn
o

M i <

> ?5
■< S^
^5 > a

S ^ =
•^ w <

t^ r1 S

03 s .,

H "" X

M
u

m
o

466 TWENTIETH CENTUEY OEPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

on under the patronage of His Excellency
Li Hung Chang. Vicx-roy of Chihli, the Super-
intendent of Northern Trade, &c. Of the
steamers taken over from the Shanghai Steam
Navigation Company, some were condemned
and broken up, and the others were renovated
and brought up to d;ite. Additional steamers
were built from time to time until the Com-
pany had ships running to all the open ports
of China. They also operated steamers from
Swatow and Hongkong to Singapore and
Penang. and from Canton to Honolulu and
San Francisco, besides sending a steamer on
a trial voyage to London. The success of the
undertaking was assured from the commence-
ment, Chinese business men naturally being
always inclined to give this company
preference o\-er others.

The Heet at present consists of 3 1 steamers,
with an aggregate of 59,.^32 tons and
39,700 horse-power. The Company have also
a fleet of tugs and lighters at Tientsin and
Kiukiang. At a rough estimate their properties
are worth, altogether, fully Tls. 25.000.000 —
TIs. 13.000.000 being counted as the value of
their land, and Tls. 12,000,000 as the value
of the steamers. The headquarters of the
Company have always been in Shanghai, but
there are also wharves and various interests
of the Company at Chungking, Ichang,
Hankow, Kiukiang, Chekiang, Wuhu, Nanking,
Ningpo, Wenchow, Amoy, Swatow, Foochow,
Canton. Hongkong. Chefoo, Newchwang, and
Tientsin.

Although the Company have had a very
prosperous career, they have experienced
some ups and downs. During the Boxer
troubles, for instance, the whole of their
property at Tientsin was conliscated by the
Allied Powers, and it was only with the
greatest difficulty, and by the exercise of no
little ingenuity, that their general manager
at that time — Mr. Middleton — was enabled
to secure its restitution.

In the course of years certain changes have
been effected in the ownership of the Com-
pany. At the date of its formation from 75
to 85 per cent, of the stock was held by
Chinese merchants, but from time to time
Chinese officials have purchased shares, until
now they control as large an interest in the
undertaking as did the merchants formerly.
After the death of Tong Kin Sing, Shen
Taoutai, the Taoutai of Chefoo, and afterwards
Taoutai of Tientsin, the Chief Director of
Chinese Telegraphs and Railways, acquired
a large share in the conduct of the enterprise
until his retirement, on the death of his father,
some four years ago. But for a period of
no less than twenty-five years, terminating
in 1907, Mr. Middleton. who had formerly
been in the service of Messrs. Russell & Co.,
carried out the duties of general manager.

Having dealt with the origin of the Com-
pany, and the extent of their operations, it
only remains now to survey the present
position, more particularly in Shanghai.
Here they possess live large wharves —
the Kin-lee-yuen, Central, Lower Hongkew.
Eastern, and Yang-kah du. The last-named
wharf, situated at Pootung, is of most recent
structure, and possesses about 1,600 feet
of river frontage, with unlimited depth
of water, and most modern warehouses.
Practically the whole of this property,
together with the Kin-lee-yuen Wharf, is
devoted to the ctrast trade of the Company's
ships. Up to within some six or seven years
ago, indeed, the Company gave up all (heir
wharves to the local trade, dealing chiefly
with Messrs. Siemssen & Co.'s boats, the
Hungon Company's river steamers, and a
casual tramp steamer. All this has, however,
been altered now to make room for a some-

what different class of work. Since October,
1907. the Company h.ive been entrusted with
the entire business of the Peninsular and
Oriental Line, whose steamers are berthed
at the Lower, Central, and Eastern Wharves,
where there is excellent accommodation.
The warehouses and river frontage aggregate
some 3,000 feet in length, and the depth of
water is such that all ships which come over
the bar can be berthed there. The Eastern
Wharf, particularly, has been the growth of
recent years. It was purchased by the Com-
pany when the Standard Oil Company, who
le;ised part of the property, aci|uirecl a wharf
of their own farther down the river. Besides
the Peninsular and Oriental steamers, the
Company wharf the "Shire" boats, for
which Messrs. Shewan, Tomes & Co. are
the agents ; the '" Glen" steamers, operated
by Macgregor Bros. & Gow ; and do a
portion of the business of Messrs. Dodwell
& Co., the agents for the " Mogul " Line ;
the Boston tow boats, and other tramp
steamers trading from New York and else-
where.

T. H. HARRIS,

General Manager of the China Merchants Steam
Navigation Company's Wharves.

Mr. Thomas H. Harris has been the
general manager of this department of the
Company's interests since October, 1907.
He came to Shanghai some twenty-five
years ago. For the first five years he
was in the employment of the American
firm, the China and Japan Trading Com-
pany, after which he transferred his services
to the Shanghai and Hongkew Wharf
Company, with whom he remained as
a general office assistant for seven years.
He first joined the China Merchants as an
accountant — a position which he occupied
for twelve years, acting as general manager
on three or four occasions when the
general manager was on leave. It was
then considered that the growth of the
business warranted the appointment of a
sub-manager, and Mr. Harris filled this office
until he was promoted to his present respon-
sible position.

BUTTERFIELD & SWIRE.

In the pages of this work devoted to
Hongkong reference is made to the opera-
tions of this firm. It is, therefore, unnecessary
here to do more than say that in Shanghai
the operations of the Company are on a most
extensive scale, and embrace many depart-
ments of commercial activity. The house
employs a great number of assistants in its
various branches, and plays a part in Shanghai
life second to that of no other trading or-
ganisation.

HAMBURG-AMERIKA LINIE.

Seventy years have elapsed since the
first steamship crossed from Europe to
America, and from that time down to the
present tlie history of North Atlantic steam-
ship enterprise has been one of great and
continuous improvement.

In the improvements which have taken
place the share of the Hamburg-American
Line has been a large one. It was in the
spring of 1847 that a number of the most
respected merchants of Hamburg assembled
to discuss a proposal for establishing a
regular line of ships between Europe and
America. The views of these merchants
were very modest ; they agreed to start a
company with a capital of ;^22,5oo, divided
into 60 shares of jf375 each. The shares
were taken up by about 41 shareholders,
the greatest number of shares subscribed
for by any individual being four. The
Company commenced operations with four
small sailing ships, three of which were
built in Germany, while one was built in
England. The names of the first three,
which cost on an average about £'4,000
each, were Dciitschland, Rhciu, and Amcrika.
The Dciitschland, which was the largest of
the four, was capable of accommodating
about two hundred emigrants and twenty
cabin passengers, and had a carrying capacity
of 717 tons.

Like most new enterprises, the Hamburg-
American Line had to meet many difficulties
and disappointments, but the Company suc-
ceeded, nevertheless, in extending both their
Heet and their commercial operations. By
careful navigation, strict discipline, prudent
management, efficient organisation, and con-
stant efforts to promote the comfort and
convenience of their patrons, the Company
grew and prospered year by year, until
to-day they are one of the greatest steam-
ship companies in the world. They maintain
fifty services, and their flag is to be §een
on all the ocean trade routes of the globe.
Above the doorway of their magnificent
head offices in Hamburg, overlooking the
Alster, there is carved in stone the appro-
priate legend, "The world is my field."
On both sides of the Atlantic they have
earned a reputation second to none for the
care they take of those who travel by their
ships, and for the interest which they exhibit
in all matters affecting the well-being of
their passengers. Including ships in course
of construction, the colossal Heet which
to-day Hies the flag of the Hamburg-Amerika
Linie comprises 178 ocean steamers, with
a total aggregate tonnage of 923,439 tons,
and 192 tugs, lighters, river boats, &c., equal
to 39,163 tons, giving a grand total of 370
vessels a'nd 962,602 tons. In the year ended
December 31, 1906, the ships of the fleet
completed 2,532 round trips, and carried an
aggregate of 431,955 passengers and 6,182,868
dim. of freight.

CHINA MERCHANTS STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY.

S.S. " KIA\G Hsix."

S.S, "HsiN Ming."

The Compaxvs Head Offices ox the Bund.

-i$r- ■i...LZ^ ^vm.!:. ^

CHINA MERCHANTS STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY.

Thk Lowfr Hoxgkew Wharf.

The Ckxtral Wharf.
A Typical Discharging Scene.

CHINA MERCHANTS STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY.
The i.vTox Craxk.

Vakiols Tyi'p;s (ik Godowxs at thk Wharvks.
The 5-Tox Ckaxe,

470 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE NIPPON VUSEN KAISHA.

Tex years ago, that is to say in i8g8, the
tonnage of steamers entering and clearing
Japanese ports aggregated 8,000,000 tons,
and o( that total Japan's flag floated above
only 2,000,000. Even this latter figure was
remarkable, since it represented a growth
from 3,000 tons in about twenty-five years.
But in 1907 the total tonnage reached
30.000,000, and Japan's share of this was
nt) less than g,ooo,ooo. For this striking
development credit is chiefly due to the
Nippon Yusen K:iish:t, or Jap:in Mail Steam-
ship Line, which occupies much the s:inie
position in the mercantile marine of Japan
as the North German Lloyd does in that of
Germany. The Nippon Yusen Kaisha came
into existence in 1885. It resulted from
the amalgamation of two comp;inies— one
ofiicially protected, the other independent —
and the united fleets of these two com-
prised 58 steamers displacing 64,365 tons.
The Nippon Yusen Kaisha's Hag now

which have established, in connection
with these seruces, a remarkable record,
since throughout the two campaigns, ex-
tending over more than four ye.irs, and
involving voyages to seas and coasts liltle
visited and imperfectly surveyed, not [one
steamer was cast away owing to error on

REMPEI KONDO,

I'KHSIItEM.

floats over 95 vessels aggregating 345,000
tons. The Company enjoys a measure of
State aid in return for carrying mails,
maintaining certain flxed lines, and equip-
ping its large vessels so that they shall be
available at any moment as military trans-
ports or auxiliary cruisers. Twice during
the past decade the Nippon Yusen Kaisha
has been able to render signal services to
the Japanese Kmpire ; first, in the China-
Japan War (1894 95), when it carried the
main part of the country's soldiers to Korea,
Manchuria, and Shantung ; and, secondly, in
the Russo-Japanese War (1904 51, when if
performed the task of transporting, to and
from the continent of Asia, the major
pf)rtion of armies aggregating a million
men, with all their stores and equipment.
Without high competence on the part of
the >taff, as well as full preparedness of
its ships, the Company could never have
discharged, on these two occ-asions, duties so
essential to the country's safety and success.
Passengers by the Company's steamers have
thus the advantage of travelling in vessels

MASAYOSHI KATO,

VlCK-I*RKSM>KXT.

the part of her navig.itors or incompetence
on that of her crew. No more conclusive
piactical proof could be furnished of the
sea-worthiness of these steamers and the
capacity of their officers and men.

It will be observed from the above figures
that the 95 steamers formnig the Company's
fleet average over 3,600 tons each. For
the purpose of coastwise Irade in domestic
waters, comparatively small low-draught
vessels are convenient, but for ocean-going
uses ships of large size and high speed are
alone used. Thus the Company's European
service is maintained with 12 steamers
of over 6,000 tons each, and 6 vessels of
8,000 tons, now in course of construction,
will soon be added to the fleet. Possessing
am] le reserves, the Company has been
careful to renew its steamers on a liberal
scale, so that all those on its important lines
have been but a few yeais at sea. and aie
equipped with every modern improvement
and convenience.

It may be remarked here that, fnri passu
with the development of Japan's mercantile
marine, the pressure of its competition has
been felt, and certain publicists, unacqmiinted
with the history of its progress,^ have been
betrayed into an outcry about secret subsi-
dies, and even about a deliberate attempt on
Japan's part to oust British shipping. Secret
subsidies, however, are out of the question
in a constitutionally governed country such
as Japan. And as for any Japanese attempt
to oust British shipping, it is true only in so
far as all maritime competition must appear
to be directed against England, because of the
enormous preponderance of her mercantile
marine in every part of the world.

The regular services nosv m;iint;iined by
steamers of the Nippon Yusen Kaisha
between Japan and foreign ports are as
follows : —

1. European I^ine.— A fortnightly service
from Yokohama to London and Antwerp,
maintained with 12 steamers of over 6,000
tons each, calling at Kobe, Moji, Shanghai,
Hongkong, Singapore, Penang. Colombo,
Suez, Port Said, and Marseilles. Travellers
by this line have the advantage not only of
the cheapest rates charged by any company,
but also of performing the whole voyage
without any change of steamer.

2. American Line. — A fortnightly service
from Hongkong to Seattle, maintained with
six steamers ranging from 5,800 to 7,500 tons,
the ports of call being Shanghai, Moji, Kobe,
Yokohama, and Victoria, British Columbia.
The path taken by these vessels lies to the
north of the storm area, and is absolutely a
fine-weather route. At Seattle connections
are made with the Great Northern and the
Northern Pacific Railways, which are not
surpassed by any of the parallel lines in
point of comfort and convenience or in
picturesqueness of districts traversed.

3. Australian Line. — A four-weekly service
from Yokohama to Melbourne, maintained
by three steamers ranging from 3,900 to
5,600 tons, calling at Kobe, Moji, Nagasaki,
Hongkong, Manila, Thursday Island, Towns-
ville. Brisbane, and Sydney. This is the
favourite line for travellers between Japan
and Australia, the vessels being exceptionally
well-fitted and comfortable.

4. Bombay Line. — A fortnightly service
from Kobe to Bombay, maintained with six
steamers, calling at Moji, Shanghai, Hong-
kong, Singapore, Penang, Madras, Coloinbo,
and Tuticorin. The ships are large and com-
modious, but at present they are engaged
chiefly in the transport of merchandise, and
do not offer any special facilities to passengers.

5. Shanghai Line. — A semi-weekly service
from Yokohama to Shanghai, maintained with
six steamers, including the Red Cross vessels,
Kosai Martt and Hakiiai Mam, the ports of
call being Kobe, Moji, and Nagasaki. All
the steamers on this line have acquired a
high reputation for comfort and punctuality,
and are widely patronised by the tiavelling
public.

6. Kobe-Vladivostock Line. — A two-weekly
service, maintained with excellent steamers,
calling en tonic at Moji, Nagasaki, Fusan,
Gensan, and Songching.

7. Lines to Korea and North China.— These
services are maintained with medium-sized,
well-equipped steamers, which offer every
inducement to passengers. The lines are as
follows : — (a) A fortnightly service between
Kobe and Newchwang. viii Moji, Nagasaki,
Fusan, Chemulpo, Dairen (Dalny), and Taku.
(ft) A weekly service between Kobe and
Newchwang, via Moji, Nagasaki, Chefoo,
and Taku. (c) A service four limes a
month between Kobe and Dairen (Dalny),
viii I'jina and Moji. (</) A fortnightly service
between Yokohama and Newchwang, via
Yokkaichi, Kobe, Moji, Chemulpo, Dairen
(Dalny), and Taku.

8. .Services in Hoine Waters. — Of these
services there are several, including one
semi-monthly between Kobe and Keelung,
and one monthly between Yokohama and the
Ogasawaia (Bonin) Islands. Tourists travel-
ling by these steamers can visit almost every
place on the coasts of the Japanese i;mpire,
from Saghalien in the extjcme north to
Formosa in the south.

The Company's chief office is in Tokyo,
and it has branches in nine home cities and
as many foreign, with agencies at some thirty
places in foreign lands. Its lines extend from
Seattle in the East to London in the West,
and from Saghalien in the North to Melbourne
in the South. Travellers by its steamers

P
>^
fa

H
E-i

&
P>

BUTTERFIELD & SWIRE.
CHINA NAVIGATION COMPANY, LTD.

S.S. " KiNLINb.

S,S, "Lkciiow."

S.S. "CHINHL'A."

S.S. " Fengtiex.'

TlIK Promkxaoe Dkck.

HAMBUBQ-AMERIKA LINIE.

S.s. "Admiral vox Tikpitz."
The Saloox.

The Smokixg Koom.

474 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

h;«vc Ihe privilege of [lerforniiii}; by rail
within the Japanese Knipire such {xirts of
their journey as lend iheniselvts to that
facility, leaving their he;>vy baggage to be
carried by steamer.

The Shanghai branch of the Comp;»ny was
opened in 18S5. Since then, however, they
have re-built their oftices and godowns, and,
furthermore, in 1903 they made a line addition
to their property by ihe purchase of Ihe
"Wayside" Wharf, owned by the late Mr.
George McBain. European, Americm. Bom-
bay, and other liners are berthed here, and
the Shanghai-Yokohama liners aie moored
alongside the Nippon Yusen Kaisha Wharf.

space of ground here for the storage of coal.
The business in Shanghai is conducted under
the supervision of Mr. Y. Ito, who lias been
in the service of the Company for twelve
vears.

THE INDO.CHINA STEAM NAVIQATION
COMPANY.

The Indo-China Steam Navigation Company,
of which Messrs. Jardine. Matheson & Co.,
Ltd., are the agents, was forined in
November, 1881. The nucleus of their fleet
was obtained by purchasing the steamers.

Shanghai, and Japan ; from Hongkong to
Java, Hriiish North Borneo. Swatow, Chefoo,
Tientsin, and Manila ; from Shanghai to
Tsingtau, Wciliaiwei, Chefoo, Tientsin,
Newclnvang. Swatow, Hongkong, Canton,
Foochow, Chinkiang, Nanking, Wuhu, Kiu-
kiang, and Hankow ; and from Hankow
to Shasi, Ichang. Changsha, and Siangtau.
Kound trip tickets are issued from Shanghai
to Hankow, and from Tientsin to Shanghai,
and vice versa, at reduced rales ; and all the
steamers, more especially those on the
Calcutta, Yangtsze, and Tientsin routes, have
excellent accommodation for both European
and Chinese passengers.

OFFICES OF MESSRS. HOPKINS, DUNN & CO., AT YAN&-KING-PANQ.

There are c:ipacious godowns near at hand,
and here all the cargo is stored. Passengers
find these arrangements very convenient,
and. besides, they are spared the trouble of
going or coming by the tender to and from
Woosung. The Nippon Yusen Kaisha Wharf
has a frontage of 640 feet. In conjunction
with it there are two ponloons, one measuring
300 feet and the other 240 feet, and four
godowns with a storage capacity of 50,000
tons. The Wayside Wharf has a frontage of
867 feet, with two pontoons, each measuring
200 feet, and six godowns capable of taking
30,000 tons of cargo. There is also a large

hulks, &c., belonging to the China Coast
Steam Navigation Company, the Yangtsze
Steamer Company, and Jardine, Matheson &
Co. The authorised capital was ;f 1,200,000,
of which ;f495,89o was paid up. The fleet
of 12 steamers, with which they commenced
trading, had a gross tonnage of 13,567
tons. The development in the Company's
activities during the last thirty years has
been remarkable. The fleet at the present
day consists of 41 steamers with a gross
tonnage of 97,260 tons, and has a book value
of ;fi.o62,985. The vessels ply between
Calcutta, the Straits Settlements, Hongkong,

NISSHIN RISEN KAISHA.

The shipping on the Yangtsze was for a long
while entirely carried on under the British
and Cliinese flags. January, 1898, however,
saw a new service inaugurated by the Osaka
Shosen Kaisha. of Osaka, Japan, with two
steamers, under mail contract with the
Imperial Japanese Government. Develop-
ment of trade led to the replacement of
these ships by six new specially designed
steamers. Soon there were three other
Japanese shipping companies plying on the
same route — the Nippon Yusen Kaisha. the
Konan Kisen Kaisha, and the Tailo Stcimship
Company. The Japanese Government then
stepped in and advised amalgamation, and,
this suggestion being acted upon, resulted in
the formation, on April 1, 1907, of the Nisshin
Kisen Kabushiki Kaisha (the Japan-China
Sleamsliip Companyl with a paid-up capital
of 8,100.000 yen, which has now been
increased lo 12.000,000 yen. The Company,
whose head office is at Tokyo, have branches
and agencies at Shanghai, Hankow, Chin-
kiang, Nanking, Wuhu, Kiukiang, Changsha,
Changteh, Shasi, Ichang, Chungking, Hong-
kong, Soochow, Hangchow, and Ciiingkiangpoo.
Their steamers include the Yoliyaiiji Mam,
3.588 tons ; Naiiyauji Main, 3,588 tons ;
Siiiiify'iiiifl Main, 3,588 tons ; Ta/00 Marti,
2,836 tons ; TcUaiiji Mnru, 2,711 tons ; Take
Mam, 2,246 Ions; Taclii Mam, 2,078 tons;
Tahuiiji Mam. 1,759 tons ; layiien Mam,
1 694 Ions ; Wooliii^ Mam, 1,458 tons ; Suilcc
Marii, 974 tons ; Hnalcc Marti, 957 tons ;
Siaitiikiaitg Main, 935 tons ; and the Yticit-
kiaiisi Mam, 935 Ions. They have also 21
steam launches of a gross tonnage of 560.
The Company's routes are : — Shanghai lo
Hankow, via Chinkiang, Nanking, Wuliu,
and Kiukiang, four times weekly besides
occ-asional service ; Hankow to Ichang, via
Yochow and Shasi, six times monthly ;
Hankow to Siangtau, via Yochow and
Changsha, twice weekly ; Hankow to
Changteh, viii Yochow, weekly ; Kiukiang
lo Nanchang, via Woochang. six times
monthly ; Shanghai to Soochow, Shanghai
to Hangchow, Soochow to Hangchow, every
day from both ends of each line ; Soochow
to Chinkiang. every three days from both
ends ; Chinkiang to Yangchow, three times
a day fiom both ends ; Chinkiang to Ching-
kiangpoo, every day from both ends.

Mr. K. Kobata is the manager of the
Shanghai branch of the Company.

HOPKINS, DUNN & CO.

It was Mr. George Lewis, an employe of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd., who
started, in 1870, the firm which, under the
style of Hopkins, Dunn & Co., now carries
on a general brokerage and commission

NIPPON YUSEN KAISHA.

The Wayside Wharf.

The Nippon Yusen Kaisha Wharf.

The Offices, shaxchai.

S-S. "SiKKo Maui."

NIPPON YUSBN KAISHA.

SALOOX, S.S. "TAXUO MARU.'

Head okkicks, Tokvo.
Social Hall, S.S. " Nikko Maru."

S.S. "TUCKWO."

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

INDO-CHINA STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY, LTD.

thk s.m.oox.

The Smoking Koom.

The Prome.naue Deck.

478 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

business at Xo». 6 and 7, Yang-kiiig-paii};- The
name of the Company has hecn changed on
several oocasi>ins. When Mr. Lewis admitted
Mr. Hopkins into p;irlnership it was known as
Messrs. Lewis & Hopkins. In 1878, when
Mr. Lewis retired and Mr. Dunn became a
partner, the name was altered to Hopkins,
Dunn & Co. .Alter the death of Mr. Hopkins
two other partners were admitted, but their

connection with the firm was not of lonj;
duration. In 1891 Mr. Brodie Clarke took
over the business. From i8()5 to 11)07 Mr.
J. Tulloch was associated with him in the
management, but since last year Mr. Clarke
has been the sole proprietor.

The interests of the firm are varied in
character. Hesides being ship, freight, oil,
coal, metal, land, stock, share, and general

brokers. Messrs. Hopkins, Dunn iS: Co. are
auctioneers and agents, and general managers
of the Kocliien Transportation and Tow Boat
Company, Ltd., which possesses a large
number of small vessels carrying on an
extensive trade in and around the Settlement,
and has a first-class fleet of up-to-date steam
tugs and launches, with steel lighters capable
of moving 7,000 tons dead weight.

SHANGHAI HARBOUR.

SHANiiH.Al Harbour, defined by lines drawn
acToss the Whangpfx) above and below the
Settlement at Kiangnan Arsenal and at Tung
Kou Creek respectively, is about eight miles
in length, and varies from a qiuirter to

three-quarters of a mile in breadth. Prior
to iXt/) the harbour extended only from
the French Police Station on the Bund to
the Shanghai Waterworks, the reach which
now includes sections 1 to 9; in lyoo the

I. H.iE. HoBSOK,
CommiMioner at,Shangli:tl.

J. Captain W. A. C.iKisox.
HartKJur Ma»trr at Shanghai.

a. V. Dkxt,
Deputy Commissioner at Shanghai.

limits were carried to the Lu Kah Pang
Creek and the Yang-king Creek, and in
1907 they were extended to embrace the
present area, which is now divided into
sections for the distribution of berths.
Upper Section A lies between Kiangnan
Arsenal Wharf and Pai Lien Creek, and is
used for vessels laid up. and for those
requiring repairs at the dock. Upper Section
B extends from the Pai Lien Creek to I>u Kah
Pang Creek, and affords an anchorage for
vessels discharging timber or coal, and for
vessels laid up. Upper Section C. stretching
from IjU Kah Pang Creek to a point opposite
the French Police Station, is largely occupied
by junks, and no foreign vessels may dis-
charge on the Shanghai side. There are,
however, several large foreign wharves on
the Pootung side at which cargo may be
landed or shipped. Opium-receiving vessels
are moored in this section. From this point
sections J to II follow one another down
stream for a distance of about four and a half
miles, terminating opposite the Standard Oil
Company's wharf. Section i is reserved as
a man-of-war anchorage. Section 2 provides
mooring berths for the Norddeutscher-Lloyd
and the Messageries Maritimes Companies'
steamers; and section 3, opposite the Customs
House, contains the Peninsular and Oriental
Company's berths and the British Senior
Naval Officer's moorings. Sections 4 and 5,
situated at the bend of the river opposite
the Soochow Creek, are kept free at all times
to facilitiite the navigation of the fairway.
In sections 6, 7, and 8 nine 600 feet berths,
with head and stern mooiings, are set apart
for the accommodation of the largest ocean-
going steamships visiting the port. Sections
9, 10, and u, extending from Pootung Wharf
(West) to the Standard Oil Company's wharf,
serve as a general anchorage. Ihe remain-
ing section, known as the Lower Section, is
kept free on account of its narrow deep-water
chainiel, no vessels being permitted to moor
within its limits. Wharves, docks, ware-
houses, godowns, and engineering and ship-
building yards stretch along both banks of
the river for nearly the whole length of the
harbour, and testify to the vast connncrcial
activity of the Settlement.

The depth of the water at the various
moorings in the harbour ranges from 6J to 3J
fathoms. At spring tides vessels drawing
24 feet or 25 feet of water can come up the
river from Woosung ; but at neap tides only
those drawing 21 feet or 22 feet can cross the
inner bar at the entrance to Ship Channel.
The distance from Woosung to the Bund at
Shanghai is about 13 miles.

■

■ m

TUGS AND LAUNCHES OF THE KOCHIEN TRANSPORTATION AND TOW BOAT COMPANY, LTD.

480 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The HarfxMir Deparlment is a department
of the Imperial Maritime Customs, and the
reguUitions for the guidance of shipping
visiting the port are issued through the
Commissioner of Customs at Shanghai by
order of the Inspector-General. The Harbour
Master is charged with the administration
of the regulations, which provide for the
berthing of vessels, the projier ligliting of the
harbour and of the shipping in it, the signal-
ling of arrivals and dep;irtures, the exercise
of precautions in respect of vessels carrying
explosives, the segregation of vessels having
on board cases of infectious disease, and the
imposition of penalties for infringement of
the port rules.

The limits of the anchorage at Woosung,
within which foreign seagoing vessels may
discharge into or load from cargo-bo;its, are,
on the outside, a line drawn south-east from
the Woosung Lighthouse, and, on the inside,
a line drawn north-north-east from a beacon
standing on the left bank, 2,500 yards above
the Customs Station. The regulations for
WixMung Harbour deal principally with pre-
cautions to be obser\'ed by vessels in crossing
the outer and inner bars, and with the
distribution of berths.

Many of the larger mail steamers lie at
anchor in the Yangtsze, off the mouth of the
Whangpoo, and passengers for Shanghai make
the jouniey up the river in one of the well-
appointed tenders built specially for the run.
Passengers by the Norddeutscher-Lloyd and
the Messageries Maritimcs mail steamers land
at a jetty in the French Concession. Those
by other European mail steamers, and by the
American lines, land in the International
Settlement, at the public passenger pontoons,
which are situated next to the Customs Jetty,
opposite the Russo-Chinese Bank. These
pontoons are under the joint ownership of the
Municipal Council and the Customs Depart-
ment. Passengers by coasting steamers are
landed at the respective companies' wharves.

The Kivf.r Police.

The Shanghai River Police were formed in
1867. and have always been under the direct

control of the Harbour Department. There
are now an inspector, three sergeants, and
thirteen const;ibles on the foreign roll, and
their principal duties are to patrol tlie Harbour
and Scv>chow Creek. They are also trained
to man the fX)werful 1,500 gallon steam iire-
tlo;it maintained by the Harbour Department
for the protection of shipping at Shanghai
and Wixjsung.

The Shanghai Pilotage Service.

The Shanghai Pilotage Service, being a
branch of tlie Chinese Pilotage Service, is
subject to the regulations for that service
published in 1868. and to local rules drawn
up by the Harbour Master in consultation
with the Consular body and the Chamber
of Commerce, which constitute the General
Pilotage Authority. Prior to 1868 general
authority as regards the service was vested
in the Chamber of Commerce.

Vacancies in the service are tilled by
competitive examination, open to aindidates
without distinction of nationality, provided
that they possess a master's certificate of
competency and can prove having served
in the position of mate or master for at
least two years. Licences are issued by the
Commissioner on behalf of the Chinese
Government, and penalties are imposed on
commanders of vessels employing unlicensed
pilots.

There are at present thirty-five licensed
pilots, including cruising pilots, available for
any vessel requiring a pilot ; monthly pilots,
who are in the exclusive employment of
one shipping company ; and travelling pilots,
who are engaged by mail lines to travel
with the steamer in order to avoid the delay
of boarding off and on.

Formerly the pilots worked independently,
but in 1900 the Licensed Pilots' Association,
chartered by the General Pilotage Authority,
was formed. The Association has power to
make by-laws supplementing the official
regulations, to collect pilotage tees, to create
a fund for equipping and maintaining pilot-
boats, and to inquire into cases of professional
misconduct. The ottice is managed by a

s;ilaried ofticial, whose principal duties are
to appoint pilots to vessels and to supervise
the Association's books. The pilots work in
rotation, and their earnings are divided under
an elaborate pooling scheme.

Altogether the establishment of the As-
sociation has led to a far more equitable
and satisfactory condition of things in the
Shanghai Pilotage Service than tliat which
prevailed previously, and it would be dit'ticult
to find in any [wrt of the world a more
eiticient service than it provides.

CAPTAIN W. A. CARLSON, who has charge
of the Harbour Department of the Imperial
Maritime Customs at Shanghai, was born at
Ystad, Sweden, of a family which for many
generations had followed the sea. When
only thirteen years of age he left Sweden, and
served his time on the coast of England. In
1861 he ciime to Shanghai, and remained on
the coast of China until 1864, when he went
home. Three years later he returned to
China, and up to that time he had served in
the following merchant vessels : — The British
brigs, Edwin and 'J'cligrnpli ; the American
ship, Oliver Moses ; the British barque,
Clievalier ; the British steamer, Swatow ; the
American ship, Hots/^tir ; the British barque,
Mainioin ; the British steamer, Sir Charles
Forbes ; and the British schooner, Sifift. In
January, 1868, he joined the Imperial Maritime
Customs at Shanghai as Berthing Oflicer. He
was appointed Assistant Harbour Master in
April, 1897, Acting Harbour Master in July,
1903, and Harbour Master in April. 1904. In
recognition of his services he has received
from the Chinese Government, the decoration
of the Imperial Order of the Double Dragon,
Third Divi.sion, First Class, Captain Carlson,
who is still only in the sixty-fifth year of his
age, was married in 1864, and has a daughter,
two grand-daughters, and a great grandson.
He lives at No. 108, Bubbling Well Road.

THE CONSERVANCY OF THE WHANGPOO.

SHOlfTLV after the port of Shanghai was
opened to foreign trade by the Treaty of
Nanking, public attention was directed to
the condition of the Whangpoo River, upon
which the Settlement stands, and from that
time onwards, for a period of nearly sixty
years, the question of the conservancy of
the fairway has occupied a more or less
prominent pf>sition in the domain of local
politics. Those in authority, however, were
tenacious of their pfjlicy of procrastination.
In spite of the representations of the Cham-
ber of 0)mmercc, of successive harbour
masters, of shipowners, and of the public
in general, and in culpable disregard of re-
p<»rts as to the urgency of the work by men
of acknowledged authority, the Chinese
Government left the river to pursue its
course of self-obliteration.

At length, under the Protocol of 1901
between China and eleven foreign Powers,

a portion of the Bo.\er indemnity was set
aside for " straightening the Whangpoo "
and improving its course, and a Con-
servancy Board, composed of representatives
of the Chinese Government and of foreigners
interested in the shipping trade of Shanghai,
was created, and charged with the manage-
ment and control of the works.

The cost of the works, and of the general
management of the undertaking, was esti-
mated at 460,000 Haikwan t:iels a year for
the tirst twenty years, and the Protocol stipu-
lated that this sum should be furnished in
equal portions by the Chinese Government
and by the foreign interests concerned.

It was not. however, until three months
after the signature of the Whangpoo Con-
servancy Convention in September, 1905,
that an engineer was actuiilly appointed and
preparations for carrying out the work were
begun. Under that Convention a new

method of procedure was agreed upon,
whereby the Chinese Government itself
undertook to carry out the work at its own
expense, the general management being
entrusted to the Customs Taoutai and the
Commissioner of Customs at Shanghai. As
guarantee for the sum stipulated — TIs. 460,000
annually for twenty years — China gave " the
whole of the duty on opium of S/echuen
and of Soochowfu in Kiangsu"; it being
provided that no tax or contribution should
be levied either upon riparian property or
upon trade or navigation.

Before outlining the scheme which is now
in process of execution, a brief description
of the Whangpoo must be given. Strictly
speaking, the Whangpoo is not a river, but
a backwater of the Yangtsze. Only a small
proportion of its waters is derived from the
country nominally forming its basin ; by far
the larger part is tidal water, the tides at

The Smoking Room.
The Promenade Deck.

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.
INDO-CHINA STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY, LTD.

s.s. ' kooxshixg.'
The S.\loox.

482 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Shan)<hai having a range of aKiut ten feet.
When it is remembered that the whole
countr>- for miles around the Settlement is
alluvial, formed in the pnKess of time by
silt washed down by the Yangtsze. it is easy
to see that the silting up of the VVhangpoo
must, in the absence of artiticial checks,
eventually have led to the dis;ippeanince of
Shanghai's waterway. Within living memory,
what is now known as Gough Island, was
merely a bank, covered even at dead low
water ; and this instance of the deterioration
of the fairway is by no means isolated.

.\nother factor which has come to have
an importiint bearing on the vit;il question
of conservancy is the increasing tonnage of
ocean-going vessels. With the deepening of
the Suez Canal vessels from Europe will
probably be built of larger draft, while the
liners on the trans-Pacitic routes have already
attained to huge dimensions. It is. there-
fore, as much with the object of anticipating
future developments as of bringing the river
right up to existing requirements that the
present scheme of iinprovement and con-
ser\-ancy is being carried out.

As to the feasibility of the scheme there
is little room for doubt. The engineer
responsible for the project, and now super-
intending the work, is Mr. Joh. de Rijke, a
Member of the Royal Dutch Engineers, and
therefore familiar with the methods adopted
in a country where hydraulic engineering has
been brought almost to an exact science.
Mr. de Rijke, who was formerly in the
employment of the Japanese Government,
for whom he carried out several important
works, has been acquainted with the
Whangpoo for upwards of thirty years, for
as far back as 1876 he came over from
Japan with Mr. Esher, at the request of the
Senior Consul at Shanghai, to make a report
on the river. This report dealt exhaustively
with the st;ite of the VVhangpoo at that date.
indicated the certainty of further deteriora-
tion unless steps were taken to prevent
it, and recommended practically the same
measures as those advocated in 1872 by
Captain Arthur, R.X.. and Lieutenant Tracy.
R.X.. namely, that the river should be confined
to one channel, through which the flow and
ebb could run freely. Upon this point all
the experts who have since examined the
river have agreed. Disagreement has only
arisen as to which of the existing channels
— the Junk Channel on one side of Gough
Island, or the Ship Channel on the other —
should be closed, and competent opinion has
for the most part favoured the closing of the
Ship Channel, one of the strongest argu-
ments in favour of this course being that
the awkward bend at Pheasant Point will
thus be improved.

The reports made in the seventies were,
as has been shown, almost entirely dis-
regarded. In 1896 the Chamber of Com-
merce invited Mr. de Rijke to re-visit the
port and make a preliminary report as to
the best means of conserving the river.
Accordingly, in the autumn of 1898, after a
patient examination of the river, and a
careful comparison of his observations with
those noted by him in 1876, Mr. de Rijke
submitted two definite projects : A., the
cutting of a new mouth through the Pootung
Peninsula ; and B., the closing of the Ship
Channel and the training of the river along
a straightened and properly defined course
through the Junk Channel. Of these alterna-
tives, project A., though admittedly more
practical, and, in the long run more
economical, had to be dismissed as involv-
ing the abandonment of Woosung ; and
project B., after a further lapse of nearly a

decade, is the one upon which work is now
proceeding.

The stream-regulating operations, wliich
commenced early in 1907. extend at present
from the Woosung Forts to the vicinity of
Point Hotel, and arc being undertaken
departmentally, Mr. de Rijke having entire
discretion in regard to the technical details,
while Captain H. W. Forbes, formerly in
the Royal Dutch Engineers, exercises general
superintendence as Chief Engineer. The
chief difficulty to be overcome arises out of
the fact that Ship Channel, to the north of
Gough Island, cannot be closed until Junk
Channel, to the south. Is made navigable for
(xrean-going vessels. Until it Is closed the
efliclency of the tidal action as a scouring
agent must necessarily be greatly reduced,
and it Is to this powerful agency that the
engineers look for the ultimate fulfilment of
their plans. The operations may be classed
under two headings (i| tho.se directed towards
the training of the river between normal
parallels, and (2) those involving the dredging

JOH. DE RIJKE,

Enfiincer-in-Chicf, WlKuij'poo Coiiserv.incy.

of various banks In the Junk Channel and
within the parallels above and below Gough
Island.

The method of constructing the works to
fix the parallels Is similar to that generally
followed In Holland, where for centuries
engineering skill has been directed towards
the perfection of these means. A large
mattress, or raft, of brushwood, held together
by wicker ropes, is constructed, and a fence
of brushwood, one to two feet high, is placed
on each of its four sides, while similar fences
are employed to divide It into compartments
of about one yard square. The raft is then
towed to the required position and sunk by
filling the compartments with stone. It is
by no means an easy task to sink these
ziiiksliicks (sink-pieces|. as they are called in
the Netherlands. In the exact position desired,
for the unwieldy structures measure any-
thing up to 150 feet in length and 85 feet In
width. Especially Is the difficulty apparent at
places where great depth and strong currents

arc encounteretl, long experience in the work
being necessary to ensure success. In a very
short space of time the ziiikstiick becomes
solidified by silt deposit, and another is placed
upon it. Thus, by degrees, training-walls are
formed capable of resisting the most powerful
tides and even the fury of typhoons. Con-
structions requiring less strength are built
up of j^iihh/oiii. or cylindrical wicker baskets
filled with stones. These baskets are bound
round with brushwood, and then dropped
from pontoons into position. The siiikstncks
and fliibhioiii are made by Ningpo men,
under the supei'vislon of a special staff oi
fascine workers from Holland.

.\t the same time five dredgers are con-
stantly at work, the mud which they excavate
being deposited between the cribs and other
works at Gough Island. PYom the commence-
ment of the work up to June 6, 1908,
2,128,481 cubic yards had been removed by
the dredgers.

Early as it is, there are yet abundant signs
that the expectations of Mr. de Rijke are
being realised. The Hood tide already shows
a tendency to flow by way of the Junk
Channel, and tidal action In that waterway
is apparent in that the depth of a passage
dredged through the bank off the south
end of Gough Island Is fairly well maintained.
At the present rate of progress the Junk
Channel should be ready for navigation by
ocean steamers at the end of 1909, and most
of the principal improvements in the reach
should be effected within the next three or
four years. Vessels drawing 20 feet of water
will then, It Is confidently expected, be able
to reach Shanghai at any state of the tide
but the lowest, and the largest vessels on
the Far Eastern routes will have access to the
port at Hood tide.

No reliable data is available upon which to
base the final cost of the work, the con-
structional cost is sure to be more than a
million sterling.

MR. JOHN DE RIJKE, Engincer-in-Chief

of the Whangpoo Conservancy Works, is a
native of Holland, and was born in 1842 on
the Island of North Beveland, in the delta
of the Scheldt, His grandfather was for
fifty years in the Government service as an
engineer in sea defence and river works, and
his father was engaged in Government and
private contract work of the same nature.
Mr. de Rijke's peculiar experience in con-
servancy and other work of the kind qualify
him in an exceptional degree for the difficult
task that he has in hand. He was engaged
for seven years on the Amsterdam North Sea
Canal, witnessing the whole work from
beginning to end ; and he was afterwards
for a year and a half employed on the con-
struction of a big lock. In 1873 he went to
Japan, In which country he remained for
thirty years as Advising Engineer to the
Home Department. His knowledge of Japan
is probably more extensive than that of the
great majority of Japanese themselves, (or
his work made it necessary for him to travel
through the length and breadth of the land,
except In the sterile and sparsely Inhabited
regions of the extreme north. He visited
America and Shanghai, and at Intervals
re-vislted Holland. Whilst in Shanghai on
various occasions he inspected and reported
upon the condition of the Whangpoo, and
It was his knowledge of the river which led
to his appointment, subsequently, as Engineer-
in-Chief of the Whangpoo Conservancy Bo;ird.
He arrived in Shanghai In February, 1905,
and resides at No. 3D, Peking Road.

A Slkkpixc. Bkrjh,

NISSHIN KISEN KAISHA.

S.S. "Naxyaxg Maru."
Thk Saloon.

Promexadk Deck.

EDUCATION.

[it may be said that the true
history of the education of the
foreifjn children in Shanj^hai
began with the movement
inaugurated by the Masonic
body in ii*«5, whereby was
founded the Shanghai Masonic
School Fund. The object of the fund was
to provide for the free tuition and mainten-
ance of the children of deceased or indigent
freemasons. The Council of the Fund had
in its constitution a School Council, compris-
ing president, vice-president and eight other
members, including an honorary secretary.
The contributors to the fund were classified as
\icc-patrons. vice-presidents, life governors —
which included the various lodges as repre-
sented by delegates therefrom — life sub-
scriliers and subscritiers. A General Court of
Masonic Contributors was to t>e held once in
each year to receive the Council's report
and to elect a , president and' brethren to
serve on the Council for the ensuing year.

An annual subscriber was one who gave
not less than live taels. An individual donor
of twenty-live taels in one sum became a
life subscriber. A life governor was an
individual donor of fifty taels, or, in the
case of a lodge, chapter, or other Masonic
body, a donor of one hundred taels.
A donation of two hundred and fifty taels
by an individual, or of five hundred by a
Ma.sonic body constituted the donor a vice-
president. A vice-patron was an individual
donor of five hundred taels, or in the
case of a Masonic body, a donor of one
thousand taels. Votes were allotted accord-
ing to subscriptions. In the year 1887 there
were 4 vice-presidents, 13 life governors,
23 life subscribers, and 8 subscribers,
representing donations to the amount of just
over TIs. 3,000.

The school was established in 1886, in
accordance with the scheme agreed to by
all the Masonic Ivxiies. By the following
year the Council was able to report that
it was self-supporting, an arrangement having
been entered into with the headmaster
and lady principal, subject to the approval
of the Court of Ctintributors, by which
the expenditure in future should not exceed
the income. The main points of the arrange-
ment were that the headmaster and lady
principal should receive the gross earnings
of the school and defray all expenses, from
September 5, 1887, and take all responsibility
for l<»ss. Any surplus left, after paying the
salaries of the headmaster and the lady

principal, was to be divided between tlieni
and the fund. One Masonic orphan was to
be boarded and lodged, and two otliers were
to be educated, free of charge, and children
recommended by Masonic bodies were to be
taken on such terms as the circumstances of
the cases should seem to demand.

A prospectus of the school was issued in
1889, under the title of "The Shanghai Public
School, under the auspices of the Masonic
fraternity." There were then on the staff,
Mr. George Lanning, headmaster, a matron
and three assistant-mistresses. The subjects
of instruction were the ordinary English
subjects, with mathematics, science, drawing,
languages, music, calisthenics, drill, and Chi-
nese. A limited number of boarders were
received though the school was, in the
main, a day school.

In the succeeding years the number of
pupils grew steadily, though there had to be
frequent appeals to the community for funds.
In i8i>4 there were iii children under
instruction — 56 boys and 55 girls, of whom
54 were boarders. The fees received in
1895 amounted to $7.1 12-90, as against
$5,68373 in the previous year ; the expense
of the Home amounting to $9,60580.
Subscriptions reached $83512. The re-
mainder of the income was made up of
municipal grant, TIs. 1.500, and interest on
Endowment Fund.

The Report for 1895 states that : In 1895 a
new building fund was started with the
object of adding to the school buildings,
and by December 31st the sum of $11, 961 -55
had been subscribed, including a donation
of TIs. 4,000 from the Marcliese Thomas
Hanbury. The work was begun in October,
1896, and by the following year a new wing
had been added to the school. The year
1904 closed with 104 boys and 87 girls
attending the sch(Kil. On the boys' side
were the headmaster, one assistant-master,
and one assistant-mistress. On the girls' side
were the lady superintendent and three
assistant-mistresses. The working account
showed a credit balance of $377-19. The
municipal grant was now TIs. 1,500.

The next important stage in the growth
of the school was the signing of an agreement,
in 1893, whereby the school became the
property of the Shanghai Municipal Council,
subject to the following rules passed at the
ratepayers' meeting held on February 28,

1893:-
I. The school shall be called " The Shanghai
Fublic School."

2. It shall (when considered practicable) be

converted into a day school only.

3. All matters in connection with the school

shall be placed in the hands of an
educational committee consisting of
five ratepayers, three to form a quorum,
who shall be appointed by the
Shanghai Municipal Council, and who
shall continue in oflice for three years.
Vacancies to be filled up by the
fcommittee, but at least one member
of the C(jmmittee to be also a member
of the Council.

4. The committee shall make all leases

and agreements necessary for the
working of the school ; they shall
engage and dismiss teachers and
assistants, and tix the scale of school
fees, with power to make alterations
from time to time as may seem
desirable. They shall also present
an annual report in January of each
year to the Shanghai Municipal
Council.

5. A chairman and secretary shall be

appointed from the committee, the
latter of whom shall conduct all
correspondence of the connnittee under
the instructions of the chairman.

6. The committee or any authorised section

thereof shall visit the school at any
time, and regulate such matters as they
deem desirable,

7. All salaries shall be fixed, and financial

arrangements conducted by the com-
mittee, excepting such as tliey decide
to delegate to the headmaster, who
shall render a monthly account to the
secretary.

8. The headmaster shall draw up the rules

for working the school under the
approval of the committee.

9. The school shall be open to all classes

of children, the committee reserving
the right to refuse admission or to
expel any children whose presence
might be or is considered by them
detrimental to the school, under the
advice of the headmaster.

10. The headmaster shall be the means
of communication between the com-
mittee and the staff of the school,
unless any member of the staff should
feel aggrieved, when a right of appeal
shall be granted to the committee by
letter only.

11. Minutes shall be kept of all meetings
of committee.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 485

The same vear saw the commencement of
the steps for tlie transfer of the school from
its old premises in Fekinj; Road to its present
situation in Honglcew. In the early part of
the year named, negotiations were entered
into by the committee and the owners of
the school property with a view to obtaining
a renewal of the lease, but it was found
impossible to come to terms. As a result
of considerable deliberation it was decided
to ask the ratepayers for Tls. 45,000 for the
purchase of a site suitable for the buildings
of a school which was growing, and in
which the need for more commodious
quarters, and the desirability of isolating
different departments, were becoming pressing.
The children attending the school in 1893
were: foreign division, 117; native, 25. At
about this time, since the attendance of the
native division had greatly fallen off, this
section of the school was, in 1904, abandoned ;
none but European children being admitted
after this date.

At the annual meeting of ratepayers of
February 27. 1894. the following resolution
was passed : " That the Municipal Council
be, and are hereby, empowered to issue

child shall be refused admission, or expelled,
except for his or her own personal misconduct
or offensiveness ; provided always that there
is room in the school, and that the fees
are duly paid,' be substituted for Rule 8 of
the prospectus of the school, which reads as
follows : —

" 'The school shall be open to all classes
of children, the committees reserving the
right to refuse admission or to expel any
children whose presence might be or is
considered detrimental by them to the school,
under the advice of the headmaster.' "

Subsequently the following amendment was
proposed : —

" That the Eurasian children now at the
Shanghai public school be allowed to remain
as scholars at the school, and that Eurasian
children shall continue to be admitted to the
school."

A long discussion took place, the result
being that the amendment was carried by
a considerable majority.

The school continued to grow during the
next few years, and at the close of 1901 the
total of pupils had reached 250. In this
year the fees were again raised to $9'0O,

departments. It was decided, therefore, to
introduce a new syllabus of work based on
the Cambridge Local Examination system,
with such modifications and emendations as
would render it a suitable standard for local
requirements, and in doing so, the existing
syllabus was carefully consulted. A certain
amount of prejudice had to be met at first,
arising largely from a confusion of the terms
"Cambridge Local Examination "and "Univer-
sity Education." It soon came to be realised,
however, that the range of subjects presented
by the syllabus was so wide that it was
possible to select from them as many as
should be considered necessary in a sound
modern commercial education.

The matter of biblical instruction in the
school next occupied the attention of the
committee. Previous to 1903 the teaching
of the school had been secular only ; the
committee now addressed a letter to the
Municipal Council in which they stated their
desire for the approval of the ratepayers of
the introduction of biblical instruction as a
part of the school curriculum. A resolution :
" That the introduction of Bible teaching at
the school on the lines laid down in the

THE PUBLIC SCHOOL, SHANGHAI.

debentures to an amount not exceeding
Tls. 45.000 for the purchase of the site
and buildings now occupied by the public
school, or, failing that, of such other suitable
site as may be obtainable." A site (9'864 mow)
was at once acquired, and on April 5, 1895.
the new buildings were formally opened.

In 1904 the attendance had risen to 177,
and the staff had been increased to head-
master, matron, one assistant master, four
assistant mistresses, four junior assistant
mistresses, and a Chinese teacher.

The development of the school had been
such that the educational committee, in their
report to the Municipal Council, expressed
the hope that before long they might be
able to open a separate division, to be termed
the collegiate or high school. In 1895 "ie
average attendance was 184. In consequence
of a letter put forward by the committee
to the effect that only children of Europeans
could be received as pupils of the school,
the following resolution was brought before
the ratepayers' meeting of 1897. It was :
" That the following rule : ' That the
Shanghai public school shall be open to all
classes of children as formerlv, and that no

S6'0O, S4'oo, for the first, second, and third
child respectively, and $200 for all others.

The year of 1903 was one of great im-
portance in the life of the school. Several
steps were taken, all of which tended greatly
to promote the efficiency of the school. In
the first place the members of the staff were
permitted to have their agreements drawn
up in new form, in harmony with the plan
upon which municipal employes in other
departments were engaged. The school
henceforth was definitely a municipal institu-
tion, and the members of the staff municipal
employes. This was a step of some im-
portance, as, formerly, teachers had been in
the somewhat anomalous position of being
restricted by certain municipal regulations
while not being allowed to participate in the
privileges of municipal service. "The collec-
tion of fees, payments, &c., were now placed
in the hands of the municipal accountant, the
headmaster being relieved of a great deal
of clerical work by this arrangement. The
matter of the curriculum had been engaging
the attention of the committee for some time,
and the conclusion was arrived at that there
was room for improvement in several

letter addressed to the Council by the chairman
of the public school committee under date
of January 18, 1904, be approved," was
accepted by the ratepayers in 1904, practically
with unanimity. The conditions under which
the Bible was taught were as follows : —
Hours : from 9 to 9.15 daily. Exemption :
children provided with letters from parents
or guardians expressing conscientious objec-
tions to be formed into classes for ordinary
school work. Teaching : to be religious,
but no denominational dogma or creed to
be taught.

The staff in 1904 comprised : Principal,
vice-principal, two as.sistant master.s. eight
assistant mistresses, two junior assistant
mistresses, and a Chinese teacher.

In the year 1905 the numbers had increased
to 340. This brings us almost up to the time
of writing, the only noteworthy incidents
in the interim being the resignation of
Mr. Lanning, the headmaster who had
been in charge of the school since its incep-
tion, and a small change in administration
by which the secretarial work of the Com-
mittee was handed over to the municipal
secretariat.

48fi TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Ill conclusion may be given a few par-
ticulars from the Headmaster's latest report,
and from the newly issued prospectus (190**).

STAFF.

Headmaster : G. M. Billings. B..\ . Honours
Final Schixil of Natural Science, late Exhi-
bitioner of Jesus College, Oxford.

AssisUnt Masters: M. F. Gray. B.A.,
H«>nours Classical Tripos, late Exhibitioner
t>l' Gonville and Ciiius College, Cambridge ;
A. J. Stewart. Queen's Scholar, Westminster
College, Ltindon ; F. K. Ward, B.A., Honours
Natural Science Tripos, late Scholar of Christ's
College. Cambridge ; a French Master ; Wang
T/u Hung, Teacher of Chinese (Mandarin).

Assistant Mistresses : Miss F. Astill. Music
Mistress ; Miss E. Black. Form Mistress ;
Miss M. Cardwell. Art Mistress : Miss E.
Chaning-Pearce. formerly of Froebel's Educa-
tional Institute, late Headmistress of Dr.
Bamado's Babies' Castle (Kindergarten Mis-

acter that entrance to them often was
attended by conditions, and possibilities.
which could not fail to be in coiiHict with
native prejudices.

E.xceilent work was being done indepen-
dently and on a small scale by certain
missionary institutions, but the pupils were
largely drawn from the class of Chinamen
who wished to go no farther than the acqui-
sition of some slight knowledge of English
—enough, in fact, to gain them positions as
writing clerks. There was, it may almost be
said, no school where a Chinese boy could
be taken through anything but the simplest
English course, such as, naturally, quite
failed to appeal to the parents who were
anxious to provide for their sons something
better than a mere smattering of the English
language. There was moreover a strong
feeling among the well-to-do Chinese that
something should be done, and they were
ready to pay their share towards educating.

Attendance. Upper School.

L.(iwer School,

Kindergarten.

Total,

Average
Attendance.

Per cent

January. 1907 255

June, 1907 256

December, 1907 248

89
107

.^67

402

88
91

tress) ; Miss G. Martin, Lower School
Mistress ; Mrs. F. L. Garner, L.L A., formerly
of St. Andrew's University ; Miss L.
Goodfcllow, Kindergarten Assistant; Miss M.
Mercer ; Miss J. Patterson, formerly of
Whitelands College. London : Mrs. M. G.
Stuart, formerly of Scottish Education Depart-
ment ; Miss M. Wheen. Kindergarten Assistant.

New pupils (September to December
only) 78.

Greatest number on books 403. (In 1906,

365.)

Cambridge Local Examination results : —
Kntered. Passed.

1904

1905
1906
1907

17
12

our purpose now. however, to call atten-
tion to one department only, and that is
the Educational.

Inasmuch as all the most advanced
nations are unanimous about the necessity
of devoting a reasonable sum of their
revenue to aid education, we think that
it is unnecessary to waste your time on
arguments in favour of education, especi-
ally as you are already making various
grants in aid of it.

We only wish to call attention to the
fact that, other things being equal, the
peoples who are best educated prosper
most. If, therefore, we wish to keep
abreast of other places we must see to it
that all classes of our community are well
educated. As the Chinese are taxed like
Europeans, they sliould also reap the
advantages of education, for tliere is a
solidarity in communities as well as of
races. The Chinese feel that they are
not well treated in this respect, and it
produces an alienation of feeling that
should not exist.

To neglect one class is to injure all.

On comparing education in our Settle-
ment with that given elsewhere we find
that somehow we have in this respect
allowed ourselves to fall behind other
places, some of which devote a much
larger proportion of their revenue to edu-
cation than we do, e.g. —

Great Britain

France

Germany...

Hongkong

The French Municipal Council, Shangluii

The Cosmopolitan Settlement of Shanghai i „ only.

Again.

The population of Hongkong is ... ... 246.000

The number of pupils aided by grants ... ... ... ... 6,313

Total grant ... ...

The population of the Cosmopolitan Settlement of Shanghai is 317,000

The number aided by grants here is ; —

Public School 208 ... Grant

Thomas Hanbury's ... ... 124

St Xavier's 127

The French Orphanage 102

10 per
6
6

cent

2-3

$58,000

Tls. 4,000
1 ,500
1,500
1,000

Table showing municipal grants-in-aid for

the past 14 years: —

Taels.

1893 4,000

1894 ... 4.000

1895 4,000

1896 4,000

1897 4,000

1898 4,000

1899 4,000

1900 4.000

1901 10,000

1902 10,000

1903 6,000

1904 13,000

1905 (approx.) 9,000

1907 (approx.) 14.500

THE SHANGHAI PUBLIC SCHOOL
FOR CHINESE.

Previous to the year i89<> the opportunities
offered to the middle class and poorer
Chinese — of whom the native community of
Shanghai comprises so great a number — to
give their sons a thorough sch<K)l course of
English under qualitied English teachers and
according to a well regulated curriculum,
without undue sacrifice of their own lan-
guage, were comparatively few. Many of
the existing schfK>ls were of such a char-

Total pupils 571

Total Grant Tls. 8,000

not only their own children, but others
whose parents were unable to pay anything
but the lowest fees.

It must not be supposed that the motive
of individual self-interest was predominant
in the movement now commencing. The
enlightened Chinese business man saw that
the demands of the future would he met
only by proper steps being taken at the
present day ; the travelled Chinaman had
returned with a very real conception of the
part which education played in foreign
countries ; and, throughout all, there ran,
undeniably, a current of healthy patriotism.

The widespread desire for improvement
in the education of the Chinese may be said
eventually to have materialised in the fol-
lowing letter addressed to the secretary of
the Shanghai Municipal Council, and signed
by three foreigners of high standing in both
the foreign and the Chinese communities.

SHANtiHAl,

5th June, 1899.

Dear Sir,— Shanghai being the largest
port in the Far East, it is important to
see that it is developed on all lines that
are essential to its highest prosperity. We
rejoice that in so many ways we can com-
pare favourably with other ports. It is

The number of children of school age
in Europe is 21 per cent, of the popu-
lation. But as the number of women in
Shanghai is not equal to that of the men,
probably 16 per cent, would be nearer the
mark here. This would make the number
of school-age children in Shanghai about
30,000.

The number attending Protestant Mis-
sion Schools in Shanghai is 2,300.

Mr, Jansen, when on the Municipal
Council about five years ago, got a rough
census of the Chinese schools taken. We
do not know the number attending purely
native schools now.

There are always people sufficiently
interested in most other departments to
call adention to any lagging behind in
them. We blame ourselves lliat we have
not hitherto brought up this matter of
education with suflicient emphasis to con-
vince the Council of the need of more
action in this direction.

We therefore wish to call your attention
now to the necessity of further action and
a more systematic working of an edu-
cational system which shall bring about
the best results for the good of all con-
cerned (the Chinese as well as Europeans
and Eurasians) so that instead of being

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 487

behind we might become the model of
educ;iti(Jii as we are in so many other
departments.

As to the nature of education, it must
consist in developing; the whole power of
man — physical, intellectual, moral, spirit-
ual—in such a way as to be best adapted
to the four conditions of life, viz., the
material, the social, the intellectual, and
the spiritual environment.

We propose in the main to adopt the
Honj^kong grant-in-aid scheme of Edu-
cation, which they have perfected after
many years' experience.

But we propose two important changes,
viz.: —

I. — That no grants be given m
aid of purely native schools any more
than to purely religious Western schools,
but grants are made for so many hours
of useful knowledge, leaving the remain-
ing hours to be devoted to such subjects
as the managers think fit.

2. — That, as the Mandarin language

would be a valuable, useful knowledge,

we propose that the Chinese teaching

should be preferably in the Mandarin

language, so as to be in harmony with

the tendency of all nations not to

multiply languages but to reduce their

number as far as possible.

Herewith we enclose a proposed code

of a grant-in-aid system of education for

Shanghai. Will you kindly lay it before

the Council and say that we respectfully

beg them to consider it and hope they will

adopt it ?

We believe it will give great satisfaction
to the Chinese, that it will be no small
boon to the Settlement, and that it will be
of great service in the future opening up
and development of the resources of this
great Empire. Well-trained Chinese are
greatly wanted in all departments, and
rapid development is simply impossible
without education.

Appointed for the work of representing
this matter before you by the Society for
the Diffusion of Christian and General
Knowledge among the Chinese,
We are. Sir,

Yours most respectfullv,
TIMOTHY RICHARD.
JOHN C. FERGUSON.
F. L. HAWKS POTT.
The Secretary, Municipal Council.

The reply to this letter and the correspon-
dence which arose from it are of sufficient
importance to justify their being given in
full.

Council Room, Shakghai,

13th June, 1899.
Gentlemen, — Your letter of 5th inst. on
the subject of a municipal grant-in-aid of
school in Shanghai, has been duly sub-
mitted to the Council, and the proposals
therein contained for establishing a system
of controlled education, assisted out of the
public funds, will receive the careful con-
■ sideration it deserves.

In reply to the more important points
which you have raised, I am directed now
to state : —

1. That the provision of suitable educa-
tion for native children residing in the
Settlement is recognised by the Council as
a public duty, and one which, in justice to
the Chinese taxpayers, should be met (so
far as the exigencies of the Budget and local
conditions permit) out of the public funds.

2. That the Council is generally in
sympathy with the opinions which you
have expressed on behalf of the Society

for the Diffusion of General and Christian
Knowledge among the Chinese, and would
be glad to support in due time a practical
scheme with a view to attaining the
objects set forth in your letter.

3. That the actual voting of public
funds for educational or other grants-in-aid
is a matter requiring the formal assent of
the ratepayers in meeting assembled. The
Council considers that, before going min-
utely into details or framing regulations
for the expenditure of such grants-in-aid,
the general principle of municipal educa-
tion requires to be brought forward in the
form of a resolution at a ratepayers' meet-
ing, discussed in all its bearings, and
approved. The principle once admitted a.s
regards the Chinese community, the con-
ditions under which it would be carried
into effect would be properly a matter for
the Council's deliberations. Under these
circumstances it is now suggested that a
definite scheme of municipal education for
Chinese (giving approximate estimate of
cost and results) should be drawn up by
yourselves, as the representatives of that
section of the foreign community most
directly interested in the matter, and laid
before the next annual meeting of rate-
payers, and the Council will be glad to
confer in due course on the financial and
adininistrative questions involved.

4. That for these reasons the Council
refrains at present from discussing the
code of proposed regulations submitted by
you, but would merely suggest that on
closer inquiry into existing conditions it
may perhaps be found that the peculiar
local features obtaining in this essentially
cosmopolitan community will render difti-
cult any strict adherence to the system
adopted in the British Crown Colony of
Hongkong, and that, were a scheme so
wide-reaching as that which you have sug-
gested adopted in Shanghai, the provision of
a permanently adequate grant-in-aid from
municipal funds, as now available, might
prove to be a matter of grave difficulty.
It is evident that from the ratepayers' point
of view the scheme as a whole will require
the most careful consideration.

5. F"inally, the Council would suggest,
with a view to formulating a scheme suffi-
ciently definite in its financial and general
bearings to enable it to be laid before the
ratepayers in the form of a resolution,
that your Society, and others interested in
the question, should ascertain to some
extent the amount of support which a
municipal system of education would be
likely to receive from the better class of
native residents, and further, that certain
representative members of that class should
be led to interest themselves in the move-
ment and to identify themselves personally
with the objects in view. The Council
has no doubt that, were this done, and a
clearly defined scheme for carrying out
this necessary and important work laid
before the ratepayers, the latter would in
justice to the native community, which
provides so large a share of the taxation,
sanction the expenditure involved and pro-
vide the means for meeting it. A certain
amount of preliminary ventilation of the
Society's views in the local press would
doubtless be of general advantage.

I have the honour to be.

Gentlemen,
Your Obedient Servant,
J. O. P. BLAND, Secretary.
Rev. Timothy Richard.
Rkv. F. L. Hawks Pott.
J. C. Ferguson, Esg.

Shanghai, 29th December, 1899.

Dear Sir, — In the communication received
from you, dated June 13th, 1899. in regard
to the education of the Chinese in the
Settlement, you ask that we should prepare
a definite scheme with estimates, to be pre-
sented to the Municipal Council.

We now beg leave to lay before the

Municipal Council the following proposals,

and respectfully ask that the same should

be put before the next ratepayers' meeting.

Proposals.

1. That an Anglo-Chinese School for
boys should be opened in the Settlement,
to be known as the Shanghai Public
School for Chinese.

2. That the sum of thirty thousand
taels (Tls. 30,000) for the school building
and residences for foreign masters, should
be contributed by the Chinese themselves.

3. That the Municipal Council should
make a grant of a piece of land upon
which the buildings shall be erected,
and should also give an armual grant of
five thousand taels (Tls. 5.000) for the
maintenance of a foreign headmaster
and foreign assistant-instructor, and to-
wards the current expenses of the school.

4. That the school should be built to
accommodate five hundred pupils.

5. That the pupils should be drawn
from the middle class and should pay
fees, and that the money collected from
them should be used for helping to de-
fray the current expenses of the school,
and for the salaries of the assistant
Chinese teachers.

6. That a committee of five persons,
three foreigners and two Chinese, should
be appointed annually by the Municipal
Council, to have the entire management
of the school and its funds, and that said
committee should render a report to the
Municipal Council at the close of each
school year.

7. That the services of the head-
master and assistant instructor should be
engaged by the Municipal Council.

8. That the school building and resi-
dences erected shall be the property of
the Municipal Council.

We would also state that we have inter-
viewed some of the leading Chinese gen-
tlemen of Ihe Settlement, such as the late
director, the present director, and the present
manager of the China Merchants Steam
Navigation Company, and the compradores
of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation, and of Jardine, Matheson & Co.
And that they have guaranteed to secure
the sum of 'tis. 30,000 for the erection of
the buildings.

We would c.ill attention to the fact that
the carrying out of this scheme would not
be a very great drain upon the resources of
the Municipality, that it would not pauperise
the Chinese, that it would be heartily
welcomed by the Chinese themselves, and
that it would be an acknowledgment on
the part of the foreign community of their
interest in the best welfare of the Chinese
residents in the Settlement.

Trusting that the scheme will commend
itself as practicable to the members of
tile Municipal Council, and that they will
incorporate it in a suitable resolution
for bringing it forward at the next rate-
payers' meeting. We are.

Most respectfullv vours,

TIMOTH'i^ RICHARD.
JOHN C. FERGUSON.
F. L. HAWKS POTT.

J. O. P. Bi-ANU, Esq.,

Secrelary of the Miim'cifiil Council.

488 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

CorxciL Room, Shan'ohai.
13th January, igoo.

Gentlemen. — I am direited to acknow-
ledge the receipt of your letter of the
2Qth ultimo, conveying to the Council your
proposals in regard to a scheme for the
establishment of a school lor Chinese
boys.

The attitude of the members towards
the question generally has been fully com-
municated to you in my letter of 13th June
last. and. in continuation thereof. I am
directed to siy that the Council is much
struck with the progressive and public-
spirited action of the Chinese in this
matter, and will strongly recommend for
adoption by the ratepayers at the forth-
coming annual meeting that the foreign
community contribute the share of the
expenditure indicated in your letter. In
ac-cordance wherewith a sum of Tls. 3,000
will be inserted in the Municipal Budget
as representing the probable outlay which
will be incurred during the year, and
the selection of a suitable site for the
building will be a matter for early
settlement.

The Council will be glad if this latter
point may be made a subject for dis-
cussion between Mr. Ferguson and the
Municipal Engineer.
I am. Gentlemen.

Your obedient servant.

\V. E. LEVESOX,

Assistant Secretary.

Key. Timothy Kichakd.

Key. F. L. H. Pott.

J. C. Ferguson, Esq.

With this offer on the part of the Chinese
to contribute Tls. 30.000 provided that the
Council made a grant of a suitable piece of
land upon which the school buildings might
be erected, and that they gave, further, an
annual grant of Tls. 5.000 for the main-
tenance of foreign headmaster and foreign
assistant-instructor, and towards the current
expenses of the school, the whole matter was
placed before the ratepayers at the annual
meeting in igoo.

It was then proposed (Resolution VI.) by
Mr. F. Anderson : —

"That the Council be. and is hereby.
authorised to inaugurate, establish, and
control a system of public education for
the benefit of Chinese residents in the
Settlement, and that to this end the Coun-
cil be authorised to accept the offer made
by certain Chinese residents to subscribe
Tls. 30.000 for the erection of a building
suitable for a Chinese public school, to
make an annual grant not exceeding
Tls. 5.000 from the public funds for the
maintenance thereof, and to provide a site
for the said huilding ; the management of
the said school to be in the hands of a
committee appointed by the Council, under
conditions generally similar to those exist-
ing in the case of the Shanghai public
school."

Several speakers addressed the meeting,
and one or two points were raised, an
important one being that regarding the
class of Chinese to be benefited by the
proposed step.

The mover, in his reply, stated that it was
the wish of the Council to benefit the poorer
or lalxiuring classes, who could not afford
to pay more than $2 or $3 a month. He
stated, further, that the Tls. 30.000 had been
offered by philanthropic Chinese, regardless
of whether their own children would or
would not attend the school. At the same
time it was to be expressly understood that

the resolution before the ratepayers was
only a preliminary one. On its being put to
the meeting it was carried unanimously.

The uprising in North China occurred in
1900. and, on this account, it was not until
.•Vugust, 1901, that the amount promised, viz.,
lis. 30,000, was deposited with the Council.
I'pon this having been done, a sum of
Tls. 20.000 was at once recommended in the
Municipal Budget to be expended on the
provision of a site for the school buildings.
In October. 1902, a piece of land measuring
mow I3'655 was purchased, and plans were
prepared by the Municipal Engineer and
approved by the Council. The school
buildings were completed without loss of
time, and in January, 1904. the headmaster
and his assistant arrived from England. In
the same year the school was formally
opened with fifty pupils on the books.

The curriculum embraced English subjects,
to which the greater part of the day was
given, and Chinese language and literature,
&c.. which occupied the rest of the time.
The English course is. to all intents and
purposes, the same as that to be found in
an English elementary school, of course
slightly modified to meet local conditions.
The idea of acquiring merely a working
knowledge of the English language is
strongly discouraged, and much attention is
paid to the gaining, by each scholar, of a
sufficient knowledge of his mother tongue.
Since 1904 the school has grown rapidly.
There were in 1905 no less than 120 pupils —
an increase of 60 on the preceding year —
while in 1906 the number was 250. In
1907 there were 305 scholars on the boaks,
and it has been found necessary to engage
another assistant-master from England. In
the present year there are more pupils
applying for admission than can be accom-
modated ; the desirability of engaging a
third assistant from home is being urged,
and there seems to be every possibility that
the matter of extension of the school buildings
will have to be considered.

An interesting summary of the history of
this movement is contained in two com-
memorative brass tablets which were
unveiled in the main hall of the school
during March 1907. The names of the
subscribers to the building fund are engraved
on one tablet, and a translation of the other
follows : — •

'• Shanghai Municipal Council.

'■ Tablet commemorating the foundation of the
" Public School for Chinese.

" That human abilities are dependent upon
the implanting thereof by means of education
is a principle admitted in every country of
the East and West and tJiroughout the Globe.
Hence the Municipal Council, acceding to
the request of the Society for the Diffusion
of Christian and General Knowledge,
established the Public School for Chinese.

■'To retrace events, in the month of June,
1899, three members of the Society made
personal representations to the Council to
the effect that although Chinese sojourning
in the Settlement paid taxes in accordance
with regulations, the Council had not provided
for the establishment of a school in which
the Chinese might learn and receive the
benefits of education, and that therein lay
inequality of treatment ; and asking that
some cause be devised to remove this cause
for discontent.

" The Council having signified its consent,
a meeting of the heads of the various native
firms was held after the space of one year,
in which the proposal received general
support, and the matter was settled.

" It was decided to appropriate public moiiev
for the purchase of land and to set aside
money for yearly expcndilure. whilst tlie
Chinese, by means of subscriptions, would
bear the cost of constructing the building.
These points were hardly settled when the
Boxer troubles broke out in the North, the
South being also affected, with the result
that progress in the matter was delayed. In
the next ye.ir the following Chinese gentle-
men — Chang Kwang-ying, Toiig Kid-son, and
Chun Kai-ting — solicited subscriptions and
collected the amount as promised. The
Municipal Council, therefore, also acted as
already arranged and bought land as a site
for the school, thus enabling the building to
commence.

" Materials and workmen were accordingly
provided, and after diligent efforts, in a brief
space, a handsome, elegant, and lofty struc-
ture stood at the north of Shanghai — so
massive and spacious in appearance as to
resemble the wide halls mentioned by Tu
Ting. All who came to view it applauded
with delight, and its completion was the
subject of general congratulation.

" The object of this tablet is to record the
commencement and the end of the matter,
and to form a recognition of the generous
action of the originators and their alacrity in
bestowing this public benefit.

" The names of the various subscribers are
inscribed below in remembrance. Henceforth
education in Shanghai will progress and
talent will flourish. This tablet is placed to
incite the men who come after to affectionate
and undying memory of the founders."

THE ELLIS KADOORIE SCHOOL.

The history of the origin of the Ellis
Kadoorie Schools belongs to Hongkong, as
it was there that their founder, Mr. Ellis
Kadoorie, began his public-spirited work.
With a large school firmly established in
Hongkong and another almost as successful
in Canton, it was decided to open a school
in Shanghai. This was done in the spring
of 1902, and 150 pupils were at once en-
rolled. The numbers increased so rapidly
that within a year there were more than 300
in attendance. A branch was then opened
in Nantao, a Chinese district on the borders
of the P'oreign Settlement, and within a month
there were 90 scholars on the books, a
number which exhausted the accommodation
of the building.

In the Kadoorie School the children re-
ceived instruction in English and in Chinese,
the curriculum being similar to tliat of the
Chinese Public School now, but no fees were
charged. The expenses were met by volun-
tary subscriptions from foreign and Chinese
firms and private persons. Though in the
matter of work and the number of pupils
the schools in Shanghai were eminently
successful, the financial support received was
discouraging, by f;u' tlie greater part of the
expenses having to be borne by the founder
himself. It was therefore decided, after the
first year, to charge a low fee, and though
this step had the effect of cutting down
the numbers, the school in Shangliai has
continued to be successful up to the present
time.

In 1907 Mr. Kadoorie, by offering to
secure subsLriptions aggregating Tls. 25.000 --
of which he would contribute half towards
the establishing of a school for Chinese,
afforded the Council an opportunity, which
appeared acceptable, of building a second
municipal school, but the scheme was

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 489

regarded as somewhat preniatiiie Mr.
Kadoorie later consented to tiokl his offer
at the Council's disposal until a more suit-
able time, and, in view of the increasing
vogue which the existing school is obtaining,
there is reason to expect that the execution
of the project need not be long deterred.

The French Concession contains a small
municipal school which is attended by about
two hundred Chinese scholars, who receive
instruction from foreign and Chinese masters.
It is the intention of the French Municipal
Council in the future to establish another
municipal school and a small Franco-Chinese
University in the Concession, for which
purpose the sum of Tls. 25,000 has been set
aside. It is expected that a contribution of
a similar amount to this will be received
from the French Government.

(g)

THE THOMAS HANBURY SCHOOL
AND CHILDREN'S HOME.

On April 30, 1888, there was presented to
the public the first annual report of the
committee of the Children's Home. The
constitution of the Home was as follows : —

Revised Form ok Constitution for
The Children's Home.

I. The institution shall be called " The
Children's Home."

II. The object is to provide a home,
with secular and religious training, for
destitute and other children of various
nationalities.

HI. The institution shall be under the
control of a general committee of at least
ten members, five of whom shall form a
quorum, to be elected at an annual public
meeting by subscribers to the Home, and
this committee shall select the officers of
the Home, viz., president, vice-president,
secretary, treasurer, and such sub-com-
mittees as they may see fit. The general
committee -shall have power to fill up any
vacancies in the number that may occur
between the annual meetings.

IV. The annual meeting of subscribers,
of which ten days' notice shall be adver-
tised by the secretary, shall be held in
May, at which meeting the audited accounts
and report of the proceedings for the year
ending 30th of April shall be presented,
the general committee for the ensuing
year shall be appointed, and the business
of the Home considered.

V. A special meeting, of which ten
days' notice shall be advertised by the
secretary, may be called at the request of
three or more members of the general
committee for the consideration of business
to be specified in the notice.

VI. Free education, board, and clothing
will be provided for destitute children, but
a certain monthly charge will be made to
those who are able to pay.

VII. All property, whether real or per-
sonal, now or hereafter belonging to the
Home, shall be vested in three gentlemen
as trustees, to be elected by the general
committee ; and it shall be competent
for these officers, acting in accordance
with a resolution passed by the general
committee, to invest monies and to buy,
lease, sell, convey, transfer, mortgage, or,
sub-let any land or buildings the propertv
of, or intended for the use of, the Home ;
and the production of a copy of the

said resolution, certified by the president
or vice-president and secretary, shall be
accepted as full authority for their action
on behalf of the Home. The general
committee shall have the power to appoint
new trustees as vacancies may occur.

VIII. If at any time hereafter it shall
be resolved by the majority of the sub-
scribers present at an annual or special
meeting that the institution be closed, it
shall then be competent for the general
committee, through its officers, to sell the
whole or any part of the property of
the Home, and to bestow or invest the
proceeds arising from it in such manner
as may appear to them in their absolute
discretion to be best fitted to promote
the well-being and education of destitute
children in Shanghai.

IX. Power to change, supplement, or
amend the constitution of the Home shall
reside in the majority of the subscribers
present at an annual or special meeting.

X. The general committee shall have
power to change, supplement, or amend
the by-laws.

In August, 1887, there had been issued a
prospectus of the Home, in which its object
and nature were clearly set forth and sub-
scriptions for the maintenance of the work
in hand solicited. A considerable sum of
money was forthcoming from Shanghai and
neighbourhood, notably from Ningpo, but it
was not held to be desirable that the Home
should be established until a sum of Tls. 4,000,
independent of the Endowment Fund, should
be available. In 1889 the necessary funds
were raised and a house in Carter Road was
rented and opened as the Children's Home
on May 9, 1889. Two mistresses arrived
from England, and promises of three or four
children to be under their care were at once
received. The committee considered them-
selves pledged not to receive more than ten,
unless the state of their finances fully justified
their incurring the additional expense.

The sisters began work with one child and
after one year there were fourteen, varying
in age from three to seventeen years. There
were eight paying pupils and six supported
by the Home. In 1890 the committee an-
nounced that through the liberality of a late
resident, Mr. Thomas Hanbury, a valuable
piece of land in Hongkew, on which the
present Eurasian School for Boys stood, had
been made over as a trust to the Municipal
Council of Shanghai for the use, and to be
under the management of, the committee of
the Children's Home. With the promise
of the land Mr. Hanbury made an offer of
Tls. 5,000 towards building expenses on con-
dition that a similar sum of Tls. 5,000 should
be collected from the community by the end
of February — within two months from the
time his letter making the offer was received
in Shanghai. This was successfully done,
the subscriptions amounting to Tls. 7,ii3'8i.
The trust deed duly arrived in Shanghai, and
the property was transferred to the Municipal
Council.

The work of building was carried forward
in 1890, and in 1891 the whole was com-
pleted and the new school, comprising the
Children's Home and the Eurasian School for
Boys and Girls, was opened in Boone Road,
under the name of the Thomas Hanbury
School and Children's Home, on the site
given by Mr. Thomas Hanbury.

There were 22 boarders in the school
and II day pupils, and the work was
similar to that of an elementary school in
England and carried on by a staff of four
mistresses. In the matter of finance, it
is recorded that in the " Boys' " Working

Account there was a loss of Tls. I,3i8'29
which was met by the municipal grant to
the extent of Tls. 1,200, the balance being
carried forward. In the Girls' Department
the loss was Tls. 63324, while in the
Building Account the total expenditure was
Tls. I5,788'97, while the total amount raised
was Tls. 13,665-41, leaving a balance of
Tls. 2,12356 still to be raised. To meet this
Tls. 1,000 were borrowed from the general
funds and there was incurred an over-
draft at the Chartered Mercantile Bank of
Tls. 1,123-56. It was hoped that all debts
would be wiped out, together with the cost
of various improvements to the building, by
contributions during the next year. In 1892
there were 39 boarders and 28 day pupils,
of whom 24 boarders were supported wholly
or mainly by the Home. In this year the
debt on the Building Account was wiped out
and a sum of 81,278-39 transferred to the
Endowment Fund, which then reached a
total of $7,857-64. The municipal grant was
again Tls. 1,000.

In the latest report (1907) the death of
Sir Thomas Hanbury was recorded. Sir
Thomas was the constant friend of the school
since its commencement, and it is not saying
too much to add that, from a financial point
of view, it is to him that the school owes
its growth to its present size and importance.
He left the school a legacy of Tls. 20,000.
With the name of Sir Thomas Hanbury
may be mentioned those of the late chaplain,
the Rev. H. C. Hodges, and the late Cornelius
Thorne, Esq., two gentlemen who worked
indefatigably, and withal successfully, on
behalf of the school almost throughout its
career. Mr. Thorne left the school a legacy
of ;f 1,000.

At the present time there are ten girls and
one boy being provided with board, tuition,
and clothes free of cost, in addition to which
there are one boy and twelve girls being
educated at reduced fees.

There are in attendance no boys and 64
girls ; total, 174 pupils. The staff comprises
head master, second master, head mistress,
second mistress, third mistress, matron
mistress, and two assistant mistresses.

ST. FRANCIS XAVIER'S SCHOOL.

This school, situated in Hongkew, was
founded by the Jesuit P'athers, and managed
by them until it was, in 1895, handed over
to the Marist Brothers, a religious order
having schools in England, Scotland. Ireland,
America, Africa, Australia, and New Zealand.
The members of this order are well qualified
to undertake the work of such a school,
but their progress was greatly retarded by
lack of funds. St. Xavier's is under the
patronage of the Bishop of the Kiangnan
Mission, and is a day-school, but boarders
and half boarders, who dine and lunch at
the institution, are also admitted. Both
foreign and Chinese boys are admitted.
" The school is conducted on strictly Catholic
principle, but members of any religious
denomination are admitted, provided they be
willing, for the sake of order, to be present,
with proprietv, at all the common exercises
of the school." The Municipal Council gave
grants-in-aid from time to time. In 1893 a
grant of Tls. 1.500 was made, and at this
time there w-ere 30 orphans and 100 poor day
pupils at the school. The school was for the
poor, and so was dependent almost entirely
for income on donations. In 1896 there were
36 orphans and no poor day pupils, and the
deficit for the year was over $4,500.

STAFF OF THE IMPERIAL POST OFFICE. SHANGHAI.

POSTS, CABLES, AND TELEPHONES.

WING to the fact that China
has not entered the Postal
Union, six foreign Post
Offices are maintained in
Shan>;li'i' by the respective
Governments of Great Brit;iiii,
France. Germany. Russia,
Japan, and the I'nited States of Americ-a for
the purpose of deahn^ with international
correspondence. The Chinese Post Olifice
undertakes the conveyance of letters and
parcels to any part of the Empire, and the
charges for local letters and for letters
addressed to any place in which it has a
branch are about half those made by the
foreign oftices. that is to say. they are one
cent and two cents respectively. The Chinese
Post Office is the only medium for the trans-
mission of inail matter to and from places in
China in which the Foreign Powers have
not established postal agencies of their own.
To any country in the Postal Union letters
and parcels may be sent at Union rates, but
not at the domestic rates adopted by alien
post oflices in China. Consequently, were
it not for the existence of the British Post
Ofiice. the transmission of letters between
Shanghai and the various parts of the British
Empire, except Hongkong and Weihaiwei,
would cost 10 cents, instead of four. Money
orders are issued by the Chinese ofiice for
use in China only, but some of the foreign
offices do not provide even this convenience.
Telegraphic communication between Shanghai
and the rest of the world is furnished by
private enterprise, which, also, is responsible
for the telephone system in the Settlement
itself.

American mails are received and des-
patched by the Canadian Pacific, North
Pacific. Pacific Mail. Nippon Yusen Kaisha.
Toyo Kiscn Kaisha, and the Occidental and
Oriental steamship lines ; while European
mails are carried by the Peninsular and
Oriental Steam Navigation Company. Nord-
deulscher Lloyd, and Messagerics Maritimes
lines ; by the Trans-Siberian Railway ; and

by the Canadian Pacific Raihvav Company's and samples are conveyed overland, but it is
steamers. At the time of writing, oiily expected that full postal facilities, via the
letters, postcards, newspapers, prnited matter. Trans-Siberian route, will he granted before

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 491

SoKrixG A Xewsi'apek Mail,

IMPERIAL POST OFFICE.
The Parcel Despatch Room.

The Main Counter.

the end of 1908. Letters addressed to
Russia and sent through other post oflices
in Shanghai are sorted at Vladivostock. but
all transit mails, i.e.. mails for England.
Germany, France, and other countries beyond
Russia, are made up at Shanghai in the
respective post offices, and are forwarded in
closed bags to Vladivostock or to Tongku,
and thence, by rail, viii Mukden to Harbin,
where they are delivered to the Russian Post
Office. These closed bags can be opened
only at the place of destination, so the idea
which prevails with the public in Shanghai
that correspondence sent via Siberia is not
mviolable is without foundation in fact.
Newspapers printed in Chinese, Korean, and
Japanese, however, are subject to Russian
censorship on the Siberian frontier.

THE CHINESE IMPERIAL POST
OFFICE.

Thk Shanghai Postal district at the date of
its establishment in 1897, was attached, like
other districts, to the jurisdiction of the
Commissioner of Customs, as District Post-
master ex officio, and the Imperial Post Office
was accommodated in the eastern wings of
the Shanghai Custom House, the local post
previously administered by the Municipality
of the International Settlement being takeii
over as a department by the Imperial Post.
In i()02 Mr. H. J. von Brockdorff was

appointed specially as District Postmaster, in
conjunction with the Customs Commissioner
acting ex officio, and he was followed in the
same capacity by Mr. C. H. Brewett-Taylor

E. GILCHRIST,

Commissioner. Imperial Post Office.

in 1903. On November 24. 1905. Mr.
P. M. G. de Galembert took over charge of
the district as Postal Commissioner, his
duties being carried on independently of the
Customs Commissioner. On May 6. i</)7, he
was succeeded by Mr. F. E. Taylor as Postal
Commissioner officiating. On November 2nd
following the Imperial Post Office was
removed from the Customs House to a new
building on the Peking Road, erected specially
for its accommodation, and on December 6th
Mr. Edward Gilchrist took charge from Mr.
Taylor as Acting Postal Commissioner.

The new Post Office occupies a corner site
next to the British Post OHice, with front-
ages to the Museum, Peking, and Szechuen
Roads. The building is of red brick, faced
with stone, and is four storeys in height.
The ground floor is occupied by a line, lofty,
and spacious office, which comprises the
parcels section, general office, registered mails
office, and other special sub-offices. F"rom
the parcels section of the main office three
parcel lifts connect with the sorting and
despatching offices situated on the second
floor. There is a strong room in both the
main office, and the despatching and sorting
office on the second floor for the temporary
protection of all registered mail matter. The
second floor also contains an office for dealing
solely with Chinese correspondence, and a
Union Mail Office in readiness to deal with
Union Mails as soon as China shall have
joined the Postal Union, which, it is hoped,
will be shortly. On the third storey are the
private offices, where the administrative and

492 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

most of the principal clerical and b<x>k -keeping
duties are perl'oniied. On the s:inie floor are
two dining rooms for the foreign and Chinese
employes respectively, as well as bedrooms
and hathriKims for foreign and Chinese
caretakers.

At the end of 1905 there were 45
subMiftices, branch ofticx-s, and agencies under
the head otSce, with a tot;il stiff of 27
foreigners and 368 Chinese. There were
33 miles of foot-courier routes. 270 miles of
native boat routes, 80 miles of steamer routes.

B. C. RADOMSKI,

Deputy I*<jstinaster. Shanghai.

and 24 miles of railway routes. Nearly
6.goo.ooo articles of mail matter were received,
and nearly 5,000.000 despatched ; while more
than 2,000.000 were locally distributed during
the year. At the end of 1907, the oflices
controlled by the district head olilice had
intTeased to 50, with a tot;il staff of 20
foreigners and 422 Chinese ; the foot-courier
lines had attained 82 miles, native boat lines
413 miles, steamer lines remained at 80 miles.
and railway lines 41 miles. More than
7,200,000 articles of mail inatter were received,
and more than 15.100.000 were despatched,
while 1.700,000 were locally distributed.

MR. EDWARD OILCHRIST, at present
Acting Postal Commissioner, is a native of
Boston. Mass.. U.S.A. He joined the Imperial
Maritime Customs Service in 1890; served
at Kiukiang. Hankow. Shanghai, Wuhu, New-
chwang. and Canton ; was temporarily in
charge of the Swatow and Hoihow Customs
districts in 1903 ; and was appointed Deputy
Commissioner at Newchwang in May. 1904-
He succeeded to charge of that district in the
following July, but surrendered it on being
granted two years' furlough in October, 1905.
Chinese Civil Kank of the Fourth Class was
conferred upon him by imperial edict in 1904.
the Order of the Double Dragon in 1907. and
Civil Rank of the Third Class in 1908.

BRITISH POST OFFICE. SHANGHAI.

In the early days of the Settlement letters
were received and despatched at tlie British
Consulate ; but in 1861 a packet agency was
established at Shanghai, the first agent being
Mr. J. P. Martin. The office was known as
a packet agency until the year 1868, when
it was first called the British Post Oflice.
Mr. Martin remained in charge until lie died
in 1876.

The packet agency was first located 111
rented premises in Nanking Road, between
S/.echuen and Kiangse Roads, and was
moved several times as an agency and post
oflice before a post oflice was buiit.

On September 24. 1873. His Excellency the
Governor of Hongkong authorised the
building of a post office at Shanghai. The
site (a portion of the present one) was
obtained on lease from the Chinese Imperial
Government at a nominal rent, and the office
was designed by Mr. Boyce. Govcrninent
Surveyor, Her Majesty's Office of Works,
who superintended the erection. The office
was completed in 1874. and was occupied in
the following year.

receiving letters to and from the United
Kingdom and British Possessions at the
penny postage rate, a privilege not enjoyed
by those living in places in China where
British postal agencies do not exist.

The British Post Oflice in Shanghai is
prepared to deal with any branch of postal
work that can be dealt with under the
regulations of the Hongkong oflice. but in
the inatter of local delivery makes no attempt
to compete with the Chinese Post Oflice.
The rate of postage at the British oflice
for letters for delivery in Shanghai is
2 cents per half ounce, while at the Chinese
local Post Oflice the rate is i cent per half
ounce.

The mails to and from Europe rid Suez
and Canada are, of course, the same in
numlier as those dealt with by the Hong-
kong office ; in addition, however, to the
mails by these routes, the Shanghai oflice
despatches and receives closed mails to and
from Europe by the Trans-Siberian route.
The average time occupied in transit between
Shangliai and London via Siberia is twenty-
one days. The mails from London vici
Siberia are received once weeklv (on

THE BRITISH POST OFFICE.

In 1905, in consequence of representations
made as to the inadequacy of the premises
for dealing with the greatly increased postal
work, the Hongkong Government obtained
from the Imperial Government a lease of
a piece of land at the back of the Post
Office, for the extension of the est:iblishment.
At the same time extensive alterations were
made in the old building to adapt it to
modern requirements. This work was
carried out under the superintendence of
His Majesty's Surveyor, and was completed
in 1906.

As the British Post Office in Shanghai is
a branch of the Hongkong office, the regula-
tions of the latter office apply to it, and
Hongkcmg stamps are used.

The purpose of the British Post Office in
Shanghai is to serve as a medium for the des-
patch and receipt of mails to and from the
United Kingdom. Hongkong, &c. Inciden-
tally, it may be mentioned that through the
existence of a British Post Office in Shanghai
the large British population of the Settlement
enjoys the privilege of despatching and

Wednesday), and those to London, &c., are
despatched once weekly (on Kriday). Letters
from Hongkong and southern agencies for
despatch to Europe by the Siberian route
come to the Shanghai office, and are
included in the mails made up there for
despatch. The letters from the United King-
dom for Hongkong and the South received
via Siberia are included by the London
office in the mails for the British Post
Office, Shanghai, and are forwarded to their
destination by the first opportunity after
receipt here.

Mails are despatched daily by the British
Post Office to the British agencies at Ningpo
and Hankow, and, when opportunity offers,
mails are also sent to the British agencies at
Chefoo, Tientsin, Liu Kuiig Tau, Koochow,
Amoy, and Swatow. Mails are received
daily from Ningpo and Hankow, and fre-
quently from the other agencies mentioned.

Mail matter for places in China where
the Hongkong Post Office does not maintain
agencies is handed over to the Chinese
Imperial Post Oflice for transmission.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 493

Althoujjh, as stated above, the Hoiijjkong
regulations apply to the Shanghai office,
there is one important point of difference,
inasmuch as from Slianghai the unit of
weight for letters is 20 grammes, whereas
from Hongkong it is one ounce.

Under the Postal Union Convention of
Rome of 1906 the rate of postige throughout
the Union is the equivalent of 25 centimes
for the first 20 grammes, and of 15 centimes
for each additional 20 grammes or fraction
thereof. Countries which do not have the
decimal system of weight are permitted
under the convention to take one ounce as
the unit of weight instead of 20 grammes,
and one ounce is therefore adopted as the
unit of weight in Hongkong. In Shanghai,
however, there are post offices maintained

The receipts in 1907 showed an increase
over those for 1906, except in the case of
stamps sold. The falling off under this
heading was due to the reduction in rates
of postage which came into force on
October ist. The average numbers of stamps
of the different values sold in a month are
as follow: — I cent, 1,000; 2 cents, 15,000;
4 cents, 48,000 ; 5 cents, 1,000 ; 6 cents, 700 ;
8 cents, 2,000 ; 10 cents, 9,000 ; 12 cents,
100 ; 20 cents, 1,600 ; 30 cents, 700 ;
50 cents, 300 ; Si-oo, 300. About 100 post-
cards of the 4 cent value are sold in a
month, but the other values are not used
much.

■^ ^

i^n^^H

r^ 1

pM^

^^^^^1

'^1

™ 1

• ^

> >

■

the twelve months 13,044 registered letters
were despatched, while 5,893 were received.
No money orders or postal notes are issued,
and no parcels are handled, but a large
business is done in the forwarding of news-
papers and samples, especially samples of tea.

THE UNITED STATES POST OFFICE.

The offices of the United States Postal
Agency in Shanghai occupy a portion of the
ground floor of the Consulate in the Whang-
poo Road. The agency was established in
1868, with the Con.sul-General as Postal
Agent, and this arrangement continued until
1907, when the business had grown to such
an extent that it was necessary to separate
the Post Office from the Consulate.

Special domestic rate facilities are afforded
for the transmission of mail-matter between
Shanghai, the United States, Canada, Mexico,
Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii, the Philippines,
and the Ladrone Islands, the rates being
two cents gold per ounce for letters and all
first-class mail matter, one cent gold for
postcards, and one cent gold for each four
ounces for newspapers, periodicals, and
second-class mail matter. The cent gold is,
for postal purposes, equivalent to two cents
(Mexican). The rates to Postal Union countries
are those common to the other oflices in the
Settlement. Parcels not exceeding four
pounds in weight are accepted at the rate
of one cent gold an ounce. The stamps
issued are similar to those used in the
United States, and are not surcharged.

Closed bags are made up for all countries.
Those for Europe are forwarded by way of
the United States, there being three places
of entry - San P'rancisco, Seattle (via Van-
couver), and Taconia. The southern mails
to the Straits Settlements, India, Africa, and
elsewhere, are sent direct. Letters are not
accepted by the agency for the Trans-Siberian
routes.

During the fiscal year 1907 the agency
received 12.480 bags of mails from the U'nited
States, and 4,600 from Manila, Hongkong,
and the Straits Settlements, and despatched
26,726 and 15,422 bags respectively. The
value of money orders received during the
twelve months was $164,651-69 gold, and
of money orders paid out, $3i,o6o'40. These
sums were governed by the daily bank-rate
of exchange, the gold dollar averaging during
the year about $i'97 (Mexican).

THE AMERICAN POST OFFICE.

by countries using the decimal system of
weights, and to avoid any unfair competition
with those offices the unit of weight at the
British Post Office is the same as theirs.

The following is a statement of the
business done by the British Post Office
during 1906 and 1907 : —

1906.

1907.

Dollars.

Dollars,

Stamps sold

66,110-84

65,127-70

Money Orders is-

sued

131,91398

136,052-15

Imperial Postal

Notes sold

17,804-51

30,997-33

Local Postal

Notes sold

1,288-33

2,24604

THE RUSSIAN POST OFFICE

The correspondence of Russians resident in
Shanghai was dealt with by a department of
the Russian Consulate until 1898, in which
year a post office was established as a separate
organisation, working under the conventions
of the Postal Union. The office is now
situated in Boone Road, having been removed
from Quinsan Gardens in October, 1907.
Stamps are issued annually to the value of
$15,000, the stamps being similar to those
issued in Russia, but surcharged " China "
for local use. The unit is the kopek, loo
kopeks make a rouble, and a rouble is
approximately equivalent to one dollar. The
sale of stamps is the only guide as to the
number of ordinary letters sent away from
the office. The number of ordinary letters
received during 1907 was 48,261. During

THE GERMAN POST OFFICE.

The Imperial German Post Office at Shanghai
was opened — first in the character of a Postal
Agency — on August 24, l886, in the buildings
of the Imperial German Consulate-General,
in connection with the establishment of the
mail packet service between Germany and
East Asia by the Norddeutscher- Lloyd. Owing
to the increase in postal traffic the agency
was eventually transformed into a post office,
and premises in the Kiukiang Road were
rented. The present building was erected
between the years 1903 and 1905, the formal
opening taking place on May 15, 1905. In
the meantime a postal direction had been
established at Shanghai as a superior authority
of administration for all the German post
offices existing in China and in the Kiaochau
Protectorate.

The purpose of the German Post Office
at Shanghai and the others in China is to

491 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

scr\e as media for the desp;>tch and receipt
i)f mails to and from Germ;»iiy. the German
ooliMiies, and I'nion countries. Closed mails
to and irom Kurojx- are despatched and
received by the Trans-Siberian routes (Vladi-
\-ost<vk-Harbin. Daircn-Mukden-Harbin. and
Hankow-Pekin-Mukden-Marbin), the Canadian
route, and by mciins of the three jjreat European
steamship lines (the Peninsular and Oriental.
Norddeutscher-I.loyd. and Messageries Mari-
timcsl. A regular exchange of postal articles
of all kinds takes place between Germany
and China. The relations between the respec-
tive administrations are stipulated in a special
agreement. Correspondence sent to and from
Germany through the German post oflices
is liable to the charges laid down in the
International Postal Convention of Home :

thirty-third year of Meiji (1900) it was re-
moved to a sep;irate building in Hixme Road,
Hongkew. and subsequently to tlie present
office in the Whangpoo Road. The ol'tice,
which is subordinate to the head iiflice at
Tokyo, handles domestic and foreign mails
and parcels, transiicts nione\- order business.
and accepts savings bank deposits. The
international postal conventions, and arrange-
ments for the transaction of mail business,
as well as the usual domestic regulations, are
observed by the ofticc.

Statistics are compiled quarterly, and an
idea of the business Which passes through
the ofiice may be gathered from the following
figures relating to the si.\ months commen-
cing in April and ending in September. IQ07,
which are the latest available ;— Mail matter

occupied by Messrs. Melehers & Co., on the
French Bund ; its next home has since become
the Cercle des Voluntaires et des Pompiers,
in the Rue Montauban ; and it now occupies
premises at Xo. 48. Rue Montauban. The
French Post Ofiice gives the agreed postal
rates to all countries within the Postal l^nion,
and domestic rates to all French post oftices
in China. Special tariffs are also provided
for printed matter, patterns, and commercial
papers, while parcels not exceeding 5 kilo-
grammes in weight. 60 centimetres in length.
or 20 decimetres cube in volume, are accepted
at rates varying according to tlie tariffs agreed
with the countries to which they are con-
signed. Parcels for Belgium, France, Switzer-
land, Turkey in Europe, and Turkey in Asia
are accepteti up to 10 kilogrammes in weight.

THE QEBHAN POST OFFICE.

THE FRENCH POST OFFICE.

but for the " domestic " service in China a
special tariff is lixed.

The German Post Ofilice at Shanghai, like
stnru: of the other offices, is prepared to deal
with any branch of postal work coming
under the regulations. As. however, the
German postal administration does not intend
to compete in China with the Imperial
Chinese post oflices, the German post oflices
do not receive any mail matter for places in
China where the German administration does
not maintain offices or agencies.

THE JAPANESE POST OFFICE.

Thk Japanese Post Office in Shanghai was
f>pened in the ninth year of Meiji (thirty-
three years ago) in the premises of the
Imperial Jap:inese Consulate-General. In the

despatched, including mails accepted at the
Chinese Post Office, "50.872 ; mail matter
received, including mails re-forwarded to the
interior through the Chinese Post Oflice,
828,874 • parcels despatched, 5.363 ; parcels
received, 11,506. Money and postal orders
were issued to the value of ¥224,474638,
and were paid to the value of ¥98,411-389.

THE FRENCH POST OFFICE.

The French Post Ofiice was estiiblished some
time about the sixties, and has, apparently,
always been quite distinct from the Consulate.
It has had at least four locations. At one
time it was situated at what is nfiw Xo. 4,
yuai de Yang-king-pang ; later it was trans-
ferred to the first Hoor of the building now

Money orders are issued for all countries
except Spain, the fees being 25 centimes per 50
francs. As the local authorities are forbidden
to disclose any information, it is impossible
to state the amount of business transacted.

SHANGHAI MUTUAL TELEPHONE
COMPANY, LTD.

The early history of the telephone in Shang-
hai is summed up in a letter addressed by
the China and Japan Telephone Company,
Ltd., to the Secretary of the Municipal
Council some years since. In this letter it
was stated that the Company had been
working in Shanghai since 1881, and that
the necessary permission to carry on the
business, which, during the first few years'

THE SHANGHAI MUTUAL TELEPHONE COMPANY'S NEW PREMISES IN KIANGSE EOAD.

496 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

working, had been terininahle at twelve
months' notice, had been liable latterly to be
revoked at one month's notice only. The under-
taking was thus placed upon so preairious a
fooling that the directors had not felt justified
in recommending the raising of new capitiil.
In return for a definite licence to carry
on business for a specified number of years
the Compiiny undertixik to provide an
entirely modem equipment at a fixed maxi-
mum charge. At this time the Company
had a total of 338 substxibers exclusive of
the municipality.

In reply to this communication, a resolution
was adopted at the ratepiiyers' meeting on
March 10. 1898, authorising the Council to
enter into negotiations with the China and
Japan Telephone Comjiany. or with any other
similar company, and. in its discretion, to
grant a lease. Tenders were subsequently
invited for permission to supply Shanghai
with a telephone service, and that of the
Slianghai Mutual Telephone Comp:iny, Ltd.,

and Architects. A few extracts from this
will furnish some idea of the progress that
has been made. Under the agreement with
the Council the Company was to complete
the lines on April I, 1901. but by August I,
1900. a service was opened between a
hundred of the principal stations, and upon
the day appointed for the completion of the
work of construction the Company was able
to announce that it had connected all the old
subscribers and had also added a considerable
number of new ones. The original capacity
of the exchange was for 600 subscribers
only, and this innnber was reached in 1902.
The Company then raised its capita! from
Tls. 100.000 to Tls. 350,000, and increased the
capacity of the exchange to 2.500 subscribers.
Three years later it was obliged again to
increase its capitiil— this time to Tls. 1,000.000
—for the purpose of extending the capacity
of the exchange to 5.000 subscribers. The
Company appeared to give general satis-
faction, and when, the Municipal Council

SUPERVISORS OF THE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE.

was accepted, partly liecjiuse the Company
was formed Icxxilly with directors in Shanghai,
and partly because it offered to supply the
scr\ice at a lower rate than its competitors.
In the prospectus inviting the public to take
shares in the new undertiiking, the original
diretlors — Messrs. K. M. Campbell, X. Mac-
leod, J. Johnston, O. Middleton, H. Heyn,
Paul Brunat, and H. K. Hearson — stated :
•■ The object of this Company is to install
and carry on a tirst-class, double wire, under-
ground and aerial telephone service of the
most recent type, fultilling all the require-
ments of the Municipal Council from those
invited recently to tender for a franchise,
and probably costing the subscribers less
than is p<»sible by any company conducted
on any other than the co-operative principle.
No franchise is asked for, this Company being
prepared, like others established in Shanghai,
to rely on the excellence of its .service and
the gocxl faith <>( the community." The
details of the development of this Company
and the experiences gained during its opera-
tions in Shanghai, are related in an interesting
paper which was read by Mr. G. L. Oberg
before the Shanghai Society of Engineers

offered a thirty years' lease in return for
a cerUiin number of fully paid-up shares it
was regarded as a sign that the object for
which the Company was formed had been
attained.

The Company now has a paid-up capital
of Tls. 672,000, and nearly 3.300 subscribers.
It employs about 30 Europeans, men and
women, and 200 Chinese, and has a plant
capable of serving 5,000 subscribers. In the
new building now approaching completion
provision is being made for dealing with
about 15,000 subscribers.

THE GREAT NORTHERN
TELEGRAPH COMPANY, LIMITED.

This Company, whose head oflice is at Copen-
hagen, extended its operations to the Far
East in 1870, when the cables connecting
Shanghai with Hongkong and Japan were
manufactured. As far back as 1854, the
question of telegraphic communication with
America by means of a land-line viii Siberia,

and a connecting cable across to Alaska, was
under discussion. In 1865 the building of
the Trans-Siberian land-line was commenced .
by the Russian Government, but as the
original project was shortly afterwards
rendered unnecessary by the successful estab-
lishment of cable connection between Europe
and America across the Atlantic (in 1865-66),
the line across Siberia was taken advantage
ol to establish communication with Japan and
China by means of cables between Vladi-
vost(.x.k, Nagasaki, Shanghai, and Hongkong.
The cable between Hongkong and Shanghai
was opened in April, 1871, the sections
between Shanghai-Nagasaki and Nagasaki-
Vladivostock a little later in the same year,
while the connection of the cable system
with the Siberian line was completed on
November 17, 1871. In 1873 Amoy was
connected with the system, and in 1883 the
cables between Shanghai-Nagasaki-Vladivos-
tock were duplicated. In the same year
the Company introduced the telegraph in
Korea by laying a cable between Nagasaki
and Fusan.

From the very beginning the Company has
kept before it the importance of obtaining
connection with the principal towns in the
interior of China by means of land-lines. In
1875 an attempt was made to build a. land-
line between Amoy and Foochow, and
between Foochow and Pagoda Anchorage.
The hostility displayed by the Chinese against
the telegraph was, however, too strong, and
the building of the lines h.ul to be aban
doned. It was not till 1881 when the Chinese
themselves felt the want of telegraphic com-
munication with North China that the late
Viceroy, Li Hung Chang, commissioned the
Company to build a land-line between Shan-
ghai and Tientsin. The latter was completed
in November, 1881, under the supervision
of the Company, whose engineers thus
became the pioneers of telegraphy in China.
The subsequent building of the numerous
lines which at present cross the Chinese
Empire in all directions has also been
entrusted to Danish engineers, trained in the
service of the Company.

The Company was from the outset fully
alive to the necessity of tinding a means of
enabling the Chinese to telegraph in their
own language, and already at the opening
of the Hongkong-Shanghai cable, a system
was ready which permitted telegraphing in
Chinese. It consisted of an arrangement of
double types arranged systematically in boxes,
and containing the Chinese characters most
frequently used, coupled with a corresponding
group of four figures, the latter being used
for telegraphing. The type system was sub-
sequently simplified by the introduction of
regular dictionaries, in which each Chinese
character is printed opposite its corresponding
group of four figures. These dictionaries are
still the general means of telegraphing in
Chinese.

The Company originally occupied offices in
Nanking Road, but in 1882 removed to No. 7,
The Bund. The present Telegraph Building,
which provides offices also for the Eastern
Extension Australasia and China Telegraph
Company, Ltd., and the Commercial Pacific
Cable Company, was erected in 1906-7.

The following constitute the board of
directors : — Commodore E. Suenson, D.R.N.
(chairman), Rear-Admiral F". C. C. Bardenfleth,
D.R.N., Mr. M. Melchior, Baron Reedtz-Thott,
Col, V. E. Tvchsen, D.R.E., Mr. P. Vedel,
D.C.L. The board of management consists of
Messrs. K. Suenson, P. Michelsen, K. O. A.
Gulstad, and Captain H. Rothe, D.R.E.

The Company's general manager in China
and Japan is Captain J. J. Bahnson, D.R.E,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 497

GREAT NORTHERN TELEGRAPH COMPANY'S BUILDING ON THE BUND.

THE EASTERN EXTENSION AUSTRA-
LASIA AND CHINA TELEGRAPH
COMPANY, LTD.

The first attempt to lay a submarine cable
in the East was made in the Red Sea in
1859. Unfortunately, this cable only worked

a few days and was afterwards abandoned.
The successful layinj; and working of the
Atlantic cables of 1865 and 1866, caused the
idea of submarine telegraphic communication
to the P'ar East to be re-considered, and it
was carried into effect by the formation of
various companies which were afterwards
merged into the Eastern and Eastern Exten-

sion Telegraph Companies, whose system
now links together the continents of Europe,
Africa, Asia, and Australasia. The formation
of this great system was due to the enterprise
of the late Sir John Pender, and the success
which it has attained is mainly due to his
energy and ability as an organiser and
administrator.

A cable was laid in 1869 from P'linders
(Australia) to Tasmania, and in 1870 cables
were laid from Suez to Aden and Bombay,
and from Madras to Penang, Singapore and
Java. In 1871 the system was extended to
Australia and to China, by cables laid between
Java and Port Darwin (Australia) and between
Singapore and Hongkong via Saigon.

Prior to the establishment of direct
telegraphic communication with China, the
quickest means of communication with Europe
was by mail steamer to Ceylon and thence
by telegraph via India ; or by pony express
to Kiachta, in Siberia, and thence by the
Russian land lines.

The following are the principal extensions
that have been made to the Eastern Extension
Company's cable system since 1871 : —

1876 Sydney to New Zealand

1880 Hongkong to Manila

1883 Hongkong to Foochow and Shanghai

1883 Saigon to Haiphong (Tonkin)

1884 Hongkong to Macao

1889 Java to Roebuck Bay (Australia)

1 891 Penang to Sumatra
1894 Singapore to Labuan

1900 Chefoo to Weihaiwei

1901 Mauritius to Rodriguez
1901 Rodriguez to Cocos

1901 Cocos to Fremantle (Australia)

1901 F"remantle to Glenelg (Australia).

To minimise the risk of interruption to
telegraphic communication, the Eastern
Extension Company have laid duplicate
cables throughout their system, from Madras
to Australia and \ew Zealand, and from
Madras to China ; and, with a view to
increase the speed of working and lessen
the risk of errors, have adopted automatic
transmission and the use of relays.

In the present year (1908) a cable has been
laid from Java to the Cocos Island, which
affords an alternative route from the Var East
to Australia, and to Europe via Mauritius and
Durban.

In 1900 the Eastern Extension Company
and the Great Northern Telegraph Company
jointly laid cables from Shanghai to Chefoo
and from Chefoo to Taku, for the Imperial
Chinese Telegraph Administration. These
cables are worked jointly by the two
companies on behalf of the Administration.

The Eastern Extension Company have
altogether 34 cables of a total length of
25,118 nautical miles. Their capital is now
:£3.752.400.

The manager in China is Mr. W. Bullard,
who has been with the Company for thirty-
one years, and has held his present appoint-
ment since 1903. The clerical staff at present
employed by the Company in China, numbers

177-

The Shanghai station, situated on the Bund,
is open d;iy and night for the acceptance of
telegrams.

A MEET OF THE PAPER HUNT CLUB.

SPORT.

By W. R. Parkin, of the "Nonh China Daily News.'

H E foreign residents of Shang-
hai are exceptionally well
favoured with facilities for
indulgence in all forms of
out-door sports and pastimes,
except those which depend
on frost and snow. The
wide expanse of flat open country which
stretches for miles beyond the Settlement
affords ample opportunity for following the
hounds, and furnishes e.xcellent sport with
the gun. The Whangpoo meets the require-
ments of the oarsman and yachtsman, and
three excellent baths compensate the swim-
mer for any shortcomings of the river.
Within the Settlement there are two spacious
reserves, the first in importance being the
Recreation Ground, which is probably the
largest of its kind in the Far East. It is
bordered by a fine racecourse, equipped with
stands, lawn, stables, &c. Within the course
there is a riding ring, and the centre of the
ground is devoted to cricket, football, tennis,
golf, polo, base-ball, and bowls. F"or this
splendid open space the public are in-
debted to Messrs. R. C. Antrobus, H. Dent,
A. Heard, and J. Whittall. who, with keen
foresight, purchased a plot of ground, 34
mow in extent, in the early sixties for
the sum of lis. 2.245. '^"'^ 'hen invited the
public to subscribe to the cost of converting
it into a recreation ground (Tls. 4,4001.
So rapidly did the property increase in
value that the trustees were able within two
or three years to sell it for Tls. 49.000.
With the proceeds of the sale the present
site of 430 mow (about 72 acres) was acquired,
and laid out at a cost of Tls. 12,500, the
unexpended balance being applied to the
repayment of the original subscriptions, and
the formation of a fund which since that
day has been devoted to the promotion of
every form of public recreation. To relieve
the growing pressure at the Recreation
Ground another large area of 261 mow has
recently been acquired in the Hongkew dis-
trict, and this is now being laid out. At the
time of writing a scheme is on foot also
for constructing a racecourse and recreation

ground in the Siccawei district, for the use
of Chinese as well as of foreigners.

HORSE-RACING.

The earliest record of sport in the Settle-
ment relates to horse and pony-racing, which
has at all times been conducted on strictly

first week of November — and at each there
are three days of what is termed " legiti-
mate " racinj;, with ten events per day, and
an off-day 011 whicli beaten ponies compete,
and on which the Grand National Slet-plechase
is run. At the Spring Meeting the principal
races are the Griflins' Plate, Criterion Stiikes,
Shanghai Derby, and the Champions' Sweep-

A WELL-KNOWN "WALER" MARE ON THE SHANGHAI TURF.

amateur lines by the Shanghai Race Club.
Prior to 1854, in the days of garrisons and
when money was plentiful, English thorough-
breds were imported, but since that year
the racing, except at three meetings in i</)i 2,
has been confined to Mongolian ponies.

Two meetings are held annually — one in
the first week of May and the other in the

.stakes (for all ponies that have won races
during the meeting) ; while at the Autnnni
gathering the most important events arc the
Maiden Stakes, Criterion Stakes, Shanghai
St. Leger, and Champions' Sweepstakes.

The best times on record made by Mongo-
lian ponies on the Shanghai Racecourse are
as follow : —

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 499

public recreation {irouiul, the interior of
which was sold to the Public Kecreation Fund
Trustees in 1863.

The first race niectinj; held in Shanghai,
of which there remains any record, was the
Autumn Meetinj; of 1850, which was held
on the first mentioned course, and consisted
of seven events — the Union Cup, Strangers'
Plate, Manila Stiikes, Ladies' Purse, Tsatlee
Stakes, Woosunj; Plate, and a race for
natives. The first meeting held on the
present racecourse took place in i860, and
since that year there have been two meetings
annually without a break.

At present the Shanghai Race Club con-
sists of about 320 voting members, in whom
the control of affairs is vested, and some
500 non-voting members, who have all the
privileges of voting members except that
they possess no share in the property of the
Club and no voice in its management.

As no Chinese are admitted to the Race
Club enclosure or the grand-stand, an
International Race Club has recently been
formed, and about 400 mow of land has
been purchased at Siccawei for a racecourse,
but the scheme is not yet complete.

A " WELL-BUNCHED " FINISH.

Distance.

Pony.

Year.

Time.

Min

Sec.

i mile

Set

1903

55!

5 furlongs ...

Blackberry

1893

f mile

Worcester

1908

29*

7 furlongs ...

Temeraire

igo8

464

I mile

Orion

1895

„

Brockton

1908

2.i

ij miles

Moriak

1908

li miles

Manchu King

1908

If miles

Lavender

1907

43i

2 miles

Heathfield

1908

i6i

It is worthy of notice that all these records
have been made at Spring Meetings, and
that no fewer than five were made at the
Spring Meeting of 1908.

Shanghai's first racecourse was a plot of
ground known as the Old Park, situated at
the north-west corner of Park Lane (now
Nanking Road) and Barrier Road (now Honan
Road), but in 1854, as this site was rapidly
increasing in value, the Race Club purchased
a larger piece of ground, the boundaries of
which were the Hupeh, Chekiang, Chefoo,
Pakhoi, and Thibet (Defence Creek) Roads.
The grand stand stood on the east side of
the Defence Creek, opposite to the stables
now occupied by Mr. George Dallas. There
was considerable trouble with the Chinese
over the acquisition of this property, and
rioting occurred, which was quelled only
wlien the Taoutai issued a proclamation
asserting that the foreigners were acting
within their rights. As the Settlement in-
creased in size, the Race Club .tgain found
it necessary to go further afield, and in 1858
they purchased the present racecourse and

PAPER HUNTING.

Membership of the Paper Hunt Club is
practically open to any one who is able to
keep a pony, and the fees — $5 subscription
and $1 for registration of each pony- are not
high enough to injure the pocket of any one
who can afford to indulge in riding. The
management of the Paper Hunt Club is in
the hands of the stewards, who are elected
annually, and the hunt is controlled by the
master, who is appointed by the stewards.
The season opens on the first Saturday in
December and closes in February, the hunts
taking place on every Saturday afternoon
throughout the season, as well as on Christ-
mas and New Year Days. For each hunt
two prizes are offered, in the shape of small
silver cups — one for the first light-weight
to pass the post, the other for the first
heavy-weight — and, according to the rules,
the winner of one hunt is not allowed to
win either of the next two hunts. The
course for the initial hunt of the season is
laid by the master, and courses for succeed-
ing hunts are laid by the previous winner,

SHANGHAI RACING PONIES WHEN FIRST BROUGHT DOWN FROM THE PLAINS OF MANCHURIA-THE
BLACK PONY IS "BROCKTON," WINNER OF THE "CHAMPIONS," 190S.

500 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

sometimes with the assistance of the master
or his duly-app«>inted deputy. The paper is
scattered, under the direction of the layers
of the course, by live mounted maloos. In
addition to the ordinary hunts there is an
annual cross-country handicap over a known
course of about seven miles, and the season
concludes with a race meetinjj held on the
Shanghai Racec-ourse in March. The pro-
gramme of this meeting consists of four
steeplechases and three or four flat races.
and entries are limited to those who have
taken part in at least one paper hunt during
the season. The membership of the Club
has now reached about 230. and the Christ-
mas Day run attracts from 140 to 150
starters.

In the old days the hunts used to finish
on the present Iticecourse. but with the ever-
increasing e.xtension of the Settlements and
the culti\'ation of outlying ground, it has
become necessary to go further aticld. and
now. in the majority of cases, the Hunt
starts and finishes in the Siccawei district.
beyond Nan>-ang College. A c-ross-country
ri<Ung fund has been established recently
(or the purpose of compensating the country
people for any damage done to their land,
and it has done a great deal towards lessen-
ing the hostile attitude formerly adopted by
native land-owners towards the Hunt and its
members. Out of the same fund money is
drawn for making and rebuilding bridges
across the numerous creeks, and for con-
structing what are known as platform
jumps.

In the sixties the hunt used to start at
the western end of the present Foochow
Koad. which in those early days was good
snipe-shooting country. The first Paper
Hunt Handicap, held in 1870. was won by
Mr. R. W. Shaw, the present master of the
Drag Hunt.

THE DRAG HUNT.

In 1868 the "taipans" of Messrs. Jardine.
Matheson & Co. imported a pack of hounds.
An occasional fox provided good sport, but
more often the aniseed trail was followed.
In 1880 Mr. J. Bell-Irving presented the pack
to a committee which organised the Shanghai
Drag Hunt Club. The season begins in the
first week in December, and continues until
March, three hunts a week_ being held on

speaking, the course is limited to an area has attended the hunts are due to his

within a radius of from 12 to 14 miles energetic supervision and management,

from Shanghai, owing to the increase in In March of this year about 24 mem-

cultix-atioii of the country imniediateh sur- hers of tlie Hunt took the train as far as

rounding the Settlement. From seven to the Grand Canal, about eight miles on the

ten couples of hounds are usually taken out ; Shanghai side of Chinkiaiig, and 140 miles

A •WELL-KNOWN SHANGHAI RACING ilAN AND
SOME OF HIS TROPHIES.

and though the membership of the Hunt is
limited to fifty, there is generally a field of
between thirty and forty members, as well
as several ladies. The trail is laid on horse-

PAPER HUNTING-" AWAY.'

an average. The principal hunting days
are Saturdays and Sundays, when a start is
made at 10.30 a.m., and the hunt usually
extends over a 15 or 16-mile course ; while
the mid-week, or early morning hunt, is
limited to about seven miles. Generally

back, asafcetida being used for the scent.
The hounds are drawn from various packs
at home, and a new draft is imported every
year. Mr. K. W. Shaw has been master for
the past eleven years, and the present
excellence of the pack and the success which

from the Settlement. The Shanghai-Nanking
K;iihvay Company's ofiicials placed a special
train with horse-boxes at the service of the
Hunt, and lent one of their houses for use
as a mess-room. Hunting was continued for
eight days, and two foxes, four badgers, and
several hares were bagged, while a deer gave
the pack a long run. No opposition was
shown by the country people, who seemed,
in fact, rather to welcome tlie innovation
than otherwise ; but the Chinese officials
were somewhat inclined to offer obstruction.
The experiment proved so successful that it
is to be repeated next year and, if possible,
made an annual event.

POLO.

Pkkvious to 1900 little interest was taken
in polo, except by the actual members of the
Shanghai Polo Club, but in that year Shanghai
became temporarily a garrison town, and
many good games were played between the
local club and the regimental teams. After
the departure of the military, the Club's
matches were again limited to pick-up games,
and annual tournaments between teams
selected from among the members of the

R. E. TOEG AND SOME OF HIS BEST KNO"WN PONIES.

Rio Graxde.
Shanghai Spring Meeting, 1899, Derby, Dead Heat.

W.AHOSH,

Autumn Meeting. 1901, St. Leger.

Z.\MBESI,

Slianghai Spring and Autumn Meeting, 1504, Concordia Cup,
St. Lecer Chnmrioi:^.
Yexisei. Gatiiering to Celebrate Mississippi's Victory in the Derby, 1895. Coxox,

Derby Club CliallenKe Cup, Spring, 1901.
Mississippi, Euphr.ates, Amazon.

Shanghai Spring Meeting. 1895, Racing Stakes, Shanghai Spring Meeting, iS«6. Racing Stakes, Derby, Shanghai Autumn Meeting. 1897, Maiden Stakes,

Shanghai Derby. Concordia Cup. St. Leger.

P P

502 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

C. K. BENNETT AND SOME OF HIS BEST KNOWN PERFORMERS ON THE TURF.

Bkocktox. • c. R. Bexxett.

Gold Clp. Salem.

Worcester.

TAOvros.

Club, until, in 1907, Mr. Henry Keswick offered
a handsome silver cup for competition
between teams from any recognised polo
club in Hongkong or China, the contests to

take place in Hongkong or Shanghai. The
first competition for this trophy took place in
the autumn of 1907, when a team from the
3rd Middlesex Regiment, then stationed at

THE LAWN, SHANGHAI RACE CLUB.

Hongkong, visited Shanghai, and in a game
of four chukkers, were defeated by two goals
to nil. The teams were : - Shanghai Polo
Club— Messrs. J. Johnstone, K. J. McEuen,
G. Dallas, and G. A. Kobins. 3rd Middlesex
Regiment — Colonel Scott-Moncrieff, Captain
Davy, Lieutenants Dixon and Large.

The second inter-port polo match for the
" Keswick " Cup took place at Hongkong on
August loth of this year between the Shanghai
and the Hongkong Polo Clubs, and ended in
a victory for the latter team liy 1 1 goals to 7.
The Shanghai team consisted of Dr. H. E.
Keylock, Lieut. -Colonel Bruce, and Messrs.
A. W. Burkill and V. Davies. Hongkong was
represented by Captain J. S. Cunningham and
Messrs. H. E. Large. W. L Webb-Bowen and
J. Dixon, all of the Middlesex Regiment.

CRICKET.

The ground of the Shanghai Cricket Club
is equal to many of the English countv
grounds, both in size and condition, and
though the play of the strongest local team
is only on a par with that of the English
public schools, the Settlement holds its own
fairly well in inter-port matches, and from
time to lime the local elevens include names
which have been previously, or afterwards
become, prominent in first-class cricket at
home.

The ground occupied by the Shanghai

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 503

Cricket Club was levelled and turfed for
cricket in 1865. In the 'seventies and
'eighties the game suffered from the scarcity
of competing teams. The weekly matches
were practically limited to such games as

enough to challenge the premier Club. Since
that year the two Clubs have opposed each
other two or three times annually, with
varying success. During the past fifteen
years the Golf Club and Race Club have

INTER-PORT POLO-HONGKONG VERSUS SHANGHAI.

A Run at Goal.

" 3rd Middlesex " Players— Hongkonc Team.

Collision with the Goal.

Married v. Single, Bankers v. Brokers, Eng-
land V. Scotland, or the World, &c., varied
by an occasional inter-port match against
Hongkong. In 1900. however, the present
Shanghai Recreation Club, which had been
formed two years previously, became strong

put cricket teams into the field, while in 1894
the past and present boys of the Shanghai
Public School formed a club, and managed
to get together a team which was able
at times to defeat both the Cricket and
Recreation Clubs. In recent vears several

companies of the Shanghai Volunteer Corps
have formed cricket clubs, as well as the
Shanghai Municipal Police, and several junior
organisations, such as the Parsees, St. Andrew's
and Customs Cricket Clubs, have sprung into
existence. In short, the number of cricket
i;lubs now is so great that there is little
difficulty in completing fixture lists, and the
only trouble is the lack of accommodation in
the way of suitable grounds. In May, 1908,
at a specially convened meeting of repre-
sentatives of the local clubs, a sub-committee
was appointed to formulate a scheme for a
Cricket League in Shanghai, but there the
matter rests for the present.

Inter-port cricket matches between Shanghai
and Hongkong have been referred to in
detiiil in the " Hongkong " section of this
volume, but mention must be made here of
the encounters between Shanghai and Kobe,
Yokohama, and Weihaiwei. In 1893 a
Shanghai team visited Japan to try con-
clusions with Kobe, but suffered defeat by
an innings. In 1895 Kobe returned the call,
and were defeated on this occasion by an
innings and 14.9 runs, f'arbridge scoring III
runs for Shanghai, and St. Croix 81. In 1900
Shanghai again went over to Japan and won
a match against Yokohama by four wickets,
and against Kobe by 132 runs. In 1899 a
Shanghai team of moderate strength visited
Weihaiwei, but were badly beaten by 311
and 26 for two wickets, to 220 and 116.
Inter-port matches have been arranged for
the current year (1908) at Shanghai against
Hongkong and Tientsin.

LAWN TENNIS.

There are innumerable Lawn Tennis Clubs
in Shanghai, but it is only at the Cricket
Club, Country Club, and Recreation Club
that any realiy high-class play is witnessed.
Other clubs by which the game is patronised
include the German Country Club, the
" Fifty " Tennis Club. St. Andrew's, Customs,
and Police Recreation Clubs, while " A " and
" B " Companies of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps are able to produce fairly strong teams.
The majority of these clubs hold singles and
and doubles handicap competitions each
season, but the most interesting events in the
Settlement are the annual matches between
the Country Club and the Cricket Club, and
the annual competitions for the Lawn Tennis
Singles Championship Cup and the "Lester"
Hong Doubles Championship Cup.

In 1901 subscriptions were raised for the
purchase of a valuable cup for the singles
championship, the conditions being that the
cup was to be won by the same player three
times in succession or five times in all to
become his absolute property. As Mr. N. B.
Ramsay was champion in 1901-2-3, a second
cup was offered in 1905, and in that and the
two following years Mr. Ramsay did not
compete. This trophy was won in 1905
by Mr. W. C. E. Gibson, in 1906 by Mr. G. M.
Wheelock, in 1907 by Mr. H. de Voss, and
in 1908 by Mr. Ramsay.

The " Lester " ■ Hong Doubles Cup was
presented in 1905 by Mr. Henry Lester for
competition between pairs from loc;il hongs.
To be won outright the trophy was to be
lield three times in succession by members
of the same hong. In 1905 the cup was
secured bv Messrs. Butterfield & Swire ; and
in 1906 and 1907 by llie Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank.

Several inter-port lawn tennis games have
taken place, but not between the best teams
from each port. The custom has usually

504 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

been for the two best exponents of the game
in the visiting cricket team to oppose in
singles and doubles the best of the home
team.

FOOTBALL.

At the beginning of 1902 the Shanghai
Footlull Club had only tifteen members, but
at a meeting held in July of that year several
recruits were enlisted and the Club was
properly organised. Some difficulty was
experienced in obtaining a ground, but eventu-
ally the use of the Horse Baza;ir's grazing
land on the Public Recreation Ground was
obtained, and several matches under t>oth
Rugby and Association rules were played
during the ensuing season. The principal
event was a match on Chinese New Year's
Dav tietween the Club and the Marine
Engineers for the possession of a cup pre-
sented by the latter, and it resulted in the
only drawn game which has l>een recorded
in the history of this annual competition,
each club having now won eight times.
From this date until 1900 football in Shanghai
languished, but in the latter year, when
several men-of-war visited the port and
Shanghai became a garrison town on account
of the Boxer reticllion. one or two games
were played weekly under each code. It
was not until 1903, however, that any great
enthusiasm was evinced in the game. In that
year Mr. E. B. Skottowe offered a handsome
cup for competition under Association rules.
In the lirst season only two teams — the
Shanghai Football Club and the Dock and
Engineers' P'ootball Club — were able to put
a team of moderate strength into the field,
and the Engineers carried off the trophy.
In 1904-5-6 the Shanghai P'ootball Club
proved successful, but in KJ07 their members
were distributed amongst other teams for the
purposes of this competition, and " A " Com-
pany Shanghai Volunteer Corps, scored a
popular victory, which they have repeated
in the current year. In the meantime other
clubs and teams had been formed, and in
October, 1907, a league championship was
instituted, for which the Shanghai Football
Club, . •• A " Company Shanghai Volunteer
Corps, Engineers' Football Club, Deluge
Company Shanghai F"ire Brigade, Shanghai
Recreation Club, and the Navy entered. The
Shanghai FcK)tball Club emerged victorious.
In view of the success which had attended
the league championship, Messrs. John Pren-
tice and E. B. Skottowe offered a handsome
cup for competition annually by international
teams, and m the spring of 1908 England
became the first holders of the trophy.

Shanghai's first inter-port Association football
match took place this year. Representatives
of the port visited Hongkong, and on F"ebruary
3rd were defeated by the Hongkong Football
Club by three goals to nil, and on the
following day lost to the United Services by
one goal to nil.

Since the autumn of 1904 the Shanghai
Football Club has adhered solely to the
Association code. On September 22, 1904,
at a meeting convened by several Rugby
enthusiasts, it was decided to form a football
club under the laws of the Rugby Football
Union, to be called the Shanghai Rugby
Union Football Club. The Club has made
great headway, and in t'ebruary, 1907, invited
the Tientsin Rugby team to Shanghai and
defeated them by one goal and three tries
to nil. In 1908 a return visit was paid to
Tientsin and the Club again scored a victory,
this time by two goals (one dropped) and
four tries (18 points) to nil.

BASE-BALL.

Ever since there were enough .Americans
to form a base-ball nine, the game has been
played in Shanghai, the Shanghai Base-ball
Club b>eing among the first to obtain per-
mission to use part of the Public Recreation
Ground. The Club, however, has had a
chequered career, and has been reorganised
on several occasions. Knowledge of the
game is practicjilly confined to American

the Independence Day celebrations would not
be considered complete without a game of
base-ball.

GOLF.

It was not until fifteen years ago that any
attempt was made to organise a golf club in
Shanghai. In the late eighties a few ardent
Scots used to knock the balls about in the

SHANGHAI SPORTSMEN.
A. W. BuRKiLL, ERIC Prince,

Gentleman Rider and Polo Player. Swimming Ciiampion, 1907.

J. SCOT^ON, CAI'T. E. J. M. HARRErr,

Noted Shanghai Footballer

Shanghai Cricket Club.

residents, who have little opportunity for
practise, except occasional games against
teams from the American men-of-war which
visit the port. That the game would be
extremely popular if properly encouraged is
evidenced by the fact that hundreds of
spectators of all nationalities assemble on the
base-ball ground on July 4 in each year to
witness the match between the local team and
the United States men-of-war in port. In fact,

open country to the west of the recreation
ground, but it was not until January, 1894,
that anything was done in the way of laying
out golf links. In that year a meeting was
held in the board room of the Shanghai Horse
Bazaar (now Mr. G. Dallas's stables) with a
view to forming a golf club. Eighteen
enthusiasts attended, and a committee was
elected consisting of Messrs. B. A. Clarke
(capt.), A. G. Rowand (hon. treasurer), R. Carr

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPEESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 505

(hon. secretary),
Wade Gardner
were drawn up
— such of the i

E. O. Arbuthnot, J. Fearon,

and F. E. Alford. Rules

and adopted, but the ground

nterior of the Racecourse as

a small annual subscription are necessary to
become a member of the Ladies' Golf Club
and to enter into the competitions which it
promotes.

M«i?^jsiij m

INTER-PORT CRICKET— HONGKONG VERSUS SHANGHAI.

The Golf Club holds numerous competitions
throughout the season, including mixed four-
somes and monthly cup competitions. Among
several handsome trophies competed for
annually are the Hankow Challenge Cup,
presented in May, 1895, by the Hankow Golf
Club, in return for one offered to them by the
Shanghai Golf Club ; the " Ferrier " Cup,
presented by the late Mr. J. Ferrier ; and the
" Campbell " Shield, presented by Mr.
Alexander Campbell. To become the absolute
property of the winner, these trophies must
be won by him twice in succession or three
times in all. A Challenge Cup, which carries
with it the championship of the Club, is also
competed for each year. This cup can never
be won outright, but the winner receives a
miniature replica. The holders have been as
follow : — A. J. Wicks, 1901 ; J. Mann, 1902 ;
J. H. T. McMurtrie, 1903 ; A. W. Walkinshaw,
1904 ; J. H. T. McMurtrie, 1905 ; A. W.
Walkinshaw, 1906 ; A. W. Walkinshaw, 1907 ;
and G. M. Wheelock, 1908.

YACHTING.

Yachting has been a popular pastime in
Shanghai from the opening days of the
Settlement. In the fifties and sixties a Sailing
Club existed, which had, at Wayside, a
comfortable bungalow, and an inspection
tower from which to view Jhe races.; but
eventually the property was' sold, and the
proceeds were divided amongst the niembers.

was not already reserved for cricket and lawn
tennis — was quite unsuitable. The open part
which remained was rented by the Shanghai
Horse Bazaar for grazing purposes, and the
remainder consisted of thick grass, reeds, and
grave mounds. In 1896 the graves were
removed and the ground was levelled, and
the Horse Bazaar was bought out. Since that
time the links have been gradually improved,
but they still lack space and natural bunkers.
Originally, the rules limited the membership
to 75, but as this number was quickly reached,
the limit was extended to 150 in 1898, and has
since been abolished. There are now about 500
members, and more than 100 lady associates.
The subscription of a member entitles his
wife, sister, or daughter to play on the links
and to use the room set apart for lady
associates, but an additional entrance fee and

FOOTBALL-SHANGHAI PUBLIC SCHOOL VERSUS THOMAS HANBURY SCHOOL.

YACHTING—" BEFORE THE WIND.'

In 1869 the present Yacht Club was organised
under the name of the Shanghai Sailing
Club. Until 1873 the boats were of the
house-boat yacht type, with heavy centre-
boards, and ranging from thirty to sixty tons ;
but in the eighties cutter-rigged boats with
heavy centreboards were introduced, and
these averaged about fifty tons each. As the
traffic in the river became greater the heavy
type of boat was gradually abandoned in
favour of a smaller class of boat. Rules were
drawn up, and the 2j-rater class was intro-
duced, while in 1896 the "Flapper" Class
was created, and five boats were built in
Hongkong to the design of Mr. A. J. Watson.
The present fleet is divided into three classes
of racing boats and one cruiser clabs. Class "A"
includes all boats above 2 rating, and at
present consists of ten yachts — cutters, sloops,
and luggeis — of from 250 to 610 rating.
Class " B " consists of luggers from 075 to
099 rating, and there are now six boats in the
class. The third racing class consists of the
" Flappers " or " Swallows," all of one design,
while the cruiser class comprises yawls,
sloops, luggers, motor boats, &c. Races are

506 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONCxKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

held weekly throughout the season (May to
October), and tiike place on the river
Whangpoo over courses N-arjing from six
to twenty miles, though one race has been
held this year over a course of 120 miles.
The cxHirses are up-river or down-river,
according to the state of the tide. The usual
starting point is opposite the centre of the
Bund, but not infrequently the start for up-
river races takes place at Prince's Pier,
Woosung.

In IQ05 the Yacht Club obtained from the
Commissioners for executing the office of
Lord High Admiral of the United Kingdom,
permission to Hy the Blue Ensign, but this
prixilege is confined to British members of
the Club. The flag was broken by Miss
Warren, daughter of Sir Pelham Warren,
K.C.M.G., the Consul-General, at a ceremony
which took place on the Bund foreshore in
April, 1905.

ROWING.

The Shanghai Rowing Club has been in
existence for nearly half a century, but it is
only from 1867 that there are any authentic
and complete records. The first regatta of
which there is any mention took place on
May 15. 1872, and was held on the Pootung
side of the Whangpoo River, but thence
onwards until 1897 the annual regattas were
almost in\-ariably held on the Soochow Creek.
In 1875 the Rowing Club acquired the
I'pper Boat-house alongside the Soochow
Creek, near the Stone Bridge, but they
disposed of it in 1901 as it had ceased to be
of much use owing to the fact that the
regattas were then taking place on the river.
In the meantime the Club had acquired the
Lower Boat-house, on the south bank of the
Soochow Creek, opposite Union Church ; but
with the ever-incTeasing membership this
soon became too small, and in February,
1903. a special meeting of members of the
Club in%'ested the committee with full power

'• Dent " Hong Challenge Cup Fours, Sculling
Championship, Junior Sculls, Griffins' Fours.
and Senior Eights.

The records of the Rowing Club disclose
only three inter-port contests. In 1874 and
again in H)Oi a four-oared crew went over
to Japan and had to be content with second
place. Kobe taking first and Yokohama third
on each occasion. In 1884 a four-oared race
against Hongkong was won hy the southern
port by a bare length.

and two lengths (66J yards)
42 seconds.

ill less than

THE INTERNATIONAL WALKING
MATCH.

This competition was organised in Shanghai
in 11x14 for the purpose of providing a form
of athletic contest, in which members of all

HOWING-THE FINISH OF THE EIGHTS.

SWIMMING.

U.NTII, the erection of the Shanghai Rowing
Club's lower boat-house and swimming bath,
those who were desirous of practising the
art of natation had either to join the some-
what exclusive and expensive Swimming Bath
Club, or resort either to the Whangpoo or
to a pond in the vicinity of the Rifle Butts.
Now, however, the Shanghai Rowing Club
have an excellent swimming bath, the sub-
scription and entrance fee to which are
reasonable, and in the spring of 1907 a
public swimming bath was erected by the
Municipal Council at the new Hoiigkew
Recreation Ground. Shortly afterwards an

HONQKEW RECREATION GROUND,

lo acquire a site for a new boat-house and
swimming bath. To the energy and fore-
sight of that committee the Club is indebted
for the splendid building it now occupies on
the bank of the S<xx.how Creek. From 1897
until 1905 the spring and autumn regattas
were held on the Pfxrtung side of the
Whangpoo River, up-stream or down-stream,
according to the state of the tide, but since
1905 the autumn races have been removed
to Henli, near Quinsan. The principal events
are the International Fours and Eights, the

International Swimming Club was formed
which is granted the use of the public bath
on terms, at certain specified times. Both
the Shanghai Rowing Club and the Inter-
national Swimming Club hold annual galas,
which prove very attractive. At a recent
gala of the Rowing Club the first Inter-Club
Squadron Race was held, and resulted in a
victory for the Rowing Club by a bare yard.
As a criterion of the skill of local swimmers,
it is worthy of mention that one length
(331 yards) lias been covered in 18 seconds,

nationalities could meet on equal terms. The
competition is open to teams of four men
each, and some reponsible official has to
certify that each of tlie entrants is a bond
fiilc citizen or subject of the nationality
which he seeks to represent. Each team
may appoint four reserves, to be used as
substitutes if necessary. Individual entries
are received to any number. Fair heel and
toe walking is insisted upon. The team
competition is decided as follows : — The
position of each competitor (first, second,
third, &c.), is noted, and the team whose
total in place numbers is lowest is declared
the winner. The course is usually about 18
miles in length, the finishing point being
opposite to the grand-stand on the race-
course. The contest is held on a Sunday
morning towards the latter end of November
in each year.

For the first competition in 1904 the entries
incUided Dutch, Japanese, Swiss, French,
English, Scotch, British Colonials, Danes,
Italians, Germans, and Russians, each
nationality entering a team of four men
except the Scotch, Russians, and British
Colonials. The result was as follows : —
1st, English Team (Messrs. Ayres, O. V.
Lanning, Gerrard, and Quelch) ; 2nd, French
Team (Messrs. Oudin, Girbud, Marges, and
Saubolle) ; 3rd, Danish Team (Messrs.
Poulsen, Mathiesen, Klubien, and Kolte).

Points. — England: 6, 9, 10, 15 = 40;
France: i, 2, 4, 34^41; and Denmark:
5, 8, 13, 18 = 44.

Individual prizes. — Messrs. Oudin (French)
I ; Giroud (French) 2 ; Horst (Dutch) 3 ;
Marges (French) 4 ; Poulsen (Danish) 5 ;
Ayres (English) 6 ; Anderson (English) 7 ;
Mathiesen (Danish) 8 ; Lanning (English) 9 ;
and Gerrard (English) 10.

In 1905 the entries included Swiss, German,
Portuguese, English, Austro-Huiigarian, Nor-
wegian, Irish, Frencli, Dutch, and Scotch
teams, ajid ten individual entries. The result
was :— 1st, French (Messrs. Marges, Servanin,
Blum, and Chapeaux) ; 2nd, English (Messrs.
Gerrard, Burton, Sayer, Bowerman, and
Sparke) ; 3rd. Irish (Messrs. Young, Kingston,
Bookless, and MacCabe).

Points.— France : I, 4, 6, 11 = 22; Eng-
land : 2, 5, 7, 14 = 28 ; and Ireland : 3, 8,
13, 26 = 50.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 507

Iiiclividual prizes : — Messrs. Marges (French)
I ; Gerrard (English) 2 ; Young (Irish) 3 ;
Chapeaux (Krench) 4 ; Burton Sayer (English)
5 ; Servanin (French) 6 ; Bowerinan (English)
7 ; Kingston (Irish) 8 ; Anderson (Scotch) Q ;
Loevhaug (Norwegian) 10.

In 1906 there were thirty-live entries, and
the result was as follows : — 1st, English
(Messrs. Gerrard, P'eatherstonhaugh, Webb,
and Moores) ; 2nd. P'rench (Messrs. Marges,
Lucas, Hluni. and Servanin) ; 3rd, Scotch
(Messrs. Cameron, Roberts, Mills, and Chicken).

SHANGHAI POLICE SPORTS.

The Winning Higli Jump.

Start of the Cycle Kace.

Tug of War.

Points. — England : i, 3, 4, 7 = 15 ; France :
2, 6, 14, 16 = 38 ; Scotland : 5, 9, 15, 19 = 48.

Individual prizes : — Messrs. Featherston-
haugh (English) i ; Marges (French) 2 ; Webb
(English) 3 ; Gerrard (English) 4 ; Cameron
(Scotch) 5 ; T. Wade (Individiuil) 6 ; G. A.
Turner (Individual) 7 ; J. B. Lucas (French) 8 ;
A. R. Moores (English) 9 ; J. L. Wade
(Individual) 10.

In 1907 five teams entered and twenty-
five competitors started, with the following
result : — 1st, French (Messrs. B. Lucas, C.
Marges, J. Gilis, and J. Donne) ; 2nd, German
(Messrs. F. Martin, W. Jessel, R. Bahlmann,
and F. Karge) : 3rd, Portuguese (Messrs. C.
Collaco, M. J. Collaco, J. M. d'Almeida, and
A. M. Collaco).

Individual prizes :— Messrs. W. S. Feather-
stonhaugh (English) i ; B. Lucas (French) 2 ;
C. Marges (French) 3 ; F. Martin (German) 4 ;
W. Jessel (German) 5 ; T. Wade (Individual) 6 ;
G. A. Turner (English) 7 ; C. Collaco (Portu-
guese) 8 ; W. L. Gerrard (English) 9 ; T.
McKenna (Scotch) 10.

In this competition three of the English
team caine in ist, 6th, and 8th respectively,
but the fourth failed to complete the course.

SHOOTING.

The real sportsman who enjoys hunting
his quarry will have no fault to find with
Shanghai. Though at times recourse is had
to native " beaters," an organised and disci-
plined gang of beaters, such as is seen at
the average shoot at home, is unknown in
China. Shanghai is within easy reach of
country in which game abounds, and on the
very borders of the Settlement snipe and
pheasant are to be obtained. Pheasants,
however, though fairly plentiful, are becom-
ing scarcer every year as the cultivation of
land extends. Further afield there are dis-
tricts, easily approachable by house-boat, in
which an abundance of game is to be foiMid,
and it is no uncommon occurrence fcr a
party to acquire a large and mixed bag of
pheasant, teal, snipe, wild duck and wood-
cock, with, occasionally, a deer or wild boar.
In addition to the winter snipe, there are
periodiail visits of the migratory snipe, which
arrive from the south in the latter pait of
April and early in May, and return from the
north late in August or early in September.
During the winter months wild fowl is met
with in large numbers on the shores of the
islands outside Woosung in the estuary of
the Yangtsze River, and wild swan, geese,
teal, widgeon, and duck are found in profu-
sion at Tsungming, Blockhouse, and Small
and Bush Islands, which are best reached
in the large, flat-bottomed Chinese sampan.

During the suminer months — the close
season for game — the local gun clubs afford
excellent practise and recreation by organising
trap-shooting. The Shanghai Gun Club was
formed in 1895 and its first ground was at
" Trefancha," Markham Road, until in 1903
a lease was obtained of a more suitable plot
of land bordering Connaught Road. Here
weekly competitions are held, and an inter-
port competition against the Foochow (iun
Club takes place annually. Until 1904 each
club was credited with four victories, but
since 1901 the Shanghai Gun Club has been
successful every year, and has now won the
contest on eight occasions out of twelve.

The Sportsman's Gun Club was organised
in 1901 and occupied a piece of ground
adjoining the Rifle Range until 1906. In that
year the Club removed to more commodious
quarters olf the Yangtszepoo Road, near the

508 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Four Mile Post. In the first year of its
existence the Sportsman's Gun Club took
part in an inter-port contest against the Foo-
chow Gun Club and won by 85 birds to 68,
but the contests fell into abe>'ance until the
institution of the " Wingard " Challenge Cup
in 1905. Two or three matches are held
annually between the Sportsman's Gun Club
and the Shanghai Gun Club, and up to the
present time the first-named heads the list
of successes.

though the police play occasionally on the
station greens, and the game is now being
encouraged by the Shanghai Cricket Club.
An open championship, held six years ago,
was won by Mr. D. McAlister, of tlie Shanghai
Recreation Club, and then discontinued. At
the Shanghai Recreation Club the game is
followed with great interest, and singles
and doubles handicap competitions are held
annually. This year fi.\tures have been
arranged against the Shanghai Cricket Club

THE BRIDOE IN HON&KEW RECREATION GROUND.

A third gun club — the Clay Pigeon Club —
was established in November, 1907, and
obtained the use of the Navy League Recrea-
tion Ground in Siecawei Road. The opening
shoot took place on April 4. 1908, and since
that date cup competitions have been held
regularly every Sunday.

In 1905 Mr. H. j. Craig, of Shanghai,
presented a handsome silver cup for com-
petition between projierly organised gun
clubs in Far Eastern ports. The conditions
provide that the competition shall take place
on August 1 2th each year ; that only one
team consisting of five men may be entered
by each club ; that 40 birds are pulled to
each member of a team (200 birds in all) at
a distance of 18 >-ards ; and that Magau traps
are used. The winning team have the cus-
tody of the cup for one year, and each
member receives a miniature facsimile. The
Sportsman's Gun Club carried off the trophy
in 1905 with the record score of 184 birds;
the Shanghai Gun Club in the following year
with 158 birds ; the Foochow Gun Club in
1907, and this year the Sportsman's Gun Club
was again successful with a score of 180
birds.

OTHER SPORTS AND PASTIMES.

There arc only three clubs — the Shanghai
Recreation Club, the Wigwam Club, and the
Franco-Italian Club — which have taken up
the game of lawn bowls with any enthusiasm,

and the Shanghai Municipal Police Recreation
Club.

A Bowling Club has been established in
Shanghai for more than forty years, with
headquarters and an alley situated on the
north side of Nanking Road. Here the game
has many patrons among the older genera-
tion, and matches frequently take place
between this Club and the German Club
(Club Concordia) and the Hongkong Club
Bowling Alley. A few of the country hotels
also have bowling alleys.

A Hockey Club still exists in Shanghai,
but the games are few and far between.
Occasionally the local Club meets a team
from a British man-of-war in port, but little
public interest is taken in the encounters.
Several interesting pick-up games, also, are
held during the winter season by a Ladies'
Hockey Club.

Athletic sports are held annually — in the
spring by the Boys' Brigade and the Foreign
Young Men's Christian Association, and in
the autumn by the Shanghai Municipal Police
and the Shanghai Public School. At the
Police Sports held five years ago, W. G.
Brown, who weighed more than twelve
stone, was credited with covering one
hundred yards in ten seconds dead ! At the
Shanghai Municipal Police and Young Men's
Christian Association Sports several open
championships are held, but the times made
do not call for comment.

In 1865 a Tennis and Rackets Club was in
existence, but it soon died a natural death,

and the game of rackets has not been revived
since.

In January, i()o6, the Shanghai Harriers
Club was formed, and held an opening run
in the second week of that month. The
membership numbered 26, but afterwards
increased to 55. Several enjoyable runs
were held, but it was found impossible to
obtain sufficient active support to make the
Club a success, and the Harriers ceased to
exist after January, 1907.

Of other clubs which are now extinct,
mention may be made of the Badger Club,
whose members in the olden days used to
find good sport with fox-terriers and dachs-
hunds ; a Skating Club, which had the right to
use a pond in the Public Recreation Ground,
but for many years has had no ice upon
which to skate ; and the Tandem Club,
which had to be disbanded owing to the
scarcity of suitable roads.

INSPECTOR WALTER KINIPPLE, S.M.P.

MR. WALTER KINIPPLE, a native of Kent,
and formerly of the City of London Police,
was specially selected in 1903 by the Com-
missioner of Police in Shanghai to fill the
position of Traffic Inspector of the Shanghai
Mounted Police. Whilst in London he was
a prominent member of the City Police
Athletic Club, and since his arrival in
Shanghai he has entered enthusiastically
into all local sports. For four years he has
been secretary of the Police Sports, and has
captained the winning tug-of-war team each
year against the Navy, the Volunteers, and
all comers. He is a member of the police
first cricket eleven, he plays football, and is
a strong swimmer.

METEOROLOGY.

HONGKONG.

By F. G. FlGG, Director of the Hongkong Observatory.

fUE Colony of Hongkong is
situated just within the nor-
thern tropic and within the
region which comes alter-
nately under the influence
of the southerly and north-
easterly monsoon systems.
Hence the year, as regards climate, may
be popularly divided into two periods — the
former, or summer monsoon, which prevails
from June to September ; and the latter, the
winter monsoon, prevailing from October to
March, while April and May are subject to
very changeable weather and may be charac-
terised as months between the monsoons.

The table appended hereto gives the means
of some of the piincipal meteorological
elements for a period of twenty-four years
(1884 to 1907 inclusive), the figures being the
result of observations made at the Hongkong
Observatory, which is situated on the Kow-
loon Peninsula at a height of 109 feet above
mean sea-level. A glance at this table shows
at once that the climate of the Colony has a
considerable annual variation. The summers
are, of course, hot, but the winters are cool.
The bright weather characterising the early
winter gives place usually during the second
half of January to increasing cloudiness,
with a corresponding decrease of sun-
shine, decreasing temperature, and increasing
humidity. In the first half of P'ebruary the
mean temperature falls to its lowest point,
slightly over 56 deg. Thereafter the tempera-
ture rises steadily to about 65 deg. by the end
of March. In the latter month, however,
there is a further increase of cloudiness.
which is at a maximum in this month, while
the amount of sunshine received is at a
minimum. The humidity is also high, and
fog, which usually begins to appear in
January, is at the maximum. Thunderstorms,
which seldom occur from December to
February, make their appearance, and the
rainfall, which is slight during the winter
months, now begins to increase.

The temperature continues to rise steadily

during April and May, and at the end of the
latter month it has almost attained its summer
level. The rainfall, also, increases, and
thunderstorms occur frequently by the end
of May. The wind direction, which has
been slowly veering from E. by N. in
February to E. by S. in May, now shifts
more rapidly to the SE.

From the beginning of June till towards
the end of September, the southerly mon-
soon period, the mean temperature recorded
is between 80 deg. and 82 deg., and the
humidity remains high — about 82 per cent.
Rain, the greater part of which falls during
thunderstorms, totals in June, July, and August
about 43 inches. This is therefore the most
trying part of the year to most people. It is
not tliat the temperature is excessively high,
but the fact that it is accompanied by such a
humid atmosphere, that renders this season
of the year so enervating. The daily range
of temperature is only just over 8 deg., so that
the minimum night temperature is from 77 deg.
to 78 deg., while the humidity rises at night to
about 87 per cent. Under these conditions
people find it difficult to sleep, the more par-
ticularly as there are a good proportion of
nights during the summer when the wind is
almost calm on the lower levels. At the peak
there is usually a breeze.

In September the temperature and humidity
are slowly decreasing, and on an average
there is a marked diminution in the rainfall.
The southerly monsoon is now retreating, and
bursts of north-east monsoon occur occasion-
ally towards the end of the month, while in
October it is usually established. Skies are
then clearer, sunshine is at the maximum of
the year, and temperature and humidity are
steadily decreasing. Thence onwards till the
end of the year the weather is usually very
fine, the humidity is down to about 65 per
cent., there is no lack of sunshine, and the
temperature falls rather quickly to about
62 deg. by the middle of December.

The weather during the closing months
of the year is hence very agreeable, and

whatever may be said of the conditions of
the summer, little fault can be found with
those of the early winter.

Hitheito, in speaking of temperature
reference has been made to the mean
temperature as derived from observations
made hourly. It will be seen on consulting
the table annexed hereto that in February,
the coldest month, the mean maximum tem-
perature is 62' I deg., and the mean minimum
54'5 deg. ; while in July, the hottest month, the
mean maximum temperature is 865 deg. and
the mean minimum 78*2 deg. The daily range
of temperature is rather small, amounting on
an average of the whole year to 8-3. It is
slightly less than this in the spring when
skies are clouded, and slightly greater in the
late summer and early winter when skies are
clearer.

The absolute maximum temperature, 97 deg.,
during the twenty-four years under notice,
occurred ou August 19, 1900, when a typhoon
was approaching the Colony from the east-
ward, while the absolute minimum, 32 deg.,
was recorded on January 18, 1893, when an
anticyclone lay over China. The absolute
range of temperature for this period is,
therefore, 65 deg. Except on the above
occasion, when the temperature fell to the
freezing point with fatal effects to much
vegetation in the Colony, the minimum
temperature has only fallen below 40 deg.
on two occasions, viz., 37-5 deg. in January,
1900, and 384 deg. in February, 1901. It
must be understood that these observations
are from the Observatory records. Slight
frost is not exceptional on Victoria Peak.

The mean annual rainfall of the twenty-
four years is 84'I3 inches. The greater part
of this, 84 per cent., is received during
the six months, April to September inclusive,
leaving only 16 per cent, for the other six
months, October to March inclusive. June
is the wettest month, with 16-43 inches, May,
July, and August falling some 2 tj 4 inches
below this amount. December has the mini-
mum with i'o6 inches.

iz;
O
M
a
in
o
u

o
o

m
a

m
w

P5
->1

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF

HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC. Ml

THE GREAT TYPHOON-DAMAGE DONE ON SHORE.

The year of maximuin rainfall was 1889
with 11972 inches, and the maximum fall
occurring in any one month was 48-84 inches
in May of the same year. The greater part
of this abnormal fall was received during a
terrific thunderstorm or series of thunder-
storms, which took place on the 29th and
30th of the month. Rain commenced to fall
on the 29th at 2.30 a.m., and it finally ceased
on the 30th at 5.30 p.m. During this interval
33'ii inches of rain were collected. Of this
27-44 inches fell in the twenty-four hours
ending at 6.30 a.m. on the 30th, and in the
three hours 2.30 a.m. to 5.30 a.m. on the 30th,
9-60 inches were measured. As might be
expected, this enormous fall, in so short a
time, caused great damage in the Colony, par-
ticularly to roads.

The minimum annual rainfall, 4583 inches,
was recorded in 1895. '" January and De-
cember, 1884, no rain fell, and in some years
February, October, and November have been
practically rainless. The rainfall of Septem-
ber and October is very variable in amount.
In years when typhoons approach the neigh-
bourhood of the Colony good falls are noted,
while in the absence of such disturbances the
rainfall in these two months is comparatively
small.

The Colony is subject to the devastating
effects of tropical cyclones, usuallv designated
typhoons in the Far East. These disturb-
ances, of which about 16 occur on an average
every year, originate, usually between
the latitudes of 10 deg. N. and 20 deg. N.,
chiefly over the Pacific and less frequently
in the China Sea. They move, at first,
towards W. and N'W., and are liable to
reach the coast of China from June to

October. A proportion of them recurve
towards N. and NE. whilst still in the
Pacific, and ultimately reach Japan or pass
away eastwards to the south of japan. The
rate of translation varies in different latitudes
and in different typhoons, but of those that
cross the north part of the China Sea the
rate of progression js 9 miles per hour on
an average. They occur inost frequently on
the China coast in July, August, and Septem-
ber. The south coast of China, and hence

the neighbourhood of Hongkong, has, how-
ever, been visited by these disturbances as
early as May and as late as November (e.g.
that of November 9 to 10, 1900), but this
is unusual.

Means of some of the principal Meteoro-
logical Elements and monthly extremes of
Temperature and Rainfall registered at the
Hongkong Observatory during the twenty-
four years 1884 to 1907 inclusive : —

Temperature.

Humi-
dity.

R:iinfa]l.

nright
sunshine.

Clouds.

Wind.

Montli.

s
S5£

4, 5

3
S

§1

c a

0.0

^■52

s.s

. -0

'■B

Per

Deg.

DeR.

Des.

Deg.

cent.

ins.

hrs.

cent.

Jan. ...

600

64=;

S6-2

7*>-^

32-0

1-41

«-43

0-00

142-8

E.I4°N. 13-9

Feb. ...

:;8-0

62-1

=;4s

79-1

38-4

1-70

7-94

002

87-8

E.I4°N. 14-5

March .

62-7

66-9

$^A

821

4=50

2-9.T

ir-49

0-17

79-8

E. 7"^'• 15-9

April...

70-2

74-6

670

88-6

Sl-8

8=1

566

14-89 1 1-23

105-3

E. t 14-7

May ...

76-8

8 1-4

7r6

qi-5

631

8.3

12-7.1

48-84! 1-15

151-0

E. 13°S. 1 13-0

June ...

80-7

8VI

77'1

93-6

.68-9

16-43

34-37 1 2-33

156-6

K.53°S-

12-3

July ...

81-8

86-S

78-2

940

72-1

12-37

28-23 ; 4-57

200-8

E.54° S.

August.

81-3

86-3

77-4

970

71-6

14-29

27-86 3-97

200-9

E.5i° S.

9-8

Sept....

80-4

8V3

76-6

94-0

6v6

Q-47

30-60 0-63

197-3

5«

E. ii°N.

12-0

Oct. ...

76-3

80-9

726

93-8

=i7'4

4-53

17-87 : 0-02

213-8

E. 19° N.

14-5

Nov. ...

692

741

6s-o

8S-6

46-7

1-51

7-32;o-oi

189-6

E. 28° N.

13-2

Dec. ...

62-7

67-8

58-6

81-9

407

106

4-10

000

182-4

E. 24° N.

12-4

Year ...

71-6

76-3

68-1

970

320

8413

48-84

o-oo

1,908-1

6''> E. 4° S. 13-1

ol2 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

During the past twenty-four years 45 gales
of force 8 and upwards, due to t\-phoons,
have blown in the Colony. They were dis-
tributed as follows : — June once, July 8 times,
Au);ust 10 times, September 17 times,
Octolier 8 times, and November once. Full
typhoon force was experienced in July once,
in August once, in September twice, in
October twice, in November once. Storm
force was recorded in September on three
additional occasions. It is seen, therefore,
that this part of the coast is most frequently
visited by these disturbances in September.

The most violent typhoon experienced in
the Colony during the past twenty-four years
was that of July 29, 1896, when the average
hourly wind velocity reached lo8 miles.
Usually a large amount of rain falls during
the passage of a typhoon, but on this

occasion the fall, 3 inches, was comparatively
slight. On the other hand, in the typhoon
of October 5, 1894, the fall, amounting to
nearly 17 inches, was abnormal. It was due
to the typhoon centre recurving slowly in
the immediate neighbourhood of the Colony.
After passing to the southward and westward,
it finally moved away on the mainland to
the north and north-east of Hongkong. The
storm was consequently very prolonged, the
wind blowing with the force of a strong
gale for thirty hours, and with storm force
and upwards for twelve hours.

The influence of these disturbances on the
meteorological character of the summer and
autumn seasons in individual years is some-
times considerable. It has already been
shown that the rainfall of the autumn months
is particularly affected by the near approacli,

or otherwise, of typhoons, and it may now
be stated that the temperature is adversely
affected in seasons when the trajectories of
these disturbances lie chiefly over the Pacific.

MR. FREDERICK OEOROE FIQQ, Director
of the Hongkong Observatory, was born on
February 10, 1856, and, on completing liis
education, entered the observatory at Kevv as
assistant, afterwards becoming magnetic
observer. He arrived in Hongkong in 1883
as first assistant to the Director of the Obser-
vatory, and, after having on several occasions
filled the post of Acting Director, he was
confirmed in his present appointment in
September, 1907.

SHANGHAI.

By the Rev. Father FrOC, Director of Siccawei Observatory.

The great port of Shanghai, as well as the
remainder of the coast of China, is subject
to the climacteric system of monsoons, as
has t>een authoritatively stated and proved by
Pere S. Chevalier, in the bulletin of the
Siccawei Observatory, year 1890.

The sunmier monsoon, caused by the high
temperature and consequently low pressure
which prevails over the continent, sets in
progressively, the change beginning in March
or April in the north, and in May in the
Formosa Channel. Its duration at Shanghai
is of about four months — from April to
August — and its direction from south-east.
The winter monsoon is caused by the low
temperature and high pressure prevalent in
Asia, and sets in about the first half of
September, and sometimes even during the
last weeks of August. At Shanghai it lasts
nearly seven months. It is not only the
longer, but by far the steadier of the two
monsoons. Its direction is from north-east
in the Formosa Channel, and from north-
west at Shanghai.

During the south-east or summer monsoon
the climate of Shanghai is sub-tropical, whilst
for the remainder of the year it is temperate.
Let us now examine one by one the chief
elements of the rather complicated climate.
Barometric Pressi-rk.

The mean tiarometric pressure for Siccawei,
reduced to freezing point and sea-level, is as
follows : —

Inches.

Indies.

Januao'

3033

July

2969

Februarv

3028

August

2973

March

3017

September

2991

April

3000

October

3011

May

2987

November

3024

June

2974

December

30-31

Yearly mean 3003

The annual variation is 0-64 inch, the
highest reading being reached about the
middle of January, and the lowest in July.
A rapid and considerable departure from
the mean generally forebodes bad weather,
a gale or other disturbance, as the case
may be.

The pressure undergoes every day a double
oscillation, on tide, principally determined by
the sun, and not by the moon, as in the case
of the sea tide. It is not so regular here as
in lower latitudes, but is better defined during
summer, when the climate is more similar
to that of the tropics. The minima occur
about 4 a.m. and 4 p.m., the maxima about
10 a.m. and 10 p.m.; the total range may
be from 0'04 to 008 inch.

Temperature.
Annual Change. — At Shanghai the coldest
weather occurs about the beginning of
February, and the warmest about the ist of
August, in each case nearly forty days after
the solstices. It will be of interest to find
here the mean temperature for each period
of five days. The figures are the result of
thirty years of observation, and give a
fair idea of the variation throughout the
year : —

Mean Temperature at Siccawei.

Jan. I

DeK.
3-29

Deg.

379

Mar.22

Deg.

878

Deg.

47-8

290

37-2

10-33

50-6

352

38-3

Apr. I

11-23

52-2

278

370

11-84

53-3

2-82

371

1297

55-3

318

377

13-41

56-1

2-59

367

14-90

58-8-

Feb. 5

273

369

15-74

60-3

262

367

May I

16-30

61-3

4-12

394

17-42

63-4

491

40-8

18-20

64-8

5-87

426

18-64

65-6

Mar. 2

5-66

422

19-84

67-7

680

44-2

20-39

687

677

442

21-13

700

793

463

June 5

21-59

709

Deg.

June 10

22-37

72-3

Sep. 23

21-25

70-3

23-35

74-0

20-59

69- 1

23-90

75-0

Oct, 3

19-80

67-6

24-35

75-8

19-31

66-8

25-21

77-4

1806

64-5

July 5

26-36

79-4

17-56

63-6

27-00

80-6

15-67

60-2

27-64

8i-8

15-29

595

2762

817

Nov. 2

13-69

566

27-74

819

13-42

56-2

28-29

82-9

11-55

52-8

Aug. 4

27-86

82-1

11-79

53-2

27-56

81-6

1014

S0-3

27-52

81-5

8-15

46-7

26-85

80-3

Dec. 2

7-81

46-2

26-52

797

6-91

44-5

2578

78-4

6-28

43-3

Sep. 3

24-84

76-7

4-66

40-4

24-07

75-3

4-74

405

22-78

73-0

4-27

397

22-14

71-9

3-29

379

E.xtremc Temperatures. — What we practi-
cally experience is not the mean, but the
actual temperature. A sailor passing from
24 deg. outside to 80 deg. in an engine room
will have had a mean of 52 deg., the same as
a resident living at home with a minimum of
50 deg. and a maximum of 54 deg. It is,
consequently, of great importance to know
how much the thermometer departs from the
mean.

If, during a period of thirty years of uniform
observations, we compare, within each year,
the coldest and warmest month, we find that
the greatest variation was 49-7 deg. in 1878
and 1893, and the smallest 369 deg. in 1902.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 513

Computing now the difference between the
highest and lowest monthly mean, for each
particular month, in different years, we obtain
the following table : —

Variability of the inontltly mean at Siccawei.

Month.

Var.
Deg.

January

February ...

10-4

March

9"0

April

8-6

May

June

7-6

July

7-6

August

September ...

5-8

October

November ...

December ...

10-4

on the whole, is the coldest month, and
February is a little colder and certainly more
disagreeable than December.

Slianghai Summers. — The summer at
Shanghai is usually very hot and damp. The
absolute maximum occurs generally in July
or August, sometimes in June. In 1876,
however, the hottest d;iy was May 19th,
when the thermometer reached 96'3 deg.
The hottest summer was that of 1892, fol-
lowed immediately by the coldest winter.
But the summer of 1894, nearly as warm,
was succeeded by a moderate winter.

Here is a list of the highest temperatures
registered each year from 1873 to 1907 : —

There is less difference between the same
summer month in different years than
between the same winter month. Let us
remark, too, that this variability is greater in
high than in low latitudes.

It is interesting to note that the difference
between the absolute maximum and the
absolute minimum experienced within the
same year had its highest value, 902 deg.,
in 1893, and its lowest, 742 deg., in 1882.
But from August 15, 1892, to January 19,
1893, a total difference of 927 deg. was
registered within about live months.

AH these temperatures are recorded in a
good shade, and in a position allowing very
free passage to the air. In other circuin-
stances (in the streets, e.g.) the thermometer
may rise much higher or fall much lower.
For instance, the white bulb thermoineter,
ill vacuo, over the lawn at Siccawei, rises
above 115 deg. several times every year, and
an ordinary maximum thermometer on the
grass in full sunshine recorded 118 deg. on
August 9, 1907.

Sltaiigliai Winters. — The winter season is
very fine on account of the dry weather and
bracing air. In its entirety it extends from
October to April. We append here certain
data concerning that period for thirty different
winters : —

Deg.

1873

100-4

I89I

98-6

1874

977

1892

102-9

1875

102-0

1893

100-4

1876

963

1894

102-9

1877

943

1895

100-2

1878

977

1896

too-o

1879

101-7

1897

102-0

1880

96-1

1898

I0I7

I88I

96-4

1899

99-3

1882

943

1900

100-4

1883

97-3

190 1

970

1884

957

1902

930

1885

I0O-2

1903

979

1886

98-6

1904

959

1887

100-4

1905

997

1888

lOO-I

1906

98-1

1889

100-4

1907

97-0

1890

99-1

Number of Days with

Temperature.

Minimum

Temperature

below 32 degrees.

Mean

Temperature

below 32 degrees.

Maximum

Temperature

below 32 degrees.

Number of Hours
of Frost.

Degrees.

Mean 185

408

The number of hours of frost is distributed as follows : —

Maximum.

Mean.

Minimum.

Percentage.

November

47 (1880)

(It times)

December

190 (1884I

III

2 (l888|

January

266 (1883)

146

39 (1901)

February

314 (1901)

119

18 (1890)

March

95 (1895)

(3 times)

It is seen that frost always occurs in
December, January, and February, almost
always in the first days of March, and pretty
often at the end of November. The earliest
date when frost was recorded is November
5th ; the latest, March 30, 1901. January,

Oppressive nights, chiefly when attended
with dead calms or SW. winds, are those
during which the thermometer does not
fall below 77 deg. Fah. This is how they are
distributed :^

Number of oppressive nights.

Above (77-0 deg.)

Above (78-8 deg.)

Max. j Mean

Min.

Max.

Mean

Min.

June

1 I

July ...

14 ! 7

August ...

15 i 6

September

3 1

—

Daily variation. — Every day, except under
abnormal circumstances (not very infrequent,
however), the lowest temperature takes place
shortly after sunrise, and the highest about
2 p.m.

The difference, or range, between the
coldest and warmest temperature of the
same day, which is of paramount impor-
tance for health, varies considerably. The
difference is greater in March, April, May,
October, Noveinber, and December, and less
in January, February, March, June, July, and
August, the wider range thus occurring
during the transition months.

Mean

range, Fah.

Mean
range, Fah.

Deg

Deg.

January

10-0

July

10-7

F'ebruary ...

August

9-6

March

11-6

September

111

April .

120

October ...

120

May

127

November

12- 1

June..

10-7

December

12-2

A characteristic feature of the climate is
the suddenness of variations, on a very
large scale, at the passage of the depressions
followed by NW. gales. Thus on April 24,
1908, from 3 p.m. to 7 p.in. the temperature
fell by 360 deg. Fah., the rate of decrease
being 9-0 deg. an hour.

Hygrometry.

The relative humidity is the percentage
of the actual vapour pressure to that of
saturated water vapour of the air, at the
same temperature. The annual variation at
Siccawei is insignificant, there being only
a slight maxiinum during the summer mon-
soon. The mean monthly inaximuin is
83 per cent., the minimum 69 per cent., and
the mean 78 per cent.

It is of interest to know the amount of
watery vapour contained in the atmosphere,
without reference to temperature. This is
given by the ratio which the weight of
vapour bears to the weight of dry air. As
the amount is very small, the figures in the
following table have been multiplied by
100,000.

Month.

Amount of
Vapour.

Month.

Amount of
Vapour.

Jan.

607

July ...

301 1

Feb. ...

647

Aug. ...

2982

March ...

840

Sept. ...

2270

April

1239

Oct. ...

1564

May ...

1699

Nov. ...

1038

June

2348

Dec. ...

705

514 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The minimum occurs during January, while
the maximum is reached in July. Then, while
the summer south-eastern monsoon is blowing
from the Pacific, the \-apour in the atmosphere
is almost exactly five times what it is in
winter, when the winds are coming from
the plains of Mongolia and Siberia.

Cloudiness.— Vfe append the results of
three-hourly observations made from 4 a.m.
to 9 p.m. A cloudless sky is represented
bv o, while 10 means a sky completely
overcast. At the same time we give the
means obtained at Kew (near London) for
Jl years. The difference is striking : in
Shanghai, clear cloudless days are to be
expected in November and December, while
June is the month of greatest cloudiness.

Uaxi

Mean

Uin.

Kew

January

6-3

2-4

February

6-8

4-2

March

6-8

6-4

April

3-6

6-4

Mav

6-3

June

5-6

6-5

July

8-6

6-2

3-9

6-5

August

5-6

3-3

6-2

September ...

8-2

6-3

October

5-8

November ...

8-4

^•5

December ...

7-!

Year ..

Yearly Mean.

1 7-2 1 6-2

fog_ — Fog is but a cloud in contact with
the ground. It occurs more frequently from
3 to 7 a.m.. and more rarely from 9 a.m. to
5 p.m. than at any other time of the day.
At the mouth of the Yangtsze-Kiang, fog is
common in spring and quite an exception in
autumn. It is the same along the coast to
the south of the Formosa Channel. On the
north coast the maximum takes place in July,
and the minimum from August to November.

Rainfall. — Any day during which there is
a fall of O"004 inch or more of rain, snow,
hail. &c.. is "a rainy day." A number of
fine davs are thus necessarily recorded as
•' rainy days," or days wilh rat 11.

Days with rain at Siccawei
(1873-1902).

Month.

Mean

Nunibcr.

Month.

Mean
Number.

Jan. ...

July ...

Feb.

Aug. ...

March ...

Sept. ...

April ...

Oct ...

May

Nov.

Jane

Dec. ...

Month.

Average

(.inches).

Month.

Average
(inches).

Jan.

215

July ...>

S-io

Feb.

229

Aug.

594

March ...

3-21

Sept. ...

472

-April

357

Oct.

3-31

May

360

Nov. ...

1-85

June

6-66

Dec.

ri8

Year ...

4360

June is pre-eminently the rainy month, both
for frequency and abundance. In June, 1875,
there was a rainfall of 19'3I inches in
twenty-one days. This is a maximum.
August is noteworthy for heavy showers.
In December, which is the dry month, there
are at least 17, and often 28 or 29, days
without a drop of rain. A higher figure may
even be reached if to December be added
the second half of November. In Hongkong
the total rainfall is nearly twice that in
Shanghai, while in Peking it is only one-half.

Snmv. — Although of rare occurrence, snow
falls at Shanghai every winter. The maxi-
mum number of falls during the cold months
is : —

Month.

Maximum
Number of Days.

November

I (6 times).

December

4 (1882).

January

8 (mi)-

February ...

5 (thrice).

March

' 5 (t\vice).

April

I (1882).

The earliest recorded snowfall took place
on November 11. 1887, and the latest on
April 4, 1882. The maximum quantity of
one fall was 8'66 inches on January 29, 1893.

Wind.

The diurnal variation of the force of the
wind is very well marked in Shanghai. The
breeze is light at night, increases shortly
after sunrise, remains steady from 10 a.m.
to 4 p.m., and then abates rapidly.

The annual variation is double ; it increases
gradually from October to April, then falls
considerably until June, rises very briskly
in July, and abates again until October.

During the winter monsoons, the wind
tends to blow from W. in the morning, then
from N. and E. in the evening, as if there
was a continuous call of the air towards the
sun. During the summer monsoons the
general direction is SE,, but twice a day
there is a marked tendency to blow from the
S. about 10 a.m. and after sunset.

Annual variation of the wind at Siccawei —

The amount of rainfall is measured by the
height of the water recorded in the rain-gauge.
Here is the average rainfall at Shanghai
from 1873-1902 :—

Jan. ..

. N. 9 deg

July .

. S. 39 deg

Feb. .

. N. 8 „

Aug. .

. S. 62 „

Mar. .

. N.S2 „-

Sept. .

. N.45 „

April .

. S. 76 ..

Oct. .

. N.31 „

May .

. S. 5.,- „

Nov. .

. N. 8 „

June .

. S. S3 ,.

Dec. .

. N.23 „

Atmospheric Perturbations.
Thunderstorms are formed when low
barometric pressures meet with high tem-
peratures. At Shanghai, the general direction
of thunder clouds is from VV. to E. The
passiige causes a heavy fall of pressure,
which rises very briskly when the clouds
burst over the station, usually with a shower
of rain or hail and a frcsii gale. Electric
storms are more frequent in the afternoon,
principally during suMinicr.

Total number of thunderstorms observed
at Siccawei (1873-93) ■ —

Month.

No.

Month.

No.

January

July

F"ebruary ...

August

March

September...

April

October ...

May

November . . .

June

December ...

Since 1893, cases of thunderstorms have
occurred during December and January.

Cyclonic Storms. — Cyclones or whirling
storms offer the following characteristics.
The barometric pressure is alinonnally low
over a more or less restricted area. All
around this defiression or centre, oftentimes
rather irregular in form, the winds blow
spirally inwards, in anti-clockwise direction,
that is, contrariwise to the movement of the
hands of a watch, from right to left, and
with a sometimes disastrous violence. In
the southern hemisphere the movement is
clockwise. Besides this whirling, the body
of the vortex, moves about as a whole, with
variable direction and velocity. Neither
general rate can be given for the speed of
litis movement, nor universal rule concerning
the track. The area covered by the storm
is sometimes very considerable : the " de
Witte " typhoon of 1901 made itself felt at
the same time oti August 3rd at Nagasaki
by an ESE. gale, and at Macao by fresh
WSW. winds ; which shows a diatneter of
more than 2,200 km. (1,350 nautical miles).
But other typhoons may not lie 50 nautical
miles broad.

Typhoons scarcely approach Shanghai,

except frotn July to Septetnber. They are

ushered in by a fall of the glass with NE.
winds.

[For these notes the excellent pamphlet of
Father Jos. de Moidrey, S.J., on " The Clitnate
of Shanghai " has been laid utider con-
tribution, and in many instances transcribed
ad vcrlnini.']

THE RESIDENCK OF H. J. CRAIG, BUBBLINa WELL ROAD.

'DENNARTT," SHANGHAI, THE RESIDENCE OF W. V. DRUMMOND.

LEADING RESIDENTS OF SHANGHAI.

MR. W. V. DRUMMOND, of Lincoln's Inn.
barrister-at-la\v, who holds the position,
under the Chinese Government, of Chief
Law Officer for Foreign Affairs in the
southern ports of China, has a record of
voluntary public service which, in many
respccis, is unique. He has lived in China
for nearly forfj' years, and throughout the
whole of that time he has studied local and
imperial affairs connected with the Far East
so closely that he is now a recognised
authority. This special knowledge he has
placed at the disposal of his country on
more than one occasion, and, in return, has
received the warm acknowledgments of
two Secretaries of State. Born in London
in 1841, Mr. Drummond is the son of the
late Rev. James Drummond, at that time of
Highgate. He was called to the Bar in 1870,
and, after practising in Hongkong for two
years, c-ame to Shanghai, where he has
taken the greatest interest in municipal and
social matters. During the last thirty years
he has been closely associated with num-
t>ers of Chinese officials, has entertained
many of them, exchanged views with them
on current topic-s. and so kept abreast of
the trend of thought among the governing
classes of the Empiie. In ihif(). al the
request of the Viceroy, Mr. Drummond
formed a committee to raise money in all
parts of the world for the relief of distress
in the famine areas in China ; and of this
committee, which collected about ;£5o,ooo,

he became chairman. During the Chino-
Japanese War and the Boxer outbreak,
Mr. Drummond proved a mine of informa-
tion to the British Minister in China, and
his services were so highly valued that on
each occasion he received the thanks of the
British Government through Lord Kimberley
and Lord Salisbury. The Emperor of China
also conferred upon him the Order of the
Sapphire Button, of the Third Kank, and last
year he was presented with the Red Button
of the Second Rank, the second highest rank
in China as a Mandarin. In politics Mr.
Drummond is a strong supporter of Mr.
Joseph Chamberlain, and is a vice-president
of the council of the Liberal Unionist
League, a member of the Tariff Reform
League, the Liberal Unionist Association,
the Liberal Union Club, and the British
Empire League, as well as of several
London clubs. Mr. Drummond is also the
founder and chairman of the Perak Sugar
Cultivation Company, Ltd., and the Kaluni-
pong Rubber Company, Ltd., two very large
companies carrying on business in the Stale
of Perak in the Malay Peninsula, all the capital
for which was raised at Shanghai. He owns
and lives in a fine residence, standing in
its own ornamental grounds, on the Siccawei
Road.

MR. EDWARD JENNER HOOQ, who has

the distinction of being the doyen of foreign
residents in Shanghai, may be said to have
taken, indirectly, a larger share than any
other man in the work of developing the
Settlement. He has seen it grow gradually
from comparative insignificance to its present
proud position of commercial supremacy,
and, far from being merely an interested
onlooker, he has been actively concerned in
many of the industrial enterprises, the success
0/ which has brought this transformation
about. Born in Cheshire in 1838, Mr. Jenner
Hogg was educated privately, and came to
Shanghai as early as 1857 to join the old
firm of Lindsay & Co., which had been
established many years previously by former
servants of the East India Company. He
remained with the firm, in which his brother
was a partner, until i860, when he and his
brother commenced trading together on their
own account. In 1870 Mr. Hogg practically
retired from business, but he has remained
upon the directorate of several of the most
important local industrial and development
companies, and is, at the present day, chair-
man of the Land Investment Company and
of the Shanghai Gas Company. He has
always played a prominent part in the social
life of the Settlement. He was one of the
original "makers" of the racecourse; a
foundation member of the Country Club ; an
oflicer of the old " Rangers," now the Light
Horse ; and was at one time Consul for

MAJOR BRODIE A. CLARKE'S RESIDENCE IN BUBBLING WELL ROAD.

Q Q

518 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Italy. In return for his ser\-ices in this last
capacity he was decorated with the Order
of the Crown of Italy. Mr. Hogg is still
identilied with practiailly every social organi-
sation in Slianghai and is a member also of
the Conser\-ative Club, London. He is, in
short, a line type of the sturdy pioneer of
British enterprise and. at the ripe age of
seventy vears. hale and hearty as ever, he

MR. VVVYAN DENT, acting Deputy-
Commissioner (Outdoor, Boiiding and
Returns), of the Imperial Maritime Customs,
is one of the most familiar figures in
Shanghai. Motoring is his favourite recrea-
tion, and, as he follows his bent to the
fullest possible extent in his leisure, his car
is often to be seen round about the country-
side. Its owner mav claim more than a

MR. AND MRS. E. JENNER fHOQO.

can look back upon his career with justifi-
able pride. It is interesting to recall that
his beautiful residence stands upon the site
formerly occupied by a modest little bunga-
low which he and his brother built for use
at week-ends pn the banks of the Soochow
Creek, near the Chinese village of "Cnkaza,"
at the time that General Gordon constructed
the Jesstield Koad in connection with the
operations against the Taeping rebels.

passing acquaintance with many and varied
districts in China. He was born in 1862,
when the great firm of Dent & Co. was at
the height of its prosperity, and, except for
the years spent in completing his education
at Haileybury College, England, and the
'' Realschule " Cassel, Germany, he has lived
in China ever since. He joined the Imperial
Maritime Customs in 18K2, and served in
various capacities at Hankow, Chefoo (during

the China-Japan War), Kiukiang, Foo-
chow, and Peking, before taking up his
present appointment. Mr. Dent is a
musician of considerable ability, and several
of his published compositions have been
very well received both by the professional
critic and the public. He is also a collector
of Chinese and other curios, and was
awarded a silver medal at the St. Louis
Exhibition and the Diplome d'Honneur and
gold medal at the Liege Exhibition, for the
valuable articles, both artistically and histori-
cally interesting, which he placed on view.
In recognition of his services to the Chinese
Government, he has been decorated with
the Fourth Civil Rank of the Imperial Order,
" Ssu Pin Hsien." Mr. Dent married, in
1892, Ada, the eldest daughter of Mr. I. W.
Batinson. His son, Robert Vyvyan, who
is an even more enthusiastic motorist and
mechanician than he, has inherited his
father's musical talents, and, although only
fourteen years of age, has already obtained
recognition in the musical world through his
published work.

MR. J. H. TEESDALE, a partner in the
well-known legal firm of Messrs. Stokes,
Piatt & Teesdale, was born at Eltham,
Kent, on March 7, 1873, being the eldest
son of Marmaduke John Teesdale, of Walton-
on-the-Hill, Surrey. Educated at Albion House
School, Margate, and at Winchester College,
he served his five years' articles of clerkship
with Messrs. Maples, Teesdale & Co., of 6,
Frederick's Place, London, E.G., remaining
with them for two years afterwards as
managing clerk. In 1899 he came to Shanghai,
where he joined Messrs. Stokes & Piatt,
and in 1904 he entered into partnership with
them, the firin then assuming its present
style. Hfi has become intiinately identified
with local sport as an active participant. He
is also a member of the Municipal Committee
for Parks and Open Spaces. As a member
of the Rowing Club, he rowed in the English
four and eight during 1899 and 1900. He is
a member of the Paper Hunt, Cricket, and
Polo Clubs, and is a well-known member and
performer of the Shanghai Amateur Dramatic
Club. A good shot, he spends much of his
lime during vacations in pursuit of game
up country. His clubs are the Shanghai and
Country Clubs, Shanghai, and the Junior
Carlton and Thatched House Clubs, London.

MR. HAROLD BROWETT, of Shanghai, was
born in Birmingham, England, on October 6,
1862, and educated at Ashfurlong School,
Sutton Coldrteld, at Loughborough Grammar
School, and at Northcote House, Rugby. He
was admitted a Solicitor of the Supreme
Court on January 18, 1887, and enrolled as
a member of the Bar of Her Britannic
Majesty's Supreme Court for China and
Japan (now China and Korea) on Sep-
tember 26th of the same year, and has
practised since then as a solicitor and
advocate.

MR. EDWARD S. LITTLE has travelled

extensively in different parts of China during
fourteen years' missionary work, and has
gained an acquaintance with the habits of
the people and a knowledge of their
languages, which prove of the greatest assis-
tance in the conduct of his business. Born

The Resideace, Seymour Road.
The Drawing! Room.

R. E. TOEa.

The Billiard Room.

The Dining Room.

The Hall.

520 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

in Dorsetshire, in 1864, he was educated at
Queen's College, Taunton, ,iik1 at Cambridge
I'nivcrsity. He came to China in 1886, and
besides visiting practiailly every part of the
Empire, he has also travelled in Manchuria,
Cochin China, and Korea. He is thoroughly
conversant with the Mandarin dialect, and
has spent a certiiin amount of time profitably
in the study of \-arious other dialects. In
iS»)5 he purchased a p;irt of the Li Mountain.

already, over 250 houses have been erected
on the estate. In 1900 Mr. Little resigned
his mission work in order to undertake the
position of general manager in China and
Korea for Messrs. Brunner, Mond & Co.,
Ltd. In 1904 he was elected a member of
the Municipal Council, remaining in office
until l<;)07, when, through pressure of business,
he declined to stand for re-election. He
in.iugurated the Chinese Famine Relief Fund,

DAVID LANDALB, CHAIRMAN MUNICIPAL COUNCIL.

near Kiukiang, some 450 miles up the Yangtsze
River. Its height is some 4,000 feet, and
upon the summit, which has an area of
several square miles, the climate resembles
a fine English summer. Here he founded a
sanatorium, which he named Ruling, and it
is now visited annually by more than a
thousand Europeans. The enterprise, having
proved successful, was vested by Mr. Little
in a board of trustees, free of cost, and,

and was made chairman of the Executive
Committee. This fund, in conjunction with
the Chinkiang Committee and others, raised
a sum of about $1,600,000. Mr. Little is the
chairman of the Foreign Young Men's
Christian Association, a director of the
Christian Literary Society, and a member
of several committees carrying on useful
social work. He married the daughter
of the late Kev. John Bate, a Wesleyan

Methodist minister, and has one son and
one daughter.

MR. JAMES JOHNSTON, who has lived in

retirement in Shangliai lor some years past,
was at one time a partner in the well-known
firm of Messrs. Boyd & Co., engineers and
shipbuilders, and is still a director of the
Shanghai Dock and Engineering Company,
Ltd., and of the Mutual Telephone Company,
Ltd. He occupies a charming residence,
known as '' The Elms." in the Bubbling
Well Road. Mr. Johnston is a native of
Glasgow, and was born in the year 1841.
After serving an apprenticeship with the firm
of A. J. Inglis, engineers and shipbuilders,
he went to Australia as an engineer in 1864,
and was there for about three years. He
came to Shanghai in 1867, and was for some
years with the engineering firm of Messrs.
Boyd & Nicholas ; and later, after a term at
sea, he rejoined the firm, which in the
meantime had become known as Boyd & Co.
Eventually he acquired a partnership in the
business, having as co-partner anotlier well-
known gentleman, Mr. John Prentice. Mr.
Johnston is a member of all the principal
local clubs and of the Thatched House Club,
London.

MR. HENLING THOMAS WADE, author of
our article on the tea trade of Cliina,
is a recognised authority on this subject. Tlie
foundations of his knowledge were laid in
London, for, although a native of Shanghai,
he was educated at Leatherhead and at Kings
College, and afterwards entered an office in
Mincing Lane. Mr. Wade was born in the
forties, his father, a sailor, belonging to an
old Devonshire family. Since his return to
Shanghai, in the sixties, he has always taken
a prominent part in local affairs. There have
been few more enthusiastic sportsmen in the
Settlement than Mr. Wade. He ran first in
a meinorable mile race in ]868, and in the
same year was elected to play for Shanghai
in an inter-poit cricket match. In 1888 he
captained the English team against a Scottish
eleven, and at about the same time he
assumed the secretaryship of the Shanghai
Cricket Club, which he restored to prosperity.
From the earliest days Mr. Wade has been
one of the most energetic members of the
Paper Hunt Club. He is widely known as
the author of " With Boat and Gun in the
Yangt.sze Valley," still the most complete and
reliable guide to sportsmen visiting that
region. He has owned some of the finest
pedigree pointers and Clumber spaniels that
have been shipped to the East, and he has
been a pigeon fancier since liis younger
days, when he was a pupil of Mr. W. B.
Tegetmeier, who was for many years poultry
editor of the Field. Mr. Wade was largely
responsible for the success which attended
the Shanghai Debating Society, of which he
was at one time secretary.

MR. CHARLES BENNETT, a native of
Massachusetts, CS.A,, is well known as one
of the best sportsmen in Shanghai, and as
the owner of " Brockton," the clever little
black pony which broke the record for the
Derby at ilie 1906 Spring Meeting, covering
the mile and a half in 3 min. 11 J sees.
Mr. Bennett started racing at the Autumn
Meeting in 1904, adopting the riding name

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 521

of " Mr. Beverley," and taking over Mr.
Mustard's old colours — white jacket and red
cap. His pony " Salem " won the Maiden
Stakes and Gold Cup. He did not meet
with any luck in 1905, althouj^h he had
several ponies in training ; and again in
1906 out of a batch of four griflins bought
privately from Chinese owners, there was
not one which proved of any use. Mr.
Bennett's head riding boy, however, picked
out a black pony from another lot of eight,
and this was " Brockton." At the Spring
Meeting " Brockton " won the Gold Cup,
which thus became Mr. Bennett's own
property, and also established the record
already alluded to. At the Autumn Meeting
he won the St. Leger ; in tlie spring of
1907, the Shanghai Stakes ; in the autumn,
the Autumn Cup and the Champion Stakes ;
while in the spring of the following year
he was first home in the Criterion Stakes.
Mr. Bennett's other successes include the
Maiden Stakes in the autumn of 1907, and
the Grilfins' Race in the following spring,
" Worcester " establishing a record for the
three-quarter mile by covering the distance
in 1 min. 29J sees. But racing is not the
only sport which Mr. Bemiett has followed
with success. In his student days he repre-
sented his college in base-ball, football, and
running, and during the whole time that
he has been in Shanghai he has been
manager of the Base-ball Club and captain
of various teams. He is also an ardent
motorist. Mr. Bennett came to China in
1897 to join his father, a partner in the firm
of Messrs. Mustard & Co. In 1907, how-
ever, he entered the China Investment
Corporation, of which he is now vice-
president.

MR. ALEXANDER WILLIAM CROSS, Acting
Commissioner of Customs at Soochow, has
been in the service of the Imperial Maritime
Customs Department for nearly twenty years.
He was born in Negopotam in 1872, his father,
Mr. Morris Cross, being a Judge in the Indian
Civil Service, and was educated at King's
School, Canterbury. He joined the Customs
Department in 1889, and was stationed at
Tientsin, where he remained as an Assistant
until 1892. He was transferred successively
to Tamsui, Swatow, Kiukiang, and Chungking,
and was then placed in charge of Samshili, a
station on the West River at Canton. In 1900
he was appointed Acting Commissioner at
Yochovv, and in 1902, on returning from
leave, became Acting Deputy Commissioner
at Hankow. Later, in the same year, he was
placed in charge of the district, remaining in
that position until his transference to Soochow
in 1907. Mr. Cross had received the Brevet
Order of the Third Button, with Civil Rank of
the Third Class. He is a member of the
Shanghai Club, and his chief recreations are
shooting and tennis.

MR. VILHELM MEYER, who was appointed
Danish Vice-Consul at Shanghai in 1905, was
born at Copenhagen, Denmark. He came
to Shanghai in 1903, and was in the service
of the Russo-Chinese Bank for two and a
half years. This position he resigned in
order to start trading on his own account.
He is the founder of the well-known firm
of Andersen, Meyer & Co., who, at their
offices at 4 and 5, 'Vuen-ming-yuen Road, carry
on a large engineering business besides
holding agencies for several important houses
and insurance companies. Mr. Meyer is a
member of all the local clubs.

MR. ALEXANDER McLEOD, who has lived
in China for forty-four years, may justly
claim not only that he is one of the
" oldest residents," but that few men have
been so intimately associated with the
cominercial and administrative affairs of the
Settlement of Shanghai during tlie greater
portion of that time. He arrived in Hong-

Mr. McLeod obtained a situation as junior
shipping clerk in the firm of Messrs. Gibb,
Livingston & Co., Hongkong. He served
with this firm in various departments until
June, 1872, when he was admitted a partner.
In July of the same year he proceeded to
Shanghai, where he has resided ever since,
having been absent only about thirty months

MRS. DAVID LANDALE.

kong in 1864 in the employment of the
Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation
Company, after having been for some years
in the London office, and was appointed
private secretary to Mr. (now Sir) Thomas
Sutherland, at that time superintendent of
the company in China. In the following
year, upon Mr. Sutherland's recommendation.

in thirty-six years. He is now the senior
representalive of the firm in the Settlement,
and is a director of a number of local com-
panies. One of the original promoters of
the Shanghai Waterworks Company, he has
been the chairman since its incorporation
in 1881. He has undertaken many public
duties. He presided over the Shanghai Fire

Q Q 2

5i>2 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

^y"^.. v^

— } X, .'??WS;.'3:tS5=5S5i3iS«

H'^JSt,.

^L v>

-^■~^'

THE RESIDENCE OF CARL SEITZ IN KIAOCHOW ROAD.

Conimission from 1876 (o the date of the
dissolution of the Commission in March,
1908. For several years he was a member
of the Shanghai Municipal Council, and in
1901-2 held the office of vice-chairman.
When the Police Inquiry Committee was
appointed in 1907 he was elected vice-chair-
man, and materially assisted its deliberations.
Mr. Mcleod is chairman of the Executive
Committee of the International Institute,
Shanghai, in which he has always taken
the greatest interest. He is a warm friend
of Dr. Gilbert Reid, the direclor-in-chief,
whom he has known for many years,
and. like Dr. Keid. thoroughly believes tliat
the institute will be the means of promot-
ing friendly feelings and harmony between

foreigners in China and the higher classes
of Chinese. For many years Mr. McLeod
has been governor, trustee, and chairman of
the Shanghai General Hospital, whilst in
the promotion of public amusement and
recreation his name is associated with the
Kecreation Fund Trustees and the Trustees
of the Lyceum Theatre, of which bodies he
is the chairman, and with the Shanghai
Race Club, of which he has been a steward
and chairman for upwards of thirty years.

MR. 0. R. GROVES, senior partner in the
firm of Messrs. G. R. Groves & Co., architects

and surveyors, was born at Hongkong in
1883 and received his education at the
Diocesan Home and at Queen's College in
that Colony. After practising for some time
in Hongkong he came to Shanghai in 1903
and established the firm which now bears
his name.

MR. F. J. d'ALMEIDA, F.R.O.S., comes of
a very old I^ortugiicse family, who emigrated
many years ago to Macao. He was born in
1858, and, after receiving a good education,
entered upon a success! ul business career.
He has spent thirty years in China, and for
many years was in charge of Messrs. Evans,

"The Elms,"
Shanghai Residence of James Johnston.

The Stables,

" KiLDONAN."

The Korean Country Seat of James Johnston at Chemulpo.
"The Poplars,"
Shanghai Residence of M. Hocrter.

524 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Pugh & Co.'s estiblishnient in Hankow.
Whilst in Hankow he tilled the office of
Vice-Consul for the Netherlands. Latterly
he has bieen in the emploviiient of Messrs.
Jardine. Matheson & Co.. and is now in
charge of the Indo-China Steam Navigation
C*^>mpany's booking oHice. He occupies a
leading position in the loc;il Portuguese com-
munity, and is president of the Portuguese
Club. He was cTeated a Knight of the Or'-.-r
of Jesus Christ by the late King Carlos of
Portugal, in recognition of services rendered;
and in 1905 he was elected a Fellow of the
Royal Geographic-;il Society. London.

knowledge of all the details of the trade here
stood him in good stead, for his operations
have been entirely successful, and, as the
result, he is now the head of a large and
flourishing enterprise and the owner of a
considerable amount of real estate. He is
married to a daughter of Mr. Thomas Southey,
of the Imperial Maritime Customs, and has
two sons and one daughter. Mr. Hahr is an
enthusiastic horticulturist, and a collector of
pictures and Oriental china. He has devoted
much time and money to these liobbies, and
his fine residence, which is surrounded in
summer time by beautiful ficjwers of numerous

VIEWS OF A. W. BAHR'S RESIDENCE,
L)usijined and Huiit to his own ideas.

MR. ABEL WILLIAM BAHR is a man who

has achieved success by steady application to
business, for he started upon his career with-
out those advantages which many others enjoy.
Born at Shanghai on December 11, 1877,
he was educated here, and, at the early age
of fourteen years, entered a coal merchant's
business. Three years later he started in
business for himself ! Four years afterwards
he amalgamated with Messrs. Hopkins, Dunn
& Co., and has since been in charge of their
coal department. His carefully acquired

varieties, contains many choice pieces of
porcelain and numerous artistic treasures.

MR. FRANK W. WHITE, manager and
co-proprietor of ]. W. Gande & Co., is the
son of the late Mr. J. K. Wliite, of Hongkong,
and was born in Hongkong on October 14,
1870. After receiving his education at the
Government Central School, and at St. Paul's
College, he was engaged in a variety of
businesses until 190T, when he entered the
wine and spirit trade. After bei4)g for two

years with Messrs. H. Price & Co.. of Hong-
kong, lie joined Messrs. Caldbeck, Macgregor
& Co. He came to Shanghai 011 June i,
1907. and purchased his present undertaking.
While in Hongkong, Mr. White was a well-
known memlier of several sporting clubs.
His connection with the Victoria Recreation
Club dates from 1884, and he carried out the
duties of secretary for four years. In various
branches of athletics he gained considerable
distinction. As a sprinter, cyclist, swimmer,
cricketer, and oarsman, he has won many
prizes, and his services as a coach have often
been requisitioned by crews training for the
Victoria Regatta, Hongkong, and by the Scottish
crew for the International Challenge Cup at
the Shanghai Rowing Club Autunm Regatta.
The Scottish team that entered for the
international walking match held at Shanghai
on November 24, 1907, was also under his
charge. He is a member of the Zetland
Lodge of Freemasons. 525 E.C., Hongkong,
and holds the office of Scribe E. in St.
Andrew's Chapter, 628 S.C. His recreations
are rowing, swimming, tennis, cricket, golf,
riding, and cycling. He has lately joined the
Maxim Company of the Shanghai Volunteers.

MR. JAS. SCOTSON, the assistant manager
of the Shanghai branch of Richard Haworth
& Co., Ltd., has a record as a footballer
which it is highly improbable that any
resident in China at the present time could
equal. When a boy of about fourteen he
assisted Manchester to win the English School-
boys' Championship Competition. Within a
few years he was playing regularly for
Manchester City, which he represented in
a number of First League games. His
usual position was inside left, but on
more than one occasion he has partnered
Meredith, the famous international, on the
right wing, and has often played in com-
pany with Threlfall, who has since joined
Fulham Football Club, and is now generally
recognised as one of the best forwards in
tile Second League. Mr. Scotsoii was a
member of the Manchester City team that
won the Manchester Cup in 1901, but had
at last to sever his connection with the
club because the travelling required for
carrying out a First League football pro-
gramme appeared likely to interfere with
his business duties. Subsequently he joined
Stockport County, and rendered them valuable
service before Messrs. Haworth & Co., Ltd.,
in whose employment he has been for some
eight or nine years, desired him to proceed
to Shanghai. He arrived in China in 1905,
and has since that time taken an active part
in football here. He is a member of the
Shanghai P'ootball Club, and has played in
several of the inter-port matches with out-
standing success ; he was also the captain
of the "A" Company team that won the
Skottowe Cup this year for the second year
in succession. Mr. Scotson is fond of riding,
and finds this form of recreation an excellent
means of keeping in condition for the more
strenuous winter pastime.

PROMINENT CHINESE RESIDENTS.

HIS EXCELLENCY YEN-FUH, who recently
resigned the presidency of the P'uli-tan
College at Woosung in order that he might
have more leisure to follow those literary
pursuits in which he takes so great a
delight, is a man whose brilliant scholarship
has won recognition in all parts and among
all classes of the Chinese Empire. His
translations into Chinese of such books as
Adam Smith's "Wealth of Nations," Herbert
Spencer's " Study of Sociology," John Stuart
Mill's " System of Ixigic," and Huxley's
work on " Evolution " have made his name
famous in the world of sinologues, while in
the realm of original composition, he is
regarded, by the literati of his own country
as a writer whose purity of style, forceful
expression and wide knowledge, entitle him
to a. place in the front rank of Chinese
authors. As Mr. Yen-Fuh is only fifty-four
years of age, and his mental faculties are
unimpaired, he will probably add other
valuable works to his already long list of
publications before laying his pen aside.
Apart from his contributions to Chinese
literature Mr. Yen-Fuh has many claims to
distinction. During his career he has held
a number of high official positions, and in
each case has discharged his duties with
credit to himself and to the satisfaction of
the Government. He obtained his early
education as a naval cadet at the P'oochow
Arsenal, and, after five years' instruction
in English, mathematics, and navigation, he
spent some time in a training ship cruising
around the Chinese coast and in the Straits
of Malacca. In 1872 he visited Japan, Manila,
and the Straits Settlements in another train-
ing ship — a steam corvette, under the
command of Capt. K. E. Tracey, B.R.N. —
and four years later he was selected by the
late Viceroy Li Hung Chang, of Chihli, to
to accompany the Chinese Educational
Mission to Europe. For two sessions he
studied at the Royal Naval College, Green-
wich, and upon his return to China, in
1880, was immediately appointed head-
master of the Naval School of the F"oochow
Arsenal. Under the auspices of Li Hung
Chang in the following year he established
a Naval College in Tientsin, capable of
accommodating one hundred executive and
one hundred engineering students. The
teaching staff included three British naval
officers, and for nineteen years, until it was
seized by the Russians during the Boxer
troubles of lyoo, the college furnished a
constant supply of young officers for the

Chinese Navy. In 1901-2 Mr. Yen-Fuh employed ' in educational work both in the

was the director of the Chinese Engi- north and south of China. Altogether, as

neering and Mming Company, Ltd., at will be seen, he has had a very active and

Tientsin, and, in 1904, he visited England useful career.

again — this time in connection with a law

suit which arose between the Company and f^

its promoters. Upon his return he was qP

HIS EXCELLENCY SHENG KUNG PAO.

526 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

SHENQ KUNO PAO. — Sheng Hsuan-huai
(H-'i ig-sun) i« a native of CtiangchoJV in the
province of Kian^su. and was born on
October 5. 1845. His family has been promi-
nent in the political, social, and financial
affairs of the province for several generations,
and his father attained the rank of Provincial
Treasurer. After successfully passing the
literary examinations for the iirst degree,
Sheng became one of the private secretaries
of His Excellency Li Hung Chang, and

He relinquished both these positions in igo3.
when he went into mourning for his father.
In 1896 he was given the Metropolitan Fourth
Rank and became director-general of the
Peking-Hankow Railway and of Southern
Railways. In his capacity as Director-General
of Railways he negotiated the contracts for
the building of the Peking-Hankow, Canton-
Hankow, Shanghai -Nanking, and Chengchow-
Taiyuen Railways, and must be considered
the pioneer of railway building in China.

4. Yocx Hex Kee.

1. ZiH Li Kl'ng.

CHINESE FINANCIERS.
V. K. ZEA SiH Vang.

in 1897. He has been instrumental in sending
many students from these two schools abroad
for further studies, and many pupils who
owe their education to his foresight are
now filling important positions in the Govern-
ment service. In conjunction with Chang
Chih-tung he started the Hanyang Iron
Works, and in connection with them the
Ping-hsiang Mines. These two companies
have recently been consolidated with the
Ta-yeh Iron Mining Company into a new
company, the Han-piiig-yeh iron and Coal
Company, with a capital of $20,000,000,
which gives promise of great success. He
is the leading shareholder in the Hwa-
hseng Cotton Mill, Shanghai, and was for
many years its director-general. Many im-
perial honours have been conferred upon
him, as well as numerous foreign decora-
tions. He was Junior Guardian of the new
Emperor ; holds the brevet rank of President
of the Board ; was formerly Senior Vice-
President of the Board of Works ; and is
now Vice-President of the Board of Posts
and Communications. The much - coveted
privilege of riding on horseback within the
Forbidden City has been accorded him. His
residence is No. no, Bubbling W^ell Road,
Shanghai. His garden in Soochow, known
as Liu Yuen, is one of the most beautiful
examples of Chinese landscape gardening,
and is yearly visited by great numbers of
people. Although he has attained a very high
position, he is still familiarly known as
Sheng Taoutai.

HIS EXCELLENCY SHEN TUN-HO has a

remarkable record of public service, and is
deservedly held in the highest esteem by
Chinese and foreigners alike. His lil'e-story
includes many great achievements and bitter
disappointments, for his career has not been

3. VlH MreC TSAH.

5. Yc Yah Chixg. 6, Woo Kee May

7. Woxo HiEX Chl-sg. 8. U H. ZlAH.

remained in this position until he became
chief secretary. On account of his brilliant
work in that capacity he was appointed
Taoutai at Chefoo in July, 1886, and Taoutai at
Tientsin in 1892, both of which positions he
filled with exceptional ability. During these
years he was instrumental in founding the
Chinese Telegraph Administration, becoming
at first a director and later director-general.
He was also interested in the foundation of
the China Merchants Steam Navigation Com-
pany, of which he became director-general.

After the creation of the Board of Posts and
Communications in Peking, this office of
Director-General of Railways was abolished.
In 1902 he was appointed Senior Commis-
sioner for Treaty Revision, and negotiated
the new commercial treaties with Great
Britain, the United States. Japan, and Portugal.
He still retains this office. He was the

founder of the Imperial Bank of China, and simply a long series of successes. As a
continues to be its director-general. He was patriot actuated with a smgle-mmded desire
the leading spirit in founding the Tientsin to serve his country, he has earned the
University in 1895, and the Nanyang College gratitude of thousands of his fellow country-

HI8 EXCELLENCY SHilN TUN-HO.

"WELL-KNOWN CHINESE MERCHANTS AND RESIDENTS.

I. Lee YixG Su.

2. Cbux Kwax Yeh. 3. CHi-x Koo Leoxu. 4. Chin Mixg Huxg. 5. C. S. Chew. 6. Chv Hex Tsii.

7. Hoo Erh Mai. 8. Chixg Bixg Him. 9. Kix Gen Saxg. la Woo Chau Cbix. 11. V\co Tex Yix.

IX YiH Zuxg Ts.\h. 13. Lo Hox CHix. 14. J. D. Wong. 15. Cwr Pao Sax. 16. Cbai Lai Fo.vg. 17. Lo Kixc. Krr. 18. Chaxg Lixg Kwai.

19. Zee Wat Zuxg. 20. Koo Kixg Cbar. 21. Cpeoxg Chi Pio. 22. S. K. Toxc. 23. S. D. Foxg.

24. T. S. YUE. 25. CHt-x YiK Chee. 26. Low Che Chvxg.

528 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

men ; as a man of wide experience
and liberal education, fully appreciating
the benefits to be derived from China's free
intercourse with the outer world, he has
upon occasion, incurred the grievous dis-
pleasure of the throne, wilh its natural
corollary — banishment and degradation. The
second son of Mr. Shen Siao Yu, a tea
merchant of Ningpo, Mr. Shen Tun-ho was
born in 1857. In his early training he had
all the advantages which parents in comfort-
able financial circumstances could bestow.
After being privately educated at Shanghai
he went to England, and was entered as a
student at St. John's College, Cambridge.
Here he devoted his attention chiefly to the
study of political economy, but, unfortunately.

Excellency Tso Tsung-toug, decided to retain
Shen's services in connection with the
estahlishment of a torpedo college. Captain
Frederick Har\'ey, R.N., the inventor of
Harvey's torpedo, was brought out from
England to act as instructor, and Shen was
promoted to be co-director of the Torpedo
College with him. Together Ihey started a
large institution, in the conduct of which
Shen found full occupation for four busy
years. During the Franco - Chinese War.
however, orders came from Peking appointing
him as blockade-runner to get men and money
through to Formosa as its governor, Lui
Ming-Chuen, was in desperate straits. Arriving
at Shanghai he established an office. Two
transport steamers were requisitioned, and,

KixoiAx, rj.D.s,

Professor Lke Tl'.vg Hwkk, B.A.
Prenktent, Wiwid's Chinese Students' Fedenition.

\V. V. SKA.

was anable to complete the prescribed course,
for after twelve months he was recalled to
China owing to the death of his father.
Within a year of his return he was appointed
interpreter to Mr. Chen, Magistrate of the
Mixed Court at Shanghai ; but it was in 1881
that Mr. Shen made his first important rise
in life. Liu, the Taoutai, of Shanghai, at that
lime, recommended him to His Eminence the
late Liu Kun Yi, Viceroy of Nanking, who
was contemplating starting the Nanking and
Chinkiang line of telegraphs. After the
telegraphic line had been laid, Shen svas
appointed to organise a school for instruction
in English in the Nanking Arsenal. Within
twelve months Viceroy Liu was removed
from his high oSice, but his successor, His

although not ideal ships for the purpose, they
actually succeeded in running about twenty
limes, without disaster, between Shanghai
and Formosa. For his services in this con-
nection Shen was raised another step on the
official ladder. He was appointed to work in
co-opeiation with Captain E. C. Trollope on
the building of a new fort at Woosung, of
which, subsequently, he was given charge.
When the new Opium Convention of Hong-
kong was signed on September 11, 1886, he
was present at the negotiations as Secretary
to the Chinese Commissioners, Sir Robert
Hart and Shao I'aoutai, and his next appoint-
ment was that of a director of the new Naval
College at Nanking. The outbreak of the
China-Japan War, in 1894, meant more active

employment for him. He was sent to lay
mines in the North Channel at Shanghai, and
was subsequently placed in charge, under the
late Mr. Moorhe.id. Commissioner of Customs
at Hankow, of the lower Yanglsze forts. He
was also appointed General on the staff of
the Tsechang Brigade — the well-known
Geiman-drilled army of Nanking— and was
given the rank of Taoutai in order that he
niiglit have every possible facility for efficiently
carrying out his duties. So far Shen's
career had been an unbroken series of
advances ; but now, for a time, fortune turned
against him. Upon his recommendation.
Woosung had been made an open port,
and a Peking censor, in a memorial to the
Throne, alleged that he had been bribed by
foreigners to have it so mac'e in order that
they might get possession of the fortifications.
The Minister who had the task of enquiring
into the charges could find no foundation for
them, but, nevertheless, sentence of banish-
ment was passed. Shen was sent to Kalgan,
a town of Chihli, and, in accordance with
usage, was nominally appointed to a small
military post in Mongolia. It was at the
beginning of June, 1900, that he arrived at
the city of his e.\ile. The Chief Magistrate
was an acquaintance of his, and the Boxer
trouble, then just making itself felt, came up
for ^liscussion. Shen advised that all foreign-
ers should, for their own safety, leave the
place, and when the imperial decree ordering
the slaughter of all foreigners reached the
oflicials he suggested it should be locked up
and kept as secret as possible. Three daj-s
after the last foreigner had departed there
arrived in Kalgan a body of Boxers 500
strong. They were furious at the Hight of
the foreigners, and, making inquiries, dis-
covered through whom the information
which led to their escape had been given.
They surrounded Shen Tun-ho's house and
demanded to know where the foreigners
had gone, threatening to take his life if the
information was not forthcoming. In this
extremity Shen resorted to a desperate
measure, and, placing himself in command
of a number of Chinese horse-dealers, attacked
the rebels and dispersed them. Subsequently,
at the request of the people who desired to
protect their interests from the foreign army,
he elected himself President and established
a protectorate over Kalgan, Hsueiihuafu, and
Chimingyeh. In this capacity he was enabled
to arrange matters so smoothly with the
invading army that the places were left
unmolested. One effect of this unexpected
success for China, in Kalgan, was the resti-
tution by the Court of all Shen's dignities
and decorations. Another was his removal
to a larger sphere of work. The occupation,
early in 1901, of the Kukuan passes was
regarded as a menace to the Shansi Pro-
vince. Shen was ordered thitlier, and, in
order that he might command Manchu troops,
he was given the rank of a Manchu ofiicer,
being the first Chinese to receive such a
distinction. At Kalgan the approacliing de-
parture of Shen Tun-ho caused something
like consternation, and 500 men, kneeling
round the Governor's Yamen, prayed that
he might remain as their President. After-
wards, when Shansi was being invaded, the
skill with which -Shen conducted the negotia-
tions leading to the withdrawal of the
troops was everywhere recognised. His
diplomacy, born of a shrewd knowledge of
affairs, was m every case successful. His
many important services were marked by
appropriate advancement in rank and dig-
nities. He was made Taoutai of Taiyuanfu ;
in 1902 he was called to Peking to till the
office of co-director of the Bureau of Mines

CHEONG CHI PIO.

Verdant villa.

The HAixi.\(i Roam Resiuexce,

530 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and Railways, and at the Imperial audience
granted him by the Empress Dowager and
the Emperor he was awarded the First-
class Button, a signal mark of the imperial
favour. In 1903. on account of eVe trouble.
Mr. Shen Tun-ho retired from official work
and came to Shanghai. He has. however,
by no means lived a life of quiet seclusion
since that date. Always possessed of the
desire to serve his country to the best of his
ability, his activities were directed along
the lines of philanthropic and charitable effort
as soon as official work ceased. In conjunc-
tion with many of his foreign friends in the
Settlement. Mr. Shen at the outbreak of the
Russo-Japanese War. started the National
Red Cross Society of Shanghai. They
engaged a t>o;it to go to Port Arthur, and,
acting as blockade runners, saved the lives
of many Chinese. Russian, and German
workpeople. They started a hospital in con-
nection with the Scotch Mission in Manchuria.

Company, the first Chinese life insurance
company started in China. In the winter of
1904 Mr. Shen's assistance was obtained
by Mrs. Archibald Little in promoting the
work of the Anti- Foot-binding Society. He
addressed many large meetings in the Town
Hall, and gave the movement great impetus.
Within a short while 60 per cent of the
women in Shanghai had taken the tight
wrappings from their feet, and now fully
92 per cent, of the women in Shanghai have
abandoned the unnatural practice. In 1906
Mr. Shen was elected president of the society,
branches of which have been established in
every province. He threw himself with
characteristic energy, also, into the work of
raising funds for the relief of the sufferers
during the terrible famine in Central China
in 1906, and altogether a sum of $1,600,000
was collected. Mr. Shen acted as secretary,
and took a large share in the organisation and
successful carrying out of the National Fancy

and Mrs. Shen have two sons ; the elder,
aged twenty-one, is in England studying
engineering at Diilwich College ; while the
younger, who is thirteen years of age, is
learning English at the Young Men's Chris-
tian Ass(Kiation.

MR. CHU PAO SAN, head of the firm of
Shing, Yii & Co.. is a son of the late Mr.
Chu Yu Su, a former military official of
Ningpo. Born in 1847, and educated pri-
vately at Chusan, he came to Shanghai at
the age of sixteen, and after a thorough
training in business methods, started the
firm in which he is now the senior partner.
The firm has been in existence for upwards
of thirty years, and carries on an extensive
import and export business, the head offices
being at No. 13, Foochow Road. Mr. Chu
Pao San is also chairman of the Wah An

Y. C. TONO AND HIS SONS ALBERT AND GEOBOE.

Civilians were attended here, and afterwards
sent by rail to Tientsin and thence to their
homes. Free passages were granted by the
China Merchants Steam Navigation Company
and by the Chinese railways, and in this
way some 96.000 Chinese escaped from this
district during the progress of hostilities.
Realising how important and useful the Red
Cross Society was, Mr. Shen used all his
influence towards placing it upon a perma-
nent basis. He raised about Tls. 620,000 for
this purpose amongst his countrymen, and,
with assistance from the Chinese Government
funds, a hospital and a school were erected
at Shanghai which continue to carry on a
most valuable work. In the summer of 1904
he was appointed Commissioner of the
Shanghai - Nanking Railway. He superin-
tended the construction of the line from
Shanghai to Wusieh. but when this section
was completed he resigned in order to become
the managing director of the Imperial Bank
of China, which position he still holds. He
founded also the Wah An Life Insurance

Fair in Shanghai, the result of which was a
contribution of some $74,000 to the general
fund. In all these ways and many others
Mr. Shen has laboured for the good of his
fellows ; no worthy cause has appealed to
him in vain, and his great organising ability
has often been the means of bringing such
a one to a successful conclusion. During
his long public career Mr. Shen has received
many decorations and marks of distinction
from various nationalities. He is a member
of the Order of the Imperial Dragon ; a
Chevalier of the Legion d'Honneur ; has
the special decoration from the Chinese Red
Cross Society ; and is the possessor of gold
medals presented to him by Russian and
Siberian merchants for services during the
Boxer troubles. He married the daughter of
Mr. Chang, a military officer of Anhwei. His
wife takes a deep interest in much of her
husband's social and philanthropic work and
started a girls' school in Shanghai, in con-
nection with the Anti-P"oot-binding Society,
which has now a membership of J20. Mr.

Fire and Life Insurance Company, and a
director of the Wah Shing Fire and Marine
Insurance Company, Imperial Bank of China,
Racine Ackerman Conipagnic Asiatique de
Navigation, Chung Sliing Flour Mill, Tah
Yue Oil Mills, Tebong (Straits Settlement
and Federated Malay States) Rubber Com-
pany, Hankow Waterworks, and Canton
Waterworks. He is connected with many
charitable institutions, and is a keen supporter
of educational movements. He is treasurer
of the Central Famine Fund at Shanghai,
and, in conjunction with Dr. Paulun, acts as
chairman of the German Medical College.
He is a member of the committee of the
Shanghai Chinese Chamber of Commerce,
and was chairman of that body in 1906. He
has a handsome private residence in Arsenal
Road, and his family consists of five sons
and five daughters. His eldest son, Mr.
Chu Tsz Kuai. is now managing the business
of Shing Yu & Co.

CHEONQ CHI PIO.

The IJIPLOMA COXKKRKIXG THK PORILGIESE ROYAI. ORDER OK MERIT.

Mr. and Mrs. Cheong Chi Pio.

The late Cheong Lixg Chow,
Father of Cheong Chi Pio.

Cheong Chi Pig and children.

532 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MR. TONO YUEN CHAM, better known,
perhaps, as Y. C. Tong. is a member of
the famous Tong family, and was tiorn in
1862 at Kwantung. At the age of twelve
he formed one of a party of 120 young
Chinese gentlemen who were sent to the
United States bv the Chinese Government

ting he returned to China, but, together
with hiSv^^'Uow students, was slighted by
the Goveriihient of that day. Ten years
ago, however, the Government acknowledged
the usefulness of their former proteges.
Coming from a prominent and influential
family, Mr. Tong naturally took a high

WELL-KNOWN CHINESE GENTLEMEN AND BUSINESS MEN."

I.KK P.»H PAO.

Vu Ko Mixo.

Yei- CHON'G Suh.

4. Yaxc Six Che,
7. THOMAS Ward (Taix Wa).

.■;•

SIXO TlXG HOAXO

KO DeSAXG.

Ylxg Chb Pixc.

HCF. Cheng Yosti.

10. Z. SOXG Ching.

WoxG SAY Che.

12.

YIK SIH CHAXG.

13. YOL- SlXG TlXG,

14-

T. K. TSIAXG.

to receive a Western education. During the
eight years which he spent in America,
Mr. Tong went through the usual educational
course, passing the Grammar and High
schools and qualifying for entrance to
Columbia University in if<6i. After gradua-

position and became well known in public
life. A Taoutai in rank, he has filled a
number of offices with credit to himself
and advantage to his country. He accom-
panied Their Excellencies Viceroy Tuan
Fang and Tai Hung Tze on their tour

round the world, and received many decora-
tions from the rulers of the countries visited.
Mr. Tong is at present the chief superin-
tendent and acting general manager of the
Imperial Chinese Telegraph Administration.
Deputy to His Excellency the Viceroy of the
Liang Kiang, Commissioner of the Inland
Likins, a Director of the Canton Guild, a
representative of the Kwangtung Province on
the Chamber of Connnerce, and a director
or committee member of several companies
and local institutions. Mr. Tong's two sons,
Albert and George, are now being educated
at St. Paul's School, London. They have
been in England for four years, and will
enter Cambridge University in a year or two.

MR. CHEONQ CHI PIO is one of the most
prominent and widely known members of
the Chinese community in Shanghai. His
career has been an interesting one, for
serious reverses have intermingled strangely
with the greatest strokes of good fortune,
and, sometimes, just when his prospects
seemed darkest the outlook has suddenly
cleared. His father — Mr. Cheong Ling
Chow or Mr. Sing Yu, as he was some-
times called — was born at Canton in 1790,
and studied medicine and surgery. For
some time he managed a drug store be-
longing to his father, but, in 1853, opened
a hardware store on his own account.
When, however, Canton was attacked during
the Taeping rebellion the premises were
looted. Left without means, he commenced
to practise as a surgeon, and, in a short
while, had saved enough to open another
drug store. Being of a charitable and kindly
disposition he did a great deal of good, and
attended many of the poorer people, in his
own district, free of charge. Physically he
was a tine specimen of manhood, and, being
an adept at the " noble art " of sell-defence,
he used to take a delight, during his leisure
moments, in teaching his friends how to
use their fists. He died, in 1872, ten years
after his wife, in very straightened circum-
stances, but so highly esteemed that thousands
of people attended his funeral. He left five
sons and two daughters. Mr. Cheong Chi
Pio, who was born, in 1853, at Macao, was
obliged, owing to his father's misfortunes,
to do without the advantages of an education.
At the age of sixteen he came to Shanghai and
was apprenticed to Mr. Fisher, a furniture
manufacturer and general contractor. After
eighteen months' experience he was appointed
foreman, in which capacity he served for
three and a half years. During this time
he became a warm friend of Mr. Lubello,
who gave him $300, with which he started
business as a ship's painter, decorator, and
contractor, under the style of J. Lee Chong,
which chop is well known to the present
day. Only sufficient business was done to
cover expenses, but, subsequently, Mr. Lubello,
admiring his perseverance and earnestness,
recommended him to his friends and adver-
tised the business exten.sively in the news-
papers. The result was a large increase in
orders, and the tide of prosperity seemed to
be flowing. Three years before the outbreak
of the Franco-Chinese War, Mr. Cheong
Chi Pio was instrumental in starting the
Hongkew Iron P'oundry, but the hostilities
between the two nations brought extensive
losses, and Mr. Cheong, almost in de-
spair, settled his accounts, handed over the
management of his business to his brother,
and retired to Canton. After a stay of
twelve months in this city he returned to

S. K. TONG'S RANGE ROAD RESIDENCE.

534 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

• u

M tJ

iHJ

htf^

^ Ju

kAA ^FJj^Ac)"

;^^ ■

WELL-KNOWN CHINESE

GENTLEMEN AND BUSINESS MEN.

Vf PING UR.

2. KWAX CHIPIXG.

3. CHAXG Y1!E Chee.

Ytixo Sf)V HsuxG

SlA TSZE

Nax.

6. BoxG Lai Chixg.

10. WOXG SZE SHIXG.

12.

Wong Fuk Chixo. 8. M. Zekn.

Zea Zofix Bixo. 11. H. K. Yex Fuh.

«.

S. C. Young,

K. T. Chaxg.

14. Tad Mai Sex.

IS.

Lee Sih Gxax. ifi. Sze Tsay Kor.

17.

TOXG SHIX YUE.

l8.

Rev. Woxo Pixo Sax.

19. Kix<i Chix San.

20. Zea Koo Chixg.

21.

T. SUICHOW.

Shanghai to resume control of his business
in Hainin); Road, which his brother had
been unable to run at a profit. About
this lime Mr. Cheong was lucky enough to
win three prizes in the M'aising lottery.
Within ten years he won $80,000. $50,000,
and about 75 per cent, of $400,000. This
good fortune was partly counterbalanced by
a loss of $170,000, but sufficient money re-
mained to place Mr. Cheong's various enter-
prises on a sound financial basis. Since then
all his speculations have proved successful.
Mr. Cheong recognises the obligations of

riches, and. like his father, he is very charit-
able. He has liberally supported hospitals,
schools, and other public institutions. Kor
his munificence he was made a Knight
Commendador of the Civil Koyal Order of
Industrial Merit by the King of Portugal
on December 24, 1904, and was granted the
rank of Taoiitai by tlie Chinese Government.
Now, in the closing years of his life, Mr.
Cheong takes as small a share as possible in
the perpetual worries attendant upon large
business and financial operations. Formerly
he derived considerable enjoyment from

shooting, but <idvancing years have obliged
him to relinquish this form of recreation.
His town house is in Hainiiig Street, and he
has, .ilso, a delightful residence — Verdant
Villa — situated some little distance from
Shanghai, in the direction of North Honan
Koad. Here is to be found everytliing calcu-
lated to promote ni;iterial comfort. The rooms
are tastefully and luxuriously furnished, and
the extensive grounds, which are splendidly
laid out. contain an artificial lake and several
excellent specimens of Chinese rockery. Mr.
Cheong married Miss Cheong Ja See, and

The Car

S. K. TONG.
'The Hollies." Bubblixg Well Road (in course of construction;.
The Country House at Jesskield.

536 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

has a (amily of nine sons and six daughters.
His eldest son. Mr. Chcong Tsing Potii has
now taken over a large part of his father's
business interests.

MR. WONO I. DINO, a son of Mr. Wong
La Yih. a well-known merchant of Chekiang.
was tx)rn at Ptx>tung. and was educated
privately at the Kiangnan Arsenal, gaining
special distinction in drawing and mathe-
matics. On leaving school he became an
assistant in a native bank, and afterwards
manager of Ting Hing. a firm of Japanese
cargo agents dealing principally in matches
and cotton-j-am. After acting for a time as

the committee of the Chinese Commercial
Association in Bubbling Well Road. A
liberal patron of education, he supports
many schools in Shanghai, and has estab-
lished and endowed a free school near
Pootung, his ancestral village. Mr. Wong
I. Ding resides at Mo Ka Loong. He
is married and has three sons. The eldest
son is at present receiving a military training
in Japan, and the second son is being edu-
cated at Nanyang College.

MR. K. T. CHANQ may claim to have
been one of the lirst to introduce to his
countrvmen the celebrated " Sherlock

at Tokyo, and attended the ceremony at which
His Excellency Yu Keng, the Chinese Minister,
presented his credentials to the Japanese
Knipcror. Returning from Japan he was
engaged as translator for the well-known
Chinese magazine, Chinese Pivf^ifss, published
under the auspices of His Excellencv Chang
Chih Tung, the Viceroy of Hupeh. The
periodical had a wide circulation over the
whole of the Chinese Empire, and many of
its articles were used in other publications.
It was during this time that Mr. Chang
wrote his translations of English rtclion.

t*-

MR.

millionai

TONQ SHOU KIANQ, a Cantonese
•'■•■ 's a son of the late Mr. Toiig

SOO PAO SUN AND SONS.

compradore to the China Mutual Life Insur-
ance Company, he became compradore to
the Osaka Shosen Kaisha in 1900, and,
subsequently, compradore to the Nisshin
Kisen Kaisha. He is interested, as a director,
in several large concerns, including the
Mukden Land and Investment Company,
the Shanghai Xi Ching Land Company, the
Li Dah Klour Mill, Soochow Creek ; the Wa
Tung Fire and Marine Insurance Company,
the Wa Sing Fire Insurance Company, the
Shanghai Inland Electricity Works, and the
Shanghai Spinning Company, Soochow Creek;
whilst he is director-general of the Sing Seng
Savings Bank. Shanghai. He is vice-chairman
of the Chinese Municipal Council, president
of the Inland Chinese Chamber of Commerce,
vice - president of the Chinese Merchants'
Volunteer Association, and a member of

Holmes," for he translated Sir A. Conan
Doyle's masterpieces, as well as several
other well-known works of fiction, into
Chinese. Among more weighty matter
which Mr. Chang has rendered into the
language of his forefathers is " Broom's
Philosophy of Law," of which more than one
thousand copies have been circulated. A
native of Shanghai, Mr. Chang attended the
Kiangnan Arsenal Government School in
1876, and was educated in English for
eleven years. He then entered the Chinese
Consular Service as Secretary to the
Consulate at Chemulpo, Korea, and was
transferred to Fusan a year later in the
same capacity, remaining there until the
Chino-Japanese War broke out. Upon the
conclusion of peace, he was appointed
Secretary-Interpreter to the Chinese Legation

Soy Chee, who was known at Hankow as
the " Tea King." Three years ago Mr.
Tong, who is only twcnty-tive years of age,
inherited his father's wealth, and. upon the
advice of several Chinese and foreign medical
men, removed to Shanghai, handing over the
entire management of his business at Hankow
to his uncle. In Shanghai lie founded " the
Land Investment Syndicate," of which he
is managing director, with a holding of half
the shares. He is also the local agent for
the Tung On P'ire Insurance Company,
Ltd., of Hongkong. Mr. Tong is very popular
amongst both Chinese and Europeans. He
is fond of outdoor amusements, and owns
several tine horses and a powerful motor
car. Although he has a large house, built
and furnished on European lines, in Range
Road. Hongkew. and a fine country residence

YU YAH CHINO AS VOLDNTEER OPFICEB, AND HIS RESIDENCE.

538 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONO, SHANGHAI, ETC.

at JessAeld, he is building a palatial dwelling
on the Bubbling Well Road, and is sparing
neither pains nor expense to make it per-
fection.

MR. SOO PAO SUN.— Mr. Soo Duck-piao.
alias Pao-sun, is a native of the Tsing
district of Xingo Prefecture, Chekiang, and
was born on the first day of the third inoon
of the fifth year of Hienfung (1855). He
married first Kan, and. after her death.
Chen, his present wife. He has live
daughters and three sons — the eldest son,
Gun-lun, is thirteen years of age. the second,
Gun-yi, twelve years of age, and the youngest,
Gun-shen, ten years of age. Mr. Soo's
father, Tien-yuen, improved the financial

ITOsition after six years, on account of his
mother's loneliness, and resumed his former
calling at Shanghai. At the age of thirty-seven
he was a prosperous man of business. Since
then he lias undertaken several enterprises,
such as Zung Kee, Yee Yuen Zunge Piece-
Goods Shop, Kui Tai Clothing Shop, Chen
Duck Dispensary, San Tai Yarn Factory,
Loong Chong Paper Mill, Land Investment
Company, and Wah Shing Insurance Company.
Many of these were established by himself and
others as joint stock enterprises. A rich man
but unostentatious, he is always ready to con-
tribute to educational and philanthropic
work. A year or two back he took an
active part in soliciting subscriptions for
the famine relief of Shensi and Anliwei
Provinces, and organised the Red Cross
Society. In recognition of his merits he

ness men in the Settlement. The son of
Mr. Yu Cliing Wan, he was born at Xingpo
in 1856, and gained his first insight into
business as a shop assistant in his native city.
Here he remained for ten years. Subse-
quently, for a period of nine years, he carried
out the duties of compradore to Messrs.
Keuter. Brocklemann & Co., and for twelve
months prior to taking up his present post
he was compradore to the Russo-Chinese
Bank. By exerci.sing scrupulous care in
discharging his business responsibilities, Mr.
Yu Yah Cliing has earned the full confidence
of his fellow countrymen, who some years
ago elected him a member of the committee
of the Chinese Chamber of Commerce. On
more than one occasion he has been the
means of establishing a better understanding
between Chinese and foreigners. In the

MR. YU YAH CHINQ AND FAMILY.

position of his family by trading in piece
gMxls, and had three sons, ol whom Mr. Soo
is the youngest. When his father died
Mr. Soo was only four years old, and he
was compelled to leave school at the age of
thirteen and enter upon his apprenticeship in
a piece-go<jds shop in Ningpo. At the age of
seventeen he left Ningpo. as the city was not
a commercial centre, and accepted employ-
ment at Shanghai in Dong King Kee. a piece-
gfxxls shop. He lost no opportunity of
studying business methods, and made many
friends among prominent Chinese and
foreigners in Shanghai. At the age of thirty-
one he was engaged as a compradore in one
of the steamers of the China Merchants' Steam
Navigation Company, sailing from Shanghai to
Tientsin, Yingkow, and Ctiefoo, and visiting
all other open ports. He resigned this

has been recently elected President of the
Chamber of Commerce in Shanghai. His
opinions upon important problems concerning
the public interest, always receive respectful
attention from the members of the com-
mittee. After the death of his mother in
1902 and the subsequent death of his elder
brother, Mr. Sof> was desirous of with-
drawing from commercial life, but lie
sacrificed his wishes in this matter in
deference to the representations of his
colleagues.

MR. YU YAH CHINQ, who for the past five
years has been compradore to the Nether-
lands Bank in Shanghai, holds a prominent
and influential position among Chinese busi-

Shanghai Mixed Court Riots of 1905 he was
the only person who ventured to arrange
matters with the Shanghai Municipal Council
and the local Taoutai. It was owing largely
to his influence and effort that order was
restored, and members of both the Chinese
and foreign communities acknowledged the
value of the assistance he rendered on that
occasion. In 1906 he founded the Shanghai
Chinese Merchants' Physical Association for
inducing young men to engage regularly in
physical exercises, and it afterwards formed
the nucleus of the Chinese Company of the
Shanghai Volunteer Corps. Mr. Yu Yah Ching
has two sons — Shun Ung and Shun Mow —
both of whom are still at school.

ZIH LI KUNG, HIS FAMILY, AND RESIDENCE.

540 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MR. WOO KEE MAY. the compradore of
the Sino-Belgian Bank, is the son of Mr.
Woo Zing Tsah. a former hanker of Shanghai,
and was bom in 1848. His early education
was received from a Chinese tutor, and for
some time before entering upon his business
career he attended an English school. After
spending some ten years in a Chinese bank
he was appointed shroff in the National
Bank, and subsequently held a similar
position in the Commercial Bank. Having
thus obtained \'aluable experience, he accepted
posts of higher responsibility, and became.

is a typical Chinese gentleman with
advanced modern ideas. In commercial
circles throughout the Far East, he is widely
known as a progressive man. who is always
ready to do anything that lies in his power
to advance the interests of his fellow
countrymen, and to promote commerce in
general. He is interested in many business
enterprises, and is on the local directorate
of the Lung Hwa Tannery, the Anglo-
Chinese Cotton Mill and Manufacturing Com-
pany, the Equitable Life Assurance Society of
U.S.A.. and the International Institute. He

Chin Foo as compradore to the Hongkong
and Shanghai H.inkiiig Corporation shortly
after its establishment, two of his brothers
acting in similar capacities for the Chartered
Bank of India, Australia, and China, and the
National Bank of India, while the youngest
became compradore to the important
Bombay and China lirm of E. D. Sassooii
& Co. Mr. Zih Li Kung, who is now
forty-four years of age, has succeeded to
his father's position, and with his brothers
and cousins, all of whom are now well-to-do
men ideiitilicd with several foreign banks

ft.

«/
%

z.
A

BE
%

n ,m

m
m

■±
pj

m
+

m
m
m
m

z.
m

m
m

ZIH LI KUNG.

in turn, the assistant compradore of the
National Bank and of the Chartered Mer-
cantile Bank. When the compradore left the
latter institution he filled the vacancy for
five years. When the bank closed he acted
as secretary to the Yamen for twelve months.
and was manager of the Sing Chong Filature
for a similar period. This post he resigned
to become compradore to the Russian Bank,
in which position he remained for another
five years, when he received his present
appointment Mr. Woo Kee May has lived
ail his life at Shanghai, and enjoys the
respect of the Chinese community. He has
a family of four sons and two daughters.
Two of his sons are still at school, while the
other two, both of whom are sergeants in the
Chinese Volunteer Company, assist their
father at the bank.

MR. YIH MINO TSAH, born in Shanghai,
and educated at the Anglo-Chinese School,

is honorary treasurer and secretary of the
Ellis Kadoorie School, and compradore of
the Yokohama Specie Bank, Ltd., at Shanghai.
This post he has held since 1891, having
previously had ten years' training in the
old tea hong of " Kung liee." His pet
hobby is gathering together ancient Chinese
curios, of which he has a valuable and
unique collection.

MR. ZIH LI KUNG, compradore to the
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corpora-
tion. Shanghai, is the head of the well-known
and highly respected Zih family of the
Ta Hcx> Lake district, near Soocliow. His
father, Zih Chin Foo, when a young man,
fled with other members of the family from
Soochow to Shanghai, to escape the Taeping
rebels. He and his three brothers entered
into partnership in Shanghai, and in a very
short time found employment with native
banks. This led to the appointment of Zih

and large European firms, is worthily
maintaining the faniily traditions.

MR. YEN TZE KINO, who has large
mercantile interests in Shanghai, Peking,
Tientsin, Honan, Hankow, Canton, Foochow,
Hongkong. Swatow, Anioy, Hangchow, and
Nmgpo, is a son of the late Mr. Yen Shiu
Fong, a gentleman of official rank, formerly
well known in the Settlement and outports.
It was Mr. Yen Shiu P'ong, or Mr. Yen
Shing Hou. as he was also known, who, in
IQ02, organised the Guild of Commerce of
Shanghai, which afterwards became the
Shanghai Chinese Chamber of Commerce,
and he was elected president for three years.
Mr. Yen Shiu Fong, who was sixty-nine years
of age at the time of his death, was a native
of the village of Chechihsien, in the district
of Ningpofu, Chekiang Province. He was a
Chinese scholar, and, applying his attainments

Woo Kee May.

YuE.v Hux Kee.
Woo Kee May and Sons

YUE.N' YlXG Kc:cG.

YIH MING TSAH'S BEAUTIFUL RESIDENCE.

woo TING SENG AND HIS FAMILY.

544 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

to a business career, he amassed a large
fortune, establishing the widespread business
in general merchandise to which his son
has succeeded. During the Taeping Rebel-
lion he ser\-ed in the Chinese Armv. and

nection with the famine relief brought
him to Shanghai in 1888. He was instru-
mental in promoting the Tientsin - Taku
Railway in 1883, and afterwards established
several spinning and weaving companies in

Shanghai Silk Guild, the Shanghai Chamber
of Commerce, and the Wusieh Cocoon Guild.
He owns a considerable amount of real
estate in Shanghai. Mr. Yang is the third
son of the late Mr. Yang Nee Yien, who
was a highly respected resident of Chin-
kiang district. He has two children.

MR. WOO TING SENO, Chinese repre-
sentative of the British-American Tobacco
Company's business in Northern China, is
a native of Ningpo. His father, Mr. Woo
Tsai Dzing. has for the past tliirty-two years
been a pastor of the Baptist Mission in
Northern and Southern China. Mr. Woo
Ting Seng was born in 1876, and received
his education first at the Ningpo Mission
School and afterwards at the Anglo-Chinese
College, Shanghai. When twenty-two years
of age he joined the American (now the
British-American) Tobacco Company as an
interpreter, and in 1904 he was appointed to
his present position. Obtaining leave in 1907
he made a tour of the world, going by way
of Siberia to Europe, and thence, after visit-
ing most of the cities of interest, to the
United States of America, in the capital of
which he spent three months. He was
most hospitably entertained by his American
friends. After visiting Reidsvilie, North Caro-
lina, he returned to New York and proceeded to
San Francisco, where he sailed on the steam-
ship Doric to Shanghai via Japan. He retained
his national costume throughout the whole
journey. Mr. Woo holds the title of an
Expectant Taoutai. and has a seat on the
committee of the Chinese Chamber of Com-
merce as a representative of tobacco interests.
He is president of a small chapel at Hongkew,
and his brother, Mr. Woo Hing Seng, is the
secretary.

YEN SHIU FONG.

received recognition at the hands of His
Excellency Li Hung Chang, who conferred
upon him the rank of Expectant Taoutai, the
privilege of wearing the Peacock's Feather,
and the brevet rank of Prefect. For a tune

YEN TZE KINO.

he was Salt Commissioner at Honan, and in
1885 he was appointed Acting Sub Salt
Commissioner at Tientsin. Work in con-

Shanghai and Ningpo, being among the first
to introduce machine mills in China. Not
long before his death Mr. Yen was granted
an imperial audience, and later received the
rank of Expectant Taoutai, in the province of
Chihii, and was registered by the Grand
Council as a competent official. Since his
demise, tablets in commemoration of his
many good works have been granted by
Their Majesties the Empress Dowager and
the Emperor of China, and a monument has
been erected to him by imperial decree.
Mr. Yen Tze King, who, in accordance with
his father's instructions, has devoted a portion
of his inheritance to charitable purposes, is
also a man of considerable ability, and
occupies a seat on the Second-class Com-
mittee of the Imperial Board of Agriculture,
Industry, and Commerce.

MR. YANG SHIN TSZE is a brother of
Mr. Yang Zong King, formerly Chinese
Minister in Belgium. A native of Chin-
kiang district, he came to Shanghai
forty-two years ago, and is now one of the
oldest silk merchants in the Settlement. He
established the silk hong known as Tab
Kong Chang in 1878, and the Hung Kce
Silk Filature in 1890. At the Milan Exhibi-
tion of 1906 he was awarded a silver medal
for a brand of silk bearing his " gold tiger "
chop. He is on the committees of the

MR. CHINQ YUE is one of the best
known men in the piece-goods trade in
Shanghai. He is a native of Ningpo, and
was born in 1876. At the age of sixteen
he came to Shanghai and joined the old
Ching Yue Hong, then in Nanking Road,
but now removed to 322, Tientsin Road.
Seven years later he became a partner,
and he is now the principal piece-goods
dealer for the firms of Messrs. Barlow &
Co., Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
Messrs. Dodwell & Co., Messrs. Shewan,
Tomes & Co., Messrs. Rohde & Co.,
and Messrs. G. Reiss & Co. He is on
the committee of the Piece-Goods Guild, and
is also a member of the Ningpo Guild and
of the Chinese Chamber of Commerce,
Shanghai. His native place is indebted to
him for an excellent school, which he
founded and endowed. Mr. Ching Yue is
married and has four sons and three
daughters.

MR. KIN GEN SANG, or Mr. King Tsing-
piao, to use the official name given him by
reason of his rank as an Expectant Taoutai,
comes from a good old stock. He is the son
of Mr. King Shou-Chien, formerly one of
the leading merchants in Shanghai, and
many of his ancestors have been litterateurs
of the Hauling College and substantial
officials. He was born at Shanghai, and upon
his father's death succeeded to the ship-
ping business carried on in Honau Road,
Shanghai, under the style of Yung Kee,

CHING YUE AND FAMILY.

Ki\' Gkx Saxo

IX HIS
VOLUXTEKKIXU DAYS.

KIN OEN SANO, HIS FAMILY, DRAWINO BOOM, AND CARRIAGE.

LO HON CHUN (LO KING KEE), HIS CHILDREN, AND RESIDENCE.

548 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and in Haiikow Ktiad under the name
of Woo Kcf. He is also aj;cnt for the
Asiatic Oil Company in Hangchow. His
business interests have hroujjht him into
contact with many of the foreign merchants
in the Settlement, all of whom hold him in
high esteem, while his kindly disposition
has secured for him a wide circle of friends
among his Own countrymen. Mr. Kin Gen
Sang is president of the Soochow Guild and
the Associated Shippers' Guild, and is a
committee member of the Chinese Chamber
of Commerce and of the " Door of Hope."
By order of the Viceroy he has a seat,
also, on the committee of the Xanyang
Commercial Exhibition.

MR. LO KINO KEE, a prominent member
of the Ci'ntonese community in Shanghai, is
in his forty-fifth year, and holds the position
of general compradore to the fii m of Messrs.
Rciss & Co. He entered the service of the firm
at the age of fourteen, and his present appoint-
ment, dating from May i, iyo5, was the
result of a special recommendation from the
manager, Mr. J. Stern. He is connected with
several other important enterprises, including
the Cheang Mow Steaniship Company, of
which he is a director. The business of this
company, owing largely to his influence, has
steadily flourished in spite of the long-
prevailing depression in trade generally. Mr.
Lo King Kee's brother, Mr. Lo Hon Chun,
who is in his sixtieth year, has been in the
employment of Messrs. Keiss & Co. for
upwards of forty-one years, and has latterly
managed the extensive silk and tea business^
carried on by the firm. Being Mandarins of
the fourth grade, both brothers have a large
and influential circle of friends among the
mercantile and official classes, and are held
in great respect. They are liberal supporters
of many of the principal charitable organisa-
tions in the Settlement, and are both on the
committee of the Kwang Siu E. Yuen
(Cantonese Hospitall situated in Haining
Road. The elder brother has a family of
one son and two daughters. Mr. Lo King
Kee has six sons, three daughters, and a
grandson four years of age. His eldest son,
Mr. Lo Chin Tai, who is twenty-three years
of age, assists him in business. In the
Haining Road. Mr. Lo King Kee has a newly
built residence, well and comfortably furnished,
and his receptions, attended by both Chinese
and Europeans, are very popular functions.

MR. CHAI LAI-FONO, a compradore in the
employment of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson &
Co., and of the Shanghai Electric Construc-
Oon Company, Ltd., is a native of Wusfeh in
the province of Kiangsu. He came to Shang-
hai in 1872, when seventeen years of age,
and in course of time established the firm
of Yueng Chong, trading in coal and other
minerals. This venture proving eminently
successful, Mr. Chai turned his attention to
shipping, and ran a number of steamers
between Singapore, Shanghai, Japan, and
intervening coast ports. The profits from
this enterprise he invested in mills, and at
the present day there are few gentlemen
with larger interests in the various branches
of the milling industry. Among the mills
with which he is more prominently assfK'iated
may be mentioned the Yuen Chong Silk Mill,
established thirteen years ago and now his
own property, which has 325 silk basons ;

the Wah Shing Flour Mill, with a capital
of Tls. 300.000, half of which was subscribed
by himself, and equipped with modern ma-
chinery supplied by the well-known London
tirm of Messrs. E. K. R. Turner «: Co..
through Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co. ;
the Yuen Chong Rice Mill, which was
established in 1888 and was afterwards amal-
gamated with the Shanghai Rice Mill, owned
by the .American Trading Company, the com-
bined mills having a capital of tls. 300,000.
with 56 machhics and an output of from two
to three thousand shih (= i^ piculs) a day ;
and the Kung-yik Cotton Mill, with 18,200
spindles and a aipital of Si. 000,000, of which
Mr. Chai owns two-thirds, and Mr. Koo King
Chai the remainder. This last-named mill
stands in a compound containing 60 mow
of land at Jessfield, Shanghai ; it is lilted
with machinery of the best quality supplied,
through Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.,
by the London firm of Messrs. Tweedale,
Smalley & Co. It commenced working about
a year ago, and there is every prospect of
a good return from the investment. The
whole machinery of the mills was installed
by Mr. Kerfoot and is managed by Mr.
Harrop, an Englishman of great experience.
The rice mill has been less profitable than
formerly since the law was passed prohibit-
ing the export of rice from Shangliai. Mr.
Chai has also invested largely in land and
house property, and holds shares in many
of the leading native banks. He is a member
of the committees of the Shanghai Muni-
cipal Public School, of the Shanghai Chinese
Chamber of Commerce, and of the Shanghai
Paper and Oil Mills ; and he is chairman
of the Chinese Chamber of Commerce at
Wusieh. He is a liberal supporter of educa-
tion, and to one school alone contributes
between $3,000 and $4,000 annually. In
Chinese oflicial circles he ranks as an
Expectant Taoutai, and in IQ07 he was
awarded by imperial edict the Order of the
Button of the Second Class. He is married,
and by his wife, who is surnamed Chen, he
has three sons and one daughter.

MR. ZEE WAY ZUNG, who has had a higlily
successful business career in Shanghai, is the
son of Mr. Zee How Chong, and was born
at Ningpo some forty-three years ago. After
obtaining an excellent knowledge of English
by studying successively at St. John's College,
the Anglo-Chinese School, and the Anglo-
Chinese College, he served for four years
as a clerk in the Imperial Maritime Customs.
This appointment he resigned in order to
start a hardware business, on his own account,
in the Broadway. A shop was opened under
the style of Zung Lee, and some Tls. 100,000
was invested in the enterprise. Under the
skilful management of Mr. Zee Way Zung,
the returns have increased steadily each year,
and the stock now is of the estimated value
of Tls. 500.000, Besides his responsibilities
in connection with the undertaking, Mr. Zee
carries out the duties of compradore in
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co.'s machinery
department. In the supervision of his many
business interests, he receives valuable assist-
ance from his three sons — Jullen T. A. Zi,
T. Y. Zi, and T. H. Zi. Some few years ago
he contributed largely to the Shantung
Province Famine Relief Fund, and, in recogni-
tion of this and of his do'nations to other
charitable objects, the rank of Taoutai was con-
ferred upon him by the Chinese Government.

SERGEANT JULIEN T. A. ZI, musketry in-
structor of llie Chinese Company, Shanghai
Volunteers, is the son of Mr. Zee Way Zung.
He received the first part of liis education at
various English and Chinese local schools,
and in 1903 entered St. John's College, where
he had an excellent record. He was chosen
as a member of the first China inter-collegiate
sports team ; in 1905 Prince Pu Lun, who
was on his way to the St. Louis Exhibition,
presented him with a medal ; and in 1906 the
Faculty granted him a certificate, and placed
his name on the roll of honour. In the
same year Mr. Yu Ya Chiiig and other
members of the Chinese community made
him a caplain in the Shanghai Chinese
Merchants' Physical Association, which had
been formed for the purpose of instructing
young Chinese in physical exercises and
in the American methods of drilling. For
his services he received a medal each
from Viceroy Tuan Fang and the Chinese
merchants. His aptitude for business has
been no less marked than his ability in other
directions. He was invited to be the Cliiiiese
manager and treasurer of the American-Chinese
Medical College, and for a time he carried
out the duties of compradore lo Messrs. H.
F'orrester & Co. Subsequently, he took Ihe
position of assistant compradore, under his
father. In the machinery depnrtinent of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd., and
this post he still retains. In December, 1907,
he was appointed musketry instructor to tlie
Chinese Company of the Shanghai Volunteer
Corps with the rank of corporal, and In
March, 1908, he became the first Chinese
sergeant in the Corps. He is an active
member of the World's Chinese Students'
P'ederation and of the St. John's Alumni
Association.

MR. CHEW CHUK SHAN, one of the best
known niercliaiits and sliip owners in the
North of China, owes his success solely to
his own initiative and energy. He was
horn in 1866 at Hongkong, but received
Ills education at the Anglo-Chinese School in
Shangliai. After five years' experience of
sliipping, he chartered many steamers on his
own account, and, his speculations proving
profitable, he purchased the Kiang line of
steamers, consisting of four ships of from 2,000
to 2,800 tons each. With these he traded be-
tween Yangtsze ports, Hongkong, Canton,
other Cliina coast ports, and Japan. His under-
takings have always proved reimuierative,
and now Mr. Chew is desirous of with-
drawing fnmi active participation In business,
and returning to his ancestral city— Canton.
He is married and has tvi'o sons and two
daughters. His two sons —Chew Yuen Tsai,
aged sixteen years, and Chew Yue Lin, aged
fourteen years — are still at school.

MR. CHUN KOO LEONO was born in 1830
in the Heungshan district of the Kwang-
tung Province, and comes from a well-to-do
family. His father, who was an Industrious
agriculturist, attained the ripe age of
eighty-four, and his mother reached her
seventy-fourth year. As soon as Mr. Chun
had finished his education he went to
San Francisco as a merchant. At the age
of twenty-six he came to Shanghai to join
his cousin In the firm now known as Fearon,
Daniel & Co., and upon his cousin's
retirement from business he succeeded to

CHAI LAI FONG.

The Kuxg Yih Coitox Mill.
In THE Silk Filature.

The Reeling Room.

S 3

550 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the position of compradore. In conjunction
with this Company he established a flour mill,
and started dealing in cotton, tea, and piece
goods. Subsequently he was invited to join
the China Navigation Company, Ltd., to which
he has acted in the capacity of compradore
for over twenty years, and before long he
became compradore also to Messrs. Butterfield
& Swire. Mr. Chun Koo Leong has been

Sub- Prefect, and was decorated afterwards
with the Peacock's Feather in recognition of
charitable work during the Chihii famine.
An imperial decree, also, has been received
authorising the erection of a stone gateway
in commemoration of his generosity ; and,
recently, he was promoted to the rank of
Taoutai on account of substantial contributions
to the Central China F"amine Fund. Mr.

Y. C. Woxd.

Wong Su Pixo.

WOXG SlEN HIXG.
WONO KWEI CHEK.

WOXG Lu Chee.

on the Committee of the Cantonese Guild
for over two decades, and during this long
term of service he has been untiring in his
efiforts to raise subscriptions amongst his
fellow provincials to build the Cantonese
hospital and cemetery, and to form the
Cantonese Guild Schrjol and the Hongkew
Cantonese Free School. In return for his
contribution towards the Government Revenue
Fund he obtained the brevet rank of

Chun, who has five brothers, four sisters,
seven sons, three daughters, and seventeen
grandchildren, lives in a large English
house, which he erected in Chapoo Road,
in 1903. His eldest son, Chiu Kwei, is a
provincial graduate, and his second and
third sons, Ngok Chiu and Shiit Kai, who
both speak English, and hold the Brevet
Rank of Sub-Prefects, are assisting their
father in the China Navigation Company,

Ltd., and in Messrs. Buttcrlicld &| Swire's
business respectively.

MR. LEANG SHINQ HEM, who holds the fourth
rank of the Order of the Peacock's Feather,
is the son of the late Mr. Leang Tsah Kem, a
merchant of Kiukiang, and Mrs. Gone Leang.
Born at Kiukiang in 1864, he was educated
privately at Shanghai, and at the age of
eighteen entered the shipping department
of Messrs. Hutterlield S: Swire. He has
remained in the service of this firm ever since
— a period of twenty-six years. He is now
the compradore of the steamer Pekiiifi. and,
besides his other duties, carries on a private
business as a ship-chandler under the style
of " Lyang," in Fearon Road, and has the
contract for supplying the Ocean Steamship
Company's steamers. Mr. Leang Shing Hem
has two sons, the elder of whom, T. C.
Leang, is now being educated at Holme
School, Norwood, England, preparatory to
entering the legal profession. Mr. Leang
Shing Hem's residence, " Ong Ting Lee,"
in Tsepoo Road, was built by him in 1898.

THE WONG FAMILY.— Among the personal
photographs wliicli we reproduce are those
of the late Mr. Wong Suen Hing and four
of his sons, a family greatly respected by their
fellow countrymen and by the foreigners with
whom they have been brought into contact.
Mr. Wong Suen Hing, born in 1836, was a
native of the Hang Sarn district, in the
province of Kvvangtung, where he began
business life as a merchant and junk owner,
trading to Hongkong and Macao. In i86g
he came to Shanghai, and, after spending
thirty-one years in business on his own
account with the southern ports, he entered
the service of the China Navigation Company,
Ltd.. in the capacity of feeder of cargo to the
steamers of that Company clearing Shanghai,
Chinkiang, and Wuhu for Hongkong and
Canton. He was with the Company for
twenty years, and was then for seven years
compradore to the Union Insurance Society
of Canton, Ltd. In 1900 he retired to Macao,
and made his home there until his death,
which occurred two years later. As a man
upright and generous, as a merchant just in
his dealings, and as a servant faithful to his
trusts, he was an object of widespread affec-
tion and esteem, and his liberality to those
distressed by flood or famine was so much
appreciated by the Chinese Goveriunent that
he was honoured with the fourth rank of
Prefect, with brevet rank of the third grade,
and was decorated with the Order of the
Peacock's P'eather. He lived long enough
to see four of his seven sons successfully
started in life. The eldest, Mr. Wong Lu
Chee was educated first privately and then at
Queen's College, Hongkong. He joined the
China Navigation Company, Ltd., Shanghai,
in 1875, and then entered upon an official
career. He was first stationed in the province
of Anhwei, and has since served in different
districts as Collector of Likin and as Acting
Magistrate. He was promoted, on the repre-
sentation of the Governor of his province,
to the rank of Prefect unattached to any
province, with the rank of Expectant Taoutai
on filling the post of Prefect. In the mean-
lime he has been designated to the post of Act-
ing Magistrate of Han San. Mr. Y. C. Wong,
the second son, was educated at Springfield
Hooker Grammar School and Hartford
High School, being one of a hundred and

The Wah Shixg Flour Mill.

CHAI LAI FONG.

Thic Press Packing Mill.
In the Rice Mill.

The Wah Shixg Flour Mill.

55l> TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

twenty Govcmineiit students who were sent
i>\-er to study in the I'nited States in the
autumn of 1874. He returned in 1881, and
being allowed to leave Government service
on account of the death of his mother, he
joined the lirst cotton mill started in China.

third son, Mr. Wonj; Su Ping, was educated
at various English schools in Shanghai, and
at the Government Schcx>l at Tientsin, where
he studied telegraphy and electricity. In 1881
he joined the service of tTie Imperial Chinese
Telegraph, and was stationed lirst at Shanghai

Woo Chau Chix. Mrs. Woo Chai; Chin.

Mm Woo Yi« CHIM. Mks. Sung Tse Yin. Mrs. Leb Chung Woo.

Woo TON Yin, Mrs. Sze Sing Par.

In the spring of 1884 he entered the service of
Messrs. Butterfield & Swire at Shanghai, and
six months later was transferred to Hankow.
He remained twelve years in Hankow, and
was then placed in charge of the firm's
agency at Ichang, a post which he has filled
since the beginning of August, 1896. The

and afterwards at Chinkiang. In the winter
of 1884 he entered Messrs. Butterfield &
Swire's shipping department at Shanghai as
a junior assistant on the Chinese office staff,
and four years later was promoted chief
assistant. He is also sole owner of the Sin
Cheong tai, and part owner of a general

store and import and export business. The
fourth son, Mr. Wong Kwei Chek, was
educated in Chinese and Knglish in Shanghai,
and proceeded, in the spring of 1885, to join
his brother, Mr. Y. C. Wong, in Hankow,
in the service of Messrs. Butterfield \' Swire.
Four years later he returned to Shanghai,
and assisted his father in the management of
a newly formed shipping hong, the steamers
of which were run in conjunction with those
of Messrs. Butterfield & Swire in the ship-
ping of cargo to the northern ports. He also
represented his father as compradore of the
Union Insurance Society of Canton, Ltd., and
as chief cashier to His Excellency Tsai, the
Shanghai Customs Taoutai. In 1897 he suc-
ceeded to the position formerly held by his
father as feeder of cargo to the China
Navigation Company, Ltd., and he also
started in business as a merchant, under the
style of Kwei Kee, in order to further the
interests of the firm. Of Mr. Wong Suen
Hing's twenty grandsons, two are being
educated in the United States— one studying
civil engineering at Yale University, the other
being prepared for college — while others
who are old enough are being sent to St.
John's College, Shanghai, or to Chinese
schools in the Settlement.

MR. CHUN KWAN YEH, assistant com-
pradore to Messrs. Butterfield & Swire, was
born in 1858 at Kaichung, a village in
the Heungshan district of the Kwanglung
Province. His father, who was a tea mer-
chant, died when Kwan Yeh was only five
years old, but the family were left in
comfortable circumstances, and the three
sons and one daughter were given a sound
education by their mother. The eldest son
died at Hongkong at the age of seventeen
years. The second son, Chan Kan Tung,
who had a successful business career, first
as assistant compradore to Messrs. Butterfield
& S%vire, and afterwards in the tea trade at
Hankow, has now retired. When Kwan
Yeh left school he became an assistant to
his uncle, Mr. Chan Koo Leong, who was
at that time compradore to Messrs. Kearon,
Low & Co. He remained in this position
for about fourteen years, leaving it in
order to continue with his uncle when that
gentleman was appointed compradore to
Messrs. Butterfield & Swire. Mr. Kwan
Yeh is a man of progressive ideas ; on
more than one occasion he has been asked
by old school friends, several of whom
have risen to high oHicial rank, to leave
commercial for official life, and throw in his
lot with them. This he has steadfastly
refused to do, being but poorly impressed
with the opinions and customs of the Chinese
officials as a body. He has a very high
opinion of the training to be obtained at
the Universities of England and America,
and would always advise his countrymen
to study in those countries in preference
to Japan. He considers that the Japanese,
actuated by feelings of jealousy and rivalry,
will not give, freely, the instruction most
needed, and that a student returning from
Japan knows little of any branch of learning
other than law. Of a kind and charitable
disposition, Mr. Kwan Yeh gives freely to
those needing assistance. He has a wide
circle of friends, both foreign and native,
by whom he is much respected.

MR. CHUN MINO HUNO, who has carried
out the duties of shroff to the China

ZEE WAY ZUNG, HIS SONS, AND HIS BUSINESS PREMISES AND GODOWNS IN THE BROADWAY.

554 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Navigation Company since 1884, has
recei\"ed several marks of imperial favour.
He was appointed a Suh-Prefect and decx)-
rated with the Peacock's F"eather in return
for charitable work on the occasion of the
Shansi famines of 1882, and was promoted
to the rank of Taoutai in recognition of
assistance rendered in the Central Chinese
famine of 1906. A son of Mr. Chun Sing
Fai, a merchant having business interests
in Hongkong, Shanghai, Kiukiang, and
Hankow, Mr. Chun Ming Hung was born
in the Heungshan district of the Kwang-

MR. WOO CHAU CHIN, chief c-ompradore
to the well-known iirm of Messrs. Arnhold,
Karberg & Co., is fifty-six years of age. He
belongs to the family of Woo Chow, whose
ancestral home is in the neighbourhood of
Chekiang. \\'hen sixteen years of age he
came to Shanghai, and for three years carried
on business as an import and export merchant,
dealing chiefly in Chinese and Japanese goods.
He was then for a time a silk mercer.
Eventually he entered the service of Messrs.
Arnhold, Karberg & Co., and in i8g6 was
appointed to the position he now occupies.

Shanghai. After having been educated
privately, he became his father's assistant
in the service of Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg &
Co., and is now the assistant compradore.
He holds the decoration of the Fourth Button.
Like his father, Mr. Woo Ton Yin is very
popular in private life, and takes the keenest
possible interest in all institutions which tend
to the general welfare of his countrymen,
especially in the Chinese Young Men's
Christian Association.

MR. AND MRS. EUH HON SHUN.

tang Province in July, 1853. After leaving
school he came to Shanghai and entered
the service of Messrs. Augustine Heard as
a junior shroff. Subsequently he became
an accountant in the compradore's depart-
ment of Messrs. Fearon, Low & Co., and
a book-keeper in the Shanghai Insurance
Company. It was in 1883 that he first
joinc»J the China Navigation Company, and
within twelve months he was promoted to
his present post. Mr. Chun Ming Hung has
three sons and four grandchildren. He is
extremely fond of pictures, and is himself
an artist of some ability.

Mr. Woo is also a director of the Soy Chee
Cotton Mill, the Say Lung Silk Filature, and
the Sun Life Insurance Company. He has
a seat on the committees of the Chinese
Chamber of Commerce, the Silk Guild, and
Dr. Keed's Institute ; and he has taken a keen
interest in promoting the Anti-Opium Move-
ment locally. In recognition of his ability,
the Chinese Government has appointed him
Long Chung, the Oflicial at Peking for
Commerce, and has decorated him with the
Orders of the Third Button and the Peacock's
F"eather. His son, Mr. Woo Ton Yin, is
twenty-nine years of age, and was born in

MR. TONG CHONO LEONQ, compradore to
the Iirm of Messrs. Dodwell & Co., Shanghai,
in whose employment he has been ever since
he left school, is a Mandarin of the Fifth
Degree. He was horn in the Shou Son
district, in the Kwongchow department of
Canton. His father, Mr. Min Chee, who
died about six years ago at the ripe age of
eighty-one. was at one time a merchant in
California, but in later life returned to China.
Mr. Tong came to Shanghai while young,
and having studied both English and Chinese,
entered upon a commercial career. In addi-
tion to his ordinary duties, as compradore,
he carries on business as a tea merchant.
He is married, his wife's maiden name
having been Chock Chee, and he has ten
children. Two of his sons are now at the
High School, Springfield, Mass., and two
others are at school in Berlin. The eldest
son, Mr. P. T. Tong, is twenty-two years
of age. Mr. Tong, resides in a house known
as " Taiping I^ee," in the Woochang Road.

MR. WAI LUK CHUNE, who for the past
ten years has held tlie position of compra-
dore to the firm of Messrs. Macy & Co., of
Shanghai, was formerly a tea merchant in
Foochow. He holds the rank of Taoutai, and
is decorated with the Peacock's Feather and
the Light Blue Button of the Third Class.
He is the third son of Taoutai Wai Loo Chip,
a native of Tse-Mee Village, in the district
of Hong-Shon, Kwangtung Province, who is
eighty-one years of age, and has lived in
retirement for many years. In his younger
days Ta'.utai Wai Loo Chip and his brothers
were tea merchants in the Fokien Province.
He has five children, and thirteen grand-
children and great-grandcliildren. His kindly
nature and charitable disposition have won
a wide circle of friends. These same
characteristics, also, have made Mr. Wai
Luk Chune highly popular, both among his
fellow countrymen and the foreign community.

MR. KUM HON SHUN, who was born at
Canton, in 1858, has been in the employ-
ment of the Shanghai & Hongkew Wharf
Company for the past thirty-three years.
Entering the office as a junior clerk, he
worked his way through all the lower
grades to his present position of chief
compradore for the three large wharves
-Hunt's, Heard's, and Hongkew. He is
one of the best known Chinese in Shanghai,
and his three sons and liis daughter are
receiving an English education at local schools.

MR. CHEN TSZ YUEN, compradore to
Messrs. Hopkins, Dunn ct Co., was born

CHUN KOO LEONO, HIS SONS CHUN NOOK CHIU AND CHUN SHUT KAI. AND HIS RESIDENCE.

55G TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, E'I'C.

in Macao in 1X65. and after completing his
schoListic course at Heungshan and at the
Anglo-Chinese School. Shanghai, joined the
China Merchants Steam Navigation Com-
pany. Ltd. In their service he remained
for two years, and was afterwards with
the Shanghai Steamship Company for
four years. In recognition of his business

the Anglo-Chinese College. We reproduce
a group photograph of Mr. Chen's two sons
and four brothers — Mr. Chen Tsz Chuen,
Mr. Chen Ts/. Ming, Mr. Chen Tsz Xuen.
and Mr. Chen Tsz Mav.

CHEN TSZ YUEN, HIS TWO SONS AND FOUR BROTHERS.

capacity and integrity, work of a most
responsible kind was continually entrusted
to him. For ten years he was in the
employment of the well-known firm of
Messrs. H. Mandl & Co., and, in 1902,
was appointed to his present important post.
He is a director of the Kochien Transpor-
tation and Tow-Boat Company, Ltd. Mr.
Chen has two sons, one of whom is attending

MR. HOO ERH MAI, who has recently
accepted the position of compradore to
Messrs. Melchers & Co., was born in 1859
in the Kien-tuh district of the .Chi Chow
prefecture, in the province of Anhwei. He
received his education at P'oochow College,
for when quite young he went to the
P'okien Province with his father, Cho Tse,
who was then the District Magistrate of

Chang Tai. Mr. Cho Tse was hijihly
esteemed by the people on account of his
mild, benelicient rule, and he was known,
also, as one endowed, in a liberal measure,
with the combined gifts of the poet and
the artist. These talents his son has
inherited. After his father's death in 1877,
Mr. Hoo Erh Mai, or Mr. Hoo Chi as he
is now sometimes called, came to Shanghai,
and for three years was engaged in
secretarial work. He then became com-
pradore to Messrs. Telge & Schroetcr, and,
subsequently, to Messrs. Mandl & Co., in
whose employment he remained for twenty-
three years. When only twenty-seven years
of age. Mr. Hoo Krh Mai assisted the Govern-
ment to purchase warships and naval equip-
ments for the Nanyang Squadron, and for this
service the late Marquis Tso Chung Tang
obtained for him the oflicial rank of
District Magistrate. At the age of forty
he was promoted, through the instru-
mentality of the late Marquis Li Hung
Chang, to the rank of Taoutai, in recogni-
tion of his relief work in Tientsin and his
service in the purchase of ammunition.
Mr. Hoo Erh Mai now takes a prominent
part in both the commercial and public
life of Shanghai. Besides carrying out the
duties attacliing to his responsible position
as compradore to Messrs. Melchers & Co.,
he is a member of the Native Municipal
Council, the manager of the Sing Loong
Land Investment Company, and one of the
directors of the Shanghai Chinese Chamber
of Commerce, the Commercial Society, and
the Local Self-Government Association.

MR. CHUN BINQ HIM, the compradore to
Messrs. A. K. Burkill & Sons, was born in
1864, at Macao, where his father, Mr. Chun
Sing Long, formerly carried on business as
a provision merchant. He has been con-
nected with Messrs. Burkill & Sons for
nearly a quarter of a century, as he
entered their service directly he left
school. Under the guidance of his
brother, who had been in the same
employment for some years previously, he
learnt the details of the business and was
subsequently appointed book-keeper. This
post he retained for about five years, and
then, when the old compradore died, he
and his brother jointly succeeded to the
vacancy. Mr. Chun Bing Him, whose pri-
vate residence is at No. 91, Range Road, has
two wives and a family of ten children —
six daughters and four sons, His eldest
child is thirteen years of age and is still at
.school.

MR. WONQ HIEN CHANO, compradore to
the Chartered Bank, has had a long and
successful business career. Born in Shang-
hai, and educated locally, he was for a
number of years employed in various native
banks. In j888 he became shroff to Messrs.
E. D. Sassoon & Co. and remained with
the firm for six years, after which he
carried out the duties of compradore at the
National Bank of China for three years.
In 1897 he re-entered the service of Messrs.
E. D. Sassoon & Co., this time as their
assistant compradore. Altogether he was
with the firm for some nineteen years, and
when he severed his connection with them
in 1907, in order to take up his present
appointment, the members of the staff pre-
sented him with a gold watch as a mark

LEANG SHING HEM, HIS 'WIFE, SON (MASTEE T. C. LEANG), AND RESIDENCE.

558 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of friendship and as a token of their appre-
ciation of his loyal co-operation in the
conduct of the business. Besides his duties
as coinpradore, Mr. Wong Hien Chang
controls a Chinese bank, and has opened a
piece-goods hong and a silk hong, under
the title of Tien Zung & Co.. in Honan
Road, No. 459c.

MR. CHUN VIK CHEE, coinpradore to
the Standard Oil Company, is a native of
the village of Chak-Yuan, in the district of
Hiang, in the province of Kwangtung. He
was born in 1870, and was the fourth son of
the late Mr. Shu-tang. His father was a
scholar in his youth, and afterwards, by order
of His E.xcellency Viceroy Li. was ordered
to assist His late Excellency Tong Kin-sing

at length recommended his appointment to
the position which he has now held for
upwards of fourteen years. A man of charit-
able disposition, he has twice been honoured
by the Imperial Government for his donations
towards the relief of distress caused by Hoods
and famine in the provinces of Shuntien and
Chihii, being made lirst a Sub-Prefect and
afterwards being promoted to the rank of
full Prefect with the decoration of the
Peacock's Feather. He is married, and by
his wife, surnamed Wei, he has three sons
and one daughter.

MR. SZE ZINO TSAH, has been in the
service of the Nippon Yusen Kaisha for
twenty-three years, for the last twelve of
which he has held the responsible position

is attending a Chinese school at present,
but will be sent later on to England to
complete his education.

MR. LIU ZAY CHIN, compradore to the
firm of Messrs. Davics & Thomas, civil
engineers, architects, land and estate agents,
was born in Anhwci in 1878. When only
two years of age he was taken to Nanking,
and when eight years old was brought by
his parents to Shanghai. He attended a
local native school until he was fifteen, at
which age he was sent to the Anglo-Chinese
College, No. 18, Quinsan Road, under Dr.
A. P. Parker. As a member of the World's
Chinese Students' Federation, he still keeps
himself in touch with many of his old school-

SZE ZING TSAH AND HIS SON.

in establishing the China Merchants Steam
Navigation Company. Afterwards a memorial
was sent to the Throne asking that Mr.
Shu-tang be raised to the rank of a Taoutai,
and he was given the first " Expectancy " in
the province of Chihii. Later Mr. Shu-tang
was appointed His Chinese Majesty's Consul-
General to the United States of America, and
subsequently became Resident Commissioner
of Foreign Affairs in Korea. For his services
he was decorated with the Second Rank, and
with F"irst Rank for the three foregomg
generations by special decree. He died in
his sixty-third year. Mr. Y. C. Chun, after
studying Chinese, entered upon a mercantile
career, and at the age of twenty-four came
to Shanghai as assistant to his father-in-law,
Mr. Wei Mun-fu, at that time compradore of
the Chartered Bank. He proved himself so
trustworthy and reliable that his father-in-law

of compradore. Born at Tung Show, Mr.
Sze received a thoroughly sound and
comprehensive education, and, after an
efficient business training, was appointed
compradore to the Nippon Yusen Kaisha in
Nagasaki. In this capacity he served for
eleven years, and travelled extensively, visiting
most of the towns in Japan in which the
Company had offices. For some consider-
able time he was actively engaged at
the headquarters in Tokyo. He came to
Shanghai twelve years ago. Mr. Sze. who
speaks Japanese fluently and has an excellent
command of English, enjoys the full
confidence of his employers. His capacity
for dealing with the intricate details of a
large shipping business is undoubted, and
his genial manner and kindly disposition
have won him many friends. He is married
and has one son, thirteen years of age, who

fellows. Upon the completion of his
education, in 1897, he joined Messrs.
Davies & Thomas, and eight years later
became compradore. He is married to a
sister of Mr. P. L. Chang, and resides at
No. 91, Avenue Road. His official name is
Liu Mow Yung.

MR. T. S. YUE, compradore to Messrs.
Siemssen & Co.'s machinery and fire-arm
department at Shanghai, was born in the
Settlement, but his ancestral home is in
the neighbourhood of Chekiang. Mr. Yue,
who is thirty-live years of age, is a man of
substance, owning several large stores and
much real estate in Shanghai.

TONG CHONG LEONG, SOME MEMBERS OF HIS FAMILY, AND HIS RESIDENCE

TONG CHOXG I.EONG,

and his four sons, who are being educated in America
land Germany.

560 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MR. Y. K. ZEA SIH VANG, who since
July 1. 1907, has held the position of
cooipradore to the Kusso-Chinese Bank,
has had upwards of thirty years' experience
in linancial business. He was born at
Dong - Ding - Shang. near Soixhow, and
was educated at Shanghai. At the age
of fourteen he entered the Zung Tuck

Vang jxissesscs in marked degree the
ability and integrity required for the fulfil-
ment of the many resixinsible duties which
devolve upon the compradore of a foreign
bank, and it was in recognition of these
qualities that in 1907 the Kusso-Chinese
Bank offered him the position. In private
life Mr. Zea Sih Vang has made a large

LIU ZAY CHIN, HIS BROTHER, AND HIS OFFICE.

Native Bank, in the Nanking Koad, where circle of friends, which includes foreigners

he remained three years, gaining a sound as well as his fellow countrymen. He is

knowledge of the principles of banking. married, and in Mr. T. Y. Zea Zoon

On January 29. 1879, he began his long Bing, who is in the service of the Chartered

ajnnection with the Chartered Bank of
India. Australia, and China. He has held
successively the positions of shroff, book-
keeper or assistant compradore, and, for
eleven years, compradore. Mr. Zea Sih

Bank, he has a son who promises to
follow worthily in his footsteps.

THE LATE MR. YEN CHINQ CHONG,

ofticially known as Mr. Yuh Cheng Cluing,
several of whose children now hold prominent
positions in Shanghai, has left a record which
furnishes an encouraging e.xample of wh.it
may be accomplished, in the face of seemingly
overwhelming odds, by a man of ch.iracter
and ability. He started upon his career with
few advantages, and but poorly equipped by
education for the battle of life, yet he succeeded
ill placing the fortunes of his family on a
film b.isis. and when he died full of honour,
some nine years ago, he was mourned as
a lost friend by hundreds of those whom
his generosity had helped on their path. The
second son of Mr. Yeh Tze Yu, a poor farmer
of Ningpo, Mr. Yeh Ching Chong was born
in 1H40, at Chinhai, in the Ningpo Prefect of
the Chekiang Province. He lost his father
when he was but six years of age, and the
small farm, consisting of eight mow of rice
iields, situated in a small village near his home,
had to be cultivated by his mother, his elder
brother, and his aunts. At the age of nine
he was sent to school, but, after six months,
although his mother earned a little extra
money for his support from spinning and
weaving, he was withdrawn on account of
her inability to pay the fees. He then entered
an oil mill as an apprentice, and when eleven
years old was earning 1,000 copper cash
(a dollar) and a picul of fuel per annum. In
this employment he remained for three years,
when, acting on the advice of Mr. Ni, who
gave him 2,000 cash (two dollars) for travelling
expenses, he came to seek work in Shanghai.
Through his patron's influence he obtained
a position in a grocery shop in the French
Concession, and every day from morning to
night in all weathers, for three years, he
sold Chinese and foreign goods to the vessels
anchored in the Whaiigpoo. In 1862 he
opened business on his own account in
Hanbury Road. During the same year he
removed to larger premises in the Broadway
on account of rapidly increasing custom, and,
in a comparatively short time, opened branch
shops in all the Treaty ports of China. He
organised and controlled the business with
marked ability, and the nucleus was soon
formed of the large fortune which he subse-
quently amassed. He established several silk
filatures and a match factory in Shanghai
and Hankow, and m,ade every endeavour
to promote these industries in China. The
hard struggles ,and bitter experiences of his
youth had broadened and quickened his
sympathies, and in the days of his prosperity
Mr. Yeh Ching Chong did not forget those of
his countrymen who were in less fortunate
circumstances. In addition to many private
bequests, he accorded liberal support to a
number of philanthropic and educational
institutions. He established several public
schools and vaccination departments in his
native place, and contributed Tls. 30.000
towards the cost of constructing and main-
taining the Ningpo Cemetery at Shanghai.
At the wish of his mother he reserved 400
mow of land for his ancestral temple. He
gave 20 mow^ of land in the nortlieiii part of
the International Setllemeiit as a site for the
Ching Chong Primary School, and afterwards
furnished more than Tls. 100,000 towards the
upkeep of the institution. He spent Tls. 20,000
in building the Huei Teh Tang lor the widows
and children of those who had been in
his employment, and distributed rice and
clothes among the poor each winter. For
these and many other acts of a like nature
he received the royal thanks inscribed upon
a tablet by Emperor Kwangsu, and obtained,
also, by special Imperial Decree, the highest
praise for his relief work during the famine

woo CHAU CHIN, HIS SON, DAUaHTEB-IN-LAW, GRANDCHILDREN, AND RESIDENCE.

562 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

in the Fengtien Province of Manchuria. In
his latter yeirs Mr. Yell Ching Chong was
made an E.xpectant Taoutai. and held the
second brevet rank till his death. He left a
handsome sum of ntoney to his widow and
seven sons.

MB. VUE KO MINO, who is a member of
the Chinese Municipal Council, has held the
position of compradore to Messrs. Buchheister
& Co. for the past fifteen years. He was
bom at Soochow in 1869, and was educated
at Tung Wen College. He came to Shanghai
at the age of twenty, and, previously to

Kor is a member of the Chinese Chainber
of Commerce and of the Shanghai Piece
Goods Guild. He has three sons and two
daughters.

PROF. LEE TUNQ HWEE. B.A., founder
and president of the World Chinese Students'
Federation and managing editor of the
IVoild Chinese Stiiiieitts' Journal, was born in
Batavia, Java. The son of a wealthy Chinese
merchant, he received all the educational
advantages which money could provide, first
at the Anglo-Chinese College, Singapore, and
afterwards at the Ohio Weslevan Universitv

educationalists in the movement, with the
result that the society was formallv and
tiniily established. The object of the organ-
isation is to help in the advancement of the
Chinese Empire by the introduction of a
common language, the promotion of unity
among Chinese students, and the diffusion
of Western knowledge by the translation of
Western books into Chinese. The federation
now numbers about five hundred members,
and has branches at Penang, Foochow, and
Honolulu. It is hoped that ultimately it may
become aftiliated with all the student associa-
tions of the world. Since his arrival in
Shanghai. Mr. Lee Tung Hwee has helped
to organise and develop the Modern Chinese

TAO MAI SEN, COMPRADORE AT HIS BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S CONSULATE, AND HIS FAMILY.
I. Miss Zvs Pao Tao. 'i. Zlxg Tse Tao. i- Miss Kan Pao Tao.

4. Mrs. Tao Ciuh Chih. 5. Tao Mai Sex. 6. Mrs. Tao Mai Sen. 7. Tao Chih Chih.

8. Tao Chew Ji.\g. 9. Miss Sing Pao Tao.

accepting his present appointment, was for
four years an interpreter in the cotton cloth
mills.

MR. SZE TSAY KOR, the compradore of
Messrs. Richard Haworth & Co., Ltd., was
bom at Ningpo in 1863. At the age of
thirteen he came to Shanghai, and, after
serving for four years in a Chinese bank,
entered the piece-goods business which he
still carries on. In 1884 he became assistant
compradore to Messrs. Holliday. Wise & Co..
and remained with them until he secured
his present position in 1903. Mr. Sze Tsay

and at Vale University, where he graduated
with honours in 1897. During the last year
of his university career the reform move-
ment in China was inaugurated, and ended
with the flight of Kang Yu Wei and the
persecution of his followers. The news of
the coup d'etat in Peking created a deep
impression upon Mr. I..ee Tung Hwee's mind,
and he resolved henceforward to devote his
life to the service of his fellow countrymen.
His first attempt at organisation was the
establishment of the Philo-mathean Society
in Penang. He matured his scheme for the
World Chinese Students' Federation in ii>04,
and. arriving in Shanghai the following year,
he interested many eminent scholars and

College, of which he is now Principal and
Chief Professor. Recently he was appointed
a member of the Yu Chuan Pu (Board of
Ports and Communications), Peking, and he
is also Honorary Adviser to the Commissioner
of Education in Soochow.

MR. TAO MAI SEN, who has been the

compradore at His Britannic Majesty's Con-
sulate, Shanghai, fcir more than twenty years,
is a son of a former Chief-Writer in the Con-
sulate. Althougli practically the whole of his
life has been spent in the Government service,

WAI LUK CHUNK, HIS FATHEK (WAI LOO CHIP), AND HIS RESIDENCE.

564 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

for he is only forty-two years of age now.
he has nevertheless found time to interest
himself in many commercial and industrial
enterprises. He founded the Chinese news-
paper Sze Su Ptio, established a silk spinning
mill, and took a prominent part in the pro-
motion of the King Zung Weaving Company.

by profession, but assists, also, in the work
at the Consulate, and is employed by the
Vacuum Oil Company. He is a corporal
in the Chinese Company of the Shanghai
Volunteer Corps. The second son, Tao Zung
Chih, is a student of St. John's University.

CHUN NEA CHING AND SONS.

long, and. during tlic course of the next
year he established the chop of " Tung Wo
Kung," which has now a brancli at Tientsin,
and carries on an extensive shipping and piece-
goods trade. Mr. Chun Nea Cliing is vice-
chairman of the Nanking Guild, and was
chairman of the Shanghai Shipping Guild
from 1891 to IQ06. During tlie period of
famine, two years ago. he not only gave
generously from his own private purse, but
interested himself actively with Mr. C.
Montague Ede in the collection of large
sinns of money for the relief of the sufferers.
His trading ventures have prospered exceed-
ingly, and he is now a man of considerable
inrtuence, possessing large properties both
in Shanghai and Nanking.

MR. KWAN CHEPINQ, compradore to
Messrs. Meyer & Co.. in Shanghai, has had
an interesting career. His father, the late
Kwan Tsit Tong, was a scholar of some
standing. He had been educated by the
London Mission, and was one of the first
Chinese appointed to teach English in the
Government School at Hongkong. Mr.
Kwan Cheping was born in that Colony in
1872. and was educated at Queen's College.
At the age of seventeen years he joined the
Chinese Mining and Engineering Company
at Tongshan. and, after working at the
mines for two years, was transferred to the
shipping department at Tientsin, where he
remained for ten years. At the end of this
term he obtained permission ia visit Hong-
kong, but as, in the meantime the Boxer
troubles broke out, Mr. Kwan Cheping came
to Shanghai, instead of returning to Tientsin,
and subsequently proceeded to Port Arthur,
where he was employed as assistant com-
pradore by the Russo-Chinese Bank. He
was forced to leave Port Arthur, however,
after three years in consequence of the
outbreak of the Russo-Japanese 'War, and
he then came to Shanghai and accepted
his present post with Messrs. Meyer & Co.
Mr. Kwan Cheping, who is married and has
two sons and one daughter, is the owner of
property in Hongkong.

MR. WONa FOK CHINQ, the compradore
to Messrs. H. M. H. Nemazee & Co., was
born at Shanghai in 1859. He started his
business career at the age of fourteen years
as a clerk in a Chinese bank, but it was
not long before he resigned this position
in order to join the tea hong of Sum Shun
Hung. For five years he carried out the
duties of a general office assistant, and
then, having gained sufficient experience,
he acted as a tea-broker on behalf of the
firm, in whose employment he remained
altogether for fifteen years. Subsequently he
commenced trading on his own account as
a tea-broker, but, in 1898, he was offered
and accepted the position which he holds
with Nema/ee & Co. at the present
day. Mr. Wong Fok Ching is a married
man with two sons and a daughter.

These undertakings having proved successful,
he is at the present day a wealthy man. and
the owner of considerable property both in
and around Shanghai, and at Woosung.
Mr. Tao Mai Sen has two sons, three
daughters, and two grandchildren. His
elder son, Dr. Tao Chih Chih, is a dentist

MR. CHUN NEA CHINQ, vice-chairman
of the Shanghai Shipping Guild, is a son of
the late Mr. Chun Shu Chang, of Nanking.
Born in 1867, at Shanghai, he received a
sound education, and in 1884 entered a river
shipping firm. Ambition, however, would
not permit him to remain in this position

MR. YD PINO UR, chairman of the
Shanghai Piece Goods Guild and part
proprietor of the firm Ping Ur & Co.,
was born at Shanghai in 1853, and educated
at the Chinese Government School. At the

THE LATE YEH CHING CHONG, HIS SON (T. U. YIHl, AND GROUP OF STUDENTS OF THE OHING CHONG

PRIMARY SCHOOL FOUNDED BY HIM.

566 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

age of fifteen he was apprenticed for one
ytat to a Chinese piece-goods hong, hut
for the following three years acted as an
assistant in a Shipping Otfice. This position
he resigned in order to join Messrs. Na
Kee, by whom he was admitted to partner-
ship, but four years later the business
failed. Mr. Yu Ping Vr then worked on
commission for Messrs. Seong Cheng &
Co.. until offered the position of com-
pradore to Messrs. Holliday, Wise & Co.
He remained in the service of this firm for
eighteen years, with the exception of a
two-years' rest, rendered necessary by ill-
health. In 1897, in conjunction with
several other prominent Chinese business
men. he established the firm of •' Ping
Ur." which has its headquarters at Nos. 20
and 21, Nanking Road, and, having purchased
some shares in the Laou Kung Mow
Cotton Mill in 1902. he has, since that
time, actively interested himself in buying

the sons are Maipah, Maihsicn. Mailan, and
Maishien. Mr. Sun Ting Huan has pur-
chased the official rank of Expectant Sub-
Prefect of the Kiangsu Province.

MR. CHU YU CHEE, who is a native of
the little village of Paksan-ling. near M.icao,
came to Shanghai at the early age of fifteen
to join his uncle, who was conipradore to
the old English firm of Dent & Co. He
subsequently accompanied Mr. Webb, a
partner of the firm, up the Yangtsze to assist
in opening agencies in the Treaty ports, and
on their return they visited Chefoo. New-
chwang, and Tientsin, at which ports they
also established agencies. After performing
similar work at Nagasaki Mr. Chu Yu Chee
and Mr. Webb went to Hongkong, where
they purchased the steamer Governor General

PON KUCE HIEN, COMPRADORE TO THE SHANGHAI MUNICIPALITY.

AND HIS SONS.

and selling cotton and cotton yarn on its
t)ehalf. Besides being chairman of the
the Shanghai Piece Goods Guild, Mr. Yu
Ping I'r is a member of the Chinese
Chamber of Commerce and of the Chinese
Municipal Council.

MR. SUN TING HUAN-or Mr. Sun Tsung
Feng, as he is sometimes called — is the son
of a former tea-merchant in Shanghai, named
Manhuai, and was born at Yu Yao Hsien.
in the Chekiang Province, in 1854 Before
accepting his present position as Chinese
manager to the Shanghai Land Investment
Company, he was for nineteen years manager
for Hsing Mo & Co. He has also been a native
banker, and at the present day owns a pawn-
shop in Shao-hsing and many valuable
properties of different kinds in Shanghai.
His wife's name is Yii S/.e, and he has
four sons and five daughters. The names of

with which to trade up the Yangtsze. Before
Mr. Webb retired from business he recom-
mended his employe to purchase all the
land he could in Shanghai, and, acting on
the suggestion, Mr. Chu Yu Chee acquired
three thousand mow of land in and near
the Settlements, and erected three thousand
houses, his income from which amounted to
Tls. 620 a day. In 1873, Mr. Chu Yu Chee,
in conjunction with other Chinese gentlemen,
founded the China Merchants Steam Navi-
gation Company, and at the same time took
up large holdings in various stock, but, owing
to the PVench war with China, property fell
so much in value and the shrinkage of Invest-
ments became so serious that he was obliged
to part with the larger portion of his property.
When peace was restored after the Boxer
troubles in Tientsin, in 1901, Mr. Chu Yu Chee
established the Tientsin Land Investment
Company, and was able in some measure to
retrieve his position. During a long and
active career he has interested himself in a

variety of commercial and industrial enter-
prises. He took part in the promotion of the
Chinese Mining and Engineering Company,
and has supervised mining operations in
Kweichi, Tienhua, Nanpiao, and Shaiihaikwan.
He established the Tung-Wen Lithographic
Works, and. under instructions from the
Empress - Dowager and the Emperor of
China, undertook the printing of the Chinese
Government Encyclopiedia, consisting of
over three thousand volumes. Entering the
Government service, he has been succes-
sively Director of the Robber Suppressing
Office, the Opium Tax Collectorate. tlie
Bureau of Foreign Affairs, the Grand Canal
Transportation, the Relief Work Oftice, and
the Chinese Students' Office. Through his
initiative m.any guilds and charitable halls
have been established. Not only has he con-
tributed largely from his own purse towards
the m.iintenance of many philanthropic insti-
tutions, but during the great famine in
Tongshan in 1895 'le collected $300,000 for
relief work, and, by the careful distribution
of this sum among the sufferers, was largely
instrumental in preventing a threatened out-
break of robbery and violence. The portrait
of Mr. Chu Yu Chee reproduced in this
volume was painted when he was forty years
of age. He is now seventy-two, and. having
retired from business, is living quietly at his
delightful house in Bubbling Well Ko.id with
his children and grandchildren, several of
whom have been educated at Oxford and at
American Universities.

MR. CHU SOK PIN, the son of Mr. Chu Yu

Chee, was born at Shanghai in 1872. and
was educated at St. Francis Xavier School.
At the age of fifteen he joined his father,
who was in charge of the China Merchants'
mines both in the south and north of China.
Mr. Chu Sok Pin remained in the south
some time, but subsequently took charge of
30,000 men working in the gold, silver, and
coal mines on the northern side of the
Gre.at Wall. In spite of hardships, due to
the scarcity and bad quality of the food
obtainable, he remained at the post for
seven years. Afterwards he assumed control
of his father's building operations in
Tientsin, but at the commencement of the
Boxer riots he returned to Shanghai, and
became compradorc to a German firm
engaged in shipping, import, and export
business. Owing to the great business
depression that prevailed, this firm sustained
heavy losses, and he suffered to the extent
of $500,000. At the beginning of the
present year he accepted the position of
compradore to the Hamburg-Amerika Linie.
Mr. Chu Sok Pin has four sons and three
daughters.

MR. LEE Sin GNAN, tlic manager of
Messrs. Nan Shing Tah & Co., originally
intended to enter the Government service,
and had already passed the Imperial Chinese
e.xamin.itions for the degrees of B.A. and M.A.,
called in Chinese " Kewyen," when he changed
his mind, and decided to adopt a business
career. Having once come to this decision,
he entered whole-heartedly Into the task of
equipping himself for the new sphere, and,
in order to gain as wide an experience as
possible of business methods, he visited
Sing.apore, the Malay States, Saigon, Japan,
and the Treaty ports of China. At the com-
pletion (if this tour he entered his father's

THE SINZA ROAD RESIDENCE OF K. T. CHANG.

568 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

business, the Xaii Sih Xgaii. which had hecii
established some thirty years previously. The
c<.>nipany which he now controls has its head-
quarters at 55. the French Kund. Mr. Lee
Sih Cnan, who is only thirly-eifjht years of
age. holds the rank of an Exix-clant Taoutai,
and is the owner of a considerable amount of
property both at Swatow, his birthplace, and
at Shanghai. He has three sons and live
daughters.

MR. H. B. KINGMAN, D.D.S., M.A., was

bom at Hongkong, and was educated at
Queen's College in that Colony, and at
Philadelphia University, where he took his
degree as Doctor of Dental Science (first
class honours) in 1905, being the youngest

the Chinese Board of Education to establish
a college of oral surgery and dentistry in
Shanghai.

MR. PON KUCK HIEN and his father.
Mr. Pon Yue Ming, have between them
held the position of compradore to the
Shanghai Municipal Council for practically
the whole period of the Council's existence.
Mr. Pon Yue Ming liad a record of twenty-
six years' service, and upon his death he was
succeeded by his son, who had for some time
previously been acting as his assistant.
Mr. Pon Kuck Hien was born at Canton in
1868. and upon leaviTig school was appointed
a Chinese examiner. At the age of twenty-
five he entered the office of tlie Taoutai of

VICTOR L. YANG

(Second Son).

YANG HAI TSAR AND FAMILY.

member Of his class to pass the examination.
He travelled for some time in Europe,
and then returned to the Far East. After
remaining for a short period in Hongkong
he came to Shanghai and joined his brother,
who had been in practice as a dental
surgeon for ten years. Proceeding to
Peking in iyo6. to enter for the Chinese
Imperial Examination for students who had
studied in foreign universities. Mr. Kingman
pa.ssed in the highest grade although he was
again the youngest of the successful candi-
dates, and the degree of M.A. was conferred
upon him by the Emperor of China. He
is a member of the Garretsonian Society,
the British - American Society, and the
Chinese Country Club in Shanghai. He is
also managing director of the Wan Tak
Company, and has received the sanction of

Honan, but resigned at the end of twelve
months, in order to join his father. He now
owns a considerable amount of property both
in Canton, where his mother is still living,
and in Shanghai. He is a member of the
Chinese Chamber of Commerce and of the
committees of the Canton Guild, the Nanhai
Guild, and the Canton Chinese Hospital.
Mr. Pon Kuck Hien has four sons and six
daughters.

MR. CHU HUN TSAI is a member of the
Ningpo Guild and of the Chinese Municipal
Council of Shanghai, and has a seat on the
committee of the Commercial Club. Among
other work of a philanthropic nature, he has
founded and endowed a private school in Ning-

po, his native city. He commenced business
life in Shanghai, at the age of sixteen, as an
operator in the Chinese Telegraph Com-
pany. This position did not satisfy him for
long, and he returned to Xingpo to conduct
the business of the steamship Cass, owned
by the Formosa Steam Navigation Company.
He was then engaged for a while in the
timber trade at Hankow, and afterwards on
railway work ni Tientsin. Eventually, after
serving for five years as assistant com-
pradore and accountant to Messrs. Telge &
Co.. Shanghai, he became assistant Govern-
ment business compradore to Messrs. Mandl
& Co., with whom he remained until
appointed to his present position as general
compradore to Messrs. H. M. Schultz & Co.

MR. YUNG SOY HSUNG, the second son
of the late Mr. Yung Chi-ping, who died
in 190S at the age of 71 years, has pro-
moted, and is still a director of many
flourishing companies in and around Shang-
hai. Born at Wusieh in 1872, he was
educated privately, and at the age of 16
joined his father in the firm of cotton
dealers known as Yung Jfwong Tai,
which was founded by his grandfather more
than a century ago. Subsequently he
became the Cliinese agent lor the Inter-
national Cotton Mill for five years. He
resigned this position in order to start the
Shanghai Chen Wha Cotton Mill, which
was afterwards acquired by a company,
Of which Mr. Yung is a director. In 1902
he established the Wu Sieh Mow Sing Flour
Mill ; three years later he founded the
Wu Sieh Mow Sing Kice Cleaning Com-
pany, and last year he promoted the Sing
Yek Fire Insurance Company. Mr. Yung
Soy Hsung, who is a generous supporter
of charitable institutions, established a school
at Wu Sieh four years ago, and still maintains
it at his own expense.

MR. SIA TZE NAN, the proprietor of the
well-known silk shop "Sun Yuen," has
carried on a large retail trade in Shanghai
for many years past, and holds a high
reputation among the increasing number of
foreigners who visit his store. He is the
owner of a pawn shop in Soochow, and so
well have his various businesses prospered
that he now owns considerable property
in the Settlement, and is, comparatively
speaking, a wealthy man. A native of
Wuchenghsien, in the province of Chekiang,
he was born in 1842. His mother, who is
86 years of age, seems as hale and hearty
as ever. Mr. Sia Tze Nan has four sons and
three daughters, and four grandsons and
four grand-daughters. Three of his sons —
Laii Sung, Sze Ding, and T/.i Sung — are
in business in Shanghai ; while the youngest,
Wai Ching, is studying mechanical engineer-
ing in England. Mr. Sia Tze Nan's eldest
grandson. Zing Tsoo, is a student at St. John's
University, Shanghai, and the others Lan
Dong, Wen Pao and Sung Pao -are being
educated at home.

MR. Z. SONG CHING, who is a native of
Wuchow, obtained his commercial training
in the silk trade. At the age of twenty-one
he came to Shanghai, and for five years
was an assistant to Mr. W. E. Hunt, a silk

CHU SOK PIN, COMPRADORE OF THE HAMBURG-AMERIKA LINIE, AND AN INTERESTING ACCOUNT OF HIS FATHER'S

LIFE IN THE CHINESE LANGUAOE.

T T 2

570 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS (^F HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

inspector. Subsequently he t>ecaine a silk
broker on his own account, and in i8()8 he
entered the well-known Paris house of
Olivier & Co.. to whose Shanghai branch
he is now the chief compradore.

MR. CHANQ YUE CHEE, compradore to the
China-Jax'a Export Company, Shanghai, is a
son of Mr. Chang Wai Sang, compradore of
the Shanghai Building Company. A native
of the Settlement. Mr. Chang was educated
at St. John's College, and on leaving sch(X)l
in igoo joined his father as an assistant. In
the following year he was appointed assistant
compradore. and in 11)04 became compradore
to the China-Java Export Company. He is
now only twenty-seven years of age. In
1902 he married Wong Su Ching, the
daughter of a retired merchant formerly well
known in Shanghai, and has by her one
sur\iving child, a girl. He resides at 30,
Kue Voisin. in the French Concession.

MR. YANO HAI TSAR, compradore to
Messrs. Ward. Probst & Co., and to Messrs.
Nabollz & Co.. is the chairman of the
Shanghai Silk Guild. He is the fourth son
of the late Mr. Yang Say Say. of Wuchow,
in which town he was born in 1846. Educated
in Shanghai, Mr. Yang was only twenty-two
years of age when he took charge of his
father's silk hong, known as the Yung Tab
Zun. No. 75. Xingpo Road, of which he is
now proprietor. He also joined others in
the establishment of several cotton mills and
silk filatures, but lost a lot of money in this
way. and eventually decided to confine his
attention solely to his silk business. In 1892,
he became compradore to Messrs. Naboltz
& Co., but four years later resigned and
accepted a similar post with Messrs. Ward,
Probst & Co. In January, 1908, however,
he was asked to rejoin the former firm, and
at the present moment he is acting as compra-
dore to both firms. Mr. Yang has four sons
and two daughters, his sons being Yang Pah
Tow, V. L. Yang, Yang Song Hung, and
Yang Che Liang.

MR. YOU SAN TrNQ, during his twenty
years' service with the firm of Sing Chong
Loong, has risen from the position of junior
clerk to that of a partner. The eldest son
of the late Mr. Yan King Young, of Kiangsu,
he was born at Shanghai in 1872, and entered
the employment of the Sing Chong I.oong
Company in 1887. In 1902 he was appointed
manager, and five years later became one of
the proprietors. P'rom its headqwirters in
Wusieh Road, the Company carry on an
important export and shipping business. Mr.
You San Ting is a well-known member of
the Shanghai Shipping Guild.

MR. LEE PAH PAO is a well-known
merchant in Shanghai and a prominent
member of the committee of the Chinese
Piece Goods Guild. The fourth son of the
late Mr. Lee Yu Ting, a merchant trading in
Kiangsu Province, he is a native of Chanso,
where he received his education. At the age
of sixteen he joined a French piece-goods
firm, and remained with them for ten years.

He was then appointed manager of the Hoon
Tah piece-gixids hong, situated at 5oi>.
Nanking Road. Shanghai, and has now a
large interest in the business. Mr. Lee, who
is forty-one years of age, is married, and has
one son.

MR. WONG SAY CHE, the proprietor of
the Chinese export hong known as E. Shun
Chong. and agent for the China Merchants
Steam Navigation Company at Chcfoo, holds
the oflicial rank of Expectant Taoutai for tlie
province of Kiangsu. His father, Mr. Wong
Kin Choong, who attained the great age
of one hundred years, was successful in liis
younger days in obtainhig by imperial
examination, the highest degree in the
Empire — that known as Han Ling. Mr. S.
C. Wong was born in 1843 at Wong Tung
in Shantung Province. At the age of
twenty-five he came to Shanghai and joined
an American firm as Chinese salesman. He
was next with a Chinese shipping firm for
three years and eventually, about the year
1874. established the firm of E. Shun Cliong,
exporters. He extended the business gra-
dually, and opened branches in Vladivostock,
Harbin, Tientsin, Hankow, Tsingtau, Korea,
and Japan, under the name of I. Chong
Shig. It was in 1885 that Mr. Wong was
appointed agent for the China Merchants
Steam Navigation Company. Ltd., at Che-
foo. In course of time the rivalry between
the steamers of the China Steam Navigation
Company, Messrs. Butterfield & Swire, and
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., became
very keen, but through the good offices of
Mr. Emmett, the manager of Messrs.
Butterfield & Swire's shipping department,
and Mr. Wong, a combine was formed, and
the necessity for rate-cutting was thus
removed. Mr. Wong founded the Shantung
Trades' Guild in 1901. and is vice-president
of the Shantung Shipping Guild. He is also
a member of the Shanghai Chamber of
Commerce. He owns extensive property in
Shanghai and in Shantung, and is greatly
respected in those neighbourhoods, more
especially on account of his liberality to-
wards his poorer countrymen. He has
been married twice. He had two children
— a son and a daughter — but as the son
died when seventeen years of age Mr. Wong
adopted one of his nephews, Mr. Wong In
Lie. who is now compradore to Messrs.
Butterfield & Swire's steamship Shiiiitieii. At
the age of fifty-four Mr. Wong married his
second wife, by whom he has had three
sons and a daughter.

MR. S. C. YIN, who is al,so known as Mr.
Yin Sih Chang, has long been in bushiess
as a piece-goods merchant, and has a seat
on the committees of the Piece Goods and
Cotton-Yarn Guilds, besides being a member
of the Chinese Chamber of Commerce. He
is proprietor of the firm of Yuen Sheng & Co.,
of 99P, Nauking Road, Shanghai, which
he and a few friends founded in 1894, and
he is also a director of the .Shanghai Cotton
Mills. Mr. Yin is a native of Kiading
district, and was born in 1865. He came to
Shanghai in 1879. and joined the Za Sin
Sheng piece-goods hong, remaining there
for three years as an apprentice, and for a
further twelve years as an assistant. He then
founded the firm of which he is now the head.
The years 1906 7 will always be remembered
by Mr. Yin as those in which he took a trip

round the world. He travelled through India,
Arabia, Egypt, Italy, Germany, Austria-
Hungary. Holland, Belgium, France, England.
Scotland, the United States of America, and
Japan, visiting the principal cities in each
country. The whole journey occupied 130
days. Mr. Yin is married, and has two sons
and two daughters.

MR. TSANG SUICHOW, compradore to the
firm of Walter Scott, architects and civil
engineers, was born in Shanghai in 1863,
and was sent, at the age of thirteen, to the
Kiangnan Arsenal Scliool. Among the studies
which he pursued was that of mechanical
engineering under the personal supervision
of Mr. John M. .'illen. In October, 1882, he
entered the employment of tlie late Mr. G. J.
Morrison, who founded the firm now known
as Walter Scott, architects and civil engineers.
For twelve years he served as draughtsman
and clerk, and was promoted to his present
post as compradore in 1894. Mr. Tsang is
married, and has two sons and three daughters.
The elder son, Hanson, is now a clerk in
the employment of the Shanghai-Nanking
Railway Company; while the younger,
Handing, who has been educated at Bedford
Grammar School, England, is engaged as a
translator by the Tientsin-Poukon Railway
Company.

MR. KG DESONG, shipowner and com-
pradore to Messrs. Thorensen & Co., has
been connected with import and export
business in the Settlement for nearly sixteen
years. The son of Mr. Ko Cho Szi, he
was born in 1877, and educated at Shang-
hai. At the age of sixteen he was
apprenticed to Messrs. Ilbert & Co., and
in 1897 he became compradore to Messrs.
Moller Bros. He received his present
appointment in 1907. He carries on a
good deal of business on his own account,
importing and exporting merchandise, deal-
ing in machinery, arms, and ammunition,
and buying and selling steamers of small
tonnage. At the present he owns three
vessels of 1,019, 1.500, and 2.400 tons gross
register respectively, and with them engages
in general shipping. He is also owner of
a small cotton mill with 3,000 spindles
known as Yik Kee. Mr. Ko Desong is
married, and has four sons.

MR. S. C. YGUNG, vvho is also known
as Mr. Young Shun Chee, is a partner in
the firm of Messrs. G. R. Groves &
Co., architects and surveyors, Shanghai. A
native of Macao, he attended the Victoria
School at Hongkong for a time, but at the
age of eight he was taken by his brother
to Oniika, in the United States, and was
at school there for three years, until failing
health necessitated his return to China.
After a couple of years' rest he entered
the Shanghai Public School, under Mr.
George Lanning, and four years later
passed two first examinations in drawing
and writmg. He joined a firm of arcliitects
and civil engineers in the Settlement- the
firm being known successively as Morrison
& Grattan, Morrison, Grattan & Scott,
Scott & Grattan. and now as Walter Scott.
He remained with them for upwards of
nineteen vears. until, early in 1908. having

VIEWS OF CHANG YUE CHEE'S RESIDENCE AND OFFICE.

572 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

heen apfKiinled to an olVicial position under
the Chinese Govcrnnjcnt. he prtKeeded to
Nanking, with the rank of Prefect. The
work involved did not suit him, however,
and he soon relinquished the post. Re-
turning to Shanghai, he entered the lirni

Shanghai, was born at Nan Wai on
February 13. 1822. He was one of the
earliest converts to Christianity made in
Shanghai, embracing the faitli after a long
struggle with old customs and prejudices.
Two or three years after his baptism he

8HAO GIN TOW, AND FAMILY.

of Messrs. G. R. Groves & Co., as a
partner, on July 1st, Mr. Young has one
son and one daughter.

THE REV. WONO PINO SAN, the first native
pastor of the Shanghai Baptist Church in

became a deacon of the Church, and seven
years later was ordained pastor, tilling that
oflice up to the time of his death in February,
1890. Whilst deacon and pastor he gave his
services to the Church voluntarily. Of his
three sons, only one, Mr. Wong Ya Koh, is
alive. Mr. David Wong is his grandson.

MR. M. ZEEN, or Mr. Zeen Ching Ling
as he is sometimes called, is the compradoic
to Messrs. Moutrie & Co., and the founder
and proprietor of the firm of Yuen Sing
Foong, which carries on a general import
and export business in Honan Road. He
was born at Shosing in 1H63, and came to
Slaajighai at tlie age of twenty-live. For the
hrst two years he found employment as an
assistant storekeeper to -4 Chinese company.
From 1881 to 1884 he was a ship's conipra-
dore at Chinkiang, and for the next three
years he carried out the duties of compradore
at one of Messrs. Russell & Co.'s Pootung
wharves. This position he resigned in order
to start trading on his own account, and in
iiX>,1. by which time the business had been
placed on a lirm basis and no longer required
his constant personal supervision, he accepted
his present appointment with Messrs. Moutrie
& Co. Mr. Zeen is a director of the Com-
mercial Ha/aar, the Tabaqueria General, and
Hope Bros. In 1905 he was given a com-
mission in the Chinese Physical Association,
and now holds the rank of major. He is
married and has four sons.

MR. YEN CHINQ SUH, who holds the
official appointment of Deputy Rice Tribute
Collector at the China Merchants Steam
Navigation Company's office, is the second
son of a former well-known official, Mr. Yen
Liung Shun, Prefect of Foochow. Though
born at Shanghai in the year 1878, Mr. Yen
was educated at the Anglo-Chinese College at
Foochow, and, being of a literary turn of
mind, he was employed at Peking, after
completing his education, to assist in com-
piling a work dealing with the lives of the
Emperors. This work was accomplished in
three years, and he was then appointed
magistrate. At the time of the Boxer troubles
Mr. Yen was in some danger, and was
obliged to llee from Peking to Shanghai. He
returned to the capital, however, as soon
as the rising had subsided, and eventually,
through the influence of the Viceroy, received
his present appointment. He also holds the
position of Chinese representative of the
Kochien Transportation and Tug-boat Com-
pany, for which Messrs. Hopkins, Dunn &
Co. are the local agents. Mr. Yen is married
and has oTie daughter.

MR. SHAO QIN TOW, manager of the Ta
Foong piece-goods hong, in which he is a
shareholder, occupies a prominent position
among his fellow countrymen as a member
of the Committee of the Piece Goods Guild,
and of the Chinese Chamber of Commerce,
and is widely esteemed for his beneficence.
He is liberal to the poor, and is ever ready
with a subscription towards a deserving
charity. He has been with the Ta Foong
hong since he was fifteen years of age,
succeeding to the management in 1893, He
has developed the busmess considerably, and
has fully maintained the high reputation
which it enjoyed previously. Like his pre-
decessor, his services have frequently been
in demand in settling difi'erences between
native dealers and foreign importers. The
original manager of the hong, which was
established in 1865, was Mr. Hue Cheng
Yong, who earned an excellent name for the
firm. So highly was he esteemed that even
his competitors in business were unanimous
in electing him as chairman of the Shanghai
Piece Goods Guild. He retired in 1893.

\^Mm^

INDUSTRIES.

THE EWO STEAM SILK FILATURE.

By far the most valuable of silk products
exported from China is raw, white, steam
filature silk. No silk in the world can equal
it in quality, brilliancy, and that subtle
attribute, known to the trade as " nerve,"
responsible for the rustle so sweet to the
feminine ear. China's steam filature silk
realises a better price than any other in the
market ; and of the two chief kinds produced
that from Shanghai is far superior to that
from Canton, the former realising in igo6
an average of Tls. 770 and the latter
Tls. 605-7 per picul (133^ lbs.).

There are in Shanghai some thirty silk
filatures, with a total of about 8,000 bassines,
and an aggregate output of about 11,000 piculs
a year. One of the oldest of these is Messrs.
Jardine, Matheson & Co.'s Ewo Silk
Filature, situated in the Chengtu Koad, which
runs from Sinza Road to the Soochow Creek.
It was established in 1882, and has now
500 bassines, and yearly contributes nearly
750 piculs to the total output for the Settle-
ment. The Ewo Silk Filature's product
realises very high prices— among the best in
the market — so great is the care taken in
reeling it. The filature gives employment to
200 women for peeling and sorting cocoons,
500 for reeling, 250 for ■' brushing," and 100
for preparing waste silk for market, besides
shroffs, engineers, stokers, and coolies to the
number of about fifty. The manager is
Mr. D. Beretta, who came to Shanghai in
1889. His staff consists of an assistant
manager and six European female overseers.

JIN CHONQ SILK FILATURE COMPANY.

The " gold crown," the chop of the Jin
Chong Silk Filature Company, is recognised
as a guarantee of good quality. Silk bearing
this well-known stamp was awarded first
prize at the International Exhibition in Milan
in 1906. Since the proprietors, Messrs. Tong
Shin Yue and Woo Yuet Ling, opened their
factory in Wuchow Koad, they have con-
sistently maintained a high standard of
excellence, with the result that their output is
now seven hundred piculs of silk a year, and
seventy men and over a thousand women
are given constant employment. Mr. Tong
Shin Yue, who was born in Kiangsu-Nieshing
in 1874, has been actively engaged in the
silk trade all his life. After completing his

education at Shanghai he was an assistant
at the Lunwah Filature for four years. At
the end of this term he was appointed
Chinese manager of the Sin Chong Filature,
and, in i(;oo, in conjunction with Mr. Woo
Yuet Ling, he started his present undertaking.
Mr. Tong Shin Yue is a member of the
Chinese Volunteer Club and of the Silk
Filature Guild, and is a director of the Sin
Chong Silk Filature Company. He has two
sons and three daughters.

THE EWO COTTON SPINNING AND
WEAVING COMPANY, LTD.

This Company holds a highly important
place in the industrial life of the Settlement.
The site upon which the factory is situated
belongs to the Company. It comprises an
area of 70 mow, and its present value, not
including that portion of the foreshore
extending to Shenkow, which the Company
is allowed to use by the Conservancy Board,
is Tls. 315,000. Deducting this amount
from the' present share-capital, which was
reduced by one-half some three years ago,
in order to place the concern on a sound
commercial footing, a sum of Tls. 435,000
remains as the value of the plant, buildings,
and machinery. This represents Tl.s. 8-67
per spindle, and is less than half the price
for which it would be possible to erect and
equip a similar mill to-day.

The mill was opened in May, 1897,
but. owing to the engineers' strike in
England, the full complement of machinery
did not arrive till twelve months later.
There are now 50.176 spindles and a cotton-
ginning plant capable of supplying half this
number of spindles with cleaned cotton.
The' machinery was supplied by Messrs.
Piatt, Bros. & Co., Ltd., of Oldham, Lan-
cashire, and the engines, which can develop
1,500 indicated horse-power, by Messrs.
J. & E. Wood, of Bolton, Lancashire. The
four boilers each 30 feet 10 inches by 8
inches diameter, for generating steam, were
made by the Oldham Boiler Works, and a
fuel economiser of 560 pipes were sent out
by Messrs. E. Green & Sons, Ltd., of Halifax,
Yorkshire. For the prompt execution of
repairs to and renewals of the mill machinery
a mechanic's shop has been fully equipped.
After working day and night for two
years, it was found advisable to discontinue

night work and, for several years the
machinery has been operated by one group of
employes only, from 6 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. In
order to take advantage of profitable margins,
however, work has been continued through-
out the twenty-four hours on three different
occasions for periods of from twelve to
eighteen months. It has been the practice
to overhaul the whole of the machinery
every year, to ensure its being kept in a
proper state of efficiency, and various
improvements conducive to the more
economical working of the plant have been
introduced from time to time. Altogether
Tls. 189,381, paid out of the working
account, have been spent on renewals,
repairs, and additions since the mill started.
The average counts of yarn produced are
T5j's, and the production, per spindle, is
8i oz. a day. The shareholders have so far
received in dividends Tls. 28 per share of
Tls. 100.

The general managers of the mill are
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd.

LAOU KUNG MOW COTTON SPINNING AND
WEAVING COMPANY, LTD.

This Company was formed in 1895 and
registered in Hongkong. Spinning operations
were commenced in March of the following
year. The fully paid-up capital amounts to
Tls. 800,000, in 8,000 shares of Tls. 100 each.
The machinery, which was made by Messrs.
Tweedales & Smalley, of Castleton, Man-
chester, and consists of 30,000 ring spindles,
has given the greatest satisfaction to the
proprietors of the mill ever since it was
erected. Fully eight hundred employes are
continually engaged, under the supervision
of Mr. A. R. Murphine, who has been
resident manager since the mill started. The
general management is in the hands of
Messrs. Ilbert & Co., who are assisted by a
board of three directors.

Although now carrying on a flourishing
trade this mill, in common with others, has
had to contend with numerous difficulties,
chiefly due to Chinese obstruction and to
the pernicious custom of watering the cotton.
An improvement can only be expected when
the authorities are made to understand that
trade ought to be encouraged instead of
hampered.

574 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE JAPAN COTTON TRADING COMPANY.
LTD.

The Nippon Menkwa Kabushiki Kaisha, or
the Japan Cotton Trading Company, Ltd.. was
established in l8«>j for c:irryin)» on business
as cotton, yixm. and general commission
agents. The subscribed capital amounts to
Yen 2,000,000 of which Yen 1,250,000 is
paid up. The reserve fund amounts to
Yen 770,000. The president of the Company
is Mr. Ichitaro Tanaka. and the directors
include Messrs. Kichibei Xoda, Kanshiro
Suyeyoshi, Seihichi Shikata. and Mataizo Kita,
who is the general manager. During the
sixteen years of its existence the Company
has made great strides. The headquarters
are in Osaka, Japan, and branches have been

dividend at the rate of 12 per cent, per annum
was declared, leaving a balance of Yen 29,515
to be carried forward.

THE ANQLO-CHINESE COTTON MANUFAC-
TURING COMPANY, LTD.

This Company has not had a very long
existence, but already it is beginning to make
its inHiience felt, and there are prospects of
rapid development in the near future. The
enterprise was started in December, 1906,
by Messrs. Yih Zung Tsah, Zih Lih Kung,
Chang Ling Kwai, and Yoong Soey
Hsing. The mill, which is equipped with
engines and machinery purchased from

WU SIEH CHEN SING COTTON MILL.

Thk proprietors of the \Vu Sich Chen Sing
Cotton Mill, which is situated some 78 miles
from Shanghai, claim that they can manu-
facture every day thirty bales of cotton yarn,
or five bales more than any other mill in
China equipped with the same number of
spindles. This superiority is attributed to
the fact that there is no waste, and that
Tatchow cotton only, which is the best in
China, is used. But whether this claim as
to the quantity of the output is justified or
not, there can be no doubt as to the quality
of the manufactures. The " Stock Chop "
yarn of this mill is in great favour with the
Chinese, and is purchased as quickly as it
can be placed upon the market. The mill

-i'ysys^z-^siss^^^wc^ t"; -"■■^!3^Vi-^* '^-'■

fySffU-;!^ ■

[Set page 573.]

THE "JINi CHONG SILK FILATURE.

established in Shanghai, Chinkiang, Hankow,
and Bombay. There are agencies in New
York, Tokyo, Yokkaichi, and Kobe.

The C<jmpany came to Shanghai some six
years ago. Its cotton-ginning factory and
cotton-spinning mill contain some 10,000
spindles, and give employment to a large
number of hands. The firm also owns five
well-equipped factories in Hankow. Mr. K.
Ogasawara is the manager for the Company in
China, and the important position which the
Company now holds in Shanghai is due in
large measure to his experience and energetic
supervision. Some idea of the financial
stability of the enterprise may be gained from
the balance sheet for the six months ending
December, 1907. According to this the net
profit amounted to Yen 105,892, and after
placing Yen 30,000 to the reserv.- fund, a

Alex. Young & Co. and Howard Bullough,
of London, contains 11,000 spindles, and
the yarn produced is so fine that some
experts declare it to be second to none
in Shanghai. The •' chop," or trade-mark,
of the Company — two dragons- is now
well known in many parts of the world,
and is already l(X)ked upon as a guarantee
of excellent quality. The price of the yarn
is certainly somewhat high, comparatively
speaking, but that full value is given is
proved by the steadily increasing number
of purchasers. The greatest care is always
taken by the directors of the Company to
buy only the best cotton fibre —inferior
grades are rigidly excluded— and, as a
consequence, the yarn compares favourably
with the well-known Japanese varn " Blue
Fish."

is equipped with the best machinery, and
contains 10.000 spindles. It is working night
and day, and affords employment to some
1,200 men.

Mr. Yung Tuck Sing carries out the
responsible duties of manager, and the
directors of the Company are Messrs. Chang
IJng Kwai (chairman). Cho Ching Too, Yes
Sun Char, Yung Chong Ching, Sun Wo Fu,
Che Tsze Yu, and Yung Soy Hsung.

THE EWO TIMBER DEPOT.

Messks. Jardink, Mathkson S Co., Ltd.,
opened the Ewo timber depot, in conjunction
with Millars' Karri and Jarrah Company, in
1905. .^ mill was erected at Yangtszepoo, and

EWO COTTON SPINNING AND WEAVING COMPANY, LTD.
The Ewo Mills.

Thk Rkelixc, R(io\r.

[Sec pnge 573.]

Thk Si'ix.vixd i^o,)M.

(Seepage 573.J

The Carding Rnou.
The Packing RnoM.

BWO COTTON SPINNING AND WEAVING COMPANY. LTD.

The Esoixes.

THK SCtTCHIXO KOOM.

LAOU KUNG MOW COTTON SPINNING AND WEAVING COMPANY, LTD.

[Set page 573.]

THE Mill.
The Engl\e.s.

The Spinning Room.
The Reeling Room

578 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

a x'ard. with a considcrabk- Irontanc to tlic
Whangpoo, was secured for the storage of
timber. An additional >-;ird facing the
Whangpoo was obtained some eighteen
months ago. and branches, with depots for
carrying stocks, have been ojiened in Hankow,
Xewchwang, Chinkiang, and Nanking.

Jarrah wood is imported from West Aus-
traha, teak from Bangkok. Oregon pine from
America, and many other varieties from
other countries. The depot secured the
contract for supplying the timber required
for the Shanghai-Nanking Railway, and
another large order was entrusted to them
by the Municipal Council for the supply
of paving blocks for the roadways. It may
be mentioned ihat the jarrah hardwood,
owing to its durability, is especially suited
for railway sleepers and road paving. From
experience in different climates, the life of
a jarrah sleeper can be safely computed at
fifteen years. Quite recently a section of
the jarrah p;iving in the Nanking Ro;id, which
has been down for the past eighteen months,
had to be taken out for the purpose of putting
in a tramway crossing, and, when the blocks
were measured, the wear during the eighteen
months was found to be one-sixteenth of an
inch only. ^

The following figures show at a glance
how the business has developed. In 1905
the Company imported 3.000,000 super
feet of Oregon pine, 700,000 cubic feet of
jarrah, and 200 tons of teak. In 1906 their
imports increased to 29,000,000 super feet of
Oregon, 900,000 cubic feet of jarrah, and
I. too tons of teak. In 1907 the quantities were
about the same as in the previous year. When
it is remembered that during 1906 the total
imports into China from the North Pacific
coast divided between nine firms, amounted
only to 96,702.552 super feet, it is evident
that Messrs. Jardine, Malheson & Co., Ltd.,
occupy a leading position in the trade.

In the Shanghai depot constant employment
is afforded to some 200 men. The saw-mill is
driven by an electric motor, the power for
which is supplied by the Municipal Council.
The plant consists of several block-cut!ing
machines, re-sawing, planing, and flooring
machines. The offices were at first in a
specially constructed "sample" building in
the Company's compound. They were re-
moved to the present building in Peking
Koad in 1906. Mr. P. V. Davies, who is in
charge of the business, came to China for
Millars' Karri and Jarrah in 1904, and was
app»jinted general manager of the Ewo
Timber Depot as soon as it was started. For
ten years he was working among the timber
mills in Australia, and has been through most
of the timber countries of the world. During
his wanderings he has gathered together
a most interesting collection of specimen
timber that is probably one of the most
complete in existence. It comprises several
hundred varieties of wood, and these are
classified and arranged in his privale office.

#
F. L. KOW KEE & CO.

SoMK thirty years ago Mr. Chang Tse Sliang
and several other Chinese merchants decided
to take advantage of the excellent market
for timber created by the rapid growth of the
Settlement and the consequent impetus in the
building trade. From the small yard which
they opened at Tung-Ka-Doo a fine business
has developed. They have now splendid
yards also at Poolung and on the Soochow
Creek, the three of them covering altogether
some 190 mow (32 acres) of land, while a
modern saw-mill, containing machinery for

planing, moulding, and scantling, is Dpcratcd
on the Chinese Bund. Practically every kind
of timber is dealt with by the firm. Hard-
woods are obtained from the Straits Settle-
ments, teak from Siam, Java, India, and
Bangkok, pine from Oregon and Japan ; a
variety of woods from Australia ; and the
well-known Chinese poles from F(X)chow and
Hankow. The large trunks are cut into stock
sizes, and the logs and planks are then sent
into all parts of China. The Company have
supplied poles and timber to the Chinese
Imperial Goveriujient for the erection of
telegraphic lines and buildings, and have
carried out contracts for the Kiaiigsu and
Chekiang and other railways. The Shanghai
and outport dt>ck ct)nipanies frequently lay
these yards under contribution, and the
Municipal Council of Shanghai obtained the
bulk of the timber for bunding the Whangpoo
River and Soochow Creek from the same
source.

The head offices of the Company are
situated close to the French Waterworks, and
there is a branch ofiice near the North Thibet
Road. Messrs. Y. S. and Y. L. Chang are
both interested financially in the enterprise,
but the managing partner is Mr. N. K.
Chu, who married the original proprietor's
daughter. He represents the firm on the
Chinese Chamber of Commerce, and, in
addition, is compradore to the Ewo Timber
Depot.

CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER
COMPANY, LTD.

Stakted in 1884 by Mr. H. Snethlage, this
firm made but little progress during the first
ten years of its existence, but in the early
nineties came the turning point in its career,
and from that time onwards its record has
been one of rapid advance. The headquarters
of the Company in Yangtszepoo Road occupy
an area of some 173 mow. and here over
four hundred men are constantly employed.
Modern machinery makes it possible to
execute orders of all descriptions with des-
patch, and the care that is always taken
over every detail has gained for the firm a
high reputation for workmanship. At the
beginning of the present century the business
was converted into a limited liability company,
with Messrs. Snethlage & Co., who also carry
on an extensive export and import trade, as
the general managers. Mr. Snethlage died
in 1905. and since that time his partner, Mr.
C. L. Seitz, has had the entire condiict of
affairs. Some idea of the extent and impor-
tance of the firm's present operations may be
obtained from a visit to their saw-mill,
which has a daily capacity of about 70,000
feet of worked lumber and is fitted with
a thoroughly up-to-date plant. There are
several large planing machines of American
manufacture and of the style adopted on the
Pacific coast, large circular saws with shot-
gun feed, gang saws, and hand saws, besides
a dry kiln and huge storing and seasoning
sheds. Comparatively recently the Company
started a building department, and the first
year's working proved most satisfactory.
Wooden cottages of the most modern
American design, villa residences with mag-
nificent interior ornamental finish in all
grades of cabinet woods, and especially oak,
godowns and industrial buildings, including
a cotton mill in the Yangtsze valley, have
been designed and constructed.

The Shanghai offices of Messrs. Snethlage
& Co, are at No. 2, Jinkee Road, Shanghai,
and there are branches at Tsingtau, Tientsin.
Newchwang, Hankow, Chefoo, Chinkiang,
and Portland, Oregon.

THE LUNQHWA TANNERY COMPANY.

Rec()(;nisin<: the existence of a strong local
market for manufactured leathers of all
descriptions, two enterprising Chinese gen-
tlemen, Messrs. Vih Ming Tsah and S. D.
Fong, established the Lunghwa Tannery
Company early in the present year. They
acquired a piece of land some 17 mow in
extent on the far side of the Soochow
Creek at Jessfield, and upon it their factory
was erected under the superintendence of a
foreign expert. The proprietors are con-
fident that they will be able to meet the
steady demand for leather amongst the
Chinese, and they also hope to secure large
orders from Japan ; and certainly the scale
upon which they have commenced opera-
tions and the thoroughness with which they
have equipped their factory seem to justify
their expectations.

The manager, Mr. R. Carter, who has
only recently arrived in Shanghai, was
thoroughly trained in all branches of the
work by his father, who was manager for
many years of one of the largest firms in
England, and for the past twenty-two years
Mr. Carter has held responsible positions in
England, South Africa, and Chiiia.

THE KIANQSU CHEMICAL WORKS.

The Kiangsu Chemical Works, distant some
four or five miles from the business centre
of Shanghai, call for notice because they are
the only works of their kind existing in China.
Their history can be traced back to the early
sixties, when two brothers by the name of
Major started a small gold and silver refinery
near the Stone Bridge which crosses the
Soochow Creek. In the first instance they
made their own acid in large glasses or jars.
These, however, soon gave place to lead
chambers. Other improvements were made
from time to time, and the business developed
until, in 1875 or thereabouts, its dimensions
justified its conversion into a limited company.

The present works, situated on the bank
of the creek, some distance above the old
premises, were erected last year. The site
upon which they stand consists of 33 mow
of land, and there is plenty of room for the
extension which it is con.sidered will be
required in the near future. The processes
employed by the Company up till quite
recently in the manufacture of their chemicals
were recognised as being antiquated and un-
satisfactory, and were, therefore, abandoned.
Great care was exercised in the selection
of a suitable plant, which was purchased in
Germany after tenders and specifications had
been received from firms in all parts of
the world. Two 35 horse-power engines
drive the dynamos, the air-compressors, the
water-pumps, and ventilators. Special con-
densers have been installed for the purpose
of condensing the acid smoke from the
gold and silver refining ; and the laboratory,
where the manager carries out experiments
and research work, is undoubtedly as well
furnished with scientific apparatus as any
within the limits of the Empire. The equip-
ment of the works as a whole cost no less
than Tls. 230,000.

The gold and silver refining department
is divided into twelve refining houses, each
under the supervision of a Chinese manager.
Sycee is converted into ingots for the Chinese
and foreign banks, and, witli the exception,
of course, that no coins are manufactured,
the work undertaken is similar in every way
to that of the royal mints. In order that the

THE JAPAN COTTON TRADING COMPANY, LTD. [See p.ige 574O

Thk Chin- Zt :xg CoriON Mill. Ix thk Wha Shi.v<; CoTTON-iiiN:,iN-G Kactorv.

Thk Rkelixi; Koo.m. Thk Spinmxg Koom.

[See page 574 ]

ANOLO-CHINESE COTTON MANUFAOTURINO COMPANY, LTD.
Thk Sfixxing .»xi> Reklix(; Koojis.

The Mills. The Exuixes.

WU SIEH CHEN SING COTTON MILL.

[See page 574.]
U

[See page 574.)

THE EWO TIMBER DEP6T.

THK TlMHKK YAKKS AMI SAW-MILLS.

THE TIMBER YARDS AND SAW-MILLS OF F. L. KOW KEE & CO.

[See r.-'-ge 578 ]

o84 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

metal obtained from Shanghai one cUiy may
be returned the next, the retitiinj; is always
done duriu); the night. Sulphuric and nitric
acids are manufactured by a secret process
purchased from a German lirni on the dis-
tinct understanding that no one with the
exception of the nian.iger himself should be
given any information regarding it. The
Company also niiuiufacture sulphate of iron,
sulphate of copper, and distilled water, and
nuke a sjieviality of battery acid for use in
accumulators. The works employ some two
hundred and fifty men.

The general manager is Mr. J. C. Shengle.
B..A.. B.Sc., who, at the conclusion of his
studies at the University of Fennsylvaiiia.
was for some eighteen months associated

tunities which were thereby afforded for the
development of electric light and power in
China that led the Siemens Schuckertwerke
to open their technical bureau in Sliangliai
in 1904.

The lirm of Siemens & Halske which,
through its incorporation with Scliuckert K
Co. ill the beginning of ii;03, formed the
concern now known as Siemens Scluickert-
werke, had been represented in China for
inany years by Messrs. H. Mandl & Co.
But the great demand for electrical appli-
ances and for engineers to erect installations
rendered the establishment of permanent
uflices here a practical necessity. Besides
being entrusted with many smaller contracts,
Siemens & Halske constructed the electric

Municipality, and have erected a number of
installations for the German authorities and
for the mercantile and industrial comnumily
generally right up to Tsinanfu. They erected
an installation at the great floating dock, the
pumps of which are driven by electricity ;
supplied the. power for working llie 150-ton
crane ; and carried out the plans (or lighting
and signalling at the various fortilications.
They installed electric light also in the
Germania brewery, the German Chinese silk
filature at Tsangkau, and the glitss works at
Poshan. They erected a power-station at
Tsinanfu and were responsible for the many
electric installations of tlie Shantung Mining
Company. With the growing industrial im-
portance of the Shantung Province and the

SIEMENS SCHUCKERTWERKE.
Thk N.4T1VE City Power-station, sh.axghai.

with Thomas A. Edison as the chemist in
charge of the famous inventor's experimental
work. He was then appointed manager of
one of the chemical departments of the
Mutual Chemical Company, Jersey City, and
subsequently came to China to look after
certain mining interests on behalf of Mr.
J. P. Mathieu. of Philadelphia. He has
occupied his present position for the past
three years.

The secretaries of the Company are Messis.
A. R. Burkill & Sons.

SIEMENS SCHUCKERTWERKE.

It was the growing interest of the Chinese
in all industrial enterprises and the oppor-

railway from the suburb Machaipu. where
the North Chinese Railway terminated, to the
capital, Peking. This railway was worked in
conjunction with an electric lighting plant,
but both were destroyed during the Boxer
troubles and have not been re-built.

It was originally intended by the Sietnens
Schuckertwerke to conduct the whole of
their operations in China from Shanghai, but
the extension of the business and the insuf-
ficient means for transport made it necessary
to open sub-offices at the more important
centres, or (o station engineers of the Com-
pany at them permanently. The first sub-
office was established at Tsingtau in 1904,
and all the orders from the Shantung Pro-
vince are now dealt with here. The
Company have built a power-station for the

opening of the Nanking-Tientsin Railway, it
is expected that the value of the Tsingtau
office, great as it is at present, will be largely
increased in the very near future.

In 1905 the Tientsin BaugeselKschaft placed
an order with the Company for the complete
electric lighting of the Gerinan Concession,
and an engineer was .stationed there to
superintend the carrying out of the work.
The power was supplied by an H5 horse-
power Diesel motor and transmitted to a
dynamo of 56 kilowatts. The current was
supplied in smaller quantities when required
by means of an accumulator battery. After
two years' working it was decided to ex-
tend the installation by the introduction
of an 85 horse-power steam engine with
dynamo, which should be ready for use this

CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER COMPANY, LTD.

Circular Saws.

In thk Saw-.mh.i..
Thk Saw-mill Yaru at Yaxgtszkpoo.

[See page 578.]

Ba.nd Saw.

586 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

year. Of the larger installations which were
erected in this district, either wholly or
partly, by the Siemens Schuckertwerke,
mention should be made of those for the
trains at Tientsin and for the pits of the
Chinese Engineering and Mining Company
at Kaiping and Lhiensi. For the tramways
running between the Foreign Settlement and
the Chinese town, the rolling stock, over-
head wires, &c., were supplied by the
Company, The whole of the business for
the province of Chihli and for the north of
China generally is now being carried on
from the Tientsin br;inch.

When Messrs. H. Melchers & Co. gave
instructions to the Shanghai office to erect a
power-station for their new albumen factory
at Hankow it was decided to open a branch
in that settlement. It was considered that the
lighting of the comparatively few premises
in the German Concession could be made
to pay if carried out in conjunction with
the installation at Melchers & Co.'s factory.
This idea was adopted, and the plant is
now^ running successfully. The engineer at
Hankow superintends all the work in the
Hupeh Province and, in addition to erecting
installations, the Hankow branch does a large
business in electrical machinery of all kinds,
and more especially motors for industrial
purposes.

The main office in Shanghai, from which
the whole of the organisation in China is
directed, has carried out many large installa-
tions, and is now busy with a number of
others. It was responsible for the electric
lighting in the China F"lour and Oil Mills,
the Club Concordia, the offices of Messrs.
Carlowitz & Co., the Kiangsi Mint, the Chin-
kiangpoo Mint, and the Haichaw Glass
Works, as well as for the electric lifts in
the godowns of Messrs. Slevogt & Co.,
Melchers & Co., and other firms. It was
also entrusted with the erection of the power-
stations for lighting the native cities at
Shanghai and Soochow.

Mr. H. Meyer, who has been connected
with the firm for the past ten years, acts as
the general manager for China.

THE AQUARIUS COMPANY.

The demand for palatable non-alcoholic
beverages at home some years ago led
to the establishment of numerous factories
for the manufacture of aerated mineral
waters, and, once placed on the market,
these table-waters leapt at once into popu-
larity, and are now regarded as indispensably
necessary. In the Far East, where the
water-supply cannot always be relied upon,
the need for table-waters is a vital one,
and as the cost of the home-manufactured
article was prohibitive, several enterprising
firms opened manufactories at some of
the principal centres. Among them were
Messrs. Caldbeck, Macgregor & Co., who,
in itiy2, established the Aquarius Company,
with the sign of " the Man that holds
the Water-pot " as their trade mark. Land
was acquired at Wayside, Shanghai, and
upon it a factory was built equipped
with elaborate steam plant, embodying all
the latest scientific improvements for dis-
tilling, aerating, bottling, &c. The utmost
cleanliness is insisted upon, and every
drop of water used in the manufacture
of the various products is distilled. The
chief of these products is that which bears
the name of the factory, " Aquarius," a pure,
sparkling, mineral table - water, delightful
either alone or in combination with one of

the numerous good whiskies supplied by
Messrs. Caldbeck, Macgregor & Co. " Brisk "
is a pure aiirated water, free from all
minerals and salts, while " Silent " is a
distilled table-water, re-supplied with atmos-
pheric air by a patent process, but not
charged with gas. Soda-water, sarsaparilla,
lithia-water, ginger-ale, ginger-beer, tonic
quinine-water, potass-water, and lemonade
are amongst the other popular drinks
manufactured.

Shipments are made not only to the
ports of China and the Far East generally,
but have also been made to England and
Australia. For local delivery, the Company
have their own vans and motor vehicles ;
indeed they were the pioneers of the
"commercial" motor in Ihe Settlement.

The manager of the factory is Mr.
Wallace, who has under him a European
assistant and a large staff of well-trained
Chinese workmen.

THE A. BUTLER CEMENT TILE
WORKS, LTD.

The late Count von Butler, in his time one
of the most prominent pioneers of new in-
dustries in China, was the originator of the
A. Butler Cement Tile Works, Ltd., a
company which, with its headquarters in
Shanghai, is carrying on a large and in-
creasing trade in many parts of China. For
years Count Butler carried out experiments
in the manufacture of artistically coloured
floor-tiles and similar ware, and, after his
death, which occurred in the spring of 1904,
Mr. F. E. Schnorr, now the managing director
of the undertaking, who assisted him for some
time in his work, succeeded in placing the
present enterprise on a practical basis.

The factory and property of the Company,
situated on the north bank of the Soochow
Creek, about half-way to Jessfield, occupy
an area of 90,000 square feet. The plant,
consisting of six presses and a number of sub-
sidiary machines, has a daily output of about
1,200 Hoor-tiles 8 inches by 8 inches, 2,000
roof-tiles, and 600 brick or paving-plates at
the present time, but its capacity is about
three times as great as this. The steadily
growing demand for the Company's manu-
factures has made it necessary to employ, on
an average, forty men lately, as compared
with from ten to fifteen at the commence-
ment of operations, when there were but two
presses in use.

The works produce, besides a number of
specialities, tiles of every description — floor-
tiles, roof-tiles of eight different shapes and
all shades of colour, perforated ventilation
bricks, and plates for paving purposes. A
speciality is made of stable-flooring. This is
of a pattern adopted by British cavalry
stables, and is generally recognised as being
the best of its kind. The process of manu-
facture is an interesting one. Cement and
sand, the tvi'o principal constituents of the tiles,
are obtained locally, but all the colours and
other raw materials are imported direct. The
base, or mortar, is first of all mixed in a
semi-cylindrical machine fitted with propeller-
like blades. After amalgamation this mortar
is placed in the moulds, and then, by means
of design-plates, similar to those used in
stencilling works, the various colours, some-
times as many as seven in number, are laid
on. These colours are first ground to the
finest dust in ball mills, and the method of
mixing them is a secret o! the manufacture.
From the colour-mixing room, the tile-moulds
pass into one of the large presses and, though

no steam power is employed, they are sub-
jected to a hydraulic pressure of about
200,000 lbs. in order to give the tiles the
proper shape and firmness. From the moulds
the tiles pass to the many tanks for setting,
and after that they undergo a regular treat-
ment of washing, scrubbing, watering, and
drying, extending over about three months,
before they are ready for market. As a
matter of fact, if the treatment were con-
tinued for one month, more or less, it would
be sufficient, but the principle of the Company
is to supply only tiles that have been allowed
to set and harden to the greatest possible
extent, and, therefore, three months are
allowed to elapse before the finished article
leaves the works. The water supply is drawn
from a specially designed well of about 30
feet deep — one of the deepest sunk under
local conditions — by means of which all water
used receives a certain amount of filtration
before it reaches the tanks and reservoirs.
This clever contrivance was constructed by
the superintendent of the works, Mr. G.
Greiner. Generally speaking, the demand
for an article may be said to prove its value.
The many public and private buildings that
are either roofed or floored with Butler tiles
include His Britannic Majesty's Consulates
at Shanghai, Chefoo, and Nanking ; the
Austrian, French, and Italian Consulates at
Shanghai ; the British and German Post
Offices, the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank in
Shanghai and Peking, the Deutsch-Asiatische
Bank, the Kusso-Chinese Bank, the Chartered
Bank, the International Bank, the Shanghai
Gun Club, the Cricket Club and Deutscher
Garden Club, the Concordia Club, the Alex-
andra Building, the American Mission and
St. Luke's Hospital, the Imperial Chinese
Customs printing oifices and the indoor staff
quarters, the Astor House and Metropole
Hotels, Shanghai Kace Club, Rubicon Club,
Shanghai and Nanking Railway offices, Vulcan
Iron Works, the Imperial Chinese Telegraph
oifices at Chefoo, the engine rooms of the
Shanghai Gas Company, the Shanghai Water-
works, the Tramway Company, and number-
less private residences. The offices of the
Company are at No. 123, Szechuen Road.

THE CENTURY STONE COMPANY, LTD.

With so much building in progress in the
Settlement and its surroundings it is scarcely
surprising that a company undertaking to
supply an .artificial stone equal in all respects
to natural stone should have its capacity
t.axed to the utmost. By a combination of
Portland cement, sand, and crushed gninite,
moulded into the required shape, the Cen-
tury Stone Company produce hollow con-
crete blocks, and all kinds of ornamental
work, such as steps, sills, lintels, string
courses, copings, finials, trimmings, &c. The
hollow blocks are specially adapted for use
in this climate, the air spaces tending to
render buildings constructed of them cooler
in summer and warmer in winter, besides
being proof against fire, frost, and damp.
The blocks are of enormous strength, and
are suitable for all classes of construction
— godowns, factories, mills, residences,
boundary walls, &c. One speciality pro-
duced at the factory will certainly appeal to
local builders, namely, the fireprcxif chimney
Hue, which is built in sections about 12
inches high, independent of the wall and
with rebates to take the mortar joint, each
section fitting accurately inside the other.

CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER COMPANY, LTD.
The Uig Yard at the Point, Shanghai.

[See page 578.]

m g

SI fi

:& m m
Jb w »

*» 3fe *

f: 5^ ^
IE ^ -^

SI f

19: ^

^ it

.A.

sa ^ S -:

f«! i ^

n m ^

}i^ ± m

tk m m

^ 1 1

Its i^

» f ^

vi fi m

g i M

^ i 3t

w f »*

* i ^

w » §

^ i «

^ * -L

iH: ^ ^

I?; m

? I

^ 3t

^ i"

A it

K it

SB m

■til
tt

■m

13
It

?9 itt

111

* ;ft- 7(>

21 ?f :!

S5 ^ W

fh Ji "^

« il'- f?,

:g n

m %i

* S **

K tj iifi

?K 3K 1*1

m m -^

^ JB B¥

K ^- ^

*fl ?^ »?.

ts; fft ^

'- ?t 17

m f

ifc ^ w¥

-. "^^ '*i

m <^ z

m m ^

m M

... m ^-

»i! *! f

w <(A m

51 5^

I 5

n »

# 1

i ^

X ft
X ^

E9 m

n> ^

i« si

Jfi: S>

K as

A
H
A
+

Tic
ft

i 3t

^ u

fBJ ;2:

m —

PII "t*

m ^

% a

CHINA IHPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER COMPANY, LTD.— DESCRIPTIVE REVIEW IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.

THE LUNGHWA TANNERY.

[See page 578.]

590 TWENTIETH CENTURY IIMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

By the use o( these flues the danger of fire
is greatly reduced.

The Ccntiir\- Stone Conipuny, Limited,
was established only recently with a fac-
tory near the junction . of Markham and

C. H. GREEN.

Gordon Roads. The management is in the
hands of Mr. C. H. Green, the business
manager, and Mr. \V. H. Pierce, the works
manager, txiih of whom are engineers of
long experience. The Company intend to
cater for builders of the class who aim at
something better than the usual run of
Shanghai construction, and with this object
in view they are about to add an import
department to their business, so as to place

W. H. PIERCE.

the trade in touch with all the newer and
belter classes of building material, hardware,
&c., manufactured in other parts of the
world, and especially in Great Britain
and America.

THE VULCAN IRONWORKS, LTD.

Thh engineering and shipbuilding business
carried on by the Vulcan Ironworks, Ltd., was
founded in 1905. The nominal capital of the

Company is Tls. 500,000. of which Tls. 311,000
is fully paid up (including Tls. 61,000 new
issue). The yard and works are conveniently
situated at Yangtszepoo, on the north bank
of the Whangpoo, and can be approached by
river and road. The property embraces an
area of rather more than 37 mow of land — a
little over six acres— and has a river frontage
of 360 feet. About half this area is covered
by otilices, workshops, and storage godowns.
Few concerns of the kind in the Settlement
have a heavier or more up-to-date plant, the
latest labour-saving devices having been in-
stalled. The whole of the plant is motor-
driven, power being generated by duplicate
sets of 75-kilowatt dynamos, each giving
340 amperes at a pressure of 220 volts.
These sets are run on alternate days. The
dynamos are direct-driven by engines running
at 550 revolutions per minute.

The scope of the works may best be illus-
trated by a detailed sketch of the various
departments. The general and drawing
oflices are spacious, well-lighted apartments,
surrounded by wide verandahs. The building
is two storeyed, and measures 100 feet long
by 62 feet wide.

In the pattern-makers' shop, which is
80 feet long by 50 feet wide, are band and
circular saws, planing machines, and lathes,
grouped on a 25 horse-power motor, together
with a modern mitreing machine.

The foundry is in process of enlargement,
and will be 204 feet long by 63 feet wide.
In place of tlie existing jib-cranes, which take
up too much room, a travelling crane of 15
tons' cap.icity will be erected. Castings up
to ten tons can be made, the cupolas employed
being of the Thwaites rapid pattern — one of
5 and the other of 2 tons' capacity — with
blast from a Root's blower.

The machine shop, which is 175 feet long
by 60 feet wide, contains a large chuck-lathe
of 15 feet diameter ; lateral lathes so arranged
that by combining two of them, a piece of
work 30 feet in length can be taken ; shaping,
planing, drilling, slotting, shearing, and screw-
cutting machines ; a band-saw for iron, and
other machines, some of which are grouped,
while others are geared independently to
motors. Overhead runs a travelling crane of
5 tons' capacity by Craven Brothers.

The blacksmiths' shop, lOO feet long by 52
feet wide, contains fourteen tires supplied
with blast by independent Root's blowers, and
is fitted with two steam hammers by Massey,
one being of 30 cwt. and the other of 10 cvvt.
In the coppersmiths' shop, which is 45 feet
long by 52 feet wide, a complete plant has
been installed, consisting of two drilling
machines, a hydraulic pipe bender, rolls,
punching and shearing machines, &c.

The largest machinery in the works is
that located in the boiler shop. This building
is 175 feet long by 85 feet wide. In it there
are four punching and shearing machines,
two large drills, two counter-sinking machines.
one plate-edge planing machine, a set of
heavy rolls for bending plates, and a machine
known as a " mangle " for straightening
plates. There is also a hydraulic plant, the
accumulator being charged by means of a
motor-driven three-throw pump. The power
is applied to a large, fixed riveter, with 9 feet
gap (on Tweddle's system, by the well-known
firm of Fielding & Piatt, of Gloucester),
two portable riveters, for dock, bridge, and
girder work ; a hydraulic flanging machine,
with arrangements for flanging Lancashire
boiler flues ; and two 4-ton hydraulic cranes,
built by the Vulcan Ironworks.

Besides these shops there is a moulding
loft, 140 feet long bv 50 feet wide, and a
carpenters' shop immediately beneath, witli

motor-driven machinery of all descriptions ;
whilst, to facilitate repairs to small vessels of
about 100 feet in length, a patent slip has
been laid down, equipped with motor-driven
hauling gear manufactured by the firm.

In the godowns, the largest of which
occupies the whole ground floor of the ofiice
block, a heavy stock is carried of everything
that can conceivably be said to appertain to
the work undertaken by the firm ; and in
the stock yard are storing places for angle
irons, plates, and rolled steel girders.

During the three years of tlieir existence
the Vulcan Ironworks have constructed a
creditable number of vessels of all descriptions,
including steel and wooden lighters, pontoons
and pontoon-hulks, tugs, a passenger tender,
steam and motor launches, &c., ranging in
length from 20 feet to 250 feet. In addition
to these, all kinds of fitting-out and repair
work have been executed to ocean-going
vessels calling at the port, and installations,
overhauling, and general repairs have been
carried out in the many factories and mills
in and around this busy and industrious
centre by skilled native labour under com-
petent European supervision.

THE NEW ENGINEERINO AND SHIP.
BUILDING WORKS, LTD.

In its enterprise and rapid development, this
company, founded as recently as in 1900, is
characteristic of industrial activity and pro-
gress in Shaiigliai. The works, situated in
Yangtszepoo Road, are equipped with an up-
to-date plant, which includes an installation
of hydraulic riveting machinery, pneumatic
tools, and electric drilling machines for the
quick execution of repair work. No expense
has been spared to secure a high standard
of efliciency, and now the directors are
prepared to undertake any contract which
would come within their scope as engineers,
millwrights, shipbuilders, boiler-makers, and
tank-builders.

Their operations have been steadily in-
creasing, and their work — some of which
has been of the highest importance — has
given general satisfaction. They have built
over one hundred vessels in steel and teak-
wood, ranging from 5 to 500 tons each.
Forty of these were steam vessels with an
aggregate of 4,000 indicated horse-power.
The firm make a speciality of light draught
vessels, tug-boats, and lighters, and have
been very successful with light draught tow-
boats of the hollow stern t\'pe, some of
which are now in constant employment at
Hankow and Chefoo. They have con-
structed a number of pleasure craft, for
which the demand in Shanghai is growing,
and, at the time of writing, have in hand a
new departure in the form of a native
sampan, fitted with tanks for carrying 60
tons of bulk oil, and propelled by two
motors of 50 brake horse-power. In their
engineering shops the firm have constructed
machinery aggregating 1,200 indicated horse-
power for saw-mills, cotton mills, cigarette
factories, &c. They erected tanks at Chin-
kiang, Tongku, and Hangthow for the Shell
Company, and constructed six large oil tanks
for the Standard Oil Company — three of them,
at Shanghai, measuring 80 feet each in
diameter and 25 feet in height, and three
at Hankow measuring 70 feet each in
diameter. The orders for the boilers of
American type, for the Shanghai and
Hankow installations, were also entrusted
to the firm. At the close of the Russo-
Japanese War, the Company adapted five

THE KIANGSU CHEMICAL WORKS.- MAJOR BROS., LTD.

[S;c p.lSe 578.]

lUtt page 586J

CALDBECK, MACGREOOR & CO.
The Offices and Works ok the "AgLAKiLs" Mineral Water Company.

THE A. BUTLEH. CEMENT TILE WORKS, LTD.

In the Works.

Bird's Eye View ok the Works.
The Tile Stores.
The Finished Product.

[See ji.ige }86.J

594 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

large vessels for the transport of troops.
Each was littcd with bunks. i>tViccrs' qiuirtcrs,
hospital accommodation, ciwking ovens, and
bathing appliances for a large number of
men. the average numt>er carried bv each
steamer bvcing 2.000. Altogether sonie 500
men are constantly employed in the works.
The whole of the business is carried on
under the supervision of Mr. J. Reynolds.
M.I.Mech.E., who has been in the service of
the Company from the beginning.

HOW.^RTH ERSKINE, LTD.

.\s structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical
engineers, Howarth Erskine. Ltd., are known
throughout the Far East. The business was
started some thirty years ago, and was incor-
porated as a limited liability company in
I*/). Since then it has been reconstructed
several times, and the capital is now three
million dollars. The head offices and works
are at Singapore, and there are flourishing
branches at K;ingoon, Penang. Ipoh. Kuala
Lumpur, Bangkok, Hongkong. Canton, and
Shanghai. The London office is at 3, Lloyd's
Avenue, E.C. In their various depart-
ments and at their different stations the
Company have modern plant powerful enough
to enable them to e.\ecute. skilfully and
expeditiously, any contracts that mav be
entrusted to them. They employ a large
number of expert civil and . mechanical en-
gineers, draughtsmen, and mechanics to
carry out every class of work appertaining
to civil, mechanical, and electrical engineer-
ing. The enumeration of a few of the
many large contracts they have executed
successfully will suffice to give an idea of
the extent of the firm's operations. They
constructed the Thomson Road Waterworks,
Singapore, the Ampang Waterworks, the loco-
motive boiler shops and carriage sheds of
the Federated Malay States Railways in
Selangor, the steel work of the Victoria
Memorial Hall and Convent Chapel, Singa-
pore, the Port Trust Wharf at Rangoon,
bridges in the Malay States, the Peninsular
and Oriental Steamship Company's Wharf at
Singapore, filter beds for the Singapore Muni-
cipality, a hospital for the Straits Settlements
Government, wharves and warehouses in
Hongkong and Canton, the Royal Palace
and bridges in Siam, and the Garden and
Chekiang Road bridges and Customs Wharf
at Shanghai. Owing to their constantly
increa,sing business the Company found it
necessary in 1903 to organise a special
department for carrying out electrical work.
Guided by experience, they were able to
form a shrewd estimate of the rapid develop-
ment that was to be expected in this
direction, and they equipped their shops
with every modern facility for executing
work in the best and simplest way. There
is no doubt as to the success which has
followed their enterprise. Complete installa-
tions of electric light, inclusive of generating
machinery, have been supplied and erected
by them at Tyersall Palace and " Woodneuk "
for His Highness the Sultan of Johore, at
the Teutonia Club, Singapore, at two palaces
of His Highness the Sultan of Perak, at
Raffles Hotel, the Hotel de I'Europe, and
the Adelphi Hotel, Singapore, and at the
Paknam Forts for the Siamese Government,
besides a large number of European and
Chinese residences. In order to be readv
for emergencies the Company keep a large
stock of fittings, and for the quick and
careful way in which they carry out com-

missions at short notice they have earned an
enviable reputation.

STEAM POWER IN CHINA.

FiKTV years ago an eminent autlioi ity on
Chniese commercial affairs laid it down as
an axiom that steam would always pav in
China. He referred more parlicularlv, per-
haps, to steam navigation, in which direction
the prediction has been amply justified.
Nowadays the remark would appear to be
equally true if applied to mechanical in-
dustry. Flour mills, cotton spinning mills,
steel works, collieries, waterworks, and
electric light works are springing up, not
only in the vicinity of the Treaty ports, but
throughout the country, for the Chinaman of
to-day is almost as familiar with steam-
power as is his European contemporary.
With the chemical production of power,
through the medium of gas and oil, he is
not concerned ; a succeeding generation may
adopt this means when the objections and
drawbacks to it are overcome and its me-
chanical certainty and reliability fully
demonstrated. But for years to come steam
will occupy the foremost place in the re-
markable industrial development now taking
place among this slow-moving but deep-
thinking and intelligent people.

It is only in very recent years that the
great engineering firms in Europe, and
especially in England, have made any real
effort to cater for this great market and its
endless possibilities. Hitherto the practice,
at most, has been to appoint as " agents "
firms with familiar names engaged in the
silk, tea, or piece-goods trade, as the case
might be, without engineering knowledge or
any special training, and, therefore, unable
to give the Chinese the information they
required— people, in other words, who were
content to " sit down behind a brass plate "
and wait for possible orders.

All this is now changed,' and some of the
old, and many of the new firms have
'organised engineering departments, presided
over by trained men and adequately
equipped for the business. It was only
natural that one of the first firms to adapt
themselves to the changed condition of
affairs, was the world-renowned house of
Babcock & Wilcox, Ltd., illustrations of
whose works in Scotland, as well as of a
power-house in Shanghai which they
equipped for the Municipality, appear in
this volume. No better example can be
given of the truth of what we have
written. Five years ago, when a special
representative was appointed to China, a
few scattered installations was all there
was to show for many years of so called
representation. To-day their justly famous
boilers are in use from Peking to Canton,
and if evidence of their popularity were
required the firm might say, with justifiable
pride, '• Si monutnentum quieris, circumspicc."
The equally famous firm of Belliss &
Morcom, Ltd., Birmingham, whose work
and factory are also reproduced, have pur-
sued the same course with similar results ;
they are represented in the same office,
and from the point at which Babcock &
Wilcox's work finishes in the boiler-house
it is carried on in the engine-room by
Belliss & Morcom.

As a matter of information, and as
helping to show clearly the wisdom of the
policy we have attempted to indicate, it
may not be out of place to quote a few

of the principal works and power-stations
equipped by the above firms which, in the
case of Babcock & Wilcox, Ltd., totals
some 30,000 horse-power, and in the case
of Belliss & Morcom, Ltd., some 13 000
horse-power. In Peking: Peking Electric
Light Company, the Railway Administration
Buildings, and the Royal l>alace. In Tient-
sin : the Tientsin Gas and Electric Light
Company, Takou (Honan). ; and the Peking
Syndicate's collieries and railways. On the
Yangtsze : the Hankow Light and Power
Company, the Hankow (native citv) Water-
works and Electric Light Coiiipanv, the
Trading Company, and the \;inyaiig Iron
and Steel Works. In Shanghai : tlie lighting
and tramways for the International Council,
the tramways in the French Concession, the
China Inland Electric Light Company, and
tlie Shanghai-Nanking Railway's shops and
stations at Shanghai, Woosung, and Soo-
chow. And in Southern China: the Swatow
Electric Light Company, the Hongkong tram-
ways, Hongkong Electric Light Coinpaiiv,
the Green Island Cement Company, the
Naval Dockyard, and the China Light and
Power Company (Canton). There are, also,
of course, many smaller works including
mills, collieries, &c.

The combination includes W. T. Henley's
Telegraph Works Company, Ltd., London, and
provides that which was urgently required,
viz., a central point where all needed in-
formation as to equipment and prices can
be obtained. P'urther, and perhaps even
more importiuit, it ensures that the machinery
and accessories of such representative firms,
wherever erected in China, shall stand as
a lasting monument to the excellence of
British engineering work,

Shanghai is the real commercial capital
of China, its greatest distributing centre,
and the focus upon which all business
enquiries converge, and it is here that the
representative ofiice is carried on at No. 19,
Szechuen Road,

OLOF WIJK & CO.

Messhs. Oi.of Wuk & Co, represent most of
the principal Swedish manufacturers and
builders of general machinery, as well as
of railway supplies, war material, and war
and merchant vessels. Their head offices are
situated in Gothenburg, they have branches
in London and Hamburg, while in Shanghai
they have extensive offices and showrooms at
No. 6, Kiangse Road, a photograph of which
is given in the adjoining group.

The firm are agents for the well-known
de Laval Steam Turbine Company, of Stock-
holm, and the photograph shown is one of
the de Laval steam turbines coupled direct to
a dynamo of 330 kilowatts. The turbine,
designed for a normal load of 500 brake
horse-power, is one of the firm's standard
multiple type units, as used for outputs of
300 brake horse-power, and upwards ; and
nowadays this type, together with the de
Laval turbine-dynamo, and the single-wheel
de Laval turbine for smaller units, are to be
seen all over the world. These generating sets
approach more nearly to the ideal than almost
any other, for they combine economy with
the absence of vibration and a minimum of
floor space, while there are no valves or
stuffing-boxes to be attended to, and there
are fewer parts to get out of order. Other
well-known plants manufactured by the de
Laval Steam Turbine Company arc turbine
pumps, water driven pumps, mining plants.

THE WORKS AND SOME OF THE PRODUCTS OF THE CENTURY STONE COMPANY, LTD. [Sec p^f-c jWi]

[Sre pasc Sffil

THE VULCAN IRONWORKS, LTD.

SlIIPRIItLDIN'C YAKI).

Machin'f. shop.
Steam Tender •• Yl-xg Shun," bkilt at the Works.

THK NfAlX KXGIXES.

New Boiler Shop ix colrse ok erection.

■ •

■ ■

THE NEW ENGINEERING AND SHIPBUILDING WORKS, LTD.
River Glxboat turned out ix the Yard.

View of ihe Yard from thf: Kiver.
Types of Marixe Exgixes built at the Works. Steam Tender turned out in the Yard.

[See p.iyc sycO

598 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and turbine blowers for iron-works. The
continuous current generator coupled to the
turbine is built by the Alhnantia Svenska
Klektriska Aktiebolaget (the General Electric
Company of Sweden), and at a speed of
3,000 revolutions per minute gives a pressure
of 250 volts. This Company has now under
construction at their shops in Westeras two
three-phase cuiTent generators, each of 15.000
brake horse-power, the largest units ever built
in Europe.

The photograph occupying the centre of
the page shows the t>'pc of one of several

railway bridges delivered by Messrs. Olof
Wijk & Co. to the Chinese Railways in
the Aiihwei Province.

The foundations, piers, and abutments for
these bridges are made of reinforced concrete
— the line being one of the first in China in
which concrete constructions have been used
in bridge work. The general plans, both
for the sub-structure as well as the super-
structure of these bridges have been designed
by the engineer-in-chief of the railway. Mr.
Einar Y. Muller.

Messrs. Olof Wijk & Co. are connected

with many of the best known engineering
experts in Sweden, especially as regards
hydraulic, mining, paper and saw-mill en-
gineering, and arc thus in a position to take
an active part in the development of the
many and varied industries of the Chinese
limpire. Their agencies include, besides
those already mentioned, and many others,
the Lux Company, Stockholm, famous in-
candescent kerosene lamps.

The engineering department at Shanghai
is under the charge of a Swedish engineer,
Mr. Fred C. Jones, M.E., E.E.

HOWARTH ERSKINE, LTD.

The Ciip:kiaxi; Road Hkidgk.

a coxstrl-ctiox sckxe.

The Gardex Bridge.

[See page 594.]

(Sit pafse S9«.]

STEAM POWER IN CHINA.

Works of Babcock & Wilcox, Ltd., Rexfrkw, Scotlaxd.

The Boiler Ixstai.latiox (Babcock & Wiixox) at the Mi-xicipal Power-statiox. Shaxghai.

Works of Beli-iss & Morcom, Ltd., Birmixgham,

Belliss' Exgixes— Municipal Power-station, Shaxghai.

OLOF WIJK & CO.'S EAST ASIATIC AGENCIES, LTD. [See p:ige 594.]

Tvi'K OF Bridge Supplied for Chinese Railways,
A Taxk Exgixe. The de Laval JIultiple Turbine Generator.

The Company's Staff at Shanghai.

THE FOREIGN COMMERCIAL COMMUNITY.

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO., LTD.

ALTHorcH business has become so highly
organised, and the stress of competition so
great that it is impossible for any firm to
hold a monopoly such as that enjoyed by
the East India Company in the eighteenth
centun,', there are usually one or two business
houses still in every great commercial centre
that eclipse all ri\Tils. Thus, in the China
trade there are a few companies — so limited
in number that they might be counted upon
the fingers of one hand— whose business
ramifications stretch like a net-work along
the entire coast. They have been engaged in
the import and export trade from the days
when the Celestial Empire was first opened
to the foreigner, and from then until now
have been steadily extending the scope of
their operations. Among these great enter-
prises which have done so much to foster
the traffic between China and the outside
world, Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd.,
hold a proud place. Some account of their
formation and growth appears in the section
of this volume devoted to Hongkong, the
headquarters of the Company in China. Their
branch in Shanghai was established as soon
as the port was opened to foreign trade. In
those days the staff consisted of about six
Europeans, and the business transacted was
that usually associated with a general mer-
chant's office. Now, however, the firm have
many and varied interests. They have started,
and are successfully conducting, several in-
dustrial undertakings, including the Ewo
Cotton Mill, the Ewo Timber Depot, and
the Ewo Silk Filature, which, even if judged
simply by the amount of labour they employ,
have a very important bearing on the pros-
perity of the Settlement. In their capacity
as agents to the Indo-China Steam Naviga-
tion CfMnpany, Messrs. Jardine, Matheson &
Co. control a line of forty-one steamers with
a tonnage of 97,260 gross, and as general
agents for the Shanghai and Hongkew Wharf
Cfjmpany, Ltd., they have under their direct
supervision property valued at more than
Tls. 5.000,000. They represent the Russian
Bank for Foreign Trade, the Mercantile Bank
of India, and numerous marine and lire
insurance companies. When by association
with the foreigner the Chinese learned to
appreciate the advantages of mfxiern ma-
chinery, Jardine, Matheson & Co. opened a
machinery department, and, tn this as in
other ways, have always kept to the front
in the cf)nstantly changing and ever widening
market of China.

Outside the realms of business, too, this
house has held a prominent position. In
the old days, when there were few clubs
and no recognised societies for providing
entertainment and recreation the employes
of large hongs liad to rely on their own

sporting institution. Their servants were
encouraged to enter into every phase of the
life of the district in which they happened
to be located. Even to-day, while tlie first
care of the tirni is, of course, to maintain
their place as a leading business house, they

THE SHANGHAI PREMISES OF OLIVIER & 00.

resources. Jardine & Matheson used to
maintain their own pack of drag-hounds, and
they have always been patrons of the Kace
Club ; indeed, throughout the history of the
Settlement, they have been associated, directly
or indirectly, with every leading social and

do not neglect their responsibilities in other
directions. For instance, the head of the
firm is a member of llie Legislative Council
in Hongkong, and Mr. David Landale, who
has charge of the Shanghai brancli, is chair-
man of the Shanghai Municipal Council.

THE RESIDENT PARTNERS AND HEADS OP DEPARTMENTS OF MESSRS. JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

J. JOHN'STONE.
D. BEBEITA. a. CI.ERICI. W. N. FLEMING.

W. F. IXOI.IS

A. K. Craddock.

D. Glass.

[. Kerfoot.

D. LAxnALE. the Resident Partner.
A. Fleet.
L. J. P. Smith. E. A. Mackay.

N. W. HlCKLIXG.

P. V. Davies.

s. Spooxer.

C. E. AXTOV.

604 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

BECKER & BAEDEKER.

The many fine buildings in Shanghai which
have been constructed from plans designed by
Messrs. Becker & Baedeker bear sufticient
testimony to the firm's activity during the last
few years. Mr. Becker, who is a graduate
from Munich. Germany, passed five years in
the service of the Egyptian Government before
he came to China in 1899. The first large
undertaking entrusted to his care was the
preparation of the plans for the Russo-Chinese
Bank. These he designed in conjunction with
Mr. R. Seel, of Yokohama, and the work of
construction was completed within two years,
in spite of the hindrances occasioned by the
desertion of many of the artisans and labourers
during the Boxer riots. The bank occupies a
prominent position on the Bund, and its
general appearance of solidity and quiet
magnificence is a striking tribute to the skill
of the architects. The picturesque and rustic-
looking house of the new German Garden
Club was also the work of Mr. Becker, and
shows, in common with many private resi-
dences, that he does not confine himself to
one style of architecture, but is capable of
introducing many new and pleasing features
into his works. Mr. Becker's plans for the
Club Concordia were awarded first prize in a
competition open to architects in China and
Japan, and other buildings designed by him
include the •' Schloss " at Chemulpo, Korea,
and the magnificent office and godowns of
Messrs. Carlowitz & Co. at Tientsin. In 1905
Mr. Becker was joined by Mr. C. Baedeker,
and since then the firm have designed plans
for, and superintended the erection of, the

JAKDINE, MATHESON & CO., LTD.
The Ewo Hong on the Bund.

German Banks at Peking, Tientsin, and
Tsinanfu, the Russo-Chinese Bank at Hankow,
and the offices of the Chinese Export and
Import and Banking Company, in addition to
many private houses in the Bubbling Well
Road and the Avenue Paul Brunat, Shanghai.

aiBB, LIVINQSTON & CO.

The firm of Gibb, Livingston & Co., was
founded prior to 1840 by the late Mr. Thomas
Augustus Gibb, who was formerly in the
old East India Company's service. On re-
tiring from China he established the firm of
T. A. Gibb & Co., London, while still retaining
an interest in the China house of Gibb,
Livingston & Co. The headquarters of the
firm were originally in Macao, afterwards in
Hongkong, and were eventually transferred
to Shanghai. At different times branches
have been established at Canton, P'oochow.
Tientsin, and the various Yangtsze ports, but
these have been gradually disposed of. To-
day the Company occupy offices in Shanghai,
Hongkong, and Foochow only, but it must
not be inferred from this that their operations
are confined to these three places.

The Company have a fine record of com-
mercial activity and, during a long career,
have secured an important place in the
trade of the Far East. They carry on a large
general mercantile, shipping, and commission
business, and an enumeration of their numerous
agencies will be sufficient in itself to convey
some idea of the extent and variety of their
interests. They represent the Shanghai Land

Investment Company, Ltd. ; Bume & Reif,
of Bradford and Hamburg ; the Federal Life
Assurance Company, of Canada ; the China
Fire Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the North
British and Mercantile ¥he Insurance Com-
pany ; Lloyds, London ; the London Salvage
Association; the Liverpool Salvage Association;
the Maritime Insurance Company, Ltd., of
Liverpool ; the Queensland Insurance Com-
pany ; the Scottish National Insurance Com-
pany, Ltd. ; the Australian Alliance Assurance
Company ; the Underwriting and Agency
Association, London (composed of Under-
writing members of Lloyd's only); the United
States Lloyds ; the Indemnity Mutual Marine
Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the Eastern and
Australian Steamship Company, Ltd. ; the
" Ben " line of steamers, &c.

The past and present partners in Gibb,
Livingston & Co., have been associated with
many, of the local public companies in
the ports where their branches have been
established. In Shanghai they are interested
in the management of the Shanghai Water-
works Company ; the Shanghai Land Invest-
ment Company. Ltd., ; the Shanghai and
Hongkew Wharf Company ; the Shanghai
Tug and Lighter Company, Ltd. ; the China
Fire Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the North
China Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the China
Flour Mill Company, Ltd.; the Anglo-German
Brewery Company, Ltd., and others. They
have always taken an active interest in
municipal affairs and local institutions. From
time to time they have been members of the
Council and of the Fire Commission, trustees of
the Recreation Fund and the Lyceum Theatre
Trust, governors of the Shanghai General

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.
The Machine Departmeut Premises and Showroom in Yuen-ming-yuen Road.

[See page 602.]

•«,/-

[See page 6o4.] BECKER & BAEDEKER, ARCHITECTS.

The German Po6t Ofjice. The " Gartenvereix " Paviliox.

Offices and Goixiwn in Kiangse Road. The Club Coxcohdia.

THE OFFICES OF OIBB, LIVINGSTON & CO.

[Sec page 604.]

608 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Hospital, stewiirds of the Kace Club, and so
forth. In short they have always been ready
to work disinterestedly for the general welfare
of any community with which they have
been associated.

The offices of the firm in Shanghai are in
Yuen-ming-\-uen Road, and here Mr, Alex.
McLeod and Mr. H. R. Kinnear supervise
the general conduct of the business.

ILBERT & CO.

Before 1875 practically the whole of the
China trade \vas done by foreign merchants
importing merchandise for sale on the
market : but as business developed, a demand
was cTcated for new varieties of gtxxis.

Mr. A. Ilbert, Mr. S. Walker, Mr. J. Beattie,
and Sir Charles J. Dudgeon. The present
partners are Mr. F. Anderson, Mr. E. C.
Pearee. and Mr. H. E. Campbell. For many
years the partners in the iirm have borne
their due share in the local Municipal work.

HOLLIDAY, WISE & CO.

Of the firms in Shanghai whose records go
back to the days when the port was first
opened to foreigners, Messrs. HoUiday, Wise
& Co. is the only one which can rightfully
claim to have been engaged in the China
trade for a period of over seventy years
without having once changed their name in
the least particular. The business was estab-

Company at No. i8n, Kiangse Road stand on
a portion of it.

The head oftice is in Manchester, but there
is also a branch in London, for, while the
firm's trade has been from the beginning
mainly in piece goods, it has not been con-
fined exclusively to them. At one time
Messrs. Holliday, Wise & Co. had branches
in Hankow and Foochow, chieHy for the
tea trade, but these were given up in 1882.
They deal in general sundries, and have a
well-equipped machinery department, besides
holding a number of important agencies,
including those for the State, Central, and
Atlas Insurance Companies.

The present partners in the firm — Messrs.
Cecil Holliday and A. B. Wise — are the
direct descendants of the founders of the

THE OFFICES OF DODWELL & CO., LTD.

many of which were bought on indent
terms by Chinese merchants. The firm of
Ilbert & Co., founded in 1875 by the late
Arthur Ilbert. was amongst the first to
adopt this new method of dealing with the
Chinese. They were also one of the first
foreign firms to start cotton spinning in
China. At the present time they are
general managers of the Laou Kung Mow
Spinning Company ; resident secretaries of
the Sun Life Insurance Company, of Canada,
whose business amongst Chinese is extensive ;
and agents for the Commercial Union Fire
Insurance Company, in addition to being
general importers. For over twenty years they
have been closely connected with Companies
engaged in sugar-planting and rubber-culti-
vation in the Malay States. Since 1887 four
partners have retired from the firm, namely,

lished by Robert Wise, a ship-master, and
John Holliday, the son of a small Cumberland
landowner, in 1832. Their headquarters were
in England, and they had branches at Cape
Town and Manila. In 1835, however, after
the monopoly of the East India Company had
expired, they established themselves in Canton
as general merchants. Driven from Canton
in company with the other foreign merchants,
they went to Macao and, subsequently, to
Hongkong. When Shanghai became a Treaty
port they at once opened oflices here, on a
site now forming part of the New " Jinkee "
Estate. Shortly afterwards they purchased
land and established their " hong " at the
corner of the P'oochow and Kiangse Roads,
where they remained without change until
1905. The land was then sold and developed,
but the present offices and godowns of the

enterprise, Mr. Cecil Holliday, wlio has been
resident in China for the past thirty years,
being the youngest son of the late Mr. John
Holliday, while Mr. A. B. Wise is the grand-
son of Mr. Robert Wise, Mr. John Holiday's
former colleague. Mr. Robert Wise was
succeeded by his son, Mr. John Wise. Mr.
John Holliday, who died in 1895 at the
advanced age of eighty-four whilst still
actively engaged in the business, had all his
four sons in it.

DODWELL & CO., LTD.

This firm was formed in 1891 under the name
of Dodwell, Carlill & Co., to take over the
business of Adamson, Bell & Co., and in 1899
the style was changed to Dodwell & Co., Ltd.

The Offices in Kianuse Road.

HOLLIDAY, WISE & CO.
The Machinery Showroom.

The Machinery Department.

610 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The head office is in London, at Exchange
Chambers. St. M.iry Axe. and there are
numerous branches m the Far Kast. Canada,
and America. These and the names of the
directors are set forth in the Hongkong section
of this volume.

In Shanghai the interests of the firm are
chiefly c-entred in the export of tea and
general produce ; in the import of piece goods.
SouT. lumber, machinery. &c.. and in various
shipping and insurance agencies. On the
local staff there are nineteen foreign em-
ployes. The manager of the branch is Mr.
H. A. J. Macray. and the sub-manager is
Mr. J. Valentine.

The following is a list of the principal
agencies held by the firm :— Steamship :
torber's Xew York Line ; Boston Steamship

Agency, Ltd.. which supplies asbestos, paints,
oils, varnishes, boiler compositions, belting,
and engineering specialities for the use of
steamers, diK'ks, and mills, Messrs. Dodwell &
Co. employ two engineers.

DAVID SASSOON & CO.

A DKSCRiPTioN of the many activities and
varied interests of this old-established and
important firm of Indian merchants is given
in the Hongkong section of this volume.
From their headquarters in Bombay they
have been engaged in the import and export
trade with Cliina since the earliest days.
Their branch in Shanghai was established

historical sketch appearing in the Hongkong
section, is an offshoot of tlic still older house
of David Sassoon & Co., was one of the
first men to start trading in Shanghai when
the port was thrown open to the foreign
merchant. Some details regarding the char-
acter of the trade carried on by the Com-
pany, which is one of the most widely
known of any in the Far East, are given
elsewhere. In Shanghai, as in the other ports,
the Company deal principally in Indian
opium, Indian cotton yarn, and cloth, as
well as kerosene oil, and Manchester and
-American piece goods. The managers in
Shanghai are Messrs. S. A. Hardoon and
Simon A. Levy.

DAVID SASSOON & CO.'S OFFICES AT SHANGHAI.

Company and Weir Steamship Lme (Pacific
service); Dodwell's New York Line ; "Mogul"
Line ; Natal Line ; the North China Line ; and
the ■' Strath " Line. Insurance : The Union
Assurance Society; the Yorkshire Insurance
Company ; the Thames and Mersey Marine
Insurance ; the Ocean Marine Insurance Com-
pany ; St. Paul F"ire and Marine Insurance ; and
the Providence Washington Insurance Com-
pany. General : British Buffalo Marine
Motor Company, Ltd., Chiswick ; John A.
Bremner & Cfj.'s lubricating oils ; Consolidated
Pneumatic Tool Company, Ltd., London ;
Taylor Bros. & Co., Ltd., Leeds ; United
Asbestos Oriental Agency, Ltd. ; Underwcxjd
Typewriter Company, New York ; and Weddel,
Turner & C<j.'s Tasmanian hardw(K)ds for piles
and harbour work, railway sleepers, &c. In
connection with the United Asbestos Oriental

in 1845, only two years after the port had
been opened to the foreign merchant.

E. D. SASSOON & CO.

Whkk Warren Hastings was laying the
foundations of the British Empire in India
a fruitful source of revenue was provided by
the import and export trade with Canton,
which the Sassoons had established from their
headquarters in Bombay. As soon as the
British took possession of Hongkong repre-
sentatives of the family opened a branch
there, and they have gradually extended their
business to all the Treaty ports in China,
The founder of the firm of Messrs. E. D.
Sassoon & Co., which, as stated in a short

CHINA AND JAVA EXPORT COMPANY.

The Cliina and Java Export Company, a
corporation formed under the laws of the
State of New Jersey, U.S.A., and having its
head office in New York, is interested chiefly
in the purchase of goat and sheep skins and
hides for the markets of America and Europe.
The business in China was originally estab-
lished some twelve years ago, under the name
of Chas, Stiinnann. After a few years, it was
formed into a company, with Chas. Stiirmann
as the general manager, and since then the
trade has developed to such an extent that
branches have been opened in Shanghai,
Tientsin, Hankow, Semarang, Batavia, Soura-
baya, and Amsterdam. Millions of goal and
sheep skins are purchased every season, and,
after being carefully sorted under foreign

SIEMSSEN & CO.

[See page 612.]

The Godowx.

Tiric Offices on' the Bund.

612 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

supervision, are pressed and packed in the
Company's own spacious godowns and
shipped to the Abe Stein Company. Xew
York, and to Messrs. Stein, Forbes & Co..
Ltd., London, who disptwe of them to tanneries
for the manufacture of shoe leather. In the
godowns at Shanghai the Company has its
own packing presses driven hy a powerful
oil engine. The whole of one Hixir is used
for selecting the skins, and the whole of
another for packing them, while the roof of
the building is used for drying the skins
previous to packing. The Company employs
from three hundred to live hundred coolies
per day, besides a number of sorters. The
local offices are at No. I2. Nanking Road.

realising the requirements of China, tliey
have added a special machinery and electrical
department to their business in recent years.
Their conunodious oflfice buildings on the
Bund, with godowns attached, were erected
in 1865, and in their style and general
appearance of stability furnish a good illustra-
tion of the resource and solidity which have
always been characteristics of the Company.

A short historical sketch of the lirm, in-
cluding the names of the several partners, is
given in the Hongkong section of this volume.
The first partner in charge at Shanghai was
Mr. R. Heinsen. The partner at present re-
siding at the port is Mr. Otto Struckmeyer,
whose intimate knowledge of the China trade
has been gained in various parts of the Empire

t)pened to trade. Thereupon numerous mer-
chants fitted out trial expeditions to the Far
East, vii'i India and the Malay Archipelago,
in the confident hope of finding new and
extensive markets and of permanently pre-
serving them for the use of their own
country.

Actuated by these motives, two old-estab-
lished and highly respected tirms at Leipzig,
namely C. Hir/el & Co. and Carl and Gustav
Harkort, decided jointly to send out an ex-
pedition. They chartered the Hrcnien barque
Aiitm anil Elisa, commanded by Captain
Kahle, and shipped by her all kinds of
German industrial products, more especially
Saxon and Rheinisch-Westphalian textile and
metal goods. With the sale of this valuable
cargo they entrusted Richard von Carlowitz

[See page 6ia]

Jacob Sassoon- (the present liead of the Firm).

E. D. SASSOON & CO.

Fro\t Elevation of New PRE^^SES
(in course of erection).

SIEMSSEN & CO.

This firm was established in Shanghai as
early as 1856. by Mr. G. T. Siemssen, as a
branch of the Hongkong establishment which
he had founded. It is the oldest German
house in the port, and one of the oldest in
China. Messrs. Siemssen & Co. were the
first firm to establish a regular steamship
service between Shanghai. Hongkong, and
Canton, and, in addition to actively partici-
pating in the coast trade themselves, they
have represented both German and British
interests at various times. From the outset
they have carried on an extensive trade in
exports and imports of almost every descrip-
tion, and their name is known in every com-
mercial country in the world. They make a
feature of marine and fire insurance, and,

during his twenty years' connection with the
firm.

CARLOWITZ & CO.

During the general forward movement in
commercial intercourse and economic life in
Germany in the early forties of the nine-
teenth century, powerful efforts were put
forth on all sides to transport the various
products of Germany to other parts of the
world, and to exchange them for foreign
produce.

Great Britain, always the leading country
in trans-marine trade, after lengthy hostilities
concluded a treaty at Nanking on August 29,
1842, with the Chinese, under which Canton,
Amoy, Foochow, Ningpo, and Shanghai w^ere

and Bernhard Harkort. The former, born at
Dresden in 1817, was the son of a landed
proprietor and former captain in the Army,
Maximilian Carl von Carlowitz, and had
devoted himself e.arly in life to a commercial
career, visiting the Scliool of Commerce
whilst still working in the office of Messrs.
Harkort at Leipzig. He was already on the
board of the Leipzig-Dresden Railway, and
had also attended philosophical lectures at
the Leipzig University. Having been em-
ployed in the firm of Napier at New York
since 1840, he had completely mastered the
English language. Mr. Bernhard Harkort,
of Leipzig, was a young relative of the
owner of the above-mentioned firm. The.se
two representatives were commissioned to
visit Calcutta, Singapore, Batavia, Manila,
Shanghai, Chusan, Ningpo, Amoy, Hongkong,

CARLOWITZ & CO.

The Offices at Shjxghai.
The Hide Godowxs at Pootixg.

y Y

614 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

[See page 611]

SIEMSSEN & CO. MACHINERY SHOWROOM.

and Canton, and obtain trustworthy particulars
regarding the possibilities for the sale of their
goods in those distant countries, so that a
reliable basis might be arrived at for further
undertakings.

On November 2, 1843, the two young
Saxon merchants embarked on their long and
eventful voyage to the East round the Cape
of Good Hope. In order to make the most
of their time they decided that each should
visit different places. After staying four
weeks at Singapore and doing a fairly good
business there, Harkort sent home a con-
siderable remittance in Spanish dollars (about
live shillings per dollar), and went to Manila,
while Carlowitz proceeded to Batavia. On
his return he started from Singapore on his
journey to China. Like the " Flying Dutch-
man " he appeared in Macao, Chusan,
Ningpo, Shanghai. Wusung, Foochow, and
Amoy, and at last arrived at Hongkong
on September 6th, and at Canton on
September 17th.

Two further sailing vessels brought supplies
of merchandise to Whampoa Harbour, and
special attention was then devoted to the
purchasing of Chinese products such as tea,
musk, rhubarb, China-root, gall-nuts, various
drugs (which, although they have their origin
in the western Yangtsze districts, find their
way across the province of Hunan to Canton),
silk, silk gcHxls, galangal, cassia lignea, cassia
buds, ginger, buffalo hides, buffalo horns,
hog bristles, rattans, sticks, bamboo canes,
china, Indian ink, paper for copper-plate
printing, carvings of all kinds in mother-of-
pearl, ivory, tortoise-shell, and sandal-wood,
lacquered work, paintings on rice paper and
on ivory, embroideries on satin and crape,
&c. They thus established an interchange
of goods with Leipzig, Hamburg, Bremen,
and Paris, and more especially with London,
which, for financial reasons, had been and
still remained the principal market for all
imported goods.

Another trip was made by Richard von
Carlowitz to Siam, Battavia, Singapore, Pe-
nang, and Calcutta in order to collect more
exact information regarding the markets in
those places. He was, however, attracted to
Canton again, and .was appointed the first
Consul there for Prussia and Saxony.

The two Leipzig firms were well satisfied
with the success of the mission, and on

October 31. 1845, the announcement was
made tliat Mr. Richard von Carlowitz and Mr.
Bernliard Harkort were about to take into
their own hands the business resulting from
the experimental expedition sent out under
their charge to the markets of Indo-China,
and were establishing an independent house
of business at Canton under tlie style of
Carlowitz, Harkort & Co. It was added
that a branch would shortly be opened at
Shanghai.

RICHARD VON CARLOWITZ

(Founder of the Firm).

The partnership was established for a
period of ten years, and on July I, 1S55, it
was dissolved, the name of the firm being
changed to Carlowitz & Co.

On July I, 1 866, a branch house was
founded at Hongkong. The shipping busi-
ness likewise experienced an unexpected
development, and tlie firm took part largely
in the chartering and sale of steamers and
of sailing vessels along the coast. The fine
fleet of small French St. Malo sailing ships.

which carried on the trade between the
northern and southern ports of China, were
also consigned to the address of Carlowitz
& Co.

The Shanghai branch was established on
April I, 1877, and it has developed so rapidly
and become so important that to-day it is the
chief of all the offices of Carlowitz & Co. in
the P\ir East.

In their quality .as agents of different
shipping companies, and more particularly of
the Hamburg-Amerika Linie, Carlowitz & Co.,
in conjunction with the latter and with the
firm of Arnhold, Karberg & Co., established in
1901 the Yangtsze Wharf and Godown Com-
pany at Shanghai, where numerous steamers
discharge and load. This undertaking has
regularly paid a dividend of 18 per cent, per
annum.

In consequence of the opening of the
Yangtsze and northern ports, under the Treaty
of Tientsin in 1862, a branch house was
opened at Tientsin in 1886 ; and, owing to the
vicinity of the capital, Peking, a considerable
share of its business has reference to so-called
Government affairs. The firm acted as inter-
mediary for negotiating with Messrs. Robert
Warschauer & Co. at Berlin the first loan that
the Imperial Chinese Government ever placed
in Germany. It has supplied a number of
provincial governments with mint apparatus
for the coining of money, and with plant for
Hour mills and for powder, cartridge, ride, and
gun factories. As representative of the Gruson
works at Magdeburg-Buckau, the firm has also
supplied quick-firing guns and ajnniunition,
railway material, rails, locomotive engines,
passenger-cars, freight-cars, &c. At the same
time the exportation from Tientsin of wool,
straw-plaits, bristles, &c., especially to the
United States of America, has assumed large
proportions.

The direct export by the firm of so-called
" Manchester goods " to Eastern Asia amounts
in value to many millions of marks per annum.

For the puqxjse of watching more effectually
over the many different kinds of business con-
nected with the import and export of goods,
and with marine insurance and finajicial
matters, and in order to render tlie firm
entirely independent, it was resolved in 1886
to establish a branch at Hamburg, and this
employs agents and sub-agents in all the
larger towns of Germany, Great Britain,

MELCHERS & CO.

[See p.iRp 618.]

Thk Goix)Wxs.

TnK Offices t)X thk Kkknch Iii:xi>.
The Hide and Skin Stokes at Pootunc.

616 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Austria. France. Italy. Switzerland, Scandinavia,
the Lc\-ant. &c.

In iSqS a new branch was established at
Kiaochau. the territory which had been taken
fKKsession of under a lease. The seat of this
branch is Tsingtau. where the lirni is largely
interested Anancially in the Shantung Railway

Shanghai. Tientsin, Chefoo, Tsingtau. and
Kobe to New York and to Germany ex-
perienced such an extension, that it was
resolved to make matting and straw-braids
specialities, and accordingly the business of
.\. McGlew & Co., at Kobe, was acquired
by purchase on January i, 1903. and here

[See patse fuo.J CHINA AND JAVA EXPORT COMPANY.

The Baling Pre.s.s.
Sorting Skins.

and Shantung Mining Company. The import
trade to Tsingtau and the export trade thence,
especially in straw-braids, is rapidly increasing,
so that, in order to support it, a branch had
also to be established at Tsinanfu, the capital
of Shantung.

Business in rush-matting from Canton and
Kobe to New York, and in straw-braids from

all other articles of import and export are
now also handled.

Closely connected with this is the establish-
ment of a branch on January i, 1904, at
New York, where the firm had been repre-
sented for twenty-two years by American
agents. The firm's representative, Mr. Town-
send Kushmore, who had already in reality

been for many years in the service and pay of
the tirin of Carlowitz & Co., was from this
date admitted a partner.

On July I, 1905, the firm, for similar
reasons, acquired the business of Robison
& Co., at Yokohama.

By an arrangement made with the firm
of H. Mandl tk Co. in China, which has
been absorbed by Carlowitz & Co., the
latter became the .sole agents for the whole
Chinese limpire of the world-famed firm of
Fried. Krupp, Essen a. Ruhr, Fried. Krupp
Grusoinvork, Madgeburg-Buckau, and " Ger-
maniawerft " at Kiel.

In 1H91 a branch of the firm was opened
at Hankow, whence vegetable-tallow, gall-nuts,
cantharides, cotton, and, more particularly,
animal products, such as goose and duck
leathers, bristles, albumen and yolk of egg, and
buffalo hides, to the value of several million
dollars, are exported annually. Here, also,
business transactions with the Government
are negotiated, and supplies are furnished for
gunpowder mills, and steel factories, as well
as plant for mines, coke-furnaces, &c., for
the neighbouring coal mines of Pinghsiang,
which liave been developed with capititi
provided by Carlowitz & Co., and now
produce 2,000 tons of coal per day.

At Wuchang, the capital of Hunan (situated
opposite to Hankow) the firm has recently
erected dwelling-houses and ore-washing and
concentrating plant for the purpose of manipu-
lating and exporting the various descriptions
of ore which are brought there, and many
thousands of tons are shipped annually.

At the present date the firm is represented
by branch houses of its own at the following
places (enumerated chronologically) :— Canton,
Hongkong, Shanghai, Tientsin, Hamburg,
Hankow, Wuchang, Tsingtau, Tsinanfu, Kobe,
New York, and Yokohama ; whilst it main-
tains agencies in all the larger cities of Europe
and America.

The sum represented by the turnover of
the total imports of the firm to Eastern Asia
amounts to from forty-five to fifty million
marks (about ^."2, 250,000 to ;g2,5oo,ooo) per
aninim, and that of the exports from China
and Japan to an equal sum.

The following are the landed properties
and buildings belonging to the firm :— At
Shangliai : the main oflices in Kiukiang Road
(the largest building in the Settlement), ex-
tensive warehouses at Pootung, opposite the
British Consulate-General, and an immense
warehouse at the corner of Szechuen and
Soocliow Roads. At Tientsin : dwelling-
houses, offices, and warehouses. At Canton,
Kobe, and Yokohama : dwelling-honses,
oflices, and w.arehouses. At Hankow :
dwelling-houses, offices, and warehouses,
with an albumen and egg-yolk factory, and
an establishment for drying and preparing
buffalo hides, altogether three separate
properties. At Wuchang : dwelling-houses,
offices, warehouses, and an ore-concentrating
plant. At Tsingtau : dwelling-houses, offices,
warehouses, and petroleum tanks. At
Hongkong ; a warehouse. The value of all
these together amounts to four and a half
million marks (about ;t"22.=;.ooo sterling).

The firm employs in its various branch
houses about 250 Europeans and i.ooo Chinese
and Japanese.

Thus, from a small beginning, the firm has
developed into one of the largest German
undertakings in Eastern Asia, and is able
to look back with legitimate satisfaction and
pride upon a many-sided and useful activity
during a period of more than sixty years.

MELCHERS & CO.

Thk Ciiaxo Kah I'AW; Wharf.
The Pontoon with the Tenher "Brejien.'
The Pootinc, Wharf,

[Sec page Cl8.]

618 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MELCHERS & CO.

A LEAUINC position amongst the prominent
foreign tirms in the Far East is occupied by
Messrs. Melchcrs & Co. The tirm's he.-»d
olfice is at Bremen. Germany, where, on
January i, 1806. Anton Friedrich Carl
Melchers and Carl Focke established the firm
o( Focke and Melchers, importers and distri-
butors of all kinds of colonial produce. The
partnership was dissolved on December 31.
1813. and Melchers founded the firm of
C. Slelchers & Co.. which still ranks as one
of the first and most respected commercial
houses in Bremen. The founder died in 1854.

subsequently became the head, the Honj;konj;
house was well respected and prosperous.
Business increased, and as China was opened
up to foreign commerce, the firm extended
its operations to the other Treaty ports.
branches being opened in Shanghai in 1877,
Hankow 1884, Canton 1891, Tientsin 1896,
and Swatow. Chinkiang. and Ichang in i8y<>.
Naturally Melchers & Co. became the
general agents in China of the Norddeutscher
Lloyd, when in 1884 the Imperial German
Mail Line to the Far East was Inaugurated.
They are now one of the biggest supporters
of the line as exporters and importers.

The export trade of China has increased

R. Nel'Ma.vn.

ti. M. BOYKS.

A. W. Bahr.
F. J. d'Almkida.

E. Shakstkom.
W. Fl'tterer.

When, in 1857, Bremen merchants formed
the Norddeutscher Lloyd, L. H. C. Melchers,
eldest son of Mr. A. F. C. Melchers, took an
active part in the negotiations, and the senior
partner of the firm has since been on the
board of directors of this important steamship
company.

Hermann Melchers, the second son of
L. H. C. Melchers, arrived at Hongkong in
1864, and became the youngest clerk of
Eduard Schellhass & Co. He soon saw the
great possibilities of the China trade, and
in company with Adolf Andre established, on
August I, 1866. the firm of Melchers & Co.,
Hongkong, in which the home firm took a
financial interest When Hermann Melchers
left China in 1873 to become a partner in
his father's firm in Bremen, of which he

enormously in recent years, and the iirm has
had a large share in developing the business
to all parts of the world in hides, skins,
tobacco, gall-nuts, rhubarb, bi-istles, wood-oil,
animal and vegetable tallow, China-grass,
jute, cotton, silk goods, matting, egg-yolk and
albumen, sesamum seeds, feathers, &c. It
has its own agents at every important trade
centre on the Continent, in Great Hritain,
the United States of America, and all parts
of Asia having commercial intercourse witli
China. The firm employs its own hides,
skins, and cotton inspectors at Shanghai,
Hankow, and Tientsin, and has extensive
establishments for packing, cleaning, and
preparing produce. With the extension of
the railway lines into the interior of China
it is confidently hoped that the export trade

of China, especially in bulky articles such as
seeds that require cheap transport for long
distances, has a brilliant future before it, and
that it will lead to increased activity in the
import trade, the natives, by getting more
money for their agricultural products, being
able to take a larger supply of foreign goods.

For many years the firm has done a
regular business in iron and metals from
Great Britain, the Continent, and the United
States of .-\merica ; in sundry goods from
the Continent ; and in piece goods from
Manchester and Bradford.

When in 1897 "i*^ Kiaochau territory was
leased by China to Germany and Messrs.
Diederichsen. Jebsen & Co., of Kiel, started
a regular line of steamers between Shanghai,
Tsiiigtau, Chefoo, and Tientsin, Melchers &
Co. were appointed the agents at Shanghai
and Tientsin of this line, which received a
subsidy from the German Government for
carrying the mails and maintaining a regular
service to assist the development of the new-
port of Tsingtau. When in 1901 the Ham-
burg-Anierika I>inie took the line over from
Jehsens, Melchers S Co. remained the agents
at Shanghai. The present service is all that
can be desired and Is greatly patronised by
shippers and the travelling public.

For many years the firm had steamers
running regularly between Hankow and
Swatow, but the once Imiiortant sugar trade
has met the same fate that Is threatening
the China tea trade, owing to the adoption
of improved methods in other producing
centres, and the traffic becoming unremunera-
tive. the line was given up in 1902 and the
firm's Swatow branch was closed at the
same time.

The first German river steamers on the
Yanglsze — the steanislilps Mcilcc, Meishini, and
Miidcih — belonged also to the Norddeutscher
Lloyd and Melchers & Co. They made their
trial trips In 1899 and have since been
running on the river, carrying, in addition to
large quantities of native goods, cargo from
the river ports for transshipment at Shanghai
Into the Imperial German Mall Steamers.
At the various river ports the cargo Is
landed and stored in hulks belonging to
the Company, but at Shanghai the three
steamers go, alongside the firm's Pootung
(Lainidu) Wharf to discharge their cargoes
into four large godowns.

The facilities for discharging vessels and
storing goods at Shanghai being found in-
adequate at the end of the last century to
meet the Increasing traffic, the Chang Kah
Pang Wharf Company was started, and the
firm became the general managers. With
three godowns and about 600 feet of river
frontage the Wharf Company began opera-
tions In 1900, and It has since so extended
its trade that It has now a frontage of more
than 1,000 feet, and the largest vessels that
come up to Shanghai can discharge their
cargoes Into the godowns, which Include
more than a dozen large single and double
storied buildings. The steamers of three mail
lines— the Norddeutscher Lloyd, Messageries
Maritimes. and the American Pacific Mail
Steamship Company — and tlie steamers of the
Chargeurs Reunis and the East Asiatic Com-
pany of Copenhagen, as well as other steamers
from China, Japan, and Java ports, regularly
discharge their cargoes at these wharves.

Messrs. Melchers & Co. are agents for
the Nordstern Life Insurance Company, of
Berlin ; the Globus Fire Insurance Company,
of Hamburg ; the Salamander Fire Insur-
ance Company, of Amsterdam ; the Bremen
Underwriters ; the Germanischer Lloyd ; and
several German and Swiss marine .insurance
companies.

The Offices.

SHEW AN, TOMES & CO.

[See page 620.]

620 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

The pnipcrtics of the finii incUide : At dryin}* and packing estahlishmcnts for liidcs

Shanghai : the large oftice building, dwelling- and skins, grounds for inelting and relining

house, and godown on the French Bund, \vo<.xl-oil and tallow, and rooms for packing

comprising about eight mow of very valuable fibres and bristles and cleaning seeds. At

land and foreshore, and the Melchers & Co,'s Canton : dwelling-house, office, and godowns.

Corporation : Hongkong .md W'hanipoa Dock
Company, l,td. ; Hongkong and Kowloon
Wharf and Godown Company, Ltd. ; Hong
kong Land Investment and Agency Company,
Ltd. ; I'nion Insurance Society of Canton,
Ltd. ; and China Traders' Insurance Company ;
China Fire Insurance Company, Ltd., of
Hongkong ; Hongkong, Canton, and Macao
Steamboat Company, Ltd. ; Star Ferry Com-
pany, Ltd., of Hongkong ; Slianghai Tug
and Ligliter Company, Ltd. ; Shanghai Dock
and liiiginecriiig Company, Ltd. ; and Laou
Kung Mow Cotton Spinning and Weaving
Company, Ltd., Shangliai ; and on the com-
mittee of the Chambers of Commerce of
Hongkong, Shanghai, and Hankow.

Since iX66 Mr. Hermann Melchers has
been the tirm's senior partner. The other
partners are : Adolf von Andre, 1X66 89 ;
Wilh. Keiners, 1874 8? ; Carl Krebs, 1878 81 ;
Max Grote, 1884-87; Carl Jantzen 1884-
1901 ; Stephan C. Michaelsen, 1884 97 :
Adalbert Korff, since 1892 ; Armin Haupt,
1S92 1907 ; Gustav Ad. Melchers 1894 1903 ;
Carl Michelau, since 1902 ; John W. Bandow,
since 1905 ; Gustav Friesland, since li/)8 ;
and Adolf Widmann, since 1908.

In its various branches in China the tirm
employs more than 100 Europeans and 1,500
Chinese. The tirm's compradore at Shanghai
is Mr. Hoo Krh Mai, and his chief assistant
is Mr. N'g Tik Shun.

SHEWAN, TOMES & CO.

Thk Shanghai branch of this important house
was established in 1896. Oflices were at
first opened on the Bund, but in 1899 the
business was removed to the premises now
occupied in Yuen-ming-yuen Road. The
various activities and wide interests of the
Company are described in detail in the Hong-
kong section of this work ; and it is needless,
therefore, to recapitulate them. Suffice it to
say, that the firm carries on an extensive
import and export trade, dealing in practically
the whole output of the West, from piece
goods to metals, and from Hour to cement —
in everything, in fact, that is required by
the people of the Chinese Empire. Messrs.
Shewan, Tomes & Co. are the sole agents for
the New York Lubricating Oil Company, Ltd.,
whose godowns are situated in Kashing Road.
Other agencies which they hold include those
for the American Asiatic Steamship Company ;
the Portland and Asiatic Steamship Company;
Cliina and Manila Steamship Company, Ltd.;
the " Shire " line of steamers ; J. Marke
Wood's steamers ; the Green Island Cement
Company, Ltd. ; the Hongkong Rope Manu-
fucturing Company. Ltd. ; the State Fire
Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the Manufacturers'
Life Insurance Company ; and the Tacoma
Grain Company. The manager of the local
branch is Mr. George Somerville.

BUSINESS HEN OF SHANQHAI.

I. W. B. O. MiDDLETOX.

4. R. B. LEV1E.V.

7. s. A. Levy.

10. Y. ITO.

II. H. ARLT.
16. R. Sr>UeRTILI.K.

17 F. White.

2, A. Woods.

5. E. s. Little.

8. c.xKi. Michelau.

15. W. M. LAW.

12. J. Kkost.

18. w. R. Malcolm.

3. li. K. Brightex.

ft. K. Kobato.
9. S. A. Hardoox.

14. A. K. Murhhixe.
13. H. E. Railtox.

20. P. Nctter.
19. S. Fl'KAXo.

wharf and godowns at Pootung. At Hankow :
dwelling-houses, offices, and godowns, an
albumen and egg-yolk factory, an electric
installation which supplies the whole German
Ojncession with electric light, extensive

At Tientsin : dwelling-house, office, and
godowns. The value of all these properties
amounts to more than ;£"200,ooo.

The tirm is represented on the directorates
of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking

THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

Thk Mitsui Bussan Kaisha is, perhaps, the
most important department of the famous
house of Mitsui, the history of which is
traced in the Hongkong section of this
volume. Eslablished in its present form in
1876, the enterprise now embraces almost
every kind of export and import trade, and
has branches in every part of the world.
The aggregate amount of business transacted
in !(//) was nearly Yen 230,000,000. Of
this sum the foreign trade alone represented
Yen 170,000,000, being one-fifth of the total

NEW PREMISES OF THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA, IN SZECHUEN BOAD.

622 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

foreifni trade of Japan. The principal
articles exported by the Company comprise
coal, cotton, \-arn, raw silk. Iiabutai. rice,
cotton cloth, copper, silver, ciniphor. t-oral.
cement, timber, railway sleci->ers, sulphur.
matches, &c. The chief imports are war-

.Amcrican firms in Japan and in China and
Korea, besides actinj; as aj;ents for a
number of insurance companies. It owns a
Heet of seven efficient steamers, all lOO Ai.
ag}jre>;atin{« over 26,900 tons, gross, and
witli the exception of two, these are subsi-

8HANOHAI ARCHITECTS AND CIVIL ENGINEERS.

i 8. J. Hause. 3.

5. P. M. Beeslet. 6. a. E. Ausah.
lo. Arthur Dalla.s.

I. KftBKRT KOSK.

The late Brkn'A.v Atkixsox.

7. W. M. DOWUALI,, 8.

II. J. E. Dknhah.

13. Y, HiKANO.

4. G. B. Atkixsox.
R. B. MooRHEAD. 9. A. G. Bray.
12. Walter Scott.

China, and other Eastern ports. But,
althiiujjh equipped with such powerful means
of transportation, by which over half a
million tons of merchandise are carried
annually, the Company finds it necessary to
charter steam and sail tonnage both at
London and in the East.

The licadquarters of the Mitsui Bussan
Kaisha are in Tokyo. Tliere are branches
and representatives of the house in nineteen
other places in Japan, and also in Ixmdon,
New York, Hamburg, Portland, .San Fran-
cisco (U.S.A.), Sydney, Manila, Calcutta, Bom-
bay, Rangoon, Sourabaya, Amoy, Hongkong,
Foochow, Canton, Singapore, Shanghai, Han-
kow, Tsingtau, Chefoo, Tientsin, Dalny,
Newchwang, Chemulpo, and Seoul.

In Shanghai the Mitsui Bussan Kaisha
is the chief shareholder in, and acts as
general manager of, the Shanghai Cotton
Spinning Company, Ltd., the Santai Cotton
Spinning Company, Ltd., and the Yueng Lung
Ginning Mills. The first two companies
alone have a paid-up capital of Tls. iSo3,66o
and operate 44,892 spindles, while the
Yuen Lung Ginning Mills have a capital of
Tls. 100,000 and work some 167 gins by
steam-power.

The Mitsui Bussan Kaisha has recently
constructed its own wharf at Pootung for
the storage of coal and general merchan-
dise passing through its hands. The wharf
covers an area of 943,800 square feet and
has a frontage of 800 feet. There is also,
in the Yangtszepoo Road, a lumber yard
belonging to the Company that covers about
90 mow of ground and has a river-
frontage of 500 feet. The local offices are
at 49, S/.echuen Road.

A. R. BURKILL & SONS.

The firm now known as Messrs. A. R.
Burkill & Sons, which carries on a general
mercantile business, was established in Shang-
hai nearly half a century ago. In the old
days the offices were situated in Kiangse
Road, the present more commodious pre-
mises in Kiukiang Road being purcha,sed as
recently as 1900. The house was known by
the name of its founders — Messrs. Cromie
and Burkill — until the death of Mr. Cromie
in 1896, when Mr. Burkill admitted his two
sons into partnership. Simultaneously, also,
the scope of the business, which had been
confined almost exclusively to raw and waste
silk, was enlarged to include general imports
and exports. Mr. A. R. Burkill retired from
the active management in 1898, and is living
in England, the conduct of the business being
now vested entirelv in the two sons, Messrs.
A. W. and C. K. Burkill.

Messrs. A. R. Burkill & Sons are agents for
the Anglo-French Land Investment Company,
which has a capital of Tls. 2,000,000 ; the
Cheang Mow Steamship Company, which
possesses a number of small boats trading
under the inland waters regulations ; the
Manchester Assurance Company ; and the
Royal Exchange Assurance Corporation.
They are also general managers of the
Vulcan Iron Works, and secretaries for Major
Bros., Ltd., the proprietors of the Kiangsu
Chemical Works.

ships, steamers, ordnance, locomotives, steel
bridges, electrical machines, cotton, wool,
rice, raw and refined sugar, indigo, beans,
wires, lead, tin, zinc, &c.

The Mitsui Bussan Kaisha represents
■evetal well-known British, European, and

dised by the Japanese Government under the
Marine Encouragement Act. The vessels are
almost exclusively engaged in the transpor-
tation of the Company's own merchandise to
and from Shanghai, Hongkong, the Philip-
pines, Straits Settlements, Rangoon, Java,

DICKESON. JONBS & CO.

This Company, which now carries on a
large and important trade as merchants and
general commission agents, was established

+ tg ii •'Ji ^r '>- ti ^ Si fir ij ip) i$ PI 4a ?f ik ^ i^ ys IS w *tl

«J^ if f^ # S *.'!!![ ^ ^#5^ ™ «iJ?S a A^ ft ^ H*i

&j§

■t^^

amm-i-

•X

A «

■tmmmm

e 2,

sjS

•T-iijSir^:

ffmm
Bnm

mmm

1mA

fix

ffi ISM ir^

^ ^X

A mte.

IK ws

:& li«s

m mm

?ij if*

n mm

s si

IK t^BI

?/i IE H

Si e#
i mm if«
" is?s

THE MITS0I BUSSAN KAISHA-HISTORICAL REVIEW IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.

624 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

as rccenllv as in 1901. The two p;irtnt.'rs
—Mr. R. H. Dicke«)i"i and Mr. C. Walter
Jones — in June of that year opened oftices
at 41, Dickinson Street, Manchester, and,
in a ver>- short time, owing to increasing
business, they found it necessary to provide
more extensive accommodation for their
rapidly growing headquarters" staff. Retain-
ing their original offices, therefore, they took
additional premises at 12, George Street,
Manchester, so that now, besides the usual
managers', booking, and shipping depart-
ments, they have also considerable ware-
house space and a special rtxnn in which
all cotton and piece goods are examined by
experts before being shipped to their different
markets.
Simultaneously with the establishment of

the head otlice in Manchester, a branch was
opened in Shanf;hai under the charge of
Mr. Herbert E. Railton. who had had
considerable experience of the Manchester
and piece-goods trade in China. Sub-
sequently, in order to cope with the in-
creasing volume of business, Mr. W. B.
O. Middleton, who had had ten years'
experience in the China trade, and a varied
commercial training in London, New York,
and San Francisco, was appointed agent
conjointly with Mr. Railton.

The principal business of the firm is in
cotton and woollen textiles. In this depart-
ment the Shanghai branch deals direct
with headquarters, whence large consign-
ments are shipped also to Hongkong, Tient-
sin, and the principal ports of Japan.

Dickcson, Jones & Co. deal extensively,
also, in the chief exports from England,
France, Germany, Helgiuni, .Austria, and
the I'nited States, and have built up a
large business in all classes of metals
and hardware. French ribbons, German
sundries, window-glass, lumber, flour, leather,
&c. A special feature is made of the
lumber trade. The firm charier their own
steamers and have an exclusive agency for
tlic Oregon Pine Export Company, of
Portland, Oregon, li.S.A. Of this Company,
Mr. Osborne Middleton, brother to Mr. W.
B. O. Middleton, is manager. The firm
represent, also, in the markets of China,
over thirty well-known British manufac-
turing houses, including the Nestle and
Anglo-Swiss Condensed Milk Company ;

(See page (aU}

BRUNNER, MOND & CO., LTD.-THE GODOWNS AT SHANGHAI.

jlKSfiil^SfiSf^SSSiSS^SSiS^l^f^E^^^

A. R. BURKILL & SONS.
Thk New Officks ix KirKUXGiKoAD.

[See paj^e 622.]

62t> TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Priestman Bros., Ltd., of Hull, the well-
known dredger and exca\-ator manufac-
turers ; K. Reddaway & Co., Ltd., of
Manchester, whose " camel " brand of
t>eUing is famous all over the world ; the
Falkirk Iron Company, of Scotland, manu-
facturers of grates, baths, &c. ; and Brintons,

in Hamburj;. Messrs. Simon, Israel & Co, ;
and in New York, Messrs, Carleton &
Moffat.

THK PREMISES OF SCOTT, HARDING & CO.

Ltd., of Kidderminster, the well-known
carpet manufacturers. Mr. John A. Hayes
is in charge of this miscellaneous depart-
ment which, it may be mentioned, has
recently sold a large dredging plant to the
Chinese Government. Messrs. Dickeson.
Jones & Co.'s agents in Lfindon are. Messrs.
Tull<x;h & Co., of 4. Fenchurch Avenue ;

BRUNNER, MONO & CO., LTD.

This large Company of alkali manufacturers
have a capital of ^3,000,000. Tlieir head-
quarters are <it Nortliwich, and they have
factories, also, at Sandbach, Middlewich,
Silvcrtown, and Lostock Gialani. They
produce and export to all parts of the world

pure alkali (soda ash), soda crystals, bi-
carbonate of soda, special mineral water,
caustic soda, concentrated crystal soda,
bleaching powder, sulphate of ammonia,
pure zinc, muriate of ammonia, voltoids,
calcium chloride, &c. The alkali is used for
paper, glass, and soap-making, for dyeing
and bleaching, and for various household
purposes, the quality of the material and of
the general products of the Company being
guaranteed by the eminence and technical
skill of. those in charge of the enterprise.
Sir J. Brunner, Bart., P.C, M.P., Is Ihc chair-
man of the Company, and he has for
colleagues, the world-renowned discoverer.
Dr. Ludwig Mond, with M. Tolvay the
inventor of the ammonia process of making
alkalis ; Mr. Alfred Mond, M,P., Mr. J. F. P.
Brunner, MP., and others.

The chief office of the firm in China and
Korea is at Shanghai, and there are large go-
downs at Tientsin. The Eastern business
was opened In 1900 by the general manager,
Mr. E. S. Little, and, under his guidance,
has been growing steadily in volume.

SCOTT, HARDING & CO.

The history of Messrs, Scott, Harding & Co.
extends back to the days when Shanghai
was first opened to foreign trade. There is
no precise mformation obtainable as to when
the business was first established, but the
operations of the firm In China certainly
cover a period of more than sixty years. In
1843 they had offices In Canton, and in
tliose days their representatives used to visit
the northern ports during the tea and silk
seasons. They established permanent quarters
in Shanghai in 1845, and their hong, situated
opposite the cathedral, upon the site now
occupied by Carlowltz & Co., commanded
an uninterrupted view of the river — a fact
which, in the light of present-day circum-
stances, demonstrates how complete a change
has been wrought in the appearance of the
Settlement during the last half-century. The
Company, at this time, were known as Kath-
bone, Worthington, & Co., and the partners
were James Worthington and Samuel G.
Kathbone. Since that time the style of the
firm has been changed on several occasions.
In 1850 the northern and southern interests
were separated, and from that year until
1880 the Company were known in Shanghai
as BIrley, Worthington & Co., the successive
partners during this period being Messrs,
F. P. BIrley, Robert Held, William Seaton
Brown, L. G. Dunlop, H. K. Hardy, William
Abbott Turnbull, and William Howie. In
1880 the name was changed to Turnbull,
Howie & Co., and during the next eighteen
years the partners Inchidcd Messrs. William
Abbott Turnbull, William Howie, James
Lidderdale Scott, and John William Harding.
In 1898 the headquarters were removed from
Kluklang Road to the present offices at 6,
Peking Road, and the title of the firm was
then altered to Scott, Harding & Co., the
partners being Messrs. James L. Scott, J. W.
Harding, and, subsequently, Francis Ayscough
and Leslie J, Cubltt. Mr. Harding has since
died, and the remaining partners - two of
whom reside in Shanghai, while one lives In
London— now remain the sole proprietors
of the undertaking.

Although from time to time the business
of the Company has been adapted to the
needs of the moment, yet the Importation of
Manchester piece goods has been Its main-
stay throughout. The Company had a branch
in Hankow until 1896, when they decided to

DICKESON, JONES & CO
BB BucKKi- Dhkdger fsupplied to the Chinese Government)

:it work on tlie Grand Canal, the Okkices.

[See page 622.]
Chinese Okficiai.s waitixi; for the N'ew Duedger.
LoADixu Timber for China ai Portland, Oregon.

628 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ET(L

abandon their trade in tea. They now do
a large and steadily increasing business in
sundries, and have recently established an
engineering and machinery def>artinent. Their
London house is Messrs. James Morrison &
Co.. Ltd., of 5, Fenchurch Street. Messrs.
Scott. Harding & Co. hold a number of im-
portiint agencies, representing, among others,
the Liverpool, London, and Globe Insurance
Companv ; the General Accident Companv ;
W. H. Allen. Sons & Co., Ltd., Bedford ;
J. & F. Howard. Bedford ; Frank Pearn &
Co.. Ltd.: Simplex Conduits. Ltd.; Joseph
Booth Bros. & Co.. Ltd.; Wiiites. Dove & Co.;
Archibald Smith & Stevens ; and Pilkington
Bros.. Ltd., St. Helens. They employ six
foreigners besides a considerable staff of
Chinese.

present partners are Mr. George Volkart,
Dr. Keinhart-Volkart. Mr. J. J. Steiner. and
Mr. George Keinhart. jun.

From the year 1S95, until a branch was
established in Shanghai, the firm were repre-
sented locally by agencies. Their offices at
No. I, Foochow koad, were opened by Mr. M.
Schwarz, but Mr. M. Winteler has been in
charge since. Volkart Bros., are agents, in
Shanghai, for the Imperial Fire Oflice ; the
Federal Marine Insurance Company, Ziiricli ;
Heineken & Vogelsang, Dallas, Tex, and
Savannah, Ga.

DENHAM & ROSE.

Perhaps the most striking feature of
Shanghai is the number of substantial new
buildings which are to be seen in all the

(o Shanghai, where he was joined by Mr.
J, E. Denham, and shortly afterwards by
Mr. Robert Rose. Outport work had soon
to be given up, and the energies of the
firm concentrated in Shanghai. In 1908
Mr. Sniedley retired from business, and the
firm has since been carried on under the
above style.

ATKINSON & DALLAS.

0\K of the most prominent firms of civil
engineers and architects in Shanghai is that
of Messrs. Atkinson «: Dallas, founded in
1898 by the late Mr. Hrenan Atkinson and
Mr. Arthur Dallas. Mr. .\tkinson was a son
of the late Mr. John Atkinson, formerly
Superintendent of the Government Powder
Mills at Lunghwa. At the age of eighteen

DENHAM & HOSE, ARCHITECTS.'

The IXTERXATiox.iL Bank.

G01X)WX IX SZKCHUEX Ko.AU.

VOLKART BROS.

Mr. Soi-OMon Voi.kakt and Mr. T. G. Volkart
established this well-known firm of importers
and exporters in 1851. with headquarters at
Winterthur. Switzerland, and a branch in
Bombay. The enterprise was successful from
the first, and the increasing importance of
the undertaking can be gauged by the ex-
tensions that from time to time have been
found necessarj-. Branches were opened in
Colombo, in 1857 ; C<xhin. 1859 ; Karachi, 1861 ;
Lf)ndon. 1868; Tellicherrv, 1876; Tuticorin,
1877 ; Galle, Ceylon, 18K7 ; Madras, 1888 ;
and Shanghai, 1901. The firm have up-
country agencies all over India, and connec-
tions throughout the world, for their imports
and exports embrace every variety of produce.
The founder of the houiie died in 1896. The

principal business thoroughfares. This is
due to the impetus given to the building
industry as a result of the Boxer troubles in
the north in 1900. Mr. John Smedley, the
originator of the firm of Messrs. Denham &
Rose, was one of the architects attracted to
the Settlement at Ihat time. He had practised
for about eleven years in the Far East, and
was well known in Chinese official circles.
Among some of his achievements may be
mentioned the construction of roads at
Peking, the laying out of the Settlement at
Woosung, and the reclamation works and
the erection of buildings for the Chinese
Customs at Chefoo, of which he had charge.
He was joined by his son, Mr. J. D. Smedley,
in 1898, whom he left to carry on the work
at the capital. Mr. John Smedley died in
England in 1904. Mr. J. D. Smedley came

he joined Mr. Thos. Kingsmill, civil engineer
and ai'chitect, and remained with him until
1894, when he started business on his own
account, paving the way for the prx-seiit firm.
A prominent Mason, and a most popular
resident, he died in February, 1907, at the
early age of forty-one. Mr. Arthur Dallas,
who for some years held the position of
Assistant Municipal Engineer in Shanghai,
resigned that appointment in order to
take up private practice. He is a vice-
pi-esident of the Incorporated Institute of
Architects in China, and is a member of the
Shanghai Society of Engineers and .•\rcliitects,
a fellow of the Royal Meteorological Society,
and a member of the Royal Society of Arts.
Mr. G. B. Atkinson, a brother of the late
Mr. Hrenan Atkinson, entered the partnership
in 1908, after having been with the firm for

ATKINSON & DALLAS, ARCHITECTS AND CIVIL ENGINEERS.

Plan ok the nkw "Tachixg Bank" Buildings.
The Government Paper Mills at Lunghwa.

Plan of "The Hollies," Bl'BBLino Well RoAn,

630

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

si>ine time as an assistant. He was formerly
employed by the well-known tirm of Sir
William Aniistronj; & Co.. Ltd.

Not many firms of the kind in the Far
East can show such a recx>rd of work as

Hong, the Yuen Yue Hong and shops in the
Broadway, the Great Northern Telegraph
Company's building on tlie Bund, the Customs
Bank, and Messrs. George McBain's office
buildings in the Szechuen Koad, the Taching

of the French Tramway Company. Among
churches, &c., designed by the firm are the
Chefoo Church, Memorial Cliapel, Peking,
tlie Chinese Temple in Nanking Koad, the
Mahomedan Mosque in Cheklang Koad, the
Free Christians' Preaching Hall in Chapoo
Koad, and St. Andrew's Church, Broadway.
Kesidences, &c., at Hongkew Park, the
properties of the Shanghai Land Investment
Company, the Mercantile Marine Officers'
Association buildings, Mr, Pu Hoh Kuan's
residence in VVoosung Koad, tlie Club Unuao
in S/echuen Koad, the Spencer estate terraces
in Medhurst Koad, the Windsor estate houses
in Markhani Koad, the Aston estate houses in
the Avenue Paul Brunat, Mr. S. Benjamin's
residence in the Bubbling Well Koad, Mrs.
McBain's residence, " Cecile Court," the late
Mr. K. M. Campbell's residence in Sinza Koad,
Mr. Chun Fai Teng's and Mr. Tong Fun Chce's
residences in Haining Koad, Mr. Sheng Kung
Pao's residence in the Bubbling Well Koad,
and Mr. S. K. Tong's residence, "The Hollies,"
in Bubbling Well Koad, and lunnerous others
were all built from the plans and under the
superintendence of this firm, which also
designed the Chinese Goverinnent buildings'
pavilion for the St. Louis Exhibitiou and all
the carved woodwork for it. The offices of
Messrs. Atkinson & Dallas are situated at
No. 4. Peking Koad. The firm is also estab-
lished at Hankow, Mr. S. O. Limby being
in charge of the business at that port.

[See page 628.]

DENHAM & ROSE, ARCHITECTS.
Tkrkace in' Ghk\t Wkstkkx Road.

DAVIES & THOMAS.

Some hundreds of domestic residences, both
native and foreign, and a large number of
business premises have been erected in

Messrs. Atkinson & Dallas. They designed
and constructed the first native waterworks,
the first native flour mills, and the first
Government paper mills in China, viz., the
City and Nantao Waterworks, Shanghai, the
Foo Fong Flour Mills, and the Imperial
Government Paper Mills at Lunghwa.
They also surveyed and drew up the scheme
for the Canton Waterworks, the entire work,
including construction of reservoirs, filters,
engine house, laying of pipes, erection of
water tower. &c., being carried out by Mr. G.
B.Atkinson. Of factories designed and erected
under the superintendence of the firm may
be mentioned the Soochow Silk Filature and
the Yu Yen Flour Mills. Messrs. Atkinson
& Dallas erected the Science Hall at St. John's
College. Shanghai, the Soochow University
buildings, the Cantonese Guild schoolhouse,
the Presbyterian Mission School, the London
Missionary S(x:iety's School, the Broadway
property belonging to the trustees of Ching
Chong's School. Hongkew, and the Laura
Haygood Memorial School at SofK-how.
Business blocks for which the firm have
been responsible include most of the Shang-
hai Land Inve.stment Company's business
properties, Messrs. Gibb, Livingston & Co.'s
oflices, the new buildings at the corners of
Peking and Szechuen Koads and Jinkee and
Szechuen Koads, the Shanghai-Nanking Kail-
way Administration Offices, the Italian Bank,
the China Merchants Steam Navigation Com-
pany's head offices, and most of their godowns
at the various wharves, the New Zealand
Insurance Company's building, Winchester,
Gresham, and Manchester Houses in Hankow
Koad, the Southern Mcthixlist Mission's print-
ing house, the new portion of the Astor House
Hotel, the new portion of the King's Hotel
and Mr. Vernon's residence, " Wei-hai-wei,"
the Sheng Chin Silk and Hiecc-Goods Guild

DENHAM & ROSE, ARCHITECTS.
Private Rksidkxce in the Krbxch Concessiox.

[See pa>*c f)28.]

Government Bank in Hankow Koad, the
Ningpo Commercial Bank in Kiangse and
Ningpo Ko.ids, the China Mutual Life In-
surance Company's buildings, offices, and
residences at the corner of Szechuen and Can-
ton Koads, the Mixed Court, and the offices

Shanghai and the outports by Messrs. Davies
& Thomas, civil engineers and architects.
No. 10, The Bund. Shanghai. Among the
principal office buildings which they have
constructed may be mentioned the new
premises for the Shanghai Mutual Telephone

ATKINSON & DALLAS, ARCHITECTS AND CIVIL KNGINEEBS.
McBain's Blii-dings, Szechlex Road. The Customs Bank.

[See page 628.]

632 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Company. Ltd., situated in the Hankow and
Kianjise Kuads. and built entirely of re-
inforced concrete ; and the new oftices ktr
Messrs. Buttertield & Swire, which, when
completed, will form one of the most hand-
some structures on the French Bund. The
domestic residences erected hy the tinn
include those for His Excellency \Vu Tinj;
Fanj;. Chinese Minister to the United States
of America, situated in Avenue Ro;id, and for
Mr. H. J. Craig in Bubbling Well KiKid. The
firm have in course of erection the whole of
the bunding of the foreign settlement of
Wuhu, on the Yangtsze, and the extensive
wharves, godowns, offices, transit sheds, &c..
for Messrs. A. Holt & Co., at Pootung, this
latter being one of the largest contracts ever
let in Shanghai for work of the kind. Messrs.
Davies & Thomas have nearly completed

in Shanghai and Tientsin, notably the resi-
dences of the Marquess Li Hung Cliang,
Lord Li, Mr. E. S. Little, and the manager
of the Yokohama Specie Bank ; Edna Villas,
Markham Place and Terrace, Chante Clare
Villas, the Russian Consulate, the Canadian
P.icific Railway block, Alexandra Building
(occupied by Messrs. Stokes, Piatt & Teesdale),
the Tam \Va block at the corner of Szechuen
and Jinkee Roads, Messrs. Hall & Holtz's pre-
mises, the Shanghai Brewery and warehouses,
the China Flour Mill warehouses, and the
Young Men's Christian Association in
Szechuen Road, Shanghai ; the Tientsin
Club, and Messrs. Forbes & Co.'s pre-
mises in Tientsin ; and the Hotel Wagons
Lits at Peking. He also laid out the Victoria
Gardens, the Love Lane Gardens, and the
Rifle Range Gardens in Shanghai. Mr. Algar

Institute of Architects in China. Mr, Algar
was an cnthusiiistic cricketer and footballer
in his younger days, and is a member of all
local clubs. He is president of the Sports-
men's Gun Club, and is on the committee of
tlie M.nsonic Club.

WALTER SCOTT.

Among the more notable buildings designed
by Mr. Walter Scott, a well-known local
architect, may be mentioned the Palace
Hotel, the new "Ewo" offices and flats
on the Peking Road, Messrs. Whiteavvay
Laidlaw's block, the Hongkong and Shang-
hai Banking Corporation's premises at
Peking and Tientsin, and the Chartered

[See i»ge 634.]

Exterior of Premises, with Stakf.

H. M. 80HULTZ & CO.

The Offices.

the plans for the re-building of the three
principal wings of the Astor House Hotel.

The firm was established in 1896 by Mr.
Gilbert Davies. an original member of the
Council of the Institute of Architects in
China, from which body he resigned on
returning home on leave in 1908. Mr. C. W.
Thomas, who became a partner in 1899, 's
a member of the Council of the Institute, and
also of the Council of the Shanghai Society of
Engineers and Architects.

ALBERT EDMUND ALQAR.

Mk. Ai.bf.kt Edmind Ai.c;.\k. .M.S. A,, architect
and surveyor, has been responsible for
designing several handsome new buildings

was born in Quebec in 1873, and was
educated at Victoria Public School, London,
and at the Protestant Collegiate School,
Chefoo. On leaving Chefoo in 1888, he was
apprenticed to Mr. T. W. Kingsmill, civil
engineer and architect, of Shanghai. After
completing his apprenticeship he remained
with Mr. Kingsmill until 1896, and then
started in practice on his own account. In
August, 1896, he was employed by the
Chinese Government in laying out the
foreign settlement at Hangchow, and he
designed several of the principal buildings
there. He returned to Shanghai in 1897 to
resume private practice, and since that
year he has visited America to study the
architecture of that country. He is a member
of the Councils of the Shanghai Architects'
and Engineers' Society, and the Incorporated

Banks buildings at Hankow. Mr. Scott
was born in Calcutta, and educated in
England at the Wesleyan College, Taunlon.
He was articled to Mr. Rowland Plumbe.
P'.R.I.B.A., and was subsequently admitted
an A.R.l.B.A. He came to China in 1889
as an assistant to Messrs. Morrison &
Gratton, a firm of architects and engineers
originally established hy Mr. G. J. Morrison,
the engineer responsible for the Woosuiig
Line, the first railway ever built in China.
In course of time Mr. Scott became a
partner, and the style of the firm was
changed to Morrison, Gratton & Scott. In
1902 Mr. Scott succeeded to the whole
business, and was joined by Mr. Carter,
the name of the firm becoming ScotI &
Carter ; while, since the death of Mr.
Carter in 1907, Mr. Scott has carried on

ATKINSON & DALLAS, ARCHITECTS AND CIVIL ENGINEERS.

The Mixkd Covkt,

Thk Koo F(>X<; Kl.OlK IIII.LS
(The first native Flour Mills erected in Shanghai).

The Shaxghai-Nankino Railway Ai>mixistration Officks.

[Sec pajic 628.]

The Italtax Coxsulate.

634 TWT^NTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the business under the title of Walter
Scott. Mr. Scott is on the Council of
the Shanghai Institute of .\rchitects, and
is a member of the Society of Architects
and Engineers. His office is situated in the
new "Ewo" Buildings, No. 3c, Peking
Road.

MOORHEAD & HALSE.

Both partners in the lirm of Messrs
Moorhead. Halse & Co., architects, civil
engineers, and surveyors, had had experience
in Shanghai before they started in practice
together. Mr. Robert Bradshaw Moorhead,
B.A., B.A.I.. A.M.Inst.C.E., came to China
twentv years ago as engineer for the
Northern" Railways. In 1895 he joined Mr.
W. M. Dowdall in partnership, but in 1900
he began to practise on his own account,
and in 1907 he was joined bv Mr. Halse.
Mr. Sidney Joseph Halse. A.R.I.B.A., P.A.S.I..
who holds a diploma as a district surveyor
under the London Building Act. is an ex-
student of the Ro>-al Academy. Coming to
Shanghai in 1904, he joined the firm of
Messrs. Scott & Carter, architects, with
whom he remained two years. He then
practised for a while on his own account
before joining Mr. Moorhead. Messrs. Moor-
head & Halse are responsible for the erection
of the Shi-Hui Cloth Mill (said to be the
first of its kind in China), the Markham
Bridge Silk Filature, the Burlington Hotel,
and the deep-water bunding on the Xantao
frontage of the Whangpoo River, erected
for the Chinese Municipal Council.

Y. HIRANO.

Mr. Y. HtRAXo. architect and civil engineer,
has designed and built numerous business
premises, factories, godowns. private resi-
dences, &c., in Japan and in Shanghai, and
in other parts of China. He established
himself in Shanghai in 1904, opening oiifices
at No. 39, Szechuen Road, and since that
date he has been responsible for the erection
of offices, godowns. and wharves at Shanghai
and Hankow for the Osaka Shosen Kaisha,
the Mitsui Bussan Kaisha. and the Mitsui
Bishi Company, having previously done much
work for these and other large firms in Japan
and elsewhere. He designed the Shanghai
Cotton-spinning Mills, with 20.000 spindles,
as long ago as 1897, and in 1907 he built
the Chu Zung Cotton-spinning Mills. He is
at present engaged upon plans for the new
Japanese Consulate at Hangchow, the American
Presbyterian College, and several mills. Mr.
Hirano, who was at one time known as Mi-.
Y. Sato, adopted his present name in 1898.
He was born in the north of Japan in 1863,
and was educated at California University.
U.S.A. He served an apprenticeship of four
years to a Mr. Coppellette, and previous to
his arrival in Shanghai was in practice for
some years as an architect and civil engineer
in Tokyo. He has published a book on the
damage caused by recent earthquakes, and is
the patentee of an earthquake-resisting brick.
In 1899 he published a Japanese translation
of an English work on hygienic air ; and in
the following year patented a revolving system
for dry kilns. Mr. Hirano is a member of
the local Japanese Club, and of the Shanghai
Society of Engineers and Architects.

FRAZAR & CO.

This tirm is descended from that of Wetmore
& Co., which was established in Canton in
1832. Afterwards branches were opened
in Valparaiso, New York, and Shanghai, under
the name of Wetmore, Cryder & Co.. and, by
means of their own line of clipper ships, the
tirm carried on a large trade in matting,
silks, tea, &c. In those days, as there was
no efficient system of telegraphic communi-
cation and there were only limited banking
facilities, return cargoes of coal, ice, domestic
requirements, &c., were accepted in exchange.
In 1858, Everett Frazar and his brother,
Douglas, established the firm of Frazar & Co.,
in Shanghai and Nagasaki. They carried on
business as shipping and commission mer-
chants and gradually identified their interests
with those of the older company. The first
cargo of American petroleum that came to
China was shipped by this firm in the early
sixties. On the retirement of the senior
partners of Wetmore, Cryder & Co. from
China. Frazar & Co. took over the entire
business in the East and established branches
in Hongkong. Yokohama, and Kobe. The
New York olilice, however, was still con-
ducted by Wetmore. Cryder & Co., of which
firm Edward L. Hedden and Duncan Cryder
were the proprietors, while J. H. McMichael
was the manager. The partners in Frazar
& Co., at this time, were Everett Frazar,
W. S. Wetmore, and John Lindsley. In 1887
Mr. McMichael came to Shanghai as manag-
ing partner, in company with Mr. W. S.
Wetmore. Wetmore, Cryder & Co. retired,
and Frazar & Co. took over the New York
office. Lindsley withdrawing from the
Shanghai firm, McMichael bought Frazar's
and Wetmore's interests, and was sole
owner for many years. In 1905 he was
joined by Walter S. Emens, long and favour-
ably known in business circles throughout
China. The firm continues to do a large
business in American, British, and Conti-
nental merchandise, and in the export of
China produce. The head offices are at No. 8,
Hankow Road.

SANDER, WIELER & CO.

The activities of this firm are not confined
to any one trade or class of trade. As
general merchants and commission agents
they cover an extensive field. They take
a full share of the import and export
trade to and from China, are representa-
tives of various shipping interests, and for
a number of years have been agents for
the Austrian Lloyd Steam Navigation Com-
pany. The firm resulted from the amal-
gamation in 1898 of Sander & Co., which
had been in existence about thirty years, and
Wieler & Co., an enterprise of some twenty-
five years' standing. The headquarters are
in Hongkong and there are establishments,
also, at Hamburg, Sh,anghai, Tientsin, and
Tsingtau. Their trade is steadily growing
in all parts of China, and on January 1,
1908, a branch was opened in Canton in
order to cope more easily and effectively
with the firm's large interests in South
China.

The branch at Shanghai was opened in
1900 and the firm now occupy fine new
premises in JInkee Road. They do a general
import and export trade, and their agencies
include those for the Austrian Lloyd Steam
Navigation Company, Trieste ; the General
Marine Insurance Company, Dresden ; Inter-
national Lloyd Insurance Company, Berlin ;
and Providentia, AUgemeine Versicherungs

Gesellschaft, Vienna. Mr. A. Sander, who has
charge of the business interests in Shanghai,
is assisted by a staff of five foreigners.

H. M. SCHULTZ & CO.

The business of H. M, Schultz & Co., which
has branches in Tientsin and Hamburg, and
houses in Nanking and Tsingtau, was founded
by Ferdinand Diers, who came out to China
in 1862, and it is interesting to note that,
although the style of the firm has changed
several times, the old hong name of Diers
(Chinese : Diazze), to which Chinese attach
so much importance, still remains. The firm
are prepared to supply practically anything
from hairpins " made in Germany " to a
Hotchkiss machine gun or a battleship of
the Dreadnoujilit pattern constructed by the
well-known firm of Messrs. John Brown &
Co., Clydebank. The present senior partners
in the Company are Messrs. Oskar Mordhorst
and Arthur Dabelstein. For years they have
had extensive dealings with the Chinese
Government, being responsible for most of
the machinery in the largest arsenal in China
— the Kiangnan Arsenal — and for the erection
of the first steel-works in the country. They
have also delivered several mint plates for
coining Chinese money, one of which would
be large enough to coin the silver required
for the whole of the Continent. They were
the introducers of cotton-spinning machinery
to China, and have delivered several exten-
sive mills to the satisfaction of the Chinese.
In this connection it may be mentioned that
whereas foreign-owned mills in Shanghai
did not pay for a time, those equipped
by this firm earned substantial profits from
the beginning. The Company have erected
sawmills, bean oil mills, cartridge and rifle-
making machinery, and electric installations,
their latest achievement in the last direction
being the lighting of the native city of
Shanghai. They are now engaged in con-
structing the whole of the waterworks in the
native city of Canton. To give a further
illustration of the extent and variety of their
interests, it may be mentioned that Messrs.
Schultz & Co. are responsible for providing
with imitation silk clothing those Chinese
who are unable to afford the real article.
The material is, of course, supplied from
Manchester. In addition, they import dry
goods from the United States of America,
cotton yarn from England and Bombay, and
at the present time ,ire supplying provisions
for the German troops in the north. In
short, it would be difficult to find a business
with a greater variety of interests than that
of Messrs. H. M. Schultz & Co.

RICHARD HAWORTH & CO., LTD.

It is impossible to realise the v.ist extent
and iinporlance of the cotton manufacturing
business of Messrs. Richard Haworth & Co.,
Ltd., without first p.aying a visit to their great
mills, situated some fifteen minutes' drive
from the Roy.il Exchange, Manchester. Once
inside these buildings, however, it becomes
immediately apparent that the enterprise
must make itself felt in all parts of the
world, and that many agencies are required
for distributing the results of such astonishing
and continuous activity.

In Lancashire, of course, the name of
Haworth is a household word. The rise of
the firm is a remarkable chapter in the
history of Manchester, and one of which

DAVIES & THOMAS, ARCHITECTS.

xur X.. ■„„„.,,„ r^ . . ^ The New "Tai Koo" Buildings.

THE Tllephoxe Compaxy's Offices.

A Beautiful Private Kesidence ix Bubblixg Well Road.

OcEAX Steamship Compaxys New Wharf (in course of construction).

[See page 630.]

636 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

that city is justly proud. The founder of the
house was Richard Haworth, who began
life in a humble position in a mill, and
forged his way to the front by sheer industry
and genius. The present head of the firm

Egerton Mills, the Tatton Mills, the Ordsall
Mills, and the Throstle Nest Mills. They
have two branch houses in London, and
others in Glasgow, Leeds, Belfast, Dublin,
and Aberdeen, and are represented in every

THE NEW PREMISES OF EBBEKE & CO., IN MUSEUM ROAD.
[Set page 638.]

is Richard Haworth's eldest son, Mr. G. C.
Haworth, who himself has three sons in the
business. During a perifxl of fifty-six years
the development of the trade has been
remarkable. Messrs. Haworth now own the

capital in the world. The mills contain 200,000
spindles and 3,000 looms, and afford employ-
ment to 3,000 workpeople. The engines are
of 4,700 horse-power, and the consumption
of coal amounts to 360 tons a week.

The raw material arrives in bales by the
Ship Canal and is broken up, a little from
each bale going into a sort of churn to be
cleansed. The heavier grit falls apart, and
the chastened cotton is sent over great
rollers in wide white streams to the
next purifying machine. From machine to
machine it passes in the process of purifi-
cation until one wonders when the snow-white
rivers, already looking like the finest cotton-
wool, will satisfy the exacting master of the
mill. The fibre is opened out, the short ends
are removed, and the cotton is converted
into a roll or web of uniform thickness, and
of a uniform shade of whiteness. The
wonderful carding machines separate every
fibre, taking out impurities, such as leaf and
unripe fibre, and at length the cotton is seen
on bobbins ready for the spinning mill,
where barefooted girls tend machines that
come and go across the floor as regularly
and resistlessly as the tide ebbs and flows.
Upon leaving the carding machine the web
has a weight of about three pounds to the
yard. It is turned by the spinner into yarn,
of which 25,000 yards are required to weigh
a pound. In the great weaving sheds an
immense number of women are seen at
work, and the shrill music of many shuttles
fills the air. Regularly these mills consume
500 bales of cotton a week, a bale weighing
on an average 500 lbs. Represented in
calico of ordinary width and weight this
means that a roll of cloth nearly 400 miles
long is turned out weekly. The whole of
the energy of Messrs. Haworth's mills is
directed towards manufacturing cloths of
high intrinsic quality. All the goods are
marked with the "Spero" trade mark, and
such elaborate care is taken in testing the
cotton during each of the many processes
through which it passes that the stag's head,
the sign manual of " Spero make " cloths, is
now regarded all over the world as an abso-
lutely reliable guarantee of great durability
and all-round excellence. Goods bearing this
trade mark are made from selected cotton,
under the closest supervision, and " Spero
make " is stamped on every yard of the
selvedge. Messrs. Haworth & Co. spend no
time upon producing that which is artificial
or merely cheap looking. By constant effort
to secure the best results they have won a
great reputation, and they spare no effort to
maintain this unblemished. The warehouse
at 35, Dale Street, Manchester, is one of the
largest and best equipped in the British
Empire.

The Far Eastern business of Messrs.
Haworth's has advanced by leaps and bounds.
It is only about fifteen years ago that Mr.
Chester Haworth, jun., one of the present
directors, first came to the Far East. He
has made numerous visits since, and the
superiority of Haworth's cloth is now known
and appreciated throughout the whole of
China, India, the I'hilippine Islands, and
Japan. Except in China, the Far Eastern
business of Haworth's is conducted by
agencies at Bombay, Calcutta, Karachi, Ran-
goon, Bangkok, Batavia, .Singapore, Manila,
Hongkong, Kobe, and Yokohama. For con-
trolling their extensive operations in China a
branch house has been opened in Peking
Road, Shanghai, under the manageinent of
Mr. Arthur Woods.

COLLINS & CO.

This firm ol general merchants and commission
agents were practically the pioneers of the
press-packing business in North China. The

^r%.

A. E. ALGAR, ARCHITECT AND SURVEYOR
Edjja Villas, Jessfielu Koad.

Residence in Burkill Road.

Residence of the Late Marviuess Li iHuno Chang,

Lord Li's Kesdjenck.

[See page 632.3

038 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

trade, which was a negligible quantity until
they commenced operations in Tientsin in
the early seventies, is now of considerable
importance. Collins & Co. have an office
at 70. Graccchurch Street, London, and a
branch was opened tor them at No. 4, Canton

America and Manchester, and various kinds
of machinery. Mr. C. H. Rutherford has
charge of the firm's interests in Shanghai.

[See page 64a] DIEDERICHSEN, JKBSEN & CO.

The Godowx ix CHAou-KrKjxo Road.

Thp; Offices
IX KiAxciSF; Road.

Koad, Shanghai, by Mr. W. A. Morling, in
1899. Besides the large press-packing and
wool-cleaning operations which they carry on
at Tientsin, they do an extensive import and
export trade. They send wool, furs, skins,
hides, bristles, and, in fact, all Chinese
produce to England, America, and the
Continent, and receive piece goods from

EBBEKE & CO.

As far back as 1866 Mr. Hermann Overbeck
came to Shanghai and founded a tea mer-
chant's and general import and export
business, under the style of Messrs. Overbeck
& Co. In 1883, when his brother, Mr. Charles
Overbeck, became a partner, he left for home.

but the business was carried on under the
old style until the death of Mr. Charles Over-
beck in i89>). In that year Messrs. Carl
Ebbeke and Paul Kanip, who had been with
Messrs. Overbeck & Co. for about six years,
succeeded to the business, and changed the
name of the lirm to that of Ebbeke & Co,
The new proprietors extended their con-
nections considerably, and a still further
advance was made when, in ii;)05, they were
joined by Mr. Eduard Wilkens, formerly a
partner in the firm of Messrs. Shroder,
Wilkens & Co. This firm had gone into
liquidation, and part of their goodwill was
transferred to Messrs. Ebbeke & Co.

TATA, SONS & CO.

Ix 1906 the two well-known Bombay firms
of Tata & Sons and Tata & Co.", both
carrying on an extensive trade as general
merchants in cotton, cotton yarn, and cotton
and silk piece goods, decided to amalgamate,
and, under the style of Tata, Sons & Co., to
extend their operations over a wider field.
One new sphere which they have since
entered is mining, operations upon a very
extensive scale having been commenced by
them in certain iron and steel districts in
India. They have also been successful in
introducing electric power for industrial
purposes in Bombay. They hold numerous
agencies for insurance, hotel, land, cotton-
spinning, and weaving companies. Their
head oftice is in Bombay, and their London
oftice (Tata. Ltd.) at No. 4, Lombard Court.
They have branches at Hongkong, Shanghai,
Kobe, Osaka, New York, Paris, and Rangoon,
and agencies in most of the important trade
centres. The Shanghai branch is situated at
No. 65, Rue du Consulat. The late Mr.
J. N. Tata, who founded the original firm of
Tata & Sons, was a practical philanthropist,
and the many schemes which he formulated
for advancing the welfare of his fellow men
are being zealously carried out by his sons.

DALLAS & CO.

The firm of Messrs. Dallas & Co., of Shanghai,
was established in 1853 by the late Mr. Barnes
Dallas, who came to the Settlement as tile
representative of Messrs. William Dallas and
George Coles, of Austin Friars, in the City of
London. The present head of the firm is
Mr. Richard Dallas, youngest son of Mr.
Barnes Dallas, who died in 1897.

The firm of Dallas & Co, is best known
amongst the Chinese merchants as " Yu Tai
Yang Hong," and as such has done a
very considerable import, export, and China
Government business in Shanghai and in
most of the Treaty ports of this empire. A
branch is now established at Tientsin. At
present, Messrs. Dallas & Co. are doing an
import business in alinost all classes of manu-
factured goods, but are confining their export
trade to antimony only. They represent the
following firms in China : — Messrs. William
.Stenhouse & Co., Glasgow ; the Seattle
Brewing and Malting Company, Seattle, Wash-
ington, U.S.A. ; Fromy Rogee & Co., St.
Jean D'Angely, pres Cognac, France ; Fores-
tier Freres, Bordeaux ; Saizelet Lenique,
Dizy, Epernay ; J. P. Wiser & Son, Ltd.,
Prescott, Ontario, Canada ; the E. G. Lyons
and Raas Company, San Francisco. As
exporters and Government contractors they
represent the China Trading Company,
Shanghai ; the Dah Chick Chong Antimony

WALTER SCOTT, ARCHITECT.

THE XKW "EWO" BUILDIXGS. 1>i.a\ OF THE PAI.ACK HcnKI. lillll.DlXC!

Block of Buildixgs ox Yaxg-king-paxc.

Whiteawav, Lmdlaw S Co.s Bliliiings

[Sec p.i.nc 632.]

640 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Mininj! Company. Shanjlhai ; and the Chue
YiOTg Mining; Company. Ltd. (coal and
capper), Tientsin. As agents lor these com-
panies they are constantly in to'.ich with
Chinese officialdom, and have of late acquired
a few Government contracts.

clusively, as East India merchants, but now
they carry on large operations as general
importers and exporters. '1 heir liead ofticc
is at 7. Bishopsgate Street Without, l.oiidoii.
They have branches at Shanghai iNo. 17,
Kiangse Koad). Bombay, and Lahore, and
agencies at Calcutta. Madras, Karachi. Kangoon.
Colombo, Zanzibar, and Mombasa. They

Yangts/.e Valley district, among which are
those for Lever Bros., Ltd., of Port Sun-
light ; Cadburv Bros., Ltd., of Bouriicville ;
J. & J. Colman, Ltd. ; Mellin's Food. Ltd. ;
Blundell. Spence & Co.. Ltd. (paint and oil
makers); D. and J. McCallum (distillers of " Per-
fection Whiskey ") ; Cercbos Salt ; and Carr
& Co. (biscuit manufacturers). Mr. Walter
Nutter, sen., now has his two sons, Mr.
Walter Nutter, jun., and Mr. Percy John
Nutter, in partnership with him. The last
named is in charge of the business in
Shanghai. The tirni are members of the
Chambers of Commerce both of London
and Shanghai.

LOCKSMITH & CO.

Thk firm of Messrs. Locksmith & Co.,
merchants and commission agents, was estab-
lished in Shanghai, in 1903, by Messrs.
H. S. Locksmith and J. J. Dawe. The
present partners are Mr. Locksmith, who
resides in London ; Mr. Dawe and Mr. P.
Biehayn, who have general charge of the
business in Shanghai ; and Mr. H. W.
Wickham, who is in Loudon. Tlie lirni has
developed a considerable business during the
past five years, importing piece goods and
sundries, and exporting silks and other
Chinese products. The offices are at No. 9.
Hankow Road.

BRIGHTEN, MALCOLM & CO.

This firm has been established in Shanghai
only a short time, but its name is becoming
widely and favourably known, and there is
every prospect that in the near future con-
siderable extensions will be necessary to
cope with a .steadily increasing trade. The
Company's business lies principally in engi-
neering, but it also embraces many sundries.
The London office at 11 A, Wormwood Street,
E.C., is carried on in conjunction with Messrs.
John Blandford & Co., Ltd. In Shanghai
the Company are the sole agents for Messrs.
Callender's Cable and Construction Company,
Ltd., the well-known manufacturers of electric
cable, who, by the way, supplied the neces-
sary cables for the new tramways. The firm
are also the sole representatives of Messrs.
G. M. Callender & Co., Ltd., the British
Cork Asphalt Company, Ltd., the Leeds
Copper \X'orks. Ltd., Messrs. Hayward-Tvler
& Co., Ltd., Messrs. Meldrum 'Bros., Ltd..
Messrs. Browett, Lindley & Co., Ltd., the
Beck Flame Lamp Company, Ltd., and
Messrs. McPhail & Simpson. In their
general import department they hold the
sole agency for Messrs. Burroughs & Watts,
Ltd., the well-known manufacturers of billiard
tables. The partners in the Company are
Messrs. E. K. Brighten and W. R. Malcolm.
Mr. Brighten has had considerable expe-
rience of engineering generally, having been
for some years assistant to Messrs. Lacy,
Sillar & I/cigh, consulting engineers, of
London and Manchester, to whom the firm
now act as correspondents.

IStt page 642.]

THE PREMISES OF TELGE & SCHROETEB, ON THE BUND.

WALTER NUTTER & CO.

Established in 1881, this firm are original
members of the East India Merchants
Association, Mr. Walter Xutter, sen., havmg
been elected a member of the first council.
In the early days they traded, almost ex-

export piece goods and general merchandise
to India and China, and import hides, horns,
c<Koa, mica, carpets, feathers, and general
produce from India and Ceylon, and coffee,
rubber, and general produce from Java and
the Straits Settlements. The firm hold many
valuable agencies for the Shanghai and

DIEDERICHSEN, JEBSEN & CO.

Although, comparatively speaking, this firm
is a new one, the enterprise displayed by
its management has secured for it a prominent
place among the large commercial and shipping
houses in Shanghai. A few details in regard
to the organisation of the lirni will not be

SANDER, WIELER & CO.

THK PREMISKS IX JIXKKK RdAD.

The nrpoRT Departmkxt.

[Sec page 6j^.]

AusTRiAX Lloyd Shippixc, Offick.

A PRixTiNG Machine Supplied by the Firm.

642 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

without interest. In 1895 Jebsen & Co.
were established in Hongkong to take
over the steamers of M. Jchsen Apenrade,
which had t)een trading lor many years
along the China coast. Subsequently, H.
Diederichsen, 01 Kiel, acquired a share in
the business, and out ol this amalgamation
of interests arose the tirm of Diederichsen.
Jebsen & Co. They established themselves
at Tsingtau and Chefoo, having the distinction
of being the first finn to open a branch at
the fonner place after it had been taken over
by Germany.

As their trade developed, Diederichsen,
Jebsen & Co.. established a branch at
Hamburg, and opened oflices at Shanghai
in 1903, at \nadivostock in 1905, and at
Tientsin in 1907. They own and operate the

centre of the business part of the town, at No.
l8.A. Kiangse Road, while their huge godown
ii\ Chaou-foong Road is in close proximity to
the most important wharves. The firm's
interests at Tsingtau are entrusted to Carl
Eichwede ; at Vladivostock, to Edu;ird Eich-
wede ; at Tientsin, to Hugo Kloeckner ; and
at Chefoo to O. Graeber.

TELOE & SCHROETER.

It is half a ctiitury since the linn of Messrs.
Telge & SchriK'tcr, well-known merchants,
of Shanghai, was established by Mr. Bern-
hard Telge. For many years the business
was carried on by the founder, and then it

THE SHANGHAI PREMISES OF VON DURING,
WIBEL & CO.

steamers Lysholt, Eutin, &c., and, in addition
to their shipping interests, do a large general
import and export business. They hold many
important agencies. In Shanghai they repre-
sent the Jebsen line of steamers ; Farbenfabrik
Hansa, G. m. b. H., Kiel ; Deutscher Rhederei
Verein, in Hamburg ; and Nordischer
Bergungsverein, Hamburg. Quite recently
the firm started an engineering department,
which already holds a number of important
agencies, including those for the Mannesmann
Tut>e-works, Brown Boveri, and German
Niles Works. This department is under the
management of an expert.

The partners in the firm are H. Diederichsen,
Kiel ; Jakob Jebsen, Hongkong ; and J. H.
Jessen, Hamburg. Their Shanghai offices,
which are under the direction of Johann
Jessen and August Miiller, are situated in the

passed to his nephew, Mr. Rudolph Telge.
In 1899 Mr. Herman Schroeter joined the
firm, and the style was then changed to
Telge and Schroeter. The present partners are
Messrs. Arnold Berg and Max Struckmeyer.
The bulk of the firm's business is done with
the Chinese Government in munitions of
war, machinery, railway materials, &c. In
their capacity as agents for the well-known
firm of F. Schichau, of Elbing, Messrs. Telge
and Schroeter have furnished the greater
part of the Chinese torpedo Hotilla. They
are also general importers and exporters,
dealing in all kinds of merchandise and
piece goods, and making a speciality of
metals and ores. The offices are situated at
No. 16, The Bund, Shanghai.

VON DURING, WIBEL & CO.

FiU'.N'DKi) ill 1900 by Mr. Henry von Diiriiig.
this firm has made remarkable progress. At
the outset the founder interested himself
chiefly in Government business, electric light
plants for Chinese cities, and general ma-
chinery ; but since January 1, 1905, when
Mr. Kurt Wibel was admitted into partner-
ship, the scope of the firm's operations has
been considerably extended, and hraiich offices
have been established in Tientsin, Tsingtau,
and Peking. The Government business has
grown steadily, and an extensive trade in
piece goods has also been built up.

As Government contractors the firm deal
in all kinds of arms and animuiiituiii. They
represent the well-known " Ehrhaidt " gun
works, Uusseldorf, Germany, where all kinds
of guns are manufactured. They also hold
an agency for the explosives manufactured
by Westfaelisch-Anhaltische Sprengstoff Act.
Ges., in Berlin. As agents for the renowned
firm. Vickers, Sons & Maxim, Ltd., they accept
commissions for every kind of naval con-
struction, and on behalf of John L. Thorny-
croft & Co., Ltd., of Chiswick, who have
constructed the fastest torpedo-boat destroyer
now in existence — one capable of running 37
knots an hour — they are prepared to deliver
all sorts of shallow-draught steamers, launches,
motor-boats, torpedo-boats, and torpedo-boat
destroyers. The Companv are agents, too,
for J. & E. Hall, D.artford, and, as such,
are able to supply ice and refrigerating plants
of every size and description. Von During,
Wibel & Co. make a special feature of
supplying and erecting machinery for flour,
oil, paper, and cotton mills. They have
carried out electric light installations in the
Imperial Palaces at Peking, and in the cities
of Chinkiang, Wuhu, itc. In addition to
a large clerical staff, therefore, a number of
engineers are employed.

WILHELM KLOSE & CO.

The headquarters of this firm are in
Hamburg, where, under the style of Messrs.
Wicke, Klose & Co., a very extensive business
is carried on through agents in every part
of the world, under the management of the
proprietor, Mr. Wilhelin Klose. The Shanghai
branch was opened in 1905, and is .still
managed by Mr. H. Arlt, who has had some
thirteen years' experience in China. The
firm import arms, machinery, electrical
appliances, haberdashery, piece goods, sundries,
and provisions, and have already established
a first-class connection. The offices are
situated at No. 6, Kiangse Road, in the
Chinese business centre, and the foreign staff
includes, besides the manager, Messrs. H.
Hildebrand, H. Borne, H. Neubourg, and E.
Widler.

HILLEBRANDT & CO.

Messrs. Hii.i.ehkandt & Co. are one of the
few Danish firms in China. Originally started
in 1892 in Shanghai by Mr. Henry Sylva, an
American, the firm carried on the business of
general merchants, shipping agents, and share
brokers under the style of H. Sylva & Co.
until 1900. In that year the firm was taken
over by Mr. P. W. Irvine and Mr. H. Edblad,
and the name was changed to Irvine, Edblad
& Co., but in 1905, Mr. A. Hillebrandt,
who had been in charge of the trading
department for several years, acquired the
goodwill of that branch of the business, and

RICHARD HAWORTH & CO., LTD.
The Warehoises at Manchester.
The .Mills at Maxche.ster.

[See ji.i.qe 634.]

The Shaxohai Oefices.

644 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

has since been trading under the present title.
The principal im(H>rts handled are cotton,
piece goods, sundries, and American flour.
The firm represent Messrs. Hills, Menke &
Co., of Birmingham, Bradford, and Man-
chester ; Wilkinson, Hevwood it Clark, Ltd..
of London, the world-known paint and varnish

THE VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT
COMMERCIAL AGENCY.

An agency, which in the interests of
commerce generally deserves to be widely
known, is that established by the Victorian
Government, in 1905, with the object of

(See page ^^2.]

HILLEBBANDT & CO.'S OFFICES IN KIANGSE ROAD.

makers ; the Hammond Milling Company,
of Seattle, U.S.A., merchant millers ; Fred-
erick Stearns & Co., of Detroit, Michigan,
U.S.A., manufacturing pharmacists ; and
several other leading concerns. The offices
are at No. 7, Kiangse Road, and the staff, in-
cludes, besides Mr. A. Hillebrandt, Messrs.
A. Lutzen and E. Brook.

circulating reliable information concerning
the exportable products of the State and
encouraging reciprocity of trade with Kastern
countries. Naturally the success or failure of
such a scheme depends, in a large measure,
upon the initiative and enterprise of the
agent employed. Mr. K. B. Levien, who
was chosen by the Government to act as

their representative, and is empowered to
grant certificates to Asiatics of the merchant,
student, and tourist classes enabling them to
visit Australia, appears to be well qualilied,
both by nature and experience, to carry out
the duties of the post. Born in J 874, near
Melbourne. Australia, he was educated at
Brighton Grammar School. He was engaged
in mining and general business in South
Africa for two years, and in India for two
years, before coming to China in 1899. Here,
also, he conducted a successful business,
previous to receiving his present appointment.

HUGO REISS & CO.

Hugo Reiss & Co., who succeeded to the
Shanghai branch of the well-known firm of
G. Reiss & Co., Ltd., Mancliester, on July I,
1908, are doing an extensive business, princi-
pally in English and American piece goods,
Bt)nibay yarn, arms and ammunition. They
are the sole agents in China for Webley &
Scott, I^td., of Birmingliam, tlie well-known
manufacturers of small arms. They are
agents, also, for the London Assurance Cor-
poration, and represent many other important
concerns. They are contractors to the
Chinese Government and all the principal
Municipal Councils, so that, while their trade
in piece goods and Bombay yarn occupies
the greater part of their attention, it does
not by any means monopolise the whole of
their activity, which is constantly finding
fresh outlets. The Company's offices are at
No. 4. Canton Road, and Mr. Hugo I-Jeiss,
who for many years travelled in tlie interests
of G. Reiss & Co.. Ltd., in India, the Straits,
China, and Japan, and had been entrusted for
some time witli the management of the
Shanghai branch, is the sole proprietor, with
a substantial capital and credit behind him.

i»

THE SHANGHAI MACHINE COMPANY.

Mkssks. BucHHKisTKK & Co., who have
been long and favourably known in China
as contractors and engineers, extended their
business very considerably in a new direction,
in 1904, when they became proprietors of
the Slianghai Machine Company. The two
dcpactnients — Messrs. Buchheister on the one
hand, and the Shanghai Machine Company
on the other- are kept entirely distinct,
although they are under the same manage-
ment. The older firm contents itself with
carrying out Government work and executing
the many large contracts entrusted to it ;
while the Shanghai Machine Company devotes
its attention more especially to the retail
trade. From the headquarters in Nanking
Road, and the agencies in Hankow and
Tientsin, the Machine Company can supply,
direct from stock, any tool or appliance
pertaining to mining, engineering, irrigation,
farming, or domestic machinery. The business
is steadily increasing, and the range and
scope of modern mechanical contrivances is
well illustrated in the showrooms. Messrs.
Buchheister & Co., and, through them, the
Shanghai Machine Company, are agents for
Sir W. S. Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., of
Newcastle-on-Tvne ; Dobson & Barlow, Ltd.,
Bolton ; The Mint, Birmingliam ; E. R. & F.
Turner, Ltd.. Ipswich ; Blackstone & Co.. Ltd.;
Schuchardt & Schutte, Berlin ; A. Hogeiiforst
Leipzig; Sch:effer «: Budenburg; and Kiipper's
Metallwerke.

THE FACTORY OF WEBLEY & SCOTT, LTD., BIRMINGHAM,

Aiul some nf their best known Anns.

SOLE AGENTS IN CHINA : HUGO REISS & CO., SHANGHAL

(54(5 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

CALDBECK, MACQREQOR & CO.

In all the principal centres in the Far E^ist
this well-known firm of wholesale and retail
wine and spirit merchants have carried on
business for many years, and their name has
l>ecome a guarantee of excellence. Their
headquarters are in Rangoon Street, Crutched
Friars, London, and they have branches in
Glasgow, Singapore, Shanghai, Hongkong,
and Tientsin. They have also established
agencies at Weihaiwei, Foochow, Hankow,
Taiwan, the Philippines, Chefoo, Canton,
Pcnang, and British North Borneo. In out-
ports where no agencies have as yet been
established the intending customer is placed
in close touch with the firm's nearest branch
by means of a special code. The firm are
agents for some of the best known cham-

storeyed godown has recently been erected
wit!) ample storage capacity for the heavy
stock of wines carried by the firm.

The manager in Shanghai, Mr. R. B. Allen,
has been with the firm since 1892. Mr.
Allen assisted Mr. E. J. Caldbeck, who vyas
then in charge of the Shanghai branch, in
establishing the " Aquarius " mineral water
factory, for which the firm are the general
managers in Shanghai. A description of the
factory is given elsewhere.

J. W. QANDE & CO.

This firm of wine and spirit merchants has
always held a high reputation. Established
over twenty years ago by Messrs. Gande and

foreign supervision, and 6,000 bottles a day
could easily be turned out if occasion re-
quired it. The Company are sole agents for
the famous "Tansan " water ; Mol-t and Chan-
don champagnes; Hanappier & Co.'s Bordeaux
claret ; the Distillers' Companv, Ltd. ; Harvir
Bros.' C.C.C. : Dailnaim-Taliskiii Uistilleries ;
Bass & Co. ; Penfold's Australian wines ;
Kohler & Van Bergen ; and Meux's Indian
pale ale and stout. Mr. F. W. White
personally superintends the conduct of
the business. Mr. W. H. Jackson is the
accountant, and Mr. H. Bentlev the assistant.

HALL & HOLTZ, LTD.

After encountering heavy misfortunes
Messrs. Hall & Holtz have attained a

[Sec p.*iic *»_so.J

LANE, CRAWFORD & CO.
The Showrooji.

The Premises.

pagnes on the market, including those of
Pommery & Greno; Bollinger & Co.; Due de
Montebello; Giesler & Co.; Lanson Pere et
Fils; Ernest Irroy & Co.; B. & E. Perrier;
and Dufaut Fils. They are the sole con-
signees of Messrs. Bulloch, Lade & Co.'s
Scotch whiskies, and, having a branch in
Glasgow, they are able to offer other popular
whiskies of exceptional value. Whilst their
retail prices compare very favourably with
those of other firms, Messrs. Caldbeck, Mac-
gregor & Co. offer special terms to hotels,
clubs, private messes, house-boat parties, &c..
and are prepared to allow in full for uncon-
sumed stock returned in good order. They
do an extensive business with the men-of-
war on the China station.

The Shanghai office is situated at No. 4,
F<K>chow K<^d, behind which a large three-

Price, the business made .steady progress,
owing to the fact that those who, from time
to time, have been in charge of its interests,
have always striven to give their customers a
fair quid pro quo. Messrs. Gande and Price
dissolved partnership in 1896, the arrange-
ment being that Mr. Gande should remain
in Shanghai, while Mr. Price conducted the
business in Hongkong. After this Mr.
Gande carried on trade under the style of
J. W. Gande & Co. for eleven years. In
July, 1907, he disposed of his interest to Mr.
Frank W. White, who has considerably in-
creased the stock of wines and spirits, so
that now the g<xlowns in Nanking Koad
contain samples of almost every vintage and
brand that it would be possible to mention.
The bottling department, containing storage-
room for 500,000 bottles, is under careful

leading position among the retail establish-
ments of Shanghai. The business was
started in 1848 by Mr. Hall, who was joined,
in 1854, by Mr. A, Holtz, On September ],
1883, the undertaking was converted into a
Company under the style of The Hall &
Holtz Co-operative Company, which on
February 28, 1886, was registered under the
Hongkong Ordinances. This Company went
into voluntary liquidation in 1893, and the
business was reconstructed under the stvle
of Hall & Holtz, Ltd, The directors at that
time were Messrs, F. W. Such, J. S. Nazer,
and E. Byrne ; while Mr. Geo. Corner was
the auditor, and Mr. W. Hayward, the
secretary. The business is organised on
the lines of Whiteley's famous establishment,
and there are departments for ladies' and
gentlemen's outfitting, millinery, tailoring,

THE SHANGHAI MACHINE COMPANY.

THK PRKWISKS IX XaxKIXC KoAl).

Thk •• Li>cK" Room.

[Sec I'llgc 644.]

In IHK Showuooms.

C-IS TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

furnishing, upholstering, and bread and bis-
cuit making, groceries, provisions, general stores
and Navy contracts. At the Company's factory
at Soochow Creek over two hundred and fifty
men are regularly employed, and here are
situated the bakehouses for the manufacture
of bread and biscuits, and the various

The buying centre of the Company is
3, I-;iwrence Pountney Hill, Cannon Street,
London, and agencies are maintained in
almost every country. On two occasions
the store premises of the firm in Shanghai
have been destroyed by fire— on November
26, l8g8, and again on February li, 1904.

THE ARTS AND CRAFTS FURNISHING
COMPANY, LTD.

Thk original idea in the minds of the pro-
moters of this Company was not so much to
establish an ordinary furnishing depot as to
supply a studio of decorative design and
craftsmanship in both metals and wood. The
new houses rapidly springing up in the
neighbourhood were mostly filled with furni-
ture lacking the charm of true artistic quality,
owing to the failure of Chinese workmen to
comprehend the essential points of European
design. Grotesque effects were often pro-
duced by the insertion of Chinese carvings
or Chinese outlines in furniture of, say,
Elizabethan or Renaissance design. Conse-
quently, when the Arts and Crafts Furnishing
Company was started in 1904 it was resolved
that, in place of a stock of ready-made furni-
ture of hackneyed design, special designs,
suitable for the purposes for which they were
required, should be introduced. This idea
was carried out with most gratifying results.
The workmen were supplied with full-sized
working cartoons for each article, whether
of metal or wood, and, when necessary, with
clay mouldings to show the proper relief
required in carvings. Proceeding on these
lines, the Company soon found that orders
increased by leaps and bounds, and to-day
they employ between 150 and 200 workmen,
many of whom are specially trained in their
own particular work. The scope of the
business has been considerably extended ; for
in addition to the importation of a large stock
of Ciirpets, wall-papers, and various fabi-ics,
the decorative department has become a
particularly important one. Two specialities
of the Company are leaded glass casements,
and hand-beaten copper and bronze, suitable
for a variety of purposes. The firm have just
secured the agency for Messrs. Liberty &
Co., Ltd., of Regent Street, London, whose
artistic productions have a fame that is world-
wide. They are also sole agents in Shanghai
fi.ir Hall's Sanitary Distemper, and for the
Slianghai Vacuum Cleaner Company. Their
factory and showrooms are situated at No. 573,
Nanking Road, but new and larger premises
at No. 44, Nanking Road, are practically ready
for occupation. A walk through the show-
rooms and factory will be found full of
interest. The firm have executed important
contracts not only in Shanghai but also in
Hankow, Newchwang, Dalny, Chemulpo,
Seoul, Vladivostock, and other ports, while
some special work h.is been exported even
to America.

The manager, Mr. S. J. Hicks, was one of
the founders of the firm. He was formerly
a designer of furniture, metal-work, and
fabrics, with a studio at Finsbury Pavement,
I^ondon, E.C. Other members of the firm
are Mr. P. J. Fitzgerald, who has had an
extensive business experience both in the
States and in the East ; and Mr. A. L. Tayler,
formerly of Messrs. Tayler & Bladwell,
designers, Fitzroy Square, London, W., who
is an Associate of the Society of Designers,
and has had a wide experience in artistic
woik as applied to almost every kind of
industrial purpose.

tS« page 652] THE PREMISES OF KUHN & CO., IN NANKING ROAD.

departments devoted to the making and
repairing of furniture. The ground and
buildings are the property of the Company.
The firm have also erected large premises
at Tientsin to cope with the northern trade,
and have built fine quarters on their own
ground in Hankow, to enable them to work
the Yangtszc river district to more advantiige.

In both cases, temporary premises were
obtained and new stocks laid down with as
little delay as possible. The directors of
the Company are Messrs. J. D. Clark
(chairman), H. J. Such, and 'W. J. Vine
(deputy managing director!. Mr. A. R.
Ix;ake is the auditor, and Mr. E. R. Palmer
the secretary.

WEEKS & CO., LTD.

Over 30 years ago — to be exact, in the year
1875 — a private house of modest dimensions
at the corner of Ningpo and Kiangse Roads,
was converted by Mr. George E. York into
a drapery and outfitting store. From this
unpretentious beginning sprang the large

J. W. GANDE & CO.

[See pat-e 646.]

The Presiisi-x

The "Tixs.\x" Store.

650 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

enterprise now conducted under the style of
Messrs. Wicks & Co., Ltd. In those early
da>-s there were not, at a liberal estimate,
nwre than three thousand foreigners resident
in the Settlement. But with the rapid
growth of the town, the business extended
the scope of its operations, and within a few
years three houses adjoining the original
store had been requisitioned for the purjxise
of providing extra accommodation. A further
extension being found necessary, a large
godown at the back of these premises was
subsequently lented. In 1895 ^''^ business
was removed to the premises in Nanking
Koad. now ik% upied as oftices by the Shanghai
Gas Compan> . Shop buildings in the centre
of the town v.ere then at a .premium, and

Shanghai, and have ample scope for future
extension.

In 1902 a branch was opened in the rapidly
growing Settlement of Hankow, which had
previously been served by the travellers who
were despatched by the firm twice a year to
the Yangtsze ports.

This, in broad outline, is the history of
one of the largest retail trading houses in
Shanghai. Started as a drapery and out-
fitting establishment, the enterprise has
gradually embraced various allied trades, and
a " deiiartment stores " has been evolved.
At the present day Messrs. Weeks & Co., Ltd.,
are milliners, house furnishers, upholsterers,
and decorators, and have also a large general
department. The top storey of their premises

length of the building on the first Hoor,
and contain everything appertaining to ladies'
dress. On the ground Hoor are the outfitting
and general departments, stocked with all
kinds of gentlemen's clothing and many
articles, such as electro-plate ware, travelling
requisites, and sporting gear, which cannot
be classified under any one head. The
Company are sole agents for the " K " boots,
for Dr. Jaeger's goods, and for " Swift "
bicycles. Each department is under the
management of a foreign buyer. The staff con-
sists of about twenty-five Europeans and fully
one hundred Chinese. The undertaking, as
a whole, is conducted by Mr. T. E. Trueman,
who entered the business in 18S3. For some
time he was the sole proprietor ; then -two of

[See page 654.]

THE 'WKLL-KNO'WN PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO OF DENNISTON & SULLIVAN.

L. L. Hopkins, Proprietor.

this was the only chance the proprietors had
of securing a frontage on a main thorough-
fare. Five years and a half later they moved
into their present quarters, which had just
been built.

During all this while the business, which
had undergone several changes in ownership,
had been steadily developing, and, in 1901,
it was floated as a limited liability com-
pany, with a capital of 200,000 Mexican
dollars. Two years later the capital was
doubled, and the Company were enabled to
purchase the freehold premises in which
they carry on their trade, and the four ad-
joining establishments — two in Nanking Koad,
and two in Kiangse Road — with the result
that at the present time they occupy a site
which is undoubtedly one of the best in

is given up entirely lo (he furnishing de-
partment, and here, tastefully arranged in the
various showrooms, may be found everything
required for making a home comfortable and
attractive. The stock is varied enough to
suit all classes of customers. Particular
mention should, perhaps, be made of the ex-
cellent collection of pictures, which includes
reproductions of the best work of some of
the greatest artists, as well as numbers of
engravings, etchings, &c. In order to make
the department, as a whole, thoroughly com-
plete and up to date, the Company purchased
quite recently the freehold of a factory where
every style of furniture is made to order,
and where a picture can be framed to suit
any particular taste. The drapery and milli-
nery departments extend over the whole

his assistants were admitted into partnership ;
and when the business was converted into a
limited liability company he became the
managing director.

LANE, CRAWFORD & CO. .

The popularity of large departmental stores
is undoubted. Comparatively speaking of
recent growth, these establishments have
advanced rapidly in public favour because
they enable iiilcnding purchasers to obtain,
with a minimum expenditure of time and
trouble, practically any article that is required.
These stores control the European retail trade
in the Far East, and the names of several
which have branches in various ports from

WaLl& holt?./.

" . FACTORY.

HALL & HOLTZ, LTD.

The Storks.

The Showrooms.

The Furniture Factokv.

[S<c pane 646.]

r.o2 TWENTIETH (CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ColomtH) to Yokohama arc- known Ihrou^hvut
the world. AinoMf; these a hit>h place U held
by Messrs. Lane, Cniwford & Co., who com-
menced business in Hongkong some forty
ycars ago, and subsequently opened large
branches in Shanghai and Yokohama.-n At the
present time, however, the connection between
these branches is only nominal. In iH</> the
Shangliai house was incorporated as a limited
liability company, with a capital of $250,000,
and since that time it has p:iid an average

Crawford is managing director, and Mr. U.
Campbell manager in Shanghai, and the staff
is composed of sixteen Kuropeans and a
large number of natives. The interests of
the linn in London are l(M>ked after by Mr.
W. C..IU-.

KUHN & CO.

This establishment is one of the most
attractive of its kind in Shanghai. It has a

[See|Mge65+]

H. JAFTER.

H. M. B. RIZAEF7.

H. M. B. AFSHAR.

dividend of about 12 per cent. The Com-
pany carry on business as tailors, drapers,
outfitters, provision dealers, and wine and
spirit merchants. Each department is distinct.
and forms a separate bu.siness in itself, but
easy access is obtained from one to another.
To meet the steadily increasing volume of
their trade the Company purchased the adjoin-
ing building in Nanking Koad, formerly occu-
pied by Messrs. Mustard & Co., and. in July of
last year, opened it for business. Mr. U. W.

wide frontage on the Nanking Koad, and full
advantage is taken of this for the artistic
display of many elegant articles offered for
sale. When the developments and improve-
ments which are under contemplation shall
have been carried inio effect, the house will
undoubtedly (Kcupy the premier position
among the retail businesses of a similar
character in North China. Messrs. Kuhn &
Co.. who have established a high reputation
in the Far East, commenced trading as

Japanese and Chinese tine art dealers in
Yokohama in 1869, and later on they opened
a branch at Kyoto. About six years ago the
business was purchased by Mr. G. M. Boyes,
who had for some years previously been in
the service of Messrs. Kelly & Walsh in
Yokohama. He retained agencies in Japan,
and made his headquarters at No. 29, Nanking
Koad, Shanghai. Finding that these premises
were inadequate he removed to No. 35 two
years ago. His energetic personal super-
vision has resulted in the introduction of
many nevy features. Besides being fine art
dealers, Kuhn & Co. are now the wholesale
and retail agents for Mappin & Webb, Ltd.,
of London and Sheffield, whose name is a
sufficient guarantee of the quality of the
goods supplied. Messrs. Kuhn dc Co. hold
large stocks of sterling silver-ware. Prince's
plate, cutlery, and elaborately filled dressing-
cases. They are jewellers also, and are
making preparations for developing this side
of their business very considerably. They
have a fine collection of old Chinese porce-
lain and bron/es, Chinese sacred jade, both
mounted and uinnounted, and a large variety
of Japanese curios of unique design ; Damas-
cene inlaid ware, ivories, lacquer ware,
Salsuma and other tea-sets, embroidered
screens, kiminos, carved-wood furniture, and
hand-made lace from the Siccawei Convent,
— all these and hundreds of other articles
are effectively arranged on the shelves and
in the show-cases, so that the premises have
a fascitiation for those interested in Oriental
craftsmanship and articles of vcrtii.

C. BRACCO & CO.

This firm took over the import and export
business of Messrs. J. Gaillard Jeune on
January 1. 1904. Their address for two
and a half years was No. 20, Kmkiang Koad,
but, finding these quarters too small, they
removed to their new and connnodious
offices at No. i, Szechuen Koad. Their
operations have grown steadily and, with a
capable management, progress continues to
be made. Their specialities are wines,
spirits, liqueurs, and provisions, in which
they represent many leading Continental
firms and do a wholesale trade only. They
deal largely, also, in sundries, piece goods,
&c., and export curios, hides, and tea.
With the enterprise which has characterised
their conduct of the business from the
beginning they are always prepared to
receive any specialities from Europe and
display these, free of charge, in their
spacious showrooms. Although it would
be impossible to describe, in detail, their
many activities, a brief enumeration of their
agencies may, perhaps, help to a realisation
of the importance and extent of their under-
takings. They are sole agents for Marie Bri-
zard & Koger, Bordeaux, brandies, liqueurs and
rums ; Maison Marceau, Bordeaux, high-class
Bordeaux wines ; Bouchard, Pere H, Fils,
Beauiie and Burgundy wines ; A. T. C Carrara,
while marbles ; Perinet & F'ils, Kheims, high-
class champagne wines ; Picon's famous bitter ;
Beccaro F'ratelli, Acqui, Piedmont wines ; Get
Kreres' peppermint ; E. Cogliati & Co., Era-
pbli, high-class Chianii wines ; Pernod Filg,
absinihe ; N. Spano & Co., Marsala, high-class
Marsala wines ; Noilly Prat & Cie., French ver-
mouth ; Gius Scala, Naples, Capri and Malvasia
wines ; Marquis del Mcrito, Jeres dc la Fron-
tera, sherry, Madeira and port ; Sclioll &
Hillebrand. Riidesheim-aKliein, hocks and
Moselles ; Branca Fratelli, Milan, Fernet bitter

THE ARTS AND CRAFTS FURNISHING COMPANY LTD.

„ „ A Bedroom Suite (as supplied bj- the Company*.

&OMK BEALTIFUL IKTERIORS OK SHANGHAI REsiUE.V'CES (furnisbcd by the Company).

[See page 648.]

654 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC.

and brandies ; E. Marliiia/zi & Co., Turin,
Italian vermouth ; M. B. Foster & Sons,
Ltd., London, ales and stouts ; G. Bellentani,
Modena, Bologna sausages and mortadellas ;
Dalidet & Cie., Bordeaux, high-class pre-
serves ; Ausonia Trading Company, Genoa,
Italian rice, Lucca olive oils, lemons and
oranges, pastes, high-class provisions and
sundry goods ; S. Venchi & Co., con-
fectionery ; San Pellegrino mineral water ;
Massoni & Moroni, Schio leather and camel
beltings : P. Miliani Kabriano, papers ; and
Nebiolo & Co., Turin, printing machinery,
types, &c.

H. H. BODEMEVER & CO.

By reason of the popular favour with which
cigars are regarded in the Far East, many
Arms of high standing engage in their im-
portation, and competition is consequently
exceptionally keen. In these circumstances
Messrs. Bodemeyer & Co. may well point
with pride to the fact that fully twelve million
cigars pass through their hands each year,
for if this is not a record for Shanghai it
comes very near to it. The lirm carry on
such an extensive business that they might
themselves quite easily deal with the entire
output of a small factory. They have branch
offices in Xingpo. Hankow, and Tientsin, and
are the sole agents for the Royal Dutch
Cigar Works, of which Messrs. Eugene
Goulmy & Baar are the proprietors. The
factory has been visited by some of the
principal crowned heads in Europe, and its
cigars are supplied to most of the royal
households. Every box sold by Bodemeyer
& Co. has •• H.H.B." stamped upon it to
safeguard the public against imitations. The
offices of the firm are at Xo. ii, Museum
Road, where an extensive assortment of
cigars includes the well-known brands : Klor-
de-Martinez, Princesa. En-tous-Cas, H.H.B.
Special, Orlanda. Barabra. Melanie, and Li
Hung Chang. Of the Flor-de-Martinez cigars
alone Messrs. Bodemeyer & Co. import some
three millions per annum.

DENNISTON & SULLIVAN.

For many of the photographs which are
reproduced in the Shanghai section of this
work we are indebted to Messrs. Denniston
& Sullivan, who undoubtedly hold pride of
place among local practitioners of the photo-
graphic art. They keep well abreast of
modern developments, and in their studio at
^"0. 373. Xanking Road they employ several
experienced operators. The high standard of
their work has given us, in common with
their other patrons, every satisfaction. The
business, which was started some six years
ago by Messrs. Denniston & Sullivan, passed
into the possession of Mr. L L. Hopkins
and Mr. J. J. Gilmore in June, 1906. The
proprietors stock every variety of photo-
graphic material, and also carry on a
considerable trade as newsagents, stationers,
and booksellers.

RIZAEFF FRERES.

In Persia and the vast hinterland ot Turkestan
large quantities of tea are consumed, the
Persians favouring black tea and the people
frf Turkestan the green-cured variety. Much
of this tea comes from China, and it was to
participate in the trade that, in 1903, the

lirm of Rizaelf Freres opened offices at No. 17,
Foochow Road, Shanghai. The firm was
founded in 1864 by Mr. H. M. B. Kizaeff, and
develo|ied rapidly, branches being established
in London, Tiflis, Baku, Samarkand, Turkestan,
Organdje, Meshad, Kesht, Tabris, and Telieran.
Messrs. Rizaeff Freres carry on general
banking business between India, Persia,
Russia, and England, and in Persia have a
large depot for the export of carpets and
silk. Messrs. M. D. Rizaeff and M. R. Farad-
joulla, partners in the firm, have charge of
the business in Shanghai.

MESSRS. n. M. H. NEMAZEE & CO.

For over half a century Messrs. H. M. H.
Nemazee & Co. have been actively engaged
in the import and export trade of China.
Their record is one upon which they can
look back with pride, for, in spite of increasing
competition, the volume of their business
has grown wiih each succeeding year. As
general merchants they handle goods of any
description for which there is a demand, but
they import chiefly opium and piece goods,
and export tea, silk, and Chinese products.

The founder of the firm was Mr. H. M. K.
Xemazee, who established a branch in Hong-
kong in 1855, and personally superintended
it for some years. His nephew, Mr. H. M.
Xemazee, succeeded to the business in 1889,
and, except for brief absences occasioned by
visits to the Company's headquarters at Shiraz,
Persia, he has been in charge of the Hong-
kong office since that time.

The Shanghai branch was opened in 1895.
Mr. M. Jaffer, the manager, has been in the
service of tlie Company for thirteen years,
and before entering upon his present duties
was manager, under Mr. Nemazee, in Hong-
kong. For upwards of a hundred years the
firm have been represented in India, and
they have numerous agents in Persia as well
as in the Far East.

MIRZA MOHAMED BOWKER AFStlAR & CO.

Among the few Persian firms in Shanghai
participating in the increasing trade between
India, China, and Persia, Messrs. M. M. B.
Afshar & Co. have quickly secured a leading
position. Their branch was opened in 1897,
and now, besides exporting large quantities
of tea, silk, and piece goods to India and
Persia, they do a thriving commission
business and hold several important agencies.
From their offices at No. 128, Szechuen Road,
Mr. R. S. Kermani superintends the firm's
interests in China. Mr. M. M. B. Afshar,
the founder of the enterprise, and the senior
partner in it, is stationed at Bombay.

SHANQHAI ELECTRIC AND ASBESTOS
COMPANY.

In a thriving business centre, where new and
well-equipped offices are constantly being
required, there are, naturally, exceptional
opportunities for a firm which has a large
and varied assortment of electrical appliances
always in stock, and is capable of carrying
out with despatch all kinds of electrical work.
That the Shanghai Electric and Asbestos
Company have availed themselves of these
opportunities to the fullest possible extent is
proved by the remarkable advance which
they have made in a comparatively short

period. The business was started twelve
years ago by Mr. Bell as an agency
for Bell's Asbestos Packings and Suter
Hartmann's & Rahtjen's Composition Com-
pany, Ltd. Three years later Mr. Price
became associated with the enterprise, which
was then conducted under the names of
Messrs. Bell & Price. It was floated as a
Company, and registered under the Hong-
kong Ordinances after the death of Mr. Price
in 1902, Mr. Bell assuming the position of
manager, while Mr. J. Frost, A.M.I.E.E., a
former employe of the General Electric
Company, Ltd., London, was appointed
electrical engineer. When Mr. Bell died in
1906 Mr. Frost was placed in charge.

The Company have fitted several cotton
mills, and ships, as well as many private
dwellings, with electric light ; indeed, they
have carried out most of the large electric
installations in the Settlement during recent
years. They are agents for the well-known
" Easton " electric lifts, of which they have
erected nearly twenty in Shanghai alone,
including four " Otis " elevators in the
General Hospital, and a Waygood " lift in
the new offices of Messrs. Bulterfield &
Swire. They are agents also for Suter
Hartmann's and Rahtjen's ship paint, which
is used on all the vessels of the British
Navy, and for the "Express" marine oils,
which have a world-wide reputation among
marine engineers.

The authorised capital of the Company is
$200,000 in 8,000 shares of $25 each, and for
the last few years an average dividend of
10 per cent, has been declared.

KIRCHNER & BOQER.

When they first started business some forty
years ago, Messrs. Kirchner & Boger dealt
largely in both imports and exports. Their
export trade, however, has been relinquished
gradually until now the firm give their
undivided attention to the importation of
goods for the local market. Mr. Hoger died
in 1903, and, in 1904, Mr. Kirchner admitted
to partnership Mr. Kupsch, the present
manager of the Shanghai office. Mr. A.
Kirchner now resides at Liibeck. The firm
are represented in Hamburg by Messrs.
Coenns, Cremer & Co., and in Manchester
by Mr. H. Boger, and they have connections
in all parts of the world. In Shanghai they
are the sole agents for Messrs. Gottlieb
Taussig, of Vienna ; Messrs. Maritz SmI.
Esche Chemintz, Saxony ; Messrs. Heinrich
Kaufmann & Sohne, Solingen ; Messrs. Carl
Jiiger, Diisseldorf ; and several fire insur-
ance companies whose head oflices are in
Hamburg and Batavia.

€>

MAX MITTAO.

FoK upwards of five years the firm of Max
Mittag have carried on business at Shanghai
and Hankow as importers and exporters and
commission agents, Mr. Mittag, the founder,
came out to Shanghai in 1886, and joined
the firm of Messrs. Gipperich & Burchardi,
general merchants, in which, eventually, he
became a partner. Messrs. Gipperich &
Burchardi went into liquidation, and, on the
retirement of Mr. Biircliardi, Mr. Mittag started
a business of his own, opening an office on
January 1, 1903, at No. 24, Kiangse Road.
Mr. Mittag lives at " Willfried," in the Great
Western Road.

WEEKS & CO., LTD.

The Showrooms.
The Kirxiti're Dei'artmext,

The Premises.

[See page 648.]

656 1'^VENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

RICHARD NEUMANN.

The oversea Colonies and Settlements in
the Far East afford plenty of opportunity for
men possessed of energy and perseverance
to come to the front rapidly and achieve

success. An illustration of this is afforded
by the career of Mr. Richard Neumann, a
native of Berlin, who, after having been
a nourishing tradesman, lost his business
and resources through circumstances over
which he had no control, and came to

%-^

[Set page 654.]

MAX MITTAG.
• WiULf'RiED," Cheat Wksierx Road.
UfFicES, KiAxiiSK Road.

China in January, 1901. For five months
he held a position in the Chinese Post
Office and then resigned to open, in a
humble way, his piesent well-known butchery
establishment. By paying special attention
to the wants of the men of the International
Fleet as well as the Army of Occupation
during the Boxer troubles of 1900 and 1901,
he rapidly built up a large business which
to-day is one of the most flourishing in the
Settlement. He was the first to cater
specially for the German community, im-
porting and manufacturing all kinds of
German <lfliknlfsscii, and opening a real
old-fashioned German kiicifc and breakfast
room. He supplies large contracts for the
German, American and Russian Fleets as
well as the steamers of the Hamburg-Amerika
Linie and the Norddeutscher Lloyd. To
such a perfection were his butchery and
bakery business carried that the Chinese
were led to copy his methods, a better
system being thus introduced into the whole
of the Shanghai butchery trade. For services
rendered to the Japanese Red Cross Society
during the late Russo-Japanese War he
received the Society's medal as well as
another Japanese decoration. Mr. Neumann
is a great lover of horses. He was the
first to import high-class German carriages
and harness, and to-day possesses some of
the finest equipages in Shanghai. His pre-
mises are situated in Astor Road, at the back
of the Astor House Hotel, and are known
to everybody in the Settlement. Altogether
Mr. Neumann is a fine example of the self-
made man of business, having acquired his
present standing through tireless energy and
strict attention to his business.

W. FUTTERER.

Mr. W. Futterer, who carries on an extensive
trade as a butcher, came out to China,
in 1900, with the German Expeditionary
Forces under Count Waldersee. Two years
later he left the Army, and settled in Shang-
hai, opening his present premises in the
Broadway in October, 1903. By dint of per-
severance and haid work he has succeeded
in building up a large connection, especially
amongst the German community. He has
introduced all the latest and most approved
sanitary principles into the conduct of his
business, and has his own electric power
and lighting installations. Owing to the
rapid growth of his business he contemplates
making considerable additions to the plant
and to the staff in the near future. He
supplies the German Naval flotilla and
several mercantile marine companies of
various nationalities, besides the Club Con-
cordia, the Kalee Hotel, and other large
establishments. Mr. Fiitterer is a native of
Baden.

THE INSHALLAH DAIRY FARM.

Some nine or ten years ago a mild outbreak
of cholera in Shanghai induced several
foreigners to discuss the advisability of
starting a farm, managed on Western lines,
for the purpose of supplying milk of
guaranteed purity, and vegetable produce
grown in cleanly surroundings. Mr. A. M.
A. Evans, who had just at that time returned
from Australia, where he had been buying
up horses, cows, and other live stock, under-
took to carry out the idea, provided sufficient
support was forthcoming from the leading

C. BRACCO & CO.
IX THK Ciomnvxs.

[See page 653.]

THK Showroom.

The Stokks.

658 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF WM. FttTTERER, ON THE BROADWAY.
(See pace 656,]

local hotels, clubs, and private consumers.
This support having been promised, Mr.
Kvans proceeded with the establishment of
the Inshallah Dairy Farm, which was opened
in H)oo. The farm comprises 120 mow of
land in Ward Koad, in the Eastern district
of the Settlement. A comfortable farmhouse
has been built, together with a dairy, a byre
with accommodation for eighty cattle and forty
horses, a piggery, pigeon-cote, rabbit-burrow,
and fowl runs. As there are no commons
or grazing grounds in or around Shanghai
it was found necessary to lay down grass —
an expensive process — for seed had to be
imported and experimented with to see if
it would stand the variable climate. In the
absence of a serviceable water supply re-
course was had to an artesian well, from
which water is drawn by means of a patent
windmill pump. The best of cattle have
been imported, and under expert supervision
the farm has been able to meet the increas-
ing demand for milk, cream, and butter.
Poultry, eggs, pigeons, rabbits, flowers, and
vegetables are also supplied. An expe-
rienced florist superintends the horticultural
department, and is able to give special attention
to orders for table decorations for private
and public functions. The general agents
for the farm are Messrs. Evans & Co., of
No. 32, Nanking Road, Shanghai.

DICKESON, JONES & CO.

This firm are the agents for Nestles and
Anglo-Swiss Condensed Milk Company, the
great organisation whose headquarters at
Vevey, Switzerland, are familiar to all travel-
lers in that delightful land. The operations
of the Company were originally confined
largely to European countries, but with the
growth of commerce, and a wider diffusion
of knowledge of the virtues of the products
of the enterprise, it extended its ramifications
enormously. Now " Nestles " is a household
word in every centre of civilised population
from London to Vancouver, and is by no
means unknown in the remotest centres of
the interior. The guarantee which the name
offers of an absolutely pure milk is one which
nowhere has a greater value than in the
Far East, where the pollution of the water
system and the general lack of cleanli-
ness which marks the Chinese methods of
dealing with food products, make the milk
of the country a very dangerous article iTi
certain circumstances. Not a few Chinese
themselves prefer Nestles milk to the local
article for the rearing of their children, and
it is very extensively consumed by families
of European and American nationality. In
fact, no European food product is better
known or has a wider vogue.

EVANS & CO.-THE INSHALLAH DAIRY FARM.
The Cattlk. Thk Farm Bt ildixcs.

Thk Cowhouse.

[See pige 656.]

CSee paee 6511)

DICKESON, JONES & CO.

Nestle's Factory.

mostreux rlakk ok geneva).

Vevey (Lake ok Geneva).

THE ORIENTAL COMMERCIAL COMMUNITY.

THE SHANGHAI TOBACCO TRADE QUILD.

The Shanghai Tobacco Trade Guild, which
now numbers some three hundred members,
was estabUshed about ten years ago with
only fen members. The principal movers
in its formation were Messrs. Woo Thig
Seng and J. Whey. Mr. Whey is now
chairman of the organisation ; while the
affairs of the Guild are managed by a com-
mittee. The influence of the Guild is wide-
spread, for its members are all leading
merchants doing a large business with all
the principal towns in China.

THE LOONO TAI TEA HONG.

One of \he oldest and largest firms repre-
sented in the tea-producing district around
Hankow is the Loong Tai Tea Hong, which
has existed practically ever since Shanghai
was opened to foreign trade, and has dealings
to the value of over a million taels annually.
The proprietor is Mr. King Kai Tong, who,
with his brothers, succeeded to his grand-
father's property. Mr. King has also been
appointed agent for the Chinese Tea Exhibition
Room in the Commercial Ba/aar of Shanghai,
where teas from various parts of China, some
of the more choice of which are never exported
to foreign countries, may be seen. Mr. King
has visited most of the tea-producing districts
of the country, and has devoted much study
to the comparative values of the soil in various
places, and to methods by which the cultivation
of tea may be improved. This study does
not, however, engross his whole attention,
for he is also an earnest student of philosophy.
A native of Moyuenhsien, in Anhwei Province,
where his father held official rank, he came
to Shanghai at the age of sixteen, and
spent several years at an American Mission
School. He is familiar with the writings of
Confucius and Menfucius, the Scriptures, and
many religious and philosophical works by
Indian, Greek. Roman, and modern European
wrilers. He is now engaged upon a com-
parison of ancient and modern philosophy,
and he believes the day will come when all
the religions in the world will be reconciled.

HUNQ CHONQ & CO.

The Chinese are admittedly clever craftsmen,
and the silver-ware which they manufaclure
is very popular with collectors of Eastern
curios and souvenirs, by reason of its quaint
beauty. Among the leading gold and silver
smiths in Shanghai are Messrs. Hung Chong
& Co., who deal largely, also, in blackwood
furniture, embroideries, silk piece goods, &c.
Their premises at No. iiB, Nanking Road,
always present a very attractive appearance.
The business was established in 1892 by Mr.
Fok Ying Chew, who sold it in 1906 to the
present proprietor, Mr. Sum Luen-sing. The
large trade now carried on necessitates the
employment of fourteen assistants and forty
workmen. Mr. Sum Luen-sing is the son of Mr.
Sum Cheuk Sing, and was born in Macao in
1871. He studied English in Shanghai, and at
the age of sixteen joined the "I>impu" line of
steamers. After remaining in this employment
for three years, he obtained a post with the
" Kangyue " line. He joined Hung Chong &
Co., as an assistant, in 1892. He is married, and
has one son and daughter.

MESSRS. PHIROZSHA B. PETIT & CO.

This well-known Bombay firm have branches
at Shanghai and Hongkong, where they trade
extensively as merchants and commission
agents, doing a large business in cotton,
yarn, opium, tea, silk, cloth, electrical appli-
ances, automobiles, machinery, and general
stores. They hold numerous first - class
agencies, including those for Messrs. Easton
& Anderson, engineers, London ; the Union
Electric Company, Ltd., I^ondon ; the Sim-
plex Conduits, Ltd., Birmingham ; the
Anchor Cable Company, Ltd., Leigh, Lan-
cashire ; the Sunbeam Lamp Company, Ltd.,
Gateshea<l-upon-Tyne ; the General Contracts
Company, Ltd., I>ondon ; Messrs. Lea, Son
& Co., Shrewsbury ; the Sterling Telephone
and Electric Company, London ; and the Com-
monsense Manufacturing Company, Toronto,
Canada. They are also managing agents
for the Petit India Commercial Intelligence
Bureau.

The Shanghai branch was opened in April,
1906, by Mr. Nusservanjee Sorabjee, formerly
of the firm of Messrs. R. S. N. Talati &
Co. On the death of Mr. Sorabjee. Mr.
R. E. Reporter was appointed manager. The
offices are situated at No. 7A, Canton Hoad.

The Hongkong branch was opened on
September 5, 1905, by Mr. Sorabjee Dhum-
jeebhoy Sethna, who had been resident in the
Colony since 1883, and was, prior to taking
up his present appointment, managing the
firm of Messrs. Cawasjee, Pallanjee & Co.
The offices are at No. 6, Des Voeux Road,
Hongkong.

The present proprietor, Mr. Phirozsha B.
Petit, is the third son of Mr. Bomanjee
Dinsha Petit. He resides in Bombay, where
the head offices of the firm are situated, the
premises occupying Nos. 7-1 1, Elphinstone
Circle, The Eort.

THE MITSU BISHI COMPANY.

With its banking, mining, shipbuilding, and
industrial interests this Company has made
its influence felt in all the large and impor-
tant centres of the East. Its headquarters
are at Tokyo, and it has branches at Osaka,
Kobe, Moji, Nagasaki, Wakamatsu, Karatsu,
Nigata, Shanghai, Hankow, and Hongkong,
as well as agencies in Yokoliama, Haiida.
Chinkiang, Manila, London, and Glasgow.
The firm has a capital of Yen 15,000,000. It
owns a number of well-known mines, pro-
ducing gold, silver, copper, and coal in large
quantities ; and has one of the oldest and
biggest dockyards and engineering works in
Japan ; while its banking department has
the largest deposits of any bank in Tokyo.
These, liowever, constitute only a few of
the hiterests of the Company, whose opera-
tions are of a very varied character and on a
very extensive scale.

For over twenty years the Mitsu Bislii
Company was represented in Shanghai by
Mr. H. Tripp. In 1906, however, a branch
was opened in the Settlement, and the busi-
ness has since been conducted under the
personal supervision of Mr. Y. Taliara, who
has been in the service of the Company for
some thirteen vears.

KING KAI TONG.

THK I'Ktll'HIKroK AND STAFF AT THK TkA Hi>X(:.

A COKNKK OF THE SHdWHDOM AT 'JHK CoMMFIKCIAl, HAZAAK.

KlXG KA! Toxi:.

664 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

SUZUKI & CO.

The establishment of this business dates
back some forty years, when the name of
the firm was Kanctalsu. In 1902 various
interests were an>algan>ated and Ihe present
partnership Comp;iny was formed. The
head oflice is at Sakaemachi Street, Kobe.
Japan, and there are branches in Osaka.
Tokyo. Moji. and Shanghai, and correspon-
dents in London, Hamburg, New York, and
other important commercial centres in
Europe. .America. India, and China. In
their imp^irt and export department the
firm's specialities are sugar, flour, camphor,
peppennint, manures, &c., and in their
" foreign department " in Kobe and Shang-
hai they also handle various kinds of
Japanese and Chinese produce. The Com-
pany foniierly owned the Dairi Sugar
Refinery, near Moji, Japan, but this was
amalgamated with the Japan Refining
Company, Ltd., in .August, 1907, Suzuki & Co.
retaining the agency for the sale of sugar
from the refinery in Korea, Western Japan
and China. They own tlie Kobe Steel
Works, the Kobe Camphor Refinery, and the
Suzuki Pepperment Refinery. The Shanghai
branch of 'the basin<^s represents the Japan

Sugar Refining Company. Tokyo, Osaka, and
Dairi; the Harrington Milling Company, Port-
land, Oregon ; the Puget Sound Flouring Mills
Company, Portland, Oregon ; and tlie Ham-
mond Milling Company. Seattle. The senior
partner is Mrs. Y. Suzuki, and the two junior
partners are Messrs. N. Kancke and F.
Yanidaga.

A. SINQ.

This firm of stevedores, ship-chandlers, &c.,
was established, in 1844, by the late Mr. C. A.
Sing, who for more than half a century carried
on a flourishing business, and by his honesty
and integrity won the confidence of the
trading community and the esteem of a wide
circle of friends and acquaintances. His
death, which occurred in 1907, was widely
regretted. The business, which is now con-
ducted by his son, Mr. C. W. A. Sing, has
developed considerably since its inception.
The various lines with which regular con-
tracts are held, include the Canadian Pacific
Railway Company ; Peninsular and Oriental
Steamship Company ; Pacific Mail Steamship

Company ; Great Northern Steamship Com-
pany ; Occidental and Oriental Steamship
Company ; Toyo Kisen Kaisha ; Norddeuts-
cher Lloyd ; Hamburg-Amerika Linie ; Port-
land and Asiatic Steamship Company ;
Northern Pacific Line ; Boston Steanisliip
Company and Weir Steamship Twines ; the
Shire, Ben, Glen, Mogul, .Apcar, Indra,
Barber, Warrack, Prince, Castle, and Shell
Transport Lines ; the Kastcrii and Australian
Steamship Company ; tlic Standard Oil Com-
pany Line ; the Royal Dutcli Petroleum Steam
Navigation Company ; Shangliai-Xew York
Line of Steamers ; the Boston Tow Boat
Company ; the United States, China-Japan
Line ; the American-Asiatic Steamship Com-
pany ; and many others calling at the port.
Mr. C. W. A. Sing was born in i86l, and
joined his father in business immediately after
completing his education at the Slianghai
Municipal Public School. He has lliree sons
— Messrs. Chun Yew Yung, Chun When Jun,
and Chun Bing Wo — who are all receiving
their education in the United Slates. The
first-named has entered tlie Rensselaer Poly-
technic Institute, Troy, N.Y., to study civil
engineering ; and the other two are in the
High School, Amherst, Mass.

[See page 662.]

HUNG CHONG & CO.

The Showroou.

Thi'; I•HK^t]sKS.

C. Y. SIXG.
C, W, A. Sixn,

A. SING.

C. V. Sing.
The I.ate c. a. Sing.

^Hi;x Fa (son of C. W. A. Sing).
The Business Premises in Broadway.

THE RAILWAYS OF CHINA.

IHE Chinese railway system, so
far reaching, so promising in
its future potentialities, is a
creation of I he last few years.
Actually, as is shown in the
historical section, the question
of railway construction was
raised as far hack as July, 1863, when an
abortive effort was made lo obtain tlie
right to construct a line between Shanghai
and Soochow. But it was not until 1876
that the schemes of railway development in
China, which had long been floating in the

railway policy and appointing His Excellency
Sheng Hung Shuen Director - General of
Railways. This declaration was the signal for
a great scramble for concessions on the part
of various foreign interests. In the north,
aided by British capital, a line between
Peking and Tientsin was constructed, to
develop ultimately into the great system of
Northern Imperial Railways, which is one
of the most important links in the trunk rail-
way communications of the Empire with
Europe. Further away in Manchuria, largely
under Russian auspices, the way was pre-

.' V'

WINTER ON THE CHINESE RAILWAYS.

brains of European promoters, took definite
shape in the launching of the Shanghai-
Woosung Railway, and, as has been seen,
that project came early to grief owing to the
fanatical prejudices of the populace acting in
conjunction with the bigoted opposition of
the official classes. In fact, another twenty
years were to elapse before a real beginning
was to be made with the provision of a
system of railways for China. The starting
point of the modern movement is the year
1896. when an Imperial Chinese Edict was
issued sanctioning the pursuance of an active

pared for the completion of the historic lines
from the Manchurian frontier to Dalny and
from Harbin to Vladivostock, enterprises with
a total mileage of 1,642. Another highly
important project which was sanctioned in
this early period was the Peking- Hankow
Line, which runs directly south from the
capital for 700 miles until it reaches the
great town in the Yangtsze basin. The con-
• cession for the construction of the line was
obtained by a group of Belgian capitalists.
To forward the scheme tlie Chinese Govern-
ment issued a gold loan of ^4,500,000, of

which £'2,500,000 was offered to tlie public
in April, 1899, and the balance in March,
1902. The affair was too large an under-
taking for the money market of Belgium, and
it was arranged that France should take up
one-third of the loan on certain conditions.
Construction was commenced from Peking
and Hankow simultaneously in 1898-99, and
proceeded until the Boxer troubles occurred,
when a considerable amount of damage was
done to the completed permanent way and
to the bridges. When the crisis had passed
construction was resumed, and by 1903 a
section of the line — 150 miles in length —
was open for traffic. In association with
this scheme the Russo-Chinese Bank in 1898
obtained a concession for a railway 153 miles
long from Chengting, some 200 miles south
of Peking, to Tai Yuan, in Shensi. An
edict was issued by the Chinese Govern-
ment on October 13, 1902, sanctioning the
raising of a loan in Paris of 40,000,000
francs, negotiated by Sheng, the Director-
General of Chinese Railways, with the
Russian Bank, for the construction of this
line on terms similar to those of the Franco-
Belgian contract. Also to be identified with
the Peking- Hankow scheme was an enter-
prise floated under the auspices of the
American China Development Company in
1898 for building a railway between Hankow
and Canton, a distance of 750 miles. The
preliminary contract was signed on April 14,
1898, and the work of construction was
proceeded with with such vigour that the
line was opened between Canton and Fatshan
on November 4, 1903. In September, 1905,
the rights of the American syndicate which
promoted the scheme were re-purchased,
and the line passed under Chinese control.

The exclusively British projects embraced
lines from Shanghai to Woosung, 12 miles ;
Shanghai to Nanking, 180 miles; Soochow to
Hangchow, 100 miles ; Hangchow to Ningpo,
93 miles ; and Canton to Kowloon, 102 miles.
Further, there was a line from Tau-ku
(Honan) lo Chung-hua (Shansi) promoted
by the Peking Syndicate. In the German
sphere of influence in Shantung an impor-
tant scheme of railway communication was
launched early in the days of the occupation
of Kiaochau. Four separate projects were
designed : first, a railway from the Shantung
border to Tientsin ; second, a line between
Kiaochau and Tsinan ; third, an extension of
the second line to Chengting on the Peking-
Hankow Railway ; and, fourth, a line from
Yen-chau to Kaifeng on the Peking-Hankow
Railway. France, on her part, did not allow

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 667

herself to be left out of the race. Not only
was she greatly interested, as has been
noted, in the Peking-Hankow Railway,
but she obtained important concessions for
lines approximating a mileage of 800 in
the provinces of Kwangtung, Tonkin, and
Yunnan. Such in broad outline is the early
history of the Chinese railway system. Fuller
details of individual schemes and particulars
of the more recent phases of the subject
will be found below.

THE RAILWAYS OF MANCHURIA.
By Reginald Batk, F'.R.G.S., Newchwang.

The railway systems of Manchuria are those
that comprise the South Manchuria Railway,
formerly Russian, but now Japanese as a
result of the late war ; the Imperial Chinese
Railway ; and the Chinese Eastern Railway,
ostensibly a private Russian company but in
reality an oflicial Russian enterprise.

The South Manchuria Railway starts from
Dalny, and, skirting the sea coast, traverses
the Liao Valley, terminating at Changchun,
otherwise called Kuanchengtzu. It runs
through a level country relieved with very
lew hills, and in the whole course of its
length, a matter of 140 miles, there are no
tunnels. There are several bridges, those
that span the Taitze and Hun Rivers being
the largest. The South Manchuria Railway,
realising the necessity for the improvement
of the line, are working as rapidly as possible
to have the gauge converted to the standard
size, an improvement which should be com-
pleted by September of this year, and when
this is done the journey from the two termini
will be of but eighteen hours' duration.
There are also branch lines from Dalny to
Port Arthur, and from Ta Tsia Chao to
Newchwang, the most important port in
Manchuria at the present time.

The Imperial Chinese Railway has also a
connection with the South Manchuria Line,
its terminus being Mukden, and it also
connects with Newchwang direct on the right
bank of the Liao River, thus supplying
Newchwang with two railway systems. The
Chinese Eastern Railway connects with the
Japanese Railway at Changchun, and
traverses Manchuria to Harbin, where it
meets the great Trans-Siberian system. The
Imperial Chinese Railway is seeking to e.\tend
its line from a point called Hsin-min Fu to
Fakumen, and thence to Tsitsihar, in order
to have a complete Chinese connection with
the Siberian route, but Japan will not consent
under any circumstances to this line, as it is
contrary to the spirit of Japan's convention
of 1905 with China on the subject of railways
and railway construction in Manchuria.
Were it to be built it would become a
competitor of the existing South Manchuria
Line in that it would tap similar districts
and would depreciate the value of the South
Manchuria Railway, which is redeemable to
China after the expiration of a term of years,
and the Japanese regard the future price that
China will have to pay for redemption as
being a matter of international importance.

A great deal of bitterness has been evoked
over Japan's action in this matter in keeping
China to her obligations, but there is a good
precedent established in the Canton-Kowloon
Railway Agreement between British capital-
ists and Chinese, in which the following
clause is included : — " It is further understood
that the Chinese Government will not build
another line competing with this railway to
its detriment." Moreover, although it is not
generally known, Japan cordially invited the
Chinese (Jovernment to join hands with her

' a^n-"-i?

D
O

n
CO
in

!5
<!

E-i
<i
H

PL,

,' S

kl ~ .

1- r : '■

3 l:

z _

1 u.

<0r

<E?

l^'-v

mm,

(D _ , .

^ Li-

T-

gt-'i_^l h-

m 'll

z '5 '-■

< - f.

a: 'i

H = -' :

aH^^H

668 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

over the South Manchuria Railway as soon
as the agreement had been made with China,
but the Chinese Government refused to have
anything; to do with the scheme, and this
attitude is now construed by Japiin as beinjj
indioitive of opposition that was intended
from the close of the negotiations.

The Antung-Mukden Riiilway, being a liglit
railway, is comp;»ratively unimportant at
the present time, but preparations are
being made to bring it into running order
as soon as possible, and the route is being
thoroughly re-surveyed at the present time.
This railway, completed and linked with
the Korean system, would have the effect
of reducing the journey from Japan to
Europe by a day.

The South Manchuria Railway may be
styled a semi-otlicial line. Its loans are
guaranteed by the Japanese Government.
Government funds are invested in it, and
military guards are furnished by the Japanese
G»ivernment owing to the prevalence of
brigands in the country, which renders
travelling at times very risky. Liaoyang,
one of the most important intermediate |X)ints
on the main line, is the headqujirtcrs of a
division of Japanese troops, the advance post
of the Japanese Army, and at Mukden there
is also a fairly large post. Mukden is the
seat of the Provincial Government, and there
the Viceroy exercises almost imperial sway
over all Manchuria. This city, being the
ancient capital of the Manchus. is worth a
visit from the tourist in Manchuria.

The Chinese Eastern Railway, the claw of
the Russian bear, is all that remains to
Russia of Manchurian railways. It serves
as a link between the Japanese and Siberian
railways, and. in a measure, the Imperial
Chinese Railway. Here, also, every effort is
being made to accelerate the service in
order still further to reduce the time in
transit from Europe to the Far East.

The Chinese Railway starts from the capital,
Peking, and follows a coastwise route as far
as Kao Pan Tze, where there is a large
junction which has two branches, the one
to Newchwang. and the other to Mukden.
This railway also has a branch to the ice-free
port of Chinwangtao, and thus gives the
port of Newchwang an all-winter service,
which is of immense benefit during the
close season. This railway is absolutely a
State line, and it is worked by some very
able Britishers, the engineer-in-chief being
Mr. Kinder. C.M.G., and the traffic manager,
Mr. J. Foley. It is excellently run, and is
paying handsome profits.

Two other railways are projected, but it
will be some time before they are con-
structed, owing to lack of funds. They are
of some importance and will run from
Changchun to Kirin. and from Kai Yuen
to Kirin, which latter place is the capital of
the province of that name.

This constitutes the railway system of
Manchuria, and there is no likelihood of any
other lines being even contemplated for
many years to come.

THE SOUTH MANCHURIA RAILWAY.

The trunk line of the South Manchuria
Railway starts from Dairen, and, threading
the Liaotung Peninsula, traverses the Liao
Valley, and terminates at Changchun, or
KuanchengUu. It runs through a level
country relieved with very few hills. In the
whole course of about 440 miles it pierces
not a single tunnel, though it crosses several
bridges, the longest of which are those
spanning the Hun and the Taitze. The old
narrow-gauge system has been superseded

by the standard gauge of 4 feet 8J inches,
and «o-Ib. steel rails have been laid down
over the whole line. The engines have
been supplied by the .American Locomotive
Company and the Baldwin Locomotive Com-
pany, and the fastest of them can make the
entire journey in about fifteen hours. The
better-class passenger coaches have been
furnished by the Pullman Car Company, and
are equipped with the unsurpassed dining
and sleeping appointments of tlie popular
American express. Parlour cars are shortly
to be connected with the principal express
trains, and they will combine tlie comforts
of a superior drawing room witli the advan-
tages of an observation car. tlius helping to
inake the traveller's journey through the
Manchurian plain more pleasant.

Dairen, a nourishing seaport of 72,600
inhabitants, forms the main gateway of
land and seaborne traflic. Regular steamship
communication is separately maintained with
Moji. Kobe, and Osaka, with Nagasaki, via
Chemulpo, with Antung Hsien, and with

BARON S. GOTO,

M.m.-ijjiiij^ Director.

Shanghai and Hongkong, via Chefoo. An
electric Iramcar system, now under contem-
plation, involves initially the operation of 10
miles of line along the principal streets, with
seiTii-convertible cars of the latest pattern.
The town is lighted with electricity and
has ample telephone facilities, while a new
power-house of 5,000 kilowatts is in course
of construction, and will supply, when com-
pleted, sufficient motor power for all purposes.
Close to the railway offices is situated the
Yamato Hotel, the first European establish-
ment of its kind opened under the direct
management of the South Manchuria Railway
Company. It is equipped with every con-
venience, and is calc.ilated to satisfy the most
exacting class of guest accustomed to the
luxuries of the present day. The wharves at
Dairen are conceded to possess the greatest
accommodating capacity of any in this part
of the world. The Main, or West Qu;iy,
1,925 feet long, is separated from the East
Quay, now Hearing completion, by a base of
1,225 feet. A dozen vessels, drawing from

iS feet to 30 feet, can be moored at a time
alongside the quays. A dock located at the
south side of No. 1 Wharf can accommodate
a vessel of 3.000 tons. Financial facilities
are afforded by the local branches of the
Yokohama Specie Bank, the Cheng Lung
Bank, and the National Bank of China.

Port .Arthur, familiar by name the world
over by reason of the historic siege in the
late war, is reached by a branch line
nearly 30 miles in length, running from the
junction at Nankwanliiig. Guides, easily
procui;able and unusually competent, will
show the traveller over the desolate ruins
of the forts and trenches, and over the battle
scenes ; and for a trilling cost shells and
other relics of the siege are everywhere to
be obtained. In the military museum, among
a rich collection of mementoes of the war,
souvenirs of the memorable interview between
General Stoessel and General Nogi are
displayed. The Yamato Hotel at Port Arthur,
also conducted under the management of
the railway company, occupies a convenient
site in the centre of the new town.

The station next above the junction is
Chinchow, near to which is Nanshan, where
was fought the first pitched battle on the
peninsula during the Russo-Japanese War,
Nanshan possesses naturally a unique
strategical importance, lying, as it does, on
an elevation to the south-west of the station,
at the neck of the peninsula. Proceeding
90 miles north, Hsiung-yo cheng is reached,
and 70 miles further on is Tangkang. Both
have hot springs, alleged to possess con-
siderable healing virtue, and it is not unlikely
that they will in time become popular resorts.

Yingkcnv, commonly but erroneously known
as Newchwang, is reached by a branch line,
about 13.^ miles in length, wMiich deviates from
the trunk route at Tashihchiao, and runs to
the little village of Niuchiatun. Situated on
the left bank of the Liao, about 2j miles west
of Niuchiatun station, Yingkow is the focus-
point of a considerable export trade in beans,
bean-cake, and bean oil. It has a population
of about 100.000. including some 300 Europeans.
At present tliere is a service of carts, horses,
and trolley-cars between the station and the
city proper, but the railway will be extended
to the city itself before long. The Imperial
Chinese Railway system has also a station
at Yingkow, with a free ferry service across
the river, trains running daily to Tientsin
and Peking, via Shanhaikwan.

Liaoyang, 160 miles north of Tashihchiao
on the trunk line, is second only to Mukden
in respect of prosperity, and is famous as
the battlefield where Kuropatkin effected a
masterly retreat. It has a population of about
55,000. From Suchiatun, 30 miles farther
north, a branch line, 34 miles in length,
extends to F"usan, where are some of the
richest coalfields in the world. The carbon-
iferous belt stretches east and west from
Chien-chin-tsai, through Yang-pai-pu to
Lao-hu-lai, a distance of nearly 10 miles,
the seam being over a mile in width,
and in places 175 feet in thickness. The
deposit has been "estimated at eight hundred
millions of tons by Japanese experts who
made investigations alter the w^ar. Intending
visitors to the colliery should alight at
Chien-chin-tsai, where the colliery office is
situated.

Mukden, the largest city in all Manchuria,
with a population of about 200,000, lies in
the centre of the Fengtien Province, and is
the market for an extensive district. Its
hinterland embraces the whole of South
Manchuria and the greater part of Central
Manchuria, including the territory bounded
on the north-east by Chao-yang-chen and

SOUTH MANCHURIA RAILWAY.

Yam\to Hotel, Port ARTtitii.
nxiRKX Raii.uay Yard.

Uaikex Whahvks.

670 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Hai-lung-pu. and on the west by Hsin-min Fu.
On the north it penetrates through Tiehling,
Kxiiyu^in, Mainiachin. and Oiangchun to
Harbin. Mukden is the junction of the South
Manchuria Railwav with the Mukden-Peking

from the upper reaches, which run thiinigh
some of the most extensive forests in the
world.

Running north from Mukden the trunk
line passes through Kungchuling — one of

SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY :
COOLIES ASLEEP ON THE RAILS A DANGEROUS RESTING-PLACE.

Line, though travellers will do well to
remember that on the latter route no night
trains are run. The Yokohama Specie Bank
and the Russo-Chinese Bank have branches
in the citv. and though there is not as yet

the most important military bases of the
Russians during the war — to Changchun
or Kuanchengtzu, the northern terniituis,
and there connects with the Chinese
Eastern Railway. There is, at present,

anv European hotel the work of building the no through communication, but this will be

new Yamato Hotel has begun, and will be
completed in about a year's time. This hotel
will occupy a splendid site near the station,
and will be conducted on modern lines by
the South Manchuria Railway Company. A
peculiar interest attaches to Mukden, apart
from the associations of the late war, by
reason of its being the natal seat of the
reigning Ching dynasty. A permit to visit
the imperial precincts and the mausoleums
mav now be obtained without much ado
through the Consulates. The palace of
Chinlin. built in 1642 ; Wensoko, with its
four libraries containing altogether 6.732
book-cases ; the Chungcheng palace. In which
the ruling monarchs transacted their regal
duties in olden times ; and two treasure
repositories are among the objects of interest
in the imperial grounds. There are two
mausoleums — one at>out 10 miles to the
north-east, on the River Hun ; the other
about five miles to the north of the city.
The latter is the burial place of the Emperor
Taisung, and contains a monument bearing
an epitaph written by the Emperor Kang Chi.
A branch line runs from Mukden to
Antung Hsien, on the right bank of the
Yalu. on the south-eastern frontier of the
province. It is a light railway. 189 miles in
length, and passes through lovely scenery.
From New VViju, on the opposite bank of
the river, the line is continued through
Ping>'ang and Kaiseng to Lungshan, or
Seoul, from which point there are branches
to Fusan and Chemulpo. Six miles t)elow
Antung is Yong-am-pho, a port which has
grown with the development of the river-
steamer facilities and the timber trade.
Timber is floated down the Yalu in rafts

established as soon as the permanent station

The streets of Changchun are broad, and
alive with thrivhig IralVic, for not only does
the town control the connncrce of Central
Manchuria, but it is, at the same time, an
important centre of Mongolian trade. The
population is estimated at about 100,000.
There are branches of the Yokohama Specie
Bank and of tlic Kusso-Chinese Hank, and
there will shortly be two hotels, the Mantetsu
Club, already opened, and the Yamato Hotel,
both under the management of the com-
pany. The Yamato Hotel, now nearly com-
pleted, is designed on a quaintly artistic plan,
and will be of considerable proportions.

From tlie foregoing brief sketch of the
route it will be seen that the South Man-
churia Railway opens up a large tract of
country rich in natural products, such as
salt, timber, coal, millet, barley, wheat, buck-
wheat, hemp, opium, tobacco, ginseng, wild
silk, and cocoons, furs, skins, and bristles,
and gives access to numerous markets for
imports, such as kerosene, sugar, flour, marine
products, cotton, matches, and cheap porce-
lain and earthenware, besides adding a strand
to the network of travelling facilities by
which the Far East is gradually being over-
spread.

THE IMPERIAL RAILWAYS OF NORTH
CHINA.

The system known as the Imperial Railways
of North China has its origin in the old line
known as the Kaiping Tramway, which was
laid down at the Kaiping Coal Mines in 1880
and completed in 1881. Extensions were
sanctioned jn 1886 87, and the railway then
took the title of the China Railway Company.
From 1890 to iQoo further extensions were
made under the name of the Imperial Chinese
Railways. In 1901 the present style was
adopted, and the capital amounted to
$49,594,428 (Mexican).

The total length of the line is exactly 600
miles. The route taken is from Tungchow

SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY SOOCHOW STATION AND YARD.

is finished ; and when the town is con-
nected by rail with Kirin it will occupy a
unique and distinctly advantageous position
in Central Manchuria as the junction of the
Japanese, Chinese, and Russian systems.

and Peking, viii Shanhaikwan to Mukden.
A branch line of 60 miles runs to Yingkow,
the port of Newchwang.

The material for the rolling stock has
been purchased mostly from England, a

Interior of Dixixg Car

SOUTH MANCHURIA RAILWAY.

SlANDARf) FRKKIHT LoCOMIHIVK.

Interior of Sleeping Car.

Interior of First-class Car.

672 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

small piirtion only ctimiiif; from America.
The locomotives and cars arc hiiilt in the
Company's own workshops at TontJshan.
Most of the UKomotivcs are of the English
•■ Mogul ■■ t>T;H:. with i6-inch and iQ-inch
cylinders, but there are also a few American
engines.

Altogether there are about 236 passenger
cars and brake \-ans. 2.683 freight cars, and
117 locomotives of all classes. On an average
some 15,000 men are employed on the line.

As a financial venture the railway has been
an unqualified success, as may be seen from
the following figures, showing the earnings
and working expenses for the years l<)03-7
inclusive : — 1903, earnings $4,658,235. work-
ing expenses .$2,315,584. ratio of working
expenses to earnings, 49 per cent. ; 1904,
$5,946,518. $2,542,585, and 42 per cent.
respectively ; 1905, $12,943,384, $2,914,102.
22 per cent. ; i9oi&, $12,191,189. $3,429,943,
28 per cent. ; 1907, $9,944,867, $3,686,320,
37 per cent.

THE TIENTSIN-YANGTSZE RAILWAY.

The final contract for this line was signed
in the early part of 1908 by the Chinese
Government and the representatives of the
Deutsch-Asiatische Bank and of the British
and Chinese Corporation. The loan is for
;f5.ooo.ooo. with interest at 5 per cent., and
is to run for thirty years. Roughly, two-thirds
of the capital are to be German, and one-
third British, in proportion to the respective
lengths of the two sections. The German
section will run from Tientsin through

Te-chau. on the Grand Canal, and Tsinanfu,
the capital of Shantung, to the southern
border of Shantiuig. The British section
will continue the line tlirough the prmince
of Kiangsu to Pu-kou. on the Yanglsze.
opposite Nanking. By linking up the
Shanghai-Nanking and Tientsin-Peking Lines
this railway will connect the commercial
metropolis and the imperial capital ; while
at Tsinanfu it will meet the existing Shantung
railway to Kiaixhau (Tsingtaul on the coast.
The construction and control of the new line
are vested entirely in the Cliincse Government,
with European chief engineers to advise on
construction, and European auditors to safe-
guard the interests of the bondholders.

THE SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

The Shanghai-Nanking Railway was com-
pleted on March 28. i<;o8. on which date
the first train covered the whole distance of
193J miles in live hours thirty-seven minutes,
including all stops. Krom Shangliai the line
runs tln-ough part of the liiglily cultivated
alluvial plain watered by the Yangtsze-Kiang.
passing on the way Naziang. Quinsan, Soo-
chow. Wusich. Changchow. and Tanyang ;
then traverses rising country, crosses a water-
shed, and descends through Fort Hill tunnel
to Chinkiang. follows the foot of the hills to
Lungtan. and from thence runs througli liilly
country to Nanking.

Negotiations for raising the necessary loan
to carry out the work began early in 1898.
and a final agreement Iwas signed at Shanghai

in July. 1904. between Sheng Kung-pao.
director-general of the Imperial Chinese Rail-
way .Administration, acting under authority
of an imperial decree, and Messrs Jardine.
Matheson & Co. and the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation, representing,
as joint agents, the British and Chinese Cor-
poration. The agreement stipulated that the
amount of the loan was not to exceed
;f3. 250,000. and contained clauses providing
for the payment of interest out of capital
during construction, for the purchase of the
existing Shanghai-Woosung Line at the agreed
price of Tls. 1,000,000, lor the purchase of
land for a double line of railway for the
w^hole distance at a cost of ^^250,000, and for
the economical construction and equipment of
the line in accordance with the best modern
system. The amount of the loan was based
on preliminary surveys and estimates pre-
pared by the consultnig engineers. Messrs.
(Sir) John Wolfe Barry, the late Gabriel
James Morrison, and A. J, Barry.

In June, 1903, a staff of engineers, with
Mr. A. H. Collinson, A.M.I.C.E,, as engineer-
in-chief, was engaged in England. By the
following summer the permanent surveys
were completed, and in the autumn of
11)04 conslructiotial work was begun. The
ceremony of cutting the first sod was per-
formed by His Excellency Sheng Kung-pao
at Shanghai, on April 25, 1905. The first
section, to Naziang, was opened to traftic
on November 20th of the same year, and
the line was carried to Wusieli by the
following July, to Changchow by May, 1907,
and to Chinkiang by October of the same

SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

The WorkslKips :it Woosimj^ and Type oi Kolliii^ Stock.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 673

RAILWAY OFFICIALS OF THE SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

W. J. Grev. 2. A. W, V. Pope, late Tiafiic Manager and now General Manager.

M. R. SIXXLAIR. 6. A. H. COLLIXSOX, late Engineer-in-Chief and General Manager.

C. E. Anton, Board of Commissioners. 9. A. C. Clear.

12. H. E. Miudi.eton. 13. J. G. Barklp;y.

3. E. J. DUXSTAX. 4. K. D. TWEEDIE.

7. J. D, Smart, Ciiairman of Board of Commissioners.
10. Ivan Tuxforu. 11. V. Grove.

year. Throuj^h communication with Xanlving
was established towards the end of March,
1908. In determining the route the religious
feelings of the Chinese were respected as
much as possible, and though it was im-
possible to avoid countless graves and houses,
care was taken that no ancestral halls,
tombs, or monuments were interfered with.

The chief difficulties encountered in the
construction of the line were due to the
mstability of the subsoil. In a country
intersected by innumerable navigable canals
and creeks, an enormous amount of bridge-
work was necessary. No fewer than 25
major and 277 minor bridges, and 405 culverts
had to be constructed, and, hardly without
exception, the foundations were bad and heavy
charges were incurred for coffer-dam, tim-
bering, pumping, and piling. The two largest
bridges are those over the Hsinyangkong, at
the thirtieth mile, and over the Grand Canal,
west of Quinsan. The former, of four through
girder spans of 40 feet, with two 20 feet
arches on either side, cost $ii6,45r34 ; the
latter, of three through girder spans of 60
feet, cost $67,41974.

The earthworks necessitated by the new
line reached a total of 2,657,761 cubic fongs,
to which must be added 100,000 cubic fongs
required at Woosung station yard, Shanghai
station, and Markham Road goods yard.

The only tunnel is that which carries the
line through P'ort Hill into Chinkiang station.
It measures 1 .320 feet from face to face, and
for nearly its entire length passes through a

strata of shaly -sandstone 'rock, having iseveral
faults and streaks of graphite with pockets of
China clay. It is a double line tunnel and
cost only $370,000 as compared with $600,000,
the amount of the lowest tender received
from a European firm for a single line
tunnel 1,500 feet in length.

The permanent way is laid with 85-lb.
Enghsh steel rails upon jarrah wood sleepers,
and the line is heavily ballasted throughout. ■
The inclusive capital cost of the permanent
way worked out at about $29,16673 per mile.

Altogether there are 37 stations between
Shanghai and Nanking. Twenty-live are
passing stations, at which distant and home
semaphore signals have been erected ; the
remainder are flag stations. The stations
are connected by telegraph, under a mutual
agreement between the railway and the
Imperial Chinese Telegraph Administration.
Three types of station buildings have gener-
ally been adopted — the first, for stations at
which the traffic is considerable, contains a
general hall, booking office, telegraph room,
stationmaster's office, post office or goods
agent's room, and two small waiting rooms ;
and the second and third, for less important
stations, have proportionately less accommo-
dation. At all the stations permanent brick
quarters have been provided for the staff.

At Shanghai a new passenger building,
with four floors for general oftices, is rapidly
nearing completion. To the height of the
first floor level the building has been faced
on three sides with Tsingtao granite, and the

whole structure will be of fire-proof con,.struc-
tion, with steel joists and concrete floors.
The passenger platforms consjgj^Jjf'^ne island
platform, 1,450 feet in lengthr^tl a shorter
platform forming one side of the bay. 650 feet
long. In front of the building there will
be an open space, 100 feet wide, and it is
proposed to cover this area and one of
the platforms with an awning rfxjrf- New '
"approach roacjsjj^ive been made", and the
Shanghai electWy tramway passes the station,
so that everything possible has been done to
provide easy access. The station and goods
yards will be lit throughout by electricity,
generated on the premises, and it is estimated
that when the whole of the work is com-
pleted 800 i6-c.p. lamps and 64 arc lamps
will be in use.

At Soochow the station building has been
designed to accotnmodate a very consider-
able passenger traffic, and contains, besides
a large concourse area and the usual offices,
a dispensary with medical ofticer's consulting
room, a ladies' waiting r<jom, refreshment
room, and kitchen. There are two platforms,
each 850 feet in length, connected by a sub-
way. A macadamised approach to the station
has been provided at a considerable outlay,
but as the local authorities at Soocliow have
extended their Maloo as far as Railway Road,
the expense mav be regarded as having been
fully justified. Current for electric lighting
is generated on the premises.

There are three tvpes of locomotive, viz.,
6-wheel coupled tank engines, 6-wheeI coupled

674 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

WUSIEH GOODS DEPOT -SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

goods tender engines, and 4-\vheel coupled
passenger engines. All the coaching stock is
of the 4-wheel bogie type. The carriages
are entered at the vestibule ends, and there
is through communication from end to end
of all the pa.ssenger trains. The whole of
the new rolling stock is lit by electricity,
current being generated by dynamos attached

to the underframe of tlie coaches ; and tlic
Westinghouse brake, with improved triple
valves, is used throughout. The goods
waggons, of various types, are all con-
structed of steel. The whole of the
locomotive carriage and waggon stock was
designed and passed for shipment by the
consulting engineers.

To ensure the efficient running of the
stock, workshops, erecting-shops, and small
machine-shops have been established at
Woosung, while a locomotive running shed,
with a machine-shop for small repairs, and
a large carriage cleaning shed are provided
at Shanghai. The machinery in the work-
shops is motor driven, the Company having
their own power-houses.

In carrying out the work care has been
taken to secure the standardisation of details
and working parts, in order to facilitiite
repairs and to obviate the necessity for
locking up capital in a heavy stock of spare
parts.

The average cost per mile, including land,
construction, and equipment for the 230
miles of single line, including loops and
sidings between Shanghai and Nanking, was
Tls. 68,397'07, or, with the sovereign averaging
Tls. 708, ^\),66i. The average cost, including
land and rolling stock, was Tls. 5i,6or26, or
;t7,2H8 per mile.

MR. ARTHUR WILLIAM UQLOW POPE.
C.I.E., general manager of the Shanghai-
Nanking Railway, is an Anglo-Indian, and
before coming to China was employed for
nearly thirty years on various State railways
in India. He was born in 1858, during
the Mutiny, and completed his education
at Thompson's Engineering College. Rurki,
North-West India. When twenty years of age
he joined the State Railway Works Depart-
ment, serving in the north and north-west,
in the Madras Presidency, and on the east
coast, eventually rising to the position

BRIDGES AND CULVERTS ON THE SHANGHAI-NANKING: RAILWAY.

SCENES ALONG THE SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

(57(J TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of senior traflic oltK-er for the whole of
the Indian State Kailwav system. During
the Vicero\-alty of Lord Curzon. he was
granted a Coinp;inionship of the Order of
the Indian Empire in recognition of his

Uganda Kailwav. where he worked the Stores
section, and then, as the railway was opened
to traffic, he organised the Tral'tic Audit and
Booking sections of the Accounts Department.
A few months after his return to India from

ry-r.

.i>-J^'^

a senior accountant in the Government service
and was given leave of absence by the Indian
Government, when he returned to China as
assistant accountant on the Shangliai-Nanking
Kailway. Since his arrival in Slianghai. in
addition to general work in connection with
the construction of the line, he has completely
organised and started the revenue system of
accounts in use on this railway. Soon after
the opening of the line to Nanking, the two
posts of secretary and chief accountant were
separated, and Mr. Middlcton was appointed
to the latter.

CONSTEUCTION WORK ON THE CHINKIANG TUNNEL-
SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

long services. As a Volunteer he attained
the rank of Lieut.-Colonel of the Indian
Railway Volunteer Rifles, and received the
officers' long service medal. He is still on
the pensionable staff of the Indian Govern-
ment, and is liable to be recalled by them
for service at any time. Mr. Pope is a
thorough sportsman, and- counts polo, pig-
sticking, and shooting among his chief
recreations. He is a member of the United
Services Club, the Lucknow Club, and most
of the leading local clubs. His father, the
Rev. G. W. Pope, D.D.. who died early in
the current year, was Professor of Eastern
Languages at Balliol College. Oxford. He
was acknowledged to be one of the greatest
Oriental scholars of his day, and not long
before his death was awarded the triennial
jubilee gold medal of the Royal Asiatic
Societv.

MR. H. MIDDLETON, the chief accountant
of the Shanghai-Nanking Kailway, joined
the Accounts branch of the Indian Public
Works Department, in March, 1892, and has
served in the Building»aod Roads, Irrigation,
and Railway branches of the department.
He spent two years in the Central Provinces
in the Buildings and Roads branch, and
was then posted to the Railway section of
the office of the Accountant-General Public
Works Department in Simla. Subsequently
he was transferred to the Punjaub on
irrigation works, and was employed on the
construction of the Chenal Canal as divisional
accountant, and also on the Multan District
and Sidhnai Canals. He gained his first
knowledge of railway traffic audit on the
North - Western Railway in the Punjaub.
Mr. Middleton has twice been lent by the
Indian Government to the Home Foreign
Office -on the first occasion, from November.
1897, to April. 1900, for employment on the

British East Africa he was attached for
fifteen months to the China Field Force and
introduced the system of accounts now in use
on the Imperial Railways of North China,
while the section of the line from Peking to
Shanhaikwan was in the hands of the British
militarv authorities. After a furlough home

F. W. DEES.

MR. FRANK WARE DEES, executive
engineer of the Shanghai-Nanking Railway,
was born at Whitehaven, in Cumberland, in
1877, and was educated at St. Bee's Grammar
School and at St. John's College, Cambridge.
After serving an apprenticeship at Arrol's
Bridge and Roof Works, Glasgow, Mr. Dees
went to Tasmania as assistant engineer on
the Great Western Railway, remaining there
from 1900 to 1903. He then obtained a

THE CHINKIANG TUNNEL-SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

he returned to India in 1903 and was employed
partly on irrigation works in the Punjaub and
partly on the Government Audit staff of the
Bombay. Baroda. and Central India Kailway.
By March. 1906. he had gained the rank of

similar appointment on the Chinese Central
Railways, and in i<;o5 joined the Shanghai-
Nanking Railway, being engaged first as
assistant and afterwards as executive
engineer.

PlERClX'G THE PEKING WALL.

HANKOW TO PEKING.

Peking Station".
Railway Offices at Peking.

Just Arrived from Hankow.

c c c

678 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

MR. IVON TUXFORD, F.R.Q.S., the head-
quarters assistant engineer of the Shanghai-
Nanking Kailwav, is the son of Dr. Tuxford,
the Medical Officer of Health for Boston,
Lincolnshire. He was bom in 1878, educated
at the Boston Grammar School, and. after
ser\ing his articles with the Great Northern
Railway, became an assistant engineer to
the North Eastern Railway Company at York.
He has held his present appointment for the
past four years. For some time previously
he was engaged as engineer in charge of
the Chinese Public Works Department at
Peking.

book-keeping department of the Army Service
Corps, and later to the post of Chief Clerk
and Warrant OfJicer to the Remounts Depot
at Stellenbosch, which he tilled until the
cessation of hostilities. After the war he
was engaged for a time as expert uliecker
in the Traffic Department of the Cape
Government Railways, and was tlicn trans-
ferred, by permission, to the War Claims
Branch of the Prime Minister's Department,
remaining there during the premiorships of
Sir Gordon Sprigg and Dr. Jameson, and
rising to the position of Examiner of
Accounts. He has the Queen's South African

route. The contract for its construction was
let to a Belgian syndicate in iSy", and the line
was opened in Xovcmber, 1905. The north-
ern section runs from Peking to Yingchehsien,
a distance of 420 miles ; and the southern
section runs from Yingchehsien to Hankow,
a distance of 334 miles. A bridge two miles
in lengtli, crosses the Yellow River. Fast
traiiis-ile-liixe accomplish the journey, once a
week each way. in 27 hours ; wliile ordinary
trains run daily, and occupy three days.
The Central Station is at Changsintien, 13
miles from Peking, from which point a branch
line runs to Fengtai, where it connects with

MR. H. P. WINSLOW, B.A. (Cantab.),

deputy traffic manager of the Shanghai-
Nanking Railway, was educated at Repton,
and at Caius College, Cambridge. He came
out to Shanghai on the Shanghai-Nanking
Railway in October, 1903, was appointed
acting traffic manager in December, 1905,
and received his present appointment in
February, 1907.

MR. WILLIAM S. ANDREWS, acting chief
storekeeper on the Shanghai-Nanking Rail-
way at Shanghai, is a native of Windsor,
New South Wales, where he was born on
May 29, 1863. After attending the Govern-
ment High School for ten years he entered
on a business career, and having served
seven years with Messrs. Cobb & Co., a
large firm of mail and coasting steamship
proprietors, he b>egan to study accountancy.
For three years he was with the Farmers'
and Consumers' Co-operative Agency Com-
pany. Ltd., and then carried on business for
a while on his own account as an auditor,
accountant, and commercial broker. He next
bec-ame accountant to the P'arm and 'Dairy
Produce Manufacturing Company, Ltd., one

W. S. ANDKEW8,
Cbief Storekeeper, Shanglul-Nanklng Railway.

of the largest c<>-<jperative concerns of its
kind. The Anglo-Boer war attracted him
and five of his brothers to South Africa,
where he secured an appointment as civil
and military checker to the Natal Govern-
ment Railways. He was transferred to the

TYPES OF STATION BUILDINGS ON THE SHANGHAI-NANKING RAILWAY.

medal with four clasps. In 1904 he returned
to Australia, but the prospects there were
poor, and in the following year he came to
China, where at length he joined the
Shanghai-Nanking Railway. He was for a
time depot storekeeper at the Markham
Road bulk stores, and in the present year,
on the death of Mr. C. F. Moule, he received
the acting appointment which he now fills.
Mr. Andrews is a member of the Saltoun
Masonic Lodge, No. 936, China.

THE PEKING-HANKOW RAILWAY.

Thk Peking-Hankow Railway forms an
important link in the trunk system which
will eventually traverse the Chinese Empire
from Canton in the south to Mukden in the
north, and give through rail communication
with Europe by means of the Trans-Siberian

the Northern Railway (Tientsin-Mukden), the
distance from Peking to Mukden being 521
miles. Thus, when the Canton-Hankow line
is completed, the whole system will comprise
about 2.025 miles of trunk line, namely,
Canton-Hankow, 750 miles ; Hankow-Peking,
754 miles ; and Peking-Mukden, 521 miles.

This line, which was completed on De-
cember 20, 1896, was constructed by Belgian
engineers at a cost of Fr. 123.000,000. Some
700 miles in length, it connects the capital
of China with the Yangtsze, and traverses the
rich provinces of Chihli, Honan, and Hupeh.
Connected with it there are seven branch
lines. The standard gauge of 4 feet 8J inches
has been adopted, with 80 lb. rails. The line
is equipped with 100 locomotives and 2,500
wagons, and important additions to the
rolling stock are about to be made. The
fastest trains accomplish the distance between
the two termini in thirty-six hours.

< H

iz! d

M <

o
M

O u

680 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETO.

CHAO CHOW AND SWATOW RAILWAY

COMPANY.

Slowly but surely the Chinese are begimiiiif;
to realise that if they are to take part, with
any degree of success, in the commercial
strife that is being waged between the nations
of the world, they must become less con-
ser\-alive, and throw open their empire to
the trader and the merchant. The country
is one possessing vast wealth and immense
possibilities, but in order that full advantage
may be taken of these, convenient and regular
systems of communication are essential.

The Chao Chow and Swatow Railway
was the first line registered at the Chamber
of Commerce, Peking, under mercantile
administration. It was opened in November,

proved quite successful, and the railway is
being extended above Chao Chow to Yee Kai,
on the bank of the river Han, so as to connect
with the shipping. After these extensions
have been completed a great deal of freight
should be carried, as Yee Kai is a distribu-
ting centre for Kai in Chow. Ting Chow, &c.
Another advantage will be that when the
river Han is shallow, as it is at times, and
boats are unable to obtain access to Chao
Chow, merchants will have an alternative
me:»ns of transportation. The Company
experienced a little difticulty in purchasing
lands for laying down the track and for
station sites, owing to the presence along the
line of route of a number of graves. But
these difficulties have been surmounted, and
the purchases are now practically complete.

CONSTRUCTION SCENE ON THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

1906, with great ceremony. By kind permis-
sion of the captain, the band of the German
cruiser Ja/<iiar played in the train to and
from Chao Chow. The guests included the
Consuls of the various powers, the com-
missioner, and staff ; His Excellency the
Taoutai of Chao Chow, the officers of the
surrounding districts, and the representatives
of the foreign hongs and the Press. The
Peking Board of Commerce was represented
by Mr. Kwong, engineer-in-chief of the
Canton-Hankow Line, and His Excellency
Taoutai Shun represented the Viceroy of
Canton.

The line is well constructed, and is of the
standard gauge of 4 feet 8} inches. The
engines were shipped in parts from America,
the coaches and trucks were built in Swatow,
and the axles, springs, and wheels are of
British manufacture. The enterprise has

The idea is to construct a line northwards
also, to join the Amoy-Canton Railway.

The capital of the Company is 83,000,000,
nine-tenths of which is held by the directors.
It is essential that each director should own a
quarter of a million dollars' worth of shares,
and, as a matter of fact, two of them are
interested in the venture to tlie extent of a
million dollars. H.E. Cheong Yuk Nam is
the managing director-general ; Mr. Lim La
Sang, the manager director ; and Messrs.
Wong Sui Ping, Chia Mong Chee, Ng Li
Hing, and Cheong Chong Hong, members of
the board.

HIS EXCELLENCY CHEONQ YUK NAM,
the managing director-general of the Chao
Chow and Swatow Railway Company, holds a

distinguished social position, and is largely
interested in a great variety of commercial
enterprises in different parts of the country.
Born at Kai, in Chow (Kwangtung Province)
in 1852, he has succeeded in amassing a large
fortune, although he has always been ready
to assist liberally those institutions which have
for their object, the welfare and enlightenment
of his fellow countrymen. He himself estab-
lished a school in Swatow, and is also the
founder of a hospital in Deli, Sumatra. In
recognition of his many services he has been
made Vice-President of the First Honour of the
Third Order, Peking ; and has been appointed
a Chines-e major by the Dutch, while he holds
as a cherished possession, a medal conferred
upon him by the Queen of Holland. He owns
a large amount of property in Deli, including
two large gardens of about 16 square miles in
area and several sago plantations. In Swatow
and Kai in Chow, he also holds considerable
property, and is interested in several monop-
olies and commercial ventures. Formerly
he was Chinese Consul in Penang. He is
married and has five sons and four daughters.
During his absences, Cheong Poh Chun, his
eldest son, transacts his business, in connection
with the railway at Swatow.

MR. LIM LA SANQ, the managing director
of the Chao Chow and Swatow Railway
Company, was born at Fokien in 1868, and
was educated at Hongkong. Before the
China-Japan War he was one of the largest
tea merchants in Formosa, controlling as
much as one-third of the whole trade from the
island. Now he is largely interested in
banking and commercial enterprises in Anioy
and Hongkong. He has travelled a great
deal in the East, is married, and has two sons
and one daughter.

THE CANTON-SAMSHUl RAILWAY.

The American China Development Com-
pany obtained the important concession for
the construction of the Canton-Hankow
Railway during the year 1902. They started
upon their great enterprise with characteristic
energy ; native staffs were organised, and,
under the direction of skilled American
engineers, the work was quickly in full swing.
Attention was turned first to the branch line
from Canton to Samshui, a part of the rail-
way with which it was originally intended
to connect the provinces of Kwangtung and
Kwangsi. The distance between the two
places, by river, is 90 miles, and the journey
occupies, by boat, something like twelve hours.
The railway, by cutting across beautiful
stretches of paddy fields, reduces the distance
to about 30 miles, which are covered in about
an hour.

The first section, extending from Canton
— or rather Shek-wai-tong, the Canton ter-
minus-to Fatshan, a thriving Chinese town
situated 12 miles from the great southern
port, was opened in November, 1903. The
facilities afforded were quickly appreciated by
the Chinese and, within a few weeks, the
trains were carrying regularly as many as
four thousand passengers a day. In May,
1904, the remainder of the line to Samshui
was opened.

Considering the nature and extent of the
difficulties the work of construction was
admirably performed. The track is well
ballasted, and is double, as far as P'atshan ;
from thence to Samshui there is a single
line. The majority of the locomotives have
formerly seen service on the New York

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 681

overhead railway, but increasing business
has now led to the purchase of several larger
and more powerful engines of the Baldwin
type. The first and second-class carriages
are comfortably appointed and, attached to
each train, may be seen the mail car, painted
a bright yellow and bearing the lettering
" Chinese Imperial Post." The goods traffic
has not yet received any great attention, but
the number of passengers is steadily increas-
ing. Tlie line serves a rich and populous
district, and some estimate, perhaps, of the
intermediate traffic may be gathered from the
fact that there are no fewer than 19 stations
within the 30 miles distance. At present
many of them, certainly, are nothing but
dignified mat-sheds, but improvements are
continually being made, and in course of
time these structures will doubtless give
place to substantial brick buildings. The
first year's working produced no less than
$700,000. The railway being now in the
hands of the Chinese — owing to the
Americans losing their concession — no foreign-
ers are retained on the staff. In the earlv

Hongkong Government, purchased the re-
demption of the concession granted to the
American China Development Company. The
history of the enterprise, in its early stages
especially, is not an inspiring one from the
point of view of the enlightened and liberal
reformer. Long and bitter recriminations
between the various interested parties have
seriously hampered and delayed the work.

The Kwangtung section starts at Wong-
sha, the populous western suburb of Canton
situated about a mile and a quarter from the
city proper. At the present time some 70
miles of the line are under construction.
Twenty are open for traffic, and over this
section passenger trains have been running
daily for some months. By the end of the
year it is estimated that 60 miles will be opened.
A single track is being laid. The permanent
way, consisting of an i8-feet embankment
is well made and, provided the work of
construction is done throughout in a like
manner, there is every indication that the
line will be comparable to any of the northern
railways. It is of the standard gauge, 4 feet

CONSTRUCTION SCENE ON THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

days the innovation was viewed with disfavour
and active opposition, but since the Chinese
— through the instrumentality of British
capital — have recovered ownership, the line
has been worked without let or hindrance
from the populace.

THE CAXTON-HANKOW RAILWAY.

Thk Canton-Hankow Kailway, when com-
pleted, will, by joining with the Hankow-
Peking Railway, place the commercial capital
of the south in direct touch with the capital
of the empire. The total length of the line
will be upwards of 700 miles, 250 miles of
which will be in Kwangtung, 300 in Hunan,
and the balance in Hupeh. Each province
proposes to build and maintain its own
section.

This undertaking, vast in its possibilities
for the future, is, together with the Canton-
Samshui branch line, under the control of the
Yuen Han Railway Company, or the Yuet
Han, of Kwangtung, who acquired it from
the Chinese Government after they had, by
means of a loan of ;^'2,ooo,ooo from the

8J inches ; heavy 85 lb. rails are used ; and
the best .\ustraliaii hardwood is requi-
sitioned for the timber work. The rolling
stock in use at present is American, but it
is intended to manufacture it in future at
Canton to avoid the great cost of freight.
In the Kwangtung section there are no
great engineering difficulties. The longest
tunnel is about one thousand feet, and there
will be three or four others between two and
three hundred feet long. No great waterways
have to be crossed except the North River,
where a bridge of moderate size will be
required. After the first 50 miles the line,
practically speaking, follows the banks of
the North River, and thus skirts the large
ranges of hills. The line is being con-
structed by a staff of foreign engineers under
the direct control of Taoutai K. Y. Kwong,
who was educated in America and received
his training in railway construction in North
China. The president of the line, for the
moment, is Sir Chun Tung Liang Cheng,
who, while probably knowing nothing
about railways, is considered the best man
obtainable for the post, as a strong person-

ality is required to keep the conflicting
parties at peace. He was formerly Minister
for China at Washington, and, happening to be
in ofticial mourning, was elected to his present
office. However suitable he may prove to
be for the position, his cx;cupation of it is
bound to be of short duration, for as soon
as his official mourning is at an end he will
depart to Peking to resume his diplomatic
labours. It remains to be seen whether the
old troubles will then commence anew.

THE KOWLOON-CANTON KAILWAY.

The importance of the Kowloon Kailway lies
in the fact that it will be the terminal section
of the great line — some 1,500 miles long —
stretching from Peking to Hongkong Harbour.
When the Hongkong Government decided,
in 1905, to construct the line through the
British territory their sole object, in the
words of the present Governor, was to see
that the final outlet of the great railway of
China should be at Kowloon and no other
place.

The preliminary survey was made by
Mr. Bruce, but, after the chief resident
engineer had completed a detailed survey
in the early part of 1906, it was decided to
make a few alterations in the original plans
and run the Hne from the neighbourhood of
Taipo, somewhat more inland, and tunnel
through a small hill near Taipo instead of
going round it. If the average rate of
construction is maintained the line should
be completed by May, 1910, and it is not
anticipated that the total cost will exceed
£?!, 000,000 sterling. This sum, however, does
not include the value of Crown lands assigned
for railway purposes. The survey of the
section of the line from Canton to the borders
of British territory — for the construction of
which section the Chinese authorities are
responsible — was only completed at the
beginning of 1908.

The British section of the railway is about
22 miles in length. It is being built to
standard gauge (4 feet 8J inchesi as a first-class
line capable of taking the heaviest rolling
stock. The rails are 85 lbs. per yard, and
will be laid on Australian hardwood sleepers,
2,000 to the mile.

The masonry of all the bridges is being
built for a double line, and all the cuttings
in which rock appears are also being taken
out for a double line, but the banks are
only being made for single line, unless there
is spare material from the cuttings. The
only exception to this is the Beacon Hill
tunnel through the Kowloon range of hills,
which is only being constructed for a single
line.

The line starts from the south-east corner of
the Kowloon Peninsula, from a point generally
called Blackhead's Point. The main terminal
will be here on a large piece of ground
which is being reclaimed from the sea. This
system was found to be considerably cheaper
than buying land.

From this point the line passes northward
through some low hills to the north-east
of King's Park towards the east of Beacon
Hill. On the way it passses close to Yaumati.
where it is proposed to put a station, and
through a short tunnel.

The line approaches Beacon Hill at a
grade of 1 in 100, and enters the big
tunnel through the Kowloon Hills. This
tunnel is the most difficult piece of work
on the line, and on its completion depends
the date of opening the railway for traflic.
The tunnel is about 7,250 feet long, of which
about one-third has been completed at present.
The materia! throu"h which the tunnel is

682 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

being driven is decomposed granite for the
tirst I. coo feet at each end. changing to very
hard granite in the interior.

After passing through the tunnel the line
crosses Shatin Valley on a high bridge, and
runs down the north side towards the coast
at Ix)k Cha. There is a station at the seventh
mile lor Shatin \illage. From this point
on to Taipo the line skirts the coast, which
is rather precipitous and indented with
deep ba>"s. There are three tunnels between
Shatin and Taipo stations, the largest of
which is poo feet long. All these are being
built for double line.

From Taipo station at the thirteenth
mile the line runs inland past Fan
Ling station, eighteenth mile, till it reaches
the frontier, 21I miles, at Lofu Ferry,
nearly opposite the village of Sam Chun.
From this point to Canton the distance
by rail will be about 90 miles. Taken
as a whole, the line is a very diflicult

one to make, and the work entailed is heavy
and costly. The cost, namely. ^"1.000,000
sterling for 2iJ miles of line, shows that
construction necessitates very large works,
of which Beacon Hill tunnel, the reclamation
for KowUxin station yard, and the five mile
section approaching Taipo are the chief. It
is hoped that the tunnel will be completed
by the end of May. 1910, by which date the
rest of the British section ought to be ready
for opening. The Chinese section, however,
has some heavy bridgework, about 40 miles
west of Canton, which may not be con-
structed bv that date.

THE BRITISH AND CHINESE
CORPORATION, LTD.

This Corporation, whose head office is at
22, Abchurch-lane, London, E.C., was founded
in 1898 for financing and undertaking rail-

ways and other industrial enterprises in
China ; and, in particular, for the financing
and construction of certain railway con-
cessions granted by the Imperial Chinese
Government in that year. Of these, one
line, that from Shanghai to Nanking, was
completed in April, 1908 ; the Canton-
Kowloon Railway is under construction ;
and the final loan agreement for the Shangliai-
Hangchow-Ningpo Railway was signed at
Peking on March 6, 1908. The loan author-
ised by the Imperial Chinese Government for
the imperial railways of North China in
1898 was also issued by the Corporation ;
and a further preliminary contract was made
with the Manchurian authorities in November,
1907, for a loan to construct the extension
of this system from Hsinmintum to Fakumen.
which extension is, however, at present
opposed by the Japanese Government.

The Corporation's representative in China
is Mr. J. O. P. Bland, who resides in Peking.

MINES AND MINERALS IN MANCHURIA.

By Reginald Bate, F.R.G.S.

Manchurian mining questions were very
much neglected, both by the Chinese them-
selves and by foreigners until recent years ;
indeed, it was not until the Russian
occupation of Manchuria that the mineral
possibilities were given so much as a
thought. That the country is rich in minerals
has been proved beyond doubt by the
surveyors and geologists who have made
investigations both for the Russian and
Japanese Governments. The Chinese Govern-
ment having recently awakened to the
possibilities of mining, not only in Manchuria
but all over the Chinese Empire, have,
wherever possible, discouraged the efforts of
the more enterprising foreigners, lest by
allowing them to work they should lose what
they consider to be the country's natural
heritage.

Manchuria is prolific in minerals, there
being found in the three provinces, gold.
silver, galena, antimony, copper, coal, iron,
asbestos, &c., but at the present time the
only mines that are actively engaged in
producing are those at Fushun, which were
taken over as a legacy from the Russians by
the Japanese as a subsidiary to the South
Manchurian Railway. Tremendous efforts are
being made to increase the output as
rapidly as possible for the purpose of
supplying the locomotives entirely from these
mines. The other mines of note are those
at Peh Shi Hu, owned by the Japanese
but not producing at the moment owing
to some litigation between the Japanese
and Chinese Governments ; the Kirin Coal
Mines, owned by a British company, and
waiting only for the railway from Changchun

to Kirin to be completed ; the Sa Sung Kang
gold and silver mines, also a British proposi-
tion ; the Tiding gold mines, entirely native
and at present non-producing ; and last of
all, the mines of the Cathay Mining Syndi-
cate, a gigantic Anglo-Japanese combine,
which holds by far the most important
mining interests in all Manchuria, if not in
all China.

The history of the Cathay Mining Syndicate
is very interesting, and it may be said that its
inception, conception, and its bright future is
entirely due to the actions of a very far-seeing
British merchant by the name of Bush, who
having dwelt in Manchuria for the greater part
of his life, came to the conclusion that the
native methods of mining were so crude and
so unproductive that it would be well to
acquire the mining areas and develop them
properly. To this end he bought out the
native owners, gradually obtaining the Im-
perial sanction in 1902 to allow foreign capital
to be introduced.

The Boxer trouble and Russo-Japanese
war, however, prevented work from being
even commenced, as the Cathay mines were
in the war zone and their machinery,
&c., was commandeered. After the Russo-
Japanese war was over the Japanese made
overtures to Mr. Bush and paid very hand-
somely to participate in the venture.

The amalgamation took place on April 17,
1907, and the syndicate is now a combination
of Mr. H. A. Bush and the Japanese
Government. Since the amalgamation both
the British and Japanese concerned have
brought out parties of engineers and sur-
veyors, whose reports have more than

satisfied the promoters and partners, with
the result that the mines may be brought
to the notice of the public in the very near
future.

The districts in which these mines are
situated are those bordering Korea on the
northern bank of the Yalu River, and the
principal and most valuable mines are situated
in the district of Mao Erh Shan, which
was referred to by Sir Alex Hosie in his
well-known work on Manchuria.

The difficulty in the way of mining in China
is either official interference or. failing that,
bad communications, and so long as the
officials persist in extorting profit illegitimately
from their compatriots so long will native
mining continue to be an absurdity.

Within a quite recent period the Chinese
Government promulgated mining regulations
of such a nature that it would have been
impossible for any one, even a native, to
work them, but it is satisfactory to learn
that the diplomatic body in Peking refused
to countenance them and they have con-
sequently been withdrawn for revision.
It will, no doubt, be a considerable time
before they are again submitted for the
Ministers' approval, for it will be a difficult
task to draw up regulations to satisfy
foreigners and, at the same time, preserve
the semblance of not giving anything away
on the part of China. There is no
doubt that, with the new spirit of China for
the Chinese that permeates the half-educated
native, the lot of the official who has the
misfortune to revise the old and compile
the new regulations, will be very un-
enviable.

INFORMATION FOR TOURISTS.

HONGKONG.

approaching Hongkong the
visitor cannot fail to be im-
pressed by the grandeur of
the general surroundings.
Separated from the mainland
by an irregular arm of the
sea from one to five miles
wide, which constitutes its magnificent
harbour, Honglcong is protected on this side
by a long range of bare and rugged peaks,
which present a striking contrast to the
verdure-clad hills on the island.

The city of Victoria, built on the shore and
hillside facing the harbour to the north, is
remarkable for its imposing edifices, many
of which are equal to the finest to be seen
in any modern European city. These build-
ings, consisting of offices, hotels, clubs, &c.,
constitute the European commercial quarter.
To the west lies Chinatown, and above, rising
tier upon tier, are charmnigly situated resi-
dences to within a few hundred feet of the
summit of Victoria Peak, about i,8oo feet
above the level of the sea, and locally known
as "The Peak." This district has, of late years,
become the most popular residential quarter,
particularly during the summer months, when
the atmosphere there is some ten degrees
cooler than in the city. Situated on the
higher slopes and ridges, many of the houses
are visible from below. A funicular railway
runs from near the centre of the town to
Victoria Gap, a short distance from the flag-
staff (signal station), which can be easily
reached on foot, or in sedan chair — the only
possible means of conveyance owing to the
hilliness of the district. This is the principal
point of interest for the visitor, as the view
from the Peak on a clear day is magnificent.
The harbour, when seen at night-time from
this elevation, illuminated by myriads of
lights from ships, junks, and sampans, is a
never-to-be-forgotten sight. A few afternoons
can well be spent in rambling over the Peak
District, the mountain air being most ex-
hilarating.

Another of the principal points of interest
for the visitor is the Wongneichung Valley
(commonly known as "Happy Valley"), a
beautiful spot enclosed by fir-clad hills, which
can be reached from the centre of the city in
twenty minutes by electric car or rickshaw.
Here are situated the recreation grounds of
the Colony, including a very fine racecourse,

and, incongruously enough, on the hillside
to the right, the Protestant, Roman Catholic,
Parsee, and Mahomedan cemeteries — all
beautiful as regards their monuments, horti-
culture, and situation.

The prevailing opinion among tourists
visiting Hongkong for the first time seems
to be that there is Httle or nothing itf the
island worthy of their attention. This is a
great mistake, however ; and, although the
climate can hardly be considered as conducive
to a lengthy stay (except during the six winter
months, when magnificent weather usually
prevails), a week spent in exploring the high-
ways and by-ways of this beautiful island
cannot fail to charm. It is doubtful if the
walk from the Happy Valley, along Bowen
Koad, returning to the city through the
Botanical Gardens, can be excelled in any
other part of the world.

No visitor should leave Hongkong without
seeing Chinatown. Those in quest of curios
will find that everything that is produced or
manufactured in any part of the vast Chinese
Empire is procurable in Hongkong. It is, of
course, usually necessary to drive a hard bar-
gain. A Chinese theatre is well worth a visit,
although the Chinese idea of music is scarcely
in accord with our own!

Chief among other points of general interest
that may be mentioned are the City Hall, with
its museum, Government House, the cathedrals,
the Tytam Waterworks, and the Docks. All
the principal steamers arriving in the harbour
are met by hotel launches, which convey
passengers and their baggage ashore, thereby
reducing to a minimum the trouble and
expense of landing. The principal hotels are
the Hongkong and King Edward, both
situated in Des Voeux Road, the Connaught
and the Oriental in Queen's Road, Kings-
clere Private Hotel on Kennedy Road (one
of the upper levels), the Peak Hotel at
the upper terminus of the funicular railway,
and the Kowloon Hotel on the Kowloon
Peninsula.

The Colony of Hongkong now comprises
also the peninsula of Kowloon on the main-
land, and about 275 square miles of the
territory behind Kowloon have been leased
to Great Britain for ninety-nine years. Many
very fine excursions can be had over these
hills, and visitors who are fond of climbing
will thoroughly enjoy a trip to the top of
Taimoshan, a peak 3,640 feet high. This
can best be done by taking steam launch to

Chin-wan, from which point the ascent and
descent can be made in about three and a
half hours. The view from the summit,
embracing, as it does, a panoramic view
extending fifty miles in every direction, is
ample compensation for the exertion of the
climb.

Hongkong being a free port, visitors are
free from all troublesome Customs formalities.
The currency, however, is somewhat com-
plicated, and a few words in this connection
will not be out of place. There is no gold
standard, the monetary unit being the silver
dollar. The nominal value of this is two shil-
lings but enormous fluctuations take place from
lime to time. Notes are issued by the Hong-
kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, the
Chartered Bank of India, Australia, and
China, and the National Bank of China,
which are legal tender everywhere. The
small silver coins minted in the neighbouring
Chinese province of Kwangtung are also
accepted, and are in general circulation except
in the banks and Government offices. Visitors
are recommended, on arrival, to pay a visit
to the local office of Messrs. Thomas Cook &
Son (16, Des Voeux Road Central), the well-
known firm of tourist agents, where they
can obtain a supply of the local currency
at current exchange, and receive advice as
to the best way of filling up the time they
have at their disposal.

The majority of visitors will, of course,
include Canton and Macao in their itinerary.
The former is distant about nine hours by
steamboat from Hongkong, and the trip one
of the most interesting to the visitor desiring
to see something of Chinese life in its
reality. The journey is easily accomplished.
Three lines of steamers leave Hongkong
every night (except Saturday) for Canton,
returning nightly (except Sunday) from
Canton. The return fares (including berth,
but not meals) are $16 by the British line,
Sio by the French line, and $8 by the
Chinese line. The British line maintains, also,
a daily service both ways (Sundays excepted).
If time permits, visitors are recommended to
take the morning steamer, as the arrival in
the daytime, when everything is in full swing,
and the river is crowded with craft of every
description, is a unique experience. From
start to finish the trip is full of interest.

All these boats have excellent accommoda-
tion, and berths can be reserved and tickets
obtained through Messrs. Thomas Cook & Son,

684 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

who also make all arrangements to have
passengers met on arri\-al at Canton, and
conducted round the city by a reliable guide.

Chief among the objects of interest in Canton
are : — The Temple of the Five Hundred Genii,
the flowery Pagoda, the tive-storey Pagoda,
the Temple of Confucius, the Water Clock,
and the various local industries. There is
only one hotel at Canton, the Victoria,
situated on Shameen, the foreign settlement.

In making purchases, visitors are recom-
mended, when striking a bargain, to see that
they obtain the current premium on their
Hongkong notes. This varies from 8 to lo
per cent., the price l>eing quoted in Chinese
dollars. If purchases of any magnitude are
made, the merchants will usually pack and
forward the goods to Hongkong without any
extra charge.

Visitors who have the time should com-
bine with the Canton trip a run up the West
River. This is an ideal excursion for the
amateur photographer, and can best be made
by taking direct steamer from Hongkong to
Wuchow, returning as far as Samshui, and
proceeding thence by train to Canton, where
the British steamer to Hongkong can be
joined. The round trip occupies about six
days, and the fare is $36. The railway
journey (about two hours) will give travellers
an excellent idea of Chinese village life.

The scenery on the West River is magni-
licent. A succession of gorges, high moun-
tain ranges rising directly from the water's
edge, and fertile valleys is passed ; monas-
teries, pagodas and temples being visible here
and there picturesquely situated in almost in-
accessible positions. Xear Samshui is situated
the third largest Buddhist monastery in China,
and it is well worth a visit. Built about 400
feet up the side of a cliff, it is approached
by means of steps cut into the rock, and,
with beautiful waterfalls in the background,
presents one of the most interesting pictures
on the river. The water from these falls is
supposed to possess many virtues, and is
shipped by the monks in jars to all parts of
China.

Wuchow is a city of considerable anti-
quity, and. if time permits, visitors can pro-
fitably spend one or two days in exploring
the neighbourhood. The town is typically
Chinese, without any of the innovations
which have been introduced into Canton.
There is no hotel in Wuchow, and visitors
will, of course, remain on the boat.

The West River excursion can also be
made as a side trip from Canton, the fare
tieing $25 and the time occupied about five
days.

A railway is now in course of construction
between Kowloon and Canton, and another
between Canton and Hankow, which, when
completed, will link Kowloon with the
Trans-Siberian Railway, thus forming direct
rail communication between Hongkong and
the principal cities of Europe.

Between Hongkong and Macao two
steamers run daily in both directions, the
distance being only about 40 miles. Macao
is known as the "Gem of the Orient," and
is especially interesting from the fact of its
having been the pioneer European settle-
ment in the Far East. It was founded
early in the sixteenth century by the Por-
tuguese. The principal places of interest to
be visited at Macao are the Camoen's
Gardens and Grotto, the Facade of San
Paolo, the Public Gardens, the Fantan
Gambling Salootis, and the various local
industries. There are two good hotels, the
Macao and the Boa Vista.

Travellers desirous of visiting Manila can
make the round trip from Hongkong in

about a week. Local steamers leave Hong-
kong and Manila every Tuesday. Friday, and
Saturday, in addition to which there are
four companies running to Australia which
usually make Manila a port of call.

KOWLOON HOTEL.

The Praya East Hotel was purchased in
1906 by Mr. O. E. Owen. He had had con-
siderable experience in the management of
such establishments in different parts of the
world, and so large and remunerative a
business was done that in two months he
had fully paid for the property. In the
following year he took the Kowloon Hotel
upon a six years' lease, and here again his
speculation has proved successful. It is
practically the only first - class hotel of its
kind in Kowloon, and is situated in the
midst of well-kept grounds and gardens.
There are a number of excellent bedrooms
commanding fine views of the harbour, and
the premises throughout are prettily fur-
nished and lighted with electricity. The

MR. O. E. OWEN.

hotel is within easy access of the regular
ferry service from the Kowloon wharves to
Hongkong. P'ew men have had a more
varied career than Mr. Owen. He started
life with very fair prospects, but was destined
to meet with many dil'iiculties. Thanks to
his perseverance and business ability, how-
ever, these have been successfully encountered.
A son of Mr. Elias Owen, a merchant who
has now retired and is living at Julfa, Persia,
he was born on January 15, 1881, at Julfa,
and was educated at the Church Missionary
Society's mission school there. He joined
the Church Missionary Society's dispensary
and hospital and, at the end of three years,
proceeded to the Medical College at Calcutta.
Financial difficulties, however, prevented him
from completing his studies, and, after being
for a short period in Dr. Handy's dispensary
at Singapore, he accepted a position as
assistant at Raffles' Hotel. The climate of
the Straits Settlements, however, did not
agree with him, and he migrated to Hong-
kong, arriving in the Colony with only five
dollars in his pocket. For a long while
misfortune seemed to dog his footsteps, and
several hotels in which he secured positions

failed on account of the slackness of trade,
In spite of these disappointments, however,
he managed to save a little money and, when
the opportunity came, he invested it skilfully,
with the result that his future is assured.

SHANGHAI.

It is frequently alleged that there is nothing
to see in Shanj;hai, but, although the Settle-
ment cannot boast of much in the way of
natural beauty, acquaintance may be m<ide
within its boundaries of all the interesting
pliases of Chinese life — temples, cemeteries,
native theatres, shops, and industries. On
landing in the foreign settlement the visitor
cannot fail to be impressed by the many
evidences of prosperity that are afforded by
the imposing buildings. Conspicuous on the
Bund are the Customs House, in the Tudor
style of architecture, surmounted by a square
clock tower ; the Club Germania ; and the
massive premises of seveial of the big
banking houses. The two leading hotels are
the Astor House and the Palace Hotel, at
either of which accommodation can be
obtained for from $7 to $10 (Mexican) a day.
The principal European stores are to be
found at the commencement of the Nanking
Road. Further along, Chinese sliops, easily
distinguished by their unglazed fronts and
hanging shop-signs, continue in an almost
unbroken succession until the Defence Creek
is reached. Many of these shops, although
of no great external pietensions, contain
within them some of the country's finest
productions. Here it may be mentioned that
although Shanghai itself is not actually a
silk-producing centre, it is situated in one of
the chief producing districts of China, and
some of the finest silk may be purchased on
advantageous terms at the native stores.
The jewellers' shops contain interesting
specimens of native workmanship in silver
and gold, and make a feature of jade orna-
ments, which are regarded by the Chinese
as bringing luck to the wearer. By means
of the electric tramcars, carriages, and
rickshaws, which ply for hire at very reason-
able rates, the whole Settlement may easily
be explored. Pidgin English is the medium
of communiciilion between the foreigner and
the native, and, although it is not sufficient
merely to add the suffix "ee" to English
woids, the jargon is easily acquired. Sports
may be seen in progress on the splendid
recreation grounds on the Bubbling Well
Koad, and at Hongkew, and music is
provided daily during the summer months
by the municipal band in the public gardens
on the Hund. A museum, under the
direction of the local branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society, is situated within a minute's
walk of the British Post Office in Peking
Road, and a public library and reading room
are to be found at the Town Hall in
Nanking Road. The chief temple is Zen
Sung Aye Temple, at the corner of Peking
and Kweichow Roads. This is dedicated to
the Queen of Heaven, to whom are addressed
the petitions of women desiring sons. The
Dai Wong Miao Temple in Sinza Road is
also worthy of a visit, and on no account
should one or other of the native cemeteries
or mortuaries in this vicinity be overlooked.
The most remarkable is the Cantonese
Cemetery in Sinza Road. A broad drive,
flanked by hundreds of tiled brick graves,
leads to a number of temples, council rooms,
and other buildings. On all sides may be
seen the earthenware urns in which the

The liiR.

THE ASTOE. HOUSE HOTEL.

The Dining Hall.

A Corner of the Reading Room.

[Sec page 68ft.]

The Entrance.

686 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

remains of the departed are deposited in
readiness for transt'erencc to other places.
In no people is the desire to be laid to rest
in their native soil so strongly implanted
as in the Chinese.

The walled native city, with its narrow
crowded streets, lies to the south of the
Settlement, beyond the French Concession.
Its chief attractions are its tea gardens,
with their curious examples of Chinese
architecture, its temples, its execution ground,
and — perhaps most interesting of all to the
European — its •' Willow-pattern Tea House,"
which is said to have t>een the original of
the design upon the willow-pattern ware
so familiar at home. The wall of the city
was erected in the Middle Ages to keep out
Japanese invaders.

Settlement, .iniong the most frequented being
the Chang Su Ho Garden, on the Bubbling
Well Roiid. where native theatricals, cinemato-
graph entertainments. Chinese processions,
fireworks, and other forms of amusement
are provided. There are also, just outside
the boundaries of the Settlement, two or
three resorts, at which variety entertain-
ments are provided and roulette is played.

For those who have a little time at their
disposal, several excursions may be taken to
places which will give the visitor a good
idea of life in the interior of China. The
trips may be made in house-boats, or, in
some instances, by rail. The Feng-wan-
shan Hills, originally islands in the Yangtsze
Delta, are situated about thirty miles from
Shanghai and are favourite week-end resorts.

part of the distance the route lies through
very beautiful scenery. Tientsin and Peking
are only three or four days' journey from
Shangliai. and the chief ports in Japan may
be reached in from two to five days by any
of the mail steamships.

ASTOR HOUSE.

AsTOR Hot'SK is the best-known hotel in the
north of China. Its importance has grown,
step by step, with the gradual rise in the
prosperity of the Settlement, until now it
ranks with any of the leading hotels in the
F"ar East. All the several departments are

Beyond the city lies the Lunghwa Pagoda,
which may be reached by carriage, and
should certainly be seen, for pagodas are
not nearly so common in China as is
popularly supposed. Adjoining the pagoda
is a large temple, dedicated to the King of
Heaven, and a monastery with three hundred
monks.

In the same neighbourhood is the Siccawei
Observatory, which is one of the finest
institutions of the kind in the world. It is
carried on by the Jesuit fathers, who also
maintain educational and other institutions
in the vicinity, over which they are always
happy to show the visitor. They are now
engaged in erecting at Siccawei a cathedral
which will probably be one of the largest in
China.

There are several Chinese gardens in the

THE ASTOK HOUSE HOTEL.
The Hotel kroh the Public Gardens,

Hangchow. with its temple and rock sculp-
tures ; Soochow, with its twin pagodas,
beamless temple. Tiger Hill Pagoda, Yamen
and Gardens ; Nanking, a former capital of
China, with its tomb of one of the Ming
emperors ; the Ta Hoo, or great lake, with
its charming scenery ; Kwangpoo, with its
temple, pagoda, and gardens ; Wusieh, where
the finest silk in the world is produced ; and
Chinkiang, another centre of the silk in-
dustry, are all within fairly easy reach by
rail or water.

Further afield is Hankow, a place of great
commercial importance, and of still greater
possibilities. The port is situated some 600
miles up the Yangtsze, the third longest
river in the world, and may be reached in
one of the well-equipped river steamboats
which ply to and from Shanghai. For some

under special European supervision, and
everything has been done to secure the
comfort of the guests. Leading straight
from the entrance to the main residential
portion of the house is a long glass arcade.
Upon one side of this are the oliices, where
the clerks and commissioners will attend
promptly and courteously to every want ;
upon the other is a luxuriously furnished
lounge, and, adjoining this, the reading,
smoking, and drawing rooms. The dining
room has seating accommodation for five
hundred persons. It is lighted with hundreds
of small electric lamps, whose rays are re-
flected by the large mirrors arranged around
the walls, and when dinner is in progress,
and the band is playing in the gallery, the
scene is both bright and animated. There
are some two hundred bedrooms, each with

CENTRAL STORES, LTD. -THE PALACE HOTEL.

Thk Dixixg Hai.i..
M. J. N'ATHAN, Secretary.
G. J. Shekury, Managing Director, The Extra.nce Hall.

The HoTtL.
B. Kay, M.iTKijjii,

[See page tflS.]

688 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

a bathroom adjoining, all of which look out-
ward, lacing either the city or the Whangpoo
River. Easy access is g;iined to the various
floors upon which they are situated by means
ol electric elevators. The hotel, which
generates its own electricity and has its own
refrigerating plant, gives employment to
254 persons. The most scrupulous care
is taken over every detail of management,
and the house is one that can be thoroughly
reciNnmended. Improvements are continually
being made as opportunity offers. The
oldest portions of the hotel are now being
rebuilt on m<xlern lines, and the dining room,
facing the Soochow Creek, is to be extended
along the whole front of the building. Winter
gardens are being constructed, the writing
and smoking rooms, and the private bar and

floor there is a lofty and spacious dining
room, well lighted." finely panelled, and
adorned with numerous paintings. It affords
accommodation for three hundred guests.
Adjacent to it are several dining rooms for
the use of private parties, and a banqueting
hall, capable of seating two hundred guests,
which can also be utilised as a hall-room.
A fine lounge traverses the whole length of
the building. Above is the roof garden,
where a quiet hour may be spent amidst fine
palms and foliage plants. The view from
here extends from W'oosung, on the coast
line, to the Quinsan Hills far away inland ;
while, immediately below, are the public
gardens, where the town band may often
be heard discoursing music. The hotel
contains, altogether, 120 rooms, each of

HOTEL DES COLONIES.

Thk Hotel des Colonics, the principal hotel
in the Krencli Concession, was the first estab-
lishment of ils kind to be built in Shanghai.
It owes i(s existence to Monsieur A, Michel,
who came out to China sixty years ago, and
from this fact it derives its Chinese name
of Mi-tsay-lee. Originally it consisted of
a single building containing about twenty
rooms ; now it comprises three separate
buildings on opposite sides ol the Rue
Montauhan and Kuc du Consulat wilh
well-equipped dining and drawing rooms
and a sufficient number of bedrooms and
comfoitable apartments to accommodate a
large, continuous, and steadily growing stream
of visitors.

THE NAVAL CLUB.

THE ASTOR BAR.

[See p-dge 686.]

billiard room will be enlarged, and the kitchen
will be placed upon the roof. By such enter-
prise as this the proprietors keep everything
up to date, and endeavour to meet the require-
ments of an ever-increasing number of patrons.

THE PALACE HOTEL.

Stanuixg at the corner of the Bund and
Nanking Koad. within a few minutes' walk
of the banks, post offices, and consulates, and
in the very heart of the European business
quarter, the newly constructed Palace Hotel
occupies the finest possible position in
Shanghai. It is lighted throughout by elec-
tric-ity, and storey is connected with storey
by means of eledric elevators. On the fifth

which has a bathroom attached, Tlie
cuisine is excellent. The chef enjoys unique
advantages, for the hotel has its own dairy
farm, so that the freshness and purity of the
milk used are guaranteed, and owns a large
kitchen garden, in which vegetables for the
table are grown under European supervision
— a very important consideration in this part
of the world. Everything is done by the
management to promote the comfort and
convenience of guests, and the high popu-
larity of the hotel with tourists is beyond
question. All incoming steamers are met by
the hotel commissionaire, who relieves pas-
sengers intending to stay at the hotel of all
anxiety concerning their baggage.

Afler a time the hotel passed into the
hands of Mr. Scisson, who luined it into a
limited liability company some twenty years
ago in order to obtain the capital necessary
for carrjing out Ihe extensions and im-
provtments that were required. Owing to
deprcf-sion in business, however, the hotel
was sold to a private company. In 1898
there was another change in the ownership,
and in 1901 a syndicate was formed to fake
over the management. In every department
the greatest care is exercised to make the
hotel as comfortable and attractive as possible.
The cuisine, particularly, is excellent, the
Motel des Colonies being the only establish-
ment of its kind in Shanghai in which the
kitchen is under the charge of an experienced
French chef,

Mr. J. M. Tavares has been the general

HOTEL DBS COLONIES.

The Entrance Hall.
A Corner of the Sitting Room.

The Dining Hall.
Bedroom.

690 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

manager of the business for several years,
and his geniality and solicitude for the com-
fort of his guests have had no small share
in maintaining and enhancing the hotel's
popularity.

ST. GEORGES HOTEL.

Ox the outskirts of Shanghai there are quite
a number of picturesque little hostelries which
form very pleasant and popular places of
resort in the early evening after the heat
and glare of the summer day in town.
Perhaps the most conveniently situated, and
freely patronised by all is the St. George's
Hotel, which occupies altogether some twenty-
live mow of land at the end of the Bubbling
Well Road. Mr. S. Hertzl)erg, the proprietor,
has spared neither pains nor expense to
make the hotel and its gardens as attractive
as possible, and there can be no question
that his efforts have met with appreciation.
Every evening during the summer a band
plays in the grounds, and, after dinner, there
is a cinematograph entertainment interspersed
with songs and musical sketches. Although
the establishment is more in the nature of
a cafe or restaurant than a hotel, and caters
chiefly for tea and dinner parties, it is not
without accx>mmodation for permanent resi-
dents. In conjunction with it Mr. Hertzberg
conducts a dairy farm, and obtains his supplies
of fresh milk and butter from a herd of
eighteen Australian and Chinese cows.

THE NEW TRAVELLERS' HOTEL.

The New Travellers' Hotel in the Broadway
was built about five years ago, and is calcu-
lated to meet the requirements of those
who desire good accommodation but are
not prepared to pay high tariff rates. The
premises are commodious and conveniently
arranged ; there is a well-furnished dining-
Toom, a billiard-room, two bars, and twenty
bedrooms. The attendance leaves nothing to
be desired.

The proprietor is Mr. D. Haimovitch, who
has been resident in China for some twenty-
five years, and has, consequently, a good
knowledge of the requirements of a hotel in
the East. Although he has been in charge
of the establishment for a few months only,
he has already effected several important
improvements.

NAVAL CLUB HOTEL.

Managed by Mr. E. Shanstrom, an ex-naval
man himself, the Naval Club Hotel at loa and
lob, Boone Road, is naturally a favourite place
of resort for sailors and man-o'-war's men of
all nationalities, whenever their ships happen
to be in port. The present proprietor took
over the business in 1901, and when the
new building of the Astor House Hotel was
completed in 1903 he leased the back part
of the premises facing the Broadway. Under
his personal supervision both enterprises
have proved very successful. Mr. Shanstrom
was born in 1873, at Nevada City, Colorado,
and before coming to Shanghai served for
eight years in the American Navy, rising
during that period to the rank of chief

yeoman. He joined the local Volunteer
.\rtillery Company in 1902, and is now a
sergeant. He is also a member of the
Ancient Land-mark and Keystone R.A.C.

THE CHANG SU HO GARDEN.

The Chang Su Ho Garden, with frontages
on the Bubbling Well and Welhaiwei Roads,
comprises some seventy mow of land and
offers manifold attractions. It is laid out
with grottoes and artificial lakes connected
with the river by pipes, and is beautifully
wooded. The trees and shrubs planted back
In the eighties for scenic effect have ijrown
to perfection, and from time to time rare
plants of all descriptions have been added.
In a spacious concert hall, known as "The
Arcadia," Chinese theatricals and other enter-
tainments are given by some of the best-
known native talent and visiting troupes, and
there are also cinematograph entertainments
and shooting galleries. From time to time
special attractions are provided, such as a
balloon ascent, a good band, a pyrotechnic
display, or a native procession. The garden,
which was formerly the property of a Mr.
Groome, was acquired by Mr. Chang Su
Ho In 1881. At that time it comprised
only 21 mow. Mr. Cliang Su Ho gradually
extended it and laid it out as It is to-day.
The property is now leased by Mr. A. M. A.
Evans for a term of forty years, and under
the foreign supervision which Messrs. Evans
& Co., the agents, have Introduced, tliere
are now few places of the kind in which
an afternoon or evening can be more
pleasantly spent.

EVANS & CO. THE CHANG SU HO GARDEN.

O.v THE Terrace.

The L.\ke.

The Lake.

The H.all.

OTHER TREATY PORTS AND
FOREIGN SETTLEMENTS.

HANKOW.

VNKOW. which is 602 nautical
miles distant from Shanghai,
is situated in the province
of Hupeh, within the angle
formed by the junction of the
river Han and the Yangtsze-
Kiang. The native city spreads
itself along both rivers, and the foreign
settlements occupy the bank of the Yangts/.e
below it. On the right bank of the river
Han is the city of Hanyang, and, nearly
opposite, on the right bank of the Yanglsze,
the Prefeclural city of Wuchang, the capital
of the province and the seat of the Govern-
ment under the Hukuang Viceroy (at present
Chen Kuei Lung). The population of the three
cities is estimated at about half a million.
Hankow flourished for many centuries until it
was devastated in the Taeping rebellion. For
some time after that it was merely regarded
as a suburb of Hanyang, but it has now
quite outstripped the older city in wealth
and importance. In his work on " The
Yangtsze," Captain Blakiston gives the follow-
ing excellent description of a bird's eye view
of the place and its surroundings. " Hankow,"
he says, " is situated just where an irregular
range of semi-detached low hills crosses a
particularly level country on twth sides of
the main river in an east and west direction.
Stationed on Pagoda Hill, Hanyang, a
spectator looks down on almost as much
water as land, even when the rivers are
low. At his feet sweeps the magnificent
Yangtsze, nearly a mile in width ; from the
west, and skirting the northern edge of the
range of hills already mentioned, comes the

river Han, narrow and canal-like, to add its
quota, and serving as one of the highways
of the country ; and to the north-west and
north is an extensive treeless flat, so little
elevated above the river that tlie scattered
hamlets which dot its surface are, without
exception, raised on mounds — probably arti-
ficial works of a now distant age. A stream
or two traverse its farther part, and How
into the main river. Carrying the eye to
the right bank of the Yangtsze, one sees
enormous lakes and lagoons both to the
north-west and south-east sides of the hills
beyond the provincial city."

The climate of Hankow, it must be admitted,
is far from perfect. During four or five
months it is extremely hot, the thermometer
in summer-time occasionally registering as
high as 105" Fahrenheit. Especially in
July and August is the atmosphere close
and oppressive. The months of October,
November, and the early part of December
are usually very pleasant, but the days of sun-
shine may be interrupted by cloudy weather,
with cold piercing winds at nightfall. In
tlie early months of the year the thermometer
averages about 44" Fahrenheit, but some-
times falls much lower. The cold is very
penetrating then by reason of the dampness
in the air. Snow falls occasionally, but it
generally melts away during the day. Every-
thing possible is being done to safeguard
the health of the community, and the sanitary
conditions are improving year by year. The
large dyke built two years ago to prevent
the annual Hooding of the plain immediately
behind the city, and the gradual filling in

of low-lying ground to remove stagnant water
have helped to reduce the plague of mosquitoes
and sickness. Upwards of 56,000 tons of
mud have been brought by trolley into the
British Concession to fill in vacant plots at
a cost of $11,823. and a far greater amount,
for which figures are not available, has been
brought by another trolley line and by
thousands of coolies, who take the mud from
the river bank at low water. In the Russian
Concession the ground has been raised
some six feet by the deposition of some
108,000 tons of mud, and the work in both
concessions is still proceeding. The French
and German Concession have likewise been
raised and bunded, and tlie Japanese Con-
cession is being treated similarly.

Before the opening of the port to foreign
trade, Hankow had a troubled history. The
three cities — Hankow, Hanyang, and Wuchang
— were taken and re-taken no fewer than
six times during the Taeping rebellion, and
when evacuated by the insurgents in 1855
they were to a large extent laid waste.
Hankow's record as a foreign settlement
dates from i86l. It was included among the
Treaty ports in accordance with the terms
of Article X of the Treaty of Tientsin of
1858, between China and Great Britain, and
in 1861 Mr. (afterwards Sir) Harry Parkes
commenced negotiations with the Viceroy of
Wuchang for a British Concession. The
ground asked for was about seventy - live
acres in extent, adjoining the native city,
and having a river frontage of about half
a mile. It was especially stipulated that
foreigners should not be confined to " factory

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. fi93

sites" as they were in the early days in
Canton. But it was not until the persuasive
influence of the Navy had been employed
that a lease of the area required was {^ranted
to the British Government, in perpetuity,
conditional on an animal payment of $13805.
Until 1895 this remained the only foreijjn
concession in Hankow. According to the
original agreement the land could be let
only to British subjects, but this was altered
in 1864 so that land might be leased by
subjects of any power having Treaty rela-
tions with China. Of the 74 lots of the
original concession, 52 are held by British
subjects, 11^ by Russians, 3 by an
American, 2 by an Italian, and 2 by
a Spanish Mission, 2 by the Hankow

three quarters of a mile and an area of
506,000 square yards. It was developed by
a syndicate at great cost. and. in 1905.
was taken over by a company of German
landowners and placed under the adminis-
tration of a municipality. Further along
the river and adjoining the German con-
cession the Japanese were granted an area
of 147,000 square yards a few years ago.
This they have commenced to develop on
lines similar to those followed by the other
nationalities. A bund some four hundred yards
in length and a number of streets are being
laid out, and the area generally is the
scene of much building activity. Beyond
the Japanese Concession a Chinese syndi-
cate holds a parcel of land on which it

possess a main street, four to live miles
long, which will form an extremely pleas-
ant riverside promenade. Lined with well-
grown trees, it has a pleasing appearance
from the water, and in the summer season
it presents a very animated spectacle. Some
of the houses along the water-front would
be a credit to any city. Owing to the
ample accommodation afforded by the Bund
the town has no great depth. The first
three streets running parallel to the river
bank are broad and well laid out, and con-
tain most of the important hongs, the rear
portions of the various concessions being
occupied mostly by Chinese. Japanese, and
smaller firms. Another feature of the Set-
tlement which cannot fail to be observed

THE FOREIGN SETTLEMENT AT HANKOW.

IX THK KrkXCH COXCKSSKIX.

X THK GERW.\X CoxCESSIOX.

Ix THK British Coxcessiox.

Club, 2j by Japanese, and i by a German.
In 1898 the Concession was extended by a
grant of a further area of 74 acres,
and of this 45 per cent, is held by Britons
and their Municipality. 27 per cent, by the
Italian Mission, loj per cent, by Germans.
1 1 per cent, by French, and 5^ per cent, by
Russians.

Russia was the next foreign Power to
obtain a concession. This adjoins the Bri-
tish, and has an area of 247.000 square
yards, with a river frontage of 722 yards.
Then the PVench secured a grant of 137.000
square yards of land, with a river frontage
of a quarter of a mile. The German Con-
cession was obtained in 1895 by a German
company called the Deutsche Neiderlas-
sungs-Gesellschaft. It has a frontage of

is proposed to erect a model Chinese set-
tleuient. Some work has been done in
this direction. The British Concession, being
the oldest, was for a long period the
centre of foreign trade, and many of the
largest and oldest firms have their premises
here. Of late years the other concessions
have made great progress, and now also
contain a number of fine buildings. The
British wharfage dues, however, exceed
those of the Russian and German Conces-
sions combined, and in trade the British
are still predominant.

The visitor who is familiar with other
foreign settlements in China cannot fail to
be impressed with Hankow. When the
Japanese have completed the work upon
which they are engaged, the Settlement will

is its air of commercial and industrial
activity. Numerous hulks used for storing
and shipping the cargo brought by the
various steamship lines trading with Han-
kow are ranged along the Bund wall : tall
chimneys and large factories rise above
the town in almost every direction ; and
thousands of coolies carrying goods may be
seen in constant procession between the
Bund and the godowns. The town pos-
sesses many large mills : there are sever.il
Government factories on the Wuchang side
of the river ; and extensive iron and steel
works have been established at Hanyang.

The native city presents no distinctive
features, being much like other native cities
— a maze of narrow streets flanked by more
or less dilapidated-looking houses. Its wealth

694 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

aiid paisperity, however, cannot K- denied, and
the Icavenint! spirit of progress is seen in
the recent inst;illation of a plant for supply-
ing some 500.000 gallons of water daily, aiid
in the erection of the necessjirv machinery

going to all parts of the Yangtszc, both above
and below Hankow. The fleet numbers not
less than 46. of which at the moment 18 are
British. 13 Japanese. 8 Chinese. 5 German,
and 3 French. There is also a large Hcet

HANKOW BUND IN WINTER.

for lighting the streets with electricity. The
total population of Hankow approaches a
quarter of a million.

Hankow has been described as the
" Chicago of the East." but that, of course,
is a form of poetic licence. Hankow, how-
ever, is an extremely important place, from
a commercial and industrial point of view,
and it will be interesting to examine in
more detail the causes that have led to its
rapid development, and the scope and extent
of its present-day activities. The Peking-
Hankow Railway, connecting the interior of
China with Europe, has done a great deal
towards fostering the multitudinous business
interests, and further l>enefit is expected
when railway communication is established
with Canton and Hongkong (Kowloon). No
work in connection with this project has yet
been commenced in the province, but a British
engineer, Mr. R. St. George Moore, M.I.C.E.,
has been engaged, and a start will soon
Ix: made. Another ten years should see the
line completed. Hankow, it must be re-
membered, is distant only twenty-nine hours
by rail from the capital of the Empire.
The passenger from Hankow may arrive in
Europe by the Trans-Siberian Railway in
twenty days, and already the European
mail comes by this route. But it is to
its unrivalled water communications that
the pfjrt chiefly owes its prosperity. In
addition to the fine river, on the banks of
which it stands, there are canals and large
streams bringing it in touch with almost all
parts of China. Indeed, in the high-water
season, boats may go as far as the
borders of the Kwangfung Province, and
an additional impetus must be given to
trade when the problem of the navigation
of the Yangtszc Rapids has been solved
and direct communication established with
Szechwan, which is said to be the richest
province in China. With this end in
view there is more than one company
in the field at the present time.

The pfirt is well served with river steamers

of smaller vessels and laiiiiclics. Some
25.000 native junks, carrying probably a
million tons of cargo, are said to clear
from Hankow annually. From April to
November, when the river is at its highest
point, large steamers can reach the port.
At times Peninsular and Oriental and other
ocean-going vessels come direct with cargo,
while the battleship Gloiy. and one of the

advance has been made during the last ten
years than throughout the whole of the
previous time. Notwithstanding the fact that
tea. formerly the staple product, has fallen
from its high estate, the trade in this par-
ticular commodity is still large. Certainly a
Heet of steamers, direct from London and
Odessa, is not now to be seen anchored off
the Bund as in days gone by, but, never-
theless, there are many large shipments of
tea during the season, and the four large tea
factories in the neighbourhood do a thriving
liusiness. Especially was this the case last
year, when, owing principally to the higher
prices of Indian and Ceylon teas, there was
an increased deniaiul for teas from Hankow.
At the present time there is a great call for
brick tea, which is made from tea dust, and
is exported to Mongolia, North Cliina, and
Russia. The factories are working to their
utmost capacity, but the supply seems to be
insufficient. Of the brick-tea factories, two
are situated in the Russian Concession and
two in the British Concession. They are
equipped with modern machines and employ
tliousands of Chinese, and the importance of
the business may be gathered from the fact
that some 26,000,000 taels' worth of brick
and tablet tea have passed through the
Customs during the last ten years. The tea
trade as a whole is mainly in the hands of
Russian merchants.

Next to tea, probably the most important
trade is done in hides, which are dried and
packed for Europe and America. Wood oil,
sesamum seeds, and the oil made from them,
are other important articles of export, and a
considerable business is also done in tobacco,
musk, feathers, albumen, antimony, bean-cake,
beans, cotton, fungus, horns, iron, lead, rape-
seed, animal tallow, and Chinese products of
all descriptions. The net value of the trade
of the port for 1907 was, in round figures,
£? 18,700,000. Of this sum, imports represented
nearly nine millions sterling, and exports up-
wards of ;fg,8oo,ooo.

THE YANGTSZE RIVER AT CHINKIANG.

largest cruisers at present on the China
station, have navigated the river between
Shanghai and Hankow.

The port has been open to foreign trade
for nearly half a century, but a greater

The river banks in the vicinity of the town
are the scene of much industrial activity,
and both on the Hankow and Wuchang
sides there are a number of factories
which, together with the tank installations

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 095

of the various oil companies and the
railway company, give the district a very
prosperous appearance. The several albuinen
factories, to which indirect reference has
already been made, are doinfj fairly well in
spite of Chinese competition at Chinkianj;.
The process in these factories is to separate
the white from the yolk of the egg
and by steain-heat to reduce it to a thin
gelatine sheet for industrial purposes. The
yolk, also, is made up for use in dressing
leather and for mixing with certain kinds
of varnish, &c. The principal industrial
enterprise in the vicinity, however, is the
Hanyang Iron and Steel Works, situated
on the Han River, and owned and operated

portion of which was exported to Japan,
while some went to the United States.
A new furnace has just been completed
which will add to the output by some
250 tons a day, and for the present year the
output of the furnaces is estimated at 160,000
tons of pig-iron. The aim of the management
is to produce a class of work capable of pass-
ing all recognised standards. The coal and
coke required come from the Ping-hsiang
mines, and the iron ore from mountains some
30 miles down the Yangtsze. Connected
with this enterprise is a Government steam
brick factory capable of turning out 60,000
bricks a day. The adjacent arsenal is another
undertaking owned by the Government. It

situated in the German Concession, This
will have a daily output of several million
cigarettes. Several oil-press and bean-cake
factories, Chinese and Japanese, are at work
inside and outside the Concessions.

In the vicinity of Hankow there are four
Hour mills. One of these is carried on by a
European, and makes fiour from wheat im-
ported from home ; the others are in the
hands of Chinese. Opposite to the British
Concession are Messrs. Carlowitz's large ore-
retining works, at which antimony, lead, and
zinc ore are crushed ; and on the Wuchang
side there are Government glass mills, and
cotton and hemp mills. The cotton and
hemp mills, together with a silk filature,

f iy 9

s* '•^

1^ .

f "*•» f

^ *^ f^ ^ f » f*- ^

THE RUSSIAN SETTLEMENT AT HANKOW.

GKOri' OF RKSIDKN'I'S AI' THK Oi'KMNC. Ckrkmoxv.

KUSSI.AX MUMCIP.^L Cot'N'CIL OKFICKS.

SOMK OF THK RUSSI.AX COM>U'NnY.

by a Chinese company, headed by Sheng
Kungpao. They were established by Viceroy
Chang Chih-Tung. whose idea it was that
China should make her own railway materials
from Chinese ore on Chinese territory. For
some time the undertakings proved anytTiing
but a success, and were eventually leased
by His Excellency Sheng. He failed to
make them pay, but two years ago the re-
construction of the works was commenced,
and modern machinery installed, with the
result that they will soon be capable
of turning out all kinds of iron and steel-
work for railways, ships, and other purposes.
During 1907 the blast furnaces produced
some 37,000 tons of pig-iron, a large

consists of a small-arms factory, under foreign
nianagement, and powder, chemical, and
ammunition factories. The arsenal, however,
at the present time is in a moribund con-
dition owing to want of funds, and half the
machinery is idle. Rifles in small numbers,
cartridges, and some quick-firing ammunition
form the principal output at the moment, but
it is said that equipment is to be provided
shortly for the manufacture of heavy ordnance.
In the Japanese Concession there is a Chinese-
owned match factory capable of turning out
half a million boxes of matches a day, while
another notable industrial enterprise which
has just been placed in working order is that
of the British-American Tobacco Company,

were leased by the Viceroy in 1902 to a
company of Chinese capitalists for Tls. 100,000
a year for twenty years, and, apart from the
hemp mill, the concern is doing a flourishing
business. Satisfactory progress, also, is being
made bv the Hupeh Cotton Mills established
by the Government. A tannery on an exten-
sive scale, and under European supervision,
has recently been started, and there are
several brick and tile factories, as well as
numerous minor industries.

The financial position of Hankow is, to say
the least, remarkable. The ci;y is in a large
measure the financial centre of the interior
of Northern Cliina, and in the foreign settle-
ment are to be found large branches of six

(51)6 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of the most fHiwcrlul banking houses in the
Far East, namely, the Honskoiij; and Shang-
hai K;ink. the Chartered Bank of India.
Austnilia, and China, the Russo-Chinese Bank,
the Deutch-Asialische Bank, the Banque dc

the many schemes wliich it lias rashly
financed. Chinese dollar bills form prac-
tically the currency of Hankow, and European
merchants are compelled to accept tliuui.
although they are careful never to hold thcni

«P

THE HANKOW CLUB.

rindo-Chine. and the Yokohama Specie
Bank. In addition to these, there are two
local Government hanks, and some fifty
native banks, including several of very good
repute, the first among which is the famous
Shansi Banking Corporation. The presence
of so many well-known banking houses
would appear to be sufficient guarantee
of the stability of local currency, especially
when it is remembered that some of the
foreign banks have local note issues. Re-
markable methods of finance, however,
have been employed from time to time by
the holders of the ofifice of Viceroy at
Wuchang. Like all other Chinese officials.
they have for years past been troubled with
a treasury that emptied itself too rapidly,
and, owing to the many millions which have
been invested by the Government in various
industrial experiments in Hupeh. none of
which has ever paid in official hands,
the controller of the finances has found
himself in difficulties which, apparently, have
stimulated his inventive faculties. He soon
discovered that two single cash pieces when
put together and passed through a machine,
could be made to serve as ten cash token
money. The scheme worked well, and
induced the Viceroy to import from Europe
minting machines capable of dealing probably
with half the copper output of the world.
They are now to be found stored at Wuchang,
ready for any emergency. Had the Viceroy's
financial experiments extended no further
than this they would have been of little
interest to Europeans. But he next found
that by purchasing a peculiar and inexpensive
class of paper in Japan, and spending a small
sum in printing, $i and i.ooo cash notes
could be manufaciured with ease. By this
simple device the treasury at Wuchang has
been saved from depletion, notwithstanding

over night if they can possibly avoid doing
so. The banks exchange their stock for
bullion once a week without difficulty.
The paper-money issued represents some

papcr-nioncy the position may become very
grave.

In prophesying as to the commercial
future of Hankow many thmgs have to be
considered. In addition to the financial
unsoundness caused by an excessive paper
currency, whicli may he discredited, the city
suffers from the government of ofiicials who
are constantly being moved from one post
to another, and who, consequently, are more
anxious to secure profits for themselves than
to promote the prosperity of the district ;
and from the investment of money in a large
number of Government and public enter-
prises which appear very unlikely to yield
any return. To be set off against these dis-
advantages are Hankow's prospective position
as the railway centre of China ; an unequalled
system of water communications, connecting
with nine of the provinces of the Empire
and tile outside world, by means of the
Yangts/e, which is navigable by large ocean
liners ; a sound private native banking system
with agencies in the remotest parts of the
Empire ; great possibilities as tlie tea mart of
Cliiiia. and as a market for wood, oil, silk,
hides, and every product of Central Cliina ;
great mineral wealth (immense quantities of
coal are found in the neighbourhood, and there
is a mountain which is said to contain 50 per
cent, pure iron ore) ; and a large and enter-
prising population with an abundance of
cheap labour.

Hankow furnishes a striking example of
the extrav.'igant concession method of local
government that prevails in the principal
Treaty ports. The whole of the foreign
settlements are contiguous to one another,
and are together of such dimensions that
they could be administered very easily and
economically by one Municipal Council, yet
each of the five Powers represented main-
tains its own separate local administration.
As a consequence, the number of officials
employed is larger than would be necessary
under a more reasonable and business-like

TTPES OF HANKO'W FOREIGN MUNICIPAL POLICE.

$15,000,000. Most of it circulates away
from Hankow, and should its stability be
impeached, the effect upon the trade of the
port could not be other than extremely
serious. If more care is not taken in issuing

arrangement, and $400,000 have been invested
in municipal oftices when one building could
have been erected at far less cost to accom-
modate a single body having the whole
Settlement under its supervision. But to

KULING AND SOME MAGNIFICENT SCENERY IN ITS IMMEDIATE NEIGHBOURHOOD.

698 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

effect this amalgaimition of interests it would,
of course, be necessar>" to obtain the con-
currence of all the Governments concerned.
As it is. a healthy competition is undoubtedly
promoted by the present system. The

feet above the level of the surrounding
country, on the slopes of a mountain whose
peak for the greater part of the year is
enveloped in a mantle of snow, and hither
during the season — from June until September

great Yangtsze flows placidly at the foot of
the hills on its way to the sea, and the
ruins of Chinese temples and monasteries —
some of them probably two thousand years
old — dot the landscape. A modern Kuropean

ICHANG.

A Mixo Tomb.
The Y.*xgts7.e River Gorges.

The Pagoi).*.
The .Settlehext.

Councils work together as far as possible,
and always with the greatest harmony. The
engineers and surveyors of the various
Councils receive only a small retaining fee,
and in other ways expenses are kept as low
as is possible under the conditions that
prevail. The police forces are probably
rather under than over requirements.

The chief centre of social life in Hankow
is the Club, a well-equipped institution with
tennis courts, a bowling alley, billiard and
reading rooms, library. &c. The provision
made for out-door retTeation includes a race-
course, which is situated some two miles
and a half from the city. For divine worship
there are four churches— one Roman Catholic,
two Anglican, and one Greek. The first of
these is the largest. The Greek Church was
erected by the Russian community and is a
rather handsome structure. The Settlement
is kept informed of local news and of events
taking place in the outside world by means
of two daily newspapers -The Hatikow Daily
News and jhe Hankow Mail.

A dozen miles from Kiukiang and less
than a day's journey by steamer from
Hankow is Kuling, one of the most unique
settlements in the whole of China. It may
be described as the Yangtsze Valley summer
resort, for it is situated some three thousand

or October — many of the residents of Hankow-
repair to escape from the heat of the plains.
The scenery is extremely picturesque. The

THE RAPIDS OF THE YANOTSZE RIVER
AT ICHANG.

Settlement has been formed with numerous
pretty bungalows, good roads, a comfortable
hotel, and, indeed, every convenience calcu-
lated to promote the comfort of a visitor and
to make his stay as pleasant as possible. At
a rough estimate, upwards of a million dollars
have been invested in Kuling by the residents
of Shanghai and Hankow. The estate is
under the direction of a paid manager and
is reached in about six hours by chair from
Kiukiang, where a " resthouse " has been
established for the convenience of travellers.
In this little republic each resident owes
allegiance to his own national authority, and
the community pay rent annually to China,
but are permitted to manage their own
municipal affairs.

THE BRITISH CONSULATE,

Thk British Government is represented at
Hankow by the Consul-General, Mr. Everard
H. Kraser, C.M.G. Horn in 1H59, he passed
the usual competitive examination in iHKo. and
was appointed a Student Interpreter in China
the same year. After holding acting appoint-
ments at various ports, including Ichang, Che-
mulpo (Korea), and Canton, he was promoted

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 699

on September 27, 1897, to be Her Majesty's
Vice-Consul at Pagoda Island, and on May 13,
1899, to be Consul at Chinkiang. He was
Acting Consul-General at Hankow from Janu-
ary, 1900, and in the following year was

stroh, and has general charge of the business
in China, whilst Mr. E. Rockstroh represents
the firm in Hamburg. Mr. Kolkmeyer has
been a resident of Hankow for several years,
and is a member of the French Municipal

THE FOREIGN SETTLEMENT AT KIUKIANG IN WINTER GARB.

confirmed in the office and created a C.M.G.
He is now tlie senior member of the Consular
body at Hankow. He sits as a magistrate to
try cases in which British subjects are the
defendants, and has the right of veto on all
resolutions passed at meetings of the rate-
payers in the British Concession.

The Consulate staff consists of a Vice-Consul,
two assistants, and a constable. The Con-
sulate Buildings contain the British Post
Office, which is a branch of the Hongkong
office. It is in the charge of a clerk, whose
salary is paid by Hongkong, and attached to
it are a limited number of Chinese assistants,
postmen, &c.

#
THE RUSSIAN CONSUL.
Mr. a. N. Ostkovekkhow, the Russian Con-
sul at Hankow, has control of the Russian
interests in this port, and in the three neigh-
bouring provinces. He has been in the Con-
sular service in China for a number of years,
the last five of which have been spent in
Hankow. He is the principal magistrate of
the Russian Concession, and once a week
holds a Mixed Court, at which a Chinese
official also occupies a seat upon the Bench.
The Consul, however, has no voice in the
local government, nor has he a seat on the
Municipal Council. The Russian Concession
contains a Post Office, Municipal Council
building, and the usual public offices, the
Consulate, situated on the Bund, being one
of the finest buildings in the Settlement.
The Concession has been built upon for the
most part, and several Russian firms have
their factories in the British Concession. The
number of Russian subjects in Hankow is
one hundred, many of whom reside in the
British quarter of the town.

THE NETHERLANDS CONSUL.

Mr. K.KoLKMEYEH, Consul for the Netherlands,
is a partner in the firm of Kolkmeyer & Rock-

Council. The Hankow office of his firm is
situated on the French Bund, and there is
also a branch in Shanghai.

THE FRENCH MUNICIPAL COUNCIL.

As in all French Concessions in China, the
French Consul is, ex officio, the head of the

increase in the importance of this portion
of the Settlement, and the many interests
involved in its proper control, the member-
ship was enlarged by the admission of two
others — Messrs. Caissial and Kolkmeyer —
and now comprise four French representa-
tives and two foreign. The Concession
adjoins that held by Russia, and has been
developed with good tasle and admirable
judgment of loail requirements. Ten years
ago it contained no more than six houses ;
now, practically all the sites available for
building purposes are occupied, and within
the boundaries of the Concession are a
number of fine houses, all the Hankow
hotels — three in number — a flour mill, several
factories, and a French Club, besides, of
course, the French Consulate, Post Office,
and other public buildings. The French
population numbers 56, and there are some
186 foreigners of other Western nationalities,
154 Japanese, and 1,500 Chinese. The Con-
cession is lighted throughout by electricily,
and during the present year the roads of
the Concession were completed so that there
are now welUkept streets leading to all
parts. The Council maintain a staff of
Chinese police under a French Superintendent,
and employ a French engineer to direct the
Public Works and supervise the street and
road mending.

MR. RENE DE HEES.

Mr. Rene de Hees, who has been in
China for some ten years, the last two of
which have been spent at Hankow, follow-
ing his profession as a civil engineer and
architect, holds the appointment of engineer
to the French Municipal Council. In this
capacity he has directed the operations of
the Public Works Department and has had
charge of the laying-out and construction of
the streets in the French Concession.

A LANDMARK AT KIUKIANG.

French Municipal Council at Hankow.
Formerly the Council consisted of only four
members — Messrs. A. Doire (Consul), presi-
dent, E. Bouchard, A. Brandt, and Tondon.
This year, however, owing to the great

THE HANKOW CLUB.

The Hankow Club is one of the most historic
institutions of its kind in China, and for
many years it was the only meeting place

rOO TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONO, SHANGHAI, ETC.

for those who lived in the upper ports of
the Yangtszc and Hankow. It now ocx:upies
line premises, surrounded by trim lawns, in
the British Concession. The library contains
some tive thous:iiid voUnnes in English and
German, while in the reading room most of

Mr. Pearce. Adjacent to the Club-house is
a large hall used for public gatherings.

THE HANKOW RACE CLUB.
Thk Hankow Race Club, like manv

other

1<)0X new premises, erected at a cost of about
Tls. 25.000, and furnished at a further cost
of Tls. 10.000, were completed and occupied,
and tlic members have every reason to be
proud of them. They are situated on the
Russian Concession, and include two billiard

HANKOW RACE CLUB PAVILION.

the leading papers published in China are to
be found, together with many home journals
and periodicals. There are five billiard
tables, a bowling alley, card room, bar, and
restaurant in the building, which is equipped

local social institutions, is associated to some
extent with the Hankow Club. The race-
course occupies a large and valuable area of
land, the property of the Kace Club, situated
at some distance outside the foreign settlc-

MEHBEHB OF THE RUSSIAN CLUB, HANKOW.

with electric light and fans. All nationalities
are represented on the membership roll,
which now numbers two hundred, and the
privileges of the Club are extended freely to
visitors. The members and shareholders
elect each year a committee to undertake
the general direction of the Club, and there
is a permanent sccret;iry (Mr. A. Linton).
The president for the current year is

ment. An annual meeting is held and several
minor meetings are arranged from time to
time. The ground enclosed by the course is
used for purposes of general recreation.

THE RUSSIAN CLUB.
Thk Russian Club, formed some ten years
ago, is a very popular meeting place. During

rooms, a well-stocked library, reading, drawing,
dining, and card rooms, a large hall (in which
the productions of the Russian Amateur
Dramatic Club are presented), and a bowling
alley. The premises are fitted throughout
with electric light, fans, and everything that
can make for the convenience and comfort of
the members ; whilst in the grounds there is a
well laid out tennis court. The Club numbers
about forty Russian members, and there are
also about thirty-five visiting members, who
include the leading non-Russian residents of
Hankow. The president of the Club is Mr.
A. S, Wershinin, and the permanent secre-
tary is Mr, W. T. Ostapenko, The general
management is in the hands of a committee
elected annually.

THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANK.

Thk Hankow branch of the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation was not only
the first bank established in the Settlement,
but was also one of the earliest branches
opened by the Corporation in China. Of
perhaps even greater interest is the fact that
very shortly after it began its operations in
Hankow, Mr. (now Sir) Thomas Jackson,
Hart., was appointed manager, and filled that
position for some time, until his conspicuous
ability as a financier led to his transfer to
larger fields. The bank owns and occupies
large premises on the Bund in the British
Concession. It conducts the usual banking
operations, and, acting as representative of
the British and Chinese Corporation, has
carried through many of the most important
financial negotiations between Britishers and
the Chinese Government.

THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK.

Thk Japanese community in Hankow is large
and rapidly increasing. It is only natural,
therefore, to find a branch of the Yokohama
Specie Bank occupying a prominent place in

aODOWNS AND MACHINERY SHOWROOMS OP SIEMSSEN & CO. AT HANKOW.

HANKOW RACECOURSE.

702 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

local Anancial circles. The Hankow branch
is the only one on the Yangtsze outside
Shanghai. It was opened during 1907, and
its premises, situated in the British Con-
cession, are the hank's own property and form

finest in the Settlement. The manager of
the branch, Mr. A. J. Pernotte, was formerly
connected with the bank at Shanghai.

THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK PREMISES.

British Concession, but a new building, started
in 1005, is now ready for occupation on a
bund lot in the German Concession which
has been in the possession of the bank since
the foundation of the Concession. It is a
fine banking hall, with offices and accommo-
dation for the manager. General banking
business is carried on with all parts of the
world, and the bank has had a local note-
issue since October, 1907.

The manager of the branch, Mr. Ernest
Mirow, who has been in charge at Hankow
for some years, is a member of the German
Municipal Council. When the Deutsche
Hankow Niederlassungs-Gesellschaft, a com-
pany formed to develop the German Con-
cession and tlie Bund, completed its work,
Mr. Mirow, who was the Hankow manager
of the syndicate, was appointed liquidator.
Practically all the lots are now sold and
are in the hands of represent.itives of all
nationalities, and more especially Germans.
The rear portion of the Concession was
mostly disposed of to Chinese, who have
the right to build upon it Chinese houses
which comply with the local building
regulations.

THE ASTOE HOUSE HOTEL.

The oldest established and best known hotel
in Hankow is the Astor House ; indeed, for
many years this was the only hotel in the
Settlement. Situated on the Bund in the
French Concession, it commands a splendid
view of the Yangtsze River and the mountains
beyond, and gains the full benefit of any
breeze that may happen to blow — • an
advantage in summer time which no resident
of Hankow will be disposed to dispute.
The hotel contains some forty bedrooms,

quite an ornament to the Bund. The bank
transacts every description of exchange busi-
ness. The manager, Mr. K. Takenchi, has
seen many years in the service of the bank,
including terms in the London, and (as sub-
manager) Shanghai offices. He is assisted by
a staff of six Japanese and numerous Chinese.

THE CHARTERED BANK.

Soox after a concession at Hankow was
granted to the British a branch of the
Chartered Bank of India, Australia, and China
was opened, and in course of time handsome
premises were acquired in the commercial
centre. The ordinary business of bankers is
transacted, and, like others in the Far East,
this branch has a high standing and exercises
considerable influence. It is empowered to
grant drafts on all the principal cities in the
world and on all the leading trade centres in
the Far East. The manager, Mr. P. A. Angler,
has had eighteen years' service with the bank
in China and other parts of the East.

THE BAHQnE DE L'IBDO-CHINE.

This branch of the P'rench bank was
opened in 1902. and has come to represent
French financial interests in Hankow. The
usual banking operations are conducted, and
ail facilities are offered to merchants not
only in the East, where the concern has
numerous other branches, but in Europe as
well. Credit is granted on approved security
and on goods. The bank's premises, situ-
ated on the French Bund, are amongst the

THE PREMISES OF THE BANQUE DE L'INDO-CHINE.

THE DEnTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK.

The Hankow branch of this influential
German banking house was opened as an
agency in 1898, in premises situated in the

with airy verandahs adjoining, and fitted with
electric light and fans. The public rooms
include a spacious dining room, a lastefully
furnished drawing room, billiard room.j, and
a large hall admirably suited for theatrical

The Godovvn.

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

Thk Offices.

Thf. Timbf;r Depot.

[Sec pnge 709O

The Yangtsze Wharf.

704 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and other entcrtaiiimeiils. The hotel is con-
nected with the telephone, and for a telegraphic
address has adopted the word "Astor." In
short, the arrangements for the convenience
of the guests are as complete as possible.

Mr. Briol, has spent tifteeii years in the East,
and was formerly manager of the Hotel des
Colonies at Shanghai. The Terminus Hotel,
however, has become inadequate lo the needs
of the Settlement, and Mr. Saint Hoi has

the end of 1909. It should be nienlioned that
extensive cellars have been laid down in
connection with the Terminus Hotel, wines
being imported direct from Kiirope. •

DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK PREMISES.

INDUSTRIAL.

TH£ HANYANG IBON AND STEEL WORKS.

The first sod of the Hanyang Iron and Steel
Works was cut in the sixteenth year of
His Majesty Kwangsu, corresponding to the
Christian era of 1890. The first lot of
machinery and furnaces, ordered from Eng-
land by Viceroy Chang-Chih-tung, of Hupeh
(now Grand Secretary), was to have been
erected in Canton, for the Viceroy was then
presiding over the Liang Kwang Provinces,
but, upon being transferred to Wuchang, he
directed the shipment of machinery to be
sent to Hupeh and, as the magnetic ore of
Tayeh is among the richest in the world,
containing 60 to 65 per cent, of metallic
iron, he was certainly right in selecting this
province. Unfortunately, no suitable coal
for making coke could be found in the
whole of Hupeh, and this fact was respon-
sible for the difliculties encountered in the
first stages. As to the site, the late Viceroy
has often been blamed for choosing Han-
yang, instead of Tayeh where the ore is,
but he had good reasons for making his
selection. It must be remembered that it
is still an unsettled problem even in Europe
and America at the present day as to which
is the more suitable location for ironworks —
the market where there are all the facilities
and advantages that a market offers, or the
home of the raw material, where there is
everything at hand and cheap.

Hotel representatives with carriages meet the
passenger trains and incoming steamers, and,
as often as required, parties are organised with
competent guides engaged to visit the places
of interest in the vicinity. In the season
enjoyable trips can be made to the upper
reaches of the Yangtsze. and sportsmen
coming to Hankow will find an abundance of
game, both large and small, as well as good
hunting. The arrangements for participation
in all these forms of amusement may be made
at the Astor House, and the advice of the
proprietor, Mr. Schroeder, may safely be relied
upon, for it is based on long experience and
sound knowledge of local circumstances.

WA60KS UTS HOTEL TERMINUS.

Though only established in 1901 the Wagons
Lils Terminus Hotel has gained much popu-
larity with tlie travelling public as well as
with the residents of Hankow. It occupies a
fine site in the French Concession, close to
the Kund, with frontages to the Hues Dau-
tremcr des Missions and Saigon ; and it lies
within easy distance of the Peking-Hankow
Railway Terminus and of the steamer landing
places. Both trains and steamers are met by
representatives from the hotel wiih carriages
and luggage coolies. There are thirty-two
bednxjms. besides public and private dining
rooms, drawing, sitting, and reception rooms.
The proprietor, Mr. Saint Pol, has had a long
experience in the management of hotels in
Europe and in the East. A member of the
French Cook S<Kiety of Paris and of the
London Cook Society, he has an expert
knowledge of cuisine which ensures that his
patrons are well catered for. The manager.

THE ASTOR HOUSE HOTEL.
A. SciUioKDKK (Man;ijit-i).

therefore made arrangements lo replace it by
a modern three-storeyed building, with eighty
living rooms, bathrooms and all the usual
appointments on a superb scale. The plans
have been prepared, and it is expected that
the new building will be in readiness towards

After the arrival of the plant at Hanyang
it took fully three years to instal it, and in
the course of installation many additions
were made to it, these being obtained chiefly
from Belgium. When the works were ready
for occupation, the dilficulty of getting

THE CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER COMPANY, LTD.
Thk TiMHKK Yard at Haxkow.
Local Agi-xts: Kihrmkister & Co.

[See page 719.]

DODWELL & CO.'S (LTD.) OFFICES AND GODOWNS.

r06 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

suitable fuel, especially coke, for the blast
furnaces was encountered, and although
many hundred thousands of taels were spent
in prospecting and in opening mines all
over the province, the ventures all proved
failures, and coke had to t>e obtained from
Europe and afterwards from Kaiping.

In the thirty-second year of His Majesty
Kwangsu. an arrangement was made under
which Shong Kung-pao took over the works.

the Pinghsiang coal field in the province of
Kiangsi bordering on Hunan. He opened this
up at once with the result that the Pingh-
siang coal mine is now one of the most
up-to-date coal mines of its kind in the world.
But, able as Shong Kung-pao undoubtedly
is, such .1 highly technical institution as an
ironworks proved to be a greater thing than
he had bargained for. He struggled on
manfully, though, until he was advised to

WAOONS LITS HOTEL TERMINUS AND PLAN OF
NEW PREMISES.

as head of the China Merchants Steam
Navigation Company and the telegraphs.
He was deemed the only man who could
be entrusted with an enterprise of such
magnitude and, moreover, while still a young
man prospecting mines with a foreign en-
gineer in his service, he had discovered the
Tayeh ore mine. Shong Kung-pao's first
care was to prospect for a rich coal mine
and he was rewarded by the discovery of

send a representative abroad to make a
thorough study of the industry, in order to
introduce improvements into the plant then
in existence and rectify the mistakes pre-
viously made. Being a man of perception
he saw the wisdom of this timely sugges-
tion and sent the present general manager
of the works, Mr. V. K. Lee, a native of
Kiangsu, on a tour of inspection to all the
iron and steel industrial centres in America,

England, and on tlie Continent of Europe.
Mr. Lee was assistant manager of the works
before he went abroad about four years ago,
and had taken great interest in his work.
He took with him all the raw materials and
iron and steel made by the old plant, and
was accompanied by two technical advisers,
Mr. Thomas Hunt, M.I.M.E., who erected
the steel works in the Kiaiignan Arsenal and
was at one time president of the Shanghai
Society of Engineers, and Mr. Gustavus
Leinung, M.E., the chief engineer of Pingh-
siang Colliery. Together they visited most
of the leading ironworks in the United
States and Europe, and Mr. Lee had his
raw materials and iron and steel products
analysed and reported on by one of the
foremost metallurgists of England, Mr. J. B.
Stead, Bessemer medallist, wlio was recom-
mended to him by the secretary of the
Iron and Steel Institute in London. The
report was most favourable, so it was
decided to order a thoroughly modern plant.
This has now been erected on the old site
and the works are in a position to supply
structural material of every kind for ship-
building and architectural purposes and
bridge-work, besides rails and fastenings.
All the steel is made by the open-hearth
(Siemens-Martin) process which the works
are prepared to submit to tests in accordance
with Lloyd's rules, the rules of the British
Board of Trade, or any other established
rules. The new plant consists of three
blast furnaces (one in course of erection),
which can make about 450 to 500 tons
of pig-iron a day ; three open-hearth fur-
naces of 30 tons each ; one old furnace of
10 tons ; one metal mixer of 130 tons capacity,
one cogging mill, one ream and angle mill,
one rail mill, one plate mill, one gas fire
soaking pit for re-heating ingots, Sc, capable
of rolling, say, 1,000 tons of finished pro-
ducts a day of British standard sections.
There are also some old mills, which are
doing good service as auxiliaries side by
side with the new machinery. The makers
of the new plant include Davy Brothers, of
Sheffield ; the Lancashire Dynamo and Motor
Company ; Daniel Adamson & Co., and
Craven Bjothers, of Mancliester ; Roberts,
of Birmingham ; Gebrader Klein, of Giessen ;
Diaglersche Maschinenfabrik, of Zweibrucken ;
Boeken & Kestman, and Naniel & Lueg, of
Dusseldorf ; and Wellman-Seaver-Morgan &
Co., of America.

The works possess ,an almost inexhaustible
supply of fuel and ore ; indeed, it is esti-
mated that the Tayeh mine by open digging
only can supply one million tons of iron
ore annually for a hundred years, and the
Pinghsiang coal mine one million tons of
good coking coal for five hundred years. As
to facilities for transporting raw materials,
Tayeh has a line of railway about 13 miles
in length, and Pinghsiang a line of 60 miles,
both lines connecting with good waterways,
over which the materials are carried to the
works by a steam lighter of about 1,000
tons, besides powerful tug-boats and steel
and other lighters.

The Hanyang Works, Pinghsiang Colliery,
and Tayeh Mine have recently been formed
by imperial sanction into a joint-stock com-
pany. The ironworks employ over 3,000
men, including a foreign staff of 20, with
Mr. E. Rapport as technical manager. In
a word, there is every prospect of this
province becoming the Pittsburg, Middles-
brough, and Westphalia of China in the not
far-distant future. The two old blast furnaces
now working turn out 6,000 tons of different
grades of pig-iron a month, whicli is princi-
pally converted into steel. With the exception

ARNHOLD, KARBERG & CO.

[Six payc 709.]

The Offices.
The Godowns.

The Hides .and Skins Godowx

ro8

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

ot the rolling mill, all the machinery is driven
electrically and the works are lit by elec-
tricity throughout. The electric generating
plant is supplied by the Lancashire Dynamo
and Motor Company, and Belliss & Morcom,
while the motors for the German part of
the machiner%- are from the Siemens
Schuckertwerke. When the works have four
blast furnaces, it is intended to employ gas
engines to utilise the surplus gas of flie
furnaces, thereby reducing the first cost
considerably and, at the same lime, generat-
ing electricity to supply the demand of
neighbouring towns. Lastly, it may be
mentioned that other works — the Yangtsze
Engineering Works partly capitalised by
the Hanyang Works and partly by prominent
native merchants, has been established on
the Hankow side for the construction of
bridges, railway points and crossings, rail-
way waggons, &c. Buildings are now being
erected quickly on the newly acquired site
below Seven Miles Creek. The necessary
machinery plant has arrived, and experts
have l>een engaged. By the winter of 1908,
the new works are expected lo be in full
activity and to be one of the largest con-
sumers of the mother works' products.

In addition it may be stated that in a few
years, the blast furnaces, steelworks and
rolling mills will be so extended as lo pro-
duce 800 to 900 tons of linislieil products
per day. The iron works, together with the
Tayeh iron mine and Pinghsiang colliery,
employ altogether about 20,000 workmen.
Besides, there are in Hanyang one arsenal
that makes Mauser rifles with cartridges and

guns with projectiles ; and one smokeless
and crucible powder factory with, also, rolling
mills. All the works at Hanyang extend from
the river Yangtsze on one side to the Han
River on the other, of a distance of several
miles.

HANKOW WATESWOBKS AND ELECTRIC
LIGHT COMPANY, LTD.

Amonust the most important undertakings at
Hankow must certainly be classed those of the
Hankow Waterworks and Electric Light Com-
pany, Ltd. It is a purely Chinese company,
financed by the leading Chinese merchants of
Shanghai and Hankow, and appears to have
every prospect of a successful future. Even
in the foreign concessions, at the present time,
the residents have to rely on unliltered water
obtained from the Yangtsze and from wells.
It is only a matter of months, however, before
Hankow will be provided with an abundant
supply of excellent water and with a
thoroughly equipped system of electric light.
At present, it is true, the plans provide only
for the native city, but there is no doubt that
before long the various foreign concessions
will be included within the area of the
Company's activities.

The movement was started by Viceroy
Chang Chih-tung, and. after a report on the
subject had been made by Mr. R. Saint George
Moore, M.I.C.E., the capital was subscribed
and the work commenced. Already much
has been accomplished, and the work con-

nected with the installation of an up-to-date
English plant, capable of supplying 5,000.000
gallons of filtered water a day from the river
Han is practically completed. In the installa-
tion of electric light, also, equal progress has
been m.ide.

One of the moving spirits in the under-
taking, which will cost not less than half a
million sterling, is the Expectant Taoutai of
Hupeh, Whang Tatfoo, a Cantonese who
obtained an English education at the Govern-
ment Central School (now Queen's College),
Hongkong. Afterwards he entered the
Foochow Naval College as a cadet, and
graduated some years later with the rank of
Taoutai. He was then attached to the China
Southern Squadron, as an engineer, for five
years. His next appointment was to Hankow,
where he is attached to the Viceroy's Yamen
as Secretary. Upon the formation of the
Water and Electric Company he became its
technical director. He is also president of
the Technical School at Wuchang. Altogether,
Mr. Whang has been in the service of the
Chinese Government at Hankow for the last
fourteen years. He is a man of considerable
ability, and his services have pioved of the
greatest value to his country. The chief
director of the Company is Mr. Sung Wei
Chin, a native of Ningpo, who is to-day one
of the leading Chinese business men in
Hankow. He is a director of the Wah Shing
Company, the Sitchong Match Company of
Hankow and Shanghai, and of a large number
of other local undertakings.

[See pagt 704.]

THE HANTANO IRON AND STEKL WORKS AND THIER CHIEF OFFICIALS.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF IION(JKON«, SHANGHAI, ETC. 709

INTERIOR OF THE POWER-STATION AT HANKOW, ERECTED BY THE
SIEMENS SCHUCKERTWERKE.

JAEDINE, MATHESON & CO., LTD.

The interests of Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd.,
at Hankow, are entrusted to Mr. J. J. Dunne,
an Irishman who has been in China for nearly
a quarter of a century. For a good portion
of this time he has been in the service of the
firm, and although he has occupied his present
post for two years only, he has, for the second
time, been elected chairman of the British
Municipal Council, and is also vice-president
of the Hankow Rifle Association. At Hankow,
as at the other Treaty ports, Jardine, Matheson
& Co., Ltd., were ainong the first of the
British firms to establish a branch. Their
offices are situated in the British Concession.
A history of the house and some account of
the Company's many interests in different
parts of China appear elsewhere in tliis
volume.

AENHOLD, KAEBEH6 & 00.

For upwards of a quarter of a century Messrs.
Arnhold, Karberg & Co., one of the most
enterprising firms in the East, have been
prominently associated with the commercial
development of Hankow. In fonner years
their premises were situated in the British
Concession, but when the German Concession
was laid out they acquired one of the mo^t
valuable sites upon it, with an area of not less
than 300,000 square feet, and an extensive
Bund frontage, and here they now occupy the
finest business premises in Hankow. They
are agents for the Hamburg-Amerika Linie
Steamers, and for other shipping companies ;
they represent the China Traders', South
British Fire and Marine, Lancashire, and
Magdeburg Fire Insurance Companies ; they
carry on an extensive import and export

business in every kind of produce ; and they
deal largely in machinery, making a speciality
of electrical appliances of all descriptions.
One of their largest undertakings in this last-
named direction was the supply of the plant
for I he British-American Tobacco Company's
factory at Hankow, the plant being one of the
most up-to-date of its kind in China. Among
their largest lines in Chinese products may be
mentioned sesamum seeds, an article of
increasing commercial value, and hides. In
the handling of these and other products a
force of six hundred coolies is engaged during
the busy seasons of the year. The manager.
Mr. W. Herensperger, who has had charge of
the local branch of the firm for the past four
years, has under him a large staff, which
includes twelve Europeans.

MELOHERS & CO.

P\)K upwards of thirt\- years the well-known
firm of Messrs. Melchers & Co. have been
established in Hankow, and they take a
prominent part in the industrial and com-
mercial life of the Settlement. Throughout
North China they are known as general
merchants and exporters, and as agents for
the Xorddeutscher Lloyd they have extensive
dealings with shippers of every class of
cargo. In Hankow they have a large albu-
men factory, situated on the Bund, and they
own and operate the electric lighting installa-
tion which supplies the whole of the current
for street and private use in the German
Concession. Both establishments are run
witli the same steam plant, great economy
being thus effected. Hides and other Chinese
products are prepared by the firm for the
liome markets, the drying grounds and
godowns covering a large area. Messrs.
Melchers & Co.'s hong, one of the oldest
in the Settlement, is situated on the British
Concessioji. The present manager of the
firm's local interests is Mr. Job. "Thyen, who
has conducted the business since his arrival
in 1884 and has a partnership in the concern.
For years he has served on the German
Municipal Council ; he is president of the
Hankow Chamber of Commerce, and he
represents Norway in the Consular Service,
while as an office-bearer in the Hankow
Club and chairman of the Race Club he is

MELCHERS & CO.
HniKS AXU Skixs Dhvixo Grouxu.

E E E

710 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

brought into close contact with the social
side of Hankow life.

Marcks and E. Busch, both qualified architects,
who, after obtaining some experience of the
East in oflices at Tsingtau and Kiaochau,
established themselves at Hankow in 11)04,

I. A. RosK.

4. E. BiNDKK

6. D. M. Melnikofk.

HANKOW BUSINESS MEN
2. J. Perxotte

3. A. K. lilRTEXSHAW.
5. J. D. TAYLOIi.

A. Brandt. 8. Takao TsrN.Ai)0.

when a great deal of building activity was
being displayed in the foreign concessions.
That the firm were required is demonstrated
by the large number of buildings in the
Settlement which they have erected. Not
only do they prepare plans, but lliey under-
take, also, the entire construction of buildings
from them. To enable them to do this they
have established on their large property in
the German Concession a well-equipped saw-
mill, capable of dealing with any class of
work. They also have an iron-yard, and in
connection with this are erecting new work-
shops. Among the buildings in Hankow
which the firm have designed and erected in
recent years may be mentioned the Russian
Municipal Buildings, the German Municipal
Buildings, and Olivier & Co.'s fine premises,
while amongst those of which they were the
builders are the British American Tobacco
Company's large factory, the German Hank,
and the Russo-Chinese Bank. In connection
with tlie German Municipal Buildings the
firm gained the first prize in open compe-
tition. At the present time they are preparing
for the construction of a brick and tile
factory.

#
THE HANKOW BEICK AND TILE WOEKS.

In a locality where there is so much building
in progress it is not surprising to find that
the industry carried on at the Hankow Brick
and Tile \Vorks is one of the most thriving.
In the Settlement itself the products of the
works are to be seen on all sides, and in
addition to the local demand, large orders
are received from places as far north as
Peking. The proprietor of the estiiblishment
is Mr. E. C. Kechner, who also acts as an
architect and civil engineer, many prominent
buildings in the Settlement having been
erected by him. Mr. Edgar Val Clement
signs per procuration. The works lie on the
banks of the Han River, at a spot known as
Han Shia Den, a few miles from Hankow.
The plant includes all the latest modern
devices for moulded bricks and ornamental
tiles, in addition to the machinery required

UE7EE & CO.

The first firm to move mto the German
Concession after it was obtained from the
Chinese Government was Messrs. Meyer &
Co.. who secured an excellent position on
the Bund and there erected a fine set of
offices, with extensive godowns in the re.ir,
which they have occupied since 1901. The
staple business of this well-known German
house, whose headquarters are at Hong-
kong and who have l>een established in
Hankow for the last ten years, lies in the
export of Chinese produce of every descrip-
tion. The Company have a large ground for
drying, and godowns with modern machinery
for packing, hides and skins ; an up-to-date
plant for cleaning sesamum seeds ; and a
well-equipped establishment for preparing
tallow for the European markets. Their
import trade, also, is steadily increasing in
volume. The manager of the branch, Mr.
F. Muller, occupies a seat on the German
Municipal Council.

LOTHAB HABCKS & BUSCH.

Messrs. Lothak Makcks & Busch, archi-
tects, contractors, and civil engineers, occupy
a prominent place in the business life of
Hankow. The partners are Messrs. I^)thar

THE OFFICES OF MEYER & CO.

pimi

MELCHGRS & CO.

Electric Light and Albim en, Works.

Packing Houses.
The Offices.

[See page 709.]

712 TWENTIETH CENTURY I^IPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

for the production of enonnous quantities of
material lor ordinary building a>nstruction.
The kilns usetl are of the German pattern,
stxallcd Haffniann's patent, and the plant
is cxintiniuilly beiu}; extended to keep pace
with the jjrowinj; deniai\ds made uix>n it.

It may be mentioned that Mr. Clement is
editor of the Haiikmc Dirtctory, a useful
publiuition, ctimpiled with great care and
revised annuiiUv.

of the kind in the world, are entirely in
their hands. One of the largest of these
factories is that owned and operated bv
Messrs. Molchanoff, Pechatnoff & Co., a
tirni which has blanches at Koochow,
Kiukiang, Shanghai, Tientsin, Colombo, and
Moscow. The founders, Mr. X. M. Molchanoff
and Mr. A. S. A. Pechatnoff, were for many
years in Hankow, but have now retired
from active business and have taken up

THE SAW-MILLS OF LOTHAR, MARCKS & BUSCH.

[See page 710].

MOLCHANOFF PECHATNOFF & CO.

I'NTIL recent years the tea industry was the
chief industry of Hankow, and, though it
has declined somewhat in relative importance.
It still occupies a very prominent place in
the trade of this flourishing Settlement. The
Russian residents of Hankow have by far
the chief interest in the trade, and the brick
tea factories, said to be the only factories

their residence in Russia. At present the
joint managers of the firm are Messrs. J. K.
Panoff and A. N. Kassadin, both of whom
have been for some years residents of
Hankow, and occupy prominent positions in
its commercial life. Mr, Panoff has erected
some of the finest buildings in the Settlement ;
and both are members of the Russian
Municipal Council. Mr. Rassadin being the
chairman.

The Hankow factory is a large and
well-equipped establishment in the British
Concession, giving employment to about two
thousand Chinese, under European supervision.
Hrick tea is made from ordinary tea and
tea dust, steamed in cotton bags, and then
placed in moulds and pressed to the hardness
of an ordinary brick, It is then wrapped,
and packed ready for shipment in baskets,
each of which has a capacity for ij picuis.
Mucli of this brick tea finds its way to
Mongolia. Tablet tea, made from the very
finest leaf and dust, is not steamed, and thus
its flavour is in no way impaired ; it is
subjected to a pressure of several tons, and
is then packed in tinfoil, in tablets of about
2\ o/.s. each. Practically tlie whole of this
class of tea goes to Russia. During the tea
season, which lasts from April till August,
the tea is shipped by the Russian Volunteer
Fleet. The firm act as general agents for
this line of steamers, which sail direct for
Odessa, the principal distributing centre of
the Russian tea trade.

MESSES. BLACK & CHRISTIE.

-Ai.THOLHiH established only about a year
ago, the engineering firm of Messrs. Black
& Christie have already secured a large
share of local work, including work from
the British authorities and important contracts
from some of the largest factories in Hankow
and its neighbourhood. Mr. Black was for
eight years foreman engineer of the Inter-
national Dock at Shanghai, and Mr. Christie
was for several years employed in the
Pootung and Kiangnan Dockyards. ITpon
entering into partnership early in 1907 they
acquired a piece of land in the British
Concession at Hankow, and there erected
the first British engineering works in the
Settlement. Their shops are equipped with
complete modern plants for lathe work,
pattern work, carpentry, and castings up to
five tons ; and as everything is carried out
under their own personal supervision they
are able to guarantee satisfaction to their
increasing clicntilc.

THE SHANGHAI MACHINE COMPANY.

This Company, owned by the well-known
firm of Buchheister & Co., makes a speciality
of all kinds of machinery. The parent firm
has been trading in China for the last forty
years, and has supplied some of the largest
machinery plants in the country. The Com-
pany was established to meet the immediate
wants of Chinese purchasers and exhibit to
them the latest improvements in tools and
machinery. The Hankow branch was opened
two years ago on the British Concession in a
fine new building specially adapted to the
Company's requirements. A large and varied
stock is displayed to advantage in a spacious
showroom, and both the Shanghai Machine
Company and the parent linn undertake to
supply plant of all descriptions, and erect
it under the direct supervision of their own
expert. They have been responsible for
the equipment of many of the Government
factories in the neighbourhood. Each depart-
ment is under competent European manage-
ment, and the result is that satisfaction is
always guaranteed tf) the firm's customers.

MOLCHANOFF. PECHATNOFF & CO.

Thk Tka Factoky. ihk Okkicks ox iHE Bind.

THE PREMISES AND PACKING HOUSES OF THE CHINA AND JAVA EXPORT COMPANY. [See page 714]

714 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE HEW EH6IHE AND IRON WOEKS.

In a port like Hankow, with its many factories,
its great buildinj; activity and its extensive
senices of river steamers, a thoroughly up-to-
date engineering and repairing establishment

headquarters, and the quality of the floods
sold is guaranteed by the reputation the
Company has established at Shanghai. A
full account of the origin and development
of this house appears in' the Shanghai section
of this volume.

[See paije 710]

HANKOW BRICK AND TILE "WORKS.

is of paramount importance. Recognising
this. Mr. G. Hiilsemann founded, in 1903,
the works now known as the New Engine
and Iron Works, situated at the corner of
Fredrich and Augusta Streets in the German
Concession. Mr. Hiilsemann has had a
varied experience in many parts of the
world, and under his personal supervision
he employs some two hundred Chinese
workmen. All classes of engineering and
constructional ironwork, the building of
houses and factories, and the construction and
erection of machinery are undertaken ; electric
and other lighting plants are installed: and
a well-equipped foundry, in which there is
a modern machine hammer, enables the firm
to undertake castings in various metals and
heavy wrought-iron work. In connection
with the establishment Mr. Hiilsemann rents
a piece of land with a bund frontage, and is
there in a pf)sition to carry out repairs to
steam launches and other river vessels.

WEEKS b CO., LTD.

A BRANCH of the well-known firm of Messrs.
Weeks & Co.. Ltd., drapers, outfitters, and
general furnishers, of Nanking Road, Shang-
hai, has been opened in Hankow, where
business was formerly carried on through the
agency of travellers, who were sent to the
principal ports of the Yangtsze direct from
headquarters. The rapid increase in the
foreign population of the Settlement, and the
extent of the business transacted, led t<j the
establishment of a l(K.-al branch. The present
stores in Faucheong Road —photographs of
which are repnxluced in this volume — were
opened in IQ02. and the enterprise has been
fully justified by results. In their arrange-
ment and organis:ition the stores are an
exact replica, on a smaller scale, of the

st:>rted operations at Hankow, Their local
offices are in the British Concession, in the
heart of the best business quarter, and here
they carry on trade as importers, exporters,
and general merchants, dealing extensively
in every class of Chinese product, wliicii
they prepare for the market and ship direct
to Kurope. They have large godowns, a
drying ground for hides, and an albumen
factory in the Concession, and act as general
agents for the Siiio-Gernian Ore Company,
Ltd., the British Dominions Marine Insurance
Company, Ltd., and the Sun I^ife Assurance
Company of Canada. The partners in the
Company are Messrs. M. Schwarz, O. Gaumer
(Hankow), and H. Thomsen (Hamburg).

THE SCHWEIGEE IMPORT AND EXPORT
COMPANY, LTD.

This is a branch of an Italian firm witli
headquarters at Milan and premises, also, at
Shanghai. Manila, and Singapore. Although
their connection with Hankow dates only
from H)Ob, they occupy fine offices in the
Russian Concession and own several extensive
godowns in the foreign settlement. They
carry on business as general importers
and exporters, dealing very largely in all
classes of Chinese produce, and through
their agencies and branches are able to
handle all Eastern products to great ad-
vantage. They import largely, also, from
European houses.

Mr. M. Giuliani, the local manager, has
had some years' experience in China, and
has been at Hankow since the Company
started operations here.

THE ENGINEERING WORKS OF BLACK & CHRISTIE.

[SccpMKC 712.]

SCHWARZ, GAUMER & CO.

Thk headquarters of Messrs. Schwar/.
Gaumer & Co. are at Hamburg. They have
a branch also at Shanghai, and two years ,ago

THE CHINA AND JAVA EXPORT COMPANY.

Thk Hankow branch of this well-known
firm, whose branches are found throughout
the East, carries on business in the export

NEW ENGINE AND IRON WORKS.

THE SCHWEIGER IMPORT AND EXPORT COMPANY'S (LTD.) PREMISES AND GODOWN.

16 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKON(J, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of Chinese prtxluce of all kinds, larjje i^oii-
signinents being shipped direct to Europe
and America. The firm make a speciality
of the cleaning and export of hides and
skins, and have a large godown and
packing-house at the liack of the Settle-

the tea industry of North China generally,
by Messrs. Litvinoff & Co., one of the pioneer
European business houses. The firm own
and operate one of the large brick and tablet
tea factories for which the port is famous,
their output being some 150,000 baskets of

THE PREMISES AND SHOWROOMS OF THE SHANGHAI
MACHINE COMPANY,

[See page 711.]

ment Their offices are located in the busiest
part of the British Bund. The local joint
managers are Messrs. A. Frank and C.
O. Krcrickb.

S. W. LITTIHOFF & CO.

A OREAT deal has been done towards opening
up Hankow to foreign trade, and developing

I J piculs each of brick tea per annum. Tlic
most modern machinery is employed, and
the establishment, which provides work for
between eight and nine hundred people, is
kept busy day and night. The tea is pressed
by steam into bricks, while the tablet tea
is made up into tablets of 2^ ozs, very care-
fully so as to retain its exquisite flavour. The
firm have carried on business under various
European names since they were established

in 1863. but their hong name. " Shuiig Fung."
has been retained throughout, and is known
all over North China. Their Hankow factorv
occupies a valuable site in the Kussian
Concession. They have also another large
factory at Kiukiang. The bulk of the produce
is sent direct to Siberia. The present head
of the firm is Mr. S. VV. Litvinoff, and the
Hankow s'aff includes Messrs. M. S. Ovevrin,
S. \V. Unjemin. \V. W. Hochloff, C' M.
Benzeman. and several Russian assistants.
Messrs. Hochloff and Benzeman are members
of the Kussian Municipal Council.

ME. D. M. MELNIKOFF is the manager of
Messrs. I^itvinoff & Co.'s tea factory at
Kiukiang. This is a factory of considerable
importance, having been established about
tliirty years ago. A large number of men
are employed under the supervision of Kussian
tea experts, and both brick and tablet tea are
produced.

WESTPHAL, KING & RAMSAY, LTD.

Originally known by the name of King,
Simpson & Ramsay, this firm was floated
as a limited liability company, under its
present title, at the beginning of tgo8. It
holds an important position among the British
houses in the Settlement, and with branches
at Shanghai, Foochow, Colombo, and London,
conducts a flourishing and steadily increasing
business. Messrs. Westphal, King & Ramsay,
Ltd., deal in all kinds of general merchandise,
in every class of both European and Chinese
goods, and, during the season, engage
extensively in the tea trade at Hankow. In
addition, they act as shipping and commercial
agents, representing in Hankow, the Nippon
Yusen Kaisha, the Great Northern Steamship
Company, the East Asiatic Company, Ltd. ;
the Kussian East Asiatic Steamship Company,
Ltd., the Pacific Mail Steamship Company, the
Occidental and Oriental Steamship Company,
the Toyo Kisen Kaisha, the Royal Marine
and South British Insurance Companies, the
Commercial Union Assurance Company, the
Atlas Assurance Company, the Central In-
surance Company, Ltd. ; the Hankow Wharf
and Godown Company, &c. Mr. Hugh
Ramsay is the local manager.

ELIE BOUCHARD.

Mr. Elie Bouchard has been trading in
Hankow under his own name, as a general
importer, exporter, and merchant, for the
past twelve years. He has made a spe-
ciality of machinery of all descriptions, and
latterly he has secured a partnership in a coal
mine, distant about 80 miles (seven hours'
journey) from Hankow, on the Tan Say Wan
Creek. Under his own supervision work was
commenced early in iyo8, and, with the
machinery since installed, the mine has an
output of about 150 tons a day. It is said
that the coal is some of the best that has
yet been found in China. At present there
is an excellent market locally for all the
coal which is produced, but if the output
can be increased, as seems lilvcly, the Com-
pany have exceptional facilities for trans-
port. The mine is under the direction of
a European engineer, and power for the
machinery is generated in a boiler of 350
horse-power, Mr. Bouchard takes an interest
in local affairs and has served as a member
of the French Municipal Council. He is

Eh
CO

nr -^

. " ^i ^v^.4m

L ^* AUMHHBn-

i-4

t/-5L..-

fiFS*

/ ., . . <K^KUH,

TT^n

o
o

«
o

H
Eh

O
O

ft.
O

I— I

o
a
"I
w
o
&
o

O
10

PS
0,

m
H

718 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

one trf the directors of the Hankow Race
Club.

FEKD. BOKHEMANM.

This firm of importers ;uid cx|X)rtcrs have
been established in Hankow for some years.
Their offices are situated in the British Con-
cession, at No. 3. Ewo Road. They have
offices, also, in Hongkong and Shanghai, and
are a branch of the well-known firm of
Messrs. Carl Breiding & Sohn, of Soltaii. in
Hanover ; Berlin and Solingen, in Germany ;
Moscow and Zaraysk. in Russia ; Prague, in
Austria : and Adelaide and Melbourne, in
.\ustralia.

#
A. BSAHDT b CO.

Aktek twelve years' experience in China,
Mr. A. Brandt came to Hankow some eight
years ago. and started business as a general
importer and commission agent. The venture
has made great progress, and Messrs. Brandt
& Co. now have offices and a depot in the
French Concession. Mr. Brandt is also the
sole manager of the Chin Lung Flour Milling
Company, which owns a large mill with a
capacity of thirty thousand bags of flour a
month. The mill was erected some two
vears ago at a cost of $150,000, and is
equipped with the latest and best machinery
of French manufacture. Wheat is obtained
from the interior of China, and for the high-
grade flour produced there is a strong demand
in the local market. The mill is under the
charge of an expert European miller. As a
memt>cr of the French Municipal Council
and as Vice-Consul for Denmark, Mr. Brandt
takes the keenest interest in local affairs.

THE PREMISES OF OLIVIER & CO.

[See pace 714.]

MESSRS. WEEKS

LTD.-HANKOW ESTABLISHMENT.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 711

FUHSMEISTEE & CO.

Messrs. Fuhrmeister & Co.. who have their
head ol'iice in Shanghai and a branch office in
Hamburg, opened a brancli at Hankow about
four years ago. and have developed a large
business connection as exporters of Chinese
produce. The principal articles of export are
liides and sesamum seeds. In passing it may
be mentioned that of sesamum seeds about

ment of the business,
is Mr. R. Herbertz.

The local manager

OLIVIER & CO.

One of the oldest and most important French
houses at Hankow is that of Messrs. Olivier
& Co., which has its headquarters in Paris,

preparing goods for direct shipment to the
markets of Europe and America. At bristle-
cleaning alone they employ some four
hundred Chinese. Their imports consist
chiefly of piece goods and Manchester goods
generally.

The manager of the branch is Mr. E.
Binder, who is a member of the Hankow
Chamber of Commerce, and has spent many
years in the East in the service of the
Company.

CONSULS AND MEMBERS OF MUNICIPAL COUNCILS OF VARIOUS
NATIONALITIES AT HANKOW.

1. A. X. OSTROVERKHOW, Consul for Russia. Russian

Municipal Council.

2. T. K. P.woFF, Russian Municipal Council.

3. W. W. Hachlokf, Russian Municipal Council.

4. A. X. R.\ss.Al)lx, Russian Municipal Council.

5. C. M. Bkxzk-MAX, Russian Municipal Council.

6. E. MlROW, German Municipal Council.

7. H. SCHLICHTIXG, German Municipal Council.

8. J. Thyex, German Municipal Council.

9. F. Mri.LEK, German Municipal Council.

10. J, Archibald. British Municipal Council.

11. J. R. Ghkavks, Hritish Municipal Council.

a huiKlred thousand tons are sent away from
the port every year, chiefly to Europe and
Africa. The firm are the local agents for
the China Import and Export Lumber Com-
pany, and for several of the leading insurance
oftices. At present they occupy premises on
the British Concession, but plans for new
oftices and godowns on the German Con-
cession have been prepared, and the premises,
when completed in about a year's time, will
afford ample scope for the further develop-

|. J. Dunne, British Municipal Council.

P. \V. O. LlUDELL, British Municipal Council.

\V. E. Howard, British Municipal Council.

K. Takahashi. Consul for Japan, Japanese

Municipal Council,
S. Tachibaxa, Japanese Municipal Council,
H. NAGAYAsf, Japanese Municipal Council.
Rexe de Hees, French Municipal Council.
.-\. DfHRE, Consul for France, French Municipal

Council.
F. Koi.KMEVER. Consul for Nethtrlands.

where it has been established for many years,
and branches at Shanghai and throughout the
Far East. The Company carry on a general
import and export trade, and deal extensively
in all descriptions of Chinese products.
Their new offices at Hankow are situated in
the British Concession, and attached is a
drying ground for hides, a bristle cleaning
factory, which is probably the largest in the
Settlement, a seed-cleaning factory, and all
the necessary implements and machinery for

ALEX. ROSE & CO.

This firm, established a few years ago by
the principal partners, and Mr. Kao Lang
P'ing, carry on business as general importers,
land and real estate brokers, and general
commission agents and merchants. They
are practically the only firm in Hankow
making a speciality of imports, and they
appear to have a considerable field open to
them. Mr. A. Rose, who before setting up
in business for himself had a wide experience
extending over several \ears in various parts
of the East, is a civil engineer, architect, and
contractor ; he is also the manager of the
Tien Shun Syndicate, which holds contracts
from the Hankow municipal authorities for
filling in and raising the land in the different
concessions.

THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

This widely known Japanese coal firm has
for some ten years past had a depot at
Hankow, with sub-agencies on the Yangtsze
at Changsha and Chinkiang. In addition
to the ordinary coal trade, a general import
and export business is carried on at Hankow,
large quantities of Japanese cotton yarn,
sugar, minerals, and timber being shipped
direct to the port during the high-water
season in the firm's own steamers, which
return with considerable quantities of Chinese
produce. Among the important agencies held
by the firm is that of the Meiji Fire Insurance
Company, Limited, one of the leading in-
surance concerns of its kind. The office staff
comprises twenty Japanese and numerous
Chinese assistants, the local manager being
Mr. S. Yamamoto, who has been in the
service of the firm for many years. He is
a member of the Japanese Municipal Council,
and takes a keen interest in the welfare of
the Settlement.

THE NIPPON NENKWA KABHSHIKI KAISHA.

The Nippon Nenkwa Kabushiki Kaisha, or
Japan Cotton Trading Company, whose head
offices, are at Osaka, Japan, opened a branch
in the native city of Hankow in 1904. The
firm are general commission agents and
merchants, and act as agents for the Japan
Fire and Japan Marine Transport and Fire
Insurance Company. They export raw cotton,
manures, and all kinds of agricultural produce,
and import Japanese cotton yarn and piece
goods, coal, matches, umbrellas, clocks, and
simdries. They control several large factories,
among which may be mentioned the cotton
pressing factory, opened in 1905 in Hinyang,
and equipped with facilities for packing a
thousand piculs of raw cotton in twenty-four
hours ; a cotton seed oil mill in the Japanese
Concession at Hankow capable of crushing
1,200 piculs of cotton seed a day ; and two
bean oil mills— one of similar capacity to

'20 TAVENTIETH CENTURY IIMPHKSSIONS OV HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

meet the expansion of their local business,
the tirm has now acquired a site in the
Japanese Concession. where handsome
premises are beiiig built. These are ex-
pected to be ready for occupation in about
a year's time. The imports of the branch
consist chiefly of coal and copper from the
firm's own mines in Japan, and of white and
printing; paper. The export trade embraces
iron-ore from the Yanjjtsze Valley, and
general Chinese produce. The cargoes are
carried in the firm's own steamers. Large
godowns have been erected in the Japanese
Concession, and numbers of coolies are there
employed. Tlie manager, Mr. Miyagawa,
is assisted by a numerous olTice staff. The
assistant manager, Mr. H. Nagayasii, is a
member of the Japanese Municipal Council.

Si-\-G Wei Chin-.

Taxg Kkk shaxo.

Whasg Tatfoo.

Liy Six Sexg.

the cotton seed oil mill at Hankow, and the
other situated in Hanyang. The amount
of business traiisiicted by the Hankow odfice,
of which Mr. H. Ohoka has charge, is not
less than TIs. 5,000,000 annually.

THE NISSHIN KISEN KAISHA.

This firm, which maintains steam communi-
cation between all the ports of the Yangtsze and
Shanghai, operates a joint service in which
several of the largest Japanese steamship
companies are interested. There are eight
steamers on the run between Hankow and
Shanghai, giving a daily service, and calling
at Chinkiang, Nanking, Wuhu, and Kiukiang ;
and there are three on the Hankow-lchang
line. These steamers are large and have all
modern appointments. A service of smaller
vessels is maintained on the Hankow-Siangt:ui.
Harikow-Changteh. and Kiukiang-N'anchang
runs : whilst launches ply lietween various
less important river stations. The firm act
as agents tor the Tokyo Marine Insurance
Company, and the Osaka Shosen Kaisha.
They have offices in the British and Russian
Concessions, and in the Chinese City, as well
as large godowns on the Bund. The local
manager is Mr. Takao TsuiKxIa, who has a
seat on the Japanese Municipal Council.

THE KITSn BI8HI COMPAHT, LTD.

Oke of the most influential Japanese business
concerns in Hankow is the Mllsu Bishi Coin-

OKURA Si CO.

The Hankow branch of the Japanese house
of Okura & Co. was opened in 1904
with offices in the British Concession. The
headquarters of the firm are in Tokyo, and
there are branches at Shanghai and in most
of the important commercial towns of the
East. The Company's business is chiefly that
of general merchants, and a large trade is
done in the export of Chinese products, and
the import of Japanese and foreign commodities
for the Chinese market. The tirm have
obtained the coiitract from the Government
of Japan for plaiming and building the
Japanese Concession in Hankow, and the
work is making good progress under the
supervision of the Japanese engineers
employed by the Company. The manager
of the branch, Mr. S. Tachibana, has spent
several years in China, and possesses an
excellent knowledge of the conditions of
the market and of trade generally. He is
pany, Ltd., which some seven years ago a member of the Japanese Municipal Council,
opened offices in the French Concession, To and of the Race and other local clubs.

WoxG Hai Kax

ONE OF THE FACTORIES OF THE JAPAN COTTON
TRADING COMPANY, LTD.

S5 H

2 °

o
o

M
?;
«s
n

a
o
z

o
M
CB

O
CO
CO

722 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE PHASMACIE CEHTRALE.

The Phannacic Centralc. ix>nductcd by
Messrs. Bernard and Nonhouval, has been
established in Hankow for some nine years,
and occupies fine premises m the Hue de
Hanoi, in the French Concession. The
usual business of a modem clicmist's
establishment is carried on, prescriptions
are carefully dispensed, and a \-aried stock
of chemicals, drugs, perfumes, toilet articles,
soaps, sundries, &c., imported direct from
leading; European houses, is always kept on
hand. There is also a wine and spirit
department, and, for the benefit of the tourist,
photographic materials and an attractive
selection of picture postcards are offered for
sale.

EUROPEAN PERSONAL.

MR. H. SCHLICHTING.

Mr. H. ScHi.iCHTixi;. president of the
German Municipal Council at Hankow, is
recognised as being in large measure
responsible for the present satisfactory
condition of the German Concession. He
has spent nearly thirty years in China, and
for more than half this time has been a
resident of Hankow, carrying on business
as a broker, commission agent, and general
importer. Some of the largest land transac-
tions in Hankow have been made through
his agency. He was one of the promoters
of the German-Chinese School, and has
displayed the greatest activity in every
department of the public life of the Settlement.
On all matters relating to the German
Concession he is a recognised authority.

HR. A. R. BURTENSHAW.

Mr. a. R. lii:KTKN'SH.\w, than whom
few men are better known in local business
circles, has spent upwards of a quarter of a
century in China, and about half that time in
Hankow. His object in coming to China
was to study the language, and he now
speaks and wriles tlu'ee dialects fluently. He
has also studied civil and practical engineer-
ing, and holds the highest certificates in
both. In the past he has rendered great
service to the Chinese authorities. For some
years he was adviser to the Governor of
Hangchow, and installed the machinery at
the local mint. At Wuchang he advised as
to the better and more economical working
of the Government cotton, cash, and silver
mills, and revised and re-erected .some of
the machinery. At Hankow his advice has
been sought in behalf of many Chinese

The GoDoWNJi,

CARLOWITZ & CO.

Oke Kekivery Works,

I'HK OKFlCtS.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 723

industries rcquiriiif; technical assistance, and,
being generally reticent, broad-minded, and
active in his work, he is well liked by the
Chinese generally. He is now manager of
the Hankow branch of the Vacuum Oil Com-
pany, and is largely interested in various
other industries, including that carried on
by the Yuen Fong Oil Mills, which have
probably the most up-to-date plant for the
expression of oean ,oil in North China. In
short, Mr. Burtenshaw deserves the thanks
of English firms and manufacturers for all

that he has done towards introducing the
best class of British machinery into Hankow
and the Yangtsze Valley generally.

ORIENTAL PERSONAL.

MR. TANG KEE SHANG.
Mk. Tanc Kkk Shaxg may, in a sense,
be regarded as the father of Chinese business
men in the foreign concessions at Hankow,

[See page 704] THE HANYANG IRON AND STEEL WORKS, HANKOW.

A Cantonese, he joined the Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank as compradore when the
Hankow branch was opened, some forty-four
years ago by Mr. (now Sir) Thomas Jackson,
who was the bank's first manager in Hankow.
Mr. Tang Kee Shang's honest business
methods have won the respect alike of Euro-
pean and Chinese merchants ; and he is held
in high esteem by the Corporation, who
recognise that he has contributed not a
little towards the success of the branch. He
is a director of the Government cotton mills
at Wuchang, and a member of the local
Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Tang Kee Shang
lives with his family in a fine house in the
Russian Concession.

MS. UV SIN SENG.

Mr. Liu Sin Seng, one of the wealthiest
and best known Chinese business men in
Hankow, his native place, has for some six
years held the position of compradore to the
local branch of the Banque de I'lndo-Chine.
He is, also, interested in many business
undertakings in the Settlement, including
that of filling in a great portion of the foreign
concessions. In this w^ork he employs four-
teen road locomotives and hundreds of coolies,
bringing thousands of tons of earth into the
concessions every month to raise the low-
lying ground. He owns a bean-cake oil mill,
equipped with the latest machinery, and he
is a director of the Wuchang, Hankow, and
Hanyang Telephone Company. He holds the
rank of a Taoutai of the First Order, and is
vice-president of the Chinese Chamber of Com-
merce. He is given to charitable works of a
practical nature, and, among other institutions,
has established a college of music for Chinese.
Mr. Liu Sin Seng lives with his family in a
charming residence in the British Con-
cession.

TIENTSIN.

IlENTSIN is second in impor-
tance only to Shanghai among
the Treaty ports of China.
Situated some 30 miles up the
Pei-ho River, it was probably a
sea-coast %illa};e two thousand
years ago. The alteration in
its geographical position has been brought
about, m the course of many centuries, by
the unwearying activity of natural forces, but
the metamorphosis in its commercial prospects
has been effected in comparatively few years.
Till the end of the Ming dynasty. 1644 A.u.,
Tientsin was only a second-rate military
station. At the opening of the eighteenth
century a rapid transformation had taken
place, and it was then, as now, a great dis-
tributing centre. During recent years its
progress has been more remarkable than
that of any city within the confines of the
Empire. Lying at the junction of the Grand
Canal with the Pei-ho, Tientsin is distant
some 80 miles from Peking. The country is
Hat and uninteresting, and practically the
whole of the city is built on raised land. The
many waterways with which it is surrounded
are. for the most part, of a dirty yellow
appearance, and certainly do not add to the
attractiveness of the district, but their im-
portance as a means of communication, and
the influence they have had on the trade of
the port, cannot t>e over-estimated.

The climate is one of extremes. The
thermometer ranges from zero in the winter,
when all the rivers in North China are frozen
to a depth of a foot or more, and the port
is closed for a period of three or four months,
to 105 and 1 10 degrees in June and July. A
short rainy sea.son extending from the middle
of July to the end of August reduces the
excessive heat, but, unfortunately, brings with
it the necessity for mosquito-nets ; and dust-
storms rage frequently in the spring and
autumn. The long bright winter days, how-
ever, add a zest to life, and quickly cause the
disadvantages of the summer and rainy
seasons to be forgotten.

The native population of Tientsin — or
Heaven's Ford, according to the English
translation — is reputed to tie 1,000,000, but
there are no reliable statistics upf)n which
an estimate can be based, for the census taken
by the police in 1904 was entirely unsatisfactory.

The natives formerly earned the unenviable
distinction of being the most violent, as well
as the most hostile to the foreigner, of any
in the Empire. " Ten oily-mouthed Pekingese
cannot get ahead of one tonguey Tientsinese,"
is a well-known Chinese comment upon the
character of the inhabitants of a city which
has been the scene of one massacre and two
military campaigns in the last half century.
Happily there has been a marked improve-
ment in recent years, the continuity of policy

his chief place of residence and the centre
of his experiments in military and naval
education, with the result that it came to
be regarded as the focus of the new learning
and of national reform. His Excellency's
successor, Yuan Shih Khan, won the uni-
versal respect of the foreign community by
his liberal policy and humane government,
as well as by his conslant endeavours to
create a better understanding between the
nationalities.

GORDON HALL, TIENTSIN.

adopted by a succession of strong, able rulers
and the steady work of the missions having
borne good fruit. During His Excellency I-i
Hung Chang's long rule, the trade and impor-
tance of the city developed considerabh', and
the rowdyism of the inhabitants was repressed
by the vigour of the Government, until the
Boxer eruption in the last years of Li Hung
Chang's life. The Viceroy made Tientsin

The original city is small, being only a
mile long and three-quarters of a mile wide,
but its suburbs are many and populous.
Formerly it was surroiuuled by a high brick
wall, but this was entirely demolished and
replaced by line open boulevards in lyoi by
order of tlie Foreign Military Provisional
Government. The foreign residents, whose
advent has made Tientsin what it is, used

THE BRITISH AND GERMAN BUND.

WlXTER ox THE PKIHO RIVKR.

'2G TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Ui live in three concessions — British. French,
and German— situated south-east of the city
alonj! the banks of the Pei-ho, and coveriii};
an area of less than 500 acres. The Japanese

STATUE OF KOLAND. TIENTSIN.

took up a concession in accordance with the
terms of the Treaty of Shimonoseki, and. in
IQOI. Russia, Belgium, Italy, and Austria-
Hungarv all appropriated large areas on
the left bank of the Pei-ho, while the existing
Settlements extended their boundaries very
considerablv, so that, as Dr. A. H. Smith says :
•■ All the Powers, except China, are non-
accommodated with commodious waterfronts."
Throughout the whole of these concessions
building operations are being carried on,
and numberless improvements are being
effected. The streets are broad, well laid-
out, and well lighted, and an electric tramway,
which has some eight miles of line, furnishes
a rapid means of communication to all parts.
The sanitation is continually being improved,
and a plentiful supplv of water, which is

quite safe and wholesome to drink, is obtained
from one or other of tlie two waterworks
companies — the Tientsin Waterworks Com-
pany. Ltd.. and the Tientsin Native City
Waterworks Company. Ltd. There are a
number of good hotels, five clubs (the Tientsin
Club, the German Concordia Club, and the
French Cerclc d'Kscrime. the Waverley Club,
and the Japanese Club), two excellent libraries,
one of which, belonging to the British Munici-
pality and the Imperial Maritime Customs, con-
tains 8,000 volumes ; three parochial churches,
Roman Catholic. Anglican, and Union, with
many mission churches, and probably the
best racecourse in China. At least live of
the Powers maintain post offices, and the
British. French, and Austrian Concessions
contain market places. The British Munici-
pality has a handsome Town Hall, which was
completed in 1889. and is called tlie Gordon
Hall alter General Gordon. Around the main
audience chamber are memorial tablets to
the soldiers and sailors of the different nations
who died during the seige of 1900. Adjoining
is a well kept public garden, opened in Jubilee
year and styled Victoria Park; and a recreation
ground. 10 acres in extent, is being laid
out. In the British Concession, also, are to
be found the electric light works, waterworks,
most of the large foreign stores, the principal
newspaper offices, the British, American,

Tientsin can be reached from Europe and
from Peking by rail, and from Shanghai by
ship, either direct or by way of Cliinwang-
tao. It stands at the terminus of tlie Grand
Canal, and, as the navigability of the Pei-ho
ceases at Tientsin, it became the great
emporium for the tribute rice \early sent
up to the capital. Tlie trade of tlie port was
imperilled by the silting up of the Pei-ho.
but a river improvement scheme was under-
taken in 1898, and the Peace Protocol of
1901 contains clauses for the constitution of
a Board of Conservancy, and engineering
experts are engaged in grappling with the
problem of maintaining a navigable channel
through the Taku Bar. a considerable obstruc-
tion off file mouth of the river caused by
gradual deposits of sand. Trade, however,
does not now entirely depend on this
route, fully 50 per cent, of that with the
interior being done by means of the railway.
The opening of a coal mine at Toiigshan,
60 miles north-east of Tientsin, in the seven-
ties was the precursor of a railway, which
has since been extended to Shanhaikwan for
military purposes, and from thence round the
Gulf of Liau Tung to Kinchow. In 1900
it was carried to Newchwang. and afterwards
to Hsin-niin Fu. The line between Tientsin
and Peking was opened in 1897. and, on
account of the enormous traffic between the

THE RACECOURSE, TIENTSIN.

THE FIRE ALARM BELL, TIENTSIN.

Belgian, and Japanese Consulates, and almost
all the banks. The majority of the missions,
originally in Chinese territory, are now, by
the extension of the foreign concession
boundaries, in the French Concession, which
also contains a theatre or music hall named
the "Arcade" ; while, in the Japanese Con-
cession, the growth of which has been more
rapid than any of the others, are to be seen
an interesting and artistic monument to the
Japanese who fell in the siege of 1900, and
a memorial erected on the spot where
Colonel Liscum was killed during the advance
on the city in the same year. According to
the latest figures, the population of the
Settlements, exclusive of the military, is
nearly four thousand, more than one half
of whom are Japanese. Roughly, there are
just over a thousand British and Germans.
The Government is conducted on lines
similar to those adopted in other foreign
■lettlements in China. Most of the concessions
are controlled by their own Municipal Council,
whose administrative duties are in many
respects the same as they would be in the
small townships of the various countries
represented.

two cities, was doubled in the following
year.

Essentially a centre for distribution, Tient-
sin, nevertheless, possesses certain industries
of considerable importance. Distilling is the
chief of these, and the spirit, or "wine" as
it is called, made from maize is exported
in large qiumtities to the South. Coarse,
unrefined salt is made by the evaporation
of sea water, and this trade, which is a
Government monopoly, provides the largest
and most permanent portion of the local
revenue. In general trade there have been
remarkable advances, and the prospects for
the future are of the brightest, for Tientsin
is practically the only sea outlet for the
provinces of Chihii, Shansi, Sliensi, Kansu,
and part of Honan, which have a combined
population not far short of 100,000.000. The
exports include coal (the output of the Kaipiiig
collieries is about 700,000 tons a year), wool,
bristles, straw-braid, goat-skins, furs, wine,
&c. The imports are of a miscellaneous
character and comprise arms, tea (for the
desert and Siberia), mineral oil, matches,
cotton piece goods, &c. In 1906 tlie total
net value of the trade, less re-exports,

In thk Compound.

JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.

Thk Oki'icks.
The E,\pokt Depaktmkxt Prkhises.

The Godows.

'iS TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OP HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

was Tls. 1 1 2.864.555. as compiired with
TIs. 96,565.672 for " ig05 and Tls. 68.c>54.6<>4
for 1904. In ic)07 the net foreign imports
were worth Tls. 61.208.744 : '" 1<10().
TU. 64422439 ; in H)05. Tls. 59.649.982 ;

residents. During the campaign of 1858 61
the importance of its strategic position as the
key to the capital, and its suitability as a
military base were fully recognised by the
Allies, and it was here that Lord Elgin signed

some one thousand seven hundred men,
which had been prevented from following
Admiral Seymour in his gallant attempt to
rescue the Legations by the fact that the
railway was cut. The most brilliant individual
achievement, and the one which resulted
in the relief of the city was that of Mr, James
Watts, jun. All communications with

Tientsin had been destroyed, and when
ammunition was running low and the
defenders were talking of surrender, he
volunteered to lead a troop of Cossacks
through the enemy's lines with despatches
to the foreign admirals at Taku. He success-
fully accomplished his dangerous mission
on June 19, 1900, and relief was immediately
sent to the besieged. His name in connection
with this act of heroism will ever be
remembered gratefully in Tientsin. In
recognition of his signal services the British
Government, after some delay, conferred
upon Mr. Watts a Companionship of the
Order of St. Micliael and St. George, and,
in the meantime, the German Emperor
signified his intention of conferring a
decoration on the gallant Englishman— a
spontaneous mark of appreciation, which
Mr. Watts values highly. During the siege
whole tracts of the city and suburbs were
destroyed, and when, after encountering
much strenuous opposition and loss of life,
the relieving column took possession of the
place it was given up to loot for one day,
and then military government was established.
The city continued to be occupied by the
Allied Troops for two years. All the walls,
forts, arsenals, and cantonments were razed
to the ground by order of this provisional
government, in which each Power was
represented by one military oflicer, and
under which the various public departments
were administered, and many urban improve-
ments were effected. The government of
the city was restored to the Viceroy on
August 15, 1902.

A TYPICAL WINTER SCENE AT TIENTSIN.

in 1904, Tls. 36,178.819 ; and in 1903,
Tls. 37463.829. The native imports repre-
sented Tls. 26,616,808 in 1906; Tls. 22,185,331
in 1905; and Tls. 36.178,019 in 1904. The
export trade, not including re-e.\ports, was
valued at Tls. 17,253,215 in 1907. and showed
a decrease of four and a half millions
when compared with Tls. 21.825,308 in

1906, when, however, an advance of seven
millions was recorded on the previous year's
return of Tls. 14.7.39.359. In 1904 the ex-
ports represented Tls. 14,895.379, and in 1903
Tls. 11,319,289. Forty years ago the net
foreign imports amounted to Tls. 13,500,000
and the exports to one and a quarter million
taeis. In 1905 the trade of the port was
described as beating all records " in value of
trade, tonnage, and revenue." the last-named
having increased by 50 per cent., but even
this record was handsomely beaten in 1906.
The number of foreign vessels entering the
port in 1867 was only 262. In 1906 the
steamships entered and cleared represented
2,391,986 tons, and the sailing vessels 19,528
tons. The customs revenue in 1867 was
Tls.411.297; in 1906, Tls. 3400,000 ; and in

1907. Tls. 3.215494-

But the modern history of Tientsin has
not been so tranquil as this record of
commercial development would suggest.
The city has been the centrt; of much hostile
feeling between the Chinese and the foreign

the treaty which, instead of bringing the
war to a conclusion as was intended, proved
unfortunately, the cause of its prolongation.
It is, however, the part the city played in
the Bo.xer riots of 1900 which brought it
so prominently to the notice of the outside
world. Regarded as the seat of reform and
the centre of foreign influence, it incurred,
in a specially marked degree, the animosity
of the rebels. They entered the city at the
beginning of June, and hostilities commenced
with the destruction of the mission houses.
All who had had dealings with Europeans
were regarded as enemies to the cause, and
had to flee to the Settlements to escape certain
death. On the night of June 15th, the Boxers
attacked the Settlements and the railway
stiition in great force. The siege lasted for
twenty-seven days, and the onslaughts of
the attacking force were so fierce and
determined that they were only repulsed
with great difficulty. It is appalling to think
what the fate of the Europeans would have
been had the insurgents proved successful.
The women and children sought refuge in
the large cellars of Gordon Hall, but,
fortunately, although a considerable number
of buildings in the French Concession, and
a few in the British Settlements were
destroyed, no lives were lost. The successful
defence was in a large measure due to the
presence in the town of a Russian force of

IN MEMORIAM.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 729

MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION.

There are in Tientsin eight foreign con-
cessions, three of vvhich^the British, French,
and German — existed prior to iqoo. Tlie
Boxer troubles resulted in the extension of

Tls, 1,700, and educational grant, Tls. 3,000),
Tls. 10,116; loans (interest and repayment),
Tls. 20.234 I public works extraordinary
(including bund and wharves, Tls. 9,800),
Tls. 15,500 : and British Post Office, Tls.
3,950; leaving a surplus of Tls. 3,325-37.

GERMAN MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OFFICES, TIENTSIN.

these concessions, and in tlie formation of
the Belgian, Russian, Italian, Japanese, and
Austro-Hungarian Concessions.

The British Municipal Council was estab-
lished as far back as 1862, and consisted of
three members. Another member was added
in 1868, and at the present day tliere are
five members, including the chairman and
hon. treasurer. The councillors are elected
at a general meeting of land renters held
during the first quarter of each year, and
their functions are performed through the
Finance, Fire Brigade, Volunteer Corps,
Market, Sanitary, Land, Watch, and Works
Committees. In 1898 a Junior Council, called
the British Municipal Extension Council, was
called into existence, as its name implies, by
reason of the extension of the British
Concession. It consists of nine members,
several of whom are also members of the
Senior Council, and much the same duties
devolve upon its committees. A scheme for
the amalgamation of the Concessions is still
under the consideration of a special com-
mittee of representatives of both Councils,
but in the meantime the business and
accounts of the two bodies are kept prac-
tically distinct. The efder body derives its
ordinary revenue from shipping (mooring
fees and Bund rents, together yielding
Tls. 35,300), land-tax (of i of one per cent.,
yielding Tls. 4,375), rental assessment (of
3 per cent., yielding Tls. 6,000), feu rents
(yielding Tls. 3,300), and general charges
(licences, interest, &c., amounting to Tls.
27,665), the total estimate for 1908 reaching
Tls. 98,255-37, as compared with Tls.
82,4o8'l5 actually received from these
sources in 1907. The estimated expenditure
during 1908 amounts to Tls. 98,225-37, and
falls under the following headings : General
staff, Tls. 9,200 ; police, Tls. 13,000 ; medical,
Tls. 600 ; public works (including ligliting,
Tls. «,ooo, water Tls. 1,300, &c.), Tls. 22,330 ;
miscellaneous (including Volunteer Corps,

During 1907, in addilion to the ordinary
expenditure, amounting to Tls. 60,187-88
large sums were spent upon improvements
to municipal land, and were met by moneys

Tls.431, 571-75 — and include land, Tls.
265,483 ; buildings, Tls. 103,94283 ; invest-
ments, Tls. 62,338-18 ; and cash deposits,
Tls. 130,726-39. "

The revenue of the British Municipal
Extension Council is derived from a tax on
the value of land fixed at fV of one per
cent., and producing Tls. 17,550 ; a rental
assessment of 9 per cent., yielding Tls.
25,400 ; licences, and sundries, the total
estimate for 1908 being Tls. 58,514-45 —
slightly more than the estimated expenditure.

For many yeais the Senior British Council
was the only municipal body in existence in
Tientsin, and it became the medium through
which many public works were from time
to time initiated. In particular, mention
may be made of the work of improvement
which has been carried out in regard to the
Hartto, the river which connects Tientsin
with the sea. In the late nineties this
stream had deteriorated to such an extent
that there no longer existed a navigable
channel whereby Tientsin could be reached
by coasting steamers or even large junks,
many reaches having become badly silted
up. In these circumstances, the future of
the port was saved by the British Municipal
Council coming forward in 1897 to propose
the raising of a loan of Tls. 150,000, under
municipal guarantee, for river improvement.
Thus was the foundation laid of the valuable
conseivancy work which has been carried
out of late years by the Hartto Conservancy
Commission, a body established by the
Protocol of September 7, 1901, which has
effected three big cuttings, framing works,
and other improvements. Latterly the
amelioration of the Taku Bar has engaged
public attention, and in 1905 and 1906 the
British Municipal Council were again to the
fore with a disinterested scheme of financial
co-operation. The increasing prosperity of

mr:i/m

fr^ r>

RUSSIAN MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OFFICES AT TIENTSIN.

withdrawn from fixed deposit account. The
Council has loan Habililies amounting to
Tls. 89,800, and other liabilities amounting
to Tls. 41,118-55. The assets are valued at
Tls. 562,490-30 — an excess over liabilities of

the port, however, promises to render such
assistance unnecessary, the revenue from
River dues on cargo in recent years having
approximated to and even exceeded the
handsome figure of Tls. 100,000, although

730 T\AT:NTIETH century impressions or HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the whole extent of the tax at present only
amounts to 3 per cent, on Customs duties,
that is to say. 1^ per mitre, mi fitloreni.

The Conseil d'Administration Municipale
de la Concession Fran^aise presided over

representative in Tientsin, Mr. K. Howard
Ford. Tlie liuildinfj consists of a larfje
entrance hall, bar, billiard, reading, card, and
board rooms and library. The billiard room
contains five tables and the board room am

The entrance fee for resident members is $60,
and the subscription $8 a month.

THE CLUB CONCORDIA.

Thk Club Concordia at Tientsin is an inter-
national club in all respects, except that
the members of the committee must speak
German. It was established with about forty
members in 1895, and now has a member-
ship of about 160. The first president was
Mr. G. Baur. The original premises in
Victoria Road, opposite the Gordon Hall,
were vacated in July, 1907, when the new
Club-house, occupying an advantageous site
on the German Concession, was opened by
Mr. O. Kleemaii, the president. There are
spacious dining, billiard, and card rooms, a
bar, library, and bowling alley, as well as a
theatre capable of holding 300 persons.
Adjacent to the building there are five tennis
courts. The Club is lighted throughout with
electricity, and every precaution is taken
against fire by the provision of modern
extinguishing appliances. The hon. treas-
urers of the Club are Messrs. T. M. Karl
and O. E. Meyer ; the secretary is Mr.
Siebert ; the librarian, Mr. E. Klocke ; and
the manager, Mr. M. Horn ; while Mr.
Kriediichs has charge of all matters con-
nected with sport.

THE TIENTSIN CLUB.

by the French Consul, Mr. Paul Claudel,
consists of nine members, with a permanent
secretary.

The German Municipal Council was formed
in 1906, and administers an area of 1,176
mow, acquired in 1898. The amount to be
collected and disbursed during 1908 was
estimated at TIs. 25,000. The chairman is
Mr. J. Faust, and there are four other
councillors. The secretary is Mr. O. Tenner.

The Russian Municipal Council controls
an area of 5,971 mow— the largest foreign
concession in Tientsin. The chairman for
1908 is Count Je/.ierski, who succeeded
Mr. M. D. Batouieff, and the secretary is
Mr. F. Kleye. The members are elected
annually, and their proceedings are con-
ducted in English, which has been adopted
as the official language. The offices of the
Council, designed by Messrs. Loup & Lee,
were opened in October, 1907, and form a
handsome addition to the architectural fea-
tures of the Settlement.

Of the other concessions the Austro-
Hungarian and Japanese are making the
most rapid strides. In the former, which
has an area of 1,000 mow, it is expected
that a Municipal Council will shortly be
established.

THE TIENTSIN CLUB.

The foundation of the new Club-house was
laid in 1903, and the building was ready for
occupation in September, 1905. The site.
containing about nine and a half mow of land,
is one of the best in the British Settlement.
The building and land cost about TIs. 245,000,
and the money was raised by the sale of the
site occupied by the old club, and by the
issue of debentures for TIs. 200,000 bearing
interest at 7 per cent. The building was
designed by Messrs. Algar & Beesley, of
Shanghai, but the work was taken over from
them and carried to completion by their

be used for concerts and dances. A bowling
alley is attached. The premises have been
furnished elaborately at a cost of TIs. 25,000,

THE FRENCH CLUB.

The Cercle d'Escrime de Tientsin, estab-
lished in 1903, now occupy premises on the
Quai de France, but a new and handsome
building in the Rue de France will probably

INTERIOR OF THE POWER STATION AT TIENTSIN,
THE SIEMENS SCHUCKERTWERKE.

ERECTED BY

and are lighted by electricity throughout, and
hot and cold water and steam-heating plants
are installed. The membership on April i,
1908, was : - Resident members, 229 ; non-
resident members, 20; absent members, 179.

be erected this year. In addition to the usual
features, the Club-house will then contain
bachelors' quarters, a mess room, and a
large hall for fencing, boxing, and gym-
nastics, as well as billiard and reading

THE OIL STORES AND GODOWNS OF MELOHERS & CO. AT TIENTSIN.

[See page 742.]

r^'

iiii»ij«riiiiii

THE . PREMISES OF THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION AT TIENTSIN. [See page 732J

732 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The Offices.

SIEMSSEN & CO.

IX THE SKIX GODcnVX.

rooms. Adjoining it there will be tennis
courts. The Club already have their own
open-air bathing place on the Extra-French
Concession. When first formed, under the
presidency of Mr. E. Binder, the Club had a
membership of l8, which has since increased
to attout 120, and includes representatives of
other nationalities. The committee consists
of Messrs. J. O. Neill (president), A. Gallusser
(secretary), M. Battegay (treasurer), A. Bilger,
and Sandrie de Jouy.

COMMERCIAL.

THE H0H6K0HG AND SHANGHAI BANK.

The Tientsin branch of the Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank was established in 1881, and
now occupies handsome premises, built on
ground owned by the bank, on the British
Bund. It is interesting to recall that when
these premises were opened the late Li Hung
Chang, then Viceroy of China, was present at
the inaugural banquet, and referring to the
general status of the bank in China, and more
particularly to that of the Tientsin branch,
His Excellency said, "Ever since it has been
established at this port the Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank has justified my expectation
that it would facilitate the financial business
of my Government and promote trade, and
the agents representing the Bank have
uniformly inspired me with confidence."

The manager of the branch, Mr. D. H.
Mackintosh, was born at Daunt House,

f«|Inverness, in i860, and was educated at
™Trinity College, Glenalmond. He joined the
Caledonian Bank at Inverness in 1877, but
three years later entered the service of the
Hongkong and Shanghai Bank. Coming to
the Far East, he was stationed successively
in Singapore, Hongkong, Hankow, Kobe,
Saigon, and Amoy. His present appointment
dates from 1895. Mr. Mackintosh acted as
the bank's representative in making the
initial advances of money and carrying on
the preliminary negotiations with the Director-
General of the Imperial Railways which led
to the first British loan to the Chinese
Imperial Government against Railways, that
of ;^2,.soo,ooo, of 1899, the contract for wliich
was signed in October, 1898, in Peking by
the bank's representative there, Mr. E. G.
Hillier, C.M.G., and His Excellency Hu Yun
Mei, who had been transferred to Peking as
Governor of the Capital.

THE EUSSO-CHINESE BANK.

The Tientsin branch of the Russo-Chinese
Bank was established in 1896, and, while
carrying on the usual banking business,
afforded special facilities for Russian ex-
change. The present manager, Count
Jezierski, a member of a very old Polish
family, took charge at the end of 1907. Born
in Poland in 1876, Count Jezierski was
educated in Russia, Belgium, and England.
He entered the head office of the Russo-
Chinese Bank in St. Petersburg in 1902, and.

after a short transfer to the London oflice
went to Shanghai as sub-manager until he
was appointed to Tientsin. He is co-
manager of the whole of the Russo-Chinese
Bank's branches in China and Japan.

YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK.

The Tientsin branch of this large banking
Corporation was established in 1899, and an
important share of the business of the
neighbourhood is transacted through its
agency. A sub-oftice has been opened in
the native city. An account of the resources
and a general description of the activities
of the bank in various parts of the world
will be found in other sections of this volume.

THE DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK.

The Tientsin branch of the Deutsch-Asiatische
Bank was established in i88g. at llie same time
that the head office in Shanghai was opened.
At present, the bank's business is carried on
in temporary preinises, but a handsome build-
ing is in course of construction in Victoria
Road, and will be ready for occupation before
the end of igo8. The usual banking business
is undertaken at the branch.

The 1' cal mana).;er is Mr. E. Schulze. Horn
at Kolberg in 1864, and educated in Berlin, he
began commercial life as an employe in a
manufacturing business, and eventually joined

THE ASTOR HOUSE HOTEL.

[See page 734.]

734 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

[See pace 732.]

THE RtrSSO-CHINESE BANK PREMISES.

the Government Fervice in German New
Guinea. Three years later, in 1889, he re-
turned to Berlin, and entered the service of
the Direction dtr Disconto-Gesellschaft. He
remained in Berlin about eight years, and was
then sent by the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank to
the East, where he has managed successively

various branches in the Straits Settlements
and China. He is now for the third time
manager of the Tientsin branch, having re-
sumed the duties in March, 1908. At one time
he was manager of the German Concession at
Tientsin, and was afterwards instrumental in
forming the first German Municipal Council

THE PREMISES OF THE YOKOHAMA SPECIE BANK, TIENTSIN.

in the Settlement. For his signal services to
the Concession, he was decorated with the
Order of the Prussian Crown in 1906.

THE ASTOE HOUSE HOTEL.

Visitors to Tientsin will be most favourably
impressed by the Astor House Hotel, both
by reason of its ideal situation facing the
Victoria Park, and its comfortable and
luxurious aiipointments.

In the early eighties the site upon which
it stands was occupied by what was then
known as a " mud-house " on the Bund.
This unpretentious structure was enlarged
and renovated in 1883 by Mr. G. Hitter, who
took out a licence for the premises ; and for
some ten years this constituted practically
tlie only hotel in the Settlement. On
June 13, 1894, the foundation stone of the
present building was laid, and in May of
the following year the Astor House Hotel
was ready for occupation. In 1895 the
concern was floated as a joint stock com-
pany, with Mr. Hitter, the former proprietor,
as manager.

The hotel has seventy bedrooms, and a
spacious dining room with accommodation
for over three iumdred people, whilst there
are the usual reception, drawing, reading
and billiard rooms, and bar. Power for
lighting the building and for driving the
electric fans is generated by means of a
private installation ; and a steam heating
apparatus is employed to regulate the tem-
perature in the winter months. The cuisine
is excellent, the hotel having its own cold
storage appliances and its own farm for

THE IMPERIAL HOTEL.

(W. A. Davis, Uencnil Manager.)

[See pafie 736.]

736 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

dairy produce ; and the wine list is carefully
selecte<i. Indeed, (or years the hotel has
catered for all the principal balls, such as
those held on St. George's. St. Andrew's,
and St. Patrick's Days. The visitor's list
contains many well-known names, including
those of Prince Adalbert of Prussia, Prince
and Princess Rupprecht of Bavaria, Prince
Leopold of Prussia, S..\.R. Principe Ferdi-
nando d'Udine Casa Savoia, the Viceroy
Yuan Shi Kai, Miss Roosevelt and party,
and Baron Komura.

The present manager is Mr. O. Kreier,
who was t)orn in Sa.xe-Weimar in 1872.
He was for three years in Jena a. d. Saale,
and then proceeded to London, where, in
1889, he joined the Royal Keyser's Hotel.
Thence he went to the Bolton Mansions
Hotel, and afterwards to the Hotel de Paris

Allied Fleets. Mr. Kreier also rendered signal
service to the late Li Hung Chang, in
recognition of which he received from the
Chinese Government, through Prince Chung,
the Double Dragon medal and diploma. He
was appointed manager of the Aslor House
Hotel in April, 1908, having held succes-
sively since 1900 the positions of assistant
and acting manager.

lUPEBIAL HOTEL COMPANY, LTD.

The Imperial Hotel Company, Ltd., a British
Company formed for the purpose of con-
ducting hotels in Tientsin and other parts
of North China, was registered in Hongkong

HOTEL DE LA PAIX AND GARDENS.

at Monte Carlo. In 1893 he became assistant
secretary at the Hotel d'ltalia, Venice, and,
later, office secretary at the Palast Hotel,
Berlin. In 1894 he was appointed courier to
His Excellency the Viceroy of Pechili, who
was then in St. Petersburg. He accompanied
the Viceroy first to Berlin and then on a
year's tour of the world. On arrival at
Tientsin in i8g6, Mr. Kreier spent two years
studying the Chinese language, and then
opened the Shanhaikwan Hotel for the
Imperial Railways of China. During the
Boxer troubles he was instrumental In safe-
guarding the lives of sixteen ladies and
children, who were obliged to flee from
Tangshan ; he escorted them to Peitaiho and
saw them safely on board the British store
ship Humber, which arrived at Taku Bar at
the time the Taku Forts capitulated to the

In 1903, and has already opened several
establishments.

The Imperial Hotel at Tientsin Is tho-
roughly up to date, possessing all modern
appliances for the convenience and com-
fort of guests. There are forty well-fur-
nished bedrooms, as well as private and
public dining rooms, a reading room, and
ladles' drawing room ; and the hotel Is fitted
with steam heating apparatus, a hot and
cold water service and electric light and
fans. The cuisine leaves nothing to be
desired, and the result is that a large number
of business men make use of the hotel,
especially as the railway station, the banks,
business houses, and steamship offices are
within easy reach of it.

The secretary and general manager of the
Company is Mr. W. A. Davis, who has

spent twenty years In travelling throughout
Europe, .\ustralasla, and the ^'ar East, and
has thus gained valuable experience. He is
also the local agent for the Collvers Tours
Company, of Boston, U.S.A., so that visitors
may rely on sound advice as to the various
routes open to them in any part of the
world.

Other hotels established by the Company
are the Station Hotel at Tongku, the Pcitailio
Hotel, the Railway Hotel, Slianhaikwaii, and
the YIngkow Hotel ; whilst a sixth is shortly
to be opened in Mukden. Shanhaikwan and
Peltallio are the well-known summer resorts,
and the hotel at the latter place stands right
on the sea-beach, so that visitors who
wish to bathe may go straight from their
rooms Into the water.

The Company is also responsible for the
catering of the Imperial Railways of North
China, and manages the dining cars on the
principal trains running between Peking and
Mukden.

THE HOTEL DE LA PAIX.

Visitors to Tientsin will find that excellent
accommodation at moderate charges Is to be
secured in the Rue du Consulat, at the Hotel
de la Paix (Chinese name, Ta-Lai), which has
been eslablished since 1900. There are
forty well-furnished bedrooms, each provided
with electric light and fans, and with bath-
room attached. The dining room is re-
cognised as one of the finest in Tientsin.
It is fitted with electric light and fans and
is capable of seating eighty people.

The cuisine is excellent and is under the
control of an experienced French chef. A
military orchestra performs once a week in
summer, during dinner, in the private garden
of the hotel, and the grounds are electrically
illuminated on this occasion. The daily
rates are from $4 upwards. The proprietor
is Mr. A. Launay, and the manager Mr. J.
E. Ravetta. French, English, and German
are spoken.

THE CHINESE ENGINEESING AND MINING
COMPANY, LTD.

A I'UHLICATION dealing with foreign industries
in China would be far from complete did it
not touch on that important British enterprise
managed by Major W. S. Nathan, R.E., and
known as the Chinese Engineering and
Mining Company, Ltd., with head offices at
Tientsin.

Coal mining on an extensive scale, in
the Chihli Province, forms the chief Industry
in which the Company are engaged, and to
British "builders of Empire" there are, per-
haps, no more agreeable sights in China than
the collieries at Tongshan and Linsi working
with all the activity and usefulness of old-
established European mines. The manufac-
ture of coke is a lucrative adjunct to the
mining of coal ; while the output from the
Company's fire-brick factory is such, both in
regard to quantity and quality, as to secure
to the Company practically all the refractory
brick business north of the Yangt.sze River.

The Company are in the fortunate position
of being to a large extent independent of
general carriers for the distribution of their
yearly output of one and a half million tons
of coal, coke, and fire-bricks. They have their
own seaport at Chinwangtao, where no less
than $2,500,000 have been spent in the con-
struction of a pier and breakwater. They
own, also, a branch railway connecting Chin-
wangtao with the railway systems of North

WILHELM KLEESCHULTE.

Ikon Concrete Godowx in Colrse of Coxstki-ctiox.
The jAxorei X Steaji Hkick Works. The Offices.

W. Kleeschl'1.te's Residence.

[See paye 740.]

738 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

China, a canal joining up all the local water-
ways, the •' Ping " Line of steamers, and
wharves and storage gixlowns in the principal
ports on the China Sea. A private telegraph
line connects the offices in Tientsin and Chin-
wangtao and the collieries and the Tongku
district, and facilitjites the administration of
the huge t-onccrn. Indeed, in the c-asc of
Chinwangtao, this line affords the only
means of telegraphic communication avail-
able to the public.

The section which they opened now forms
part of the Imperial Railways.

As may be gathered from the following
details of the various departments, the Com-
pany's plant and appointments generally are
of the most modern type.

The coal mines at Tongshan and Linsi are
situated in the Kaiping district of the Chihli
Province, about 60 miles from the ports of
Tongku and Chinwangtao, with which they
are connected by the Chinese Government

THE TIENTSIN OFFICES OF THE CHINESE ENGINEERINQ AND MINING
[S« page 736] COMPANY, LTD.

It will thus be seen that in its completeness
the concern is almost unique. The labour for
which it finds employment, and the impetus
it has given to native industries, has furnished
a most powerful argument for the introduction
of foreign capital into the Chinese Empire.
Again, the short section of railway which
was opened in the early eighties to connect
the mines with the canal, proved effective
in removing the Chinese prejudice against
the Western iron road, so that the Company
may be said to have given birth to the now-
extensive railway systems of North China.

railway system. In addition to the usual
steam haulage, having a maximum capacity
of about eight thousand tons per day. these
collieries employ, in pumping and lighting,
an electrical installation which cost consider-
ably over a million dollars, and is reputed
to be the largest electrical plant in the East.
The output of the collieries is at the rate of
one and a half million tons of coal per annum.
The best coal won is very similar to the best
Cardiff lump, and is much in demand among
the foreign navies as a first-rate steam raiser.
It is also used in admixture with dust coal

by the Chinese arsenals, and gives excellent
results in the manufacture of steel. The
second quality may be likened to the best
Japanese, Australian, or Scotch coals ; it is a
good steam coal, and is much used on the
North China railways, and by most of the
large coasting lines in the China seas. A
third quality is principally in demand as a
household coal, but is also very popular as
a steam raiser in mills and factories, and,
when mixed with dust coal, for shipping pur-
poses. In the development of native in-
dustries, such as brick-burning, the expression
of bean oil, and distilling, the use of coal dust
plays a very important part. It is also re-
placing grasses, hemp sticks, millet stalks,
and other native fuel for domestic purposes,
for the Company are demonstrating to a
large section of the population, notably in
Tientsin, that by a small alteration in their
stoves they can burn coal with great economy.
The collieries give direct employment to ten
thousand Chinese, while another ten thousand
families are engaged in supplying grains,
fodder, oils, baskets, and all manner of
native produce consumed in the works.
Seven locomotives are engaged in moving
stores, coal, &c., in and about the mining
properties.

The manufacture of coke is one of the
least progressive of the Company's industries,
but the product is easily disposed of to the
local mints, arsenals, and dockyards. At
present only native open kilns are employed ;
but the business is capable of considerable
expansion, and the erection of a modern
type of plant will give the necessary impetus,
ensuring a better quality of coke and at the
same time reducing the cost of manufacture
by the saving of the by-products now
wasted.

The country in the vicinity of the coal
mines is unusually rich in tire-clays, and
some of the seams lying on the Company's
property contain material of the finest quality.
This clay is manufactured into bricks by a
modern plant driven by electricity, at the
rate of from 1,750,000 to 2,000,000 pieces per
mensem, or, roughly, 20,000,000 per annum.
These bricks are highly finished, and the
degree of heat resistance without deformation
is certified at not less than 2,930° Fahrenheit, a
degree of refractoriness which European
manufacturers will rarely guarantee. The
numerous Chinese Government mints and
arsenals, the Hanyang Iron Works at Hankow,
the Chinese railway systems, and the several
Government dockyards, not to mention many
progressive native industries utilising Western
power, all draw their supplies of fire-
bricks from the Company, to much mutual
advantage.

Anticipating that a more thorough system
of drainage will become necessary in the
Treaty ports, if not in purely Chinese local-
ities, the Company have erected a modern
pipe-making machine for the manufacture of
stoneware drain-pipes. They are also engaged
in the manufacture of glazed brick and floor-
ing and roofing tiles, conveniences which the
heavy steamer freights have hitherto placed
beyond the reach of both native and European
residents.

The "Ping" Line of steamers belonging to
the Company may be seen Hying the appro-
priate " black diamond " house flag in any of
the China ports between Xewchwang and
Canton. Outward bound they usually carry
the Company's coal and other products, and
they bring back piece goods and general cargo
principally from Shanghai. The Company
have wharves and godowns at Tientsin,
Chinwangtao, Tongku, Shanghai, and Canton;
and godowns and property for the storage of

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 739

cargoes at Newchvvang and Chefoo. The
shortest sea route between Tientsin and
Shanghai is viii Chinwangtao ; the journey,
being free from tlie delay and uncertainty of
the Taku route, occupies only about sixty

loss, is ensured. There are seven berths — five
at the breakwater, and one on each side of the
pier — and the railway trucks are so arranged
that loading and discharging can be proceeded
with independently at each berth. The main

G. E. Five.

L. BIELFELD.
J. FAUST.

6.
7-

H. IXJHLEIX.
G. GOERTZ.

10.

BUSINESS MEN

TIENTSIN.

M. D. liATOflEKF.

II.

K. Schi-lze.

0. KI.EEMAXX.

12.

CorxT Jp:zierski.

Hugo Kloeckxer.

13-

J. O. Nem.l,

Karl F. Melchkks.

■4-

O. E. Meyer.

W. A. Argext.

IB-

Fritz So.mmer.

16. A, Walte.

17. A. E. SCHULDT.

18. Y. YASL'KAWA,

19. J. MACDOXALD,

berths have 21 feet of water at low water ordin-
ary spring tides, but steamers drawing 23 feet
6 inches have been known to discharge with
perfect safety, the bottom being soft mud,
and there is really nothing to prevent vessels
with a draft of 25 feet from discharging,
provided they are prepared to take the mud
at low water. The Company have at present
three steam cranes available for weights up
to five tons each, and generally speaking, it
may be said that the loading and discharging
facilities are excellent. On one occasion
73,000 bags of fiour were taken out of one
steamer in 27 consecutive hours, whilst on
another 4,000 tons of coal were loaded on to
one steamer in 31 consecutive hours. These
facilities, resulting from the Company's
liberal expenditure of capital, have caused
Chinwangtao to become a formidable rival
for the trade hitherto shipped viii Taku to
Tientsin. The port is accessible throughout
the year, for, though in hard winters there
is occasionally a good deal of floating ice in
the Gulf, there is no case on record of a
steamer having been prevented by ice from
making the port. It is, in fact, practically
the only port in the Gulfs of Pechili and
Liau Tung accessible during the winter,
which, on an average, extends from December
loth to March loth. Good, sheltered anchor-
age also is to be found in the Roads. The
Company's branch line runs from the pier to
Tongho, four miles distant, on the main trunk
line from New-chwang to Peking. The
Company own the land in the vicinity of
the port, and that portion of the property
known as the Bluff, and comprising the best
residential and building sites, has now been
laid out as a township, in which plots may
be bought or leased on moderate terms. As
a seaside health resort Chinwangtao is
almost without rival in China. It is easily
accessible, has a dry and bracing climate,
offers safe bathing from a sandy beach, and
is situated amidst magnificent scenery; while
a hotel under European management affords
the visitor every comfort. The great increase
of trade year by year has induced the
Imperial Maritime Customs to erect a fine
Customs house at Chinwangtao, with a deputy
commissioner in charge, and to open a Ha
Kwan Bank for the convenience of local
consignees. Chinwangtao was selected on
account of its natural geographical advantages
as one of the ports of embarkation for coolies

hours. The steamers leave for Shanghai on
the arrival of the mail from Peking and
Tientsin, and incoming steamers are timed
to connect with the morning mail train. All
the "Ping" steamers are fitted with first
class accommodation for passengers, the new
steamer, the Kaipitig, being one of the
most comfortable vessels in these waters.
The Chargeurs Reunis Steamship Company
have now established a permanent service of
steamers from Europe to Chinwangtao, so
that cargo may be booked through to
Tientsin without trans-shipment at Shanghai
as hitherto.

Chinwangtao. which owes its existence as
a seaport to the Chinese Engineering and
Mining Company, Ltd., is situated on the
western coast of the Gulf of Liao Tung, and is
distant about 10 miles WSW. of Shanhai-
kwan. It is thus the natural distributing centre
for the north-west part of the great province of
Chihli. The breakwater and pier which form
the harbour are so constructed that vessels
may be alongside at any state of the tide
and in all weathers, and discharge a load
direct on to and from railway cars, so that a
minimum of handling, and, consequently, of

!?j??Ri»««,*^'.

BBUNNER, MOND & CO., LTD.
The Godowx at Tiextsix.

740 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

cmigratiiif; to South Africa, and durinj* 11)04
an extensive depot was established lor the
acoommodation of live or six thous:iiid men.

■^

THE NATIVE CITT WATEEWOEKS. LTD.

The Native City Waterworks Company, Ltd..
of which Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg & Co.,
Ltd.. are the agents and general managers.
was formed in 1902. and commenced to supply
water in April of the foll(5wing year. The
shareholders are both Chinese and foreigners,
and the board of directors include Messrs.
J. Boyce-Kup, A. Walte. Sun Chung Ying,
Chen Chi-i. Jui Yu-Kun, and Ma Yu-Ching.

member of the Institute of Civil Engineers,
Denmark.

THE UOLKESEI OBEBHOF. LTD.

Ix a country in wliich there are no laws en-
forced for preventing the spread of cattle
diseases, and practically none governing sani-
tary arrangements, it is obviously very difficult
to obtain a pure milk supply. Several dairy
farms have been started in Tientsin, but owing
to the prevalence of rinderpest tliey have
not proved successful. The Molkerei Oberhof,
Ltd., however, is an exception to the rule.
This enterprise has been prosperous from a
financial point of view\ and its butter, cheese.

THE JANGSTUN STEAM BRICK WORKS.

Dl'RiXG the summer lime, wlien the manu-
facture of bricks is in full progress, some
600 native workmen find employment in this
large industrial enterprise, owned by Mr. \V.
Ivleescliulte. The works are planned on tlie
most modern scientific system, and cover a
large area. Among the many buildings, the
Hoffman brick oven is, perhaps, the first to
attract the attention of a visitor. It is a
huge pile of red bricks several feet thick,
and consists of two parallel ovens, 170 feet
long, in the shape of concave vaults. Six-
teen doors give access to as niaii\- compart-
ments, and each compartment is separated
from the next by an iron partition which is

[See page 742.]

E. MARZOLI'S BRICK FACTORY.

Water is taken from the Grand Canal,
outside the native city, and is carefully treated
in filter-beds of sand. It is distributed through
25 miles of mains of various sizes to the
native city and to the Japanese, Austrian,
Russian, and Italian Concessions. More than
three hundred houses are connected with the
service, and there are one hundred and fifty
public hydrants for fire purposes and for
street supply. The water is sold at 70 cents
per i.ooo gallons, with special rates to large
consumers, and the annual consumption
amounts to some 200,000,000 gallons. The
waterworks occupy about 15 mow of land.

The manager and chief engineer is Mr. J.
Holmberg, a native of Denmark, who, after
qualifying as a constructing and civil engineer,
received a first-class certificate in 1902. He
came to Tientsin in the following year to
take up his present duties. He is an associated

and cream will compare favourably with the
best home produce. The dairy is situated
about two miles from the centre of the
Tientsin Settlements in the direction of the
racecourse, and the cattle have the advantage
of grazing upon the plain during the summer
months. The buildings are modern and are
replete with every convenience for the con-
duct of a dairy farm, and the extreme cleanli-
ness of the establishment is such as to inspire
complete confidence in it. The dairy is
under experienced Kuropean management,
and, periodically, a veterinary surgeon inspects
all the cattle, which are selected from Cali-
fornian and Australian herds, and brought
to China at considerable expense. Mr.
Wilhelm Kleeschulte is the principal share-
holder in the enterprise, and exercises a
personal supervision over the conduct of the
business.

dropped from overhead. Each compartment
is capable of holding 25,000 bricks, so that
the total capacity of the oven is 400,000.
Eroiri the centre a large chimney rises to a
lieight of 165 feet. At one extremity a
furnace is started. The heat from this
ignites coal which has been dropped through
overhead ducts into the first compartment
filled with bricks : the heat of the first com-
partment ignites coal in the second one ;
and so forth. This automatic process of
ignition may be continued indefinitely — as
long as the lifetime of the oven, if necessary.
The output capacity of the Hoffman oven is
about 10,000,000 bricks a year. The equip-
ment of the works includes, also, a pressing-
machine, a steam-driven mud-mixer, drying
sheds, carpenters' and blacksmiths' shops,
and six large double mud kilns with a total
yearly output capacity of 8,000,000 bricks.

A. H. JAQUES & CO.

[Sec page 742.]

The Stores.
The Firxiture Factory.

VlCTOKI.l BLILDIXGS.

Employes ok the Fi'RNrrrRE Factory.

'42 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

£. MASZOU.

The business now carried on by Mr. E.
MarxoH was established by his brother, Mr.
L. Marzoli in 1901. At first Mr. L. Marzoli

copying. The firm has, therefore, enj;a!;ed
an expert European designer, under whose
supervision all work is tarried out. The
excellence of the furniture is attested by the
fact that the workmen are almost continually

TIHBER YARD OF THE CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER
COMPANY (LTD. I AT TIENTSIN.

confined his attention to the conduct of a
large trade in anthracite coal and lime, but
in 1904 he opened a calcareous brick factory
at Huangtsun, and since that time the enter-
prise has been extended in various directions.
Cement works and granite quarries have been
acquired, and Carrara marble and Venetian
mosaic tiles are imported in considerable
quantities. At the brick works some 5,000,000
bricks are produced each year, and the
granite from the quarries has been used in
many of the principal buildings in Tientsin
and Peking. Mr. L. Marzoli died at Peking
in 1907, and the business is now entirely in
the hands of Mr. E. Marzoli, who is a
native of Varese, Italy.

A. H. JAQUES & CO.

The firm of Messrs. A. H. Jaques & Co.,
though established only as recently as 1901,
has quickly taken its place among the
leading houses in Tientsin, and may be re-
garded as the local " Whiteley's." While
supplying articles of every description, they
make a speciality of furniture from their own
factory.

The firm believes in the old-fashioned
method of making furniture by hand, whereby
quality, durability, and finish are alike secured.
Their workmen are recruited from Ningpo-
Chekiang, where most of the cabinet-makers
in China are to be found, and though men
employed on piece-work are sometimes
diflicuit to manage, the firm of " Kung Yih "
— to give the Chinese name — have such an
enviable reputation for fair dealing that they
have yet to record their first hitch or strike.
In the manufacture of furniture of modern
design Chinese workmen may lack originality,
but they stand unequalled in the art of

employed on the numerous orders with which
the firm is entrusted, both by Europeans
and Chinese. One of these orders was for
a tapestried drawing-room suite for the
imperial summer residence at Peking. Others
have been received from many of the leading
hotels, clubs, banks, and official residences

in North China. The Chinese name of A. H.
Jaques & Co., " Kung Yih," is as much a
household word in North China as is the
name of Maple in England.

Messrs. Jaques & Co. are agents for the
handsome block known as the Victoria
Buildings, which is among the finest of the
kind in North China. The block contains
about one hundred rooms, iitted with every
convenience, including electric lighting and
steam-heating, and suitable either for business
or residential purposes.

Mr. A. H. Jaques, who founded the busi-
ness, is managing director and proprietor of
the firm.

MELCHEES & CO.

Thkre are few places of any commercial
importance in the Far East where branches
of the well-known firm of Messrs. Melchers
& Co. are not to be found. The Tientsin
branch, with offices in the Taku Road, was
opened by Mr. Haupt in 1897, and has gained
a strong position amongst local commercial
liouses. Apart from their own export and
import business, the firm represent in Tientsin
the following, among other, companies : — The
Norddeutscher Lloyd ; the East Asiatic Com-
pany, Ltd., Copenhagen ; the Ocean Accident
and Guarantee Corporation, Ltd. ; the Globus
Fire Insurance Company, Ltd., of Hamburg ;
the Salamander Fire Insurance Company,
Ltd., of Amsterdam ; the Swedisli East Asiatic
Company, Ltd., of Gothenberg ; the Nord-
stern Life Insurance Company, Ltd., of
Berlin ; and the Maatschappij Tot Mijn
Boschen Landbouwexploitatie in Lang Kat,
Ltd. (supplying a well-known brand of kero-
sene). The Company are also general
managers for the Equitable Life Assurance
Company of the United States.

The Tientsin branch is under the direction
of Mr. Karl F. Melchers, who assumed the
duties in IQ02. Born in 1877 at Bremen,
where he was educated, he joined the firm
at their head office, in Bremen, in 1893. In

THE TIENTSIN PREMISES OF VON DtfRING, WIBEL &. CO.

The Machixkry Showroom
The Godovvns.

AENHOLD, KARBERG & CO.

The Offices.

The Machine Department.

[See page 744.]

744 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

1896 he came out to Shanghai, where, except
for an interruption of live months at Chin-
kiang in igoo. he remained until 1902, when
he was transferred to Tientsin. Mr. Melchers
is the chairman of the Deutsche Vereini-
gung (German Association), and is also on
the committee of the Tientsin General Chamber
of Commerce.

#
AENHOLD, KASBEE6 k CO.

The name of Arnhold, Karberg & Co., as
importers and exporters, shipping agents,
and contractors to the Chinese Government,
is knowni all over the Far East. The tirm
have large business interests in many parts
of the Chinese Empire, references to which
are made in other sections of this volume.
The branch at Tientsin was opened by Mr.
M. Niclassen in 1897. The oftices, which are
the freehold property of the Company, are
situated at the corner of Taku Road and
Bristow Road. The showrooms for mjichinery
and electric plant are in the Rue de St.

A COMPETITIVE DESIGN BY CHARREY & CONVERSY,
ARCHITECTS, TIENTSIN.

^mk

Louis, French Concession, and there are
extensive lumber yards both at Tientsin and
Tongku. The agencies held by the Company

■1

in Tientsin include those for the Lancashire
Insurance Company ; the London Assurance
Company ; the South British Fire and
Marine Insurance Company ; the State Fire
Insurance Company, Ltd. ; the American
and Oriental Line of steamers ; and the
International Banking Corporation. For the
Tientsin Native City Waterworks Company,
Ltd., and the Peking Electric Company,
Ltd., Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg & Co. act
as general managers. Mr. W. Pape, the
manager, is assisted by Mr. K. Schnabel and
a large staff of European assistants, includ-
ing three engineers. Mr. Pape was born
at Oldenburg, Germany, in 1870. He came
to China in 1893, and for three years was
in the employment of Messrs. Carlowit/, &
Co. at Canton and Tientsin. He joined
Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg & Co., in 1896,
and was appointed to his present post in
1901.

CHABEET & CONVEESY.

Since they established themselves in Tientsin
in 1902 this firm of architects and surveyors
have made plans and undertaken the erection
of over forty of the principal buildings in
the French Concession. Among the largest
of these are the premises occupied bv Messrs.
L. Tallieu & Co., Sennet Freres, "C. Wall,
and UUman & Co. ; whilst at present they
are building the Banque de I'lndo-Chine, the
new Procure of the Jesuit Fathers, and
numerous properties for the Mission des
Lazaristes in the German Concession. The
tirm are architects also for the Societe
Franco-Beige de Tientsin. Their oBices
occupy a prominent corner site abutting on
the Kue de I'Amiraute and the Rue du
Chemin de Fer. Mons. H. Charrey was born
in 1878 at Annemasse. He was educated at
the College de Thonon, and afterwards went
through a course of study at the School of
Art in Geneva, receiving his diploma for
drawing and surveying in 1897. Mons. M.
Conversy, the other partner, was also born
in Annemasse, Haute Savoie, F"rance, and,
after attending the College de Thonon and
the School of Art at Geneva, completed his
studies as an architect and surveyor in Paris.
The .staff includes Mr. Charles Chevallay, a
Swiss, who is in charge of the plan draw-
ing ; Mr. J. T. Ferrer, the accountant ; and
numerous Chinese.

NEW OFFICES OF CARLOWITZ Sc CO.

DIEDEEICHSEN, JEBSEN & CO.

An extensive export, import, and general
shipping business is carried on by this well-
known firm, who have branches at Kiel,

Thk Bristle Department.

The Fur Dkpartwext.

BILGER & QALLUSSEH.
The Offices.

The G0D0WN&

[See page 747.]

(i G G 2

'46 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETO.

Hamburg. Hongkong. Canton. Shanghai.
Tsingtau, \nadivostock. Hoihow, Chefoo, and
Tientsin. The Tientsin branch, which was
estabhshed by Mr. Hugo Kloeckner, the
present manager, in May. 1907, exports
Chinese products such as skins, furs,
feathers, jute, cotton, and wool, and im-
ports piece goods, hardware, engines, and
machinery. It holds the agency lor the
Jebsen Line of Steamships, the Volunteer
Fleet of St. Petersburg, and the Hansa
Composition. The firm's offices are in the
Taku Koad.

Mr. Kloeckner is a native of Hamburg,
and was educated at Hainburg and Jena.
He came to China in June. 1901. in the
emplo>Tnent of the China Import and Ex-

Comptoir en Chine, the Yuen Ching Lumber
Yards and others.

Tlie manager of the branch is Mr. H.
Lcihlein. who was born near Berlin, in 1867.
After receiving his education at college, he
was apprenticed to a firm of wholesale
druggists, and in 1891 he came to Shanghai
for Messrs. Carlowit/ & Co. In 1895 he
entered the Shanghai otil'ice of Messrs.
Buchheister & Co., and remained there
until the end of 1905. when he was appointed
to his present position. He is a director of
the Tientsin Iron Works and Hsinchi Boden
and Bau Verwaltung. He has a seat on the
German Municipal Council at Tientsin, and
on the committee of the German Chamber
of Commerce.

He came to Shanghai in i8()4, and for
three years was in tlic employment of Messrs.
Schellhass & Co., the firm now known as
Schuldt & Co. Then, after a short visit to
Europe, he joined Overbeck & Co. in Tientsin.
He is the chairman of the German Municipal
Council, a member of the French Council,
and a director of the " Tageblatt of North
China," and of the Tientsin Wool Cleaning
Factorv, Ltd.

J. TEOST & CO.

When, in consequence of the Boxer riots, a
large Parisian firm of general merchants,
whom Mr. J. Trost had represented in
Tientsin since 181)8, withdrew their agency in

Thk Offices.

FAUST & CO.

J. Fai:st's Phivatk RKsn>KXCF,.

port Banking Company, and remained with
them until 1904, when he joined Messrs.
Diederichsen, Jebsen & Co., at Tsingtau.
Three years later he was sent to Tientsin
to open the new branch.

BUCHHEISTER & CO.

The Tientsin branch of the firm of Messrs.
Buchheister & Co.. was established in
April, 1889, by the late Mr. J. J. Buchheister
and his nephew, Mr. O. Buchheister, who
is now in charge of the Hamburg office.
The firm are general merchants, and in
Tientsin hold agencies for Sir W. G.
Armstrong. Whitworth & Co.. Ltd.. Newcastle-
on-Tyne ; Messrs. Schuchardt & Schiitle, the

FAUST & CO.

The Company now carrying on a large
import and export trade under the style of
Messrs. P'aust & Co.. is an offshoot of the
firm of Overbeck & Co.. for whom Mr. J.
Faust opened a branch in Tientsin in 1898.
On the death of Mr. Overbeck in 1899.
Mr. F'aust took over the business, changed
its name, and in 1904 admitted Mr. P.
Schmidt into partnership. The offices are
situated in the Kue de I'Amiraute and are
the firm's freehold property. In the import
and export department furs, skins, bristles,
wool, &c., are exchanged for piece goods
and sundries. The Company also holds the
agency for the Western Assurance Company.
Toronto.

Mr. J. F'aust was born in 1870. at Hanover.

1900, Mr. Trost decided to continue the
business on his own account, importing
piece goods and sundries, and exporting Chi-
nese produce. In 1905 he took a partner,
but the partnership was dissolved in the
following year, and, though the name of J.
Trost & Co. has been retained, Mr. Trost is
now the sole proprietor. The oftices are
situated at No. 5, Rue de I'Amiraute, on
property belonging to the firm, and the staff
includes Messrs. A. Busch, who signs per
pro., O. Gross, H. G. Washbrook. O. Lut/.er.
and H. K. Peters, besides two compradores
and several Chinese.

Mr. Trost, who was born in 1868, was
educated at Frankfurt-on-the-Maine, his native
place. During his residence in Tientsin he
has identified himself closely with local
sport. He f)wns several race ponies, and is

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 747

a steward of the Tientsin Race Club. In
addition to his other business interests he is
a director of the Hsiao Liu Chuang Land
Company, Ltd.

dextrine. The present head of the firm is
Mr. Fr. Hesse. The manager of the Tientsin
branch, Mr. G. Goertz, was born in 1873 at
Rliincland, Germany, where he received his
education. He comes of an old family of

THE PREMISES AND GODOWNS OF J. TROST & CO.

KOCH & CO.

The Tientsin branch of Messrs. Koch & Co.
— who were established at Groningen, Hol-
land, in the early eighties, and have a
branch at Hamburg and agencies in London.
New York, and elsewhere — was opened in
1902, and has developed a considerable
import and export trade, in piece goods and
Chinese products of all kinds. The firm
has large factories in Holland for the pro-
duction of potato Hour, sugar, syrup, and

textile merchants, and on leaving school he
adopted a business career and travelled
extensively in Europe for many years. He
came to Tientsin in 1902 to open up a
branch for Messrs. Koch & Co., and has
since acquired an interest in the firm. The
local offices are situated in the Rue de
I'Amiraute on a site that is the property of
the firm.

THE NOEDCHINESISCHE HANDELS-
6ESELLSCHAFT.

Messrs. Bottchek, Schmitt & Co., proprie-
tors of the Nordchinesische Handelsgesell-
schaft, established themselves in Tientsin in
1906 as general merchants, importers, and
exporters, dealing in piece goods, sundries,
and Chinese products. Their offices are
situated at the corner of the Rue de France
and the Rue Dillon. Both partners have had
considerable experience in the Far East. Mr.
Bottcher was formerly in the Chinese Army,
while Mr. Schmitt came out to Tientsin in
1896 as manager of Mr. E. Lees' stores.

A. WALTE & CO.

This firm was established by Messrs. J. Droste
and A. Walte, in 1895, as Droste & Walte.
Four years later the partnership was dis-
solved, and Mr. A. Walte took over the
business under the style of A. Walte & Co.
In 1901 he took into partnership Mr. O.
Kleeman, who left the firm in 1907, and in
January, 1908, Mr. S. Clausen and C. de Voss
became part-proprietors with Mr. A. Walte.
A. Walte & Co. import piece goods, machinery,
and all kinds of sundries ; and export
wool, skins, furs, bristles, &c. The firm also
acts as agents for the Mannheimer Insurance
Company, the Atlas Assurance Company, Ltd.,
and for the celebrated champagne of G. H.
Mumm & Co., Reims.

BILGER & GALLUSSEE.

The import of piece goods and the export
of furs, skins, and bristles, constitute the chief
business of this firm. The partners, Mr. A.
Bilger and Mr. A. Gallusser, are both men
of wide experience, the former having been
for many years in the piece-goods trade,
while Mr. Gallusser comes of a family which
has long been engaged in the fur trade in
Romanshorn, Switzerland, and has himself
been employed as a fur specialist by a well-
known Parisian house. Mr. Bilger came to
Tientsin in 1902, and Mr. Gallusser in the
following year, and in 1905 they founded the
firm which bears their name. Their offices
and godowns occupy an advantageous site at
the corner of the Rue de Paris and the Rue
de I'Amiraute. The staff includes Mr. A.
Brushweiler and Miss King, a Chinese com-
pradore, and numerous Chinese clerks and
godown men. Messrs. Bilger & Gallusser
are agents for the Federal Marine Insurance
Company, Ltd., Zurich ; the Rotterdam Lloyd
Steamship Company ; and Messrs. Oberteuffer,
Miiller & Co., Paris.

H. M. SCHULTZ & 00.

By amalgamation with the firm of Messrs.
A. Cordes & Co. in 1898, Messrs. Schultz
& Co. can trace a connection with the trade
of Tientsin as far back as the early sixties.
They have two Chinese names, for in their
import and export department the old Chinese
hong name Hsin-Yuan (A. Cordes & Co.) is
still retained, while in their business trans-
actions with the Chinese Government the
Chinese name Di-a-ze (Schultz & Co.) is
generally adopted. For many years the
Company have been coimected with the
leading business houses in Manchester. They
import piece goods in large quantities, sundries.

748 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and colours from the well-known firm of
Leopold Cassella & Co.. Frankfurt am., while
they export all kinds of Chinese produce.
They are contractors to the German troops
stationed in Xorth China, and, besides holding
numerous other agencies, are the sole repre-
sentatives of the Germania Brewery, Tsingtau,
in the pro\-ince of Chihli.

Mr. C. Engelbrccht is the manager of the
Tientsin branch. He was born at Bremen
in 1876, and at the age of sixteen joined
Messrs. C. Melchers & Co., by whom he
was sent to China in i8g6. For over seven
years he was employed at the branch offices
of this firm in Hankow, Swatow, and
Shanghai. Ill-health then necessitated his
return to Europe. He returned to China in
January, 1906, hanng received his present
appointment a few months previously.

The staff includes Messrs. T. H. P. Stciiihorst,
M. Brandt, and K. Brutung, and several
Chinese. The head offices of the firm are
in Hamburg, and branches have been estab-
lished also in Shanghai, Hongkong, and
Gin ton.

WILHELM KLEESOHULTE.

Mk. Wilhklm Klkkschui.te established
his import, export, and general merchant's
business in April, 1906. Straw - braids,
bristles, wool, and skins are the principal
exports, while piece goods and sundries figure
prominently among the imports. Mr. Klee-
schulte is agent for Le ^'oncier de France
et Colonies, Paris ; Vereinigte Graetzer
Bierbrauereinen ; Keinart Pere et Fils,

and Kiel University. For three and a half
years he was with a banking company in
Westphalia. In 1897 lie came out to Tsingtau,
serving in the Third Tubataraon, and took
part in the occupation of Tsingtau (Kiaochau).
In 1898 he entered the service of the Dciitsch-
Asiatische Bank in Shanghai, and was sub-
sequently transferred to Tsingtau. He left
the bank in iix>2 and was appointed manager
for Messrs. H. M. Schultz & Co. in Tientsin.
Four years later he started business on his
own account. Mr. Kleeschulte holds the
rank of Lieutenant in the German Army
Reserve. Racing is one of the chief recrea-
tions of his leisure.

[See page 747-]

The Premises and Goixjwxs at Tientsin.

KOCH & CO.

OXK OK FK. HKSSK's KACTOKIKS NEAR GKONINIJEX, HOLLAND.

SCHULDT k CO.

For twelve years the firm now known as
Messrs. Schuldt & Co. have carried on business
at Tientsin as general import and export
agents. The original name of the firm was
Harling. Buschman, and Menzell. This was
changed to the East Asiatic Trading Company
in 1899, and the present style was adopted
in 1907. The partners are Messrs. A. E.
Schuldt. E. Harling, and E. Moral. They
import principally piece goods, sugar, and
indigo, and export skins, bristles, and other
Chinese products. The firm are also the
local agents for the Yorkshire Insurance
Company, Ltd., and the General Marine
Insurance Company, Ltd., of Dresden. The
Tientsin offices are situated in the Taku Road.

Reims ; Internationaler Lloyd Insurance
Company ; Ostertagwerke A.G. (Vereinigte
Geldschrankfabriken, Stuttgart) ; J. A. John,
Ltd., Ilversgehofen (chimney cowls, wash-
ing machines, &c.) ; Bismarkheutte A.G. ;
Bismarkheutte O.S. ; Gesellschaft fiir Streck-
enbeleuchtung M.C.H. ; Altong (storm flare
light, " Xordlicht ") ; Deutsche Maschinen-
Vertriebs - Gesellschaft ; Berlin Aktiengesell-
schaft ; A. Lehnick Vetsclian. A branch of the
business has also been opened at Tsingtau.
Mr. Kleeschulte is one of the chief share-
holders in the Molkerei Oberhof, Ltd., and
owns extensive brickworks at Jangstun, but
these industrial enterprises are dealt with
separately. His native town is Hovestadt.
Westphalia. He was born in 1876 and
educated at Weil and Paderborn Gymnasium,

TEL6E & SCHEOETER.

EsTAliUSHKO in 1888, the firm of Telge &
Schroeter, general importers and railway and
Government contractors, are among the
pioneers in their own line of business in
Tientsin. They are agents for the well-
known firms of F. Schichau, shipbuilder, of
Elbing and Danzig, and Vickers, Sons &
Maxim, Ltd., of London. Through them,
F. Schichau supplied the four torpedo-boat
destroyers purchased in 1897 by the Chinese
Government. These boats, which at that
time were the fastest in the world, had an
interesting history. They were captured by
the Allied Forces at the taking of the Taku
Forts in 1900, and were apportioned to the
British, French, German, and Russian Navies.

THE PREMISES OF TELGE & SCHROETER.

THE HOTUNG BADGESELLSOHAFT'S PROPERTY IN THE AUSTRIAN CONCESSION.

750 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

The Russian boat was the messenger that
brought to Chefoo the news of the fall of
Port Arthur, having been selected for this
duty by reason of her speed. Messrs. Telge
& Sctirocter. who have several representa-
tives travelling in the interior, are at present
building a bridge across the Yellow River
at Lanchoufu, in Kansu. and constructing a

Mr. Fritz Somnier, the managing partner,
joined the tirm in i8i>o. and was admitted a
partner in 1901. He is a native of Bremen,
where he was born on January 6. iS*68. He
is Vice-Consul for Norway, to which post he
was appointed on February 18, ii;o7.

[See page 747.]

THE OFFICES AND GODOWNS OF H. M. SCHULTZ & CO.

railway from Tsi Tsi Bar to Nan Xan Chi
in Manchuria. They are also part owners
and general managers of the Ching Hsing
Coal Mine, which supplies the Peking-Kalgan
Kailway, the Peking-Hankow Railway, and
the Government mints and arsenals, as'well
as the residents of Tientsin and district.
The offices of the firm are in the Taku Road.

TIENTSIN WOOL CLEANING FACTORY, LTD.

To prepare the large quantities of wool that
come from Kokonor and Kansu before for-
warding them to their ultimate destination,
several wcxjl cleaning and press packing firms
have been established in Tientsin. One of
the most important of these is the Tientsin

Wool Cleaning Factory. Ltd.. which was
opened in 11)04, and registered as Tientsin
Woll Reinigungsfactorei, G. ni. b. H. at the
German Consulate. Beside wool cleaning,
the proprietors undertake the hydraulic press
packing of every kind of goods intended for
export, and the storing of imports on behalf
of banks. &c. As they do not engage in
either the import or export trade themselves,
they claim to be the only public press packers
in the Settlement. Their headquarters are
in Canton Road, in the British extra Con-
cession, and here Mr. E. Luer. the manager,
supervises the conduct of the business.

MACKENZIE & CO., LTD.

The firm of Mackenzie & Co.. Ltd., hydraulic
press-packers, commission agents, exporters,
and importers, established themselves in
Shanghai between thirty and forty years
ago, and extended their business to Tientsin
in 1888. Their offices and godowns stand
on the firm's own property at 42. Taku Road,
where an extensive modern plant has been
liiid down for cleaning and packing wool,
cotton, skins, furs, jute, and other produce.
The local manager is Mr. W. A. Argent. The
managing director of the Company is Mr.
Arthur Hide, who lives in Shanghai.

MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

Details of the formation and development
of the Mitsui Bussan Kaisha will be found
in the Hongkong section of this volume.
The Tientsin branch was established in 1885,
and the first manager, Mr. Sasaki, was
appointed Consul for Japan. The district
sub-offices, such as Peking and Kalgan. are
under the supervision of the Tientsin branch,
whose business has grown to such an extent
that eighteen assistants are employed. The
present manager, Mr. Y. Yasukawa, was born
at Kyoto in 1870. and received his education
at Osaka Commercial College. He joined
the Mitsui Bussan Kaisha at Osaka, and
within two years was transferred to Tokyo.
In 1894 h*-' opened a branch at Bombay, and
remained in charge of it for six years.
Then for eighteen months and three years
respectively he carried out the duties of
sub-manager for the Company in New York
and Kobe. He was appointed to Tientsin
in 1904.

-'^^■

TH. CULTT & CO.

The French troops stationed in Peking and
Tientsin furnish the chief part of the business
transacted by Messrs. Th. Culty & Co.

THE PREMISES OF TH. CtTLTY & CO.,
TIENTSIN.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 751

This tirm was founded in 190 1 by Messrs.
Th. Culty and P. Douville, of Yokohama,
but, tlie partnership having been dissolved
in July, 1907, Mr. Culty is now the sole
proprietor. The business carried on is that
of wine, spirit, and provision merchants, and
many of the leading French houses are
represented by the firm, whose stores, situated

of this Company, which is registered in
Austria. A number of the houses in the
principal thoroughfare — Baron Czikann
Street — were erected through its agency,
and preparations have been made for rapid
development in the future. The Company
owns about 59 mow of land in the Austro-
Hungarian Concession and the electric tram-

THE PREMISES OF THE MITSUI BUSSAN KAISHA.

in the Rue de F"rance, are well stocked with
commodities of uniform excellence.

H0TUN6 BAUGESELLSCHAFT.

Althol'gh established as recently as 1906, there
are already many evidences of the activily

way runs through portions of the property
on which it is proposed to build almost
immediately. The directors Iiave, appar-
ently made their investments with shrewd
judgment, and the prosperity of the Company
seems assured. The fully paid-up capital of
the enterprise is Tls. 200,000 in 2,000 shares
of Tls. 100 each, and in 1907 a dividend of

8 per cent, was paid. Debentures to the
value of Tls. 100,000 are now being issued.
The board of directors consists of Messrs.
Hugo Accurti, Emil S. Fischer, Chen Chu
Chi, and Yuen Tsu Chen ; while Messrs.
Gino Accurti and S. F. Wen act as general
managers.

BIELFELD k. SUN.

The firm of Messrs. Bielfeld & Sun, mer-
chants and contractors to the Chinese
Government for machinery, arms, ammuni-
tion and men-of-war, was established in 1901,
the partners being Mr. L. Bielfeld and Mr.
C. Y. Sun. At present Mr. Bielfeld has as
his partner Mr. S. C. Cheng. The firm,
whose offices are situated in Rue Dillon, are
agents for Messrs. Schneider & Co. ; le
Creusot, Paris ; the Chantiers et Ateliers de
Gironde ; the Ateliers et Chantiers de la
Loire ; Messrs. Whitehead & Co., Flume ; the
Ganz'sche Elektrizitiits Aktiengesellschaft,
Budapest ; and the Rekyl Riffel Syndicate,
Copenhagen. The staff includes the follow-
ing engineers r Messrs. E. Hunke, who signs
per pro., F. Xegre, and K. Bielfeld, assistants ;
O. Silbernagel and K. Krieg ; A. Lietzellman,
representing Messrs. Schnieder & Co.. and
Baron Hascthausen Techn, representative of
the Rekyl Riffel Syndicate. Mr. L. Bielfeld,
who was born at Chefoo, was educated at
Eutin, North Germany, and returned to
China in 1890 to take up employment with
Messrs. H. Mandl & Co., at Tientsin. He
remained with that firm for ten years, and
then started business with Mr. Sun on his
own account.

PERSONAL.

COL. J. W. N. MUNTHE.
COLONKL JOHAN WlLHKLM NoRMANN MUNTHE,

A.D.C. to the Viceroy of Chihli, was born at
Bergen, Norway, on July 27, 1864, and was
educated at the Aars' and Voss' High School,
Christiania, and at the Royal Cavalry, Chris-
tiania. He came to China in 1887, and in
September of that year joined the Imperial
Maritime Customs service, being stationed
successively at Shanghai, Chefoo, and Ningpo.
He volunteered for service in the Chino-
Japanese War, and in 1894 was detached from
the Customs service for military work. During
the next six years he re-organised the Cavalry
of the North, under His Excellency Yuan-
Shih-K'ai, as Colonel and Instructor-inChief.
As His Excellency Yuan was appointed
Governor of the province of Shantung,
Colonel Munthe remained in Tientsin pre-
paratory to going home on leave, and was in
Tientsin attached to the Russian General Staff
as special intelligence officer during the Boxer
trouble. He took part in all the engagemenis
in and around Tientsin, the march to Peking,
and the storming of the Capital. He was
decorated by the Tsar of Russia with the
Russian Military Order (St. George) " for
repeated acts of gallantry during the late
disturbances in China" ; and also received the
Russian War Medal, 1900-1. During 1901-2,
he was on leave, and, on his return, he was
appointed Colonel by imperial decree, and
Aide-de-Camp to His E.xcellency Yuan-Shih-
K'ai, who had meanwhile been appointed
Viceroy of Chihli. Colonel Munihe was
decorated bv the French Government, as a
Chevalier de la Legion d'Honneur, in 1905 ; by
the Chinese Govenunent with the Order of
the Double Dragon, Third Division, First Class
(Knight Commander, First Class', in 1907 ; and

752 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

COLONEL MUNTHE.
A.D.C. to His Excellency the Viceroy of Chihli.

by the Norwegian Government as a Knight of
the First Class of the Order ol St. Olav, in the
same year.

UK. J. 0. HEILL.

Mr. J. O. Neill, Vice-President of the French
Municipal Council, and president du Cercle
D'Escrime de Tientsin, was formerly in the
French Navy. When he came to China in

1898 he held the rank of Sub-Lieutenant ; in

1899 he was promoted Lieutenant, and in iqo6
he retired on completion of the required period
of service. He then commenced to deal in
real estate, and. being the owner of con-
siderable property in Tientsin, he founded, in
the following year, a company styled the
Societe Franco-Beige de Tientsin, of which he
is now the managing director.

MS. 0. KLEEMANN.

Mr. O. Kleemann, President of the Club
Concordia and of the German Association,
was born on March 6, 1872, at Bad-Oeyn-
hauseii, Westphalia, and received his education
at Herford Gymnasium, Germany. His first
business experience was obtained at Bremen,
but when his term of army training in the
Pioneer Battalion at Minden was completed
he came to China and entered the service of
Messrs. Droste & Walte at Tientsin. Subse-
quently, when Mr. Walte dissolved partnership
with Mr. Droste, Mr. Kleeinan became a part
proprietor in the undertaking and business
was carried on for eight years under the style
of A. Walte & Co. Mr. Kleeman, however,
severed his connection with the firm in
January, 1908. During his twelve years'
residence in Tientsin he has taken an active
interest in public affairs and has filled several
positions of prominence in social and com-
mercial circles.

US. 6. E. FIVE.

Mr. G. E. Five, who is in charge of the
Native Customs sub-office at the Tientsin
Settlement Railway Station, first came to
Tientsin in 1899. He was present during the
Boxer troubles in 1900 and in the following
year was appointed to the In-door Staff of the
imperial Chinese Maritime Customs service
in Shanghai. Before being transferred to his
present post he was employed successively at
Lungchow, in the Kwangsi Province, and at
Chinkiang, in the Yangtsze Valley.

UB. U. D. BATOniEFF.

Mr. M. D. Batouieff is a large property
owner in Tientsin, an agriculturist, and a
prominent member of the Russian Municipal
Council. He holds several decorations — the
Legion d'Honneur, the Order of Stanislaus,
Second and Third Class, and the Order of
St. Anna. Born in Kazan in 1852, he was
educated at the Commercial College there.
In 1878 he went to Kalgan, and fourteen
years later moved to Tientsin, where he
established himself as a tea merchant. He
extended his business as time went on, and
now carries on an extensive import and
export trade, and a forwarding agency for
goods proceeding to and through Mongolia,
one of his chief lines being wool.

UB. 0. E. UE7EB.

Mr. O. E. Meyer, manager of the firm of
Messrs. von Duering, Wibel & Co., Tientsin,
was boin on May 21, 1878, at Langenhagen,
Holstein, Germany. After receiving his
education at Eutin Gymnasium, Germany,
he entered the service of Messrs. Hesse,
Newman & Co., in Hamburg in 1897. In
February, 1901, he came out to Hongkong
for the firm of Siemssen & Co., in whose
employment he remained until May, 1904,
when he went home on leave. In January,
1906, he returned to the East, having been
appointed manager of the Tientsin branch
of Messrs. von Duering, Wibel & Co., and
ill November of the following year he was
empowered by that firm to sign per pro.
Mr. Meyer is a keen sportsman, and delights
in big-game shooting.

UB. J. UACDONALD.

Mr. J. Macdonalu, than whom few men
are better known in Tientsin, has had a
most interesting career both as soldier and
civilian. He was born in 1843 in County
Down, and was educated at the British
Barracks School and College, Hongkong. At
an early age he was attached to the 59th
Foot, and was with that regiment during
the latter part of the occupation of Canton
by the Allied Forces in 1857. In i860 he
was appointed senior officer to the liitlcru,
and was present at the taking of the Taku
Forts by Admiral Hope, at the engagements
of Chang Wha Wan and Tung Chow, and
at the taking of Peking. Upon retiring from
the Service in 1862 he joined the Chinese
Army, and was with General Ward until the
latler's death. General Gordon held a high
opinion of Mr. Macdonald, and appointed
him A.D.C. to his body-guard. Leaving the
Chinese Army in 1869 Mr. Macdonald joined
the Imperial Maritime Customs, and four
years later commenced business on his own

account as auctioneer and merchant. He
has now built up a prosperous business, and,
together with his sons, is interested in the
firm of Messrs. J. Macdonald & Co., carriage
builders, live cattle contractors, timber and
wool merchants, general and commission
agents.

UB. SDN CHUNG TING.

Mr. Sun Chung Ying, a son of the late
Mr. Sun Huan Son, traces his descent in
a direct line from the imperial family of
Sun, which flourished during the dynasty
of the Hans, the reigning house in China
about two thousand years ago. His grand-
father, Mr. Sun Shou Jen, was one of the
richest men in Nanking. Born in 1863, at
Ju Kow, Kiangsu Province, Mr. Sun Chung
Ying was educated at Tientsin Torpedo and
Naval School, and entered the service of
Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., as an
interpreter in 1886. Two years or so later
he was appointed compradore to Messrs.

C. Y. SUN.

H. Mandl & Co., Chinese Government
contractors, and eventually became a share-
holder in the business. In 1900 he was
commissioned by tlie French Government to
dispose of the salt they captuted in Tientsin,
Later, he joined Mr. L. Bielfeld in founding
the firm of Bielfeld & Sun, contractors to
the Chinese Government. The partnership
was dissolved in February, 1908, and Mr.
Sun Chung Ying was appointed advisor on
Chinese affairs to the Kusso-Chinese Bank
at Tientsin. Mr. Sun is well known for liis
practical philanthropy. He started a famine
fund in Chihli some fifteen years ago, and
was one of the originators of a large home
where the children of Chinese parents are
bought and cared for. The need for this
arose out of the custom common in China
of parents selling their children in order to
maintain themselves, and the establishment
of the home has done a great deal towards
ensuring that tliese children do not fall into
bad hands. If desirous of doing so parents
may regain possession of their children
when they become better off ; but if a child
remains unclaimed after a certain lime steps
are taken to see it properly started in life.
During the cholera epidemic in 1901 Mr.
Sun was instrumental in raising funds for the
erection of ten cholera hospitals with fifty
beds each, and thereby in saving the lives
of many of his fellow countrymen. Mr. Sun
is advisor to the Board of Commerce, acting
chairman of the Tientsin City Waterworks,

FINE RESIDENCES THE PEOPERTY OF M. D. BATOUIBFF.

754 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

director of the Tientsin Hotung Land Com-
pany, and was formerly a director of ttie
Soychi Cotton Mills. Shanghai. He owns a
magnificent house and garden, built at a
cost of over half a million dollars, and
furnished with specially imported European
furniture. It contains a valuable collection
of old porcelain of which he is a con-
noisseur. He is married, and has four sons
and two daughters. His eldest son. Mr. Sun
Kwan Chau. who is twenty-one years of
age, IS studying in Switzerland under the
guardianship of Major-General M. Rischter,
and Sun Kwan Ji, a lad of eight, is under
the guardianship of Mr. E. Kretzschmar, a
merchant, formerly torpedo tutor to Prince
Henry of Prussia.

'*•

ME. WU JIH PAH.

Mr. \Vr Jim Pah, also known as Mr. Wu
Mow Ting, a son of the late Mr. Wu Tsun
Loh, merchant, of Soochow, was born in
1850 in the province in which Li Hung
Chang, was twrn. On leaving school Mr. Wu
entered the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank
at Shanghai as assistant compradore, and
seventeen years later was transferred as
compradore to Tientsin. In 1894 he was
appointed by Li Hung Chang, then Viceroy
of the province, managing director of the
North China Imperial Railways. He held
this appointment for three years, and the
capable manner in which he discharged the
duties was testified to by the euloglum which
he received from the engineers and foreign
staff of the railway at the close of his
administration. In a handsome illuminated
address his just dealing and his endeavours

to stamp out corruption were extolled, and
the assurance was given him that his example
would have far-reaching influence in the

WU JIM PAH.

country. He resigned his compiadoreship
in 1905, after thirty-nine years' service with
the bank, having been promoted by the
Chinese Government to the First Rank of the
Third Degree of Metropolitan Officials at the
Court of Peking. On the recommendation
of the Viceroy he was appointed to open up
a tannery and certain Government mills in
the neighbourhood of Tientsin, and of these
he still remains in charge. He is a director
of the Tientsin Electric Light Company, of
the Hsin Chi Boden and Baugesellschaft, and
of the Chinese Investment Company, and is a
shareholder in many British companies in

Hongkong, Shanghai, and Tientsin. He is
married and has four sons.

ME. KWOH OHU CHING.

Mr. Kwoh Chu Ching, compradore to the
Hongkong and Shanghai Bank at Tientsin,
was a son of the late Mr. Kwoh Ya Tang,
and was born in the Settlement in 1868.
After receiving a good education he was
engaged as manager of various Chinese
native banks in Tientsin, until he received
his present appointment in 1907. Mr. Kwoh
owns considerable property and is a member
of the committee of the Native Banking Guild.
He is much respected among tlie Chinese,
for he has done a great deal to help his
fellow countrymen, and was among the most
liberal donors to the famine relief funds.

KWOH CHU CHINO.

PEKING.

jEKING, or rather a city which
once stood on the site of that
whicli is now the southern
portion of Peking, w:is in
ancient days the capital of
the kingdom of Yan, but
during the supremacy of the
Chins, about 222 H.c. the seat of Government
was removed elsewhere. About 936 a.d.
Peking was taken from the Chins by the
Khaitans, who made it their southern capital.
Later, the fourth sovereign of the Kin dynasty,
which had overthrown the Khaitans, established
his Coiirt here. In the time of the Mongols,
about 1267 A.D., the city was removed about
a mile to the north of its original site, the new
city becoming known as the Northern or
Tartar City, and the old as the Southern or
Chinese City. The early Ming emperors
held their Courts at Nanking, but in 1421 the
third emperor of that dynasty reverted to
Peking, which has remained the capita! of

China ever since that date, though its Chinese
name, Shun-tien, really signifies only " the
Northern Capital."

Few capitals are less favourably situated,
geographically and politically, than Peking.
It has practically no direct foreign trade, and
has no possibilities either as a manufacturing
or as a commercial centre. It lies in a sandy
plain about 13 iniles to the south-east of the
Pei-ho. and about no miles west-north-west
of the mouth of that river. A canal connects
the city with the Pei-ho. The population is
estimated at about 1,300,000—900,000 in the
Northern, and 400,000 in the Southern City.
The small foreign population consists almost
solely of diplomatic representatives of the
various Powers having treaties with China, of
Customs officials, missionaries, and school
teachers.

The Northern or Tartar City is commonly
known among the Chinese as Nei-cheng,
which means " within the wall." It consists

IMPERIAL THRONE, FORBIDDEN CITT, PEKING,

of three separate walled enclosures, one within
the other. The innermost is called Kin-ching,
or the " Prohibited City," and contains the
palaces and pleasure grounds of the Emperor
and the Empress Dowager. These sacred pre-
cincts were visited by foreigners for the first
time in history in 1900, after the relief of the
Legations and the flight of the imperial family
at the close of the Boxer rising. Outside this
enclosure is Hwang-ching, the Imperial City,
2 square miles in extent, and surrounded by
a wall covered with yellow tiles, known as the
Imperial Wall. It is not so sacred as the
inner enclosure, but it can only be entered by
authorised persons. It contains Government
Offices and the residences of the official classes.
The outer portions of the city contains
dwelling-houses and shops. Round the whole
of the Tartar City run walls averaging 50 ft.
in height and 40 ft. in width. They are built
of earth and concrete, faced with brick, and
are buttressed at intervals of 60 yards, while
the parapets are loopholed and crenelated.
These walls are pierced by several gateways,
each surmounted by a pagoda, while in the
south wall is the Water Gate, through which
the waters of the Grand Canal flow into the
city. The Southern or Chinese City known
as Wai-cheng, which signifies " without the
wall," is the business quarter of Peking, and
contains the foreign Legations, the Llaina,
Confucian, and other temples, and numerous
shops. It is oblong in shape, and is sur-
rounded by walls about 30 ft. in height and
from 25 ft. in thickness at the base to 15 ft. at
the summit. The streets are narrow, con-
gested, and, for the most part, in spite of much
that has been done to improve them, in-
describably dirty. The year 1899 saw the
first attempt made to level and macadamise
Legation Street, and that thoroughfare is now
the centre of the section of the city known as
the Legation quarter — practically a European
settlement, half a square mile in extent.
Here rigorous reformatory measures have
been resorted to, and a degree of salubrity
— years ago deemed impossible — is gradually
being attained. In this fortified settlement, or
its immediate neighbourhood, are the Hotel
du Nord, the Hotel de Peking, and the Wagon
Lits Hotel ; the Hongkong and Shanghai
Bank, the Kusso-Chinese Bank, the Deutsch-

756 TWENTIETH CENTITRY IMPRESSIONS OF HONUKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Summer Palace.

THE SUMMER PALACE, PEKING.

Camki, Hack Bkidcik, .Sr.M.MKK Palace.

SCEXERY NEAR SC.MMER PALACE.

Asiatsche Bank, and the Yokohama Specie
Bank ; several large foreign stores, at which
foreign goods may be purchased ; a Soldiers'
Y.M.C.A. ; the St. Michael's and John L.
Hopkins' Memorial (Methodist Episcopal)
Hospitals ; a Catholic Church for the Legation
Guards ; the Methodist Mission Church, with
accommodation for about 1,500 people ; the
Girls' School and Peking University, each
with atmut 200 students, in connection with
the Methodist Mission ; the Lockhart Medical
College, established by the London Mission for
the encouragement of medical study in North
China ; the American Board Mission Church
and School ; and the Mission for the Blind.
Near the Lockhart Medical College a monu-
ment has been erected to Baron von Ketteler,
a German minister, whose murder at the
hands of imperial soldiers, precipitated the
crisis of 1900. In the north of the city
stand the Presbyterian Mission, with its
hospitals for male and female patients ; and
als<j the Northern Cathedral of the Roman
Catholic Mission. The interesting Southern
Cathedral of the last-named mission, which
had existed for upwards of two centuiies, was
ruthlessly destroyed by the Boxers, as was
also the Eastern Church. The mission of the
Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in
foreign parts is in the western portion of the
Chinese City.

Electricity for lighting purposes is supplied
by a private company, and since 1884 Peking
has been in direct telegraphic communication
with the outside world by means of the
overland line, viii Tungchow to Tientsin and

Taku. This line was destroyed during the
Boxer troubles, but its place was taken for
a lime by a private line. Eventually it was
relaid and handed over to the Imperial
Chinese Telegraph Administration. The

private line thus became the first inter-town
telephone line in China, and was afterwards
sold to the Chinese Government. A per-
manent agency has been established in the
city by Keuter. Railway coninnniication has

WEST CORNER OF PEKING WALL.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 757

been established with Hankow in the south,
and, via the Northern (Tienlsin) Railway,
with Mulcden and the Trans-Siberian Hne
in the north. The line to Hankow is being
extended to Canton and Kowloon (Hong-
kong).

fathers and some 3,000 native Christians,
who had taken refuge in tlie northern Roman
Catholic Cathedral and there maintained a
successful resistance with the aid of 50
F"rench and Italian marines. Owing to lack
of ammunition the fathers were obhged to

the following year ; and the Allied P'orces,
entering the Forbidden City, were given
modified opportunities for looting the treasures
stored in tlie imperial palaces. The cleansing
of Peking by the foreign Powers has made
the city far more habitable, besides throwing
open to the student of " things Chinese "
many places of unique historic and artistic
interest.

THE BRITISH LEGATION, PEKING.

The allusions already made (o the Boxers
may be supplemented biy a short sketch of
the rising in so far as it actually affected
the capital. Trouble began on June 13,
1900, when the I-ho-Chuan, or Boxers,
inaugurated their campaign of murder and
destruction. Foreigners, and Chinese sus-
pected of being in any way connected with
foreigners, were persecuted, and practically
all foreign buildings not actually within the
Legation cordon were destroyed. Suspicions
of the complicity of the Chinese Government
in the rising, created by the terms in which
imperial edicts dealt with the reactionary
party, were confirmed by the murder of
Baron von Ketteler, the German minister,
who was shot by imperial soldiery while
on his way to the Yamen to interview the
Chinese ministers. On June 20th both
Imperialists and Boxers opened fire on the
Legations. There were altogetlier nearly
1,000 foreigners inside the lines, including
about 500 Marine Guards, who, with two or
three machine guns, had been sent up to
the city just before the outbreak of hostilities
in consequence of the threatening aspect of
affairs. The British Legation was at once
the main shelter of the besieged and the
goal of the attacking hordes. Fortunatelv,
all attempts to set fiie to it were frustrated,
though the Austrian and Italian Legations,
the Customs premises, Hanlin College with
its valuable library, and numerous other
buildings, were destroyed by the incendiaries.
The siege lasted until August 14th, when a
column of the Allied Forces, 20,000 strong —
which had left Tientsin at the beginning of
the month, and had defeated the rebels, in two
pitched battles, at Pei-t'sang and Yang-tsun —
arrived at Peking and found little difficulty in
accomplishing the relief of their beleaguered
fellow countrymen. Sorely tried as were
the foreigners in the Legations, however,
their dangers and privations were not nearly
so great as those endured by the Catholic

manufacture their own gunpowder and
bullets, while towards the close of the siege
the supply of food fell so low that the daily
allowance of rice was reduced first to four
and later to two ounces. The relief of this
little stronghold, in which the rate of
mortality among the children and the aged

THE BRITISH MINISTER.

Sir John Newell Jordan, K.C.M.G., who
has been in charge of British interests in
China since 1906, was born on Septem-
ber 5, 1852, in Balloo, County Down, and was
educated first at the Belfast Academical Insti-
tution and afterwards at Queen's College,
Belfast, where he graduated with first-class
lionours. He was appointed a Student Inter-
preter in China in 1876, and his whole life
since has been spent in the consular service,
either within the boundaries of China itself
or in the neighbouring country of Korea.
He was appQinted Assistant Chinese Secre-
tary to Her Britannic Majesty's Legation in
Peking in 1889, and was promoted Secretary
in 1891. After remaining in this position
for five years he was transferred to Korea,
where he served his king and country in a
variety of capacities until called upon to
undertake the duties of his present high
office. He was Consul-General in Korea for
two years ; Charge d'affaires from 1898 to
1901 ; Minister resident at the Court of
Seoul from 1901 to 1906, in which year the
Japanese Protectorate was proclaimed. In
recognition of his distinguished services he
was made a Companion of the Order of
St. Michael and St. George in 1897, and
advanced to a knighthood in 1904. He was
the recipient of the Jubilee medal in 1897,
and of the Coronation medal in 1902. His
publications include translations of the Peking

A PEKING PROCESSION.

was terribly high, was effected by French
and Japanese troops on the day following
the reUef of the Legations. The Imperial
Family fled from Peking with the Court to
Shansi Province, by way of the northern
'passes, and did not return until October of

Gazette, and his favourite recreation is riding.
In 1885 he married Annie Howe, daughter
of Dr. Cromie, Clough, County Down, by
whom he has three sons and one daughter.
His address is His Britannic Majesty's
Embassy, Peking.

7oS TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE GREAT WALL OF CHINA, NEAR PEKING.

HALL, Ot UijAs»i(J», i-ll,Kli\G.

THE JAPANESE MINISTER.

ViscorxT Tadasc Havashi, G.C.V.O., the
head of the Japanese Legation at Peking, has,
perhaps, a higher reputalion in European
diplomatic circles than any Japanese states-
man living. He was educated in England,
and represented his Emperor at the Court
of St. James's from 1900 to 1905. He has
been decorated with the insignia of many
foreign orders, learned societies have vied
with each other to do him honour, and the
Universities of Oxford and Cambridge have
shown their highest mark of esteem by con-
ferring upon him the degree of Doctor of
Laws, honoris causa. Viscount Hayashi was
born at Sakura, Shimosa, on February 22,
1850, and the many important posts which
he has held include those of Secretary to
the Japanese Embassy to the Courts of
Europe from 1872 to 1873 ; Governor of
Kobe, 1889 90 ; Vice-Minister of Foreign
Affairs, 1891-95 ; Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary to China, 1895 96 ;
and Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary to Russia, 1897-99. After
returning from England in 1905 he was for
some time Minister of State for Foreign
Affairs before taking up his present duties
in the capital of China. He was created a
Baron in 1886 and promoted to the rank of
Viscount six years later. His publications in
English include " For his People," 1903, and
several translations of English works on
political economy and on politics into
Japanese. He is a member of many English
clubs, including the St. James's, United
Services, Batchelors', Marlborough, Travel-
lers, Camera, &c. He married, in 1875,
Misao. daughter of Gaino.

DB. MORRISON.

Dr. George Ernest Morrison, the famous
correspondent to the Times, has, probably, a
more intimate acquaintance with the interior

of China than any man living. Peking is his
postal address, but there is only a modicum
of truth in the statement that it is his home.
Travel forms his sole recreation, and he has,
at various times, accomplished the most

THE PREMISES OF TATTERSALLS,
Cfucli Kiiilctcrs to the Imperial Cotu'l of China.

THE PREMISES OF THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING
CORPORATION, PEKING.

E. G. HiLLIEK,

Manager,

THE DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK, PEKING.
H. CORDES, Mana)<er.

rOO TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

arduous and, what would appear to the
ordinary man, ahnost impossitJIe journeys.
It is tliis nomadic existence, in conjunction
with liis powers of observation and dis-
crimination, which has given him so unique
a position. His place among newspaper
correspondents is far higher than that which
would ordinarily be accorded even to the
accredited representative of and regular con-
tributor to the greatest journal in the world.
He is recognised as an authority on Chinese
public affairs, and his writings upon any phase
of life within the Empire are regarded as
authoritative and considered worthy of careful
attention by all serious politicians. Dr.
Morrison's most noteworthy characteristic is
his remarkable and statesmanlike insight into
coming events. It was one of Dr. Morrison's

Morrison is an Australian. Born on February
4, 1862, at Geelong, Victoria, he was educated
at Melbourne and Edinburgh Universities, at
which latter institution he graduated in 1887.
Between 1882 and 1883 he crossed his own
country on foot from the Gulf of Carpentaria
to Melbourne. In the autumn of 1883,
whilst travelling in New Guinea, he was
speared by the natives, and the spear-head
was not removed from his body until his
;irrival in Edinburgh some eight or nine
months later. He crossed from Shanghai to
Rangoon by land in 1894, and his varied
experiences and impressions of the journey
are recorded in a most interesting volume
entitled, "An Australian in China — being
the narrative of a Quiet Journey across China
to Burmah." In 1896 he accepted a special

E. G. Hillier, C.M.G., the present agent. In
the Hongkong seclion of the present volume
a full account is given of the establishment
and growth of the parent bank, one of the
leading financial organis.itions of the world,
so that it need only be said here that the
Peking branch, occupying specially built
premises situated in Legation Street, carries
on ordinary banking business similar to that
of the other branches. The present building
was opened in 1902, and forms a handsome
addition to the important thoroughfare on
which it stands.

MR. EDWARD GUY HILLIER, C.M.O.. a son

of the late Cliarles Batten Hillier, His Britannic
Majesty's Consul to Siam, was born on
March 11, 1857. Educated at Blundell's

THE RUSSO-CHINESE BANK PREMISES AT PEKING.

telegrams that wrung from Lord Curzon in
Parliament an unwilling acknowledgment of
the journalist's " intelligent anticipation of
events before they occur." In one of the
issues of the Times early in 1900 may be
seen a letter from its Peking correspondent
stating in plain terms : " Within twelve
months there will be war between Japan and
Russia." Nothing in the way of political
prophecy could be much more definite than
this. As events proved, the prophecy was
in error. The Boxer outbreak in North China
intervened in June, 1900, and the collision of
Japan and Russia did not take place till four
years later. The forecast, however, stands
as one of the most remarkable in history,
especially as the very possibility of war was
emphatically denied by those interested up
to within a fortnight of its outbreak. Dr.

commission from the Times to travel from
Bangkok, in Siam, to Yunnan City and round
Tonkin, and in the following year he crossed
Manchuria from Stretensk, in Siberia, to Vladi-
vostock. In 1905 he represented the Times
at the Conference between the Japanese and
Russian Peace Commissioners at Portsmouth,
where his special knowledge and thorough
grasp of all the details of the problems at
issue gave his articles a permanent value.
Mr. Morrison is a Doctor of Medicine and
a Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society.

HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING
COEPOEATION.

The Peking branch of the Hongkong &
Shanghai Bank was opened, in 1885, by Mr.

School, Tiverton, and at Trinity College,
Cambridge, Mr. Hillier entered the
service of the Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation in 1883. He was
appointed agent of the Peking branch in
1891, and has held that position ever since.
He was the negotiator of the Chinese
Imperial Government Loans, issued in London
and Berlin between the years 1895 and 1905.
In 1902 he acted as British delegate on Ihe
Commission of Bankers for the Chinese
indemnity, and in recognition of his services
he was, in June, 1904, created a Companion
of tlie Order of St. Michael and St. George.
Mr. Hillier has lost his sight, failure of vision
in 1896 having resulted in total blindness.
He was married in 1894. He resides at
Peking, and is a member of the Royal
Societies' Club, London.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ET(J. 761

EUSSO-CHINESE BANK.

A HKANX'H of the Russo-Chinese Bank was
opened at Peking some two years ago by
the present Russian Minister, D. D. Pokotiloff.
The premises, which are situated in Legation

Street, are the Bank's own property, and
here all forms of business usual to large
Banking Corporations are transacted. The
headquarters of the Bank are in St. Peters-
burg. There is a London ofiice in Thread-
needle Street, and nearly fifty branches have

been opened in different pai ts of the world.
The capital amounts to 15,000,000 roubles,
and there is a reserve fund of 9,240,000
roubles.

Mr. E. Wilhfahrt, who has been in the
service of the Bank for the past eleven
years, has charge of its interests at Peking.

DEUTSCH-ASIATISCHE BANK.

A BRANCH of this Bank was established in
Peking by Mr. Heinrich Cordes in 1905.
The new premises in Legation Street were
opened in 1907, and are the Bank's own
property. The present managers are Mr.
Conrad H. Cordes (manager), and Mr. Alfred
J. Eggeling (agent).

Mr. Heinrich Cordes was born in
Liibbecke, Westphalia, in 1866, and was
educated at the High School of Bielefeld
and at the University of Berlin, where he
graduated in modern languages and law in
1892, and passed with honours in Chinese.
Entering the foreign service in 1892, he
was attached to the German Legation at
Peking, where he attained the position of
Second Interpreter in i8g6. During the
following four years he was attached to
various Consulates in Southern China. In
igoo he took part in the negotiations between
the Chinese Government and the Diplomatic
Corps preceding the outbreak of the Boxer
troubles, and was accompanying the German
Minister, Freiherr von Ketteler, when the
latter was murdered on the way to the
Tsung li Yamen. Mr. Cordes was himself
seriously wounded. Recovering from his
injuries, he returned to Germany in 1901,
and it was then that von Hausemann, the
great financier and head of the renowned
banking institution. Direction der Disconto
Gesellschaft, Berlin, engaged his services for
the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank, and as repre-
sentative in China of the "Syndicate for Asiatic
Affairs." Under his management the branch
has negotiated several important loans for
tlie Imperial Chinese Government.

THE PREMISES OF P. KIERULFF & CO., PEKING.

p. KIERULFF & CO.

Established in 1874, this firm carry on
business as general storekeepers, silversmiths,
jewellers, saddlers, drapers, outfitters, wine
and provision merchants, and tourists' pro-
viders. A speciality is the manufacture of
the Peking enamels, so greatly admired.
Insurance is also effected, the firm being
agents for the Hamburg Eire, Magdeburg
Fire, Mannhenn Life, Netherlands Life, and
Equitable Life Insurance Companies. The
capital of the firm is entirely German. The
proprietor is Mr. J. Kruger, and the manager
is Mr. H. Westphal.

M H H 2

HENRY A. BUSH.

H. A. BUSH'S RESIDENCE AT NEWCHWANG.

CHARLES G. BUSH. HERBERT F. BUSH.

A •' PAITZU " ON THE FKOZEN RIVER LIAO AT NEWCHWANG.

NEWCHWANG.

By Reg. Bate, F.R.G.S.

(HIS, the most northern of the
Treaty ports, officially named
Yingkow, but erroneously
called Newchwang by Euro-
peans, was officially opened
to Western trade in the year
1861. The first foreign ship
to enter the river was British, and arrived in
1859, and the first merchant to establish
himself at the port was an Englishman named
Henry E. Bush, the founder of the present-
day tirm of Bush Bros.

In pre-treaty days it would seem that no
European traveller visited this port, the
nearest approach being that of Gutzlaff, who
got as far as Chin Chow Fu in his enter-
prising voyage of discovery " along the coast
of China to Mautchou Tartary," in 1831, an*
he gives some account of the junk trade
between this port and the southern ports.

The port had practically no trade prior to
1840. At that date it took the place of Tien
Chuang Tai, still a considerable mart, twenty
miles or so higher up the river, which had
supplanted Newchwang proper some time in
the latter half of the eighteenth century. These
changes were caused by the shallowing of
the river, which has shifted its course con-
siderably in recent times. For example, in
1865 Tien Chuang Tai was forty miles distant
by river from this port, whereas to-day it is
but twenty miles away.

For the first thirty years after the port was
opened no conspicuous events occurred, but
a very fair foreign trade sprang up at once,
the foreign merchants' interest being chiefly
confined to the carrying of the merchandise
inwards and outwards in foreign bottoms.
The year 1890 was marked by a very sub-
stantial growth of trade, and the ten years
between 1892 and 1901 were remarkable for

a series of mercantile developments perhaps
unparalleled in the history of the China trade.
From a commercial standpoint, Newchwang
has become one of the most important of
the Treaty ports. The total net value of its
trade in 1906 was Tls. 44,482,001, as com-
pared with Tls. 61,752,905 in 1905, and
Tls.41, 517,878 in 1904. The decline in 1906
may be attributed in part to lack of facilities
on the railways, which were under military
control ; to obstacles to free access to the
interior ; and to over-trading whilst the Russo-
Japanese war was in progress.

The mud village of the sixties has thus
grown into a rich and populous town with
many shops, houses, and temples. The
tall chimneys of the bean-cake factories and
the numerous foreign residences on the river
bank fronting the anchorage give the place a
busy modern appearance. This rapid com-
mercial progress has been brought about by
economic and political causes, and is due
largely to the Government encouraging im-
migration from Shantung. The political factors
in the case are the wars between China and
Japan, the Boxer outbreak, and the Russo-
Japanese campaign, all of which brought
Newchwang to the ken of the Western world;
the subsequent railway developments ; and
the high wages offered by those who opened
up the country. The population is estimated
at 60,000. To this total in 1906 foreigners
contributed 7,699, the Japanese alone account-
ing for 7,408.

In the province (Fengtien) nearly every
variety of ore has been found, but very
little is worked on modern lines or with
machinery. All Manchuria and Mongolia
draw their supplies of salt from this neigh-
bourhood. The salt is obtained in enormous
quantities by sun evaporation of sea-water

along the coast of this province, especially to
the south and west of the port, and is a
Government monopoly.

The soil is especially suitable for the pro-
duction of till millet, spiked millet, maize,
wheat, and barley. The animal products are
pigs' bristles, bees-wax, young deer horns
(supposed to be possessed of wonderful
medicinal properties), and a great variety of
furs.

The principal imports are British, American,
and Japanese piece goods, Indian and Japan-
ese cotton-yarn, metals, gunny and hemp
bags, coal, American and Australian flour,
Japanese matches, seaweed, sugar, and
tobacco, for all of which there is a fair
market, although at the present time trade
is suffering from the depression directly
resulting from the Russo-Japanese War.

The principal exports are beans, bean-oil,
and bean-cake, which may be said to represent
90 per cent, of the export trade ; castor oil,
sesamum seed, wild silk, and skins and furs.
A fair trade is also done in the export of native
medicines and dried prawns and shrimps,
which are esteemed by the natives as great
delicacies. The carrying trade is almost
entirely in the hands of British and Japanese
ships, China doing very little except through
the China Merchants Steam Navigation Com-
pany. Business is carried on by British.
German, American, and Japanese firms. The
largest trade at the present time is in the
hands of the Japanese, who have their own
Settlement, with special extra-territorial privi-
leges that other powers do not possess.

Great Britain, France, America, Germany,
Japan, Norway, Sweden, and Russia have
each a consular representative at the port.

The climate is excellent ; for though the
cold in winter is somewhat severe, it being

764 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

no uncommon thing for the thermometer to
(all to 15 or 20 degrees, the air is dry and
bracing, thus enabling the cold to be borne
easily. The barometer averages 30 inches
during the winter months. Strong southerly

Established in 1861, the firm can claim to
be the pioneers of British trade in Manchuria.
The founder, Henry E. Bush, who was the
tirst agent in Yokohama for the I'eninsiilar and
Oriental Steam Navigation Company, has now

A STREET SCENE IN THE JAPANESE CONCESSION, NEWCHWANQ.

breezes, accompanied by dust,'are the charac-
teristics of the spring, which is the most
unpleasant part of the year. The summer is
not hot, and there is an absence of humidity.
The average maximum readings for June,
Julv, and August are 789°, 836°, and 82- 1°.
The average rainfall is 22 inches, two-thirds
of which occur between June and September.

Xewchwang's future is open to vast possi-
bilities. The ice-bound state of the river for
four months of the year, and its treacherous
t>ed constitute grave dangers to the port's
welfare, which are accentuated by the
opening of Chinwangtao and Dalny to inter-
national trade. But, on the other hand, the
port is verv fortunately situated in regard to
railwavs, for it is served by the Imperial
Railways of North China and by the South
Manchuria Railway, the former on the right
and the latter on the left bank of the Yalu
River. The South Manchuria Railway Com-
pany have decided to extend their line into
the business portion of the port with the
result that in a short time the facilities for
dealing with cargo destined for the interior
will be very greatly increased. Both the
above-mentioned railway systems are in
direct communication with Mukden, the
Japanese line proceeding northwards from
Mukden to Chang Chun or Kuan Chen Tze,
where it meets the Russian railway system,
thus making a connection by rail between
this port and Calais.

Such is Newchwang of to-day, the premier
gateway to the three great Manchurian
provinces.

BUSH BBOTHEBS.

To those who reside in North China, the firm
of Bush Bros., is almost a household name.

retired to live in comfort at Blackhcath, and
the task of conducting a gigantic business
has been thrown on the shoulders of his
eldest son, Mr. Harry A. Bush.

such, for example, as those for the Pacific
Mail, Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navi-
gation Company ; International Sleeping Car
Comp.iny ; HoM!.;kimg and Slianghai Bank,
and Ransomes, Sims, 6t Jeft'eiies (Ipswich),
the firm are the managers of the Yuen
Lai Bean Mill (and their interest in bean
mills claims much of their time), and are
one of tlie largest, if not the largest, im-
porters of piece goods to Manchuria.
During the recent war they undertook a
considerable portion of the transport of
the Japanese Army.

It is to the keen foresight of Mr. Harry
A. Bush and his assistants that Britain's
foothold in Manchurian mining matters is
due. The Cathay Mines, though still in their
infancy, promise to be one of the finest and
most prosperous workings in existence.

Mr. Harry A. Hush was born at Shanghai
in 1865, and was educated at Bognor College
and at Cheltenham. In i860 he entered his
father's firm in Newchwang, and in 1883 was
taken into partnership. He was awarded
gold medals by Field Marshal Oyama and
Baron Kodoma for services rendered to Japan
during tlie Russo-Japanese War. He is fond
of sport, especially racing and skating, and
is a member of the Thatched House Club,
London.

BANDINEL & CO.

An extensive business as import and export
merchants and shipping agents is carried on
by this firm, which was established in 1881,
hy Mr. William Bandinel. Among the agencies
held by the firm are those of the Nippon
Yusen Kaisha, the Norddeutscher Lloyd, the
Hamburg-Amerika Linie, and other steamship
companies, besides several of the more

NEWCHWANG BUND IN WINTER.

Even at the present day, when many large
British companies are operating up and down
the China coast, this business, carried on
entirely by one man, more than retains its
place. Besides holding valuable agencies,

prominent insurance companies. Mr. F. W.
Farmer, who took over the business in 1907,
has resided in Newchwang practically all
his life, and is Consul for the Netherlands,
and Vice-Consul for Norway.

M
CO

H
H
t^

n
n

&.
o

■<
hi

o:
«

m
o

z
M
j

W
a:

m
<

LOOKING NORTH-WEST FROM CHEFOO.

CHEFOO.

SiVEN if it should never be known
as a great centre for trade,
Chefoo, under an enterprising
administration, might quickly
become one of the most
popular summer resorts in the
F"ar East. It has a climate
which is not surpassed in any other part of
China, for, while the winter, extending from
December to March, is severe, and rain and
heat form a rather unpleasant combination
in July and August, the spring months are
delightful, and the autumn, with its succession
of warm days, tempered with cool breezes,
provides almost ideal holiday conditions. In
the season, tourist tickets, at a reduced cost
for the return passage, are issued from
Shanghai, which is but two days' journey
away, by the Indo-China Steam Navigation
Company, the China Merchants Steam Navi-
gation Company, the China Navigation
Company, and the Russian East .Asiatic
Steamship Company, while regular steamship
communication between the two places is
maintained, also, by the Nippon Yusen Kaisha
and the Osaka Shosen Kaisha. The town
possesses two excellent hotels, and a number
of good boarding-houses, which are always
tilled with visitors during the season. There
are several well-conducted schools to which
children are sent from all parts of the East,
as much in the interest of their health as of
their education. Social intercourse is pro-
moted by means of a comfortable Club, and
races are held towards the end of September.
But, in spite of many advantages, which
might easily be turned to better account, the
development of Chefoo, it is generally agreed,
is being retarded owing to the absence of
any clearly defined progressive policy on the
part of the authorities.

The port was opened to foreign trade
in 1863. Altogether, some four hundred
foreigners have their names registered at
the various Consulates, but more than half
of these are missionaries who live inland.
There is no formally recognised settlement,
or concession, but simply a foreign quarter
which is controlled and maintained by a
General Purposes committee, deriving its

revenue from voluntary contributions. Besides
an assessment on property-holders there is
a poll-tax of $ro per annum, which all male
residents are supposed to pay, but as there
IS no recognised authority to enforce collection
the funds at the disposal of the committee
are often not so large as they should be.
For a number of years many of the residents
have cherished a hope that a settlement,
under a properly constituted authority, and
with well-defined regulations, would be
established in Chefoo as in several of the
other Treaty ports, but as this hope has
been so long deferred, efforts are bemg made
to form a local board, composed jointly of
Chinese and foreigners, to take over
administrative work, and draw up rules and
regulations for the efficient control of local
affairs, a good water supply, for example, is
urgently needed, and if the funds were
forthcoming it would be a task of no great
difficulty to build a reservoir among the hills
at the back of the town, from which water
could be supplied under its own pressure.
The rain in July and August would alone be
sufficient, it is believed, to keep the stock
replenished, and additional water might
possibly be obtained by sinking artesian wells.

Chefoo, which in 1900 was connected by
telegraph cables with Tientsin, Port Arthur,
Weihaiwei, Tsingtau, and Shanghai, is in the
line of communication between the ports of
India, South China, Japan, Korea, and
Manchuria, and is a regular port of call for
many tramp steamers, thirty or forty vessels
sometimes entering and clearing in one day.
But the necessity for proper harbour works,
including a protecting breakwater and quay,
is recognised by the whole mercantile
community, for strong northerly gales are
experienced in the late autumn, and the
roadstead furnishes but an uncomfortable
anchorage. It is generally taken for granted
that after a vessel arrives in port the safety
of inward cargo is assured, but, owing to the
exposed condition of the harbour at Chefoo,
it is at this point where the greatest danger
arises. In 1906 nearly two months were lost
to trade through stress of weather.

But while Chefoo's importance as a trading

centre has, up to the present, been incon-
siderable there are undoubted possibilities of
development. The port supplies Vladivostock
and Siberia with upwards of one hundred
thousand coolies annually, and this traffic
alone furnishes business for a considerable
number of steamers.

The local silk industry is a very important
one. A high percentage of the cocoons
which come to China from Korea and
Manchuria are used here, and foreign silk
and hand-made silk laces are manufactured
in large quantities. Chefoo is also the centre
of a large fruit growing district, and the
vine is now being cultivated with the object
of producing wine on a fairly extensive scale.
A railway, which has been projected from
Fuchan - Shein to Wei-Shien, a distance of
about 170 miles, should give a great impetus
to trade. A company, formed by some
prominent Chinese merchants, has been
registered under the Board of Posts and
Communications, and half the required capital
of Tls. 8,000,000 has already been raised.
It is expected that the work of construction
will be commenced next spring.

The value of the trade of Chefoo for 1907
was Tls. 28,646.513, as compared with
Tls. 34,740,267, in 1906, and Tls. 39,131,384 in

1905. The net foreign imports declined from
Tls. 17,156,771 in 1905, to Tls. 14,799.778 in

1906, and to Tls. 10,630,697 in 1907 ; and the
net native imports from Tls. 10,022,488 in 1905,
to Tls. 7,977,090 in 1906, and to Tls. 7,296,744
in 1907. Exports, while increasing from
Tls. 11,952,125 in 1905, to Tls. 11,963,399 in
1906, fell to Tls. 10,719,072 in 1907. Chefoo's
contribution to the Customs revenue during
1907 was Tls. 633,243, against Tls. 818,322 in
1906, and Tls. 871,607 in 1905. Bean-cake is
the chief item of export, the net quantity sent
away during 1907 amounting to 1,000,431
piculs, against 1,144,814 piculs in 1906, and
1,233,180 piculs in 1905. Other leading
articles of export are silk, straw-braid, ground-
nuts and vermicelli. Chefoo has in Kiaochau,
the other port for the Shantung Province, a
keen rival, and unless the promised railway
communication is soon forthcoming, Chefoo
is likely to be relegated to the second place.

768 TWENTIETH CENTTTRY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

THE BRITISH CONSUL.

Mr. Herbert F. Brauv. British Consul at
Chefoo. was born in Dublin in 1854, and was
educated in Weimar. Germany, at Dr. Stack-
poole's School. Kingstown, and at the College

THE RUSSIAN CONSUL.

Mr. Christofer Kkisty, Russian Consul at
Chefoo, was born in 1872 in South Russia,
and was educated at Ismail and at St. Peters-
burg I'niversity, where he took degrees and

CHEFOO FE.OM THE CLUB.

Chaptal, Paris. After passing a competitive
Examination for a Student-lnterpretership, he
was attached to the Peking Consulate, and
has since held consular appointments at
numerous stations in China. He was instru-
mental in acquiring the site of the Kenling
Settlement, at Ichang, where he established a
local post-office and brought out an issue of
stamps. Mr. Brady is married, and has one
son, who is being educated at Charterhouse.

a First in Science and Oriental Languages.
In 1897 he entered the Foreign Office at
St. Petersburg, and a year later was
despatched to Peking. He was transferred
to Newchwang in 1900, and remained there
through the Boxer troubles until 1903. He

Second Degree. He has, also, the Order of
Houkhara and the Order of the Double
Dragon.

THE NORWEGIAN CONSUL.

Dr. Otto K. R. Gtn.owsEX, in addition to
being Surgeon to the Chefoo General Hospital
and Medical Officer to the Imperial Maritime
Customs, holds the office of Consul for Nor-
way and for Sweden. He was born in 1867
in Norway, and was educated at Cliristiania
University, Liverpool, and Paris, taking
degrees in each place. He came out to
Chefoo in 1896. Dr. Gulowsen holds many
decorations from different governments.

THE BELGIAN CONSUL.

Mr. Oscar H. Anz, head of the firm of Anz
& Co., was appointed Belgian Consul in 1903.
Born at Hamburg in 1877, he was educated
at Dusseldorf and Bergedorf, and came to
Chefoo in 1893,

COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS.

Mr. Francis Skipwith I'nwin, Commissioner
of Customs at Chefoo, was born in 1849 at
Tunbridge Wells, Kent, and received his
education at Lancing, Tonbridge, and privately
on the Continent. Since 1868, when he came
out to Foochow, he has held various posts in
almost all the ports and river stations in
China.

CHEFOO-THE CLUB ON THE LEFT.

OH. P. KBI8TT,
Vice-Consul for Ruiwla, Chefoo.

then went home on leave, but when the
Russo-Japanese war broke out he had to
return hurriedly to Port Arthur, and during
the hostilities he was engaged in various
districts. In recognition of his services he
received the Russian Order of St. Stanislas.

MR. LI TSOI CHEE.

Mr. Li Tsoi Chee, who holds the rank of
Taoutai, and is Secretary to the Customs
Taoutai, of Chefoo, was born in the province
of Kwangtung in i860, and was educated at

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 769

the Government Central School, now Queen's structure contains two billiard-rooms, a card-

College, Hongkong. At the age of twenty
he came to Chefoo and joined the China
Merchants Steam Navigation Company as
chief assistant, having, in that capacity, charge
of the office. Soon afterwards he was

room, a bar, a reading-room, and a library,
which for so small a Club is well stocked.
There are some fifty members, and they
represent between them eight or nine
different nationalities. The existing premises

CHEFOO-THE BEACH.

appointed agent of the Chinese Engineering
and Mining Company, Ltd., at Chefoo. In
1900 he was re-transferred to the Steam
Navigation Company as manager of the
establishment, and he holds this position at
the present time. Mr. Li has been twice
decorated — first, with the Russian Order of
St. Ann ; and secondly, with the Japanese
Order of the Rising Sun, Fourth Class.

are, of course, very old, and there has been
considerable talk of rebuilding them at an
early date ; but so far nothing definite has
been decided on. Mr. C. L. L. Williams is
the hon. secretary, and Mr. A. Graeber, the
hon. treasurer.

H. SIETAS & CO.

Lighter Company, and are interested in the
Chefoo Water-boat Company. They also
own one of the largest steam Tussah silk
filatures in the neighbourhood. For years
there has been a branch of the business at
Weihaiwei, and in 1906 two new branches
were opened at Tsingtau and Dalny, so
that the firm is now entrenched at all the
commercial strategic points in North China.

CURTIS BBOS.

Mr. F. J. Curtis is the proprietor of this
firm of manufacturers' agents and general
and commission merchants, established in
1901. The firm are local agents for Lloyds,
the China Mutual Insurance Company, the
Commercial Union Assurance Company, and
the British Dominions Insurance Company,
and, in addition to a general import and
export business, they conduct salvage opera-
tions.

F. J. CURTIS.

LI TSOI CHEE.

THE CHEFOO CLUB.

As far as can be ascertained, the Chefoo
Club had its origin in the sixties, when Mr.
W. A. Cornabe, who then owned the premises
in which the Club is housed, transferred the
property to a number of shareholders. The

The oldest firm in Chefoo is that of Messrs.
H. Sietas & Co., which was established in
1861. The Company are general importers
and exporters ; owners of the Chefoo Print-
ing Press ; and joint owners with Messrs.
Cornabe, Eckford & Co. of the Chefoo
Water-boat Company. They have branches
also at Tsingtau and Vladivostock.

COENABE, ECKFOED & CO.

Thk founders of this firm were Messrs.
James Wilson and W. A. Cornabe, both of
whom were in business in Amoy. Early in
1864 they established themselves as general
merchants in Chefoo under the style of
Messrs. Wilson, Cornabe & Co. At first the
business consisted of buying produce and
shipping it to southern ports, but later on
the firm became shipowners and shipping
agents. Later still, after Mr. Eckford had
been admitted to partnership, the exportation
of straw-braid was undertaken very success-
fully. In 1887 Mr. Cornabe returned to
England, and in 1902 Mr. Eckford was
obliged to leave China on account of ill-
health. The business now consists of the
export of straw-braid, silk, silk piece goods,
and other local products, and the import of
coal, flour, indigo, yarn, &c. The firm hold
numerous first-class shipping and insurance
agencies ; they are proprietors of the Hokee

Mr. F. J. Curtis was born in Yokohama
in 1869, and was educated at Southampton.
After spending fifteen years in the mercan-
tile marine, for which he holds a master's
certificate, he came in 1898, to Chefoo, in
the affairs of which Settlement he now
takes a considerable interest. He is a mem-
ber of the General Purposes Committee, in
which body the general control of the
Foreign Quarter is vested at the time of
writing, although it is expected that during
the present year a municipal body will be
formed to administer local affairs.

L. H. SMITH & CO.

The firm of Messrs. L. H. Smith & Co., mer-
chants and commission agents, was established
in 1895. The business is now carried on by
Mrs. L. H. Smith, widow of the founder, for
whom Mr. D. Cappelen acts as manager
and signs per pro. Among the numerous
agencies held by the firm are those of the
Russo-Chinese, and other banking concerns,
the Russian Volunteer Fleet, Messrs. Cald-
beck, Macgregor & Co., wine and spirit
merchants, and various important and well-
known fire and life insurance companies of
England and the Continent.

Mr. Cappelen was born in 1876, at Tons-
berg, Norway, and was educated at Chris-
tiania. He came to the Far East in 1897.

770 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

and was employed as an accountant by the
China and Japan Trading Company at their
Kobe branch. In 1901 he crossed over to
Chefoo, and eventually succeeded to the
management of Messrs. L. H. Smith & Co.

0HAH6 TU ft 00.

The future of Messrs. Chang Yti S Co. —
known also as the Pioneer Wine Company —
wine growers, distillers, and merchants, will
he watched with great interest, for the firm
are engaged in an enterprise which is the
only one of its kind east of Suez. Est;ib-
lished as a private company in 1895, and
financed by Chinese capil:il, the firm have
planted about two hundred acres with vines in
the Chefoo district, and have established nur-
series for fostering the specially imported
plants and cuttings in the early stages of their
growth. The most improved methods of
cultis'ation are adopted, and so far with most

encouraging results. For the pressing of the
wine extensive premises have been built under
the supervision of Mr. Chang Ching King,
manager of the Company, and Baron M.
von Babo, their w^ne expert. The latest
machinery has been installed, and. though the
wine is not yet on the market, there is
every reason to hope that it will soon attain
a large measure of popularity in Chefoo and
the Far East. The cellarage has a storage
capacity of about twenty thousand hectolitres
of wine, the largest cask being capable of
holding 160 hectolitres. Both red and white
wines in casks and bottles will be supplied,
and the quality promises to be excellent.

The founder and proprietor of the firm,
Mr. Chang Chin Hsiin, alias Thio Tiauw Slat,
was born in Canton in 1841, and educated
in China. He lived for forty years in the
East Indies, and owns extensive property in
Java, the Straits Settlements, and Sumatra.
He has lately been appointed a director of
the Agricultural and Industrial Mining and
Railway Company of Canton.

Baron M. von Babo, the Pioneer Wine
Company's expert, also holds the appointment
of Vice-Consul for Austria-Hungary. He was
born in Klosterneuburg, near Vienna, in 1862,
and was educated in Vienna. On coming of
age he went to England for four and a half
years, returning to Austria in 1888. In 1896
he came to Chefoo as wine expert to the
Pioneer Wine Company, upon the recom-
mendation of tlie Austrian Government. He
superintended the erection of the stores and
plant, and to him is due, in great measure,
the present promising position of the Com-
pany. Baron Babo, who is a Knight of
the Order of Franz Joseph, is a thorough
sportsman, and has won great popularity in
the district.

The manager of the Company, Mr. Chang
Ching King, was born in Canton in 1873 and
educated at St. Xavier's Institution, Penang.
He came to Chefoo when twenty-three years
of age, and joined the Pioneer Wine Com-
pany, of wliicli his uncle is the proprietor.
Mr. Chang has the Prefectural title.

CHANG YU & CO.— THE PIONEER WINE COMPANY OF CHINA.
CHAXG CHISd Hsi'x, KoiiiukT ;iml I'niprietor.

•I'FIK VlM-.YARDS IX CHKFOO I)1STK1C-|'

Karox M. vox Babo, Expert.

Thk Prkmisks AXI) Cki.i.aks.

CHAXr. Chixg Kixii, Man.iger.

A COKXKR IX THK CELLARS.

NINGPO.

IN'GPO. one of the five ports
opened in 1842, has been
known to foreigners since
1522. when a number of
Portufluese traders settled
there. The Chinese, how-
ever, resented the lawlessness
the intruders, and in 1542 practically
exterminated them, driving away the sur-
vivors and destroying their habitations. In
the latter part of the seventeenth century
the East India Company established a (ac-
ton.- at Chusan, 40 miles distant, and made
an attempt to trade with Ningpo, but this
proved unsuccessful and the project was
abandoned. It was not until October 13,
1841, that the port was again occupied by
foreigners, the British in that year stationing
a garrison at Ningpo. The Chinese made
an attempt to retake the city in the follow-
ing March, but were repulsed with heavy
loss by the British artillery, and the garrison
remamed in occupation until shortly before
the proclamalion of Peace and the declara-
tion of Ningpo as an open port.

Ningpo lies in a large alluvial plain, on
the river Yung, in the province of Chekiang,
its geographical position being 29° 55' N. lat.,
and 121° 22' E. long.

The town is enclosed by a brick wall
5 miles in circumference, 25 feet in height, and

varying in width from 15 feet at the sum-
mit to 22 feet at the base. This wall is
pierced by si.\ gates, and on the landward
side a moat runs beside it for a distance of
three miles. The streets, the principal one
of which runs east and west, are narrow
and tortuous. Several are spanned by me-
morial arches of typical Chinese design.
The library for which Ningpo has been
celebrated is said to have been in point of
numbers the fourth largest collection of
Chinese works in the Empire.

There are two cotlon mills in Xingpo-the
first established in June, 1896, and the other
more recently. The Company owning the
latter mill have installed an electric lighting
plant, and a scheme for lighting the city by
electricity is under consideration. A flour
mill has been started ; and, as a competitor
in the fishing industry, so largely carried on
at Ningpo, a steam trawler has recently
been introduced. Ningpo exported fish and
fishery products to the value of Tls. 663,567
during 1906.

Exports of tea have declined owing to the
diversion of the Foochow tea trade through
Hangchow, the value of green tea shipped
through Ningpo during 1906, being only
Tls. 2,010,110, as compared with Tls. 2,165,127
in 1905 ; Tls. 3,408,574, in 1904, and
Tls. 3,841,335 in 1903. White alum is

largely exported, 92,352 piculs, together of
the value of Tls. 120,058 coming from the
district out of a total for all Customs dis-
tricts of 101,839 piculs. Rush, wood-
shaving, and chip-hat making, give employ-
ment to thousands of Chinese, no fewer than
five and a half million hats being exported in
1906. Fans, feathers, mats and matting,
medicines, musk, paper, rhubarb, samshu,
cotton seed, silk piece goods and skins and
furs are also articles of export. Sugar is now
the principal import, the total quantity re-
ceived in 1906 being 278.973 piculs of brown,
and 117,611 piculs of refined. The net value
of the trade of the port was Tls. 18,917,355
in 1906, Tls. 19,163,630 in 1905, and
Tls. 12,297,412 in 1904.

The population is estimated at 255,000.
The Foreign Settlement lies on the north side
of the river, and contains an office of the
Imperial Maritime Customs, and of the
Imperial Chinese Telegraph Administration,
two Consulates, — British and Austro-Hunga-
rian, — an Anglican church, a Church Mis-
sionary Society college, several Protestant
missions, a Roman Catholic college, the
headquarters of the Roman Catholic Mission
of Chekiang, Chinese and French post-offices,
and branches of several well-known European
firms.

y^^

HIS EXCELLENCY THE COMMISSIONER, STAFF, AND HEADMEN OF THE TERRITORY OF WEIHAIWEI.

WEIHAIWEI.

KIHAIWEI was probably first
brought to ttie notice of the
British naval and military
authorities at the time of the
Anglo- F'rench Expedition of
i860. The possibility of
making use of Weihaiwei was
then considered, and in his " Narrative of the
War with China in i860," General Wolseley
gives an interesting account of his visit to the
place with a view to testing its resources.
First impressions are proverbially deceptive,
and those of the gallant General are no
exception to the rule. He wrote : "The
harbour is a bad one, being open both to the
north-east and south-east winds, so that the
nautical portion of the expedition did not look
upon it with very loving eyes. . . . Towards
noon all returned, having failed to discover
any running water, and even wells were
found to be scarce. . . . What strikes
one as so strange in a country essentially
agricultural is the small number of birds to
be seen ; even the universally-met-with
sparrow is, comparatively speaking, seldom
found here, and if swallows are necessary
to ' make a summer ' one might almost doubt
the existence of such a season in these. regions.
Unlike the towns in the south, there were but
very few pigs or dogs. . . . The great
scarcity of water appeared to check even
animal fecundity." "The Island of Lung-
meau-Loweah (sic), which shelters the harbour
on the east side," also seems to have been
waterless. How very inaccurate these state-
ments were and how unwise it is to make
dogmatic assertions of this nature, based on a
few hours' cursory and perfunctory survey, is
amply shown in the subsequent history of
Weihaiwei. Admiral Freemantle, who was
Commander-in-Chief on the China Station for
three years, writing to The Times, in February,
1902, stated : " Personally, I have always

thought Weihaiwei well suited to our wants.
It is admirably situated, the harbour is good
and capable of improvement. . . . For our
purpose Weihaiwei is a far more valuable
possession than Kiao-chou or Port Arthur. . . .
We are about to develop Weihaiwei as a
commercial port, under an energetic colonial
administrator, and I venture to prophesy that
a few years hence our interests there will
have increased to such an extent that it
will be necessary to take some defensive
measures."

Weihaiwei, like Port Arthur, formed one of
the " twin gates " of the Pechili Gulf, and
both places were strongly fortified by the
Chinese Government with the aid of foreign
military experts. When the Chino-Japanese
War of 1895 broke out Japanese strategists at
once recognised the necessity of reducing
both fortresses as preliminary steps to the
invasion of the metropolitan province. In
fact it was the surrender of Admiral Ting at
Weihaiwei, following on the fall of Port
Arthur, that convinced the Chinese of the
futility of further resistance. In this short
war the one redeeming feature in the sorry
exhibition of Chinese impotence was the
heroic, if hopeless, defence of Liu-kung-tao
and the harbour by the naval forces of China.
The garrisons of various forts on the mainland
in most instances deserted en masse. Had the
army offered anything like the resistance
shown by the sister service, a very different
complexion might have been put upon the
war. The army of Japan numbered nearly
twenty-five thousand troops and there is no
evidence to show that either the invaders or
the besieged garrison had any difficulty in
obtaining water of excellent quality.

Weihaiwei remained in the possession of
the Japanese for more than two years. On
payment of the final instalment of the war
indemnity it was surrendered in 1898 to

the Chinese Government, who promptly
transferred it to Great Britain, '' for so long
a period as Port Arthur remains in the
occupation of Russia,"and "in order to provide
Great Britain with a suitable naval harbour
in North China, and for the better protection
of British commerce in the neighbouring
seas."

It was at lirst intended that under the
British flag Weihaiwei should out-rival Port
Arthur and Tsingtau as a naval base and
fortress harbour. Royal Engineers planned
batteries on Liu-kung-tao, one or two of which
were practically finished. The foundations
of a naval hospital were laid, and the building
materials were collected. The 1st Chinese
Regiment was also established to garrison
the Colony. Unfortunately, however, for
Weihaiwei the enormous cost of the Boer
war compelled economy in other directions,
and a complete change took place in the British
official attitude towards our newest Eastern
possession. This change was announced in
the following passage from the Colonial Office
List, 1902 : — " It is not the present intention
of His Majesty's Government to re-fortify the
station, but to retain it as a flying naval
base, and as a depot and drill-ground and
sanatorium for the China Squadron in North
China."

The Chinese Regiment was established in
the early days of British tenure (1899). At
that time Russia, Germany, and England laid
claim, respectively, to Manchuria, Shantung,
and the Yangtsze Valley, as "spheres of
influence," and it seemed very probable that
a partition of the dominions of the " sick
man " of the Far East would eventually take
place. Our War Office, with commendable
foresight, intended the Chinese Regiment to
be, not merely the garrison of Weihaiwei but
also the nucleus of the body of military police
which would be needed if, and when, we

774 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

took over the government of our " splieie ol
influence." The unexjiected dc'noiicnuiit of the
Russo-Japanese War, while giving a new, if
temporary, lease of life to the "sick man."
also negatived the prognostications of the
European chancelleries, and with the decision
not to fortify Weihaiwei the ruisoii d'itre of
the regiment also went, and its brief, but not
inglorious career closed in 1906. The Chinese
Regiment contributed two companies towards
the international force which, during the
Boxer outbreak, marched to the relief of the
Legations at Peking. Their knowledge of
local conditions enabled the officers and men
of this small contingent to render invaluable
aid to the British force in collecting transport,
&c.. and it may safely be stated that of
all the different sections composing that
heterogenous army none was so well supplied
with interpreters and means of transport as
the British force. That these two companies
of the regiment also did their share of the
harder and more serious business of war is
silently attested by the small monument that
now stands at the main entrance to the
barracks of the defunct regiment and bears
the following inscription : — " Erected by the
Officers of the ist Chinese Regiment in
memory of the Officers, N.C.O.'s and Men
of the regiment who were killed when serving
with the British Contingent, China Field
Force, between June and November. Capt.
A. J. Hill, Capt. L. A. E. Ollivant, 21 N.C.O.'s
and men.".

In particular, their gallantry in the attack
by the Allied Forces on Tientsin city seems
to have received well-merited praise, and led
to the adoption by the regiment of a Chinese
city gate as its badge.

On sentimental grounds the disbandment
of the regiment and the discontinuance of
the interesting and, to a certain extent,
successful, experiment of turning the China-
man into an efficient soldier under British
officers are regrettable, but for other and
more weighty reasons it will generally be
agreed that it was justifiable. Latterly, if not
from the beginning, the cost to the British
taxpayer of this military experiment was out
of proportion to its usefulness.

%■

*„

- i^ ^H

ww^w

;^'<
j^.

m,^E.:7T\ w

■^;^^

- ' /•ii*'---. ^-i^wftt

The Territory of Weihaiwei consists of the
" Island of Liu-kung, all the islands in the
Bay of Weihaiwei, and a belt of land, ten
English miles wide, along the entire coast-
line of the Bay of Weihaiwei." In addition
to this, " the region east of the meridian
121° 4' E. of Greenwich," is a neutral zone,
in which Great Britain has certain rights.
and which none but British or Chinese Iroops
may occupy or traverse. The area of the
territory "leased" to Great Britain is rather

The Government has already done a great
deal towards remedying this defect, and many
trees have been imported and planted, es-
pecially along the road-sides. A great deal
more could be done — and probably would be
done — in tliis direction if the British tenure
of Weihaiwei were more assured.

By far the greater part of the rainfall occurs
in July and August — tlie " rainy season." The
average rainfall for tlie five years ending De-
cember, 1906, is 325 inches per annum, and

IN AND ABOUT WEIHAIWEI.

J. H. STEWART LOCKHART, C.M.G.,
F.R.G.S., H.R.A.S.

Commissioner, Weihaiwei.

THK Weihaiwei School.
Maix Gate, Native City.

less than 300 square miles, say, twice the
size of the Isle of Wight.

The district is very hilly, and the hills are
to a considerable height terraced out by the
patient and diligent local husbandman, who
succeeds admirably with his primitive methods
in making the most of hill-sides which the
European farmer would consider scarcely fit
for cultivation. In rotation he grows wheat,
barley, mlllett, the giant "kaoliang," the sweet
potato, and ground nuts. The climate also
permits of the production of the usual fruits
and vegetables which tlie Englishman Is
accustomed to find on his table.

During the " rainy season " (July and
August) most of the valleys and gullies of
any size are furnished with "running water,"
and at all times of the year any one who
takes the trouble to dig a well a few feet
deep on low-lying ground, or in a valley, will
find an ample supply of good water.

Unforlunately, the Chinaman of the north
has apparently little love of scenery and no
knowledge of forestry. To provide fuel for
heating the family brick-bed in winter, he
turns his whole family out to rake up even
the grass by its roots. At the approach of
cold weather, he cuts down, ruthlessly and
indiscriminately, all available trees and shrubs.
For a superstitious reason, apparently, he will
allow trees to grow in the village graveyard,
and he has sufficient taste to tolerate them In
the village itself. Weihaiwei, therefore, shares
with the rest of the province, a bleak and
barren aspect, especially in winter, and, as
Sir Frank Swettenham has put it, a visitor's
first impression Is that he has come to a
"colder Aden."

Pout Edward ox the Mainland.
.Street Scene ix the Native City.

the number of days on which snow or rain
fell during these years averaged 82. Even
In the warmest weather the thermometer
seldom records 90° Fahrenheit In the shade.
In winter, when the " north blow " is at Its
height, severe cold Is usually experienced.
But these cold spells are separated by Inter-
vals — sometimes of weeks in duration — of
exhilaratlngly bright sunshine and calm. In
fact, the climate of Weihaiwei is essentially
that of a " white man's country," and, In some
respects, is distinctly superior to that of Eng-
land. It Is mainly througli its high reputation
for salubrity that Wellialwei Is becoming
increasingly popular with the British com-
munities In the Far East as a seaside resort
in the hot weather. P"or this reason, too, it
is popular with the Navy. A certain type
of naval man may feel Inclined to grumble
In moments of depression at the absence of
facilities tor Indulging In the festivities which
he enjoys at many other ports In the East,
but even he generally admits that, from the
point of view of healthfulness, Weihaiwei in
summer Is not to be equalled. And It is no
doubt due In part to the excellent facilities for
gun practice and general training for war
that exist at Weihaiwei that the China
Squadron look the lead In the gunnery
competitions of the British Navy In 1907,
and the flagship, H.M.S. King Allred, broke
all previous records In target practice with
her big guns.

Summer visitors to Weihaiwei find excellent
accommodation at King's Hotel, Port Edward,
under the management of Mr. J. W. Loureiro ;
at Messrs. D. Clark & Co.'s hotel on Llu-kung-
tao ; or at the hotel opened by the same firm,

D. CLARK & CO,

The Stores.
The Aerated Water Factory.

[See page 777.J

The Hotel ox the Mainxaxd.
The Hakerv,

76 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

in 1907. at Port Edward, in the premises that
formerly ser\'ed as the Chinese Regiment's
Otficers' Quarters and Regimental Mess. At
Narcissus Bay and at Half Moon Bay are
to be found neat little bungalows, partly
furnished, about a dozen in number, which

ground nuts to Hongkong and Canton. A
certain amount of salt and rice — imported from
other parts of the coast — is spasmodically re-
exported to Vladivostock. The presence of the
China Squadron for a few months each year
naturally creates a certain amount of business.

WEIHAIWEI HARBOUR FROM LIU-KUNG-TAO, AND THE SHIPS OF
THE BRITISH CHINA SQUADRON.

have been erected by the Weihaiwei Land
and Building Company, Ltd., and which are
specially suited to the convenience of those
who prefer family life or more privacy than
is possible in a hotel. The sulphur baths at
Narcissus Bay, excellently furnished and
under Japanese management, would un-
doubtedly be more largely patronised if they
were more widely known, for the hot springs
have been proved to be of high medicinal
value.

Apart from recreations in and on the water,
the visitor may, for a small monthly subscrip-
tion, indulge in the "ancient and royal game "
on the links of the Weihaiwei Golf Club at
Liu-kung-tao, or on those of the Port Edward
Golf Club. The public highways and the
newly constructed Government roads afford
the cyclist and pedestrian the opportunity of
making pleasant excursions in various direc-
tions. Excellent snipe shooting may be had
in August on the marshy districts in the
neighbourhood of the lagoons, a few miles
from Port Edward. Large numbers of
birds are to be seen. Apart from those
that are always here, wild duck, geese,
snipe, curlew, and quail pay toll on
their bi - annual migrations to the local
sportsman. The pheasant and partridge, also,
were to be met with on the hill-side at one
time, but the industrious Chinaman, who
found a ready and profilable market for game
in the early days of British occupation, has
practically exterminated them. Stringent
regulations, enforced by substantial fines, now
require a " close season," and it is hoped that
the pheasant and the partridge will return.

The trade of Weihaiwei is a negligible
quantity, and consists mainly of the export of

The principal commercial firms are on the
Island, and are few in number. A ferry
launch runs several times a day between
Liu-kung-tao and Port Edward under a subsidy

cable connection between Weihaiwei and
Chefoo.

The administration of the Territory of Wei-
haiwei remained in the hands of naval and
military authorities till Jainiary, 1901, when
the Colonial Office took control wilh General
Sir Arthur Dorward. K.C.B., D.S.O., the
officer commanding the troops, as Acting-
Commissioner. In the following year a
direct representative of the Colonial Office,
the Hon. J. H. Stewart Lockhart, C.M.G.,
formerly Colonial Secretary at Hongkong,
was appointed Commissioner, and he still
administrates the Territory. Mr. Lockhart's
previous experience in Hongkong specially
qualified him for the pioneer work of estab-
lishing settled administration in the new
dependency. Revenue under the previous
regime was low, necessitating a correspond-
ingly large grant-in-aid from imperial funds.
In the year 1902-3 the contribution reached
its" high-water" mark — ^12,000. The revenue
raised locally in the previous year amounted
only to $22,220 (Mexican). Under Mr.
Lockhait's administration it has become
possible to reduce considerably the demand
upon the British taxpayer. The Russo-
Japanese War brought a large, if temporary,
increase of trade to Weihaiwei. Cattle,
mules, and provisions were in great demand
for both the combatants at the seat of war.
The revenue for 1905-6 beiiehted accord-
ingly, and there was a corresponding
decrease in the grant-in-aid, which that year
amounted only to ^^3,000. The disbandment
of the Chinese Regiment effected a very sub-
stantial reduction in the expenditure of the
War Office, but a small force of military
police — partly mounted — became a necessary
substitute. The Colonial Office contribution
has, therefore been raised again to ^10,000,
but the net saving is still very considerable.

The local Government Staff consists of
His Honour (he Commissioner, who resides
at Government House, Port Edward, the

WEIHAIWEI ISLAND.

from the Government, which also subsidises
the China Navigation Company, Ltd., at the
rate of about ;f 1,000 per annum for carrying
mails to and from Shanghai, and the Eastern
Extension Telegraph Company, Ltd. at the
rate of £4,000 per^ annum for maintaining the

administrative capital of the territory ; Mr.
R. Walks. Secretary to the Government and
Magistrate at Port Edward ; Mr. R. F.
Johnson, who lives in the interior of the
territory, and administrates justice as
District 1 Magistrate in the remoter districts ;

TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONOKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 777

and Mr. E. Carpmael, a cadet of the Colonial
service. Dr. H. Hickin is medical officer for
the island, and Dr. W. Muat for the main-
land. The Rev. A. E. Burne, of the Society
for the Propagation of the Gospel, who
lives at Port Edward, is the resident
Chaplain, and conducts the usual services at
St. John's Church. The staff also includes
three inspectors of police, and a financial
secretary, wlio has charge of the Government
accounts.

The annual report for 1906 states : " The
headman system has been reorganised. The
Territory lias been divided into 26 districts,
each district containing an average of 12
villages. To each district a district lieadman
has been appointed who receives a small
salary from the Government, and who is able
to help the magistrates and district officer
in the discharge of their duties by acting,
when necessary, as an intermediary between
them and the village headman, and by
keeping them informed generally regarding
the affairs of the Territory." This system
saves labour and is inexpensive — a matter of
the first importance in the case of a Colony
that is not yet self-supporting. It remains
to be seen whether it will be a success. It
may be objected that the Chinaman in an
official position is not infrequently dishonest,
and that the villager engaged in a lawsuit
will probably find it necessary to give way
to " squeeze pidgin " — a well-established
custom in the Chinese official world — before
he can get justice done, or secure his end.

That the rendition of Weihaiwei to China
will shortly take place, is a rumour that
periodically goes the round of the news-
papers. As often as not it may be traced
to Chinese sources, the wish being father to
the thought. Almost as often the rumour
receives formal and official contradiction.
Still, the wording of the Convention granting
the lease of the territory to Great Britain,
" for so long a period as Port Arthur
remains in the occupation of Russia," is, as
events have turned out, most unfortunate.
Insecurity of tenure has created a slate of
stagnation. As an instance of official
cynicism and indifference on the part of a
central government towards a distant pos-
session, it would not be easy to quote one
that equals the reply of Lord Elgin, Secretary
of Slate for the Colonies, to a recent petition
from the dependency. The petitioners — many
of whom, relying on official assurances, have
invested capital in land and houses — asked
if there was to be any compensation to
property holders in the event of the rumoured
rendition taking place. His lordship replied
that His Majesty's Government did not feel
called upon to discuss hypothetical questions,
and in any case, there would be no compensa-
tion ! This announcement has put an effectual
check upon development. Given security of
tenure, Weihaiwei, with its splendid climate,
its fine harbour — considered by many to be
the best on the China coast north of Hong-
kong — its favourable situation at the mouth
of the Pechili Gulf in the direct line of
steamers passing north and south, would
rapidly develop under the British flag and
become a " second Hongkong."

LIU-KUNG-TAO.

The island of Liu-kung, the naval station
of Weihaiwei, is about 2j miles long, and
three-quarters of a mile in greatest breadth.
It has a backbone of low hills, the highest

being Centurion Hill (five hundred feet), from
the summit of which approaching ships
are signalled and the weather forecasts from
Siccawei Observatory are indicated.

Situated almost east and west, with its
western extremity less than a mile from the
mainland, the island serves to form a
splendid natural harbour capable of anchor-
ing a large fleet, and it has been of incal-
culable value to the British China Squadron.
It was used during the Boxer rising of igoo
as a supply and liospital base for both the
naval and military forces.

The small dockyard is capable of replenish-
ing depleted stocks of coal, water, provisions,
and stores for His Majesty's ships, as
well as of executing fairly large repairs
to machinery. Connected with the yard
there is a distillery and an iron pier six
hundred feet long.

The Squadron usually arrives in May, and
remains in the vicinity until October.
During this period full advantage is taken
of the excellent facilities for naval exercises.
The time is passed pleasantly and profitably
In big gun firing, torpedo running, and
tactics afloat ; in landing parties, field gun
practice, firing at the two rifle ranges ; and
In indulgence in the customary British
sports.

The Island is policed by a European
inspector and 14 Chinese constables, fur-
nished by the Colonial Government. The
Island Guard consists of 36 Marines under
a Lieutenant, in addition to which all the
Naval ratings and Admiralty employes are
supplied with arms, making a total of about
eighty rifles for emergencies. Including
the guard and a few Naval men, the British
population does not exceed 120. Of natives
there are about 1,200, and they find employ-
ment in the dockyard, shops, and hongs ;
and in cultivating the terraced hill-sides.

His Honour the Commissioner and Naval
Executive Officer of the Island exercise a
dual control on behalf of the Colonial
Government and the Admiralty respectively.

Apart from the residences of ollicials, and
small naval and marine barracks, which
were formerly old Chinese houses, the only
buildings of importance are the United
Service Club for oflicers, the Naval Warrant
Officers' Club, and the large group of
buildings at one time the Chinese Naval
Reception Yamen, and now serving as the
Royal Naval Canteen. The Queen's Hall,
included in this last group, is capable of
seating five hundred persons, and is used as
a church, theatre, gymnasium, boxing-saloon,
and ball-room. A special building, however,
is being erected for divine worship. The
naval hospital has accommodation for forty
patients.

The street names are neither very appro-
priate nor euphonious. For instance, Fleet
Street divides two coal yards, and Bond
Street is flanked by dead walls. Other
names include Shoe Lane, Drain Street,
Thick Street, Short Street, Weak Street,
Blank Lane, &c.

There are on the island two football and
two cricket grounds, as well as racquet
courts, innumerable tennis courts, and a fine
golf course. The mile stretch of sandy
beach on the south side affords fine bathing,
and if the Home Government would arrange
for the retention of a little colony, develop-
ment would rapidly follow and Weihaiwei
would stand almost unrivalled in the East as
a summer resort.

F. J. W.

WEIHAIWEI SCHOOL.

This school was founded in 1901 and pro-
vides a sound education on English boarding-
school lines for the sons of those who make
their homes in the Far East. Hitherto it
has been the practice of those parents who
desire to give their sons a valuable educa-
tion to aaiid them to England — often at a
very tender age — and thus to deprive them
of parental oversight and home influences
at tliat stage in life when, perhaps, they are
most needed. Boys can now receive at
Weihaiwei School at least a preparatory
education, and the hardship and the evils of
long separation from home and parents may
be materially lessened, if not altogether
obviated. The standard of education aimed
at is that of the average grammar school in
England, and the educational results, as
tested by public examinations, have been
highly satisfactory. The health record of
the school is particularly good, and the
scholars have been peculiarly immune from
the infectious sickness so common in English
schools. This is due in part, no doubt, to
the excellent climatic and sanitary conditions
that prevail at Weihaiwei.

The new school house was ready for
occupation in 1904, and provides accommo-
dation for 40 boarders. At present it con-
tains 36 pupils. The premises occupy an
excellent situation on the northern shore of
the harbour, and are effectually sheltered in
winter from the northerly gales by a range
of hills immediately behind the school. In
addition to the usual school games, boating
and sea-bathing are popular recreations.
There is also a cadet corps of 16 members
in connection with the school.

The staff consists of Mr. Herbert L. Beer,
L.C.P., the headmaster, and Mr. Osven
Lloyd Jones ; and of Mrs. H. L. Beer and
Mrs. E. Hamblln (matron) In the domestic
department.

S. CLARK & 00.

Messrs. D. Clark & Co. first established
themselves on Weihaiwei Island in 1898,
and have since made considerable develop-
ments in their business along widely divergent
lines. They have now a large general mer-
cantile business, and are naval and military
contractors. They have held the naval con-
tract for nine years, undertaking practically
the whole of the supply of the British Fleet,
when stationed at Weihaiwei for the summer.
The firm are proprietors of two hotels — one
on the Island, with accommodation for 30
guests, and the other on the mainland ; tliey
have established two post offices — one on the
Island and the other on the mainland ; they
carry on an aerated water factory, with a
capacity for 1,500 dozen bottles a day ;
and they have a steam bakery, with a
capacity of 1,000 lbs. of bread an hour. Even
this formidable list does not exhaust their
activities, for they are coal merchants and
shipowners, and supply from their own
gardens large quantities of fruit, both for
local consumption and for export. Their head
offices are situated on the Island, and they
have extensive stores and godowns on the
Island and on the mainland.

Mr. D. Clark, the founder of the business
is one of the oldest and best known residents
of Weihaiwei. He combines with a keen
business instinct a large measure of practical
philanthropy, for he was instrumental in
establishing the free school, supported by the
firm, for the instruction of Chinese boys in the
English language.

NANKING.

AXKING borrows its interest
to-day from ttie glories of
the past and the promise of
the future. Except as the
centre of Government for the
two river provinces of Kiangsu
and Anhwei, the former of
which contains Shanghai, the city is of little
importance. It is disregarded by the merchant,
and. owing to the vandalism of the Taeping
rebels, has lost much of its charm for the
antiquarian. Signs are not wanting, however,
that the old and battered capital of the Mings
is waking from its long sleep into vigorous
life once again. As the terminal point of
three railway lines, one of which is now in
full running order, it seems destined to become
a centre of considerable commercial activity
in the near future.

Situated on the south bank of the Yangtsze,
Nanking is about 45 miles above Chinkiang,
and 205 from Shanghai. A walled city existed
here some five or six centuries before the
commencement of the Christian era, and, as
its name — "Southern Capital" — suggests, it
was for a long period the seat of the Imperial
Government. As Peking is now the capital,
this name is, of course, never used in official
documents, Kiang Ning Fu, or Kin Ling —
"the golden mound" — being substituted for
it. From the river little can be seen of the
city. The long grey walls which encircle it
vary in height from 40 to 90 feet, and in
thickness from 20 to 40 feet, and measure
some 21 miles in circumference. They enclose,
however, a great deal of barren and un-
cultivated land, the inhabited portion of the
city, with its population of about 350,000,
lying to the south and west. The terminus
of the Shanghai-Nanking Railway is outside
this wall, at Hsiakuan, a few minutes' walk
from the most northerly gate, while the most
southerly gate is ten miles distant. To the
south of the city, just outside the wall, rise the
many tall chimneys of the Powder Works
and Arsenal, while within the wall near the
west water gate is a mint with a plant
capable of producing 2,000.000 copper coins
a day. During recent years many wide and
good roads have been constructed by order
of the Viceroy, so that, in this respect,
Nanking is far ahead of most Chinese cities.

His Excellency Tuan Fang is one of the most
progressive statesmen in China. He qualified
for official life by passing the usual examina-
tions, and, at the early age of twenty-eight
received the rank of Substantial Taoutai. His
promotion was rapid. In igoo lie was Governor
of Shensi Province. Here his name is held
in the highest respect because of his humane
treatment of the foreigners during the Boxer
riots. He had sufficient strength of character
to ignore the decree containing their death

HIS EXCELLENCT TUAN FANG,
Viceroy of the Liangkiang Provinces, Xanlilng.

sentence, and gathering them together to
the number of about 80, he sent them out of
the province under a strong escort. He
became Governor of Soochow and, later, of
Hunan, and was subsequently appointed one
of the Imperial High Commissioners to travel
abroad and study the methods of Constitutional
Government in European countries. On his
return he was made Viceroy of Foochow, but

before he had time to proceed to his destina-
tion the viceroyalty of Nanking fell vacant,
and he was requested to till the position.
Under his guidance and direction there has
been considerable progress, and it may be
taken as a sign of the times, and as an
indication of the business which the railway
is expected to bring, that of recent years
considerable changes have been effected in
the appearance of the city. The new Govern-
ment Buildings are all constructed in accord-
ance with Western ideas, and so, too, are
an increasing number of shops. Carriages
and rickshaws have been introduced, and,
though there are no foreign mercliants at
the Port — the few Europeans residing in the
district being missionaries, Customs and
railway officials — British, American, and
German Consulates were opened in 1900.
The Viceroy is naturally surrounded by a
large retinue of officials and soldiers, and the
9th Division of the foreign-drilled Army is
stationed in the city. Amongst numerous
educational establishments is a naval college
established in 1890, with two British officers
as instructors, and a University founded in
1888 by the Central China Mission of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. Altogether
there are some 200 missionaries in and around
Nanking engaged in educational and medical
work.

As has been stated, Nanking suffered severely
in the Taeping rebellion. It was captured
by the rebels in 1853, and, after a prolonged
siege, was retaken by the Imperial Forces
in 1864. The intervening period was one
of almost wanton destruction. Not only did
the trade of the city receive a shock from
which it has never recovered, but practically
all the outstanding features of interest in the
neighbourhood were destroyed. The beautiful
Porcelain Pagoda, one of the most artistic
structures in the whole of China and counted
one of the seven wonders of the world, was
razed to the ground. Only traces of the
foundations mark the spot where it stood
outside the south gate, and the bricks used in
its construction arc scattered throughout the
length and breadth of the Empire, being
highly prized as relics by the Chinese. Several
of the ornamental parts of the structure are
built in the terraces just within the entrance

OFFICIAL LIFE AT NANKING.

The VIC^;ROY axd the Boys axd Girls np the School

FOUNDED BY HIM AT XaNKIXG.

The Viceroy, Officials, and Guests on the Occasion
OF the Emperor's Birthday.

The Viceroy En'tertainixg Official Friends
AT the Yamen.

Taoutai Uk Cheng and Foreign Office Staff.

rSO TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, E TC.

to the Arsenal, while the large bronze top
of the pagodii has been inverted to serve
as the l)asiii of a fountain in front of this
building. The chief attraction of Nanking
now is the tomb of Hung Wo, founder of
the Ming dynasty. This is al>out lo miles

city boundaries. The monoliths, which were
erected in front of the tomb by Yung-ho when
he removed the capital to Peking, till the
spectator with wonder as to how they were
placed in position. Some two or three miles
beyond the Ming tomb is a spirit valley

THE MING TOMBS AT NANKING.

distant from the station, and lies outside the
east gate of the city. A carriage road runs
to within two miles of the spot, and is being
continued for the remainder of the distance
over hilly country from which may be obtained
a fine panoramic view of the surrounding
district and a general idea of the extent of the

where lie the remains of the famous Buddhist
priest who was a Prime Minister of the
Liang dynasty. On the way to the Ming
tomb are the old Imperial and Forbidden
Cities, in which only one building remains
standing. This is constructed with timbers,
and the roof is supported by arches. It was

called the Leang Kung, or Cold Palace, and
is now used as a store-house for powder and
ammunition. VVitliiii the Forbidden City,
and enclosed in a pavilion that stands just
across the Five Dragon Bridges, is a carefully
preserved stone bearing the bloodstains of
a faithful minister of the Ming dynasty who
allowed his tongue to be torn out rather than
betray his Emperor. The Drum Tower, a
building dating back to the Ming dynasty,
is situated about five miles from the station
on the return journey from the Ming tomb
by the main carriage road, while but a short
distance away to the left is a pavilion
containing one of the great bells of the
world. Cast during the reign of Hung Wo,
it is made of bronze, stands some 14 feet
high, and is about 7 feet in diameter
at the bottom. About two miles away, on
the road which runs to the right, is a Confucian
temple, which is reputed to be one of the
best in the Empire. Another feature of
Nanking is the great City park. It is still
undeveloped except for a fine carriage drive
round it, but it is said that the Viceroy intends
to proceed with its improvement very
shortly.

But few words are needed to deal
adequately with the trade of Nanking at the
present day, for, with the exception of the
shipping interest, it is a negligible quantity.
In 1906 its net value was Tls. 9,668,934 ; in
1905, Tls. 10,573,545 ; in 1904, Tls. 8,826,048;
and in 1903, Tls. 7,352,525. The silk piece-
goods trade, which is carried on in the
most primitive fashion, forms the chief item
of commerce. But there are brighter prospects
for the future, and the predictions made by
the Commissioner of Customs in his report
for 1900 seem likely to be realised. He said :
" A new and brilliant era should dawn upon
the port of Nanking on account of its excellent
position as a terminus for the railways which
will bring down the immense mineral wealth
and other wealth of the provinces of Anhwei,
Honan, and Shansi. The distance from
either Honan or Shansi is about the same
to Nanking as to Hankow, and the engineering

iWPlJi'WiMl'i-

TAOUTAI WAN BINQ CHUNG,

Vice-Dircttor of the FDreign Office of tlie Lian)<kianj<
Provinces, Nanking.

difticulties of a railway down to the river
opposite Nanking are no greater than those
of a line to Hankow. The great advantage.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 781

then, which should secure to Nanking its
position as the outlet for these rich provinces
is the fact of its being so much nearer
the sea than Hankow, and accessible to
the deepest draught ocean vessels at all
seasons of the year. It is, therefore, only
natural that a line should have been projected
from tlie mineral fields of Shansi to the village
of Pukow on the other side of the river to
Nanking, as mentioned in the 1899 Trade
Report. Yet another line, from the mineral
district of Hsin-Yan, in Honan, through
Anhwei, with its terminus at Pukow, is
also in contemplation. These two lines, if
built, should revolutionise the commercial
conditions at Nanking, while the line from
Shanghai to Nanking should also give an
impetus to commercial life." Trains are
running regularly now from Shanghai to
Nanking, and the line is to be carried through
the city to the water-side. A line connecting
Nanking with Tientsin is also about to be
constructed.

THE BRITISH CONSUL.

Mr. Harold Frederick King, the British
Consul at Nanking, is a brother of Mr.
G. W. King, the Registrar of the Supreme
Court, Shanghai. Born on December 30,
1871, at Brighton, Sussex, he was educated
at Brighton Grammar School and appointed
a Student Interpreter in China on August 24,
1891. After devoting two years to the study
of the Chinese language in Peking, he
served for some time, during the China-
Japan War, under Sir Walter Hillier, the
Consul-General, at Seoul, Korea. He was
appointed Acting-Consul at Wuhu in 1894.
He became a second-class assistant three
years later, and a first-class assistant in 1900.

ing Registrar and Chief Clerk of the Supreme
Court, Shanghai, Assistant in the Consular
Shipping Office, Shanghai, Acting Assistant
Judge at Shanghai, and Acting Vice-Consul at
Tientsin. On May 5, 1904, he was confirmed
in this last appointment. In 1906 he became
Consul at Wuchow, and in May, 1908, was
transferred to Nanking. Mr. King was called
to the Bar at tlie Middle Temple in 1905.
He is a member of the Grosvenor Club,
London.

GENERAL SHO.

General C. A. Sho is the Chief of the
General Staff of Liangkiang. He has travelled
in America and on the Continent with His
Excellency Tuan Fang, the Viceroy of Liang-
kiang, to investigate the political systems of
different countries.

accountants' office of the Great Central Rail-
way. He is a member of (he Shanghai Club.

HAROLD F. KING,

His Britannic Majesty's Consul at Nantving.

The various positions he has filled since that
time include those of Acting Vice-Consul at
Shanghai, Acting-Consul at Hangchow, Act-

GENERAL C. A, SHO, NANKING.

MR. E. HALL.

Mr. Ernest Hall, chief accountant of the
Southern section of the Tientsin-Pukow Rail-
way Line, received that appointment in
August, 1908, after having spent five years in
the employment of the Shanghai-Nanking
Railway CoiTipany as assistant accountant,
Mr. Hall is a son of Mr. Charles Shaw Hall,
and was born on February 22, 1883, at
Roinily, in Cheshire. He was educated at
the Technical Schools, Stockport, and before
coming to the East was for four years in the

E. HALL.

Tientsni-Pukow Railway, S<uitli.

MR. T. K. TSIAN6.

Mk. T. K. TsiANG, also known as Tsiang
Tsang Kway, compradore to the Shanghai-
Nanking Railway, is a son of the late Mr.
Tsiang Kwang, a former well-known mer-
chant of Shanghai. Having received his
education at St. John's College, he spent a
year in a solicitor's office, and then entered
upon the duties of his present appointinent.
Mr. Tsiang, who is twenty-seven years of age,
is married, and has one son and two daughters.
He is a member of the Chinese Young Men's
Christian Association.

#
A. DIESING & CO.'S HOTEL.

This hotel was opened in 1904 in anticipa-
tion of the need for a foreign hotel that
would follow upon the completion of the
Shanghai-Nanking Railway. It is situated on
the Maloo, five ininutes' ride from the
harbour and railway station, and close to the
city wall. It contains altogether eight bed-
rooms, public and private dining rooms, and
a billiard room, but, as the present accom-
modation is insufficient, the proprietor has
leased the house adjoining, and has under
consideration a scheme for the erection of a
new three-storey building. The proprietor,
Mr. A. Diesing, is a native of Prussia. He
caiTie to the Far East in 1891, and was
engaged for two years trading along the
coasts of China, Korea, and Japan. For the
next five years Mr. Diesing was employed
by a firm of exporters dealing in Japanese
curios, straw-braids, silk, and raw produce.
He then became assistant manager of the
Nagasaki Hotel, and in 1904, after spending
sotne time in Shanghai, he came to Nanking
and started business under the style of
Messrs. A. Diesing & Co.

CANTON.

By H. a. Cartwright.

AXTON, the cradle and still
the ctiief seat of British trade
in China, is a city of absorb-
II j; interest whether it be
regarded historically or com-
mercially, for its origin is
obscured in the mists of
antiquity and its exports and imports ex-
ceed in \'alue those of any other port in
the empire, with the exception of Shangliai.
According to Chinese chronologists, the
city was founded before the commencement
of the Christian era. However this may be,
the term Kwong Chow, by which the
surrounding district is still known, is met
with three centuries after Christ. Canton
first acquired its celebrity as a mart for
foreign trade in the eighth and ninth
centuries, and in the tenth century Arab
navigators were making regular voyages
between this port and the western ports
of Asia. The Portuguese were the first
Europeans to find their way thither, arriving
in 1516. They were followed about one
hundred years later by the Dutch, who, in
turn, were succeeded by the Britisti.

It was in July, 1655, that Captain Weddell,
commander of the London, having first
bombarded the Bogue forts that commanded
the entrance to the Canton River, was granted
by the Viceroy full participation in the Canton
trade. For some years after this the agents
of the East India Company conducted opera-
tions with the city from the Portuguese
colony of Macao. In 1684 they established
their famous factory at Canton, and laid the
foundations of a very profitable trade, which,
in spile of many irritating restrictions and
exactions, was continued for a century and
a half. The Company's charter expired in
1834, and with it their monopoly ceased.
Five years later, Great Britain, irritated
beyond endurance by a long succession of
annoyances and insults, was driven to
declare war against China, and Canton was
menaced with capture in 1841. Then
was concluded the Treaty of Chuenpi, under
which Hongkong was ceded to the British,
and Canton was opened freely to trade.
The dispute between the Chinese and
foreigners, however, did not cease until
i857i when Canton was taken by the British
and the French. The city was occupied

by tlie Allied Forces for about four years,
and since the withdrawal of the garrison
foreigners of all nationalities have been free
to come and go without let or hindrance.

Upon returning to Canton after the capture
of the city, the foreign merchants found
that the factory and other buildings which
they had occupied along the side of the
river were in ruins. Temporary recourse

in width, was thus formed. An irregular
oval in shape, it measures 2,850 feet in
length, and 950 feet in breadth at its widest
part. Towards the cost of making this settle-
ment — 325,000 Mexican dollars — the British
Government contributed four-fifths, and the
French Government one-fifth. The British
Concession consists of 45 acres, and the
French Concession of 11 acres.

r JM

aiif ■•(■•III

Hiiiiiiii I biiHiii r r

r ■ Miiiiii 1 Aiiiiiii

EAST HALL, CANTON CHRISTIAN COLLEGE.

was therefore had to the warehouses on the
opposite bank of the river. Eventually it
was decided to convert an extensive mud
flat known as the Shameen into a permanent
settlement for the British by filling it in
and enclosing it with a massive granite
embankment. An artificial island, separated
from the mainland by a canal of 100 feet

Such, briefly, is the record of Canton's
past relations with the outside world. The
old exclusiveness of the Chinese has gradu-
ally given way to a more enlightened policy,
and with the opening of other ports in the
empire to foreign trade the relative impor-
tance of Canton has diminished. The gross
value of the trade of the port coming under

I. Canal in Caxton.

J, Canal between Canton and Shameen.

CANTON.

2. A SiREET i\ Canton.

5. THE M.Rf. Society Hospital.

4. The Medical College.

r84 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

the cognis;ince of the foreign customs in
1906 was ^"15,905,539. Compared with the
previous year, the net trade showed an in-
crease of nearly TIs. 2,000,000, while in
sterling, owing to the high rates of exchange
(3 3^), it exceeded that lor 1903, which was
an abnormally good year. The exports,
which consist of silk, tea, matting, cassia,
bristles, lire-crackers, canes and preserves,
were valued at ;f7,38o,998, and of litis sum
no less than £6,4/4,820 was represented by
commodities shipped to Hongkong. The
ultimate destination of those commodities,
however, cannot be ascertained, as no through
bills of lading are given by the river steamers
beyond Hongkong, and at that port there is
no Customs house. One-half the total ex-
ports consisted of silk. The trade in China

one-fourth of the total value of the foreign
imports. It is interesting to observe that
during the last seven years the quantity of
opium imported has increased from 0,914
to 11,145 piculs. It is estimated that the
average annual import of foreign opium into
the province of Kwangtung is 12,000 chests,
and that an equal quantity of the native-
grown article is received — a fact whicli is
not without signiticance in view of tlie anti-
opium crusade. It is gratifying to find that
fully 90 per cent, of the piece-goods trade
consists of British manufactures, and that
nearly the whole of the cotton-yarn imported
comes from India. British cigarettes of
high grade also appear to be growing in
favour. But while a new trade in flour is
being opened by the recently started Hong-

alities. The total tonnage entered and cleared
during 1906 was 4,924,031 tons, of which no
less than 3,583,538 tons were British. Chinese
junks lie huddled so closely together and in
such numbers as to create the impression of
a floating township ; indeed, it is computed
that more than 50,000 men, women and
children know no home otiier tlian these
little craft. The total population of Canton
is placed at nearly 3,000,000 people by
the Customs authorities, and tliis estimate is
probably not far wrong, although a native
official report in 1895 placed the number at
about one-fifth of this figure. Including the
suburbs, Canton has a circuit of nearly 10
miles. The city proper has a circumference
of about six miles, and a breadth of about
two miles. It is enclosed by massive walls

SHAMEEN.

tea, which in days gone by was of such
magnitude, has of late years suffered severely
from Ceylon, Indian and other competition,
and has now shrunk to insignificance. The
export of this commodity, which in 1891
amounted to 11,750,000 lbs., declined in
1906 to 3,000,000 lbs. The consignments to
the United Kingdom during this period fell
from 9,000,000 lbs. to 850,000 lbs.

The total value of Canton's imports during
the twelve months under review was
;f8.524,54l, and was distributed almost
equally between other parts of China and
the rest of the world. To the foreign por-
tion the United Kingdom contributed no less
than ;f3,993,94i. The imports consist chiefly
of opium, cotton and woollen goods, metals,
oils, white sugar, and flour. Amongst these,
opium takes the first place, accounting for

kong mill, the sugar refineries in the colony
are suffering from the competition of white
sugar chemically prepared in Java. In con-
sidering these figures it must be borne in
mind that they relate only to the cargoes
carried in foreign ships, and that m addition,
large quantities of both tea and silk are
conveyed in junks to Hongkong for trans-
shipment.

It is undoubtedly to its splendid facilities
for navigation that Canton owes its prosperity.
The capital of the province of Kwangtung,
it stretches for four or five miles along the
eastern bank of the Pearl Kiver, which is
here somewhat broader than the Thames at
London Bridge and navigable for ocean-
going vessels of considerable draught. The
river at this point is densely crowded with
shipping of all descriptions and of all nation-

of some 20 feet in thickness and from 25
to 40 feet in height. In these walls there
are twelve gates, which are closed at night.
A partition wall running east and west
divides the city into two unequal parts — the
northern and larger division being called the
old, and the southern the new city. This
wall has four gates.

Although regarded as a model Chinese city,
Canton fails to impress the Western eye very
favourably. It consists of a labyrinth of
some 600 evil-smelling, dimly lighted, stone-
flagged streets, packed with a seething mass
of humanity, and so narrow that in the
widest of them four men would find it
difficult to walk abreast. In many parts,
indeed, it is only just possible for two Sedan
chairs to pass one another. This narrowness
and the motley array of shop-signs that

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, E'J'C. 785

hang in tiers overhead serve to exclude
those

"Blazing suns that dart a downward ray
And fiercely shed intolerable day,"

and at the same time to prevent the intrusion
of fresh air. The shops, separated from one
another by thick walls of solid brick, never
rise beyond two storeys, and many of them
obtain light during the day by means of
apertures in the roof.

Unglazed, they lie open to the street,
exposing a heterogeneous display of com-
modities and a blaze ot Oriental colour

goods, and a hundred and one things. The
method of lacquering is kept so close a
secret by those engaged in the trade that
the craftsmen of one town are unable to
employ the colours used by those of another.
Exceptional interest attaches to the feather work
by reason of its beauty and its scarceness.
There are, in fact, only two shops at which
it can be seen. Minute particles of brightly
hued birds' plumage are mounted on pins,
brooches, and other articles of jewellery
producing an effect like that of the brightest
enamel. So trying is this work to the eyes

WELL-KNOWN MEN IN CANTON.

7. R. E. Chambers, B.A.

6. Dr. Davenport. 2. Hkkhert Bext

(Chairman of Municipal Council).
3. Dk. WALTHER RoSSLER I. R. W. MAXSFIELD 4. J. D. DA COSTA DE MORAES

(German Consul). (His Britannic Majesty's Consul). (Portuguese Consul).

5. A. V. Hogg. 8. L. Marstox.

calculated to attract the attention of the most
casual passer-by. In not a !ew instances the
representatives of one particular trade or
craft are found clustered together, but
butchers' shops, stocked with a variety of
dubious delicacies, from which even the rat
is not excluded, appear to be scattered with
a generous hand throughout the length and
breadth of the city. F'or the benefit of the
tourist there are innumerable curio shops
containing jewellery, jade, China ware,
lacquer ware, feather work, brass work,
carved ivory, and stone, blackwood, silk

of the operators that after some years it
produces total blindness.

To the archaeologist Canton is a city of
irresistible charm, for it contains more than
one hundred pagodas, temples, halls, and
other religious edifices. Near the west
gate of the old city stand two pagodas — one,
rising to a height of 160 feet, was erected
by Arabian voyagers a thousand years ago ;
the other, an octagonal pagoda of nine
storeys. 170 feet high, was built thirteen
hundred years ago. There is also a large
five-storeyed pagoda in the extreme north of

the city that was first constructed in a.d. 1368,
as a " palladium " against the evil influences
which are supposed to flow from that
quarter. From the top storey extensive and
picturesque views may be obtained of the
surrounding country, including the White
Cloud Mountains. Detachments of soldiers
were quartered here during the occupation
of Canton by the British and French
troops. On the city wall, which runs close
by, are still to be seen the British guns,
now spiked and covered with rust, which
were mounted in position after the capture
of the city. A striking contrast to these old
outstanding features of the cily is furnished
by the Roman Catholic Cathedral of the
French Mission. This outward and visible
sign of a war which is being waged with
much earnestness throughout China at the
present day is built entirely of dressed granite
and has two lofty towers surmounted by
spires. The catholicity of spirit of the
Chinese in religious matters is evidenced in
the Temple of Five Hundred Genii, which
contains five hundred large gilded images of
saints of various nationalities and including
John the Baptist and Marco Polo. The
followers of Buddha have erected many
temples. Chief amongst these are the Honam
Teinple, on the opposite side of the river,
containing images of Buddha and his eighteen
apostles ; the Teinple of Longevity with a
colossal figure of Buddha in a recumbent
position ; and the Tartar City Temple, with
three etfigies of Buddha, each some twenty
feet in height. In the teinple of the Five
Genii are to be seen an image of the supreme
deity of the Taoist faith, five stones repre-
senting five supernatural rams, from which
Canton derived its soubriquet of the " City of
Rams," a rock in the shape of a gigantic foot
which is declared by the priests to be an
impress left by Buddha, and an enormous bell
which was struck by a cannon ball from one
of the British ships in the bombardinent of
1857. Tradition says that when the bell was
cast and placed in its present position some
two hundred years ago a prophecy was
uttered foretelling calamity to Canton whenever
it should give forth sound. The Temple of
Horrors is apparently designed to strike
terror into the heart of the evildoer, for it
contains representations in statuary of the
tortures supposed to be employed in the
various compartments of hell. For the peace
of mind of any one who is not content to wait
until his enemy meets with a due reward in
one or other of these compartments hereafter,
there are temples in which untold calamities
may be called down upon the head of the
living merely by writing his name on a
scrap of paper and suspending this in a speci-
fied position, much in the same way that
bodies were wasted away in mediaeval
England with the aid of waxen figures. For
the convenience of those who seek to gain the
blessing of the departed there is a City of the
Dead in which bodies may be deposited until
such time as the soothsayer shall discover a
"lucky" spot for their interment. In the case
of wealthy families it sometimes happens that
the site is not selected for years. In the
meantime prayers for the repose of the dead
are recited by the priests — in some cases for
forty consecutive days. The family pride of
the Chinese is shown in numerous ancestral
temples, one of the finest of which is that
belonging to the Chan family. As a specimen
of Chinese architecture the Chin Chew Club
is worthy of inspection. The old water clock,
which was damaged in the last British attack
on Canton, is an interesting relic of the past.
It consists of three cylindrical vessels ranged
one above another. The time is indicated on

786 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

a brass rod. which rises out of the lowest of
these as the vessel fills with water received
in a uniform trickle from those above it. The
old Examination Hall, in which the students'
quarters resembled so many sentry boxes, has
now been demolished, and in its stead a
large technical college is being erected to
accommodate seven hundred boys. The
many public halls t»elonging to guilds in
Canton prove that trade unions are not

merely the product of modern civilisation ;
indeed, it is doubtful whether the principle
of combination, specialis;ition, and boycott is
anywhere carried to greater perfection than
in China. The Execution Ground, which
most visitors to Canton include in their tour
of inspection, is merely a potter's yard in
which, when capital sentences are not being
carried out, the gmiiin of the neighbourhood
are wont to disport themselves. The bodies

of the victims are often left lying on the
ground exposed to the gaze of the morbidly
curious for some hours before they are
removed. For a small consideration, the
executioner, a sinister looking gentleman,
will produce his trade implements and a few
skulls which he keeps in stock for the
editication of the visitor.

After the heat and squalor of Canton
proper, it is a refreshing change to cross

Chiness Temple.

CANTON.

The Flower Pagoda.

The Temple of Five Hu.sdred Ge.mi.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 787

over one of the two bridges that give access
to the Shameen with its wide, trimly kept
walks, shaded with well -grown trees, its
modern European residences, its riverside
promenade, and its tastefully laid out pleasure
garden. All foreign business relations with
the city of Canton are conducted from this
settlement. The local Government of the
Brilish area, comprising four-fifths of the
island, is vested in the Shameen Municipal
Council. The members of this body are
elected annually by the ratepayers, but as
the total population of the Shameen, exclu-
sive of the Chinese, does not exceed from
180 to 200, there are comparatively few
residents entitled to exercise the franchise.
The Chinese, except those in the service of
the various " hongs," are not allowed to live
on the island, nor are they permitted to
become house or property owners there.
The members of the Municipal Council never
exceed five in number, and, at the present,
there are only four — Mr. H. Bent, of Messrs.
T. E. Griffith & Co., who is the president ;

in some $2,000, while some $4,000 are
derived from wharfage dues. The only
Chinese product of any consequence, which
figures in the last item, is raw silk, of which
between 40,000 and 45,o:)0 bales are shipped
direct from the Shameen, representing a
yearly trade, in round figures, of some thirty
million dollais. This is the largest industry
with which the Europeans have any con-
nection, as other products are exported direct
from the native city. A slight revenue is
also obtained from various licences, of
which those for native boats are the most
important. The total income, from all
sources, may be considered, roughly, as
$20,000 per annum ; in 1906, which is the
latest period for which exact figures can be
obtained, $2i,364'46 were collected, and
Si9,ooo'46 expended. The police force, the
upkeep of which constitutes the largest
item in the expenses, consists of a European
superintendent, three Chinese sergeants, and
22 Chinese constables, or '' lukongs " as they
are called. The police station and barracks

STATION ON THE CANTON TO FATSHAN RAILWAY.

have just been erected by the Council at a
cost of $10,000.

The means of communication with Canton
have increased rapidly of late years, and
are still being added to. Three lines of
steamers, conveying both passengers and
cargo, ply daily between Hongkong and
Canton, a distance of about 95 miles ; a
daily service is maintained between Macao
and Canton ; and there is regular connection
with Wuchow and West River ports, and
with Shanghai, Newchwang, and Kwangchu
Wan. A railway between Kowloon and
Canton is now under construction ; another
line to Hankow is partly opened for traffic,
and, when completed, will give access to
Peking ; while a third line runs from Canton
to Samshui, bringing the West River ports
within twenty-four hours' distance of the
city. Surveys have been made for a Chinese-
owned line from Canton to Whampoa and
thence to Amoy, but so far only one-fifth of
the capital of forty million dollars has been
subscribed. A concession for a line between
Macao and Canton was granted to a Siiio-
Porluguese syndicate in November, 1904.
An overland line of telegraph was laid
between Canton and Kowloon in 1883, and
another overland line was completed from
Canton to Lungchau-fu, on the Kwangsi
and Tonkin frontier, in the following year.
This proved of great service to the Chinese
Army during the F'ranco-Chinese War, and
since that time many branch lines have
been opened. Owing to the success of the
telegraph line constructed from Peking to
Shanghai in 1886, the Chinese Government
decided to extend the line south to Canton.
The work of extension, entrusted to Danish
engineers, occupied more than twelve months,
for the route chosen lay through the moun-
tainous provinces of Chekiang, P'okien,
and Kwangtung, and took in all the Treaty
ports.

The telephone was introduced into Canton
in 1905. At first it was managed by
Japanese engineers, and Japanese instru-
ments and materials were largely used.
During the last two years, however, the
Chinese have assumed control. At present
there are over one thousand subscribers each
paying a rate of $5 per month. Trunk lines
extend to all the principal parts of the city
and across the river to the Honam side,
where there is a branch exchange. The
outlook for the future is very promising,
for within a few years the Chinese authori-
ties expect to make extensions to all the
neighbouring business centres.

Mr. T. E. Griffith, also of Messrs. T. E.
Griffith & Co. ; Mr. A. V. Hogg, of Messrs.
Reiss & Co. ; and Dr. Davenport ; with
Mr. H. W. Hine as Secretary.

The Council carries out all the functions
attaching usually to local municipal govern-
ment. It has charge of the streets, roads,
lighting, sanitation, police force, and fire
brigade, and is empowered to levy rates for
their maintenance. Under its direction and
control the Shameen has obtained, and
deserves, the reputation of being one of
the best kept and most picturesque con-
cessions in China.

The whole of the land on the British
Concession has been leased from the Govern-
ment for 99 years, and all but five plots of
ground have been built upon. The Council's
principal revenue comes from a house tax
of 5 per cent, on an annual assessment,
which yields roughly about $ro,ooo per
annum. In addition, there is an annual tax
of $25 on each plot of land, and this brings

are on the Shameen, and here the whole of
the stafi^ is housed. The fire brigade is
composed of volunteers.

The health of the concession is good and
has greatly improved during the last three
years as a result of the completion, at a cost
of $22,000, of a system of open drainage.
There can be no doubt whatever that the
community has benefited enormously by the
adoption of this scheme, for last year there
was a total absence of communicable
diseases amongst the European residents. A
large open space on the river frontage is
used for recreation purposes, and here a
number of tennis courts are rented by the
Canton Tennis Club for a nominal sum from
His Britannic Majesty's Board of Works,
Shanghai. The remainder of this space is
occupied by a public garden and a football
ground, both under the control of the Council.
Rowing is a favourite form of exercise among
the residents, and new premises, for the
accommodation of boats and " hong " gigs.

THE BRITISH CONSULATE.

The British Government is represented in
Canton bv the British Consul-General. Mr. R.
W. Mansfield, C.M.G. Besides his local
functions he acts as the intermediary between
the Government of Hongkong and the Chi-
nese authorities, and, except for those muni-
cipal matters relating particularly to the
British Concession of Sliameen which, by a set
of land regulations, have been put under the
control of the Municipal Council, he is solely
responsible for upholding the interests of the
British community. Since the occupation
of Canton by the Allied Forces, in i860, the
British Govermtient has had a yamen in the
native city, forming a part of the then Tartar
general's j'amen, but, owing to the great
inconvenience of transacting business tfiere,
the Consul resides on the Shameen. The
Consulate is an imposing building, and has
a staff consisting of a Vice-Consul, two

r88 TWENTIETH CENTURY IIMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

European Assistants, and a number of Chi-
nese writers. No regular permanent {Jiwrd is
maintained, but there are always three small
British gunboats in the West River. Since
the riots in iSHjt, when the island was
attacked and a great deal of property
destroyed by the mob, a guard, furnished
by the Chinese Government, has been in
charge of the bridges leading from the
Shameen to the Chinese citv.

Mr. Robert William Mansfield, C.M.G., was
bom on September l6, 1850. and is the son
of the Rev. J. Mansfield, Rector of Bland-
ford St. Mar>"s, Dorsetshire, and Emily Le
Poer Trench. Educated at Cheltenham Col-
lege, he entered the Consular service in
China in 1870 and has acted as Consul at
Shanghai, Canton, Foochow. Swatow, Wuhu,
and Chinkiang. He was appointed Consul
at Chungking, in 1891, but did not take up
the duties of the office and, while acting for
a period as Consul at Foochow, he went to
Kutien, in 1895, to institute an inquiry into
the massacre of eleven missionaries. Later
he acted as Consul-General at Shanghai and
in 1899 was appointed Consul at Amoy.
The last two years he has silent at Canton.
He married, in 1878, Marie Therese, daughter
of Comte Cahouet de Marolles, and has
issue.

THE FRENCH CONSULATE.

The French community at Canton number
about forty. Their business consists largely,
almost entirely, of the exportation of raw
silk. and. in this connection, it is worthy of
note that practically all the silk from Canton,
whether held by British or French mer-
chants, is sent to France. There is a large
college in the city where the French and
Chinese languages are taught and where
educational work of considerable value is
carried on. The French hospital, built at a
cost of $200,000 and subsidised by the
Government of Indo- China, is the only
hospital in Canton which is not connected
with any missionary enterprise. Last year
over twenty thousand patients received
medical treatment and attention at this insti-
tution, which is fully equipped with the most
modern surgical appliances, and contains
a department for bacteriological work, an
X-rays department, and an excellent little
operating theatre. The splendid laboratory
was the gift of Max Lebaudy, the Indo-China
sugar millionaire. Attached to the hospital,
also, is a medical college. Upon the Shameen
there is a French post office, a French bank,
and other public offices. The whole of the
interests connected with these phases of
Colonial enterprise are represented by the
French Consul, who is, ex officio, chairman of
the Municipal Council governing the French
Concession. At the present time M. Verou-
dart is acting in this capacity, but his
appointment as Consul is not a permanent
one, and he is leaving Canton shortly.

THE GERMAN CONSULATE.

Dr. Walthkr R'ossler, the Consul for
Germany in Canton, has the supervision of
German interests in the provinces of
Yunnan, Kweichow, and portions of Kwangsi
and Kwangtung. There are fourteen large
German commercial houses with branches
in Canton, and the number of Germans resi-
dent on the Shameen and in the neighbouring
districts is about 103 ; there are also some
thirty Swiss registered at the Consulate, over

whom, of course, Dr. Rossler exercises full
jurisdiction. The offices of the Consulate
form a splendid pile of buildings on the
Shameen. They were completed in August,
1906, at a cost of $185,000.

THE PORTUGUESE CONSULATE.

The Portuguese Consulate was established in
Canton, in 1870, and has jurisdiction over
one of the largest foreign communities in
the Settlement, for the Portuguese residents
of Canton number about seventy-five, and, in
addition, there are about two hundred Chinese,
born in Maaio, claiming its protection. Mr.
J. D. da Costa de Moraes, the Consul-General
for Portugal in South China, is the doyen
of the Consular Corps at Canton. Born in
Lisbon, he has been in the Consular service
for a quarter of a century, having served
previously at Barcelona, Gibraltar, Paris, and
in Cadiz (Spain). He received his present
appointment some six years ago.

ABNHOLD, KAEBEBG b CO.

Amongst the merchants who have contributed
largely to the development of China's com-
merce a prominent position is taken by
Arnhold, Karberg & Co. This firm was
established in 1866 by Mr. Jacob Arnhold,
a German gentleman whose photograph we
reproduce on another page, and Mr. Peter
Karberg, a Danish merchant. It started on
a small scale in Honam, opposite to the
city of Canton, where all the foreign offices
used to be, and later on removed to Shameen,
when this Settlement was founded by the
British and French. By perseverance, acumen,
and integrity it rapidly increased its business
and extended its sphere. A branch was
soon opened in Hongkong, and on January i,
1881, an office was established in Shanghai.
New branches, with a European staff, have
since been opened in Tientsin, Hankow, Tsing-
tau,Wuhu, Kiukiang, Newchwang, Chungking,
and Mukden, whilst offices with only Chinese
in charge are kept in quite a number of
towns, including Peking, Tsinanfu, Kirin, &c.
Besides these, the firm has numerous Chinese
agencies ; indeed, its name can be found all
over the Empire. With the ever-growing
business in China it became necessary for
Arnhold, Karberg & Co. to replace their
principal home buying agents by offices of
their own. The first of these was opened
in London, and was followed later on by
two more in New York and Berlin, all of
which have developed very fast, so that a
large staff has to be employed in each of
them. Besides these branches, the firm still
employs a number of buying agents in
different parts of the world, and has a still
larger number of agents for the sale of China
products.

The firm occupies the most conspicuous
commercial building in Shameen. This has
only just been finished and takes the place
of the firm's old hong, which was erected
in 1872. The building is most imposing, and
is visible for some miles when Canton is
approached by the back reach. The front,
up to the first floor, is constructed of granite,
the outer walls of bricks laid in cement, and
everything else of re-inforced concrete. The
ground floor is occupied by a machinery ex-
hibition room, covering an area of about
2,500 square feet, and a godown of about
8,000 square feet. The first floor contains

the general offices, and the second and third
floors the living apartments of the managers
and the principal assistants. The roof is
utilised for kitchens and servants' quarters
and, further, for a roof garden, which in the
hot summer months will add greatly to the
comforts of life. An electric lift with all
the latest improvements — the only one in
existence in Canton — runs from the ground
floor to the roof. Electricity is used for
lighting throughout, but a small gas plant,
which has been installed in the premises for
heating and cooking, can also be used for
lighting in case of emergencies. The house
has cold and hot water service right through,
and is replete with the most modern Euro-
pean and American appliances in the way of
sanitary and electric fittings, dumb waiters,
septic tanks, water pumping, water filtration,
telephones, &c. A pleasing feature is the
high-class artistic wrought- iron work im-
ported from Germany, which is used for
the grilles and doorways on the ground floor
and for all the verandah balustrading. Tlie
available space has been utilised in the most
economical manner, and the building as a
whole can well be styled a model of its
kind. It was designed and constructed by
Messrs. Purnell & Paget, architects, of Canton,
who are responsible for quite a number of
fine buildings in Shameen and Canton, and
it was erected by Mr. Lam Woo, a Chinese
contractor, of Hongkong. Valuable assistance
and suggestions were given by Messrs.
Arnhold, Karberg & Co.'s own engineering
office. It is worthy of note that this is the
first important building in South China of
any considerable size in which re-inforced
concrete construction has been so universally
used. The Kahn system of re-inforcing is
the type used throughout for floors, beams,
girders, columns, partition walls, &c., and it
has given entire satisfaction.

The Teutonic thoroughness which has
characterised the firm from the beginning is
still one of its features, and it is, therefore,
not surprising to find that each of the more
important articles in which it deals is handled
by an expert. There are in the Canton
office three silk inspectors, a matting expert,
specialists for the various export and
import articles, mechanical and electrical
engineers, &c.

The firm deals in nearly every article,
imported or exported, that is handled in
Canton, and in many its name heads the
list as to quantity. The firm also transacts
shipping, fire and life insurance, and banking
business, &c.

Besides being merchants, Messrs. Arnhold,
Karberg & Co. are also engineers and con-
tractors, and with their qualified engineers
they are in a position to deal with any
scheme that comes to their notice. They are
well placed for this kind of business as they
have the strong financial backing which is
so often necessary to enable the Chinese to
carry out their engineering schemes. Though
a German firm, Arnhold, Karberg & Co.
ought to be called Cosmopolitan, British and
American manufacturers figuring just as often
as German on their list of agencies. This
list contains the best names in their respective
lines that either country can produce. The
firm supplies machinery, &c., to the Chinese
Government and the various railways, and has
on its books, also, numerous private customers.
In order to demonstrate to the Chinese the
advantages of the employment of machinery,
the firm as we have stated has recently opened
on the ground door of its new building a
well-appointed, lofty machinery showroom, and
no doubt much benefit will be derived from
this advertisement, which is somewhat novel

ARNHOLD, KARBERG & 00.
Old Offices pullkd down in 1906. new Office, Bus Bing.

790 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

to the Chinese in the south, and which will
prove interesting also to Euro(iean callers.

Mr. Jacob Amhold, one of the founders of
the lirni. died in i<)03. but Mr. Karberg is
still alive and resides in Copenhagen. He

it being necessary for the steamers sometimes
lo remain at Canton for upwards of a week,
they are now generally ready to continue
their journey a few hours after arrival. The
godowns and wharves are under one roof,

i:8l

k:!jj:« itnmti tn««.

BUTTERFIELD & SWIRE'S OFFICES, CANTON.

left the firm late in the seventies. The firm
is now composed of Mr. Phil. Amhold, a
brother of the original founder, who lives in
London ; Mr. Ernst Goetz, in Hongkong ;
Mr. Rud. I-emke and Mr. Harry Arnhold, in
Shanghai, the latter a son of the founder ;
Mr. Max Xiclassen, in Berlin ; and Mr. A. E.
Dowler, in New York.

BUTTESFIELD li SWIRE.

It is but natural to find Messrs. Butterfield
& Swire— undoubtedly one of the leading
houses in the P"ar Ea^t— holding a very
prominent place in Can'on, the great irade
cenlie of Southern China. They control
wiiat is probably the must important business
of any Britsh firm having an office on the
Shameen, and their steamers do a great deal
of the Ciirrying trade lo Canton, and keep
the British flag well in evidence there. The
branch was esiablished in 1897, and holds
the agency for the China Navigation Com-
pany, Ltd., ihe Ocean Sleamship Company,
Ltd., the China Mutual Sieam Navigation
Company, Ltd., the Taikoo Su^ar Refining
Company, Ltd., the Union Insurance Society
of Canton, and several imporiant fire insurance
companies. In order to accommodate their
numerous ocean-going steamers that call at
the port, the firm, during the last few years,
have acquired a splendid site, with a deep-
water frontage of some one thousand eight
hundred feet, at Pak Hin Hok, on the back
reach of the river, a little below the city.
Here they have constructed three steel
wharves, and six splendid godowns — three
of iron, and three of brick, with an immense
amount of storage capacity. With these
facilities the firm are able to deal very
expeditiously with cargo, and, instead of

are excellently venlilalcd, and, as nearly as
possible, fireproof. They are a great boon to
shippers, and the Chinese are not slow to

tension. The manager at Canton is Mr.
James Mclsaac, who has a considerable
European and Chinese staff under his control.
In addition to tlieir shipping and godown
business tlic firm do a large trade in sugar
manufactured at their refinery in Hongkong,
and also specialise in fire insurance, which
is transacted by them not only in Canton
itself, but also in the up-co:nitry towns
throughout the two Kwang Provinces.

THE BANQUE DE L'INDO-CHINE.

This important F'rench bank, which, for a
number of years, has had a branch at Hong-
kong, opened a new agency in Canton in
1902. It was the first bank established on
the Concession, and is still the only one
there owning the ground on wliich it stands.
It transacts ordinary hanking business, and
represents the linancial interests of the
French community and tlic French Govern-
ment generally. Mr. G. Garnier is the
manager, and Mr. H. Mazot the assistant
manager.

SHEWAN, TOMES & CO.

This firm, which took over the old-estab-
lished business of Russell & Co., has had a
branch at Canton for a considerable number
of years. Besides dealing extensively in silk
and other Chinese products, this branch
carries on local agencies and general shipping
business for the head ot'lice in Hongkong.
One of their most important agencies is that
of tlie China Light and Power Company,
which has a large power-station situated a
little below the city, from which current is
obtained for lighting all the Government
yamens and offices, a great many private

BUTTERFIELD & SWIRE'S GODOWNS, CANTON.

realise the advantages which the firm offer.
These premises, however, cover but a portion
of Ihe area held by the Company, and there
is, consequently, room for subsequent ex-

houses, and some of the
streets. In Canton tlie firm
field, and, with characteristic
made every arrangement to

most important

has a very wide

enterprise, has

cope with the

THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY.

[See page 792.]

792 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

gresU demands that are likely to be made
upon it in the future. Messrs Shewan, Tomes
& Co. also operate the ferry boats running
between Canton and the railway stations at
Wongsha and Shekwci-tong. The branch is

managed by Mr. \V. K. Robertson, who has
control of a large staff of Europeans and
Chinese.

[See page 79a)

BANQUE DE L'INDO-CHINE.

THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY.

Before doing business with Eastern peoples
it has often been necessary to educate them
to appreciate the uses of that which the
vendors sought to supply. The Chinese, for
example, did not receive tlie electric light
at all favourably at first, and the China Light
and Power Company had much difliculty to
contend with on that account when, in
1901, they acquired Ihu original Canton
Electric Supply undertaking. Another adverse
circumstance was tlie fact that the plant
was far from satisfactory. During the last
six years, however, the local prejudice has
been overcome, and a more modern plant
has been installed. As a result, the output of
electricity has grown rapidly, and now amounts
to 2,250,000 units per annum. The number
of 10 candle-power lights in use has increased
from 2,000 in 1903 to the equivalent of
20,000. The plant consists of four steam
alternator sets of 125 kilowatts each, and
one of 30 kilowatts — the engines by Belliss,
and the alternators by Johnson Phillips ;
a Diesel engine alternator set of 140 kilo-
watts, with engine by Sulzer, and alternator
by A. E. G. ; and two sets of similar power
with engines by Willans & Robinson, and
alternators by Dick, Kerr & Co. Steam
is generated in four Babcock & Wilcox
boilers of the water-tube type. The current
is distributed at high pressure, and reduced
to 100 volts at consumers' houses. A high
tension armoured submarine cable feeds the
island of Honam, facing the Canton side.
In 1903 the Company extended the scope
of their operations by establisliing a branch
at Kowloon. The plant, mostly American,

[See page 790.J

SHEWAN TOMES & CO.'S OFFICES.

BUILDINGS IN CANTON.

(I'L-KXELI. & Paget, Architects.)

[See page 794.]

Hart Terrace, Ijiperial Maritime Customs.
Stake Quarters, Imperial Maritime Customs.

Kesidexce ok T. E, Grikkith.

The Godow.ns of the Hamburg-Amerika I.i.sie.

794 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

is soon to be added to, and the annual output,
at present about 300,000 units, will be very
considerably auiimented. The Company
undertakes contract work, and amongst the
installations for which it has been responsible.

their staff of Europeans and Chinese art-
trained and experienced in their respective
lines. At the present time they are acting
on behalf of the European contractors who
are erecting the Canton Cement Works and

PREMISES OF MESSRS. CARLOWITZ & CO.

is that at the Hongkong Hotel. The general
managers of the Company are Messrs. Shewan
Tomes & Co. Mr. L. Marston, the manager,
has under him a large stiff, including live
men engaged in Europe through the firm's
London office.

PUSHELL b PAGET.

This well-known firm of architects and
engineers is composed of Mr. Arthur VV.
Pumell, of Geelong, Australia ; and Mr.
Charles S. Paget, of Bethlehem, Pennsyl-
vania. Both are young men of special
training in their particular work, and since
they have been in practice in Canton they
have had numerous important undertakings
entrusted to them of a varied character, all
of which have been successfully accomplished
to the satisfaction of their clients. Among
them are the godowiis, wharves, and land
reclamation for the Hamburg-Amerika Linie
in Canton ; indoor, outdoor, and export ex-
amination shed, for the Imperial Marilime
Customs ; Imperial Chinese Post Office ; new
hong, for Messrs. Arnhold, Karberg & Co.
(this building is the most notable of its kind
in South China, and one of the few reinforced
concrete structures in the East) ; the new
International Banking Corporation's building;
East H.ill ; Canton Christian College ; Hos-
pital buildings (" Ho>pital Paul Dormier ") ;
Messrs. Deacon & Co.'s new premises ; Can-
ton Club, theatre, and extensions ; and a
group of residences and schools for the
Southern Baptist Convention, London Mission,
and others. Messrs. Purnell & Paget have
also been retained in important arbitration
cases, and consulted on proposed work for
the Chinese Government, as well as for work
in Manila, Shanghai, and Hongkong. Their
practice is general, covering architectural and
engineering work of a varied character, and

brick plant for the Chinese Government. Mr.
Charles Souders Paget was born in 1874 at
Bridgeton, New Jersey, U.S.A. He comes of
an old Quaker stock, who were among the

Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. He was educated
as an arcliitcctuial and structural engineer
under the well-known consulting engineer,
Mansfield Merrimon, at Lehigh University.
He received liis early training as an engineer
with Grant Wilklns in the laying out and
construction of the Atlanta Exposition. In
the war with Spain he was attached to the
Corps of Engineers, United States Army,
under Colonel J. G. D. Knight, who is now
in charge of the defences ot New York
Harbour. In the Philippine campaign he
was detailed on special reconnaissance work in
Southern Luzon, and was placed in charge of
the topographical survey of Corrigidor Island,
preliminary to the fortification of that island
for the defence of the city of Manila. Subse-
quently he was engaged in mining claim
survey in Central Luzon. He came to China
in 1902 with the late Captain W. R. Kich,
and engaged in the preliminary survey of
the Samshui branch and the main line
(Hankow South) of the Yuet Han Railway.
Ill 1904 he commenced private practice in
Canton. Mr. Arthur William Purnell was
born in 1879 at Geelong, Victoria, Australia,
After attending MacManus' Preparatory School
he continued his studies at F"linders School,
Geelong College, Gordon College (honour
class), and Geelong School of Arts. He passed
the Government examinations in architecture,
perspective drawing, and building construction
in 1896, and holds the Government diplomas
for these subjects. ."Vfter studying under
C. A. Heyward (Government architect) he
passed the Geelong and Melbourne exami-
nations with honours, and obtained certificates
for theory and practice in advanced trade
classes from the Victorian Educaiion Depart-
ment. A son of the senior paitner in the
old-established firm of Messrs. Purnell & Sons,
architects, &c., of Geelong, he w;is trained
by this firm, and some very important
huildings and works were carried out to his

QUAN KAI'S OFFICES.

oldest settlers of Cumberland County. His
father was a Philadelphia manufacturer of
cotton and linen goods. From the age of
eight Mr. Paget lived and received his early
education in the famous iron and steel centre —

plans and instructions, and under his super-
vision. He was successful at the Paris
Exposition, and at Collingwood and Ballarat
Arts and Crafts Exhibition. Subsequently he
went on a tour of inspection for the firm to

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 795

Africa, Europe, America, Honolulu, and New
Zealand. He came to Hongkong in 1902,
and joined the staff of the late Mr. W. Danby,
architect and engineer. In the following
year he proceeded to Canton to take charge
of Mr. W. Danby's Shamecn oflice, and in
1904 commenced practice on his own account.

DEAOON & CO.

Onk of the historic hongs at Canton is that
of Messrs. Deacon & Co., which for over
half a century has taken an important part in
the trade of the city. The business was
founded by Mr. James B. Deacon in the
great tea days, and for many years, with

perty, on the British Concession, Shameen,
and Mr. E. A. Stanton, one of the partners,
personally conducts the business with a staff
of European and Chinese assistants.

SIEUSSEN & CO.

This firm, which, as will be seen from a
sketcli appe.aring in the Hongkong section,
was established at Canton some fifty-two
vears ago, is one of the most important of
the large houses carrying on business on
the Shameen. The headquarters of the
Company were removed to the British Colony
some time ago, but, nevertheless, the branch
at Canton still carries on an extensive trade

British Concession, Shameen, under the
charge of Mr. W. H. Hill. They have already
carried out several local contracts, including
a boat-house for the Canton Municipal
Council, built on reinforced steel piers. They
have received the contract also for the whole
of the steelwork in connection with the
large new premises that are being erected
for the Imperial Customs, and a very large
contract, from the Chinese Government, for
the South China Cement Works now being
built outside the city. The building will
cover an area of some 400 square feet, and
some parts will be four storeys high. The
firm are constructing the principal foundations
for the chimney stack, the silo, and the kilns.
In the case of the kilns the foundations are
145 feet long, and 28 feet wide, and will

headquarters in Canton and a branch at
Macao, traded very largely and almost ex-
clusively in that product. At the present
time, the tea business having dwindled into
coinparative insignificance, the tirm acts as
merchants, commission, shipping, and insur-
ance agents, representing, among others, the
Peninsular and Oriental Company, the Union
Assurance Society, Ltd., the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation, and the
Hongkong, Canton, and Macao Steamboat
Cotnpany, Ltd., who operate a regular service
of fast river boats carrying His Majesty's
mails to and from Hongkong. Messrs.
Deacon & Co. deal largely, also, in waste
and raw silk, matting, and other Chinese
products for export, and in paper, glass.
ribbons, &c., which they import. The firm
occupy a fine new building, their own pro-

SIEMSSEN & CO.'S OFFICES.

with the native city and the countries of
Europe. Raw silk and almost every kind
of Chinese produce are exported, while goods
are imported froiti Europe, America, and
Australia. The firm also acts as agents, in
Canton, for the Hamburg-Amerika line of
steamers (which have large and splendidly
constructed new godowns on the back reach
of the river below Canton), and represents a
number of insurance and shipping companies.
Mr. K. Leissing is the manager of the branch.

HOWAETH ERSKINE.

This well-known firm of engineers and
contractors, of Singapore, have, within the
last two years, opened a branch office on the

have to support a dead weight load of
10,000 tons. The silo foundations are 105 feet
by 45 feet with a depth of 6 feet of concrete.
The total weight of the building will be
900 tons, and the firm have undertaken to
complete the construction within six months.
The firm undertake all kinds of engineering
work, and, being well and favourably known
to the Chinese community, are .securing a
full share of local contracts.

BEITISH-AMEEICAN TOBACCO COMPANY.

This well-known firm have for many years
been at the head of the tobacco trade in
Canton and South China. Their different
brands of cigarettes are sold in immense

796 TWENTIETH CENTUEY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

quantities all over the provinces of South
China, and the walls of Canton City and the
delta towns are literally covered with the
brightly coloured advertisement posters used
by the Company. Both the cheap and high-
grade brands of cigarettes are in great
favour with the Chinese, and their well-
known "Three Castles" are to be obtained
in every part of the Empire. The Company
are also agents for, and do a large business
in the high-class cigarettes " Bouton Rouge "
and " Felucca," manufactured by Maspero
Freres, Limited. Cairo, Egypt. The head
otHce for the South China territory is at
No, 18, Bank Buildings, Hongkong, and there
are branch offices in Canton and all the
important coast ports,

OHIHA BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOOIETT.

This organisation at Canton publishes for all
.■Vmeric^an Baptist Missionaries in the Chinese
Empire, and it also prints for the general
missionary body in the two Kwang Pro-
vinces, it was organised in February, 1899,
and during eight years its presses have
issued over 3.000,000 volumes. Over 750,000
volumes were sent out during 1907. The
Society now has 120 different titles on its
catalogue, and a number of new books are
being put through the press. A Chinese
monthly magazine of si.xty pages is issued,
which circulates throughout the Empire, and
also in other countries whither the Chinese
have gone. The Society prints " New East,"
a quarterly magazine in English, which is
the organ of Baptist missionaries in China.
Steps are being taken to erect a new and
more commodious publishing house on a
large site which the Society has recently
purchased. The Society has large plans for
the future, which should make it one of the
leading mission presses of the world. As it
is backed by the entire Baptist denomination
of the United States, one of the wealthiest
and most numerous in the world, it should
not lack for funds. The Rev. R. E. Chambers,
B.A., the secretarj' and treasurer, has charge

also of the American library at Canton,
which was established and is maintained by
money received as an indemnity, from the
Chinese Government, for damage done to
American property durhig the riots some
tifty years ago. Mr. R. T. Cowles is in
charge of the printing works.

CHUN LAI TO.

CHINA MEECHANTS STEAM NAVIGATION
COMPANY.

Mr. Chun Lai To, who has represented the
China Merchants Steam Navigation Company
at Canton for some years past, is a native of
Canton, and received an excellent English
education at Hongkong. His father, Chun
yue Ting, was formerly a merchant of
Chefoo. The China Merchants Steam Navi-
gation Company is the only purely Chinese
company having ocean-going steamers calling
at the port. Their oftices are in Shak Kei
Street, in the native city, immediately facing
the British Concession, and the steamers

have berths on the opposite side of tlie
Shameen, only a few yards away from the
shore. In addition to its splendid fleet of
steamers, mentioned elsewhere, which main-
tains regular sailings to Sliaiighai, the firm
operates tlie Kiang Ttitig between Canton
and Macao. This is a night boat well fitted
to accommodate both European and Chinese
passengers.

MR. MIU NAI YOBK.

Mk. Miu Nai York, the compradore to the
Standard Oil Company of New York at their
Shameen oflice, is a native of Canton who,
having spent some eleven years in America,
returned to China and went into busmess at
Shanghai. Two and a half years ago he
joined the Standard Oil Company, and now
controls the wliole of tlieir important and
extensive Chinese business in Canton.

MIU NAI YORK.

o
o

■<

MACAO.

By Pedro NOLASCO da SILVA, Cavalleiro da Ordem de Nosso Senhor Jesus Christo.

LTHOUGH Macao is not one
of the Treaty ports, its inclu-
sion in this work is justified
by the fact that it is a Euro-
pean Colony in which the
principle of free trade pre-
vails. For many years the
only European Settlement in China, it served
as an asylum for the British on more than
one occasion when they were forced to

Macao was not the tiist settlement made in
China by that adventurous race. In 151 1
the Portuguese took Malacca, at that time a
commercial emporium of the first importance,
and five years later Kafael Perestrello set
sail from this port for China. His was the
first vessel to appear in Chinese waters
flyinj; a foreign flag. 'I"he voyage proved
profitable beyond his expectations, and, as a
result, four Portuguese ships and four Malay

ST. PAULS' RUINS-MACAO.

flee from Canton in the stormy days of the
past, and it is freely resorted to now by
residents of Hongkong in search of health
and pleasure.

Macao is situated on a small rocky pen-
insula in the estuary of the Canton River
opposite Hongkong, from which it is 40
miles distant. Connected with it by a sandy
isthmus is the island of Heungshan. Though
founded by the Portuguese as early as 1557,

vessels were fitted out in the following year
under the command of P'ernao Peres dc
Andrade. and, entering the Gulf of China,
anchored off Sancian or Shang-chuan. In
this island, which came to be known as St.
John's Island, a flourishing trade was carried
on with the Chinese. It was here that the
great missionary, St. Francis Xavier, breathed
his last in 1552.

The spirit of adventure which animated

the Portuguese in those days brought many
of them to China, and they founded a factory
in Liampo, near Ningpo-fu, in the province
of Chekiang. This settlement did a flourish-
ing trade with Japan and grew extremely
rich, but it was completely destroyed by the
Chinese in 1545. Another settlement estab-
lished by the Portuguese at Cliuen-chao-fu,
or Chin-chew, in Fokien, shared a similar
fate in 1549.

In 1537 the Portuguese had in the South
of China, near Canton, three trading settle-
ments — one in Shang-chuan (St. John's
Island), another at I,ani-pa-cao (an island
near Macao), and a third in Macao. The
first two settlements were abandoned, and
the foreign trade of China was concentrated
in Macao in 1557.

It has not been fully ascertained how the
Portuguese traders came to fix their abode
in Macao. Chinese chronologists say that
they were granted permission to land and
raise a few huts there for temporary shelter
and for drying goods which had been
damaged on board their ships. These huts
gave place to more substantial buildings, and
from this modest beginning grew the Colony
of Macao. Other historians say that at th.it
time the Chinese waters were infested by
pirates, who had their headquarters in a
rocky corner of the island of Heungshan.
The Portuguese rid Heungshan and the
surrounding waterways of these freebooters,
and were allowed to settle on the island.
At the site chosen by them there was an idol
known as Ama, and the place was named
Ama-gau, or harbour of Ama. The Portu-
guese wrote Aniacao, which name was
aftei wards shortened to Macao. On the spot
where that idol was worshipped now stands
the Pagoda of Barra. But whatever may
have been the origin of the Settlement it is
a fact that the Portuguese; occupied Macao
from 1557, governed themselves and adminis-
tered justice according to Portuguese laws,
collected taxes, built fortresses, churches, and
hospit.ils, enjoyed complete personal liberty,
prospered in commerce, and laid the founda-
tions of that foreign trade which is now so
important a factor in the welfare of China.

Another View of Macao.
3t. Se Cathedral.

MACAO.

Sax Domi.ngos Church.
Sax Francisco Gardens.

800 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Macao enjoyed the monopoly of trade be-
tween the Chinese and foreigners for seventy
or eighty years. When Hongkong was ceded
to England, and was declared a free port,
the Portuguese Government, by a decree
dated 1K45. declared Macao also a free port.
Ferreira do .\niaral. Governor of Mac-ao
and father of the present Prime Minister

Nicolao Vicente de Mesquita, with a field
gun and thirty-six men. however, silenced
the fort, dispersed the Chinese soldiery, and
delivered Macao from invasion. These events
were followed by the withdrawal of the
Chinese Mandarin who up to that time had
resided in Macao, and thus the last sem-
blance of Chinese authority disappeared from

HIS LORDSHIP THE BISHOP OP MACAO.

of Portugal, was treacherously murdered by
Chinese on August 22, 1849. On the follow-
ing day crowds of Chinese soldiers made
their appearance on the mountains beyond
the barrier and also in the Chinese fort of
Passaleao, or Pai-san-liang, threatening to
invade the town. A company of Portuguese
soldiers was sent to dislodge them, and the
fort iminediately opened fire. Lieutenant

the Colony. The sovereignty of Portugal
over Macao was formally recognised by a
Protocol dated Lisbon, March 26, 1887, and
confirmed afterwards by a Treaty signed at
Peking on December i, 1887. The limits of
Portuguese jurisdiction, however, were not
fixed in this Treaty, the delimitation being
left for a future convention. The arch with
the guard-house for Portuguese soldiers

which spans the isthmus connecting Macao
with the Heungshan district, is generally
regarded as marking the boundary of the
Portuguese territory. This arch took the
place of a wall, known by the name of
the Barrier of Porta da Cerco, which was
built by the Chinese in 1573 and razed to
the ground in 1849.

The town of Macao is built on hilly ground.
There are two principal ranges of hills, one
running from .south to north and the other
from east to west. The level ground is
covered with many houses of European
architecture, and a great number of Chinese
shops for tradesmen and mechanics, called
the B;iz;iar. On the lofty mount to the
eastward is a fort, enclosing the hermitage
of Nossa Senhora da Quia, and above it
stands the oldest lighthouse on the coast of
China. This lighthouse was built in 1864,
and its light can be seen from a distance
of 20 miles. On another mount, to the
westward, stands the hermitage of Nossa
Senhora da Penha. Entering a wide, semi-
circular bay, facing the east, one sees on the
right the fort of St, Francisco, and on the
left the old fort of Bomparto, now trans-
formed into a residence. Around this bay
runs a broad, airy, and spacious street called
Praya Grande, flanked by many pretty
houses, among which is the residence of the
Governor. To the east of the town there
is a suburban quarter, formerly named
" Campo " or field, where lately some
regular roads have been opened and many
new houses built. A spacious recreation
ground and an avenue planted with eight
rows of trees, named Avenida Vasco da
Gama, make this the most pleasant and
picturesque part of the town. In this avenue
are two monuments. One commemorates
the defeat of the Dutch, who landed eight
hundred men on the Cacilhas beach on June
24, 1622 ; the other was erected on the fourth
centenary of the discovery of the maritime
route to India by Vasco da Gama.

To the north, in the parish of St. Antonio,
are the Camoens Gardens and the grotto,
where, tradition says, the great epic poet
Camoens passed many hours of meditation
and wrote a great part of his poem. A
short distance away can be seen the beautiful
granite facade of the Jesuit Church of St.
Paul, built in 1574, and destroyed by fire on
January 26, 1835. In the middle of ten
pillars of the Ionic order are three doors
leading to the Temple ; above them are
ranged ten pillars of the Corinthian order,
which form five niches. In the middle one,
above the principal door, is a female figure
trampling on the globe, and underneath is
the inscription : " Mater Dei." On each side
of the Queen of Heaven are four statues of
Jesuit Saints. In the superior division are
representations of St. Paul, and a dove the
emblem of the Holy Ghost. This edifice was
erected in 1602.

According to the last census (1896] the
number of houses inhabited in Macao was
7,190. Since then a good many others have
been erected. The public and private
buildings are gaily painted. The principal
streets are lighted with electricity, the others
with petroleum.

Owing to its being open to south-west
breezes, Macao has lately become a retreat for
invalids and business men from Hongkong
and other adjacent ports. It contains three
comfortable hotels — the Boa Vista, the
Macao, and the Oriental. Two steamers
run daily between Macao and Hongkong, and
two between Macao and Canton. They enter
the inner harbour, and moor alongside
spacious wharves to land passengers and

MACAO.

Government House.
Tribunal da Justice.

yuKEX's Cdllkge (Hongkong).
POKIA DA Cerco.

802 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

cargo. Macao is also ct>nnected with Hong-
kong by telegraph.

There are two clubs in Macao — -the Club
de Macao for civilians, and the Gremto Milit»r
for the military — both of which have a goodly
membership. Attached to the tirst-named is
a theatre.

The islands of Taipa and Colowane arc
dependencies of Macao, and are both garrisoned
by Portuguese soldiers. On the island of
Taipa there is a fortress, where resides the
military commander of the two islands. The
inhabitants are all fishermen. The garrison
is i-omposed of an infantry company of too
men, and of a battery of artillery of eighty
men. All the officers and soldiers are Euro-
peans. The Colony also has a force of military
police, composed of two companies of i6o
men each. One company is of European
soldiers, and the other of Sepoys and Chinese.
There are, besides, thirty mounted police, and
a force of 105 water police under the control
of the Harbour Master.

Department, and a Harbour Master's Depart-
ment. There are two hospitals— one n)ilitary
and the other civil — both of whicli arc under
the direction of the Health Department.

The most important public work in progress
at the present time is the reclamation of the
foreshore on the west. When this project is
completed there will be a spacious road
round the west side of the town, from the
Praya Grande to the imier harbour. A
scheme for improving the harbour, also, is
under consideration, but so far only a small
section of the marginal road of the inner
harbour has been extended. Great attention
has lately been paid to the question of
sew'erage. New sewers have been con-
structed, and the old ones repaired and
enlarged.

The first municipal body of Macao was
elected by the merchants in 1583, and was
known as the Senate of Macao. It ruled
Macao in the beginning, and recognised no
controlling power or supremacy. When thei e

THE MUNICIPAL HALL (LEAL SEN ADO).

GOVKRNMF.NT.

Macao Is administered by a Governor
appointed by Portugal, generally for a term
of three years, from amongst military and
naval officers. As in all Portuguese posses-
sions, there is no legislative power, the laws
for the Colony being made in Portugal.
Even the budgets proposed by the Colony
are discussed and must be sanctioned by
the Home Parliament, centralisation being
apparently the keynote of Portuguese adminis-
tration. The Governor, who is also
commander-in-chief of the troops of the
garrison. Is assisted by a consultative council,
formed of the heads of departments.

The finances of the colony are controlled
by an Inspector of Exchequer and his staff.
The judicial department is composed of a
chief justice, an attorney-general, two clerks,
and three bailiffs. There is a Court of
Appeal in India for all the Eastern colonies
of the Portuguese. There are also In Macao
a Public Works Department, a Chinese Trans-
lation Department, a Post-office, a Health

was any important affair to be decided, a
council was convened of all the important
men of the place. The Governor, who bore
the title of ■' Capitao da terra " (land captain)
was only chief of the military. He was entitled
to a vote In the Senate. This system, with
some important alterations, lasted for more
than 200 years. Now the Loyal Senate (Leal
Senado) of Macao has only municipal attri-
butes. Its revenue amounts to about $[ 10,000
a year. The budget and accounts of the
Municipality are submitted for the .ipproval
of the Conselho de Provincia, composed of
the Governor, Colonial Secretary, Attorney-
General, and two citizens. The election of
the municipal body takes place every two
years.

Revenue. .

The following figures are extracted from
the budget of Macao for the financial year
of 1907-8 : — Total revenue : 754,914,000
reis, or 1,397,988 Mexican dollars at the
exchange rate of 540 reis per dollar ; total
expenditure, 523,777,192 reis, or $969,957 ;

surplus: 231,136,808 reis, or $428,031. From
the sin-plus, $60,000 are taken yearly to make
good the deficit of Timor. The remaining
surplus is disposed of as the Minister of
Marine and Colonies may direct.

The Fantan gambling monopoly in Macao,
Taipa. and Colowane yields yearly the sum
of 246,456,000 reis, equivalent to $456,400,
and represents -{^ per cent, of the whole
revenue. The lotteries Pac-a-pio, San-pio,
and Chini-pu-pio yield annually the sum of
1 11) ,880,000 reis, or $J22,ooo repre>enting
16 per cent, of the whole revenue. Opium
yields annually the sum of 180,360,000 reis,
equivalent to $334,000, and represents 23 per
cent, of the wliole revenue. The balance
of revenue is derived cliieHy from taxes on
dwelling-houses, shops, and Industrial estab-
lishments, from stiunp duties (50 per cent, of
the revenue from Santa Caza lottery is
received by the Government as stamp duty),
and from taxes on transmission of property,
on swine slaughtered for consumption in
Macao, and on Imported fish.

Shipping, Exports and Imports.

During 1906, 1,782 merchant ships with a
tonnage of 819,340, and 4,283 Chinese junks,
with a cargo capacity of 4,282.910 piculs
entered the port. The number of merchant
ships that cleared was 1,780, with a tonnage
of 816,265 > while the number of junks was
4,317, with a cargo capacity of 3,965,604
piculs.

There were 443.144 passengers conveyed to
the port and 534,828 taken away from it.

The total value of goods Imported and
exported by steamers and junks in 1906
amounted in round figures to $26,846,825'8o.
The chief imports were woods, bricks,
medicines, rice, oil, coal, petroleum, tobacco,
dried and other fruits, tea, fowls, firewood,
fish, swine, silk, eggs, paper, cloth, Chinese
wine, sugar, yarn, earthenware, cotton, flour,
opium, salt, and mats for sails and bags.

The principal exports were Portland
cement, fire-crackers, mat-bags, sugar, wood,
rice, Chinese oil, cloth, yarn, molasses, fish,
opium, Chinese tobacco, tea, aniseed oil, eggs,
silk, piece goods, cotton goods, betel nut,
flour, matches, &c.

The quantity of opium boiled for local
consumption was 26,363 balls, value $843,616 ;
while the opium boiled for exportation
amounted to 73,620 balls, worth $2,355,840.
To Chinese ports, 55,145 balls of opium were
exported of the value of $1,765,040.

The most important industrial establishment
is the Green Island Cement Works. Other
local industries include cigarette making, the
preparation of Chinese tobacco, opium-boiling,
joss-stick making, fruit-preserving, the making
of fire-crackers, tea-making, silk filature, dyeing,
silver and gold work, Chinese shoe-making,
docking and junk-building, rope and sail-
making, and fish salting.

Population.

The last census, which was taken in 1896,
showed that Macao had the following
population : Portuguese of both sexes, 3,806 ;
Chinese, 61,766 and foreigners 161 ; total,
65,733. The dependencies Taipa and Colo-
wane contained 92 Portuguese and 12,802
Chinese ; total, 12,894.

On the same occasion a census was taken
also of the Portuguese who had emigrated
froin Macao to the Far Eastern ports, and
showed that there were in Hongkong 1,309,
Canton 68, Foochow 13, Shanghai 738,
Singapore 71, Sourabaya 3, Yokohama 88,
Nagasaki 10, and Bangkok 71 ; giving a total
of 2,371.

..:i».i:?a»i.iia,5.i«HSM*itf>i-» * .^'1 i■w;■<ia^rt^*».4;J•^^^

I. Phaya Grande.

3. AVEXIDA VASCO da GAMA.

5. Glia Lighthouse.

MACAO.

2. AxoTHEK View.
4. CEN'TRAI. Avexida.
6. Camokxs' Grotto.

804 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Since 1896 the Portuguese population in
Macao has decreased, whilst the Chinese
population has increased. The Portuguese
in the Far Eastern ports must have increased,
but without a regular census no reliable data
are available.

Education.

The most important educational establish-
ment in Macao is the Dioces;in Seminary of
St. Joseph, which d;>tes back to the middle
of the eighteenth century. The teachers are
of the eminent religious order of Jesuits.
The curriculum of this institution embraces
primary instruction, secondary instruction, and
a theological course. The chief aim of the

boys has 167 students. That for girls has
49 students. These schools are supported by
the municipality. There is a college for
female education, embracing primary and
sccond;iry instruction, under the direction of
the Franciscan Sisters of Charity, all European.
It is known as the Collegio de Santa Roza
de Lima, and it is established in tlie old
monastery of Santa Clara. Amongst the
sisters, there are two English ladies and
one French, who teach their native languages.
This college had, in 1906, 92 pupils. The
institution is supported by its own funds,
given as a donation by the Portuguese
Government out of the funds of the old
monastery of Santa Clara, and of a former

He is assisted by a chapter of twelve canons
and two chaplains. There are three parish
churches, each with one vicar — the Cathedral,
the Church of San Louren(;o, and the Church
of Sto. Antonio. The Church of St. Lazaro
is considered the parish cliurch of the Chinese
Catholics, whose number is growing every
day. There are four other churches —
St. Joseph's, attached to the seminary, the
San Domingos and St. Agostinho's Churches
attached to old convents of the Dominican
and Agostinian Friars, now demolished ; and
St. Clara, transformed as already mentioned
into a college for girls.

The protestant missionaries have some
preaching houses for churches. There is

SANTA CASA DA MISERICOBDIA.

seminary is to train clergy and missionaries
for work in the diocese, but its schoolrooms
are open to all classes of students. According
to the statistics published in the oflicial
returns of April 10, 1907, the seminary was
attended in 1906 by 352 students, of whom
187 were boarders, and 183 day scholars.
This institution is supported chiefly from
the funds of the missions under the patronage
of the King of Portugal, and partly by the
Government.

The other important school for secondary
instruction is the national Lyceum of Macao.
It has only 20 students, but is supported by
the Government and the municipality. The
Central School of primary instruction for

college for women. There is an English
school conducted by a graduate of Dublin
University. It has 40 students, and is
supported by a private association. There
is also a school to teach Portuguese to
Chinese boys, with 31 students, supported by
the municipality.

Religion.

The Bishop of Macao exercises ecclesiastical
jurisdiction not only over the peninsula of
Macao and its dependencies, but also over
the islands of Heungshan, and Hainan in
China, over the Portuguese possession of
Timor in Oceania, and over the Portuguese
Catholic Mission of Singapore and Malacca.

a protestant cliapel for Europeans, next door
to Camoens Gardens, but no regular service
is held in it. There are three large Buddhistic
temples, besides many shrines.

The " Holy House of Mercy " (Santa Casa
da Misericordia) is the most important
institution of charity in Macao. It was
Donna Leonora, consort of King John II
of Portugal, who founded in Lisbon, in 1498,
a brotherhood of mercy, known by the
appellation of Confraria de Nossa Senhora
da Misericordia. That brotherhood was
extended to all the Portuguese colonial
possessions. In Macao, the Holy House of
Mercy was founded in 1569, by Don Belchior
Carneiro, Bishop of Macao, who assumed

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 805

its first providorsliip. From thence to the
present tune this institution has continued
its meritorious work without interruption.
According to the last account pubhshed, on
May 27, 1907, the capital of the brotherhood,
invested in properties, in loans, and in
shares of different companies of Hongkong,
amounted to $612,038. The works of charity
supported by this institution include a civil
hospital for men and women, an asylum
for invalids of both sexes, a house for lunatics,
an asylumn for orphan boys, the education
of thirty orphan girls in the Italian Sisters
of Charity's House of Beneficence, the
provision of meals to poor people at a very
low price, the supply of breakfast, titfin,
and shoes to poor students, medicines to poor
patients, and meals lo the destitute ; the
burial of the dead, &c. The institution is
administered by a board of five members, three
oi whom are nominated by the Government
from among the Brotherhood, the other two
being elected at a general meeting. The
chief source of revenue is a lottery, which
is conducted under the direct supervision of
the authorities.

THE LAPPA CUSTOMS.

A Skiicli of tlicir Oiij^in and Development.
By A. H. WILZER, Commissioner of Customs.

The trade of the Portuguese Colony at Macao
is to a large extent reflected in the statistics
of the Lappa Customs. The following lines
are, therefore, mainly extracts from various
Customs Reports, among which, those written
by Mr. Alfred E. Hippisley, Commissioner of
Customs at Lappa from 1889 to 1894, have
been extensively quoted.

The Commissioner of Lappa and district
has under his control a number of stations
for revenue and preventive purposes. Of
these stations, which encircle Macao, the two
principal ones are Malowchow Island, to the
west of the entrance of Macao Harbour, and
Ch'ienshan, termed Casa Branca by the
Portuguese, at the head of the same harbour.
These two principal stations in the Heung-
shan district, that of Macao, together with
the four in the Sanon district, and that of
Hongkong, constituted the six maritime
stations which a quarter of a century ago
formed the subject of such frequent com-
plaint on the part of the Hongkong and
Macao Governments on the ground that the
procedure followed at them was of so
harassing a character as to threaten the
life of the junk trade of those ports.

Tlie causes which led to the establishment
of these stations were the enormous quantities
of opium that were smuggled from Hong-
kong and Macao into China. Fleets of junks,
engaged in this illicit trade were accustomed
to rendezvous in both places, from which, if
circumstances favoured them, they would slip
away quietly with their cargo ; but, if they
could not do tliat, being well manned and
heavily armed, they were not only able, but
ready, to match themselves against any
prevenlative force that could be sent to
intercept them. It was estimated that duty
was paid only on about one-tenth of the
opium recieved from Hongkong by the towns
along the North and West Rivers ; and it was
known that over 10,000 chests were carried
atmually to Macao, almost all of which was
subsequently smuggled thence into the various
ports on the west coast. As the efforts to
suppress this contraband trade had proved
unsuccessful, it was decided to put it on a
legalised basis by establishing collectorates
in Chinese waters at the gates of Hong-

kong and Macao, at which gunboats would
be stationed to enforce payment of Likin on
the opium passing.

The agreement between Great Britain and
China signed at Chefoo on September 13,
1876, contained among its clauses the follow-
ing :— "Section III.: Trade. — 7. The Governor
of Hongkong having long complained of the
interference of the Canton Customs revenue
cruisers with the junk trade of that Colony,
the Chinese Government agrees to the
appointment of a commission, to consist of
a British Consul, an officer of the Honkong
Government, and a Chinese official of equal
rank, in order to the establishment of some
system that shall enable the Chinese Govern-
ment to protect its revenue without prejudice
to the interests of the Colony ;" and "8. On
opium Sir Thomas Wade will move his
Government to sanction an arrangement
different from that affecting other imports.
British merchants, when opium is brought
into port, will be obliged to have it taken
cognizance of by the Customs, and deposited
in bond, either in a warehouse or a receiving
hulk, until such time as there is a sale for it.
The importer will then pay the Tariff Duty
on it, and the purchaser the Likin, in order
to the prevention of the evasion of the Duty.
The amount of the Likin to be collected
will be decided by the different provincial
governments according to the circumstances
of each."

Later, the Governments of Great Britain
and China, considering (among other things)
that the terms of clause 3, above quoted,
" are not sufficiently explicit to serve as an
efficient regulation for the traffic in opium,
and recognizing the desirability of placing
restrictions on the consumption of opium,
have agreed to the present Additional
Article," which was signed in London on
July 18, 1885 :—

"2. In lieu of the arrangement respecting
opium in Clause 3 of Section III. of the
Chefoo Agreement, it is agreed that foreign
opium, when imported into China, shall
be taken cognizance of by the Imperial
Maritime Customs, and shall be deposited
in bond, either in warehouses or receiving
hulks which have been approved of by the
Customs, and that it shall not be removed
thence until there shall have been paid to the
Customs the Tariff Duty of 30 Taels per
chest of 100 catties, and also a sum not
exceeding 80 Taels per like chest as Likin.

" 3. It is agreed that the aforesaid Import
and Likin Duties having been paid, the
owner shall be allowed to have the opium
re-packed in bond under the supervision oi
the Customs, and put into packages of such
assorted sizes as he may select from such
sizes as shall have been agreed upon by the
Customs authorities and British Consul at the
port of entry.

" The Customs shall then, if required,
issue gratuitously to the owner a Transit
Certificate for each such package, or one
for any number of packages, at the option
of the owner.

" Such certificate shall free the opium to
which it applies from the imposition of any
fuither tax or duty whilst in transport in
the interior, provided that the package has
not been opened, and that the Customs seals,
marks, and numbers on the packages have
not been effaced or tampered with," &c.

The assent of the P'oreign Powers, other
than British, interested in the trade of China
having been obtained to the terms of 'this
additional Article, a Commission was nomi-
nated in accordance with the terms of
Clause 7 of Section III. of the Chefoo Con-
vention, consisting of Mr. James Russel,

Puisne Judge of Hongkong, Sir Robert
Hart, K.C.M.G., Inspector-General of Customs,
and Shao, Taoutai of Shanghai, Joint Com-
missioners for China ; and Mr. Byron
Brennan, His Britannic Majesty's Consul at
Tientsin. On September 11, 1886, an agree-
ment was signed, which stipulated among
other things, that an office under the foreign
inspectorate should be established on Chinese
territory in Kowloon for the sale of Chinese
opium duly certificates, and that the inspec-
torate should be responsible for the entire
control of that office. Later, a Convention
on similar lines was arranged with the
Portuguese authorities with respect to
Macao, the office of the foreign inspector-
ate to be located on Lappa. In fulfilment
of this Agreement the Lappa Customs was
opened on April 2, 1887, for the collection
of Tariff Import Duty (Hk. TIs. 30I and
Convention Likin (Hk. TIs. 80 per picul) on
opium, and of Provincial Likin and Ching-fei
Tax on general cargo at the rates fixed by
the provincial tariffs received from the
Governor-General of the Liang Kwang. It
was not, however, till July 1st of the same
year that the collection of native duties on
general cargo at the rates fi.xed by the
native Custom-house tariff received from
the Hoppo, or Superintendent of Customs,
at Canton commenced. It is gratifying to add
that the regime thus introduced has worked
smoothly, and has given satisfaction both to
Chinese merchants and to the neighbouring
Portuguese Colony of Macao. Junk masters
are pleased that the duties are fixed in
amount and collected according to a known
tariff and are no longer supplemented by
levies of uncertain amount for paper, ink,
pens, &c., as was previously customary.

Macao has spoken for itself. Owing to the
decline in the trade of Macao, which had
made itself manifest from 1884 onwards, a
Commission, consisting of two municipal
councillors, the Government senior interpreter,
and two prominent Chinese merchants was
appointed by His Excellency the Governor to
consider the causes of this decline, and to
suggest the means best calculated to arrest
them. In this report, which was the result of
investigations extending over seven months,
and was published in the Boletin da Proviiicia,
of November 12, 1889, the Commission refers
in the following words to the results of the
Convention with China and of the Lappa
Customs regime : —

"The causes which have led to the improve-
ment already called attention to in the trade
of Macao during the year 1888 are : —

" I. The confidence given to Chinese mer-
chants by the conclusion of the Chino-
Portuguese Treaty, which defined the political
status of this Colony, and with that confidence
drew hither the capital needed to increase
trade.

"2. The liberal manner in which the
foreign inspectorate of Chinese Customs has
treated the Chinese merchants of Macao, by
abolishing taxes on their trade and granting
them concessions — a treatment which has
given a large impetus to trade.

" It is not only the testimony of Chinese
merchants of this city, but it is also the
practical experience of the members of the
Commission in local business, that in these
two points alone is to be found the explanation
of the commercial improvement which took
place in i888."

The regulations under which the native
mercantile marine of this province plies were
revised and codified during the viceroyalty of
His E.xcellency Jui Lin (1865-74), and it is
very seldom that papers issued prior to that
date are now seen, partly because junks do

806 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC..

not last many \-ears. and partly because the
papers ought to be renewed regularly.

in addition to the papers issued by the
territorial authorities, trading vessels are
required to take out an "arms certificate"
from the Cusloms. This certificate, which
pennits the c-arriage o( arms (or self-pro-
tection alone, can be called for at any time
and the entries in it and the arms carried
comparrd ; any excess discovered is liable to
omfiscaiion. but ammunition used may be
made good, with the sanction of the
authoriiics, after the reasons for its use have
l>cen reported. To require junks to take out
this ce tificate and to comply with its terms
is a measure of considerable import.ince to the
geneial interests. Permis>i<in to import arms
is granted by authorities, when ihe apclication
is made by responsible persons. Without
such orticial sanction impoit is forbidden to
foreigners under the Treaties, and to Chinese
under special and severe regulations. Unless,
theiefore, strict control is kept over junks in
this respect, they would be able to sell their
armament inland and to replenish it on their
return to Mac-ao, « itii the result that the evil-
disposed would be able to supply themselves
freely with arms of precision. Inquiries
instituted proved that this was on frequent
occasions being done. Arms also continue to
be smuggled in large quantities into the
interior by passengers or gangs of coolies,
specially engaged for this purpose, who pack
among their luggage rifles and revolvers which
have been previously taken to pieces to facili-
tate hiding. It is impossible to search all
passengers and coolies, and the handsome
profits gained prompt them to run many risks.
That the Government is rendered far more
difficult by this cause than it otherwise would
be, no one can doubt. In a memorial to the
Throne, dated Decemlxir 3, 1889, His Excel-
lency Chang Chih-tung, the then Governor-
General of Liang Kwang, drew a graphic
picture of the difiiculties of coping with
brigandage in this province. His Excellency
wrote : —

" In the Kwangtung province piracy has
always been rife, but especially on the sea-
board ; and the difticulties of combating it
have always been seriously increased by the
changes that have taken place during the past
few years on the coast, as the memorialist has
had the honour to lay l>efore His Majesty in
detail on several occasions. The chief cause
of difficulty is the fact that Hongkong and
Macao have become refuges for the pirates
and their bases of operation. In each place
they have their chiefs, and in each they form
themselves into organised bands, each with
its special designation, and from each they
send forth parties to levy blackmail. The rich
merchant living in a populous hamlet or a
town, the poor potter in the open country,
and the agriculturist farming the land — each
is victimised in turn. From this blackmail
very large sums are realised, and form a fund
for the brit>ery of the foreign police, for the
purchase of arms, for the issue of com-
passionate allowances to the wounded and
the families of the killed, the balance only
tx:ing distributed among the members. The
ramifications of these gangs are deep and
stable, and their fraternity very numerous ;
and in every respect they differ altogether
from pirates and desperadoes elsewhere.
These only organise together when they
contemplate a coup, and distribute there and
then among their members any loot they may
secure ; while, in Ihe case of the Hongkong
and Macao pirates, if they wish to hire vessels,
the Chinese authorities have no power to
intervene ; if they wish to purchase arms, the
Chinese authorities have no power to prevent

them ; if they propose to act in concert, the
Chinese auihorities have no power to intercept
them ; while, favoured as they are by the
extent of the open sea and the ramifications of
the inland waterways, they are able, whenever
a piratic-al attack is organised, to join their
forces and mass their vessels into fleets. The
sufferings caused by these gangs to the law-
abiding are heart-rending, for on shore they
do not hesitate to kill the proprietor they are
robbing, if he defends his own, or to fire the
place, or to carry off his children ; and on the
water they do not hesitate to kill or drown
everyone on the boat they attack. Before
forces can be concentrated to follow and
capture them, they have already made good
their escape to Hongkong and Macao, and to
capture them in detail or to attack them in
force is then alike inipossilile. In a word,
relying on the secui ity Hongkong and Macao
afford them, the behaviour of these men
differs in nothing from open rebellion against
the Throne," &c.

" How bold and daring these pirates often
are is illustrated by the capture of one of
the Salt Commissioner's launches. While
the launch was at anchor at a certain place
two informers went on board and offered
to point out some junks carrying a contra-
band cargo of opium, salt, and kerosene.
The captain's eagerness to make a seizure
caused him to fall into the trap. The launch
started in pursuit of the supposed smuggling
vessels and, near Motomoon, caught up with
a junk which was pointed out by the
informers as one of the smugglers. As soon
as the launch went alongside to board, a
dozen or more well-armed pirates suddenly
appeared from the hold of the junk, jumped
on to the launch, wounded the captain, shot
the engineer, and drove the rest of the crew
into the cabin, where they tied them up.
They then took charge for their own
purposes, and after pirating three trading
junks, they steamed to the Bogue, where a
small boat was in waiting, transferred their
loot, and made off. A part of this gang
was afterwards captured and promptly
beheaded."

Temporary prohibitions to export arms and
ammunition have on several occasions been
made by the Governors of both Hongkong
and Macao, and such prohibitions would tend
to the peace and well-being not only of the
mainland but of the two colonies as well, but,
unless they are made permanent the disorderly
in China will continue to provide themselves
with the means of oppressing the law-abiding,
of robbing the wealthy, and of resisting the
lawful authorities. Towards the close of 1892
Companhia Metropolitana de Kio Janeiro, for
the promotion of Chinese emigration to
Brazil, opened an agency in Hongkong, but
the legislative enactments there being un-
favourable to such an enterprise, the locus
operandi was removed to Macao, and the
German s.s. Tetartos was chartered to convey
the emigrants to their destination. The
steamer was arrested in Hongkong in July,
1893, on a charge of infringing the Chinese
Emigration Ordinance of 1889, but was
acquitted by the jury and released. In
September she came to Macao and left on
October 17th for Rio with 474 "emigrants."
She was reported to have reached her
destination, but the actual date of arrival
was variously stated. The Chinese authorities
protested against this emigration and the
objections to it were many and serious. A
Treaty was negotiated, it is true, between
China and Brazil in 1881, but no provision
was made in it for emigration, and its
inadequacy and the necessity for a supple-
mentary special convention, in order to secure

the labour desired, had been recognised by
Brazil, by the despatch to China, for this
purpose, of a special Envoy, who was then
en route. Brazil had no repi esentative in
China, and China had no accredited agent in
Brazil to watch the emigrants' interests.
The Brazil country was in the throes of
revolt, and the fact that the Company refused
to await the Envoy and the conclusion by
him of the negotiations its own Government
acknowledt;ed to be necessary, naturally
raised suspicion of its bona fides, especially
as the terms offered to the emigrants
contained a most objectionable clause,
transferring the emigrant and his contract
to thiid parlies. The Macao auihorities
virtually maintamed that, as long as the
emigration was conducted in conformity with
Portuguese law China had no grounds of
remonstrance. As a mattf r of fact, Portuguese
law provides only for free emigration, i.e.
emigration under which each emigrant pays
for his own passage — an impossibility when
the passage is as costly as it is to Brazil.
But waiving this point and admitting that
emigration to Brazil under suitable conditions
might be desiratile, China would, in the
circumstances detailed above, and seeing that
the emigrants were not residents of Macao,
but subjects of China, have failed in one
of the primary duties of a self-respecting
Government to its subjects had she remained
silent. Her protest was ignored, but no
second steamer has been despatched.

In 1895 the plague made its appearance,
and raged with great violence till towards
the end of the following July. It was first
observed in the least sanitary and most
densely populated Chinese quarters, whence
the germs spread all over the place, chiefly
through infected rats. The rats invaded some
of the best situated and thoroughly disinfected
foreign houses on the hills, where, in their
hasty flight for safety, they had sought refuge,
and were found dying or dead in the
woodwork of the ceilings and in the roofs.
In several cases observed, though disinfectants
had not been spared and every care was
taken, the Chinese servants removing these
dead rats were attacked by the plague almost
immediately, and succumbed. The appearance
of the plague created a panic among the native
population, which nothing could stop. During
this period of nearly four months' duration,
trade was greatly interfered with, and for a
while was almost at a standstill. No sooner,
however, had the epidemic abated, than the
people came flocking back, and in a very short
time all signs of the dire calamity had been
effaced, and the place and the trade had
resumed their normal aspect. Since then
plague has been more or less endemic, and
cases occur, in greater or smaller numbers,
almost every year during the spring, with the
beginning of the rainy season.

The volume of trade passing the Lappa
Stations, though, of course, largely affected
by the conditions, climatic and financial, of
the neighbouring districts on the mainland,
is practically measured by the degree of
prosperity enjoyed by Macao as a commercial
centre ; and the future prospects of that
trade depend in the main upon whether the
influences affecting Macao tend towards the
expansion or restriction of its commerce.
There is probably no doubt that their
tendency, at present at least, is towards the
latter. The greater wealth and constantly
increasing connnercial importance of Hong-
kong cannot fail to make this port each year
a more serious rival of Macao and to with-
draw trade from Lappa to Kowloon. In
the past, several causes have tended to
obscure the effect of this competition and,

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. «07

to a certain extent, to neutralise it ; but as
they pass awav its serious character gradu-
ally forces itself into view. As Hongkong
advanced year by year into importance, the
effect on Macao of the rivalry of that rising
port was veiled by the lucrative coolie traffic
carried on from Macao ; by the contraband
trade in opium, which, though shared by
Hongkong, continued, as it had before the
cession of that island, to make Macao its
centre ; by tlie fact that, owing chiefly to
the Hoppo's procedure, Macao became the
headquarter s of the west coast trade ; and
by the enormous profits derived by Macao
from the establishment of the lotteries on
the result of the Chinese literary and
military examinations known as the "Wei-
sing." These sources of gain have been
swept away one after the other. In 1875,
after an existence of a quarter of a century,
during which time enormous fortunes had
been amassed from the 500,000 Chinese
estimated to have been sent from Macao
beyond the seas, the coolie traffic was finally
extinguished. In 1876 the opening of Kiung-
chow, followed, a year later, by the opening
of Pakhoi, as Treaty ports, dealt a serious
blow to the virtual monopoly previously
enjoyed by Macao of the west coast traffic,
and, by substituting the safe and rapid steamer
for the slow and unwieldy junk, transferred
a considerable portion of that trade to Hong-
kong. In 1885 Macao's monopoly of the
Weising lottery came to an end. Though
fully sensible of the serious harm, moral and
financial, worked by this form of gambling
to the people of this province, China had
through long years steadfastly set her
face, as one of the principles of her
government, against any compromise with
legalised gambling, whether as a source of
revenue or not, and had summarily cashiered
the Governor-General Yiiig Han when, in
1874, he sanctioned the establishment of this
lottery at Canton. Experience during the
following ten years showed beyond doubt,
however, that so long as the headquarters
of the lottery continued in Macao (that is in
the province itself), prohibitions, no matter
how strict, and a preventive service, no
matter how numerous, were insufficient to
prevent the surreptitious introduction of tickets
in great numbers, and that to allow things
to continue as they then were meant simply
the constant drain of money from Kvvang-
tung into Macao. In 1885, therefore, a
reluctant consent was given 10 the establish-
ment of the lottery in China, with the result
that the sum the monopolist in Macao was
willing to pay the Portusiuese treasury for
his privileges at once fell from $353,000 to
$36,000 a year. In 1887 a heavy blow was
dealt to smuggling bv the Convention between
China and Portugal which led to the estab-
lishment of this office ; and how large an
interest the smuggling of opium from Macao,
was may be gathered from tlie fact that the
Harbour Master, in his report upon the trade
of that port for the year 1882 (published in the
Boletin da Proviiicia of December 5, 1884),
estimated the value of the crude opium re-
shipped to China at $3,597,029, consisting of
declared shipments valued at $1,633,952
(presumably by junk, but of which "much,
certainly, was smuggled), and secret ship-
ments valued at $1,963,077 (representing,
presumably, what was smuggled in small
boats and by armed gangs overland). This
Convention tended undoubtedly to the well-
being of the community, by eliminating from
it a most unruly and turbulent class who
had derived a livelihood by systematically
breaking the laws of China. On the other
hand, the closing of many sources of large

profit which resulted from the occurrences
above-mentioned, coupled with the gradual
extinction of the tea trade before the
competition of Indian and Ceylon leaf, has
diminished the wealth of Macao, and conse-
quently its purchasing powers. Several
other causes, such as increasing taxes, tend to
the same result. At present the capital of
Macao cannot bear comparison with that of
Hongkong ; and, as the natural tendency of
trade is to gravitate to the most important
centre, it will inevitably abandon Macao for
Hongkong, unless the smaller cost of living
gives the former an appreciable advantage
over the latter. Macao has decidedly enjoyed
this advantage in the past, but is now rapidly
losing it, as, to meet the ever-increasing
demand from Portugal, caused by her financial
position, new imposts are being constantly
introduced. The acquisition of Tonkin by
France has deprived Macao of the trade
which formerly existed with that country,
and it is now centred in Hongkong, steamers
having taken the place of junks.

A cause, however, which probably con-
tributes more than any of those already
enumerated to the decadence of Macao as a
centre of commerce is the rapid silting of
the approaches to the port, due to the large
amount of detritus carried down by the
waters of the Pearl and West Rivers, between
the mouths of which Macao is situated.
Repeated appeals have been made to the
Home Govermnent by the Macao authorities
for permission to employ the funds in hand
for dredging purposes, but, so far, without
success. The evil, however, is rapidly in-
creasing, and must be dealt with in the near
future, if Macao is to remain a port at all.
Chinese merchants aver that, owing to the
annually decreasing depth of water in the
outer anchorage, the trade formerly enjoyed
by Macao with the Chao Chow Prefecture has
been diverted to Hongkong. Finally, native
traders maintain that the absence of banks
which would advance on a junk's cargo as
soon as it reached port militate strongly
againgst Macao's trade. As soon as a junk
arrives at Kongmoon banks are ready to
make advances against the cargo, which
enable the consignees to expedite the
vessel's discharge and to purchase return
cargo at once, with the result that a larger
number of voyages can be made in the year
and capital turned over more frequently. In
consequence, a larger portion of the west
coast trade tends each year to leave Macao
in favour of Kongmoon.

Macao's future prospect is, therefore, not a
bright one. First and foremost, if Macao is
to remain a port of any itnportauce whatever,
it is necessary that Portugal should permit
the Colony to undertake the dredging of
the approaches to the port. The next most
important step would appear to be the estab-
lishment of a bonded warehouse, in which
goods could be placed on arrival under the
charge of responsible persons, so that the
banks might be induced to make on them
advances necessary to expedite the movement
of shipping. As a third step, less taxation
and fewer monopolies would tend to give a
healthy impetus to trade. These monopolies,
such as those on kerosene, on samshu dis-
tilled from rice, on salt, &c., are managed by
Chinese who pay fixed sums for the privilege
and make large profits for themselves. They
certainly increase the cost of living in Macao
and keep down competition — the soul of trade;
but they bring in necessary revenue, and as
a good portion of it is spent on making
improvements, such as sanitation, new roads,
&c., the system has its advantages.

It has been argued that the construction

of a railway from Fatshan to Macao would
do much to restore the ancient glory of
Macao, and, with this object in view, a con-
cession was obtained in 1902 from the Chinese
for the construction of a line connecting
these two places. A convention was accord-
ingly drawn up at Shanghai in November,
1904, providing that the shares in the con-
cession were to be held half by Chinese
and half by Portuguese subjects. Such a
railway, if it were not too heavily handi-
capped at the outset by the large outlay of
capital required to provide the bridges to
cross the net-work of creeks and rivers in
the delta should be successful, and would
certainly prove of great advantage to the
traders and travelhng public in the many
large towns of the district that it would
traverse. It is not so clear where the benefit
to Macao would couie in. Until the approaches
to its ports are in a condition to permit at
least coasting vessels to enter and lie at
anchor afloat and in safety, the Colony must
be content to remain, so far as trade is con-
cerned, a mere warehouse, subsidiary to
Hongkong, and it cannot hope, under present
conditions, to attract capital or to resume its
ancient position as an emporium having its
own import and export traffic directly with
the rest of the world.

The principal foreign imports from Macao
into China are : Opium, cotton goods, woollen
goods, metals, raw Indian cotton, Japanese
matches, kerosene oil, and rice.

The principal exports from China into
Macao are : Egg-i, palm-le if fans, mats, pigs,
poultry, silk piece goods, sugar, tobacco leaf,
and timber.

The total tonnage — entries and clearances
— of junks passing the Lappa Stations has
averaged annually during the last decade
870,000 tons ; and the value of this trade
Hk. Tls. 16,000,000. The revenue collected on
behalf of the Chinese Government during the
same period amounted to about Hk. Tls. 400,000
a year.

DR. A. P. LELLO.

Dr. Alfredo Pinto Lello, Colonial Secre-
tary to the Government of Macao, was born
in 1864 at Pontes, in the district of Villa
Real, Portugal. From 1890 to 1892 he was
Colonial Secretary of the province of Mozam-
bique, and Acting-Governor of the District of
Lorenzo Marques. He was transferred to
Macao in 1893.

COUNT DE SENNA FEENANDES.

Count de Sen.n'.\ Ferxandes, the Consul for
Siam, in Macao, is a native of the Portuguese
Settlement. Born in 1867 he received an
excellent education at St. George's College,
Weybridge, Surrey, and, at the age of twenty,
returned to the place of his birth with the
most pleasant memories of his stay in Eng-
land, and well equipped for the responsibilities
of later life. Besides having the supervision
of certain commercial interests, he became
the intermediary between the Chinese and
Portuguese Governments. In recognition of
his public services he has been made a
Commander of the Legion de Conception,
and decorated with the Order of the Crown
of Siam.

ME. A. P. DE MIEANDA GUEDES.

Mr. a. p. de Miranda Guedes, Director of
Public Works and Superintendent of the Fire

808 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Brigade, was born at Poiares, near Regoa,
in tlie district of Villa Heal. Portugal, in
1875. He obtained honours at the University
of Coimbra and at the Aimy School in
Lisbon. As a civil and mining engineer
he served in several Portuguese colonies,
including West Africa, and has been Chief
of the Railway section of St. Thome, Chief
of the Survey of the Railway of Malange,
and Director of Land Surveys in Angola.
He received his present appointinent in 1906.

HS. P. N. DA SILTA.

Mr. Pkdro Noi..\sco ua Silva has taken
part in a number of progressive educational
movements, and has been responsible for
initiating several important municipal im-
provements. He was born at Macao, on
May 6, 1842. During his academic course
at the Seminary of St. Joseph he won the
first prize in Philosophy, and, on the com-
pletion of his studies, was appointed Student
Interpreter in the Government Chinese
Translation Department, of which, subse-
quently, he rose to be the head. When,
later, the department became an independent
government office he was responsible for
its total re-organisation. In 1887 Mr.
Xolasco da Silva was appointed Secretary
Interpreter to the Portuguese Minister
Plenipotentiary to Peking, Conde de Souza
Roza, at present Ambassador in Paris, whose
special mission to the Chinese capital
resulted in the Portuguese-Chinese Treaty
of Decemt)er 1st of that year, in which China,
for the first time, recognised the sovereignty
of Portugal over Macao. Always interested
in educational matters Mr. Nolasco da Silva
has been a teacher of Chinese in the Semin-
ary of St. Joseph, and in the Commercial
Institute. He has translated and compiled
several school-h)ooks, among which is the
" Manual da Lingua Sinica para uso dos Joveus
Macaenses." He founded the " Associacao
Promotora da Instruccao dos Macaenses" (thL-
association for the promotion of the education
of Macaenses), which now maintains the
English Commercial School conducted by Mr.
R. A. Coates, a graduate of Dublin University,
and he organised the two central schools of
primary instruction for boys and girls re-
spectively. It was due also, to his initiative,
tnat that splendid charitable institution, the
Santa Casa da Misericordia, was revived,
and, by his organisation of the great " Santa
Casa " lottery, placed on a sound financial
basis. For several years he was the pro-
vedor, or president, of this far-reaching
philanthropic enterprise, and his term of
office was marked by the erection of the
Orphans' Asylum, the introduction of the
service for the relief of the poor, and the
framing of the present regulations. Mr.
Nolasco da Silva's participation in municipal
affairs has t>een no less noteworthy. During
his occupancy of the positions of vice-
president and president of the Municipal
Council or the " Leal Senado " as it is termed
locally, a numt>er of important reforms were
carried out. The new market and some fine
commodious buildings were erected on the
site of the old Sao Domingo market and in
the I^argo do Senado, where, formerly, only
insanitary little houses existed. In other
parts of the town several resumptions of
insanitary property were also carried out,
and the lighting of the public streets by
electricity was due almost solely to his
efforts. For a time Mr. Nolasco da Silva
was editor of the Echo do Povo, a Portuguese
weekly paper published in Hongkong, and

he was also the principal contributor to the
weekly papers, Macaeiisf and the Echo
Miicacnse, published at Macao. He is a
member of the Conselho Inspector da In-
struccao Publica, and has been several times

PEDRO NOLASCO DA SILVA.

a member of the Conselho de Provincia.
About twenty-five years ago, in recognition
of his many services, he was created by the
Portuguese Government Cavalleiro da ordem
de Nosso Senhor Jesus Christo.

HE. F. X. PEREISA.

Mr. Francisco Xavier Pereira has the
distinction of being the youngest president
of the Leal Senado ever appointed. He was
elected to the position in 1907, and his term
of office will not expire until 1909. Born at
Macao in 1883, he was educated at the
Macao Lyceum and at Coimbra University.
After being admitted as a barrister, he re-
turned to Macao, in 1905, to practise law.

HR. A. J. BASTO.

Mr. a. J. Basto, who has been elected many
times as president of the Leal Senado, has
practised as a lawyer in Macao for tliirty-
eight years. Born hi Macao in 1848, he
travelled a great deal during his younger
days, visiting Shanghai many times, India,
Portugal, France, Spain, Italy, England, and
different parts of Africa. He is a Commander
of the Portuguese Order of Christ, the Order
of the Pope, the Rising Sun of Japan, the
Crown of Siam, and the Redemption of the
Republic of Liberia ; a Chevalier of tlie Legion
d'Honneur, and a Knight of various other
orders. Mr. Basto is also a Fellow of the
Royal Geographical Society of England, a
member of the Royal Geographical Society
of Lisbon, and of other scientific societies
of Europe, and was the secretary of a
Diplomatic Mission from Portugal to Japan
and Bangkok.

DE. L. F. MAEQUES.

Dr. Lourenvo Pereira Marques, son of
the late Commander Lourenvo Marques, was
born in Macao, in the famous garden of
Cainoens, which belonged to his family.
Educated at the Royal College of St. Jose,
Macao, and at Lisbon and Dublin, he is a
Fellow of the Royal Academv of Medicine

FRANCISCO XAVIER PEREIRA,

President of tlie Lc;il Senado.

LOURENCO PEREIRA MARQUES, M.D.

in Ireland, a member of the Royal College
of Physicians of Ireland, and a Fellow of
the Royal Geographical Society of Lisbon.
He is the author of essays on various
subjects, and has written several articles
descriptive of his travels. He is a Com-
mander of the Portuguese Military Order of
Christ, and a Knight of the Ancient and
Most Noble Order of the Tower and Sword,
the latter decoration being awarded him in
recognition of assistance rendered during the
plague epidemics. Dr. Marques frequently
gives poor patients the benefit of his medical
experience without payment. He has a large
circle of friends, and is a highly esteemed
member of the local communitv.

HS. Ii. A. L. EEMEDIOS.

Mr. Luiz Au(!L'sto Lopes Remedios, the
Postmaster-General of Macao, was born in
the Colony in 1874, and was educated at
Macao and Singapore. At tlie age of nine-
teen he joined the China Trades' Insurance

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 809

Company, but returned to Macao in 1900,
and received his present appointment two
years later.

greets the traveller as his vessel rounds the
western curve prior to entering the inner
harbour. Kemodelled up to date, its furnish-
ings and fittings are unexcelled in the Colony,

the comfort and conveniences to be obtained
in it.

MR. A. H. WILZEB.

Mr. a. H. Wilzek. the Commissioner of
Customs for the Lappa district, which encircles
Macao, was born at Hamburg in 1866 and
educated there. He came to China in 1887
for the Customs service, and was stationed,
first at Swatow, and afterwards at Peking and
Canton. In 1899, following immediately upon
his return from a holiday trip to Europe, he
was appointed to Sliasi on the Yangtsze, and,
one year later, to Peking. On his way north,
he was delayed at Tientsin by the Boxer
troubles, and, returning to Shanghai, held an
appointment there until 1901. He was then
retransferred to the capital, where he remained
till the end of 1904.

ME. M. DA SILVA MENDES.

Mr. M. da Silva Mendks, who has been
practising as a lawyer and advocate in
Macao since 1902, was born in 1870 at
Santo Thyrso. He had a very successful
career at Coimbra University, and now, in
addition to his professional duties, he is
Professor of German at the Institute of
Macao. He devotes a considerable portion
of his spare time to literary work, and his
publications include " O Socialismo Libertario
on Anarchismo," and " Guilherme Tell."

THE BOA VISTA.

0.\ an artistic slope with a picturesque back-
ground and charming surroundings, stands
the Hoa Vista Hotel, a stately building which

' ■^'T'^^'^-'-xfi'^''f-S'j"i' '■i'-'-:trssii^if,t

.^ilts*-.

;^>%. •,

THE BOA VISTA HOTEL.

and everything is being done to meet the
demands of modern fastidiousness. The
hotel is the property of the Santa Casa da
Misericordia, and is under European manage-
ment. The strictest supervision as to food,
cleanliness, and hygiene is exercised, and
visitors all speak in enthusiastic terms of the
general conduct of the establishment and of

THE MACAO HOTEL.

This hotel is owned by Mr. William F"armer,
the proprietor of the Victoria Hotel, Canton.
It enjoys an excellent situation and is in high
favour with visitors from Hongkong, many
of whom frequently spend a week-end or a
short holiday in Macao.

tST:3»^>'^-^.'

CHINA IMPORT AND EXPORT LUMBER COMPANY'S YARD, TSINGTAU.

TSINGTAU.

[SINGTAU is the capital of the
German Protectorate of that
name. It lies at the entrance
of Kiaochau Bay, which runs
about twenty miles inland
from a point two miles north-
west of Cape Evelyn. It is
ail important trade outlet for the province of
Shantung, and as such has come to be a
formidable rival of Chefoo. The murder of
two German missionaries in November, 1897,
led to the occupation of Tsingtau by a
German squadron, and the territory now
embraced by the Protectorate was leased to
the German Government for a term of ninety-
nine years ; while a /one of interest, extend-
ing for 50 kilometres round the district was
agreed upon, within which China may not
undertake anything without the consent of
Germany. In September, 1898, Tsingtau was
declared a free port, but by a convention,
which came into force in 1906, the Chinese
Imperial Maritime Customs were empowered
to collect duties here as at other ports, but
with the stipulation that 20 per cent, of the
receipts should be paid to the German
Government From 1898 to 1905 the trade
of Tsingtau increased from Tls. 2.000.000 to
Tls. 22.322,680. The total value of the trade
for 1906 amounted to Tls. 30,572,381, an
increase of 33 per cent, over that of the
previous year. The year 1907 showed a
considerable falling off, the net trade amount-
mg only to Tls. 28,637,889 ; but in this Tsingtau
only shared with other ports in a general
depression. The principal item of export is
straw-braid, Tsingtau having become the
chief market in North China for that product.
Other industries now carried on include silk-

reeling, brewing, soap-making, tanning, and
coal mining. Many grains, including wheat,
barley, millet, and maize are grown in small
quantities in the fertile alluvial plains of the

Protectorate, and fruit-grafting is undertaken
with great success. An extensive scheme of
afforestation is in progress upon the hills.
The administration of Tsingtau consists of

SIEMSSEN & CO.'S OFFICES AND GODOWN, TSINGTAU.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 811

SIEMENS SCHUCKERTWERKE.— THE Native City Power-statiox.

'"-^^■:»,"f?'«!^?^gP!5^P«P«»5W»- •

SIEMSSEN & CO.'S TIMBER YARD, TSINGTAU.

a Council composed of the heads of the
several administrative departments, under the
personal supervision of the Governor, and
three civil members — the first nominated by
the Governor, the second chosen from among
the members of non-Chinese firms, and the
third representing tax-payers paying at least
$50 ground-tax, without distinction of nation-
ality. Special committees are appointed to
deal with questions concerning public-house
licences, land-tax, church and school matters,
and poor relief. The land question has
received special attention, the object of the
administration being to give security of tenure
to settlers, and to oppose mere land specu-
lation. The revenue of the colony for 1907
was about 1,542,700 marks, and the treasury
contribution was about 11,600,000 marks.
The revenue for 1908 was estimated at 1,725,800
marks, and the treasury contribution was fixed
at 10,601,600 marks.

Tsingtau offers excellent facilities for the
handling of cargo. A large harbour, enclosed
by breakwaters, was begun in 1899, and
the first pier was opened to the public on
March 6, 1904. Dredging was carried out
on an extensive scale, and accommodation is
now available for the largest ships. The
wharves and piers are in direct connection
with the railway, so that vessels lying along-
side may discharge or receive their cargo
with a minimum of handling. A large dry
dock, capable of receiving the largest class
of vessels trading in Eastern waters, was
opened in October, i<;o5.

The construction of the Shantung Railway
was begun in October, 1899, Prince Henry

812 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of Prussia perfonning the ceremony of cuttiiij;
the first sod. The section from Tsingtau to
Tsinanfu was opened on June i, 1904. The
Company to which the railway concession
was granted was also given the right of
mining in Shantung Province, with the result
that the rich coal lieUls in the neighbour-

hood of Tsingtau are being rapidly developed.
There seems little doubt that Tsingtau with
its temperate climate will soon become one
of the most popular holiday resorts in China.
It is only thirty-six hours' journey fnim Shang-
hiii. and its attractions include charming
scenery, excellent bathing, and a g(x>d band.

A racecourse with polo ground has been
constructed, and other facilities for sport have
been provided. Substantial residences are
being built on all sides, and the town, which
possesses a good water supply, and is
partly lit by electricity, is making rapid
progress.

AMOY.

By Cecil A. V. BOWRA, Commissioner of Customs.

|M0Y, the more souttierly of the
two ports in the province of
Fokien, lies in lat. N. 24° 27',
long. E.G. 118" 5'. Fokien,
the area of which is about
46,000 square miles, with an
estimated population of some
twenty-five millions, is almost wholly moun-
tainous. In the southern portion which
constitutes the Ainoy hinterland, range super-
venes upon range, with here and there patches
of fertile valley ; the rivers are shallow, and
impeded by rapids ; the valleys are difficult
of access, and produce but a bare livelihood
for the inhabitants, who, reported to be the
rudest and least cultivated of all the peoples
in China, are largely constrained to better
their condition by emigration. The sea-coast
of rugged granite rocks is fringed with islands
and deeply indented with numerous bays,
bights, and inlets. At the head of these inlets
are to be found the principal cities and the
mouths of the chief rivers.

The island of Amoy lies in a large shallow
bay, the extremities of which are Huithau
Point on the north-east, and Tinhai Point on
the south-west. The island of Quemoy and a
chain of islets form a breakwater across the
mouth of the bay, and serve as an effective
protection against the heavy seas of the
Formosa Channel. The Dodd Island and
Chapel Island lights mark the approach of
the port, and at the southern entrance to the
harbour stand the Taitan and Tsingseu
Lighthouses.

The advantages of the situation of Amoy
as a shipping centre are manifest. It has a
good deep-water harbour, easy of access at
all states of the tide ; it has well-lighted
approaches, and fair docking facilities ; it is
the natural mainland port for the trade with
Formosa and the Philippines, and it lies con-
veniently situ.itcd between the great ports of
Hongkong and Shanghai.

The city of Amoy is placed on the south-
western corner of the island, and is politically
in the district of T'ung-an and the prefecture
of Ch'iianchovv-fu (Chinchew). It consists of
an inner citadel of small extent, surrounded by

a decrepit wall standing in the midst of
thickly populated suburbs, which stretch along
the sea-shore to the south-west as far as the
forts and the parade-ground (and foreigners'
racecourse), which lie near the village of
fi-mng-kang. The entire circuit of the city

divides it from Kulangsu — the small island
on which foreigners reside, and, since 1903,
an international settlement under the gover-
nance of a Municipal Council. This strait,
though narrow for vessels of great length,
gives safe and commodious anchorage to

> % 'r m m

THE TALMAGE MEMORIAL.

and suburbs is about eight miles. The
population is usually put down at 114,000, and
that of the rest of the island at about 100,000
more.

The town fronts the narrow strait, seven
to eight hundred yards in width, which

ordinary coasting steamers and constitutes
the inner harbour. Large ocean-going ships
and men-of-war are usually berthed either at
the north or south end of Kulangsu, in either
of which places they can find good anchorage.
On the Amoy side lies the British Concession,

814 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

marked by its bund, backed by the row
of foreign hongs. This is the principal
business quarter of the town, where the
foreign trade is carried on, and near which
are located the establishments of the leading
Chinese merchants. The bulk of the foreign
residents cross the harbour daily from their
homes in Kulangsu to their offices in Amoy.
Kulangsu is almost entirely a residential
quarter ; the only offices to be found there,
besides a foreign store or two, are the various
Consulates with their post offices, the Muni-
cipal Council office, and the foreign telegraph
and telephone companies' agencies.

Amoy Island is about 35 miles in
circumference and 10 miles in width. It
would be somewhat circular in shape but
for the large indentation on the western
side, known to foreigners as the Dock Creek,
which almost cuts the island in two. A range
of granite hills, covered with large boulders
poised in fantastic positions, extends along
the southern and western sides. At intervals
the hills fall back from the sea, leaving a
small area of level land which is laid out in
fields and dotted with villages. The north
and east portions of the island are a flat
plain, highly cultivated and thickly populated,
the chief productions being sweet potatoes,
rice, wheat, ground-nuts, and garden vege-
tables. A remarkable feature of Amoy is the
^•ast number of graves it contains. The hill-
sides nearest the city are in some cases
almost faced with solid masonry, so closely
placed together are the " chunam "-covered
tombs, while all over the island graves stud
every mound and hill, making one gigantic
cemetery of it. The hills behind the town
are dotted here and there with temples, often
placed in extremely picturesque situations.
These form favourite places of resort, not
only for natives, but also for foreigners on
pleasure bent, who frequently use them for
picnics. The appearance of the harbour as it
is approached from the sea is one of consider-
able beauty. The rugged islands, the rocky
hills, the blue water, and the pretty island of
Kulangsu with its buildings coloured as in a
southern European town, combine to make
an attractive picture.

Amoy is the port of foreign trade for South
Fokien, a region which, though politically
and administratively united with the northern
half of the province of Fokien, is geographi-
cally and ethnologically distinct. Shut off
from the other portion of the province and
the rest of China by high mountain ranges,
the inhabitants of what might be called the
Amoy district have always preserved their
distinctive peculiarities. Isolated from the
interior of their country, their trend for
many centuries has l)een seawards towards
Formosa, the Philippine Islands, and the
countries of the Malay Archipelago. It is
not easy to define exactly in what the Amoy
district consists. It is supposed that some
ten millions speak the language of Amoy
and its subordinate dialects. But the interior
of the province is not well known, or, at
least, has been but little written about. The
whole region is mountainous and inaccessible,
and the clan system, which still prevails in
its full strength with its perpetual conflicts,
has prevented the cohesion of the people.
The precise limits within which each dialect
is spoken are not known, and possibly on
the southern and western borders we may
pass into populations which have as little
in common with the men of Amoy as the
latter have with the people of Foochow.
But, roughly speaking, we may take the six
southern prefectures or departments of Fokien
as forming the district served by Amoy,
and as containing populations which are

sufficiently nearly related in race, custonis,
and speech to be considered as one people.
These departments are Hsinghua-fu (locally
Henghoa), Ch'iianchow-fu (Chiiichew), and
Changchow-fu (Chiangchiu) on the sealioard ;
and Yungch'un-chow (Engchhun) Lungycn-
chow (Lengnal, and Tingchow-fu (Thengchiii)
inland. Of these Amoy is principally con-
cerned with the prefectures nearest to the
port — Choanchiu, in which Amoy is situated,
and Chiangchiu ; or, to give them the names
by which they are more commonly called,
after their capital cities, Chinchew and
Changchow. These two divisions contain
together some 8,000 to 10,000 square miles
of territory, and a population which is quite
unknown, but may be guessed to be some-
where between two and three millions.
The city of Changchow is distant some
35 miles to the westward of Amoy, and the
Lung-Kiang, the river on which it stands,
pours into an inlet at the head of the bay in
which the island is located. A short distance
to the north there is another inlet leading to
Anhai, which is the landing place for the
journey to Chinchew, which lies some 40
miles beyond, or 60 miles from Amoy.

REV. J. MACGOWAN,
The Oldest European Resident in Amoy.

Amoy is the port for these large cities ; it
furnishes them with their foreign supplies,
and ships away their productions.

The chief Chinese official in Amoy is the
Taoutai or Intendent of Circuit. His juris-
diction comprises the three prefectures of
Hsinghua, Ch'iian-chow, and Yungch'un, and
he resides in Amoy. The only other civil
official of standing is the " hai-fang-t'ing " or
maritime sub-prefect, who is the magistrate
of the island. The " t'i-t'u," or provincial com-
mander-in-chief of Fokien, has his station
on Amoy, He is supposed to combine mili-
tary and naval functions, and is posted here
presumably on account of the former military
importance of the port with reference to
Formosa, but his duties nowadays are inostly
connected with the suppression of revolu-
tionaries and clan-fighters.

Kulangsu is under the control of a Municipal
Council, consisting of six foreign and one
Chinese member, the former elected by the
foreign ratepayers, the latter nominated by
the Taoutai. The constitution of the Council
and the government of the island are based
upon the " Land regulations for the settle-
ment of Kulangsu, Amoy," approved by
the Foreign Ministers and accepted by the

Chinese Government in 1902. The island
became an international settlement under the
control of the Council on May i, 1903. There
is a Mixed Court Magistrate, appointed by
the Chinese authorities, who deals with
charges brought by the Council or others
against Chinese on the island, while foreign
offenders are dealt with by their own Consuls.
Tlie Council employs a foreign superintendent
of police, who is also secretary to tlic Council,
and a small force of Sikh police. Under this
management the island has made progress
in many ways, and has become the place of
residence, in addition to the foreigners, of a
number of wealthy Chinese, who have bought
or built foreign houses there.

Like Kulangsu, the British Concession on
Amoy has its Municipal Council, consisting
of five members elected from the lot holders,
who hold their land from the British Govern-
ment, which rents the whole Concession
from the Chinese Government. There is a
British inspector of police and a small force
of Chinese constables.

The climate of Amoy is, for its latitude, a
mild and agreeable one. It was remarked
in 1871 by Dr. (now Sir) Patrick Manson, then
medical ollicer in Amoy:- "For Europeans,
as they are now housed, the climate cannot
be considered unhealthy. Their places of
business and a few of their residences are
situated along the foreshore of the town —
rather a hot locality — but for the most part
they have their private houses on Kulangsu.
. . . . In the summer they have the full
benefit of the strong sea-breezes blowing
during the greater part of the day, and of

the land winds at night Did the

residents display as much wisdom in the
furnishing of their tables as they have in the
building of their houses, they might live as
comfortably here — as far as health is con-
cerned — for eight or ten years, as they could
in Europe." Since these words were written,
the value of hygiene and clean living has
come to be more realised in China, as else-
where ; and were Sir Patrick to revisit Amoy
lie would probably not find much cause for
animadversion. The year divides about
equally into a hot and cool season ; the
summer is the time of the south-west mon-
soon and is tropical ; during the winter, or
north-east monsoon, the weather is often
mild and warm, but liable to suddenly change
to sharp cold. The thermometer ranges
between 40° and 96° Fahrenheit, but these
extremes are seldom reached ; an ordinary
summer day in an airily situated house on
Kulangsu being perhaps from 82° 87°, and a
winter day from 57°-62° F"ahrenheit. The
comparative salubrity of the climate is no doubt
largely due to its dryness, which is remarkable
for the latitude. The annual rainfall is only
some 40 inches, against 46 inches in Foo-
chow and 80-90 inches in Hongkong. The
foreigners who have lived long in the port
look healthy, and have none of the worn
appearance common to European dwellers
in tropical countries. The most marked
effects of the climate are nervous and
mental ; mental lassitude, loss of memory,
&c., probably effect more or less all but
the very young. These symptoms are also
to be observed among the natives, and are
no doubt the result of the prolonged heat
and rarefied unbracing air ; perhaps they
account to some extent for the craving for
narcotics such as opium and morphia,
which is such a marked characteristic of the
Chinese of this region. Kulangsu, though
found terribly unhealthy when occupied
by the British garrison in 1842, except for
occasional cases of malaria in the valleys, is a
healthy enough place of residence nowadays.

a
w
o

o
S
-f

Eh'

Eh
Eh

816 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

especially since if has been kept clean by the
Municipal Council, and (to quote Sir Patrick
Manson again) "a little languor by the end
of summer, becoming more pronounced as a
rule the longer one stays here, is perhaps
the only climatic disease a sensible man need
suffer from." But Amoy City is a hotbed
of every form of disease, among which plague
and choleia are prominent. The causes are
the filthy state of the town, and the fact that
the civilisation of the people has not advanced
to the point at which the advantages of
hygiene is realised.

HISTORY.
The name Amoy is derived from the
Chinese name of the island as pronounced
in the Changchow dialect, but by the local
Chinese it is called E-mng. The " mandarin "
pronunciation of the name is Hsia-men. The
modern name seems to have been given
during the Ming period, but to have
come into regular use only since the
subjugation of the island by the present

hending the estuary of the Changchow River,
we have the seat of a very ancient trade
with foreign countries. " Amoy must be taken
as the successor and representative of the
mediaeval port of Zaitun, concerning which
Yule gives this note : — ' Zayton, Zaitun,
Zeithun, Caylon, the great port of Chinese
trade with the West in the Middle Ages,
that from which Polo sailed on his memor-
able voyage, that at which Ibn Batuta landed,
and from which Marignolli sailed for India,
is mentioned by nearly all the authors who
speak of China up to the fourteenth century
inclusive. A veil falls between China and
Europe on the expulsion of the Mongols, and
when it rises in the sixteenth century, Zaytun
has disappeared.' "'

Zaitun had indeed disappeared ; and so
completely, that a controversy has raged
over the identification of the site. Into the
details of this it is needless to enter, for the
weight of evidence — to the mind of the
present writer at least — sustains the plea
advocated stoutly by the late Mr. George

THE ANOLO-CHINESE COLLEGE.

dynasty. Chia-ho-listi (locally, Kaho-su), which
means " the island of good crops," was the
name by which the island uas first known
to history. The fanciful nature of this appel-
lation (like that of Kulangsu, the Chinese
characters denoting which mean " drum-
wave island ") leads one to surmise that it
is only the Chinese adaptation of the name
of the island in some lost pre-Chinese langu-
age. During the Ming period Amoy was
called by the military title of Chung-tso-so,
the " middle left place." Koxinga gave a
name of his own devising, Ssu-ming-chou,
or the " island mindful of the Ming." Amoy
is also known in the literary language as
Lu-chiang or Lu-hsii, the "egret river" or
'■ egret island," so called from the number
of egrets or paddy-birds which frequent it.

So far as the present city of Amoy is con-
cerned, its rise to commercial importance is
of comparatively recent date, and may be
said to be coincident with the establishment
of the modem foreign trade. But, taking
Amoy Harbour in its larger sense as compre-

Phillips for many years : that the modern
district city of Haiteng — situated at the en-
trance to the Changchow River, formerly
called Geh Kong and the port to the city of
Changchow until supplanted by Amoy —
occupies the site of the port of the famous
medieval town.t " After the expulsion of
the Mongols from China, foreign commerce
still flourished at this Fuhkien port, and it
was at its zenith about the middle of the
fifteenth century, which it maintained till

* •' Catliay and the Way Thither." Vol. I. p, 108.

t There is no doubt that Marco Polo's Zaitun was to
all intents one of the places immediately north or south
of Amoy, and it almost certainly included, in a trader's
sense, both Changchow and Chinchew. These are still
the great emigration and trade ports for the Southern
Ocean and both of them lie near the European "open
port " in Amoy Hay, Learned men have long disputed
what "Zaitun" specifically means, but I think it almost
certainly stands for the coast town of Haiteng. which,
though not made an "official " city until 1564, nuist have
long borne that name. — "China; Her History, Dip-
lomacy, and Commerce." E. H. Parker p. 71.

1566, when, owing to Japanese raids, it
gradually declined."*

In the day's of Zaitun's greatness Amoy
was only one of Marco Polo's " Isles of the
ocean." It was sparsely populated, and the
prey of the native pirate and the Japanese
sea-rover. Its birth as a place of commercial
importance may be said to be coincident with
the arrival of the foreign vessels early in the
seventeenth century, the establishment of
the Dutch tr>iding posts in Formosa, and the
consolidation of the Koxinga power. In the
throes with which the mainland was con-
vulsed during the expiring years of the Ming,
foreign trade naturally found that it could
best be carried on in the port governed by
the strong hands of the Koxinga family ; the
Zaitun, or Hai-ting trade, which had long
been waning, shifted here ; the easy approach
and the natural advantages of the harbour
soon won appreciation, and here the trade
has remained.

Foreign trade under the new conditions
was ushered in by the Portuguese, who put
in an appearance here not long after their
tirst arrival in Canton in 1516. The Ch;mg-
chow and Ch'iianchow-fu merchants seem to
have been eager to trade, and intercourse
was carried on at the island of Go-sii, outside
Tsingseu, at the entrance to Amoy Harbour.
Hut the ollicial mind w,is strongly set against
it, and in 1547 it is recorded th,it some ninety
Chinese merchants were beheaded for the
offence of trading with foreigners. Com-
merce, however, no doubt went on clandes-
tinely.

After the Portuguese came the Spaniards,
who in 1575 sent a mission from Manila to
Foochow with a view of obtaining per-
mission to trade from the Viceroy. In this
they were unsuccessful, but a steady trade
was established by junk between Amoy and
Manila. " This important trade employed
thirty to forty Chinese junks running con-
stantly between Amoy and Manila. Silk,
porcelain, and other products weie carried,
amounting to a million and a half dollars in
gold annually. At that period there were more
than fourteen thousand Spanish in Mexico who
were dependent upon the raw silk of China
to weave the celebrated fabrics so much in
vogue at that time. The Spanish vessels
carried this merchandise from Manila to
Mexico. So extensive was the intercourse
with China that twenty thousand Chinese
had located in Manila."t The Spaniards on
their journey to Foochow anchored at Amoy,
which they called Tan-su-so, the local pro-
nunciation of Chung-tso-so, the name of the
island during the Ming dynasty. "This
Tan-su-so is a gallant and freshe towne, of
forre thousand householders, and hath con-
tinually a thousand souldiers in garrison
and compassed about with a great and strong
wall ; and the gates fortified with plates of
yron ; the foundations of all the houses are
of lime and stone, and the walls of lime and
yearth and .some of brick ; their houses
within very fairely wrought, with great courts,
their streetes faire and brode all paved."|

The law at this time against a Chinese
leaving his country, and against the admission
of foreigners into China, was very strict, and
when the Dutch first arrived in these waters,
in 1604, they found great difliculties to con-
tend with. So hostile were the Chinese
measures that the Dutch admiral, Wybrand
van Warwyk, was compelled to leave the
Pescadores. The Dutch attention was turned

• Phillips' " Two Medixval Fuhkien Trading Ports," p. 5.
t Davidson : " Island of Formosa," p. 12, Note.
J " Mendoza," Vol. 11. p. 41.

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 817

towards Japan, where permission to trade
was obtained in 1611, and no further serious
attempt was made on China until 1622. In
that year a squadron of fourteen ships
arrived from Batavia, and took possession
of the Pescadores, whence expeditions were
sent over to Amoy to try to compel tlie
Chinese to trade. The result was that open
hostilities were carried on for two years,
the Chinese resorting to every device to get
rid of the unwelcome strangers. They were
finally so far successful that the Dutch retired
to Formosa in 1624, where they built forts
and established themselves. From that time
intercourse, though technically forbidden, was
carried on chiefly at Little Quemoy and
Go-su, the merchants of the neighbourhood
taking them cargoes of silk and sugar, much
of which found its way to Japan and Batavia.
The Dutch trade with Amoy was, of course,
broken by their expulsion from Formosa by
Koxinga in 1662. " The Dutch not only
traded with the Chinese and Japanese in
Formosa, but also sent their own ships to
China and Japan to deal directly. Peter Nuits,
the Dutch Governor, in his report on trade,
stated that silver was sent by junks from
Taiwan to the mainland city of Amoy ; some-
times to be remitted to their agents who
resided there, sometimes to be given to the
merchants who were to provide merchandise
for the markets of Japan, India, and Europe.
This could only be done with the connivance
of the Governor of Foochow, and was very
advantageous, for goods could thus be
obtained so as to allow a greater profit than
those delivered at Taiwan by the Chinese
compradores. Also, when the time arrived
for the departure from Taiwan of the Dutch
ships for Japan or Batavia, if their cargoes
were not complete, they were sent across to
China by stealth, where they were filled up
with goods which were brought on board
in great quantities and at a cheaper rate than
they could be bought at Taiwan, the differ-
ence in the price of silk alone being some
eight or ten taels per picul. If time allowed,
these vessels returned to Taiwan ; otherwise,
they were sent direct to their destinations.
The principal exports were raw silk and sugar
to Japan, the amount of the latter being as
much as 80,000 piculs in one year ; silk piece
goods, porcelain, and gold to Batavia ; while
paper, spices, amber, tin, lead, and cotton
were imported to Formosa ; and, with the
addition of P'ormosan products, such as rice,
sugar, rattans, deer-skins, deer-horns, and
drugs, were exported to China."*

" The Koxinga power dates from 1626,
when Cheng Chih-lung, the founder of this
remarkable family invaded and took Amoy.
It was held by him, his still more famous
son, Cheng Ch'eng-kung, '' Koxinga," and his
grandsons, until 1680, when it fell finally
into the hands of the Manchu Govern-
ment." f

It was during the period of the Koxinga
domination that English vessels first appeared
in Formosa and at Amoy. The ejection of
the Dutch from Formosa by Koxinga gave
an opportunity to the East India Company to
open up trade with the " King of Tywan." On
June 23, 1670, the Bantam Pink, accompanied
by the sloop Pearl, which had sailed up
from Bantam, anchored off Anping, in South
Formosa. "We were the first foreij^n ship
or junk that has been here since the Chinese
Tywanners took it from the Dutch." An
agreement was drawn up for the establish-
ment of a factory, by which the English

• Davidson : " Island of Formosa." pp. 14, 15.

t Native Customs Quinquennial Reports, i(jo2-6,
pp. 85 seq.

obtained fairly favourable terms. But the
famous freebooter had not much idea of
traffic beyond helping himself to such articles
as took his fancy, and imposing such exac-
tions as he thought fit. The trade in For-
mosa did not (lourish, but in the factory at
Amoy, which appears to have been estab-
lished about the same time, better results
were obtained. " The trade in Amoy was
more successful than at Zealandia, and a
small vessel was sent there in 1677, which
brought back a favourable report. In 1678
the investments for these two places were
$30,000 in bullion and $20,000 in goods ; the
returns were chiefly in silk goods, tutenague,
rhubarb, &c. ; the trade was continued for
several years, apparently with considerable
profit, though the Manchus continually in-
creased the restrictions under which it
laboured. In 1681 the Company ordered

undisturbed in some cases for two centuries.
But with the growth of population in Ku-
langsu, in recent years, it was desirable to
remove them to the foreign cemetery. A
subscription was raised among the foreign
residents, and the inscriptions on the stones
were restored. The site of the English
factory is not known, not even to tradition.
" Slightly to the northward of the Amoy
Dock is the wall of the old Dutch fac-
tory. Another evidence of the former con-
nection of the Dutch with Amoy is afforded
by the triumphal arches, with figures of
Dutchmen sculptured on them in relief,
standing a short distance beyond the site
of the former British Consulate (now the
Taoutai's yamen). No very clear history is
attached to them, but it is presumed they
were erected about 1664, when the Dutch
were permitted by special edict to trade with

OLD SPANISH SILVER COINS, DUG UP IN AMOY BY H. F. RANKIN.

(Showing Reverse Side.)

Thirty-tliree in all, found in an urn in Amoy City at a depth of 30 feet below the surface. Weight equal
to that of the present Mexican dollar. Stamped with Castilean Coat "of Arms at beginning of the seventeenth
century. {Vide "Spanish Coins " in larger "History of Spain.')

their factories at Amoy and Formosa to be
withdrawn, and one to be established at
Canton or P'uchau, but in 1685 the trade was

renewed at Amoy In 1701 the

investment for Amoy was £t,!\400, and for

Canton ;f40,8oo In 1734 only one

English ship came to Canton, and one was
sent to Amoy, but the extortions there were
greater than at the other port, whereupon
the latter vessel withdrew. . . . The
Hardwicke was sent to Amoy in 1744 and
obliged to return without a cargo." * Local
records of this old trade appear to be non-
existent. The only vestige left is the tomb-
stones on Kulangsu. which tell of the foreign
sailors who were buried on the island.
These graves occupied a corner on the
north-east side of the island, where they lay

" Williams : " Middle Kingdom," 1883 Ed., pp. 445
seq.

Chang-chow-fu." * In 1730 the Chinese
Government centred all the foreign trade at
Canton and only permitted Spanish ships to
trade at Amoy. But trade, no doubt, went
on intermittingly and clandestinely, and at
the beginning of the nineteenth century re-
ceived an impetus from the sudden growth
of the opium traftic. Matters were not put
on a regular basis, however, until the whole
question of foreign trade in China came to a
head in the so-called Opium War of 1841, in
which Amoy soon figured as a scene of
hostilities.

In 1840 an English man-o'-war was sent
here to try to place a letter from Lord
Palmerston to the Chinese Emperor, Tao
Kuang, in the hands of the Fokien authorities
for transmission to Peking. But the Chinese
refused to receive the letter, and fired on the

'» Treaty Ports of China and Japan, p. 257.

818 T^'EXTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

officer and boat's crew sent under the wtiite
tJag to establish communication with the local
oflicials. In retaliation the HIoikIc, under
the command of Captain Bourchier, bom-
barded the town. But the object of the
mission was not accomplished, and the only
result of the incident was to imbue the
Chinese with the idea that Anioy was a place
likely to be attacked, and to aiuse them
greatly to strengthen the defences. When the
British squ:»dron arrived in August, 1841, to
take possession of the ix>rt, it was found that
a surprising change had taken place in the
fortifications, upon which the guns of the
ships made little impression, and the town
had to be taken by escalade. The story of the
occupation of Ainoy and Kulangsu by Admiral
Sir William Parker and General Sir Hugh
Gough, accompanied by Sir Henry Pottinger,
Her Majesty's Plenipotentiary, may be quoted
from the contemporary accounts published in
the ■• Chinese Repository " (vol. x., pp. 524,
621) :—

" The following was the order of sailing :
Bentinck, sur\e\-ing vessel ; Qiiccii ; Wellcsley ;
Sesostris ; Phlegfthoii : Blenheim ; Wnicsis ;
Columbine ; Million ; Modcste ; seven trans-
ports bearing a detachment of the 4(;th and
the whole of the i8th Regiment ; six pro-
\ision transports ; eight transpvirts bearing a
detachment of the 26th, the 55th entire, with
engineers and artillery ; Dntid, wing ship ;
Blonde, wing ship ; Fylades ; Ciiiizer ; Alj^cr-
ine.

" 24th. — At noon, a little to the westward
of Breaker Point, the ships making good
progress.

••25th. — At noon about seventy miles from
Chapel Island, and the order of sailing pretty
well preserved by the whole squadron.
During the afternoon the wind increased
considerably from the south-eastward ; at
dark, with a strong breeze, the ships ran
into Amoy. The whole squadron, however,
was not anchored till rather a late hour, in a
fine moonlight evening. In taking up her
anchorage, the Columbine ran foul of the
Wellesley. not without some serious damage,
Mr. William Maitland having been struck with
great xiolence, and others narrowly escaping.
Some guns were fired from Quemoy, as the
squadron passed. . . , . . Omitting to
attempt to give, for the present, any des-
cription of the city of Amoy, we will detail
here such facts as have come to our know-
ledge respecting its defences and their fall,
as alxjve noticed.

" On the south side of the island, upon
which the city stands, and south from it, was
a heavy battery, about 1,100 yards long, and
its wall about 14 feet at the base, mounting
90 guns ; over against this, in a south-
westerly direction, on Red Point, was another
battery of 42 guns ; nearly between these,
but further westward, on the island of
Koolangsu. were several other batteries.

•' Early in the morning, which was hot and
calm, the admiral, general, and plenipotentiary
(the staff of each accompanying theinl em-
barked on board the Phlcgctlion to reconnoitre.
They proceeded within range of the long
line of guns to the right on Amoy, and of the
works to the left on Red Point, taking such
positions in their course as to enable them to
observe the defences on either hand, as well
as those on Ko<jlangsu. where the men were
seen engaged adding to their sand batteries.

"A Chinese merchant was sent off in the
course of the morning with a flag of truce to
the squadron, to ask what might be its object.
A demand of surrender was returned by his
hands. A junk with a white flag, found after-
wards to be owned by Siamese, came in while
the vessels were advancing to engage, and

stood on for some time after the action had
commenced, seemingly in perfect confidence
of being let alone.

" .At 1 o'clock the Queen and Sesostris stood
in for the east end of the long battery, and
the Blonde with tlie Druid and Mo<hste for
Ko<ilangsu. The Sesostris tirst tired. It was
returned. The Queeti then conunenced. The
batteries on all sides soon opened. The
Bcnliiick gave the soundings for the Wellesley
and Blenheim, in front of the long battery,
distant 400 yards. The Chinese did endure
the fire right manfully, standing to their
guns until they were shot down by musketry
in their rear. The batteries were never
completely silenced by the ships' guns, and
it is believed they never would have been.
It was not till the troops landed that the
majority of the men fled. Some were
bayoneted where thev stood at their guns ;
and two or three chief oflicers destroyed
themselves — one, strange to say, by walking
coolly into the water. The troops landed at
several points, and drove all before them.
The batteries on Red Point were almost
entirely disregarded. By six o'clock the
Moiteste and some of the other vessels were
at anchor in the inner harbour. The troops,
having passed through tiie southern suburbs,
mounted the heights between them and the
chief town, where they bivouacked for the
night, and entered the citadel ne.xt morning.
Thus fell the boasted strength of Amoy.

" The wall of the long battery was found
to be a masterly piece of work. When
looked at from the sea, it had appeared as
a town wall, with sand batteries in front ;
but instead of this, it was a strong and thick
wall of good height, with only small, low
gun-ports, and a defence between one gun-
port and another of a thick earth battery of
equal height with the wall ; over each gun-
port, too, mud was laid, so as to prevent the
striking off of splinters from the stone.

" About one hundred sizeable junks were
found in the inner harbour, wliich is spacious,
well-protected, and having good anchorage.

" The 27th, Friday, was occupied by Sir
Hugh Gough in possessing himself of the
citadel and town. Late in tlie day, the
plenipotentiary and admiral landed, and
visited the town.

" Yen Pihtow, the governor of Fuhkeen
and Chekeang, having been for some little
time past residing at Amoy, must have been
spectator of the light ; but no certain infor-
mation could be obtained, regarding either
him or of Admiral Tow Chinpew, commander-
in-chief of the naval forces of the province.
The admiral, it was said, had gone out for
a cruise. Yen and Tow are both natives of
Canton.

"In course of this day, the body of the
officer who had walked into the water was
found lying on the beach. If he was actually
the person he was stated to be — the tsung-
ping — he was the chief in command at the
time, having left his usual station at Quemoy
to take the place of the absent admiral.

" On the 28th, early in the morning, the
plenipotentiary and admiral landed, and went
up to Sir Hugh's quarter in the city. Sir
Henry visited several of the large buildings
in the citadel, and in the course of the day
removed with his suite on board the Blenheim.

" Here we must close these details for the
present, only remarking that the Druid 42,
Pyhidcs 18, and the Al^erinc 10, witli three
transports and 400 men (being one wing of
the 18th and the entire detachment, one
hundred and twenty or one hundred and
fifty men of the 26th Cameronians) were to
remain on Koolangsu, Amoy being evacuated,
and the squadron under orders for the

northward, destined it was supposed, for
Ningpo, Chinhae, and Chusan." .... " The
capture of Amoy was chiefly a naval operation,
and the little that was left for the troops
to do was done by tlie iStli Royal Irish.
Scarcely had the fleet on the 26th August
taken up their position opposite the batteries
of Amoy, when a boat bearing a white flag
w.is seen to approach the Wellesley. An
ofticer of low rank was the bearer of the
paper, demanding to know what our ships
wanted, and directing us ' to make sail for
the outer waters ere tlie celestial wrath should
be kindled against us, and the guns from
the batteries annihilate us ! ' The line of
works certainly presented a most formidable
appearance, and the batteries were admirably
constructed. Manned by Europeans no force
could have stood before them. For four
hours did the ships pepper at them without
a moment's cessation. The Wellesley and
Blenheim each hred upwards of 12,000 rounds,
to say nothing of the frigates, steamers, and
small craft. Yet tlie works were as perfect
when tliey left off as when they began, the
utmost penetration of the shot being 16 inches.
The cannonade was certainly a splendid
sight. The stream of fire and smoke from
the sides of the liners was terrific. It never
for a moment appeared to slack. From
twenty to thirty people was all that were
killed by this enormous expenditure of powder
and shot.

" It was nearly 3 p.m. before the i8th
landed, accompanied by Sir Hugh Gough
and staff. They landed close to a high wall
which flanked the main line of batteries,
covered by the Queen and Phlegethon
steamers. The flank companies soon got
over the wall, driving the enemy before them.
They opened a gate through which the rest
of our men entered, and advancing along
the battery quickly cleared it, killing more
men in ten minutes than the men-of-war did
during the whole day ; three of our fellows
were knocked over, besides others injured.
One officer cut his throat in the long battery,
another walked into the sea and drowned
himself in the coolest manner possible. The
enemy fled on all sides so soon as our troops
landed. We bivouacked as best we could
during the night, and next morning took
possession of the city without hindrance.
Much treasure had been carried away, the
mob leaving only the boxes which contained
it. Immense quantities of military stores
were found in the arsenals, and the foundries
were in active operation. One two-decker,
modelled from ours, and carrying thirty guns,
was ready for sea, and others were on the
stocks. But few war-junks were stationed
here, the Chinese admiral being at this time
absent with his fleet. During the engagement
the Phlegethon steamer was nearly severely
handled. She came suddenly opposite and
close to a masked battery, the guns from
which, having the exact range, opened upon
her. Fortunately for the steamer, the water
was sufficiently deep to come close into the
land. Captain McCleverty immediately landed
his men, advanced directly on the battery,
and took possession of it, killing a great
portion of the garrison. This was a very
spirited affair, and attracted universal
admiration. ... A garrison of detachments
from the i8th and 26tli Regiments, and the
Madras Artillery was left at Amoy, with
H.M. ships Druid, Pyladcs and Algcrinc."

As Kulangsu completely commands the city
of Amoy, it was determined to leave a small
force on that island, which was capable of
easy defence, and not to occupy the town
itself. The people in and around Amoy
showed very little fear or distrust of the

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF

HONGKONG,

SHANGHAI, ETC. 819

troops, and found, indeed, that they were
rather protectors than oppressors. The
pirates of the neiglibourliood, who had
always been a great scourge, were liept in
check, Changchow remained tranquil, and
the trade with Formosa was kept up.

Under the treaty signed at Nanking on
August 29, 1842, Araoy became one of the
five new Treaty ports, and it was stipulated
that the island of Kulangsu (as well as Chusan)
should continue to be held by Her Majesty's
forces until the money payments and the
arrangements for opening the ports to British
merchants were completed. The question as
to which ports should be opened under the
Treaty had given occasion for anxious con-
sideration to the British Plenipotentiary ; for,
outside of Canton, the knowledge of the
Chinese coast and the potentialities of the
trade-marts was most important. Amoy, how-
ever, like Ningpo, was chosen as having been
a former seat of European trade.

A Spanish Catholic mission f had been
estiiblished in Amoy from the early days of
the Spanish trade, but the first Protestant
missionaries arrived soon after the British
taking of the port and installed themselves
on Kulangsu. The Rev. W. J. Boone, M.D.,
and his wife came in 1S42, accompanied by
Dr. David Abeel. In 1844 arrived the Revs.
E. Doty and W. J. Pohlman, and in the same
year the London Mission was opened by the
Revs. A. and J. Stronach, who had previously
worked among the Chinese in Penang and
Singapore, and were thus conversant with
the Amoy language. These were the pioneers
of the iine work which has since been ex-
tended to the whole of the province. Several
foreign firms opened here in the early forties ;
of these, Messrs. Tait & Co., opened by Mr.
James Tait in 1845, and Messrs. Boyd & Co.
and Messrs. Pasedag & Co., opened at about
the same time, still survive in the port, though
the headquarters of the two former houses
are now transferred to Formosa. The chief
difficulties at the opening were found to be
the poverty of the population and the unpro-
ductive nature of the hinterland. These were
evils which have always militated against
Amoy, and it is only the importance which
it gained later on as the harbour and
entrepot for F'ormosan teas which put it
for a time among the larger ports. Another
difficulty at the start was the opium ships
stationed at Chinchew and Chimmo which
acted as competitors with the newly opened
port, but these were withdrawn later on and
the opium hulks were moored off Amoy
Island itself. The British Consul appears to
have lived at first on Kulangsu with the
garrison and afterwards in what is now the
Taoutai's yamen on Amoy ; but, as Michie's
" Englishman in China " gives a picture of the
first British Consulate on Kulangsu, built by
Mr. Alcock in 1844, we may presume that
the Consul from that time on lived more or
less continuously on Kulangsu, and that such
premises as were occupied on Amoy were
used for office purposes. The first negotia-
tions for a British concession on Amoy took
place in 1844, when a site on the sea-shore
at E-mng-kang, near what is now the Customs
stables, was agreed upon. But the spot was
inconvenient and does not seem to have ever
been used, and in 1851 the present site was
finally settled upon.

Kulangsu was evacuated by the British
garrison in March, 1845, after the payment

t The first Catholic missionaries came in 1589 from
Manila, but tliey were not permitted to remain. Another
more successful attempt was made in 1631, from which
year dates the establishment of the Spanish mission of
the Order of Saint Duminic, which has survived tlirouj*h
various vicissitudes and persecutions to the present day.

of the fifth instalment of the indemnity. The
British Consul who arranged the evacuation
was Mr. (afterwards Sir) Ktitlierford Alcock,
and his interpreter was Harry Parkes, then
a boy of sixteen. These two gentlemen, both
bearing names famous in British annals in
China, rose successively to be British repre-
sentiitives in Peking. Mr. Alcock was only
officiating for a few months for Captain Henry
Gribble, who held the substantive post and
was the first British Consul in Amoy ; Mr.
George G. Sullivan was his Vice-Consul, Lieu-
tenant Wade, 98th Regiment (afterwards Sir
Thomas Wade, Britisli Minister at Pelting)
his Interpreter, and Mr. Charles Alexander
Winchester his Consular Surgeon.

The early days of the Treaty port seem to
have gone on qnietly enough till the time of
the general upheaval in China caused by the
Taeping rebellion. The first signs of unrest
on the coast were exhibited at Amoy, where
on May 18, 1853, a body of insurgents under
the auspices of the Dagger — a branch of the
Triad Society, and led by Huang Wei, Huang
Teu-mei, and one Magay (so foreigners called
him, his Chinese name seems to have been
Ma-kin) seized the town, the official resistance
being of the weakest description. Magay
called himself an admiral, but his experience
of warfare, naval or otherwise, seems to have
been derived from serving the British garrison
at Kulangsu with spirits, and from a brief
cruise with a renegade Neapolitan in a
lorcha. The rebels held the town until
November, when the imperialist forces
regained possession. The insurgents fled
away to sea, and many succeeded in escaping
to the Straits and P'ormosa. Magay fled with
the rest, but was accidentally shot off Macao.
Foreigners did not suffer during this dis-
turbance. They were few in number, and
Kulangsu under the protection of British
gunboats afforded a safe refuge. The
recovery of the city was marked by terrible
cruelty on the part of the imperialist forces,
who seemed bent on making a wholesale
butchery of the population. So horrible
were the scenes of slaughter that the foreign
residents and a party landed from the liciincs
and Bittern intervened to stop the beheading
that went on in front of the foreign hongs.

The end of the fifties was marked by
the Taeping rebellion raging in Mid-China
and the second Anglo-Chinese War carrying
on its eventful course in the north. But the
first reflection in Amoy of these stirrhig
events was the establishment of the foreign
Customs in 1862. The opening w-as carried
out under the direction of Mr. Hart, as he
then was, now Sir Robert Hart, Inspector-
General of the Chinese Maritime Customs,
who visited the port early in that year. The
first Commissioner of Customs was Mr.
W. W. Ward, who remained until December,
1862, when he transferred charge to Mr.
George Hughes, who remained in control of
the Ainoy Custotns off and on until March,

On October 14, 1864, the port was astounded
to hear that the Taeping rebels had captured
the city of Changchow. The rebellion was
supposed to have been simmering out safely
away in the north, and the very existence of
rebels in the vicinity was imsuspected. A
small party had, it appeared, come overland
after the fall of Nanking. There was terrible
consternation in Amoy, where the Chinese
had no means of resistance, and many natives
fled the town. The foreigners and their
property were protected by the surveying
vessels Sicnllow and Dove, and by volunteers
among the residents themselves. Two more
gunboats, the Janus and Flamcr, were
promptly sent up from Hongkong, and

assistance also came from Foochow in the
shape of H.M.S. Bustard, under Lieutenant
Tucker, four foreign officers, one hundred
men, and two guns of the Foochow Franco-
Chinese force under Colonel de Mercy.
Owing to the fear that they would have to
pay for the maintenance of this small force,
the local officials showed the strongest
hostility to it, and it was obliged to return
to Foochow without having been allowed to
accomplish anything. Some sixty foreigners
of doubtful character arrived on the scene
from Shanghai, Ningpo, and Foochow with
a view to joining the rebels. Some of these
were stopped by their consuls, but some got
through to the rebel lines. Raw levies were
raised locally by the Chinese authorities, but
no delermined efforts were made to oust the
Taepings, and had it not been that the
movement was in its expiring throes, it
would have overcome easily the slender
opposition in this district. As it was,
however, the rebels remained entrenched in
Changchow until April 16, 1865, when they
left, unable to resist the disciplined force of
eight thousand men brought down from the
north.

On May 13, 1865, there arrived at Amoy
an American schooner naired the General
She mum, and among her pas-engers was
one Burgevine, the same who was formerly
in command of the disciplined Chinese force at
Shanghai, and afterwards a leader of the rebels
at Soochow. Burgevine had been deported
from China thirteen months before by the
United States Consul-General at Shanghai.
An effort was made to arrest him here, but he
succeeded in getting out of the port and was
only seized by the Chinese authorities on
May 14th as he was on his way to join the
rebels at Changchow. He was handed over
to the Chinese general, Kuo Sung-ling, and
was subsequently sent down to the Taoutai at
Amoy. His fate is somewhat mysterious. A
mob of rowdies, led by one of Burgevine's
compatriots, went to the liai-faiifl-tiiig's yamen,
where he was supposed to be confined, and
broke it open, only to find that he had already
been sent away. The Chinese afterwards
reported that he had been accidentally
drowned by the capsizing of a boat while on
his way to Foochow, an explanation which
was, apparently, accepted by the American
Government. There is no certain record here
of where the capsizing took place, but there
is a tradition that it was in the strait between
the north of Amoy and the mainland.

On March 13, 1865, the British Consul (Mr.
W. H. Pedder) accompanied by Mr. Johnston,
of Messrs. Tait & Co., Mr. Douglas, a mis-
sionary, and Gerard, a storekeeper in Amoy,
left in the gunboat Flanier to visit the rebels
at Changchow. They were hospitably enter-
tained by the rebel leaders, and found five
or six foreigners serving in prominent
positions among them, under the immediate
control of one Rhody, late a colonel and
adjutant-general in Colonel Gordon's force.
The party brought back with them as a
guest, and returned afterwards safely to
Changchow, one of the leading rebel chief-
tains. This worthy was treated with high
distinction, and entertained on H.M.S. Pelorns,
on which vessel a visitor recognised in the
distinguished guest his former chair coolie in
Hongkong.

With the close of the Taeping rebellion
Amoy entered on a peaceful phase, and its
history becomes the story of the development
of its foreign trade.

Trade.

The principal article imported by foreign
merchants in the early days of the Treaty

820 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

port was opium, and the chief article of
export was Amoy tea. It is a curious fact —
pathetic almost, considering that Amoy is
the first of the old Chinese tea-ports entirely
to lose the trade — that the word tea should
be derived from the word te* in the Amoy
dialect, .ind not from the ordinary name for
tea in most of the lanj^iges of China, which
is ch'a. The reason no doubt is that tea was
first introduced into Europe by the Dutch.
who got if from this region. The trade in
these staples, with the ownership or agency
of the vessels which carried them and other
commodities, such ;is rice, in which a large
coasting trade was done, furnished a lucrative
business for the merchants of the time.
These were the days of the opium clippers,
smartly found craft, which. carr>ing a
valuable cargo paying a high freight, and
being also the mail l>oats of those days.
could afford a style and equipment not seen
later on the coast. These vessels, schooners
at first, and later on fast steamers, lasted
into the sixties, until the time, in fact, when
the opening of the Sue/. Canal and the
establishment of the telegraph cable revolu-
tionised the China trade.

It was not long also before emigration
became an important element in the carrying
trade. Emigration from this district to the
countries of the Malay Archipelago has existed
from time immemorial. The unprotluctive
nature of the soil has never been able to
provide more than a slender list of exports, and
the heavy excess of imports has been balanced
by the output of human labour and the
savings which those labourers have remitted
to their native place. The establishment of
steam communication with the Straits gave
an impetus to the movement which has
since bieen steadily maintained. The inter-
course with the Malay countries has its
reflection in the villages near Amoy, where
faces of Malay type are seen, and Malay
may be heard spoken.

Statistics of trade exist only from the time
of the establishment of the Foreign Customs
in 1862, from which time on full information
is available from the Customs returns and the
Consular and Customs trade reports. Space
only permits a brief sketch of the subject
here. The number of foreign firms engaged
in trade was always small, the large estab-
lishments probably never exceeding half-a-
dozen in number. In 1865, according to the
directory of that year, there were three
regular Consuls — those representing Great
Britain, Spain, and United States — the other
Powers having merchants Consuls only.
There were two docks (the Amoy Dock
Company and the Bellamy Dock), a marine
surveyor, eleven " merchant " firms, three
medical practitioners, three pilots, two firms
of ship-chandlers, and two watchmakers,
which, with the missionaries and the Foreign
Customs staff, made up the foreign community.
In 1862, 394 vessels of 129,677 tons entered
at the Customs, the vast bulk of these being
sailing-ships. By 1871 the figures had risen
to 566 vessels of 215,651 tons. The British
flag greatly predominated, and it was fol-
lowed next by the vessels of the North
German States. Imports in 1862 were
valued at Hk. Tls. 3,394,816, and exports at
Hk.Tls. 1,498,860, the haikwan tael being
equivalent at that time to 6s. 8d. By 1871
the figures had become Hk. Tls. 5,730,078
and Hk. Tls. 3,085,889 respectively. " The
principal imports were opium, cotton yarn,

* Pronounced tay, as fonnerly in English, and now in
French and German.

" Here, thou, great Anna ! whom thrice realms ribey,
l>oftt sometimes counsel take — and sometimes tea."

—Port,— Rape 0/ the Lock.

cotton piece goods, metals, rice, beans, and
bean cake (from the northern ports), and ex-
ports were chiefly tea, sugar, chinaware,
earthenware, paper, bricks, tiles, tobacco, and
vermicelli.

The modern history of foreign trade in
.Amoy divides itself into three pericxis- tlic
period of the Amoy tea, the period of the
Formosa tea, and the period through which
the port is now, unfortunately, passing, when
the tea trade is extinct and nothing has risen
to take its place. In the early days, the
export of Amoy tea was quite considerable.
Between 1858 and 1864 the exportations
varied annually from four to seven million
pounds. In 1874 75, 7.645,386 lbs. of Amoy
Oolong were shipped to the United States.
But the trade did not last long. From
1875 the figures steadily fell away ; the
quality of the leaf deteriorated so seriously
and llie tea was so adulterated and so badly
prepared that, finally, the American Consul
advised his government to forbid the im-
portation. In l8(J9 the last shipment -
31.705 lbs. was made. The failure in quality,
Ihe general inferiority of the leaf as com-
pared with the products of Formosa and
Japan, and unduly heavy taxation, are the
causes of the ruin of this once fine industry.

The failure of Amoy tea, however, did not
hit the foreign merchants very hard, for,
as It began to decline so the market for
Formosa tea began to grow. The Amoy
firms had branches In Formosa with a
representative or two, but the tea was
bought, warehoused and shipped here. This
was due partly to the foreign and Chinese
merchants having their chief establishments
and godowns here, but mainly to the
excellence of the harbour and the lack of
a suitable haven in Formosa. This trade
brought great prosperity to Amoy. The big
Pacific liners and many large steamers going
to Europe and America viii the Suez Canal
put in to load up with tea, and several small
steamers were kept running between Tamsui
and Amoy during the season for the tea
alone. The great staple brought other
business in its train. In 1873 the Hongkong
and Shanghai Bank opened a branch here,
and, as sugar at the time was also an
important article of export, Amoy may be
considered to have reached the zenith of
its fortunes in the eighties and nineties.
In 1880 it was reported that there were
24 foreign firms, of which 17 were engaged
in business as general merchants, 4 being
agents for banks as well. Many of these,
of course, were British-Chinese firms doing
business with the Straits. There were 183
native wholesale houses, and 6 native banks.
The value of the goods handled by the
foreign and native firms was roughly esti-
mated at from $20,000,000 to $25,000,000 a
year.

But the Formosa tea, like its predecessor,
was to have only a brief reign. The Japanese
occupation of Formosa quickly brought about a
change in the trade. Matters continued much
as they were for some years after 1895 ; but the
improvements made by the Japanese Govern-
ment — the reconstruction of the railway from
Taipeh to Kelung, and, above all, the improve-
ment to Kelung harbour — have concentrated
the trade entirely in P'ormosa and dealt what
is, apparently, a death-blow to Amoy. The
years 1905-6 witnessed heavy diminutions
in the shipments of Formosa tea from Amoy ;
in 1907 hardly any went at all, and there was
almost a complete absence of big ships from
the harbour.

As tea went, so did sugar. Here, also, old
methcxls had to give place to modern ones.
The l(x;al sugar was killed by the superior

article prepared and grown under modern
scientific methods In Java, and there Is now a
large Importation of Java sugar Into Amoy.

At present, therefore, unless the unforeseen
happens, It would seem that the career of
Amoy as a tea-port Is ended. The trade as It
now stands has some eleven millioM taels
worth of foreign Imports (of which foreign
opium accounts for nearly two million taels),
and about three and a half million taels worth
of native Imports ; while exports amount In
value to nearly three million taels. WItli the
exception of opium, In which a couple of
Parsee tirms are still Interested ; oil, case and
bulk, which Is imported by the two tank
Installations, the Standard Oil and the Asiatic
Petroleum Company ; some American Hour,
and a small amount of piece goods and other
sundries, the imports are entirely in native
hands, as, of course, are the native imports
and the entire exports. Shipping is still in
foreign hands, and owing mainly to the
tonnage required for the emigration and
passenger traftic still constitutes an Important
Interest. The total tonnage employed by the
port in 1907 amounted to over two million
tons. But so far as the British ship-owner
is concerned, his interests have been heavily
cut into of recent years by Japanese com-
petition. In 1907, 23 per cent, of the ton-
nage was under the Japanese Hag, and
55 per cent, under the British ; a great
change from the time, not many years back,
when Great Britain had 80 per cent, of the
tonnage and Japan was not represented In
these waters at all. During the last ten years
a small Heet of launches under the Inland
Navigation Rules has come Into being. These
small craft ply between the port and neigh-
bouring towns, among them Changchow and
Chlnchew, and do a large passenger-carrying
trade. Many of them carry a foreign flag,
but they are almost entirely owned and
managed by Chinese, who somehow or other
have managed to acquire a foreign status.

The Amoy of to-day is thus the shadow of
its former self. The loss of the tea trade has
sensibly reduced the foreign community, and
with the tea have gone the attendant in-
dustries. To regain its position as an im-
portant centre of foreign trade the port must
find some productions wherewith to pay for
its Importations and replace those articles of
export which have disappeared. Hope for
the future lies in a railway which is now
being built, entirely with Chinese capital and
by a Chinese engineer, from Sungseu, on the
mainland to the west of Amoy, to Changchow.
This short line, avowedly experimental. Is of
interest as the precursor of a proposed large
railway scheme, which, it is hoped, will
ultimately embrace the whole of Foklen.
If any progress is made in railway con-
struction the way is opened for the
exploitation of the mineral resources of the
province, which are believed to be con-
siderable. Already a beginning has been
made in this direction by a Chinese syndicate
of capitalists in theAn-ch'l district, on ground
which is said to contain coal and Iron, besides
lead, lime, and stone. Other possible lines of
development are the application of foreign
machinery to the brick and tile industry of
Changchow, which thus handled might rise
to considerable proportions. A large In-
dustry in salted fish might also be established
in the port, the materials being all at hand ;
and there seems no reason why, if under-
taken in a scientific maimer with the requisite
capital and knowledge, tea and sugar planta-
tions should not be re-introduced into South
Fokien. The difficulty in these matters Is to
secure the necessary capital and co-operation.
The Chinese have little money of their own

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 821

and are as reluctant to admit forei>;n capital,
as they are unable to handle large co-operative
concerns themselves. The gradual enlighten-
ment and education of the people will, we
must hope, remove these drawbacks. In the
end there seems no reason why Amoy should
not rise from its ashes to higher things ; but
in the light of to-day it would seem that
before such a consummation is reached, a
generation or two must yet pass away.

ME. P. E. OBEIEN-BUTLEE.

Mr. PiKRCE Essex O'Brien-Buti.kr, who
has been British Consul at Amoy since May,
1906, was born on November 15, 1858, at
Twickenham, and was educated in Leipzig,
in Germany. He entered the Consular service
in 1880, and since 1895 has acted as Consul
successively at Chinkiang. Kiungchow,

1890 he resigned his appointment, and for
two years engaged in business in the Colony
as a stock and share broker. Rejoining the
bank's service in 1902, he came to Amoy,
at which port and Koochow he has been
since that time. Mr. Wallace is an enthusiastic
sportsman, and in his younger days was a
well-known figure on the football and hockey
fields. He won the tennis championship of
Hongkong in 1901. and even now devotes
as much of his spare lime to that game as
to his flowers. The garden adjoining his
private residence is one of the sights of Amoy,
and is recognised as being one of the finest
in China.

ME. C. A. V. BOWEA.

Mr. C. a. V. BowKA, Commissioner of
Customs, Amoy, is the eldest son of the
late Mr. E. C. Howra, Commissioner of Customs

He also holds the Chinese Third Civil Rank
and the Order of the Double Dragon.

BRANCH OF THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANK AT AMOY.
(.Actint; .\i,'eiit, W. H, Wallace.)

Foochow, and Chefoo. Mr. O'Brien-Butler
has also studied law, and was called to the
Bar by the Inner Temple, in June, 1895.

ME. W. H. WALLACE.

Mr. Wallace has taken the greatest
interest in public affairs during his residence
in Amoy, and now holds the position of
chairman of the Municipal Council. Born
in London in 1861, he was educated at
Dedham Grammar School, Essex, and at the
early age of seventeeti accompanied an orchid-
hunting expedition to South America. On his
return he devoted some time to the study of
botany, and one of his chief hobbies novv is
the cultivation of flowers. In 1882 Mr.
Wallace entered the service of the Hongkong
and Shanghai Bank in London, and two years
later was sent to the Hongkong ol'lice. In

at Ningpo and Canton. He was born at
Ningpo, in 1869, and was educated at St.
Paul's School, London, returning to China
in 1886 upon appointment to the Customs
service. He was a Student Interpreter at
Peking, and has been stationed at various
ports during his career. He became Acting
Commissioner in Newchwang in 1899, and
while in office there defended the Customs
and commanded the Newchwang Volunteers
during the Boxer troubles of 1900. Four
years later he was promoted full Commissioner
after having been in charge of the Customs
for three years during the Russian occupation
of the port. In 1905 he was appointed to
Amoy. Mr. Bowra is ^ barrister-at-law of the
Inner Temple, and has written several articles
on Chinese subjects besides contributing
officially to the various Customs publications.
He is fond of riding and tennis. Among his
decorations are the British China Medal, 1900,
and the French Colonial Order of Cambodge.

C. A. V. BOWRA.

Commissioner of Customs, Amov.

MB. C. B. MITCHELL.

Mr. C. Berkeley Mitchell, Capt.-Superin-
tendent of the Kulangsu Police and Secretary
to the Kulangsu Municipal Council, has had
an active and distinguished career. Born on
P'ebruary 12, 1864, he was educated at St.
Olave's Grammar School, Southwark, London,
S.E. He served with the Second Battalion
Royal West Kent Regiment in Egypt, South
Africa, Ceylon, and Hongkong, and had a
full share of fighting. He was mentioned
in Lord Kitchener's despatches, and among
his decorations are the Queen's South Africa
medal with three clasps, and the King's
South Africa medal with two clasps. After
twenty-two years' service he retired from
the Army, having then also won the long
service and good conduct medals.

ME. H. McDOUGALL.

Mr. H. McDougall, M.B., CM., of Ku-
langsu, Amoy, was born in Scotland in 1858,
and was educated at Glasgow High School
and University. After qualifying, he worked
for some time at the Great Western In-
firmary. In 1882 he came to Amoy as
assistant to Dr. (now Sir) Patrick Manson
and Dr. Ringer, and has been practising in
the town ever since.

ME. A. F. GAEDINEE.

Mr. a. F. Gardiner, of Amoyv was born in
Ireland in 1865 and was educated at the
International College, Isleworth. For some
time he was connected with a prominent
London tea house in Mincing Lane and
Fenchurch Street. In 1889 he came to
China for t!ie firm of Bovd & Co., whom

8l>2 twentieth CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

he represented in Taipei (Formosa) from
1891 to 1901. Just after the arrival of the
Japanese in the island he was made British
Pro-Consul there, a post which he held lor
some little time. He returned to Amoy on
behalf of Messrs. Boyd & Co. in 1901. Mr.
Gardiner was an enthusiastic oarsman in
his younger days, and has represented the
Twickenham Rowing Club at Henley.

CAPTAIN H. BATHUSST.

Captain H. B.^thurst, who now combines
the duties of a surveyor and pilot, and is
also a representative of the Merchant Guild

nations of the Far East, his name was
brought into great prominence. Although
the Chinese had ceded Formosa to J;ipan,
the Chinese governor and general of Formosa
refused to hand the island over to the enemy,
and a great battle was fought. The Japanese
were victorious, but they lost some thousands
of men. and the Chinese General Lai Yung Fu
managed to escape with some 1,400 to the
Thtiles. Captain Bathuist narrates, in glowing
terms, how the morning after leaving .Anping
the Japanese cruiser )'(i(:j'ir);;(i overtook liim,
and insisted upon thoroughly searching his
ship. Protests and repeated references to
the British flag, however, enabled him to
complete the remaining 16 miles to Amoy
without further interference, although two

the Foochow, Amoy, and Swatow districts,
has spent by far the greater part of his life
abroad. Born at Bury .St. lidnnnicls in 1876,
he received his early education at East-
bourne, Sussex, but at the age of eleven he
went to Canada. He subsequently entered
the service of the Hudson Bay Company,
and remained in the Dominion altogether for
fourteen years. In 1901 he joined the In-
surance Company at Shanghai. Of the
stability and soundness of the enterprise with
which he is now connected there can be no
question. So much Chinese capital is in-
vested in the Company that quite recently
the Shanghai Chinese Chamber of Commerce
solicited, and were granted, an examination
of the books. After a careful survev thev

THE KULANGSU MUNICIPAL POLICE, AMOY.
(C. Berkeley Mitchell, Superintendent, in centre.i

of Liverpool, at Kulangsu, Amoy, has had an
interesting career. Born in Rochester in
1859, he was educated at the Mathematical
School in that city. At first ambition led
him to choose journalism as a profession,
and he was apprenticed to the Uocliestcr and
Chatham Journal, but, soon becoming desirous
of a more adventurous career, he went to
sea. His first experience of a sailor's life
was obtained in sailing ships, but later he
secured various posts on steamers. He was
in command of a steamer trading in the
China Seas during the Franco-Chinese War
of 1886, and, when in command of the
British ss. Thales, he saw a good deal of
the grim side of the Chino-Japanese War.
Indeed, in connection with one stirring
incident in this struggle between the two

Japanese officers were left on board to pick
out the men they wanted. On reaching
Amoy the Chinese general and some of the
refugees made good their escape over the
side of the ship. In after years General
Lai Yung Fu, while still in seclusion and
retirement, wrote in pathetic terms expressing
his sense of indebtedness to Captain Bathurst.
It is worthy of record, too, that the Marquis
of Salisbury, with promptitude, secured the
dismissal of the Japanese officers responsible
for the delay of the Briiish ship.

ME. C. J. FAEEOW.

Mr. C. J. Farkow, manager of the China
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Ltd., for

expressed themselves fully satisfied with the
accounts, and gave it as their opinion that
the Company was well able to carry through
any contracts into which it might enter.

HE. LIM NEE KAS.

Mr. Lim Nee Kak, holds a very prominent
place in the .social and commercial life of
Amoy. He has gained many distinctions
from the Government, and is now accounted
one of the richest men in China. Born in
Pangkio, Taipei, Formosa, in 1874, he was
educated privately, and at an early age
assisted liis latlicr, Mr. Lim See Fu, who
was Chinese minister in the island, in the

The Dry Dock.

THE NEW AMOY DOCK COMPANY, LTD.

Machine Shop.
Carpenters' Shop.

[See page 826.]

Boiler Shed.

824 TWENTltlTH CENTURY I31P1U':SSI0NS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

management • of his rice estates and ^old
niines. and in .prospectinj; expeditions into the
interior. Alter the Japanese War the family
came to Amoy. and here Lim Nee Kar
assisted his father to establish four banks,
as well as one each in Honjjkonji, Tientsin,
and Shanghai. The death of Mr. Lim See
Fu tiK>k place in n)o^. after which his son
l<M>k charge of all the businesses. Success
followed success. He has visited the Throne
at Peking, and was granted a title equal in
rank to that of an anibass;idor, and carrying
with it the privilege of petitioning the Throne
in person. Amongst the many positions he
has held as a prominent man of business
may be mentioned the chairmanship of the
Chinese Chamber of Commerce, to which he
has tvcen elected three times. In 1906 he

THE HOPE AND WILHELUINA HOSPITALS.

.\s early as 1842 medical mission work was
begun in Amoy, and to-day the outward and
visible signs of its activity are to be seen in
the two useful and commodious institutions
which stand on the island of Kulangsu. The
Ho|-ie Hospital was opened in 1898, the
money for its ereclion having been collected
amongst Hollanders in the United States
through the instrumentality of Dr. Otte. Up
to the end of ii)o6, 85,758 in and out-patients
were treated, ^.865 oper.itions were performed,
and 21 medical students received instruc-
tion at the institution. The Wilhelmina
Hospital for women was built, and continues
to be supported, by friends of the work in
the Netherlands, and has been of inestimable

the Anglo-Chinese College was taken over in

1900 by Dr. A. H. F. Barbour, of Edinburgli,
on behalf of the Knglisli Presbyterian Church
and London Mission, as a new departure in
their work among the Chinese at Amoy.
The present principal entered upon his duties
in 1900, and had, at the comniencement,
titty students under his charge. The scliool
buildings were purchased by Dr. Barbour in

1901 (or §15,000, and the adjoining boarding-
house was erected with money collected by
teachers, parents, and students, at a cost of
§5,000. Each of the nine class-rooms will
accommodate upwards of forty students,
and the lecture-hall will seat 350 persons
quite comfortably. The special class-rooms
for chemistry and physics have been splen-
didly equipped through the kind help of

THE KESIDENCE OF LIM NEE KAR.

was asked by the Government to establish
the Sin Vong Corporation Bank, and, at the
present time, he is a director of the Fokien
Railway Company : superintendent of the
Amoy Telephone Company ; chairman of
the Shanghai Hwatong Marine and Hre
Insurance Company ; and auditor of the
Taiwan Bank in Amoy. At the time of
writing he is using every effort to secure the
construction ol some efficient waterworks on
the island. He is a great believer in the
advantages of a European education, and
his sons, who are now studying under a
European governess, show every promise of
developing intellectual faculties similar to
those which have -characterised their father
and grandfather.

benefit to the district since it was opened
in March, 1899. Dr. J. A. Otte. M.A., M.D.,
who has charge of the hospitals, was born
in F"lushing, Holland, in 1861. and when
five years of age went to America, where he
was educated at Hope College and at the
University of Michigan. He caine out to
China at the beginning of 1888, and was for
seven years at Sio-Khe, a place 60 miles in
the interior, where he built the Neerbosch
Hospital. He speaks Chinese fluently. At
the Hope and Wilhelmina Hospitals he has a
European nurse, and a Chinese assistant.

ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE.

Started in 1898 as a Christian educational
establishment for residential and day students,

Dr. Barbour and other friends, and here
the accommodation is sufiicient to enable
thirty scholars to receive instruction at one
time. The school is divided into two depart-
ments — junior and senior. The junior section
is equivalent to the elementary school in
Great Britain, while the senior is equal to
the home collegiate standard, having, accord-
ing to the bent of the students, a commercial
or a science course. The commercial course
comprises letter-writing, book-keeping, short-
hand, and typewriting ; while the science
course embraces zoology, chemistry, physics,
geology, astronomy, and mathematics. Music
and drill — military and physical — .ire taught,
and sports are encour;iged.

The teaching staff numbers sixteen, and
comprises two trained English masters, one
voluntary English master, six Chinese teachers

AMOY ENGINEEBING COMPANY, LTD., KULANGSU, lAMOY. [See paije 827]

GEXK'AL VlKW ()[■• WoHKS.

The Bo.i.kr Sfieu. The Turning Shop.

The Fn-rixc shop, Mr. J. D. Edw.\rds, Managing Director and Superintendent,

and his Conipradores.

II .M M 2

826 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

of English, and seven Chinese teachers of
Chinese. The students come (roin P'ormosa,
Manila. Swatow. Singapore, Rangoon. Foo-
chow, and neighbouring towns in the Fokien
Pro\ince. and are usuallv the sons of Man-

building, erected in 1902, affords accommodH-
tion for six hundred day pupils, and two
hundred boarders. The situation is high
and healthful, and easily accessible from
both the city and the harbour. The rooms

THE HOPE AND WILHELMINA HOSPITALS, AMOY.

darins, merchants, and literati. The expenses
of a resident student are roughly $100 per
annum, and last year 216 were enrolled.

The immediate aim of the school is to
give a liberal English and Chinese education,
while its ultimate object is to teach the
students to think and study for themselves,
to inspire them with a keen sense of right
and wrong, and to develop their spiritual
instincts along broad Christian lines. In
these directions much success has already
been achieved, and Mr. Kankin and Mr.
H. J. P. Anderson. M.A.. the vice-principal,
may be relied upon to see that there is
no falling away from the high standard
reached.

Mr. Hugh Fraser Rankin, F.S.A. (Scotland),
F.E.I.S., was born in 1868 at Garthlick, In-
verness-shire. Scotland, and was educated at
Moray House College and at Edinburgh
University, where he was medallist in science
and honoursman in education and engineer-
ing. He went to Singapore as principal of
the Eastern School in 1896, and four years
later took up his present post at Amoy.

TUHG WEH IHSTITUTB.

The Tung Wen Institute was founded in
1898 by Mr. A. Burlingame Johnson, the
American Consul at Amoy, and six wealthy
Chinese merchants. The object of the
school is to provide the Chinese with an
opportunity of acquiring a thorough knowledge
of the English language, a sound business
education, and elementary instruction in
the sciences. Religious teaching of all kinds
is prohibited, and a respectful toleration of
the various beliefs is insisted upon. The

are large, cool, and well lighted. Three
regular courses of study are offered — the
grammar course, requiring from four to six
years to complete ; the advanced course,

open to those who have completed the
jirammar course, and requiring from two to
three years to complete ; and the Chinese
course, equivalent to that required for
middle schools by the Chinese educational
Board, to be taken independently of, or
conjointly with, the English courses. Mr.
Charles J. Weed, the superintendent, has
obtained considerable academic distinction.
He was born in 1870, in Wisconsin, and
was educated at public schools in Iowa and
Oregon, at McMinndille College, and at
Portland and Willamettae Universities. After
successfully taking the graduates course,
he came to China in 1900, to take up his
present appointment.

THE NEW AMOY DOCK COMPANY, LTD.

The prosperity of a seaport depends in no
small degree upon the efficiency and capacity
of its dock accommodation, and in this
respect Amoy is exceedingly fortunate. The
dock owned by the New Amoy Dock Com-
pany has been in existence since 1858, but
the Company, as at present constituted, was
Hoated in 1892, being registered in the
British Colony of Hongkong with a sub-
scribed capital of $67,500. Messrs. Robert
Hunter Bruce and William Snell Orr, who
have now retired, were the two leading
spirits in the formation of the Company and
were the first directors. Since that time
nearly Sioo.ooo have been invested in new
machinery and upon improvements to the
property, so that now orders can be executed
with much greater despatch than was possible
formerly. The Company carry on the busi
ness of marine, mechanical, and electrical
engineers, shipbuilders, boiler-makers, and iron
and brass founders. They possess a well-
constructed granite dry dock, capable of
taking vessels up to 310 feet between per-
pendiculars ; machine shop, foundry, boiler

^^^

THE ANQLO-OHINESE COLLEGE, AMOT.
(H. F. Rankin, Superintendent.)

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 827

shed, smithy, and carpenters' shed, equipped
with modern machines ; and a 20-toM crane
on the sea-wall for the handling; of heavy
substances. Among the machines in constant
use are a plate-rolling machine, capable of
rolling plates up to iSJ feet ; a punching
and shearing machine, which can take ij inch
plates ; and some up-to-date lathes, upon one
of which the largest tail-shaft can easily be
manipulated. In the foundry it is possible
to make castings up to five tons, so that,
with its present permanent stalT of two
hundred competent artisans, the Company
can undertake practically any repairs which
shipping may demand. In case of emergency
extra hands are easily procurable.

The present board of directors comprises
Messrs. Tait & Co., the general managers,
Messrs. Fred B. Marshall, Wm. Wilson, A. F.
Gardiner, and Wm. Kruse, members of the
consulting committee. The Company has
been fairly succe.ssful, from a financial point
of view, from the start, and its future pros-
perity seems to be assured. There is no
doubt that the establishment is a credit to
the small port of Amoy, and a boon to the
shipping. All the work undertaken is super-
intended by the able and energetic manager,
Mr. Robert W. Black, an engineer possessing
a wide and varied experience.

holding 1,750,000 gallons. The chief trade
is done in American kerosene oil, paraffin
wax, mineral oils, and naphtha from America.

MESSES TAIT & CO.

The firm of Messrs. Tait & Co., which
carries on a general import and export
business in many parts of the Kast, was
established in Amoy in 1845 by Mr. James
Tait. The founder of the house died some
time back, but others have been taken into
partnership and the business has developed
gradually year by year until now its ramifica-
tions extend from China and Formosa to
Japan, branches having been established in
North and South P'oimosa, Yokohama, and
Kobe. The firm acts as agent for the Char-
tered Bank of India, Australia, and China,
the Peninsular and Oriental Company, and
the North British and Mercantile Insurance

they have, of course, a branch at Amoy,
which has sub-agencies in the inland towns
of Chwan Chew and Cheang Chew, where
every effort is made to give policy-holders
any assistance they may require. The
Company are making arrangements now to
provide accommodation for their Chinese
clients who may be travelling through the
port, and they will shortly start a policy-
holders' school in Amoy, to which all who
are insured in the Company may send their
children to learn English. The general
agent is Mr. Fred Heyte, who was born
in Antwerp in i86q and came to China in
1904, joining the Company two years later.
The collecting agents in Amoy are Messrs.
Douglas Lapraik & Co.

THE FOKIEN DEUG COMPANY, LTD.

The Fokien Drug Company, Ltd.. of Ku-
langsu, Amoy, is an amalgamation of several

THE AMOY ENGINEERING COMPANY, LTD.

Chinese capital controlled and worked by
a thoroughly well-trained and experienced
Britisher is the combination that has placed
the Amoy Engineering Company, Ltd., of
Kulangsu, Amoy, in such a prominent position.
The undertaking was registered in Hong-
kong, in 1893, as a limited liability company,
with a capital of $30,000. The Company
build and repair launches, repair steamers
in harbour, and do general engineering
work in all its branches, with the exception
of making castings over 10 cwts. in weight.
Their slip for building launches, tugs, &c.,
is upwards of no feet in length, and their
patent slipway extends from the works to
a distance of 290 feet, most of which is
untler water. They have, also, a double-
power capstan, and sheers capable of raising
anything up to ten tons. The turning and
punching machines are of the best, and in
first-class condition. The firm's boast that
it is capable of fulfilling almost any obligation
it may be called upon to undertake is,
therefore, not without justification.

The managing director and superintendent
of the works is Mr. J. D. Edwards, an
Irishman, who was born and educated at
Greenock. He was apprenticed to marine
engineering with the firm of Steele & Co.,
in that town, and on the completion of his
articles went to sea. In 1882 he joined the
well-known Eastern firm of Douglas Lapraik
& Co., but resigned his position in 1902, in
order to establish the Amoy Engineering
Company. Mr. Edwards is a well-known
figure on the China coast ; he took an active
part in quelling the Boxer disturbances and
gained a medal for his services.

THE STANDARD OIL COMPANY OF
NEW YORK.

A LARGE and important business, under the
direction of Mr. L. I. Thomas, the manager,
and Mr. Morley, the assistant manager, is
carried on at the local branch established by
this Company. Their tanks are capable of

TUNG WEN INSTITUTE, AMOY.
(Chas. J. Weed, Superintendent.)

Company. The special feature about this
firm is that all its members speak the local
dialect, and thus are able to conduct their
business direct with the natives, without the
aid of compradores. The present proprietors
are Messrs. F". B. Marshall, W. Wilson, and
K. N. Ohly. Mr. Wilson is a member of
the Kulangsu Municipal Council and is on
the committees of several governing bodies.

THE SHANGHAI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
LTD.

Insurance business has extended rapidly in
nuinerous directions during recent years, but
few companies have so wide a sphere of
activity as the Shanghai Life Insurance Com-
pany, Ltd., who, in their desire to offer every
possible advantage to their policy-holders,
appear sometimes to encroach almost upon
the domain of philanthropy. As their name
implies, their head office is at Shanghai, but

wholesale druggists. The combine - was
formed in March, 1906, and was registered
at the Chamber of Commerce, Peking, with
a capital of $56,000. The Company are
wholesale import and export druggists,
general store-keepers, dealers in piece goods,
wines and spirits, photographic chemicals,
stationery, fancy and toilet goods, &c. They
are also commission agents, and export a
considerable quantity of articles manufac-
tured locally. The directorate is an influential
one, and the committee includes Messrs. Yap
Cheng Ho, S. P. Yin, Lim Leong Eng, Tan
Thian Un, Lim Chong Siu, Ng Sit Teiig,
and Wong Teng Sing. The managing
director is Mr. Lim Ui Sian : the secretary,
Mr. Cheong Eng Soon, M.D., Chinese dip-
loma ; the treasurer. Mr. Liau Yat Boat ;
the dispensers are Messrs. Ng Gi Hu and
Sih Kun Eng ; and the chief clerk is Mr.
I^iau Chiau Hi.

828 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

TH£ CEBTSAL DISPEHSAR7.

Mk. C. Whitkiklu. of the Central Disptnsiiry,
Kulangsu, Amoy, was born in Ainoy in 1864.
While quite young, however, he went to the
Straits Settlements, and was educated at the
RafHe's Institute, Singapore, returning to
China at the age of twelve. In a few years

he joined the China Hospital, .\iiH)y, under
Sir Patrick Manson. Afterwards lie was con-
nected with the Seaman's Hospital, Kulangsu.
Amoy. and, at the same time, took charge of
the dispensary of Dakin Bros. Here he re-
mained for twelve years, and received a
testimonial of efliciency. Through unforeseen
circumstances, the branch was suddenly

THE NEW AMOY HOTEL.
(Proprietor, F. H. LCCASSEX.)

placed in his charge. He gained further
experience during two years' superintendence
of the Tong Chong Dispensary, now the
Fokien Drug Company, Ltd., and then, in
1898. opened the Central Dispensary, which
is also a general store, where wines, spirits,
tobacco, and fancy goods are sold.

PASEDAG & CO.

This general import and export business
was established in Amoy, in about 1850, by
Mr. C. K. Pasedag. Since that time its opera-
tions have been extended in a number of
directions, and the present partners, Messrs.
A. Piehl and B. Hempel, carry on a large
coal trade, and are agents for the Asiatic
Petroleum Company, and the Norddeutscher
Lloyd, the Hamburg-Amerika, the Nippon
Yusen Kaisha, and the British India Shipping
Companies.

THE NEW AMOY HOTEL.

One of the best little establishments of its
kind to be found on the coast of China is
the New Amoy Hotel, Kulangsu. The rooms
are spacious and comfortably furnished. A
visitor can enjoy a game of billiards and
rely upon his comfort being attended to in
every possible way. Mr. F. H. Lucassen,
the proprietor, was born in Emden, Germany.
At the age of twelve he went to sea and
served in British and American vessels
trading in Chinese waters. He went through
liis training in the German Navy from 1876
to 1878. and then, returning to China, took
his chief officer's certificate in Hongkong.
Afterwards he traded up and down the coast
until, in 1884, he entered the Imperial
Maritime Customs service. He resigned in
1891 in order to join the Shell Transport and
Trading Company, with whom he remained
for nine years, at the end of which time he
opened the New Amoy Hotel.

SWATOW.

WATOW, or Shaii-tau, one of
the ports thrown open in
i860 by the Treaty of Tient-
sin, lies at the main mouth
of the River Han, which is
here about a mile wide, and
forms the entrepot and har-
bourage for a rich and flourishing hinterland,
of which the ancient capital is Cha'o-chow-fu.
In its setting of rush-covered, sandy dunes,
vallevs laden with orange trees, crags in
wild disorder, and distant, venerable moun-
tains, Swatow is rightly named "the beautiful,"
and its climate, removed from either extreme
of heat or cold, is healthful and invigorating.
The trade of the port was originally carried
on bv sailing vessels, which had to pay a
hundred dollars per mast each time of entry
— a profitable source of revenue when it is
remembered that in the early days the
harbour often gave shelter to as many
as fifty sailing ships. The first steamers
to touch at Swatow were those of the
Douglas and Peninsular and Oriental Com-
panies, which scheduled three sailings a
week from Hongkong for Swatow, Amoy, and
Foochow. In course of time the Peninsular
and Oriental boats were withdrawn from the
run, but for upwards of fifty years the
Douglas Company have maintained a regular
service, though latterly they have had to face
strenuous opposition from the Japanese.

The former prosperity of Swatow depended
largely on the sugar industry. Fleets of
native junks and numbers of foreign steamers
came into port from Newchwang laden with
bean cakes as manure for the cane planta-
tions, which extended for hundreds of miles
around, and everybody and everything lived
more or less directly by and on sugar. Now,
however, Javanese, Hongkong, and heavily
subsidised Japanese sugars have practically
driven the local product from the market ; the
industry is dead, and all the factories are
closed. The tea industry has also dwindled
to insignificance, and an attempt to intro-
duce flour-milling was speedily frustrated by
competition from Hongkong. But, neverthe-
less, the trade outlook is hopeful. There is
a steady appreciation of land values, which
may be taken as an indication that Swatow
is slowly realising its destiny as a great
emporium, with ever-extending railway com-

munication, and a growing ste.uner service
along the great trade routes of Eastern
commerce. The decline of the former staples
has already in some measure been balanced
by an enormous development along other
lines of industry, thanks to the wealth brought,
or remitted, to the country by Chinese coolies,
who have emigrated to the Malay Peninsula
and elsewhere, and found prosperity. The
extent of the coolie emigration from Swatow
may be gauged from the latest available
figures for one vear, which are as follows : —
To Hongkong, 12,876 ; lo the Straits Settle-
ments, 52,678 ; to Sumatra, 8,971 ; to Bangkok,
46,246 ; and to Saigon, 5,786. The coolies
are sent as " assigned servants " to the agents
of large Chinese sugar, rice, rubber, indigo,
tobacco, fruit, and other planters in the
respective countries ; and there can be little
do;ibt that this traffic, in spite of its repulsive
local sobriquet, " the small pig trade," is not
without advantage to a district where, owing
to over-population, infanticide is of common
occurrence.

The manufacture of pewter-ware, earthen-
ware, coarse paper, and drawn-lace fabrics
has received considerable impetus, while, in
addition to limited quantities of sugar and
tea, fans, grass-cloth, indigo, oranges, jute,
bamboo-ware, oil, tobacco, eggs, tinfoil, ver-
micelli, macaroni, &c., are exported. Imports,
via Shanghai and Hongkong, consist princi-
cipally of cotton and woollen textures,
American fiour, wheat, cotton yarn, kerosene
oil, metals, opium, ramie fibre, rice, beans,
bean cake, matches, &c. The net value of the
trade of the port coming under the cogni-
sance of the foreign Customs in 1906 was
Tls.43, 159,013, as compared with Tls. 47,948,050
in 1905, and Tls. 49,280,786 in 1904. Quite a
feature of the commercial activity of Swdtow
is the extraordinary enterprise of the Japanese,
who since the war have overrun the country
and have made their way into almost every
department of trade.

The population of Swatow, estimated at
about 35,000, contains an increasing per-
centage of Europeans and Japanese, and
quite a city of detached villa residences, each
with its trim garden, is springing up, and
finding its way through the older parts of
the town — a marvellous change since the
days, less than half a century ago, when the

foreigner was strictly forbidden entrance to
Swatow, and had to remain for safety on
Masu, or Double Island, lying just inside the
river mouth about four miles below the port.
On the shore opposite Swatow, at the foot
of a range of rugged heights, lies the settle-
ment of Kak Chieh, where the British Consul
and a few other Europeans reside, but with
this exception all the foreign houses and
representatives conduct their business in the
town itself. Various schemes of reclamation
have been undertaken, and in this way about
2ii acres have been added to Ihe available
building land. It is interesting, and, indeed,
curious, to remark ihat in Swatow and the
surrounding district no bricks are used in the
construction of the houses, the substitute being
a form of concrete into the composition of
which a peculiar local clay, in admixture with
oyster- shell lime and water, enters largely.
This material hardens into a solid wall, and
appears to last quite as well as the bricks so
generally used in other parts of China.

The local government of Swatow and the
surrounding district is vested in the Taoutai,
a high Chinese official, who resides in the
Yamen, or Court-house, at Cha'o-chow-fu.
The present holder of the oftice, recently
arrived in the district, is a man of action,
and under his supervision the local police,
who were formerly under mercantile admin-
istration, have been brought to some state of
efficiency, and much better order prevails in
the towns than formerly. Assisting the Taoutai
are the Chief of Police ; the Tung Hi magis-
trate, who settles the disputes among natives,
and metes out punishment in Swatow ; and
the Chow Yang magistrate, who deals
similarly with Kak Chieh, and the district on
the southern shore.

There is a fairly large staff of Customs
officers attached to Swatow, and they are
usually fully employed, as the number of vessels
entering and clearing the port is increasing
year by year. For many years the Customs
Department had to perform their functions
and live on Double Island, and it was
only after exterminating a couple of hundreds
of desperadoes, rowdies, and fanatics, that
they succeeded in occupying the present
site on the mainland. New Customs offices
are now being built on a portion of the
reclaimed land. The yearly duty collected

830 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

by the Imperial Customs at Swatow amounts
approximately to TIs. 1,500.000.

There are three piist otTices— the German,
the Imperial Japanese, and the Imperial
Chinese ; the latter, which is under European
super^sion, is the best manajjed. New
post oftices are being constructed, and. near
them, examination halls and quarters.

Petroleum Company, Limited (which absorbed
the Shell Transport and Royal Dutch Com-
panies, established in Swatow for many years).
and the Standard Oil Company. Both are
doinj; a thrivinji business. On the other
hand, the sujiar refinery erected at Kak Chieh,
by Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co., Ltd..
was closed, partly on account of the dis-

TEMPLE OF KWANGIN.

There are no public works at present,
though a waterworks scheme has been pro-
jected. An electric lighting plant was at one
time installed by private enterprise, but,
owing to dispute amongst the directors upon
the subject of finance, the plant was closed
down after working only four months.

Among the largest commercial undertakings
are those of the Royal Dutch and Asiatic

favour into which Swatow sugar fell, and
partly owing to the heavy taxes imposed by
the Government. It remains to this day
known as the " white elephant " of Swatow,

The religious and educational institutions
of the district are doing useful work. A
branch of the English Presbyterian Mission
was established in Amoy in 1847, and it was
extended to Swatow in 1857, and to Formosa

in 1870. There is now a centre iti Chao-
chow-fu. The Mission has a theological
college at Swatow, a high school for boys,
with room for forty scholars, and a high
school for girls, with accommodation for
about sixty. Dr. Lyall has charge of a
general hospital, and Dr. Beatli of a women's
hospital ; and there is also a book shop in
connection with the Mission. The clement
of commercialism so often deplored in relation
to mission work is entirely absent, as the
Mission is self-supporting.

There is also an Anglo-Chinese college,
named the " To Chiang," after the river. It
was built entirely with Chinese capital, sub-
scribed by merchiuits in Swatow, half of the
sum of ?40,ooii being given by Mr. Chen Yu
Ting. It was conunenced in 1905 and com-
pleted in the following year, affording accom-
modation for one hundred scholars. It is
under the control of the English Presby-
terian Mission.

There is also a branch of the Mission
Catholique, under the Rev. Fr. Douspis ;
while on the Kak Chieh side the American
Baptist Union has an establishment.

There are no temples in Swatow of any
age or interest, except, perliaps, the large
temple, dedicated to the Virgin Mary, on
Double Island,

Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Ger-
many, Great Britain, Italy, Japan, the Nether-
lands, Norway, and the United States have
Consular representation in Swatow.

There are two clubs, each piovided with a
billiard room and library. The Swatow Club
has two tennis courts, while that at Kialat,
on the opposite side of the river, has a fine
bowling alley. The use of these clubs by
members' wives on certain afternoons for
their " at homes " adds much to their value
in the social life of the communitv.

CHAO-CHOW-FU.

Chao-chow-fu, the provincial capital and
seat of local government, is easily reached
from Swatow, the journey of 24J miles being
covered in an hour and a half. The railway
was constructed by Japanese contractors for
a syndicate of Singapore Chinese, with a
capital of $2,000,000. Work was begun in
1904, and the line was opened for traftic on
November 25, 1906, though as yet no freight
is carried. The engines and rails are of
American make, but the carriages, like the
working staff, came from Japan. The line
lies through charming scenery — orange
groves, rice-fields, and tobacco plantations,
interspersed with bananas, persimmons, and
other vegetation, succeeding each other in
pleasing panorama,

Chao-chow-fu, which is 6J li in length and
3 li in breadth, and is surrounded by high
moss-grown walls, pierced at intervals for
cannon, has a population estimated at about
120,000 inhabitants.

The Roman Catholic Church, a majestic
pile, completed in 1905, rears its lofty spire
near the railway stiition, and is one of the
first objects to arrest attention. It bears solid
witness to the perseverance of the sturdy
priests, who, after years of unremitting toil
and endless trouble, succeeded in erecting it
upon the site of what was once a stagnant
pool of water.

The narrow streets of the poorer part of
the town teem with life, human and animal.
They give place to more spacious quarters,
where attractive- looking shops display a
wealth of foreign goods of all descriptions,
and beyond are walled lanes leading to
charming residences.

■;*-,

mmm

f *- * ii « 5i,

iflfptp

' 'i?l1ll4*^i

l> *) « « f 4iftA '

■

HAN SAN INSCRIPTIONS.

[See page 832.]

832 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONUKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

There are many sights of interest. A
swinging bridge of boats across a branch of
the River Han leads to the famous Han San,
a mountain looming green and high, with
bamboo groves and clusters of ferns on its
sides. Here is situated the ancient temple of
Han Kung Tze. dedicated to the manes of
Han Boon Kung. a sage and philosopher,
who nourished under the Tung dynasty.
There are some classic inscriptions on the
massive granite slabs, and with great difficulty
impressions of them have been obtained for
inclusion in this work. The temple is now
a Government school : the idols have been
removed, and in the stately halls sit young
lads imbibing from foreign teachers the
wisdom of the West.

The great Buddhist temple of Kwanvin,
the goddess of heaven, is situated in the
heart of the city, its gate guarded by four
huge monsters, hideous of mien, and gro-
tesquely carved. Worshippers chew paper,
and throw the pellets at the bodies of these
monsters, fully believing that luck will follow
if the pellets stick. The image of the
goddess, of cunning workmanship, is secluded
by embroidered hangings and gilded screens,
and high up in the mystic rafters hangs an
enormous bell of full and silvery tone. A
kitchen, erected four hundred years ago,
contains seven huge iron pots and cauldrons,
wherein former generations of monks boiled
their rice and water.

The mountain Kam San may be reached
in chairs, and from the summit, approached
by steps, an enchanting view unfolds itself.
What is now a Government high school, in
the neighbourhood of the mountain, was at
one time occupied by General Fong, who,
though himself a sybarite of the first order,
maintained such perfect discipline in the
district by cutting off the heads of thousands
of malefactors that his name has become a by-
word for justice and cruelty. The mountain
is strongly fortified ; nests of modern guns
being concealed under evergreens and waving
banana trees.

The Sai Fu temple is renowned for the
deep cuttings in the solid rocks, containing,
in addition to the usual moral maxims of
Confucius, a number of pieces of poetry made
and cut by amateur poets, inspired by the
genii of the mountain and the compelling
beauty of the surroundings.

A short distance to the north of the citv
are located the widely known hot and cold
mineral springs of Jao Ping, accessible in a
few hours either by chair or boat. The
journey from Cha'o-chow-fu occupies seven
or eight hours, and the traveller is well
repaid by the beauty of the scenery in the
neighbourhood of the springs. The waters
are charged with sulphur, soda and other
minerals and with natural carbonic gas, and
have valuable therapeutic properties. The
town of Jao Ping itself is without much
interest, its inhabitants, for the most part,
l)eing engaged in agriculture.

HIS EXOELLEHCT WOO SHU.

His Excellency Woo Shji, the Taoutai of
Chao Chow, was born in the Yunnan Pro-
vince of China in i860. Educated at Peking,
he secured the highest degree of the Chinese
Imperial Academy (Han Lin Yuen Phien
Shui). He was appointed Censor of Peking
and Judge of the South Gate, and was after-
wards promoted to be Censor for informations
and Memoralist of the provinces of Kiang-
nan. Shantung, Kweichow, and Chihii. Then
he became Chief Examiner's Assistant and

Censor of the Punishment Department of
Peking (Chi Su Chong), and in May, igo6,
was appointed by imperial decree to be the
Real Incumbent of the Hui, Chao. and Chia
Prefectures and Districts, and Taoutai of
Swatow. Arriving in Canton in November
he presented himself to the Viceroy Cliou
and was asked to act temporarily as Taoutai

the duties of the post to whicli he liad been
originally appointed by imperial decree. He
is now the highest Chinese authority in the
prefectures and districts under his control.
Owing to his careful supervision, the police
force in Chao Chow and Swatow. wliich was
formerly under mercantile administration, has
been brcnight to a lii.Uli standard of cO'iciency

HAN SAN AND VICINITY.

at Kau, Lui, and Yang Prefectures. While
still in this office he was invited to serve
temporarily as Taoutai of the Chung Yai
Prefectures, but, owing to urgent affairs in
the ICiu, Lui, and Yang districts, he could
not take up this appointment and, being re-
called to Canton, he was Acting Provincial
Treasurer and Financial Commissioner for
three months, after which he entered upon

His Excellency has recently issued a procla-
mation to the newly organised police force
of Swatow to level the roads and reconstruct
a bridge for the convenience f)f the carriages
plying from the CIkuj Shan railway station to
the town of Swatow. He is also organising
a Clearing Thoroughfares Department, and is
engaged upon several other important and
necessary reforms. He is a straightforward,

^^rSBI^»cnriK7>

CHAO CHOW AND SWATOW RAILWAY COMPANY, LTD., SWATOW.

I. The Opexing Ckrejkixy.
5- H.E. Cheong Yuk Nam (Managing Director-General;.

2. On'e ok the Company's Trains.

3. SWATOW Station.

4. Engine Sheds.

834 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

A. Harris, of the Madras Civil Sc-rvict;,
the grandson of the lirst Lord Harris. Horn
in l86^. he was educated privately, and at
Trinity College, Oxford, where he won the
Davis' Chinese Scholarship. Entering the
Imperial Maritime Customs in 1883, he was
for four years secretary and interpreter to
Admiral Lang, K.N.. the organiser of the
Peiyang Navv. He has lieen acting as a
Commissioner of Customs since 1900, and
opened the new Treaty port of Changsha,
the home of conservatism, in Hunan, in 1904.
In recognition of his services, Mr. Harris
has received the Order of the Doulile Dragon,
and the Civil Rank of the Third Class from
the Imperial Chinese Government.

A H. HAKKIS,

Commissioner of Customs, Swatow.

ME. G. T. MURRAY.

Mk. Geo. T. Murray is a man who, em-
barking on a business career, has, in later
life, devoted considerable time to literature,

HIS EXCELLENCY WOO SHU,
T,ioutai at Chao Chow.

clear-minded Chinese official possessing the
administrative ability and practical knowledge
requisite for carrying his schemes into effect.

UK. P. F. HADSSEE.

Mk. Piekre Fredk. Haisskk, who has been
British Consul at Swatow, since October, 1906,
was born in 1856. He matriculated at London
University, and was appointed a Student
Interpreter in China in 1878. He has held
positions in the Consular service in a number
of places in the Chinese Empire, including
Taiwan, Amoy, Kiukiang, Pagoda Island,
Ningpo, and Wuchow. Mr. Hausser, who
is an excellent linguist, was employed on
special service with the Burma-China Frontier
Commission from 1897 to 1899.

MR. A. H. HABBIS.
Mr. a. H. Harris who has been the
Commissioner of Customs at Swatow. since
April, 1907, is the son of the late George

P. F. HAUSSER,
British Consul at Swatow.

GEORGE T. MURRAY.

and, having travelled extensively, has won a
high reputation on account iof the attractive
and interesting manner -in which he has
placed the impressions of his journeys on

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 835

record. He was born in Florida in 1862,
and, after beinj; educated in private schools,
commenced business in San Francisco as a
merchant. With a pocket-full of introductions
he came to China and joined the Customs
service. He has been stationed in Foochow,
Chefoo, Chinkiang, Hankow, and Shanghai,
remaining in the last-named place for nine-
teen years. It is his lioast that his footprint
has marked every continent of the world,
and the experiences he has met with during
the course of his wanderings have been
related in many articles in papers and
magazines in all parts. As " Tat " of the
China Morning Post he is well known, and
he was a constant contributor to the East of
Asia quarterly magazine during its existence.
He is the author of "The Land of the Tatami,"
which is regarded by recognised authorities
as one of the best guides to Japan, to the
people of which country Mr. Murray is most
partial. At the present time Mr. Murray
writes largely for Social Shangliai, the
popular monthly. Mr. Murray occupies much
of his leisure with fishing and shooting.

MR. HENRY LAYiNO, L.R.C.P. (London),
M.R.C.S. (England), has a large and re-
munerative practice in Swatow in partner-
ship with Dr. C. H. D. Morland and Dr. F. L.
Mansel, and is one of the best known
surgeons in the district. Born in Norfolk in
i860, he was educated at Christ's Hospital
(Blue Coat School), London, and afterwards
studied medicine at the Westminster Hospital.
In 1888 he came to China to relieve Dr.

B. S. Ringer (since, retired) in Amoy, and in
1889 purchased the practice of the late Dr.
John Pollock at Swatow and took over that
gentleman's various appointments. In 1900
he was joined in partnership by Dr. C. H. D.
Morland and in 1904 by Dr. E. L. Mansel.
The firm has charge of the Seamen's Hospital
and possesses to an exceptional degree the
confidence of a large section of the native
population.

DR. E. L. MANSEL was born in Hertford-
shire in 1 868, and was educated at Haileybury
and at Aberdeen University. He studied also
at the London Hospital, taking his degree
as Doctor of Medicine in 1896. He has seen
service with the Field Force in South Africa ;
is an enthusiastic sportsman and very fond
of shooting.

CAPTAIN HY. FHEWIH.

Captain Hy. Fkkwix is the oldest foreign
resident in Swatow, and a pioneer of trade
in this district. His career has been varied

DR. C. H. D. MORLAND, F.R.C.S. (England),
1897, was educated at Royesse's School,
Abingdon, and studied medicine at St.
George's Hospital, London, Durham Univer-
sity, and King's College. He became M.R.C.S.
and L.R.C.P. in 1888, and obtained the
degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor
of Surgery at Durham with second-class
honours in i8go, and became a Fellow of
the Roval College of Surgeons (England) in
1897.

CAPTAIN HENRY FREWIN.

and interesting. Born in London, in 1830,
he went to sea at the age of fourteen, and
for many years was trading in the Indian and
Chinese seas. As gunner of the frigate

VIEW OF CHAO-OHOW-FU.

836 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG

SHANGHAI, ETC.

Sfsoslrio. he saw a good deal of fighting in
the Burmese War, of 1852 53. and was
awarded the silver medal. Now he carries
on the business of a nvirine surveyor, living
a quiet and retired life. He is a vegetarian,
and to this fact, coupled with his simple
habits, he attributes his longevity. He is
married, and has one son and one daughter.

MR. S. J. DEEKES.

Mr. S. J. Deekes, the agent in Swatow- for
the China Mutual Life Insurance Company,
is a traveller of wide experience, and an
enthusiastic sportsman. Born in Warwick-
shire in 1876, he has, during the thirty-two
years of his life, visited many countries, and
followed a variety of occupations. He
conducted a private trading enterprise in
I'ganda for some time ; he served throughout
the war in South Africa ; and he knows
Australia thoroughly. While in South Africa
he was a prominent member of the
Wanderers C.C., but in whatever country
he may happen to be, his ability to score
runs on the cricket field never seems to
desert him.

HE. LIU PAHG K£T.

Mr. Lim Pang Ket holds the responsible
position of compradore to Messrs. Butterfield
& Swire, in Swatow. He was born at Chow
Yang, in 1861, and, after receiving a
thoroughly sound education, went to Canton
and Shanghai, and opened businesses in both
places. He had some little experience, also,
of trade in Singapore, and is interested now
in several commercial ventures, in various
districts. He is a director of the Taikoo Tsng
Bank, and manager of the Yen F"ung Bank.
In his position as compradore he is greatly
assisted by Mr. Ah Pow Lee, who joined
Messrs. Butterfield & Swire, in 1883, at
Shanghai, was transferred to Hankow, and
later to Swatow, where he has been Mr. Lim
Pang Ket's right-hand man since 1902.

MESSES. BEADLET & CO,

The firm of Bradley & Co. was established
in Swatow, in i860. Since that time branches
have been opened at Hongkong and Shanghai.
Swatow, however, has always remained the
headquarters of the Company, and from here
the general policy of the business is directed.
Bradley & Co. are imjiorters of and dealers
in general merchandise, managers and pro-
prietors of the Swatow Ice Factory ; managing
owners of the Shan Steamship Company,
which, however, is now reduced to only two
steamers ; while amongst their chief agencies
are those of the Hongkong and Shanghai Bank-
ing Cfirporation, the Peninsular and Oriental
and other steamship lines, including the
Japanese : and Lloyd's and various other
prominent insurance offices. Their corre-
sponding London house is Richardson's, of
Billiter Square Buildings. The original
partners in the firm were Messrs. C. W.
Bradley and T. W. Richardson. Mr. C. W.
Bradley retired in i868 and has since died,
and the present proprietors, iK'side Mr. T.
W. Richardson, are Messrs. A. MacGowan
(Swatow), A. F"orbes (Hongkong), and George
A. Richardson (Shanghai).

Mr. Thos. Wm. Richardson was born at
Edinburgh, in 1834, and was educated at the
Sc(.>ttish N'aval and Military Academy, and

at Edinburgh I'niversity, He arrived in
Hongkong in 1855. went to Canton in the
same year, and in 1856, proceeded to Takao
(South Formosa). He joined Messrs. Tait
it Co., of .\moy, in 1857, but three years later
commenced business at Swatow, in conjunction
with Mr, C. W. Bradley, under the style of
Bradley & Co. He is .nilso liead of the tirni
of Richardson's, in Billiter Square Buildings,
but, though he has a house in London, he
prefers the climate of Swatow, and has his
residence there for the present.

Mr. A. Macgowan was born in Aniov, in
1868. He was educated at Blackheath,
London, but returned to China in 1884, and,
joining Messrs. Tait & Co., represented them
in South Formosa for three years. In 1897
he became connected with Messrs. Bradlev
& Co.. at Hongkong, and a year later came to
Swatow. He is secretarv of the Swatow
Club.

MESSES. GALLON & CO.

The business of Messrs. Gallon & Co. has
been very much restricted in certain par-
ticulars owing to various regulations passed
by the Chinese authorities, as to the value
or necessity of which there is a considerable
difference of opinion. But, in spite of these
obstacles, the volume of the firm's trade has
increased rapidly, and as merchants and
commission agents they now hold a recog-
nised place in the commercial life of the
town. They commenced operations at
Swatow in October, 1905, and supplied tlie
machinery, &c., for the Swatow Electric

Iwight Company. This enterprise is capable
of great expansion, but, at present, the Com-
pany is entirely managed by Chinese, and
the introduction of improvements is slow.
Messrs. Gallon & Co. also inaugurated the
cattle trade between Swatow and Manila.
They made several shipments, and there
were bright prospects of largely increased
orders when the Chinese authorities pro-
hibited any further exportations. The
regulation, which was supposed to be of a
temporary nature, came into force on May 13,
1906, and, at the time of writing, in spite of
repeated endeavours to get it repealed, it
still remains law. As the reason for this
the authorities say that the exportation ot
cattle left an insuflicient number i'or ;igri-
cultural purposes. But, as bullocks only were
shipped and all agricultural work is done by
the female and water buffaloes, it appears
probable that if the restrictions were removed
no inconvenience would be experienced,
whilst a good source of revenue would be
obtained by the Customs and a considerable
amount of money would be brought into the
port. Gallon & C<j. are agents for the Sun
Life Assurance Company of Canada, and the
Vacuum Oil Company. They are also
endeavouring to secure the contract for the
erection of machinery in a big waterworks
scheme, recently floated.

Mr. William Gallon was born in June,
1878, at Wallsend-on-Tyne, Norflunnberland.
He entered the British Navy when he was
sixteen and a half years of age, and came to
China first in H.M.S. Dhlo. He purchased
his discharge at Hongkong in August, 1901,
and started business in Swatow four." years
later.

WELL-KNOWN CHINESE AT THE COAST-PORTS.
Chokv Chkx Poxii (Koochow). 2, I.im Ni;k Kah (Anioy). 3. I.im I. a Saxo (Swatow).

4. H. TIKXSIXKIK) (Koochow).

5. H. Manxchow (FoochowJ.

I.IM I'AXG KKT (Swatow).

FOOCHOW.

fe'-'-^.^-^f lOOCHOW, or Fuh-chau-fu, the
nS\ /:ct^t« fl capital of the province of
Fokien and seat of the Vice-
roy, stands on the nortliern
bank of the River Min, about
34 miles from its source, and
nine miles from Pagoda Island,
the nearest anchorage for foreign coasting
steamers.

The trade of the port, according to the
latest available returns, reached the net value
of Tls. 16,693,583 in 1906 ; as compared with
Tls. 17,447,135 in 1905, Tls. 17,226,968 in
1904 and Tls. 16,738,718 in 1903. The
Customs revenue has fallen in less than
two decades from about Tls. 2,000,000 to
Tls. 912,892 in 1906.

The chief article of export in former days
was tea, and a great stimulus was given to
the trade by the opening of Foochow under
the Treaty of Nanking in 1842, as prior to
that date the choice Bohea, for which the
neighbourhood was famous, had to be trans-
ported by the difticnlt overland route to
Canton for shipment. The output steadily
increased until, in 1880, it reached a total of
737,000 piculs ; but from that time the stress
of competition with the Indian and Ceylon
teas began to be felt, and the industry
gradually declined. In 1906 the quantity
exported had fallen to 233,990 piculs, or,
excluding black, brick, and stalks, to only
116,177 piculs. F"or the finest flowery Pekoes,
Lapsings, Souchongs, and Sen Moros, which
maintain their old-fashioned good qualities,
there is still a fair demand, but the supply
is limited. The kinds which have suffered
most are the medium grades of Panyongs, as,
at a price of, say, 7d. to iid. per pound the
consuiner prefers the strong and pungent
British-grown teas. Prices have ruled so
low of late years on all the consuming
markets that tea from Foochow can hardly
be shipped to cover cost, bearing as it does
heavy incidental expenses and dues from the
tea gardens lo the port, then a heavy export
duty, from whicli Indian and Ceylon teas are
practically free, and finally being subject to
higher freight charges than teas shipped from
ports nearer home. All these factors have
combined to make the trade unprofitable to
native and foreign merchanls alike, with the
result that thousanrls of acres have gone out
of cultivation.

With the decline of tea has come a rise
in the camphor industry. Some Japanese
settlers in the interior discovered camphor
forests, and erected stills, and the natives,
seeing that the trees might be made a source
of profit, turned their attention to camphor
refining. At first only the camphor made
direct from the wood was dealt with, but as
time went on it was discovered that the
camphor oil, the residue from the camphor
crystals, which hitherto had been sent to
Foochow for sale, could be utilised for re-
fining purposes. As a result there are now
in Foochow a number of small distilleries at
which this oil is refined, and an excellent
quality of pure white camphor is produced.
The export of this commodity has risen from
1,144 piculs in 1903 to 1,210 in 1904, 4,037 in
1905, and 11,370 in 1906. There is, however,
a strong feeling locally that the industry is
not destined to last long.

There are at Foochow a match factory, a
tea factory, and one or two saw-mills, but,
with the exception of one of the saw-mills,
all are now closed owing to the heavy dues
and to the general stagnation of trade.

Amongst the native population the manu-
facture of lacquer-ware still fiourishes, chiefly
because the finest work of Foochow cannot
be produced in any other town, the secrets
of the lacquer being in the hands of a few
Chinese families, who carefully guard it.
Another minor industry is that Of carving
soap-stone ornaments. The people excel in
the cutting of miniature temples, pagodas,
cannon, &c., from this substance, and also in
the making of artificial flowers and birds.

A large amount of timber, chiefly fir-
poles, is cut in the interior of the province,
and rafted down the River Min to Foochow,
ready for shipment to northern ports. Much
of it is transported in junks, but in the early
spring about a dozen steamers call for full
cargoes for Tientsin.

The city, which has a circumference of
about six miles, is enclosed by a wall about
30 feet high and 12 feet thick. It embraces
three small hills, whose well-wooded slopes
add much to the beauty of the city. The
population is estimated at about 750,000.
The European Settlement is situated on the
island of Nantai, which is formed by a
divergence and reuniting of the river, and
has a length of about 15 miles. Com-

munication with the city is maintained by
what is known as the Long Bridge, or the
Bridge of the Ten Thousand Ages. The
scenery in the vicinity is striking in its
resemblance to that of some parts of Europe,
the river running through towering cliffs
rising sheer from the water's edge. Several
temples of interest are to be seen, among
them the Min Monastery, the Moon Temple,
and the Kushan Monastery, all of which are
beautiful examples of Chinese architecture.
Foochow possesses a mild and delightful
climate during the greater part of the year,
and even in the summer, when the heat is
rather trying, the mountain of Kuliang
affords a pleasant and cool retreat, to which
foreign residents may go to recuperate.
At Sharp Peak, also, there is a bathing
resort — a great boon in the hot weather.
Near the east gate of the city are several
hot springs, believed to be efficacious in
combating various skin diseases.

The European community do not lack
recreation and means of social intercourse.
There is a racecourse, in the centre of
which tennis, football, hockey, and cricket
can be played under the most" pleasant con-
ditions ; there is a good club, and a Masonic
lodge has been established. A small daily
paper, the Foochow Echo, is published in the
town.

The Viceroy is the supreme authority ;
under him is the Taoutai, and, in command
of the military forces, are two prominent
generals. Other officials are the Provincial
Treasurer, the Provincial Judge, the Grain
Taoulai, and the Board of F'oreign Trade
Taoutais. Most of the leading foreign Powers
are represented by consuls or their deputies.
Money for local circulation is coined at the
Viceroy's mint, the output of which is limited
by the Imperial Government.

The Provincial Fort at Foochow has a
small-arms and cartridge factory, where a
large quantity of rifles and ammunition are
produced. Near the Pagoda anchorage is
the Mamoi Ar.senal, capable of building and
fitting out cruisers of from two to three
thousand tons, but the work has been some-
what in abeyance recently, as the authorities
have sent away the staff of French engineers
who formerly carried on all the working
management. The dry dock is about 300
feet in length. The Kimpai Pass, near the

838 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETO.

entrance lo the Min River, is strongly forti-
fied with modern heavy guns.

Foochow has still some attractions to offer
to the sportsman, for game abounds in the
neighbourhood, and a little further in (he
interior tiger and panther are common.

XK. 6. M. H. FLAYFAIE.

Mr. George Maci)os.\li) Home Pr..*VF.\iR,
the British Consul at Foochow, has been in
the Consular service of China for nearly forty
ye;urs. Born in 1850. he graduated at Dublin
University, and, being successful in the usual
competitive examination, was appointed a
Student Interpreter in 187^. He remained in
Peking for some time acting as Assistant
Chinese Secretary. He carried out the duties
of Consul at Taiwan in 1877, and at Pakhoi
from 1881 to 1883. In 1886 he was promoted
first-class assistant, and since that time has
been attached, in various administrative
capacities, to a large number of places in
different parts of the Chinese Empire, in-
cluding Tainan, Tamsui, Shanghai, Ningpo,
and Swatow. He was appointed Consul at
Foochow in 1899, and acted as Consul-General
at Hankow from 1903 to 1904, after which lie
returned to his post at Foochow.

DE. S. L. 6RACE7.

Dr. Samiel L. Gracey, who, except for an
interval of three years during the Cleveland
administration, has been Consul for the United
States of America at Foochow since 1890,
comes from an English stock, his ancestors
having gone to America with William Penn.
Born on September 6, 1835, at Philadelphia,
he was educated at public schools of that city
and at Boston University. He is a Doctor
of Divinity, and was for a number of years
minister of the Methodist Episcopal Church
in Boston, Chelsea, Cambridge, Lynn, Salem,
and other cities in Massachusetts. For three
years he served as chaplain in the 6th Penn-
sylvania Cavalry during the Civil War. He was
a member of the Massachusetts Legislature
for two terms. The whole of his Consular
service has been spent at Foochow, and
for assistance rendered during the Boxer
troubles he was decorated with the Order
of the Double Dragon. Dr. Gracey has been
twice married. His first wife was Leonora
Thompson and his second wife Corda Perkins
Pratt, of Massachusetts, who is a direct
descendant of the Mayflower pilgrims on
both her father and mother's side. Dr.
Gracey has, with one exception, served
longer than any other American Consul in
China or the Far East. He commands the
highest respect of his nationals. His son,
Wilbur T. Gracey, is the United States
Consul at Tsingtau.

DR. T. SENNIE.

Dr. T, Re\nie, who has a large private
practice in Foochow, was born in West
Aberdeenshire in 1850. He graduated at
Aberdeen University and took his M.B. and
CM. Degrees in 1872, becoming M.D. three
years later. Before coming to Foochow he
was stationed in Formosa for six years. He
is a Fellow of the Royal Institute of Public
Health ; Member of the British Medical
Association ; Medical Officer to the British
Consulate and the Imperial Maritime Customs ;

and Hon. Medical Officer to the Foochow
Native Hospital.

ME. H. BAKEB.

Mr. H. Baker, who was born in Wiltshire
in 1854, and educated privately in Germany,
came to Foochow in 1875 to join Messrs.
Newman & Co., and, in 1881, transferred
his services to the local branch of Messrs,
Butterfield & Swire. He was associated with
Foochow during the old tea days, and has
been engaged for six years in Shanghai and
Hankow as a tea-taster. He is fond of
shooting and riding, and often enters ponies
in the Foochow races.

ME. C. F. ST. C. STOCKWELL.

Mr. Stockwell is a member of a family
which has been resident in China practically
ever since the establishment of Hongkong as
a British Colony. His maternal grandfather,
Captain S. Clifton, was present at the bom-
bardment of Canton in 1840, and accompanied
the 70th Foot Regiment to Hongkong in 1849.
He was the first Captain-Superintendent of
Police in Shanghai, and his wife has the
reputation of being the oldest European lady
residing in the country. For a term of fifty-
nine years, between 1845 and 1904, she
divided her time almost equally between
Hongkong and Shanghai. Mr. Stockwell's
father is the son of Dr. James Stockwell,
Medical Officer to the Government Civil
Hospital, Hongkong. Mr. Stockwell himself
is the representative for the British-American
Tobacco Company, Ltd., in Foochow. His
has been an active career. He holds a
commission in the King's Colonial Imperial
Yeomanry and, attached as interpreter to
the Russian Army, went through the Boxer
trouble of 1900. He holds two certificates,
sliowing that he has passed the School of
Musketry and the Cavalry School. A good
linguist, he has travelled in every continent.

ME. J. C. OSWALD.

Mr. J. C. Oswald, the chief partner in the
firms of Bathgate & Co. and Fairhurst & Co.,
was born at Croydon in 1857,' and was
educated at Heidelberg. He has been
engaged in the tea trade all his life, for at
the age of sixteen he joined a firm of
importers in London, and, after remaining
with them for thirteen years, came to
Foochow, where he has since been engaged
in superintending the export of tea. Mr.
Oswald is an enthusiastic sportsman. In his
younger days he established a high reputation
as a cyclist, and was awarded in 1882 a gold
medal for a hundred miles record. Now
riding and shooting constitute the chief
recreations of his leisure.

MB. M. J. ISAACS.

Mr. Morris J. Isaacs, the agent in Foochow
and Formosa for the Sun Life Assurance, of
Canada, has had a training and experience
which fit him admirably for the post. The
manager of the head office in Montreal,
Canada, and the general manager for Eastern
Asia, Dr. R. H. Macaulay, often refers to his
success in establishing a connection since he

took over the work in December, 1906. Horn
in Bombay in 1880, he came to China when
quite young, and was educated at Queen's
College, Hongkong. From the age of fifteen
he has been connected with insurance work.
A clever linguist, he speaks the Cantonese
dialect, Hindustani, Arabic, and several other
Oriental languages Huently.

MR. PESTONJEE B. JOKHEE.

Mr. PestonjeeBomanjkkJokhee is managing
partner in Foochow for Messrs. Mchta & Co.,
opium, yarn, and camphor merchants, and
commission agents. He was born in Surat,
and came to China quite early in life.

MR. H. TIENSINFOO.

Mr. H. Tieksinfoo was born in Foochow
in 1870, and educated at the Anglo-Chinese
College. At the age of twenty-four he started in
business as a timber, rice, and tea merchant.
In addition to carrying on this business, he
has charge of the Foochow branch of the
Standard Oil Company, whose interests in
the district are being rapidly developed. Mr.
Tiensinfoo holds the Chinese Order of the
Fifth Rank.

ME. CHOET CHEN PONG.

Mr. Choey Chen Pong, who is the pro-
prietor of the famous Choey Wo Long Fairy
Boat brand of tea, which has a large sale in
England, was born in Canton in 1855 and
educated in Hongkong. On leaving school
he went to Foochow and entered the tea
trade. Besides the tea business he has lately
taken an interest in camphor.

ME. H. MANNCHOW.

Mr. H. Mannchow was born in Canton
and educated at Hongkong, where he subse-
quently joined the Great Northern Telegraph
Company. After a few years' service he
came to Foochow and obtained employment
with the Eastern Extension Telegrapli Com-
pany. He relinquished his connection with
this Company in order to become chief
Chinese assistant to Messrs. Gibb, Livingston
& Co. in Foochow, but he now combines
with his other duties the positions of super-
intendent of and electrician to the Fokien
Telephone Company,. Ltd. This Company,
which is under Chinese administration, has
only recently been formed, but it has already
one hundred and fifty subscribers.

MESSES. PAUL PETTICK & CO.

The oldest and largest store-keepers at
Foochow are Messrs. Paul I^ettick & Co.
Established since 1888 they enjoy an
excellent reputation amongst both the Euro-
pean and native population. Of recent years
they have disposed of their retail business
to the Foochow Trading Company, and
have concerned themselves solely with the
wholesale import and export tr,ide. They
import goods from England, America,
France, and Germany, and export native
produce, such as camphor, feathers, lac-
quered wares, bamboos, curios, &c. The

VIEWS IN AND AROUND FOOCHOW,

840 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

manager speaks N-arious dialects, and the firm
are constantly adding to their agencies. They
are property owners, house-boat owners, &c.,
and are always in a positfon to provide
tourists and travellers with guides, boats, and
other similar requisites.

M. W. GSEIG ft 00.

This firm are the successors of the well-
known firm of Russell & Co., who failed in
1891. Mr. M. \V. Greig was the manager
of the Foochow branch of that firm at that
date and only retired from business on
December 31, 1907, after more than forty
years of strenuous life in Foochow. The
present partners are Messrs. Konald Greig
and Geo. L. Greig, brother and eldest son
respectively of M. W. Greig. They carry
on the business of tea merchants, camphor
exporters, and oil importers. They are agents,

also, for the Pacific Mail Steamship Company
and allied companies ; the Anglo-Saxon Petro-
leum Company, Ltd. ; the Shire Line of
steamers ; the Royal Insurance Company.
Ltd., of Liverpool ; and the well-known
Yangtsze Insurance Association, which was
organised by Russell & Co. Mr. Ronald
Greig, who is in charge of the business, was
born in Hants in 1854. He came to China
in 1876, and was with Deacon & Co., of
Canton, for eleven years. Afterwards he left
for Canada, but in 1896 returned to take up
his present responsibilities.

SIEHSSEN & KEOHN.

This firm, known formerly as .Siemssen &
Co., have a variety of interests under their
control. They export large quantities of tea
and carry on a general agency business,
representing, among other important under-

takings, the Norddeutscher Lloyd and the
Hamburg- Amerika lines. A saw-mill and
feather-cleaning works are operated by them.
The head of the firm, Mr. G. Siemssen, is
Consul for Germany and Vice-Consul for
Sweden.

DODWELL k CO., LTD.

This firm, originally Adamson, Bell & Co.,
was taken over in 1891 by Dodwell, Carlill
& Co., and it is only since 1901 that the
business has been conducted under its present
name. The Company are the largest tea
exporters in Foochow, and are now inter-
esting themselves in camphor. They are
agents of the Anglo-Saxon Petroleum Com-
pany, Ltd. ; the Asiatic Petroleum Company,
Ltd. ; the Messageries Maritimts ; and the
principal shipping lines to America, and a
number of other important undertakings.

CHINESE WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND MONEY.

I liang (tael)

1 6 liang (tael) make i kin (catty)
100 kin (catty) make i tan (piculj
1 20 kin (catty) make i shik (stone)

Veights.

i'333 oz. avoir, or 3778 grammes.

1333 lbs. avoir, or 604' 53 grammes.
I33'333 lbs. avoir, or 60453 kilogrammes.
160000 lbs. avoir, or 72544 kilogrammes.

Four ounces equal three taels ; one pound
equals three-quarters of a catty, or twelve
taels ; one hundredweight equals 84 catties ;
and one ton equals 16 piculs 80 catties.

Measures of Capacity.

I koh (gill) = 0103 litre.

10 koh make 1 sheng (pint) = 1-031 litre.
10 sheng make i tou (peck) = 1031 litre.

Land Measure.

I chih =

5 chih make 1 pu =

24 pu make 1 fun =

60 pu make i kioh =

4 kioh make i mow =

100 mow make i king =

I3'126 inches.
30'323 square feet.
80-862 square yards.
202156 square yards.
26*73 square poles.
167 acres.

The mow, which is the unit of measurement,
is almost exactly one-sixth of an acre.

Weights and measures in China vary in
every province and almost every district, and
differ in the same districts for different kinds
of goods.

Measures of Length.

I fun ^= 14 in. English.

10 fun make 1 tsun (inch) = 141 in. English.

10 tsun make i chih (footi = I4'i in. English.

10 chih make i chang (pole) = 11 ft. 9 in. English,

The length of the chang was fixed by the Treaty of Tientsin at 141 in.

5 chih make i pu (pace) ... = about 5 ft. English.

360 pu make i li = about one-third English mile.

10 li make i tang-sun (league) = about 3j English miles.

250 li make i tu (degree).

Money.

I li (cash) = 032 of a penny.

10 li make 1 fen (candareen) = 32 of a penny.

10 fen make I ch'ien (mace) = 32 pence.
10 ch'ien make i liang (tael) = 2s. 8d.

The above are weights of silver. They are
not represented by any coin, except the copper
cash, which is supposed to be the equivalent
in value of a li of silver, but the value of which
differs greatly in different districts and at
different times. They have no uniform in-

trinsic value, being made of varying size and
composition. Silver is used uncoined in
ingots, usually of fifty taels, more or less, in
weight, called sycee or " shoes," on account of
their shape. The tael may be taken as worth
one and a third silver dollar.

CONCLUDING NOTE.

rX conclusion we must make
acknowledgment of the valu-
able assistance with which we
have been favoured in the
task of compiling the present
volume. Our thanks are due
to His Excellencv the Gover-
nor of Hongkong. Sir F. D. Lugafd, K.C.M.G.,
C.B., D.S.O.. for the kindly interest which he
evinced in our enterprise, and to the Colonial
Secretarv-, the Hon. Mr. F. H. May, C.M.G.,
for the official encouragement and support
which he extended to our labours. Without
exception, the heads of the Government de-
partments of Hongkong showed themselves
warmly in accord with the objects of our
work and placed us under a great obligation
by contributing signed articles on the follow-
ing subjects : — Public Works (the Hon. Mr.
W. Chatham, C.M.G.), Harbour and Shipping
(the Hon. Commander Basil Taylor, R.N.),
Finance (the Hon. Mr. A. M. Thompson|,
Health and Hospitals (the Hon. Dr. Atkinson),
Police (Capt. Lvons). Education (the Rev. Dr.
Bateson Wright), Flora (Mr. S. T. Dunn,
B.A.). and Meteorology (Mr. F. G. Figg). The
officers of the Municipal Councils of Shanghai
treated our representatives with every cour-
tesy, and in this connection mention must be
made of Mr. W. E. Leveson (Secretary), Dr.
A. Stanley (Medical Officer), Mr. C. Mayne
(Engineer and Surveyor), Mr. K. J. McEuen
(Deputy-Superintendent of Police), Mr. G.
Lanning (Historian). Mr. G. M. Billings, B.A.
(fleadmaster of the Public School), and Mr. D.
Macgregor (Superintendent of Parks and Open
Spaces) of the International Settlement ; and

of Mr. G. Dantin (Acting-Secretary) and Mr.
J. J. Chollott (Engineer and Surveyor) of the
French Concession. Statistical and other
information relating to trade and shipping at
the various Treaty ports was readily furnished
at the expense of no little time and trouble
by the officers of the Chinese Imperial
Maritime Customs, notably by Mr. H. E.
Hobson, the Commissioner at Shanghai ; Mr.
J. L. Chalmers, head of the Statistical Depart-
ment ; and Capt. W. A, Carlson, harbour-
master, Shanghai ; while the article on the
Lappa Customs was written by Mr. A. H.
Wilzer, the Commissioner. The representa-
tives of the Press everywhere exhibited a
spirit of camaraderie and goodwill which we
thoroughly appreciate, and, although in such
circumstances it is difficult to individualise,
we may, perhaps be permitted to make
especial reference to Mr. W. H. Donald
(editor) and Mr. J. W. Bains (sports editor)
of the China Mail, Hongkong ; Mr. H.
Montague Bell (editor) and Mr. W. R. Parkin
(sports editor) of the North Cliina Daily News,
Shanghai ; and Mr. J. Covven (editor) of the
China Times, Tientsin, who cheerfully placed
their pens at our service. In addition to
those whose names have been inentioned the
following gentlemen have furnished articles
to which the present volume owes in no
small degree any merit which it may possess
as a work of reference, namely : — the Arch-
deacon of Hongkong (the Anglican Church
in China), the Rev. J. Steele, B.A. (P>ee Church
Missions), the Rev. Father J. de Moidrey,
S.J. (Catholic Missions), the Rev. W. Pearse
(Chinese Religion), Mr. S. W. Tso (Ceremonies

and Customs of the Chinese), Mr. James
Wong, B.A. (Chinese Characters), Mr. H. T.
Wade (Tea), Mr. J. Kerfoot (Cotton), Mr. A. H.
Collinson, M.I.C.E. (Railways), Mr. Reg. Bate,
F.R.G.S. (Newchwang, and Railways and Mines
in Manchuria) ; Mr. J. C. Kershaw, F.E.S.,
F.Z.S., and Staff-Surgeon Kenneth Jones, R.N,
(Fauna of Hongkong), Major Chapman (Volun-
teers of Hongkong), Mr. C. D. Wilkinson
(Laws of Hongkong), Mr. A. Shelton Hooper
(Sanitary Board of Hongkong), Mr. C. A. V.
Bowra (Amoy). Mr. N. da Silva (Macao), Mr.
H. L. Beer (Weihaiwei), and the Rev. Father
Froc, S.J. (Meteorology of Shanghai). Nor
can we forget our indebtedness to those who
have assisted us with material for articles.
Prominent amongst these are the Hon. Sir
Paul Chater, C.M.G., the Hon. Dr. Ho Kai,
C.M.G., the Hon. Mr. E. A. Hewett, Com-
modore Stokes, R.N., Major Ross, the Rev.
F. T. Johnson, the Rev. C. H. Hickling, Mr.
R. Shewan, Mr. Arathoon Seth, Mr. C. Mc. J.
Messer, Mr. A. Bryer, and Mr. Denman Fuller
(of Hongkong) ; Mr. F. S. A. Bourne (Assistant
Judge of the British Supreme Court for China
and Korea) ; Mr. E. D. H. Eraser, C.M.G.
(British Consul-General at Hankow) ; the
Rev. R. G. Winning, Major Brodie Clark,
Captain A. J. Stewart, Dr. Fergusson, Mr.
Joh. de Rijke, Mr. G. S. V. Bidwell, Mr. E.
Gilchrist, and Mr. D. Baretta (of Shanghai).
Chief among the many works of reference
which we have consulted have been Mr.
H. B. Morse's "Trade and Administration of
the Chinese Empire," Dr. Eitel's " Europe in
China," and Mr. J. Norton Kyshe's " History
of the Laws of Hongkong."

LLOYD'S GREATER BRITAIN PUBLISHING CO., LTD.,

London,

October, igoS.

General Manager.

=T1^

INDEX.

A. Butler Cement Tile Works,

586, 593
Adams, Will, and Japan, 17
Afshar, Mr. M. M. B., 652, 654
Ah Ying & Co., 231
Ahmet, Mr. S., 247
Alcock, Sir Rutherford, 67, 86
Algar, Mr. A. E., 622, 632, 637
Alvarez, L. M., & Co., 222
Alvarez, Mr. L. M.. 219
Amboyna, massacre of, 18
Amherst's, Lord, mission to China,

42
Amoy, 813 ; Anglo-Chinese Col-
lege at, 816, 824 ; Central Dis-
pensary at, 828; Dock Company,
823, 826 ; Engineering Com-
pany, .825 ; English factory
established at, 24 ; e.xpedition
against,5i; Hope &Wilhelmina
Hospital at, 824, 826 ; Hotel,
828 ; Kulangsu, Settlement at,
815 ; opened to foreign trade,
55 ; police at, 822 ; Talmage
Memorial at, 813 ; troubles at,
63 ; Tung Wen institute at, 826
Ancient Faiths of the Chinese,

337

Anderson's, Aeneas, account of
Lord Macartney's mission, 39

Andrews, Mr. W. S., 678

Anglo-Chinese Cotton Manufac-
turing Company, 574, 580

Anson, Commodore, navigates the
lirst British warships sent to
China, 32

Anson's Bay, Canton River, Brit-
ish anchorage at, 40

Anton, Mr. C. E., 603, 673

Anz, Mr, O. H., 768

Aquarius Company, 586, 592

Archibald, Mr. J., 719

Argent, Mr. W. A., 739

Arlt, Mr. H., 620

Armstrong, Captain W., 106

Arnhold, Karberg & Co., 707, 709,
743, 744, 788, 789

Arrow, lorcha, capture of, 69

Arts and Crafts Furnishing Com-
pany, 648, 653

Asano, Lieutenant T., 417

Astor Bar, the, 688

Astor House Hotel, 685, 686

Astor House Hotel, Hankow, 702

Astor House Hotel, Tientsin, 733,

734
Ataka & Co., 232

Atkinson & Dallas, 628, 629, 631,

633
Atkinson, Hon. Dr. J. M., 104, 107,

262
Atkinson, Mr. G. B., 622
Atkinson, the late B., 622

Babcock & Wilcox, 600

Badelev, Hon. Mr. F. J., 108

Bahr, Mr. A. W., 618

Bailey, Mr. W. S., 219

Bailey, W. S., & Co., 242

Bain, Mr. G. M., 345

Bains, Mr. J. W., 345. 35°

Baker, Mr. H., 838

Balfour, Captain, 63

Bandinel & Co., 764

Bank of Taiwan, 120

Bannister, Ven. Archdeacon, 326

Banque de L'Indo-Chine, 116,

702, 790, 792
Bantam, captured by the Dutch,

24
Barkley. Mr. J. G., 673
Barrett, Captain E. J. M., 504
Barretto & Co., 218
Barretto, Mr. F. D., 174, 219
Bassett, Mr. A., 405
Batavia, English factors at, 18
Bate, Mr. R., 667, 682, 763
Bathurst, Captain H., 822
Batouieff, Mr. M. D., 739, 752,

753
Bay, Mr. B., 687
Bean, Mr. M. C, 407
Becker & Baedeker, 604, 606
Beckwith, Lieutenant C. W., 267
Beesley, Mr. P. M., 622
Bell, Mr. H. T. Montague, 357
Bennett, Mr. Charles, 520
Bennett, Mr. C. K., 502
Bent, Mr. H., 785
Benzeman, Mr. C. M., 719
Beretta, Mr. D., 603
Berkeley, Sir Henry S., 112, 172
Berthoz, M. Victor,' 408
Bidvvell, Mr. G. S. V., 431
Bielfeld, Mr. L., 739
Bielfeld & Sun, 751
Bilger & Gallusser, 745, 747
Binder, Mr. E., 710
Black & Christie, 712, 714
Blackhead & Co., 218, 246
Blake's, Sir Henry, administration

of Hongkong, 94

Boa Vista Hotel, Macao, 809

Bodemeyer & Co,, 654

Bogue Forts, attack on in 1 841 , 50 ;
attack on in 1856, 70 ; fire on
British ships, 41, 45 ; seized by
the British in 1847, 64

Bong Lai Ching, Mr., 534

Bonham's, Sir George, mission to
Nanking, 67

Bornemann, Mr. F., 718

Botelho, Mr. A. A. H., 174, 219

Bottcher, Schmidt & Co., 747

Bouchard, Mr. E., 716, 717

Bowen's, Sir G., administration
of Hongkong, 93

Bowley, Mr. F. B. L., in, 112

Bowra, Mr. C. A. V., 821

Bowring's, Sir John, adminis-
tration of Hongkong, 68, 80

Boxer rebellion, 95

Boyes, Mr. G. M., 618

Bracco & Co., 652, 657

Brackenbury, Mr. A. J., 106

Bradley & Co., 216, 836

Brady, Mr. H. F., 768

Braga, Mr. J. P„ 345, 352

Brand, Mr. W., 603

Brandt & Co., 718

Brandt, Mr. A., 710

Bray, Mr. A. G., 622

Breijner, Mr. A. W., 345, 352

Bredon, Sir Robert, 285

Bremer, Sir Gordon, commands
expedition against China, 48

Brewin, Hon. Mr. A. W., 104, 108

Brighten, Malcolm & Co., 640

Brighten, Mr. E. R., 620

British American Tobacco Com-
pany, 795

British and Chinese Corporation,
682

Broadwood, Major-General, 104.
106

Browett, Mr. H., 518

Browne, Mr. Frank, 265, 267

Bruce, Mr. Frederick, appointed
British Envoy, 74, 88

Brunner, Mond & Co., 624, 626,

739
Brutton, Mr. G. K. H., 112, 173
Buchheister & Co., 746
Buck, Hon. Lieutenant R., 415
Build, The, 364
Burgevine operates against the

Taepings, 88
Burkill, A. R., & Sons, 622, 625
BurkiU, Mr. A. W., 405, 504

Burns, Lieutenant W. S., 417, 458

Burtenshaw, Mr. A. R., 710,722

Bush Bros., 764, 765

Bush, Mr. A., 762

Butler Cement Tile Works, 586

Butler, Mr. P. E. O., 821

Butterfield & Swire, 211, 466, 790

Caldbeck, Macgregor & Co., 214,

592, 646
Camoens, the Portuguese Poet,

17
Canadian Pacific Railway Com-
pany, 202
Cangue, the, 318
Canning, Lieutenant L. E., 416
Canton-Hankow Railway, 681
Canton, 782 ; ancient view of, 20 ;
attack on by the British in 1856,
69 ; attack on by the British in
1858, 73 ; British Consulate at,
787 ; British merchants at peti-
tion Parliament, 45 ; Christian
College, 781; declared a Treaty
port, 55 ; English factory estab-
lished at, 29 ; Englishmen
murdered near, 65 ; Fatshan
Railway, 787; first English mer-
chants reach, 20 ; F"rench Con-
sulate at, 788 ; French factory
established at, 29 ; German
Consulate at, 788 ; opium des-
troyed at, 47 ; regular English
trade at, 31 ; Shameen Settle-
ment at, 784; select committee
formed at, 34 ; temple of Honan
at, 44
Canton-Samshui Railway, 680
Carion, Lieutenant B. M., 417
Carlowitz & Co., 612, 613, 722,

744, 812
Carlowitz, Mr. R. von, 614, 794
Carlsen, Lieutenant G. G., 417
Carlson, Captain W. A., 478, 480
Carneiro, Lieutenant E. Dos S.,

417
Castro, Mr. F. X. d'AImada e,

112, 173
Catchpoole, Allen, president of

the China Council, 29
Cavvasjee, Pallanjee & Co., 228
Central Stores, Ltd., 687
Century Stone Company, 586, 595
Ceremonies and Customs of the
Chinese, 307

844 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Chai Lai Fong, Mr., 527, 548.

549. 55'
Chambers. Mr. K. E.. 785
Chan Ah Ying, Mr., 224
Chan .\ Tong, Mr., 22S
Chan A Tong, Mr. J., 228
Chan A Tong, Mr. P., 228
Chang Ling Kwai, Mr., 527
Chang, Mr. K. T.. 534, 536. 567
Chang Su Ho Garden, 690, 691
Chang Yu & Co., 770, 771
Chang Yue Chee, Mr., 534, 570,

571
Chao Chow and Swatow Kailwav,

680
Chao-chow-(u, 830
Chan Shu Ming, Mr., 224
Chan Sin Ki, Mr., 176, 224
Chan Yut Ngam, Mr., 224
Chan Wan Chi, Mr., 244
Chang, Mr. K. T., 534, 536
Chapman, Major A., 114, 274,

277
Charrey & Conversy, 744
Chartered Bank of In^a, Aus-
tralia, and China, 114, 118, 441,
702
Chater, Hon. Sir C. Paul, 104, 107
Chatham, Hon. Mr. \Vm., 104,

107, 129
Chee & Co., 232
Chee, Mr. T., 224
Chefoo, 767 ; Belgian Consul
at, 768 ; British Consul at,
768 ; Club, 769 ; Commissioner
of Customs at, 768 ; Nor-
wegian Consul at, 768 ; Russian
Consul at, 768
Chen Tsz Yuen, Mr., 554, 556
Cheong Chi Pio, Mr., 527, 529,

531

Cheong Yuk Nam, H.E., 680, 833

Chew Chuk San, Mr., 548

Chew D Musse, the late Mr., 219

Chew, Mr. C. S., 527

China, ancient faiths of, 337 ;
ancient map of, 16 ; Catholic
Church in, 321 ; ceremonies
and customs of, 307 ; Crilic,
365 ; currency of, 288 ; early
European trade with, 12 ;
East India Company estab-
lishes a Council for, 29 ;
Ecclesiastical, 221 ; flora of,
304 ; foreign trade of, 278 ;
foreign population of, 281 ;
Gazette, 360 ; Lord Amherst's
mission to, 42 ; Lord Macart-
ney's mission to, 36 ; popula-
tion of, 281 ; Press, the, 343 ;
Protestant missions in, 332 ;
railways of, 666 ; Review, 367 ;
silk industry of, 290 ; tea in-
dustry of, 294 ; Times, 365

China and Japan Telephone Com-
pany, 134

China and Java Export Company,

7«3, 714
China and Manila Steamship

Company, 207, 208
China Baptist Publication Society,

796
China-Borneo Company, 246
China Express Company, 220
China Import and Export Lumber

Company, 578, 585, 587, 705,

742, 810
China and Java Export Company,

610, 616
China Light and Power Company,

157, 791. 792

China Mail, 344

China Merchants Steam Naviga-
tion Company, 462, 796

China Mutual Life Insurance Com-

pjiny, 221, 448,45"
China Navigation Company, 472
China Sugar Refining Company,

235

Chinese characters, 319

Chinese Engineering and Min-
ing Company, 736, 738

Chinese Imperial Maritime Cus-
toms, 85, 282

Chinese Imperial Post Office, 491

Chinese Mail, 353

Chinese Merchants Company
formed, 91

Chinese Telegraph Company, 134

Chinese weights, measures, and
money, 841

Ching Yue, Mr., 544, 545

Chinhai occupied by Sir Hugh
Gough, 52

Chino-Japanese war, 94

Chinkiang attacked by Sir Hugh
Gough, 54

Chinkiang tunnel, 676

Choa Leep Chee, Mr., 176, 179

Choey Chen Pong, Mr., 836, 838

Choy Fong, Mr., 246

Chu Hun Tsai, Mr., 527, 568

Chu Pao San, Mr., 527, 530

Chu Sok Pin, Mr., 566, 569

Chu Yu Chee, Mr., 566

Chun Bing Him, Mr., 527, 556

Chun Koo Leong, Mr., 527, 548,

555
Chun Kwan Yeh, Mr., 527, 552
Chun Lai To, Mr., 796
Chun Ming Hung, Mr., 527, 552
Chun Nea Ching, Mr., 564
Chun Yik Chee, Mr., 527, 558
Chusan, English Settlement at,

30 ; occupied by a British

force, 49, 76
Clark, Dr. Francis, 265, 267
Clark & Co., 775, 777
Clark, Mr. J. D., 358
Clarke, Major Brodie A., 415, 517
Clear, Mr. A. C, 673
Clerici, Mr. A., 603
Cochin China, English factory

established at, 27
Cock, Robert, factor in Japan, 17
Co-hong, formed at Canton, 31
Collingwood, Mr. Geo., 364
Collins & Co., 636
Collinson, Mr. A. H., 673
Collyer, Captain G. F., 415
Consular appointments, first, 63
Cordes, Mr. H., 759
Cornabe, Eckford & Co., 769
Cornwallis, H.M.S., Treaty of

Nanking signed on, 55
Cotton, 302
Cowen, Mr. J., 365
Coxion To, Dr., 180
Craddock, Mr. A. K., 603
Craig, Mr. H. J., 515
Cross, Mr. A. W., 521
Cruz, Basto & Co., 222
Cubitt, Captain L. J., 417
Culty Si. Co., 750
Currency of China, 288
Currimbhoy Ebrahim, Sir, 224
Curtis Bros., 769
Curtis, Mr. F. J., 769

Dallas & Co., 638
Dallas, Mr. A., 622
d'Almeida, Mr. F. J., 522, 618
Danby, the late Mr, 219
da Silva, Mr. P. N., 798, 808
Davenport, Dr., 785
David, Mr. A. J., 223

David, Sir Sassoon J., 223
David, S. J. & Co., 223
Davies & Thomas, 630, 635
Davies, Mr. P. V., 603
Davis, Lieutenant R. W., 416
Davis's. Sir J. F., administration

of Hongkong, 64
Davis, Mr, W. A., 735
Deacon & Co., 795
Deekes, Mr. S. J., 8^6
Dees, Mr. F. W., 676
De Hees, Mr. R., 699
De Moraes, Mr, J. A. da C, 785,

788
de Rijke, Mr. J., 482
Denham & Rose, 628, 630
Denham, Mr. J. E., 622
Denniston & Sullivan, 650, 654
Dent. Mr. Vyvyan, 478, 518
Der Ostasiatische IJoytl, 361
Des Voeux's, Sir W. G., adminis-
tration of Hongkong, 94
Deutsch-Asiatische Bank, 443,

702, 704, 732, 759, 761
Dick, Lieutenant D, C, 417
Dickeson, Jones & Co., 622, 627,

658, 660
Diederichsen, Jebsen & Co., 638,

640, 744
Diesing & Co., 781
Diss Bros., 223

Dodwell & Co., 218, 608, 705, 840
Doire, Mr. A., 719
Donald, Mr. W. H., 343, 345
Douglas Lapraik Steamship Com-
pany, 207
Dowager Empress assumes

supreme power, 95
Dowdall, Mr. W. M., 408, 414, 622
Drummond, Mr. W. V., 406, 516
Dunn, Mr. 1. J., 719
Dunn, Mr. S. T., 135, 137, 267
Dunstan, Mr. E. J., 673
Dutch and English rivalry, 18, 21
Dutch Embassy to China, 14
Du Thuy, Mr. M, B., 408
Dyer, Captain W. J. N., 414

East India Company, attempts to
open up trade with China, 15 ;
obtain a new charter, 27 ; sends
a special mission to China, 33 ;
sends its first ship direct to
China, 27

Eastern Extension Telegraph
Company, 134, 497

Eastern Sketch, the, 364

Ebbeke & Co., 636

Ecclesiastical, 321

Eckardt, Mr. T., 408

Elepoo, Peace Commissioner, 55

Elgin, Earl of, appointed special
envoy to China, 70

Elliot, Captain, appointed British
superintendent, 47 ; occupies
Hongkong, 48

Ellis Kadoorie Chinese Schools
Society, 127

Erskine, Mr. H., 795

Evans & Co., 659, 691

Ever Victorious Army, 88

Ewo Cotton Spinning and Weav-
ing Company, 573, 575, 576

Ewo Hong on the Bund, the, 604

Ewo Steam Silk Filature, 573

Ewo Timber Depot, 574, 582

Farrow, Mr. C. J., 822

Fatshan, attack on Englishmen

at, 64
Fatshan Railway, 787
Faust & Co., 746

Faust, Mr, J., 739

Fearon, Lieutenant R. I., 417

Fernandez, Count de S., 807

Figg, Mr. F. G., 267, 509

Fink, Mr. C, 361

Five, Mr. G. E., 739, 752

Fleet, Mr. A., 603

Fleming, Lieutenant W. N., 417

Fletcher, Mr. A. G. M., 267

Flint, Mr., supercargo imprisoned,

Fokien Drug Company, 827

Fong, Mr. S. D., 527

Foochow, 837 ; opened to foreign

trade, 55 ; troubles at, 63
Fook On Insurance and Godown

Company, 230
Forbs, Mr. A., 219
Foreign Ministers first received in

audience by the Emperor at

Peking, 90
Formosa, ancient map of, 18
Frazar & Co., 634
Frewin, Capt. H., 835
Froc, Rev. Father, 512
Frost, Mr. J., 620
Fuhrmeister & Co., 719
Fukano, Mr. S., 620
Fung Wa Chun, 267
Fiitterer, Mr. W., 618, 656, 657

Gaillard, Mr. J., 408

Gallon & Co., 836

Gande & Co., J. W., 646, 649

Gardiner, Mr. A. F., 821

Gaskin, Lieutenant R. H., 418

Ghisi, Mr. E., 408

Gibb, Livingston & Co., 216, 604,
607

Gilchrist, Mr. E., 491

Giller, Mr. Harry A., 356

Glass, Mr. D., 603

Goertz, Mr. G., 739

Goldring, Mr. P. W., 112, 173

Gomes, Dr. A. S., 174, 219

Gompertz, Mr. H. H. J., iii, 112

Gordon, General, commands the
Ever Victorious Army, 88

Gordon, Lieutenant J. D. D., 417

Goto, Baron S., 668

Gough, Sir Hugh, assumes com-
mand Chinese expeditionary
force, 50

Gracey, Dr. S. L., 838

Graham, Mr. James W., 198, 219

Grant, Mackenzie, Mr. J., 458

Grant, Sir J. Hope, commands
British expeditionary force, in
i860, 76

Great Northern Telegraph Com-
pany, 134, 496

Greaves, Mr. |. R., 719

Green Mr. C. H., 590

Green Island Cement Company's
Works, 237

Greig & Co., 840

Gresson, Mr. W. J., no

Grey, Mr. W. J., 673

Gribble, Mr. Henry, appointed
Consul at Amoy, 63

Gro, Mr. W. L., 408

Gros, Baion, French Envoy to
China, 73

Grove, Mr. F., 673

Groves, Mr. G. R., 522

Guedes, Mr. A. P de M.. 807

Gulowsen, Mr. O. K. R., 768

Guy, Mr. James, 198, 219

Hachloff, Mr. W. W„ 719
Hale, Mr. B. A., 345, 351

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 845

Hall & Holtz, 646, 651
Hall, Mr. E., 781
Halse, Mr. S. J., 622
Hamburg-Amerika Liiiie, 202, 466
Hankow, 692 ; brick and tile
works, 710, 714 ; British Con-
sulate at, 698 ; Bund in winter,
694; business men, 710; club,
696 ; Daily News, 366 ; foreign
municipal police, 696 ; Foreign
Settlement at, 693 ; French
Municipal Council, 699 ; Phar-
macie Centrale, 721, 722 ; Race
Club, 700, 701 ; Russian Club,
700 ; Russian Consul at, 699 ;
Russian Settlement at, 695 ;
Wagons Lits Hotel Terminus,
704, 706 ; Waterworks and
Electric Light Company, 708

Hankow to Peking Railways,
677

Han San inscriptions, 831

Hanson, Mr. J. C, 407

Hanwell, Surgeon-Lieutenant G.,
420

Hanyang Iron and Steel Works,
704, 708

Hardoon, Mr. S. A., 620

Harris, Mr. A. H., 834

Harris, Mr. T. H., 466

Harston, Mr. J. S., H2, 173

Hart, Sir Robert, 89, 283

Hastings, Mr. G. A., 112, 172

Hastings, Mr. John, 172

Hausser, Mr. P. F., 834

Haworth, R., & Co., 634, 643

Hayashi, Viscount, 758

Hayley-Bell, Lieutenant F., 417

Hayter, Mr. H. W. G., 364

Hazeland, Mr. E. M., 173, 219

Hazeland, Mr. F. A., in, 112

Hewett, Hon. Mr. E. A., 104, 108

Hickie, Mr. A., 219

Hickling, Mr. N. W., 603

Hienfung, Emperor, last days of,
88

Hillebrandt & Co., 642, 644

Hillier, Mr. E. G., 759, 760

Hinckley, Mr. F. E,, 405

Ming Loong Ginger Factory, 248

Hirano, Mr. Y., 622, 634

His Excellency Yen Fuh, 534

Ho Fook, Mr., 178

Ho Kai, Hon. Dr., 104, 109

Ho Kom Tung, Mr., 174, 175

Ho Nai Hop, Dr., 180

Ho Tung, Mr., 176, 177

Hoare, Right Rev. J. C, drowned
at Hongkong, 94

Hobson, Mr. H. E., 456, 478

Hodgson, Mr. P. M., H2

Hoerter, Mr. M., 523

Hogg, Mr. A. v., 785

Hogg, Mr. E. Jenner, 516. 518

Hoko, Tsun, Dr., 180

Holliday, Wise & Co., 608, 609

Homicide, Chinese law of, 40

Hongkew Recreation Ground, 506

Hongkong : Aberdeeen from the
Peak, view of, 154 ; agitation

; against Sir J. Pope-Hennessy's
administration, 84 ; banking,
116 ; cession of, 50 ; Chamber
of Commerce, 159 ; Chinese
Club, 172 ; constitution and
law, 99 ; City Hall, 161 ; Club
Lusitano, 172 ; clubs, 169 ;
College of Medicine, 264 ; court
of justice established at, 60,
101 ; created a Crown Colony,
60 ; currency, 114 ; Daily
Press, 350 ; description of, 145 ;
Des Voeux Road, view of, 153 ;
education at, 121 ; electric

tramways, 164 ; Ellis Kadoorie
Chinese School Society, 126 ;
Executive Council, 105 ; fauna,
138 ; finance, 1 13 ; first Anglican
Cathedral at, 327 ; first occupa-
tion of, 48, 56 ; flora, 135 ;
Gazelle, 344 ; German Club at,
171 ; Government House at,

160 ; harbour and Kowloon,
view of, 150 ; harbour, ships
carrying Lord Amherst's mis-
sion anchor in, 43 ; health and
hospitals, 262 ; industries, 235 ;
information for tourists, 683 ;
inspectorate of schools, 122 ;
journalism at, 80 ; Legislative
Council, 100. 105 ; Lloyd's
Greater Britain Company's
othces, viewof, 155 ; Ly-ee-mun,
Chinese residences at, 155 ;
meteorology, 509 ; Mr. R.
Montgomery Martin's indict-
ment of, 58 ; Mountain Lodge,

161 ; Municipal Government,
100 ; navy, army, and volun-
teers, 272 ; new Government
Oflices. 162 ; new Law Courts,
164; Nippon Club, 172 ; Peak
Club, 169 : Peak tramways,
166 ; Peak, views of, 147, 152 ;
Phcenix Club, 171 ; police,
prisons, and fire brigade, 266 ;
posts, cables, and telephones,
133 ; Press group, 345 ; Press,
the, 343 ; public gardens, 130,
13I1 1.35 ; public works, 129;
Queen's College at, 123 ; Queen
Victoria statue at, 148 ; race-
course, 251 ; revenue and ex-
penditure, 113; Roman Catholic
Cathedral at, 324 ; St, Andrew's
Church, Kowloon, 330 ; St.
George's Club, 171 ; St. Joseph's
English College, 124, 126 ;
St. Paul's College, 127 ; Sani-
tary Board, 157 ; Select Com-
mittee of 1847 reports on, 58 ;
Sir W. G. des Voeux's descrip-
tion of, 94 ; social life, 341 ;
sport, 250 ; statue of Sir
Thomas Jackson at, 148 ;
Telegraph, 351 ; treaty of Nan-
king ratified at, 55 ; 'Tung Wah
Hospital, 175, 177, 263 ; typhoon
of September 18, 1904, 94, 510 ;
unhealthiness of, 59 ; Union
Church, 336 ; unofficial mem-
bers first nominated to the
Legislative Council, 80 ;
Victoria, city of, built, 56 ;
Victoria, city of, map of, 146 ;
Victoria, city of, view of, 150 ;
Victoria Recreation Clubhou>e,
251 ; Volunteer Corps, 274 ;
Wardley Street, view of, 154 ;
Wyndham Street, view of, 153 ;
Yacht Club House, 255.

Hongkong and China Gas Com-
pany, 167

Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf
and Godown Company, 189,
198

Hongkong and Shanghai Bank,
115, 118, 439, 700, 721, 731,
732. 759. 760, 821

Hongkong Cotton Spinning,
Weaving, and Dyeing Com-
pany, 236

Hongkong Electric Company, 168

Hongkong Electric Traction
Company, 165

Hongkong Ice Company, 240

Hongkong Pipe, Brick and Tile
Company, 238

Hongkong Rope Manufacturing

Company, 238
Hoo Erh Mai, Mr., 527, 556 •
Hooper, Mr. A. Shelton, 157,

173, 267
Hope, Sir James, 87
Hopkins, Dunn & Co., 474
Hotel de la Paix, Tientsin, 736
Hotel des Colonies, 688, 689
Hotung Baugesellschaft, 749, 751
Howard, Mr. W. E., 719
Howarth, Erskine, Ltd., 594, 599
Hue Cheng Yong, Mr. 532
Hung Chong & Co., 662, 664
Hung Kwong To (the late), Mr.,

224
Hunter, Dr. Wm,, 265
Hunter, Mr, H, E. R,, 442

Ichang, 698

Ilbert & Co., 608

Imperial Bank of China, 444

Imperial Brewing Company, 249

Imperial Hotel, Tientsin, 735, 736

Imperial Post Office, 490

Imperial Railways of North China,

670
Indo- China Steam Navigation

Company, 205, 207, 474, 481
Information for tourists, 683
Inglis, Mr, W. F., 603
Innocent, Captain J. W., 417
Inshallah Dairy Farm, 656, 659
I on Marine and Fire Insurance

Cotnpany, 231
Interlopers, East India Company's

troubles with, 27
Irving, Mr. E. A., 128
Isaacs, Mr. M. J., 838
Ilo, Mr. Y., 620

Jacks, Mr. Phillip, 267

Jaffer, Mr. M,, 652

Jameson, Lieutenant G. M , 417

Jangstun Steam Brick Works,

Tientsin, 740
Japan Cotton Trading Companv,

574> 720
Japan, early English trade with,

17
Jaques & Co., 741, 742
Jardine, Matheson & Co., 205, 210,

236, 240, 459, 477, 481, 602, 604,

605, 703, 709, 727
Java-China-Japan Line, 209
Jezierski, Count, 739
Jin Chong Silk Filature Company,

573, 574
Johnson, Mr. Y., 234
Johnston, Mr. James, 520, 523
Johnston, Mr. L. A. M., 134
Johnstone, Mr. J., 603
Jokhee, Mr. Pestonjee B., 838
Jones, Mr. P. N. H., 132, 267
Jones, Staff-Surgeon K. H., 141
Jordan, Dr. G. P., 265, 267
Jordan, Sir J. N., 757
Jorge & Co,, 222
Jorge, Mr. F., 219
Junk Bay Flour Mills, 240

Kearton, Captain W., 363
Kelly & Walsh, 224
Kennedy's, Sir A. E., administra-
tion of Hongkong, 84
Kerfoot, Mr. James, 302, 603
Kershaw, Mr. J, C, 138
Keswick, Hon. Mr. H., 104, 110
Keying, Commissioner, 65, 74
Kiaking, Emperor, and Lord
Amherst's mission, 44

Kiangsu Chemical Works, 578,

591
Kiaochau occupied by Germany,

95
Kienlung, Emperor, accession of,

32 ; receives Lord Macartney,

38
Kierulff & Co., 761
Kin Gen Sang, Mr., 527, 544, 546
King Chun San, Mr., 534
King Kai Tong, Mr. 663
King, Mr. H. F., 781
Kingman, Mr. H. B., 528, 568
Kingsmill, Mr. G., 422
Kinipple, Inspector W., 508
Kirchner & Boger, 654
Kleemann, Mr, O., 739, 752
Kleeschulte, Mr. W., 737, 748
Kloeckner, Mr. H., 739
Klose & Co., 642
Ko Desong, Mr., 532, 570
Koiize, Lieutenant S., 417
Kobato, Mr. K., 620
Koch & Co., 747, 748
Kochien Transportation and Tow

Boat Company, 479
Koch, Lieutenant C., 417
Koh Fai Seek, Mr., 229
Koh Kai Shun, Mr., 229
Koh Mah Wah, Mr., 229
Koh Wan Kuin, Mr., 229
Koh Yiell Qieu, M: ., 229
Kolkmeyer, Mr. F., 719
Koo King Cha, Mr., 527
Kotow, Lord Amherst declines
to, 43 ; Lord Macartney de-
clines to, 38
Kow Kee & Co,, 578, 583
Kowloon-Canton Railway, 681
Kowloon Hotel, 684
Kowloon Peninsula occupied, 56,

81.95
Kristy, Mr. C, 768
Kruse & Co., 220
Kuhn & Co., 648, 652
Kulangsu Settlement, 815
Kuling, scenery near, 697
Kum Hon Shun, Mr., 554
Kung, Prince, receives first

British Minister at Peking, 88
Kwan, Admiral, killed, 50
Kwan Chiping, Mr., 534, 564
Kwangsu, Emperor, superseded,

95
Kwan Sum Yin, Dr., 180
Kvveiliang, Commissioner, 73, 77
Kwoh Chu Ching, Mr., 754
Kwong Hee Ying, Mr., 229, 230
Kwong Hip Lung & Co.. 244
Kwong river steamers, 209

Laferriere, M. G., 408
Lalcaca, Surgeon-Major C, 415
Lambton, Vice-Admiral Sir Hed-

worth, 273
Lammert, Mr. F., 219
Lammert, Mr. George P., 222
Lammert, George & Co., 221
Lammert, Mr. H. A., 222
Lan Chu Pak, Mr., 174
Lan Fat, Mr,, 247
Landale, Mr. David, 405,407,520,

603
Lander, Right Rev. G. H., 331
Lane, Crawford & Co., 213, 214,

646, 650
Laou Kung Mow Cotton Spinning

and Weaving Company, 573,

577
Lappa Customs, the, 805
Lavers, Lieutenant P. F., 414
Law, Mr. W. M., 620
Layng, Mr. H., 835

846 TWENTIETH CENTUKY IMPKESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Leang Shing Hem, Mr., 550, 557
L'Echo lie Chine. 361
Lee Pah Pao. Mr., 532. 570
Lee Sih Guan. Mr., 534, 566
Lee Tung Hwee. Professor, 528,

Lee Yung Su. Mr.. 527
Legations at Peking besieged, 96
Leilo, Dr. A. P., 807
Leung Hiu Cho, Mr., 248
Levien. Mr. R. B.. 620
Lew, Mr. S. A.. 620
Li Hung Chang, 88, 89, 91, 95
Liaotung Peninsula, 95
Liddell. Mr. P. W. O., 719
Lini La Sang. Mr.. 680. 836
Liin Nee Kar. .Mr.. 822, 824. 836
Liin Pang Ket. Mr.. 836
Lin, Commissioner, oppresses
British Merchants at Canton,

U Tsoi Chee, Mr.. 768, 769

Little, Mr. E. S., 518, 620

Little. Mr. W., 406

Liu Sin Sang, Mr., 720, 723

Liu Zav Chin, Mr.. 558, 560

Lit\inoff & Co.. 716, 717

Llovd. Mr. G. T., 345, 353

Lloyds' Greater Britain Publish-
ing Company. 155. 366

Lo Cheung Shiu. Mr.. 178

Lo Hon Chun, Mr.. 527. 547

Lo King Kee. Mr., 527, 548

Loch, Mr. (afterwards Lord),
captured by Chinese, 77

Lockhart, Mr." J. H. S., 774

Locksmith & Co., 640

Lohlien, Mr. H., 739

London, first English ship to
visit China, 19

Looker, Mr. H. W., 112. 173

Loon Tai Tea Hong, 662

Lothar Marcks & Busch, 710, 712

Low Che Chung, Mr., 527

Lowe, Mr. A. D., 406

Lowe. Mr. A. R., 219

Lucassen, Mr. F. H., 828

Lugard, Sir F". D., 104

Lugard's. Sir F. D., administra-
tion of Hongkong, 105

Lunghwa Tannery Company, 578

Lyons, Captain F." VV., 267, 271

Macartney, Lord, conducts mis-
sion to China, 36

Macao, 798 ; Bishop of, 800 ;
British merchants take refuge
at, 48 ; general view, 797 ;
Governor of, murdered, 66 ;
hotels, 809 ; Municipal Hall,
802 ; occupied by British
troops, 41 ; occupied by the
Portuguese, 14; St. Paul's
ruins at, 798

Macdonald & Co., 242

Macdonald, Mr. J., 739, 752

Macdonnell's. Sir R. G., adminis-
tration of Hongkong, 82

Macgowan, Rev. J., 814

Mackay, Mr. E. A., 603

Mackenzie & Co., 750

Macleod, Mr. R, N., 406

Madier, Mr. H., 408

Mahomedan Rebellion in Yunnan,
90

Major Bros., 591

Malcolm, Mr. W. R., 620

Manchuria, mmes and minerals
in, 682

Manchurian Railways, 667

Man Ixxjng Ginger Factory, 248

Mannchow, -Mr. H.. 836, 838

Mansel, Dr. E. L., 835

Mansfield, Mr. J. J.. 422

Mansfield. Mr. R. \V., 785

Margery, Mr. R. A., murder of, 90

Marques, Dr. L. P., 808

Marshall, Mr. V., 364

Marshall. Surgeon-Captain R. J.,
420

Marston, Mr. L., 785

Martin's, Mr. R. Montgomery, in-
dictment of Hongkong, 58

Marzoli, Mr. E., 740, 742

Masavoshi Kato, Mr., 470

Master, Mr. G. C. C, 112, 172

Mathews, Mr. M. C, 422

May, Hon. Mr. F. H.. 104, 106

Mayer, Mr. O. E., 739

Mayer, Mr. V., 521

Mcbougall, Mr. H., 821

McLeod, Mr. A., 521

Medhurst, Mr. G. H., 219

Mee, Cheung & Co., 234

Melchers & Co., 209, 615, 617, 618,
709, 711, 731. 742

Melchers, Mr. K. F., 739

Melnikoff, Mr. D. M., 710, 716

Mendes, Mr. M. da S., 809

Messageries Cantonaises, 207

Messer, Mr. C. McJ., 267

Meuser, Mr. O., 406

Meyer & Co., 710, 752

Michael, Mr. J. R., 173, 219

Michelau, Mr. Carl, 620

Middleton, Mr. H. E., 673, 676

Middleton, Mr. VV. B. O., 620

Miller. Mr. R., 442

Minanu, Mr. S., 224

Mirow, Mr. E., 719

Mirza Mohamed Bowker Afshar
& Co., 654

Mitchell, Mr. C.B., 821, 822

Milsu Bishi Company, 233, 662,
719

Mitsui Bussan Kaisha, 232, 620,
621, 623, 717, 719, 750, 751

Mittag, Mr. Max, 654, 655, 656

Miu Nai York, Mr., 796

Molchanoff, Pechatnoff & Co.,

712. 713
Miyasaki & Co., 234
Molkerei Oberhof, Ltd., 740
Mody, Mr. H. N., 127, 128
Moidrey, Father, J. de, 321
Molony, Right Rev. H. J., 332
Monetier, Mr. A., 362
Moorhead & Halse, 634
Moorhead, Mr. R. B., 622
Morland, Dr. C. H. D., 835
Morrison, Dr., 758
Mosberg, Lieutenant J., 414
Moule, Bishop, 332
MuUer, Mr. ¥., 719
Munthe, Col. J. W. N., 751, 752
Murphine, Mr. A. R., 620
Murray, Mr. G. T., 834
Musso, V. P., & Co., 222
M. Zeen, Mr., 534

Nagayasu, Mr. H., 719

Nanking, 778 ; attacked by Sir
Hugh Gough, 53 ; British Con-
sul, 781 ; Porcelain Tower, 54 ;
Taeping occupation of, 67 ;
tombs at, 780 ; Viceroy and
Officials, 779

Napier, Lord, appointed British
Superintendent in China, 45 ;
dies at Macao, 46

Nathan, Mr. M. J., 687

Native City Waterworks, Tientsin,
740

Naval Club, the, 688, 690

Neave, Mr. Thomas, 198, 219

Nederlandsch-lndische Handels-
bank, 119, 120

Neill, Mr. J. O., 739, 752

Neish, Mr. R. D., 358

Nemazee & Co., 654

Nestle's Milk Company, 660

Netherlands Trading Society, 118,
119

Neumann, Mr. R., 618, 655

New Amoy Dock Company, 826

Newchwang, 763

New Engine and Iron Works,
Hankow, 714, 715

New Engineering and Shipbuild-
ing Works, Ltd., 590, 597

Ningpo, 772 ; cotton plantation
at, 63 ; occupied by the British,
52 ; opened to foreign trade,
55 ; Portuguese expelled from,

14
Nippon Nenkwa Kabushiki

Kaisha, 719
Nippon Yusen Kaisha, 203, 470,

475
Nisshin Risen Kaisha, 474, 483,

720
No Sau Sang, Mr., 224
Nolasco, Captain J.. 417
Nordchinesische Handelsgesell-

schaft, 747
Norddeutscher Lloyd Company,

201
Noronha & Co., 354
North Cliiiia Daily Neivs and

Herald, 355
Nutter & Co., 640
Nutter, Mr. P., 620

O'Brien, Mr. H. N., 405
Okura & Co., 720
Olivier & Co., 602, 718
Olof, Wijk & Co., 594, 601
Opium destroyed at Canton, 47
Opium traffic, early stages of, 46 ;
disputes at Canton concerning,

47
Osaka Shosen Kaisha, 205
Osborne, Hon. Mr. Edward, 104,

no
Osborne, Mr. J. H., 458
O'Shea, Henry D., 360
O'Shea, Jno., 359
Ostroverkhow, Mr. A. N., 699,

719
Oswald, Mr. J. C, 838
Otto Kong Sing, Mr., 178
Owen, Mr. O. E., 684

Pabaney, E., 226

Pacific Mail Steamship Company,

203
Palace Hotel, 687
Panoff, Mr. T. K., 719
Parker, Sir William, commands

naval squadron, 52
Parkes, Sir Harry S., 63, 67,

71.77

Parkin, Mr. W. R,, 498

Pasedag & Co., 828

Patrick, Surgeon-Lieutenant H. C,
420

Pearce, Rev. T. W., 337

Peking, 755 ; ancient views of,
43 ; and Ticnlsin Times, 367 ;
British Legation at, 757 ; British
Minister at, 757 ; occupied by
allied British and French
forces, 79 ; occupied by Great
Powers in 1900, 96 ; Forbidden
City at, 755 ; Hall of Classics
at, 758 ; Hankow Railway, 678 ;
Japanese Minister at, 758 ;

permanent diplomatic repre-
sentation at, 74 ; shrines, 339 :
station, 677 ; summer palace
at, 756

Peninsular and Oriental Steam-
ship Navigation Company, 199,
200

Pereira, Mr. F. X., 808

Pernotle, Mr. J., 710

Pestonjee B. Jokhee, Mr., 838

Petrie, Mr. T.. 345, 353

Pettick & Co., 838

Petit, P. B. & Co., 662

Philips, Mr. H. R., 113, 267

Pierce, Mr. W. H., 590

Piggott, Sir F. T., in, 112

Pilclier, Captain H. W., 417

Plait, Mr. W. A. C, 406

Playfair, Mr. G. M. H., 838

Pollock, Hon. Mr. H. E.. 104, 109

Pon Kuck Hien, Mr., 568

Pope-Hennessy's, Sir J., adminis-
tration of Hongkong, 84

Pope, Mr. A. W. V., 673, 674

Porcelain Tower, Nanking, 54

Portland Flouring Mills Com-
pany, 230

Posts, Cables and Telephones,
133, 490

Pottinger, Sir Henry, appointed
Plenipotentiary, 51

Powell, William, Ltd., 220

Pozzoni, Right Rev. Dominico, 326

Prentice, Mr. J., 407, 458

Prince, Mr. E., 504

Pulo Condore, English factory
established at, 31

Purnell & Paget, 793, 794

Quan Jee On, Mr., 230

Quan Jew, Mr., 230

Qu,an Kai, Mr., 230

Quan Kai, Mr., 794

yuan Sam, Mr., 230

Queen's College, Hongkong, 123

Radoniski, Mr. R. C, 492

Railton, Mr. H. E., 620

Railway at Woosung built, 91

Railways in China, 95, 666

Rankin, Mr. H. F., 826

Ransom, Captain S. A., 417

Rassadin, Mr. A. N., 719

Raven, Lieutenant F. J., 417

Rees-Davies, Hon. Mr. W., 104, 107

Reiss & Co., H., 644, 645

Remedios, Mr. L. A. L., 808

Rempei Kondo, Mr., 470

Rennie, Dr. T., 838

Rizaeff Freres 6^4

Rizaeff. Mr. H. M. B., 652, 654

Robinson's, Sir Hercules, admini-
stration of Hongkong, 81

Robinson's Sir William, admini-
stration of Hongkong, 94

Roman Catholic Cathedral, Hong-
kong, 324

Rose & Co., 719

Rose, Mr. A., 710

Rose, Mr. R., 622

Rossler, Dr. W., 785, 788

Ross-Reid, T., 366

Rozario & Co., 223

Russo-Cliinese Bank, 732, 734,
760, 761

Russo-Japanese War, 96

Rutherford, Lieutenant C. H., 417

St. Andrew's Church, Kowloon,

330
St. George's Hotel, 690

TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OF HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC. 847

St. Joseph's English College,

' Hongkong. J24, 126

St. Paul's College. Hongkong. 127

Saker, Lieut. K. M., 417

Saltoun, Lord. 53

Sandei', Wieler & Co.. 634, 641

Saris. Captain, heads trading e.x-

pedition to Japan, 17
Sassoon, D. & Co., 224, 610
Sassoon, E. D. & Co.. 224, 227, 610
Sassoon, E. D., 227
Sassoon, Mr. Jacob, 227, 612
Sassoon. Sir Edward, 225
Siiliiriiay Review, 363
Schellhoss, Captain H., 417
Schlichting, Mr. H.. 719, 722
Schuldt. Mr. A. E., 739
Schultz & Co.. 632, 634, 747
Schulze, Mr. E., 739
Schwarz, Gaunier & Co.. 714
Schweiger Import and Export

Company, 714. 715
Scotson. Mr. J., 504. 524
Scott, Mr. Gray, 219
Scott, Harding & Co., 626
Scott, Mr. W., 622. 632, 639
Sea. Mr. W. V., 528
Seilz, Mr. Carl, 522
Seth, Mr. Aratlioon, III, 112
Seymour, Admiral Sir M,. con-
ducts an expedition in the
Canton River. 69
Shanghai, American Post Office
at. 493 ; American Settlement
formed at. 62 ; Anglican Cathe-
dral at. 373 ; architects and
civil engineers. 622 ; assessed
value of in 1872. 93 ; attacked
by Sir Hugh Cough's force, 53 ;
banks. 440 ; bird's-eye view of.
370 ; British Consulate at, 375 ;
British Post Office at, 492 ;
Bubbling Well Road. 379 ;
central police and fire station
at. 411 ; Chambers of Com-
merce at, 386 ; Chinese Poly-
technic Institution established
at. 92 ; clubs, 387 ; Customs
House, 460 ; Custom House
organisation formed at, 85 ;
description of, 368 ; Drag Hunt.
500 ; early description of, 85 ;
early history of, 60 ; education.
484 ; Ellis Kadoorie School.
488 ; finance and banking. 438 ;
fire brigade. 429 ; foreign com-
mercial community at. 602 ;
Freemasonry at. 386 ; French
concession at. 407 ; French Con-
sulate at. 372 ; French Munici-
pal Council offices at, 372 ;
French Post Office at, 494 ;
French Settlement formed at,
62 ; Garden Bridge, 375 ;
German Post Office at, 493 ;
German trade at in 1881. 93 ;
harbour. 478 ; health, hospitals,
434 ; Holy Trinity Cathedral at,
337 ; Hongkew market at, 376 ;
litis memorial at, 373; Imperial
Post Office at, 490 ; industries,
573 ; information for tourists.
683 ; Japanese Post Office at,
494 ; library, 386 ; Li Hung
Chang memorial at, 381 ;
Margery monument at, 373 ;
Mercury, 357 ; meteorologv,
512 ; Municipal Councils, 86,
<;3. 405 ; observatory. Siccawei.
383 ; opened to foreign trade,
55 ; Oriental commercial com-
munity at. 662 ; Paper Hunt
Club meet, 498 ; pilotage ser-
vice. 480 ; police. 377, 409 ;

police sports, 507 ; post, cables,
and telegraphs, 490 ; Press, the,
354 ; public school, 485 ; public
works, 432 ; Race Club. 501 ;
racecourse, 378 ; recreation
ground, 383 ; Royal Asiatic
Society at. 385 ; Russian Post
Office at, 493 ; St. Francis
Xavier's School, 489 ; St,
Joseph's Church, 326 ; shipping,
commerce, and customs, 452 ;
social life, 516 ; sport, 498 ;
streets, 374, 384 ; Taeping
rebels near, 67, 87 ; Telephone
Exchange supervisors at, 496 ;
Thomas Hanbury School and
Children's Home at, 489 ; Times.
358 ; Town Hall, 376 ; Union
Church at, 336 ; volunteer
corps formed at. 67 ; volun-
teers. 413 ; winter view of, 371 ;
Woosung Railway built, 91.

Shanghai and Hongkew Wharf
Company, Ltd., 459

Shanghai City, 408

Shanghai City. Taeping occupa-
tion of, 67

Shanghai district, old Chinese
maps of, 61

Shanghai Dock and Engineering
Company, Ltd., 453. 456

Shanghai Electric and Asbestos
Company, 654

Shanghai Land and Investment
Company, Ltd., 444

Shanghai Life Insurance Com-
pany, Ltd., 448, 827

Shanghai Machine Company,
644, 647, 712, 716

Shanghai Mutual Telephone Com-
pany. Ltd.. 494

Shanghai-Nanking Railway, 670

Shanghai-Nanking Railway offi-
cials, 673

Shanghai Tobacco Trade Guild,
661, 662

Shanstrom, Mr. E., 618

Shantung, railways in, 95

Shao Gin Tow, Mr., 572

Shapoo, attack on, 53

Shekury, Mr. G. J.. 687

Shellim, Mr. E., 225

Sheng Kung Pao, His Excellency,
525. .S26

Shen 'Tun-Ho, His Excellency,
526

Shewan, Mr. R. G., 173, 219

Shewan, Tomes & Co., 213, 237,

239. 619, 790, 792
Sho, General C. A., 781
Shorrock, Mrs., 363
Sia Tsze Nan, Mr.. 534. 568
Siberian Railway. 95, 667
Siccawei Observatory, 383
Siemens Schuckertwerke, 584,

709, 811
Siemssen & Co., 216, 612, 614.

701, 732, 795, 810, 811
Siemssen & Krohn, 840
Sietas & Co., 769
Silk trade, 62, 93, 290
Sinclair, Mr. M. R., 673
Sing. Mr. A., 664, 665
Sing Ting Hoang, Mr., 532
Sill Wan Pao. the, 362
Skottowe, Captain, conducts

special mission to China, 33
Skottowe, Mr. E. B., 407, 442
Slade, Mr. M. W., 174
Smart, Mr. J. D.. 673
Smith & Co., 769
Smith, Mr. L. J. P., 603
Soares & Co., 221
Social Shaiigliai, 363

Somerville, Mr. R.. 620
Sommer. Mr. F,. 739
Song Ching. Mr. '/.., 532, 568
Soochow^ Arsenal established. 89
Soo Pao Sun, Mr., 536, 538
South China Moniiriii I'ost. 352
South Manchuria Railway, 669,

671
Sperry F'lonr Company, 215
Spooner, Mr. S., 603
Standard Life Assurance Com-
pany, 448
Standard Oil Company of New

York, 213, 827
Stanley, Dr. A.. 434
Staunton, Sir George, 42
Steam power in China, 594, 600
Stedman, Dr.. 267
Steele. Rev. J.. 332
Stephens, Mr. M. J. D., 172
Stewart, Captain A. J., 416
Stewart. Captain G. E., 418
Stockton Milling Company, 216
Stockwell, Mr. C. F. St. C.. 838
Stokes, Commodore R. H. S.. 273
Stokes, Mr. A. P.. 406
Studd, Mr. A. W., 422
Suez Canal, effect of opening of

on Hongkong trade, 83
Suichow, Mr. T., 534
Summer Palace. Peking, de-
stroyed, 79
Sun Chun Ying, Mr., 752
Sun Ting Huan. Mr.. 566
Sun Wei Chin, Mr.. 720
Suzuki, Mr. S. K.. 442
Suzuki & Co., 664
Swatow. 829 : railway, 833
Sze Tsay Kor, Mr., 534. 562
Sze Zing Tsah. Mr., 558

Tachibana, Mr. S.. 719
Taeping Rebellion. 67, 87
Takahashi, Mr. K., 719
Tait & Co.. 827
Takao Tsun-.\do. Mr.. 710
Taku Forts, captured in 1858. 73 ;
captured in igoo, 96 ; unsuccess-
ful attack on, 75
Talati, Mr. M. P., 224. 226
Talati. Mr. P. F.. 224
Tang Kee Shan. Mr.. 720. 723
Tangku. engagement at. 76
Tan, Mr. A.. 229
Tan. the late Mr. A.. 224
Tao Mai Sen. Mr.. 534, 562
Taoukwang, Emperor, death of,

66
Taoukwang's, Emperor, hatred of

foreigners. 53
Taoutai Wan Bing Chung, 780
Taoutai Wen Hao, 134
Tata, Sons & Co., 228, 638
Taylor, Captain P. H. M., 106
Taylor. Hon. Commander B. R. H..

104
Taylor. Mr. J. D.. 710
Tea. early mention of, 27
Tea. history of. 294
Tea, trade at Shanghai, 62
Teesdale, Mr. J. H., 406, 518
Telge & Schroeter, 640, 642, 748,

749
Thomas. Captain H. R. H.. 417
Thorn, Mr, Robert, appointed

Consul at Ningpo, 63
Thompson, Sergt,-Major W. W..

422
Thomson, Hon. Mr. A. M.. 104,

107, 113
Thomson, Mr. O. D., 112. 173
Thyen, Mr. J., 719
Tiensinfoo, Mr. H., 836. 838

Tientsin. 724 ; Astor House Hotel
at, 733 ; British and German
Bund at, 725 ; clubs, 730 ; fire
alarm bell at, 726 ; French
Christians murdered at, 90 ;
German Municipal Offices at.
729 ; Gordon Hall at, 724 ;
Municipal Administration, 729 :
Native City Waterworks 740 ;
occupied by Allied Forces in
1*^58. 73 ; occupied by the great
European Powers in 1900, 96 ;
power station, 730 ; Press, 365 ;
racecourse, 726 ; Russian Mu-
nicipal Offices at, 729 ; statue
of Roland at, 726 ; Treaty con-
cluded at, 74 ; wool cleaning
factory, 750.
Tientsin-Yangtsze Railway. 672
Tinghai, Chusan, captured, 49
Toeg, Mr. R. E., 501, 519
Tong Chong Leong, Mr. 554, 559
Tong Lai Chuen, Mr., 178, 180
Tong, Mr. S. K., 533, 535, 537
Tong, Mr. Y. C. 530, 532
Tong Shin Yue, Mr., 534
Tong Shou Kiang, Mr., 527, 533,

536
Tonkin, English factory estab-
lished at, 22
Tooler. Mr. H. P., 267
Tourists, information for, 683
Toyo Kisen Kaisha, 204, 206
Treaty of Nanking concluded, 55
Treaty of Peking concluded, 79
Ti iads raise the standard of re-
bellion, 66
Trcjst & Co., 746, 747
Trueman, Major T. E., 415
Tsang King, Mr.. 224
Tsang Suichow. Mr,, 570
Tsiang, Mr. T. K., 532, 781
Tseung Sz Kai, Mr., 178
Tsingpu, outrage at, 66
Tsingtau, 810
Tso, Mr. S. W., 178, 307
Tso Seen Wan, Mr., 318
Tsung li Yamen created. 88
Tuan F'ang. His Excellency, 778
Tungche, Emperor, 89
Tungchow, battle of, 77
Tung Tai Tseung Kee & Co., 244,

247
Tuxford, Mr. Ivan, 673, 678
Tweedie, Mr. K. D., 673
Tywan, Formosa, 18 ; English
factory established at, 22

Union, the, 364

University at Hongkong, a pro-
posed, 128
Unwin, Mr. F^. S., 768

Victorian Government Commer-
cial Agency, 644

Volkart Bros., 628

Von During, Wibel & Co., 642,
742

Vulcan Ironworks, Limited, 590

Wade, Mr. H. T., 294, 520
Wade, Sir Thomas, 63, 91
Wagons Lits Hotel Terminus,

704, 706
Wai Luk Chune, Mr., 554, 563
Wakeman, Mr. G. H., iii, 112
Walker, Rev. A. J., 332, 415
Wallace, Mr. W. H.,"82i
Walte & Co., 747
Walte, Mr. A., 739
Wan Chung Kai. Mr., 233

848 TWENTIETH CENTURY IMPRESSIONS OP HONGKONG, SHANGHAI, ETC.

Wang Hing, Mr.. J.^o
Wanton Mo, Dr., 178
Ward commands forces operating

against ttie Tacpings, 8fi
Ward, Mr. Thomas (Tain Wal. 532
Watson. .\. S. & Co., 220
Watson, Licut.-Colonel W. M.,

4>5

Weliley & Scott, 645

Weddell, Captain, conducts trad-
ing exjiedition to China, 19

Weeks & Co., 648, 655, "14. 7>8

Weihaiwei, 773 ; harbour, 776 ;
island, 776 ; occupied hy Great
Britain. 9S ; school. 777

Weiss, Mr. A. K.. 211)

Wei Ynk, Hon. Mr.. 104, 109

Wendt & Co., 220

Wen Hao, Taoulai, 134

Westphal, King & Ramsay. 716

Whampoa. anchorage at, 29 ;
tragic incident at, 39

Whangpoo Conservancy, 480 ;
river, view of. 36*;

Whang Tatfoo. Mr., 720

Wheen. Lieut. A. F, 418

White. Mr. Frank W., 524, 620

White, Mr. H. P., 173

Who's who in the Far East,

354
Wicking, Mr. H., 219
Wilflev, Hon. L. R., 405
Wilkinson. Mr. C. U., 112, 172

Wilks & Jack, 242
Wilzer. Mr. A. H., 805, 8o<)
Wingrove, Captain G. R., 417
Winning, Rev. R. G., 3^2
Winslow, Mr. H. P.. 678
Wise, Hon. Mr. A. G , 111, 112
Wodehouse, Mr. P. P. ].. 27 1
Wolfe, Mr. E. D. C, 267
Wolseley's, Lord, narrative of the

occupation of Peking. 79
Wong Fuk Ching, Mr.. 534, 564
Wong Hai Fan, Mr., 720
Wong Hien Chang, Mr., 526, 556
Wong. 1. Ding, Mr.. 527, 334, 536
Wong, Mr. James B., 319
Wong family, 550
Wong Kam Fuk, Mr., 178
Wong Kwei Chck, Mr., 550
Wong Lu Chee. Mr., ^50
Wong, Mr. Y. C. 550" "
Wong Ping San. Rev., 534, 572
Wong Pin Wa. Mr.. 244
Wong Say Che, Mr., 532, 570
Wong Sneii Hing, Mr., 550
Wong Su Ping, Mr., 550
Wong S/.e Ching, Mr., 534
Woo Chau Chin, Mr.. 527, 552.

554- .=;6i
Woo Kee May, Mr., 526, =;40, 541
Woo Shu, H.E., 832,"834 '
Woo Ting Seng. Mr., 543, 544
Woo Ton Yin, Mr., 527
Woods, Mr. A., 620

Woosung, attacked by the Hritish.
Wright, Rev. G. H. Bateson, 121,

126

Wright, T., 345. 351
Wu Jim Pah, Mr., 754
Wu Sieh Chen Sing Colton Mill,
.';74. 581. 5«4

Yan On Marine and Fire Insur-
ance Company, 231

Yang Hai Tsar, Mr., 568, 570

Yang Shin Tsze, Mr., 544

Yang Sin Che, Mr. 532

Yangtsze Insurance Association.
Ltd., 450

Yangtsze-Kiang at Chinkiang,
694

Yangtsze-Kiang, British expedi-
tion up the, 53

Yangtsze-Kiang, ligliting the
mouth of tlie, 369

Yao Pak Hsuen, Mr., 363

Yasukawa, Mr. Y., 739

Yeh Ching Chong, the late Mr.,
560, 565

Yeh, Viceroy, at Canton, 68 ; cap-
ture of, 71

Yen Ching Suh, Mr., 572

Yen-Full, His Excellencv, 525,

5.34
Yen Shu Fong, Mr,, 544

Yen Tze King, Mr,. 540, 544
Yen Chong Suh, Mr., 5^2
Yih Ming Tsah. Mn^ 326,

540, 542
Yih Zung Tsah, Mr., 527
Yin Sih Chang, Mr., 532, 570
Yokohama Specie Hank. 117,

III), 444, 700. 702, 732, 734
You San Ting, Mr., 532, 570
Young, Mr. S. C, 534, 570
Yu Ko Ming, Mr., 532, 562
Yu Ping Ur, Mr., 534, 564
Yu Yah Ching, Vlr., " 526, 537,

.S3«
Yue, Mr. T. S., 527, 558
Yuen Fat Hong, The, 229, 233
Yuen Hun Kec, Mr., 526, 541
Yuen Ying Kong, Mr.. 541
Yung Che Ping, Mr., 532
Yung Hin Pong, Mr.. "178
Yung Soy Hsung, Mr., 534, 568

Zea Koo Ching, Mr., 534

Zea Sih Vang, Mr. Y. K., 526, 560

Zea Zoon Bing, Mr., 534

Zee Way Zung, 548, 553

Zeen, Mr. M., 5-54, 572

Ziah, Mr. L. H., 526

Zih Li Kung, Mr., 526, 539, 540

Zi, Sergeant Julien T. A., 548

Z. Song Ching, Mr., 532

/;«?*;

R.""*^*

j^'^

."^^

••- ■%

'^^l I '^^

^^;

University of Toronto Robarts
Checkout Receipt

01/03/04
04;45 pm

ItemiTwentieth century impressions of
Hong-kong, Shanghai, and other Treaty
Ports of China. Their history, people,
commerce, industries, and resournfts- pHit,,;^

DS Wright, Arnold 1!

592 Twentieth century impres-
W7 sions of history, people,

commerce, industries and

resources

z^y.